University of California.

G-I.KT OF

SMITHSONIAN

VOL. XXIII.

'EVERY MAN is A VALUABLE MEMBER OF SOCIETY WHO BY HIS OBSERVATIONS, RESEARCHES,

AND EXPERIMENTS PROCURES KNOWLEDGE FOR MEN."— SMJTHSOK.

WASHINGTON:
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

1882.

of fhe Inferior:

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

BULLETINS

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

VOLUME II

( Nos. 11-15. )

B

uv OBESITY

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING' OFFICE.

1882.

ADVERTISEMENT.

The present series, entitled " Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections."
*is intended to embrace all the publications issued directly by the Smith-
sonian Institution in octavo form ; those in quarto constituting the
4< Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge." The quarto series in-
cludes memoirs, embracing the records of extended original investiga-
tions and researches, resulting in what are believed to be new truths, and
constituting positive additions to the sum of human knowledge. The
octavo series is designed to contain reports on the present state of our
knowledge of particular branches of science ; instructions for collecting
and digesting facts and materials for research; lists and synopses of
species of the organic and inorganic world ; museum catalogues; reports
of explorations ; aids to bibliographical investigations, etc., generally
prepared at the express request of the Institution, and at its expense.

The assignment of a work to one or the other of the two series will
sometimes depend upon whether the required illustrations can be pre-
sented more conveniently in tlie quarto or the octavo form.

In the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, as well as in the
present series, each article is separately paged and indexed, and the
actual date of its publication is that given on its special title page, and
not that of the volume in which it is placed. In many cases works
have been published, and largely distributed, years before their combi-
nation into volumes.

While due care is taken on the part of the Smithsonian Institution to
insure a proper standard of excellence in its publications, it will be
readily understood that it cannot hold itself responsible for the facts
and conclusions of the authors, as it is impossible in most cases to verify
their statements.

S. F. BAIED,

Secretary S. I.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Article I. — Bibliography of the Fishes of the Pacific Coast of the United States to
the end of 1879. By THEODORE GILL. 1882. 8vo., pp. 78. Bulletin of the Na-
tional Museum, No. 11.

Article II. — Contributions to North American Ichthyology, based primarily on the
collections of the United States National Museum. (Part III.) A. — On the Dis-
tribution of the Fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Carolina, Georgia, and
Tennessee, with descriptions of new or little known species. By DAVID S.
JORDAN and ALEMBERT W. BRAYTON. B. — A Synopsis of the Family Catosto-
inidse. By DAVID S. JORDAN. 1878. 8 vo., pp. 237. Bulletin of the National
Museum, No. 12.

Article III.— The Flora of St. Croix and the Virgin Islauds. By Baron H. F. A.
EGGERS. 1879. 8vo., pp. 136. Bulletin of the National Museum, No. 13.

Article IV. — Catalogue of the Collection to Illustrate the Animal Resources and the
Fisheries of the United States, exhibited at Philadelphia in 1876 by the Smith-
sonian Institution and the United States Fish Commission, and forming apart
of the United States National Museum. Prepared under the direction ofG.
BROWN GOODE. 1879. 8vo., pp. 367. Bulletin of the National Museum, No. 14.

Article V. — Contributions to the Natural History of Arctic America, made in con-
nection with the Howgate Polar Expedition, 1877-'78. By LUDWIG KUMLIEN.
1879. 8vo., pp. 179. Bulletin of the National Museum, No. 15.

CONTENTS.

. KUMLIEX, L. Ethnology, mammals, and birds.
BEAX, T. H. Fishes.

VERRILL, A. E. Annelides, molluscoids, and radiates.
BALL, W. H. Mollusks.
INSECTS :

EDWARDS, TV. H. Diurnal lepidoptera.

SCUDDEB, S. H., and others. Hynienoptera, nocturnal lepidoptera, diptera, cole-

optera, neuroptera. and arachnida.
GRAY. A. Plants.
TUCKEKMAN. E. Lichens.
FARLOW, W. G. Algae.

nf of {He

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
jl

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

No. 11.

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT FEINTING OFFICE.
1882.

ADVEKTISEMENT.

This work is the eleventh of a series of papers intended to illus-
trate the collections of natural history and ethnology belonging to the
United States, and constituting the National Museum , of which the
Smithsonian Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 1846.

It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.

S. F. BAIRD,

Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

Washington, February, 1882.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

FISHES OF THE PACIFIC COAST

OF THE

UNITED STATES

TO

THE END OF 1879.

BY

THEODORE GULL,

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

1882.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OP

THE FISHES OF THE PACIFIC UNITED STATES.

Bull. K M. No. ll—l

PREFATORY.

The scientific literature relative to the fishes of the western coast' of
North America is of unusually recent, as well as rapid, growth, Noth-
ing exact was known till the present century had far advanced, for the
accounts of the earlier writers, such as Venegas, iutead of enlightening
the reader, convey absolutely false ideas respecting the character of
the ichthyic fauna. Exclusive of incidental notices, the beginnings of
an ichthyography of the northwest coast were first published in 1831
(but printed in 1811) in the "Zoographia Rosso- Asiatica " of Pallas;
a few species from British Columbia were described by Richardson in
1836, while the fishes of California remained absolutely unknown till 1839,
when a glimpse, but an entirely inadequate one, was furnished by Lay
and Bennett in their notes and account of species collected during the
voyage of the English vessel Blossom. A long silence then supervened,
and, with the exceptions thus signalized, and the addition by Storer
of a single species of Syngnathus in 1846, west-coast ichthyography
commenced in 1854 with the announcement, by Professor Agassiz, of
the discovery of the remarkable family of Embiotocoids. This was
speedily followed by numerous communications, by Dr. Gibbous, Dr.
Girard, and Dr. Ayres, on new species of fishes, mostly from the Cali-
fornian waters, but partly from the Oregonian ones. As early as 1838,
nearly -00 species had been made known, and the descriptions of most
were collected in a general report by Dr. Girard. The main features
of the ichthyology of the Pacific slope were then already known; but
more recent laborers have not only extended largely our knowledge
of species, but added a number of entirely new forms, and thrown much
light on the relations of the fish-fauna of that region to others.

The following bibliography is a nearly complete enumeration, in
chronological order, of the memoirs and articles of all kinds that have
been published on the fishes of the region in question. The chrono-
logical order has been determined by the date of reading of the articles

communicated to learned societies. In cases of question of priority,
the right depends, of course, on the period of publication ; but this
is sometimes with great difficulty ascertainable, and motives of con-
venience have dictated the sequence adopted.

Perhaps some will be disposed to believe that the compiler has sinned
in redundancy rather than deficiency in this bibliography. The evils
of the former are, however, easily remedied, while those of the latter
must leave the consulter in more or less doubt. Many popular works
have been catalogued where original information of even slight value
was contained, and when such works were among the earliest published
on the regions in question. Besides those enumerated, works on Cali-
fornia, too numerous to mention, contain incidental information (very
rarely of any original value, however) respecting the fishes and fisheries
of that State; and a number on the British possessions belong to the
same category. Among those relative to British Columbia and Van-
couver's Island worthy to lie mentioned, but not to be particularized,
are the volumes of Win. Carew Hazlitt (1858), J. Desford Peinberton
(1860), Duncan George Forbes Macdonald (1862), Capt. C. E. Barrett
Lennard (1862), Alexander Rattray (1862), Com. K. C. Mayne (1862),
G. M. Sproat (1868), Francis Poole (1872), and Capt. W. F. Butler
(1873).

The titles of the Government publications are taken from a manu-
script compilation embracing notices of all the reports published by
the General and State governments on scientific explorations, and
intended to be more particular than the present work. They are
retained with the bars ( | ), indicating the distribution, on the title
pages of the lines, etc.

Several societies have, or have had, the custom of publishing com-
munications, sometimes of an elaborate and extended nature, without
any titles. This strange and senseless mode of procedure seems to
have originated in some freak or affectation of modesty on the part of
authors, perhaps, rather than a deliberate intention to shirk labor or
confuse matters. Confusion and trouble to others are nevertheless the
result of this vicious negligence, and a consequence is an ignoring of
the papers thus unentitled or an irreconcilable variation of titles in
different bibliographies. Whether the custom originates with authors
or not, the assumption of it is discreditable to the editor or editors of
the publications adopting it. A number of the papers here recorded
belong to this category of the uneutitled or disentitled-: the titles iol

5.

lowing preceded by an asterisk '(*) are selected from the remarks pre-
fatory to the paper in the proceedings, and those preceded by a
dagger (f) have been composed by the present writer, since nothing
intelligible precedes the papers themselves. It is to be hoped that the
senseless and causeless sin in question may speedily be discontinued.
There is no reason why any one should be compelled to read the whole
of an article (as is sometimes necessary) to obtain an idea of what the
paper relates to; and the u Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1800-1863)
compiled and published by the Royal Society of London" shows how a
bibliography edited under the best auspices may be involved in grave
errors by the negligence adverted to.

TITLES OF WORKS.

1757— Xoticia de la California, y de su conquista temporal y espiritual hasta el
tiempo presente. Sacada de la historia manuscripta, formada en Mexico
afio de 17:39. por el Padre Miguel Venegas, de la Compaiiia de Jesus ; y de
otras Xoticias, y Eelacioiies antiguas, y modernas. Auadida de algunos mapas
particulares, y uno general de la America Septentrional, Asia Oriental, y
Mar del Siir intermedio, formados sobre las M-morias mas recientes, y exactas,
que se publican juutamente. Dedicada al Key N.tso Seiior por la Provincia
de Xue\ a-E.spaua, de la Compaiiia de Jesus. Tonio primero [ — Tomo ter-
cero]. — Con licencia. En Madrid: En la Iinprenta de la Viuda de Manuel
Fernandez, y del Supremo Consejo de la Inquisicion. Aiio de M.D.CCLVII.
[8°, 3 vols.]

[Translated as follows:—]

\Natural and Civil History of California: containing an accurate descrip
tiou of that country, its soil, mountains, harbours, lakes, rivers, and seas J
its animals, vegetables, minerals, and famous fishery for pearls. The cus-
toms of the inhabitants, their religion, government, and manner of living,
before their conversion to the Christian religion by the missionary Jesu-
its. Together with accounts of the several voyages and attempts made for
settling California, and taking actual surveys of that country, its gulf, and
coast of the South-Sea. Illustrated with copperplates, and an accurate
map of the country and adjacent seas. Translated from the original Span-
ish of Miguel Venegas, a Mexican Jesuit, published at Madrid 175rf. — In
two volumes. — Vol. I[ — II]. = London: printed for James Kivington and
James Fletcher, at the Oxford Theatre, in Pater-Noster-Kow. 1759. [8°,
vol. i, 10 fc, 455 pp., 1 pi. ; vol. ii.]

[The only references to fishes are as fallows (v. i, pp. 47-48) : — " J?nt if the soil of Cali-
fornia be in general barren, the scarcity of provisions is supplied by the adjacent sea; for
both in the Pacifick ocean and the Gulf of California, the multitude and variety of fishes
are incredible. Father Antonio de la Ascencion, speaking of the jjay of San Lucas
[Lower California], says,' ' With the nets which every ship carried, they caught a great
quantity of fish of different kinds, and all wholesome and palatable: particularly hcly-
buss, salmon, turbots, skates, pilchards, large oysters, thornbacks, mackerel, barbels,
bouetos, soals, lobsters, and pearl oysters.' And, speaking of the bay of San Francisco,
on the western coast, he adds : ' Here are such multitudes of fish, that with a net, which
the commodore had on board, more was caught every day than the ship's company could
make use of: and of these a great variety, as crabs, oysters, breams, mackerel, cod, bar-
bels-, thorubaeks, &c.' And in other parts he makes mention of the infinite number of
sardines, which are left on the sand at the ebb, and so exquisite that those of Laredo in
Spain, then famous for this fish, do not exceed them. Xor are fish less plentiful along the
gulf [of California], where to'the above mentioned species Father Picolo adds, tunnies,
anchovies, and others. Even in the rivulets of this peninsula are found barbels and cray-
fish : but the most distinguished fish of both seas are the whales ; which, induced the
ancient cosmographers to call California, Pnnta de Balenas, or Cape "Whale : and these fish
being found in multitudes along both coasts, give name to a channel in the guJf, and «*i
bay in the South sea" (v. i, pp. 47-48).]

8

1772 — Voyage en California pour Pobservation dn passage do Ve"nus sur le disque dn
soleil, le 3 juin 1769; contenant les observations de ce phenomene et la dis-
cription historique de la route de 1'auteur a travers le Mexique. Par feu M.
Chappe d'Auteroche, . . . R6dige~ et publi6 par M. de Cassini fils . . .
A Paris: chez Charles- Antoine Jombert. MDCCLXXII. [4°, half-title,
title, 170 [2] pp., plan, and 2 pi. — Sabin.]

[Translated as follows:—]

A Voyage to California, to observe the Transit of Venus. By Mous. Chappe
d'Auteroche. With an historical description of the authors route
through Mexico, and the natural history of that province. Also, a voyage
to Newfoundland and Bailee, to make experiments on Mr. Le Roy's time
keepers. By Monsieur de Cassini. London: printed for Edward and Charles
Dilly, In The Poultry. MDCCLXXVIII. [6C, 4 p. 1., 315 pp., with "plan
of City of Mexico".]

Extract of a letter from Mexico addressed, to the Royal Academy of Sci-
ences at Paris, by Don Joseph Anthony de Alzate y Ramyrez, now
a correspondent of the said academy, containing some curious particu-
lars relative to the natural history of the country adjacent to the City
of Mexico, pp. 77-105.

[It is undoubtedly this work that is meant in the statement that has so largely gone the
rounds of the periodical press, to the effect that the Calilbrnian viviparous fishes were ob-
served driving the voyage for the observation of the transit of Venus to Lower California,
1769. A perusal of the accounts given, however, renders it evident that the fishes in ques-
tion were not Etabiotocids but rather Cypriuodontids, probably of the genus Mollienesia.
The account by Don Alzate (pp. 89-91) is as follows:—

" I send you some viviparous scaly fishes, of which I had formerly given you an account.
What I have observed in them this year is—' If you press the belly with your fingers, you
force out the fry before their time, and upon inspecting them through the microscope yon
may discern the circulation of the blood, such as it is to be when the fish is grown up.' If
you throw these little fishes into water, they will swim as well as if they had beeii long
accustomed to live in that element. The fins and tail of the males are larger and blacker
than those of the females, so that the sexjs easily distinguished at first sight. These fish
have a singular manner of swimming ; the male and the female swim together on two par-
allel Hues, the female always uppermost and the male undermost; they thus always keep
at a constant uniform distance from each other, and preserve a perfect parallelism. The
female never makes the least motion, either sideways or towards the bottom, but directly
the male does the same."

To this account is added a foot-note (p. 90) containing the following additional informa-
tion:—

"Don Alzate has sent those fishes preserved in spirits; their skin is covered with very
small scales ; they vary in length from an inch to eighteen lines, and they are seldom above
five, six, or seven lines in the broadest part. They have a fin ou each side near the gills,
two small ones under the belly, a single one behind the anus, which lies between the fin
and the single one ; the tail is not foi ked ; lastly, this fish has a long fin on the back, a
little above the fin, which is under the belly.

""We know of some viviparous fishes in our seas, such as loach, &c. most of these have
a smooth skin without any scales. The needle of Aristotle is viviparous, and yet covered
with broad and hard scales, I have caught some that had young ones still in their womb.
As to these viviparous fishes, it is a particular and new sort, and we are obliged to Don
Alzate for making us acquainted with it. It breeds in a lake of fresh water near the City
of Mexico."

This is, so far as known, the earliest notice of the viviparity of Cynrinodontids. The
mode of consorting together (exaggerated in the account) is common to a number of rep-
resentatives of the family, and is alluded to by Prof. Agassiz in a name (Zygonectes, i. e.
swimming in pairs) conferred on one of the genera of the family.]

1 8O8— Piscium Camtschaticorum [Tcrpufc] et [ Wachnja']. Descriptiones et icones
auctore [W. G.] Tilesio. D. 26 Octobri 1808. Conventui exhib. die 2 Nov.
. 1808. < M6m. Acad. Sci. Pe"tersb., v. 2, pp. 335-375, 1810, viz :—

I. Hexagraramos Stelleri, Rossis Terpuc dictus novum genus piacium
Caintschaticorum. pp. 335-340, tab. 15.

II. Dimensiones piscis, beato Stellero Hexagrammos asper dicti, Rossis
Teerpuk [Terpulc] i. e. liraa (captus d. 20 Maij 1741 in portu Divi Petri
et Pauli pondbbat pondere medicinali duas usqne ad sex uucias). pp.
340-341.

III. Hexagram inos Stelleri, qua3nam genera sit interponendus cuinam
class! ordiniqoe systematic© sit inserendns. Labrax Pallassii (vid. ej.
Monograph.), pp. 34-2-343.

IV. Descriptio Stelleri anno 1741 concepta. pp. 343-347.

V. Observations anatomicse. pp.347-:

VI. Wachnja Camtschatica est Gadus donso tripterygio, Callariis spc-
ciatim Lusco affinis. pp. 350-353. tub. 16, 17.

VII. Wachuias Camtscbatica3 altera species, (Gadus gracilis mihi,) quw ab
indigenisCaratscbaticis acque Uachal, Rossis Wachnja [ JTachnja] dicitnr,
diraensionibus illnstrata. pp. 354-356, tab. 18.

VIII. Stelleri Descriptio piscis ovo? sive asini autiquoruin. Turner! ad
Gesnerura aselli 3 sivi ^Eglefini Rondeiet et Gesneri. ^Eglefiui Bellonii,
Anglorura Hadok, Russis Wachnja [ Wachnja} dicti corrupta voce Itael-
mannica, in qua Uakal audit, pp. 356-359.

IX. Observationes anatomic*, pp. 360-363.

X. Observationes ex aliorum individuorum ejusdem specie! dissectionibus,
pp. 363-364.

XI. Ad bistoriam Gad! dorso tripterygio ore cirrato caudo sequali fere cum
radio primo spinoso (Kabeljau vel Cabiljau Belgarum) (Gadus morrbua
L. Bloch. tab. 64), adhuc aunotata sequentia. pp. 364-370.

XII. Aunotationes anatomic*, pp. 370-371.

XIII. Tabularum explicatio. pp. 372-375.

1SO9— Labraces, novuui genus piscium, oceaui orientalis, anctore P. S. Pallas.
Conventui exhib. die 5 Julii 1809. <Me"m. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., v. 2,
pp. 382-398, 1810.
f.T. sp. L. decagrammue, L. superciliosus, L. monopterygius.]

Description de qnelqnes poissons observes pendant son voyage antour du
monde. Par "W. G. Tilesius. <^ Mem. Soc. Imp. des Natnralistes de Moscon.
t. 2, pp. 212-249, with 5 pi., 1809.

1811— IcRnumet Descriptionum piscinm Camtschaticornm continuatio tertiu lenta-
raen monographiae generis Agoui Blochiani sistens. Anctore [W. G.] Tile-
sio. Cum tabulis vi ajueis. — Conventui exhibita die 11 Decembri.s 1^11.
<M^m. Acad. Sci. Petersb., v. 4, pp. 406-478, 1813, viz:—

De novis piscium generibus, Agouo Blochii et Phalangiste eel. Pallasii,

propter synonymiam coujugendis. pp. 406-454.
Appendix de Cyprino rostratoet cultrato, Trachino trichodoute et Epene-

pbelo ciliato. pp. 454-457.
Descriptio Cyprini rostrati Tuugusis ad Covymam fluv. Tschukutscbam et

Jucagiris Onatscha dicti. pp. 457-474, tab. xv, fig. 1-5.
Epinepbeltfs ciliatus Camtschaticus et Americanus. pp. 474-478, tab. xvi,

fig. 1-6.

Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, sistens Omnium Animalium in extenso imperio
Rossico et adjaceutibus maribus observatorum Recensionem, Domicilia,
Mores et Descriptiones, anatomen atqtie Icones plurimorura. Anctore

10

Fetro Pallas, Eq.Aur. Academico-Petropolitauo. — Volumeiitertium. — Petro-
poli in Officiua Caes. Academiae Scientianim Impress. M.DCC.CXI. Edit.
MDCCCXXXI. [4°, vii, 428, cxxv pp., 6 pi.]

[As indicated on the title-page, the "Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica " -was not regularly
published till 1831, but was printed in 1811, and was only detained by the loss of the cop-
per-plates. The letter-press was, however, to a slight extent, distributed before the reg-
ular publication of the edition, and a copy was possessed by Cuvier, who has given a
summary of the third volume in the Histoire Naturello des Poissons (t. 1, pp. 200-201).

Describes species of which specimen had been obtained from the .Russian possessions
in Northwestern America. The following are published as if new, although several had
previously been described : —

Phalangistes acipeiiserinus (p. 110, pi. 17).

Coitus polyacanthocephalus (p. 133, pi. 23).

Cottus platycephalus (p. 135, p!. 24).

Coitus trachurus (p. 138, pi. 25).

Cottus pistaiiger (p. 143, pi. 20, f. 3, 4).

Blennius dolichogaster (p. 175, pi. 42, f. 2).

Blennius anguillaris (p. 176, pi. 42, f. 3).

Gadus wachna (p. 182, pi. 44).

Oadus pygmceus (p. 199).

Gadus fimbria (p. 200).

Ammodytes hexapterus (p. 226).

Ammodytes septipinnis (p. 227, pi. 48, f. 3).

Trachinus trichodon (p. 235, pi. 50, f. 1).

Trachinus cirrhosus (p. 237, pi. 50, f. 2).

Perca variabilis (p. 241).

Labrax decagrammus (p. 278, pi. 62, f. 2).

Labrax superciliosus (p. 279, pi. 63, f. 1).

Labrax monopterygius (p. 281, pi. 63, f. 4).

Labrax octogrammus (p. 283, pi. 64, f. 1).

Salmo lagocephalus (p. 372, pi. 77, f. 2).

Salmo proteus (p. 376, pi. 78, f. 2, pi. 79).

Pleuronectes quadrituberculatus (p. 423).

Pleuronectes cicatricosus (?. 424).

The plates referred to were never published.

The only other species signalized as inhabitants of the American waters are the fol-
lowing:—

Raja batis (p. 57).

Salmo socialis (p. 389, pi. 81, f. 2).

Pleuronectes stellatus (p. 416).

Pleuronectes hippoglossus (p. 421).]

— History | of | the expedition | under the command of | Captains Lewis and
Clark, | to | the sources of the Missouri, | thence | across the Rocky Mount-
ains | and down the | River Columbia to the Pacific Ocean. | Performed
during the years 1804-5-6. | By order of the | Government of the United
States, j Prepared for the press | by Paul Allen, Esquire. | In two volumes.
| Vol.1 [—II]. | Philadelphia: | Published by Bradford and Inkskeep; and ]
Abm. H. Inskeep, Newyork. [ J.Maxwell, Printer. | 1814. [8°, vol.i, Ixxviii,'
470 pp., maps ; vol. ii, ix, 522 pp., maps.]

[Vol. ii, chap, vii, contains "A general description of the beasts, birds, and plants,
&c., found by the party in this expedition" (pp. 148-201). Incidental allusions and quasi-
descriptions of a popular kind are given of f-ome fishes, but nothing of an ex ct nafuro is
made known.

" An account of the various publications relatirg to the travels of Lewis and Clarke,
with a commentary on the zoological, results of thtir expedition", has been published by
Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A. (Bull. TJ.' S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., v. 1, pp. 417-444, Feb.
8, 1876).]

IS 2O — Relation d'un voyage 5, la c6te du nord-ouest de 1'Arne'rique septentriohale
dans les ann<5es 1810-1814. Par Gabriel Franchere. [ReYlige" par Michel
Bibaud.] Montreal, 1820. [8°, 284 pp.— Sabin.]

11

[Translated as follows:—]

Narrative of a voyage to the northwest coast of America in the years 1811,
1-12. 1-13, and 1814, | or the first American settlement on the Pacific | By
Gabriel Franchere | Translated and edited by J.V. Hnntington | — | Red-
field | 110 and 112 Nassau street, New York | 1S54. [12=, 376 pp., 3 pi.]

[The salmon is noticed in chapter 16.1

1822 — Voyage pittoresque autour du moude, avec des portraits de sauvages d'Ame"-
rique, d'Asie, d'Afrique, et des lies du grand oce'an ; des paysages, des vnes
maritime^, et plusieurs objets d'histoire natnrelle; accompagn6 de descrip-
tions par M. le Baron Cavier, et M. A. de Cbamisso, et d'observations sur les
cranes humains par M. le Docteur Gall. Par M. Lcuis Choris, Peiutre.—
Paris, de rimprimerie de Firmin Didot, . . . 1822. [Fol., 2 p. 1., vi pp.-f-[i], '
12 pi., 17 pp.+[ii], 10 Pl., -20 pp.-f-Liii], 14 pi., 10, 3 pp.-f-[iv], 18 pi., '24 pp.+
[v], 19 pi., 22 pp. + [vi], 23 pi., 28 pp. + [vii], 7 pi., 19 pp.]

[Partie vi.] Chapeau de bois, sur lequel sout peintes divers aniinaux ma-
rins. Planche v. Par G. Cnvier. pp. 21-22.

[Cnvier considers that one of the figures (h) represents a Diodon, and such seems to be
the case; but no species of that type has been found so far northward as Unalashka,
where the hat was obtained. (" En h, est un Diodon ou orbe epineux. qui est pris & la
ligne tandis que les grands cetaces du reste de ce tableau sout poursuivis avcc des lances"
(p. 2-2).]

1823— Account | of | an expedition | from | Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains, |
performed in the years 1819 and '20, | by order of j the Hon. J. C. Calhoun,
Sec'y of War : | under the command of | Major Stephen H. Long, j From
the notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, and other gen- | tlenien of the exploring
party. | — | Compiled | by Edwin tJa^nes, | botanist acd geologist for tbe
expedition. | — j lutwovols. — With an atlas. | Vol.11. | — | Philadelphia: |
H. C. Carey and J. Lea, Chesnut st. j 1823. [2 v., 8°. Vol. i, 2 p. 1., 503 pp. ;
vol. ii, 3 p. 1., 442 pp.]

1828 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. leBon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome p'remier. A Paris, chez F. G. Levranlt, . . . ,

. [8° ed. xvi, 574 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xiv, 422 pp., 1 1.— pi. 1-8 (double).]
Li vie premier. — Tableau historique des progies de I'ichthyologie, depuis

sou ori^ine jusqu'a. nos jours.

Livre deuxieiue.— Idee geuerale de la nature et de 1'organisation des pois-
sons.

[Pallas' "Zoosraphia Rosso- Asiatica" noticed at pp. 200-201.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B011 Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome deuxieme. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . .

[8° ed. xxi, (1 1.), 490 pp.; 4° eel. xvii, (1 1.), o71 pp.— pi. 9-40.]
Livre troisieme.— Des poissous de la famille des Perches, ou des Percoi-
di's. [Par Cuvier.]

[Xo west-coast species specified.]

1829 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissous, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome troisierae. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

[— ed. xxviii, 500 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xxii, (1 1.), 368 pp.— pi. 41-71.]
Livre troisieme. — Despoissons de la famille des Perches, ou des Percoldes.
[Par Cuvier.]

[N. sp. name, Trichodon Stelleri, based on Trachinus trichodon Pallas.]

12

1829— Histoire Naturelle cles Poissons, par M. le B°" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome quatrieme. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1829. [8° od xxvi, (1 1.). 518 pp. ; 4° ed. xx, (1 1.), 379 pp.— pi. 72-99, 97 bis.]
Livre qnatrieuic.— Des Acantboptdrygieus a joue cuira8se"e. [Par Cuvier.]

[N. sp. Coitus ventralia, Hemilepidotus Tilesii.]

Zoologiscber Atlas, entbaltend Abbildungen uud Bescbreibungen neuerTbier-
arten, \viihrend des Flottcapitains von Kotzebue zweiter Reise urn die
Welt, auf der Russisch-Kaiserlicben Kriegsscblupp Predpriatie iu den
Jahreii 1823-1826 beobacbtet von Dr. Friedr. Eschsciiolta, Professor und
Director des zoologiscben Museums an der Universitat zti Dorpat, Mitglied
mebrerer gelebrten Gesellscbaften, Russ. Kais. Hofratbe und Ritter des
Ordens des beil. Wladimir. Drittes Heft.— Berlin, 1829. Gedruckt und
verlegt bei G. Reimer. [Fol., title, 18 pp., pi. 11-15.]

[X. sp. Blepsias vmtricosus (p. 4, pi. 13), on which was subsequently based the genus
Temnistia of Richardson J

1 8 3O— Histoire Natnrelle des Poiseous, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome cinquieme. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1830. [8° ed. xxviii, 499 pp., 2 1. ; 4° ed. xx, 374 pp., 2 1.— pi. 100-140.]

Livre cinqnieme. — Des Scidaoides. [Par Cuvier.]

[Xo west-coast species noticed.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome sixieme. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault. . . . ,

1830. [8° ed. xxiv, 559 pp., 3 1. ; 4° ed. xviii, (3 1.), 470 pp.— pi. 141-100, 162
bis, 162 ter, 162 quarer, 167 bis, 168 bis.]

Livre sixieme. — (Part e» I. — Des Sparoides. Partie II.— Des Men ides.)

[Par Cuvier et Valenciennes.]
[!N"o west-coast species noticed.]

1831 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome septietne. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1831. [8° ed. xxix, 531 pp., 31.; 4° ed. xxii, (3 ].), 399 pp.— pi. 170-208.]
Livre septieme.— Des Squamipennes. [Par Cuvier ?]

Livre buitieme. — Des poissons a pharyngieus labyrintbiformes. [Par

Cuvier ?]
[No west-coast species noticed.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome huitieme. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1831. [8° ed. xix, (2 1.), 509 pp. ; 4° ed. xv, (2 1.), 375 pp.— pi. 209-245.]
Livre neuvieme. — Des Scornbe'roides. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes.]

[No west-coast species noticed.]

Zoograpbia Rosso- Asiatica. See 1811.

1833 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissous, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome neuvieme. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1«33. [8° ed. xxix, 512 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xxiv, (1 1.), 379 pp.— pi. 246-279.]

Livre neuvieme. — Des Scomb6ro'ides. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes.]

[No west-coast species noticed.]

13

1835— Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome dixieme. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

'». [8° ed. xxiv, 482 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xix, (1 1.), 358 pp.— pi. 280-306.]
Suite du livre nenvieme — Des Scoinbe"roides. [Par Cuvier ct Valen-
ciennes?]

Livre dixie-re. — De la famille des Teuthies. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes?]
Livre onzieme. — De la famille des Tsenioides. [Par Cuvier et Valen-
ciennes?]

Livre douzieme.— Des Atherines. [Par Cuvier et Valencienms ?]
[No west-coast species noticed.]

1836— Fauna Boreali-Americana ; or the Zoology of the Northern Parts of British
America : containing descriptions of the objects of Natural History collected
• on the late northern land expeditions under command of Captain Sir John
Franklin, R. N. Part third. The Fish. By John Richardson, M. D., F. R.
S., F. L. S., Member of the Geographical Society of London, and Wernerian
Natural History Society of Edinburgh ; Honorary Member of the Natural
History Society of Montreal, and Literary and Philosophical Society of Que-
bec; Foreign Member of the Geographical Society of Paris; and Correspond-
ing member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; Surgeon
and Naturalist to the Expeditions.— Illustrated by numerous plates. — Pub-
lished under the authority of the Right Honourable the Secretary of State
for Colonial Affairs. — Loudou : Richard Bentley, New Burlington street,
MDCCCXXXVI. [4°, pp. xv, 3'>7 (+1) pp., 24 pi. (numbered 74-97).]

[X. g. and n. sp. Temnistii (n. g.,59), Gyprinus (Leuciscus) graetiis (120), Salmo Scouleii
(15?, 223). Salmo qu^maf (219), Salmo Gairdneri (221), Salmo paucidens (222), Salmo tsup-
pitch (224), Salmo Clartii (223,307), Salmo (Hallotus?) pacifieus (226), Acipenser transmon-
tanus (273), Petromyzon tridenta'us (2:M) ; (ADDENDA:) Cottus asper (295,313), Cyprimus
(Abramis) balteatu* (301), Cyprinu-s (Lsuctecus) caurirus (304), Cyprinm (Leuciscus) orego-
netisis (305).]

Report on North American Zoology. By John Richardson, M. D.. F. R. S.
< Rep. 6th meeting Brit. Assoc. Ad v . Sci., Aug. 1836, = v. 5, pp. 121-224, 1837.

Pisces, pp. 202-223.

Astoria, or anecdotes of an enterprise beyond the Rocky Mountains. By
Washington Irving. [1st ed.] In two volumes. Vol.1 [—II]. Phil-
adelphia: Carey, Lea & Blanchard. 1836. [2 vols., 8°. Vol. i, 285 pp.;
vol. ii, 279 pp., 1 map folded.]

[The fishes and fisheries, especially salmon, are noticed in vol. 2, chapters 9 and 14.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome ouzieme. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,
1636. [e- ed. xx, 50(3 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xv, (11.), 373 pp.— pi. 307-343.]

Livre troisieme. — Des Msjgiioides.

Livre qtuttorzieme. — De ]a famille des Gobioides.

[Xo we.st-coast species noticed.]

1837— Histoire Naturelle des Poissous, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome d nizieuie. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . , 1837.
[8? ed. xxiv, 507 + 1 pp. ; 4° ed. xx. 377 pp., 1 1.— pi. 344-368.]
Sniti- <lu livre quatorzieme.— Gobioides.
Livre quinziemt;. — Des Acauthopterygiens a pectorales pediculdes*

1839— Histoire Naturelle des Poissous, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciannes, . . . Tome troisieme. A Paris, chez Pitois-Levrault et Ce, . . . ,
1839. [8° ed. xix, 505 pp., 11.: 4° ed. xyii, 370 pp.— pi. 369-m]

Livre seizieme — Labroides.

[Xo west-coast species noticed.]

14

1839 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome quatorzieme. A Paris, chez Pitois-Levrault et Ce, . . . , '
1839. [8° ed. xxii, 464 pp., 3 i. ; 4° cd. xx, 344 pp., 3 L— pi. 389-420.]

Suite du livro seizierne. — Labro'ides.

Livre dix-septieme. — Des Malacopt6rygiens. Des Siluro'ides.

[No west-coast species noticed.]

The Zoology of Captain Beechey's Voyage; compiled from the collections and
notes made by Captain Beechey, the officers and naturalist of the Expe-
dition, during a Voyage to the Pacific^and Behring's straits performed in
his Majesty's Ship Blossom, under the command of Captain F. W. Beechey,
R. N., F. B. S., &c., &c. in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. By J. Richardson,
M. D., F. R. S., &c. ; N. A. Vigors, Esq., A. M., F. R. S., &c. ; G. T. Lay, Esq. ;
E.T. Bennett, Esq., F. L. S., &c.; the Rev. W. Buckland, D. D., F. R. S.,
F.L. S.,F.G. 8.,&c. and G. B. Sowerby, Esq.— Illustrated with upwards of
fifty finely coloured plates, by Sowerby. — Published under the authority of
the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. — London : Henry G. Bohn, 4,
York Street, Co vent Garden.— MDCCCXXXIX.

Fishes; by G. T. Lay, Esq., and E. T. Bennett, Esq., F. L. S., &c. pp.
41-75, pi. 15-23. ,

[N. sp. Chimcera colliei (p. 71, pi. 2.1).

This- volume is interesting as being the first publication in which any attempt has been
made to scientifically indicate the fishes of the coast. The " naturalist " of the expedition
was, however, incompetent for the task, and the notes taken evince that he was not
sufiiciently versed in the rudiments of ichthyology to know what to observe. Neverthe-
less, the notes have an interest, if not of importance, enough to transcribe what relates
to the regions in question : —

"Off Saint Lawrence Island wa? caught, in the dredge a fish apparently allied to the
genus Liparis, Art. It had the 'ventral fins placed before the pectorals, but united and
continuous with them; aflat, raised, and rough tubercle, of nearly the diameter of an
English sixpence, was seated forward between the pectorals, its anterior part reaching as
far as the ventrals; this may be of use in copulation : its cceca were pretty numerous.' — C.
The roughness of this tubercle renders it difficult to refer the fish to any known species;
but it is probably nearly related to the Cydopterus gelatinoxus, Pall., a Liparia which is
known to inhabit the seas in which this was obtained. The existence of cceca removes it
from Lepadogaster, Gouau. *

"Kotzebue Sound afforded a specimen of a new species of Ophidiiim, L., the Oph. stigma.

" On the coast of California, a little to the northwards of the harbour of San Francisco,
an Orthagoriscus was met with, apparently the Orth. mola., Bl. They swum about the
ship with the dorsal fiu frequently elevated above the surface." (p. 50.)

"On the coast of California, at Monterey, Mr. Collie's notes mention the occurrence of
[1] a species of Spams, of two Scombri, and of a Clupea. [2] The first of the Scornbridce is
apparently a Scomber, Cuv. ; it was 'smaller than the mackerel; it was marked on the
back with cross waved narrow bauds of black and greenish blue: its first dorsal fin had
nine spines, and there were four small pinnules behind the second dorsal and the anal: it
had a simple air-bladder of moderate size, and an immense number of cceca, with a stomach
extending the whole length of the abdomen, narrow, taparing to the posterior part, and
covered throughout nearly its whole length with the milt. 1 Its internakmembraue forms
longitudinal folds; the intestines have three convolutions.'— C. This fish occurred in
shoals. [3j The second species was met with but once. It is a Caranx, Cuv., of which
' the teeth in the upper maxillary are scarcely to be felt : the pectorals reach nearly to op-
posite the anus: a double narrow stripe of deeper blue than the general surface runs back-
% wards on each side of the first dorsal fin to opposite its termination the two parts being
separated by a broad line of dirty white, which hat* a narrow, dark-coloured line along its
middle: there are no distinct divisions in the anal and second dorsal fins: the air-bladder
is simple, and small, and extends from the faucet to the anus; the stomach is much shorter
than in the preceding species; the caeca, although numerous, are less so than in it, and the
intestine is folded in the same manner.' — C. From the nature of the colouring of this fish,
as described by Mr. Collie, there can be little doubt of its constituting a distinct species.

15

[4] Along with the first species of Scomber, there occurred in shoals a small species of
Clupea, L., 'without teeth; with the dorsal fin a little before the ventral; and with the back
dark greenish blue, and having Tme line and part of another of ronnded black spots on
each side nearly on a level with the eye: the gill membranes contain six rays, and overlap
each other at their lower part ; the stomach resembles that of the first Scomber; it has also
numerous cceca,'; the air-bladder Is small and tapering.' — U. The other fishes observed at
Monterey wore [5] a new species of Chimcera, Cuv., differing essentially from the Chimcera
of the Atlantic, and approaching somewhat in the position of its second dorsal fin to the
Callorhynchus, Cuv.; [Cj a species of Torpedo, Dum.; and [?J a Raia " (pp. 54-55).]

1839— Narrative of a Journey across the Rocky Mountains, to the Columbia River,
and a Visit to the Sandwich Mauds, Chili, &c. With a Scientific Appendix.
By John K. Townsend, Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Philadelphia : Henry Perkins, 134 Chestnui street. Boston :
Perkins & Marvin.— 1839. [8°, 352 pp.]

[A few incidental popular notices of salmon and trout are given.]

[Reprinted in England under the following title : — ]

Sporting Excursions in the Rocky Mountains, including a Journey to the
Columbia River, and a Visit to the Sandwich Islands, Chili, &c. By J. K.
Towshend [sic/], Esq. In two volumes. Vol. I [—II]. Londoi*: Henry
Colburn, Publisher, Great Marlborough Street. 1840. [8°. Vol. i, xii [-f-i],
31-3 pp., 1 pi.; vol. ii, xii, 310 pp., 1 pi.]

[In vol. i, chap. 7, are given details respecting salmon and the mode of- catching them,
and the frontispiece illustrates a native woman "spearing the salmon ".]

184O — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ;. et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome quiuzieine. A Paris, chez Ch. Pitois, editeur, . . . ,
1-40. [8° ed. xxxi, 540 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xxiv, 397 pp.— pi. 421-435.]
Suite du livre dix-septieine.— Siluroides.
[Xo west-coast species noticed.]'

Narrative of a whaling voyage round the globe, from the year 183.3 to 1836,
comprising sketches of Polynesia, California, the Indian Archipelago, etc.
with an account of Southern Whales, the Sperm Wiuili Fishery, and the
Natural History of the climates visited. By Frederick Debell Bennett,
Esq., F. R. G. S., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons, Loudon. In
two volumes. Vol. I [ — II]. London : Richard Beutley, New Burling-
ton street, publisher in ordinary to her Majesty. — 1840. [6°, vol. i, xv, 402
pp., 1 pi., 1 map ; vol. ii, vii, 396 pp., 1 pi.]

1842— Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Botl Cuvier, . . . , et par M.Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome seizieme. A Paris, chez P. Beitrand, . . . , 184-J.
[8° ed. xx, 472 pp., 1 L; 4° ed. xviii, 363 pp., 1 L— pi. 45U-487.]
Livre dix-huitieme. — Cyprinoides.

Zoology of New- York, or the New- York Fauna ; comprising detailed descrip-
tions of. all the animals hitherto observed within the State of New-York,
with brief notices of those occasionally found near its borders,*and accom-
panied by appropriate illustrations. — By James E. DeKay. — Part IV. —
Fishes. Albany: Printed by W. & A. White and I. Visscher. 1842. [4-,
xiv [1, errata], 415 pp.; atlas, 1 p. L, 79 pi.]

[The letterpress of the Reptiles and Fishes, each separately paged, forms one volume,
and the plates, each separately numbered, another. Eight of the northwest-coast Malaco-
pterygian species (Abramis balteatus, Leuciscus caurinus, Leucisciis oregonensis, Salmo
quinnat, Salmo Gairdnerii, Salmo Scouleri, Salmo tsuppitch, and Salmo nitidus) and the
Sturgeon ( Acipenser transmontanua) enumerated by Richardson (183(3) are briefly indicated
as "extra-limital".]

16

1844— Histoire Naturelle des Poissous, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . : et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Toine dix-septierae. A Paris, chez P. Bertrand, . . . , 1844.
[8° ed. xxiii, 497 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xx, 370 pp. 1 1.— pi. 487 (bis)-519.]
Suite du livre dix-huitieine. — Cypriuoides.

1 §45— Description of a new species of Syngnathus, brought from the western coast of
California by Capt. Phelps. By Dr. D. H. Storer. < Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., v. 2, p. 73, December, 1845.

[NT. sp. Syngnathus californiensis.]

1846 — A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. By David Humphreys Storer,
M. D., A. A. S., .... < Mem. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., ue\v series, vol.
ii, pp. 253-550, Cambridge, 1846.

[739 nominal species from all North America, including the West Indies, are described.
The'descriptions, however, are most inaptly compiled and entirely insufficient.]

A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. By David Humphreys Storer,

M. D., A. A. S., .... Cambridge: Metcalf and Company, Printers to the

University. 1840. [4°, 1 p. 1. (= title), 298 pp.]

[A. rep.inc, with separate pagination, title-pago, and index, of the preceding.
9 According to Dr. Storer (Mem. Acad., p. 260; Syn. p. 8), " the following species inhabit

the northwestern coast of America : —

Trichodon stelleri. Sal mo salar.

Coitus pistilliger. Salmo quinnat.

Cottus polyacanthocephalus. Salmo Gairdnerii.

Cottus asper. Salmo pamidens.

Aspidophorus acipewserinus. Salmo Seouleri.

Hemilepidotus Tilesii. Salmo tsuppitch.

Blepsias trilobus. Salmo nitidus.

Sebastes variabilis. Mallotus patificus.

Cyprinus balteatus. Cyclopterus wntricosui.

Leaciscus caurinus. Acipenser trantmontantu."\

Leucitjcus oregonensis.

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome dix-huitieme. A Paris, chez P. Bertrand, . . . ,
1846. [8° ed. xix, 505 pp., 21.; 4° ed. xviii, 375 pp., 2 1.— pi. 520-553.]

Suite du livre dix-huitieme.1 — Cyprino'ides.

Livre dix-ueuvieme. — Des Esoces on Lucioides.

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome dix-neuvieme. A Paris, chez P. Bertram!, . . . , 1846.

[8° ed. xix, 544 pp., 31.; 4° ed. xv, 391 pp., 2 1.— pi. 554-590.]
Suite du livre dix-neuv;eme. — Brochets ou Lucioides.
Livre vingtieme. — De quelques families" do Malicopte'rygieus, interme"-

diaires eutre les Brochets et les Clupes.
[No west-coast species described.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. k> Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome vingtieme. A Paris, chez P. Bertrand, . . . ; 1846.
[8° ed. xviii, 472 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xiv, 348 pp. 1 1.— pi. 59 1-503.]
Livre vingt et uuierne. — De la famille des Clup<5oides.

1848— Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile segun documentos adquirMos en esta re-
ptiblica duraute doce auos de residencia en ella y publicada bujo los aus-
picios del Supremo Gobierno. Por Claudio Gay, ciudadano Chileno, indi-

* The families referred to are:— Chirocdutres (with the genus Chirocentrus) ; Alepocephales (with Ale-
pocephalus) -, Lutodeires (with (7/ianosand Gonorhynchun) ; Moruiyres (with Mormyrus) ; Ilyodontt-s (with
Oiteoglo; sum, I^chnoioma, and Hyodori) ; Butiriris (vrith Albula ^= Butirinus) ; iSlopiens (with JElops and
Megalops); Amies (with Amia) ; Vastresou Amies? (Vastres); fatnilleparticuliere, ou Araies? (Heterotis) ;
Erythroides (with Erythrinus, Macrodon, Lebiasina, and Pyrrhulina) ; and Ombres (with Umbra).

17

v ul no do varias sociedades cientificas nacionales y etrangeras. Zoolegia.
Tomo segundo. Paris, en casa del autor. Chile, en el Museo do Historia
Natural de Santiago. MDCCCXLVIII. [Text, 8° ; atlas, fol.'J

(Peces, pp. 137-370 and index. — In this work are described several species afterward
discovered along the coast of California.]

184§— Thirtieth Congress — first session. | = \ Ex. Doc. No. 41. J — | Notes of a mili-
tary reconuoissance, | from | Fort Leaveuworth, in Missouri, | to | San Di-
ego, in California, | including part of the | Arkansas, Del Norte, and Gila
Rivers. |.— | By Lieut. Col. W. H. Emory, j Made in 1846-7, with the
advanced guard of the "Army of the West." | — | February 9, 1848. — Or-
dered to be printed. | February 17, 1848.— Ordered, That 10,000 extra copies
of each of the Reports of Lieu- | tenant Emory, Captain Cooke, and Lieu-
tenant Abert, be printed for the use of the House; | and that of said nuu:-
ber, 250 copies be furnished for the use of Lieutenant Emory, Captain |
Cooke, and Lieutenant Abert, respectively. | Washington : | Wendell and
Van Beuthuysen, printers. | : : : : | l.*4*. [*°, C14 pp.,501ith. pi. not num-
bered, 14 numbered, 2 sketeh-uiaps, and 3 maps folded.]

[This work has been so badly edited that the following analysis may prove useful, and
will facilitate tho understanding of the work:—]
CONTEXTS.

Notes | of | a military reconnoissance, | from | Fort Leavenworth, in Mis-
souri, to San Diego, | in California, | including | part of the Arkansas,
Del Norte, and Gila Ri%rers. | pp. 5-126, 26 lith. pi. ,2 sketch-maps.
Appendix No. 1. [Letter on Indians by Albert Gallatin, and reply by

W. II. Emory.] pp. 127-134., 1 pi.
Appendix No. 2. [Report on botany.]

[1. Phanerogams and ferns. By John Torrey. pp. 135-155, pi. 1-12.]
[2. Cactacea. By G. Engelmann. pp. 155-159, 14 lith. pi., 2 not

numbered.]

Appendix No. 3. Table of meteorological observations, pp. 160-174.
Appendix No. 4. Table of geographical positions, pp. 175-1?^.
Appendix No. 5. Table of astronomical observations, pp. 179-385.*
Appendix No. 6. [Report on natural history. By J. W. Abert.]

pp. 3^6-414.
Appendix No. 7. [Itinerary of Sonora, Mexico. By P. St. Geo. Cooke.]

pp. 415-416.

Report of Lieut. J. W. Abert, | of his | examination of New Mexico, j i;i
the years 1^46-47. pp. 417-546, 22 lith. pi., 1 map folded.
Notes concerning the minerals and fossils, collected by Lieutenant J.
W. Abert, while engaged in the geographical examination of New
Mexico, by J. W. Bailey, professor of chemistry, mineralogy, and
geology, at the United States Military Academy, pp. 547-'
lith. pis.

Report of Lieut. Col. P. St. George Cooke | of | his march from | Santa Fc,
New Mexico, | to j San Diego, Upper California, pp. 549-563, 2 maps
folded.
Journal | of | Captain A. R. Johnston, | First Dragoons, pp. 565-614.

[A species of Gila is noticed at p. 62, and illustrated by a poor plate opposite the text.
It is eaid:— " We heard the fish playing in the water, and soon those who were disen-
gaged were after them. At first it was supposed they were the mountain trout, but, being
comparatively fresh from the hills of Maine, I soon saw the difference."]

Histoire Natnrelle des Pois ons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome vingt et unieme. A Paris, chez P. Bertraud, . . . , 1848.
[8° ed. xiv, 536 pp.; 4° ed. xiii (+ iii), 391 pp.— pi. 607-633.]
* Pages 239-304 misnumbered 209-224.

Bull. N. M. No. 11—2

18

Suite du livre viugt et unieme et des ClnpeVides.*
Livre viugt-deuxieme. — De la famille des Salmono'ides.
\No west-coast species described.]

1 849 — Frank Forrester's Fish and. Fishing of the United States and British Provinces
of North America. Illustrated from nature by the author. By Henry
William Herbert, author of " Field Sports," " Warwick Woodlands," etc.
New York, Stringer & Townsend, 222 Broadway, 1849. 8°.

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome vingt-deuxietne. A Paris, chez P. Bertraud, . . . , 1849.
[8° ed. xx, 532, (index) 91 (+ 1) pp.; 4° ed. xvi, 395, (index) 81 ( + 1) pp.— pi.
634-650.]

Suite du livre vingt-deuxieme.— Suite de la famille des Salmonoides.

[No west-coast species described.]

A Monograph of the Fresh water Cottus of North America. By Charles Gi-
rard. Aug. 1849. < Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., v. 2, pp. 409-411, 1850.

On the genus Cottus Auct. By Charles Girard. Oct. 17, 1849. < Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 3, pp. 183-190, 1849.

185O — Some additional observations on the nomenclature and classification of the
genus Cottus. By Charles Girard. June 19, 1350. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., v. 3, pp. 302-305, 1850.

1851— On a new genus of American Cottoids. By Charles Girard. Feb. 5, 1851.
< Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 4, pp. 18-19, 1851.

Revision du genre Cottus des auteurs. Par Charles Girard, de 1'Association
am6ricaine pour 1'avancemeut des sciences, niembre de la Societe d'histoire
naturelle de Boston. [1851. 4°, 28 pp ] < N. Deukschr. allg. Schweizer.
Gesell. gesammt. Naturw., B. 12, 1852.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. = Contributions to the Natural His-
tory of the Fresh Water Fishes of North America. By Charles Girard. I.
A Monograph of the Cottoids. Accepted for publication by the Smithson-
ian Institution, December, 1850. [Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge,]
vol. iii, art. 3. [4°, 80 pp., 3 pi.]

Description of a new form of Lamprey from Australia, with a Synopsis of the
Family. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F. R. S., V. P. Z. S., etc. < Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, part xix, pp. 235-241, plates, Pisces, iv, v, Idol.

List of the specimens of Fish iu tbe collection of the British Mu>eum. — Part
I. — Chondropterygii. — Printed by order of the trustees. London, 1851. [12°,
x,[lj, 160 pp., 2 pi. J

[The name of the compiler is not published on the title-page. Iu the usual introduction,
Mr. Gray states:— ''The characters of the genera of Sharks and Rays, with their sy-
nonyms, have principally been derived from the work of Professors Miiller and Henle.
The specimens which were not named by thoso authors wheu engaged iu their work, or
by Dr. Andrew Smith, have been determined by Mr. Edward GeiTjrd." The responsi-
bility of tbe compilation, however, apparently devolves on JOIIN EDWARD GRAY.
The diagnoses of the groups, and, for 'the most part, the synonymy of the species, are, in
fact, translated or transcribed from Miiller and Henle's great work on the Plagiostomes,
entitled i-s follows: — Syi-tematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen von Dr. J. MULLER,
o. o. Professor der Auatomie und Phys ologie, und Director des auatomischen Theaters
und Museums in Berlin, uud Dr. J. 11ENLE, o. 6. Professor der A natouiie uud Director
des anatomischen Theaters uud Museums iu Zurich. Mit seo'.-zig Steindrucktafelu.
Berlin, Verlag vou Veit und Cornp.— 1641. [Folio, xxii, 200 pp., i2 1., (10 pi., mostly colored,
unnumbered.] An epoch-marking work, but with no notices of Western Ameiican species.]

"The Xotopteres are differentiated from the Clupeoidej as a very oistiiici family (urie famillo tres-
•distincte).

19

— Supplement to Frank Forrester's Fish and Fishing of the United States and
British Provinces of North America. By William Henry Herbert, author
of the " Field Sports of North America," " Frank Forrester and his Friends,''
etc. New York, Stringer & Townsend, 22*2 Broadway, 1851. pp. 1-86.

1§53 — Descriptions of some new Kishes from the River Zuni. By S. P. Baird and
Charles Girard. June 28, 1833. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 6, pp. 368-369,
June, I"r5:5.

[X. g- and sp. Gila (n. g. 363), Gilo, robugta (369), Gild elegant (369), Gilo, gracilis (369).]
Descriptions of New Species of Fishes collected by Mr. John II. Clark, on the
U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey, under Lt. Col. Jas. D. Graham. By
Spencer F. Baird and Charles Girard. August 30, 1853. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila.. v. 6, pp. 387-390, August, 1853.

(X. sp. Catostomus latipinnis (388), GHz Emoryi (383), Gila Grahami (389), Cyprinodon
maculariu* (389), Heterondria ojfrnis (390), Heterondria occidental!* (390).]

32d Congress, j 2d session. J Senate. J Executive | No. 59. | — | Report of an Ex-
pedition ] down the j ZuDi and Colorado Rivers, | by | Captain L. Sit-
greaves, | Corps Topographical Engineers. | — | Accompanied by maps,
sketches, views, and illustrations. | — | Washington: | Robert Armstrong^
public printer. | 1853. [8°, 190 pp., 1 1., 24 pi. of scenery (pi. 1 folded), 6 pi. of
DIM mm uls, 6 pL of birds, 2 pL of reptiles, 3 pL of fishes, 21 pi. of botany, 1
folded map, all at end.]
Title, p. 1.

Report of the Secretary of War, communicating, [etc.] p. 3.
[Sitgreaves's report.] pp. 4-29.

Report J on j the natural history j of the ] country passed over by the
exploring expedition | under the command of Brevet Captain L. Sit-
greaves, | U. S. Topographical Engineers, during the year 1851. | By S.
W. Woodhonse, M. D., | surgeon and naturalist to the expedition, j pp.

31-40.

Zoology. | — | Mammals and Birds, by S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. I Reptiles,
by Edward Hallo well, M. D. | Fishes, by Prof. S. F. Baird and Charles
Girard. | pp. 41-152.

Mammals. By S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 43-57, 6 pi. (1-6).
Birds, By S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 58-105, 6 pi. (1-6).
Reptiles. By Edward Hallo well, M. D. pp. 106-147, 21 pi. (1-20+

10 a).
Fishes. By Spencer F. Baird and Charles Girard. pp. 148-152,

3 pi. (1-3).

Botany. | — | By Professor John Torrey. pp. 153-178, 21 pis. (1-21).
Medical Report. | — | By S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 179-185.
List of illustrations, pp. 187-190.
Table of contents. [1 L]

Extraordinary Fishes from California, constituting a new family, described by
L. Agassiz. <Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, (-2), v. 16, pp. 3SO-390, Nov. 1853;
also reprinted in Edinburgh New Phil. Journ., v. 57, pp. 214-227 ; translated
in Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte (Berlin), Jalrg. 20, B. 1, pp. 149-162, 1853.

(Family named "Family Holconoti or Eiubiotocoidae11 (p. 383). X. g. and n. sp. Embiotoca
(n. g., 366) :— 1. Embiotoca Jacteoni (387) ; 2. Embiotoca Caryi (389).]

[This article was translated into German as follows: — J

Ueber erne neue Familie von Fischen a us Californien. You L. Agassiz.
Aus Silliman's Amer. Journ. vol. xvi. p. 380 iibersetzt. Vom Herausgeber
[F. H. Troschelj. < Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 20. Jahrg., B. 1, pp. 140-
162, 1854.

20

[This translation was followed by the following critical conmroDicatioxj, in which the
systematic relations of the family were definitely determined:—]

Uebcr die system atische Stellung cler Gattung Enibiotoca. Beinerkung zur
vorigeu Abhandlung. Vom Heiausgeber [Dr. F. H. Troschel]. <Arcliiv
fiir Naturgescbichte, 20. Jahrg., B. 1, pp. 163-168, 1854.

1854 — The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. 8. Herald, under the comn and of Cap-
tain Henry Kellett, R. N., C. B., dur.ng the years 1845-51. — Published under
the Authority of the Lorus Commissioners of the Admiralty. — Edited by
Professor Edward Forbes, F. II. S. Vcrtebrals, including Fossil Mammal*.
By Sir John Richardson, Kut.,C. B., M. D., F. R. S.— London: Lovell
Reeve, 5, Henrietta stree-, Covent Garden.— 1H54. [4°, xi, vi, [1], 171 [+ ] ]
pp., 32 pi.]

Fish. pp. 156-171, and pi. xxviii,pl. xxxii;.

[Describes Platessa stellata, mouth of Coppermine River (1G4, pi. 32, f. 1-3); Platessa
glacialis, Batburst's lulet (16G, pi. 3;J); S.ilmo comuetus, Yukon Iliver (167, pi. 32); Salmo
dermatinus, Yukon Iliver (169, pi. 33, f. 3-5).]

Notice of a collection of Fishes from the southern bend of the Tennessee
River, in the State of Alabama. By L. Agassiz. <[ Am. Journ. Sci. and
Arts, (2), v. 17, pp. 297-303, Mar. 1854; v. 17, pp. 353-369, May, 1654.
Appendix.— Additional uoies on the Ilolconoti. pp. 365-369, May, 1854.

[N". g. and n. «p. Embiotoca lateralis (3G6), Khacochilus (n. g.) toxotes (3G7), Amphistichns
(n. g.) argenteus (3G7), Hoiconotus (n. g., 367) rhodoterus (368).]

[Translated as follows :— ]

Nachtriigliche Bemerkuugen iiber die Holconoti. Von Prof. L. Agassiz. Aus
Silliinun Amer. Journ. xvii. p. 365. Uebersetzt vom Herausgeber [J. H.
Troschel]. < Archiv iiir Naturgeschichte, 21. Jahrg., B. 1, pp. 30-34, 1855.

Description of four new species of Viviparous Fishes from Sacramento Iliver
and the Bay of San Francisco. Read before the California Academy of Na<-
ural Sciences, May 15, 1854. By W. P. Gibbons, M. D. June 27, 1854.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pnila., v. 7, pp. 105-106, 1854.

[X. sp. Hysterocarpus Traskii (105), Hyperprosopon ar<jenteu,m (105) and var. a.punctatum
(IUG), Cymatogaster aygregatus (10G), Cymatogaster minimus (106) ]

Description of new Species of Viviparous Marine ami Fresh-water Fishes, from
the Bay of San Francisco, and from the River and Lagoons of the Sacramento.
By W. P. Gibbons, M. D. [Read before the California Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences, Jan. 9th and May 15th, 22d, and 29th, 1854.] July 25, 1854.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 7, pp. 122-126, July, 1854.

[X. g. and n. sp. Hoiconotus (122), H. Agassizii (12:7), H. Gibbonsii, " Cal. Acad. of X. S." (122),
H.fttlijinosus (123), Cymatogaster (n. g ), C. Larkinsii (123), C. pulchellus (123), C. ellipticux
(124), ITysterocarpus (u. g.), H. Traskii (124), Ilyperprosopon (n. g ), H. argenteua (125), H.
arcuatus (125), Micrometrus (n. g.), H. aggregatus (125), M. minimus (125), Mylllopliagus (n
g.), J/. fa^ciatus (125), Pachylabrus (n. g.), P. variegatus (126).]

[Translated as follows :— ]

Beschreibung neuer Fische aus der Familie Holconoti aus dem Buseii von
San Francisco, ans dem Sacramento- Flues und dcssen Laguneu. Von W.
P. Gibbons. Aus den Proceedings of the Acad. of nat. sc. of Philadelphia
vol. vii. 1854. p. 122. iibersetzt vom Herausgeber [F. H. Troschel]. <[ Ar-
chiv fur Naturgeschichte, 21. Jahrg., B. 1, pp. 331-341, 1855.

Descriptions of new Fishes, collected by Dr. A. L. Heermann, Naturalist at-
tached to the survey of the Pacific Railroad Route, under Lieut. R. S. Wil-
liamson, U. S. A. By Charles Girard. Aug. 29, 1854. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., v. 7, pp. 129-140, 1854.

[X. g. and n. sp. :— 1. Centrarchus interrvptus (129), 2. Cottcpsis gulosus (129), 3. Aspicottus
(u. g.) bison (130), 4. Leplocottus (n. g., 130) armatus U31) , 5. Scorpcenichthys (n. g.) marmo-
ratua (131), 6. Ssbastes auriculatus (131), 7. Chirus pictus(W2), 8. Chirus guttatus (132), 9.

21

Opldodmi (n g.) elongatiis (133), 10. Gasterosteus WUliarnsoni (133), 11. GaMerosteus micro-
cephalus (133), 12. Atherinopsis (n. g.) californienftis (134). 13. Gobius gracilis (134), 14. Embi-
otoca lineata (134), 13. Amphiiitichus siwu7i*(135), 16. Amphiitichu* Heermanni (135) , 17. Gite
conoccphala (135), 18. Poyonichthyn incequilobus (130), 19. Pogonichthys sym-Hietricua (136), 20.
I.arirda (n. g.) cxilicauda (137), 21. Lavinia crassica'jjda (137), 22. Lavinia conformig (137),
23. Leucoaomus occulentalis (137), 24. Vlupea mirabdis (138), 25. Meletta casrutea (138), 26.
Engeaulis mordax (133), 27. Platichthys (u, jr.) -rugosus (139), 2d. Pleuronichthys (n. g.) cosno-
sw* (139), 29. Paropkry* (n. g., 139) eefuitu (140), 30. Psettichthys (n. g.) melaiiottic'ug (140).]

1854 — Enumeration of the species of marine Fishes, collected aD San Francisco, Cali-
fornia, by Dr. C. B. R. Kennedy, naturalist attached to the survey of the
Pacific R. R. Route, under Li.-ut. A. \V. Whipple. By Charles Girard. Aug.
29, 1654. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. P.nla., v. 7, pp. 141-1 12, Aug. 1854.

[N. g. and n. sp : — 1. Chiru* cont>teUattu> (Ml), 3. PorichUiys (n. g.) notatus (141), 8. Gadu*
proximus (141), 10. PseUichthys ^ordiaus (142).]

Observations upon a collection of Fishes made on the Pacific coast of the
U. Statrs, by Lieur. \Y. P. Trow bridge, U. S. A., for the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution. By Charles Girard. Aug. 29, 1854. < Proc.
Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., v. 7, pp. 142-15(5, 1~54.

[X. g. and n. sp.:— 1. Labraxnebut'fer (142), 2. Labraxclathrattis(U3), 3. Heterost ichu.s (n. g )
rostratus (143), 4. Sphyrctna argentea (144), 5. Cottopsis partus (144), 8. Scorpcenichlh /« Zate-
rn/t»-(l-4,"j), 9. ScorjHzna guttata (145), 11. Stbantesrosaceus (146), 12. <SfciaA^/a*'ci«'«*'(1'"i).1;;-
Gasteroateius plebeius (147), 1C. Gasterostcus inopinatus (147), 17. ~Cn.brina undulata (l4.-!), 18.
GlgpJiisodon rubicundus (14;). 19. Belone exilic (140), 20. Ble.Mius gextilis (149), 21. Gunnellus
crnatKS (149). 22. Apodichthyg (n. g.) fla.vidu3 (150), 23. Apodichthyn violaccus (150), 24. J.7:ar-
rhichatfflis (150), CC. J'jtZw modentus (151), 29. EnMotoca lineata (151), 30. Embiotoca Cas-
fidyi (151), 32. Holconotus Trowbridyii (152), 33. Holcono'u* megalops (15-J), 31. Phanerodon
in.g.) fiircatus (153), 36. Pogon.chthys artjyieiosus (1T3), 37. Fundulns parvipinnis (154). 42.
Engraidis delicatixsimus (154), 43. Argentina, prctioba {ISO), 44. Pleuronectes maculosus (155),
48. Lepadogaster reticulatus (155), 49. Syngnathus brevirottris {156), 50. Syngnatiius lepto-
rhynchus{\56).]

t Descriptions of two species of fish, believed to be new. Sept. 4, 1854. By
Wm. O. Ayres. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 3-4, 1^54 ; 2d ed., pp. 3-4,

[X. sp. Labrus puleher, Hemitripterus marmoratus.]

t Descriptions of two new species of Sebastes. Sept. 11, 1854. By "Win. O.
Ayres. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. I, pp. 5-6, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 5-0, 1873.
[X. ep. S. nebulosu*, S. pancispinis.]

t Descriptions of new species of fish. Sept. 18, 1854. By Wm. O. Ayres,
M. D. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 7-8, 1854 ; 2d eel.', pp. 7-8, 1873.

(X. sp. Sebastes ruber, Sebastes ruber var. parvus, Sebastes variabilig, Centrarchus macu-
losus.]

t Observations on the development of Anableps Gronovii, a viviparous iish
from Surinam. By Prof. Jefiries Wyman. Sept. 20, 1854. < Proc. Boston
Soc. Xat. Hist., v. 5, pp. 80-81, Dec. Ie54.*

"Remarks in relation to the Mode of Development, of Einbiotocoidffi. By
Charles Girard. Sept. 20, 1854. < Proc. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist., v. 5, pp.
81-^-2, Dec. 1>54.

*Two new fishes, Morrhoa califoruica and Grystes liueatus. By "Win. O.
Ayres. Oct. 2, 1-54. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci.,v. 1, pp. 9-10, 1854; 2d cd.,
pp. 8-10, !>::{.

[X. sp. Morrhua caUfornica, Grystes lineatus.]

*Sec, also. OV'perva tions en the development of Aualli ps Grouc.vii (Cuv. and Val.). Ey JeffriesWyuian
M . D. Head S^pt. -20, 1(54. < Bostou Journ. Xat. Hist., v. 6, pp. 432-443, pi. 17, Xov. If54.

22

1854 — t Descriptions of a new species of cottoid fish, and remarks on the American
Acanthocotti. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct. 9, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci., v. 1, p. 11, 1854; 2d ed., p. 11, 1*73.

[N. sp. Clypeocottus robustits (=Aspicottus Wson.Grd.).}

t Descriptions of two new species of iish. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct.
23, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 13-14, 1854; 2d. ed., pp. 12-13,
1873.

[N. sp. Brosmius marginatus, Syngnathus griseolineatus.}

New species of Californian Fishes, by "William. O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 1, 1854.
<Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 5, pp. 94-103, Dec. Id54, a.d Feb. 1855.

[X. sp. Sebastes paucisplnis (94), Sebastes nebuloms (96), Sebastes ruber (97), Sebastes ruber
\a,r.parvus(98), Centrarchus maculosus (99), Morrhita catifomicct (100), Labru/s pulcher (101) .}

* Descriptions of the Sturgeons [Acipenser] found in our [ Calif omiau] waters.

By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 27, 1854. < Proc. Cai. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p.
15, Dec. 1854; 2d ed., pp. 14-15 1873.

[N. sp. A. acutiro&tris, A. medirostria, A. brachyrhynchus.].

Characteristics of some Cartilaginous Fishes of the Pacific coast of North Am-
erica. By Charles Girard. Nov. 28, 1854. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
v. 7, pp. 196-197, 1854.

[N. sp.:— 1. Cestradwi francisei (196). 2. Triakis semifasciatum (19G), 3-. Spinax ( Acanthias)
Suekleyi (196), 5. Raja binoeulata (i96).}

Abstract of a Report to Lieut. Jas. M. Gilliss, U. S. N., upon the Fishes col-
lected during the U. S. N. Astronomical Expedition to Chili. By Charles
Girard. Nov. 28, 1854. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 7, pp. 197-199, 1854.
[Genus Atherinopxis noticed, and the Meletta ceerulea of Aug. 29, 1854, v. 7, p. 138, rede-
scribed as a new species, under the namo Alosa musicn. }

t Descriptions of two new species of iish. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 4,
1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 17-18, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 16-17, 1873.
[N. sp. Osmerus elongatus, MustelusfeHs.}

i Descriptions of two new s oecies of Cyprinoidj. By Wm, O. Ayres, M. D.
Dec. 11, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 18-19, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 17-18,
1873.

[N". sp. Catostomus oc&i..entalis, Gilo, gmndis.]

* Descriptions of two new Cypriuoid fish. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 18,

1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 20-21, 1854; 2d ed., pp. 19-'20, 1873.
[N. sp. Lavinia gibbosa, L. compressa. }

* Description of a new Cyprinoid fish. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 25,

1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 21-22, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 20-21, 1873.
[N. sp. Qila microlepidota.]

A list of the Fishes collected in California, by Mr. E. Samuels, with descrip-
tions of the new species. By Charles Girard, M. D. [1854.] < Boston
Journ. Nat. Hist., v. 6, pp. 533-544, pi. 24-26, 1857.

i855— Synopsis of the Ichthyological Fauna of the Pacific Slope of North America,
chiefly from the collections made by the U. S. Exp. Exped. under the com-
mand of Capt. C. Wilkes, with recent addit:ons and comparisons with east-
ern types. By Louis Agassiz. <] Am. Journ. Sci. and.Arts. v. 19, pp. 71-99,
Jan., 1855; v. 19, pp. 215-231, March, 1855.

[N. g. and n. sp. Catostomus occidentalis (94), Aerocheilus (n. g., 96) alutaceus (99), Ptycho-
cheilus (n. g., 227), Ptychooheilus gracilis (229), Ptyehocheilus major (229), Mylocheilus (n. g.
229) lateralis 231).]

23

1 855— * On two speci-es of Liparis. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Jan. 8, 1855. < Proo
Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 23-24, Feb. 1, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 21-23, 1873.
[N. sp. L. pidchellus, L. wmoosus.J

t Description of a new genus (Leptogundlus) and two new species of iishes.
By Win. O. Ayres, M. D. Jan. 22, 1855. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp.
25-27, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 24-25, 1873.

(ST. sp. Leiostomus lineatus, LeptoguneUus gracilis.]

f Description of a Lamprey, from the vicinity of San Francisco. By Win. O.
Ayres, M, D. Feb. 5, 1855. <Proc. Cal. Acad- Sci., v. 1? p. 28, Feb. 19,
1855; 2d ed., p. 27, 1873.
(N". gp. Petremyzon plumbeits.]

* Remarks on the festal Zygaena (Hammer-headed Shark). By Jeffries Wy-

man. Feb. 21, 1855. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 5, p. 157, March,

1855.

t Description of a new generic type among fishes. Py Wm. O. Ayres, M.
D, Feb. 26, 1855. < Proc. CaL Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 31-32, 1855; 2d ed., pp.
30-31, 1873.

(N. sp. AvMrrhichthys oceUatus.}

fDescription of a new species of Catastomus. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
March 5, 1855. < Proc, Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 32-33, 1855; 2d-ed., pp. 31-
32, 1873.

[N. sp. Catostomus labiates.]

* Description of a new ichtbyic type. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. March 12,

1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 33-35, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 32-34, 1873-
{N. g, aud u. sp. Mgtopharodon (n. g) robnstus.]

* Descriptioa of a new Trout. By W. P. Gibbons. March 19, 1855. < Proc.

Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 36-37, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 35-36, 1573.
{X. ep. JSalmo iridea.]

*On specimens of Gasterosteus plebems, Gir., brought from San Jos6 by the
Rev. Mr. Douglas. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. April 2, 1855. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. ScL, v. 1, p. 40, 1855; 2d ed., p. 39, 1873.

t Description of a new Platessa, and remarks on the Flatfish of the San Fran-
cisco markets. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. April 2, 1855. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 39-40, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 39-40, 1873.
fX. «p. Pl&te&sa bilhteata.]

t Description of a new Salrno and a new Petroinyzon. By Wm. O. Ayres.
April 16, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 4:3-45, 1855; 2d ed., pp.
42-44, 1873.
[N. sp. Saline rivularis, Petromyzon dliatns.}

Notice upon the Viviparous Fishes inhabiting the Pacific coast of North Amer-
ica, with an enumeration of the species observed. By Charles Girard.
April 24, 1855. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, v. 7, pp. 318-323, 1-55.

{N. £. aud n. ep. : — 3. Embioioca Webbi (320), 5 Embiotocaomata(32'i), G. Embiotocapergpica-
bUia (321), 7. Da,nalichthys (u. g.) vacca (321), 9. Al>eona(n. g.) Trowbridgii (3->2>, II. Ennich-
tkys (n.g., 322), Ennichthys megalops (323), 12. EnnichJthys Hcermantii (323).]
[Tranalated into German by Dr. Troschel as follows:—]

Ueber die lebendig gebiirenden Fische an der Westkiiste von Nordamerika.
Von Charles Girard. (Proceedings of the Academy of uat. sc. of Phila-
delphia April 1855.) Uebersetzt voin Herausgeber [Prof. Dr. Troschel].
<Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 21. Jahrg.,B. 1, pp. 342-354 [numb. 344],
1855.

24

J 8 55 —t Description of a Gasterosteus believed to be new, and on the American spe-
cies of the genus. By Wm. O. Ayres. April 30, 1855. <^Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci., v. 1, pp. 47-4S, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 46-47, 1873.

[X. sp. Gasterosteus serratus ; name Gasteroxteus dekayi proposed for Gaaterosteus biacu-
leatus DeKay.)

t Description of a new species of Apodichthys. By William O. Ayres, M. D.
May 21, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 55-5(>, 1655 ; 2d ed., pp. 54-
55, 1873.

[N\ sp. Apodichthys virescens.\

t Description of a new generic type of Blennoids. By William O. Ayres, M. D
June 4, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci.,, v. 1, pp. 58-59, 1855 ; 2d e-d., pp. 58-59,
1873.

[N". sp. Cebedichthys criutagalli.]

t Description of a new Carangoid fish. By William O Ayres, M. D. July
2, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 62-63, 18t>5 ; 2d ed., p. 64; 1873.
[X. sp. Garanx symmetricus.]

t Description of a new species of Whiting. By William O. Ayres, M. D.
.July 16, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1. p. 64, Ib55; 2d ed., pp. 65-66,
1873.

[N. sp. Merlangus productus.]

* Description of a fish, representing a type entirely new to our waters. By

Wrn. O. Ayres, M. D. Aug. 6, 1855. < Proc. Ca!. Acad. Sci., v.' 1, pp. 66-67,
1855; 2ded., p. 69, 1873.
[X. sp. Saurus lucioceps.}

* Description of a new species of Cramp fish. By William O. Ayres, M. D.

Sept. 10, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1 , pp. 70-71, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 74-75,
1873.

[N". sp. Torpedo calif ornicx.]

tOn a viviparous fish from Japan. By Louis Agasoiz. Sept. 11, 1855.
<\Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., v. 3, p. 204, 1855.

"A Flying Fish, Exococlus fasciatus Le Sueur, from the Pacific Ocean, lat. 30C
06' N.,long. 113° 02yW. [Gulf of California], presented by Dr. Lanszweert."
Sept. 24, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 7 1-73, 1855.

t Description of a Shark of new generic type. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
Oct. 8, 1855. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 72-73, 1855; 2d ed., pp.
76-77, 1873.

[N. sp. Notorhynchus maculatus.]

* Remarks concerning a collection of fishes made by Lieut. W. P. Trowbridge

at or near Cape Flattery, W. T. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct. 22, 1855.
<Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. 74, 1855; 2d ed., p. 79, 1873.
[10 species enumerated.]

tOn a supposed new genus of Cottoids. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 24,
1855. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 75-77, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 81-82, 1873.
\N. sp. Calycilepidotus spinosus, Scorpcenichthys lateralis Gi-d..= Calycilepidotuslateralis._

25

1856— Contributions to the Ichthyology of the Western Coast' of the United States,
from specimens in the Museum of Smithsonian Institution. By Chaxles
Girard, M. D. June £4, 1856. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 8, pp.
131-137, 185T>.

[X. g. and n. sp. Paralabrax (n. g., 131), Homa'opomus (n. «».) Trou-bndgii (132), Oligo-
cottus (n. g., 132) maculosus (133), Leiocottu* (n.g.) h.rundo (1:53), Artednts (•>. g., 134). .4rfr-
dtw^ notospilotus (134), Sebastes melanops (135), Oploporna (a. r.) pan.lierina (13.5), Gaate-
rosteus intermedium (135), Gaaterostcus pugetti (135), Gobius Ntwbcrryi (13!)). Linbiot^ca armj-
rosoma (136), Coregonus WlUiamaoni (13G). Platichthys iimbrvsus (136), Pienrcnichthytt guitu-
latins (137), Ammodytespersonatus ^137), Ithiuoptera vespertil o (137).]

Researches upon the Cyprinoids iuhabiting the fresh water Fishes of the United
States of America, west of the Mississippi Valley, from specimens in ihe
Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. By Charles Giravd, M. D. Sept.
30, 1836. < Proc. Acud. Xat. Sci. Phila., v. 8, pp. 163-^13. 1856.

[X. g. and n. sp. Jf ylocheilus fraterculus (1G9), Catoitomus (Acornu*, n. 8. p.) yencrort:*
(174), Cato>itomu8*macrocheilus (175), Cato»tomu!s bcrnardini (175), Alganaca, (u. jr.), Algju-
sea bicolor (183), Algansea obesa (183), Algansta foimoaa (183), Lavinia h'lieniju* (It4),
Argyr&ts nubilus (186), Argyreus vsculus (Itfi), Argyreu* notabili* (I8C), Ayisia, (u. g.), Agrmia
chryaogaster (187), Agosia meta&ea (1ST), Jfeda (u. p.) fulyida (19^), Richaidscnius (u. g.)
lateralis (-2Q2), Tiaroya (n. g.) ccbitis (^04), Tigoma (3. g.). Tigoma bicolor (OOG), Tirjoina pur-
purea (-20(1), Tigoma intermedia, (20G), Tigoma, obexa (-06), Tigoma Hu>t<boldti (^OC), Tigoma
lineata (206), Tijorna rjracilis (iOb), Tigoma nijreaccns (207), Tigo-tua crassa (207), Chconda
(n.jr.), Oheonda Cooperi (207), Cheonda coerulea (207), Sibou.a (n. tr-) atraria (208), PiychocJiei-
lus rapax (209), Ptychocheilus lucius (209), Ptychocheilus vorax (20'.)).]

Notic upon the Species of the Genus Salmo of authors, observed chiefly in
Oregon and California. By Charles Girard, M. D. Oct. '28, IdoG. <Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 8, pp. 217-^0. 1856.

[X. sp. £aZtfio spectabilis (21^), JPario aurora (218), Jario argijrcua (21-), Fario ktellaiu*
(219), £aiar iew/si (21'J), Satar vi sri/ia.i* (220).]

33d Congress, | 5d Session. | House of Representatives. ^ Ex. Doc. | No. 97. | = |
Narrative | of | the Expedition of an American Squadron | to j the China
Seas and Japan, j performed in the years 1852, 1803 and It54, | under the
command of j Commodore M.C. Perry, United States Navy, j by | <>rderofth^
Goverumentof the United States. | — | Volume II. \Viih illustrations. | —
| Washington: | A. O. P. Nicholson, printer. | 1850. [4°, 4 p. 1., 414 pp.;
[Treaty,] 2 p. 1., 14 pp.; [Index,] iii-xi pp., 1 ].]

Notes on some figures of Japanese Fish, taken from recent specimens by
the artists of the U. S. Japan Expedition. By Jamss Carson Brc-
voort. (pp. 1253-^56, pi. iii-xii.)

[Contains notice of Ditrema and first notice of the recognition of the affinity between
the Eoi'oiotocoids of California and the Japanese geitus.]

33d Congress, 2d Session. \ Senate. | Ex. Doc. No. 78. | = j Reports | of j Explo-
rations and Surveys, | to | ascertain the most practicable and economical route
for a railroad | from the | Mississippi Eiver to the Pacific Ocean | made under
the direction of the Secretary of War, | in 1853-4, | according to acts of Con-
gress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1^54, and Augusts, 1854. | — | Volume V. | — |
Washington : | Beverley Tucker, Printer. | lt;5'o.

Explorations and Surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocrau. | War Department. | = | RoutcsiuCa!ifoinia,tocou-
nect with the routes near the thirty-tilth and thirty-second | parallels,
explored by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps Topographical Engineers, in
1853. | — | Geological report, J by | William P. Blake, | Geologist and
Mineralogist of the Expedition. | [With appendix.] | — | Washington,
D. C. | 1857. ^

Appendix.— Article I. Notice of the fossil fishes.— By Pi ofessor Louis
Agassiz.-(pp. 313-316, and 1 plate ("Fossils plate 1") )

26

1856— 3iJd Congress,' | 2d Session. | Senate. [Ex. Doc. | No. 78. = Reports j of | Explo-
rationsand Surveys. | to | ascertain the most practicable and economical route
fora railroad j from the | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean | made under
the direction of the Secretary of War, in | 1853-4, | according to acts of Con-
gress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | — | Volume
IV. | — | Washington : | Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1856.

Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | = | Route near the thirty-fifth
parallel, explored by Lieut. A. W. Whipple, Topographical | Engineers,
in 1853 and 1854. | — j Report on the zoology of the expedition, j — |
Washington, D. C. | 1856. =[17 pp., 1 l.J
No. 1. — Field notes and explanations. — By C. B. R. Kennerly, M. D.,

Physician and Naturalist to the Expedition. — pp. 5-17.

1857 — The Northwest Coast; or, Three Years' Residence in Washington Territory.
By James G. Swan. [Figure of terr. seal.] With numerous illustrations.
New York: Harper & Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1857. [12°,
435 pp. (incl. 26 tigs, and pi.), frontispiece, 1 map.]

[Popular notices of fishes— especially salmon and fishing for salmon— are given in chap-
ters 3, 7, 9, and 14.]

* Account of some observations on the development of Anableps Gronovii, as

compared with that of the Embiotocas of California. By Jeffries Wyman.

Nov. 18, 1857. < Proc. Boston S c. Nat. Hist., v. 6, p. 294, Jan. 1858.
Notice upon new Genera and new Species of Marine and Fresh-water Fishes

from Western North America. By Charles Girard, M. D. Nov. 24, 1857.

<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 9, pp. 200-202, Nov. 1857.

[N. g. atd n. sp. Chiropsis (n. g., 201), Oligocottus analis (-201), Oligocottu* globiceps (201),
Zanioltpis (n. g.) latipinnis (202), Blepsias oculofascialus (202).]

33dCongrtss, | 2d Session. J Senate. £ Ex. Doc. | No. 78. | = | Reports | of | Ex-
plorations and Surveys, | to | ascertain the most practicable and economical
route for a railroad | from ihe | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. |
Made under the direction of the Secretary of War, in | 1854-5, | according to
Acts of Congress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | — |
Volume VI. | — | Washington : | Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1857.

Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | = | Routes in California and
Oregon explored by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps of Topographical |
Eogineers, and Lieut. Henry L. Abbor, Corps of Topographical Engin-
eers, in 1855. | — | Zoological Report. — | Washington, D. C. | 1857. | =
No. 1. Report upon Fishes collected on the Survey. — By Qbarles
Girard, M. D.— pp. 9-34, with plates xxii a, xxii &, xxv a, xxv &, xl
a, xlvi, Ixii, Ixvi, Ixviii, Ixx, Ixxiv.

Report on the fauna and medical topography of Washington Territory. By
Geo. Suckley, M. D. May, 1857. < Trans. Am. Med. Assoc., v. 10, pp. 181-
217, 1857.

[Fishes noticed at pp. 202-203.]

1858 — Description of several new species of Salmonidie from the north-west coast
of America. By George Suckley, M. D. Read December 6, 1858. <^ Ann.
Lye. Nat, Hist. New York, v. 7, pp. 1-10, 1862.

[N. sp. Salmo Qibbsii (1), Salmo truncatus (3), Salmo gibber (6), Salmo conjluentus (8),
Salmo canis (9).]

Ichthyological Notices, by Chas. Girard, M. D. Dec. 28, 1858. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 10, pp. 223-225, Dec. 1858. "

[§ 1-4, n. sp. " Fario Newberrii, or else Salmo Newberrii " (225).]

27

1858 — Deukwiirdigkeiten einer Reise nach dem russi&cben Amerika, nacb Mikro-
uesien and durch Kamtscbatka. Von F. H. v. Kittlitz. — Erster Band
[— Z welter Band].— Gotha. Verlag von Justus Pertbes. 1858. [fc°, vol. i,
xvi, 383 pp., 2 pi. ; vol. ii, 2 p. 1., 463 pp., 2 pi.]

1859— 33d Congress, | 2d Session. | Senate, j Ex. Doc. | No. 78. | = | Reports j of j Ex-
plorations and Surveys, | to | ascertain tbe most practicable and economical
route for a railroad | from tbe | Mississippi River to tbe Pacific Ocean. |
Made under tbe direction of tbe Secretary of War, in | 18C3-6, | according to
Acts of Congress of Marcb 3, 18i>:'», May 31, Iri54, and August 5,1854. | — |
Volume X. | — I Washington : I Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1859.

Explorations and Surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River
to tbe Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | = | Fisbes: by Charles Gi-
rard, M. D. j — | Wasbiugton, D. C. | 1858.* = [xiv, 400 pp., witb plates
vii-viii, xiii-xiv, xvii, xviii, xxii c, xxvi, xxix, xxx, xxxiv, xxxvii,
xl, xli, xlviii, liii, lix, Ixi, Ixiv, Ixv, Ixxi.]

[N. g. and n. sp. OliqocoUus globiceps (58), Nauticltthys (n. g., 74), Amblodon saturnns (9i<),
Pelamys lineolata (10G), Trachurus boops (108), JEphippus zonatus (110), Ncoclinus (u. <:., IN),
Xeodinus Blanchardi (114), Xiphidion (n. g., 119), Xiphidion rnucosum (119), Ophidian Tay-
lori (138), Paralichthys (n. g., 14G), Tigoma egreyia (-J91). Thalcichthys (n. g., 3£J), Tlialeichthys
Stevensii (325), E graulis nar.us (335), Enyrauliii con.pressus (33G), Tetraodon politux (340).
Hippocampus ingens (342), Synynathus Abboti (34G), Synynathus arundinaceus (346),Itaja
Coopcri (372), Petromyzon lividus (379), Petromyzon astori (3tO), Ammocoetcs cibarius (383). t

As this report brings up our knowledge of the fish fauna of the Pacific coast slope of
the United States to the time of its publication, and uia ks a i epoch in the ichthyography
of the region in question, the species described are htreiubelow emimt rated. Of th«>
several column?, (1) the first contains the family name, (2) the second the generic, (3) the
third the specific, and (4) the right hand one, the page where the species are described :—

Order I.— ACANTHOPTERI.

Percidse

Ambloplites

interruptus

10

Paralabrax

nebnlifer

33

clathratus

34

Trachinidae

Heterostichus

restrains

36

Sphyraenidae

Sphyrana

argentea

39

Heterolepididae

Cbiropsis

coustellatus

4-2

pictus

43

guttatus

44

nebnlosus

45

Oploporaa

pantherin:-,

46

Ophiodon

elongatus

48

Cottidas

Cottopsis

asper

51

gnlosus

5J

parviis

if4

Oligocottus

macnlosus

56

aualis

57

globiceps

58

Leptocottus

arm at us

00

Leiocottus

birnndo

62

Scorpaenichthys

marmoratus

64

Aspicottns

bison

CO

Hemilepidotus

spinosns

68

Artediua

latei-als

70

* General Report upon the Zoology of the several Pacific Railroad Routes. Part IV.
t Dionda rjrisea (230), "from twenty miles west of Chcctaw agency", ia the only other new fpecies
described.

28

Order I.— ACANTHOPTERI— Continued.

Cottidae

Artedius

notospilotus

71

Zaniolepis

latipiunis

73

Nauticbtbys

oculo-fasciatus

75

Scorpaenidae

Scorpaena

guttata

77

Sebast^es

rosaceus

78

fasciatus

79

auriculatus

80

melanops

81

paucispinis

83

Gasterosteidae

Gasterosteus

plebeius

86

serratus

88

intermedius

89

inopiuatus

90

microcepbalus

91

pugetti

92

Williamsonii

93

Sciaenidse

Amblodon

saturuus

98

Leiostomus

lineatus

99

Umbrina

nndulata

101

Atberiuidas

Atberinopsis

calif ornien sis

103

Seombridae

Scomber

diego

105

Pelamys

lineolata

106

'

Tracburns

symmetricus

107

boops

108

Sqnamipennes

Epbippus

zonatus

110

Blcnnidae

Blennius

gentilis

113

Neoclinus

Blancbardi

114

Gunnellus

oruatus

llti

Apodicbthys

flavidus

117

virescens

118

Xiphidion

nmcosus

119

Cebidichthys

violaceua

lyl

Lumpenus

angnil'aris

123

Anarrbichthys

felis

125

Gobidae

Gobius

lepidus

127

Newberri

128

Cyclopteridae

Lepadogaster

rueandricus

130

Cyclogaster

pulcbellus

132

B.itracbidse

Pcricbthys

notatus

134

Order II.— AXAC ANTHINL
Suborder I. — APODES.

Opbididrc

Gadidaa

Pleuronectidae

Ophidion

Taylor!

138

Ainmodytes

persouatus

139

Ki'-der II.— THOKACICI.

Brosmius

. marginatus

141

Mtrlangus

productus

141

Morrbua

proxiuia

142

Homalopomua

Trowbridgii

144

Platessa

bilineata

146

Paralichthya

maculosus

147

Platicbtbys

rugosus

148

umbrosus

149

Pleuronicbtbys

CO3DOSUS

151

gutt ulatus

152

Pacophrys

vctulus

153

Psettichtbys

melanostictus

154

sordidus

155

29

Order III.— PHARYNGOGXATHI.

Suborder I.— MAI.ACOPTEUYGII.
Scornberesocidae Belone exilis

Suborder II.— ACAXTIIOPTEUYGII.

158

Poraacentridie

Glj'phisodon

rubicundus

161

Lab id»

Labrus

pnlcher

162

Julia

modestns

16°>

Embiotocoidae

Embiotoca

Jacksoni

ICO

Cassidii

171

Webbi

173

lineata

174

ornata

176

perspicabilis

178

argyrosoma

180

Damalicbthys

vacca

182

Pbanerodon

fnrcatns

184

Abeona

Trowbridgii

186

Rbacochilus

toxotes

188

Hysterocarpua

Traskii

190

Holconotus

rhodoterns

193

Ennicthys

megalops

197

Heermanui

199

Ampbistichus

argenteus

201

similis

203

Order IV.— PHYSOSTOMI or MALACOPTERi.

Suborder II.— ABDOMIXALES.

oTpriuidse Tribe of Cyprini.

Mylocbeilus

caurinus

213

lateralis

214

fraterculus

215

Mylopbarodon

conocephalus

216

robustus

216

Tribe of Catostomi.

Acotnus

generosns

221

Catostomus

occidentalis

224

labiatus

224

macrocheilus

2--S

Tribe of Chondrcstomi.

Orthodon

microlepidotus

237

Algansea

bicolor

238

obesa

239

formosa

239

Lavinia

exilicauda

241

harengns

242

Tribe of Pogonichthi.

Argyreus

dulcis

243

nubilus

244

Pogonichtbys

inaeqnilobus

245

sjmmetricus

246

argyreiosus

246

communis

247

30

Order IV.— PHYSOSTOMI or MALACOPTERI-Continued.

Cyprinidso

Tribe, of Alburni.

Cyprinella

Gunnisoni

267

lugubris

271

ludibunda

271

Ricbardsonius

balteatus

278

lateralis

279

Luxilus

occidentalis

280

Gila

robnsta

285

elegans

286

gracilis

287

Tigoma

conformis

289

bicolor

289

obesa »

290

humboldti

291

egregia

291

lineata

292

gracilis

293

crassa

293

Chionda

Cooperi

294

ccerulea

295

Siboma

crassicauda

296

atraria

297

Ptychocbeilus

oregonensis

298

grandis

299

rapax

300

vorax

301

Cyprino4ontidae

Fundulus

parvipinnis

303

Salmoni das

Salmo

Scouleri

305

qninnat

306

spectabilis

30-"

Fario

aurora

308

tsuppitcb

310

argyreus

312

Gairdneri

313

Clarkii

314

stellatus

316

Salar

virgin alls

320

iridea

321

Osmerus

pretiosus

324

Thaleichthys

Stevens!

325

Coregonua

Williamsoui

326

Scopelidae

Laurus (Laurida)

lucioccps

328

Clupeidse

Clupea

mirabilis

329

Meletta

ccernlea

330

Engraulis

mordax

334

nanus

335

delicatissimus

335

compressus

335

Order V.— PLECTOGNATHI.

Balistidfe

Balistes

338

Gymnodontidae

Tetraodon

politus

340

Order VI.-LOPHOBKANCHII.

Hippocampidae

Hippocampus

ingens

342

Syngnatbidss

Syn gnat bus

californionsis

344

brevirostris

345

leptoihynchus

345

Abboti

346

arundinacous

346

31

Order VII.-GANOIDEI.

Stm-ionidae Acipenser brachyrhynchuB 355

transmontanns 355

aeutirostria 355

medirostris 356

Order TTTT.— HOLOCEPHALT.

Chimaeridse Chimaera Colliei 860

Order IX.— PLAGIOSTOMI.

Suborder I.— SQUALL

Scylliodontid®

Triakis

semifasciatna

362

Mustelidae

Mustelus

felis

364

Cestraciontidas

Cestracion

francisci

365

Xotidanidre

Heptanchns

macnlatns

367

Spinacidse

Acantbias

Sucklii

368

Suborder II. -R.

Rhmobatidae

Rhinobatius

productus

370

Tarpedinidae

Xarcine

californica

371

Raiidaj

Raja

cooperi

372

Uraptera

binoculata

373

Myliobatidae

Rhinoptera

vespertilio

375

Order X— DERMOPTERI.

Suborder MARSIPOBRAXCHII *. CTCLOSTOMI.

Petromyzontid® Petromyzon tridentatus 377

ciliatus 378

lividns 379

plumbeus 380

astori 380

Ammoco3tes cibarins 383

Explorations and Surveys for a Rail-oad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department, j — | Route near the S9;h and
39th parallels, explored by Captain J. W. Gunnison, and near the 4lst |
parallel, expljred hy Lieutenant E. G. B ckwith. | — | Zoological Re-
port.1 | — | Washington, D. C. | 1857. | = \ *• The report to which the pres-
ent article belongs will be found in Vol. II of ihe series.
No. 4. Report on Fishes collected on the Survey. — By Charles
Girard, M. D.— (pp. 21-27, with pi. xxiii, xlix, liv, Ivi, Ixxiii, Ixxv.)
Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department, j = | Route near the thirty-
fifth parallel, explored by Lieutenant A. W. Whipple, Topographical |
Engineers, in 1853 and 1854. | — | Zoological Report. | — | Washington,
D. C. | 1859. | =

No. 5. Report upon Fishes collected on the Survey. — By C. Girard,
M. D.— pp. (47-59, with pi. iii-vi, ix, x, xxi, xxiv, xxv, xxxv,
xl&, lii, Ivii, Iviii.)

Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | = | Routes in California, to
connect with the routes near the thirty-fifth and thirty-second | parallels,
explored by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps of Top. Eng., in 1853. | — |
Zoological Report. | — | Washington, D. C. | 1859. =

No. 4. Report on Fishes collected on the Survey. — By Charles Girard,
M. D.— (pp. 83-91, with pi. ii, xii, xxii, xxvii, xxviii, xxxi, xxxvi,
xxxviii, xxxix, xlvii.)

32

1859— On some unusual modes of gestation in Batrachians and Fishes. By Jeffries
Wyman. < Am. Journ. Sci. aud Arts, (2), v. 27, pp. 5-13, Jan., 1859 ; re-
printed <Cau. Nat., v. 5, pp. 42-49, 1860; Zoologist, v. 1«, pp. 7173-7179,
1800.

Icbthyological Notices. By Charles Girard, M. D. < Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci.
Phila., 1859.

§ 5-27, Feb. 22, 1859, v. 10, pp. 5G-58, 1859.

§ -J8-40, March 29, 1859, v. 10, pp. 100-104, 1859.

§ -U-r.9, April 16, 1=59, v. 10, pp. 113-12:2, 1859.

§ 60-77, May 31, 1859, v. 10, pp. 157-161, 1859.

[K". sp. Neodinus satiricus (§ 5, p. 56), Myrichthys tigrinus (§ C, p. £8).]

t On new fishes of the California!! coast. By Win O. Ayres, M. D. Oct.
17, 1859. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 25-32, 1859.

[N. sp. Sebastesnigrocmctus, Sebastes helvomaculatus, Sebanteselongatias,Anopl:poma (n.g.)
merlangus, Stereotepis (u. g ) gigas, SquaUna californica, Hippoglossus calif ornic us, Ifurccna
mordax, Orthagoriscus analis, Julis semicinctux.]

Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Giinther

Volume first. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1859. [August.]
At tirst only entitled: — Catalogue of the Acauthopterygian Fishes in the
collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther. Volume first.
Gasterosteidae, Berycidae, Percidse, Aphredoderidae, Priatiporautidas, Mullidae,
SparidiB. London : printed by order of the Trustees. 1859. [General title
-f- xxxix, 524 pp. — 10s.]

1 §60 — Salmon Fishery on the Sa< raruento River. By C. A. Kirkpatrick. <^ Hut ch-
iugs's California Magazine, v. 4, pp. 529-534, June, 1860.

t Notes on Fishes previously described in the Proceedings, with figures of seven.
By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. July 2, 1860. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp.
52-59, 1860.

[N. g. Halias for Brosmius marginatus.]

Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Gobioideu. Von Franz Steindachner. (Mit 1
Tafel.) <^Sitzungsb. mathem.-naturw. Classe [K. Akad. Wissensch.] vom
12. Juli I860, xlii. Band, No. 23, Sitzung vom 18. October 1860, pp. 283-292.

* Description of new fishes. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Aug. 6, 18GO. <Proc.
Cal. Acad. S.-i., v. 2, pp. 60-64, I860.

[X. sp. Trichodon lineatus, Osmerus thaleichthys, with figures.]

Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Giinther, ....
Volume second. London : printed by order of the trustees. 1860. [Sept.]

At first only entitled : — Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes in the
collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther, .... Volume
second. Squamipinnes, Cirrhitidse, Triglidse, Trachinidae, Scia^nidj^, Polyne-
midas, Sphyrseuidae, Trichiurida3, Scombridaj, Caraugida?, Xiphiidse. Lon-
don : printed by order of the Trustees. 1860. [General title -f- xxi, 548 pp.
—8*. 6d.]

[Nov. loc. Naucrates ductor (374), Echeneis remosa (378), Echeneis naucrates (384). X. sp.
Cottus criniger (522), Aspidophoroides inermis (524).]

Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most practicable and
economical route for a Raihoad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific
Ocean, made under the directioa of the Secretary of War, in 1853-6, &c.
Vol. X. Washington, 1859. Fishes; by Chiiles Girard, M. D. Washing-
ton, D. C., 1858. [Review, by Theodore Gill.] < Am. Journ. Sci. aud
Arts, 2d series, vol. 30, pp. 277-281, Sept. 1860.

33

I860 -36th Congress, Is" Session. } Senate. £ Ex. Doc. | = | Reports | of | Explorations
and Surveys | to | ascertain the most practicable and economical route for a
railroad | from | the | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. Made under
the direction of th-.^ Secretary of War, in 1853-5, according to act of Congress
of M-irch 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | —Volume XII. | Book
II. | Washington: | Thomas H. Ford, Printer. 1880.
Explorations an/I Surveys for a Riilroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | = | Route near the forty-
seventh and forty- n nth parallels, explored by 1. 1. Stevens, | Governor
of Washington Territory, in 1853-'55. [pp. 9-353, 70 pi.] Zoological
report.— Washington, D. C., 1860. [viii, (1), 399 pp., 47 pi.]

No. 5. — Report upon the fishes collected on the survey. — By Dr. G.
Suckley, U. S. A. (pp. 307-368, with pi. i, xi, xv, xvi, xix, xx, xxxii,
xxxiii, xlii, xliii, xliv, 1, li, Iv, Ix, Ixiii, Ixvii, Ixix, Ixxii, Ixxv, viz :
Chapter I. Report upon the Salmonidae. pp. 307-349.)
Chapter II. Report upon the Fishes exclusive of the Salmonidie.

pp. 350-368.
[X. sp. Salmo Masoni (345).]

[This volume also appeared wi h the following title-page and modifications: — ]
The Natural History of Washington Territory, with much relating to Minne-
sota, Nebraska, Kansas, Oregon and California, between the thirty-sixth and
forty-ninth parallels of Latitude, being those parts of the final Reports on
the Survey of the Northern Pacific Railroad Route, containing the Climate
and Physical Geography, with full Catalogues and Descriptions of the Plants
and Animals collected from 1853 to 1857. By J. G. Cooper, M. D., and Dr.
G. Suckley, U. S. A.. Naturalists to the Expedition. This edition contains a
new preface, giving a sketch of the explorations, a classified table of con-
tents, and the latest additions by the authors. With fifty-five new plates
of scenery, botany, and zoology, and an isothermal chart of the route. — New
York: Bailliere Brothers, 440 Broadway, [etc.] 1859. [4°. xvii, 26-f-7-2-f-
viii, 399 pp. ( +1-4 pp. betw. 368 and 369), 61 pi., 1 map.]

t Descriptions of the Califoruiau Atherinidae, with figures of the species. By
Wm, O. Ayres, M. D. Oct. 1, 1860. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 73-
77, 1860.

[X. sp. Atherinopsis afinis, Atherinopsis tennis, with figures.]

t Descriptions of two new Sciaenoids, with figures. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
Nov. 5, 1860. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 77-81, 1860.
f N. g. and sp. Johnius nobilis, Seriphus (n. g.) politus.]

t Description of new Californian fishes, with figures. By Win. O. Ayres, M.
D. Dec. 3, 1860. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 82-86, April, 1862.
[N. g. and sp. Camarina (n. g.) niyricans, Poronotus simiUimug.]

— Observations on the genus Cottus, and description of two new species
(abridged from the forthcoming report of Capt. J. H. Simpson), by Theo-
dore Gill. March 20, 1861. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 8, pp. 40-48.
ApriJ, 1*61.

[N. g. as d u. sp. PotamocoUus (n. g. 40), Potamoctttut punctulatus.]

Description of a new species of the genus Tigoma of Girard (abridged from
the forthcoming report of Capt. J. H. Simpson), by Theodore Gill. March
20, 1831. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat Hist., v. 8, p. 42, April, 1861.
fX.sp. Tijoma squamata.\

Bull. K M. ^o. 11,— 3

34

1861 — Notes on the described species of Holconoti, found on the western coast of
North America. By Alexander Agassiz. March 20,1861. <Proc. Bos-
ton Soc. Nat. Hist.,v. 8, pp. 122-134, 1861.

[The number of species is reduced to 15, which are grouped under 9 genera. X. g.
Tceniotoca > Embiotoca lateralis ; n. sp. Hyperprosopon analis, — neither described.]

t Communication on several new generic types of fishes, t. c., Podothecus,
Hoplopagrus, and Stcphanolepis. By Theodore Gill. April 16, 1861.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13 J, pp. 77-78, 1861.
[N. g. and sp. Podothecus (n. g.).]

Revision of the genera of North American Sciaeninae. By Theodore Gill.
April 30, 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 79-89, 1861.

[N. g. Rhinoseion (85) for Amblodon saturnus Grd., Genyonernug (87) for Leiostomus line,-
atus Ay res.]

On the Liostominae. By Theodore Gill. April 30, 1861. <Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 89-93, 1861.
[Remarks on Leiostomus lineatus (92).]

SalmonidsB of Frazer River, British Columbia. By C. Brew. <^ Edinburgh
New Philos. Journ., v. 13, p. 164, 1861.

On the Haploidonotinse. By Theodore Gill. May 28. 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 100-105, 1861.
[Remarks on Amblodon siturnus (105).]

Notices of Certain New Species of North American Salmonidse, chiefly in tho
Collection of the N. W. Boundary Commission, in charge of Archibald
Campbell, Esq., Commissioner of the United States, by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly,
Naturalist to the Commission. By George Suckley, M. D., late Assistant,
Surgeon, U. S. Army. Read before the New York Lyceum of Natural History,
June, 1861. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v. 7, pp. 306-313, 1862.

[N. g. and sp. Salmo Kennerlyi (307), Salmo brevicauda (308), Salmo Warreni (308), Salme
Bairdii (309), Salmo Parkei (309), Oncorhynchus (n. g., 312), Scrlno Campbelli (313).]

Notes on some genera of fishes of the western coast of North America. By
Theodore Gill. July 30, 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp.
164-168, 1861.

[N. g. Atractoperca (164), Archoplites (165) , Parcphippus (IC5), Hypsypops (165), Sebastodet
(165),Acantholebius (166), Pleurogrammus (166), Grammatopleurus (WG),Megalocottus (166).
Glinocottus (166), Blennicottus (166), Anoplagonus (167), Brosmophycis (168), Hypsagonut.
(167), *Paragonus (167).]

On new types of Aulostomatoids, found in Washington Territory. By Theo-
dore Gill. July 30, 1861. < Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 168-170,
1861.
[N. g. and sp. Aulorhynchus (n. g., 169) flavidus (169).]

On the genus Podothecus. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 24, 1861. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 258-261, Sept. 1861.

Description of a new generic type of Blennoids. By Theodore Gill. Sept.
24, 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 261-263, Sept. 1861.
[N. g. andsp. Anoplarchus (n. g., 261) purpuretcens (262).]

35

1861— Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert GiintLei
Volume third. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1861. [Oct.]

At first only entitled:— Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Albert Gunther. YtAttaitiL-^^
third. Gobiidae, Discoboli, Oxudercidse, Batrachidae, Pediculati, Blenmidse,
AcanthoclinidiB, Comephoridae, Trachypteridae, Lophotidae,Teuth5didae, Acro-
nuridifi, Hoplognathidse, MalacnutlmUe, Xandidae, Polycentridae, Labyrin-
thici, Luciocephalidae, Atheriuidae, Mugilidae, Ophiocepbalidae, Triehonotidir,
Cepolidae, Gobiesocidse, Psychrolutidae, Ceutriscidae, Fistulariidae, Masta-
cembelidae, Xotacanthi. London: printed by order of the Trustees. 1861.
[Published in Oct. 8°. General title + xxv, 586 -f x* pp.— 10s. 6d.]

[X. g. and n. sp. Cydopterus orbis (158), Liparig cyclopus (1C3), Centronotus cri*ta-gaUi
(269)= Anoplarchus crista-'jalli (564), Psychrolutes (n. g.) paradoxus (516).]

* Description of a new ichthyic form from the coast of Lower California. By
Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 1, 1861. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, pp.
156-158, 1862.

[X. sp. Cynoscion parvipinnis.]

Analytical synopsis of the order Squali and revision of the nomenclature of
the genera. By Theodore Gill. Dec. 16, 1861. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist.,
N. Y., v. 7, pp. 368*-370*+ 371-408, 1862.

Sqnalorum generum novorurn descriptiones diagnostic*!. Theodore Gill, auc-
tore. Dec. 16, 1861. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., v. 8, pp. 409-413, 1862.

1 §62— Description of a new species of Hemilepidotus, and remarks on the group
(Tenmistiae) of which it is a member. By Theodore Gill. Jan. 28, 1862-

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 13-14, 1862.
[N. sp. Hemikpidotu* Oibbtii (13).]

On the subfamily of Argentininae. By Theodore Gill. Jan. 28, 18f>2.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 14-15, 1862.

[X. g. Mesopus (14) or Hypomesut (15).]

Note on the Sciaenoids of California. By Theodore Gill. Jan. 28, 1862.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 16-18, 1862.

[5 species enumerated.]

\ Notice of fresh water Fishes taken in the Bay of San Francisco. By Wm.
O. Ayres, M. D. Feb. 3, 1862. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 163,
Sept. 1862.
[8 sp. specified.]

On the limits and arrangement of the family of Scombroids. By Theodore
Gill. March 25, 1862. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 124-127,

1862.

Description of new species of Alepidosauroirae. By Theodore Gill. March
25, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 127-132, 1862.

[N. sp. AUpidosaurus (Caulopus) borealis (128), Alepidosaurus (Caulopus) terra (129).]

Catalogue of the fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus. By Theodore GUI. Part I. March 25, 1862.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 140-151, 1862.

On a new genus of fishes allied to Aulorhynchus, and on the affinities of the
family Aulorhynchoidae to which it belongs. By Theodore Gill. April 29,
1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 233-261, 1862.

36

1862— Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus. By Theodore Grill. Part II. April 29, 1862.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 242-246, 1862.

Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantns. By Theodore Gill. Part III. May 27, 1862.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 249-262, 1862.

Notice of a collection of the Fishes of California presented to the Smithsonian
Institution by Mr. Samuel Hubbard. By Theodore Gill. June 24, 1862.
'<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 274-282, 1862.

[N. g. andsp. Hypocritichthys (n. g., 275) analis (275), *Brachyistius (n. g., 275) frenatut (275),
Hyperprosopon Agassizii (27G), Oxylebius (n. g., 277) pictus (-278), Apodichthvs sanguineus (279),
*Apodiehthys inornatus (279), Parophrys Hubbardii (281), Alausa calif ornica (281), Isoplag-
iodon sp. (282).]

Synopsis of the species of Lophobranchiate Fishes of Western North America.
By Theodore Gill. June 24, 1862. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14],
pp. 282-284, 1862.

[Kg. and sp. Dermal ostethus (n. g., 283) punctipinnit (283), Syngnathus dimidiatut (283
284).]

Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Gunther, ....
Volume fourth. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1862.

Also entitled :— Catalogue of the Acanthopterygii pharyngognathi and
Anacanthini in the collection of the British Museum. . . . London: printed
by order of the Trustees. 1882. [8°. General title + xxi, 534 pp.— 8s. 6rf.]

[X. sp. Ditrema brev'pinne (248). Pleuronectes Franklinii (442), Pleuronectes digrammus
(445), Parophrys Ayresii (456).]

Notes on the family of Scombroids. By Theodore Gill. July 29, 1862. <Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.. [v. 14], pp. 328-329, 1862.

Note on some genera of Fishes of Western North America. By Theodore Gill.
July 29, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 329-332, 1862.

[N. g. and sp. Eucyclogobius (n. g., 330), Caularchus (n. g., 330), Eumicrotremus (n. g , 330)
Hypsifario (n. g., 330), Lcpidopsetta (n. g., 330), Hypsopsetta (n. g., 330), Orthopsetta (n. g.,
330), Urnpsetta (n. g., 330), Hydrolagus (n. g., 331), Gyropleurodus (n. g., 331), Holorhinus
(n. g., 331), Entosphenus (n. g., 331). 42 genera are stated to have been added to the Cali-
fornian fauna, either as entirely new or in substitution for others erroneously identified,
since the publication of Girard's work.]

On the classification of the families and genera of the Squali of California.
By Theodore Gill. Oct. 28, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14],
pp. 483-501, 1862.

|N. g. and sp. Rhinotriacis (n. g., 486) Henlei (486).)

I Statement in regard to Sebastes rosacens and S. ruber. By Wm. O. Ayres,
*M. D. Nov. 3, 1862. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, p. 207, January, 1863.

* Description of Fishes believed to be new. By Wm. O. Ayres. M. D.
Nov. 3, 1862. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 209-211, January, 1863.

[N. ap. Sebastodes flavidus, Sebastodes ovalis.]

* Remarks in relation to the fishes of California which are included in Cuvier's

genus Sebastes. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 3, 1862. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 211-218, January, 1863.

37

1862 — Notices of certaiii new species of North American Salraonidse, chiefly in the
collection of the N. W. Boundary Commission. By George Suckley, M. D.
See 1861, June.

1863 — The Resources of California, comprising Agriculture, Mining, Geography, Cli-
mate, Commerce, etc., etc. and the past and future development of the State.
By John S. HitteL — San Francisco : A. Roman & Company. New York :
W. J. Middleton. 1863. [12°, xvi, 464 pp.]
[Zoology, chap, vi (pp. 140-146); fishing (pp. 313-317).]

List of the Fishes sent by the Museum [of Comparative Zoology] to different
Institutions, in exchange for other specimens, with Annotations. By F. W.
Putnam. < Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 1, = v. 1, pp. 2-16, March 1, 1863.

* Remarks in relation to the genus Notorhynchus. By Win. O. Ayres, M. D.
March 2, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 3, p. 15, April, 1863.

Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus. By Theodore Gill. Part IV. March 31, 1663.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp." 80-88, 1863.

Descriptions of some new species of Pediculati, and on the classification of
the group. By Theodore Gill. March 31, 1863. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 88-92, 1863.

On an unnamed generic type allied to Sebastes [Sebastoplns, Gill]. By
Theodore Gill. August 25, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15],
pp. 207-209, 1863.

[Contains reference to Ayres's views on the Californian Sebattoids.]

* Remarks on ichthyic types new to the California Coast. By Wm. O. Ayres,

M. D. Sept. 7, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 3, p. 66, Nov. 1863.

[X. sp. (undescribed) Scombere&ox n. sp., Alopias n. sp.]

Synopsis of the Pomaceutroids of the Western Coast of North'and Central
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 213-221, 1863.

Notes on the Labroids of the Western Coast of North America. By Theodore
Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 221-224.
1863.

Synopsis of the North American Gadoid Fishes. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29,
1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 229-242, 1863.

Descriptions of the genera of Gadoid and Brotuloid Fishes of Western North
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
[v. 15], pp. 242-254, 1863.

Synopsis of the family of the Lycodoidae. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29. 1863.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [r. 15], pp. 254-262, 1863.

Descriptions of the Gobioid genera of the Western Coast of Temperate North
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 262-267, 1863.

[N. g. and sp. Coryphopterus (n. g., 262) glaucofrcenum (263).]

On New Genera and Species of California Fishes. — No. I. By J. G. Cooper,

M. D. Nov. 3, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. 70-77, Nov. 1663.

[N. g. and n. sp. Dekaya (n. g.) anomala. Ayresia (n. g.) punctipinnis, Orcynus pacificus.]

38

1863— Notes on the Sebastoid Fishes occurring in the Coast of California. By Wm.
O. Ayres, M. D., C. M. D. S. Nov. 10, 1863. < Proc. Zool. Soc. London — ,
pp. 390-402, 1863.

On New Genera and Species of California Fishes. — No. II. By J. G. Cooper, M.
D. Nov. 16, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. 93-97, Dec. 1863.
[N. sp. Exocoetug californicus, Urolophus Halleri.]

Description of the genus Stereolepis Ayres. By Theodore Gill. Nov. 24,
1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 329-330, 1863.

Description of the genus Oxyjulis Gill. By Theodore GUI. Nov. 24, 1863.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp.' 330-331, 1863.

I §64 -Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Giinther, . . .
Volume fifth. London : printed by order of the trustees. 1864.

Also entitled : — Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the families
Siluridae, Characinida3, Haplochitonidse, Sternoptychidae, Scopelida}, Sto-
miatidae, in the collection of the British Museum. . . . London: published
by order of the Trustees. 1864. [8°. (Including general title) xxii, 455 pp.]

Beschreibung des Heterodontus Phillipii Bl. (Cestracion Phillipii Cuv.) unit
Rucksicht auf seine fossileu Verwandten. Von Johannes Striiver (Go't-
tingen). Dresden, 1864. [4°. 32 pp, 2 pi.] <Verhaudl. K. Leopold-Carol.
Akad. der Naturf., v. 31.

On new Genera and Species of Californian Fishes. — No. III. By J. G. Cooper,
M. D. Jan. 4, 1864. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. 108-114, 1864.

[N". g. and sp. Myxodes (or Gibbonsia, n. g.) elegans, Gillichthys (n.g.) mirabilis, Pteropla-
tea marmorata.]

Description of a new Labroid genus allied to Trochocopus, Gthr. By Theo-
dore Gill. Mar. 29, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 57-59,
1864.

[N.g. Pimelometopon (58), Sebastomus (59), Sebastosomus (59).]

Note on the nomenclature of Genera and Species of the family Echeneidoida*.
By Theodore Gill. Mar. 29, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16],
pp. 59-61, 1864.

Critical remarks on the genera Sebastes and Sebastodes of Ayres. By Theo-
dore Gill. May 31, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 145-147
1864.
[N. sp. Sebastosomus pinniger (147), Sebastosomus simulans (147).]

Second contribution to the Selachology of California. By Theodore Gill.
May 31, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, [v. 16], pp. 147-151, 1864.

[N. sp. Mustelus californicus (148), Notorhynchus borealis (150).]

t Several points in Ichthyology and Conchology, viz: Percopsis Hammoudii,
n.sp., Paralepidoids and Alepidosauroids, Gymnotoids, and Campeloma vico
Melantho. By Theodore Gill. June 7, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 16], pp. 151-152, 1864.

tAyresia punctipiuuis named Chromis punctipinnis fide Gill. By J. G.
Cooper, M. D. July 18, 1864. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 3, p. 160, 1864.

39

1 §64— Note on the Paralepidoids and Microstomatoids, and on some peculiarities of
Arctic Ichthyology. By Theodore GilL Sept. 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 187-189, 1864.

Synopsis of the Cyclopteroids of Eastern North America. By Theodore Gill.
Sept, 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 189-194, 1864.

Synopsis of the Pleuronectoids of Califoruian and North-western America. By
Theodore GilL Sept. 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp.
194-198, 1864.

Description of a new generic type of Pleuronectoids in the Collection of the
Geological Survey of California. By Theodore GilL Sept. 6, 1864. <Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 198-199, 1864.
[N. g. and sp. Metoponops (n. g., 193) Cooperi (199).]

Note on the family of Stichaeoids. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 7, 18C4.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 208-211, 1864.

1865 — Note on the family of Myliobatoids, and on a New species of 2Etobatis. By
Theodore Gill. April 3, 1865. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v. 8, pp.
135-138, May, 1865.

[N. sp. Myliobatis californicus (137), ^tobatis laticeps (137).]

On the Genus Caulolatilus. By Theodore GilL April 25, 1865. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17 J, pp.6J-6^, 1865.

On the Cranial Characteristics of Gadus [Microgadus] proximus, Grd. By
Theodore Gill. April 25, 1865. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, [v. 17], p.
69, 1865.

[tf. g. Microgadus.}

Note on several Genera of Cypriuoids. By Theodore GUI. April 25, 1865.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, [v. 17], pp. 69-70, 1865.

Some remarks on Lahrus pulcher (Ayros). By Albert Giinther, M.A., M. D.,
Ph. D. May 30, 1865. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17], p. 77, 1865.

On a new Generic type of Sharks. By Theodore GilL Sept. 26, 1865. <Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17], p. 177, 1865.
[N. g. and sp. Micristodus fn. g., 177) punctatus (177).]

Histoire naturelle des Poissons ou Ichlhyologie ge'ne'rale par Aug. Dumeril
Professeur-administrateur an Muse'iim d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris.— Ou-
vrago accompagn6 de planches. — Tome premier [.] filasmobranches [i. e.]
Plagiostomes et Holoce"phales ou Chimeres.— Premiere partie [-Seconds
partie]. . . . Paris. Librairie Encyclope"dique de Rorer, .... 1865,
[Text, 2 p. 1., pp. 1-352; seconde partie, 2 p. 1., pp. 353-720.] [8°; atlas
larger 8°, pi. 1-14, pp. 1-8.]

Vancouver Island and British Columbia. Their History, Resources, and Pros-
pects. Hy Matthew Macfie, F. R. G. S., five years resident in Victoria, V.
I. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green, 1865. .[8°, XK
pp. (including blank leaf and frontispiece), 1 1., 574 pp., 2 maps.]
Chapter V. General Resources- of Vancouver's Island, pp. 131-171.
Fisheries, pp. 163-171.

40

1866 — Catalogue of the Fishes iu the British Museum. By Albert Giinther

Volume sixth. Loudou : printed by order of the trustees. 1866.

Also entitled: — Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the families Sal-
monidae, Percopsidss, Galaxidse, Morinyridae, Gy inn arch idse, Esocidoe, Uai-
bridas, Scombresocidse, Cyprinodontidre, in the collection of the British
Museum. . . . London : printed by order of the Trustees. 1866. [8° xv,
368 pp.]

[N. sp. Salmo lordii (148).]

The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. By John Keast
Lord, F. Z. S., Naturalist to the British North American Boundary Com-
mission. [Vignettes.] In two volumes. Vol. I [—II]. London: Richard
Bentley, New Burlington Street, publisher in ordinary to Her Majesty. 186(J.
[2 vols., 12°. Vol. i, xiv (incl. frontisp.), 2, 358 pp., 8 pi.; vol. ii, vii (incl.
frontisp.), 2, 375 pp., 5 pi.]

Volume i.

Chapter II. — Victoria — The Salmon : its haunts and habits, pp. 36-61.
Chapter III.— Fish Harvesting, pp. 62-96.

Chapter IV. — The Round-fish, Herrings, and Viviparous Fish. pp. 97-120
Chapter V. — Sticklebacks and their Nests— The Bullhead— The Rock-
cod— The Chirus— Flatfish, pp. 121-141.

Chapter VI. — Halibut Fishing — Dogfish — A trip to Fort Rupert — Ransom-
ing a Slave — A promenade with a Red skin — Bagging a Chief's head —
Queen Charlotte's Islanders at Naniamo. pp. 142-174.
Chapter VII.— Sturgeon-spearing — Man-sucker— Clams, pp. 175-198.

Volume ii.
Appendix.

Li*t of Fishes collected in the Salt and Fresh Waters of Vancouver
Island and British Columbia, pp. 351-356.

[In the list are enumerated species which almost certainly were not "collected" in the
waters in question.]

- Hr. W. Peters machte eine Mittheiluug iiber Fische (Protopterus, Auliscopx,
LdbraXy Labracoglossa, Nematocentris, Serranus, Scorpis, Opisthognathus, Scom-
tresox, Acharnes, Anguilla, Grymnomurcena, Chilorhinus, Ophichthys, Helmich-
thys). <^ Mouatsberichte der Konigl. Akadeuiie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin, 1866, pp. 509-526, 1 pi.

[N. g. and sp. Auliscops (u. g., 510) tpinescens (510), Scon.bresox brevirostrig (521).]

1867'— On the identity of the genus Alepisaurus Lowe with Plagyodus Steller. By
Dr. Albert Giinther. < Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), v. 19, pp. 185-187.

On the nourishment of the foetus in the Embiotocoid Fishes. By James
Blake, M. D., F. R. C. S. Jan. 21, 1867. < Pioc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3,
pp. 314-317, Sept. 1867.

On the orgnns of Copulation in the Male of the Embiotocoid Fishes. By
James Blake, M. D., F. R. C. S. Nov. 4, 1867. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
v. 3, pp. 371-372, May, 1868.

1868 — Some Recent Additions to the Fauna of California. By J. G. Cooper, M. D.
Jan. 13, 1868. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 4, pp. 3-13, Nov. 1868.

[The numher of fishes is stated (p. 3) to be 196 in 1868, against 133 known in 1862.]

Nourishment of the Fo3tus in Embiotocoid Fishes. By James Blake, M. D.,
Lond., F. R. C. S. < Journ. Anat. and Physiol., v. 2, pp. 280-282.

41

1 868— On the anal fin appendage of Embiotocoid Fishes. By James Blake, M. D., F.
R. C. S.f Professor of Obstetrics iu Tolard Medical College, St. Francisco,
California. \ Journ. Anat. and Physiol., v. 3, pp. 30-32, pi. 2, figs. 1 and 2,

Nov. 1868.

The Natural Wealth of California. Comprising early history ; geography,
topography, and ; cenery ; climate ; agriculture and commercial products ;
geology, zoology, and botany ; mineralogy, mines, and mining processes ;
manufactures ; steamship lines, railroads, and commerce ; immigration,
population and society ; educational institutions and literature ; together
with a detailed description of each county ; its topography, scenery, cities
and towns, agricultural advantages, mineral resources, and varied produc-
tions. By Titus Fey Premise. San Francisco : H. H. Bancroft & Com-
pany. 1868. [8°, xvi, 696 pp.]

Chapter VII. Zoology, pp. 434-501.

Fishes. [By J. G. Cooper, M. D.] pp. 487-498.
Chapter XIII. Miscellaneous Subjects, pp. 668-684.
Fisheries, p. 680.

[Tho list of fidhes was evidently prepared by Dr. J. G. Cooper, although ouly general
acknowledgment for assistance was rendered in the preface. It was acknowledged by
Dr. Cooper, as author, in the communication to the California Academy of Sciences, indi-
cated above. Inasmuch as this was intended to be a complete enumeration of the fishes of
California, the names are reproduced here.]

BUNT FISHES.

Percidae Stereolepis

gigas

487

1

Paralabrax

nebulifer

487

2

Atractopirca

clathrata

487

3*

Archoplites

interruptus

487

3*

Latiloidae Cnulolatilus

anomalns

487

4

Sciaenidze Rhinoscion

saturnus

488

5

Leiostomus

lineatus

488

6

TJmbrina

undulata

488

7

Atructoscion

nobile

488

8

Seriphus

politus

488

D

Chaetodonidae Parephippua

zonatus

488

10

Girella

nigricans

488

11

Pomacentridae Glyphidodon

rabicundns

448

12

Chromis

panctipiunis

488

13

Embiotocoidse Hysterocarpus

Traskii

489

14

Embiotoca

Jack son i

489

15

argyrosoma

489

M

Taaniotoc.).

lateralis

489

17

Hypsuras

Caryi

489

18

Damalichthys

vacca

489

19

Phanerodon

furcatu^

489

20

Cymatogaster

aggregate

489

21

Rbachocheilus

toxotes

489

22

Amphistichns

argenteus

489

23

Holconotus

ihodoterua

489

24

pulchellns

489

25

Hyperprosopon

argenteum

489

2*5

arcuatum

489

27

punctatum

489

28

Hypocritichthys

analis

489

29

Erachyistius

frenatus

489

30

Abeoua

minima

489

31

Labridae Trochocopus

pulcher

489

32

Oxyjulis

modcstus

489

33

Coryphaenidaa Poronotns

similiimns

489

34

Scombridae Scomber

diego

469

35

Repeated.

42

1S6§—

BONY FISHES— Continued.

Pelamya

lineolata

489

36

Orcynus

pacificus

4S9

37

Halatractus

dorsalis

4<JO

38

Tracburua

symmetricus

490

39

Paratractna

boops

490

40

Alepidoaaurus

aerra

490

41

Scorn beresoci d JG

Belone

exilis

490

42

Sphyraenidae

Sphyrssna

argentea

490

43

Atberinidffl

Chirostoma

califbrniensia

490

44

ailinis

490

45

tennis

490

46

Exoccetidae

Exoccetua

californicus

490

47

Chiridaa

Chirus

constellatus

491

48

pictus

491

49

guttatus

491

50

Acantholeblus

iiebulosus

491

51

Oplopoma

pantberina

491

52

Anoplopoma

merlangua

431

53

Gasterosteidae

Gaateroateua

serratus

491

54

plebius

491

55

microcephalus

491

56

Williamsonii

491

57

Scorpaenidae

Scorpaana

guttata

491

58

Sebastes

nigrocinctus

491

59

nebulosus

491

60

auriculatua

491

61

ruber

491

62

ocellatua

491

63

olongatua

491

64

paucispinia

491

65

ovalia

491

66

flavidua

491

67

melanopa

491

68

roaaceua

491

69

Trichodon

lineatua

491

70

Blepsias

trilobua ?

491

71

Cottldae

Cottopsis

guloaua

492

72

parvua

492

73

Leptocottaa

armatus

492

74

Oligocottua

maculosus

492

75

anal is

492

76

globiceps

492

77

Leiocottus

hirundo

492

78

Scorpaenicbtbya

marmoratua

492

79

Aspicottus

biaon

492

80

Kemilepidotus

spinosas

492

81

Gibbsii

492

82

notospilotii*

492

83

Calycilepidotus

lateral is

492

84

Blennidae

Anarrichtbys

ocellatus

492

85

Xiphidion

mucosum

492

86

Lumpeuua

anguillaria

492

87

Apod chtbys

flavidua

492

88

Cebedichthys

cristagalli

492

89

violaceus

492

90

Gnnnellns

ornatua

492

91

Blenui.133

Blennius

gentilia

492

92

Neoclinus

Blancbardi

492

93

Pterognathus

satiricus

492

94

Heterostichus

rostratua

492

95

Gibbonsia

elegana

492

96

Batrachidas

Poricbthys

notatus

492

97

Gobidse

Lepidogobius

gracilia

492

98

43

1868-

BONY FISHES— Continued.

Eucyclogobius

newberrii

49-2

99

Gillichthys

rairabilis

492

100

Cjclopteridao

Caularchus

rcticulatus

493

101

Liparis

pulchellus

493

102

rancosus

493

103

Pleuronectidse

Hippoglossus

californicus

493

104

vulsaris

493

105

Platichthys

stellatus

493

106

Parophys

vetulua

493

107

Parophrys ?

Ayresii

493

108

Platessa?

biliueata

493

109

Paralichthys

maculosus

493

110

Pleuronichthys

C03DOSUS

^493

111

»

Hubbardu

493

112

Hypsopsetta

jjnttulata

493

113

Psettichthys

melaoostictus

493

114

sordidus

493

115

Metoponops

cooperi

493

116

Gadid»

Merlucius

productns

493

117

Brosniophycis

marginatus

493

118

Gadus

proximns

493

119

Ammodytea

pers«inatus

493

120

Ophidiidje

Opliidion

Taylori

493

1-21

Salmonida)

Salmo

quinnat

494

122

Scouleri

494

123

Masoni

494

124

stellatus

494

125

iridea

494

12G

Coregonus

Williamsonii

494

127

Hypomesus

pretiosus

494

128

Osmerus

thaMchtbys"

494

129

Soopelidaa

Sy nodus

lucioceps

495

130

Clnpeidae

Alausa

californica

495

131

Clupea

mirabilis

495

132

Meletta

caerulea

495

133

Engraulis

mordax

495

134

delicatissimus

495

135

compressus

495

136

nanus

495

137

Cyprinodontidao

Cyprinodon

californiensis

495

138

Fundulua

parvipinnis

495

139

i

495

140

Mursenidae

Muraena

mordax

495

141

Ophidiurus

califoruiensis

495

142

CyprinidjB

Hatostomus

occidentalis

495

143

labiatus

495

144

Acomus

generosus?

495

145

Mylopharodou

robustus

496

146

conocephilus

496

147

Mylocheilus

fraterculns

496

148

Ptychocheilus

grandis

496

149

luciu*

496

ISO

rapax

496

151

GUa

robusta

496

152

elegans

496

153

Luxilus

occidentalis

496

154

Tigoma

conformis

496

155

crassa

496

156

Siboma

crassicauda

496

157

Orthodou

microlopidotus

496

158

Algansea

formosa

496

159

Lavinia

exilicauda

496

160

harengus

496

161

44

1868—

BONY FISHES— Continued.

Pogonichthys

intequilobus 496

symruetricus 496

argyreiosus 496

162
163
164

CARTILAGINOUS

FISHES.*

Orthagoriscua

an alia

497

165

Gastrophysus

politus

497

166

Hippocampus

ingena

497

167

Syngnathus

californiensia

497

168

griseoliueatua

497

169

leptorhynchus

497

170

diruidiatns

497

171

arundinaceus

497

172

Dermatostethus

punctipinnis

497

173

Antaceus

brachyrhynchua

497

174

acutiroatria

497

175

mediroatris

497

176

Hydrolagus

Colliei

497

177

Notorhynchus

maculatua

498

178

laoplagiodon

Henlei

498

179

Triacia

aemifasciatua

498

180

Gyropleurodus

Fran ciaci

498

181

Acanthias

Sucklii

498

182

Sphyra

malleus

498

183

Alopiaa

vulpea

498

184

Rhina

calif or nica

498

185

Rhinobatua

productus

498

186

Rhinoptera

vespertilio

498

187

Uraptera

binoculata

498

188

Torpedo

californica

498

189

Urolophus

Halleri

498

190

Pteroplatea

marmorata

498

191

Trygon

t

498

192

Lampetra

plumbea

498

193

Entosphenua

epihesodon

498

194

ciliatus

498

195

Ttra.npliinftfnm'i,

V

408

IQfi

1868— Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Gunther, . . .
Volume seventh. — London : printed by order of the trustees. 1868.

Also entitled : — Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the families Hete-
ropygii, Cyprinidse, Gonorhynchidae, Hyodontidse, Osteoglossidae, Clupeida-,
Chirocentridse, Alepocephalidie, Notopteridae, Halosauridae, in the collection
of the British Museum. . . . London : printed by order of the Trustees.
1868. [8°, xx, 512 pp.]

187O— Alaska and Its Resources. By William H. Dall, Director of the Scientific
Corps of the late Western Union Telegraph Expedition. Boston : Lee and
Shepard. 1870. [8°, xii, 628 pp, 15 pi., 1 map.]
Part II.

Chapter VI. Fisheries, Fur Trade, and other resources not previously
mentioned, pp. 481-505.

Appendix.

•Appendix G. Natural History, pp. 576-594.
List of the fishes of Alaska, p. 579.
Marine Fishes, p. 579.
Fresh-water fishes of the Yukon, p. 579.
[The liat ia very imperfect.]

* No families are recognized among the so-called cartilaginous fishes. These are indicated by the
present writer by the lines in the family column.

45

1 8 7O— Mackerel-catching. [By John C. Cremony.] < Overland Monthly, v. 4,
pp. 161-168, Feb. 1870.

The Pacific Coast Cod-fishery. [By Capt. C. M. Scammon.] < Overland
Monthly, v. 4, pp. 436-440, May, 1870.

Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Giinther, . . .
Volume eighth. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1870.

Also entitled : —Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the families Gym-
notid», Symbranchidse, Muneniike, Pegasidse, and of the [orders] Lopho-
branchii, Plectognathi, [and subclasses] Dipnoi, Ganoidei, Chondropterygii,
Cyclostomata, Leptocardii, in the British Museum. . . . London : printed
by order of the Trustees. 1870. [8°, xxv, 549 pp.]

[Sp. new to coast:— Galeus canis (379). N. g. Ichtkyomyzon (506).]

tJber einige Pleuronectiden, Salmoniden, Gadoiden und Blenniiden aus der
Decastris-Bay und von Viti-Levu. Von Franz Steindachner und well.
Prof. Dr. Rudolph Kner. < Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch.. B. 61, Abth. i,
pp. 421-447, pi. 1, 1870.

[7 species identified as common to Decastris Bay and the American coast.]

Histoire naturelle des Poissons ou lehthyologie ge"ne"rale par Aug. Dumeril [,]
Membre de 1'Iustitut [,] professeur-admiuistrateur au Museum d'Histoire Na-
turelle de Paris.— Oavrage accompagne' de planches. — Tome second [.] Ga-

noides, Dipn6s, Lophobranches 1870. — Paris [,] Librairie Ency-

clope'dique de Roret, .... 1870. [4 jnin.— Text, 8°, 2 p. 1., 624 pp. ; Atlas,
larger a°, pi. 15-26, pp. 9-12, with half title.]

1ST 1— The Food Fishes of Alaska. By "William Healy Dall. < Rep. Comm. Agric.,
1870, pp. 375-392, 1871.

[14 species specified: no new species described-]

\ Remarks on the mode of attack of the Thrasher Shark. By George David-
son. July 11, 1870. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 4, p. 127, April, 1871

1872 — Notice of an apparently new marine animal from the Northern Pacific. By
P. L. Sclater, M. A., Ph. D., F. R. S., Secretary of the Zoological Society of
London. <^ Rep. 42d meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sc., Aug. 1872, Tr. Sec., pp.
140-141.

Notice of a supposed new marine animal from Washington Territory, north-
west America. [By P. L. Sclater.] < Nature, v. i, p. 436, Sept. 26, 1872.

[The supposed new animal was represented by "several specimens which at first eight
appeared to resemble long thin peeled white willow-wand more than anything else." Mr.
Sclater, in the first instance, "was inclined to regard them as possibly bones of one of the
gigantic rays," and afterwards (when he had been told what they were !) "as the hardened
notochord of a low organized fish." They were, in truth, the axial skeletons of Pennatnlid
zoophytes! !!

tJber eine neue Gattung von Fischen aus der Familie der Cataphracti Cnv.,
Scombrocottus salmoneus, von der Vancouvers-Insel. Von W. C. H. Peters.
< Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 568-570, 1872.

[N. g. and sp. Scombrocottus (n. g., 56?) salmoneus (569).]

Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of California for the
years 1970 and 1871. Sacramento: T. A. Springer, State printer. 1872.
[8°, col. title, 24 pp.]

46

1872 — Arrangement of the families of Fishes, or classes Pisces, Marsipobranchii, and
Leptocardii. Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. By Theodore
Gill, M. D., Ph. D. Washington : published by the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. November, 1872. (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. 247.)'[8C,
xlvi, 49 pp.]

42d Congress, 2d session. | Senate. | Ex. Doc. No. 34. | Message | from the |
President of the United States, | communicating, | in compliance with a
resolution of the 19th of January, 1869, information | in relation to the
resources and extent of the fishing-grounds of the North | Pacific Ocean,
opened to the United States by the treaty of Alaska. [Washington: Gov-
ernment Printing Office. 1872.— 8°, 85 pp.]

On p. 2 entitled " The Fisheries and Fishermen of the North Pacific." By
Richard D. Cutts.

Preliminary Report of the United States Geological Survey of Wyoming, and
portions of contiguous Territories, (being a second [really fourth] animal
report of progress,) conducted under authority of the Secretary of the In-
terior, by F. V. Hayden, United States Geologist. — Washington: Govern-
ment Printing Office. 1872. [8°, 511 pp.]
Part IV. Special Reports.

VII. On the Fishes of the Tertiary Shales of Green River, Wyoming
Territory. By Prof. B. D. Cope. pp. 425-431.

VIII. Recent Reptiles and Fishes. Report on the Reptiles and Fishes,
obtained by the Naturalists of the Expedition. By E. D. Cope, A. M.
pp. 432-442.

Preliminary Report of the United States Geological Survey of Montana, and
portions of adjacent Territories; being a fifth annual report of progress.
By F. V. Hayden, United States Geologist.— Conducted under authority of
the Secretary of the Interior. — Washington: Government Printing Office.
1872. [8°, i-vi, 3-538 pp. (with 64 fig.), 2 pi., 5 maps folded.]
Part IV. Zoology and Botany.

VI. Report on the Recent Reptiles and Fishes of the Survey, collected
by Campbell Carrington and C. M. Dawes. By B. D. Cope, A. M.
pp. 467-476.

1§"73— A contribution to the Ichthyology of Alaska. By E. D. Cope. Jan. 17, 1873.
< Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. Phila., v. 13, pp. 24-32, 1873. [Extras, March 11,
1873.]

[17 species enumerated : n. sp. Salmo tudes, Spratelloides bryoporus, Xiphidium cruoreum,
Centronotuslcetus, bhirus balias, Chirusordinatus,Chirus trigramrmis, Ammodytesalascanus,
Gadus periscopus, Qadus auratus, Bathymaster signatus, Pleuronectes arcuatus.]

Note on the Scombrocottus salmoneus of Peters, and its identity with Anoplo-
poma fimbria. By Theodore Gill, M. D. March 17, 1873. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 5. pp. 56-57,1873 (April); reprinted. <^Anu. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., (4), v. 12, pp. 74-75, Sept. 1873.

* The first shad (Alausa prastabilis DeKay) caught in the waters of Califor-
nia. By S. R. Throckmorton. May 5, 1873. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 5,
p. 85, May, 1873.

* On the introduction of exotic Food Fishes into the waters of California. By

S. R. Throckmorton. May 5, 1873. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 5, pp. 86-
88, May, Ib73.

United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. — Part I. — Report on the
condition of the sea-fisheries of the south coast of New England in 1871 and
1872. By Spencer F. Baird, Commissioner.— With supplementary papers. —
Washington : Government Printing Office. 1873. [8°, xlvii, 852 pp., 40 pi.,
with 38 1. explanatory (to pi. 1-38), 1 folded map.]

47

1873-

Notes on Liparis and Cyclopterus. By P. W. Putnam. August, 1873. < Pro-
ceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, vol.
22, B, pp. 335-340, June, 1874.

1 8 73 —Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1872. Edited by Spencer P.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York: Har-
per & Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1873. [12°.]
I. Pisciculture and the Fisheries.

Fish Culture in California, pp. 407, 408. ^

Report of California Fish Commissioners, p. 408, 409.
Stocking California waters with Trout, p. 409.
Transporting Black Bass to California, p. 409.
Transferring Shad to the Sacramento River, p. 430.
Stocking California with Shad, p. 430.
Oil-works on Uiialaschka, p. 436.
Spawning of Cod-fish in Alaska, p, 436.
Cod-fishing in t-he Shumagin Islands, p. 436.
Salmon Fisheries in the Columbia River, p. 440.
Capture of Sacramento Salmon with the Hook, p. 441.
Fisheries of the Shumagin Islands, p. 444.

Peculiarities of Reproduction of California Salmon, pp. 445, 446.
Alleged Discovery of Young Shad in the Sacramento River, p. 447.
Report on the Prybilov Group or Seal Islands of Alaska. By Henry W.
Elliott, Assistant Agent Treasury Department. Washington: Government
Printing Office. 1873. [4to, 16£ folios, not paged, with text parallel with
back, and extending from bottom to top, 50 phot, pi.]
Chapter VIII. Fish and Fisheries.
See. also. 1875.

§74— -Note on Subten aiiean Fishes in California. By A. W. Chase. <Am.,
Journ. Sc. and Arts (3), v. 7, p. 74, Jan., 1874; Forest and Stream, v. 2,
p. 70, March 12, 1874.

+ On the edible qualities of the Sacramento Salmon. By Livingston Stone.
<^Forest and Stream, v. 1, p. 331, Jan. 1, 1874.

Preparing Salmon on the Columbia River. By Charles Nordhoff. < For-
est and Stream, v. 1, p. 397, Jan. 29, 1874. (From Harper's New Monthly
Magazine.)
Salmon-fishing on the Novarro. [By Thomas Bennett.] <Overland Monthly.

v. 12, pp. 119-124, Feb., 1874 ; Forest and Stream, v. 2, p. 29, Feb. 19, 1874.
Is the Yellow Perch (Perm Jiavescens} a good fish to introduce into California?
[By Livingston Stone ] < Forest and Stream, v.2,p. 84, March 19,1874.
On the Plagopterinse and the Ichthyology of Utah. By Edward D. Cope,
A. M. Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 20, 1874.
<Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. Phila., v. 14, pp. 129-139, 1874.

[X. g. and n. ap. Plagopteru-8 (n. g., 130), argentissimus (130), Lepidomeda (n. g., 131).
Lepidoineda vittata (131), Lepidomeda jarrovii (132), Clinostomus tcenia (133), Shinifh-
thys henskavii (133), Hybop&te timpanogensis (134), Minomu* platyrhynfhuf (134), Mino-
mus jarrovii (135), Cerat.ichtkys ventricosu* (130), Mylolcucus parovanus (136), Clinostomm
phlcgethontis (137), Uranidea vheeleri (138).]

Geographical and Geological Explorations and surveys west of the 100th
Meridian. First Lieutenant G. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., in
charge.

On the Plagopterinfe and the Ichthyology of Utah . By Ed-ward D. Cope,
A. M. — Reprinted from the Proceedings of American Philosophical So-
ciety of Phila. Philadelphia: McCalla & Stavely, Prs., 237-9 Dock
street. 1874. [8°, 14 pp.]

48

1 8 7 1— The Introduction of Eastern Fish into the waters of the Pacific Slope, together
with an account of operations at the United States Salmon breeding Es-
tablishment on the McCloud River, California. [By Livingston Stone.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 2, pp. 100-102, March 26, 1874 (5£ c.).

On the Speckled Trout of Utah Lake. — Salmo virginalis, Girard. By Dr. H. C.
Yarrow, U. S. A. < Am. Sportsman, v. 4, pp. 68, 69, May 2, 1874.

Shad in California. [By S. R. Throckmorton.] < Forest and Stream, v. 3,
p. 229. May 21, 1874.

California Salmon [: its rapidity of growth. By Livingston Stone.]

< Forest and Stream, v.2, p. 260, June 4, 1874.

Sports in California. — No. II. — Trout fishing at Hurnboldt Bay. [By Mon-
mouth.] < Forest and Stream, v. 2, pp. 27:5, 274 (5 c.), June 11, 1874.

Will the Columbia Salmon take the fly? [Anon.] <^Am. Sportsman, v.
4, p. 166, June 13, 1874.

The Salmon Fisheries of Oregon. [By A. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 2, p. 290,
June 18. 1874.

Sacramento Salmon vs. Eastern Salmon. [By Livingston Stone.] <\Am.
Sportsman, v. 14, p. 198, June 27, 1874.

On the use of Giant Powder (Dynamite) for obtaining Specimens of Fish at
Sea. By A. W. Chase, U. S. Coast Survey. July 6, 1874. <Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 5, pp. 334-337, Dec., 1874.

Ichthyic Fauna of Northwestern America. [By MORTIMER KERRY, psendon.
J. M. MURPHY.] < Forest and Stream, v. 2, pp. 356, 357 (^ col.), July 16,
1874.

The Salraonida?. of the Pacific. [By MORTIMER KERRY, pscudon. J. M. MUR-
PHY. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 2, pp. 369, 370 (6 c. ), July 23, 1874.

Salmo Quinnat and Salmo Salar. [By Charles G. Atkins.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 2, pp. 388, 389 (2 c. ), July 30, 1874.

Eastern Fish in California. What they are and what was done with them.
[From " Sacramento Record."] < Am. Sportsman, v. 4, p. 358, Sept. 5, 1874.

Oregon Salmon Fisheries. [From " Portland Oregonian."] < Am. Sportsman.
v. 4. p. 378, Sept. 12, 1874.

United States Fish Hatching in California. [Editorial.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 3, p. 84 (3 col.), Sept. 17, 1874.

Salmon Fisheries on the Columbia. <^Am. Sportsman, v. 4, p. 412, Sept. 26,
1874.

The Salmon Fisheries of Oregon. < Forest and Stream, v. 3, pp. 155, 172,
Oct. 15, 22, 1874.

Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1873. Edited by Spencer F.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York: Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1874. [12°.]

Shipments eastward of California Salmon, p. 433.

Shad in the Sacramento River, p. 449.

Shad in California waters, p. 449.

Pacific Cod-fisheries of 1873, p. 458.

Taking California Salmon with the Hook, p. 464.

Revision des especes dn groupo des fipinoches. Par M. H. E. Sauvage.
<Nouv. Arch. Mus. d'Hist. Nat., 1. 10, pp. 5-32, pi. 1, 1874.

49

187" 4 — Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of California for the
years 1872 "and 1873. — San Francisco: Francis &. Valentine, printers and
engravers, 517 Clay street ; 1874. [8°, 28 pp.]

United Stotes Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part II. — Report of the
Commissioner for 1872 and 1873. A — Inquiry into the decrease of the Food-
Fishes. B — The propagation of Food- Fishes in the waters of the United
States. With supplementary papers. Washington: Government Printing
Office. 1874. [8°, 5 p. 1., cii, (1), 808 pp., 38 pi., 3 maps folded.]
Report of the Commissioner, pp. i-xcii.

Appendix B. — The Salmon and the Trout, (species of Salmo). pp. 89-384.
III.* — On the North American species of Salmon and Trout. By George
Suckley, Surgeon, United States Army. (Written in 1861.) pp.
91-160.

VI. — Report of operations during 1872 at the United States Salmon-
Hatching Establishment on the M'Cloud River, and on the California
Salmonidse generally; with a list of specimens collected. By Liv-
ingston Stone, pp. 168-215.
XII.— On the Speckled Trout of Utah Lake, Salmo virginalis, Girard.

By Dr. H. C. Yarrow, U. S. A. [_ete.]. pp. 363-368.
XIII. — Miscellaneous notes and correspondence relative to Salmon and
Trout, (pp. 369-379), viz :—
D — On the edible qualities of the Sacramento Salmon. [By S. R.

Throckmorton.] pp. 373-374.

E— On the Salmon-Fisheries of the Sacramento River. By Living-
ston Stone.] pp. 374-379.
1875 — Salmon-hatching on McCloud River. [By Win, M. Turner.] <^Overland

Monthly, v. 14, pp. 79-85, Jan. 1875.

Korte Bidrag til uordisk Ichthyographie. — I. Forelobige Meddelelser om nor-
diske Ulkelske. Af Dr. Chr. Liitken. (Meddelt den 31te Marts og 19de
Maj 1875. ) < Videuskabelige fra den Naturhistoriske Forening Kjobenhavn,
1876, pp. 355-388; Fr. trans., pp. 72-98, 1876.

Ichthyologische Beitrage (II). Von Franz Steindachner. 29. April 1875.
<Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 71, Abth. i, pp. 443-480, 1875.

[4 Californian species mentioned.]

Ichthyologische Beitrage (III). Von Franz Steindachner. 17. Juni 1875.
<Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 72, Abth. i, pp. 29-96, 1875.

[12 Californian species particularized: n. sp. Xenichthys californiensis, Scorpis califor-
niensis, Con-ina xtearnsii, Otolithus californiensis, Atherinops n. g. or n. s. g. > Atherinopais
ajfinis Ayres.J

Description of a New Species of Trout from Mendocino County. [Typical
specimen in the collection of California Academy of Natural Sciences.] By
W. R. Gibbons, Alanieda. June 22, 1875. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 6,
pp. 142-144.

[n. sp. Salmo mendocinensig.}

California Fishplanting. [Signed E. J. Hooper.] <^Forest and Stream, v.
5, pp. 19, 20, Aug. 19, 1875.

Trouting in Colorado. [Signed "Warren."] < Forest and Stream, v. 5,
p. 35, Aug. 26, 1875.

Edible Fish of the Pacific. [Signed E. J. Hooper.] < Forest and Stream,
v. 5, p. 36, Aug. 26, 1875.

Salmon Fishing east and west — How they take them in California. [Signed

Horace D. Dunn.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5. p. 38, Aug. 26, 1875.
'These numbers are continuous through the volume and not subordinated to the parts.

Bull. Nat. Mus. Xo. 11 4

50

1875— California Salmon. When to take them with a fly. [Signed "Podgers."]

< Forest and Stream, v. 5, pp. 53, 54, Sept. 2, 1875.

Salmon Scores from the McCloud River. [By Sir Rose Price.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 5, p. 54, Sept. 2, 1875.

Fishing in Montana. [Signed A. B. Keeler.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p.
54, Sept. 2, 1*75.

The Speckled Beauties [Salmo fontinaUs~] in Colorado. [From "Denver
News."] ><Rod and Gnn, v. 6, p. 348, Sept. 4, 1875.

Fishing in the McCloud River. [By Sir Rose Price.] < Rod and Gun, v.
6, p. 362, Sept. 11, 1875.

Carp in California. [By E. J. Hooper.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 115,
Sept. 30, 1875.

California Angling. [By E. J. Hooper.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 133,
Oct. 7, 1875.

Flora and Fauna of California. [By W. M. Hinckley. ] < Forest and Stream,
v. 5, p. 146, Oct. 14, 1875.

Lake Tahoe, Cal. Its Scenery and Trout Fishing. [By E. J. Hooper.]

< Forest and Stream, v.5, p. 151, Oct. 14,1875.

Shipments of California Salmon eggs. [By Livingston Stone.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 5, p. 179, Oct. 28, 1875.

Sea and Bay Fishing in California. — Wonders of the deep. [By E. J. Hooper.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 5, pp. 197, 198, Nov. 4, 1875.

Illegal traffic in Salmon. < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 217, Nov. 11, 1875.
[From San Francisco Daily Evening Post.]

Progress of Fish-culture in California. [By E. J. Hooper.] «\ Forest and
Stream, v. 5, pp. 19.— 227, Nov. 18, 1875.

The Oregon Salmon Fisheries. [Anon.'] <^ Forest and Stream, v.5, p. 230,
Nov. 18, 1875.

Comparative size of Trout in Europe and America. [By S. C. C. i. e.
Clarke.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 230, Nov. 18, 1875.

On what do Salmon Feed? [Editorial from E. J. Hooper's observations. ]
< Forest and Stream, v.5, p. 280, Dec. 9, 1875.

Distribution of California Ova. < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 291, Dec. 16,
1875.

Ichthyologische Beitrage (IV). Von Franz Steindachner. 16. December,
1875. <Sitbz. K. Akad. Wissensch., B 72, Abth. i, pp. 551-616, 1875. '
[2 west-coast species described.]

Truckee River Trout. [Anon.] <Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 303, Dec. 23, 1875.

What do Salmon eat? [By R. Tallant.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 308,
Dec. 23, 1875.

Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1874. Edited by Spencer F.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York: Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1875. [12°.]
J. Pisciculture and the Fisheries, pp. 419-428.
Alaska Cod-fisheries in 1873. p. 424.
Stocking a pond in Utah with Eels. p. 428.
Destruction of Fish on the Oregon coast with uitro-glycerine, p. 428.

51

1875— A report on the condition of affairs in the Territory of Alaska. By Henry W.
Elliott, special agent of the Treasury Department. — Washington : Govern-
ment Printing Office. 1875. [8°, 277 pp.]

Chapter VIII.— Fish and Fisheries. The Fisheries of Alaska, pp. 165-167.
[This is essentially a second edition of the report of Mr. Elliott, published in 1873.]

Department of the Interior. — Bulletin of the United States Geological and
Geographical Survey of the Territories. F. V. Haydeii, United States
Geologist-in-Charge. 1874 and 1875. Vol 1. — Washington: Government
Printing Office. 1875. [8°, xiii pp.+28 pp.-f-77 pp.+499 pp.+19 11. un-
paged, 26 pi., 3 maps, 1 woodcut.]

[Consisting of the separately paged Bulletins Xos. 1, 2, "First Series," and of the con-
tinuously paged Bulletins Xos. 1 to 6 inclusive, " Second Series," furnished with xiii pp.
extra (title, table of contents, etc.). The distinction "Series" is not maintained after
Xo. 6, which completes vol. 1.]

First Series, 1874.
No. 2. [8°, 77pp., 1.]
Review of the Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Period, found west of the

Mississippi River. By Edward D. Cope, A. M. pp. 5-48.
Supplementary Notices of Fishes from the Freshwater Tertiaries of the
Rocky Mountains. [By Edward D. Cope, A. M.] pp. 49-51.

Second Series, 1875-1876.
No. 1. [8°, 47pp.]

On the Fishes of the Tertiary Shales of the South Park [Colorado].
B> E. D. Cope, A. M. pp. 3-5.

La Chasse aux animaux marius et les p6cheries chez les Indigenes de la cote
nord-ouest d'Ainerique, par m. Alph. Pinart.— Boulogne-sur-mer, Imp. de
Charles Aigre, 4, Rue des Vieillards. 1875. [8°, 15 pp.]

Engineer Department, United States Army. — Report upon Geographical and
Geological Explorations and Surveys west of the One Hundredth Meridian,
in charge of First Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army,
under the direction of Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers,
U. S. Army. Published by authority of Hon. Wm. W. Belknap, Secretary
of War, in accordance with acts of Congress of June 23. 1874, and Febru-
ary 15, 1875. In six volumes, accompanied by one topographical and one
geological atlas.— Vol. V. — Zoology. — Washington: Government Printing
Office. 1875. [4°.]

Chapter VI. — Report | upon | the collections of Fishes | made in portions
of | Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, |
during | the years 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874. | By | Prof. E. D. Cope
and Dr. H. C. Yarrow.^pp. 635-703, pi. 26-32.

Appendix. — Description of a Mugiloid Fish from the Mesozoic Strata
of Colorado [Sylltemus latifrons, Cope], pp. 701-703.

[X. sp. Apocope couesii. Yarrow (p. 648, pi. 27, f. 2), Gila nigra. Cope (p. 663, pi. 30,f. 3),
Gila scminuda, Cope and Yarrow (p. 66G, pi. 31, f. 1), Ilyborhynchuj siderius, Cope (p. 070,
pi. 31. f. G,) Gila ardesiacn (p. 660, pi. 30, f. 1), Gila, scminuda (p. 666, pi. 31, f. 1), Pantosteus,
Cope (n. g., p. 673), Catostomus fecundus (p. 678, pi. 32, f. 1).

"The most extended list is that of the Colorado basin " (p. 699) : —
Cyprinidae

Plagoptems

argentissimns

640

Meda

fulgida

642

Lepidomeda

Titt.ita

642

jarrovii

643

Ccrutichthys

squamilentus

000

oscula

647

Apocope

couesii

648

ventricosa

648

52

Gila

egregia

662

nigra

663

robusta

663

elegans

664

griicilis

665

grahamii

665

nacrea

666

seminuda

666

emorii

6C7

Hyborhynchus

siderius

670

Catostomidae

Pantosteus

bardus

673

delphinus

673

Catostomns

insigne

676

discobolus

677

Ptychostomus

congestus

680

Coregonidae

Coregonus

villiamsonii

682

Salmonidae

Salmo

pleuriticus

693

Cyprinodontidae

Girardinus

sonoriensis

695

Cottidae

Uranidea

vheelerii

696

" The following species are those of the basin of Utah, whether from tributaries of the
Great Salt Lake or not " (p. 700) :—

Cyprinidae

Catostomidse

Coregonidaa
Salmonidae

Cottidae

Apocope

Ceratichthys
Hybopsis

G-ila

Siboma
Myloleucus

Pantosteus

Catostomns

Coregonus

Salmo

Uranidea

carrin jjtonii

henshavii

vulnerata

biguttatns

timpnnogensis

bivittatus

phlegethoutis

montana

hydrophlox

tasnia

egregia

atraria

pulverulentus

parovanus

platyrhynchus

jarrovii

fecundus

villiamsonii

virginalis

pleuriticus

vheelerii

punctulata

645
645
646
651
654
000
657
657
658
658
662
667

673

674
678
682
685
693
696
697

[In both of the preceding lists the enumeration is in the order of the descriptions, and
not of the lists, which deviate considerably from the former.]

1 8 76.— Salmon Fishing on the Ma^o Kiver, California. [Anon.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 5, p. 267, 1876.

California Salmon for New Hampshire. <\ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 339,
Jan. 6, 1876.

The McCloud River Reservation. [Editorial.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5,
p. 355, Jan. 13, 1876.

Habits of Pacific Salmon. [By Livingston Stone.] < Forest and Stream,
v. 5, p. 372, Jan. 20, 1876.

California Shad. [Anon.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 372, Jan. 70, 1876.
(6 lines.)

Angling for Eastern Salmon (Salmo salar} in California waters. [Anon.]
< Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 390, Jan. 27, 1876.

53

1§76— The Fisheries and Sea Lions of California. [Anon.] < Forest and Stream,
v. 6, p. 387, Feb. 24, 1876. ,

The Natural and Economic History of the SalmonidaB — geographical distribu-
tion and artificial culture. By Fhilo-Ichthyos. < Forest and Stream, pp.
68-69 (No. 3), 106 (No. 4), 116 (No. 5), 131 (No. 6), 147 (No. 7), 164 (No. 8),
179 (No. 9).

Check List of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America. By David
S. Jordan, M. S., M. D., and Herbert E. Copeland, M. S. March 3, 1876.

< Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, v. 2, pp. 133-164,
1876.

Viviparous Perch: [their abundance at Santa Barbara. By H. C. Yarrow.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 6, p. 132, April 6, 1876.

Angling for Smelts in California. [By E. J. Hooper.] < Forest and Stream,
v. 6, p. 166, April 20, 1876.

A Viviparous Perch. [Editorial.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 6, p. 180, with
fig., April 27, 1876.

Noget om Slaegten Soulv (AnarrMcliaa) og dens nordiske Arter. Af Proffessor
Japetus Steenstrup. Med en Tavle. <[ Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra
den Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjobeuhavn, 1876, pp. 159-202, tav. 3.

Salmon Fisheries on the Columbia River. [Anon. By Bariiet Phillips. —
From Appleton's Journal.] <^ Rod and Gun, v. 8, pp. 131-132 (5 col.), May
27, 1876, with 2 figs. •

Remarks on the Various Fishes [of the family of ScorpsenidEe] known as Rock
Cod. By W. N. Lockington. July 17, 1876. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 7,
pp. 79-82.

[X. sp. Sebastes Ayresii proposed as a substitute for S. rogaceus of Ayres, but not of
Girard.

Notes on Some California Marine Fishes, with description of a new species.
By W. N. Lockington. July 17, 1876. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 7, pp.

83-88.

[N. sp. Argyreiosus Pacifisms, Magdalena Bay.J

Ichthyologische Beitnige (V.) Von Franz Steindachner. 20. Juli 1876.
<Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B.74, Abth. i, pp.— ,1876.

[13 west-coast species elucidated: n. sp. Artedius pugetensis, Siphagonus barbatus,
Hypsagonus Swanii, Blakea n. g. < Myxodes elegans Cooper.]

Lake Fishing in California. [By E. J. Hooper.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 7,
p. 5, Aug. 10, 1876.

Fishing this Season [summer of 1876] in California. [By E. J. Hooper.]
<^ Forest and Stream, v. 7, p. 21, Aug. 17, 1876.

Notes on Californian Fishes. By W. N. Lockington. September 4, 1876.

< Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 7, pp. 108-110.

[X. sp. Centropomus viridis (provisionally named on p. 100) from Asuncion Island, Lower
California. )

Connecticut River Shad for California. [By S. F. Baird.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 7, pp. 66-67, Sept. 7, 1876.

California Shad. [Auon.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 7, p. 83, Sept. 14, 1876.

The Big Fish [Salmon weighing 100 pounds] of Alaska. [Anon.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 7, pp. 213-214, Nov. 9, 1876.

54

1876 — Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1875. Edited by Spencer P.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. New York: Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1876. [12°.]
J. Pisciculture and the Fisheries, pp. 405-440.
Salmon in the San Joaquiu. pp. 430-431.
Salmon Trade of the Columbia River, pp. 431-432.
Salmon in the Sacramento River, p. 432.
United States Salmon-hatching Establishment, pp. 434-435.

Engineer Department, U. S. Army. = Report of explorations across the Great
Basin of the Territory of Utah for a direct wagon-route from Camp Floyd
to Genoa, in Carson Valley, in 1859. By Captain J. H. Simpson, Corps of
Topographical Engineers, U. S. Army [now colonel of engineers, bvt. brig,
gen., U. S. A.]. Made by authority of the Secretary of War, and under in-
structions from Bvt. Brig. Gen. A. S. Johnston, U. S. Army, commanding the
Department of Utah. Washington : Government Printing Office. 1876.
Explorations across the Great Basin of Utah. = Appendix 'L. — Report on
ichthyology. By Prof. Theo. Gill. pp. 383-431, 8 pi., with 8 1. explan-
atory.
[This chapter was written in 1861, and not subsequently revised.]

United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part III. — Report of the
Commissioner for 1873-4 and 1874-5. A — Inquiry into the decrease of the
Food-Fishes. B — The propagation of Food-Fishes in the waters of the
United States. Washington : Government Printing Office. 1876. [8°, li,
777pp.].

Report of the Commissioner, pp. vii-xlvi.

Appendix A. — Sea fisheries and the fishes and invertebrates used as food,
pp. 1-319.

Y. — Account of the fisheries and seal-hunting in the White Sea, the
Arctic Ocean, and the Caspian Sea. By Alexander Schultz. pp.
35-96.

Appendix B.— The river fisheries, pp. 321-540.

XX. — Report of operations in California in 1873. By Livingston
Stone, pp. 377-429.
A— Clear Lake. pp. 377-381.
B— Sacramento River, pp. 382-385.
C — California aquarium-car, pp. 385-390.
D — Overland journey with live shad. pp. 390-402.
E— The McCloud River station, pp. 402-423.
F — Catalogue of collections sent to the Smithsonian Institution

in 1873. pp. 424-427.

G — A list of McCloud Indian words supplementary to a list con-
tained in the report of 1872. pp. 428-429.
XXI. — Hatching and distribution of California salmon.

A — Report on California salmon-spawn hatched and distributed.

By J. H. Slack, M. D. pp. 431-434.

B— Hatching and distribution of California salmon in tributaries
of Great Salt Lake. By A. P. Rockwood, Superintendent of
Fisheries in Utah Territory, pp. 434-435.

XXII. — Report of operations during 1874 at the United States salmon-
hatching establishment on the McCloud River, California. By Liv-
ingston Stone, pp. 437-478.

XXIII.— Correspondence relating to the San Joaquin River and its
fishes, pp. 479-483.

55

1877 — The Trout of Washington Territory. < Forest and Stream, v. 7, p. 413, Feb.
1, 1877.

Canned Salmon. [Anon. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 32, Feb. 22, 1877.

On the Genera of North American Fresh-wafer Fishes. [By David S. Jor-
dan and Charles H. Gilbert. Feb. 27, 1877. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.
Phila., v. — , pp. 8:5-104, April 17, 1877.

The Oregon Fisheries. [Anon. From "Pacific Life."] <[ Forest and Stream,
v. 8, p. 49, March 1, 1877.

Fish Culture in California. < Forest and Stream, v. 8, pp. 16, 81, 207, 224.

1877.

Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1876. Edited by Spencer F.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York : Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1877. [12°.]
I. Pisciculture and the Fisheries, pp. 385-410.

Biennial Report of the California Fish Commission [abstract], pp^

401-403.
Cultivation of Carp in California, p. 403.

Department of the Interior: U. S. National Museum. — Bulletin of the United
States National Museum. — No. 7. — Published under the direction of the
Smithsonian Institution. Washington: Government Printing Office.
1877. [8°.]

No. 7. — Contributions to the Natural History of the Hawaiian and Fan-
ning Islands and Lower California. By Thos. H. Streets, M. D.

Trout Fishing in Southwestern Colorado. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, pp. 189,
190, May 3, 1877.

California Salmon Spawn for Shipment. < Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 191,
May 3, 1877.

Fishing in Lakes San Andreas and Pilercitas, California. [By E. J. Hooper.]
< Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 270, May 31, 1877.

Contributions to North American Ichthyology. Based Primarily on the Col-
lections of the United States National Museum.

A. Notes on the Cottidrc, Etheostomatidas, Percidse, Centrarchid«e,
Aphododeridae, Doryscmatidae, and Cyprinidae. With Revisions of
the Genera and Descriptions of New or Little-known Species. — B. Sy-
nopsis of the Siluridte of the Fresh Waters of North America. By Da-
vid S. Jordan. Washington : Government Printing Office. 1877. [8C,
2 title-pages, 120 pp., 45 plates.]

( Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 10. )

M'Cloud and Sacramento River Trout. [From " San Francisco Pacific Life."]
<Foiest and Stream, v. 8, p. 299, June 14, Ic77.

Stocking the Barren Waters of the Great Divide. [By J. W.B.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 8, p. 400, July 19, 1877.

California Salmon in Lake Ontario. [By Sam. Wilmot.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 8, p. 419, July 26, 1-77.

t California Salmon in the James River, Va. < Forest and Stream, v. 8,p,
400, July 19, 1877.

Hatching on the Columbia. < Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 420, July 26, 1877,

56

1877 — The Long- Jawed Goby. By W. XT. Lockington. < The American Natui-

alist, v. 11, pp. 474-47», Aug., 1877.
[An interesting account of some peculiarities in the habits of Gillichthys mirabilis.]

The Coregoni — Their natural history, native waters, economic value, and
implements connected with their production. [Anon.~] < Forest and
Stream, v. 8, pp. 439, 440. 1877.

The Coregoui. No. Part 2. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, pp. 3, 4, Aug. 3, 1877.

A Contribution to the knowledge of Ichthyological Fauna of the Green River
Shales. By E. D. Cope. <Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terrs., v. 3,

pp. 807-819, Aug. 15, 1*77.

California Salmon. [By Emery D. Potter.] < Forest and Stream, v. 9, p.
63, Aug. 30, 1879.

Notice of the Utah Trout in Provo rising to the fly. By W. V. S. < Forest
and Stream, v. 9, p. 88, Sept. 6, 1877.

Canning Salmon. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 88, Sept. 6, 1877.

Operations of the McCloud River (Cal.) Fish Hatching Establishment.

< Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 200, Oct. 13, 1877.

The Salmon Fisheries of California. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 233, Oct.

25, 1877.

Salmon Trout on the Pacific Coast. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 247, Nov.
1, 1877.

More about McLeod River Trout. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 247, Nov. 1, 1877.

The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide. The Game Animals, Birds
and Fishes of North America: their habits and various methods of capture.
Copious Instructions in Shooting, Fishing, Taxidermy, Woodcraft, etc. To-
gether with A Directory to the Principal Game Resorts of the Country; il-
lustrated with maps. By Charles Hallock, Editor of "Forest and
Stream"; Author of the " Fishing Tourist"; "Camp Life in Florida," etc.
New York: "Forest and Stream" Publishing Company, American News
Company, agents. 1877. [12°, 668 pp., -f- 208 pp., 3 maps, 1 portrait.
Part I. — Game Animals of North America. Fishes of the Northwest, pp.
339-353. Pacific Coast Fishes, pp. 354-369.

1878 — Beneficial Results of Salmon Hatching on the Sacramento River. [Editorial.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 18, Feb. 14, 1878.

Trout Fishing at Lake Bigler, California. [Anon. J < Forest and Stream, v.
10, p. 28, Feb. 14, 1878.

California Salmon Fishing and the Game Laws. [Signed E. J. Hooper.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 47, Feb. 21, 1878.

[Price of first four Shad of the season in San Francisco =$10 each. ] < Forest
and Stream, v. 10, p. 67, Feb. 28, 1878.

Birds and Salmon in California. [Anon.~\ < Forest and Stream, v. 10, p.
95, March 14, 1678.

Spawning of California Salmon. [Signed B. B. Redding.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 10, p. 155, April 4, 1878.

Red Trout, or Redfish of Oregon and Idaho. [By Charles Bendire, U. S. A.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 156, April 4, 1878.

Carp in San Francisco. [From "Pacific Life."] < Forest o,nd Stream, v.
10, p. 174, April 11, 1878.

57

1878 — The Norway Trout of the Yellowstone. [Anon.~\ < Forest and Stream, v.
10, p. 175 [195], April 11, 1878.

Prof. Jordan on Characteristics of Trout. [Signed D. S. Jordan.] <^Forestj
and Stream, v. 10, p. 196, April 11, 1878.

[Contains suggestion that the original Redfish is Hypsifario kennerlyi.]

Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States, including the Dis-
trict east of the Mississippi River and north of North Carolina and Tenn-
essee, exclusive of marine species. By David Starr Jordan, Ph. D., M.
D., Professor of Natural History in Butler University. Sesond Edition, re-
vised and enlarged. — Chicago: Jansen, McClurg & Company, 1878. [12°.
407pp., pub. May 16.]
[Contains synopsis of the American Salmonince and Coregonina;.]

California Fishing Prospects. [Signed E. J. Hooper. ] < Forest and Stream,
v. 10, p. '239, May 2, 1878.

Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, at Brownsville, Texas.
By David S. Jordan, M. D. <Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr. v.

4, [pp. 397-406, May 3;] v. 4, pp. 663-C567, July 29, 1879.

[Specimens of Hyxterocarpus Traskli indicated as an unknown Labroid form at p. 399,
and described as the type of a new genus and sp. at p. 667. The specimens had been
probably misplaced.]

A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America. By David

5. Jordan, M. D. <Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., v. 4, pp.
407-442, May 3, 1878.

[A simple nominal list of the fresh-water species north of the Mexican region. 1

Spawning of California Brook Trout in New York. [By James Annin, jr.,
Caledonia, N. Y.]. <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 182, May 4, 1878. [F. M.]

California Salmon on Long Island, success of. By a member of the South
Side Club. <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 182, May 4, 1878. [F. M.]

Trout Hybrids. [Possibility of intercrossing Eastern and Californian Trouts.
Editorial.] <Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 255, May 9, 1878-

California. [Notice of distribution of land-locked Salmon and Eastern Trout
by Fish Commissioners.] <Torest and Stream, v. 10, p. 255, May 9, 1878.

The heaviest American Salmon. [Notice of one weighing 82 pounds caught
at the mouth of the Columbia River. By John Goudy.] <Forest and
Stream, v. 10, p. 265, May 9, 1878.

Salmon canning on Frazer River. [By Fred. Mather.] <Chicago Field,
v. 9, p. 196, May 15, 1878. [F. M.]

J^. — A. On the Distribution of the Fishes of the Allegheny Region of South
Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee. With Descriptions of New or Little-
known Species. By David S. Jordan and Alembert W. Brayton.— B.
Synopsis of the Family Catostomidse. By David S. Jordan. Washington :
Government Printing Office. 1878. (8vo, 237.)

Run of Salmon in California. Note by A. R. <^Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 229,
May 25, 1878. [F.M.]

Shad in California. Announcement of two taken in San Francisco Bay May 1.
Note by B. B. Porter. <Chicago Field, v. 6, p. 229, May 25, 1873. [F. M.]

California Salmon. [Notice of their ascent up the McCloud and Sacrairento
rivers in May.] <Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 350, June 6, 1878.

Salmon canning in Oregon and California. [Editorial. With three wood-
cuts.] <Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 398, June 27, 1878.

58

I§78— Another shipment of Shad to California. Notice by Fred. Mather. <CM-
cago Field, v. 9, p. 308, July 6, 1878. [F. M.]

California Salmon in Lake Ontario. [By John J. Robson.] <Forest and
Stream, v. 10, p. 482, July 25, 1878.

Salmon canning in Alaska. An account of the objections of the Indians to
the landing of a lot of Chinese fish canners. From Alaska Cor. "N. Y.
Sun." <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 371, July 27, 1878. [F. M.]

Notes on a Collection of Fishes from Clackamas River, Oregon. By David
S. Jordan, M. D. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 1, pp. 69-85, Aug., 1878.

The Labrador and Columbia River Fisheries. [From the "New York Sun."]
< Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 507, Aug. 1, 1878.

The Mysterious Salmon. A quotation from the "Astorian" on the subject of
the salmon taking the artificial fly, with editorial comment by Fred. Ma-
ther. < Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 387, Aug. 3, 1878. [F. M. ]

The McCloud River Hatchery. [By K. B. Pratt.] < Forest and Stream, v.
11, p. 2, Aug. 8, 1878.

Fish Gossip: Abundance of Salmon in the McCloud River, and their annoy-
ance to anglers when fishing for Trout. [Item from "San Francisco Chron-
icle," with editorial comment by Fred. Mather. < Chicago Field, v. 9,
p. 403, Aug. 10, 1878. [F. M. ]

Gameness of the Quinuat Salmon. [By Tarleton H. Bean.] <^ Chicago
Field, v. 1 0, p. 4, Aug. 17, 1878. [F. M. ]

The Fraser River Salmon Season. [From the "New York World."] < For-
est and Stream, v. 11, p. 50, Aug. 22, 1878.

Fishing in Northern California. [By E. J. Hooker.] < Forest and Scream,
v. 11, p. 51, April 22, 1878.

Trout Fishing in Truckee River. Correspondent of the " Sacramento Union."
<Chicago Field, v. 10, p. 20, Aug. 24, 1878.* [F. M.]

• Trouting in Nevada. Catching them in the water- works at Gold Hill -and
Virginia City. [From "Virginia City Chronicle."] <[ Chicago Field, v.

10, p. — . Sept. 14, 1878. [F. M. ]

Good News from California. [An account of fish-ladders in the Truckee River,
from the "Truckee Republican."] '< Chicago Field, v. 10, p. «4, Sept. 21,

1878.

Salmon One Cent Each. [Item from Frazer River, from California paper, with
editorial comment by F. Mather.] <^ Chicago Field, v. 10, p. 101, Sept. 28,
1878. [F.M.]

Salmon Canning on Columbia River. An account of the process, with statis-
tics. By Fred. Mather. <Chicago Field, v.lO,p. 101, Sept. 28,1878. [F.M.]

Note on the Saurus lucioceps of Ayres. [By W. N. Lockington. ] < Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v. 2, pp. 348, 349, Oct., 1878.

McCloud River Hatching Station. Daily Record of Salmon taken. [Signed
Livingston Stone.] < Forest and Stream, v. 11, p. 203, Oct. 10, 1878.

California Trout in New York. [By Seth Green.] < Forest and Stream, v.

11, p. 203, Oct. 10, 1878.

McCloud River Hatchery. [Table of Distribution of Salmon Eggs during
1878. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 11, p. 222, Oct. 17, 1878.

59

1§78 — Land-locking the Qninnat Salmon. Experiment of H. G. Parker, Commis-
sioner on Fisheries for Nevada, in Pyramid and Walker Lakes. < Chicago
Field, v. 10, p. 165, Oct. 26, 1878. [F. M. ]

The Yellowstone as a Trout stream. [Anon.] < Forest and Stream, v. 11. p.
263, Oct. 31, 1878.

Another Devil Fish Story. Account of devil-fish (Ccratoptera) interfering
with a submarine diver, from California paper. < Chicago Field, v. 10,
p. 181, Nov. 2, 1878. [F.M.]

Walks around San Francisco. By W. N. Lockington. No- III.— Lake
Honda and Seal Kock. <Am. Nat., v. 12, pp. 786-793, Dec., 1878.

[N. Sp. Bdellostoma Stoutii, p. 793.1

Note.— "No. I.— The Ocean Beach" (v. 12, pp. 347-354) and [No. II.—]
"The Bay Shore" (v. 12, pp. 505-512) have nothing relative to fishes.

Salmo quinnat in France. [By Fred. Mather.] < Forest and Stream, v. 11,
p. 360, Dec. 5, 1878. [See, also, pp. 339, 340, Nov. 28, 1878.]

On the occurrence of Stichaeus punctatus, (Fabr.) Kroyer, at St. Michael's,
Alaska. By Tarleton H. Bean. <^Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 1, pp. 279-
281, Dec. 17* 1878.

Report on the collection of Fishes made by Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A., in Da-
kota and Montana .during the seasons of 1873 and 1874. By David S.
Jordan, M. D. < Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., v. 4. pp. 777-799,
Dec. 11, 1878.

Note. — [Contains an "analj-sis of the genera of American Cyprinidae, and reference of
Pacific slope genera to European types, at pp. 785-790.J

California Salmon in Holland. [Editorial.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 11, p.
420, Dec. 25. 1878.

45th Congress, 3d session. I House of Representatives. $ Ex. Doc. 1, pt. 2. Vol.
II. | = | Annual Report j of the | Chief of Engineers | to the | Secretary
of War | for the | year 1878. | — | In three parts. | — | Part III. | — | Wash-
ington : | Government Printing Office. | 1878. |

Appendix NN. | — | Annual Report of Lieutenant George M. "Wheeler, |
Corps of Engineers, for the fiscal year ending | June 30, 1878. [pp.
1421—

Appendix K. | Report upon the Fishes collected during the years 1875, 1876,
and 1877, in | California and Nevada, by Prof. David S. Jordan and H.
W. Henshaw. [pp. 1609-1622, pll. 1-4.]

Appendix K 1. | List of Marine Fishes collected on the coast of California
near Santa j Barbara in 1H75, with notes by Dr. H. C. Yarrow, Acting
Assistant Surgeon | U. S. A., and H. W. Henshaw. [pp. 1623-1627.]

P. 1610, pi. 1, 2, Cataatomus tahoensis Gill and Jordan.

P. 1G10, pi. 3, Catastomus arceopus Jordan.

P. 1619, pi. 4, Salmo Henshawi Gill and Jordan.

The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide. The Game Animals, Birds,
and Fishes of North America : Their Habits and Various Methods of Cap-
ture. Copious Instructions in Shooting, Fishing, Taxidermy, Woodcraft,
etc. Together with maps. By Charles Hallock, Editor of "Forest and
Stream"; Author of the " Fishing Tourist," " Camp Life in Florida," etc.
Fourth Edition. New York: Forest and Stream Publishing Co. 1878.
(12mo.)

60

1§78 — Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States, Including the Dis-
trict East of the Mississippi River, and North of North Carolina and Ten-
nessee, exclusive of Marine Species. By David Starr Jordan, Ph. D., M.
D., Professor of Natural History in Butler University. Second Edition, Re-
vised and Enlarged. Chicago : Jansen, McClurg & Co. 1878. (12mo,
407 pp.)

The Californian Salmon. With an Account of its Introduction into Victoria.
By Sir Samuel Wilson, Memher of the Legislative Council of Victoria.
Melbourne: Sands & McDougall, Printers, Collins street West. 1878.

1 §79.— The Nevada Fish-hatchery. [From Carson City "Appeal."] <Chicago
Field, v. 10, p. 332, Jan. 4, 1879. [F. M.]

Capture of a Devil-fish [Ceratoptera]. From California paper. <Chicago
Field, v. 10, p. 395, Feb. 1, 1879. [F. M.]

The Fisheries and Other Resources of Alaska. B\ H. A. R. <Chicago Field,
v. 10, p. 395, Feb. 1, 1879. [F.M.]

Vi viparous Perch [Embiotocidte. By Charles Hallock. From " Sportsman's
Gazetteer."] < Forest and Stream, v. 11, p. 513, Jan. 23, 1879.

Fish and Fishing of Oregon. [By Wm. Lang.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 12,
p. 35, Feb. 13, 1879.

Report of the Nevada Fish Commission. [Notice by Fred. Mather.] <Chi-
cago Field, v. 11, p. 3, Feb. 15, 1879.

Rapid growth of the Californian Salmon. [^4«ow.] <^ Forest and Stream, v.
12, p. 55, Feb. 20, 1879.

[An abstract from the "Germac Fishing Gazette."]

Eastern Trout on the Pacific Slope. [By H. H. Holt, Kaloma, W. T. <For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 105, March 13, 1879.

Rearing Whitefish in confinement. [By B. B. Redding.] <^Chicago Field,
v. 11, pp. 67, 68, March 15, 1879.

Interesting Facts from Washington Territory. [By Chs. Bendire.] < For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 154, March 27, 1879.
[Refers to "Salmo Kennerlyi", &c.l

The Flounders of our Markets. Read by W. M. Lockington before the San
Francisco Acad. of Sciences, March 17, 1879. ^Scientific Press Supple-
ment, April, 1879; Mining and Scientific Press, April 12 and 19, 1879.

Salmon Fishing in Oregon. [By H. B.] < Forest and Stream, v. 12, p. 174,
April 3, 1879.

Traits of Rocky Mountain Trout. [By W. N". Byers. ] < Forest and Stream,
v. 12, p. 174, April 3, 1879.

[Notice of a "'Devil Fish' recently taken on the Pacific coast whose body
was four feet long, with a spear-shaped tail and tentacles seven feet long,"
f. e., a species of Ceratoptera. From the " Santa Barbara Press."] ^Chi-
cago Field, v. 11, p. 148, April 19, 1879.

Description of a species of Lycodes (L. 7Vtmeri),from Alaska, believed to be
undescribed. By Tarleton H. Bean. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 1,
pp. 463-466, April 25, 1879.

The Fishes and Birds of the Pacific Coast. [By Calamink, pseudon of John
L. Wilson. <Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 163, April 20, 1879.

[Note relative to the Fisheries of British Columbia. Notice of Report to
House of Commons.] <Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 165, April 26, 1S79.

61

1879— Notes on some Fishes of the Coast of California. No. I. By W. N. Lock-
ington. < Am. Xat., v. 13, pp. 299-308, May, 1879.

California Mountain Trout in Eastern Waters. [By Beth Green.] < Forest

and Stream, v. 12, p. 264, May 8, 1879.

[See, also, v. 12, p. 288.]
Trout and Salmon Season in California. [Anon.~] < Forest and Stream, v.

12, p. 277, May 8, 1879.

Angling in California. [Abstract from " Pacific Life."] < Chicago Field, v. 11,
pp. 195, 196, May 10, 1879.

[Catfish in California,] < Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 196, May 10, 1879.

Pacific Trout [Salmo iridea] in Eastern Waters. [Note signed H. W. De Long,
with description appended from Hallock's Sportsman's Gazetteer.] <^ For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 288, May 15, 1879.

Does the Western Salmon die after spawning I [By MAJOR, pseudon. ] < Chi-
cago Field, v. 11, p. 221, May 17, 1879.

California Salmon do not all die after spawning. [By B. B. Redding.]

< Chicago Field, v. 11, p.23G, May 24, 1879.

The Roe of the Salmon the Indian's Bait. [By Jonas C., Portland, Oregon.]

< Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 237, May 24, 1879.

California News. [Notice of expected consignment of eggs from U. S. Com-
mission Fish and Fisheries. Anon. From Sacramento " Record-Union."]

< Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 244, May 31, 1879.

On a new Genus of Scombridae. By W. N. Lockington. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila, [v. — ], pp. 133-136.

[X. g. and sp. Chri.omitra (p. Ib3) concolor, p. 134.]

Who branded the Salmon? [Notice of capture of four salmon branded with
W. at Wcstport, Oregon. By Geo. H. Heather.] < Chicago Field, v. 11,
p. 260, June 7, 1879.
Lake Tahoe. [Anon. From "Philadelphia Press."] < Chicago Field, v. 11,

p. 260, June 7, 1879.

Grand Success of Shad and Salmon Culture. [By B. B. Redding.] -^Chi-
cago Field, v. 11, p. 277, June 14, 1879.

Salmon at the Antipodes, being an account of the successful introduction of
Salmon and Trout into Australian waters. By Sir Samuel Wilson, Mem-
ber of the Legislative Council of Victoria, [etc.] ; author of a work on the
Angora Goat, and papers on the Ostrich, the Chinese Yam, etc. London :
Edward Stanford, 55, Charing Cross, S. W., Ib79. [3d ed., 12°, viii, 252 pp.,
1 phot, pi., 1 map folded.]

Partial Contents.

Chap. V. The first introduction of Californian Salmon Ova. pp. 24-25.
Chap. VII. The second importation of Californian Salmon Ova. pp. 29-38.
Chap. VIII. The Californian Salmon, pp. 39-58.
Chap. IX. Is the Californian Salmon suitable to the Murray River ? pp.

59-66.

Chap. XIX. The Growth and Development of the Salmonidae. pp. 160-172.
Chap. XXII. The Distribution and Liberation of the Californian Salmon
Fry. pp. 1D3-244.

[Introduction dated June 16, 1879.

"The substance of this work, in a slightly different form, under the title of 'Tho
Californian Salmon,' was originally published in the Transactions of the Zoological and
Acclimatization Society of Melbourne for the year 1878, and a second small edition was
reprinted in Victoria."— From "Preface to the third edition."— See 1878]

62

— The Chinese and other Fishermen of California. [Condensed from San Fran-
cisco "Chronicle" by Fred. Mather. ] < Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 291, Jnne
21, 1879.

On the Occurrence of Hippoglossus vulgaris, Flem., at Unalashka and St.
Michael's, Alaska. By Tarleton H. Bean. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v.
2, pp. 63-66, July 1,1879.

Pacific Coast Shad. [By William Lang.] < Forest and Stream, v. 12, p.
487, July 24, 1879.

Notes on New and Rare Fishes. Read before the California Acad. Science
by W . N. Lockington. ] < Scientific Press Supplement, J uly , 1879 ; Mining
and Scientific Press, Aug. 2 and 16, 1879.

Fish Notes from the Pacific Coast. [By Robt. E. C. Stearns.] < Chicago
Field, v. 11, p. 389, Aug. 2, 1879.

[Extract from "American Naturalist."]

Curious Facts about Trout [i.e., jumping from flume into water below. By
B. B. R., i. e. B. B. Roddiag.] < Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 404, Aug. 9, 1879.

Alaska iu Summer. — Second Paper. [By "PISECO," i. e. Lester Beardslee.]
«\ Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 553, Aug. 14, 1879.

[Refers, inter alias, to capture and curin ; of salmon at Port Hunter. 1

Largest Salmon on Record. [Anon.'] <\ Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 557, Aug.
14, 1879.

["VICTORIA, June 26.— A salmon that weighed 98 pounds when caught has been received
here from the Skeena River Fishery by Mr. Turner, Mayor of Victoria. Its length is 5
feet 11 inches from nose to tail."]

Shad in the Columbia. [By "S."] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 585, Aug. 28,
1879.

[Refers probably to Pomolobus.]

Trolling for Salmon. [ Anon. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 588, Aug. 28, 1879.
[Relates to Columbia River.]

Oregon. [Record of a trout-fishing expedition. By William Lang.]
<^ Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 589, Aug. 28, 1879.

The McCloud River Fishery. [Anon.] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. G04,
Sept. 4, 1879.

Salmon a Nuisance to Trout Fishers. [Anon. By Fred. Mather. ] < Chicago
Field, v. 12, p. 52, Sept. 6) 1879.

The North Pacific Ccdfishery. [By W. N. Lockington. Reprinted from
" Pacific Life. "] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 53, Sept, 6, 1879.

[Notice of Trout passing through flume under pressure of 376 pounds to the
square inch. Anon. ] <^ Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 53, Sept. 6, 1879.

[Notice of Catfish — Amiurus albidus ? — 5 to 15 inches long, taken in Sausal
Lagoon, 'where planted three years before. Anon.'] <\ Chicago Field, v.
12, p. 53, Sept. 6, 1879.

The Pacific Salmon Fisheries. [Anon. ] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 69, Sept. 13,
1879.

[Notice of Catfish — Amiurus albidus?— taken in McCloud's Lake, Stockton.
Anon. ] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 69, Sept. 13, 1879.

The Trans-Continental Expedition of the California Fish Commissioners.
[By H. A. L. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 645 (3 col. ), Sept. 18, 1879.

63

1879— Review of the Pleuronectidce of San Francisco. By W. N. Lockington.
< Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 2, pp. 69-96, July 2— Sept, 19, 1879.
[N. sp. Hippoglos8oidesJordani,p.73; Glyptocephahis Pacificus, p. 86; Glyptocephdlus zachi.
rug, p. 88.

[Notice of Catfish for Susan River and Eel Lake. Anon."] -^Chicago Field,
v. 12, p. 85, Sept. 20, 1879.

The first biennial report of the Nevada Commission. [Notice by Fred. Ma-
ther. ] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 85, Sept. 20, 1879.

Habits of California River Salmon. [Anon. Extract from " Sacramento
Bee."] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 100, Sept. 27, 1879.

Fish Culture Operations in California. [By Livingston Stone. 1 < Forest
and Stream, v. 13, p. 685, Oct. 2, lt-79.
[Kefers to Salmon.]

Why Salmo Quinnat does not take the Fly. [Anon, by Charles Hallock,
<Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 685, Oct. 2, 1879.

Washington Territory. [By "MuLTNOMAH,"jp*et«fon.] <Forest and Stream,
v. 13, p. 687, Oct. 2, 1879.

[Relates to fishing in "the great Spokane country."]

Salmon Fishing on the Pacific. [Incomplete. By C. R.] <^Forest and
Stream, v. 13, p. G89, Oct. 2, 1879.

The Fishery of Mr. A. P. Rockwood [near Salt Lake City. Anon. From "The
Juvenile Instructor."] <Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 115, Oct. 4, 1879.

Do Fish hear ? [By W. N. Lcckington. From " Pacific Life."] < Chicago
Field, v. 12, p. 116, Oct. 4, 1879.

Trout in the Truckee. [Anon. From " Sacramento Bee."] <Chicago Field,
v. 12, p. 117, Oct. 4, 1879.

California. [ Record of good Grilse-fishing in September. ] By B. B. Redding
<Forest and Stream, v.iil3, p. 715, Oct. 9, 1878.

The Game and Fish of Alaska. [By "PISECO," i. e. Lester Bcardslee, U.S.
N.] <Forest and Stream, v. 13, pp. 723-724, Oct. 16, 1879.

Salmon Eggs from the Pacific. [By Livingston Stone.] <^Forest ard
Stream, v. 13, p. 725, Oct. 16, 1879.

California Fishing. [By E. J. Hooper.] <Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 728
Oct. 16, 1879.

Wyoming Territory. [Note on Trout-fishing. By "MULTNOMAH," pseudon."}
<Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 728, Oct. 16, 1879.

Spawn in off season [of Californian Trout. By E. C. Tallant. With edito-
rial note.] <Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 744, Oct. '23, 1879.

The Red fish of the Northwest. [By Ch, Bendire. With editorial note.]
<Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 745, Oct. 23, 1879.

Rocky Mountain Trout. [By FLYFISHER, pseudon., J. J. Stranahan, Chagrin
Falls, O. ] <Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 164, Oct. 25, 1879.

"Mountain Trout". — (Salmo virginalis). [By Gordon Lamb.] <Chicago
Field, v. 12, p. 164, Oct. 25, 1879.

Fishing in Gray's Harbor [i. e. Salmon-fishery. Anon. From " Olympia
(Washington Terr.) Transcript." -^Chicago Field, v. 12, pp. 164, 165, Oct.
25, 1879.

64

1879— Codfishiug in the Pacific. [Anon.~\ From " San Francisco Alta.") <Chicago
Field, v. 1'2, p. 165, Oct. 25, 1879.

California Trout in New York State. [By Clarence A. Farnum.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 13, p. 765, Oct. 30, 1879.

Salmon Fishing on the Pacific. [By C. R.] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p.
767, Oct. 30, 1879.

Why Salmo Quinnat does not take the Fly. [Editorial.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 13, p. 770, Oct. 30, 1879.

Notes on Pacific Coast Fishes and Fisheries. By W. N. Lockington. <^ Am.
Nat., v. 13, pp. 684-687, Nov., 1879.

Notes on some undescribed Fishes of the Pacific Coast. By W. N. Locking-
ton. < Scientific Press Supplement, v. — , p. 76, Nov., 1879.

Carp Breeding in California. I Anon. From ''Sonoma Index."] < Chicago
Field, v. 12, p. 180, Nov. 1, 1879.

Trout Culture in Nevada. [Anon. From "Virginia City Enterprise."] <[ Chi-
cago Field, v. 12, p. 180, Nov. 1, 1879.

Fish in Washington Territory. [Anon. From the "Experiment."] -^Chicago
Field, v. 12, p. 180, Nov. 1, 1879.

Washington Territory. [Abundance of Trout. By MULTXOMAH, pseudon.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 13, pp. 795-790, Nov. 6, 1879.

The Rcdfish of Idaho. By Charles Bendire. < Forest and Stream, v. 13,
p. 806, with fig., Nov. 13, 1879.

[The figure appears to represent Hy^ifario keni>erlyi.]

California Notes. (From the " San Francisco Bee.") < Chicago Field, v. 12,
p. 213, Nov. 15, 1879.

Some Fishes of Oregon. By C. J. Smith. < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p.
826, Nov. 20, 1879.

The Trout of Utah. [Notice of its rising to a fly.] Ty C. B. "Western

< Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 826, Nov. 20, 1879.

California Fishing Notes. [From "Sacramento Bee."] < Chicago Field, v. 12,
p. 229, Nov. 22, 1879.

California Fishes. By B. B. Keddirg. < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 847
Nov. 27, 1879.

Mountain Trout. — Salmo virginalts. By Gordon Land. <^ Chicago Field, v.
12, p. 245, Nov. 29, 1879.

The Fishes of Klamath Lake, Oregon. By E. D. Cope. < Am. Nat., v. 13,
pp. 784-78:>, Dec., 1879.

[N. sp. Chasmistes luxatus (p. 784) ; Chasm istes brcvirostris (p. 785) ; ? Nylopharodon sp.
(785).]

Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1878. | Edited by Spencer F.
Baird with the assistance of eminent men of science. | New York: | Har-
per & Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1879. [12°.]

The North American Trout and Salmon, pp. 467-470.

Ichthyologische Beitrage (VIII). Von Dr. Franz Steindachner. <Sitzb.
K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 80, Abth. i, pp. . (" Juli-heft.") [Author's extra,
received by mail Oct. 22, 1879.]

[N". sp. Cortina (Jofniiux) Jacobi. San Dieso, p. 3 ; n. g. and sp. TypMngoMus califor-
niensis, San Diego, p. 24; and Gobius Nowberrii, p. 17, Engraulis ringens, p. 62, also com-
mented upon.]

O

INDEX.

Page.

A.

A 48

Abbot, Lieut Henry L 26

Abeona 23

Abeona minima 41

Trowbridgii 23,29

Abert,J.W 17

Abramis balteatus 15

Acanthias Sucklii 31,44

AcantliOlebius 34

Acantholebius nebulosns 42

Acharnes 40

Acipenser acutirostris 22, 31

brachyrhynchus 22,31

medirostris 22, 31

transmontanus •- . . 13, 15, 16, 31

Acomus 25

Acomus generosus 29, 43

Acrocheilus 22

Acroebeilus alutaceus 22

^tobatis laticeps 39

Agassiz, Alexander 34

Agaasiz, L 19,20,22,24,25

Agassiz, Professor 3, 8

Agonus 9

Agosia 25

chrysogaster 25

metallica 25

Alaska, big salmon of 53

fisheries of 51

ichthyology of 46

report on 51

Alajkanfishes 44

foodfishes 45

Alausa californica 36,43

Albula 16

Alepidosauroids 38

Alepidosaurus (Caulopus) borealis 35

serra 35,42

Alepisaurus 40

Alepocephalua 16

Algansea 23

Algansea bicolor 25,29

formosa 25,29,43

obesa 25,29

Allen, Paul 10

Alopias 37

vulpes 44

Alosamnsica 22

prsestabilis 46

Alzate, Don 8

Amblodon satumns 27,28,34

Ambloplites interruptus 27

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 11 5

Page.

Amia 16

Amiurus albidua 62

Ammoccetes cibarius 27,31

Ammodytes alascatms 46

hexap t erus 10"

personatus 25,28,43

septipinnis 10"

Amphistichus argenteus 20, 29, 41

Heermanni 21

similis 21,29'

Anableps Gronovii 21,26-

Anarrhichaa 52

felis 21,28

Anarrhichthys 23

felis 28

ocellatus 23,42

Anguilla '. 40

Annin, James, jr 57

Anon 48,50

Anoplagonus 34

Anoplarchus 34

crista-galli 35

purpurescens 34

Anoplopoma 32

fimbria 46

merlangus 32,42

Antaceus acutirostris 44

brachyrhynchus 44

medirostris 44

Apocope carringtonii 52

couesii 51

henshavii 52

ventricosa 51

vulnerata 52

Apodichthys 21

flavidns 21,28,42

inomatus 36

sanguineus 36

violaceus 21

virescens 24,28

A. R 57

Archoplites 34

interruptus 41

Argentina pretlosa 21

Argyreiosus pacifieus 53

Argyreus dulcis 29

notabilis 25

nubilus 25,29

osculus 25

Artedius 25

lateralis 27

notospilotua 25,28

pugetensis 53

65

66

INDEX.

Page.

Aspicottus 20

bison 20,22,27,42

Aspidophoroides inermis 32

Aspidophorus acipenserinus 16

Atherinopsis 21,22,49

affinia 33,49

californiensis 21, 28

tenuis 33

Atkins, Charles G 48

Atractoperca 34

clathrata 41

Atractoscion nobile 41

Auliscops 40

spinescens -»0

Aulorhynchus 34

flavidus 34

Ayres, Dr. Wm.O- -3, 21, 22, 23, 24, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38

Ayresia 37

punctipinnis 37, 38

B.

Bailey, J.W 17

Baird, Spencer P 19, 46, 47, 48, 50, 53, 54, 55, 64

Balistes 30

Bathymaster signatns 46

BdeUostoma Stoutii 59

Bean, Tarleton H 58,59,60,62

Beardslee, Lester 62,63

Beckwith, Lieut.E. G 31

Beechey, Capt. F.W 14

Belone exilis 21,29,42

Bendire, Charles 56,60,63,64

Bennett, E. T 14

Bennett, Frederick Debell 15

Bennett, Thomas 47

Blakea 53

Blake, James 40,41

Blake, William P 25

Blennicottus 34

Blennius anguillaris 10

dolichogaster 10

gentilis 21,28,42

Blepsias oculofasciatua 26

trilobus 16,42

ventricosus 12

Brachyistius 36

Brachyistius frenatus 36,41

Branchiostoma ? 44

Brayton, Alembert W 57

Brevoort, James Carson 25

Brew, C 34

British Columbia 39,40

Brosmius marginatus 12, 22, 28

Brosmophycis 34

marginatus 43

Brottiloid fishes 37

Buckland, Rev. W 14

Bullhead 40

Butirinus 16

Butler, Capt, W. F 4

Byers, W. X 60

Calamink

California fisheries

Commissioner's report on 49

California, natural wealth of

sea lions ,

Califomian fish culture

salmon

Callorhynchus

Calycilepidotus

Camarina

nigricans . . .
Campbell, Archibald . .
Caranx

symmetricus . .
Carriri<:ton Campbell -

Catostomida)

Catostomus arseopus . .
bernardini
discobolus

Page.

41

53

47

GO

15

24

lateralis 24, 42

spiuosus 24

33

.. 33

34

14

24

46

57

59

25

52

fecundus 51, 52

( Acomus) generosus 25

insigne 52

labiatus 23, 29, 43

latipinnis 19

macrocheilus 25, 29

occidentalis 22, 29, 43

tahoensis... 59

Caularchus

reticulatus

Caulolatilus

30

43

39

anomalus 41

Cebedichthy s crista-galli 24, 42

violaceus 28, 42

Centrarchus iiiterruptus 20

maculosus 21, 22

Centronotus crista-galli 35

laetus 46

Centropomus viridis 53

Ceratichthys biguttatus 52

oscula 51

squamilentus 51

ventricosus 47

Ceratoptera 59, 63

Cestracion francisci 22,31

Philipii 38

Chanos 16

Chappe d'Auteroche, M 8

Chase, A. W 47, 48

Chasmistes brcvirostris 64

luxatus 64

Cheonda 25

ccerulea 25

Cooperi 25

Chilorhinus 40

Chimsera 15

coiliei 14,31

Chionda ccerulea 30

cooperi 30

Chirocentrus 16

Chiropsis 26

constellatns 27

guttatus 27

nebulosus 27

pictus 27

Chirostoma affinis 42

califoiniensis 2

INDEX.

67

Page.

Chirostoma tenuis 42

Chirua 40

balias 46

constellatua 21,42

guttatua 20,42

ordiiiatus 46

pictus 20,42

trigrammus 46

Choris, Louis 11

Chriomitra 61

concolor Cl

Chromis punctipinnia , 38, 41

Clams , 40

Clark, Captain 10

Clark,S.C 50 j

Clinocottus 34 |

Clinostomus phlegethontia 47

taenia 47

Clupea 14,15

mirabilis 21,31,43

Clypeocottus robustua 22

Codfishery, Pacific 45

Cooke, P. St. Geo 17

Cooper, J.G 33,37,38,40,41

Cope.E.D 46,47,51,56,64

Copeland, Herbert E 53

Coregoni 56

Coregoninse 57

Coregonus Williamson! 25, 30, 43, 52

Corvina (Johnius) Jacofll 64

stearnsii 49

Coryphopterus 37

Coryphopterus glaucofraenum 37

Cottoids 18

Cottopsis asper 27

gulosus 20,27,42

parvus 21, 27, 42

Cottus 18

Cottus asper 13, 16

criniger 32

pistilliger 10, 16

platycephalus 10

polyacanthocephalus 10, 16

trachoma 10

ventralis 12

Cones, Dr.Elliot 10

C.R 63,64

Cremony, JohnC 45

Cronise, Titus Fey 41

Cutts, RtchardD 46

Cuvier & Valenciennes. . . .11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18

Cyclogaater pulchellus 28

Cyclopteroids, synopsis of 39

Qjrclopterus 47

gelatinosua 14

orbis 35

ventricosus 16

Cymatogaster 20

aggregates 20,41

ellipticus 20

Larkinsii 20

minimus 20

pulchellus 20

parvipinnia 35

Cyprinella gunniaoni 30

Page.

Cyprinella ludibunda 30

lugubria

Cyprinodon californiensia

macularius

Cyprinua ( Abramis) balteatua

balteatus

( Leuciscus) caurinus

cultratus

(Leuciacus) gracilis

(Leuciscus) oregonensis

rostratus

Dall, William H

Damalichthya

vacca

Davidson, George

Dawea, C. M

DeKay, James E

Dekaya

anomala

De Long, H. "W

' ' Denver News "

Dermatostethus

punctipinnis

Devilfish '...

Diodon

Dionda grisea

Ditrema

brevipinne

Dogfish

Dum6ril, Aug

Dunn, Horace D

Dynamite, for fishing

.23

44,45
23

29,41
45
46
15
37
37
61
50
36

36,44
60
11
27
25
36
40

39,45
49
48

E.

Echeneidoidae 38

Echeneis naucratea 32

remora 32

Elliott, Henry W 47,51

Elopa 16

Embiotoca 19,20

argyroaoma 25, 29, 41

Caryi 19

Caaaidii 21,29

Jacksoni 19,29,41

lateralis 20,34

lineata 21,29

ornata 23, 29

perspicabilis 23, 29

Webbi 23,29

Embiotocoidae 21

Embiotocoids 3

Emory, Lieut. Col. "W. H 17

Engelmann.G 17

Engraulis compressua 27,30,43

delicatissimua 21,31,43

mordax 21, 30, 43

nanus 27, 3", 43

ringens 61

Ennichthya 23

Heennanni 23, 29

megalops 23,29

Eiitosphenus 36

ciliatua ... 44

68

INDEX.

Page.

Entosphenus epihexodon 44

Ephippus zonatus 27,28

Epinephelus ciliatus 9

Erythrinus 16

Eschscholtz, Dr. Friedr 32

Eucyclogobius 36

newberrii 43

Eumicrotremus 36

Exoccetus californicus 38, 42

fasciatus 24

F.

Fario argyreus

aurora

Clarkii

Gairdneri •

Newberrii

stellatus

tsuppitch —

Farnum, Clarence A

Fish, eastern, in California ,

Fisheries of North Pacific

Fisheries, Oregon

Fishes of Wyoming

subterranean, in California

Tertiary.

Flat-fish

of San Francisco

Flounders of San Francisco

Forbes, Edward ,

Franchere, Gabriel

Fundulus ?

25,30

25, 30

30

30

26

25,30
30
64
48
46
55
46
47
51
40
23

............... 20

. ............... 10,11

................ 43

parvipinnis .................... 21, 30, 43

Gadoid fishes, synopsis of .................. 37

genera

Gadus auratus

dorsotripterygia

fimbria

gracilis

morrkua

periscopus

10

9

9

46

proximus 21,43

pygmseus 10

wachna 10

Galeuseanis 45

Gallatin, Albert 17

Gasterosteus biaculeatua 24

dekayi 24

inopinatus 21,28

intermedius 25, 28

microcephalus 21,28,42

plebeius 21,23,28,42

pugetti 25,28

serratus 24, 28, 42

Williamson! 21, 28, 42

Gastrophysus politus 44

Gay, Claudius 16

Genyonemus 34

Gibbons, Dr 3

Gibbons, W. P 20,23

Gibbons, W. R 49

Gibbonsia 38

elegans 38,42

Page.

Gila 17,19

ardesiaca 51

conocephala 21

egregia 52

elegans 19, 30, 4IJ, 52

Eraoryi 19,52

gracilis -' 19, 30, 52

Grahami 19,52

grandis 22

hydrophlox 52

microlepidota 22

ruontana 52

nacrea ? w 52

nigra 51,52

phlegethontis 52

robusta 19,30,43,52

seminuda 51, 52

tsenia 52

Gilbert, Charles H 55

Gill, Theodore 32, 39, 46, 54

Gillichthys 38

mirabilis 38, 43, 56

Gilliss, Lieut. Jas. M 22

Girard, Dr. Charles . .3, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27,

31,32

Girard, Edward 18

Girardinus sonoriensis 52

Girella nigricans 41

Glyphisodon rubicunduf 21, 29, 41

Glyphtocephalus pacificua 63

zachirus 63

Gobioid genera 37

Gobius gracilis 21

lepidus 28

Newberryi 25, 28, 64

Gonorhynchus 16

Goudy, John 57

Grammatopleurus 34

Gray, J. E 18

Green, Seth 58, 6-1

Grystes lineatus 21

Gunnellus ornatus 21, 28, 42

Gunnison, Capt. J. W 31

Giinther, Albert 32, 35,*36, 38, 39, 40, 44, 45

Gymnomuraena 40

Gymnotoids 38

Gyropleurodus 36

francisci 44

H.

Halatractus dorsalis 42

Halias 32

Halibut fishing 40

Hallock, Charles 56, 59, 60, 63

Hallowell, Edward 19

H. A. L 62

H. A. R 60

Hayden, F. V 46,51

Hazlitt, William Carey 4

H.B 60

Heather, George H 61

Heennann, A. L 20

Helmichthys 40

Hemilcpidotus GibVsii 35, 42

notospilotus 42

INDEX.

G9

Page.

Hemilepidotus spinosus 27, 42

Tilesii 12,16

marmoratus 21

Henshaw, H. W 59

Heptanchus maculatus 31

Herbert, WilliamHenry 18,19

Herrings 40

Heterandria affinis 19

occidentalis 19

Heterodontus philipii 38

Hcterostichus 21

rostratus 21,27,42

Heterotis 16

Hexagrammus 9

asper «9

stelleri 8

Hinckley, W. M 50

Hippocampus ingens 27, 30, 44

Hippoglossoides Jordani 63

Hippogloasus californicus 32, 43

vulgaris 43,62

Hittel, JohnS 37

Holconoti 20

Holconotus Agassizii 20

fuliginosus 20

Gibbonsii 20

megalops 21

pulchellus 41

rhodoterus 20,29,41

Trowbridgii 21

Holorhinus 36

Holt,H.H 60

Homalopomus 25

Trowbridgii 25,28

Hooper, E. J 49,50,53,55,56,57,58,63

Hoplopagrus 34

Hubbard, Samuel 36

Humphreys, A. A 51

Huntington, J. V 11

Hybopsis bivittatus 52

timpanogensis 47, 52

Hyborhyuchus siderius 51, 52

Hydrolagus 36 |

Colliei 44

Hyodon 16

Hyperprosopon 20

Agassizii 36

analis 34

arcuatum 41

arcuatus 20

argenteum 20, 41

argenteum var. a punctatum 20

argenteus 20

punctatum 41

Hypocritichthys 36

analis 31,41

Hypomesus 35

pretiosus 43

Hypsagonus 34

Swanii 53

Hypsifario 36

Kennerlyi 57,64

Hypsopsetta 36

guttulata 43

Hypsurus Caryi 41

Hypsypops.
Hystcrocarpus

Page.

34

20

Traskii 20,29,41,57

I.

Ichthyomyzon 45

Irving. Washington 13

Ischnosoma 16

Isoplagiodon 36

Henlei. . . 44

J.

James, Edwin

Johnius nobilis

Johnston, Capt. A. K
Jonas,C

11

33

17

61

Jordan, D. S 53,55,57,58,59,60

Julis modestus 21,29

semicinctus 32

J.W.B 55

Keeler, A. B 50

Kennerly, Dr.C.B.R 21,26,34

Kerry, Mortimer 48

Kirkpatrick, C. A 32

Kittlitz, F. H. v 27

Kner, Dr. Kudolph . 45

L.

Labraces 9

Labracoglossa 40

Labrax 9,40

clathratus 21

decagrammus 9,10

monopterygius 9, 10

nebulifer 21

octogrammus 10

superciliosus 9, 10

Labroids 37

Labrus pulcher 21,22,29,39

Lamb, Gordon 63, 64

Lampetra plumbea 44

Lang, William 60,62

Lanszweert, Dr 24

Lavinia 21

compressa 22

conformis 21

crassicauda 21

exilicauda 21,29,43

harengus 25,29,43

gibbosa 22

Lay, G. T 14

Lebiasina 16

Leiocottus ., 25

hirundo 25,27,42

lineatus .23, 28, 34, 41

Leuciscus caurinus 15, 16

oregonensis 15, 16

Leucosomus occidentalis 21

Leonard, Capt. C. E. Barratt 4

Lepadogaster 14

meandricus 28

reticulatua 21

Lepidogobius gracilis 42

70

INDEX.

Page.

Lepidomeda 47

jarrovii 47,51

vittata 47,51

Lepidopsetta 36

Leptocottus 20

armatus 20, 27, 42

Leptogunnellus gracilis 23

Lewis, Captain 10

Liparis 14,47

Liparis cyclopus 35

mucosua 23, 43

pulchellus 23,43

Lockington, W. N 53, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64

Long, Maj. Stephen H 11

Lord, John Keast 40

Lumpenus auguillaris 28,42

Liitken, Dr. Chr 49

Luxilus occidental 30,43

Lycodes Turnerii 60

Lycodoidae 37

M.

McDonald, Duncan George Forbes

Macfie, Matthew

Mackerel catching

Macrodon

Major *.

Mallotus pacificus

Man-sucker . . .

45

16

61

16

40

Mather, Fred 57,58,59,60,62,63

Mayne, Com. E. C 4

Meda 25

fulgida : 25,51

Megalocottus 34

Megalops 16

Meletta ccerulea 21,22,30,43

Merlangus productus 24, 28, 43

Mesopus 35

Metoponops 39

Cooperi 39,43

Micristodus 39

punctatus 39

Microgadus 39

proximus 39

Micrometrus 20

aggregatus 20

minimus 20

Microstomatoids, note on 39

Minomus jarrovii 47

platyrhynchus 47

Mollienesia . 8

Monmouth 48

Mormyrus 16

Morrhua californica 21,22

proxima 28

Muller & Henle 18

Multnomah : 63,04

Muraena mordax 32,43

Murphy, J.M 48

Mustelus californicus 38

felis 22,31

Myliobatis californicus 39

Mylocheilus 22

caurinus 29

fraterculus 25, 29, 43

Tage,
Mylocheilus lateralis ....................... 22, 20

Myloleiicus parovanus ....... » ............. 47, 52

pulverulentus .................. 52

Mylopharodon ............................. 23, 64

conocephalus ............... 29, 43

robustus .................. 23, 29, 43

Myrichthys tigrinus ....................... 32

My tilophagus .............................. 20

fasciatus ................... 20

Myxodes elegans ........................... 38, 53

Narcine californica ......................... 31

Naucrates ductor ........................... 32

*f autichthys ......................... ...... 27

oculo-fasciatus ................ 28

Nematocentris ............................. 40

Neoclinus ...................... ............ 27

Blanchardi ..................... 27,28,42

satiricus ........................ 32

Nevada fish hatchery ...................... 60

Nordhoff, Charles .......................... 47

Notorhynchus .............................. 37

borealis ..................... 38

maculatus .................. 24, 44

O.

Oligocottus ................................. 25

analis ........................ 26, 27, 42

globiceps ..................... 26, 27, 42

maculosus ................... 25, 27, 42

Oncorhynchus .............................. 34

Ophichthys ................................. 40

Ophidion Taylori ......................... 27, 28, 43

Ophidium .................................. 14

stigma ........................... 14

Ophidiurus californiensis ................... 43

Ophiodon .................................. 21

elongatus ........................ 21, 27

Ophisthognathus ...................... ..... 40

Oplopoma .................................. 25

pantherina .................... 25, 27, 42

Orcynus pacificus .......................... 37, 42

Orthagoriscus .............................. 14

analis ........................ 32, 44

mola ......................... 14

Orthodon microlepidotus ................... 29, 43

Orthopsetta ................................ 3C>

Osmerus elongatus ......................... i'2

pretiosus .......................... 30

thaleichthys ...................... 32, 43

Osteoglossum .............................. 1C

Otolithus californiensis ..................... 49

Oxylebius .................................. 36

pictus ........................... 36

Oxyjulis ................................... 38

modestus ......................... 41

P.

Pachylabrua

Pallas
Pallas, Petro
Pallas, P. S..
Pantosteus . .

variegatus .

INDEX.

71

Page.

Pantosteus bardus 52

delphinus 52

jarrovii 52

platyrhynchus 52

Paragonus 34

Paralabrax 25

clathratns. 27

nebulifer 27,41

Paralcpidoids 38

note on 39

Paralichthys 27

maculosus 28, 43

Paratractus boops 42

Parephippua 34

zonal us 41

Parker, H. G 59

Parophrys 21

Parophrys Ayresii 36,43

Hubbardii 36

vetulus 21,28,43

Pediculati 37

Pelamys lineolata 27,28,42

Pemberton, J. Desford 4

Perca flavescens 47

variabilis 10

Perch, viviparous 53

Percopsis Hammondii 38

Perry, Com. M. C 25

Peters, W 40

Peters, W. C. H 45

Petromyzon astori 27,31

ciliatus 23,31

lividus 27,31

plumbeus 23,31

tridentatus 13, 31

Phalangistes 9

acipenserinua 10

Phanerodon 21

furcatus 21,29,41

Phillips, Barnet 53

Philo-Ichthyos 53

Pimelometopon 38

Pinart.Alph 51

Piseco 62,63

Plagopterus 47

argentissimus 47,51

Plagyodus 40

Platessa bilineata 23,28,43

glacialis 20

stellata 20

Platichthys - 21

rugosus 21,28

stellatus 43

umbrosus 25, 28

Pieurogrammus 34

Pleuronectes arcuatus 46

cicatricosus 10

digramnms 36

Franklinii 36

hippoglossus 10

roaculosus 21

quadrituberculatus 10

stellatus 10

Plenronectidae of San Francisco 63

Pleuronectoids, synopsis of 39

Page.

Pleuronichthys 21

ccenosus 21,28,43

guttulatus 25,28

Hubbardii 43

"Podgers" 50

Podothecus 34

Pogonichthys argyreiosus 21, 29, 44

communis 29

inaquilobus 21,29,44

symmetricas 21, 29, 44

Pomacentroids 37

Pomolobus 62

Poole, Francis 4

Porichthys 21

notalus 21,28,43

Poronotus simillimus 33,41

Port«r,B.B 57

Portland Oregonian 48

Potamocottus 33

punctulatns 33

Potter, Emery D 56

Pratt,K.B 58

Price, Sir Rose 50

Protopterus — 40

Psettichthys 21

Psettichthys melanostictus 21,28,43

sordidus 21,28,43

Psychrolutes 35

par adoxus 35

Pterognathus satiricus 42

Pteroplatea marmorata 38, 44

Ptychocheilus 22

gracilis 22

grandis 30,43

lucius 25,43

major 22

oregonensis 30

rapax 25,30,43

vorax 25,30

Ptychostomus congeatus 52

Putnam, F. TV 37,47

Pyrrhulina 16

Raia 15

Rajabatis 10

binocnlata 22

Cooperi 27,31

Rattray, Alexander 4

Redding, B. B 56,60,61,62,63,64

Reptiles of Wyoming 46

Rhachocheilus toxotes 41

Rhacochilus toxotes 20, 29

Rhinichthys henshavii 47

Rhina californica 44

Rhinobatus productus 31, 44

Rhinoptera vespertilio 25,31,44

Rhinoscion 34

saturnus 41

Rhinotiiacis 36

Henlei 36

Richardson 3

Richardsonius 25

balteatus 30

lateralis 25,30

72

INDEX.

Page.

Richardson, J 14

Richardson, John 1 13,20

Robson, John J 58

Rock cod 40,53

Rockwood, A. P 54,63

Round-fish ... 40

s

Sacramento record .
salmon.

Salar iridea

Lewis!...

• 62

48

49

30

25

virginalis 25,30

Salmo 49

Bairdii 34

brevicauda 34

Campbell! 34

canis 26

Clark!! 13

confluentus 26

consuetus 20

dermatinus 20

fontinalis 50

Gairdneri 13,15,16

gibber 26

Gibbsii 26

Henshaw! 59

iridea 23,43, til

Kennerlyi 34, 60

lagocephalus 10

lord!! 40

Mason! 33,43

mendocinensia... 49

Newberrii 26

nitidus 15,16

(Mallotus?) pacificus 13

paucidens 13,16

Parkei 34

pleuriticus 52

proteus 10

qninnat 13, 15, 16, 30, 43, 48, 63, 64

rlvularis 23

salar 16,48,52

Scouleri 13,15,16,30,43

- socialis 10

Bpectabilis 25,30

stellatus 43

truncatus 26

tsuppitch 13,15,16

tudes 46

virginalis 48,49,52,63,64

"Warren! 34

Salmon 40

California 50,57

canned 55

Salmon fisheries, Oregon 48

Salmon-fishing 26

Salmon, heaviest American 57

Salmonida? 33,49,57

history, &c.,of 53

North American 37

of Pacific 48

Sanrus lucioceps 24,58

(Saurida) lucioceps 30

Page.

Sauvage, H. E 48

Say, T 11

Scammon, Capt. C. M 4,"}

Schultz, Alexander 54

Sclater, P.L 45

Scomber 14, IS

Scomber diego 28,41

Scomberesox 37

Scorn bresox 40

brevirostris 40

Scombrocottus 45

salmoneus • . . . 45, 46

Scorpaena guttata 21, 28, 42

Scorpaenichthy 3 20

lateralis 21,24

marmoratus 20, 27, 42

Scorpaenidae 53

Scorpis 40

californiensis. 49

Seal Islands of Alaska, report on 47

Sebastes 36,37,38

auriculatus 20, 28, 42

Ayresii 5S

elongatus 32, 42

fasciatus 21, 28

flavidus 42

helvomaculatus 32

melanops 25, 28, 42

nebulosus 21, 22, 42

nigrocinctus 32, 42

ocellatus 42

ovalis 42

paucispinis 21, 22, 28, 42

rosaceus 21, 28, 36, 42, 53

ruber 21,22,36,42

ruber var. parvus 21,22

variabilis 16,21

Sebastodes 34,38

flavidus 36

ovalis 36

Sebastoid fishes 38

Sebastoids 37

Sebastomus 3&

Sebastoplus 37

Sebastosomus 38

pinniger 38

simulans 38

Seriphus 33

politus 33,4]

Serranus 4&

Shad, California 4 46, 48, 52, 53, 57

first California 46

Siboma 25

atraria .25,30,52

crassicauda 30, 43

Simpson, Capt. J. H 33,54

Siphagonus barbatus 53

Sitgreaves, Capt. L ]9

Slack, J. H 54

Smelts, California 53

Smith, C. J 64

Dr. Andrew 18

Sowerby, G.B 34

Spams 14

Sphyraena argentea 21, 27, 42

INDEX.

73

Page.

Sphyra-na malleus 44

Spinax ( Acauthias) suckleyi 22

Spratelloides bryoporus 46

Sproat, G. M 4

Squali, synopsis of 35

Squatina californica * 32

Stearns, Robert E. C 62

Steenstrup, Japetus 53

Steindachner, Franz 32, 45, 49, 50, 53, 64

Stephanolepis 34

Stereolepis 32, 38

gigas 32,41

Stevens, I. I •' 33

Sticha3oids, note on 39

Sticha3us punctatus 59

Sticklebacks 40

Stone, Livingston 47, 48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 58, 63

Storer 3

Storer, David Humphreys 16

Stranahan, J. J 63

Streets, Thos. H 55

Striiver, Johannes 38

Sturgeon spearing 40

Suckley, Geo., M. D 26,33,34,37,49

Swan, JamesG 26

SyllaBmus latifrons 51

Syngnathus 3

Abboti 27

arundinaceus 27, 30, 44

brevirostris 21,30

calif orniensis 16, 30, 44

dimidiatus 36,44

griseolineatus 22, 44

leptorhynchus 21, 30, 44

Synodus lucioceps 43

T.

Taeniotoca ... 34

lateralis 41

Tallant, E. C 63

Tallant, R 50

Temnistia 12,13

Tetrodon politus 27,30

Thaleichthys 27

Stevensii 27,30

Thrasher shark, attack of 45

Throckmorton, S. R 46, 48, 49

Tiaroga 25

cobitis 25

Tigoma 25

bicolor 25,30

conformis 30, 43

crassa 25,30,43

egregia 27, 30

gracilis 25,30

Huroboldti 25,30

intermedia 25

lineata 25, 30

nigrescens 25

obesa 25,30

purpurea 25

squamata 33

Tilesius, W. G 8,9

Torpedo 13

californica 24,44

Torrey, John 17, 19

Page.

Townsend, John K 15

Trachinus cirrhosus 10

trichodon 9,10,11

Trachurus boops 27,28

symmetricus 28, 42

Triacis semifasciatus 44

Triakis semifasciatum 22,31

Trichodon lineatus 32,42

stelleri 11,16

Trochocopus 38

pulcher 41

Troschel, D 23

Ti-oschel, F. H 20

Trowbridge, Lieut. W. P 21,24

Trygon ? 44

Tamer, William N 49

Typhlogobins califomiensis 64

U.
Umbra 16

Umbrina nndulata 21, 28, 41

United States Fish Commissioner's report. . 49, 54

Uranidea punctulata 52

vheeleri 47,52

Uraptera binoculata 31,44

Urolophus Halleri 38, 44

Uropsetta 36

V.

Vancouver Island 39, 40

Yastres 16

Yenegas 3

Miguel 7

Vertebrata, Cretaceous 51

Vigors, X. A 14

Viviparous fish 23,24,40

fish from Japan 24

fishes, notice upon 23

perch 60

TV.

Wachni.ja Camtschatica 9

"Warren" 49

Western, C. B 64

Wheeler, Lieut. G. M 47, 51, 59

Whipple, Lieut A. W 26,31

Williamson, Lieut. R. S 20, 25, 26, 3t

Wilmot, Sam f.r.

Wilson, John L CO

Sir Samuel 60, 61

Woodhouse, S. W 19

W.V.S 5C

Wyman, Jeffries 21,23,26,3'J

X.

Xantus, J 36, 37

Xenichthys californiensis 49

Xiphidion '27

mucosnm 27.4::

mucosus 28

Xiphidium cruoreum -JG

Y.

Yarrow, H. C 48,49,51,53,59

Yukon River fishes 44

Z.

Zaniolepis 26

latipinnis 26,28

Zygaana, remarks on the foetal 23

Zygonectes 8

of the Inferior

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1 o

LA

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

1878.

1

ADVERTISEMENT.

This work is the twelfth of a series of papers intended to illustrate
the collections of Natural History and Ethnology belonging to the United
States and constituting the National Museum, of which the Smithsonian
Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of August 10,
1846.

It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.

JOSEPH HENKY,
Secretary oj the Smithsonian Institution.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

Washington, May, 1878.
2

CONTRIBUTIONS

ro

XORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY.

BASED PRIMARILY ON THE

COLLECTIONS OF THK UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

III.

A. — On the Distribution of the Fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Carolina,
Georgia, and Tennessee, with Description? of New or Little Known Species.

BY.

DAVID S. JORDAN

AND

ALEMBERT W. BRAYTONT.

B. — A Synopsis of the Family G'atostomidae.
• BY

DAVID S. JORDAN,

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

1878.

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page.

A.— On the distribution of tbc fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Carolina,
Georgia, and Tennessee, with descriptions of new or little known

species 7

List of streams examined 8

San tee Basin • It

Savannah Basin 29

Altatuaha Basin 34

Chattahoochee Basin 39

Alabama Basin 44

Tennessee Basin 56

Cumberland Basin i 71

Recapitulation 82

Table showing the distribution of species 82

Distribution of genera 88

Conclusions 91

B.— Synopsis of the family Catostomidse 97

Catostominae 98

Cycleptinae 98

Bubalichthyime 99

List of nominal species 100

Analysis of genera 103

Genus Quassilabia 104

Quassilabia lacera 106

Genus Placopharynx 107

Placopharynx cariuatus 108

Genus Myxostoma 110

Myxostoma carpio 118

Myxostoma euryops 119

Myxostoma macrolepidotum 120

Myxostoma aureolnni 124

M\xostoma crassiiabre *. 126

Myxostoma conns 126

Myxostoma anisura 126

Myxostoraa pCEcilura 128

Myxostoma albidum 129

Myxostoma cerviuum ; 129

Myxostoma album 130

Myxostoma thalassiuum 131

Myxostoma velatum '. 132

Myxostoma congestuin 133

Myxostoma pidiense 133

Myxostoma coregonus 134

Myxostoma papillosum ". . 134

Genus Miuy trema 136

Minytrema melanops - 138

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Pa;:o.

Genus Erimyzon 140

Erimyzon sucetta 144

Erimyzon goodei 148

Genus Chasmistes . - 149

Chasmistes fecuudus 1£0

Genus Catostomus 151

Catostomus nigricans 1G'2

Catostomus clarki ./. 1G.">

Catostomus iusignis 1C5

Catostomus teres 4 106

Catostomus macrochilus 171

Catostomus occidentals 17*2

Catostomus labiatus 173

Catostomus arceopus 17:5

Catostomus taboensis 173

Catostomus rostratus 174

Catostomus longirostris 175

Catostomus retropinnis 178

Catostomns latipinuis 178

Catostomiis discobolus 179

Geuus Pantosteus 180

Pantosteus Anrescens 182

Pantosteus platyrbyncbus * 183

Pantosteus generosus 183

Pantosteus plebeius 184

Genus Cycleptus 186

Cycleptus eloiigatus 169

Genus Carpiodes 190

Carpiodes diiforuiis 195

Carpiodes cutisanserinus 195

Carpiodes velifer 196

Carpiodes bison 197

Carpiodes tbompsoni 198

Carpiodes cyprinus 198

Carpiodes carpio '200

Genus Bubaliehthys -201

Bubalichtbys bubalus 206

Bubalichthys urus -209

Bubalichtbys mcridiouulis 210

Genus Ichthyobus ^>11

Ichtbyobus bubalus 214

Genus Myxecypriuus 217

Myxocyprinus asiaticus 217

Addendum 219

Chasmistes liorus 219

Catostomus fecundus 219

Bibliography 221

Index.. 231

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO

NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY.

No. 3.

A..

ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FISHES OF THE ALLEGHANY
REGION OF SOUTH CAROLINA, GEORGIA, AND TENNESSEE,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN SPECIES.

BY DAVID S. JORDAN AND ALEMBERT W. BRAYTOX.

This paper is based primarily on the collections made by the present
writers, assisted by Mr. C. n. Gilbert, and a party of students from
Butler University, during the past summer (1877), in various streams of
South Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee. For the purpose of a more
complete discussion of questions of geographical distribution, the au-
thors have brought together, with their own observations, those previ-
ously made on the fish-fauna3 of the same streams by other writers,
especially the observations on the fishes of the Tennessee Basin by
Professor Agassiz •* those on the fishes of the basins of the Santee t
(Catawba), Tennessee, J and Cumberland, || by Professor Cope, and en
the fishes of the Cumberland. Tennessee, Alabama, and Altamaha

* Notice of a Collection of Fishes from the Southern Bend of the Tennessee River, in
1he State of Alabama. By L. Agassiz. < American Journal Sci. Arts, 1854, pp. 297-
308 and 353-3G5.

t Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of North Carolina. By E. D. Cope. < Prcc. Am. Philos.
Soc. Phila. 1870, pp. 448-495.

t On the distribution of Fresh-water Fishes in the Alleghany Region of South-western
Virginia. By E. D. Cope, A. M. < Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. new series, vol. vi,
part iii, January, 1869, pp. 207-247.

|| On some Etheostomine Perch from Tennessee and North Carolina. By E. D. Cope.
< Prcc. Am. Philos. Soc. 1870, pp. 261-270.

8 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

basins by Professor Jordan.* The purpose of this paper is to give a
resume of all that is certainly known in regard to the ichthyology of
the seven hydrographic basins embraced in its scope, viz, the Sautee,
Savannah, Altamaha, Chattahoochee, Alabama, Tennessee, and Cum-
berland. For purposes of comparison, a table of distribution of species
is added, which includes, in addition, what is known of the fish-faunae
of the James, Roanoke, Neuse, Great Pedee, and Ohio.

The following is a classified list of the streams which have been ex-
amined in each water-basin included in this paper, with a word or two
suggestive of the character of each stream. The collections in every
case were made by one or both of the present writers, unless otherwise

stated.

LIST OF STREAMS EXAMINED.

I. — SANTEE BASIN.

1. Catawba River and tributaries in North Carolina. (Cope, 18G9.)

2. Ennoree River, near Chick Springs, S. C. (Deep, muddy, and rapid.)

3. Reedy River, at Greenville Court-House, S. C. (Muddy.)

4. Saluda River, at Farr's Mills, west of Greenville. (Clear and rapid j

a fine seining-grotind.)

II. — SAVANNAH BASIN.

1. Tugaloo River, Habersham County, Ga., just below mouth of Panther.

(Clear, broad rapids.)

2. Panther Creek, north of Toccoa City, Ga. (Clear mountain-stream.)

3. Toccoa Creek, below Toccoa Falls, Ga. (Clear, cold mountain -

stream ; contains little besides Hydrophlox rubricroceus.)

4. Toxaway and Chatuga Rivers and tributaries about the foot of White-

side Mountain. (Clear mountain-streams, abounding in Trout.)

III. — ALT AM AH A BASIN.

1. Oconee River, at Sulphur Springs and Fuller's Mills, Hall County,

Georgia. (Clear.)

2. Ocmulgee River, Reed's Fish-pond, south of Atlanta, Ga. (Head-

waters; clear.)

3. Ocmulgee River, South Fork, Flat Rock, De Kalb County, Georgia.

(Partly clear ; a small falls, and a deep basin worn in granite rock;
a fine stream for seining.)

* A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper Georgia ; with Supplementary Papers on
Fishes of Tennessee, Kentucky and Indiana. By David Starr Jordan, M. D., Ph. D
< Annals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist. vol. xi, 1877, pp. 307-377.

ON THE FISHES OF THE ALLEGHANY EEGION. 9

4. Ocmulgee Elver, Macon, Ga. (Collectiou of Dr. T. H. Bean and
other members of the United States Fish Commission.)

IV. — CHATTAHOOCHEE BASIN. .

1. Chattahoochee Eiver at Shallow Ford, northwest of Gainesville, Ga.

(Broad, shallow, rapid ; wafer moderately clear.)

2. Suwannee Creek, near Suwannee, Gwinnett County, Ga. (Deep,

muddy, and very cold. Contains chiefly Corloma eurystoma.)

3. Peach Tree Creek, just north of Atlanta. (Deep and muddy.)

4. Nancy's Creek, northwest of Atlanta. (Clear and rapid.)

5. Flint Eiver, in Taylor County. (Collection of Dr. Hugh M. Neisler

in United States National Museum.)

Y. — ALABAMA BASIN.

A. — Etoicah Eiver.

1. Pettis Creek, near Cartersville, Ga. (Clear, rocky.)

2. Silver Creek, near Eorne, Ga. (Clear, rapid; a fine stream for col-

lecting.)

3. Dyke's Creek and Pond, near Eome, Ga. (Clear and cold.)

B. — Oostanaula River.

4. Eocky Creek, near Floyd Springs, Ga. (A fine, clear stream.)

5. John's Creek, near Floyd Springs. (Clear.)

6. Lovejoy's Creek, near Floyd Springs. (A small sandy stream, full

of fishes.)

7. Big Armuchee Creek, above Eome. (Clear.)

8. Big Dry Creek, near Eome. (A succession of weedy rock-pools.)

9. Little Dry Creek, near Eome. (Like the preceding.)

10. Waters's Creek, above Eome. (Muddy and rocky.)

11. Lavender Creek, in Texas Valley, Ga. (A small clear stream.)

C. — Coosa River.

12. BeecL Creek, near Eome. (Muddy.)

13. Horse-leg Creek, near Eome. (Eocky, clear.)

14. Little Cedar Creek, at Cave Spring, Ga. (A fine, clear, cold stream.

One of the best for the collection of fishes. Abounds in Xenisma
stelliferum, Hydroplilox clirosomus, Codoma callistia, and other
beautiful species.)

Z). — Alabama River, near Montgomery, Ala. (Collection of Dr. Bean and
others, 1870.)

10 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

VI. — TENNESSEE BASIN.

A. — Upper Course.

1. Clinch River, tributaries in Southwestern Virginia. (Cope, 1868.)

2. Powell's River, near Cumberlaud Gap. (Clear.)

3. Indian Creek, near Cumberland Gap. (Clear.)

4. Station Creek, near Cumberland Gap. (Clear.)

5. Holston River, various tributaries in Southwestern Virginia.

(Cope, 18G8.)

6. French Broad River, at Newport, Tenn. (Rather deep and muddy.)

7. French Broad River, about Warm Springs. N. C., Asheville, N. C.,

and elsewhere.) (Cope, 1869.) (Rapid, rocky, and generally
clear.)

8. Big Pigeon River, at Cliffton, Tenn. (Rather clear.)

9. Swaunanoa River, at foot of Black Mountain. (Clear, cold mount-

ain stream, with trout.)

B. — Lower Course.

10. Chickamauga River, at Ringgold, Ga. (Rather clear and very

rocky.)

11. Tributaries of Tennessee River, about Huntsville, Ala. (Agassiz;

Newman's collection, 1853.)

12. Tributaries of Tennessee River, about Florence, Ala. (Storer, 1845.)

13. Elk River and tributaries, at Estill Springs, Tenn. (Clear, rocky,

and cold.)

VII. — CUMBERLAND BASIN.

1. Round-Stone River, Rock Castle County, Kentucky. (Clear.)

2. Rock Castle River, Livingston, Ky. (Clear and rocky.)

3. Big Laurel River, Laurel County, Kentucky. ^Clear.)

4. Cumberland River, about Pineville, Ky. (Clear, rocky.)

5. Yellow Creek, near Cumberland Gap. (Rather muddy.)

6. South Fork of Cumberland River, in Tennessee. (Cope, 1869.)

7. Cumberland Ri\er and tributaries, near Nashville. (Winchell, 1876.)

8. Stone River, Murfreesboro7, Tenn. (Clear and rocky.)

It will be noticed that almost without exception the above mentioned
localities are in the mountainous or upland parts of the different water-
basins. Of the fishes inhabiting distinctively the lowland courses of
most of the streams, little is yet definitely known.

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 11

The Santee, Savannah, Altamaha, and Chattahoochee have been
examined only in that part of their course which flows over metamor-
phic rocks. The three western streams have been studied chiefly in the
limestone regions. The lithological character of the bed of a stream
has a certain influence on its fish-fauna, as will be seen hereafter. Gen-
erally limestone streams are richer in species than those with granitic
bottoms.

The types of the new species described below are deposited in the
United States National Museum at Washington, and in the Museum of

Butler University, Indianapolis, Indiana.

•

I. — SANTEE BASIN.

Thirty-nine species are ascertained to occur in the headwaters of the
Santee River, thirty-three having been obtained by Professor Cope in
the Catawba River in Xorth Carolina, and thirty by the present writers
in the Salnda and Ennoree in South Carolina. Of these thirty nine
species, ten are not as yet known irom any other hydrographic
basin. These are : Alvordius crassus, Noihonotus thalassinus, Ceraticlithys
labroftiiSj Ceratichtlujs zancmus, Codowa pyrrhomelas, Codoma chloristia^
Photogcnis nireus, Alburnops chlorocephalus, Alburnops saludamts, and
Myxostoma album. The apparent absence of Luxilus cornutus in the
Givat Pedee, Santee, Savannah, Altamaha, and Chattahoochee Basins is
remarkable, as that species is abundant in the tributaries of the Neuse on
the east and the Alabama on- the west, as in all streams northward to
Minnesota and New England.

The species most abundant as to individuals, in the Saluda at least,
is probably Xotropis pliotogenis. Xext to this come Codoma pyrrlwme-
las and Ccraiiclitliys biyitttatus. Of the Catostomidcc, Myxostoma ceri'inum
seems to be .the predominant species; of the Siluridcc, Amiurus brun-
neus, and of the Centrarcliidce, Lepiopomiis auritus. The chief food-
fishes at Greenville, S. C., are the "Mud Cats" (Amiurus brunneus and
platyccplialus], the '-Fine-scaled Sucker" (Catostomns commersoni), the
Eel (Anguilla vulgar is), the "Spotted Sucker'7 (Minytremamelanops^tbQ
*• Perch " (Lepiopomus auritus}, the "\Var-mouth Perch" (Clicenobryttus
riridis), the "Jack" (Esox retlculatus), and the "Jump Rocks" (Myxo-
stoma cervinum).

12 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III

ETHEOSTOMATID^E.

Genus ALVORDIUS Girard.
1. ALVORDIUS CRASSUS, sp. nov.

Eiheostoma maculatum var. COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 1870, 261, 262, and 449. (Not
Hadropterus maculatus Girard.)

A species bearing considerable resemblance to A. aspro, but less
distinctly marked and more heavily built, the form being less graceful
than that of the other members of the genus. Body considerably com-
pressed, the depth 4J times in length to origin of caudal (as in all cases
in this paper). Head1 comparatively short, 3| in length; the snout
medium, not acuminate as in A. phoxccephalus. nor especially obtuse.
Eye moderate, as long as snout, 4 in head. Mouth rather small for the
genus, nearly horizontal, the upper jaw but little the longer: upper
jaw not projectile : maxillary reaching anterior margin of eye.

Cheeks naked : opercles with a few scales above : back and breast
naked : middle line of belly in some specimens naked : in others with
enlarged plates. Scales on the body rather larger than usual, about
7-55-7.

Fins moderately developed: dorsal XII-I, 10, varying to XI-I, 11;
an increase in the number of the spines, as usual, accompanying a
decrease in the number of soft rays, a rule apparently not hitherto
noticed, and perhaps not of general application. The two dorsal fins
are well separated, the first being longer than the second, but consider-
ably lower.

Anal fin shorter, but higher than second dorsal, II, 9; the two spines
well developed. Caudal fin deeply lunate, almost furcate. Pectorals
and ventrals large, their tips about equal.

Coloration rather plain. General hue olivaceous ; the back marked
with darker, as in the other species of the genus. Sides with a series
of dark olive, rounded blotches, connected along the lateral line by a
narrow, dark band ; a dark streak forward, and one downward from the
eye. First dorsal with a dark spot in front, and another on its last
rays. Second dorsal, caudal, and pectorals barred with dark spots.
Anal and veutrals uucolored.

Length of longest specimens observed, 3 inches.

Habitat. — Saluda, Ennoree, and Eeedy Rivers, in rapid water, espe-
cially abundant in the Saluda at Fair's Mills. Also recorded by Cope
from the Catawba.

DISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 13

Genus BOLEOSOMA DeKay.
2. BOLEOSOMA MACULATICEPS Cope.

Boleosoma maculaticeps COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 269 and 450. (Catawba
R.)— JORDAN & COPELAND (Id76), Check List (Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist.),
163. (Name only.)

Arlina maculaticeps JORDAN (1877), Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 15. (Name only.)
Boltosoma olmstedi JORDAN (1877), Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. 368. (Ocmulgee River.)

A single specimen taken in the Saluda Kiver at Fan's Mills answers
closely to Professor Cope's description. The upper part of the cheeks
have, however, a few scattering scales. This species is a true Boleosoma.
Although the type of Boleosoma has but a single anal spine and B. efful-
gens and B. maculaticeps have two anal spines, the essential character of
those spines is the same in both cases, and the g«nus Arlina, based on
B. effulgens, is a synonym of Boleosoma. In Boleosoma, the spines are
all weak and flexible, and those of the anal especially so. In most or
all of the other genera of Etheoslomatidce, the anal spines are stiff and
long, and, with scarcely an exception, the first spine is the longer of the
two. In the species of Boleosoma, with tico anal spines, the two spines
are unequal, the second the longer, both extremely slender and flexible;
not at all u spine"-like, except that they are not inarticulate. This
feeble condition of the spines seems to constitute the chief generic
character of Boleosoma.

Two of the species provisionally referred by Professor Jordan (Bull.
U. S. Xat. Mus. x) to "Arlina*) viz, Arlina stigmcea Jor. and A. atripin-
nis Jor., have the anal spines well developed, as usual iu Etlieostomatidce.
These two species and their congeners apparently constitute a distinct
genus, differing from Diplesium in the toothed vomer and from Notho-
not us in the protractile upper jaw. For this genus, the name of
Ulocentra (Jordan) has been suggested (Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 223), in
allusion to the development of the spines.

Genus XOTHONOTUS Agassi*

3. XOTHONOTUS THALASSINUS, sp. nov.

A handsome species, differing from the others now referred to this
genus in the entire nakedness of the head.

Body rather stout, the depth about 5 times in the length, com.
pressed behind, the back somewhat arched. Head large, 4 in length,
the snout rather blunt and convex in profile ; a pretty decided angle

14 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICH1*HYOLOGY — III.

opposite the eye. Eyes large, high up, longer than the muzzle, 3J
in head : interorbital space rather narrow, the eye having some upward
range. Mouth moderate, slightly oblique, the maxillary reaching to
orbit. Upper jaw slightly longer than the lower, not protractile. Head
entirely naked, both cheeks and opercles being destitute of scales.

Scales large, 5-4b'-5. Belly scaled: throat naked: neck anteriorly
naked, but scaly in front of the dorsal : lateral line complete.

Fins all large : D, X-1, 10, or 1X-1, 11, the membrane of the first dor-
sal continued to the base of the second : longest dorsal spine a little
over half the length of the head, scarcely shorter than the soft rays;
the base of the spiuous dorsal a little longer than that of the soft dor-
sal. Anal II, 8, rather smaller than second dorsal, the first spine longer
and larger than the second. Caudal fin deeply lunate, almost forked.
Pectoral and ventral fins large; the former reaching nearly to the vent,
the latter somewhat shorter.

Color, in spirits: Olive, closely mottled and tessellated above with
dark green ; this color extending down the sides, forming six or eight
irregular dark green bars. Head daik green ; a dark green line down-
ward from eye and another forward. Fins in males nearly plain, the
spinous dorsal with a black edge; females with all the fins except the
ventrals closely barred or speckled with dark green. Two pale orange
spots at the base of the caudal.

Life-colors : The colors of a male specimen in life are as follows : Body
dark olive and blotched above: sides with nine dark blue-green vertical
bars, the five next the last most distinct, and reaching down nearly to
the anal. Spinous dorsal reddish at base, then with a broad black
band, the uppermost third being of a bright ferruginous orange-red :
second dorsal blackish at base, reddish above : caudal with two orange
blotches at base, black mesially, pale orange externally. Anal fin of a
brilliant blue-green color at base, pale at tip. Pectorals barred, the
middle of the fin grass-green. Ventrals dusky mesially, with a green
shade. Opercular region more or less grass-green : streaks about eye
blackish-green.

Length of largest specimens taken, 2J inches.

Habitat. — Very abundant in all the streams seined, especially so in
the rocky shoals of Beedy Kiveriu the city of Greenville.

This handsome little fish may be easily known from its congeners by
the smooth head, and by the general greenness of its coloration, which
resembles somewhat that of the species of Diplesium.

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 15

Genus ETHEOSTOMA Eafinesque.
4. ETHEOSTOMA FLABELLARE Raf.

(Catonotus Jlabellatus Auct.)

Three specimens doubtfully referred to this species were obtained by
Professer Cope in the Catawba River.

CENTRARCHID^E.

Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.
5. MICROPTERUS PALLIDUS (Rafincsque) Gill & Jordan.

Professor Cope obtained this species in the Catawba. We collected
none in the Saluda or Euuoree, but we were told that u Trout", as the
species of Microptertut are universally called in the South, are frequentl3~
taken there.

Genus CILENOBRYTTUS Gill.

G. CH^NOBRYTTUS VIRIDIS (Guv. & Val.} Jordan.

The War-mouth Perch occurs in abundance in the Saluda, and appar-
ently in all the South Atlantic streams. Cope says that it is exceedingly
common in all the streams of Eastern North Carolina, and that it is
known as the Red-eyed Bream on the Catawba. This species is very
closely related to C. gulosus, differing chiefly in the color and in the
somewhat less robust form. It may be only a variety.

Genus LEPIOPOMUS Eafinesque.
7. LEPIOPOMUS AURITUS (Linnaeus) Raf.

All my specimens of this species from the Saluda have a dusky blotch
or bar at the base of the soft dorsal, a feature of coloration not shown by
my Northern specimens. This is a widely diffused species, and, like most
such, is quit1, variable.

Genus EUPOMOTIS GUI &* Jordan.
8. EUPOMOTIS AUREUS (Walbaum) Gill & Jordan.

Professor Cope obtained this species in Catawba River. We have
never collected it in the Southern States. It is probably chiefly con-
lined to the lowland regions.

16 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

ESOCID.E.

Genus ESOX Linnceus.
9. Esox RETICULATUS Le Sueur.

Very common. We are unable to distinguish the . Southern form
(plialeratus Say, affinis Holbrook) as even varietally distinct from the
Northern reticulatus.

10. Esox EAVENELI Holbrook.

Obtained by Professor Cope in the Catawba. Its specific distinction
from E. americanus Gmelin appears questionable.

SALMONIM.

Genus SALVELINUS Eichardson.
11. SALVELINUS FONTTNALIS (Mitchill) Gill & Jordan.

This species was found by Professor Cope in the headwaters of the
Catawba Kiver.

OYPRINID^E.

Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassi*.
12. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM (Raf.) Ag.

Subspecies prolixum (Storer) Jor.
A few specimens from Saluda River. Also in the Catawba (Cope).

Genus HYBOGNATHCS Agassiz.
13. HYBOGNATHUS ARGYRITIS Girard.

A few specimens were obtained in Saluda Kiver, not distinguishable
from others from Ohio Kiver and others (types of H. osmerinus Cope)
from New Jersey. Pnofessor Cope found it abundant in Catawba Kiver.

Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.
14. ALBURNOPS SALUDANUS, sp. nov.

Hybopsis amarus, " variety from the Catawba," COPE (1870), Proc. Am, Pbilos. Soc. 460.
A species belonging to "Hybopsis* Group A", of Cope, which is equi-

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 17

valent to the subgeneric section of Alburnops or "Hybopsi*", called
Hudsonius by Girard.

Body elongate, but compared with its immediate relatives, hudsonius^
amaruSj and storerianus, short aud thick ; moderately compressed, the
depth 4J in length : caudal peduncle shortened, 4f in length : head large,
4 times in length, relatively heavy and gibbous forward, the snout
rounded in profile, as in A. hudsonius. Eye large, rather wider than
interorbital space, about equal to snout, 3J in head.

Mouth moderate, subinferior, the maxillary not reaching to eye.

Scales large, thin, and loose, 5-39-3, about twelve in front of the dor-
sal tin. Lateral line somewhat decurved in front.

Fins moderately developed. Dorsal beginning in advance of ventrals,
I, 8 ; its first ray nearer snout than caudal. Anal I, 8, rather small.
Pectorals not reaching to ventrals, the latter not to vent.

Color clear olivaceous, nearly white, like the rest of the group, some
specimens showing a faint plumbeous lateral line.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, two or three of the principal row obtuse, not hooked ;
only one or two of the* teeth usually showing a masticatory face.

Habitat. — Abundant in Saluda River, where it reaches a length of
about four inches. Also obtained by Professor Cope from the Gatawba.

The peculiar characters of this species have been noticed by Pro-
fessor Cope, who, however, was disposed to consider it a variety of
H. amarus. It differs from our specimens of what we consider to be
the latter species (from Octnulgee Eiver) in the smaller eye, the thicker
head, shorter, deeper body, more decurved front, and shorter caudal
peduncle. In amarus, the eye is 3 in head, the head 4J in length, and
the caudal peduncle 3|.

We have been disposed to unite, under the generic name Luxilus, a
large number of species forming a series the extremes of which bear
little resemblance to each other or to the means, but which form a chain
so unbroken that it is difficult to draw any generic lines among them.
That this group may ultimately be broken up into natural genera is very
probable, but the groups thus far proposed have not received very
satisfactory definition.

These species agree (a) in the absence of any special modification,
either of mouth, fins, or alimentary canal; (b) in the dentition, the
teeth being in one or two rows, always four in the principal row of
the raptorial type, and some or all of them provided with a grinding
surface ; often, and in some species always, one edge of the masticatory
Bull. N. M. No. 12—2

18 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

surface is more or less creuate, especially in young individuals; (c) the
anal fin is always short, containing from seven to nine rays; (d) the
dorsal fin is never inserted very far behind the ventrals ; (e) the lateral
line is developed and continuous.

The species differ much among themselves in size, nuptial dress, and
general appearance, notably in the squamation, the scales of the typical
species of Luxllus being closely imbricated and much higher than long,
while in the group called Hudsonim the two dimensions of the scales are
nearly equal. The scales themselves, in Hudsonius, are thin and loosely
imbricated. Within certain limits, the position of the dorsal varies also.
In Hudsonius, its first ray is in advance of the insertion of the ventrals;
in Luxilus and Alburnops, usually directly opposite ; in Photogenis and
Hydroplilox, distinctly posterior. The form of the mouth varies largely :
in L.coccogeniSj it is wide and oblique, the lower jaw projecting. In
the typical species of Alburnops and Hudsonius, the mouth is small and
more or less inferior.

The species may be provisionally grouped as follows, under five groups,
four of which may be considered as distinct genera. Those species
whose position is doubtful are indicated by a mark of interrogation : —
A. — LUXILUS Rafinesque. (Scales very closely imbricated, much deep-
er than long: teeth 2, 4-4, 2, entire: dorsal fin inserted directly op-
posite veutrals: mouth terminal: size large: nuptial dress
peculiar ; type Cyprinus cornutus Mit.)

cornutus Mit. coccoyenis Cope.

selene Jor.

B. — PHOTOGENIS Cope. (Scales pretty closely imbricated, deeper than
long: teeth 1, 4-4, 1, more or less crenate (rarely one-rowed ?):
dorsal fin behind ventrals, always with a black spot on the last
rays behind : males in spring tuberculate, the lower fins and the
tips of the vertical fins filled with satin-white pigment in spring:
mouth terminal, the upper jaw longest : size medium ; type P.
spilopterus Cope = Cyprinella analostana).

analostanus Girard. niveus Cope.

galacturus Cope. iris Cope (?).

leucopus J. & B.

C. — HYDROPHLOX Jordan. (Scales less closely imbricated, somewhat
deeper than long; teeth usually 2, 4-4, 2, often more or less
crenate : dorsal fin distinctly behind ventrals, unspotted : breed-
ing dress peculiar, thema'es almost always red : mouth terminal,

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 19

oblique, the upper jaw usually slightly the longer : size verj
small ; type Hybopsis rubricroceus Cope.)

roseus Jordan. chrosomus Jor.

rubricroceus Cope. xcenocephalus Jor.

luiipinnis J. & B. phunbeolus Cope.

cliiliticus Cope. bimftatus Cope.

chalybceus Cope. lacertosus Cope.

D. — ALBURNOPS Girard. (Scales rather loosely imbricated: teeth
4-4, or 1, 4-4, 1 : dorsal fin inserted over ventrals, unspotted :
sexes alike: mouth more or less inferior, horizontal or oblique:
size small ; type Alburnops blennius Grd.)

microstomus Rat'. timpanogensis Cope.

volucellus Cope. chloroccphalus Cope.

spectrunculus Cope. frttensis Cope.

procne Cope. nubilus Forbes.

stramineiis Cope. blennius Grd.

tuditanus Cope (!). shumardi Grd.

missuriensis Cope. Hlecebrosus Grd.

set/Ma Cope.

E. — HUDSONIUS Girard. (Scales thin and loosely imbricated: teeth 1,
4-4, 1 or 2, the grinding surface often distorted: dorsal inserted
in advance of ventrals : colors silvery : sexes alike : mouth in-
ferior : body elongate, the head comparatively short : size
medium ; type Clupea hudsonia Clinton.)

saludanus J. & B. amarus Girard.

liudsonius Clinton. storerianus Kirtlaud.

We have substituted the name Alburnops Grd. for the earlier name
Hybopsis. as we think that the latter genus was founded on a species of
Ceraticlitliys.

15. ALBUENOPS OHLOBOOEPHALTJS (Cope) J. & E.

Hybopsis cUorocepliahis COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 461.

This beautiful little fish is abundant in the clear rapid waters of the
Saluda. It resembles H. rubricroccus, but is smaller and stouter-bodied,
with smaller mouth. The scales in front of the dorsal are fewer (about
1C) in number. The teeth are 1, 4-4, 1 (2, 4-4, 2, in rubricroceus). The
wale specimens are profusely tuberculate on the snout and ante-dorsal
region. Professor Cope found this species abundant in the clear waters
of the tributaries of the Catawba.

20 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
16. PHOTOGENIS NIVEUS (Cope) J. & B.

Hylopsis nivem COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 461.

A very pale species, related to Photogenis analostanus and P. galacturus^
rather than to the species of "Hybopsis", to which genus Professor Cope
referred it. My specimens are all very white, with a narrow bluish
stripe along the caudal peduncle, which sometimes forms a faint spot
at base of caudal. In male specimens, the snout and ante-dorsal region
are covered with small tubercles. In males, the dorsal fin is considerably
elevated. In color, the dorsal fin is largely dusky on the last rays, the
most of the tin somewhat creamy-tinted. The tip of the dorsal fin and
the tips of the caudal are filled with milk-white pigment, as in the
related species. The anal fin is entirely milky. The teeth are 1, 4-4, 1,
provided with a narrow masticatory surface.

Photogenis niveus is abundant in the Saluda Eiver. It was first dis-
covered by Professor Cope in the Catawba .River.

17. PHOTOG-ENIS ANALOSTANUS (Girard) Jordan.

We did not find this species in the Saluda, although Professor Cope
states that it is abundant in the Catawba. It is perhaps possible that
Professor Cope mistook our Codoma chloristia, a species which resem-
bles it very much, except in dentition, for the true analostanus. The
'"Cyprinella analostana" has been a stumbling-block in the classification
of these fishes, as to the masticatory surface of Luxilus it adds the cre-
nations of Cyprinella. We are inclined to think that Cyprinella should
be restricted to those species whose teeth are without grinding surfaces
and are permanently crenate. The relations of Luxilus analostanm,
spilopterus, galacturus, leucopus, and niveus are much more intimately with
the species of Codoma than with Luxilus^ but the development of grind-
ing surfaces on the teeth renders it necessary to refer them to the latter
genus, unless Photogenis be admitted as a distinct genus.

Genus CODOMA Girard.

(Subgenus EROGALA Jordan.)

Photogenis JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 335. (Not of Cope, whose type,
P. spilopterm, proves to be a species closely related to L. analostanus, if not
identical with it.)

Examination of a large number of specimens supposed to be Photogenis
spilopterus, from Saint Joseph's Eiver, in Northern Indiana, Professor

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 21

Cope's original locality, has convinced us'that the spilopterus, the type of
the genus Photogenis, does not belong to the group of colored species for
which Professor Jordan lately adopted the latter name. The genus Pho-
togenis (Jordan) being thus left without a name, that of Erogala has been,
suggested (£/?, spring-time; yala., inilk, in allusion to the milk-white pig-
ment with which the male fishes are ornamented in the nuptial season)-
Codoma Grd. differs from Erogala in the form of the head, which is
short, blunt, and rounded, as in Pimephales. We do not now think that
the two are distinct as genera, and prefer to consider Erogala as a sub-
genus of Codoma.

The type of Erogala is Photogenis stigmaturus Jordan. This submenus
is remarkable for its geographical distribution. All of the species thus
far known belong to the Southern States, and each of the Southern
river-basins probably has from two to four species of the genus; not a
single species, so far as known, being common to two different river-
basins.

The distribution of the species of Erogala is as follows : —
Santee Basin : pyrrhomelas Cope.
chloristia J. & B.
Savannah Basin : none known.
Altamaha Basin : xcenura Jor.

callisema Jor.

Chattahoochee Basin : eurystoma Jor.
Flint Eiver : formosa Putn.
Alabama Basin : callistia Jor.

trichroistia J. & Gr.
ccerulea Jor.
stigmatura Jor.

Farther west their place is taken by the species of Cyprinella having
serrated teeth, and farther north by the species of Luxilus, section Pho-
togenis, having teeth with developed grinding surfaces.

The species of Codoma are remarkable for their exquisite coloration,
most of them being adorned with bright red in addition to the milky
pigment. The black dorsal spot is present in all the species.

18. COD03IA CHLORISTIA, Sp. UOV.

Body short and deep, strongly compressed, the form elliptical,
resembling that of C. pyrrhomelas, but rather deeper, the depth of adults
being. 3 J to 4 in length. Head rather small and pointed, 4J in length.

22 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Eye moderate, less than snout, 4 in head. Mouth rather small, quite
oblique, the maxillary not attaining the line of the orbit, the upper jaw
projecting beyond the lower, especially in spring males. The head and
mouth considerably resemble those parts in P. analostanus.

Scales much deeper than long, very closely and smoothly imbricated,
more or less dark-edged above. 5-37-3. Lateral line decurved.

Fins moderately developed : dorsal distinctly behind ventrals, its first
ray about midway between nostrils and the base of the caudal. Dorsal
1, 8. Anal 1, 8.

Nuptial tubercles in the male greatly developed, covering rather
sparsely the top of the head and the region anterior to the dorsal. In
addition, similar tubercles cover the caudal peduncle and the whole sides
of the body, except the space below the lateral line and in front of the
ventrals. The tubercles on the body are considerably smaller than
those on the head, and smaller than in xcenura or pyrrhomelas, but they
cover a much larger area than in any of the latter species of the genus.
Chin tuberculate.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, entire, without masticatory surface.

Coloration, in life : General color a dark steel-blue, a very distinct
blue stripe along each side of the caudal peduncle, as in C. ccerulea, but
fainter : sides of body with fine steely-purple lustre : back clear green :
head clear brownish : iris white: cheeks of a pale violet color: lower
part of sides becoming rather abruptly milky-white: dorsal fin with
the usual large black spot on the last rays well developed, and the
usual milk-white pigment in the tips : lower part of the dorsal fin with
pigment of a fine clear green color, somewhat as in analostanus, but
unusually bright: caudal fin chiefly dusky, its tips milky and the base
somewhat so ; the middle of the fin has a slight reddish tinge : anal
fin entirely milky, a faint dusky spot on its last rays, resembling that
on the dorsal : ventral fins milky.

Female and young specimens are more slender, and the bright colors
are usually wanting or obscured.

Size small ; length of largest specimens less than three inches.

In form, this species resembles C. pyrrhomclas, but the short anal
(eight rays instead of ten) will always distinguish the species. The
coloration of the male is different, being much less brilliant, although
perhaps more delicate. G. chloristia resembles in color G. ccerulea most,
but the latter species has a much more slender form.

Habitat. — Abundant in the clear waters of Saluda Eiver, with G.

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 23

pyrrhomelas, Photogenis niveus, Alburnopschlorocephalus, and other hand-
some species.

19. CODOMA PYRRHOMELAS (Cope) Jor.
Photogenis pyrrhomelas COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 463.

This species, the most ornate of the genus, and one of the most bril-
liant of Cyprinidce, is extremely abundant in the clear rapid waters of
the Saluda and its tributaries. The general color of the males is dark
steel-blue above, with the scales darker-edged, the be lly abruptly milky-
white. The head is pale reddish ; the snout, the tip of lower jaw, and
the iris above and below are scarlet; the dorsal fin is dusky at base,
has a large black spot on the last rays, is red in front, and broadly milk-
white at tip. The tips of the caudal tin are milk-white; next to this
cotnes a dusky crescent ; a wide bright scarlet crescent lies inside of the
black and extends into the two lobes of the fin. The base of the tin is
pale.

The top of the head and the region in front of the dorsal are covered
with small pale tubercles. The sides of the caudal peduncle are pro-
vided with rather larger tubercles, arranged in rows along the series of
scales.

This is the most abundant fish io the waters of Catawba River, accord-
ing to Professor Cope.

Genus NOTROPIS Eafinesque.

(Minnilu* Rafinesque; Alburnellus Girard.)

20. XOTROPIS PHOTOGENIS (Cope) Jordan.

Squalius photogenis COPE (1864) Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. 280.

Photogenis leitcops COPE (I860), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 379, and elsewhere.

My specimens diifer considerably from the typical forms of this spe-
cies, but correspond to Professor Cope's u var. a a a a a77 from the Ca-
tawba. It is the most abundant species in the Saluda waters, especially
in more sluggish tributaries. Two forms, perhaps varieties, perhaps
different sexes, occur, the one pale, with deep, compressed body ; the
other darker, with the scales dark-edged and the body much more elon-
gate. It is difficult to distinguish the latter form from N. telescopus
(Cope). The pale form has the head above and under jaw covered with
small pointed tubercles.

24 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY HI.

Genus GrILA Baird & Girard.

(Subgenus CLINOSTOMUS Girard.)

21. GILA VANDOISULA (Cuv. & Val.) Jor.

Leuciscus vandoisulus C. & V. (1844), Hist. Nat. Poiss. xvii, 317.
Clinostomus affinis GIRARD (1856), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. 212.

This species is common in the Saluda waters, as in the Catawba,
Yadkin, and other Southern streams. It seems to prefer still, or even
muddy waters, as we found it more abundant in the Keedy Eiver than
in either Saluda or Euuoree. Our specimens were greenish or bluish
in color, the back mottled with scales of a different hue, as usual in this
genus. In the males, the region behind the head and above the pec-
torals and extending backward to the anal are of a bright rosy-red,
brightest just behind the head. There is no distinct dark lateral band.
None of our specimens were noticed to be tuberculate. The characters
distinguishing this species from the more northerly Gilo, (Clinostomus)
funduloides have been well given by Professor Cope (Jouru. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Thila. 1868, 228).

Genus NOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque.

22. NOTEMIGONUS AMERICANTJS (Linn.) Jordan.

Notemigonus ischanus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. p. 364.

This is the true Cyprinus americanus of Liunasus, as has been else-
where shown. We obtained but a single specimen in the Keedy River.
Professor Cope found it abundant in the sluggish waters of the Catawba.
The long anal, more compressed body, larger eye, and peculiar breeding
colors distinguish this species from the Northern and Western N.
chrysoleucus.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.
23. CERATICHTHYS ZANEMUS, sp. nov.

A small, peculiar species, allied to C. labrosus (Cope), but apparently
differing in the longer barbel, smaller scales, and in the coloration.

Body long and slender, not much compressed, the depth about 4J (5£
in young) in length. Head rather long, narrow, and pointed, 4£ in
length, very slender in young specimens, stouter in adults: snout de-
curved in profile, with an angle in front of the nostrils. Eye moderate,

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 25

rather shorter than the long muzzle, placed nearly midway in head,
about 3£ in head.

Mouth rather large, inferior, the lips much thickened, Sucker-like ;
upper jaw extremely protractile ; the lower with a conspicuous internal
fringe of papillae.

Barbels extremely long, probably longer than in any other of our
Cyprinoids ; their length § to | the diameter of the eye.

Scales moderate, pretty closely imbricated, 5-40-3 ; 15 or 16 in front
of dorsal. Lateral line continuous, slightly deflected forward.

Fins rather small, high, and short. Dorsal 1, 8, originating slightly
behind the base of the ventrals, as in C. labrosus and C. monaclius. Anal
1, 7. Caudal deeply forked, its peduncle long and slender.

Coloration, in spirits, quite pale ; a small, round, black spot at base *
of caudal : dorsal scales dark-edged : some dark points along caudal
peduncle, forming a dark stieak: muzzle punctate. Large specimens
with a large dark patch on the last rays of dorsal, as in C. monaclius
and the species of Codoma : base of dorsal fin with dark points. Cheeks
and opercles silvery.

In the spring, the male fishes are profusely tuberculate on the head
and neck, and the fins are flushed with crimson. Teeth 1, 4-4, 3, hooked,
without masticatory surface.

Tbe largest specimens taken were nearly three inches long, but most
were less than two.

This species is abundant in Sahula River. It appears to be distinct
from C. labrosus, that species having larger scales and some other points
of difference. C. labrosus, monaclius, and zanemus differ from their con-
geners in the backward position of the dorsal and in the greater devel-
opment of the lips.

24. CERATICHTHYS LABROSUS Cope.

Ccratichthys labrosus COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 458.

Professor Cope found this species not uncommon in the upper waters
of the Catawba. We did not find it in the Saluda or the Ennoree.

25. CERATICHTHYS HYPSINOTUS Cope.

Ccraticlilhys hypsivotw COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 458.

This species is not uncommon in the Saluda. Breeding males are
violet-tinted, and the fins are quite red. The head is more or less rosy
and tuberculate above. This species has a very small barbel, and might
easily be taken for a Hydroplilox of the rubricroceus type.

26 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

2G. CERATICHTHYS BIGUTTATUS (Kirt.) Baird.

The common Horned Chub is very abundant in all the tributaries of
the Saluda.

Genus SEMOTILUS Bafinesque.
27. SEMOTILUS CORPORALIS (Mit.) Putn.
This common species occurs in the tributaries of the Saluda.

CATOSTOMTD^E.

Genus MYXOSTOMA Bafinesque.

(Moxostoma and Teretulus Raf. ; PtycJiostomus Ag.)

28. MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM Cope.

Teretulus cervinus COPE (1868), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 235.
Ptycltostomus cervinus COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 478.

This little Sucker is exceedingly abundant in the Saluda, Reedy, and
Eunoree. It abounds in rapids and rocky shoals, and is popularly known
as u Jump-rocks7', from itshabit of leaping from the water. It is not much
valued, except by negroes, small boys, and naturalists. The black outer
margin of the dorsal is a characteristic color-maik.

29. MYXOSTOMA PAPILLOSUM (Cope) Jor.

Ptychostomus papillosus COPE (1870), Proc. Ain. Philos. Soc. 470.

A few specimens of this peculiar species were taken in Saluda River.
Professor Cope found it abundant in the Oatawba and Yadkiri Rivers.

30. MYXOSTOMA VELATUM (Cope) Jordan.

Phjclwstomm collapsus COPE (1H70), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 471.

We obtained no specimens of this widely diffused species in any of
the Southern rivers. Professor Cope found it in the Neuse, Yadkin,
and Catawba.

31. MYXOSTOMA COREGONUS (Cope) J. & B.

Ptychostomus coregonus COPE (1870), Proc. Ain. Phil. Soc. 472.

The " Blue Mullet" was found very abundant in the Catawba and
Yadkiii Rivers. We did not take it in the Saluda.

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 27

32. MYXOSTOMA ALBUM (Cope] J. & B.

Pfychostomus albus COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 472.

The species — the " White Mullet" — was found by Professor Cope in
the Catawba Eiver only. We obtained no specimens from the Saluda,
which is perhaps due to the fact that our collections were not made
during the season of the migrations.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.

(Hixostoma Agassiz, but not of Raf.)

33. ERIMYZON sue ETTA (Lac.) Jordan.

Cypritnis sucetta LACEPEDE.
C'yprinus oblongus MITCHILL.

This species is moderately abundant in the Saluda River. Professor
Cope found neither this species, nor the next, in the Catawba.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.

34. MINYTREMA MELANOPS (Raf.) Jor.

Catostomus melanops RAFIXESQUE, KIRTLAND, etc.
Atoxostoma victories GIRARD.
Erimyzon melanops JORDAN.

This widely diffused species is abundant in the mill-ponds, etc., of the
Saluda Eiver, and is known as the Striped Sucker. It is considerably
valued as a food-fish. Many specimens were taken at Bannister's Mills,
on the Ennoree, the proprietor of the mill, Mr. Bannister, having
kindly drawn oft' the water from his pond, in order to enable us better
to examine its fishes. Our specimens seem to be precisely like the ordi-
nary melanops from the Ohio River and the Great Lakes.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sneiir.
35. CATOSTOMUS COMMEESONI (Lac.) Jor.

The Fine-scaled Sucker is common in the Saluda, as in nearly every
stream east of the Rocky Mountains. It is especially abundant in mill-
ponds.

28 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

SILURDXaS.

Grenus AMIURUS Rqfinesque.
36. AMIURUS BRUNNEUS Jordan.

Amiurus platycephalus COPE (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 485. (Not Fimelodus plaly-

cephalas Grd.)
Amiurus Irnnneus JORDAN (1870), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 366.

This is the common cat-fish of the Saluda, and is known as the Mad
Cat. Adult specimens reach a length of abont 18 inches, and bear little
resemblance to the young, from which the species was first described.
The adults are extremely elongate, nearly terete behind;,with flat, thin,
broad heads. In color, they are of a more or less clear yellowish-green,
more distinctly green than is any other species. The name " Itrunneus"
only applies well to the young. The species may be known from the
related A. platycephalus by the more elongate form, the shorter anal fin
(10 to 18 rays instead of 20), and by the mouth, which is somewhat
inferior, the lower jaw being much the shorter, while in A. platycephalus
the jaws are equal. The color is also different in the two species. A.
platycephalus is yellowish, dark above, and more or less marbled on the
sides with darker, resembling, in that respect, A. marmoratus. In A.
brunneits, the caudal fin is usually unequal, the upper lobe being the
longer, and the rudimentary caudal rays are unusually numerous. A
specimen nearly a foot long had the alimentary canal four times the
length of the body, and filled with Podostemon ceraiophyllum. The
stomach contained eight adult males of Codoma pyrrhomelas.

As Professor Cope counted 17 anal rays in his " platycephalus''^ it is
likely that he had this species instead of Girard's, which has pretty uni-
formly 20 or 21 rays. Both Amiurus brunneus and platycephalus are
valued as food.

37. AMIURUS PLATYCEPHALUS (Girard) Gill

Plmelodus plaiyceplialus GIRARD (1859), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 160.

Many specimens of this species were taken in Bannister's mill-pond,
on the Ennoree. The fishermen confound it with the preceding under
the name of Mud Cat, but the species may be readily distinguished by
the characters given above.

A "Blue Cat*7 is said to occur in the Saluda, but we obtained no
specimens.

FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. 29

Genus NOTURUS Mqfinesque.
38. NOTURUS INSIGNIS (Richardson) Gill & Jor.

Xoturus marginal its BAIKD.

This species is abundant in the rock-pools of Reedy River. It prob-
ably occurs in all the Atlantic streams as far north as Pennsylvania.

ANGUILLHXE.
Genus ANGUILLA Thunberg.

39. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.

The common Eel is abundant in all the streams of the Southern States
thus far explored.

LEPIDOSTEIDJE.

Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.

40. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS (L.) Ag.

This fish is said to occur in the Saluda, but we obtained no specimens.

II. — WATER-BASIN OF THE SAVANNAH RIVER.

Fifteen species are ascertained to occur in the water-basin of the
Savannah. Of these, two species are recorded from specimens in the
United States National Museum; one on the authority of Professor
Agassiz, the others from our collections in the Tugaloo River and in Toe-
coa Creek. None of these species are peculiar to the Savannah Basin.
The common Cyprinidcc are all of Tennessee River types ; the others are
either species of general distribution, or else are shared with other
Southern streams.

In seining the Tugaloo River, two rather unexpected features were
made manifest: first, the very small number of small fishes, both Cypri-
nidce and Etheostomatidce inhabiting the river. There seem to be very
few species present, and these few are represented by very few individ-
uals. Although the islands below the mouth of Panther Creek fr.rnish
a most excellent seining-ground, yet our fishing was a series of "Water-
hauls". A single draw of the seine in the Saluda or the Etowah would
often yield more species and more individuals than were secured in
the Tugaloo in a whole day.

30 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

The second peculiarity of the Tugaloo fauna is that its characteristic
fishes are all of types abundant in the Tennessee River, but not known
from any other of the Atlantic streams. Of these may be mentioned
Photogenic gttlacturus, Luxilus coccogenis, Hydroplilox rubricrocevs, and
Catostomus nigricans. The close proximity of the sources of the Tugaloo
and the Little Tennessee, War Woman Creek and Little Tennessee River
rising on opposite sides of Rabun Gap, and of the Tallulah and the
Hiawassee, may perhaps help to explain this anomaly of distribution.

ETHEOSTOMATIDJE.

Genus HADROPTERUS Agassis.
1. DADROPTERUS NiaROFAsciAxus Ag.

A single large specimen was taken in Toccoa Creek, near Toccoa
Falls.

CENTKARCHID^].

Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.
2. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lac.) Gill.

(Var. salmoides.)

The small-mouthed Black Bass or "Trout7' of the Southern streams
(i. c., Savannah, Altamaha, Chattahoochee, Alabama) differs so con-
stantly from Northern representatives of the same species that the two
forms may be taken as geographical varieties of one species, and it is
probably worth while to distinguish each by name. The Labrus salmoi-
des of Lacepede was collected by Bosc near Charleston, S. C. It was
therefore presumably the Southern variety, which should be designated
as var. salmoides. The oldest name known to apply to the Northern
form is that of Bodianus achigan Raf. The Northern form may there-
fore be designated as Microptcrus salmoides var. achigan, whenever it is
deemed desirable to call attention to these variations.

The body is appreciably longer and slenderer in var. salmoides than
in var. achigan, the head being about 3J in length instead of about 2J.
The anal rays in salmoides are usually 10 instead of 11 ; the dorsal
formula X, I, 12, instead of X, 1, 13. The scales are larger in salmoides,
there being about 70 in the lateral line instead of 77. The coloration of
salmoides is uniformly unlike that of achigan. Tiie lower part of the sides

v '

FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. 31

is marked by pretty regular lines of dark olive green spots" along the
series of scales. The lower fins are usually more or less red, and the
black, yellow, and white coloration of the caudal fin, so conspicuous ii?
young specimens of the Northern form — in the Western States, at least —
is uot noticeable in the Southern variety.

This species is abundant in the tributaries of the Savannah, where it
is known as the u Trout".

Genus XENOTIS Jordan.
3. XENOTIS SANGUINOLENTUS (Agassiz) Jordan.

JORDAN (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. 318.

A single specimen, of this beautiful fish is in the National Museum
from Augusta, Ga. It is identical with my specimens from the Etowah,
mentioned in the paper above cited, but it is possibly not the species
to which Agassiz gave the name of sanguinolentus. The species of the
genus Xenotis are extremely difficult either to define or to recognize.

CYPRINODONTID^].

Genus ZYGONECTES Agassiz.

4. ZYGONECTES NOTTII Agassiz.

A ** Zygonectes guttatus " is recorded by Professor Agassiz from the
Savannah near Augusta. Professor Putnam informs me, from the ex-
amination of the type-specimens, that the species is identical with Z.
nottii Ag.

BALMONIDJ3.

Genus SALVELINUS Richardson.
5. SALVELINUS FONTINALIS (Mitch.) Gill & Jor.
The common Brook Trout is very abundant in the clear tributaries of
the Chatuga and Toxaway Rivers, at the foot of the Blue Eidge. This
is very near the southern limit of the species, although it is said to occur
in certain tributaries of the Upper Chattahoochee, farther west.

CYPEINID^.

Genus LUXILUS Eafinesque.
6. LUXILUS COCCOGENIS (Cope] Jordan.

This beautiful species is common in the Tugaloo. The numerous
specimens were all pale, and showed only traces of the distinctive red
markings.

32 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOETH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
7. PHOTOG-ENIS GALACTURUS (Cope) J. & B.

Hypsilepis galacturus COPE (1870). Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. 160

The most abundant fish iii the Tugaloo. Our specimens were very
pale and dull colored, but they are not otherwise different from speci-
mens of P. galacturus from the Tennessee and Cumberland Eivers.

Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan.
8. HYDROPHLOX RUBRICROCEUS ( Cope) J. & B.

Hybopsis rubricroceus COPE (1863), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. 231.

This surpassingly beautiful little fish abounds in the rock-pools of the
smaller tributaries of the Tugaloo. In Toccoa Creek, it is very abun-
dant, far outnumbering all other species. We obtained many speci-
mens from the pool at the foot of Toccoa Falls.

The life-colors are as follows : Dark steel-blue ; a dark lateral band of
coaly punctulations, which is usually distinct on the anterior half of
body, and passes through the eye around the snout. All the fins of a
rich clear red ; the dorsal rather crimson, the caudal pink, the lower fins
full bright scarlet. Head all pale scarlet-red, the lower jaw flushed, as
if bloody, a lustrous streak along the sides, below which is a distinct
silvery lustre. Eyes silvery, somewhat flushed with red. In high
coloration, the entire body becomes more or less red. This red pig-
ment becomes more evident when a fish is first placed in alcohol. First
ray of dorsal dusky on anterior edge.

Top of head and whole ante-dorsal region in males dusted with tine
white tubercles.

Female specimens are pale olivaceous or silvery.

TcMth 2, 4-4, 2, with masticatory surface, the edge of which is usually
eremite.

This species and the preceding were hitherto known only from the
headwaters of the Tennessee Eiver.

Genus CERATICIITHYS Baird.
9. CERATICIITHYS RUBRIFRONS Jordan.

Nocomis rubrifrom JORDAN (1877), Ann. N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist. 330.

A few specimens of this species were taken. They were brighter in
color than the original types from the Ocmulgee. The muzzle was in
the males bright red, and the fins somewhat rosy.

FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. 33

This species is related to C. hypsinotus (Cope), but has a less elevated
dorsal region and longer barbels.

10. CERATICHTHYS BIGUTTATUS (Kirtland) Girard.

The " Horny Head" is abundant in all the small streams falling into
the Tugaloo. It furnishes much harmless sport for the amateur anglers
who yearly visit the beautiful Tallulah region.

CATOSTOMIDJB.

Genus MYXOSTOMA Bafinesque.
11. MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM (Cope) Jor.

The little " Jump Rocks" occurs in some abundance in the Tugaloo
and its tributaries.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.

(Hylomyzon Agassiz.)

12. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS Le 8.

The Hog-sucker occurs in rapid waters of the Tugaloo and Toccoa.
It is not known to occur in any other of the Atlantic streams south of
the Potomac.

SILUKIDJE.

Genus AMIURUS Bafinesque.
13. AMIURUS PLATYCEPHALUS (Girard) Gill.

The original types of this species in the Smithsonian Institution were
from a tributary of the Savannah at Anderson, S. C.

Genus ICHTILELURUS Bafinesque.

14. ICHTH^ELURUS PUNCTATUS (Raf.) Jor.

The common "Channel Cat" is found in some abundance in the Ta-
galoo Kiver.

ANGUILLIDJE.
Genus ANGUILLA Tlimiberg.
15. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.

The common Eel is an inhabitant of the waters of the Tugaloo".
Bull. N. M. No. 12—3

34 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY ITT.

III. — WATER-BASIN OF THE ALT AM AH A RIVER.

Twenty-three species are known to occur in the water-basin of the
Altamaba, exclusive of the Shad (Alosa sapidissima), which ascends all
the Southern rivers until prevented by the dams Of these twenty-three,
four are known only from the Oconee and Ocmulgee, viz, Nothonotus
inscriptus, Hydrophlox lutipinnis, Codoma callisema, and Codoma xcenura.
The others are chiefly species of general distribution. Five species were
obtained by the writers in the headwaters of the Oconee Eiver, viz,
Nothonotus inscriptus, Microptems scdmoides. Hydrophlox lutipinnis, Cerat-
ichthys rubrifrons, and Ceratichthys biguttatus. The other species men-
tioned below are from the Ocmulgee.

ETHEOSTOMATIDJE.

Genus HADROPTERUS Agassiz.
1. HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS Agassiz.
Taken at the Flat Sboals in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee.

Genus BOLEOSOMA DeKay.

2. BOLEOSOMA MACULATICEPS Cope.

A specimen, apparently of this species, from the Ocmulgee Eiver at
Macon, Ga.

Genus NOTHONOTUS Agassiz.

3. NOTHONOTUS INSORIPTUS, sp. nov.

Body rather stout and deep, pretty strongly compressed behind, less
RO anteriorly : depth 4f in length : caudal peduncle rather deep.

Head large, 4J in length, rather obtuse, the profile quite gibbous :
a considerable angle formed opposite the eyes, which are high up and
rather close together.

Eye about equal to snout, 3J in head. Mouth moderate, slightly ob-
lique, the maxillary reaching eye, the upper jaw the longer. Cheeks
and opercles entirely scaleless, as in N. tlialassinus. Eegion in front of
dorsal scaly: breast naked. Belly covered with ordinary scales. Scales
rather large, closely imb.ricated, the lateral line continuous and nearly
straight. Scales 5-46-5.

Fins well developed. The spinous dorsal larger than the soft dorsal,

FISHES OF THE ALTAMAHA BASIN. 35

which is somewhat larger than the anal ; the two dorsal fins connected
by membrane. Dorsal Xl-I, 11. Anal II, 8.

Dorsal spines a little more than half the length of head. Pectorals
and ventrals well developed.

Color, in spirits : Olive, with an orange spot on on each scale, these
forming continuous lines along the rows of scales. These lines are quite
conspicuous, as in Xenisma catenatum. Three dark blotches across the
back : one in front of dorsal, forming a black spot on the anterior dor-
sal spines ; one between the two dorsal fins, forming a similar black
spot on the last part of the spiuous dorsal ; and one on the caudal pedun-
cle, behind the second dorsal.

Sides with about six irregular dark olive blotches just below the
lateral line. Second dorsal, caudal, and pectoral extensively dusky-
shaded. Anal unicolor. Head dusky above, a dark line downward, and
one forward from eye.

A female specimen taken lacked the lines of orange spots, and it was
more distinctly blotched on the sides. In life, the male specimen had
the entire anal fin, the cheeks, opercles, and a bar below the eye bright
blue. The extreme edge of the spinous dorsal was blackish; below this
bright orange red, and a dusky bar at the base. The colored lines of
spots were ferruginous, or scarlet-red, rather than orange.

Length 2J inches.

Two specimens only were taken, in the upper waters of the Oconee
Eiver, at Sulphur Springs, in Hall County, Georgia.

This is one of the most beautiful of this interesting genus. In the
smooth head, it resembles N. thalassinKs, and differs from the others
known. The entirely dissimilar coloration separates it at once from JV.
thalassimts.

OBNTEARCHID^;.

Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.
4. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lac.} Gill.

Yar. salmoides.
Abundant in the Oconee and Ocmulgee.

Genus CHJSNOBRYTTUS Gill
5. CHJENOBRYTTUS VIRIDIS (C. & V.) Jordan.
The " War-mouth Perch" is abundant in the Ocmulgee.

36 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY - III.

Genus LEPIOPOMUS Eafinesque.

6. LEPIOPOMUS AURITUS (L.) Eaf.
Common in the Ocmulgee River.

Genus CENTRARCHUS Cuvier & Valenciennes.
7, CENTRARCHUS MACROPTERUS (Lacepede) Jordan.

Several specimens of the large-finned Centrarchus are in the United
States National Museum, from the Ocmulgee Kiver, near Macon, Ga.
The characters distinguishing this species from C. irideus are given in
Bulletin No. 10 of the National Museum, p. 31.

Genus ESOX Linnaus.
8. Esox RETICULATUS Le Sueur.
Found in the Ocmulgee Kiver.

CYPRINHXE.

Genus ALBDRNOPS Girard.
(Subgenus HUDSONIUS Qrd.)

9. ALBURNOPS AMARUS (Grd.) Jordan.

Hybopsis hudsonius var. amarus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 362.

Very abundant in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee. This is possibly
not Girard's amarus, but at present I think that it is. Leuciscus spir-
lingulus C. & Y. seems to be A. hudsonius.

Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan.

10. HYDROPHLOX LUTIPINNIS, sp. nov.

A brilliantly colored little fish allied to H. rubricroceus.

Body stout and rather strongly compressed, the depth 4J in length,
the dorsal region somewhat elevated, the outline of the back sloping
each way from the base of the dorsal fin.

Head short and rather deep, 4 to 4J in length, broad and flattish

FISHES OF THE ALTAMAHA BASIN. 37

above, the muzzle moderately rounded. Eye rather large, uearly as
long as the muzzle, 3£ to 3J in head.

Mouth large, quite oblique, the maxillary reaching to orbit, the man-
dible included.

Scales medium, 6-40-3, rather closely rubricated, about 21 in front
of the dorsal. Dorsal nearer caudal than muzzle, distinctly behind the
ventrals. Dorsal IJ^ 8. Anal 1, 8. Pectorals not reaching nearly to ven-
trals, the latter not to vent.

Color, in spirits: Clear olive; a dark, burnished, plumbeous lateral
band, which extends through the eye and up the caudal fin : whole
body bright crimson : fins yellow.

Colors, in life: Clear olive above, with very intense green dorsal
and vertebral lines; an intense metallic blackish band along sides;
below this the sides bright silvery, in the males bright, clear red, the
color of red berries ; the whole body more or less flushed with red, the
belly especially bright : iris crimson.

Fins all bright golden-yellow : silvery space below eye strongly
marked : tip of lower jaw black.

Teeth 2, 4-4. 2, with masticatory surface developed.

Length 2J to 3 inches.

This species is extremely abundant in the headwaters of the Oconee,
in clear rapid streams. It is one of the most brilliant of the genus.

Hydrophlox lut^innis is deeper-bodied than H. rubricroceus. It has
also a smaller mouth and different coloration, especially of the fins. From
A. chloroceplialus, it differs in the larger mouth, larger size, and smaller
scales : the pectoral aud ventral fins are also usually shorter. Tbe
teeth, also, are 2, 4, instead of 1, 4.

Genus CODOMA Girard.
11. CODOMA XL^NURA Jordan.

Minnilus (Photogenis) xcenurus JORDAN (1877), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 79.

This beautiful fish is the most abundant species in the rapids of the
Ocmulgee at Flat Shoals.

12. CODOMA CALLISEMA Jordan.

Episema callisema JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 3(53.

This species, one of the most elegant of the genus, is very abundant
in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee. It differs from the other species of

38 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

the genus in the presence of a single row of teeth and in the more ante-
rior position of the dorsal, which is scarcely at all posterior to the ven-
trals. It is, however, rather a Codoma than an Episema.

Genus NQJEMIGONUS Eafinesque.

13. NOTEMIGONUS AMERICANUS (L.) Jor.

4
Notemigonus ischanus JORDAN (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. 304.

Very abundant everywhere in the Ocinulgee in still or deep waters.
Adult specimens have the lower fins yellow, tipped with scarlet.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird,

14. CERATICHTHYS RUBBIFRONS Jordan.

Noconus rubrifrons JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 330.

This handsome little fish was first described from the Ocmulgee River,
where it is abundant. It is also common in the Oeonee.

15. CERATICHTHYS BIGUTTATUS (Kirt.) Girard.
Abundant in the Oeonee; not noticed in the Ocmulgee.

Genus SEMOTILUS Eafinesque.

16. SEMOTILUS CORPORALIS (Mit.) Putnam.

From a small brook, tributary to the Ocmulgee. In the South, this
species is almost confined to the smaller creeks and spring runs.

CATOSTOMIim
Genus MYXOSTOMA Eafinesque.

17. MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM (Cope) Jordan.

The little "Jump Rocks" is very abundant at the Flat Shoals of the
Ocmulgee.

18. MYXOSTOMA PAPILLOSUM (Cope) Jordan.

Common in the Ocmulgee.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
19. ERIMYZON SUCBTTA (Lac.) Jordan.
From the Ocmulgee.

FISHES OF THE GHATTAHOOCnEE BASIN. 39

Genus ICHTILELURUS Bafinesque.
20. ICHTH'JELTJRUS PUNCTATUS (Rafinesque) Jordan.
Very common in the Ocmulgee.

Genus AMIURUS Rafinesque.

21. AMIURUS MARMORATUS (Holbrook) Jordan.

A single specimen is m the National Museum, collected by Dr. Hol-
brook in the Altamaha River. The species occurs in abundance in the
streams and sloughs of Southern Illinois.

22. AMIURUS BRUNNEUS Jordan.

Very abundant in the Ocmulgee, from which river it was first de-
scribed.

AXGUILLIDJE.

Genus ANGUILLA Thunberg.
23. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.
Eels occur in all the larger tributaries of the Oconee and Ocmulgee.

IV. — WATER BASIN OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER.

Our collections in the Ctmttahoochee Basin have been rather unsatis-
factory, as only twenty-one species have been obtained. Of these, three
seem to be characteristic of the river, and have not yet been obtained else-
where : Scmotilus tlwreauianus, Photogenis leucopus, and Codoma ennj-
stoma. The other species taken are found also eitherjn the Altamaha
or Alabama, or both.

The Chattahoochee is noteworthy as being, so far as is at present
known, the easternmost limit in the Southern States of the Rock Bass
(Ambloplites rupestris) and the Red Horse (Myxostoma duquesnU], as the
westernmost limit of the range of the u Green Cat" (Amiurus brunneiis],
the \Yar-mouth Perch (Cliasnobryttus viridis), and the "Jump Rocks"
(Myxostoma cervinum). It is also the westernmost of the series of ri\T-
ers — Great Pedee, Santee, Savannah, Altamaha, and Chattahoochee —
in which Luxilus cornutus does not occur.

40 CONTRIBUTIONS 1O -SOUTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Four of tbe species here mentioned were collected several years
ago by Dr. Hugh M. Neisler at some point in Georgia, the record of the
locality not certainly preserved, but supposed to be Flint River, and are
now in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. These are Campo-
stoma anomalunt, Semotiius thoreauianus, Codoma formosa (" grandipin*
»is"), and Aphododerus sayanus (" Aster notremia m£sotrema ").

ETHEOSTOMATIM].

Genus HADROPTERUS Agassiz.
1. HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS Agassiz.

Abundant at the Shallow Ford of the Chattahoochee near Gaines-
ville, Ga.

CENTRARCHnm

Genus MICROPTERUS Laccpede.

2. MICROPTERUS PALLIDUS (Raf.} G. & J.
Not very abundant.

3. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lac.) Gill.
Very common.

Genus AMBLOPLITES Eafinesque.

4. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS (Raf.) Gill.
Abundant.

Genus LEPIOPOMUS Eafinesgue.

5. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS (Hit.) G. & J.

(Ichthelis incisor Holbrook.)

A few specimens taken in Peach Tree Creek near Atlanta.
6. LEPIOPOMUS AURITUS (L.) Raf.

Abundant at the Shallow Ford of the Chattahoochee. My specimens
are more elongate than those from the Saluda, and they differ some-
what in coloration and squamation. The dark blotches' at the base
of the dorsal are wanting. I am not, however, disposed to consider
them as specifically distinct.

FISHES OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE BASIN. 41

APHODODERIDA.
Genus APHODODERUS Le Sueur.

7. APHODODERUS SAY ANUS (Gill) DeK.

The specimen described ill Bulletin Xo. 10, U. S. Xat. Mus., as Aster-
notremia mesoirema Jor., doubtless belongs to this species. The " genus "
Aster not remia is probably an immature stage of Aphododerus.

OYFKINIDJB.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
8. PHOTOGENIS LEUCOPUS, sp. nov.

A slender, rather plain species, closely resembling Photogenis nii'eus
from the Salnda.

Body elongate, compressed, tapering toward the snout and the long-
caudal peduncle. Depth 4J in length. Head moderate, 4J in length,
larger than in P. niceus, rather pointed, wide on top. Snout rather
long and somewhat pointed. Mouth large, quite oblique, the iutermax-
illaries on the level of the pupil : upper jaw slightly longest. Eye
moderate, rather less than snout, 3£ in head. Scales moderate, rather
closely imbricated, but less so than in P. analostanus, G-39-3.

Fins moderate, D. I, 8, A. I, 8, the dorsal evidently behind the ven-
trals. Pectorals not reaching nearly to veutrals, the latter not quite to
vent. Neither dorsal nor anal specially elevated.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, hooked, with narrow grinding surfaces and usually
somewhat creuate.

Color olivaceous, the sides bright silvery : a rather inconspicuous
darjk blotch on last rays of dorsal, as in related species. A round black
spot, nearly as large as eye, at base of caudal, precisely as in Codoma
eurystoma. In life, the coloration is pale ; the dorsal fin is chiefly of a
clear yellowish-green color, as though yellowish pigment were mixed
with white ; the upper part is of a pale ferrugineous-red and the extreme
tip milky-white. The caudal fin is ferrugiueous, with milk-white tips.
The lower fins, especially the veutrals, are milk-white. The snout in
males is tuberculate, and very minute prickles occur on the sides of the
caudal peduncle. Length 3£ to 4 inches.

Very abundant in the Chattahoochee Eiver at the Shallow Ford ; not
noticed elsewhere.

42 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Compared with P. niveus, P. leucopus has a different form, the dorsal
region is less elevated, and the nuchal region less depressed. The mouth
is larger, the maxillary extending to nearly opposite the eye, instead of
falling short. The eye is larger and the mouth is less inferior in P. leu-
copus. The coloration is somewhat different.

Photogenis leucopus also resembles Codoma eurystoma, but that species
has a heavier head, larger eye, stouter body, and different dentition and
coloration.

Genus CODOMA Girard.
9. CODOMA EURYSTOMA Jordan.

Photogenia euryslomus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 356.

This is the most abundant Cypriuoid in the tributaries of the Chat-
tahoochee Itiver. It frequents especially the cold streams, but does not
seem to be adverse to mud. In Suwannee Creek, a deep, cold, muddy
stream flowing through the woods, this was almost the only species
obtaiued.

Its life-colors are as follows : General color of Luxilus cornutus on body,
but the sides with considerable coppery lustre. Dorsal fin with a sharp,
black, horizontal bar nbout halt- way up. In young fishes, this bar is
red. The fiu above is somewhat milky ; below, it is pale. There is a
small, but distinct, round, black, caudal spot. The caudal fin is chiefly
of a rather dull ferruginous red. The base of the fin is pale, the tips
rather milky. The anal fiu is unmarked. There are gilt liues along the
back and sides. A dark humeral bar is usually present, and the upper
edge of the pectoral fin is largely black.

The teeth of this species are usually 1, 4-4, 1, as at first described,
but we have found several individuals 1, 4-4, 2. This species resembles
somewhat Photogenis leucopus, but it is stouter every way, with deeper
body, larger head, and much larger eye.

10. CODOMA FORMOSA (Putnam) Jordan.

(Alburnm formosus Putnam, Leudscus hypselopterus Giinther, Photogenis grandipinnis

Jordan.)

The typical specimens of P. grandipinnis are supposed to have beer,
collected in Flint Kiver. Leudscus hypseloptcrus of Giiuther is doubtless
the same species. We follow Giiuther in identifying Alburnus formosus
Putnam as the same, although there is little in the very imperfect orig-
inal description to warrant it.

FISHES OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE BASIN. 43

Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassi*.

11. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM (Raf.) Ag.

Specimens in Dr. Neisler's collection, supposed to have been taken in
the Flint River, in Taylor Count}-, Georgia.

Genus SEMOTILUS Eafinesque.

V2. SEMOTILUS THOREAUIANUS Jordan.

The types are in Dr. Neislei's collection, probably from Flint Eiver.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Saird.
13. CERATICHTHYS BIGUTTA.TUS (Kirtland) Girard.
Very abundant in the Chattahoochee.

CATOSTOMIDJE.

Genus MYXOSTOMA Eafinesque.
14. MYXOSTOMA DUQUESNII (Le Sueur) Jordan.

A species which we are unable to distinguish from the common "Bed
Horse" of the Ohio is abundant in the Chattahoochee.

15. MYXOSTCMA CERVINUM Cope.
A few specimens taken in the Shallow Ford.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.

1G. ERIMYZON SUCETTA (Lac.) Jor.
From Peach Tree Creek near Atlanta.

SILUREXffl.

Genus ICHTH.ELURUS Eafinesque.

17. ICHTH^ELURUS PUKCTATUS (Baf.) Jor.

The Channel Cat is exceedingly abundant in the Chattahoochee.

44 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus AMIURUS Eafinesque.
18. AMIURUS BRUNNEUS Jordan.

This is the most abundant edible fish in the Chattahoochee. We
secured upwards of forty large specimens in two hours7 seining at the
Shallow Ford. It grows to the length of about 18 inches, and is much
valued as food. It is usually known as the Mud Oat.

Genus NOTURUS Eafinesque.

19. jS^OTURUS LEFT ACANTHUS Jordan,
yoturus leptacanthus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Yr. 352.

This species was originally described from a single specimen taken iu
Silver Creek, a tributary of the Etowah. A second specimen, similar
to the first, was taken by us at the Shallow Ford iluriug the past sum-
mer, and since then a third, at the same locality as the first. In color,
this species is of a rich pale transparent brown, very slightly mottled
with darker.

LEPIDOSTEIM].

Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.

20. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS (L.) Ag.
Taken at the Shallow Ford.

ANGUILL1DJ5.

Genus ANGUILLA Thunberg.

21. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.
Eels, of course, abound in the Chattahoochee.

V. — WATER BASIN OF THE ALABAMA R1YER.

The fish-fauna of the Alabama Eiver is now better known than that
of any other of the Southern streams. Fifty -five species are now known
as inhabitants of that river and of its great tributaries, the Etowah,
Oostanaula, and Coosa. A slight examination of any suitable tributary
of the Alabama is sufficient to show that it is much richer in species
than are any of the rivers lying to the eastward of it.

Of these fifty-six species, thirteen are as yet only known from the

FISHES OP THE ALABAMA BASIN. 45

Alabama Basin. These are: Xenisma stelliferum, Zygonectes guttatus,
Zygonectes hieroglyphicus, Hydroplilox xwnoctplialus, Hydropldox chroso-

sj Codoma calUstia, Codoma trichroistia, Codoma ccendea, Codoma
stigmatura, Xotropis siiWhis^ Phenacobiits catostomus, Catostomus nigri-
cans ctovanus, and Myxostoma euryops. I exclude from this enumeration
one or two species recorded from the Black Warrior Biver, as it is
likely that the fauna of that stream will prove, in part at least, different.

Certain common Northern or Western types, apparently absent in the
streams hitherto noticed, make their appearance in the waters of the
Alabama. Among these are Luxilus cornutus^ Notemigonm chrysoleucus,
Cltcenobryttiiff gulosus, Hyodon, Phenacobhis. etc.

ETHEOSTOMATnm

Genus PERCINA Haldeman.
1. PERCINA CAPRODES (Eaf.) Grd.
Abundant : precisely like Northern specimens.

Genus HADROPTERUS Agassiz.
2. HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS Agassiz.
Abundant: first described from near Mobile.

Genus ULOCENTRA Jordan,
3. ULOCENTRA STIGMA A Jordan,

Boleosoma stigmcca JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 311.

Common in clear water. This species also occurs in the streams of
Louisiana.

Genus BOLEICHTHYS Girard.

4. BOLEICHTHYS ELEGAXS Girard.

Abundant in clear, weedy ponds. This may not be identical with
Girard's species, which was originally described from Texas.

Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Eafinesque.
5. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMOXEOI Rafinesque.

In the river-channels of the Oostanaula. We have had no opportu-
nity to examine specimens, and we are not sure that the Alabama fish
is the original salmoneum.

4-6 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

OENTEARCHID^B.
Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.
6. MICROPTERUS PALLIDUS (Raf.) G. & J.
Abundant.

7. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lac.) Gill.
(Var. salmoides.)

Abundant, but less so than the preceding. The two species are
known indiscriminately as *' Trout".

Genus CELENOBRYTTUS Gill.
8. CHJENOBRYTTUS GULOSUS (C. & V.) Gill.
From the Alabama Eiver at Montgomery.

Genus AMBLOPLITES Eafinesque.

9. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS (Raf.) Gill.
From the Etowah and Gostanaula; rather common.

Geims LEPIOPOMUS Rafinesque.

10. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS (Mit.) G. & J.
Abundant in the Etowah and Oostanaula.

11. LEPIOPOMUS OBSCURUS (Agassiz) Jor.
Not rare in the Etowah and Oostanaula.

Genus XENOTIS Jordan.
12. XENOTIS INSCRIPTUS (Agassiz) Jor.
From the Oostanaula.

13. XENOTIS SANGUINOLENTUS (Agassiz) Jor.
Very abundant in the Etowah and Oostauaula.

Genus EUPOMOTIS Gill & Jordan.

14. EUPOMOTIS PALLIDUS (Agassiz) G. & J.

Specimens from the Alabama River near Montgomery. This species
and the three preceding were first described from the Tennessee Eiver
in Alabama.

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 47

Genus CENTRARCHUS Cuvier & Valenciennes.

15. CENTRARCnUS IRTDEUS (Lac.) C. & V.

Specimens from Alabama Kiver, at Montgomery, similar to others
from the Neuse and from about Charleston. This species has been
found by Prof. S. A. Forbes in Southern Illinois.

Genus POMOXYS Rqfinesque.

16. POMOXYS NIGROMACULATUS (Le S.) Girard.
Specimens from the Alabama Eiver at Montgomery.

17. POMOXYS ANNULARIS Raf.
From Eound Lake near Montgomery.

SCLENIIXE.

Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Rqfinesque.

18. HAPLOIDONOTUS GKUNHIENS Rafinesque.
Abundant in the Oostanaula.

OOTTIDJE,

Genus POTAMOCOTTUS Gill.
19. POTAMOCOTTUS MERIDIONALIS (Girard) Gill.

Potamocottus Carolines GILL (1861), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
Potamocotius zopherus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 320.

Exceedingly abundant in all the clear and cold tributaries of the
Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa. Many specimens from the cold waters
of the Cave Spring Creek. We are unable to satisfactorily distinguish
the forms called zoplierus, carolince, and meridionalis, and, believing them
specifically identical, we unite them under the oldest name.

APHODODERHm

Genus APHODODERUS Le Sueur.

(ApJiredoderus Le S. ; Stern otremia Nelson.)

20. APHODODERUS SAY ANUS (Gilliams) DeKay.
Specimens from Alabama Eiver near Montgomery. The fish de-
scribed by Professor Jordan from Flint Kiver, under the name of As-
ternotremia mesotrema, is undoubtedly a variation of this species.

48 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

CYPRINODONTnXffl.

Genus XENISMA Jordan.
21. XENISMA STELLIFERUM Jordan.

Xenisma stellifera JORDAN (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 322.

This most exquisitely colored fish is very abundant in all the clear
tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa. It prefers cold
waters, and ascends the " spring-runs" to their fountain-heads.

Genus ZYGONECTES Agassis.
22. ZYGONECTES NOTTII Agassiz.

Many specimens in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, from near Mobile. This and the next belong to the
group of short bodied species called Micristius by Professor Gill.

23. ZYGONECTES GUTTATUS Agassiz.
Eecorded by Professor Agassiz from near Mobile.

24. ZYGONECTES HIEROGLYPHICUS Agassiz.

Eecorded by Professor Agassiz from near Mobile. We have never
seen either this or the preceding, and doubt if any one will ever recog-
nize them from the published descriptions.

Esocnm

Genus ESOX Linnceus.
25. Esox RETICULATUS Le Sueur.
Abundant in tributaries of the Etowab.

26. Esox RAVENELI HolbrooJc.

A few specimens in the United States National Museum from the
Alabama Eiver.

HYODONTKME.

Genus HTODON Le Sueur.
27. HYODON SELENOPS Jordan & Bean.

Hijodon selenops JORDAN & BEAN (1877), Bulletin U. S. Nat. Mus. x. 65.

A single specimen in the National Museum from the Alabama Eiver
at Montgomery.

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 49

DOROSOMATIDJE.

Genus DOROSOMA Rafinesque.

28. DOROSOMA CEPEDIANUM (Lac.) Gill.

i

(Var. heterurum Eaf.)

Specimens in the United States National Museum from Round Lake
at Montgomery, Ala.

OYPBINIIXS;.

Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassiz.
29. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM (Raf.} Ag.

Var. prolixum (Storer).
Abundant in tbe Etowah and Oostanaula.

Genus LUXILUS Rafinesque.
30. LUXILTJS CORNUTUS (Hit.) Jor.

Very abundant in all the tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula, and
Coosa Elvers.

My specimens do not obviously differ from those from New York and
the Northwest.

Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan
31. HYDROPHLOX CHROSOMUS Jordan.

Hybopsis chrosomus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 333.

Very abundant in the clear tributaries of the Oostanaula, Coosa, and
Etowah. In Cedar Creek, at Cave Spring, it is the commonest species
occurring in the clear, cold waters, with Codoma callistia and Xenlsma
stelliferuin. None of our Cyprinidce excel Hydrophlox chrosomus in deli-
cacy of coloration. It is of a clear hyaline-green above; clear silvery
below : a scarlet band straight from upper edge of opercle to caudal :
dorsal, anal, and caudal each with a scarlet bar. In this species, the
mouth is rather less terminal than is usual in the group called Hydrophlox.

32. HYDROPHLOX X^ENOCEPHALUS Jordan.

Eybopsis rcenocephalus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 334.

With the preceding, but rather less common. This species bears some
resemblance to the young of Codoma callistia.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—4

50 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus CODOMA Girard.
33. CODOMA STIGMATURA Jordan.

Photogenis stigmaturus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 337.

This elegant species is very abundant in the tributaries of the Eto-
wah, Oostanaula, and Coosa. In those streams which are neither very
clear and cold nor very muddy, it is usually the most abundant species.

34. CODOMA CALLISTIA Jordan.

Photogenis callistius JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 337.

A large, ornate species, more brilliantly colored than the preceding,
but less graceful in form. Female specimens are dull dark olive, with
the dorsal fin brick-red. This species occurs with the preceding, but is
rather less abundant.

35. CODOMA TRICHROISTIA Jordan & Gilbert, sp. nov.

A small, slender species, graceful in form and elegant in coloration.
It is most nearly related to C. callistia, but may be readily distinguished.

Body rather slender, considerably compressed, the depth 4Jin length.
Head rather slender and pointed, 4J in length. Eye of moderate size,
3J in head. Mouth quite large, very oblique, the maxillary extending
to opposite the anterior margin of the eye, and the premaxillaries
being on a level with the middle of the pupil, the mouth thus being
similar to that of the species of Notropis. In C. callistia, the mouth is
much more inferior, nearly horizontal ; the maxillaries do not extend to
the eye, and the premaxillaries are entirely below the level of the orbit.

Scales rather closely imbricated, 6-42-3 ; lateral line considerably
decurved, usually with an abrupt angulation between pectorals and ven-
trals; 18 or 19 scales before dorsal fin (15 or 1G in C. callistia}.

Fins moderately developed: dorsal well behind ventrals, rather nearer
caudal than muzzle. Dorsal I, 7. Anal I, 9. Pectorals falling some-
what short of ventrals ; the latter reaching beyond vent nearly to base
of anal.

Color: Bright steel-blue above : sides bright silvery ; in males, more
or less milky. A large black spot at base of caudal, precisely as in C.
callistia* not nearly so distinct as in C. stigmatura. Head silvery; above
bluish. Dorsal fin with a broad, dusky, horizontal band at base; the
membrane of the last rays above jet-black, blacker than in the other
species; the tip of the fin milk-white. The rest of the dorsal fin, espe-

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 5i

cially the anterior part, is of a bright pale vermillion-red. The caudal
fin is chiefly rosy, the tips milk-white. The anal is milky, with a decided
flush of rose-color. The ventrals are milky.

Female specimens are duller, but the black fin-markings and the cau-
dal spot are similar in all. In the female of C. callistia, the dorsal mark-
ings are obliterated.

In the males, in spring, the head and anterior dorsal region are rather
sparsely tuberculate. The caudal peduncle and the spa.ce below the
lateral line as far forward as the ventrals are covered with similar
tubercles.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, of the usual type, hooked and sharp-edged. Maxi-
mum length 2f inches. C. callistia reaches a length of 4 inches.

Codoma trichroistia is very abundant in the clear tributaries of the
Etowah and Oostanaula. Specimens were taken by Messrs. Jordan and
Gilbert in 1876, but the species was at first confounded by us with C.
callistia, which it much resembles in coloration. The entirely different
mouth will distinguish the two species at once.

36. EROGALA CLERULEA Jordan.

Photogenis cceruleus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hrst. N. Y. 338.

This most delicate and graceful fish has thus far been only found in
the Oostanaula Kiver and its tributary, Rocky Creek. It prefers clear
waters.

37. CODOMA FORMOSA (Putnam] Jordan.

The typical specimens of Alburnus formosus Putnam and of Leuciscu*
Jiypselopterus Giinther were obtained from near Mobile. The species
therefore belongs to the fauna of the Alabama Basin. Gunther's
description applies well to "Photogenis grandipinnis Jor.", and Alburnus
formosus is probably the same.

The following is an analysis of the characters of the species of the
subgeuus Erogala at present kyown : —

Section I. Anal fin elongate, its rays 1, 10, or 1, 11 : teeth 1, 4-4, 1.
a. Dorsal fin entirely posterior to ventrals, its rays, in males, longer than head, reach-
ing nearly to the base of the caudal : body short, much compressed : back
elevated; depth 4 in length: head 4±: month large, very oblique, the
jaws equal : black dorsal blotch very distinct : a distinct black caudal
spot: coloration and tubercles unknown: size small; length 2£ in-
ches FORMOSA, 1.

aa. Dorsal fin slightly posterior to ventrals, its longest rays, in males, shorter than
the head, and not reaching nearly to base of caudal : caudal peduncle
tuberculate : fins with much red : size medium : length 3£ inches.

52 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

&. Body deep, compressed; depth 3| to 3f in length : fins all greatly elevated; the
height of the dorsal five-sixths the length of the head : muzzle, anterior
part of dorsal fin, and a bioad crescent in the middle of the caudal fin
hright scarlet: posterior margin of caudal blackish; no black spot at

base of caudal PYRRHOM ELAS, 2.

6&. Body more elongate, less compressed, its depth 4 to 4£ in length : fins all rather
low, the longest dorsal ray scarcely £ length of head : dorsal, anal, and
caudal fins chiefly bright crimson: no definite dark margin to caudal:

a faint black caudal spot X^ENTJRA, 3.

Section II. Anal fin short, its rays 1, 8, or 1, 9.

* Teeth one-rowed, 4-4. Dorsal fin scarcely at all posterior to ventrals, its first ray

nearer snout than base of caudal : body elongate, compressed : mouth

smallish, oblique, rather inferior : dorsal fin greatly elevated, the longest

ray, in males, longer than the head : black dorsal blotch well marked:

dorsal, anal, and caudal fins chiefly of a br;ght ferruginous-orange;

a blue streak along sides : size small ; length 2f inches.. .CALLISKMA, 4.

** Teeth two-rowed, 1, 4-4, 1 (often 1, 4-4, 2, in C. eurystoma)*

c. Black markings of the dorsal fin not in the form of a horizontal bar across the

fin.

d. Adult males without red markings on the fins.

e. No distinct black or dark blue spot at base of caudal : body short and deep,
strongly compressed : fins not greatly elevated, the dorsal largely of a
bright lustrous pale green : black dorsal markings distinct : a bluish
streak along sides : males with the whole body tuberculate, except the
space anterior to the ventrals and below the lateral line : head pointed :
mouth oblique, the upper jaw projecting: size small; length 3 in-
ches CHLORISTIA, 5.

ee. A rather faint dark blue caudal spot, preceded by a very distinct lateral
band of clear blue : sides chiefly blue and silvery : fins clear yellow, the
black markings obscure : body slender : mouth small : fins not greatly
elevated : size small ; length 2£ inches , C^BRULEA, b*.

eee. A large, very conspicuous jet-black spot at base of caudal : body elongate,

moderately compressed : color pale olivaceous or bluish: sides silvery :

fin-markings rather obscure : fins rather low : mouth oblique, the lower

jaw the shorter : scales large ; size large : leugtb.4 inches. . STIGMATURA, 7.

dd. Adult males with the vertical fins chiefly red : a well-marked black caudal

spot, less distinct than in C. stigmatnra.

f. Mouth largo, quite oblique, the jaws about equal, the maxillary reach-
ing to opposite the eye and 1he premaxillarles aiihriorly on the level of
the pupil : body slender, compressed : dorsal fin dusky at base, jet-black
on last rays, the fin otherwise, as well as the anal and caudal pale ver-
million : caudal peduncle tuberculate: dorsal markings usually distinct

in both sexes : size small; length 2f inches TRICHROISTIA, 8.

ff. Mouth nearly horizontal, overlapped by the heavy snout, the maxillary
not reaching to the eye, and the jyvmoxtllanes anteriorly below the level
of the orbit : dorsal fin dusky at the base and on the last rays, the greater
part of the fin, as well as of the caudal, bright carmine : coloration of
body quite dark, blue in males, olive in females : dorsal markings obscure
in the latter: body stout, not greatly compressed, the back somewhat

elevated: size large ; length 4 inches CALLISTIA, 9.

cc. Black markings of the dorsal fin in the form of a horizontal bar across the fin
midway: body stout and deep, not greatly compressed: head heavy:
mouth large, oblique, with equal jaws : eye very large ; a small but dis-
tinct black caudal spot: fins with pa'e red : teeth sometimes 1, 4-4, 2:
size large; length 4 inches : appearance of Luxihis EURYSTOMA, 10.

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 53

Genus NOTROPIS Bqfinesque.
38. NOTROPIS LIRUS Jordan.

Nototropis Urns JORDAN (1877), Ana. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 342.

Common in tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula. andCoosa in stillr
deep waters. This species is not, by any means, a typical member of
the genus. In form, coloration, squamatiou, and nuptial tubercles, it
resembles the species of LytJirurus, from which it is technically separated
by the want of masticatory surface on the teeth. Notropis matutinns
approaches it in the small size of its scales.

39. NOTROPIS STILBIUS Jordan.

Nototropis stilbius JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 343.

Abundant in the water-basin of the Alabama. The species of this
genus greatly need revision.

Genus NOTEMIGONUS Eafinesque.

40. NOTEMIGONTJS CHRYSOLEUCUS (Hit.) Jor.

(Stilbe americana of most writers ; not Cyprinus americanus Linnaeus, which is a Southeast-
ern species — Notemigonus ischanus Jor.)

This familiar species is very abundant in bayous and weedy streams
in the basin of the Alabama.

Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope.
41. PHENACOBIUS CATOSTOMUS Jordan.

Phenacoliw catostomus JOBDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 332.

This strongly marked species was found in abundance in two clear
streams, Silver Creek and Cedar Creek, tributaries respectively to the
Etowah and the Coosa. This is a much stouter species than P. uranops
Cope ; it has less developed lips and is in various other ways dissimilar.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.
42. CERATICHTHYS WINCHELLI (Girard) Jordan.

Hybo2)sis mncTielli GIRARD (1856), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, 211.
Ceratichthys hgalinus COPE (1868), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1868, 236.

Very common in the Alabama Basin. C. liguttatus was not obtained
by us in any of the tributaries of the Alabama. It seems, however, to
have been described by Girard, from the Black Warrior, under the name
of Nocomis bellicus.

54 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus SEMOTiLUS Eafinesque.
43. SEMOTILUS COEPORALIS (Mit.) Putnam.
Common in the smaller streams.

Genus KHINICHTHYS Agassi*.
44. EHINICHTHYS OBTUSUS Agassiz.

Very common in the spring-runs tributary to the Etowah and Oosta-
naula.

OATOSTOMIDJS.

Genus MYXOSTOMA Eafinesgue.
45. MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM DUQUESNII (Le 8.) Jordan.

The "Bed Horse" is common in the Etowah and Oostanaula. Var.
lachrymale (Cope) also occur. 3.

46. MYXOSTOMA ETJRYOPS Jordan.

Myxostoma euryovs JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 348.

From Lovejoy's Creek, a tributary of the Oostanaula. The type-speci-
men of this singular species still remains unique.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sneur.
47. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS ETOWANUS Jordan.

Catostomus nigricans var. etowanus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.

The Hog Mullet, -or Crawl- a-bottom, is very abundant in all rapid
streams in the Alabama Basin. The characters separating var. etowa-
nus from nigricans seem to be pretty constant. I do not, however,
think them distinct species.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
48. ERIMYZON SUCETTA (Lac.} Jordan.

This species, known locally as the May Sucker, is abundant in the
water-basin of the Alabama.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.
49. MINYTREMA MELANOPS Jordan.
The "Sand Sucker7" is abundant in the waters of the Alabama.

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 55

Genus CARPIODES Eafinesque.

50. CARPIODES CYPRINUS (Le 8.) Ag.

A single specimen from Round Lake near Montgomery, Ala., appa-
rently identical with Pennsylvania examples.

Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassis.

51. BUBAJLICHTHYS (TAURUS) AgdSSiz.

Recorded by Professor Agassiz from the Alabama. Other species of
" Buffalo Fish " doubtless occur in the Alabama, but the species have
never been studied.

Genus ICHTKZELURUS Eafinesque.

52. ICHTH^LURUS PUNCTATUS (Rdf.) Jor.

Abundant in the basin of the Alabama.

Genus AMIURUS Mafinesque.
53. AMIURUS NATAXIS ANTONIENSIS (Grd.) Jor.
Abundant in muddy tributaries of the Etowah and Coosa.

Genus NOTURUS Eafinesque.

54. XOTURUS LEPTACANTHUS Jordan.

Two specimens, taken in Silver Creek, and a third specimen, from the
Chattahoochee, are all that are at present known of this curious little
species.

ANGUILLID^E.
Genus ANGUILLA Tliunberg.

55. ANOKJILLA VULGARIS Fleming.
Abundant.

LEPIDOSTEID^E.

Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.

56. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS (L.) Ag.
From the Oostanaula; probably common.

56 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

VI. — WATER-BASIN OF THE TENNESSEE RIVER.

The fish -fauna of the Tennessee River has been pretty fully studied,
especially as to its Cyprinidce. Thirty-seven species were obtained by
Prolessor Cope in the French Broad, thirty-four in the Holston, and
twenty- five by Professor Jordan in tributaries of the Clinch and French
Broad, making in all some sixty different species known to inhabit the
upper waters of the Tennessee. In the lower course of the river, thirty-
four species are recorded by Professor Agassiz from the Tennessee
River at Huntsville, Ala.; twenty species were obtained by the writers
from the Chickamauga River at Ringgold, Ga., and seventeen species
from Elk River at Estill Springs in Tennessee. About sixty-eight spe-
cies are therefore known to occur in the lower course of the river. In
all, eighty-two different species are known to inhabit the waters of the
Tennessee. To this number many species of large fishes inhabiting the
Ohio at the mouth of the Tennessee might, with certainty, be added ;
but it is not the province of this paper to record guesses. Forty-six
species are therefore certainly common to the upper and lower courses
of the Tennessee River.

The species at present known in the Tennessee Basin, only from the
upper course, — the Clinch, Holston, and French Broad Rivers, — are the
following : —

Hadropterus aurantiacus.
Diplesiuin simoterum.
Nothonotus zoualis.
Nothouotus vulneratus.
Nothonotus rufilineatus.
Etheostoma flabellare.
Salvelinus fontinalis.
Alburnops spectrunculus.

Hydrophlox rubricroceus.
Hydrophlox lacertosus.
Episema leucioda.
Notropis micropteryx.
Notropis atherinoides.
Hemitremia vittata.
Placopbarynx carinatus.

Noturus eleutherus.

In all, sixteen species.

From the lower course of the river only, the following are known: —

("Etheostoma") cinerea.
("Etheostoma") tessellata.
Poacilichthys jessia3.
ChaBuobryttus gulosiis.
Lepiopomus obscurus.
(Lepiopomus) bombifrous.
Eupomotis pallidus.

Xenotis iuscriptus.

Esox (crassus).

Hyodon seleuops.

Pomolobus chrysochloris.

Dorosomacepedianuin heteruruin.

Notropis lirus.

Phoxinus flammeus.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 57

Gila estor.
Quassilabia lacera.
Carpiodes bison.

Bubaliehthys urus.
Auiia calva.
Acipenser maculosus.

In all, twenty species.

Increased knowledge will considerably modify these lists. It is
probable that the sixteen species in the first list, with the probable
exceptions of Noturus deutherus and Salvelinus fontinalis, will be found
to inhabit the lower part of the river basin, if sought for in suitable
localities. It is likely that the tributaries of the Tennessee having their
source in the Cumberland Mountains in Alabama have the same fish-
fauna as similar streams rising in the Cumberland Mountains in Virginia.

About twelve species are at present known only from the Tennessee
Kiver and its tributaries. These are : —

Hadropterus aurantiacus.
(Etheostoma) cinerea.
(Etheostoma) tessellata.
Xothouotus vulneratus.
Xotbonotus rufiliueatus.
Poecilichthys jessiaB.

(Lepiopomus) bombifrous.
Alburuops spectruuculus.
Hydrophlox lacertosus.
Phoxinus flammeus.
Episeina leucioda.
Ceratichthys monachus.

As we go from the Alabama to the Tennessee, we note an increased
resemblance in the fish-fauna to that of the Ohio ard Upper Mississippi
region. The following are some of the Northern or Western types
added : —

Diplesiitmr Etheostoma, Poecilichthys ^ Labidesthes, Zygonectes (proper),
Episema, Hemitremia, Chrosomus, Phoxinus, Placopharynx, Quassilabia.

COTTDXffi.

Genus POTAMOCOTTUS Gill.
1. POTAMOCOTTUS MERIDIONALIS (Girard) Gill.

From Chickamauga River. Also a single specimen from the Cave
Spring at Cumberland Gap. Abundant in the French Broad Eiver
(Cope) and in the Holston.

ETHEOSTOMATIDJE.

Genus PERCINA Haldeman.

t

2. PERCINA CAPRODES (Raf.) Grd.
Generally abundant in clear streams.

58 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Genus ALVORDIUS Girard.
3. ALVORDIUS MACULATUS Girard.

(f Alvordius maculatus Grd.; Hadropterus maculaius Grd.; Etheostoma blennioides Agassiz,
etc.; Alvordius aspro Cope & Jor.)

From the Clinch and French Broad Elvers. Also abundant in the
Chickamauga at Ringgold.

Genus HADROPTERUS Agassiz.
4. HADROPTERUS AURANTIACUS (Cope) Jordan.
French Broad Eiver (Cope).

Germs DIPLESIUM Eafinesque.
5. DIPLESIUM BLENNIOIDES (Raf.) Jor.

Holston and French Broad Rivers. Also from Chickamauga Eiver.
Described by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Alabama, under the
name of Hyostoma newmani.

6. DIPLESIUM SIMOTERUM (Cope) Copeland.
From the Clinch and Holston Elvers.

Genus BOLEOSOMA DeKay.
7. BOLEOSOMA MACULATUM Agaxsiz.

(B. brevipinne Cope.)

Abundant in the Holston Eiver.

Genus NOTHONOTDS Agassiz.

8. NOTUONOTUS ZONALIS (Cope) Jordan.
Holston and French Broad Elvers ( Cope).

9. NOTHONOTUS VULNERATUS (Cope) Jor.

French Broad Eiver at Warm Springs.

10. NOTHONOTUS RUFILINEATUS (Cope) Jor.

«

French Broad Eiver. We have not examined this species and the
preceding. One or both of them may perhaps belong to Pcecilichthys.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 59

Genus PGECILICHTHYS Agassis.
11. PCECILICHTHYS JESSIE Jor. & Brayt.

Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 1878, 227.

Body fusiform, rather deep and compressed, the depth 5 to 5J in length,
the Ibrin of the body similar to that of P. spectdbilis.

Head rather large, moderately pointed, 4 in length. Mouth rather
large, terminal, the upper jaw slightly longest, not protractile. Eye
pretty large, high up, 3J in head, about equal to snout.

Cheeks naked, scaly above : opercles scaly : throat naked : neck
above scaly : scates medium, 6-45 to 50-7. Lateral line incomplete, but
extending farther than in P. variatus and P. spectdbilis^ on about 35
scales, or nearly to the end of the second dorsal.

Fins moderate. Dorsal, XII — about 12. , Anal II, 9.

Color, in spirits, olivaceous, with about nine squarish, bar-like blotches
along the sides, and about five dark cross-blotches on the back. Dorsal
and caudal fins faintly barred.

In life, the fish is chestnut-colored above, and the squares on the sides
are bright dark blue : the fins are mottled with chestnut. A dark yel-
low or orange band across the dorsal. Second dorsal and anal with dark
and golden specklings.

Several specimens, each about two inches long, taken in Chickamauga
River at Eiuggold. The specimens are certainly not fully grown, and
the coloration of the adult male is doubtless much more brilliant. It
will be at once distinguished from P. variatus and P. spectabilis by the
scaliness of the upper part of the cheeks, by the greater development
of the lateral line, the more numerous dorsal spines, and the coloration.
This species is named for Mrs. Jessie D. Bray ton.

Genus ETHEOSTOMA Bafinesque.
12. ETHEOSTOMA FLAEELLAKE Bafinesque.

Abundant in the upper waters of the Tennessee in clear rapid
streams.

Genus ? .

13. (ETHEOSTOMA) ciNEREA Storer.

Described from Florence, Ala. The description has reference chiefly
to the coloration, Neither this species nor the next have been rec-
ognized by any author subsequent to their description.

14. (ETHEOSTOMA) TESSELLATA

From the Tennessee Kiver at Florence, Ala.

60 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

PEECIEME.

Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Eafinesque.
15. STIZOSTETHIUM VJTREUM (Cuv. & Vol.] Jor. & Copel.
Found by Professor Cope in the French Broad.

16. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM Raf.

Species of this genus occur throughout the Tennessee Basin. Pro-
fessor Cope ascribes this species and the preceding to the French
Broad. As we have seen no specimen, we follow his identifications.

CENTBAECHnm

Genus MICEOPTEEUS Lacepede.
17. MICROPTERUS PALLIDUS (Raf.) Gill & Jordan.
Not uncommon in the Tennessee Basin.

18. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lac.) Gill.
Very common in the Tennessee Eiver.

Genus AMBLOPLITES Eafinesque.

19. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS (Raf.) Gill.
Common in the Tennessee Basin.

Genus CH^NOBEYTTUS Gill.

20. CELENOBRYTTUS GULOSUS (C. & V.) Gill.
Lower Tennessee Eiver ; probably common.

Genus LEPIOPOMUS Eafinesque.

21. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS (Mitch.) Gill & Jor.
Very common in the Tennessee Basin.

22. LEPIOPOMUS OBSCURUS (Agassiz) Jordan.
Described by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Ala.
23. (LEPIOPOMUS) BOMBIFRONS (Agassiz).
Only the type-specimens of this species are yet known. They were

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 61

from Huntsville, Ala. We are unable to decide, from the description
and a MS. drawing kindly forwarded by Professor Bliss, whether this
species is a Lepiopomus or a Xenotis.

Genus XENOTIS Jordan.

24. XENOTIS SANGUINOLENTUS (Agassiz) Jordan.

Originally described from the Tennessee River at Huntsville. We

have seen no specimens from that locality, and are unable to decide

whether Agassiz's species is the one to which we have applied the name

sanguinolentus, or whether it be one of the forms of the Northern X.

meyalotis.

23. XENOTIS INSCRIPTUS (Agassiz) Jor.

Originally described from the Tennessee River at Huntsville. Also
found by Professor Cope in the upper waters of the same river.

Genus EUPOMOTIS Gill & Jordan.
26. EUPOMOTIS PALLIDUS (Agassiz) G. & J.
Originally described from Huutsville, Ala.

Genus XYSTKOPLITES Jordan.
27. XYSTROPLITES NOTATUS (Agassiz).

Originally described from Huntsville, and later found by Professor
Cope in the upper waters of the Tennessee. This species may be
a Eupoinotis instead of a Xystroplites. It much resembles the Texan
Xystroplites heros B. & C.

Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Eafinesque.
28. HAPLOIDONOTUS GEUNNIENS Raf.

Abundant in the Tennessee Basin. The form called by Professor
Agassiz Amblodon concinnus needs re-examination before it can be admit-
ted as a species.

Genus LABIDESTHES Cope.

%

29. LABIDESTHES SICOULUS Cope.

9

Found by Professor Cope in Coal Creek, a tributary of the Clinch
River.

62 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

OYPRINODONTnXffi.

Genus XENISMA Jordan.
30. XENISMA CATENATUM (Storer) Jordan.

Originally described from Florence, Ala. It is abundant in the Elk,
Clinch, and Holston in clear waters.

Genus ZYGONECTES Agassi*.
31. ZYGONECTES NOTATUS (Raf.) Jor.

Described by Dr. Storer from Florence, Ala., under the name ofPcecilia
olivacea. This species prefers still, deep waters.

Esoonm

Genus ESOX Linn&us.
32. Esox (CBASSUS Agassiz).

A species is recorded by Professor Agassiz under the name of Esox
crassus. The description is insufficient and the species is at present
unrecognized.

HYODONTID^.

Genus HYODON Le Sueur.
33. HYODON SELENOPS Jordan & Bean.

The original type of this species came from the Tennessee Eiver at
Chattanooga. Hyodon tergisus doubtless also occurs in the lower course
of the river.

CLUPEHXE.

Genus POMOLOBUS Eafinesque.

34. POMOLOBUS OHRYSOCHLORIS Itaf.
Abundant in the channel of the Lower Tennessee.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 63

DOROSOMATUm

Genus DOROSOMA Rafinesque.
35. DOROSOMA CEPEDIANUM HETERUBUM (Raf.) Jor.
The " Gizzard Shad " is abundant in the Lower Tennessee.

SALMONIDJE.

Genus SALVELINUS Richardson.
36. SALVELINUS FONTINALIS (Mitch-ill) Gill & Jor.

This species occurs in abundance in Swannanoa River, at the foot of
Black Mountain, and in all clear tributaries of the French Broad in West-
ern Xorth Carolina. In Southwestern Virginia, it occurs in certain trib-
utaries of the Holston. In Rabun County, in Northeastern Georgia, it
abounds in the headwaters of the Little Tennessee. Professor Cope
states, on the authority of Dr. Hardy, of Asheville, that it " occurs in the
headwaters of the Chattahoochee, on the south slope of the Alleghanies,
in Georgia".

Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassiz.
37. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM (Raf.) Ag.
Tar. prolixum Storer.

Everywhere abundant. In the clear pools of the Swanuanoa River,
at the foot of Black Mountain, this fish is extremely abundant, and the
large specimens are brilliantly colored, so that they appear to be lumi-
nous or phosphorescent as one looks down on them through the crystal
water.

Genus HYBORHYNCHUS Agassis.
38. HYBORHYNCHUS NOTATUS (Raf.) Agassiz.

Numerous specimens from the Chickamauga River. These are nar-
rower-beaded than the common Western form (H. superciliosus Cope)
and want the barbel, which is usually distinct on the latter. It is not
improbable that we have two distinct species.

64 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus LUXILUS Rqfinesque.

39. LUXILUS CORNUTUS (Mitch.) Jor.

»
Abundant in every stream examined.

40. LUXILUS COCCOGENIS (Cope] Jor.
Abundant in every stream examined.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
41. PHOTOGENIS GALACTURUS (Cope) Jor.
Abundant in every stream examined.

Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan.
42. HYDROPHLOX RUBRICROCEUS (Cope) Jor.

Described by Professor Cope from tributaries of the Holston. It pre-
fers boisterous mountain-streams.

43. HYDROPHLOX LACERTOSUS (Cope) Jor.
Described from the Holston.

Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.

44. ALBURNOPS MICROSTOMUS (Eaf. ) Jor.

Minnilus microstomus RAF.
Rylopsis longiceps COPE.

Obtained by Professor Cope in tributaries of Clinch Eiver.

45. ALBURNOPS SPECTRUNCULUS (Cope) Jor.
Obtained by Professor Cope in the Holston and French Broad.
Genus EPISEMA Cope & Jordan.

46. EPISEMA LEUCIODA Cope.
Found by Professor Cope in the Holstou and French Broad,

Genus NOTROPIS Rafinesgue.

(Nolropis et Minnilus Raf. ; Alburnellus Girard.)

47. NOTROPIS ATHERINOIDES Eaf.
From tributaries of Clinch Eiver.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 65

48. XOTROPIS MICROPTERYX (Cope) Jor.
From tributaries of the Holston and Clinch.

49. XOTROPIS PHOTOGENIS (Cope) Jor.
(Squalius photogenis Cope; Pliotogenis Icucops Cope.)

Abundant in the French Broad River.

50. XOTROPIS TELESCOPUS (Cope) Jor.

Holston and French Broad Elvers (Cope). Also abundant in Elk
River. If our specimens are correctly identified, this is a true Notropis.
We find it not easily distinguishable from N. photogenis.

51. NOTROPIS LIRUS Jordan.

This little species abounds in both the Elk and the Chickainauga.
Genus HEMITREMIA Cope.
52. HE:MITREMIA VITTATA Cope.
Described from the Holston River near Knoxville.

Genus CHROSOMUS Raftnesqiie.
53. CHROSOMUS ERYTHROGASTER Raf.

Recorded by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Ala. We have seen
no specimens from the Tennessee River.

Genus PHOXINUS Eafinesque.
54. PnoxiNUS FLAMMEUS Jordan & Gilbert.

Jordan, Man. Vert, E. U. S. ed. 2d, p. 303.

A very distinct species, resembling " Gila" margarita (Cope). but with
the short lateral line of P. neogceus Cope.

Body stout, rather more slender and more compressed than in P.
neogceus, the form being nearly that of G. margarita. Depth 4 in length,
about equal to the length of the head.

Head short and deep, smaller than in neogceus, the upper outline
rounded, the muzzle quite blunt and rather short. Eye rather large,
3J in head, longer than snout. Mouth small, oblique, the lower jaw
projecting, the intermaxillary in front on the level of the pupil, and the
maxillary extending to opposite the front of the orbit.

Scales much larger than in P. neogceus, but still quite small, in appear-
Bull. tf. M. No. 12—5

66 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

ance s;milar to those of the species of Gila ; dorsal and ventral regions
scaled ; 7-43-5. Lateral line short, decurved, not reaching to base of
ventral s, on only 14 scales.

Teeth 2, 4-5, 2, as in P. neogceus, without masticatory surface.

Fins small : dorsal well behind ventrals : pectorals reaching nearly
to ventrals, the latter to vent. D. I, 8, A. I, 8; the latter fin rather high.

Coloration that of the species of Clinostomus, especially C. margarita
(which species, having the lateral line wanting on the last three to eight
scales, might perhaps with propriety be referred to Phoxinus).

Back dark, the scales profusely punctate: a dusky band formed of
dark specks along the sides: cheeks pearly: space below lateral line
silvery ; in tbe type-specimen flushed with rich scarlet-red.

Length of type 2J inches.

A single specimen taken in Elk River, at E still Springs, in company
with Gila estor, which species it much resembles iu color. Phoxinus
flammeus bears the same relation to P. ncogwus that Gila estor does to
the small- scaled Gila elongata.

Genus GILA Baird & Girard.
(Subgenus CLINOSTOMUS Girard.)

55. GILA ESTOR Jordan & Brayton.
Jordan , Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 300.

A large and handsome species, related to G. elongata and G.proriger,
but well distinguished from both.

Body elliptical-elongate, rather deep and compressed; the caudal
peduncle long. Greatest depth 4J in length. Head very long and large,
3f in length ; flattish above, but not wide. Mouth exceedingly large,
very oblique, the preinaxillaries anteriorly on the level of the pupil, tbe
maxillary extending to opposite the middle of the orbit, and the length
of the gape of the mouth a little more than half the length of the head.
Lower jaw decidedly the longer.

Eye quite large, less than snout, 4 in head.

Scales small, but large for the genus, their outlines well defined, espe-
cially above, 8-50-5. Lateral line strongly decurved ; about 23 scales
on the back anterior to the dorsal fin.

Fins high. Dorsal I, 8, well behind ventrals, its first ray nearer the
caudal than the snout. Anal I, 8, short and high. Pectorals falling
just short of ventrals, the latter just short of vent.

Teeth 2, 4-5, 2.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 67

Color dark olive above, with a bluish lustre, many scales darker, as
is usuaHn this genus. Sides somewhat silvery. No dark lateral band.
A broad shade of deep rose color along the sides, below which most of
the belly is bright crimson, the red colors brightest anteriorly.

Length of largest specimens about 4 inches. Numerous specimens
from the Elk River at Estill Springs, and from Stone River at Mur-
freesboro'. This striking species resembles most G. elongata and G.pro-
riger. Both those species have much smaller scales (70 to 75 in the
lateral line iu elongata, 60 to 65 in proriger). The coloration is likewise
different, the two latter species having a dusky band along the sides,
the anterior half of which in elongata is red in spring. G. elongata is
much more elongate, as is also G. proriger. The mouth appears largest
in G. estor. The distinction between G. proriger and G. elongata' is per-
haps questionable.

Genus NOTEMIGONUS Eafinesque.
56. NOTEMIGONUS CHRYSLOLEUOUS (Mit.) Jor.
Common in still waters in the Tennessee Basin.

Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope,
57. PHENACOBIUS URANOPS Cope.

Rather common in the Elk and Chickamauga liivers. A few speci-
mens from the French Broad. Originally described from the Holston
in Virginia.

Genus RIIIXICHTHYS Agassis.

58. RHINICHTHYS OBTUSUS Agassiz.

(Ithinichthys lunatus Cope.)

This species is abu?idant in all clear rocky brooks and in outlets of
springs.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.

59. CERATICHTHYS MONACHUS Cope.

Abundant in Cbickamauga River. Originally described from the
Dolstou.

60. CERATICIITHYS DissiMiLis (Kirt.) Cope.

Obtained in Elk River.

68 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

61. CERATICHTIIYS WINCHELLI (Girard) Jordan.

(Ceratichthys hyalinus Cope.)

Everywhere abundant in Tennessee River. This is probably Hybopsis
gracilis Ag., the original type of the genus Hybopsis. In that case, it
will be necessary to substitute the specific name gracilis for winclidlL

62. CERATICHTHYS BIGUTTATUS (Kirtland) Girard.
Everywhere very abundant.

Genus SEMOTILUS Eafinesque.

63. SEMOTILUS CORPORALIS (Mit.) Putn.

Tributaries of the Clinch and French Broad ; chiefly in small mount-
ain-streams.

CATOSTOMIDJE.

Genus QUASSILABIA Jordan & Brayton.
64. QUASSILABIA LACERA Jordan & Brayton.

Lagochila laccra JORDAN & BRAYTON (1877), Proc. Ac. Nat. So. Phila.

Two specimens of this singular fish were taken in the Chickamauga
Eiver at Einggold and one specimen in Elk Eiver at Estill Springs. A
the Chickamauga, we were told that it is quite common, and that it is
much valued for food. It is usually known as the " Hare-lip " or " Split-
mouth Sucker ". We have lately received a fine specimen taken in the
Scioto Eiver, Ohio, by Mr. J. H. Klippart, where it is well known to the
fishermen under the name of "May Sucker".

Genus MYXOSTOMA Eafinesque.
65. MYXOSTOMA VELATUM (Cope) Jor.

(Ptychostomus collapsm Cope.)

Obtained by Professor Cope in Clinch Eiver, and by us in the Chick-
amauga.

66. MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM DUQUESNII (Le S.) Jor.

From the Holston, Clinch, French Broad, and Chickarnauga. Proba-
bly generally abundant.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 69

Genus PLACOPHARYNX Cope.
07. PLACOPHAEYNX CABIN ATUS Cope.

This large species is the common " Red Horse " of the French Broad.
It much .resembles the preceding, but has a much larger mouth and
lips, besides the different dentition.

Genus ERIMYZOX Jordan.
68. EEIMYZON SUCETTA (Lac.} Jor.
Obtained in Clinch Eiver.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.

G9. MlNYTEEMA MELANOPS (Raf.) Jor.

Obtained by Professor Agassiz at Huntsville, Ala.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.

70. CATOSTOMUS NIGEICANS Le 8.
Very abundant throughout the Tennessee Basin.

71. CATOSTOMUS COMMEESONI (Lac.) Jor.
• Generally abundant.

Genus CARPIODES Eafinesque.
72. CAEPIODES BISON Agassiz.

Lower Tennessee Eiver (Cope.) The BubalichthyincB of the Tennessee
Kiver are as yet unstudied.

Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz.

73. BUBALICHTHYS UEUS Agassiz.
Eecorded by Professor Agassiz from the Tennessee Eiver.

SILURIDJE.
Genus ICHTELELURUS Eafinesque.

74. ICHTH^LUEUS PUNCTATUS (Raf.) Jor.

Verv abundant in the Tennessee Eiver.

70 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus AMIURUS Eafinesque.

75. AMIURUS NATALIS (Le 8.) Gill.

Var. cupreus (Raf.).

Bather abundant in Tennessee Eiver. Other species of this genus
are doubtless common ; but they have not been distinguished.

Genus PELODICHTHYS Eafinesgue.
76. PELODICHTHYS OLIVARIS (Eaf.} Gill & Jor.

Abundant in the channels of the larger streams. Several specimens
from the French Broad.

This species probably occurs in the channels of all the streams men-
tioned in this paper ; but, from its habits, it is not easily taken with a
small net.

Genus NOTURUS Eafinesque.

77. NOTURUS ELEUTHERUS Jordan.

Noturus cleutherus JORDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 372.

The type-specimen of this species was from Big Pigeon Eiver, in
Cocke County, Tennessee, near its junction with the French Broad.
Many other specimens have since been obtained in Tar Eiver, North
Carolina.

ANGUILLIDJE.

Genus ANGUILLA Tliunlerg.

78. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.

Eels occur in Tennessee Eiver, though rather less abundantly than Ln
the streams farther south.

AMinXffl.

Genus AM1A Linncem.

79. AMIA CALVA L.
Eecorded by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Ala.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 71

LEPIDOSTEIDJE.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.

80. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS (L.) Ag.
Generally abundant.

81. LEPIDOSTEUS PLATYSTOMUS Eaf.
From Huntsville, Ala. (Agassiz).

AOIPENSERID^l.

Genus ACIPENSER Agassiz.

82. ACIPENSER MACULOSUS Le Sueur.
ille) Ala. (Agassiz).

83. ACIPENSER RUBICUNDUS Le Sueur.
From nuntsvilie, Ala. (Agassiz).

POLYODONTIM].

Genus POLYODON Lacepede.

84. POLYODON FOLIUM "Lac?
Abundant in the river-channels.

VII. — WATER-BASIN OF CUMBERLAND RIVER.

Sixty-five species are known to occur in the waters of the Cumberland
Elver. Of these, forty-seven have been obtained in the lower course of
the river, i. e., in the vicinity of Nashville, by Professor Winchell, and
in Stone River, at Murfreesboro', by the present writers. In the upper
courseof the stream, thirty-three species have been obtained by Professor
Cope in the South Forkof the Cumberland in Tennessee and by Professor
Jordan at the Falls and in the Rock Castle, Round Stone, Big Laurel, and
other tributaries in Kentucky. Only fifteen species are, therefore, known
to be common to both the upper and lower courses of the stream. The
actual differences between the upper and lower faunae are, however,
probably very small, if similar streams are compared. The differences
really existing are probably chiefly due to the fact that the large fishes
inhabiting the lower part of the river are unable to ascend above the
falls of the Cumberland.

Comparing the Cumberland River with the Tennessee, the disappear-

72 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

ance of one or two Southern types will be noticed, as will be the appear-
ance of certain forms abundant in the basin of the Ohio. Of these latter
may be noticed Poecilichthys variatus. Apomotis, Lythrums, and Pimepha-
les. But two species, both Darters, are at present known only from the
Cumberland Biver. These are Vlocentra atripinnis and Notlionotus san-
tifluus.

The National Museum is indebted, to the kindness of Professor Win-
chell for the following interesting—

List of Fishes of Nashville, as given by a Fisherman, Daniel A. Birchett, to

A. Winchell.

"PERCH TRIBE."

Sun Perch.
Coon Perch.
White Perch.
Black Perch.
lied Perch.
Speckled Perch.
Brama Perch.
Bass or Kock Bass.

u TROUT TRIBE."

White Trout.
Black Trout.

"SUCKER TRIBE."

White Sucker.

Spotted Sucker.

Hog Sucker.

Ked Horse, creeks and river.

Black Horse.

Carp, creeks and river.

Mullet.

"BUFFALO TRIBE."

White Buffalo.
Blue Buffalo.

" CAT TRIBE."

Yellow Cat.
Blue Cat.

Nigger-lip Cat.
Chisel-head Cat.
Kerkiu Cat.
Shovel-bill Cat.

"MINNOW TRIBE."

Silver Side.
Stone Toter.
Horny Head.
White Koach.
Creek Mullet.
Steel Back.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Thunder Head.

Drum.

Jack.

Chover.

White Chover.

Gizzard Shad.

Skip Jack.

Tooth Herring.

Sand Pike.

Pike.

Top Water (several species).

Gar.

Sturgeon.

Eel.

Lamprey Eel.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 73

COTTID-E.

Genus POTAMOCOTTUS GUI.
1. POTAMOCOTTUS MERIDIONALIS (Grd.) Gill.
From Cumberland Eiver at Nashville.

ETHEOSTOMATIM].

Genus PERCINA Haldeman.
2. PERCINA CAPRODES (Raf.) Grd.
Abundant.

Genus ALVORDIUS Girard.
3. ALVORDIUS MACULATUS (Girard) Cope & Jordan.
From the Rock Castle and Cumberland at various points.
4. ALVORDIUS PHOXOCEPHALUS (Kelson) Cope & Jordan.

From the Cumberland River at Nashville. Specimens of this inter-
esting species are in the National Museum from Marais du Cygne,
Kansas. I have others from the Wabash River. Nelson's types were
from Illinois River.

Genus DIPLESIUM Eafinesque.

5. DIPLESIUM BLENXIOIDES (Raf.) Jor.

South Fork of the Cumberland River (Cope). Also from Cumberland
and Stone Rivers.

6. DIPLESIUM SIMOTERUM (Cope) Copeland.
From the Rock Castle River at Livingston, Ky.

Genus ULOCENTRA Jordan.
1. ULOCENTRA ATRIPINNIS Jordan.

Arlina atrlpinnis JORDAN (1877), Bulletin X, U. S. Nat. Mueenra, 10.

The type of this species was collected in the Cumberland River at
Nashville by Professor Winchell.

74 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.

Genus NOTHONOTUS Agassi*.
8. NOTHONOTUS CAMURUS (Cope) Jor.

Professor Cope's types were from the South Fork of the Cumberland.
We have seen others from White River in Indiana, and from Mahoning
River and other streams in Ohio. This species is cot identical with
Nothonotus maculatus Ag. (Etlieostoma maculata Kirt.), as has been sup-
posed.

Nothonotus maculatus has a pointed instead of rounded snout ; its
jaws are equal ; its mouth is larger, the body is more compressed, and
its dorsal fin more elevated, the soft rays when depressed reaching to
the caudal.

Specimens in the National Museum, collected in Mahoning River by
Professors Baird and Kirtland, show the following characters : —

Body moderately elongated, very deep, strongly compressed, the
depth 4§ in length. Head 4 in length, the jaws equal, the mouth large.
Eye 4J- in head. Spinous dorsal with a long base, larger than soft dor-
sal, the spines high, the two fins slightly connected. Soft dorsal ele-
vated, the longest rays when depressed reaching base of caudal, the
caudal peduncle very short and deep. Caudal fin short and rounded.
Anal somewhat smaller than second dorsal. Pectorals and veutrals
moderate.

Scales not large, 58 to 60 in the lateral line, which is continuous:
cheeks naked : opercles scaly.

Fin-rays : Dorsal XII-13 ; A. II, 8.

An elaborate colored drawing of a male fish in life colors, in the
Smithsonian Institution, shows the following features of coloration.
As we have never seen this species in life, we cannot vouch for their
accuracy : —

Back olive; belly becoming yellowish. Sides and back profusely
speckled with carmine-red, the blotches rather less than the size of the
eye, not round, nor arranged in rows.

Dorsal fin with a dull red stripe at base, a brown interval, then a
bright red stripe, finally margined with white. Second dorsal dull
brown at base, then a broad red stripe; a broad marginal band of
white. Caudal similarly tricolor, chiefly crimson, with a broad dusky
band at base and a wide white band at the tip. Anal chiefly crimson,
with a terminal band of white. Pectorals and ventrals nearly plain.
Head olivaceous.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 75

9. NOTHONOTUS SANGUIFLUUS ( Cope) Jor.

From the South Fork of the Cumberland iu Tennessee (Cope).

Genus BOLEOSOMA DeKay.
10. BOLEOSOMA MACULATUM Ag.
From the Kock Castle Kiver.

Genus PGECILICHTHYS Agassi*.

11. PCECILICHTHYS VARIATUS (Kirt.) Aff.

From tho South Fork of the Cumberland Kiver (Cape).

Genus ETHEOSTOJIA Rafinesgue.

12. ETHEOSTOMA FLABELLARE Raf.
Abundant iu the mountain tributaries of the Cumberland.

PERCKME.

Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Rafinesgue.

13. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM Raf.
One or two small specimens from the Kock Castle Kiver.

CENTKAKCHID^B.

Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.
14. MICROPTERUS PALLIDUS (Raf.) G. & J.

The u White Trout", as this species is often called, is common in the
Cumberland. It is said that this species and the next were not found
above the falls until introduced.

15. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lac.) Gill

The " Black Trout77 occurs with the preceding, and is still more abun-
daut.

Genus AMBLOPLITES Rafinesque.

1C. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS (Raf.) Gill.
Everywhere abundant.

76 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Genus APOMOTIS Eafinesque.
17. APOMOTIS CYANELLITS (Raf.) Jor.
Abundant in the Cumberland River at Nashville.

Genus LEPIOPOMUS Eafinesque.
18. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS (Hit.) Gill & Jordan.
Very abundant in the Cumberland.

19. LEPIOPOMUS OBSCURUS (Agassiz) Jor.

Collected by Professor Winchell in the Cumberland River at Nash-
ville. •

Genus XENOTIS Jordan.

20. XENOTIS MEGALOTIS (Raf.) Jor.
Abundant in the Cumberland River.

Genus POMOXYS Eafinesque.
21. POMOXYS NIGROMACULATUS (Le S.) Grd.
Collected by Professor Winchell at Nashville.

22. POMOXYS ANNULARIS Raf.
From the Cumberland at Nashville.

Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Eafinesque.

23. HAPLOIDONOTUS GRUNNIENS Raf.
Abundant in the river-chaDnel.

ATHERINID^E.

Genus LABIDESTHES Cope.
24. LABIDESTHES SICCULUS Cope.

Abundant in Stone River at Murfreesboro'. This interesting spe-
cies was named by Rafinesque in 1832 Zonargyra virescens. This latter
name was, however, not accompanied by a description, and therefore
cannot be employed.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 77

CYPRINODONTIDJE.

Genus XENISMA Jordan.
25. XENISMA, CATENATUM (Storer) Jordan.
Collected by Professor Winchell in streams about Nashville

Genus ZYGONECTES Agassiz.
26. ZYGONECTES NOTATUS (Raf.) Jor.

From Cumberland and Stone Elvers. Eafiuesque's original speci-
mens were from the Cumberland at Williamsburg.

HYODONTID^.

Genus HYODON Le Sueur.
27. HYODON TERGISUS Le Sueur.
Abundant in the Cumberland.

28. HYODON SELENOPS Jordan & Bean.

Two or three specimens in the National Museum from Cumberland
River.

CLUPEEm

Genus POMOLOBUS Rafinesque.
29. POMOLOBUS CHRYSOCHLORIS Rafinesque.
Abundant in the Lower Cumberland.

DOBOSOMATIDJE.

Genus DOROSOMA Rafinesque.
30. DOROSOMA CEPEDIANUM HETERURUM (Raf.) Jor.
Abundant in the Lower Cumberland.

CYPRINIDJE.

Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassi*.
31. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM (Raf.) Ag.
Abundant.

78 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus PIMEPHALES Eafinesque.

32. PIMEPIIALES PROMELAS Eafinesque.
Collected by Professor Wincbell in tributaries of the Cumberland.

Genus HYBORHYNCHUS Agassiz.

33. HYBORHYNCHUS NOTATUS (Raf.) Ag.
Abundant everywhere in the Cumberland.

Genus LUXILUS Eafinesque.
34. LUXILUS CORNUTUS (Mil.) Jordan.
Exceedingly abundant everywhere.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
35. PHOTOGENIS GALACTURUS (Cope) Jor.

V ery abundant everywhere in the Cumberland. Some specimens from
Nashville have the caudal fin pale red. This species does not seem to
occur in the Ohio. The quotations from that river were founded ou
erroneous identifications.

3G. PHOTOGENIS ANALOSTANUS (Grd.) Jor.
From the Cumberland at Nashville.

Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.
37. ALBURNOPS MICROSTOMUS (Raf.) Jor.
From the South Fork of the Cumberland (Cope).

Genus LYTHRURUS Jordan.
38. LYTHRURUS ARDENS (Cope) Jor.

Very abundant everywhere in Cumberland River. One of the most
charcteristic species, as it apparently does not occur either in the Ken
tucky or the Tennessee.

Genus NOTROPIS Eafinesque.

39. NOTEOPIS ATHERINOIDES (Rflf.) Jor.

Very abundant in the Rock Castle and other upper tributaries of the
Cumberland.

TISIIES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 79

40. NOTROPIS M1CROPTERYX (Cope] Jor.

Abundant in the Rock Castle.

41. NOTROPIS TELESCOPUS (Cope) Jor.

Stone River at Murfreesboro'.

Genus HEMITREMIA Cope.

42. HEMITREMIA VLTTATA Cope.

Abundant in Big Laurel River in Laurel County, Kentucky.

Genus GIL A Baird & Girard.
43. GILA ESTOR Jordan & Brayton.
Several specimens from Stone River at Murfreesboro'.

Genus CHROSOMUS Agassiz.

44. CnROSOMUS ERYTHROGASTER Ag.

From the tributaries of the Rock Castle.

Genus NOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque
45. NOTEMIGONUS CHRYSOLEUCUS (Hit.} Jor.
Common in sluggish waters.

Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope.
4G. PHENACOBIUS URANOPS Cope.
Taken in Rock Castle River.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.
47. CERATICHTHYS DISSIMILIS (Kirtland) Cope.
From Cumberland River at Nashville.

48. CERATICHTHYS AMBLOPS (Raf.) Grd.
From Cumberland River at Nashville.

49. CERATICHTHYS BIGUTTATUS (Kirt) Grd.
Everywhere abundant.

80 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus SEMOTILUS Eafinesque.
50. SEMOTILUS CORPORALIS (Mit.) Pat.
From Bock Castle River.

CATOSTOMIDJS.

Genus MYXOSTOMA Eafinesque.
51. MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM DUQUESNII (Le S.) Jor.
Common in the Cumberland.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
52. ERIMYZON SUOETTA (Lac.) Jor.
From the Cumberland at Nashville and from the liock Castle.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.
53. MINYTREMA MELANOPS (Raf.) Jor.
From the Cumberland at Nashville.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.

54. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS Le 8.
Common in the Cumberland.

55. CATOSTOMUS COMMERSONI (Lac.) Jor.
Very common in the Cumberland.

Genus CYCLEPTUS Eafinesque.

56. CYCLEPTUS ELONGATUS (Le 8.) Ay.

From the Cumberland at Nashville. This species is known as •' Black
Horse", " Gourd-seed Sucker", and " Missouri Sucker".

Genus CARPIODES Eafinesque.

57. CARPIODES CUTISANSERINUS Cope.
From the Cumberland Eiver at Nashville.

FISHES 0^ THE CUMBERLAND BASIN.

SILURID^B.

Genus ICHTH^ELURUS Eafinesque.

58. ICHTH^LURUS PUNCTATUS (Baf.) Jor.

Very abundant.

Genus AMIURUS Eafinesque.
59. AMIURUS NATALIS (Le S.) Gill.
Collected at Nashville by Professor Winchell.

60. AMIURUS NIGRICANS (Le 8.) Gill
From the Falls of the Cumberland.

Genus PELODICHTHYS Eafinesque.
61. PELODICHTHYS OLIVARIS (Raf.) Gill & Jor.

From the Kock Castle at Livingston, and from the Cumberland below
the Falls.

ANGUILLnm

Genus ANGUILLA Tlmnberg.

62. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.

Common in the Cumberland. A very large specimen taken in the
Eock Castle at the mouth of Bound Stone Kiver.

LEPIDOSTEHm

Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.

63. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS (L.) Ag.
From the Cumberland at Nashville.

POLYODONTnm

Genus POLYODON Lacepede.
64. POLYODON FOLIUM "Lac."

From the Cumberland Eiver.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—6

82 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

RECAPITULATION.

The following table sbows the distribution of the species in the seven
river-basins especially treated in this paper. For purposes of compari-
son, I have introduced the results of Professor Cope's explorations in
the Eoanoke, James, Neuse, arid Great Pedee, of Prof. Forbes and
Mr. Nelson in the Illinois, and of myself and others in the Oh.o. A
few unverified species have been introduced, but all doubtful quotations
and, in general, all "guesswork" have been excluded.

Table showing the Distribution of the Species in the Different River -Basins.

James.

Koanoko.

1

Great Pedee.

Santee.

Savannah.

Altamaba

Cbattaboocboe

Alabama.

Tennessee.

Cumberland.

C

Illinois.

GeLc^al range.

Lota lacustris (Walb ) Gill

-}-

'N

Potamncottns raeridionalia, (Grd.) GiU
Potamocottus bairdii (Grd.) Gill ...

+

H-

;

-f-

-f

4.

N

Pleurolepis asprellus Jor *

i

<-

I'leurolepis | ellucidus (Baird) AJJ

4-

\

j.

'.

'

XE

1

NW

L.

-.1

!.

Alvordius pboxocepbalns (Xels ) C & J

-I.-

.:.

.1.

"W

Alvordius crassns J &. B

2

-1-

Alvordius nevisensis Cope

+

ICricostna evides J. & C

:.

llbeocrvpta copelandi Jor

-i.

jiadropterus aurantiacus (Cope) Jor

.1

_,_

.

-j-

;

Iladropterus tessellatus, Jor

.:_

Imostoma shumardii, (Grd.) Jor

-i

S\V

,

Ulocentra stijimaBa Jor

SW

l)iple-ium blennioides (Tlif) Jor

i

l^)iplesiuiu simoterum (^ope) Copel

-'

-i.-

Boleosoma macnlaticeps Cope

+

-!-

.1.

Boleosoma olmstedi, (Stor.) Ag
Boleosoma macnlatum, A**

+

--

-i
i.

...

-I

NE.
NW.

Boleosoma pesopns, Cope

Xotbonotus Z( nalis (Cope) Jor

L

Nothonotus maculatus (Kirt ) A"1

Xoth inotus camurus (Cope) Jor

_L

|

XotboBOtus sangnifluuEi, (Cope) Jor

Nothonotus vulneratus. (Cope) Jor

-!.

Xotbonotus thalassinus, .1 . Si li

"

Xothonotns inscriptus, J. & B

-!.

Xotbonotus rnfilineatus, (Coff) -1 ir

.L

Pcecilichtbys variatus, (Kirt.> A<T

.f.

|

NW.

Pojcilicbth\8 soectabilis. An ..

4-

4-

NW.

* Just received from Montgomery,

DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES.

83

Table showing the Distribution of the Species in the Different Hirer-Basins — Continued.

•

•f.

r.

-7

Roanoke.

~

(Jiv.-it 1 fdcc.

:

I

Savannah.

A ll;iip;tliii.

I

A l;ili;iin;>.

—

Cumberland.

I

Illinois.

(icnoial range.

Fcecilichthys jessiae, J. &B

( E; hi ostoma) tessellata, Stor

-f-

^Etbeostoma) cinerea Stor ..... .

Etbeostoma squamiceps Jor

.

•

-

—

BT.

Boleiclnhys eos, Jor. & Copel

-

X.

Boleichthys ele^ans Grd

•

_

sw.

—

..

-

xi

Perca ainericana, Schranck

+

-

XE.

Stizoste'liium vitreum (Mit ) J &C

^

XE

Stizostethiuni salmoneum Raf

--

.

-

_|.

~

Stizostethium canadense (Smith) Jor

:

—

X.

x

-

-

SW.

Micropterus pallidu<> (Raf ) G & J

...

—

.

•

j.

—

Micropterus salmoides (Lac ) Gill

_.

—

_

Acauth'vrchus pomotis (Baird) Gill

.

Amblop;ites rupestris (Raf.) Gill

.:.

_

.

.

_

Aiubloplites cavifrons, Cope

_

Chaeaobryttus gulosus (C &. V ) Gill

-..

_

...

S^T

Chajnobrvttus viriiHx (C & V ) Jor

..

--

.-

.

^

SE.

Apomotis cvant llns (Raf)C &. J

1

W.

Lepiopomus pallidus (Mit ) G & J

~

-

_^

.

Lepiopomus ischyrus, J. <fc X

—

Lepiopomus auritus (L ) Raf

_

-.

.-

.

SE.

Lepiopomus macrochirns Raf

.

Lepiopomns anagallinus Cope

W.

(Lepiopomus) bombifrons A^ . ...

j

Xenotis megalotis (Raf ) Jor

•

K

Xenotis aureolus Jor

.

Xenotis lythrochloris Jor

:. .

Xenotis peltastes, (Cope) Jor

N.

Xenotis san^uinolentus, (A"'.) Jor

-

'Xystroplites) uotatu1' A.™

Eupomotis pallidus (Ag ) G <fc J

-^

Enpumotis anrens (Walb ) G. & J

'

-

:

XE.

Enneacanthus pinni^er G. & J

-

Enneacacthus margarotis, Gill & Jor ... .

—

-

Hemioplites simnlans Cope

...

Centr.irchus iri 'ens (Lac ) C. & V

_

'

.

S.

Centrarchus tuacropterus, (Lac.) Jor

•

Pomoxys ni^romacnlatus, (Le S.) Grd

.

-

^1-

-

--

Pomoxys annular s Raf

...

•

|

.

^

Haploi onotus Tunniens, Raf

.:..

|

i

__

—

K.

Aphododerus sayanns, (Gilliams) DeKay «

-

.

-

..

N.

LVbidesthos eiccnlus. Cone ..

f

-

--

...

X.

8-1 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Table showing the Distribution of the Species in the Different River-Basins— Continued.

i

0

i

1

a

"5

i

tamalia.

Bttahoochee.

abaira.

^

inbei land.

C

-j.

'c
B

-3

X

s:

3

%

^

<!

o

<

H

a

O

S

Funduins diaphanus (Le S ) A**

4

Xenisma s'elliferum Jor

•f

Xenisma catenatum (Stor.) Jor

,

Zygonectes dispar, Ag

4.

-1

Zygonectes nottii, Ag

4

j

Zygonectes melanops, Cope

4.

'

•

4-

Zygonectes atrilatus, J. & B.*

1

Zvgonectes guttatus, Ag

L

Zvgonectes hieroglyphicns, Ag

4-

Zygonectes notatns (Raf) Jor

|

H_

4.

Melanura lirol (Kirt. ) A or

4.

4.

Melannra pygmaja, (DeKay) Baird

Amblyopsis spela3us, DeKay

-f

"1

Chologaster a^sssizi, Pntn

-f

Esox reticulatus, Le S ."

(

'

1

+

Esox (raveneli, nolbr.)

,

|

Esox (crassus Air )

Esox salmoneus, Raf

4-

+

E"ox cypbo Cope

4.

4

Esox lucius L

4.

Percopsis gutt-itus Af

4.

4

Salvelinus fontinalis (Mit ) Gill <fc Jor

..-

1

4

Core^onus artedi sisco Jor . .

4

Hyodon ter^isus Le S ....

-f

-f

4.

Hyodon selenops, Jor. & Boan

+

'.

4.

Dorosoma cepediannni heterurntn (Raf.) Jor

+

4.

-f

4.

4

Pomolobus chrysocbloris, Raf

4.

-f-

-f

-f

Cauipostoma, anomalum, (Raf.) Ag

4.

,

4-

4.

4.

L

4.

4

Hybognathus ar^yritis Grd

,

4.

j

Hybognathus nuchalis A"1

4.

4.

Pimephales promelas Kaf

,

4.

4.

Hyborhynchus notatns (Raf ) A01

,

-

4

4.

Hyborhyncnus supcrciliosus Cope

4.

4.

4.

Luxilus cornutus (Mit.) Jor . . ...

'..

-I

;

4-

4.

0-

. !-

-L

.|

4.

i

4

-j-

Photoceais leuconus J. & B...

•4-

* Zyrjoneites atrilatufi, sp. nov. — A sbort, thick-j-et species, reiAtod \oZ.melanops Cope. Body short
and stont, compressed, especially posteriorly, the depth about 4 times in tbe length to base of caudal.
Head moderate, 3f times in length, moderately broad and flattened above, the month of tbe ordinary
sort. Dorsal fin well back, modeiutely high, of about 8 rays; anal larger than tbe dorsal, with seven
rays: ventral fioa quite small, not reaching quite to the anal: pectoral fins small: caudal fin rounded,
of the usual form: scales large, in about 30 transverse sei-ies.

Coloration dull olive ; no stripes nor bars : scales slightly dark-edged : each side with a large jet-black
blotch on the sides of the body just above and somewhat in front of the vent: dorsal and anal fins
speckled.

Numerous specimens, 1£ to 1| inches in length, nearly all females, distended with spawn. In all, tbe
black side-blotch is very distinct. They were taken by Messrs. Brayton and Gilbert, in the Nense
River, near Goldsboro', with loa vitrea, Noturus eleutherits, Achirus lineatus, and other interesting
species.

DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES. 85

Table showing the Distribution of lite Species iu the Different Ricer- Basins— Continued.

*

_

•-

a
-

~

cat Pedee.

I

-

vannah.

tanialin.

tattftboccbee.

4

=

-

5

f

lllibrllillld.

;

•r.
c

{

—

to

•J

,:

<

^

<

^

^

^

o

-

.

-

Alburnops cblorocephalus (Cope) Jcr

—

._

Vlburnops spectruncnlus (Cope) Jcr

l-

Alburnops stramineus (Cop3) Jor

—

Alburnops frcten.sis (Cope) Jor

-

N.

..

XE.

NotroDis diuecuus (Kaf ) Jor

_

.

•

Notropis i ubellus (Af ) Jor

i.

X.

Notiopis rubrifrons (Cope) Jor

•m

—

Notropis microptervx (Cope) Jo1*

_

Notropis dileccus, (Grd ) Jor

~

W.

Notiopis altip^nnis. (Cope) Jor .

..

Notropis stilbiv,,i, Jor

Notropis telfscoous (Copf) Jor

:.

Notropis photog»'nis (Cope) Jor

...

-

—

Notropis matutincs, (Cope) Jor

Notropis lirus, Jor

-

—

Lytbrurus ardeus, (Cope) Jor

-

Lytbrurus diplajuiius (Raf) Jor

.

Codoma xrenura Jor .

Coiloina pvrrhomelas (Cope) Jor

Codoma formosa, (Putn.) Jor

.

Codoraa callise ma, Jor

~

Codoma chloristia, J. & B

-

Codoma caerulea. Jor

.

Codoma tricbroistia, Jor. & Gilbert

Codoma callistia, Jor. . .

-

Codoma sti^matura, Jor

.

Codoma eurvstoma, Jor

.

Episerna leucioda, Cope

Episema scabriceps Cope

Episema ariomma, Cope

—

Hemitremia vittata, Cope

Ilemitreiriia beterodon, Cope . . .

-j-

Cbrosoraus crvthrogaster, Raf

—

-

—

—

~

Pboxinus nocgteus, Copo

N.

Phoxinus flammeus, Jor. & Gillbcrt

("ila elonirata, (Kirt.) Jor
Gila prorijjer, Cope

...

...

•-

-

Gib. e ntor, J. &. B

:

Gilavandoisula, (C. & V.) Jor

Xotcuiigoa s cbrysoleucus, (Mit.) Jor. . .

4-

-

~

f

N.

86 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Table showing the Distribution of tlie Species in the Different River-Basins — Continued,

James.

Roanokr.

Neuse.

I

I

O

i
I

Savgnnali.

Altamaba.

Chnttuboocbee.

Alabama.

Tennessee.

•pu«[.t .qtuno

|

0

Illinois.

Gcncral range.

Xotemirronus ainericanus, ( L.) Jor

1-

-j-

Pbeuacobius terctulus, Cope

:

+~

1

Phenacobius scopii'erus (Cope) Jor

1

Pbcuacobius catostomus Jor

-i-

Rbinichthys atronasus (Mit ) Ag . ....

_j-

^

Rbinicbtbys obtusus, A"1

;

'

•(-

Rbinichthys molea°Tis, Ag

•i"

W

Rbinichthys nasutus, (Avres) Ag

-j-

E

Ceraticbtbys zauemus, J. & C

-i-

Ceratichthys labrosus Cope

Ceraticbthys monachus Copo

Ceratichtbys dissimilis (Kirt ) Gr<i

!

Ceraticbtbys amblops (Raf.) Grd

]

. j.

Ceraticbthys wincbelli, (Grrd.) Jor

-j-

'_

Ceratichthys rubrifrons, Jor

.

:.

Ceraiichthys hypsinotus, Cope

-)-

-i_

Cenitichtbys bi^utta/tns (Kirt ) Baird «*

1

1

i

,

+"

j

NW

Semctilus bullaris (Raf) Jor

;

'

Semotilus corporalis (Mit ) Put

]

4-

J-

-:

_j-

1

Semoti us tboreauianus Jor

.1,

Exo^lossam maxilliliugua (Le S.) Ilald

-f-

4-

_^-

NE

Quassilabia lacera, J. & B

4~

Placopbarynx carinatus Co~e

-)-

;

Myxostoma velatum, (Raf.) Jor

4-

!-

.(-

-,

_|_

Mvxostoma album, (Cope) Jor

f

Myxostoma coregonus, (Cope) Jor 1

|

Myxostoraa couus, (Cope) Jor

.:.

r

Myxostoma thalassinum, (Copt-) Jor

-r

Myxostoma pidiense (Cope) Jor

_|_

MyxostomT, crassilabre (Cope) Jor

-j-

Myxost. macrolepidotum, (Lo S.) Jor. et vars . .
Myxostoma aureolutn, (Le S ) Jor

f

+

+

-r

-i-

+

_(-

-f
i

Myxostoma anisurum, (Raf.) Jor

-j-

Myxostoma euryops, Jor . .
Myxostoma cervinnm, (Cope) Jor

-j-

4-

.)-

-)-

.1

+

--

--

Mvxostoma papillosum, (Cope) Jor

i

4.

-f-

Minytrema nielanops (Raf ) Jor

•

1

'

i

W

Erimyzon sucetta, (Lac.) Jor

.!.

t-

'

i

1

.j.

l

Hypentelium nigricans, (Le S ) Jor

-(_

_^-

!

.{.

i

"NW

Hypentelium etowanum, Jor

-f

Catostomus commtrsoni, (Lac.) Jor

-f

_|-

_|_

:

j

1

-^

l

Catostomus longirostris, LoS

C ycleptus elonga^us, (Le S.) Raf

l-

-L

-P
4.

Carpiodesdifformis, Copo

!

I

Carpiodes cutisanserinus, Cope

!

|

4.

Carpiodes velifer, (Raf.) Ag

*

-J-i

Carpiodes cyprinus, (Le S.) Ag
("arpiodes bison Af

+

!

'

NE.

Carpiodes carpio, (Raf.) Jor

:.

j.

Icbthyobas bubalus, (Raf. ) Ag.

-\-

-f

Babalicbtbvs cyanellus. (Nels.) Jor . . ,

4.

J-

W.

DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIE?,.

87

Table sJioicing the Distribution of the Sixties in tlie Different, River-Basins— Continued.

•i.

a

—

i

i

i

~

I

Santee.

Savannal).

I

Cbsttohoocbee.

Alabama.

T( Din ,ssi r.

Cunibi rlaiul.

C

~

Illinois.

General range.

Uubaliclitbvs urus A f

—

:-

Ichtba^lurus furcatus (C. &. V.) Gill

.._

SW.

Ichtbselurus robustus, Joi1

-

Icbthaelurus punctatus (Kaf) Jor

...

..

-

.

w.

Aininrus albidus (Le S ) Gill

Amiurus nivtiventi is Cops

Amiurus nigr^c^ns, (Le S.) Gill

—

x.&s.

Amiurua natalis, (Le S.) Gill

•

. ,

—

—

-

-'-

Amiurus catus (L ) Gill

•

j

Amiurus xanthocepbalus (Raf)Gill

.„.

Amiurus mclas (Rui ) J. & C

..„

_-

w.

\miurus marmoratus (Holbr.) Jor

-

Amiurua platycephalas, (Grd.) Gill

-r

-

Pelodichthys olivaris (Raf)G <fc J

"\ottirus flavus Kaf *

...

.'

V.

\oturus iu^ifiiis (Kicli ) G & J

_

-

r

NE.

Xoturus exilis, Xels

-J.

-

XW.

Xoturus leptacantbns, Jor

..

Not urus sialis Jor

W.

"\oturus uiiurus Jor

--

Xoturus eleutberus Jor

• ...

An'ni.lla vulgaris, Flora

„..

:.

..

...

-

:_

.._

.

-

^

Amia calva L

.

Lepidosteus osseus (L ) Ag

.

.

.

Lepidosteus plalystouivia Kaf

-

.

W.

Litholepis spatula (Lac ) Jor

-_

Scapbii byucbopspla'yrhynchus (Kaf ) Gill

-

-

Polyodon folium, Auct ..

.-

I

-

Acipenser rubicund us, Le S

...

--

-

Acipenser maculosus LeS

...

-

..

Animocoetes ar^enteus (Kirt )

.

Amuicco3tes ui"-er, (R^f )

—

Amtaocoetes bii udo, (Grd.)

-

Total

-•

i1

j.

-

\(

1

-

...

5

g,

i;i

1 ;-

' I

From the above table, it will be seen that the Dumber of species
inhabiting any one river-basin rapidly increases as we leave the
Atlantic streams for those of the Gulf. The following table shows the
arrangement of the species from another point of view — omitting refer-
ence to the range of the species outside of the thirteen rivers included
in this table:

Known only from the —

Ohio

Alabama

Species.
30
17

Known only from the —

Tennessee
Illinois . .

Species.
16
14

88 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Known only from the —
Santee .

Species.
10

Known only from the —
James

Species.
3

Altamaha

7

Cumberland

2

Great Pedee

6

Koanoake

1

Neuse

7

Savannah , ...

0

Chattahoochee . .

4

Common to —

Ohio and Illinois

Cumberland and Tennessee

Tennessee, Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois

Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois

Alabama, Tennessee, Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois.

James and Neuse

Tennessee, Ohio, and Illinois

Alabama and Tennessee

Savannah and Tennessee . . «

Alabama, Tennessee, and Cumberland

Great Pedee and Santee

Cumberland and Ohio .

Species.
39

10
10
10

4
4
3

2
2

2

Distribution of Genera.

Great Lakes.

Connecticut.

Delaware.

Susquehanna.

Jamen.

Roanoke.

a,"

p

o

^

Great Pedee.

|

Savannab.

Altamaha.

Chattaboocbee.

Alabama.

Tennessee.

Cumberland.

c
^
C

i

Wisconsin.

'c-

f.

i

%
it

i

Lota

-j.

_j_

^.

Uranidea

-j-

j

l_

-j-

-f.

+

1

-j-

-j-

Tauridea

_i

Triglopsis

Ammocrypta

4-

Pleurolepis

-|-

-\-

+

loa*

'

Perciua

i

j_

L

_)_

->

-!-

-\-

Alvordius

i

. .;.

-|_

-).

-|_

j-

.j

Ericosma

^-

Hadroptems

-f.

j.

i

-}-

|

1

i

Imostoma

-j.-

-(-

Rheocrypta

41

Ulocentra

j

-{.

4-

Diplesium ..

4-

L

+

+

+

+

*!OA (J. & B.), gen. nov.: typo Paxilichthys vitrcus Cope. Tbis genus is distinguished from Peurolepis
by the presence of two anal spines instead of one, and by the greater scaliness of the ventral region.
The name is from cos, an arrow or dart.

DISTRIBUTION OF GENERA.

89

Distribution of Genera — Coutiuueil.

Great Lakes.

Connecticut.

i
I

Susquchaana.

James.

lloanoke. |

i

i

Santee.

Savannah.

Altamnbft,

Chattahoocheo.

j

Tennessee.

Cumberland.

|

+

—

a

i.uwer Mississij»pi.

„

.:_

4

4

4

.:.

-

...

4

-

4

4

4

4

4.

-

4

:

4

-r

4

-r

-

_.

L

4

.:..

- - -

4

4

...

.

4

-

-

h

4

-r

4-

r

-

-r

:

,

+'

...

_

...

-•-

4-

1

4.

— '

4-

-

-

-

4

4-

4

—

-

\

f

4

4

4

4

4.

4

—

4-

4.

-

4

...

4.

-

...

i

4

—

4

4

-f

4.

j_

4

-f

--

4.

•f

+

|

—

-f

-r

4

-

Lepiopomus . - .......

—

4.

-

+

4

—

1

4-

-

4.

—

4-

4-

-

_!_

Xenotis

1

—

—

^

4-

4-

4-

'

•

\.

i

1

•

...

.

„.

-f

-

1

'

•

•

'

4.

4.

4.

_

: ...

~

.

--

4

_

4

4

-

Haploidonctus

^-

-

--

4

—

-

4

4

Aphodo'lerus

:-

+-

-

4

—

4

-

Eucalia

4

--

Pygosteus

Labidesthes

4

-~

-

4

Fundulus

• .

_._

;-

Xenisma

4

_

--

Zygouectes

4

1

.

—

4

-

Gambusia

"

G:rardinus

--

Mollienesia

--

ilelanura

:

..-

4

Amblyopsis

• 4

Typhlichthys

_:.

Cholo17 aster

Esox ..

J.

•

•

'.

..

4

Tetra^onopterus

4

Percopsis

_-

.

4

-

4

Salvelinus ...

L

.

...

.:

f.

i

...

-

—

--

:-

Cristivomer

Thvrn alias

-.-

4

1 +

4

4

4

4

-f

-r

. -

* VAILL.XNTIA (jonlau), gen. nov.: type Holeosoma C'ainuriini Forbes. This geuus differs irom Bo-
leichthys IT having the upper jaw protractile, and the anal spines very feeble. From Boleosoma. with
which it agrees in t hesa respects, it is distinscaished by the incomplete lateral line. It is named for
Prof. L6on Vaill.int, of Paris, whose thoroughly excellent mono^r??!! of the Etheo&tomatidce is still the
t,!;:i tin^r-point f.>r all work on that difficult but most interesting group.

90 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Distribution of Genera — Continued.

Great Lakes.

Connecticut.

Delaware.

Susqxiebatina.

James.

<s
rr
5
gj

^

B

P
%

i

"r
0)

'z.

b

Sanfee.

Sa van nab.

Altamaba.

Chattaboocho(\

Alabama.

t
&

-5

T^

"i
6

6

1=
C

Illinois.

H

^

c

£

Lover Mississippi.!

_j_

+
+
4

+
4
•jr

4
4
4
4

f

_j.

+
4

+
4-
+

4

4

'

4
•f

+

_l_

+
4

_j-

-i

-h

_)-

+

Hybofnathus

..j.

|

_j-

4

+

T
-f

T-

+
1

Luxilus (proper)

+
+

_i_

-r

4-
+

_L

+
+

+

4
4-

+
4

+
+

+

~T
+

+

h
+

4

4
4

4

4

T

4

-f
+

+
+

+
+

+
+

4

+

Hydropblox

Alburuops

4.

+
+

+
+

H-

+

Uudsoiiius

_j.

- :

-J.

j-

Lythrurus

_j_

-^.

+

+

-f

+

4

+

Cyprinella . ...

+

+

+
+

4
4

4

i

_L

i

+

+

4

^:-

+

4

+

4-
+

Episeuia

Phenac;ibius

+

4

-r

4

4_

-f
+
+

-r
+

4

4-
4
+
4
+
+
+
4

4
4
4
4

+
+
+
+

Hemitremia

+

+

+
+
4-

Chrosoinus

+

+

Pboxinus

Gila

4

+
+

+

+

+
+
+
+

4

-i
-i-

T

+

-4-
+

+

+

-i-

+
+

+
+

+
4

+
4

-i-

-f~
4

+

+

f

+

4

+
+

Noteini^onus

•J-
+

_j-

-r
i-

+

+
+
+
+

Rhinicbthvs

Ceraticbthys

+
+

+
+

+

+

+

+

Semotilus

+

+

Ericymba

Exo<rlo-8um

+

+

•{-

-i_

P

4
4.

...

Qua'-silabia

Placopbaryux

•

4

+
+
+
+
+
4
+

r
+
+

4
4
4
4

-1-
4
4
4
4
+

s;

4

+
4
4

+
+

+

4

4

+
4

4
4

+
4

+
-f
+
4
+
+

63

+
+
4

+

4-

4
4

+
+
4
4

+
+
+

r
+
4
4

05

4

+
+

+
+
-}•
+
4

4-
+
4-
4-
+
4
4-
4-
+
+
4-

53

Myxostoma

_j_

+

+

4

+

4

+

+

!

+

+

4

+
+

T

+

+
+

4-
+

•f

4
+
4
4

+
+

ZVliiiytrenia

|.

Erirayzon

+
+

4

r

f
+

+
+

+

+

+
4-

+

+

+

+

+

-r

+

-r

+

Catostomus

Carpiodes

i.

+

Ichtbyobus

Uubalicbtbys

+

4-

+

+

+

4

+
4
4
.j.

4

+
+

-t-

;-
T

Icblbsilurus

_(_

+

+

+

4

4

+

Amiurus

-1-

+

+

+

-f

+

•*•

+

+

Palodicbthys

ZSTolurus

. j_

f
+

+
4-

J

4

•f

+
+

i
!-

H
+

-i

4

4

+

f

An<niilla

+

-).

h

Amia

Lepidosteus

-}-

+

4-

r-

r

...

---

r

+

4

4
4

56

Litholepis

Polyodon

+
f

Acipenser

}.

Scapliirhynchops ... . .

AmrnoccBtes

4-

Total

69

•21

¥5 3!

33

I'.l

•29

19

3d

12

10

13

40 i 59

CONCLUSIONS. 91

CONCLUSIONS.*

In the course of the investigations detailed in this paper, some light
has been thrown on the laws which govern the distribution of fresh-
water fishes in general. The writer has collated the known facts into a
series of general propositions, which, without any pretense to exhaust-
iveness or to originality, are here briefly stated. It may be premised
that some of these propositions are only half truths, to be more com-
pletely stated when our knowledge of the subject shall be increased.
Most of the statements also refer chiefly to the smaller and non-migratory
fishes, especially the Etheostomatidce, Ccntrarchidce, and Cyprinidw. Our
knowledge of the range of the larger Catostomidw and Siluridce is still
very meagre.

For the first statement of several of the following propositions, we are
indebted to Professor Cope, who has ably discussed the subject of the
distribution of fishes in his paper on the Fishes of the Alleghauy Region
of Southwest Virginia, Jonrn. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. 3868, pp. 239-247.

I. In the case of rivers flowing into the ocean, the character of the
faunae of the upper waters, compared one with another, bears no, or
very little, relation with the places of discharge. In illustration of this
we may note (a) the similarity of the faunae of the Chattahoocheo and
Altumaha, as compared with the Chattahoochee and Alabama. The
faunte of Wisconsin Elver and of Red liiver of the North are very similar.

II. Elver-basins having a similar discharge into some larger river or
lake nave a similarity of fauna, due to this fact, and, in general, other
things being equal, the nearer together the places of discharge, if in
fresh icc.ter, the greater the similarity. The almost identical faunae of
the Catawba and the Saluda will illustrate this.

III. Parallel rivers tributary to the same stream have, other things
being equal, more in common than streams coming from opposite direc-
tions. The Wabash and Miami have more in common than either has
with the Kentucky.

IV. The higher or the older the water-shed between two streams, the
lower species are common to both. (This matter needs turther investi-
gation.)

V. Certain species, not including "species of general distribution",
occur on opposite sides of even the highest watersheds. This fact was
first noticed by Professor Cope. The occurrence of Luxilus coccogenis,

* Au abstract of the remaining part of this paper appeared in the American Naturalist
for October, 1877 (pp. G07-til3). For this part, Professor Jordan is alone responsible.

i)2 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Hydrophlox rubricroceus, Plwtogenis galacturus, and Catostomus nigricans,
both in the Tennessee and Savannah, will illustrate this. Neither of the
two first-named species are as yet known from any other river-basins.

VI. When the watershed between two streams is a swampy upland
instead of a mountain-range, the same species may be found in the head-
waters of both, although the species inhabiting the lower courses may be
different. In case the one stream flows northward and the other south-
ward, the common fauna will be nearest like that of the northern stream.

In Northern Indiana, the same species are found in the waters of Saint
Joseph's, Mauinee, Wabash, and Illinois Bivers, although these streams
discharge their waters in widely different directions. The swampy water-
shed between them is often overflowed in the spring, affording to the
smaller fishes an easy means of migration.

VII. In any river-basin, many of the species inhabiting small streams
are different from those occurring in the river-channels. Among the
brook species may be mentioned Eucalia incomlans, Pcecilichthys apecta-
bilis, Xenotis lythrocliloris, Xenisma stelliferum, SalveUnus fonlinalis,
Ericyniba buccata, Semotilus cbrporalis, Chrosomus crythroyaster, the
species of RhinicUthys, etc. Of channel species, Haptoidonotvs, Hyodon,
Dorosoma, Pomolobus, Roccit8 chrysops, all the " Buffalo fishes", and the
larger Siluridce, Ichtliculurus pvnctatm, Peludichthys olivar-is, Amiunis
nigi -leans, and the like, will serve as examples.

Vlli. Many species inhabiting the upper course of a stream are differ-
ent from those of the lower. This subject has been ably discussed by
Professer Cope, but further investigations, especially of the rivers of the
Southern States, are very desirable.

IX. This difference between the upper fauna and the lower is due to
differences in the character of the river itself, such as climate, condition
of water, character of river-bed, supply of food, etc.

X. Hence, if in the same river basin there are two streams flowing
into a larger stream, the one near its source, the other near its mouth,
if the two streams are similar in all known physical respects, their
faunaB will be similar, and if dissimilar, they will have different fauna3.
The general identity of the faunas of Elk River and Powell's Eiver
may be noticed in this connection.

XI. Some species of fishes are confined strictly to a single river-basin,
while other species, with apparently no better means of diffusion or of
defense, are widely distributed, inhabiting many rivers. In illustration
of this, the limited range of each of the species of Codoma may be com-

CONCLUSIONS. U3

red with the range of Luxilus cornutus. In the genus Ceratichthys, C.
ttatus probably occurs in every stream from the Susquehanua to the
Great Salt Lake, while four other species of the same genus, C. micro-
pogon, C. monachiiSy C. zanemus, and C. labrosus, are each, so far as is
known, contined to a single river-basin.

XII. In any river-basin, the most abundant species (of small fishes)
are usually (a) those peculiar to it, or (b) those of the widest distribution.

illustration of this, we may notice the abundance of Codoma pyrrho-

las and Nolropis pliotogenis in the Santee; of Codoma stigmatura and
Luxilus cornutus in the Alabama; of Codoma eurystoma and Ceratichthys
biguttatus in the Chattahoochee; of Codoma xcenura and Notemigonus
amcricanus in the Ocmulgee. To this rale, however, there are many

§ptious and modifications.
III. In general, the further south any river-basin lies, the more
ies are peculiar to it, and the greater the differences between its
fauna and that of the neighboring streams. In illustration of this, the
differences existing between the faunaB of the Alabama and Chatta-
hoochee may be compared with those between the faunae of the Susque-
hauna and Delaware. Twelve genera are known to be common to the
Cliattahoochee and Alabama, and twenty-three to the Susquehannaand
Delaware. In the Southern streams, the process of evolution of specific
forms seems to have gone on more rapidly. This matter, however,
requires further investigation.

XIV. Species of the widest distribution often have breaks in their
range which cannot be accounted for by any facts now iu our posses-
sion. Luxilus cornutus, so abundant in all the waters of the North and
West, does not occur, so far as is known, in any of the rivets between
the Xeuse and the Alabama, in both of which streams it is abundant.
Various species range over several river basins and then cease abruptly.
Am turns brunneus is abundant from the Santee to the Chattahoochee, in
the latter river the most abundant food-fish, while in the very next river-
basin, the Alabama, it is unknown.

XV. Many species of wide distribution which are absent in certain
streams are there represented by certain other related species, which
may be regarded as modified descendants. Thus, in the South Atlan-

-treams, Chwnobryttus gulosus is represented by Chcenobryttus viridis,
Notemigonus clirysoleucus by Notemigonus americanus. In the South-
west, Eupomotis aureus is represented by Eupomotis pallidus ; in the
West, Noturus gyrinus by Noturus sialis, Noturus insignia by Notunts

94 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

exilis, Noturus eleutlierus by Noturus tniurus, Melanura pygmcea by Me-
lanura, limi.

XVI. Other species under similar circumstances have no such repre-
sentatives. The case of Luxllus cornutus will again illustrate.

XVII. Certain species have been known to extend their geographical
range since the opening of the canals. Such are more especially the
migratory species of probably marine origin, as Dorosoma heterura,
Pomolobus chrysochloris, and Anguilla vulyaris. These species are now
abundant in Lake Michigan and Lake Erie, although formerly unknown
there. The range of certain Perciclce and Centrarchidce has undoubtedly
been extended by the same means.

XVIII. The characteristically American forms of fishes are, generally
speaking, rare or absent in the waters of New England and of the
Pacific slope. This fact has been well stated by Professor Agassiz, who
called New England " a zoological island".

About 105 genera of fresh-water fishes occur in the waters of the
United States east of the Mississippi River. Of these, about 76 do not
occur in New England (exclusive of Lake Champloiu, the fauna of
which is nearly identical with that of Lake Ontario.) Of these 30 or
fewer -genera occurring in New England, all but Salvelinus^ Coregonus,
Esox, SemotiluS) Rliiniolitliys, and possibly Amiurm, tire represented by
a single species each. From 30 to 35 genera occur in the waters of the
Pacific slope.

XIX. The larger the river-basin, the greater its variety of forms, both
genera and species. In the little White Kiver at Indianapolis, belonging
to the Mississippi basin, 70 species, representing 48 genera, are known
to occur — tewice as many as inhabit all the rivers of New England.

XX. Other things being equal, a river whose course lies in a region
ot undisturbed stratified rocks or of glacial drift contains most genera
and species.

XXI. Conversely, rivers in regions of igneous or inetamorphic rock
contain fewest species.

XXII. Sources of streams on opposite sides of a high watershed often
have species in common which do not occur in the lower courses of the
same rivers. The distribution of several mountain species, as Salvelinus
fontinalis and Hydrophlox rubricroceus, will exemplify this.

XXIII. Certain species have a compact geographical range, occurring
in all the rivers within this range, without apparent regard to the direc-
tion of their flow. Such are Lepiopomus obscurus in the Alabama, Ten-

CONCLUSIONS. 95

nessee, and Cumberland, and Alburnops microstomus in the James, Roa-
noke, Kentucky, Cumberland, and Clinch.

XXIV. Certain species have a wide east and west range, without
apparent regard to the courses of the rivers, but are bounded on either
the north or the south by parallels of latitude.

Eucalia inconstans occurs from Western New York to Kansas and
northward, but it is never found southward of a line passing about fifty
miles souih of Lake Erie. Percopsis guttatus has a like range, but its
southern boundary is in the Potomac and Ohio. Lota lacustris is simi-
larly ciicuinscribed, but ranges farther to the east. The three species
of Ly thrums have each a belt of latitude : L. cyanocephalus belonging
to the Great Lakes and Upper Mississippi; L. diplccmim to the Ohio
and the Potomac; L. ardens to the Eoanoke, James, and Cumberland.
The iluee species of Hyodon are similarly arranged.

XXV. Certain species have a peculiar northern and eastern range,
occuniug in the waters of the Upper Mississippi, in the headwaters of
the Illinois, Wabash, and Scioto, thence through the Great Lakes to
New En-laud, thence to South Carolina on the eastern slope of the
Alh'£>h<mie8. Such species are Eupomotis aureus, Perca amcricana, and
Am in r it a callts.

XXVI. Certain species have a peculiar northern and western range,
oecimiii"- in the Middle States and in the Great Lakes, and usually
soutlt id in the east to some point in Virginia or North Carolina,
ceasi, - iu the same latitude on both sides of the Alleghanies, but ex-
tern! i -• south westward through the Mississippi Valley to the Gulf of
Mi xi o. Among these may be mentioned Luxilus cornutus, Notemiyonus

<L;MV, Ambloplites rupestris, Apomotis cyanellus. The last-named
spec. !io\vi>ver, scarcely ranges east of the Alleghauies.

XX VII. Certain species have a wide range north and south, either
ea:st < . est of the Alleghauies, but do not cross that chain. Of these
may h eutioned Lepiopomus auritus, Enneacantlius obesus, Esox reticu-
latnx. •-.. on the east, and Haploitionotus grunniens, Hyodon tergisus,
Not a. , ,;. turns, Noturus sialis, etc., on the west.

XX 'I. The distribution of fresh-water fishes is dependent (a) on
Ires;. el- communication ; (b] on character of stream, i. e., of water — as
to u: , . depth, rapidity, vegetable growth, etc.; (c) on the character of
tin- i .»i-d ; (d) on climate, as determined by latitude and by elevation
abo\, sva; and (e) finally on various unknown factors arising from
the h v or past history of the species in question, and from the geo-
logic, i -toiy of the rivers.

B.

A SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY CATOSTOMID,E.

BY DAVID S. JORDAN.

CLASS PISCES.

SUBCLASS- TELEOSTEI.

OKDER TELEOCEPHALL

SUBORDER EVEXTOGXATHI.
FAMILY CATOSTOMIDJE.

Catostomoidce GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. PhiJa. v. 13, p. 8, 1861.
Catostomidce COPE, Pixc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. v. 20, p. 332,* 1872.
Catostomidce JORDAN, Man. Vert. E. U. S. p. 292, 1876.

Cyprinidce gen. RAFIXESQUE, Risso, CUVIER, BONAPARTE, GIRARD, BIJKEKER.
Cyprinidce snbfam. HECKEL, AGASSIZ, BLEEKER, GUNTHER.

The family of Catostomidce, or the u Suckers", may be briefly defined
as follows : — Ei'tniognailwus fishes, having the pharyngeal teeth pecti-
niform, in a single row, closely approximated, very numerous, and
compressed at right angles to the direction of the bone, and the in term ax -
illaries forming but a small part, of the upper arch of the mouth, the
maxillaries entering into it largely on each side.*

* The following more elaborate diagnosis is given by Professor Gill (Johnson's Uni^
versal Cyclopaedia, vol. iv, p. 1574) : — " The body varies between an elongated subcylin-
drical and au oblong more or less compressed contour; the scales are of medinui or
rather large size, cycloid ; the lateral line is generally present and decurved, but some-
Bull, y. M. No. 12—7 97

98 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III

Early writers on fishes, as well as most foreign ichthyologists, have
considered the Suckers as forming a mere tribe or subfamily of the
Cyprinidce, which group has been variously denominated Catostomi,
Catostomina, and Catcstomince, but the characters above noted, of teeth
and mouth, seem to the writer to fully justify their separation as a dis-
tinct family TVa dorsal fin in Catostomidce is more developed than is
usual in American C^prinidce, although various Old World genera show
similar characters. The development of the lips and the great protrac-
tility of the mouth are features usually diagnostic, but in the genus
Quassi'abia the mouth is scarcely piotractile, and among our Cypri-
nidce certain species of Phenaeobius and Ceratichthys have thicker lips
than have some of the Catostomidce.

The Catostomidce fall at once into three well-marked subfamilies, first
indicated by Professor Gill, and termed by him Catostomince, Cycleptince,
and Bubalichthyincc. These may be characterized as follows: —

Catostomince. — Body oblong or elongatjp, subterete or more or less
compressed : dorsal fin nearly median, short and subquadrate, with
from nine to eighteen developed rays: ventral fins under the dorsal, of
nine or ten rays : anal fin high and short, normally of seven rays, nearer
the base of the caudal than that of the ventral fins : lips well developed,
usually papillose or plicate : gill-rakers little developed. Genera Quassi-
labia, Placopharynx, Myxostoma, Erimyzon, Minytrema, Chasmistes,
Catostomus, Pantosteus.

Cycleptince. — Body elongate, slender : dorsal fin falciform, of about 30
rays, beginning over the interval between the pectoral and ventral fins,
and extending as far back as the beginning of the anal fin : ventral fins
10 rayed; anal fin small, of about 7 rays: head extremely small: scales
moderate, with the exposed surfaces broad : fontauelle entirely obliter-

times absent; the head is diversiform ; the opercular bones normally developed ; the
nostrils double ; the mouth more or less inferior, and provided with fleshy and gener-
ally papillose or crenated lips ; the upper jaw is formed on the middle by the small
and lamelliform intermaxillaries, and on the sides by the supramaxillaries ; teeth are
wanting in the jaw j; the pharyngeal bones are developed in a falciform manner, and
provided with a row of numerous comb-like teeth ; the branchial apertures are re-
stricted to the sides ; branchiostegal rays three on each side ; dorsal variable in devel-
opment ; anal posterior, and generally short and high ; caudal large, and more or less
emarginated; pectoral fins low down, but lateral and with their rays branched; ven-
tral fins abdominal ; the intestinal canal is very long ; the stomach simple and desti-
.tute of pyloric caeca ; the air-bladder is large, unprotected by an osseous capsule, and
divided by transverse constrictions into two or three regions."

CATOSTOMID^E. 99

ated by the union of the parietal bones : mouth inferior, with thick
papillose lips : gill-rakers moderate, soft. Genus Cycleptus.

Bubalichthyina. — Body stout, oblong-oval, and compressed. Dorsal
fin elongate, beginning more or less in front of the ventral fins, and ex-
tending at least as far as the commencement of the anal, its rays 20 to
50 in number, the anterior ones more or less elongate : ventral rays
usually 10: anal rays 8 to 12: kead stout and heavy : mouth moderate
or small, with thin lips : fontanelle open : gill-rakers of anterior arch
long, slender, and stiff above, growing smaller downwards. Genera
Carpiodes, Bubalichthys, Ichthydbus, Nyxocyprinus.

As the chief purpose of tbis paper is to ascertain and make known
the proper nomenclature of the valid genera and species of Catostomidae,
I shall omit further discussion of family and subfamily characters, and
proceed at once to a catalogue of described species, arranged in chrono-
logical order, with the date and my identification of each species oppo-
site its name. As is the case in nearly every group of American fishes,
the number of nominal species is about three times the number really
existing. It will be noticed that the number of species which I have
admitted is in most of the Catostomoid genera fewer than has been
recognized by previous writers. This seems to me to result not from any
peculiar theories as to what constitutes a species, but from the fact that I
have had a greater range of specimens of most forms than any previous
writer has had. I am confident that in the presence of a still greater
amount of material, the characters of several other species will be found
to melt away. To indicate which these species are. in default of such
material, would, however, be an unprofitable task. In this group, as in
so many others, the truth well stated by Dr. Coues* becomes apparent: —
"We can only predicate and define species at all from the mere cir-
cumstance of missing links. ' Species ' are the twigs of a tree separated
from the parent stems. We name and arrange them arbitrarily, in de-
fault of a means of reconstructing the whole tree according to Nature's
ramifications."

* Birds of the Northwest, p. 227.

100 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

List of Nominal Species of Catostomiclce, with Identifications.

Tominal species.

Dale.

Cyprinus catostomus Forster 1773

'' Le cyprin commersonien "* Lace"pede 1803

Cyprinus sucetta Lacepede 1803

Cy pi inns rostratus Tilesius 1813

Cyprinus teres Mitchill 1814

Cyp? inus oblongus Mitchill 1^14

Catostomus cyprinus Le Sueur 1817

Cotostomus gibbosus Le Sueur 1817

Catostomus tuberculatus Le Sueur 1817

Catostoraus macrolepidotus Le Sueur-. 1817

Catostomus aureolus Le Sueur 1817

Catostomus commuuis Le Sueur . 1817

Catostomus longirostrurn Le Sueur 1817

Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur 1817

Catostomus maculosus Le Sueur 1817

Catostomus elougatns Le Sueur 1817

Catostomus vittatus Le Sueur 1817

Catostomus duquesnii Le Sueur 1817

Catostomus bostoniensis Le Suenr 1817

Catostomus hudsonius Le Sueur Ibl7

Catostomus bubalus Rafinesque 1818

Catostomus erythrurus Rafinesqne 1818

Exoglossurn macropterum Rafiuesque.. 1818

Amblodon niger Rafinesque 1819

Cyeleptus nigrescens Rafinesquo 1819

Rntilus melanurus Rafinesque 1820

Catostomus auisurus Rafinesque 1820

Catostomus anisopterus Rafinesque 1820

Catostomus carpio Rafinesque 1820

Catostomus velifer Rafinesque 1820

Catostomus xantbopus Rafinesqne 1820

Catostomus melanops Raficesque 1820

Catostomus fasciolaris Rafinesque 1820

Catostomus flexuosus Rafinesque 1820

Catostomus megastomus Rafiuesque.. . 1820

Catostomns forsteriauus Richardson .... 1823

Catostomus lesueurii Richardson . . 1823

Identification.

Catostomus longirostris.

Catostomus teres.

Erirnyzon sucetta.

(Catostomus) rostratus.

Catostomus teres.

Eriiayzon sucetta.

Carpiodes cyprinus.

Erimyzon sucetta.

Erimyzou sucetta.

Myxostomarnacrolepidotum.

Myxostoma aureolum.

Catostomus teres.

Catostomus longirostris.

Catostomus nigricans.

Catostomus nigricans.

Cyeleptus elongatus.

Erimyzon sucetta.

Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesni.

Catostomus teres.

Catostomus longirostris.

Ichthyobus bubalus.

Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesni.

Catostomus nigricans.

Bubalichthys sp. ?

Cyeleptus elongatus.

Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesni.

Myxostoma anisura.

Carpiodes sp.

Carpiodes carpio.

Carpiodes velifer.

Catostomus nigricans. '

Minytrerna melanops.

Erimyzon sucetta.

Catostomus teres.

A myth.

Catostoimis longirostris.

Mvxostoma aureolum.

*This species is quoted by Dr. Giiuther as '• Cyprinm commcrsonnii Lacdpede". I
have been unable to examine Lace'pede's original work, but in the reprints of it, sup
posed to be literal, I find only the French form, "Le Cypriu Commersonien ". Unless
Lace"pedo really bestowed a Latinized specific name on the species, " comnieisoni" or
" commersonianus " should not claim priority over teres of Mitchill.

LIST OF NOMINAL SPECIES. 101

List of Nominal Species of Catostomidce, with Identifications — Continued.

Nominal species.

Date. I

Identification.

Cyprinus (Catostomus) sneurii Rich 1836

Cyprinus (Catostomus) reticnlatas Rich . 1836

Catostomus gracilis Kirtland 1838

Labeo elegans DeKay 1842

Labeo esopus DeKay 1842

Catostomus oneida DeKay 1842

Catostomus pallidus DeKay 1842

Labeo eloDgatus DeKay 1842

Catostomus fasciatus Le Sueur, MSS 1844

Catostomus planiceps Valenciennes. .. 1844

Catostomus carpio Valenciennes 1844

Catostomus tilesii Valenciennes 1844

Sclerognathus cyprinella Valenciennes. 1844

Catostomus forsterianus Agassiz 1850

Catostomus aurora Agassiz 1850

Catostomus latipiunis Baird & Girard . . 1853

Carpiodes uras Agassiz 1854

Carpiodes taurus Agassiz 1854

Carpiodes bison Agassiz 1854

Carpiodes vitulus Agassis 1854

Carpiodes vacca Agassiz 1854

Castotomus congestus Baird & Girard . . 1854

Catostomus clarki Baird & Girard 1854

Catostomus insignis Baird & Girard .. . 1854

Catostomus plebeius Baird & Girard. .. 1854

Carpiodes tumidus Baird & Girard. ... 1854

Catostomus occidentalis Ayres 1854

Ichthyobus rauchii Agassiz 1855

Ichthyobus stolleyi Agassiz 1855

Moxostoina teuue Agassiz •- .. 1855

Carpiodes thonipsoni Agassiz 1855

Bubalichthys niger Agassiz , 1855

Bubalichthys bubalus Agassiz 1855

Bubalichthys bonasus Agassiz 1855

Catostomus occidentalis Agassiz 1855

Catostomus labiatus Ayres 1855

Carpiodes damalis Girard 1856

Moxostoma cla viformis Girard 1856

Moxostoma kennerlyi Girard 1856

Moxostoma victories Girard 1856

Moxostoma campbelli Girard 1856

Pty chostom us albidus Girard 1^56

Ptychostoums haydeni Girard 1856

Myxostoma aureoluui ?
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus teres.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Eiimyzou sucetta.
Myxostoma macrolepidotum.
Catostomus teres.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Minytrema melanops.
Catostomus nigricans.
Myxostoma carpio.
(Catostomus) rostratus.
Ichthyobus bubalus.
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus longirost-Ha.
Catostomus latipinnis.
Bubalichthys urus.
Bubalichthys sp.
Carpiodes bison.
Bubal ichtbys sp.
Carpiodes cy prinus.
Myxostoma congestum.
Catostomus clarki.
Catostomus insignis
Pantosteus plebeius.
Carpiodes cyprinus.
Catostomus occidentalis.
Ichthyobus bubalus.
Ichthyobus bubalus.
Erimyzon oblongns.
Carpiodes thompsoni.
Bubalichthys urus.
Bubalichthys bubalus.
Bubalichthys urus.
Catostomus occidentalis.
Catostomus labiatns.
Carpiodes cyprinus.
Erimyzon sncetta.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Minytreina melanops.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Myxostoma albidnm. .
Minytrema melanops.

102 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

List of Nominal Species of Calostomidce, with Identifications — Continued.

Nominal species.

Date.

Identification.

Catostomus (Acomus) guzinaneusisGir.
Catostonms (Acoinus) generosus Girard.
Catostomus (Acomus) griseus Girard..
Catostomus (Acomas) lactarius Girard.

Catostomus macrocheilus Girard

Catostomus sucklii Girard

Catostomus bernardini Girard

Catostomus texanus Abbott

Catostomus chloropteron Abbott

Carpiodes asiaticus Bleeker

Teretulus cervinus Cope

Sclerognathus meridionalis Giinther ..

Placopharynx carinatus Cope

Ptychostomus pappillosus Cope

Ptychostomus velatus Cope

Pty chosfcomus collapsus Cope

Ptychostomus pidiensis Cope

Ptychostomus coregonus Cope

Ptychostomus albus Cope

Ptychostomus thalassinus Cope

Ptychostomus robustus Cope

Ptychostomus lachrymalis Cope ...

Ptychostomus crassilabris Cope

Ptychostomus breviceps Cope

Ptychostomus conus Cope

Carpiodes difformis Cope

Carpiodes cutisanseriuus Cope

Carpiodes selene Cope

Carpiodes grayi Cope

Carpiodes nummifer Cope

Catostomus discobolus Cope

Minomus delphinus Cope

Minomus bard us Cope

Ptychostomus bucco Cope

Miuomus platyrhynchus Cope

Minomus jarrovii Cope

Catostomus alticolus Cope

Ichthyobus cyanellus Nelson

Pantosteus virescens Cope

Catostomus fecuuduin Cope & Yarrow.

Moxostoma trisignatum Cope '

Ichthyobus ischyrus Nelson

Bubalichthys altus Nelson

1856
1856
1856
1856
1856
1856
1856
1860
1860
1864
1868
1868
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
Ie70
1S70
1870
1870
1872
1872
1872
1872
1874
1874
1874
1876
1876
1876
1876
1877
1877

Catostomus latipinnis.
Pantosteus generosns.
Catostomus longirostris.
Catostomus longirostris.
Catostomus macrochilus.
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus occidentalis.
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus teres.
Myxocyprinus asiaticus.
Myxostoma cervinum.
Bubalichthys meridionalis.
Placopharynx carinatus.
Myxostoma papillosum.
Myxostoma ve'atum.
Myxostoma velatuin.
Myxostoma pidiense.
Myxostoma coregouus.
Myxostoma album.
Myxostoma thalassinum.
Myxostoma macrolepidotum
Myx. macrolepidotum lachrymaie.
Myxostoma crassilabre.
Myxostoma, anisura.
Myxostoma conus.
Carpiodes difforinis.
Carpiodes cutisanserinus.
Carpiodes cutisanserinus,
Carpiodes cypriuus.
C^rpiodes carpio.
Catostomus discobolus.
Pautosteus (plebeius ?).
Pautosteus (plebeius ?).
Myxostoma congest urn.
Pantosteus platyrhynchus.
Pantosteus generosus.
Catostomus teres.
Bubalichthys bubalus.
Pautosteus virescens.
Chasmistes fecund us.
Catostomus teres.
Ichthyobus bubalus.
Bubalichthys bubalus.

ANALYSIS OF GENERA. 103

Lint of Nominal Species of Catostomidce, with Identifications — Continued.

Nominal species."

Date.

Identification

Mvxostotna euryops Jordan . . ... ..

1877

Mvxostoma euryops

Bubalicbthys bubalinus Jordan

1877

Bubalichthys bubalus

Aiyxostorna po3cilura Jordan

1877

Myxostoma poscilura-

Lagochila lacera Jordan & Bray ton.. . .
Eriruyzon goodei Jordan

1877
1878

Quassilabia lacera.
Erimyzon ""oodei.

Catostomus ara3opus Jordan.

1878

Catostomus arajopus

Cato^tomus retropinnis Jordan » ..

1878

Catostomns retropinnis

ANALYSIS OF GENERA OF CATOSTOMID.fi.

Dorsal fin short, subquadrate, with ten to eighteen developed rays: body oblong or
elongate: gill-rakers feeble. (Catostominoe.)

a. Moutb singular, the upper lip not protractile, greatly enlarged, the lower lip
developed as two separate lobes : operculum very short : air-bladder
in three parts: scales large : fontanelle well developed: lateral line
present: pharyngeal bones and teeth ordinary QUASSILABIA, 1.

act. Mouth normal, the lower lip entire or merely lobed, either tubercular or plicate.
b. Air-bladder in three parts: lateral line continuous: fontanelle present : scales

large, subequal.

c. Pharyngeal bones very strong, with the lower teeth much enlarged, subcy-
lindrical and truncate, the teeth of the upper part of the bone small
and compressed : mouth large, eomewhat oblique, with very thick

lips PLACOPHARY^X, 2.

cc. Pharyngeal bones moderate, the teeth compressed, gradually larger down-
wards: mouth moderate or small, the lips usually plicate.

MYXOSTOMA, 3.
bb. Air-bladder in two parts.

d. Lateral liue interrupted or wanting : scales large (40 to 50 in the course of

the lateral hue) : lips plicate.

e. Lateral line incomplete, obsolete in the young, becoming developed in the
adult, but always more or less interrupted: mouth small, inferior.

MlNYTREMA, 4.

ee. Lateral line entirely wanting : mouth somewhat oblique.. ERIMYZON, 5.
dd. Lateral line complete and continuous : scales small, 5.5 to 115 in the course

of the lateral line.
/. Fontanelle present.

g. Mouth very large, terminal, oblique : lips thin, nearly smooth.

CHASMISTES, 6.
gg. Mouth inferior, moderate or small, with thick, papillose lips.

CATOSTOMUS, 7.

ff. Fontauelle obliterated by the union of the parietal bones: mouth small,
inferior, with thick, papillose lips, the lower jaw provided with a
cartilaginous sheath PAXTOSTEUS, 8.

104 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

** Dorsal fin elongate, more or less elevated in front, of about 25 or more developed

rays : air bladder in two parts.
tFontanelle obliterated by the union of the parietal bones: head short and small :

body elongate. (Cycleptince.)
h. Mouth small, inferior, with very thick, papillose lips : scales small, 55 to 60 in

the course of the lateral line C YCLEPTUS, 9.

ttFontanelle well developed :' head large : body oblong or ovate : scales large, 35 to

45 in the course of the lateral line. (BubalichthyincB.)
L Dorsal rays in moderate number (24 to 33).
j. Mouth comparatively small, inferior, protractile downwards.

Jc. Pharyngeal bones narrow, with the teeth comparatively thin and weak.

CARPIODES, 10.

Jck. Pharyngeal bones strong, the teeth comparatively coarse and large, in-
creasing in size downwards , BUBALICHTHYS, 11.

jj. Mouth quite large, terminal, protractile forwards : pharyngeal bones and

teeth moderate : lips thin, nearly smooth ICHTII YOBUS, 1 2.

ii. Dorsal fin very long, of about 50 developed rays MYXOCYPRINUS, 13

Genus QUASSILABIA Jordan & Brayton.

LagocMla JORDAN & BRAYTON, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 280. 1877. (Preoccupied in

conchology as Lagochilus.)
QuassilaUa (JORDAN & BRAYTON) JORDAN, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 401, 1878.

Type, LagocMla lacera Jordan & Brayton.

Etymology, quassus, broken or torn; Idbia, lip.

Suckers like Myxostoma in every respect excepting the structure of
the mouth and opercula. Head shortish, conical, with lengthened snout;
its length 4J to 5 times in that of the body, the opercular region being
reduced, so that the eye is well backwards: suborbital bones narrow : fon-
tanelle large, widely open. Mouth large, singular in structure, inferior,
the upper lip not protractile, greatly prolonged, closely plicate. Lower
lip much reduced, divided into two distinct elongate lobes, which are
weakly papillose. The split between these lobes extends backwards to
the edge of the dentary bones, which are provided with a rather hard,
horny plate, as in Pantosteus. The lower lip is entirely separated from
the upper at the angles by a deep fissure. The skin of the cheeks
forms a sort of cloak over this fissure, the crease separating this skin
from the mouth extending up on the sides of the muzzle. The crease
between the lips extends down on the under side of the head. System
of muciferous tubes well developed.

Pharyngeal bones not dissimilar from the usual type iu Myxostoma,
rather weak, with numerous small teeth.

Body elongate, not much compressed, not elevated. Fins moderate,
of precisely the type usual in Myxostoma.

GENUS QUASSILABIA. 105

Scales large, precisely as in Myxostoma, the lateral line well developed
and nearly straight, with about 45 scales in its course.

Air-bladder iu three parts.
• Sexual peculiarities unknown ; probably little marked.

But a single species of this genus is known. It is a sort of oftshopt
from the genus Myxostoma, but its non-protractile mouth and singular
lower lip would seem to indicate some real affinity with the genus Exo-
glossum.

The name Lagochilus had been previously applied to a genus of Gas-
teropods by B!auford,and to a genus of Insects by Loew. As Lagochila is
substantially the same word, with the same etymology, and as, if written
in strict correctness, it would be Lagochilus also, its authors have seen
tit to substitute the name Quassilabia, and thus to forestall all discus-
sion as to whether the name Lagochila should be retained. As this sub-
stitution was made soon after the original description of the genus, and
before the name Lagochila- bad come into any general use, it is to be
hoped that it will be accepted by succeeding ichthyologists.

Generic Characterizations.

LAGOCHILA Jordan & Bray ton, 1877. — u Similar to Myxostotna (PtychostomusAgSiSsiz)
except in the structure of (he mouth parts. Dorsal fin short ; lateral line well devel-
oped ; scales large, subequal ; air-bladder in three parts ; fontanelle between parietal
bones well developed ; pharyngeal bones weak, with numerous small teeth ; upper lip
not all protractile, greatly enlarged, but attenuated, and sicgular in form. It consists
of two elongated and narrow lobes, separated by a narrow, deep fissure, which extends
inward to the edge of the mandible proper, which sterns to be armed with a rather
hard or almost horny plate, about as in the genus Pantostens. The two lobes of the
lip are weakly papillose. The lower lip is entirely separated from the upper at the
angles by a deep fissure. Over this fissure the skin of the cheek lies as a sort of cloak;
the crease separating this skin from the mouth, extending up on the sides of the muzzle.
The fissure between the lips extends down on the skin of the under side of the head.
The opercle is extremely short and the eye is entirely m the posterior part of the head." —
(JORDAN & BRAYTOX, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 280, 1877.)

QCASSII.ABIA Jordan & Brayton, 1878. — "When the name Lagochila was first pro-
posed for this genus, its authois were not aware ihat the masculine form, Lagochilus,
had been already given to two different genera, to one of Gasteropods by Blauford ai-d
to one of Insects by Loew. The words Lagochila and Lagochilus are identical in ety-
mology and in all except terminations, and many writers would consider them insuffi-
ciently distinct, and would hold that the name Lagocliila should be changed. At
present, I atu inclined to the contrary opinion ; nevertheless, as the matter stands, and
as the name Lagochila ha* not yet come into general use, less confusion perhaps will
result from renaming the genus, than from any other course. The name Quassilabia
(Jordan & Brayton) is accordingly suggested as a substitute for Lagochila, considered
to be preoccupied in conchology. The etymology is quassus, broken or torn ; labia, lip.

106 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.

The case is precisely like that of the genus of Doves, LeptoptilaSwd'msou, lately named
^Echmoptila by Dr. Coues, on account of the previous Leptoptilus of Lesson." — (JORDAN,
Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr, vol iv, No. 2, p. 418, 1878.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF QUASSILABIA.

"Head short, conical, with lengthened snout, the region between the eyes flattened
and with prominent mucous ridges : cheeks and lower part of head rather swollen :
opercle much reduced, its greatest length scarcely greater than the diameter of the
eye : head about 4$- in length : eye 4£ in length of head, about 2 in length of the snout,
its situation thus quite posterior; length of the top of the head If in the distance
from the snout to the base of the dorsal. Body rather slender, the form being
between that of Myxostoma cervinum and M. macrolepidotum, the depth 4f in the length.
Dorsal fin rather low ; its rays I, 12; A. I, 7; V. 9. Scales 5-45-5. Color olive or
bluish-brown above; sides and belly silvery ; lower fins faintly orange... LACEKA, 1.

1. QUASSILABIA LACERA Jordan & Brayton.
Hare-lip Sucker. Split-mouth Sucker. May Sucker of the Scioto. Cut-lips.
1^7—LagocMla lacera JORDAN & BRAYTON, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 280, 1877.
Lagochila lacera JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, oil, 1878.
QuassilaUa lacera JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 406, 1878.
QuassilaUa lacera JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 418, 1878.
HABITAT. — Tennessee River. Scioto River.

Only three specimens of this singular Sucker are yet known. Two of
these were taken by Professor Brayton and myself in the Chickamauga
Kiver at King-gold, Catoosa County, Georgia, and the other in Elk River
near Estill Springs, Tennessee. In both these streams, the species was
well known to the fishermen, who said that it is one of the most abun-
dant species in those waters, and one of the most highly valued for food.
In the Chick amauga, it is known as the Hare-lip or Split-mouth Sucker
None of the specimens takt-n were mature, the largest being but ten
inches long, so that its maximum size cannot be given.

Since the above was written, a tine large specimen has been sent to me
by J. H. Klippart, Esq.. of the Ohio Fish Commission. It was taken in
Scioto River near Columbus, in April, 1878. Mr. Klippart informs me
that the species is well known to the Scioto fishermen, who call it May
Sucker, as it runs up the river in May. That so strongly marked a spe-
cies has so long escaped the attention of ichthyologists in the State of
Ohio is singular.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

Chickamauffi River

D. S. Jordan.

p

GENUS PLACOPHARYNX. 107

Genus PLACOPHARYNX Cope.

Plaoopharynx COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 467, 1870.
Type, Placopharynx carinatus Cope.
Etymology, 7r^a£, a broad surface ; Qapvyt-, pharynx.

Suckers like Myxostoma in all respects, except that the pharyngeal
bones are much more developed, and the teeth reduced in number, those
on the lower half of the bone very large, 6 to 10 in number, nearly cyliu-
dric in form, being but little compressed, and with a broad, rounded
or flattened grinding surface. The forms and positions of these en-
larged teeth vary greatly. In a specimen before me, the first tooth is
the highest and most compressed, its summit being rounded and then
abruptly truncate. The second tooth is notably shorter and thicker,
much larger, and rounded on top, the body of the tooth serving as a pe-
duncle for the swollen grinding surface. The third tooth is still shorter
and similar in form. The fourth tooth is similar to the first, being much
higher than the second and third, and flat on top. The others seem to
be irregularly alternated or arranged in pairs, a long one and a short
one, the long teeth in all cases being the most truncated, as if their sur-
faces had been most worn off.

As I have at present no perfect specimens of this genus, nothing but
very young specimens, and pharyngeal jaws of adults, I cannot do better
than to copy Professor Cope's original description, which seems to be
an accurate one. I substitute the generic names used in this paper
(Myxostoma, etc.) for those used by Professor Cope (Ptychostomus, etc.),
whenever a difference occurs : —

" Allied to Myxostoinci. The pharyngeal teeth much reduced in num-
ber, only seven on the proximal half of the bone, cylindric in form, with
a broad, truncate triturating surface. These play against a broad, cres-
centic, chitin-like shield on the posterior roo:' of the pharyngeal cavity.
Three divisions of the vesica natatoria.

" With a great superficial resemblance to Myxostoma, the masticatory
apparatus is different from that of any Catostomoid form known to me,
and combines peculiarities observed in some forms of true Gyprinidce.
The chitin-like shield is found in some of the latter; it is represented in
Catostomus, Myxostoma, and Garpiodes by a narrow and very thin pel-
licle of the same material, frequently interrupted in the middle line."

But one species of the genus is known. It is apparently widely dis-
tributed through the Mississippi Valley and the Great Lakes, but its

1 08 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

peculiarities are rarely noticed unless tbe pharyngeal teeth are exposed.
The writer has obtained lour sets of the pharyngeal jaws and one entire
skeleton, but has seen only two small specimens, collected by Professor
Brayton in the Illinois River, and has obtained none in life.

Since the foregoing was written, I have collected numerous large
specimens in tbe French Broad River, North Carolina, where it is the
most abundant member of the family, known to all fishermen as the u Red
Horse". With a great superficial resemblance to the Northern Red
Horse (Myxostoma macrolepidotum), Placopharynx carinatus differs from
all the species of Myxostoma in its larger and more oblique mouth and
extremely thick lips.

2. PLACOPHARYNX CARINATUS Cope.
Big-jawed Sucker.

1870— Placopharynx carinatus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 467, 1870.

Place-pharynx carinatus JORDAN, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)

Placopharynx carinatus JORDAN, Man. Vert. 296, 1876.

Placopharynx carinatus NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Placopharynx carinatus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name
only.)-

Placopharynx carinatus JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.

Placopharynx carinatus JORDAN & GILBERT, iu Klippart's Kept. 53, 1877. (Name
only.)

Placopharynx carinatus KLIPPART, First Report Ohio Fish Commission, 86, 1877.

Placopharynx carinatus JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 50, 1877. (Name only.)

Placopharynx carinatus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 311, 1878.

Placopharynx carinatus JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. vol. iv, No. 2, p. 417, 1878.
HABITAT. — Mississippi Valley and Upper Great Lakes. Wabash River (Cope. Jordan).
Scioto River. Ohio River. Detroit River. Illinois River. French Broad River.

The following is Professor Cope's description of this species : —
u The physiognomy and proportions of this sucker are those of the
Pt. erytlirurus or the 'red horse' of the Western Rivers.

" The lips are large and plicate, the anterior pendent like that of the P.
collapsus, the posterior full like that of Pt. cervinus. Muzzle vertically
truncate. Length of head in that of body four times; depth of body iu
same 3.66 times ; scales 6 — 41 — 5. Radii D. XIV, V. 9, A. 7. Free mar-
gin of dorsal straight, not elevated anteriorly. Occipital region more
elevated medially than in Pt. erytlirurus^ superior ridges well marked,
with a special addition characteristic of this species, and of none other
with which I am acquainted. This is a median longitudinal frontal
ridge, extending from the fontanelle to between the nasal ridges. Oulj

PLACOPHARYNX CARIXATUS. 109

e posterior extremity of this ridge appears in some Ptyclwstomi. Orbit

ugitudinally oval, 4.5 times iu length of head, twice in interorbital

idth. Type, fourteen inches in length.

" Color iu alcohol like that of other species, uniform straw or whitish
ilvery.

** The pharyngeal bones of this species are much stouter than tbose of
other species of its own and greater size, e. g., Pt. aureolus of eighteen
inches, where they are comparatively slight. The exteroposterior ala is
twice as wide as the body inside the teeth is deep, and but for its short
base and narrowed tip would do for that of a Semotilus. But while there
are seven broad teeth without heel or cusp on the basal half, there are
at least forty on the distal half, they becoming more compressed and
finally like those of other allied genera. There are fourteen with trun-
cate extremities. The pharyngeal plate has narrow horns directed up-
wards and forwards, and is thickened medially. It is placed immedi-
ately in advance of the opening of the oesophagus. I have but one
specimen of this curious species, which I obtained at Lafayette, on the
Wabash River, in Indiana."

The writer has in his collection two young specimens obtained in Illi-
nois River by Prof. Brayton, a skeleton of a very large individual
found in Scioto River by Dr. J. W. Wheaton, and a pair of pharyngeal
bones taken by Dr. G. M. Levette from a fish taken in the Wabash at
Terre Haute. I have also seen a pair of pharyngeals and an air-bladder
of one taken iu Detroit River by Professor Baird, and now in the United
States National Museum, and a jaw from u Post-pliocene " deposits" near
the Falls of the Ohio, found by Dr. John Sloan. The jaws and air-
bladder above noticed are the only specimens of this species preserved
in the National Museum.

Since the foregoing was written, the writer has obtained numerous
living specimens of Placopharynx carlnatus from the French Broad at
"vVolf Creek and other localities in North Carolina. From one of these,
the following description was taken : —

Body oblong, moderately compressed, heavj at the shoulders: head
very large, 3| in length of the body : eye small, behind the middle of the
head : mouth extremely large, the lower jaw oblique when the mouth is
closed, the mouth, therefore, protractile forwards as well as downwards :
lips very thick, coarsely plicate, the lower lip full and heavy, truncate
behind : head above evenly rounded, in my specimens not showing the
cariuation described by Professor Cope : scales 6-45-6 : dorsal rays 13 ;
ventral 9: color brassy green above; lower fins red.

110 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus MYXOSTOMA (Eafinesque) Jordan.

Catoslomus sp. LE SUEUR, and of all writers till 1855.

Moxostoma RAFINESQUE, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 1820, 54. (Proposed as a submenus for
those species of Catoslomus with eight ventral rays and the caudal lobes un-
equal : type C. anisurus Raf.)

Terelulus RAFINESQUE, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 1820, 57. (As a subgenus, to include
those species of Catoslomus with nine ventral rays: no type designated— most
of the species recorded belong to the present genus. C. aureolus Le Sueur is
the species first mentioned, and to this species and its relatives the name
Terelulus was afterwards restricted by Professor Cope.)

Ptychostomus AGASSIZ, American Journal of Science and Arts, 1855, p. 203. (No type
designated : the species mentioned are P. aureolus, P. miner olepidotus, P. duques-
niij and P. melanops. P. aureolus has been considered the type of the genus.)

Teretulus COPE, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1868, 236.

Moxostoma JORDAN, Manual of Vertebrates, 1876, 295.

Myxostoma JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 1877, 348. (Corrected orthography.)

Etymology, /zwfw, to suck ; cro/za, mouth.
Type, Catostomus anisurus Rafinesque.

Body more or less elongate, sometimes nearly terete, usually more or
less compressed.

Head variously long or short, its length ranging from 3^ to 5J in that
of the body : eye usually rather large, varying from 3 to 6 times in the
length of the side of the head, its position high up and median or
rather posterior : suborbital bones very narrow, always much longer
than broad, their width less than one-fourth that of the fleshy part of
the cheek : fontanelle on top of head always well open, the parietal
bones not coalescing.

Mouth varying mucli in size, always inferior in position, the mandible
being horizontal or nearly so : lips usually well developed, the form of
the lower varying in different sections of the genus, usually with a slight
median fissure, but never deeply incised j the lips with transverse
plicae — the folds rarely so broken up as to form papillae : jaws without
conspicuous cartilaginous sheath : muciferous system considerably de-
veloped, a chain of tubes along the supraorbital region, a branch of
which extends around behiud^tbe eye and forwards along the suborbital
bones and the lower edge of the preorbital : opercular bones moderately
developed, nearly smooth : isthmus broad : gill-rakers weak, moder-
ately long, in length about half the diameter of the eye.

Pharyngeal bones rather weak, much as in Erimyzon and Catostomus,

GENUS MYXOSTOMA. Ill

the teeth rather coarser, strongly compressed, the lower five or six much
stronger than the others, which are rapidly diminished in size upwards,
each with a prominent internal cusp.

Scales large, more or less quadrate in form, nearly equal in size over
the body, and not specially crowded anywhere, usually about 44 in the
lateral line (41 to 56), and about twelve series between dorsal and ven-
trals. Lateral line well developed, straight or anteriorly decurved.

Fins well developed, the dorsal inserted about midway of the
body, its first rays usually rather nearer snout than the caudal^ the
number of developed rays usually about 13, but varying in different
species from 11 to 17 : anal fin short and high, usually ernarginate in
the male fish, probably always with seven developed rays : ventrals in-
serted nearly under the middle of the dorsal; their number of rays nor-
mally 9, occasionally varying to 10 ; the occurrence of ten ventral rays
is probably an accidental individual character, and not a permanent
specific one : caudal fin deeply forked, the Ipbes about equal, except in
two species.

Air bladder with three chambers : skeleton essentially as in Catostomus,
the vertebras in M. carpio 27-14 (Giinther).

Sexual peculiarities little marked, the males in the spawning season
with the lower fins reddened, and the anal rays swollen and somewhat
tuberculate.

This genus is widely diffused, some of its species occurring in all the
waters of the United States east of the Eocky Mountains, excepting
those of the New England States. Some of the more aberrant species
seem to be quite local ; other species are of the widest distribution. The
principal species in the genus, although not the technical type, If. ma-
crolepidotum, is very widely diffused, and is subject to much variation.

This genus is one readily recognizable by external appearance, its
species being known to the fishermen as "Red Horse" and "Mullet"]
those of other genera being called rather u Suckers". Its proper nomen-
clature has, however, been a subject of considerable uncertainty.

The subgenus Moxostoma was originally proposed by Rafinesque to
include C. anlsurus Raf., with the following diagnosis: — aBody oblong,
compressed; head compressed, eight abdominal rays; dorsal fin com-
monly longitudinal; tail commonly unequally forked."

The characters here noticed are either common to several genera,
or else merely specific, and the use of the generic name must de-
pend on our identification of the original typical species. By some

112 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

process of reasoning not now explainable, Professor Agassiz identified
this with tbe common Chub Sucker of the West, a species which I con-
sider identical with Cyprinus oblongus Mitchill. He thus transferred the
name Moxostoma from the '• Red Horse " to the k' Chub Sucker" group..
Rafiuesque's description, however, renders it evident that his fish was
one of tbe Red Horse kind; and as Moxostoma is the first generic name
applied to species of that group, it must be retained in spite of the
incompleteness of the original diagnosis.

Teretulus Rafinesque was proposed three pages later for uau extensive
subgenus, to which belong all the following/species of LeSueur: G. an-
reolus, C. macrolepidotus, C. Ion girost ruin, C. nigricans, C. vittatus, C.
maculosuSj C. sucetta, besides the C. teres and C. oblongus of Mitchill."
To these he adds his own species, C. melanops, C. melanotus (= Gampo-
stonia], C. fasciolaris, C. erythrurus, and C.flexuosus. This "omnium ga-
therum" receives the following diagnosis: — "Body elongate cylindrical
or somewhat quadrangular^ 9 abdominal rays, dorsal fin commonly small,
tail equally forked."

A name proposed for a group of this kind, in the opinion of the pres-
ent writer, should not be set aside, but should be retained for some one
or more of the species originally referred to it, and when any writer
adopts such a genus, he shall have the right to select any of the species
as its type, and the name should be considered thereafter as applying
to such typical species only, not to be revived in case such typical species
be afterwards found to have had a prior generic name. In case no such
type has been selected by any author, then the " principle of exclusion"
should be applied, and the name be retained for such species as may be
left to the last, on subtracting from tbe mongrel group the different
component genera in chronological order.

In this view, Teretulus^ having been by Professor Cope, in 1868, re-
stricted to C. aureolus Le S. and its affines, these being congeneric with
species previously called Moxostoma, becomes a synonym of Moxostoma,
and cannot be used for a distinct genus. The principle of exclusion,
if unmodified, would require us to use the name Teretulus for those
species left on subtracting Catostomus proper, Moxostoma^ Campostoma,
JErimyzon, and Hypentelium, i. e.» in place of Minytrema.

Ptycliostomus Agassiz was proposed for this same group, without
reference to the two names conferred by Rafiuesque. This genus was
characterized by Professor Agassiz on the peculiarities of the scales

GENUS MYXOSTOMA. 113

and lips, although the species of Minytrema was inadvertently included
in it. The most important generic feature, the tricellular air bladder,
was first noticed by Professor Cope.

• I have seen fit to change the orthography of the name from Moxostoma
to Myxostoma, in accordance with its apparent etymology. This change
is rather desirable from the fact that it tends to avoid confusion, the
name Moxostoma having been commonly used in connection with a
different genus. •

The genus Myxostoma contains two well marked sections, typified
respectively by M. velatum and M.macrolepidotum, and characterized by
the form of the mouth and lower lip : that of M. velata being as in the
genus Erimyzon; that of M. macrolepidotum being of the character most
common in this genus.

Generic Characterisations.

MOXOSTOMA Rafiuesque, 1820. — " Body oblong, compressed ; head compressed, eight
abdominal rays, dorsal fin commooly longitudinal ; tail commonly unequally forked." —
(Ic'htJiyoIoyia Ohiensis, p. 54.)

TERETULUS Rafinesque, 1820. — " Body elongate cylindrical or somewhat quadrangu-
lar, 9 abdominal rays, dorsal fics commonly small; tail equally forked. An exten-
sive submenus, to which belong all the following species of Le Suenr: C.aureolus, C.
macrotyidotus, C. lonoirostrum, C. nigricans, C. vittalus, C. maculosus, C. sucetta, besides
the C. teres and C. oblongus of Dr. Mitchill."— ( left. Oh. p. 57.)

PTYCHOSTOMUS Agassiz, 1855. — "In resptct to form of body and the structure and
position of the fins, this genus does not differ from Catostomus proper, but may be
distinguished, by the following structural peculiarities. The lips are marked by trans-
verse ridges or folds, and hardly bilobed below ; they are not papillated as in Catosto-
mus proper. The generic name of this type is derived from this character of the lips
The head is shorter and stouter. The dorsal is longer than it is high, but in the males,
it is longer in proportion than in the females. The anal of the male is also broader
than that of the female, and its lower margin lobed, while in the female it is trape-
zoidal and narrow.

" The ecales are as large on the anterior as on the posterior region of the body ; their
ver.ical diameter about as great as the longitudinal, so that the scales are nearly quad-
rangular, with rounded edges; the ornamental concentric ridges not longer nor broader
upon the posterior than upon the lateral and anterior fields ; the radiating furrows few,,
only one or two in the posterior field and one on each side limiting that field from the
lateral fields; those of the anterior field are more numerous, and yet not crowded;
Tube of the lateral line arising in the centre of radiation or farther back upon the
posterior field.

" The pharyngeals are strong, their entire edge spreading like a wing, and that
spreading margin is separated from the symphysis by a deep emargination. The
teeth increasing rather rapidly in size from above downwards, are more apart from one
Bull. N. M. No. 12—8

114 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

another than in the preceding genera, and arched inward as in Moxostoma, the inner
edge of the lower one8 square, its inner margin rising into a broad cusp in the middle
and upper teeth."— (American Journ. ScL Arts, xix, p. 203.)

TERETULUS Cope, 1868. — "The essential character of this genus is the division of
the natatory bladder into three chambers, while Catostomus and all Cyprinida3, exhibit
but two. This feature is accompanied by plicate lips, as Agassiz has indicated, and
nine rays to the ventral fin, already pointed out by Rafinesque. The species are the
largest scaled of the typical suckers. Le Sneur and Valenciennes have pointed out
the generic features in the P. macrolepidotus ; Prof. Baird informs me that it occurs
in Pt. florealls Bd., and I find it in Pt. cervinus and Pt. duqucsnii. It no doubt exists
also in the Pt. aureolus. Other species described by Baird and Girard from the South-
west probably possess it.

"It is difficult to assign a name to this genus. Rafinesque proposes it upon unten-
able characters, and includes with it species of Moxostoma and Catostomus. Agassiz
purged it of these elements, but did not express its essential character, apparently rely-
ing on the plicate lips. I have taken the older name, leaving for others the final
decision."— (Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 18G8, p. 236.)

PTYCHOSTOMUS Cope, 1870. — " The development of the lips furnish important diag-
nostic indications in this genus. In those most nearly allied to Moxostoma, the inferior
lip resembles that of that genus in being narrower and deeply incised, emarginate
posteriorly forming a figure V with the apex forwards, at the same time the superior
lip is very thin and often narrow. Such species are shorter, and tend to a great de-
velopment of dorsal fin. Others of this type are more elongate. Some species of both
are distinguished by their very prominent conic muzzle and minute, inferior mouth,
reminding one of the Carpiodes. In one species the lips are papillose instead of plicate.
In some species, the mouth is very projectile, in others scarcely so at all.

" Rafiuesque proposed a genus Tcretulus on the characteristic peculiarity of nine ven-
tral^radii, belonging to most species of this genus. He however included species of
two other genera. On this account, Agassiz, in rearranging the suckers, imposed on
it the name standing at the head of this article, regarding the plicate lips as a primary
character. I think Rafinesque's name is to be rejected, owing to its ill application ;
the more as I find two species in which there are ten ventral radii. I adopt that of
Agassiz, though 1 showed, when describing the Pt. cervinus, that the tricellular nata-
tory bladder was a more distinctive feature. This becomes the*more obvious now that
I have found a species where the lips are tubercular instead of plicate." — (Proc. Am.
•Philos. Soc. Phila. p. 460.)

MOXOSTOMA Jordan, 1870.—" Dorsal moderate, of 11 to 20 rays : air bladder in three
parts : lips usually plicate : lateral line very distinct : pharyngeal teeth numerous and
all small, of the usual type, the bones slender" (in comparison with those of Placopha-
rynx).—(Man. Vert. E. U. S. p. 292.)

MOXOSTOMA Cope & Jordan, 1877.—" Body oblong or elongate, with a short sub-
quadrate dorsal fin of 10 to 17 developed rays : air bladder in three parts : lateral line
present : fontanelle present : scales large, subequal : pharyngeal bones not especially
enlarged, the teeth of the usual type."— (JORDAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1877, p.
81.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA. 115

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA.

Lips distinctly plicate.

t Lower lip full, its posterior edge truncate, not infolded and " /^-shaped ".

a. Species with the body distinctly compressed, the depth 3£ to nearly 5 in length.

6. Dorsal fin largely developed, its rays 15 to 18 in number : head rather large,

3f to 4£ in length, broad above : mouth large, with full lips : eye rather

large : body deep, strongly compressed, the back somewhat elevated, the

depth about 3£ in length : dorsal fin high and large, larger than in anj

other species of the genus, the first ray about as long as the base of thG

fin : scales 5-43-4, quite large : coloration very pale and silvery, the lower

fins white CARPIO, 3.

66, Dorsal fin moderate, its rays 12 to 14 in number.
c. Scales large; 41 to 50 in the course of the lateral line.

d. Caudal fin normal, the two lobes about equal and similarly colored.
e. Head singular in form, much shortened, the muzzle very abruptly de-
curved, descending almost perpendicularly in front of the eye : the
head wedge-shaped from behind forwards, and less so from below
upwards, its sides subvertical and the lower cross-diameter of the
head greater than the upper.

/. Eye very large, more than one-third the length of the side of the
head (in an individual of six inches in length) : lips thin, very
faintly plicate : width of head through the opercles greater than
the thickness ot the body : head 4£ in length ; depth about the
same : dorsal rays 13 : scales 6-43-5 : body shortish, closely com-
pressed, the back somewhat elevated, and the caudal peduncle
unusually long in proportion : color smoky-blue ; lower fins white :

size probably small EURYOPS, 4.

«?. Head normal in form, not as above.

g. Mouth moderate or large, not very small, nor very much overpassed
by the muzzle : lips thick, strongly plicate : body stoutish, vary-
ing to moderately elongate: dorsal fin medium, its developed
rays 12 to 14, usually 13 in number : scales large, about 6-45-5 :
lower fins in the adult red or orange.

h. Head comparatively elongate, 4 to 5 in length : mouth large :
size very large, reaching a length of two feet

or more MACKOLEPIDOTUM, 5.

x. Head quite elongate, 4 to 4* in length : back little
elevated: body rather elongate, not greatly
compressed : scales pretty large, 6-42 to 49-5 :
back bluish or olive ; sides brilliantly silvery,
with bright reflections ; dorsal fin dusky above ;

lower fins bright red ...duquesnii.

xx. Head a little shorter, 4£ to 4f in length : form
of the preceding: scales distinctly smaller,
7 or 8-48 to 50-6: back with much smoky
shading lacTirymale.

116 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

^Lips distinctly plicate — Continued.

xxx. Head still shorter and deeper, 4£ to 5 in length,
its upper profile concurrent with the curve
of the back, which is considerably elevated,
the form being thus somewhat elliptical : sides
compressed : dorsal rays usually 13: coloration
little silvery, the sides reflecting brownish aud
golden ; back smoky, some of the scales dusky

at base : scales 6-42 to 50-5 macrolepidotum.

hh. Head comparatively short, low and small, 5 to &£ in length ;
back elevated and compressed ; depth 8£ in length : mouth
rather small, more or less overpassed by the snout : color-
ation bright yellowish-brown, etc., not silvery ; lower fins
bright red : dorsal rays 13: scales 6-42 to 48-5: size large.

AUREOLUM, 6.

gg. Mouth very small, much overpassed by the conic muzzle : head

small, about 5 in length.

f. Body flattish, the back elevated and compressed; depth 3f :
muzzle contracted : scales large, 5-44-5 : dorsal rays usually
12 : dorsal fin elevated in front, its first soft ray longer than
the base of the fin : color silvery, with smoky shading
above, some of the scales blackish at their bases ; lower fins
white ; top of head, humeral bar, and dorsal fin dusky.

CRASSILABRE, 7.

ii. Body flattish, the dorsal outline elevated, the form being like
that of M. coregonus: head small and conic : mouth exceed-
ingly small, the snout far overpassing it, the muzzle being
much longer than in M. crassilabre : dorsal rays 14 : eye
large : coloration smoky above, some scales dusky at their

bases ; sides pale ; lower fins white CONUS, 8.

dd, Caudal fin with the upper lobe falcate, much longer than the lower, at
least in the adult, the lobes similarly colored : dorsal fin short and
high, falcate : body compressed ; back somewhat elevated ; depth 3£
in length : Lead conic, flattish, 5£ in length : mouth very small, much as
in aureolum. D. 12-13, half higher than long : scales 6-46-5.

ANISURA, 9.

ddd. Caudal fin with the lower lobe much longer than the upper and differ-
ently colored, the upper lobe in the adult being red, the
inferior jet-black, its two lowermost developed rays and
their membranes abruptly white (? in both sexes). Body
elongate, moderately compressed, somewhat elevated for-
wards ; depth 4J- in length : head about the same : mouth
medium, the lips full : dorsal rays 13 : scales large, 5-44-4 :
coloration usual, except of the caudal fin ; other fins all red,
with blackish shadings : size small PCECILURA, 10.

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA. 117

.dps distinctly plicate — Continued.

cc. Scales very small for the genus, about 9-56-8 in number : body moderately

elongate, the depth about 4 in the length.

ee. Head shortish, conic, the snout not much projecting, about 4 in length :
eye large : dorsal tin small, with about eleven rays, the last rapidly
shortened (characters of mouth unknown, but probably similar to
macrolepidotum and pcecilura; it is said to be "much larger than in

P. congestus") ALBIDUM, 11.

aa. Species with the body elongate, little compressed, broad, the depth about 5

in length, not very much greater than the thickness.
j. Head very short, roundish above, rather pointed forwards,
about 5 in length : cheeks subvertical : mouth rather large,
•with thick lips, which are strongly plicate, the folds some-
what broken up : eye small : fins very small, the dorsal
rays 10 to 12 : scales rather large, 6-44 to 49-5 : color green-
ish-brown, a pale blotch on each scale, these forming con-
tinuous streaks along the rows of scales : back with more
or less distinct brownish cross-blotches ; fins brownish, not
much red ; the dorsal blackish at tip : size smallest : length

less than afoot CERVINUM, 12.

ft Lower lip thin, not infolded and "A-shaped "> forming a narrow, crescent-shaped

border around the mandible.

k. Head small, 5 times in leugth : muzzle prominent, but
less so than in M . coregonus : mouth moderate : back a
little elevated: depth about 3£ in length : dorsal rays 12
to 14, its free border often incised : scales 6-45-5 : colora-
tion very pale ; lower fins white : size large ; reaches a

weight of four pounds or more ALBUM, 13.

kk. Head stout, as in M. velatum, rather long, 4 in length,
flattish above, muzzle truncate, not very prominent :
mouth moderate : back elevated : dorsal fin long, of 14
or 15 rays : sea-green above ; white below ; lower fins

white THAT.ASSINUM, 14.

ttt Lower lip infolded, /V-shaped when viewed from below, with a distinct median

crease, in which the two halves of the lip meet, forming

an acute angle : mouth smalL

I. Dorsal large, with 16 (15 to 17) developed rays.

m. Body stout, deep, compressed, the back elevated, the

depth 3 to 4 in length : head short, heavy, flattish

and broad above, thick through the cheeks, 3f to 4J

in length : eye rather large, midway in head, 4 to

5 in its length : muzzle rather prominent, blnntish,

overhanging the very small mouth : fins very large :

dorsal long and high, its height five-sixths the length

of the head : pectorals nearly reaching ventrals •

color silvery, smoky above ; lower fins red : size

large VELATUM, 15.

118 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

*Lips distinctly plicate — Continued.

II. Dorsal moderate, with 12 to 14 developed rays.

». Head comparatively large, about 4 in length : dorsal

rays usually 12.

o. Head short and very wide through the opercles,
flat above: body stout, the back somewhat
elevated, depth 4 in length : muzzle subtrun-
cate, slightly projecting : scales 6-40-5 : oliva-
ceous, silvery below ; dorsal fin dusky.

CONGESTUM, 16.

oo. Head rather long, 4-£ in length, flattish above :
body elongate, more nearly cylindrical, little
compressed: muzzle truncate: olivaceous, some-
times with rows of faint spots along the series
of scales ; dorsal and caudal fins black-edged :
size quite small: resembles M. cervinum, but the

mouth entirely different PIDIENSE, 17.

nn. Head very small, about 5 in length : muzzle conic,
much projecting beyond the very small mouth ;
body broadly fusiform, much compressed, the
back elevated and arched : dorsal rays 14 : color
silvery, with plumbeous shades above ; lower

fins white : size small COREGONUS, 18.

** Lips full, strongly papillose, much as iu the subgenus Hypentelium.

p. Body comparatively stout, the dorsal region
somewhat elevated and rounded, the depth
being about 4 in length, the head about the
same : eye rather large, high up and well back,
the preorbital space being longer than ic the
other species : top of head flat : dorsal rays 12
to 14 : scales rather large, 6-42-5 : lips well
developed, deeply incised : color silvery; back
with smoky shading; lower fins white: size
large, reaches a length of about two feet

PAPILLOSUM, 19.

3. MYXOSTOMA CARPIO (Valenciennes} Jordan.

Carp Mullet. White Lake Mullet.

•
1844— Catostomus carpio VALENCIENNES, Cuv. et Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 457, pi.

517.

Catostomus carpio STOKER, Synopsis, 426, 1846.
Catostomus carpio GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii. 20, 1868.
Ptychostomus carpio COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 476, 1870.
Ptychostomus carpio JORDAN, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)

MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS.

119

Moxostoma carpio JORDAN, Man. Vert. 296, 1876.

Teretulus carpio NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Teretulus carpio JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

Moxostoma carpio JORDAN & GILBERT, iu Klippart's Kept. Fish Comni. Ohio, 53,

1877. (Name only.)

Myxostoma carpio JORDAN, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 312, 1878.
HABITAT. — Great Lake Region aud northward. Also iu the Ohio River.

This species is apparently not very common, and its distribution is
probably chiefly northward. I have obtained but one living specimen,
a fine large one, from Lac des Buttes des Morts, in Northeastern Wis-
consin. This specimen in life was extremely pale and silvery, its fins
having none of the orange coloration common to most of the species.
M . carpio is related to M. macrolepidotum, but the much greater develop-
ment of the dorsal will always distinguish it.

Specimens in Unitei States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

10793

Cincinnati Ohio

J. W. Milner.

11214

Alpcna Mich (Lake Huron)

J. W. Milner.

12270

Cincinnati Ohio

J. W. Milner.

12271

Cincinnati Ohio

J. W. Miluer.

12293

Cincinnati Ohio

J. W. Miluer.

Marietta Ohio

Prof. Andrews.

4. MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS Jordan.

Snub-nosed Sucker.

1876 — Teretulus euryops JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157. (Name only.)
Myxostoma euryops JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi. 348, 1877.
Myxostoma euryops JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 312, Ife78.
HABITAT. — Alabama River.

This species is still known only from the type-specimen obtained in
Lovejoy's Creek, a small tributarj* of Oostanaula River, a few miles
north of Eouie, Ga. The species is most nearly related to M. macrolepi-
dotum, and it is barely possible that the type specimen is ;i monstrosity
of that species. The peculiarities of the mouth, and the fact that the
bones of the head seem to be normally developed, lead me to consider it
a distinct species.

120 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

5. MYXOSTOMA MACKOLEPIDOTtJM (Le Suettr) Jordan.

Common Ecd Horse. Mullet. White Sucker. Large-scaled Sucker.

a. Subspecies macrolepidotum.

1817—Catoslomus macrolepidotus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 94.

Catostomus macrolepidotus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 202, 1842.
Catostomus macroleindotusCuviER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,

447, 1844.

Catostomus macrolepidotus STOKER, Synopsis, 420, 1846.
Ptychostomus macrolepidotus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 2d series, xix, 204,

1855.

Ptychostomus macrolepidotus COPE, Proc. Ana. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 47."), 1870.
Ptychostomus macrolepidotus JORDAN, Fisbes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)
Moxostoma macrolepidotum JORDAN, Man. Vert. 296, 1876.
Teretulus macrolepidotum NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mns. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Catostomus macrolepidotus UHLER & LUGGER, Fishes of Maryland, 140, 1876.
Teretulus macrolepidotus JORDAN & COPKLAND, Check List; x, 157, 1876. (Name

only.)
Moxostoma macrolepldota JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876. (Name

only.)

Myxostoma macrolepidota JORDAN, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 313, 1878.
1842— Catostomus oneida DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 198.
Catostomus oneida STORER, Synopsis, 425, 1846.
Ptychostomus oneida COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Pbila. 476, 1870.
1870— Ptychostomus rolustus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 473.

Teretulus robustus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
1876— Ptychostomus congestus COPE & YARROW, Lieutenant Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th

Mer. v, 680, 1876. (Not of Girard.)

HABITAT. — North Carolina to Vermont, and northwestward through the Great Lake
Region and the Upper Mississippi — the only form of the species occurring east of the
Allegbany Mountains. (Also in Arizona?)

&. Subspecies lachrymale (Cope) Jordan.

1870 — Ptychostomus lachrymalis COPE, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 474.

Teretulus lachrymalis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma duquesnii var. lachrymalis JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 349,

1877.

Myxostoma macrolepidota var. lachrymalis JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 313, 1878.
HABITAT.— North Carolina to Alabama.

c. Subspecies duquesnei (Le Sueur) Jordan.

1817 — Catostomus duquesnii LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 105.
Catostomus duquesnii RAFINESQUE, Icb. Oh. 60, 1820.
Catostomus duquesnii KIRTLAND, Rept. Zuol. Obio, 16H, 1838.
Catostomus duquesnii DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fisbes, 203, 1842.

MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM. 121

Catostomua duquesnii CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
458, 1844.

Catostomus duquesnii KIRTLAND, Boston Joarn. Nat. Hist, v, 268, 1845.

Catostomus duquesnii STORER. Synopsis, 423, 1846.

Ptychostomus duquesnii AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 204, 1855.

Catostomus duquesnii GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 18, 1868.

Terttulus duquesnei COPE, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 236, 1868.

Ptychostomus duquesni COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 476, 1870.

Ptychostomus duquesnei JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hjst. 95, 1876.

Moxostoma duquesnii JORDAN, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.

Catostomus duquesnii UHLER & LUGGER, Fishes of Maryland, 139, 1876.

Ttretulus duquesnii NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hiet. 49, 1876.

Teretulus duquesnii JORDAN & COPEIAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

Moxostoma duquesnei JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876. (Name
only.)

Myxostoma duquesnii JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 349, 1877.

Myxostoma duquesnii JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 37, 1877.

Hyxostoma macrolepidota var. duquesni JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 313, 1878.
1818— Catostomus erythrurus, RVFINESQUE, Am. Month. Mag. and Crit. Rev. 354.

Catostomua trythrurus RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 59, 1820.

Catostomus erythrurus KIRTLAND, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.

PtycROStomus erythrurus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 474, 1870.

Ptychostomus erythrurus JORDAN, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)

Ttretulus erythrurus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
1820— But Hits melanurus RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 51.

HABITAT. — Ohio Valley. Upper Mississippi River and southward; most abundant
from Wisconsin to Georgia.

Examination of a very large series of "Mullet" and "Red Horse77
from various parts of the country has led me to tbe conclusion, at first
rather unexpected, that all the various forms included in the above
synonymy belong to one widely diffused and somewhat variable species.

The "Mullet" of the lakes and of Eastern Pennsylvania appears gen-
erally to differ in the more elevated and compressed body, shorter,
deeper head, and brownish or brassy rather than silvery coloration.
This represents the general tendency of "var. macrolepidotum •"; but
specimens of "duquesnei" can be found which will match the average
macrolepidoium in each of these respects. The form which I have iden-
tified with Professor Cope's lachrymale is to some extent intermediate,
but has the additional peculiarity of smaller scales. In this respect,
however, occasional individuals, both of duquesnei and of macrolepidotum^
can be found which approach it.

The form inhabiting the waters of the eastern and northern parts of the
United States is the variety macrolepidotum. It is sold commonly as a food-

122 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

fish in tbe winter and spring in the markets of Washington and Philadel-
phia,^ well as in the markets of those cities in the West which are sup-
plied by the fisheries of the Great Lakes. It is probably much more
abundant in Lake Erie than M. aureolum is, and it has been frequently
confounded with the latter species. I once obtained two specimens,
each of nearly twelve pounds weight, in tbe Fox River in Wisconsin.

In the Ohio River and its tributaries, and in the rivers of the South-
west generally, the var. duquesnii is the prevailing form. This variety
is more delicately colored than the other, the silvery lustre of the scales
is more strongly marked, and the red of the fins is rather more vivid.
This form, too, is valued somewhat as a food-fish, although the flesh,
like that of all the Suckers, is comparatively coarse, tasteless, and full of
bones. The variety duquesnei is everywhere known by the curious ver-
nacular name of " Red Horse ", a name possibly to be accounted for by
the color of the fins and the form of the head. This variety also grows
to a large size.

The variety lachrymale I only know from specimens obtained in Eto-
wah River, Georgia, in company with the variety duquesnei. Nothing
distinctive was noticed in regard to its habits.

The Red Horse prefer rather deep, clear water, seldom ascending very
small streams, and then chiefly in the spawning season — in May — at
which time they may be found in great abundance in any rapid of a
river or a creek, or below a mill-pond. They are generally caught by
nets, traps, or snares, but will frequently bite at a hook baited with a
worm.

In the confinement of an aquarium, the Red Horse are not very hardy.
Foul water kills them at once.

Synonyms. — The earliest name given to a Red Horse is that of Cato-
stomus macrolepidotus Le Sueur. The specific name mavrolepidotm must
therefore be retained for this species. The specific name oneida, given
by DeKay to an individual from Oueida Lake, New York, doubtless
belongs here, as the var. macrolepidotum is the only member of this
genus known to inhabit that part of New York, and there are no serious
discrepancies in the rather poor description.

Ptychostomus robustus Cope may possibly be different; but as its de-
scriber has failed to note any distinctive characters which I consider
likely to be permanent, I am compelled to refer it here. It is from Yad-
kin River in North Carolina. A Ptychostomus congestus is described by
Cope and Yarrow from Arizona. It is probably not Girard's species of

MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM. 123

that name, and I am unable to distinguish it from typical macrolepidotum,
although the mouth is rather small, more like that of aureolum.

I have identified certain specimens with Professor Cope's P. lachrymale
with a little doubt, as the points of differentiation which I notice are not
those emphasized by Professor Cope. The original types, which 1 believe
are now lost, were from the Neuse River in North Carolina. In describ-
ing this species, Professor Cope remarks, " This species is quite near the
la^t (P. erythrurw) and may at some future time be shown to be a local
variety of it, but in this case P. macrolepidotus must follow also."

The synonyms of var. duquesnei may now be noticed. Of these,
the only one of importance is that of Catostomus erytkrurus Rafinesque,
recently recognized by Professor Cope as a species distinct from P.
duquesnii.

The presence of ten ventral rays in duquesnii, as contrasted with nine
ventral rays in erytiirurus, is the chief point on which Professor Cope
relies to distinguish the two species. He also finds the mouth rather
more inferior in duquesnii, and the scales rather smaller, 7-48-7, instead
of 5-4l>-4.

In regard to the number of ventral rays, my experience is that in every
species of the genus the normal number is nine, but that ten-rayed
individuals occur in the proportion of about one in twenty in any of the
species. I have seen specimens of duquesnii with nine rays on one side
and ten on the other. I have therefore discarded all consideration of
the number of ventral rays as a specific character. In regard to the
number of scales in the lateral line, the usual number in most of the
species is 43 to 44 5 but of every species in which I have been enabled
to examine a large series of individuals, I have found a range extend-
ing from 42 to 49. I have seen ten-rayed specimens of duquesnei with
large scales, and nine-rayed erythruri with small ones. Within the limit
of 42 to 50 I therefore do not consider the number of scales as a perma-
nent specific character. The greater prominence of the muzzle in duques-
nti, as observed by Professor Cope, is perhaps accidental or individual.
At all events, it is too uncertain a feature to base a species on.

The Rutilus melanurus of Rafinesque is, as I have elsewhere shown,
probably a young Eed Horse, with a dusky-shaded dorsal and caudal,
which that acute, but superficial, observer mistook for a species of Dace.

124 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

Var. macrotepidotum.

7995

8754 " Probably North Carolina"

9056

10631 Potomac River J.W. Milner^

10G82 Potomac River J. W. Milner.

10689 Potomac River J. W. Milner.

11106 Potomac River J.W. Milner.

12316 Potomac River J.W. Milner.

12317 Potomac River J. W. Milner.

12318 Potomac River J.W. Milner.

12319 Potomac River J.W. Milner.

16755 Ash Creek, Arizona (" congestus ") Dr. J.T.Rockrock.

18251 Potomac River G. B. Goode.

18253 Potomac River G. B. Goode.

18254 Potomac River G. B. Goode.

18255 Potomac River G. B. Goode.

18256 Potomac River G. B. Goode.

18257 Potomac River G. B. Goode.

19451 Potomac River J.W. Milner.

20230 Black River, New York S. F. Baird.

20263 Nebraska, Pacific Railroad Survey Governor Stevens,

20278 ''Brooklyn" J. C. Brevoort.

Var. duquesnii.

8025 Yellow Creek, Ohio S. F. Baird.

8526

10794 Cincinnati, Ohio J.W. Milner

12268 Cincinnati, Ohio J.W. Milner.

12269 Cincinnati, Ohio J.W. Milner.

12272 Cincinnati, Ohio J.W. Milner.

20040 Cumberland River, Tennessee A. Wiuchell.

20075

20773 Normal, Illinois S. A. Forbes

6. MYXOSTOMA AUREOLUM (Le Smur) Jordan.

Golden Red Horse. Lake Mullet.

1817— Catostomus aureolus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. i, 95.
Catostomus aureolus KIRTI.AND, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Catostomus aureolus KIRTLAND, Boston Joaru. Nat. Hist, iii, 349, 1840.
Catostomus aureolus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 201, 1842.

IMYXOSTOMA AUREOLUM. 125

Catostomvs aureolus STOKER, Synopsis, 420, 1846.
Catostomus aureotus AGASSIZ, Lake Superior, 357, 1850.

Ptychostomus aureolus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arrs, 2d series, xix, 204, 1855.
Ptychostomm aureolus PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.
Ptychostomus aureolus COPE, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 285, 1864.
Catostomus aureolus GUNTIIER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 16, 1S68. (In part;

description apparently copied and confused.)
PtycJto*tomus aureolas COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 476, 187G
Moxostoma aureolum JORDAN, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.
Ttretulus aureolum NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Teretulus aureolas JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Mojcosioma aureola JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876. (Name only.")
Myxostoma aureola JORDAN, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.
1823 — Catosom us Itsueurii RICHARDSON, Franklin's Journal, 772, 1823.
1836 — Ctfprinus (Catostomus") sueurii RICHARDSON, Faun. Bor.-Am. Fishes, pp. 118, 303,

1836.

Catostomus sueurii Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 465, 1844.
Catostomus sueuri DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.
Calostomus sueurii STORER, Synopsis, -125, 1846.
PtycJiostomus sueurii COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 477, 1870.
Teniulus sueurii JORDAN & COJ*ELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
—Catostomus macrolepidotus GENTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 18, 1868. (Excl.
syn. part. Not of Le Sueur.)

HABITAT. — Great Lake Region, Upper Missouri and Ohio Valleys, and northward.

This species is very closely related to the last, and may possibly be a
variety of it, as specimens of var. macrolepidotum often occur which are
with difficulty distinguished from it. In general, however, the smaller
head, smaller mouth, and deeper body of aureolum sufficiently distin-
guish them. This species is less abundant than macrolepidotum^ and is
apparently more northerly in its distribution. It has been well figured
by DeKay.

The synonymy of this species needs no special remark. It seems
probable that C. lesueurii belongs here, although the statement that
"the muzzle projects an inch beyond the mouth" in a specimen 19
inches long, if correct, would indicate difference. The name " le sueur'd"
was first given, and afterwards changed to "sueurii "on the ground that
the article " W is not an integral part of Le Sueur's name.

126 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

77o6

8252

Carlisle Pn • - - - - - -

S. F. Bairtl.

11074

Sandusky Ohio .. ...... ......

J. W. Milner.

11151

Sandusky Oliio ...... ......

J W. Milner.

122G7

J. W. Milner.

12294

J. W. Miluer.

12446

£ corse, Mich . .

J. W. Milner.

20272

Root River, Wisconsin ..

S. F. Baird.

7. MYXOSTOMA CRASSILABEE (Cope] Jordan.
Thick-lipped Mullet.

187Q—PtycJiostomu8 crassildbris COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 477, 1870.

Teretulus crassilabris JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma crassilabris JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.

HABITAT. — Neuse River, North Carolina.

This species is known only from Professor Cope's description. It
appears to be distinct from M. aureolum, which is probably its nearest
relative. Nothing has been noted in regard to its habits.

8. MYXOSTOMA CONUS (Cope) Jordan.
Long-nosed Mullet.

1870—Ptychostomus conus, COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 478.

Teretulus conus, JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma conus, JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.

HABITAT. — Yadkin River, North Carolina.

This species is also known only from Professor Cope's account. There
appears, however, to be no room for doubt as to its specific distinction.
As stated by Professor Cope, " this fish represents the P. coregonus in
the section with fully-developed lips."

It is taken in large numbers in the Yadkin Eiver, " with Pt. collapsus,
Pt. robustus, etc., but is of less value than they."

9. MYXOSTOMA ANISUEA (Rafinesque) Jordan.
Long-tailed Red Horse.

1820 — Catostomus anisurus RAFINESQUE, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 54.
Myxostoma anisura JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 315, 1878.

MYXOSTOMA ANISURA. 127

l&fQ—Ptychostomm Ireviceps CopEKProc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 478.

Teretulus breviceps JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Moxostoma breviceps JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876. (Name

only.)
Myxosloma treviceps JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 9, 50, 1877. (Name only.)

HABITAT.— Ohio Valley and Great Lakes.

This species, first described by Rafioesque in 1820, has been entirely
lost sight of by succeeding writers, and I, doubting the existence in the
Ohio River of a species characterized by the marked inequality of the
caudal lobes, have hitherto followed Dr. Kirtland in using the name
anisura for the fish recently named collapsus by Professor Cope. Some
specimens lately examined by me from the Ohio River have shown the
existence of a fish corresponding very closely to Rafinesque's account,
and which really has the inequality of the caudal fin, on which he lays
such emphasis, arid which suggested the name anisurus (unequal-tail).
This fish appears to be the same as that to which Professor Cope has
given the name of breviceps. Professor Cope had, however, but a single
specimen, in poor condition, and did not notice the falcatiou of the
caudal, or, more likely, that fin was not preserved intact. I have, some
time since, examined Professor Cope's type, preserved in the Museum
of the Academy of Natural Sciences, at Philadelphia, and believe it to
be identical with M. anisura Raf. The form of the head and body and
of the mouth are similar in the two, and the dorsal in both is simi-
larly falcate.

This species resembles aureolum in every respect, except that the
dorsal fin is shorter, and elevated or falcate in front, the free border
being deeply incised, and that the caudal fin is similarly elongated, the
upper lobe being much the longer and greatly attenuated.

The following are the measurements of three specimens: 10,788. from
Sandusky, and 12,267 and 12,294 from Cincinnati. The fractions indi-
cate percentage of the length to the base of the caudal : —

128 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Measurements of three specimens of Myxostoma anisura.

10788.

12267.

12294.

Length incli6S ... ..... .... .....

2i

8f

104-

Depth .

.28

.27

.26

Len ftli of head . . .. ............................

.18

. 17

.18

\Vidth of interorbital area

08

Length of suout .

.07*

Eve

05

Length of base of dorsal

. 15-J

.14*

.16

Hei°°ht of longest ray of dorsal

.22

.22

.23*

.10

Length of upper caudal lobe . ...

.31

.29

.31

Length of lower caudal lobe .. .. .

.26

.25

.25

Length of middle caudal rays

.13

Dorsal rays . ......

2,13

2,12

2, 13

Scales . . . ., ...

G-46-5

C>~5,'-5

It is perhaps barely possible that this fish is the male of aureolum
at a certain age, but it seems to me decidedly improbable. The resem-
blance between the two is, however, very strong, and, except for the
fins, they could hardly be distinguished.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

N amber.

Locality.

Collector.

8505

' V

10788

Sanduskv Ohio

J. W. Milner.

11105

Cincinnati, Ohio

J W. Milner.

11107

Cincinnati. Ohio . .....

J. W. Milner.

11108

Cincinnati Ohio

J. W. Milner.

10. MYXOSTOMA PCECILURA Jordan,

Variegaled-tailed Red Horse.
1877—Myxosloma pcccilnra JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 66, 1877.

Myxostoma pcccilura JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 315, 1878.
HABITAT. — Tangipahoa River, Southeastern Louisiana.

This singular species is known only from two specimens in the United
States National Museum, recently collected by Mr. Fred. Mather, of
the United States Fish Commission. Whether the peculiar form and
coloration of the caudal is general or is confined to the male sex is not
certain. In any event, it will serve to sharply distinguish this species
from all the others now known. In 6ther respects, it most approaches
M. macrolepidotum lachrymale.

MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM. 129

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

* 16923

Tan "ipahoa River, Louisiana. . .

Fred. Mather.

11. MYXOSTOMA ALBIDUM (Girard) Jordan.
Small-scaled Red Horse.

ISZG—Ptychostomus albidus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 172.

Ptycliostomus albidus GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 36, pi. xix, f. 5-8,

1859.

Teretulus alUdus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma albidum JORDAN, Man. Vert. E. TJ. S. 315, 1878.
HABITAT. — Rio San Juan, near Monterey, New Leon, in Mexico.

This species is known only from Girard's figure and description. No
account of the lips is given, but the mouth is said to be a "great deal
larger" than in M. congestum. The description is trivial, but the figure,
if at all correct, represents a species quite unlike our other members of
the genus ; the chief character being the much smaller size of the scales,
which in the description are merely stated to be " smaller than in con-
gestus". The species may possibly belong to some section of the genus
other than the one in which it is here placed. The original types, No.
170, U. S. Nat. Museum, from Rio San Juan, near Monterey, New Leon,
are no longer to be found.

12. MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM (Cope) Jordan.

Jump-rocks. Jumping Mullet.
1868 — Teretulus cervinus COPE, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 236.

Plychostomus cervinus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 478, 1870.

tMoxostoma cervinum JORDAN, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.
Teretulus cervinus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma cervinum JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 365, 1877.
Myxostoma cervinum JORDAN, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 315, 1878.
1868— Catostomus duquesnii GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 483. (Not of Le
Sneur, nor ot p. 18.)

HABITAT.— Rivers of the South Atlantic States, from the James to the Chattahoochee.

This is a strongly marked and very abundant species, the smallest of
its genus, and one of the smallest of the Catostomidce. It occurs in the

* Two specimens, types of the species.

Bull. N. M. No. 12—9

130 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

greatest abundance in tbe swift streams of the South, frequenting
especially tbe rapids or " shoals ", and often throwing itself from the
water in its endeavors to reach some higher rock-pool. It is too small
and the flesh spoils too quickly to be much valued for food, but great
numbers are caught for " fun n by negroes and boys. The largest speci-
mens which I have seen were taken in the Chattahoochee, and are about
ten inches in length : ordinary individuals are four to six inches long.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

7633

8835

* 14994

Catawba River

E. D. Cope.

D. S. Jordan.

Saluda River

D S Jordan.

Cbattaboocbee River

D S Jordan.

13. MYXOSTOMA ALBUM (Cope) Jordan.

White Mullet.
l870—PfycJi08tomus albus COPE, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 472.

Teretulus albus JORDAN & COPELAND, Cbeck List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma alba JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 316, 1878.
HABITAT. — Catawba and otber rivers of Eastern Nortb Carolina.

This species is well marked by the peculiar form of the under lip,
which is quite small — a narrow, regular crescent following the boundary
of the mandible, not full, as in the species previously noted, nor with
the sides folding so as to meet on the middle line, as in the remaining
species (excepting thalassinum). Specimens from North Carolina in the
National Museum correspond well to Professor Cope's description, except
that the back is rather more elevated than one would infer from Pro-
fessor Cope's remarks. The dorsal rays are 12 and 13 instead of 14.
The following are the measurements of two of them, 18,535 and 14,943,
both from Kinston, N. C. :—

* Types.

MYXOSTOMA THALASSINTTM.

Measurements of two specimens of Myxostoma album.

131

18535.

14943.

13

1U

32

30

Length of head. . ........ . ............... . . . .

.20

20

.10

10

.08J-

.04

Length of base of dorsal

19

17

Height of dorsal . .

22

18i

Height of last ray of dorsal .. .... ...

09

Length of outer caudal rays

.24

Length of middle caudal rays . . ...

24

21

Number of dorsal rays ............. .....

2 13

2 12

6-45-5

The form is elliptical, not much compressed, bat rather elevated,
somewhat as in Erimyzon sucetta. Head short and stout, bluntish, broad,
and rounded above ; mou'b somewhat inferior ; the plicaB of the lips few
and rather broken ; dorsal fin high, its free border somewhat concave;
caudal strongly forked ; color lustrous white, with greenish reflections.

This is one of the largest species, reaching the weight of four pounds
or more. Professor Cope states that it is much valued as a food-fish by
pec pie living in the neighborhood of Catawba River, where it is known
as the White Mullet.

Specimens in Unit(d States Xalional Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

10632

North Carolina

G. B. Goode.

14943

Kinston, N. C . ...

G. B Goode.

14990

North Carolina

G. B. Goode.

18535

Kinston, N. C

J. W. Milner.

19450

North Carolina

G B Goode

14. MYXOSTOMA THALASSIXUM (Cope) Jordan.

Green Mullet.
18~0—Ptychostomu8 thalassinus CorE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 472, 1870.

Teretulus thalassinus JORDAN & COPELAXD, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma tlialassina JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 316, 1878.
HABITAT.— Yadkin Kiver. .

] 32 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

I have not seen this species. From Professor Cope's description, it
would appear to be allied to M. album, but distinguishable by the
longer head. It is a large species, abundant in the Yadkin River, where
it is used for food.

15. MYXOSTOMA VELATUM (Cope) Jordan.
Small-mouthed Bed Horse.

1815—Catostomu8 anisurus KIRTLAND, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 269 (with plate).

(Not of Rafinesque.)
* Catostomus anisurus STOKER, Synopsis, 424, 1846.

PtycJiostomus anisurus JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 94, 1S76. (Name

only.)

Moxostoma anisurus JORDAN, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.
Teretulus anisurus NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Teretulus anisurus JORDAN & COPELAND. Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Moxostoma anisurum JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.
Moxostoma anisurum JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 80, 1877.
Moxostoma anisura JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1877. (Name

only.)

Mtjxostoma anisura JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 33, 1877.
1870— Ply chostomus velatus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 471.
Moxostoma velatum JORDAN, Man. Vert. 296, 1876.
Teretulus velatum NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Teretulus velatus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Moxostoma velata JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1676. (Name only.)
Myxostoma velata JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.
)87Q—Ptycho8tomus collapsus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 471.

HABITAT. — Upper Mississippi Valley to Georgia and South Carolina. Neuse, Yadkin,
Catawba, Clinch, Youghiogheny and Wabash Rivers (Cope). Chickamauga, Ohio
Wabash, Illinois, Rock, and Wisconsin Rivers (Jordan). Lake Erie (Jordan).

This species is one of the most widely distributed species, although
it does not seem to be as abundant in individuals as several others.
There is considerable variation in form among different specimens, but
all the species with long dorsal fin and small y\-shaped mouth appear
to belong to one species, for which the name velatum should be retained.

The finding of a species with unequal caudal lobes renders it evident
that tbe identification of Kafinesque's anisurus with this species is in-
correct. The name next in order is velatus Cope. The difference in
the size of the eye between collapsus Cope and velatus Cope appears to
be due to difference in age merely. Younger specimens have the eye
proportionally larger.

MYXOSTOMA PIDIENSE. 133

I did Dot find any specimens of this species in tbe United States
National Museum. The types of velatus and collapsus, preserved in the
Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, at Philadelphia, I have
examined.

16. MYXOSTOMA CONGESTUM (Baird & Girard) Jordan.

Gibbous Sucker.

ISZi—Catostomus congestus BAIRD & GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc, Phila. 27.

Ptychostomus congestus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172, 1856.

Ptychostomus congestus GIRARD, U. S. Hex. Bound. Sorv. Ichth. 36, pi. xxi, f. 5-8,.
1859.

Catostomus congestus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 19, 1868.

Teretulus congestus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

Hyxostoma congesta JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.
1S7 '2— Ptychostomus bucco COPE, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 437.

Teretulus lucco JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

HABITAT. — Kansas to Texas.

The original type of congestus, No. 171, from Eio Salado, Texas, col-
lected in 1851 by John H. Clark, seems to have disappeared from the
Museum. No description of the mouth has been given, except that it is
"very small-7. The species, therefore, probably has a mouth similar to
that of velatunij and, if so, is probably identical with the species since
described as P. lucco by Professor Cope. I have not seen the type of
P. litcco, and, therefore, can only suggest the probable identity of the
two ; but, as the matter is likely to remain long unsettled, it seems best
provisionally to unite them. UP. congestus17 Cope £ Yarrow is certainly
not this species ; more likely a form of M. macrolepidotum.

17. MYXOSTOMA PIDIENSE (Cope] Jordan.
Mullet of the Great Ped.ee.

1870 — Ptychostomus pidiensis COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 471.

Teretulus pidiensis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma pidiensis JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.

HABITAT.— Great Pedee Kiver, North Carolina.

This appears to be a slender species, resembling UP. cervinus in color,
form, and size". Professor Cope obtained it in the Yadkin Eiver. I
have not seen it. Ko specimens are in the National Museum.

134 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

18. MYXOSTOMA COEEGONUS (Cope) Jordan.
Blue Mullet.

1870 — Ptychostomus coregonus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 472.

Teretulus coregonus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma coregonus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.

HABITAT. — Catawba and Yadkin Rivers, North Carolina.

I have not seen this species. Professor Cope states that "it never
exceeds a foot in length, and is very abundant in the Catawba and
Yadkin Eivers. It is caught with the preceding two species and is
used for food, but is the least valued of all the species. It is called at
Morganton, Blue Mullet." There are no specimens in the National
Museum.

19. MYXOSTOMA PAPILLO3UM (Cope) Jordan.
Papillose Mullet.

1870 — Ptycliostomus pappillosus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 470.

Teretulus pappillosus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma papillosum JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 366, 1877. (Ocmul-

gee River.)
Myxostoma papillosa JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.

HABITAT. — North Carolina to Georgia.

This species appears to be very abundant in all the streams from the
Great Pedee to the Altamaha. In its general character and appearance,
it is very similar to the rest of the genus; but the mouth is remarkably
different, the lower lip being full, thick, decidedly papillose, strongly
incised behind, being very much as in Catostomus nigricans.

My specimens do not agree very well with Professor Cope's descrip-
tion; but this is probably due to their greater size. Still, a possibi-
lity exists that two species of this type inhabit our South Atlantic
States.

The head in my specimens is very large, flattish above, narrowed for-
wards, and more than one fourth of the length, without caudal. The
mouth is very large and inferior. The body is oblong, compressed,
heavy forwards ; the back moderately elevated. The eye is quite large,
high up, and "well back. The free border of the dorsal fin is sometimes

MYXOSTOMA PAPILLOSUM.

135

convex, sometimes concave.. The following are the measurements of
two specimens: —

14989.

18536.

Length inches . . . . ......

164

12

Depth (percentage of length) . ... ~...

.29

• .27

Head

.26

.24

Width of interorbital area

.10

.12

Diameter of orbit

05

Length of base of dorsal

19

Height of longest ray . . .

16

.19

Height of last ray

10

Dorsal rays

2 14

2 10

Scales . .

6-46-5

In color, this species is smoky above, the sides silvery, the lower fins
white. %

Professor Cope says that " they attain one foot in length, and do not
exceed one pound in weight77. I have specimens a foot and a half long
and of three pounds or more weight.

In the Ocmulgee, the species is next to M. ccrvinum the most abundant,
and is called the White Mullet, or Sucker. Professor Cope found it
quite abundant in the Catawba and the Yadkin Rivers, where it "is
highly valued by the inhabitants as an article of food. It is regarded
as the best of the Catostomi for that purpose. It is less frequently
caught on the hook than some other species, but in the autumn, they
come upon the weirs in considerable numbers. The fishermen call it
the 'Shiner7.7'

Specimens in the United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

149-9

Kinston \ C

J W Milner.

16536

Kinston, N C . .

J W Milner.

1~5:',7

Kinston, N. C

J W. Milner.

18538

Kinston, N. C .. ....

J. W. Milner.

18970

J W Milner

20906

Kinston, N. C

J. W. Milner.

Ocmulgee River, Ga.^ .. . . ..

D. S. Jordan.

136 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.

Mlmjtrema JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 313, 1878.

Catoslomus, Ftychostomus, Moxostoma, and Erimyzon sp.. AUTHORS.

Type, Calostomus melanops Rafinesque.

Etym'ology, /ntvvc;, reduced; rp^aa, aperture, in allusion to the imperfections of the
lateral line.

Species with the form, squamation, and general appearance of Myxo-
stoma, but with the air-bladder in two parts, as in Erimyzon, and the
lateral line imperfect — in the very young entirely obsolete, in half- grown
specimens showing as a succession of deepened furrows, in the adult
with perfect tubes, but interrupted, these tubes being wanting on some
of the scales, especially posteriorly.

Head moderate, rather broad above ; mouth moderate, inferior, hor-
izontal, the upper lip well developed, freely protractile, the lower rather
small, infolded, A-shaped in outline, plicate, with 12 to 20 plica3 on each
side ; lower jaw without cartilaginous sheath ; eye moderate, rather
high up, placed about midway of the head. Suborbital bones consid-
erably developed, not very much narrower than the fleshy portion of
the cheek below them, the posterior suborbital concavo-convex, about
twice as long as deep, sometimes divided, the anterior somewhat deeper
than long, often divided into two, sometimes united with the preorbital,
which is well developed and much longer than broad. The number and
form of these bones, except as to their depth, are not constant in the
same species, and do not afford specific characters. Opercular bones well
developed, not much rugose. Fontanelle evident, rather large. Gill-
rakers rather long, in length about half the diameter of the eye. Isth-
mus moderate. Pharyngeal bones essentially as in Myxostoma.

Body rather elongate, subterete, becoming dee]) and rather compressed
with age. Scales rather large, nearly equal over the body, the radiating
furrows not specially marked. Lateral line as above described, inter-
rupted in the adult, but with perfect tubes, imperfect in partly grown
specimens, entirely obsolete in the young. Scales in a longitudinal
series 44 to 47 in number, 12 to 14 in a transverse series from dorsal to
ventrals.

Dorsal fin rather short and high, with about 12 developed rays, be-
ginning rather nearer the snout than the base of the caudal. Pectoral
fins moderate, not reaching ventrals, the latter not to vent. Yentrals
rather in advance of the middle of the dorsal, their rays normally 9,

GENUS MINYTREMA. 137

raiely 8 or 10. Anal fin high and short, often more or less emarginate
in males. Caudal fin moderately forked, the lobes about equal.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

Males iu spring with the head covered with many small tubercles.

But one species of this genus seems to be known. It is widely dis-
tributed in the waters of the Western and Southern States.

This genus has been recently separated from Erimyzon, on account of
the peculiarities of the lateral line. The form of the body, the form of
the mouth, and the character of the squamatiou differ considerably in the
two genera.

Generic Characterizations.

MINYTREMA Jordan, 1878. — "Young specimens of this epecies (melanops) have no
trace of a lateral line, as in Erimyso*. Older ones (6 to 8 inches) show a deepening of
the furrows along the median series of scales. Adults of 12 to 18 inches show a series
of completely developed tubes, which, however, are wanting on some of the scales, espe-
cially behind. As Eriimjzon never shows any traces of the tubes of the lateral line, these
peculiarities may be held to indicate generic distinction, and the name Minytrema is
here proposed for E. melanops." — (JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MINYTREMA.

* Body oblong, little compressed ; the young nearly terete ; the adults deeper- bod ied ;
the dorsal region not elevated : depth about 4 in length, varying from about 3 in
adults to 4-£ in the young : head not very large, 4£ in length of body (4£ to 4|),
not specially depressed: mucous pores rather strong: eye small, 5 to Gin head:
mouth quite inferior, horizontal, rather small: scales large, firm, regularly and
smoothly imbricated, in -46 (44-47) longitudinal series and 13 (12 to 14) transverse
series, the scales net crowded forwards : fin-rays usually, dorsal 12,* anal 7, ven.-
trals 9.

Coloration dusky above, with usually a black blotch behind the dorsal fin : each
scale along the sides with a Email, more or less distinct blackish spot at its base,
these spots forming interrupted longitudinal lines along the rows of scales.
These lines are usually very distinct, » specially in the adult, but young specimens
often show them faintly : sides and belly silvery, with a coppery lustre : sexual
peculiarities moderately marked; very old males with the head covered with small
tubercles in spring : no great changes with age, either in form or coloration : size
large ; maximum length about 18 inches MKLANOPS, 20.

* As in all cases in the present paper, the number of developed rays is here understood,
the one, two, or three rudimentary rays not being counted, and the last or double ray
of the dorsal and anal being counted as one.

138 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

20. MINYTREMA MELANOPS (Rafinesque) Jordan.
Striped Sucker. Sand Sucker.

1820 — Catostomus melanops RAFINESQUE, Icb. Oh. 57.

Catostomus melanopsis KIRTLAND, Zool. Ohio, 168, 1836.

Catoslomus melanops KIRTLAND, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 271, 1845.

Catostomus melanops STORER, Synopsis, 424, 1846.

Ptychostomus melanops AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 204, 18:5.

Ptychostomus melanops COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 478, 1870.

Erimyzon melanops JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Erimyzon melanops JORDAN, Man. Vert. 294, 1876.

Erimyzon melanops NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.

Erimyzon melanops JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876.

Erimyzon melanops JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 347, 1877.

Minylrema melanops JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.

1844 — Catostomus fasciatus (Ls SufcUR MSS.) CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. dea
Poissons, xvii, 449.

Catostomus fasciatus STORER, Synopsis, 426, 1846.

Catostomus fasciatus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 19, 1868.
1856 — Moxostoma victories GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 171.

Moxostoma victoria GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 35, pi. xx, f. 1-3, 1859.
1856— Ptychostomus haydeni GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172.

Ptychostomus liaydcni GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 220, pi. xlix, f. 1-4, 1858.

Teretultts haydeni JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876.

1877 — Terctulus succtta JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. Fish Commr. Ohio, 53.
(Supposed to be C. sucetta Lacdpede, as it was perhaps in part the C. suceti
of Cuv. & Val. and of Bosc.)

Erimyzon sucetta JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 35, 1877.

HABITAT. — Great L?.ke Region to South Carolina and Texas.

This fish, although a very abundant one in the Mississippi Basin,
see.ins to have been overlooked by most recent writers. Rafiuesque
described it rather poorly. Dr. Kirtland was able to recognize the fish
from Rah'uesque's account, and has given a very good description and
an indifferent figure. Valenciennes described it fairly, and Agassiz
seems to have been acquainted with it, although, deceived by its exter-
nal appearance, he took it for a Myxostoma (Ptychostomus}. Girard next
described and figured it as two species, belonging to two different genera.
Professor Cope, for some reason, did not obtain it in any of his collec-
tions, and seems to have had much difficulty in identifying Kirtlaud's
account. In 1875, the writer, noticing certain resemblances to Erimyzon
ollongus, was led to dissect a number of individuals, and found that the

MINYTREMA MELANOPS.

air-bladder in all cases was bicellular, as in the genus Erimyzon. At
that time he had never seen any specimens with a developed lateral line
and then unquestioningly referred the species to Erimyzon. Later, Mr.
Nelson noticed the occasional partial development of the lateral line,
and recently, by the examination of a full series of specimens, the
writer has been enabled to trace the stages in its growth.

This fish inhabits all the Western streams and lakes, usually in com-
pany with Erimyzon sucetta. It is fond of clear sluggish waters, and
abounds in ponds and bayous. It is used for food, and is pretty good
for a " Sucker ", which is not saying much. This species is more than
usually tenacious of life, and young specimens are rather interesting as
aquarium fishes.

The synonymy of this species needs a few words. It was originally
described by Kafinesque as a species with a lateral Hue. This first
description is quite indifferent, but the account of the coloration, and the
name, Striped Sucker, enabled Dr. Kirtland reatlily to identify it, but
the latter writer found the " lateral line obsolete ". Later, Valenciennes
described it under Le Sueur's MSS. name offasciatus, and found a lateral
line. As Le Sueur's specimens were from the Wabash, there can be no
doubt of their identity with mclanops. Later, Dr. Girard described and
figured Texan specimens without the lateral line under the name of
Moxostoma victorice, and specimens with the lateral line from the Upper
Missouri Eegion as Ptycliostomus haydeni. The types of neither of these
species are preserved, but no distinctions^from melanops are noticed in
either case by the describer, and the range of melanops certainly includes
the Missouri river and the waters of Texas.

The name sucetta has been once or twice employed by me for this
species, erroneously, as I am now convinced. I found this species in
abundance in South Carolina; and Le Sueur, apparently quoting from
Lacepede, says : — " Sides silvery, with brown spots at the base of the
scales." Nevertheless, on inspection of LacepMe's description, and
especially of the colored figure which he gives from a drawing by Bosc?
it becomes evident that the Cyprinus sucetta Lacepede is the same as
Cyprinus oblongus of Mitchill, a species equally abundant in the same
waters. Bosc's drawing, although not giving the details of structure
minutely, represents the general form and coloration of the body and
fins, and this figure can only represent the Cyprinus oblongus. As the
Cyprinus sucetta Lace*pede is based entirely on information derived from
Bosc, the name must be retained for the species which Bosc had fig-

140 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

ured. As for the expression, u brown spots at the base of the scales,"
if really originating with Bosc, as appears to be the case, it may have
ariseu*from the confusion of sucetta with melanops, which species inhab-
its the same waters, or it may simply refer to the obscure duskiness of
the bases of the scales, common to both species.

I have examined many specimens of Minytrema melanops from the
Great Lakes, from various places in the Mississippi Valley, and from the
Tennessee, Alabama, Santee, and other Southern rivers, and can find
no differences of any importance. Indeed, the species seems to be very
little variable for one so widely distributed.

Specimens in the "United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

7694

7768

8434

11050

Sandusky, Ohio. ......... .... . .......

J. W. Milner.

11144

Sandusky, Ohio. .

J. W. Milner.

11145

Sandusky, Ohio. .. . .

J W. Milner.

12449

Sandusky, Ohio .

J. W. Miluer.

17bOO

Round Lake, Montgomery, Ala

Kuinlien& Beau.

17808

Kumlien & Earil.

20275

Dr. Kenners.

White River, Indiana . .. ..

D. S. Jordan.

Etowah River, Gcorgiji .. . ...

D. S.Jordan.

Saluda River, South Carolina . ...... ..

D. S Jordan.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.

Moxostoma AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1854, 200. (Not of Rafinesque.)
Erimyzon JORDAN, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1876, 95.

Teretulua COPE, Synopsis of Fishes of N. C. 2d ed. Addenda, 1877. (Not cf Rafiuesque.)
Cyprinus, Catostomus, and Labeo sp., EARLY AUTHORS.

Type, Cyprinus oblongus Mitchill = Cyprinus sucetta Lac.

Etymology, ipi, an intensive particle ; [j.v&, to snck.

Head moderate, rather broad above : mouth moderate, somewhat in-
ferior> the upper lip well developed, freely protractile, the lower moder-
ate, infolded, ^-shaped in outline, plicate, with 12-20 plica3 on each
side: lower jaw without cartilaginous sheath, rather stronger than usual,

GENUS ERIMYZON. 141

and oblique in position when, the mouth is closed, the mouth thus similar
to that of IchthyoTjus. Eye moderate, rather high up, placed about mid-
way of the head : suborbital bones considerably developed, not very
much narrower than the fleshy portion of the cheek below them, the
posterior suborbital concavo-convex, about twice as long as deep, some-
times divided, the anterior somewhat deeper than long, sometimes
divided into two, sometimes united with the preorbital bone, which is
well developed and much longer than broad. Opereular bones moder-
ately developed, scarcely or not rugose. Fontanelle evident, rather
large. Gill-rakers rather long, about half the diameter of the eye in
length. Isthmus moderately developed, about the width of the eye.

Pharyngeal bones weak, the teeth quite small, slender, and weak,
rapidly diminishing in length upwards, each tooth narrowly compressed,
with a cusp on the inner margin of the cutting surface, and some ine-
qualities besides.

Body oblong, rather shortened, heavy forwards and considerably com-
pressed.

Scales rather large, more or less crowded forwards, sometimes showing
irregularities of arrangement, the longitudinal radiating furrows much
stronger than usual, the scales rather longer than deep, but so imbri-
cated in the adult that the exposed surfaces appear deeper than long.

Lateral line entirely wanting. Scales in the longitudinal series from
head to base of caudal 35 to 45 in number ; scales in transverse row from
base of ventral to dorsal 12 to 18.

Dorsal fin rather short and high, with from 10 to 14 developed rays,
the number usually 11 or 12.

Beginning of dorsal fin rather nearer snout than base of caudal. Pec-
toral fins moderate, not reaching ventrals 5 the latter not to vent.

Yentrals under a point rather in advance of the middle of dorsal ;
their rays normally 9, but occasionally 8 or 10.

Anal fin high and short, more or less emarginate or bilobed in adult
males ; caudal fin moderately forked or merely lunate, its two lobes
about equal.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

This genus has a very wide range, one of its two known species
probably occurring in all the streams of the United States east of the
Eocky Mountains.

The existence of this genus seems to have been first noticed by DeKay,
who, however, erroneously supposed it to be identical with the AM-

142 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

can genus Labeo of Cuvier and Valenciennes. Its essential character —
the absence of the lateral line — was first noticed by Professor Agassiz,
who identified its typical species with Catostomus (Moxostoma) anisurns
Rafinesque, and therefore erroneously called the genus Moxostoma.
The application of the name Moxostoma to the Red Horse group was
pointed out by the present writer in 1876 ; the name Erimyzon being
then suggested for the group now under consideration.

The use of the name Teretulus for this genus has been lately sug-
gested by Professor Cope, its species being among those enumerated by
Rafiuesque as composing his " omnium gatherum " to which the name
Teretulus was applied. If we subtract from the original group Teretulus,
the different component genera in order of time of proposal, the last
one left would be Erimyzonj or rather Minytrema. But the name Tere-
tulus has already been restricted by Professor Cope to the Red Horse
group, the principal component of Rafinesque's Teretulus. In my opin-
ion, it should remain there, although the earlier name Myxostoma renders
it but a synonym. We cannot afford to reconsider our use of these old
collective generic names whenever a new genus is proposed. The " rule
of exclusion", if stiffly adhered to, would require the substitution of
Acomus for Pantos teus, inasmuch as a species of the latter genus was
referred by Girard to the former. This question is further discussed

under Myxostoma.

Generic Characterizations.

LABEO DeKay, 1842. — " Dorsal long. No spines nor barbels. Lips fleshy, and fre-
quently crenated." — (DElvAY, Neiv York Fauna, Fishes, 192.)

MOXOSTOMA Agassiz, 1855. — "The species'of this genus contrast greatly with those
of all other genera of the family of Cyprinoids, by the total absence of external open-
ings in the lateral line, visible upon the scales. There is indeed no row of perforated
scales upon the sides of the body, to mark the main course of the system of tubes per-
vading the skin in most fishes, and the pores traversing the skin which covers the
skull and cheeks, as well as the lower jaw, are so minute as to escape the unarmed eye.
In this respect the genus Moxostoma differs greatly from all other abdominal fishes in
which the lateral line is distinctly marked by a series of tubes traversing a prominent
row of scales along the sides, and extending through the mastoids to the forehead,
and along the preopercle to the symphysis of the lower jaw. This total absence of a
lateral line is compensated by the presence of a few deeper radiating furrows in the
posterior field of all the scales.

" The longitudinal diameter of the scales exceeds greatly the transverse, but the
scales are imbricated in such a manner that the portion visible externally appears
higher than long. The centre of radiation is placed in the middle of the scales ; there
are no radiating furrows upon the lateral fields, those of the posterior field are fewer
and deeper than those of the anterior field ; the concentric ornamental ridges of the

GENUS ERIMYZON. 143

posterior field are also much broader and farther apart than those of the lateral and
anterior fields. The scales are smaller upon the anterior portion of the body than
upon the sides. Another remarkable peculiarity of this genus consists in the great
difference there is among the adults in the form of their fins in the several sexes. The

young also differ strikingly from the adults both in form and coloration

The body of Moxostoma is elongated and somewhat compressed, though stouter
than that of Ptychostomus and Catostomus proper. The greatest depth is over the
veutrals.

" The head is email ; the small mouth opens obliquely forwards and downwards ;
when open the lower jaw is quite prominent. The lips are small and transversely
ridged ; the lower one is slightly bilobed. The dorsal is over the ventrals ; its length
considerably exceeds its height in the males ; in the females its dimensions are more
nearly equal. The pectorals and ventrals are more pointed and longer in the males
than in the females. The lower margin of the anal fin is bilobed in the males, while
in the females it is simply emarginated ; in both sexes, the anal when bent backwards
reaches the caudal.

" The pharyngeal bones have a greater resemblance to those of the genus Icliihyobus
than to any other of the tribe of Catostomi ; the symphysis however is shorter, and
the teeth are neither so minute nor so numerous; they increase also more rapidly in
size from above downwards, and are more strongly curved inwards, the innermost
edge rising into an acute point, which is more prominent in the middle and upper
teeth, than in the lower ones."— (AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sti. Arts, 1855, p. 200.)

MOXOSTOMA. Girard, 1856. — " May be circumscribed by characters more natural than
the preceding ones. And the most striking of these, it must be conceded, is the ab-
sence of that lateral line possessed by almost all fishes. The body is elongated and
compressed ; the head small ; the mouth small also, opening obliquely forwards and
downwards. The lips being small and transversally ridged ; the inferior one being
slightly bilobed. The anterior margin of the dorsal is situated in advance of the inser-
tion of the ventrals. The dorsal fin is either higher than long or else its length is
equal to its height, varying somewhat according to the sexes, as well as the anal,
which is, however, always deeper than long. The shaft of the pharyngeal bones con-
stitutes a very open curve, the convex margin of which is regular and entire. The
teeth themselves are very much compressed, strongly curved inwardly, and much
larger inferiorly than superiorly."— ( GIRARD, Proc.Ac. 2fat. Sc. Pkila. 1856, p. 171.)

MOXOSTOMA Gunther, 1868. — "Scales of moderate size; lateral line none; fins,
mouth, gills and pharyngeal teeth, identical with those of Catostomus in all essential
points."— GUXTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, p. 20.)

ERIMYZON Jordan, 1676.— [Name suggested as a substitute for Moxosioma Ag., the
type of Moxostoma Raf. (Catostomus anisurus Raf.) not being a member of this genus.] —
(JORDAN, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 95.)

ERIMYZON Jordan, 1876.—" Dorsal moderate ; air-bladder in two parts ; no lateral
line; lips usually plicate." — (JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 1st, p. 292.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF ERIMYZON.

*Body oblong, compressed, becoming gibbous with age, the ante-dorsal region more
or less elevated in the adults ; the depth 3^ in length, ranging from 2f in adults

144 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

to 4 in young : head stout, short, about 4J in length (4 to 4|), the interorbital
space wide and depressed, the lower parts narrower, so that it is somewhat wedge-
shaped downwards : eye not large, 4£ in head (4£ to 5£) : mouth protractile down-
wards and forwards, the mandible oblique: scales usually closely imbricated and
more or less crowded for wards, but often showing various irregularities in arrange-
ment, about 43 (39-45) in a longitudinal series and 15 (14 to 16) in a transverse se-
ries between the ventrals and the dorsal. Fin-rays somewhat variable, the dorsal
with 11 (10 to 13) developed rays, the anal with 7, and the ventrals with 9
(rarely 8).

Coloration varying with age ; never distinct series of black spots along the rows
of scales; young with a broad black lateral band bordered above by paler; in
some specimens from clear water, this band is of a jet-black color and very dis-
tinct ; in others, it is duller ; later this band becomes broken into a series of
blotches, which often assume the form of broad transverse bars ; in adult speci-
mens, these bars disappear, and the color is nearly uniform brown, dusky above,
paler below, everywhere with a coppery or brassy, never silvery, lustre ; the fins
are dusky or smoky brown, rarely reddish-tinged : sexual differences strong; the
males in spring with usually three large tubercles on each side of the snout, and
with the anal fin more or less swollen and emarginate : adult specimens with the
back gibbous and the body strongly compressed, in appearance quite unlike the

young. Maximum length about 10 inches SUCETTA, 21.

** Body oblong, the back more elevated, the body deeper and more compressed than in
the preceding, the greatest depth in advance of the dorsal fin being confined
about 2£ times in the length ; nape less gibbous than in sucetta; head quite small
and short, the large eye being almost exactly midway in its length, its length 4|
in that of the body; eye 4 Jin head; interorbital space rather narrow, strongly trans-
versely convex, less than half the length of the head : mouth small, protractile for-
wards, the lower jaw oblique ; lips as in the preceding.

Scales large, much larger and much more uniform in their imbrication than in E.
sucetta; 36 in a longitudinal series, and about 13 in a transverse series from the ven-
trals to the dorsal. Dorsal fin high, of 12 developed rays ; anal moderate, with 7 ;
ventrals large, with 10. Color dark olivaceous above, each scale along the sides
reflecting pale from the strongly ridged middle part; these giving in certain
lights the appearance of pale stripes along the rows of scales : fins dusky, espe-
cially at their tips... i ...GOODEI, 22.

21. ERIMYZON SUCETTA (Lacepedc] Jordan.

Chub SucJcer. Creek Fish. Mullet.

1803—Cyprinus sucetta LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, v, 606, 610.
Catostomus sucetta LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 109, 1817.
Catostomus sucetta DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus succti CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 466, 1844.
Catostomus suceti STORER, Synopsis, 419, 1846.

Moxostoma sucetta AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 202, 1855.
Moxostoma sucetta PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Coinp. Zool. 10, 1863.

ERIMYZON SUCETTA. 145

Erimyson sucetta JORDAN, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.

Erimyson sucetta JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876.

Erimyson sucetta, JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 319, 1878.
ISU—Cyprinus oblongus MITCHILL, Lit. &. Phil. Trans. New York, 1, 459.

Catostomus oblongus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. 108, 1817.

Catostomus oblongus THOMPSON, Hist. Vt. 134, 1842. (Synonymy, but not descrip-
tion, which applies to M. macrolcpidotum.)

Labeo oblongus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 193, 1842.

Catostomus oblongus CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissous, xvii, 441,
1844.

Catostomus oblonjus STORER, Synopsis, 423, 1846. *

Moxostoma oblongum AGASSIZ, Am. Jourii. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 203, 1855.

Moxostoma dblongum PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Moxostoma oblongum GILL, Canadian Nat. p. 19, Aug. 1855.

Moxostoma oblongum GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 21, 1868.

Moxostoma oblongum COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 468, 1870.

Moxostoma oblongum JORDAN, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)

Erimyson oblongus JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876. (Name only ;
generic diagnosis of Erimyson.)

Erimyson oblongus JORDAN, Man. Vert. 294, 1876.

Moxostoma oblongum UHLER & LUGGER, Fishes of Maryland, 140, 1876.

Erimyson oblongus NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.

Erimyson oblongus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

Teretulus oblongus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Eept. 53, 1876. (Name only.)

Teretulus oblongus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's First Report, Ohio Fish Com-
mission, 85, pi. xii, f. 20, 1877.

Erimyzon oblongus JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.xi, 346, 1877.

Erimyson oblongus JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 365, 1877.

Erimyson oblongus JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 36, 1877.
1817 — Catostomus gibbosus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 92.

Catostomus gibbosus STORER, Rept. Ichthy. Mass. 183, 1838.

Labeo gibbosus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 194, 1842.

Catostomus gibbosus STORER, Synopsis, 420, 1846.

Catostomus gibbosus KIRTLAND, Hamilton Smith's Annals of Science.

Catostomus gibbosus STORER, Hist. Fishes Mass. 291, pi. xxii, f. 4, 1867.
1817— Catostomus titberculatus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 93.

Catostomus tuberculatus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 199, 1842.

Catostomus tuberculatus CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
444, 1844.

Catostomus tuberculatus THO^EAU, Week on Concord and Merrimack, 38, 186S.
1817— Catostomus vittalus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 104.

Catostomus vittatus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus vittatus CUVIER &. VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 459,
1844.

Catostomus vittatus STORER, Synopsis, 422, 1846.
1820 — Catostomus fasciolaris RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 53.
Bull. X. M. No. 12—10

146 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

1842 — Labeo elegans DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 192.

Catostomus elegans STOKER, Synopsis, 425, 1846.
1842— Labeo csopus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 195.

Catoslomus esopus STOKER, Synopsis, 425, 1846.

1842 — Ldbeo elongatus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 394.
1855 — Moxostoma anisurus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 202. (Not of

Rafinesque.)
1855 — Moxostoma tenue AGASSIZ, Ana. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 203.

Moxostoma tenue PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Moxostoma tenue GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 21, 1868.

Erimyzm tennis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876.
1856 — Moxostoma claviformis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 171.

Moxostoma claviformis GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x,219, pi. xlviii,f. 5-9, 1858.

Erimyzon claviformis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876.
1856— Moxostoma kennerlyi GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 171.

Moxostoma Jcennerlyi GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 34, pi. xx, f . 7-9, 1859.
1656— Moxostoma campbelli GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172.

Moxostoma campbelli GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 35, pi. xx, f. 4-6, 1859.

Erimyzon campbelli JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876.
HABITAT.— All waters of the United States east of the Rocky Mountains.

This protean species is, next to Catostomus teres, the most abundant
and the most widely diffused of our species of Suckers. It occurs in
every stream from Maine to Texas, and thrives in all sorts of waters,
from the Great Lakes to the smallest ponds and brooks. Its variations
in color and form are remarkable ; but after the elimination of those
which are known to be due to differences of sex, age, and surroundings,
I find nothing left on which a difference of species or even a varietal
difference may be based. I therefore unite all the nominal species of
this genus, with a single exception, under the oldest specific name ap-
plied to any of them, sucetta of Lacep&de.

The name sucetta has been passed from author to author for a long time,
all the descriptions being based on the notes of Bosc and the account
given by Lacepede, no one seeming to have any clear idea of what the
original species was. The reasons for identifying sucetta with oblongus
have been already given.

The name sucetta was spelled suceti by Valenciennes. I see no reason
for this change. The derivation of the word is from the French sucet,
a sucker; and sucetta is an agreeable latiuization of the barbarous word.
The identity of the nominal species oUongus, giblosus, tuberculatus, vitta-
tus, esopus, elongatus, and elegans was conclusively shown by Professor
Agassiz. The fasciolaris of Rafinesque, as I have shown, is probably
this species, which Eafinesque could hardly have overlooked.

ERIMYZON SUCETTA.

147

Professor Agassiz's anisurtts, considered by him as the Western rep-
resentative of oblongus, must belong Lere. Professor Agassiz's tennis
from Mobile is not described ; but as sucetta occurs abundantly in Ala-
bama, it is safe to presume their identity. The type of Moxostoma cla-
riformis Girard is now lost. Both figure and description point to the
young of sucetta. The figure represents the scales rather smaller than
usual, but it may not be correct. The types of Moxostoma Jtennerlyi
Gftard and of Moxostoma campbelli Girard, from Texas, have also disap-
peared ; but they too seem to have been based on the young of the
present species, and as sucetta certainly occurs in Texas, these nominal
species must fall into the synonymy.

The Chub Sucker is one of the smallest species, rarely reaching a
length of more. than a foot. It is tenacious cf life, and bites readily at
a small hook, but is not much valued for food. The young are rather
handsome, the black lateral band being sometimes very distinct. In
the aquarium, they act as scavengers. The adult fishes, especially the
males, are very dusky in color, and the males in spring are provided
with three large tubercles arranged in a triangle on each side of the head.
The fins of the adults are usually black, sometimes tinged with red.

Specimens in United' States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

144 Sngar Loaf Creek, Aikansas H. B. Mollhansen.

6860 Nova Scotia

7638

7646 Boston, Mass

7771 Riverhead, L. I S. F. Baird.

7776

8280 S. F. Baird.

a376 North Carolina McNair.

8459 Potomac River. .

8497

8700 Holliston, Mass.

8742 Detroit River S. F. Baird.

8933 Brimfield

?975

9007 Delaware County

9042

90S2

91(50

91G2 Jackson, 111 R. Kemricott.

148 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.

Specimens in United States National Museum — Continued,

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

9166

Abbeville, S. C

9275

9446

Aux Plaines River. Illinois

R. Kennicott.

9551

Lake Oconomowoc, \Viscousin

S. F. Baird.'

9660

10631

Potomac River

J. W. Milner.

10814

Sandusky, Ohio...... . .. ......

Do.

11033

do

Do

11034

do

Do.

11035

do

Do.

11199

. ...do

Do.

11200

do

•Do.

12441

Halifax, Nova Scotia

Do.

14977

Potomac River ...... .. . .. .......

G. B. Goode.

16990

do

J. W. Milner.

16991

...do

Do.

16992

..do

Do.

16993

do

Do.

16994

do

Do.

17816

Clear Creek, Texas .. .

Kumlicn & Earll.

17821

do

Do.

17838

Tbomas.

19158

R. Kennicott.

20061

Cedar Swamp, New Jersey .. .. .. .

S. F. Baird.

20064

Schuylkill, River

J. H. Ricbard.

20105

Fox River, Wisconsin. ..... ....

S. F. Baird.

20157

Montgomery, Ala . . . .. ........

Kumlien & Maxson.

20231

Riverbead, L. I

S. F. Baird.

20254

Piermont, N. Y

Do.

20269

Sin«- Sino-, N. Y .

Do.

20360

Trenton, N. J ,

C. C. Abbott.

A. Winchell.

•

Wbite River, Indiana

D. S. Jordan.

Etowab River, Georgia. . .. ............

Do.

Saluda River, Soutb Carolina. ...... . .

Do.

22. ERIMYZON GOODEI, sp. nov.

Goode's Sucker.

This species differs from E. sucetta in form, in the smaller size of the
head, in its greater convexity above, and in the larger size and greater
uniformity of the scales, which are not at all crowded or reduced for-
wards.

GENUS CHASMISTES. 149

The type is a fine specimen, 10J inches long, collected by Professor G.
Brown Goode in the Saint John's River, Florida. It is numbered 19071
on the Museum Eegister. I have named the species for my friend, Pro-
fessor Goode, one of the best of American ichthyologists, to whom we
are indebted for the discovery of the species.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

19071

Saint John's River Fla

G Brown Goode

Genus CHASMISTES Jordan.

Chasmistes JORDAN, Bull. Hayden Geol. Surv. Terr. 417, 1878.
Type, Catostomus fecundus Cope & Yarrow.
Etymology, ^ao/iaw, to yawn or gape.

Fishes related to Catostomits, having the teeth, scales, and air-
bladder as in that genus, but distinguished by the size and position
of the mouth, the great development of the mandible, and by the small,
smooth lips.

Head disproportionally large, forming more than one-fourth of the
length, broad and flattish above ; sides of head vertical, slightly directed
inwards, the breadth through the cheeks less than, the breadth above the
eyes ; eyes small, high up, rather posterior : mouth exceedingly large,
terminal, the lower jaw in the closed mouth being very oblique, placed
at an angle of about 45 degrees ; the lower jaw very long and strong,
its length more than one-third the length of the head, nearly half the
length of the head in the adult, its tip when the mouth is closed about
on a level with the eye ; upper jaw very protractile ; upper lip very
thin (for a Sucker), and nearly smooth ; snout elevated above the rest
of the head, notably so when the mouth is closed ; lower lip moderate,
consisting of a broad flap on each side of the mandible, in front reduced
to a narrow rim, the surface of the lip nearly smooth, without evident
papillae : nostrils large ; suborbital bones narrow, but rather broader
than in Catostomus ; preorbital unusually large : mucous channels mod-
erately developed ; fontanelfe very large ; isthmus rather narrow :
pharyngeal bones and teeth essentially as in Catostomus.

Body rather slender, tapering pretty regularly from the shoulders to
the tail, but little compressed : caudal peduncle rather stout.

150 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Fins moderate, the dorsal rays about 12, the anal 7 : pectorals
rather loug, not quite reaching ventrals : veutrals reaching vent : anal
tin high, reaching caudal : caudal fin rather long, its lobes equal.

Scales moderate, large on the caudal peduncle, much smaller and
crowded anteriorly, 60 to G5 in the lateral line, about 18 in a transverse
series from dorsal to ventrals.

Sexual peculiarities unknown.

Coloration usual.

Air-bladder in two parts.

Size moderate or rather large.

The single species now included in this genus is known only from
Utah Lake. Its describers referred it to the genus Catostomus^ but
made no mention of its singular mouth and lips. The original type of
the species is in very bad condition, the mouth being shrunken and dis-
torted, and the bones of the head protruding through the skin, so that
the peculiarities of the species are hardly recognizable.*

Genfric Characterizations.

CHASMISTES Jordan, 1878. — " This genus is distinguished from Catostomus by the
very large, terminal mouth, the lower jaw being very strong, oblique, its length about
one-third that of the head. The lips are little developed, and are very nearly smooth.
The type of the genus is C. fecundus Cope & Yarrow."— (JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sun:
Terr. vol. iv, No. 2, p. 417, 1878.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CHASMISTES.

* Depth about 5 in length ; head 3| ; interorbital space broad, 2| in head ; eye 6 to 7
in head ; width of the open mouth 3^ in Lead. Dorsal 12. Anal 7. Scales
9-63-8. Color dusky above, pale below ; the scales of the back and sides pro-
fusely covered with dark punctulations FECUNDUS, 23.

23. CHASMISTES FECUNDUS (Cope & YarroiD] Jordan. '

Sucker of Utah Lake.
1876— Catostomus fecundus COPE & YARROW, Wheeki's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool.

678, pi. xxxii, f. 1, 1 a.

Catostomus fecundus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
Chasmistes fecund us JORDAN, Bull. Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. iv, No. 2, 417,

1878.

HABITAT. — Utah Lake, Utah, where it is excessively abundant. Not yet noticed
elsewhere..

This singular species has been overlooked until quite lately. Dr.
Yarrow states that it " is abundant in Utah Lake, and is called Sucker

* In fact, this specimen in its present condition looks tome more like Catostomus occi-
dentalis, but the figure published by Cope & Yarrow represents C. fecundus. Both
species occur in Utah Lake.

GENUS CATOSTOMUS.

151

by the inhabitants. They n\n up the rivers to spawn in June ; feed on
the bottom and eat the spawn of better fish ; spawning beds on gravel ;
bite at hook sometimes ; are extremely numerous, and are considered

luisance by the fishermen, but they meet with a ready sale in winter

an average price of 2J cents per pound."

Specimens in United States Rational Museum.

mber.

Locality.

Collector.

12894

l>ih Lake Utah

Yarrow &, Henshaw

20337

Utah Lake Utah

Dr. H. C. Yarrow. (Many specimens )

20932

Utah Lake Utah

Dr. H. C. Yarrow. (Type Chasmistes.)

Utah Lake Utah ..

Dr. H. C.Yarrow. (Typesof thespecies.)

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.

itomus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 1H17, 69. (Equivalent to family Ca-

tostomida*.)
Typentelium KAFINESQUE, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 1818, 421. (As submenus of Ezo-

glossum.')
Decactylus RAFINESQUE, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 1820, 60. (As subgenns of Catostomus,

including the 10-rayed species.)
Eylomyzon AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1855, 205.
Minomus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, 173.
Acomus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, 173.
Catastomus GILL, Canadian Naturalist, 1865, August.
Decadactylus JORDAN, Man. Vert. 2d ed. 1878, 319. (As subgenns.)

Type, Cyprinus catostomus Forster, = CatostoniMS liudsonius Le Sueur, = Catostomus Jon-
girostrum Le Sueur.

Etymology, /caro, low ; oro^/a, mouth.

Etymology of Synonyms.

Hypentclium : probably i -o, below; Trtvre, five; ylo,3of, lobe, as the name is said to
refer to the 5-lobed lower lip, supposed to distinguish it from the 3-lobed submenus
MaxiUingua ; possibly, however, from r-5, below; evre/j/?, perfect.

Decactylus: de/caf, ten; SuKruloe, tee, t. e., 10 ventral rays, hence properly Deca-
dactylus.

Hylomyzon : r?,e, mud ; /zu^aw, to suck.

Acomus and Hinomus are probably meaningless words, without etymology.

Head more or less elongate, its length ranging from 3J to 5 times in
that of the body, its form varying considerably in the different subgeu-
era. Eye usually rather small, high up and median or more or less pos-

152 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

terior in position : suborbital bones narrow, longer than broad, much as
in Myxostoma: fontanelle always present, usually widely open, in two
species reduced to a narrow slit, but never wholly obliterated.

Mouth rather large, always inferior, and sometimes notably so ; the
upper lip thick, protractile, papillose ; the lower lip greatly developed,
with a broad free margin, deeply incised behind, so that it forms two
lobes, which are often more or less separated : mandible horizontal,
short, not one-third the length of the head and not reaching to opposite
the eye: lower jaw usually without distinct cartilaginous sheath : oper-
cular apparatus moderately developed, not rugose : pharyngeal bones
moderately strong, the teeth shortish, vertically compressed, rapidly
diminishing in size upwards, the upper surface of the teeth nearly even,
or somewhat cuspidate.

Body oblong or elongate, more or less fusiform, subterete, more or
less compressed.

Scales comparatively small, typically much smaller and crowded an-
teriorly, the number in the lateral line ranging from about 50 to 115,
the number in a transverse series between dorsal and ventrals from
]5 to 40: lateral line well developed, straightish, somewhat decurved
anteriorly.

Fins variously developed: dorsal with its first ray nearly midway of
the body, with from 9 to 14 developed rays ; anal fin short and high,
with probably always 7 developed rays ; ventrals inserted under the
middle or posterior part of the dorsal, typically with 10 rays, in one sub-
genus usually 9, the number often subject to variation of one ; caudal
fin usually deeply forked, the lobes nearly equal.

Sexual peculiarities not much marked, the fins higher in the male
and the anal somewhat swollen and tuberculate in the spring : breed-
ing males in some species with a rosy or orange lateral band.

Air-bladder with two chambers. Vertebra in G. teres and C. nit
cans 45 to 47.

" The skeleton in Catostomus has been well described by Valenciennc
(XVII. p. 433). It is distinguished by the comparative want of solidity,
certain bones consisting merely of a network of osseous matter. Ttu
is a large and broad foutanelle on the upper surface of the head, sepai
ating the parietal bones, and leading directly into the cerebral cavity.
The occipital process is, below the anterior vertebra, enlarged into
bladder-like swelling, which is not solid, but consists of a delicate net
work only. The prefrontal is advanced to the anterior part of the orbil

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 153

The jaw-bones are very feeble, the intermaxillary being reduced to a
tbin lamella, which does not descend to the middle of the maxillary.
The anterior part of the mandible is horizontal, thin and slightly dilated.
The apophyses of the four anterior vertebra are very strong and long." —
(Gu^THER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 13.)

This genus as at present restricted comprises three well-marked
groups, which may be accepted as subgenera, under tbe names Catosto-
miiSj DccadactyhiSj and Eypcntelium. One of these groups, Hypentelium,
has been usually considered as a distinct genus, on account of the dif-
ferences in the form of the head and in the squamation. These differ-
ences are, however, individually of subordinate value, and should
probably be held to designate a subgeneric section, rather than a
distinct genus.

The group Decadactylus as here given is nearly equivalent to Minomus
and Catostomus of Girard, while our Catostomus is Girard's Acomus.
The type of Catostomus, as restricted by Agassiz, prior to Girard being
Cyprinus catostomus Forster, oi:e of the small-scaled group, the name
belongs properly to that group, and Acomus is a simple synonym.
Decactylus Eafiuesque was not originally defined in any very tangible
way, inasmuch as its author included in it species of Myxostoma and
Cycleptus. As, however, it was intended for 10-rayed species, and as one
among those origiuallj* placed in it was C. teres (as C. bostoniensis), the
the name Decactylus (Decadactylus) may be used instead of Minomus as
a designation for the subgenus to which C. teres belongs.

Tbe genus Catostomus is, next to Myxostoma, the most rich in species.
It is much the most widely distributed of the genera of Suckers, some of
its members abounding in every river of Xorth America, and one of them
being found in Asia.

Generic Characterizations.

"CATOSTOMUS LeSueur, 1817.
"Back with a single fin.

"Gill-membrane three-rayed.
"Head and opercnla smooth.

'Jaws toothless and retractile.

'Mouth beneath the snout ; lips plaited, lobed, or cartmcnlated, suitable for sucking.
Throat with pectinated teeth.

'The species which are here described are all possessed of the following general
Jters : —

'Body. — The body in general is elongated and varied in its form.

'Scales. — The scales in almost all the species are marked with radiated lines, and

ibriated on their edges ; their form more or less rhomboidal or roundish.

154 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

"Gill-covers. — The gill-covers are large, and composed of three pieces ; the anterior
piece small in some, as is exemplified in the C. macrolepidotus, and in others largo, as in
the C. communis; opening or expansion wide.

"Nostrils. — The nostrils are double on each side, and separated by a membrane ; tie
largest aperture near the eyes.

"Eyes. — The eyes in general are pretty large, a little oblong, without nictitating
membrane : pupil black and roundish : irides yellowish, sometimes brown, as in the
C. gibbosus.

"Teeth. — No teeth in the jaws, but those of the throat, on each side, are composed of a
range of bones, generally blunt and thick at their summits, placed in a pectinated
form, on an osseous, arcuated base, of which they are a component part, and some-
times terminate in a hooked point, as in the C. maculosus ; these teeth are enveloped in
a thick mass of whitish substance, which covers the throat, and supplies the place of
a tongue.

"Mouth. — The mouth is generally luuated ; to the palate is attached a membrane.

"Viscera. — The intestinal canal is very much developed, and it has its origin near the
throat ; the stomach, which is simple, and without plaits and curvatures, being a con-
tinuation of this canal, and appears to be confounded with it. The intestines make a
number of circumvolutions; in a specimen of the C. macrolepidotus of 16 inches
in length, they were 3 feet 5 inches in length. The liver is deliquescent, and soon
passes into oil after exposure to the atmosphere. The air-bladder is subcylindrical, and
divided, in most species, into two parts ; in the C. macrolepidotus, it is separated into four
parts. I have remarked in the intestines of these fishes river- shells of the genera
Lymncea, Bulimus, etc., which dwell on aquatic plants and on the rock at the bottom of
the rivers; these shells the Catostomi are enabled to take with their lips, which are
protruded forwards by means of their jaws.

" It is necessary to remark that in all the species which I have examined there is a
line which runs from the nape, beneath the eyes, and another along the head, above
the eyes, of small orifices, for the passage of mucus, which lines are well defined
after the fish is dead and desiccated, but not so conspicuous when recent ; these lines
Forster improperly terms sutures. I will add that some species, in a dried state, have
also a tuberculated appearance on the. head, which tubercles are not discernible when
the animals are living." — (Ls SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. i, p. 81).)

HYPENTELIUM Rafinesque, 1818. — " This species [Exoglossum macropterum'] distin-
guished by so many secondary characters may be the type of a subgenus, which may
be called Hypentelium, in reference to the five lobes of the lower jaw. The species
with a three-lobed jaw may form then another section under the former name of
Maxillingua." — (RAFINESQUE, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. p. 420, 1818.)

CATOSTOMUS Rafinesque, 1820. — " Body oblong cylindrical, scaly. Vent posterior or
nearer to the tail. Head and opercules scaleless and smooth. Mouth beneath the
snout, with fleshy, thick or lobed sucking lips. Jaws toothless and retractible.
Throat with pectinated teeth. Nostrfls double. Gill-cover double or triple. Three
branchial rays to the gill membrane. A single dorsal fin commonly opposite to the
abdominal fins, which have from eight to ten rays."— (RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. p. 53.)

DECACTYLUS Rafinesque, 1820. — " Body nearly cylindrical, abdominal fins with ten

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 155

Iys; tail equally forked. Besides the two following species (C. duquesnii; C.elongatus)
e C. bostoniensis and C. hudsonius must be enumerated here." — (RAFIXESQUE, Ich. Oh.
P. 60.)

HYPENTELIUM Rafinesque, 1820. — "Body pyramidal slightly compressed, with very
minute scales. Vent posterior. Head scaleless, nearly square, mouth terminal pro-
truded beneath toothless, jaw shorter with five lobes, the middle one larger, lips very
small. Abdominal fins anterior removed from the vent, dorsal fin anterior, opposed to
them.

" This genus belongs to the family of the Cyprinidia, and is next to my genus Exoglos-
8um, with which I had united it; but this last differs from it by an oblong body, flat
head, lower lip trilobe not protruded, abdominal fins and dorsal fin medial, &c. The
name expresses the character of the lower lip." — (RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. p. 68.)

CATOSTOMUS DeKay, 184*2. — "Both lips thick, fleshy," and crenated or plaited; the
lower lip pendant. Dorsal placed above the veutrals and usually short." — (DEKAY,
New York Fauna, Fishes, p. 19b'.)

CATOSTOMUS Heckel, 1843. — "Os inferum; labia carnea, lata, rugosa, suctui apta;
cirrhi uulli ; praeoperculum ante occiput. Pinna dorsalis brevis, rarius elongata ; analis
brevior, utraque radio osseo nullo. Dentes pbaryngei pectiniformes.

8 _ 13 _ 29

u- 7

(Characters of Tribus IV, including Catoslomus, Rhytidostomus, and 9 Exoglossum.)

" Dentes pectiniformes 40 — 40. Os inferum; labia carnea; lata, rugosa ad suctuui
apta ; cirrhi nulli. Pinna dorsalis et analis brevis, ilia ante pinnas ventrales incipiens ;
radius osseus nullus. — Tractus intestinalis 2|— 3 long, corp." — (HECKEL, Fische
Syriens, p. 33.) s/

CATOSTOMUS Valenciennes, 1844. — " Ils different des ables [Lewctscus], avec lesquels
ils ne sont pas sans affinitd, par la position de leur bouche et par la forme des levres
qui la bordent. Ces organes sont assez distincts do ceux des Chondrostomes.

" L'absence des barbillons les dloigne aussi des Labeons [Za&eo], avec lesquels ils out
d'ailleurs moins de rapports que M. Cuvier ne le supposait quand il a rddige" le Regne
Animal. Enfin ils different de tous ces genres par leurs dents pharyngiennes.

"Par la forme ge'ne'rale de leur corps, ils resseiublent a nos barbeaux [Z?ar&u8], dont
ils ont presque tous la tete alongee, lisse et nue, et le museau un peu preeminent,
mais ils n'ont pas leurs barbillous, et la dorsale manque de rayons dpineux et denteles.
La bouche est situde sous le museau ; elle est sans dents, et les levres, dlargies, lobdes,
caroncule'es, mais sans prolonguemeuts filiformes, servent a constituer une sorte de
ventouse au moyen de laquelle ces poissons peuvent adherer ou sucer. Les pharyngiens
sont grands et arques, presque en demi-cercle ; tout le bord interne est garni de dents
comprime'es, a couronne stride, un peu plus large que la base; toutes ces dents dd-
croisseut regulierement depuis les iuferieures jusqu'aux superieures,le nombre en varie
selou les especes ; elles ferment un.peigne sur le corps 1'os. Les opercules sont grands ;
les uarines ont chacune, comme h 1'ordinaire, deux ouvertures rapprochdes; les yeux
assez larges, sont elliptiques, et ont 1'iris ordinairement jaune ; les dcailles sont en
general petites &ur la uuque et pres de la tete, et elles vont ensuite en augmentant a
me"sur6 qu'on s'en approche de la queue ; elles sont plus on moins rhomboidales et
strides ou frangdes.

156 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

"Les visceres rappellent ceux des cyprino'ides en ge'ne'ral, inais I'intestin, & cause de
ses nombreux replis, a eccore plus d'e'tendue. . . . Le foie se rdsout bieutot en
huile; la vessie adrienne est cominune'ment divise' en deux et communique avec le
Laut de I'cesophage comme dans nos cyprins." — (VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons,
xvii, pp. 423-424.)

HYLOMYZON Agassiz, 1855. — "The name of this genus is a mere translation of the
vernacular name of its type, the Mud-Sucker of the West, framed in imitation of
Petromyzon, but expressing its habits of living in the mud. The body is stout and
heavy in front, and tapers off rapidly from the shoulders towards the tail ; behind the
dorsal it is nearly cylindrical in form.

" The short quadrangular head is broad and flat above, its sides are vertical. The
eyes are of moderate size and elliptical in form ; the superorbital ridges are elevated
above the general level of the head. The mouth is inferior, and encircled by broad
fleshy lips which are covered with small grains or papillae The lower lip is bilobed.
The dorsal is over the ventrals, and nearer the head than the tail ; its height and
length are nearly equal. The pectorals and ventrals are broad and rounded, the anal
fin is slender and reaches the caudal. The scales are largest on the anterior portion of
the body. They are slightly longer than high, 'the ornamental concentric ridges of
the posterior field are broader and farther apart than those of the lateral and anterior
iields ; those of the anterior and posterior fields rather remote, about equal in number.
Tubes of the lateral line arising from the centre of radiation.

"The teeth are compressed, so that their sharp edge projects inwards; at the same
time they are slightly arched inwards and inserted obliquely upon the pharyngeal'
bones. They increase gradually in size and thickness from above downwards. The
masticating ridge of the teeth is transverse, compressed in the middle and sharp; its
upper and lower edges are rounded and more projecting, the inner point, however, more
projecting than the outer one." — (AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 205.)

CATOSTOMUS Agassiz, 1855. — "I have retained the name of Catostomus for the type
to which it was originally applied by Forster. The body is elongated, fusiform and
slightly compressed. The snout is short and blunt, and projects but little beyond the
mouth, which is inferior. The lower jaw is short and broad. The lips are fleshy and
strongly bilobed below ; their surface is conspicuously granulated or papillated. The
head is considerably longer than high. The dorsal is large and mostly in advance of
the ventrals; its length is greater than its height. The anal fin is long and slender,
and reaches the caudal. The sexual differences, so conspicuous in the genus Moxostoma
and Prychostoinus, are hardly to be noticed in this genus. The other tins are of moder-
ate size, and more or less pointed.

" The scales are much smaller on the anterior than on the posterior portion of the
body ; nearly quadrangular, with rounded angles, but somewhat longer than high ;
the ornamental concentric ridges of the posterior field broader than those of the lateral
and anterior fields; the radiating furrows more numerous than in Hylomyzon and
Ptychostomus, and encroaches upon the lateral fields, where, in some species, they are
nearly as numerous as upon the anterior and posterior fields. Tubes of the lateral line
wider than in Hylomyzon and Ptychostomus, extending from the centre of radiation
to the posterior margin.

"The pharyngeals are stout and compact, the outer margin not so spreading as

spei

a

con

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 157

Ptychostornns ; the teeth are blunter and larger comparatively than iu any
genus of the tribe, increasing more rapidly in size from above downwards, so
t those of the middle of the arch are already of the same cast as those of the lower
t of the comb ; their crown is blunt and the inner edge rises into a blunt cusp." —

GASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1855, p. 207.)

MINOMUS Girard, 1856.—" We propose to include under the head of lUnomus, such
species as are characterized by an elongated and fusiform body, a head longer than
p ; a dorsal fin either higher than long, or with both dimensions equal. The l.ps

ing tubercalated, moderately bilobed. The pharyngeals not expanded laterally, but

nsiderably bent inwardly. The teeth compressed, decidedly bicuspid, but the inner
projection more developed than the outer. The scales being nearly of the same size,
but slightly smaller anteriorly than posteriorly." (Includes C. insignis, C.plebeius, and
C. clarkii.)— (GiRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, p. 173.)

ACOMUS Girard, 1856. — "And then giving the name of Acomua to those species in
which the head is very elongated, the dorsal higher than long, and the scales much
smaller upon the anterior region of the body than upon the posterior. The lips being
papillated and very deeply cleft. The pharyngeals are gently arched and not expanded;
the teeth compressed and bituberculated, the inner projection conspicuous; the outer
one obsolete, though existing." (Includes C.forsterianus, C. aurora, C. latipinnis, C. fjuz-
maniensis, C. generosus, C. gnseus, and C. lactariw.} — (GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila.
1856, p. 174.)

CATOSTOMUS Girard, 1856. — "The genus Catostomus, Le Sueur, would then be re-
stricted to such species in which the head is moderately elongated, the dorsal fin gen-
erally longer than high, and the size of the scales less disproportionate anteriorly and
posteriorly than in Acomus. The lips are papillated and deeply cleft. The pharyngeals
provided with a little expansion inferiorly. The teeth are compressed, with the inner
projection of the crown alone developed." (Includes C. hudsonius, C. communis, C. occi-
dentalis, C. labiatus, C. macrocheilus, C. sucklii, and C. bernardini.)— (GiRARD, Proc. Ac.
Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, p. 174.)

CATASTOMUS Gill, 1865.— "Snout long. Lateral line present, nearly straight. Lips
papillated." — (GiLL, Canadian Naturalist, Aug. 1865, p. 19, reprint.)

CATOSTOMUS Giinther, 1868. — " Scales of small, moderate or large size. Lateral line
present, running along the middle of the tail. Dorsal fin of moderate extent, with not
more than about seventeen rays, opposite to the ventrals, without spine. Anal fin very
short, but deep. Fins of the males generally more produced than those of the females,
and frequently with horny tubercles. Mouth inferior, with the lips more or less thick-
ened and papillose, the lower frequently bilobed. Barbels none. Gill-rakers well
developed, soft, the upper lanceolate, the lower quite ncembranaceous, low folds cross-
ing the bone. Pseudobranchi®. Pharyngeal bones sickle-shaped, armed with a comb-
like series of numerous compressed teeth, the teeth becoming larger and broader
towards the lower end of the series."— (GUXTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, p. 12.)

CATOSTOMUS Jordan, 1876.— "Air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well developed;
lips papillose ; scales much smaller anteriorly than posteriorly ; interorbital space
convex ; body sub-terete."— (JORDAN, Man. Vert. 1876, p. 292.)

HYPENTELIUM Jordan, 1876. — "Air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well devel-
oped; lips papillose ; scales about as large on front part of body as on tail; body

158 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.

tapering rapidly from shoulders to tail ; interorbital space concave : length of head
greater than depth of body."— (JORDAN, Man. Vert. 1876, p. 292.)

CATOSTOMUS Cope & Jordan, 1877. — "Body oblong or elongate, with a short, sub-
quadrate dorsal fin ; air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well developed ; fontanelle
distinct."— (JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 81.)

HYPENTELIUM Jordan, 1878. — "Body oblong or elongate, with a short subquadrate
dorsal ; anal rays uniformly 7 ; mouth normal, the lower lip undivided or deeply lobed ;
lips tuberculate ; lateral line well developed ; fontanelle distinct ; no mandibulary
sheath; scales moderate, not crowded forwards, about equal over the body ; body long,
and little compressed ; head transversely concave between orbits, long and flattened,
the physiognomy being therefore peculiar ; ventral rays 9." — (JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed.
2d, 1878, pp. 309-310.)

CATOSTOMUS Jordan, 1878. — [As in the preceding except] "Scales small, smaller
anteriorly and much crowded ; head transversely convex between orbits ; ventral
rays normally 10."— (JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 1878, pp. 309-310.)

DECADACTYLUS Jordan, 1878 (as subgenus). — "Lateral line with 60 to 65 scales;
snout comparatively short." — (JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 319.)

CATOSTOMUS Jordan, 1878 (as subgenus). — "Lateral line with about 100 scales;
snout much produced."— (JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 320.)

The three subgenera here recognized are characterized below. The
single species of Hypentelium is found only eastward of the Eocky
Mountains. Catostomus and Decadactylus each have rep.resentatives on
both sides of the mountains. It is a curious fact that the Southwestern
representatives of each, as a rule, have the upper lip more developed,
and with more numerous series of papillae, than the Eastern ones. In
this respect as in others, these Western species approach the genus Pan-
tosteus, a group exclusively Western in its distribution.

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CATOSTOMUS.

* Scales moderate ; not crowded anteriorly, nearly equal over the body ; 48 to 55 in the
lateral line ; 12 to 15 in a transverse series from dorsal to
ventrals : head flattened above, transversely concave between
the orbits, the frontal bone thick, broad, and short, the phy-
siognomy being therefore peculiar: ventral rays normally
9: upper lip very thick, strongly papillose, with a broad,
free margin, which has upwards of 8 to 10 series of papilla}
upon it. Lower lip greatly developed, strongly papillose,
considerally incised behind, but less so than in Catostomus
proper : fontanelle shorter and smaller than in Decadactylus :
pectoral fins unusually large. (Hypentelium.)

x. Depth 4£ to 5 in length ; head 4 to 4| ; eye rather small, 4£ to 5 in head : color
olivaceous ; sides with brassy lustre ; belly white ; back
brown, with several dark cross-blotches, irregularly arranged,
these becoming obsolete in old individuals ; lower fins dull
red, with some dusky shading : size large ; maximum length
about two feet NIGRICANS, 24.

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 159

y. Dorsal with 11 developed r,ays : scales 7-50-5 : bead rather longer, 4 to 4£ in
length: pectoral fins rather longer: colors relatively dull;
no distinct whitish stripes along the rows of scales.

nigricans.

yy. Dorsal with 10 developed rays: scales 6-48-5: head rather shorter, 4£ in
length : pectoral fins rather shorter : colors brighter ; black-
ish above ; belly abruptly white ; a pale spot at the base of
each scale, these forming conspicuous whitish streaks along

the rows of scales etoicanus.

** Scales small, reduced, and crowded anteriorly more or less ; 58 to 72 in the lateral
line and about 20 to 25 in a transverse series from the ven-
trals to the dorsal : snout moderate or rather short. (Deca-
daclylus.)

t Upper lip comparatively thin, with but few (2 or 3) rows of papillae,
a. Dorsal fin with but 10 or 11 developed rays ; scales but little reduced in size

forwards.

&. Body moderately stout ; depth 4£ in length ; head very small and short, about
5 in length; eye moderate; fins all notably small: scales
small, snbequal, 9-70-9, larger on the middle of the body than
on the caudal peduncle : body with scattered, dusky, nebu-
lous spots CLARKI, 25.

bb. Body rather elongate, subterete, heavy at the shoulders and tapering back-
wards, the depth about 5 in length ; head moderate, about 4£
in length ; mouth comparatively small ; lips moderate, the
upper narrow, with about two rows of large tubercles : scales
little crowded forwards, 58 to 63 in the lateral line, 19 in a
cross-series : a series of dusky spots along each row of scales,
as in Minytrema melanops ; the spots sometimes obscure.

IXSIGNIS, 26.

aa. Dorsal with 11 to 13 developed rays : scales much reduced and crowded ante-
riorly.

c. Body moderately stout, varying with age, subterete, heavy at the shoul-
ders, the depth 4 to 4f in length : head rather large and stout,
conical, flattish above, its length 4 to 4^ in body (3£ to 4£ in
young) ; snout moderately prominent, scarcely overpassing
the mouth ; mouth rather large, the lips strongly papillose,
the upper moderate, with two or three rows of papilla :
scales crowded anteriorly, much larger on the sides than be-
low ; scales 10-64 to 70-9 : coloration olivaceous ; males in
spring with a faint rosy lateral band : young brownish, more
or less mottled, often with about three large confluent lateral
blotches, which sometimes form an obscure lateral band.

TERES, 27.

tt Upper iip thick and full, with several (5 to 8) rows of papilla : scales crowded
forwards.

160 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

t Fontauelle well developed : lips without evident cartilaginous sheath.
d. Dorsal fin comparatively long, of 12 to 14 rays.

e. Mouth quite large, with very large lips, the upper full and pendent,
with 6 to 8 rows of strong papilla : head large, 4£ in length,
rather narrow, quadrangular, the snout projecting: eye
large: dorsal fin much longer than high, its rays about 14:
scales 12-72-10 : coloration rather dark ; a dusky lateral
stripe MACROCHILUS, 28.

ee. Mouth comparatively small, smaller than in C. teres; the upper lip
thick, with 5 or 6 rows of papillae, which are moderately
large : head rounded above, 4| in length, the profile steeper
than in C. teres, the snout more pointed, the two sides of the
head more convergent forwards : eye small : dorsal fin longer
than high, its rays 12 to 14: scales 13-72-10.

OCCIDENTALS, 29.

dd. Dorsal fin short, higher than long, of about 11 developed rays : head 4£
in length, rather bluntish: mouth moderate, the labial papillae
largely developed, the upper lip full, with about 5 rows of
large bat rather sparse papillae : scales 12-74-10 : color dark
above; sides clouded with black and yellow... LABIATUS, 30.
tt Fontanelle very small and narrow : both jaws with a weak cartilaginous sheath :
body elongate, fusiform, subterete, the greatest depth 4£ to 4£
in length : head small, conical, 4f in length : mouth quite
large, with fall, thick lips, the upper very wide and pendent,
with about 6 rows of very strong papilla3 : lower lip two-
lobed, similarly papillose : interorbital space wide, convex :
eye elevated, posterior, quite small: fins moderate; dorsal
higher than long, with 10, rarely 11, rays: ventral rays 10:
scales small, crowded forwards, 10 or 0-70-8: color dark;

scales with dark punctulations AR^OPUS, 31.

*** Scales verv small, much reduced and crowded anteriorly ; 83 to 115 in the lateral
line, and 25 to 40 in a transverse series from the ventrals tD
the dorsal : body and head more or less elongate : sides with a
broad rosy or orange lateral band in spring males. (Cato-
stomus.)
§ Fontanelle well developed: jaws without evident cartilaginous sheath.

/. Upper lip comparatively thin and narrow, with but few (3 or 4) rows

of papilla3.

g. Body shorter than in the next, but still elongated, its greatest depth
4-J to 5 in length : head very large and long-acuminate, tbe
muzzle nearly one-half its length, overhanging the rather
large mouth : lips moderate ; the upper pendent, with about 3
rows of small papilla ; the lower rather full, similarly papil-
lose: eye nearly median, rather small, 8£ in head: scales
small and crowded forwards, closely imbricated, 83 to 87 in

• GENUS CATOSTOMUS.

161

the course of the lateral line aud about 28 in a cross-series
from dorsal to ventrals : coloration very dark ; fins dusky ;
scales everywhere finely punctate. Size large. .TAHOEXSIS, 3*2.
gg. Body elongate, subterete, the depth 4£ to 4£ in length : head quite
loog and slender, 4J to 4f in length, depressed and flattened
above, broad at base, but tapering into a long snout, which
considerably overhangs the large mouth : lips thick, coarsely
tuberculate, the upper lip narrow, with 2 or 3 rows of
tubercles: eye rather small, behind the middle of the head:
scales very small, much crowded forwards, 95 to 114 in the
course of the lateral line, and about 29 (26 to 31) in a cross
row from dorsal to veutrals : dorsal rays 10 or 11 : males in
spring with the head and anal fin profusely tuberculate, the
tubercles on the head small ; the sides at that season with a
broad rosy band: size large; the largest species in the

genus LOXGIROSTRIS, 34.

ff. Upper lip very broad, with several (5 or 6) rows of large papillae.
i. Body long and slender, subterete, compressed behind, the form
essentially that of C. longirostris, the depth contained 5£ times
in the length : head large, 4 in length of body, the interorbital
space broad and flat, 2| in length of head : eye small, high up
and rather posterior: preorbital bone very long and slender,
its length about three times its depth : mouth large, precisely
as in C. latipinnis, the upper lip pendent, very large, with 5 to
8 Eeries of tubercles : dorsal lin not elongated or especially
elevated, its rays 11, the beginning of the dorsal much
nearer base of caudal than snout : caudal lin long and stronglj7
forked : anal fin long and high, reaching base of caudal : ven-
trals not reaching vent : caudal peduncle stout and deep, its
least depth more than one-third length of head, its length
about two-thirds that of head : scales quite small, about as in
Jongirostris, the exposed portion not notably lengthened:
chest with well-developed scales; scales 16-100-14 : coloration
dusky brown, a dusky lateral band, pale below, the dark colors
extending low ; snout quite dark: size large.. KKTROPLNNIS, 35.
t j. Body slender and elongate, the caudal peduncle especially long and
very slender, the depth 5£ in the length: head moderate, 4f
in length, rather slender, with prominent snout and rather
contracted, inferior mouth; outline of the mouth triangular,
the apex forwards ; the lips very thick, greatly developed ,
lower lip incised to the base, its posterior margin extending
backwards to opposite the eye : jaws with a slight cartila-
ginous pellicle : eye small, high up : preorbital bone broad,
scarcely twice as long as deep : scales long and low, posteri-
•orly rounded, their horizontal diameter greater than the ver-

Buil, N. M. No. 12—11

162 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

tical, 17-98 to 105-17 : fins excessively developed, much
more elevated in the males than in the females, the free
border of the dorsal, in the males at least, deeply incised : in
the males, the height of each of the three vertical fins is
greater than the length of the head: dorsal rays 13, its
beginning rather nearer snout than base of dorsal : caudulfin
especially strong, the rudimentary rays at its base unusually
developed : least depth of caudal peduncle less than one-third
length of head : coloration rather silvery, the males probably

rosy and tubercu late inspring LATIPINNIS, 36.

$$Fontanelle almost obliterated, reduced to a narrow slit: each jaw with a well-
developed cartilaginous sheath (as in Pantosteus).
j. Body subterete, compressed behind, the depth 5 in length : in-
terorbital space 2 in head : head quite short, broad and
rounded above, 4f in length : eye small, far back and high up,
6 in head : mou.th very large, inferior, beneath the projecting
snout : upper lip very full, pendent, with about 5 rows of tu-
bercles upon it : lower lip very full, moderately incised, with
about 10 rows, a notch separating the upper lip from the
lower, each jaw with a slightly curved cartilaginous sheath ou
its edge, the two parallel with each other and fitting closely
together: fins smnll : dorsal rays 11; caudal little forked:
scales 15-90-11, very much reduced forwards and subject to
many irregularities : colors dusky : size small .. DISCOBOLUS, 36.

24. CATOSTOMUS N1GRICANS Le Sueur.

[Ing Sucker. Hog Mullet. Hog Molly. Crawl-a-l)ottom. Stone Roller. Stone Toter.
Stone Lugger. Hammer-head. Mud Sucker.

a. Subspecies nigricans.

1817— Catostomus nigricam LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 102.
Catostomus nigrans (sic) KIRTLAND, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Catostomus nigricans DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 202, 1842.
Catostonms nigricans CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 453,

1844.

Catostomus nigricans STORER, Synopsis, 421, 1846.

Hylomyzon nigricans AGASSIZ, Am. Jonru. Sci. Arts, 2d series, xix, 205, 1855.
Hylomyzon nigricans PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 186o.
Hylomyzon nigricans COPE, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 285, 1H64,
Catostomus nigricans COPE, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 236, 1868.
Catostomus nigricans GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 17, 1868.
Catostomus nigricans COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 468, 1870.
Hylomyzon nigricans JORDAN, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875.
Hypentelium nigricans JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.
HypenteUum nigricans JORDAN, Man. Vert. 294, 1876.
Catostomus nigricans UHLER & LUGGER, Fishes of Maryland, 138,
Hypentelium nigricans NELSON, Bull. No. 1 , Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48,

CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS. 163

Hypentelium nigricans JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

Caiostomus nigricans JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 345, 1877.

Hypentelium nigricans JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876.

Hypentelium nigricans JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Hypentelium nigricans JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 319, 1878.
r— Catostomus maculosus LE SUEUR, Jonrn. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 103.

Catostomus maculosus DEKAY, New York Fanna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus maculosus CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 454,
1844.

Catostomus maculosus STORER, Synopsis, 422, 1846.

Catostomus maculosus UHLER &, LUGGER, Fishes of Maryland, 139, 1876.
" — Exoglossum macropterum RAFINESQUE. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 420.

Hypentelium macropterum RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 68, 1820.

Hypentelium macropterum KIRTLAND, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.

Exoglossum macropterum CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, xvii, 486, 1844.

Exoglossum macropterum STORER, Synopsis, 428, 1846.
18-20— Catostomus xanthopus RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 57.

1820— f Catostomus f megastomus RAFIXESQUE, Ich. Ob. 59. (Most likely mythical.)
lT-l-1— Catostomus planiceps CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. desPoissons, xvii, 450,
pi. 516.

Catostomus planiceps STORER, Synopsis, 426, 1846.

art. Subspecies etowanus.
1877— Catostomus nigricans var. etowanus JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 345.

HABITAT.— New York and Maryland to North Carolina ; west to the Great Plains.
Var. etowanus in the Alabama River. Most common in the Central Mississippi Basin ; not
known from the streams of the South Atlantic States, excepting the Savannah River.

This species is one of the most abundant and widely distributed of
our Suckers. It abounds in rapids and sboals, especially in the larger
streams, and its singular, almost comical form is familiar to every
school-boy in the West. Its powerful pectoral fins render it a swifter
fish in the water than any others of its family. Its habit is to rest
motionless on the bottom, where its mottled colors render it difficult to
distinguish from the stones among which it lies. When disturbed, it
darts away very quickly, after the manner of the Etheostomoids. They
often go in flocks of eight to ten. I have never yet found this species
in really muddy water, and when placed in the aquarium it is one of
the very first fishes to feel the influence of impure water. In my expe-
rience, it is a fish as peculiar to the clear streams as the species of
Etlieostoma or Uranidea are. Professor Agassiz speaks of it as the
Mud Sucker, and has named it Hylomyzon, in allusion to its mud-loving
habits. It is fortunate that that name has become a synonym, for it is
certainly a misnomer.

This Sucker reaches a length of about 18 inches. It is not much valued

164 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

as food, bat is often caught by boys with a spear or snare. In company
with other species of Catostomus and Myxostoma, it ascends all our West-
ern streams in April for the purpose of depositing its spawn.

The Southern form, which I have designated as var. etowanus, is more
intensely colored and differs in some minor respects. It frequents, in
great abundance, the clear tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula, and
Coosa Eivers, in company with Potamocottus meridionalis (zoplierus), a
species to which the young of the Catostomus bears much resemblance
as seen in the water.

The synonymy of this species has been well worked out by Professor
Agassiz. The variations in age and appearance have given rise to a
number of nominal species, most of which have, however, already been
disposed of. The oldest specific name, nigricans, has been the one most
generally employed. The generic- name used depends on whether we
consider this species generically distinct from the type of Catostomus or
not. It would seem — if we may so speak — as if Nature had intended
Hypentelium for a distinct genus, but not being an expert in generic
characters, had failed to provide it with any which can stand our tests.
The name Hylomyzon, being a simple synonym of Hypentelium^ of course
cannot be used. Rafinesque's account is much inferior to that of Pro-
fessor Agassiz, and the figure given by him is one of the worst ever
published, still his typical species is readily identifiable, and his name
for it cannot be set aside.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

7644

8446

Cciyn23i Lake Now York .

H762

9061

9069

12295

Cincinnati Ohio ..

J W.Milner.

£ corse Micli •

J.W.Milnor.

15246

Bainbridge Pa . ...

T. H. Beau.

20066

Black River Ohio . ....

S. F. Baird.

20106

Tennessee - - - *

Beckwith.

20260

Yellow Creek Ohio ....

S. F. Baird.

20270

Root River ^W^isconsiu . . ......... ......

Etowah River, Georgia (types of var. etou'anus) . ...

D. S. Jordan.

White River Indiana

D S Jordan.

Savannah River . . .. .

D. S. Jordan.

CATOSTOMUS INSIGNIS. 165

25. CATOSTOMUS CLARKI Baird & Girard.

Clark's Sucker.

[—Catostomus clarkii BAIUD & GIKARD, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc. 27.

Catostomus clarkii AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208, 1855.
Minomm clarkii GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
Minomus clarkii GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichtb. 38, pi. xxii, f. 5-8, 1859.
Catostomus clarkii JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

k.BiTAT. — Rio Santa Cruz in Arizona.

Nothing is known of this species except from the figure given by
Girard and the descriptions published by Baird and Girard. The
original types of the species are not to be found in the Museum, and
there are no specimens of recent collection which appear to belong to
it. It seems, however, to be a valid species, related to G. insignis.
Its lips have not been figured, hence I can only infer that it belongs to
the group with a narrow upper lip.

26. CATOSTOMCTS INSIGNIS Baird & Girard.

Spotted Sucker.

1854 — Catostomus insignis BAIRD & GIRARD, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc. 28, 1854.
Minomus insignis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
Minomus insignis GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 37, pi. xxi, f. 1-4, 1859.

I Catostomus insigne COPE & YARROW, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Her. v, Zool.
676, 1876.
Catostomus insignis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
BITAT.— Tributaries of the Rio Gila.

The original types of this species, from the Kio San Pedro, are now
lost. The specimens collected by Dr. Rothrock in Ash Creek, Arizona,
and referred to this species by Professor Cope, undoubtedly belong
here. The species is a well-marked one, both as to form and coloration.
The genus Hinomus, of which it was made the type, appears, however,
to have no tangible existence.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

16756

Ash Creek. Arizona

Dr J T Rothrock.

166 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

27. CATOSTOMUS TERES (Mitchill) Le Sueur.
Common Sucker. White Sucker. Brook Sucker. Fine-scaled Sucker.

1803— Le Cyprin commersonien LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. v, 502, 508.

Catostomus commersonii JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 320, 1878.

18 Cyprinus catostomus PECK, Mem. Am. Acad. ii, pt. 2, p. 55, pi. 2, f. 4. (Not of

Forster.)
1814— Cyprinus teres MITCHILL, Lit. and Phil. Trans. New York, i, 458.

Catostomus teres LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 108, 1817.

Catostomus teres THOMPSON, Hist. Vt. 134, 1842.

Catostomus teres CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, xii, 468, 1844.

Catostomus teres STOKER, Synopsis, 423, 1846.

Catostomus teres AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d peries, xix, 208, 1855.

Catostomus teres GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 15, 1868.

Catostomus teres COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 463, 1870.

Catostomus teres JORDAN, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875.

Catostomus teres JORDAN, Man. Vert. 293, 1876.

Catostomus teres NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.

Catostomus teres JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

Catostomus teres JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Catostomus teres JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's First Report Ohio Fish Com-
mission, 84, pi. xii, f. 18-19, 1877.

Catostomus teres JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 37, 1877.
1817 — Catostomus communis LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phibi. i, 95.

Catostomus communis DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 196, 1842.

Catostomus communis CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
426, 1844.

Catostomus communis KIRTLAND, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 265, 1845.

Catostomus communis STORER, Synopsis, 421, 1846.

Catostomus communis COPE, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 236. 1868.

Catostomus communis UHLER & LUGGER, Fishes of Maryland, 138, 1876.
1817— Catostomus bostoniensis LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 106.

Catostomus bostoniensis STORER, Rep*". Ich. Mass. 84, 1838.

Catostomus bostoniensis CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
432, 1844.

Catostomus bostoniensis STORER, Synopsis, 423, 1846.

Catostomus bostoniensis PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Catostomus bostoniensis GILL, Canadian Nat. p. 19, Aag. 1805.

Catostomus bostoniensis STORER, Hist. Fishes Mass. 290, pi. xxii, f. 3, 1867.

Catostomus bostoniensis THOREAU, Week on Concord and Merrimack, 38, 1868.
1820 — Catostomns flexuosus RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 59.

1823 — Catostomus hudsonius RICHARDSON, Franklin's Journal, 717, 1823. (Not of Le
Sueur.)

Cyprinus (Catostomus} hudsonius RICHARDSON, Fauna Bor.- Am. Fishes, 112, 1836.

(Excl.syn.)
1836— Cyprinus (Catostomus) reticulatus RICHARDSON, Fauna Bor.-Am. Fishes, 303.

CATOSTOMCS TERES. 167

1838 — Carostomus gracilis KIRTLAND, Kept. Zool. Ohio, 168.

1838— Catostomus nigricans STOKER, Repf. Ich. Mass. 66. (Not of Le Sueur.;

Catostomus nigricans THOMPSON, Hist. Vermont, 135, 1842.
1842 — Catoslomus pallidus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishe1, 200.

Catostomus pallidus STORER, Synopsis, 426, 1846.

1-41— Catostomus aureolas CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 439.
(Not of Le Sueur.)

Catoslomus aureolas GUNTHER', Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 16, 1868.
1-oU— Catostomus forsttnanus AGASSIZ, Lake Superior, 358.
I-;).")— Catostomus for si erianus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208.

Acomus forsterianus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
1856 — Catostomus sucklii GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat; Sc. Phila. 175.

Catostomus sucklii GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, pi. li, 226, 1858.

Catostomus sucklii COPE, Hayden's Geol. Snrv. Wyoming, 1870, 434, 1872.

Catostomus suckleyi JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
I860—? Catostomus texanus ABBOTT, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 473.

f Catostomus texanus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
1860— Catostomus chloropteron ABBOTT, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 473.

Catostomus chloropterum COPE, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 85, 1865.

Catostomus cliloropterus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
1876— Catostomus alticolus COPE & YARROW, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool. 677.

Catostomus alticolus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

1876— Moxostoma trisignatum (COPE) COPE& YARROW, Wheelers Expl. W. 100th Mer. v,
Zool. 679.

Enmyzon trixignatus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 157, 1876.
HABITAT. — All streams frcm Labrador to Florida and westward to the Rocky Mount-
ains. Everywhere abundant. The most widely distributed of the Catostomidce.

This species is the commonest of all the Suckers in nearly every
stream east of the Eocky Mountains. In Canada, in Xew England, in
the Great Lakes, iu the Mississippi Valley, in South Carolina, in Georgia,
in Alabama, it is everywhere the commonest Sucker, and it certainly
occurs in Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado, and Texas, though how
abundantly I am unable to say.

This species is everywhere the one to which the name of " Sucker77
primarily belongs, the other species, though often called u Sucker77, as
a sort of general term, receiving the special names of Eed Horse, Buffalo,
Mullet, Chub Sucker, etc.

This species is subject to considerable variations in different waters.
In shaded brooks, it is dark-colored and rather slender. In open or
muddy waters, it becomes pale. In the Great Lakes, it often reaches a
considerable size and a proportional stoutness of body. The adult is
usually uniformly colored above. Young fishes 1 J to 3 inches in lerfgth
are often variegated, and sometimes show three or four lateral dark
i

168 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY; — III.

blotches, which are sometimes confluent into an irregular dusky baud.
Such little fishes usually have the lateral line imperfect. On such, the
nominal species Moxostoma trisignatwn was based.

The male fishes in the spring show a more or less distinct pinkish or
rosy lateral band. The males and females ascend the small streams in
the spring for the purpose of depositing their spawn. The coincidence
of their times of migration with that of some of the early settlers of Illi-
nois, who used to come up from New Orleans in the spring, returning
in the fall, has given to the natives of that State the slaug name of
" Suckers", as natives of Michigan were called " Wolverenes "5 of Minne-
sota, "Gophers"; of Wisconsin, "Badgers"; of Indiana, "Hoosiers"; of
Ohio, ''Buckeyes"; and of Missouri, "Pukes".

I have elsewhere adopted the name "cowmernoni" for this species,
inasmuch as there is little doubt that it is the "Cyprin commersonien " *
of Lacepede, as has long since been noticed by Valenciennes.

Dr. Giinther quotes, in the synonymy of Catostomus teres, "Cyprinus
commersonnii Lacepede"; but, on examination of Lacepede's work, I am
unable to find that he uses the name commersoni, or in fact any classical
name whatever for the species, and as priority of date can hardly be
claimed for a French name like "Cyprin commersonien J\ I am compelled
to fall back on MitchilPs very appropriate name teres for the species.
The identity of C. teres of Mitchill, C. communis and C. bostoniensis of Le
Sueur, C. reticulatus oi Richardson, (7. gracilis of Kirtland, and C.pallidw
of DeKay has been long since shown, and has been generally admitted
by late writers, C. nigricans of Storer and Thompson, from the Con-
necticut, is evidently the dusky brook form of this species, and not
the true nigricans of Le Sueur. It is equally evident that the species
called C. aureolus by Valenciennes and Giinther is the present one and
not Myxostoma aureolum. Agassiz's Catostomus for sterianus is doubtless
the common lake form of C. teres, us indicated by Dr. Giiuther. The

* The following is Lace"pede's description of bis "Le Cyprin Commersonien" : —
" Onze rayons a. la dorsale; huit a la nageoire de 1'anus; dix a chaque ventrale;
huit on ntuf a chaque pectorale ; la nageoire du dos et celle de 1'anus quadrilateres;
1'anal 6troite ; 1' angle de Pextre'mite' de cette derniere nageoire tres aigu; la caudale
en croissant; la ligne laterale droite; la niachoire supe"rieure plus avance"e que celle
d'en bas ; les e"cailles arrondies et tr&s petites.

"Le commersonien, dont nous publions les premiers la description, et que le savant
Coramerson a observe", pre~sente un double orifice pour chaque narine ; sa tete est d^uu6e
de petites e"cailles ; ses veutrales et ses pectorales sont arrondies & leur extre'mite' ; la
dorsale s'e"leve vers le milieu de la longueur totale de la poisson."

CATOSTOMUS TEEES.

169

types of C. sucklii are lost, but C. teres occurs in tire Upper Missouri
region, and Girard's description hints at no specific difference. Catosto-
mus chloropteron Abbott is evidently the same. Catostomus texanus
Abbott, described from a dried specimen, is less clear, but what there is
of specific characterization in the description points to C. teres. The
dorsal carinatioii is frequently observed in stuffed fishes in which some
flesh is left in the back to shrink in dryiDg, leaving the back " carinated^.
I have examined several of the types of Catostomus alticolus Cope.
They are all small fishes, not one-fourth grown, and, as usual in young
fishes, the head appears proportionally large. I see, however, no rea-
son for considering them different from Catostomus teres. Aloxostoma
trisignatum I have already referred to. The absence of the lateral line
is due to their youth, not to their belonging to a different genus.
The three large lateral spots, " not seen in any other of the order," are
found on young specimens of Catostomus generally. I have examined
the types of "Moxostoma trisignatum", and have found specimens of
similar size, similarly colored and without lateral line, from Michigan and
from other Western States. I would undertake to match them from any
stream in the West. The reference of these specimens to Moxostoma
(Erimyzon) was probably the result of a very hasty examination.

Specimens in United States Xational Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

1592 Carlisle, Pa S.F.Baird.

6:239 Maryland Dr. Kennerly.

Sunmierville, S. C.

7067 Lake Chainplaiu S.F.Baird.

7607 Marietta, Ohio Prof. Andrews.

7677
7678
7706
7707
7717

7777

7781 ;

8329 Port Huron, Mich.

8409

8440

8451 L.

64*9 Racine, Wis

S501

8573 I Toronto, Canada.

170 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Specimens in United States National Museum— Continued.

Number.

Locality.

8664

8671

8689 Barry.

8728 Huron River, Michigan S. F. Baird.

8759

8834 Oswego, N. Y

8870 Alabama

8927

8984 -

9041 Missouri (?) Barry.

9054

9059

9157

9170

9182 Pembina, Red River of the North E. Kennicott.

9195 Aux Plaines River. Illinois R. Kennicott.

9207 Lake Champlain

9393 Decree, Mich - G.Clark.

9404 Abbeville, S. C

9503 Mississippi Valley

9646

9875 Black River g. F. Baird.

10540 Lake Superior J. W. M leer.

11146 Saudusky, Ohio J.W. Miluer.

11147 Sandusky, Ohio J. W. Milner.

11148 Sandusky, Ohio J.W. Milner.

12320 Potomac River J.W. Milner.

12915 Twin Lakes, Colorado (alticolus) j. T. Rothrock.

12936 South Hadley Falls, Mass J. W. Miluer.

12937 South Hadley Falls, Mass J. W. Milner.

12939 South Hadley Falls, Mass. J. W. Miluer.

12940 South Hadley Falls, Mass , J.W. Miluer.

15356 Bainbridge, Pa T. H. Bean.

15777 Twin Lakes, Colorado (types of alticolus) J. T. R throck.

17099 Arkansas River, Pueblo, Col. (types of trisignatum) C. E. Aiken.

18258 Potomac River G. B. Goode.

18259 Potomac River G. B. Goode.

20010 Yellow Creek, Ohio S. F. Baird.

20057 Brownsville, Tex

20097 Sing Sing, N. Y S. F. Baird.

| Northern Boundary Survey, Dakota Dr. Elliott Coues.

Collector.

CATOSTOMUS MACROCHILUS.

171

Specimens in United*States Xational Museum — Continued.

mber.

Locality.

Collector.

20241

Piermont, N. Y

S F Baird

20238

S F Baird

20256

20262

S F Baird.

20266

S F Baird.

20267

Sin0" Sinf

S F Baird

20268

Root River \Visconsin

S F Baird

20316

20344

Potomac River . ...

Goode &, Bean

20377

Potomac River

House

20382

Platte Valley, Nebraska

20454

Wilkesbarre, Pa

L H Taylor

E to wah River, Georgia .....

D S Jordan

Saluda River, South Carolina . . .

D S Jordan

20918

Fort Bridger Wyoming ...

28.* CATOSTOMUS MACROCHILUS Girard.

Large-lipped Sue er.

-Catostomm macrocheilus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175.
Catostomus macrocheilus GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x,225, 1858.
Catostomus macrochilus GUXTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 20, 1868.
Catostomus macrochilus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

UTAT. — Columbia River.

Only the original type of this species is known. It is an adult spe-
cimen, well preserved. Although this species seems closely related to
C. Occident a I is, I am disposed to consider it distinct, as the mouth is
notably larger than in any occidentalis which I have seen. The exami-
nation of a large series of specimens may, however, render it necessary
to unite them.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Localitv.

Collector.

240 [ Astoria, Oregon (type macrochilus)

Lieut. Trowbridge.

*For 28 (6). Catostomus fecundus Cope & Yarrow, see Addenda, p. 219.

172 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

29. CATOSTOMUS OCCIDENTALIS Ayres.

Western Sucker.

1854 — Catostomus occidentalis AYRES, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc. i, 18.

Catostomus occidentalis AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 209, 1855.

(Described as anew species.)

Catostomus occidentalis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174, 1856.
Catostomus occidentalis GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 224, 1858.
Catostomus occidentalis GUNTHER, Cat Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 17, 1868.
Catostomus occidentalis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876. (Name

only.)
1856—? Catostomus bernardini GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175.

f Catostomus bernardini GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Ichth. 40, pi. 23, f . 1-5, 1859.
f Catostomus bernardini GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. v. 7, 17, 1868.

HABITAT. — Streams west of the Rocky Mountains, probably generally distributed.

This species was described almost simultaneously under the same
name by Dr. Ayres and Professor Agassiz. Since then it has been little
noticed by ichthyologists, and its distribution has remained uncertain.
The few specimens in the National Museum indicate, however, a wide
distribution. I have here united Catostomus bernardini Girard to C.
occidentalis. The single specimen made the type of C. bernardini is lost,
so that we can probably never know exactly for what the author in-
tended the name. The size of the dorsal and the form of the mouth as
given in Girard's figure indicate a species of Catostomus rather than
Pantosteus, and as I ain unable to distinguish it from (J. occidentalis, I
let it fall into the synonymy. The scales of C. bernardini as figured
seem, however, smaller than usual in C. occidentalis.

C. occidentalis is apparently related to C. teres. but is distinguished
by the form of mouth and by the somewhat smaller scales. The species
is u brought to the market in San Francisco, and is said to be quite
common in the Sacramento and San Joaquiu Rivers." — ( GIRARD.)

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

15527

Green River, Wyoming .. ..

Livingston Stone.

20814

McLeod River, California ...

Livingston Stone.

CATOSTOMUS TAHOENSIS.

173

30. CATOSTOMUS LABIATUS Ayres.

Thick-lipped Sucker.

1855 — Catostomus labiatus AYRES, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc. i, 32.

Catostomits lablatus GIRARD, Proc. AC. Nut. Sc. Phila. 175, 1856.
Catostomus laUatus GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 224, 1858.
Catosiomus labiatus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

HABITAT. — Streams of Oregon (Klamath Lake).

hi have seeu only the specimen from which GirarcPs description was
taken. Like macrochilus, this species appears distinct from occidentalis,
but the examination of a larger series of specimens is necessary to
prove it. At present, it appears to differ from macrochilus and occiden-
talis in the smaller size of the dorsal fin.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

239

Klamath Lake Oregon

Dr. John S Newberry

31. CATOSTOMUS AK^OPUS Jordan, sp. nov.

Hard-headed Sucker.

ISlS—Catostomus arceopus JORDAN, MSS., Wheeler's Report Surv. W. 100th Mer. (ined.).
This species represents C. discobolus in the section Decadactylus. Its
very narrow fontanelle and sheathed lips indicate its close relation to
Pantosteus. The specific name is from apatos, small, thin ; o^, hole or
aperture. The typical specimens were from Kern River, California.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

H. W. Henshaw.
H. W. Henshaw.

Kern River, Cal. (type)
Carson River. Nevada

32. CATOSTOMUS TAHOENSIS Gill & Jordan.
Sucker of Lake Tahoe.

186d — Acomus generosus COOPER, Cronise's Nat. Wealth Cal. 495. (Not of Girard.)
l^o— Catostomus tahoensis GILL & JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mns. xi, p. — .
HABITAT.— Lake Tahoe, Nevada.

The Sucker of Lake Tahoe is closely related to Catostomus longirostris,
but seems to differ constantly in the shorter head and more contracted

174 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

body. It is said to be very abundant in Lake Talioe. " They are caught
in nets and sometimes with the hook, but like all this family are rather
poor as food" (Cooper}. Acomus generosus of Girard, with which this
species has been ideutib'ed, is a very different species, belonging to a
different genus.

Specimen* in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

5240

Lake Tahoe (types C tahoensis)

J G Cooper

17109

Lake Tahoe

H W Heushavv

33. CATOSTOMUS ROSTRATUS (Tilesius) Jordan.

Siberian Sucker.
1813 — " Cyprinus rostratus TILESIUS, Me"m. Ac. Sc. St. P6tersbourg, iv, p. 454, tab. 15,

figs. 1-2, 1813."

Cyprinus rostratus PALLAS, Zoogr. Rosso- Asiat. iii, 308.
Cijpnus rostratus G^NTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. xii, 12, 1868. (As doubtful

species of Catostomus.)

18H—Catostomus tilesii CUVIKR & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissone, xvii, 469,
1844.

HABITAT. — Eastern Siberia.

No writer since Tilesius seems to have observed this fish. It is, how-
ever, unquestionably a species of Catostomus, allied to and perhaps even
identical with C. longirostris. The following is Tilesius's description
of this species, as quoted by Pallas : —

"Descriptio Cyprini rostrati Tungusis ad Covymam fluv.,Tschukulschan et Jucagins
Onatscha dicti. Tab. XV, Fig. 1-5. (Der Ruffelkarpfen, Eampkopf.)

" Magnitude in adultis pedem superat, sed trium spithamarum longitudinem vix
attingit. Caput osseum longum antico rostro descendente truncatum e quino simile
quam ob rem Ruthenis.

" Koub dicitur aliis Produst, quoniam os subtus, ut In (sic) Cotto cataphracto vel
Agono accipenserino, sed rictus oris vel orificium lunatum non amplum sed augustum
labiis crassis pinguibus marginatum, labium anterius fornicatum, ambitu semicirculare
ossibus labialibus vel mystaceis ad friBuum oris descendentibus arcuatis lateraliter
lectum, labium posterius minus, rectum, ab anteriori inclusum amplexuin papillis
numerosissimis granulatum.

" Oculi lateralis a rostro remoli operculo posteriori branchiali approxiraati o vales,
iridibus aureis superne angustioribus, pupilla supra centrum posita. Nares ad mar-
ginem orbitae anteriorem dnplices ia sulco profundo osseo. Operculo branchialia tri-
lamellata, lamella anterior cum ossibus maxillso superioris conjuucta ellyptica angusta
ad orbitae marginem anteriorem ascendens inferius lamellaB sccundce tenerrimaB
angustiori orbitam inferiorem formanti imposita, lamina ossea subjacens, operculum

CATOSTOMUS LONGIROSTRIS. 175

medium forinans, subtus plica itshmojuguli adnata, carnetegitnr suborbitali. Lamina
maxima latissima ossea eonchsB adinstar fornicata, anterius cum obitae mar-
ie posteriori juncta. Membrana branchiostega triradiata inter operculi laminam
iteriorem subtus utrinque approximatam coarcta et in isthmo galas conjuncta.
oblongum erectum microlepidotum, squamis lawibus subtilissime radiato-
iatis oblongis, ad caput minoribus versus anum et caudam majoribus imbricatuui
misculuni leviter compressum, ventre-dorsusque convexum. Linea lateralisiectsk
ms medium corporis paululum descendens per seriem squamarum postice incisarum
:pressa versus caudam magis conspicua. Color in dorso atro cceruleus nitidns, versus
latera subargenteus, subtus albeus. Pinnce pectorals quatuordecim radiatae, radii
medii longissmii, ventrales decemradiatae, radia primo osseo acuminate, dorsalis decern-
radinta et dnodecimradiata, radio primo cum adminiculo radicali, ultimo brevissimo
ad basin usque fisso, omnibus ad apices quadrifidis, dorsalis pinna ventralibus oppo-
sita, analis p. septemradiata, radio primo simplici cum adminiculo radicali, reliquis
quadrilidis, tertio longissimo eeptimo brevissimo. Caudalis pinna bifurca lacinia
inferior paulo major undecimradiata, superior novemradiata tota pinna viginti radiis
suffulta extremis lateralibus cum adminiculo radicali connatis. Radii pennarum ad
extreuiitatis quadrifidi et extremi ad radices duplicati vel ex binis truncis connati,
quam ab rem primus dorsalis longitudinaliter ad basin sulcatus est, quod etiam in
primo analis et caudalibus extremis fere ex tribus compositis cernitur. In dorsali et
anali pinna radii valde distant, pectorales ventrales et analis pinnae aureo-rubescentes
et ad basin prominentes, pectorales adeo tuberosae, ventralium radices per mem-
branosam laminam triangularem squamatam obteguntur. Anus caudae propior. In-
terna non explonivi. Characteribus caBterum generis cyprinacei ore niaiirum edentulo,
deutibus post branchial ibus, membraua branchiostega triradiata utrinque instrnctus
est. A celeberrimo Mtrck plura specima ex siccata ex Covymae fluvio allata aunt,
quaB nominee Tschukutschan designata sunt. Annotavit simul idem, 'piscem in Lena
et Indigirca ejusque collateral! lapidoso Dogdo fluviis copiosum esse sed propter
nationis velocitatern captn difficilem esse et non nisi in co3cis fluminum ramis hamo
capi, gregatim et velocissime natare, sapidissimum caeterum, excepto vere, cum, ova
spargnnt nee aristis impeditum piscem esse, attameu ab accolis Covymas et IndigircaB
(qui caput tantem in deliciis habet, reliqua canibus cednnt) non multam aestimari/" —
(PALLAS, Zoographia Rosao-Asiatica, pp. 308-310.)

34. CATOSTOMUS LONGIROSTEIS Le Sueur.

Long-nosed Sucker. Northern Sucktr. Bed-sided Sucker.
1773— "Cyprinus caiostomus FORSTER, Philos. Trans. Ixiii, 155, tab. 0, 1773."

Cyprinus catastomus SCHXEIDEH, ed. Bloch, 444, 1802.
1817— Catostomus longirostrum LE SUEUR, Jouru. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 102.

Catostomus longirostrum THOMPSON, Hist. Vt. 135, 1842.

Catostomus Idngiroslris DEKAY, Xew York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus longirostrum CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, xvii, 453, 1844.

Catostomus longirostrum STOKER, Synopsis, 421, 1846.

Catostomus longirostrum JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

Catostomus longirostris JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1877.
1817— Catostomus hudsonius LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 107.

176 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Catostomus hudsonius CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 459,
1844.

Catostomus hudsonius STOKER, Synopsis, 419, 1846.

Catostomus hudsonius AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2A series, xix, 208, 1855.

Catostomus hudsonius GtJNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 13, 1868.

Catostomus hudsonius JORDAN, Man. Vert. 293, 1870.

Catostomus hudsonius NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.
1823— Catostomus forsterianus RICHARDSON, Franklin's Journal, 720.

Catostomus forsterianus RICHARDSON, Fauna Bor.-Araer. iii, Fishes, 116, 1836.

Catostomus forsterianus DfiKA Y, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus forsterianus CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
463, 1844.

Catostomus forsterianus STORER, Synopsis, 419, 1846.

Acomus forsterianus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172, 1856.

Catostomus forsterianus PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Catostomus forsterianus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
1850 — Catostomus aurora AGASSIZ, Lake Superior, 360, pi. 2, f. 3-4.

Acomus aurora, GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.

Catostomus aurora PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.
1856 — Acomus griseus GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.

Acomus griseus GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 222, pi. xlix, 1858.

Catostomus griseus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 14, 1868.

Catostomus grheum COPE, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 434, 1872.

Catostomus griseus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
1856— Catostomus lactarius GIRARD, Proc. Ac, Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.

Acomus lactarius GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 223, 1858.

Catostomus lactarius JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
HABITAT. — New England to Nebraska and north to Alaska and the Arctic Sea. Ex-
tremely abundant in British America and along the northern boundaries of the United
States, but not found south of 40° north latitude.

This is another of our numerous species which have an extremely wide
range of distribution and a considerable range of variation. It has been
longer known than any other of the Suckers. The oldest specific name
given was that of Catostomus, which, however, had to be set aside when
the generic name Catostomus was proposed for it. The next name in
order of time is the very appropriate one of longirostrum Le Sueur (more
properly spelled longirostris), given to some specimens from Vermont.
Five pages later, the name hudsonius was given as a substitute for ca-
tostomus of Forster. The slight priority of longirostrum over hudsonius,
however, seems to entitle it to preference, although the latter name has
been most frequently used. Later, specimens considered by Dr. Giiuther
to be identical with hudsonius received from Richardson the name u for-
slcrianus", and, still later, the name forsterianus was, without evident
•reason, transferred from this species to teres by Professor Agassiz, who

CATOSTOMUS LONGIROSTRIS.

177

gave to this species tbe name of aurora, in allusion to the red breeding
colors of the male. Western specimens were still later described by
Girard as two distinct species, griseus and lactari'us, apparently without
comparison with the Eastern forms.

The examination of the large seiies of specimens noticed belowy to-
gether with others from the Great Lakes and Upper Mississippi, has
convinced me that all belong to one species, variable to some degree,
but not more so than is Catoslomus teres and less so than Erimyzon
sitcdta. Some of the Upper Missouri specimens referable to C. griseus
Grd. have on an average rather smaller scales (93 in the lateral line
instead of 100 to 110) ; but I am unable to distinguish a tangible variery.
The original types of C. lactarins Girard are not now to be found, but
the description indicates no difference from C. longirostris.

Specimens in Unittd States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

i054 Lake Superior J. W. Milner.

2067 Pugct's Sound R. Kennicott.

2563 Platte River, Nebraska Capt. Simpson.

6709 Yonghiogheny River Prof. Andrews.

7047 Lake Winnipeg R. Kennicott.

7640

7993 Xulato, Youcon River, Alaska W. H. Dall.

8136

8435

8437 Essex County, New York

8602 Quebec S. F. Baird.

8905 Great Slave Lake R. Kennicott.

9010 Pole Creek, Nebraska Lieut. Wood.

9116

9175

9522 Saint Michael's, Alaska Dr. Bannister.

11212 Au Sable River, Michigan J.W. Milner.

11213 Au Sable River, Michigan J.W. Milner.

12210 Au Sable River, Michigan J.W. Milner.

20075 Racine, Wis -•

20191 Northern Boundary Survey, Dakota Dr. Elliott Coues.

20223 Racine, Wis S. F. Baird.

20235 Lake Superior J. W.Milner.

20257 (Probably original types of griseus; the old number Bowman,
and locality obliterated.)

20282 Platte River, Nebraska

20669 Great Lakes..

Bull. N. M. No. 12—12

178 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

35. CATOSTOMUS RETKOPINNIS Jordan, sp. uov.
1878 — Catostomus retropinnis JORDAN, Bull. Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr. (ined.).

This fine species combines the mouth of C. latipinnis with the form
and general characters of C. longirostris. The type is No. 21,197, col-
lected by Dr. Elliott Coues in Milk River, Montana. It is a male speci-
men 16f inches in length. A specimen previously examined from Platte
Valley was identified as probably the female of (7. latipinnis^ but the
discovery of this large male specimen forbids such a supposition.

Specimens in Ilie United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

20933
21197

Platte Valley

Dr. Elliott Coues.

Milk River, Mont

ana (type)

36. CATOSTOMUS LATIPINNIS Baird & Girard.
Great- finned Sucker.

3— Catostomus latipinnis BAIRD & GIRARD, in Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. vi, 388.
Acomus latipinnis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
Acomus latipinnis GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ickth. 39, pi. xxiv, f. 1-6,

1859.

<Catostomus latipinnis GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 14, 1868.
Catostomus latipinnis COPE, Hay den's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 434, 1872.
Catostomus latipinnis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.
1856— Catostomus guzmaniensis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173.

Acomus guzmaniensis GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 39, pi. xxiii, f. 6-10,

1859.

Catostomus guzmaniensis GtiNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 15, 1868.
Catostomus guzmaniense COPE & YARROW, Wheekr's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, ZooL

679, 1876.
Catostomus guzmaniensis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

HABITAT. — Arizona and Sonora. Green Eiver, Wyoming (Cope}. Probably not
abundant.

This species is one of the most strongly marked of our Suckers. The
male fish may be known at once by the slender form and excessive
development of the fins, and probably in the females the fins are more
developed than in the males of any of the related species. The squama-

CATOSTOMUS DISCOBOLUS.

179

tion also is peculiar, and the form of the mouth is uulike that of any
other species. These features' are all well shown in Girard's figure of
the species in the Ichthyology of the Mexican Boundary.

The distribution of the species has not been well made out. I have
seen but one specimen, an adult male from the Gila region, apparently
the one from which Girard's figure was made.

The type of Catostomus guzmaniensis cannot be found. The figure was
made from a young fish, and the distinctions between it and latipinnis
are such as often distinguish a young fish from an old one. It is better,
therefore, to unite the two than to admit an insufficiently characterized
nominal species.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

20078

(Type of latipinnis undoubtedly, but the locality, Rio San
Pedro, tributary of Rio Gila, and old number, 254 ?, oblit-
erated.)

J. H. Clark.

37. CATOSTOMUS DISCOBOLUS Cope.

Large-lipped Sucker.

1^2—Caiostomus discobolus COPE, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyo. 1870,435.

Catoslomus discobolus COPE & YARROW, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool.

677, 1S76.
Catostomus discobolus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 15G, 1876.

HABITAT. — Idaho to Arizona.

This interesting species is a Pantosteus in all but thf technical char-
acter of the open fontanelle, and in this respect it is really intermediate,
as the foutanelle, in the adult at least, is reduced to a narrow slit. The
characters given in the analysis were taken from the Snake Kiver spe-
cimen, 20,475, larger and in better condition than most or all of those
examined by Professor Cope. Professor Cope's original types came from
Green Biver in Wyoming.

180 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

12914

Newberry.

15783

Zuui N Mes . . ...

Yarrow &, Henshaw.

15791

Arizona . ... ........

C. G. Newberry.

20475

Snake River Idaho . ......

F. V. Hayrten.

Genus PANTOSTEUS Cope.

Minomm COPE, U. S. Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 434 (1872). (Not of Girard.)
Pantosteus COPE, Lieut. Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, C73, 1876.
Catostomus, Acomus et Minomus sp. GIUA.RD.

Type, Hinomus plalyrhynclius Cope.

Etymology, TTUV, all ; oariov, bone (from the closing of the fontanelle by bono).

Head moderate or rather small, 4 to 5 times in length of body, flattish
and rather broad above, anteriorly somewhat pointed ; eye rather small,
usually behind the middle of the head : suborbital bones narrow, as in
Catostomus ; bones of head rather thick, the two parietal bones firmly
united, entirely obliterating the fontanelle. ,

Mouth rather large, entirely inferior ; each jaw with a more or less,
developed cartilaginous sheath, separable in alcohol, essentially as in
Chondrostoma, Acrochilus, and related genera; upper lip broad, papillose,
with a rather broad, free margin, and several series of tubercles ; lower
lip largely developed, with an extensive free margin deeply incised
behind, but less so than in Catostomus. m Pharyngeal bones and teeth
essentially as in Catostomus. Isthmus quite broad.

Body generally elongate, subterete, and little compressed.

Scales quite small, from 80 to 105 in the course of the lateral line,
and 30 to 35 in a cross series between dorsal and ventrals, usually more
or less reduced in size and crowded forward, as in Catostomus ; lateral
line well developed, straightish.

Fins generally rather small ; first ray of dorsal usually about midway
of body, its rays few, 9 to 12 in number ; ventrals inserted rather under
posterior part of dorsal, their rays 10 or 9 ; anal short and high, with
7 developed rays; caudal rather shallow, emarginate ; pectorals well
developed : air-bladder with two chambers.

The characters of Pantosteus are essentially those of Catostomus, except
that the fontanelle is obliterated. The usual scale-formula is interme-

GENUS PAXTOSTEUS. 181

diafe between that of Catostomus proper and that of the subgenus
Dccadactylus.

The genus was first indicated by Professor Cope in 1874, under the
name of Minomus, he supposing at the time that Catostomus insignis, the
type of Girard's Minomus, was a species with closed fontauelle. On
obtaiuing specimens of C. insignis, it became evident that such was not
the case, and the new name Pantosteus was proposed for the genus.
Pantostcus runs very close to Catostomus. two species referred to the
latter genus (C. discobolus and C. arceopus) being almost intermediate.

Generic Characterizations.

MINOMUS Cope, 1872.— "I have proposed to adopt as valid (Proc. Amer. Phiios. Soc.
ISO) seven genera of this family. I will now add an eighth, which embraces
species which combine with the characters of Catostomus proper, a complete union
of the parietal bones, which obliterates the fontanelle so universal among the
suckers. The only other exception is seen in, Cydeptus, Raf., as I have already men-
tioned. In all the members of the family where I have examined it, this fontauelle is
quite open and of no doubtful proportions, and nowhere reduced to the slit so often
seen in Siluridce. In searching for the characters of Girard's so-called genera Minomus
and Acomus, I find that the type of the former, M. insignis, B. G., presents the character
above mentioned. I therefore adopt his name for the new genus, and add two new
species, M. delpliinus and M. lardus. Whether his two other species, M. plebdus and M.
clarkii, belong to it is uncertain as yet, but they have the same physiognomy." — (CoPE,
Hayden's GeoL Sun\ Wyoming for 1870, p. 434, 1872.)

PANTOSTEUS (Cope) Yarrow, 1876.— " Professor Cope, in 1870, purposed to adopt as
valid seven genera of this family; but in 1872, he stated his belief that an eighth
should be added, which should embrace species combining the characters of Catostomus
proper, a complete union of the parietal bones, which obliterates the fontanelle, so uni-
versal among the suckers ; the only other exception being seen in Cydeptus, Raf., as he has
already observed. In all the members of the family that he has examined in this re-
gard the foatanelle has been found quite open and of no doubtful proportions, and is
nowhere reduced to the slit often seen in the Silurida3, unless it be in the Catostomus
discobolus. In searching for the characters of Girard's so-called genera Minomus
and Acomus, he expressed the view that the type of the former, M. insignis, Biird &
Girard, presents the character in question. This conclusion was based on a specimen
sent to the Academy of Natural Sciences from Washington, bearing that name. Hav-
ing since examined five specimens of the M. insignis, obtained by the geologists of this
fiuivey, he finds them to be true Catostomi as determined by the presence of the fon-
tanelle. It therefore requires a name, and he proposes for it that of Pantosteus. It
embraces P. platyrhynchus, P.jarrovii and P. virescens Cope of the present essay and P.
delpliinus and P. bardus, Cope, Hoyden's Report, 1. c."— ( YARROW, Lieut. Wheeler's Expl.
W. 100/7* Mer. vol. 5, p. 073, 1876.)

PANTOSTEUS Cope & Jordan, 1877. — "Body oblong or elongate, with a short, sub-
quadrate dorsal fiu ; air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well developed ; fontanelle
obliterated by the union of the parietal bones." — (JORDAN, Proc. Ac. JVaf. Sc. Phila.
1877, p. 81.)

182 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF PANTOSTEUS.

* Scales very small, 100 to 105 in the lateral line; 18 above and 16 below, in a cross-
series : . body elongate, compressed, the caudal peduncle contracted : head short,
wide, 5 in length : muzzle obtuse, little projecting; upper lip wide; lower lip
full, emarginate ; jaws with well developed cartilaginous sheaths : scales much
reduced in size forwards : dorsal rays 10 ; ventral 9 : color olive ; lower surface
yellow VIRESCEXS, 33.

** Scales small, 80 to 85 in the course of the lateral line.

t Scales very much reduced and crowded anteriorly : upper lip full, pendent; cartila-
ginous sheaths on jaws well developed, the commissure transverse and ab-
ruptly angulate at the corners of the mouth.

a. Body extremely elongate, the depth 5| to 7 in length : head 4f in length, short ,
and wide, with depressed and expanded muzzle, which considerably overhangs
the mouth : isthmus very wide : dorsal rays 11 ; ventral rays 9 : scales 15-86-12 :

belly and lower fins yellowish, probably red in life PLATYRHYNCHUS, 39.

aa. Body moderately elongate, the depth 4£ to 5 in the length : head rather short,
4f in length, not specially broadened; muzzle not greatly overhanging the
mouth : dorsal rays 9 (raiely 10) ; ventral rays 10 (rarely 9) : scales 11 to 14-83
to 87-13 to 15 : light brown above, with dusky spots and clouds ; males with

%

the chin and fins red, and a crimson lateral band GENEROSUS, 40.

tt Scales subequal over the body, not much reduced forwards : upper lip rather nar-
row, cot pendent ; cartilaginous sheath on jaws obsolete (?).
I). Body comparatively stout, the caudal peduncle short and thick, the back some-
what arched, the depth 4-£- to 5 in length : head short and wide, ilattish above,
4$ to 5 in length : scales 14-84-15 : dorsal rays 9 to 11 ; ventral rays 10 : black-
ish above, with one or two dark lateral shades ...PLEBEIUS, 41.

38. PANTOSTEUS VIBESOENS Cope.

Green Sucker.
1876—Pantostius virescens (COPE) COPE & YARROW, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v,

Zool. 675.
Pavtosteus virescens JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 156, 1876.

HABITAT. — Arkansas River in Colorado.

Only a single specimen of this species is known, collected by Mr. C.
E. Aiken at Pueblo, Colo. The small size of its scales indicates its
distinctness from the other species of Pantosteus. The greenness of
coloration of the typical specimen is 'probably due to its having been
kept in a copper tank.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

Arkansas River Pueblo Colo (type)

C. E. Aiken.

PANTOSTEUS GENEROSUS. 183

39. PANTOSTEUS PLATYRHYNCHUS Cope.

Flat-headed Sucker.

1874—Minomns plalyrliyncJnw COPE, Proc. Am. Philos Soc. Phila. 134.

Pantoatcus platyrhyncltus COPE & YARROW, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v,

Zool. 673, pi. xxix, f. 3, 3 a, 1876.

Pantostcus platyrhynchius JOEDAN & COPELAXD, Check List, 156, 1876.
Pantosteus plat yrhynchus JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mas. xi, p. — , 1878.

HABITAT. — Utah Lake and tributaries.

The specimens which I have seen of this species are all small and in
poor condition. Their remarkable slenderness is doubtless in part due
to their ilabbiness. The species as noted by Professor Cope much
resembles Catostomus discobolus. It is also very similar to Pantosteus
generosus, but at present I consider it distinct.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

12906

Utah Lake .. .. .. . .

Yarrow & Henshaw.

15163

Utah Lake ..• . .

Yarrow & Henshaw.

*40. PANTOSTEUS GENEBOSUS (Girara) Jordan.
Yarrow's Sucker.

Itio6—Catos1omus (Acomus) generosus GIRAKD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.

Acomus generosus GIRABD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 221, 1858.

Catostomus generosus JORDAN & COFELAND, Che. k List, 156, 1876.
1874— Minomus jarrovii COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 35.

Pantoslcus jarroril COPE & YARROW, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Her. v, Zool. 674,
pi. xxix, 2, 2 a, 1876.

Pantosteus ijarrom JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

HABITAT. — Rio Grande, Colorado Basin, and Great Basin of Utah ; very abundant.

This species is the most characteristic and most widely diffused of
the Suckers of the Great Basin. It was first described by Girard in
185G, under the name of Catostomus generosus. Girard's description,
unaccompanied by a figure, was so very loose and irrelevant that it has
hitherto remained unidentified. I have, however, had the opportunity
of examining Girard's original types, and of comparing them with the
types of Pantosteus jarrov ii. They seem to me to belong to the same
species, and I am therefore compelled to substitute the name gcncrosw;

184 CONTRIBUTORS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

for that of jarrovii. If I had not been able to compare generosus with
jarrovii, I should never have suspected their identity.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

256

Cotton wood Creek (types of generosus) .

Lieut. Beckwitb

5910

Ojo de GalJo N Mex

Lieut Beale

15802

Zuni River, Ne\v Mexico (types of jarrovii)

H. W. Hensbaw.

17080

San Ildefonso N. Mex

Yarrow & Cope

17095

Mobave Desert California

Dr O Loew.

18009

New Mexico

H. C. Yarrow.

20102

Pacific Railroad Survey 38°

Lieut. Beckwitb.

41. PANTOSTEUS PLEBEIUS (Baird & Girard) Jordan.
Plain Sucker.

1854 — Catostomus plebeius BAIRD & GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 28.

Catostomus plebius AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208, 1855.

Minomus plebeius GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 173, 1856.

Minomus plebeius GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Icbtb. 38, pi. xxii, f. 1-4, 1859.

Catostomus pltbcjus GUNTHER, Cat. Fisbes Brit. Mus. vii, 15, 1868.

Catostomus plebejus JORDAN & COPELAND, Cbeck List, 156, 1876.

Pantosteus plebeius JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, p.—, 1878.
1872— Minomus delpliinus COPE, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 435, 1872.

Pantosteus delphinus COPE & YARROW, Lieut. Wheeler's Rept. Expl. W. lOOtb
Mer. vol. 5, 673, 1876.

Pantosteus dolpliinus JORDAN & COPELAND, Cbeck List, 156, 1876. (Misprint for

delphinus.)
1872 — Minomus bardus COPE, Haydeu's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 436.'

Pantosteus bardus COPE, Lieut. Wheeler's Expl. W. lOOtb Mer. vol. 5, p. 673, 1876.

Pantosttus bardus JORDAN & COPELAND, Cbeck List, 156, 1876.

HABITAT. — Basin of the Colorado. Lake Guzman.

The types of Catostomus plebeius are not to be found, and no speci-
mens referable to the species are in the National Museum. The types
of Pantosteus delphinus and P. bardus I have been unable to examine.
The scale-formula and small dorsal fin of C. plebeius indicate that it is
a species of Pantosteus. Assuming that it is so, I find myself unable to
draw from the printed descriptions of plebeius, delpliinus, and bardus any
sort of specific characters. Until such characters are shown, the burden
of proof lies with the proposer of those species, and I shall consider them
as identical until they are proved to be distinct. In characters of mouth,

PANTOSTEUS PLEBEIUS. 185

scales, and form of body, Pantosteus plebeius seems to resemble Catosto-
mus insignis and C. clarJcii, and to diverge from the type of discobolus,
gcnerosuSj and platyrliynclius.*

* Professor Cope (in lit.) dissents from the identification above made, maintaining
that P. dcJjjhinus and P. bardus are at least specifically distinct from each other, what-
ever may be the relation of either to P. pltbtius. As I have seen none of the three
forms in question, I let the above stand as I had written it, and quote the original de-
scriptions of the three nominal species: —

MINOMUS PLEBEIUS Grd. — " Body sub-fusiform, compressed. Head elongate, subcon-
ical, forming the fifth of the entire length. Mouth of medium size. Eyes large, sub-
elliptical, their longitudinal diameter being contained about live times in the length of
side of head. Dorsal fin subquadrangular, its anterior margin being equidistant be-
tween the tip of the snout and the first ludimentary rays of the upper lobe of the
caudal. The latter is slightly concave posteriorly, and the lobes rounded off. The
base of the anal is contained nearly three times in its height, and when brought back-
wards its tip extends to the rudimentary rays at the inferior lobe of the caudal fin. The
veutrals are inserted under the posterior third of the dorsal ; bent backwards, their tip
does not reach as far as the anus. The pectorals are of medium development, sub-
ovate, posteriorly acute.

"The scales are of medium size, considerably largest on the peduncle of the tail.
Twenty-eight to thirty rows from the base of the ventrals to the dorsal fin. About
eighty in the lateral line, which is not discernible as far back as the base of the caudal
fin.

" The color as preserved in alcohol, is dark brown on the upper regions, faintly mot-
tled with blackish patches. The sides and belly exhibit traces of orange in some of
the specimens, in others it is pale yellowish. The fins are unicolor; the dorsal, caudal,
and pectorals, blackish brown ; the anals and ventrals yellowish." — (GiRAUD, Ich. U.S.
and Mcx. Boundary SUIT. , p. 38, figs. 1-4, plate xxii.)

MIXOMUS DELPHINUS Cope. — " The subequal size of the scales cf this species would
refer it indifferently to the true group Catostomus of Girard, or his group Minomus,
which he did not distinguish clearly. The preceding species would enter his Acomus,
which is, however, only an undefined group of species, to which, by the way, the type
of Catostomus, C. teres, belongs. This species is especially distinguished from those
heretofore described by the shortening of the caudal part of the vertebral column, and
the consequent posterior position of the dorsal fin. Add to this a short, wide head, and
thick body, and its physiognomy is expressed.

" The dorsal outline is arched, the head flat above, but elevated behind, and much de-
pressed on the muzzle. The muzzle is wide and does not project beyond the upper lip,
which is appressed to its lower face and bears four rows of warts ; its smooth com-
nrissuial part is narrow. On the lower lip the tubercles advance nearly to the com-
missure ; this lip is deeply emarginate posteriorly ; the eye enters the length of the
head five times, two and one-half times measuring the muzzle, and twice the inter-
orbital region. Head four and two-thirds times in length to end of caudal basal scales.
Scales in thirty longitudinal series, between dorsal and ventral fins; ventrals remark-

186 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus CYCLEPTUS Eafinesque.

Cychptus RAFINESQUE, Journal de Physique, de Chimie et d'Histoire Naturclle, Paris,

1819, p. 421.

Ehytidostomus HECKEL, Fische Syriens, Russegger's Reisen, 1842, p. 1023.
Catostomus et Sclerognathus sp. AUCT.

Type, Cycleptus nigrescens Rafinesque,— Catostomus elongatus Le Sueur.
Etymology, /ci^of, round ; AeTrrdf, small. "The name means small, round mouth"
(Eafinesque}.

Head very small, short and slender, its length contained 6 to 7 times
in that of the body, its upper surface rounded ; eye quite small, nearly
median, not very high up, its length G to 8 in that of the side of the
head; suborbital bones rather small and quite narrow; fontanelle en-
tirely obliterated by the union of the parietal bones.

Mouth small, entirely inferior, overlapped by the projecting snout,
the upper lip thick, pendent, covered with 3 to 5 rows of tubercles, the
outer quite large, the inner small; lower lip moderate, formed some-

ably short, extending little more than halfway to vent, originating under posterior
third of dorsal. Pectorals well separated. Isthmus wide.

" Color above blackish, with a strong inferior marginal shade on the lower part of the
sides, and the lighter tint above; a brown spot just above axilla, is cut off from it by
a band of the yellow color which covers the belly and head below.

" The only species concerning which any doubt can arise in the nomenclature of this
one is C. bernardini of Girard. That writer states that the latter possesses 15 D. radii ;
this, with the ascription of a slender form and other peculiarities, will always sepa-
rate them. Three species in Professor Hayden's collection without locality. This
should be probably a tributary of Green River." — (COPE, Hayden's Geol Surv. Terr.
1872, p. 436.)

MINOMUS BARDUS Cope. — " This species is distinguished by its very short head, and
marked coloration, resembling in that respect the C. guzmaniensis of Girard ; with this
species, it has, however, nothing else in common.

"Head wide, muzzle not projecting beyond upper lip ; latter not pendent, with nar-
row, smooth commissure and three or four rows of tubercles. Lower lip deeply incised,
tubercular to near inner edge. Eye 5.25 times in length of head, twice in inter-
orbital width. Head five times to end of basal caudal scales. Form stout : body cylin-
dric anteriorly. Dorsal fin nearer end of muzzle than end of caudal scales. Scales of
body subequal, in thirty longitudinal rows between dorsal and ventral fins, latter orig-
inating beneath hinder border of dorsal, not quite reaching vent. Pectorals well sepa-
rate; isthmus wide, narrower than in M. delpliinus. Color blackish above, a broad
olive baud from upper part of opercular border along upper half of caudal peduncle,
and a bread black band below, narrowing to a line along the middle of the peduncle;
below, yellowish, a band of the same cutting off a blackish area above the axilla, as '
in the last species."— (COPE, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr. 1872, p. 436.)

GENUS CYCLEPTUS. 187

I hat as in Catostomus, but less full, incised behind ; jaws without carti-
giuous sheath 5 muciferous system not greatly developed ; opercular
apparatus not greatly developed, the operculum smooth and narrow.

thmus moderate; gill-rakers moderately long, soft; pbaryngeal bones
.troug, the teeth stout, increasing in size downwards, rather wide apart.

Body elongate, moderately compressed, not much elevated, the caudal

'duncle long, the greatest depth contained 4 to 6 times in length.

Scales moderate, about equal over the body, not closely imbricated,
•with wide exposed surfaces, the number in the lateral line from 55 to
GO, and about 17 in a transverse series from dorsal to ventrals; edges
of scales serrate; lateral line well developed, nearly straight.

Fins rather large ; dorsal fin beginning in front of ventrals and ending
just before anal, of about 30 rays, strongly falcate in front, the first and
second developed rays in length more than half the length of the base
of the fin, the rays rapidly shortened to about the eighth, the length of
the remaining rays being nearly uniform and all short; caudal fin large,
widely forked, the lobes about equal; anal fin quite small, low, of 7 or
8 developed rays, scaly at base; ventrals moderate, with 10 rays; pec-
torals elongate, somewhat falcate.

Sexual peculiarities somewhat marked ; the males in spring with black
pigment ; the head then covered with small tubercles.

Air-bladder with two chambers, the anterior short, the posterior
elongate.

But a single species of this singular genus is as yet known. It is

und in the waters of the Mississippi Valley, and, although not a rare
sh, it is by no means as generally abundant as are many others of its

family. .

Generis Characterizations.

CYCLEPTUS Rafinesque, 1819. — " Cycleptus, (abdominal). Different du genre Catos-
>mus. Deux nageoires dorsales, bouche petite, roude, au bout du museau; levres

irculaires. Famille (Jyprinidia ? C. nigrescens, noiratre ; ventre blauchatre, bouche
trousse*e ; queue fourchee. Parvient a deux pieds de long ; ties bon a manger, rare
ms 1'Ohio et le Missouri." — (RAFIXESQUE, Journ. de Phys. etc. 1819, p. 421.)
CYCLEPTUS Rafinesque, 1820. — " Difference from the foregoing genus [Catostomus] —

wo dorsal fins, mouth round and terminal."— (RAFIXESQUE, Ich. Oh. p. 6.)

'TIDOSTOMUS Heckel, 1842. — " Dentes pectiniformes CO-GO. Pinna dorsalis basi
mgata; radio tertio vel quarto longissimo. In reliquis cum genere Catostomo con-
.it."— (KKCKEL, Fische Syricns, p. 33, or Russeger's Reisen, p. 1023.— Species referred to
ie genus, Cyprinus catostomus Forster and Catostomus elongatus Le Sueur.)
CYCLEPTUS Agassiz, 1655. — "As in many other instances, Rafinesque has named, but
sither defined nor characterised the geous to which I now call attention. He has not

188 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

himself even seen the fish upon which the genus is founded, and refers to another
genus a species which cannot be separated from this. Moreover, the characteristics of
tho genus, as given by Rafiuesque, are not true to nature. Yet, notwithstanding these
objections, I do not feel at liberty to reject his generic name, since it is possible to
identify the fish he meant by the vernacular name under which it is known in the
West. There is another reason why Rafinesque's description of our western fishes
ou»ht to be carefully considered and every possible effort made to identify his genera
and species, the fact that he was the first to investigate the fishes of the Ohio and its
tributaries upon a large scale, and that notwithstanding the looseness with which he per-
formed the task and the lamentable inaccuracies of his too short descriptions, his works
bear almost upon every page the imprint of his keen perception of the natural affinities
of species, and their intimate relations to one another ; so much so, that even where he
has failed to assign his genera any characters by which they may be recognized, yet,
when the species upon which they were founded can be identified, we usually find that
there are good reasons for considering them as forming distinct genera.

"The trouble with Rafinesque is, that he too often introduced in his works species
which he had not always seen himself, and which he referred almost at random among
his genera, thus defacing his well characterised groups, or that he went so far as to
found genera upon species which he had never seen, overlooking perhaps that he had
already described such types under other names.

"The genus Cycleptus affords a striking example of all these mistakes combined
together. In his remarkable paper upon the genus Catostomw, Lesueur describes and
figures one species from the Ohio River, under the name of C. elongatus, peculiar for
its elongated cylindrical body, and for its long dorsal fin beginning half way between
the pectorals and ventrals, and extending as far back as the insertion of the anal.
The epecies Rafinesque introduces in his subgenus Decactylus among the genuine Ca-
tostomi, without perceiving that it belongs to his own genus Cycfcptus. This mistake
arises undoubtedly from his belief that in Cycleptus there are two dorsals, which indeed
he mentions as characteristics of this genus ; but this statement is erroneous : the
rays of the dorsal are, in fact, enclosed iu a continuous membrane, the anterior rays
only being much longer than those of the middle and posterior portion of the fin ; oc-
casionally these long rays split, and accidentally separate from the following ones,
when they seem to form two dorsals.

"The character of this genus, so far as the dorsal is concerned, consists in reality not
in its division, but in its great extension along the back, and the elongation of its
anterior rays. The anal is very long in proportion to the size of the fish, and inserted
far back, so that the length of the abdominal cavity is greater than in the genera Car-
piodes, IchtJiyobus, and Bttbalichthys, with which Cycleptus is closely allied by the pecu-
liar form of its dorsal. Again, Rafinesque remarks that tho mouth is terminal, round
and small. This requires also to be qualified. The mouth appears terminal and round
only when the jaws are protruded to their utmost extent; when closed, it is rather
crescent-shaped and entirely retracted under the projecting, pointed snout; the lips
are covered with numerous projecting papillae and spread horizontally, — these are
moreover, continuous around the angles of the mouth, so that the upper and lower
1 ps are hardly separated by a small fold, and the lower lip is slightly emarginate in
the middle, while in other genera of this tribe it is actually bilobed.

CYCLEPTUS ELONGATUS.

189

" The pbaryngeal bones are strong, their anterior surface being flattened and the
itest diameter being the transverse one, as in Bubalichthys, and not laterally com-

and thin as in Carpiodes and Ichthyobus.
"The symphysis is short and its peduncle flat and square, separated from the curved
ih by a deep semicircular emargination. The teeth are also stronger and stouter
lan in Carpiodes and Ichthyobus, as is also the case in Bubalichthys, and they are grad-
illy increasing in size, and relative thickness from the upper part of the arch to the
iphysis, but they are much fewer and farther apart than in the latter genus. Their
mer edge is transverse, rather blunt, though the middle ridge is somewhat project-
ig ; the lower teeth are so shaped that their inner angle is hardly higher than tho
iter, while in the middle aud upper teeth it is gradually more projecting, and from

middle of the arch upwards forms a prominent point aiched outwards.
" The scales are considerably longer than high, with a rather prominent posterior mar-
in; numerous radiating furrows upon the anterior and posterior fields, some across
lateral fields; the concentric ridges of the posterior field are not only broader than
of the other fields, but instead of running parallel to the margin of the scales
3y are curved in concentric gothic arches between each two radiating furrows,
[eckel mentions this genus under the name of Ehytidostomus, but Rafinesque's name
leptus has the priority. Properly it ought to be called Leptocyclus, according to its
rmology, (see my Nomenclator Zoologicus ; Index Universalis, p. 109,) but under this
>rm nobody would recognise it as Rafinesque's name. I shall therefore not urge the
lange." — (AGASSiz, Am. Journ. ScL Arts, 1855, p. 197.)

CYCLEPTUS Copo & Jordan, 1877. — "Body much elongated, subcylindrical forwards :
sal elongate, falciform, of 30 or more rays; fontanelle obliterated by the union of
parietal bones ; mouth small, inferior, with papillose lips." — (JORDAN, Proc. Ac.
t.Sc.Phila.l87~,p.8L)

ANALYSIS OP SPECIES OF CYCLEPTUS.

Depth 4 to 5 in length : head 6 to 6£ : eye small, 6 to 7 in length of head : longest
dorsal rays a little longer than head : pectorals rather longer than head : dorsal
rays 30 ; anal 7 or 8 : scales 9-56-7 : coloration very dark, the males almost black ;
size large; length of adult 1^ to 2| feet ELONGATUS, 42.

42. CYCLEPTUS ELONGATUS (Le Sueur) Agassiz.
Black Horse. Gourd-seed Sucker. Missouri Sucker. Suckerel.

517 — Catostomus elongatus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 103.
Catostomits elongatus RAFIXESQUE. Ich. Oh. CO, 1820.
Catostomus elongatus KIRTLAND, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, ia38.
Catostomus elongatus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus elongatus CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 455,

1S44.

Catostomus elongatus KIRTLAND, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 267, 1845.
Catostomus elongatus STORER, Synopsis, 422, 1846.

Cycleptus elongatus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, six, 197, 1855.
Sclerognalhus elongatus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 23, 18C8.

190 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Cycleptus elongatus JORDAN, Fishes of Ind. 222, 1875.

Cycleptus elongatus JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876. (Name only.)
Cycleptus elongatus JORDAN, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.
Cycleptus elongatus NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50, 1876.
Cycleptus elongatus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Cycleptus elongatus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876. (Name only.)
Cycleptus elongatus JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 38, 1877.
Cijcleplus elongatus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 1878.
1818— Cycleptus nigresceus RAFINESQUE, Journal de Physique, 421.
Cycleptus nigrescens RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 61, 1820.

HABITAT.— Mississippi Valley, in all the larger streams.

This species is found in some abundance in tbe larger streams. At
the Falls of the Ohio, it is taken in nets, and meets a ready sale. It is,
however, much less abundant than the Buffalo fishes are. From the
general use of the name u Missouri Sucker", its abundance in the State
of Missouri may be inferred; but, as to the facts in the case, I am not
informed. This fish is as sharply distinguished from the other Suckers in
its appearance as in its anatomy. The dusky colors and the small size
of the head attract attention at once.

But one species is yet known. That being the case, the synonymy of
the species needs no discussion, its oldest name being the one in com-
mon use.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

107

8673

10790

J. W. Milner.

12278

do

Do.

Genus CARPIODES Eafinesque.

Carpiodcs RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 56, 1820. (As snbgenus of Qatostomus.)
Sclerognatlms VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 472, 1844.

Type, Caiostomus cyprinus Le Sueur.

Etymology, Latin carpio, a carp ; i. e., carp-like.

Head comparatively short and deep, sometimes conic, sometimes
blunt, its length ranging from 3^ to 5 in that of the body, its upper
surface always rounded ; eye moderate, median or anterior in position 5
suborbital bones well developed, their depth more than half that of

GENUS CARPIODES. 191

the fleshy portion of the cheek below ; fontanelle always present, well
developed.

Mouth always small, horizontal and inferior, the mandible less than
one-third the length of the head, the lips thin, the upper protractile,
narrow, the lower quite narrow, ^-shaped, or rather fj-shaped, behind;
both lips feebly plicate or nearly smooth, the plicae often more or less
broken up ; jaws without cartilaginous sheath ; muciferous system
moderately developed ; opercular apparatus well developed, the sub-
opercle broad, the operculum in the adult more or less rugose 5 isthmus
moderate ; pharyngeal bones remarkably thin and laterally compressed,
with a shallow furrow along the anterior margin on the inside, and another
more central one on the outline of the enlarged surfaces ; teeth very
small, compressed, nearly equally thin along the whole inner edge of
the bone, forming a fine comb-like crest of minute serratures; their
cutting edge rises above the inner margin into a prominent point.
Gill rakers of anterior arch slender and stiff above, becoming reduced
downwards.

Body ovate or oblong, the dorsal outline more or less arched, the
ventral outline more nearly straight, the depth from half to one-third
the length, the sides compressed; the back notably so, forming a sort of
carina ; caudal peduncle short and deep; scales large, about equal over
the body, their posterior margins slightly serrate; lateral line well
developed, nearly straight, with 34 to 41 scales, 12 to 15 scales in a
cross-row from dorsal to veutrals ; dorsal fin beginning near the middle
of the body, somewhat in advance of ventrals, falcate, its anterior rays
very much elevated and usually filamentous, their height ranging from
J to 1J the length of the base of the fin, the number of developed rays
ranging from 23 to 30; caudal fin well forked, the lobes equal ; anal fin
comparatively long and low, emarginate (in males?), its number of
developed rays usually 8; ventrals shortish, with usually 10 rays ; pec-
torals short.

Sexual peculiarities little marked ; in some species, at least, the males
in spring have the snout minutely tuberculate.

Coloration always plain; pale olivaceous above, white below, but
hardly silvery, the fins all partaking of the color of the region to which
they belong.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

Size medium or rather large.

This genus was first recognized and defined by Professor Agassiz in

192 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

1855. Since then it has been generally received by authors under tho
same name and with the same limits, it was first briefly outlined by
Eannesque in 1820 under the name of Carpiodes, then afterwards by
Valenciennes defined more fully under the name of Sclerognathus. Both
Carpiodes and Sclerognatlius having the same typical species (Catostomus
cyprinus Le Sueur), the older and preferable name, Carpiodes, is the one
to be adopted.

The recognition of species in this genus is a matter of extreme diffi-
culty, from their great resemblance to each other in color, size, form,
and general appearance. Our knowledge of the species thus far has
been almost entirely due to the labors of Professor Cope (A Partial Syn-
opsis of the Fishes of North Carolina'7, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila.
1870). I have myself examined specimens agreeing with each of Pro-
fessor Cope's descriptions, and, with two exception (Carpiodes selene and
Carpiodes grayi), I am disposed to admit all his species. It is true, how-
ever, that in every large collection of Carpiodes there are specimens
disagreeing more or less from the typical forms of each species, and
which should, in consistency, be described as distinct species, or else
the species which they appear to connect should be united. I have not,
however, examined a sufficiently full series of Carpiodes to be pre-
pared to accept either of these alternatives. I have, therefore, taken
Professor Cope's analysis of the species, and added to it such addi-
tional features as I have been able to observe, and 1 give the whole as
our best knowledge at present on the subject, leaving for future study
the consideration of the degree of relationship existing between cyprinus,
velifer, and thompsoni. The other four species, carpio, bison, cutisanse-
rinus, and difformis, seem to be manifestly distinct, unless dlfformis be
a monstrous form of cutisanserinus.

Species of this genus are found in all the fresh waters of the United
States east of the Eocky Mountains. They seldom ascend the small
streams, and are taken by means of nets from the larger rivers and
lakes. Prom their resemblance in form to the European Carp (Cyprinus
carpio), they are popularly known as "Carp". This resemblance has
suggested the name of the genus and of two of its species. As food-
fishes they are rather indifferent, the flesh being rather coarse and flavor-
less and full of small bones. The geographical distribution of the species
has been little studied. C. cyprinus is the common species east of the
Alleghanics, and, if " C. damalis" and " C. tumidus" be the same, in
the Upper Missouri region and the Rio Grande also. C. thompsoni is the

GENUS CARPIODES. 193

common Carp of the Great Lakes. C. carpio is the most abundant spe-
cies in the Ohio Eiver, where C. velifer and C. cutisanserinus also occur
in immense numbers.

I am convinced that neither the number of scales nor the number of
fin-rays can be relied on to distinguish species in this genus, the entire
range of variation being probably found in every species. The height
of the anterior rays of the dorsal, although subject to considerable varia-
tion with age and wear, seems to be sufficiently constant to divide the
species into two groups.

Generic Characterizations.

CARPIODES Rafinesque, 1820. — "Body oblong, somewhat compressed; head com-
pressed, nine abdominal rays, dorsal fin commonly elongate, tail equally forked." —
(RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. p. 56.)

ScLKP.OGXATHi'S Storer, 1846. — "Snout slightly advanced beyound the mouth; the
extremity of the mouth is supported, as in the Catostomi, by the intermaxillary, which
is furnished in front with a well developed, projecting, cartilaginous ethmoid. Tho
upright branch is long, and of a styloid form, while the horizontal is shortened, and is
a mere keel, the inferior edge of which serves merely to support the superior angle cf
the mouth. The remainder of the maxillary arch is formed by a fibrous ligament cov-
ered by a thin, undilated lip, reduced to a thin and fleshy protuberance. The upper
JAW is a wide, very solid bony piece, under which the upper lip is partly drawn ; this
bone is concealed by the first two suborbitals, being wider and no less advanced than
those of the Catostomi. As to its lips, it is a Leuciscus ; but the osteology of its mouth
resembles that of the Catostomi. The dorsal is long, like that of the Carps. The head
is naked, marked by lines of mucous pores. Pharyngeal teeth comb-like, finer and
more equal than those of the Catostomi. The air-bladder is divided into two large
lobes ; the anterior is large and rounded, with a slight depression at its superior face :
the second conical, twice as long as the first and followed by two small lobes; the sec-
ond communicates with the oesophagus by an air-pipe."— (STORER, J/cm. J;/i. Ac. Arts
and Sc. 1^4(3. p. 4'J? : essentially a translation from Valenciennes's account.)

CARPIODES Agassiz, 1S55. — li The body is very high and strongly compressed, the
narrow ridge on the back forming t he outline in front of the dorsal is very much arched,
and regularly continuous downwards with the rather steep picfile of ihc head.

"The head is short, its height and length differ but little. The snout is short and
blunt. The small mouth is entirely inferior, and surrounded by narrow thin lips,
which are more or less transversely folded. The lower jaw is short and broad. The
pharyngeal bones gf Carpiodcs are remarkably thin, compressed laterally, with a shal-
low furrow along the anterior margin on the side, and another more central one on the
outline of the arched surfaces ; the teeth aro very small, compressed, equally thin along
the whole inner edge of the bone, forming a fine comb-like crest of minute serratnrcs;
their cutting edge rises above the inner margin into a prominent point.

" The anterior lobe of the long dorsal is slender, its third and fourth rays being pro-
longed beyond the following ones into long filaments. The lower fins are all pointed,
Bull. X. M. Xo. 12—13

194 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

rather small, and hence different from one another. The ventral ridge of the body i3
flat. The scales have many narrow, radiating furrows upon the anterior field, and arc
more deeply marked, in a straight line, across the lateral fields, or limiting the lateral
and posterior fields, hardly any upon the anterior field, the waving of the broader
concentric ridges producing only a radiated appearance upan that field. Tube of the
lateral line straight and simple, arising in advance of the centre of radiation, which is
seated in the centre of form of the scales."— (AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. So. Arts, 1855, p. 189.)

CARPIODES Giinther, 1868. — " Distinguished from Sclerognatlius (i. e. Bubaliclithys and
Ichthy obus) by its very thiu, compressed pharyngeal bones, which are armed with a
comb-like series of nearly equally minute compressed teeth."— (GuNTiiER, Cat. Fishes
Bi it. Hits, vii, p. 24.)

CAIJPIODES Cope-& Jordan, 1877. — "Body oblong oval, compressed; dorsal elongate,
elevated in front, of 20 or more rays ; fontanelle present ; pharyngeal bones narrow,
with the teeth relatively thin and weak ; mouth small, inferior, protractile down-
wards."—(JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 82.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CARPIODES.

* Dorsal fin with the anterior rays very much elevated and attenuated, equalling or

more usually exceeding the length of the base of the fin.
t Muzzle very abruptly obtuse, almost vertically truncate in front.

a. Muzzle exceedingly blunt, so that the anterior edge of the mandible is in line
with the anterior rim of the orbit, and the maxillary reaches to the anterior
edge of the pupil : anterior suborbital deeper than long : head 4% in length :
eye quite large, 3£ to 4 in head : body arched, the depth somewhat less than
half the length : first ray of dorsal nearer muzzle than base of caudal :
scales 6-35-4 : D. 24, A. 8, V. 9 DIFFORMIS, 43.

aa. Muzzle notably blunt, but less so than in the preceding : anterior edge of the
mandible in advance of the orbit, and the maxillary just reaching the line
of the lower rirn of the orbit: anterior suborbital bone deeper than long
(longer than deep, "selene"*): head 4 times in length: eye smallish, 4| in
head: body arched, the depth about 2-J in length: anterior rays of dorsal
about midway between snout and base of caudal : scales 7-37-5 : D. 26, A.

8, V. 10 CUTISANSERINTJS, 44.

ti Muzzle conic, projecting, obtusely pointed : end of the mandible reaching to oppo-
site nostrils: anterior suborbital as deep as long: head 3f in length: eye
moderate, 4 to 4£ in length of head : body arched above, the depth 2£ to 2|
in length : first ray of dorsal nearer muzzle than base of caudal : scales 7-

37-5: D. 26 or 27 ("22", Cope) ...VELIFER, 45.

** Dorsal fin with the anterior rays more or less shortened, their length one-half to
two-thirds that of the base of the fin : muzzle more oriiess conic and pro-
jecting.

6. Head long, contained about 3£ times in length to base of caudal : muzzle elon-
gate-conic, so that the eye is nearly median, the middle of the length of the
head falling in front of its posterior margin : body not much arched ; depth
3 in length : anterior rays of dorsal pretty high, not much shorter than the
base of the fin, not thickened at base: lips well developed: eye large, 4| in
head: scales 7-40-5 : D. 27, A. 7, V. 10 BISON, 46.

CARPIODES CUTISANSERINUS. 195

&&. Head intermediate, its length contained about 4 times (3f to 4£) in tbat of

body : anterior rays of dorsal not tbickened at base.

c. Body stout, short, the back much arched, the depth 2| in length : head 4 to
4£ in length, the muzzle moderately pointed: dorsal rays considerably ele-
vated, two-thirds as long as base of fin : eye small, 5£ in head : tip of lower
jaw much in advance of nostrils ; maxillary reaching line of orbit : anterior
suborbital large, deep, roundish : origin of dorsal about midway of body :
scales rather closely imbricated, 8-39 to 41-6 : D. 27, A. 7, V. 10.

THOMPSONI, 47.

cc. Body elongate, not much elevated, the depth 2£ in length: head 3f to 4,
the muzzle prominent but rather bluntish : front scarcely concave above
eyes, the profile forming a somewhat uniform curve : eye small, nearly 6 in
head: anterior rays of dorsal moderately elevated, nearly three-fourths the
length of the fin, the first ray nearly midway between snout and base of

caudal : scales 6-37-5: D. 24 to 27, A. 8, V, 10 CYPRINUS, 48.

&&&. Head comparatively short, its length contained 4£ to 5 times in the length
of the body : body more fusiform than in the others, compressed, but not
much arched, the depth 2£ to 3 times in the length : anterior rays of dorsal
short, notably thickened and osseous at base, the first ray nearer the end of
the muzzle than the base of the caudal fin : eye small, anterior, 4£ in head :
muzzle short, but projecting much beyond mouth : size largest of the genus.

CARPIO, 49.
43. CAEPIODES DIFFORMIS Cope.

Deformed Carp Sucker.

fQ— Carpiodes difformis COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 480.
Carpiodes difformis JORDAN, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.
Carpioaes difformis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.
Carpiodes difformis JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.
Carpiodcs difformis JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's First Report Ohio Fish

Commission, 8(3, pi. xiii, f. 21, 18/7.

Carpiodes difformis JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 9,50, 1877.
Carpiodes difformis JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 187d.

HABITAT. — Ohio Valley ; less common than the other species.

The only specimen which I have seen of this species was from the
"Wabash River, in which stream Professor Cope's original types were
collected. No specimens are in the United States National MuSeum,
which, indeed, at present contains very few of the Carp Suckers or
Buffalo-fish.

44, CARPIODES CUTISANSERINUS Cope?

Long-fcnncd Carp Sucker. QuiUback.

1-70— Carpiodes cut isan serin us COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 481.

Carpiodes culisanserinus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

196 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Carpiodcs cutisanserinus JORDAN, Ball. U. S. Nat. Mus. 9,50, 1877.

Carpiodes cutisanserinus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Carpiodes cutisanserinus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.
1870 — Carpiodes selene COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 481.

Carpiodes selene JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Carpiodes selene JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Carpiodes selene JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.
1876—Iclithyolus difformis NELSON, Bull. No. 1, U. S. Jsat. Mus. 49.

HABITAT. — Mississippi Valley ; generally abundant.

This species is closely related to C. vclifer, but differs in the abruptly
truncate snout, that of velifer being conic. I am unable to recognize
C. selene as a distinct species at present, the form of the anterior sub-
orbital being the only distinguishing feature of much importance, and
that probably not a constant one. C. cutisanscrinus is as abundant in
the Ohio as C. velifer, and I have seen many specimens from the Illinois
Eiver.

Specimens tii United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

20032

Cumberland River . .

A. Wincbell.

20033

. ..do ... .

Do.

45. CAEP1ODES VELIFER (Rafincsque) Agassiz.
Carp Sucker. Sltiniback. Quillbacli. Sailor. Sailing Sucker. Spear-fish.

1820 — tf Catostomus aimopterus RAFINESQUE, Icb. Ob. 45. (Description at second band

and unrecognizable.)
1820— Catostomus velifer RAFINESQUE, [cb. Ob. 56.

Catostomus velifer KIRTLAND, Rep. Zool. Obio, 168, 1838.

Carpiodes velifer AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 191, 1855.

Carpiodes velifer COPE, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 482, 1870.

Carpiodcs velifer JORDAN, Fisbes of Ind. 222, 1875,

'Carpiodes velifer JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Carpiodes velifer JORDAN, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.

Carpiodes velifer JORDAN & Copeland, Cbeck List, 158, 1876.

Ichthijobus velifer NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Carpiodes velifer JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart/s First Report Obio Fish
Commission, 87, 1877.

Carpiodcs velifer JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Carpiodes velifer JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.

CARPIODES BISON.

'—Sdcrognathus cyprinus KIRTLAXD. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. v, 275. (In
not of C. & V.)

HABITAT.— Western streams and lakes (Caynga Lake, New York, to Mississippi
River).

This species is quite abundant in the Ohio Eiver, and I liave seen
specimens not evidently distinguishable, from Lake Erie and from other
waters tributary to the Great Lakes. Indiscriminately with C. cut-is-
ansennuSy it is known to the fishermen as Quillback, Skim back, etc.,
the lower-finned species being called rather "Carp". Most of the
synonymy above quoted includes several species, the true velffcr being
first distinguished by Professor Cope. Rafinesque's anisopterus I bring
into the synonymy of this species, simply to refer to it somewhere. It
is really unidentifiable. Kirtland's SclerognatJms cyprinus refers most to
this species, but his figure represents no known fish. The head is too
small, and the form, etc., incorrect.

Specimens in United States Xational Museum.

X umber.

Locality.

Collector.

20277

There are also several other specimens in the collection, but without
locality.

46. CABPIODES BISOX Agassiz.

Long-headed, Carp Sucker.

, 1854 — Carpiodes bison AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 356.

Carpiodes bison AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 190, 1855.
Carpiodes bison COPE, Proc. Am. Philos Soc. Phila, 483, 1870.
Carpiodes bison JORDAN, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.
Carpiodes bison JORDAX & COPELAXD, Check List, 158, 1876.
Ichthyolms bison NELSON, Ball. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Carpiodes bison JORDAX & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.
Carpiodes bison JORDAX, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 50, 1877.
Carpiodes bison JORDAX, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 322, 1878.

HABITAT.— Mississippi Valley (Osage River, Agassiz; Mississippi River, Wabash
River, Tennessee River, Cope).

What the fish is to which Professor Agassiz gave the rame " bison "
cannot be ascertained from the published descriptions. Professor Cope
has described the present species under that name, and we accept the

198 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

name bison on his authority. This species is not generally common ia
so far as my experience goes. I have, however, seen one or two from
the Ohio River. I found no specimens in the National Museum.

47. CARPIODES THOMPSONI Afjassiz.
Lctke Carp.

1842—Catostomus cyprinus THOMPSON, Hist. Vt. 133.

1855 — Carpiodes thompsoni AGASSIZ, Am. Jouru. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 191.

Carpiodes thompsoni COPE, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 285, 1864.

Carpiodes tJiompsonii COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 483, 1870.

Carpiodes thompsoni JORDAN, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.

Ichthyobus thompsoni NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus.Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Carpiodes thompsoni JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Carpiodes thompsonii JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876.

Carpiodes thompsoni JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 322, 1878.

HABITAT. — Great Lake region ; abundant.

This species occurs in more or less abundance throughout the Great
Lake region. It is the shortest and most arched of all the species. Its
dorsal fin is about intermediate between that of velifer and that of
carpio. 1 have examined very many specimens of this species, and I
find little variation among them. This fish reaches a length of some-
thing over a foot, and is sold by the Lake fishermen as u Carp ".

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

11040

Sandusky, Ohio ..... .

J. W. Milner.

11127

do

Do.

11128

do

Do.

11130

do

Do.

11131

do

Do.

11132

do

Do.

48. CARPIODES CYPRINUS (Le Sueur] Agassiz*

Eastern Carp Suclcer. Nebraska Carp Sucl:er. Eio Grande Carp.

1817—Catostomus cyprinus LE SUEUR, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 91.

Labeo cyprinus DEKAY, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 194, 1842.
Sclerognathus cyprinus CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,

474, 1844.

Sclerognathus cyprinus STORER, Synopsis, 427, 1846.
Carpiodes cyprinus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 191, 1855.

CARPIODES CYPRINUS. 199

cyprinus GCXTIIKR, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 24, 1868.

Carpiodes cyprinus COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 484, 1870.

Carpiodes cyprinus JORDAN, Fishes of Ind. 202, Itf75.

Carpiodcs cyprinus JORDAN, Man. Vert. £97, 187G.

Carpiodes cyprinus UIILER & LUGGER, Fishes of Maryland, 140, 1876.

Carpiodcs cyprinus JORDAN &, COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Carpiodcs ci/prlnus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.
1?54— Carpiodes vacca AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 356.
1S>1— Carp iodcs tumidus BAII:D & GIRARD, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc.28.

Ictiobits tumidus GIRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ich. 34, pi. xxx, f. 1-4, 1859.

IchtJtyobus tumidus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.
1856— Carp iodcs damalis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 170.

Carpiodcs damalin GIRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 218, pi. xlviii, f. 1-4, 1858.

Carpiodcs dantalis COPE, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 85, 1865.

Carpiodis damalis JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 155, 1876.
1870— Carpiodcs grayi COPK, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 482, 1870.

CarpiodiS orai/i JORDAN £ COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Carpiodts grayi COPE & YARROW, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Her. v, Zool. 681,
1876.

HABITAT. — New En^laid to Alabama; thence to Mexico and north to the Upper
Missouri.

I have elsewhere already united the nominal species grayi and tumi-
dus, for the following reasons: — Gi rani's "Ictiobus tumidus" is certainly
a Carpiodcs, as is plainly shown by the published iigniv, the mouth be-
ing represented as small and inferior, beneath the projecting s;:out. I
have numerous young specimens of a Carpiodcs from the liio Grande,
at Brownsville, Texas, the original locality of Icticbws tumidus. But my
specimens do not disagree in any important respect irom Carpiodcs grayi,
frofc. the same river, nor am I able, on examination of authentic speci-
mens of the latter species, to point out any differences between them and
my Brownsville specimens. Therefore, if tumidus and grayi are really
different, the differences have escaped my notice. It is of course possi-
ble that my Brownsville specimens, although from the original locality
of tumidus, may not be that species; but, as the types of tumidus have
been lost. I do not see how the question can ever be settled.

I am furthermore unable to separate tumidus as thus characterized
from damalis Grd., and the close relationship existing between damalis
and cyprinus has already been noticed by Professor Cope. As 1 now
believe that cyprinus, tumidus, damalis, and grayi were all based on mem-
bers of a single widely diffused species, I unite them in the above
synonymy.

This species is the common Carp Sucker of Pennsylvania and the

200 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Middle States. I have no specimens referable to this species from the
Great Lakes, nor from the Mississippi or the Ohio. If cypritius, tumi-
dus, and damalis are identical, however, one of two things must be true.
Either C. cyprinus really inhabits the whole Mississippi Valley, but has
been overlooked or confounded with others, or else we have a very curi-
ous anomaly in the distribution of the species, it being an inhabitant
of waters of two widely separated areas, having little in common. The
former supposition seems the most probable, and I accordingly look for
specimens of C. cyprinus in the Mississippi Valley.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

Round Lake, Montgomery Alabama

Iviimliciii & Bean

179

Fort Pierre, Nebr. (types of C. damalis}

Dr. Evans.

t*550

Republican River .

\Vood & Hammond

13012

Rio Grande, New Mexico (grayi) . .

Dr. O. Loew.

15891

20109

"U. S. Mex. Boundary Survey" (types of lumidusf).
Brownsville, Tex

49. CARPIODES CARPIO (Rafinesque) Jordan.

Big Carp Sucker. Olive Carp Sucker.

1820 — Catostomus carpio RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 56.

Carpiodes carpio JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Carpiodes carpio JORDAN, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.

Ichthyobus carpio NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mas. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Carpiodes carpio JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List", 158, 1876.

Carpiodes carpio JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Carpiodes carpio JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.

Carpiodts carpio JORDAN, Bull, U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Carpiodes carpio JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 322, 1878.
1870— Carpiodes nummifer COPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 484.

HABITAT. — Mississippi Valley. Abundant in the Ohio River.

This is the most abundant species of its genus in the Ohio Kiver and
its tributaries. It is the largest species, the most elongate, and has the
lowest fin-rays and the smallest head. The peculiar enlargement of the
anterior rays of the dorsal I have found to be an excellent diagnostic
character. This species has been well described by Professor Cope
under the name of C. nummifer. There can, however, be but little

GENUS BUBALICHTHYS. 201

doubt that Kafinesqne had the same fish in mind as his C. carpio, and I
have accordingly adopted the latter name.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

12291

Ohio River, Cincinnati ,

J. W. Milner.

12292

do

Do.

Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz.

BubalicJitJiys AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts. 1855, 192.
Sderognathus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mas. vii, p. 22, 1868.
Catostomus et Carpiodes sp. of authors.

Type, Carpiodes urus Agassiz.

Etymology, povpuAos, buffalo ; faffi's, fish.

Head moderate or rather large, deep and thick, its superior outline
rapidly rising, its length about 4 in that of the body : eye moderate,
median or rather anterior in position ; suborbital bones comparatively
narrow ; fontanelle always present and widely open.

Mouth moderate or small, more or less inferior, the mandible short,
little oblique, or typically quite horizontal, the mandible less than one-third
the length of the head, the premaxillaries in the closed mouth below
the level of the lower part of the orbit ; lips rather thin, thicker than in
Ichthyobus, the upper protractile, narrow, plicate, the plica3 sometimes
broken up into granules; lower lip comparatively full (for a Buffalo-
fish), fain rly plicate, the pilous broken up into grannies, the lower lip
having the general fj- shaped form seen in Carpiodes ; jaws without car-
tilaginous sheath ; inuciferous system well developed ; opercular appa-
ratus well developed, but less so than in Ichthyobus, the operculuin
strongly rugose; isthmus moderate; pharyngeal bones triangular, with
large teeth, which increase in size from above downwards ; teeth com-
pressed, their grinding edge blunt, slightly arched in the middle*, and
provided with a little cusp along the inner margin, which is hardly
detached from the crown, and does not rise above the surface : gill-rakers
of anterior arch slender and stiff above, growing shorter downwards.

Body ovate or oblong, the dorsal outline more or less arched, the sides
of the body compressed, the ventral outline curved also, but to a less
degree : scales very large, about equal over the body, their posterior

202 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

outlines somewhat serrate; lateral Hue well developed, nearly straight,
with 35 to -12 scales, 12 to 14 in a cross-series from ventrals to dorsal ;
dorsal tin beginning near the middle oi' the body, somewhat in advance
of the veutrals, its an tenor rays elevated, their height about equal to
half the base of the fin, the number of rays in the dorsal fin ranging
from 25 to 32; caudal fin well iorked, the lobes about equal, not fal-
cate; anal fin comparatively long and rather low, of 8 or 9 developed
rays; ventrals moderate, 10 rayed ; pectorals rather short: sexual pecu-
liarities, if any, unknown : coloration dull dark brown, nearly plain, not
silvery ; fins olivaceous or more or less dusky.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

Size quite large.

In general appearance, the species of Bubaliclithys bear a considerable
resemblance to those of Carpiodes. The form is, however, coarser than
that of any Carpiodes, the dorsal fin is lower, and the coloration is
darker and duller. The species reach a larger size than do those of
Carpiodes, but whether larger or not than the species of Iclitliyobus I am
unable to say. In external appearance, Bubaliclitliys is intermediate
between Carpiodes and Ichthyobus, the one species, bubalus, resembling
Carpiodes most, the other, urus, being most like Ichthyobus.

Our knowledge of the species of this genus is very incomplete. Many
species were named and indicated by Professor Agassiz, but with such
fragmentary descriptions that not a single one of them is certainly
known by any one. I have, however, been able to identify in specimens
from Quincy, 111., the fishes termed by him B. bubalus and B. niger,
the small-mouthed and the large-mouthed Buffalo. Assuming these two
well-separated species as a basis, I have compared with them numerous
Buffalo-fishes from various localities, and in all cases I have found them
identical with either the one or the other. I have therefore adopted
the hypothesis, possible, and perhaps probable, that all of the nominal
species of Professor Agassiz were based on the one or the other of these
two forms. As to this, I may say that the sole basis of some of these
nominal species was the difference in locality. From what we know of
the range of other species of Catostomidce, there is nothing antecedently
improbable in the same fish being found in the Wabash and Mobile
Kivers, or in the Tennessee and Osage. Hyxostoma macrolepidotum,
Erimyzon oblongus, Minytrema melanops, Catostomns teres, and others
are known to occur in all four of those streams. The questions of
locality may, I think, be safely eliminated from the discussion. The

GENUS BUBALICHTHYS. 203

descriptions published by Professor Agassiz are almost worthless for the
distinction of species. It has accordingly seemed best to mo, as a tem-
porary arrangement, at least until more than two species are shown to
occur in our waters, or until some one is able to show from examination
of Professor Agassiz'-s types what he really had in mind, to distribute
his nominal species in the synonymy of the two which we know. I
have accordingly considered each of Agassiz's species and made it
identical with either the small-mouthed or the large-mouthed species, as
the description seemed to indicate. A third species, from Central
America, which I suppose belongs to this genus, is added from Dr.

Giinther's description.

Generic Characterizations.

BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz, 1855.— "At the time I vindicated the propriety of restoring
some of the genera established by Raiinesque among Cyprinoids, I did not suspect that
the genus Carpiodes, as I then represented it, still contained two distinct types, though
I had noticed that some of the species had the anterior margin of their dorsal greatly
prolonged, whilst in others it hardly rises above the middle aud posterior of that fin.
Having since examined the pharyngeals of all the species of this tribe which I havo
been able to secure from different parts of the country, I find that those with a high
dorsal which constitute the genus Carpiodes, have, in addition, very thin flat pharyu-
geals with extremely minute teeth, whilst those with a low dorsal have triangular
pharyugeals with larger teeth, increasing gradually in size and thickness, from the
upper margin of the bones towards the symphysis. The difference in form of these
bones arises from the circumstance that the slight ridge upon the outer surface of the
arch in Carpiodes is transformed in this second type into a prominent edge, dividing
the outer surface of the arch into a posterior and anterior plane, meeting under aa
acute angle. This structural homology is satisfactorily traced by the difference of the
external appearance of these two planes, the posterior one being full as the posterior
half of the flat outer surface of the arch in Carpiodes, whilst the anterior plane is
coarsely porous, indeed studded with deep pits analogous to the porons character of
the anterior half of the outer surface of that bone in Carpiodes. The. teeth themselves
are compressed ; their grinding edge is rather blunt, slightly raised in the middle* and
provided with a little cusp along the inner margin, which is hardly detached from the
crown, aud docs not rise above its surface, as in Carpiodes, Ichthyobus and Cycleptus.

" In this genus the bulk of the body is not placed so far forwards as in Carpiodes, the
greatest height being between head and tail. The upper outline of the body is less
strongly arched in advance of the dorsal ; the head is longer than high, and the snout
not more prominent than the mouth. The mouth opens obliquely downwards and
forwards, the lower jaw being nearly as long as the upper. The lips are small and
granulated. The anterior rays of the dorsal are not separately prolonged beyond the
rest of the fin, though its anterior margin is higher than its middle and posterior por-
tion. The lower fins are as in Carpiodes.

tl The scales have many narrow radiating furrows upon the anterior field, none across
the lateral fields, and few upon the posterior fields, converging to the centre of raclia-

204 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

tion, to which the tubes of the lateral line extend also. For this new genus I propose
the name of Bubal ichthys, intending to recall the name of Buffalo fish, commonly
applied to this species. To this genus belong the species I have described as Carpiodcs
urus from the Tennessee River, C. taurus from MobJe River, and C. vitulus from the
Wabash, and also the Catostomus niger of Rafinesque and Catostomus bubalus of Dr. Kirt-
land from the Ohio, but not C. bubalus Rafinesque, which is the typo of the genus Ich-
thyobus described in the following paragraph. I have another new species from the
Osage River, sent me by Mr. George Stolley. This shows this type to be widely dis-
tributed in our western waters, but thus far it has not been found in the Atlantic
states. I have some doubts respecting the nomenclature of these species which are
rather difficult to solve. It will be seen upon reference to Rafinesque's Ichthyologia
Ohiensis, p. 55 and 56, that he mentions two species of his subgenus Ichthyobus, one of
•which he calls C. bubalus, and the other C. niger ; the second he has not seen himself,
but describes it on the authority of Mr. Andubon as 'entirely similar to the common
Buffalo fish,' his C. bubalus, but 'larger, weighing upwards of fifty pounds.' Dr. Kirt-
land, on the other hand, describes the C. bubalus as the largest species found in the
western waters, and adds that the young is nearly elliptical in its outline and is often
sold in the market as a distinct species under the name of Buffalo Perch. If the e was
only one species of Buffalo in those waters the case would be very simple, and the Ca-
tostomus bubalus and niger of Rafinesque, and C. bubalus of Dr. Kirtland, should simply
be considered as synonymous, but Dr. Rauch of Burlington has sent me fine specimens
of this Buffalo Perch, to which the remark of Dr. Kirtland, ' elliptical in its outline,'
perfectly applies, and I find that it not only differs specifically but even geuericaily
from the broader, high backed, common Buffalo, and being the smaller species, I take
it to be Rafinesque's C. bubalus, the type of his genus Ichthyobus, which is more fully
characterised below, whilst the larger species, Rafinesque's C. niger, can be no other
than Dr. Kirtland's C. bubalus, 'the largest species of the western waters.' It seems
therefore hardly avoidable to retain the name of C. niger or rather Bubalichthys nigtr
for the common Buffalo, though Rafinesque, who first named the fish, never saw it, or
if he saw it mistook it for his own bubalus, and though Dr. Kirtland, who correctly
describes and figures it, names it C. bubalus, for such is the natural result to which the
history of the successive steps in our investigation of these fishes lead. But our diffi-
culties here are not yet at an end. Among the splendid collections I received from Dr.
Rauch, I found two perfectly distinct species of Bubalichlhys, one with a large mouth,
and the other with a small mouth, and one of Ichthyobus, living together in the Missis-
sippi River, in the neighborhood of Burlington, Iowa; and the next question, proba-
bly never to be solved, will be, if they all three occur also in the Ohio, whether Rafi-
nesque's C. niger was the big mouthed or the small mouthed Bubalichthi/s. Judging
from the figure given by Dr. Kirtland in the Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. v,
pi. fig. 2, 1 believe his C. bubalus to be the small mouthed species. I myself have, how-
ever, seen only one specimen of the big mouthed species from the Ohio, and that iu
rather an indifferent state of preservation ; for which I am indebted to Prof. Baird, and
bone of the small mouthed species. Should, however, all three, as is possible, occur in
the Ohio as well as the Mississippi, to avoid introducing new names, I will call the
big mouthed species B. niger, preserving for it Rafiuesque's specific name, — the small

GENUS BUBALICHTHYS. 205

mouthed, D. bubalus, retaining for it the name which Dr. Kirtland has given it, even
though the species of Ichtltyobus must bear the same specific name, being that origin-
ally applied by Rafinesque. It may be that either my B. vitulus or my B. urus is iden-
tical with Dr. Kirtland's C. bubalus, but until I can obtain original specimens of this
species, this point must remain undecided, as it is impossible for mere descriptions to
institute a sufficiently minute comparison. The specimens from Osage .River I shall
call B. bonasus.

"Compared with one another, these species differ as follows: B. niger, (the big-
mouthed Buffalo) differs from B. bubalus (the small-mouthed Buffalo) by its larger
mouth, opening more forwards ; its more elongated body, the first rays of the dorsal
rising immediately above the base of the ventrals, and its anterior lobe being broader,
and the anal fin not emarginated; B. b&nasus differs from B. bubalus and from B. nigcr
in having the mouth larger than the first and smaller than the second, and from B.
bubalus by its less emarginated dorsal, which renders its larger lobe broader, anal fin
not emarginated, opercle larger. A farther comparison with the Southern species could
only be satisfactory, if accompanied by accurate figures." — (AGASSIZ, Am. Journ.Sc. Arts,
1855, p. 192.)

SCLEROGNATHUS Guuther, 1863.—" Scales of moderate or rather large size. Lateral
line running along the middle of the tail. Dorsal fin much elongate, with about 30 or
more rays, none of which are spinous. Anal fin short. Mouth small, inferior (Buba
lichthys) or subterminal (Sclerognathus), with the lips more or less thickened. Barbels
none. Gill-rakers long, stiff in the upper two-thirds of the first branchial arch, modi-
fied into low membranaceous transverse folds in the lower third. Pseudobranchiie.
Pharyngeal bones sickle-shaped, armed with a comb-like series of numerous, compressed
teeth, increasing in size downwards."— (GUXTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 22, 1868.)

BUBALICHTHYS Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong oval, compressed ; dorsal elon-
gate, elevated in front, of 20 or more rays; fontanelle present; pharyngeal bones
strong, the teeth comparatively coarse and large, increasing in size downwards; mouth
inferior.7'— (JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Xat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 82.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF BUBALICHTHYS.

* Body considerably elevated and compressed above ; the dorsal regftn subcariuate :
belly thicker; depth 2^ to 2| in length ; axis of body above the ventrals below
the lateral line and nearly twice as far from the back as from the belly : head
moderate, triangular in outline when viewed from the side, 4 in length: eye
equal to snoat, 4 to 5 in length of head, much larger than in B. urus: mouth quite
small, notably smaller and more inferior than in B. urus: mandible about equal
to eye: dorsal fin elevated in front and rapidly declined, the highest ray reach-
ing much beyond the middle of the fin, the seventh ray about half the length of
the third or longest ; anal rays rapidly shortened behind, the middle rays much
shorter than the first long ones: scales 8-39-6; dorsal, 29; anal, 10; ventraLs,
10: coloration paler, the lower fins slightly dusky BUBALUS, 50.

** Body much less elevated and less compressed than in the preceding, the back not at all
carinated ; axis cf body above veutrals about at the lateral line, and but very lit-
tle farther from the dorsal outline than from the ventral ; depth 3 to 3£ in length ;
head very stout, strongly transversely convex, thicker, larger, and lees pointed

206 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

than in the next, about 4 in length : eye about equal to snout, 5£ in head, much
smaller than iu B. bubalus: mouth large, considerably oblique, opening well for-
wards : mandible longer than eye : dorsal fin lower and less rapidly depressed
than in the next, the longest ray scarcely half the length of the base of the fin ;
anal fin rounded, its rays not rapidly shortened, the middle ones not much shorter
than the longest: colors very dark; fins all black: scales 8-41-7; dorsal, 30;

anal, 10 URUS, 51.

*** Mouth small, inferior, slightly corrugated : depth 3£ to 3J in length } head 4 to 4-J-,
not much longer than high : eye rather small, one-fifth of the length of the head
and f that of the snout : suborbitals narrow. Anterior rays not much produced,
shorter than the head ; caudal forked. Origin of ventral vertically below the
fourth dorsal ray. Pectoral fin not extending to ventrals. There are five
longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and the root of the ventral.
Coloration uniform. Scales 7-38-7 ; dorsal 29 ; anal 10 MERIDIOXALIS, 52.

,50. BUBALICHTHYS BUBALUS Agassiz.
Buffalo-fish. Small-mouthed Buffalo. High-backed Buffalo.

1838—Cato8tomu8 bubalus KIRTLAND, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 1G8. (Not of Rafinesq'ie.)

Catostomus bubalus KIRTLAND, Boston Jouru. Nat. Hist, v, 268, 1845.

Catostomus bubalus STORER, Synopsis, 424, 1846.

Bubalichthys bubalus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 195, 1855.

Bubalichthys bubalus JORDAN, Fishes of Ind.,222, 1875.

Bubalichthys bubalus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Bubalichthys bubalus JORDAN, Proo. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 74, 1877.

Bubalichthys bubalus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1877.
1854— f f Carpiodes taurus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 355. (Not identifiable.)

ff Bubalichthys taurus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 193, 1855.

f f Bubalichthys tawus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 15S, 1876.
18 54— 1 f Carpiodes vitulus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 356. (Not identifiable.)

f f Bubalichthys vitulus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts. 2d series, xix, 193, 1855.

f ? Bubaimhthys vitulus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

f f Bubalichthys vitulus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.
1868— Sctcroynal hits urus GUNTIIER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 22.
iH76— /c%ob«s cyancllus NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49.

Icthyobtts cyanellus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Iclhyobus cyanellus JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 73, 1877.

Idhtiobus cyanellus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Ichthyobus cyanellus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.
1877 — Bubalichlhys altus NELSON, MSS.

Bubalichthys altus JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 73, 1877.

Bubalichthys altus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 324, 1878.
1877 — Bubalichihys bubalinus JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 50.

BubaUchthys bxbalinus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed.2d, 325, 1878.

HABITAT.— Mississippi Valley ; abundant in all the larger streams.

BUBALICIITHYS BUBALUS. 207

This is probably the most generally distributed of the various species
known popularly as Buffalo-fish. The question as to its proper nomen-
clature is even more complicated than that of the next species. It
may be that this is the true bubalus of Eafinesque, as supposed by Dr.
Kirtland. But as that species was the type of the genus Ictiobu*, the
identification of Rafinesque's species with the present one would lead
to changes in nomenclature far from desirable. The name Ichtliyobus
would then belong to Bubalichtliys and the genus Ichthyobus would
receive a new name. As this can never be proven, it is best to consider
Agassiz's identification as correct and that of Dr. Kirtlaud wrong. The
first mention of this species was that of Dr. Kirtland as Catostomus bu-
balus. The name bubalus, however, was given through an erroneous
identification, and must be passed over. Next come Agassiz's names
taunts and vitulus, both possibly belonging here, but just as likely be-
longing to urus. Both of them, from the exasperating insufficiency and
irrelevance of the descriptions, are practically unidentifiable. Next is
Agassiz's bubahts, noticed below. The next name in order is that of
I'Jiihyobus cyanellus Nelson, which was based on this species, as I have
ascertained by examination of his type. This is the first tenable name
certainly belonging to this species, unless we adopt the name bubalus.
Next comes Nelson's altus. A specimen answering Nelson's description
in all respects, and as evidently belonging to the species now under
consideration, is at present before me. It is a fine adult example.
Lastly comes my own bubalinus, intended merely as a substitute for the
name "bubalus", not then considered tenable as the specific name of
this species, having been given to it originally by an error in identifica-
tion. The adoption of the name bubalus by Agassiz after the knowledge
of this error may, however, be considered as a proposal of a new name.
The original descriptions of taurus, vitulus, cyanellus, and altus are here
subjoined.

Carpiodes taurus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 355. — " From
Mobile River, Alabama. The form of the body is intermediate between
that of C. Cyprinus and C. Urus. The gill-cover has the same form as
in C. Urus, but it is larger and more strongly arched behind. The hind
margin of the scales is waving, owing to a somewhat prominent mid-
dle angle. The anterior rays of the dorsal equal in length two-thirds
of that of the base of the fin. Anal not lunate behind. The ventrals
do not reach to the anal opening. Caudal not so deeply furcate as in
C. Cyprinus."

208 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Carpioaes vit ulus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1855, p. 356. — "From
the Wubash River, Indiana. This seems to be a smaller species than
the preceding ones. The form of the body resembles that of C. Taurus,
but the eyes are smaller ; the opercle is more broadly rounded behind ;
the subopercle has its posterior and free border regularly arched above
and below, and not emarginate as in C. Taurus. The direction of the
numerous water-tubes on the head and cheeks also differ. The upper
and lower border of the scales are nearly straight. The dorsal does not
extend quite so far forward. I am indebted to Col. Richard Owen of
New Harmony for this species."

Ichthyobus cyanellus Nelson, Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist, i, 1877, p. 49. —
u Blue Buffalo. A number of specimens of this species are in the state
collection, from the Illinois river, and in Prof. Jordan's collection, from
the Mississippi at St. Louis. The following is the description, taken
from several specimens, measuring from 8 to 9J inches in length : —

" Head about 3J in length. Depth 2J to 5-6. Eye 4J to 5 J in head.
Dorsal I, 30. Anal I, 8. Yentruls 10. Lat. 1. 38. Longitudinal rows
7-5 to 7-6. Body compressed, high. Anteriorly broad, compressed
behind. Longest ray reaching 18th ray. Pectorals shorter than veu-
trals, both shorter than head. Anal scarcely reaching caudal ; head
very short, high and thick ; its thickness J length, depth 11 in length.
Mouth quite small, oblique, and overlapped by a slightly projecting
snout. Mandible short, 4 in head. Opercle becoming wrinkled with
age. Head small, short and thick ; muzzle obtuse, conic, not twice the
length of eye. Anterior ray of dorsal, in type from Illinois river,
slightly nearer snout than base of caudal. In specimens from St,
Louis the dorsal is about equidistant. Color above, light steel blue in
adults, becoming lighter below. Young lighter with distinct stripes
along the rows of scales. Although the species is described from spe-
cimens but nine inches long, when full grown it undoubtedly reaches
similar dimensions to its congeners."

Bubalichthys altm Nelson, MS3.; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877,
74. — u This specimen is very deep and much compressed. The back is
much arched and the profile descends steeply in front to end of snout,
not forming an angle with it as in many species of Ichthyobus.

u Depth of body, 2J in length ; head, 4 in length; greatest thickness
of body, If in length of head; depth of head, 1£ in its length; width,
1£ in length. Eye, 5£ in head, 2J in interorbital space, which is but
little rounded.

BUBALICHTHYS URUS. 209

" Lateral line perfectly straight frcfta upper "edge of opercle to caudal.
" Scales, 8-35-5. Dorsal I. 25 ; A. I. 9.
" Color in spirits, dull yellowish olive ; fins dusky.
" Type specimen 12 inches long, in Ills. State Museum, from Cairo,
Illinois."

51. BUBALICHTHYS URUS Agassiz.

Big-mouthed Buffalo. Black Buffalo. Mongrel Buffalo.

1818 — f f Amblodon niger RAFINESQUE, Journal de Physique Phila. 421. (Entirely un-
recognizable.)

1 1 Catostomus niger RAFINESQUE, Icbth. Oh. 56, 1820. (Unrecognizable ; more
likely Cycleptus elongatus.)

Bubalichthys niger AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 195, 1855.

Bubalichthys niger JORDAN, Fishes of lud. 222, 1875.

Bubalichthys niger JORDAN, Bnll. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Bubalichthys niyer JORDAN, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.

Bubalichthys niger NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50, 1876.

Bubalichthys niger JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Bubalichthys niger JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 75, 1877.

Bubalichthys niger JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876.

Bubalichthys niger JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Bubalichthys niger JORDAN. Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323.
1654 — Carpiodes urns AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 355.

Bubalichthys urus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts,2d series, xix, 193,1855.

Bubalichthys urns PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10. 1863.

Bubalichthys urus JORDAN, Fishes of lud. 222, 1875.

Bubalichthys urus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158,1876.
1655 — Bubalichthys bonasus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 195.

Bubalichthys bonasus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

HABITAT. — Mississippi Valley, in the larger streams.

Tbis is an abundant species in the Mississippi and its larger tributa-
ries. It is very distinct from the preceding, almost intermediate between
Bubalichthys bubahis and Ichthyobus bubalus. It may indeed be necessary
to unite these two genera on account of this species.

The question of the name which should be borne by this species is a
very difficult one. Inasmuch as Rafinesque's C. niger was known to him
only through the accounts of Mr. Audubon, a gentleman known to have
played several practical jokes on the too credulous naturalist, and to
have led him thereby to describe and name several impossible animals,
and inasmuch as no real description whatever is given by Eafinesque,
it seems to me that the name niger can be used only on the authority of
Agassiz, and not on that of Rannesque. That being the case, the name
Bull. X. M. :No. 12—14

210 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

uruti of Agassiz, which unquestionably belongs to this species, has a
year's priority over niger, and is really the first tenable name applied to
any species of Bubalichthys. The original account given by Kafinesque of
his Catostomus niger and that by Professor Agassiz of his Bubalichthys
urns I here append. Agassiz's descriptions of B. niger and B. bonasus
have been previously given under the head of the genus.

Catostomus (Ictiobus) niger Raf. Ich. Oh. p. 56. — "Entirely black; lat-
eral line straight; 1 have not seen this fish. Mr. Audubon describes it
as a peculiar species found in the Mississippi and the lower part of the
Ohio, being entirely similar to the common Buffalo fish, but larger,
weighing upwards of fifty pounds, and living in separate schools.'7

Carpiodes urus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, p. 355. — " From
the Tennessee River. It grows very large, weighing occasionally from
30 to 40 pounds. The body in this species is not so high as in C. cypri-
nuSj nor is it so compressed above; the scales are also not so high, but
more angular behind, and the anterior portion of the dorsal is not so
elongated. The gill-cover is larger, and the distance from the hind bor-
der of the eye to the inferior angle of the subopercle near the base of
the pectorals and the distance from the same point to the superior and
posterior angle of the opercle, are nearly equal. In C. cyprinus the dis-
tances differ by nearly one third. The subopersle is not triangular, but
its hind border is nearly regularly arched from the upper angle to the
posterior angle of the interopercle. The anal has its posterior margin
full and not lunate; the caudal is not so deeply furcate as in C. cyprinus.
The veutrals do not reach the anal. All fins are of a dark color. I am
indebted to Dr. Newman for this species."

I found no specimens of Bubalichthys urus in the collections of the
United Slates National Museum.

52. BUBALICHTHYS MERIDIONALIS (Gilnther) Jordan.
Central American Buffalo.

1868 — Sclerognathus meridionalis Gt)NTHER, Trans. Zool. Soc. p. — .

Sclerognathus meridionalis GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mas. vii, 23, 1868.
HABITAT. — Rio Usumacinta, Guatemala.

I know nothing of this species except from Giinther's description.
From its remote locality, it is probably distinct, but the description
shows no especial difference from B. bubalus, unless it be that the
body is slenderer. The following is Dr. Giiutber's account : —

" D. 29-30. A. 10; lat. 1. 38, 1. trausv. 7J-7J. Mouth small, inferior,

GENUS ICHTHYOBUS. 211

slightly corrugated. The height of the body is contained thrice and
one third or thrice and one fourth in the total length (without caudal),
the length of the head four times or four times and a half 5 head not
much longer than high. Eye rather small, one fifth of the length of the
head and two thirds of that of the snout ; suborbitals narrow. The
anterior dorsal rays are not much produced, being shorter than the
head. Caudal fin forked. The origin of the ventral fin is vertically
below the fourth dorsal ray. Pectoral fin not extending to the ventral.
There are five longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and
the root of the ventral. Coloration uniform. Pharyngeal teeth very
numerous and small, increasing somewhat in size downwards.
"Eio Usumacinta (Guatemala)."

Genus ICHTHYOBUS fiafinesque.

Amblodon RAFINESQUE, Journal de Physique, de Chymie et d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris,

421, 1819. (Part.)

Icliobus RAFIXESQUE, Ich. Oh. 1820, p. 55. (As submenus of Catostomus.)
Ichthyobus AGASSIZ, Am. Jouru. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 195.

Type, Amblodon bubalus Rafineeque.

Etymology, lx&bg, fish ; /8o£f, bull or buffalo ; L e., buffalo-fish.

Head very large and strong, wide and deep, its length 3£ to 3J in that
of the body, its upper surface broad and depressed; eye moderate,
wholly anterior in position, the middle of the head being entirely behind
it ; suborbital bones proportionately narrow; fontanelle large, well open;
opercular apparatus largely developed, the subopercuium broad, the
operculum broad, strongly furrowed.

Mouth very large for a Sucker, terminal, protractile forwards, the
middle of the preraaxillaries rather above the line of the middle of the
eye, the posterior edge of the maxillary extending about to the line of
the nostrils; mandible very strong, oblique, placed at an angle of 45
degrees or more when the mouth is closed, its posterior end extending
to beyond opposite the front of the eye, its length a little less than one-
third that of the head. Lips very little developed, the upper narrow
and smooth, scarcely appreciable, the lower narrow, rather full on the
sides, but reduced to a narrow rim in front, entirely destitute both of
papillaB and plica3; jaws without cartilaginous sheath; muciferous sys-
tem of head well developed ; isthmus narrow ; pharyngeal bones in form
intermediate between those of Carpiodes and those of BubalicUthys, the
outer surface of the arch standing outwards, and presenting a porous

212 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

outer margin. The peduncle of the symphysis is much longer propor-
tionally, and more pointed than in Carpiodes and Bubalichthys. The
teeth are very numerous, small, thin and compressed in Carpiodes, but
the lower ones are gradually larger than the upper ones. Their inner
edge is slanting outwards, and not uniformly arched as in Bubalichthyx,
or truncate as in Cycleptus, the innermost margin rising somewhat in the
shape of a projecting cusp. Gill-rakers of anterior arch long and slender
above, becoming shorter downwards.

Body heavy, robust, not especially arched above nor greatly com-
pressed, the form somewhat elliptical, the depth 2J to 3£ in the length
of the body.

Scales large, thick, nearly equal over the body, their posterior edges
somewhat serrate, the lateral line well developed, but not as distinct as
in Carpiodes, slightly decurved anteriorly, the number of scales in its
course 36 to 42; 13 to 15 in a transverse series from dorsal to ventrals.

Dorsal fin with an elongate basis, its number of rays 25 to 30, the
anterior rays somewhat elevated, their length about half that of the
base of the fin ; caudal not much forked ; anal fin not much elevated,
its rays about 9 in number; pectorals and ventrals moderate, HIP latter
with about 10 rays.

Sexual peculiarities, 'if any, unknown. Coloration dark, not silvery,
above dusky olive ; lower fins more or less black.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

Siza very large.

The claim of this group to generic rank has been questioned by Pro-
fessor Cope and others. The differences in the pharyngeal teeth are
perhaps hardly sufficient to distinguish it from Carpiodes, but at present
I am inclined to think that the great development of the mandible,
which forms a large and terminal mouth, amply sufficient for generic
distinction. The relations of the group to Bubalichthys are doubtless,
in reality, closer. Ichthyobus bears much the same relation to Buba-
lichthys that Chasmistes does to Catostomus* and, so far as the mouth is
concerned, but in a greater degree, that Erimyzon bears to Minytrema
and Placopharynx to Myxostoma. The head of Ichthyobus is much larger
and stouter, and the whole body more robust and less compressed than
\n Carpiodes. I know from autopsy but a single species of Ichthyobus.
It has, however, been described under several different names. So far
as is known, the genus is confined to the valley of the Mississippi, no
species having been recorded from the Great Lakes, or from any streams

GENUS ICHTHYOBUS. 213

east of the Alleghanies. No members of the suborders Cycleptince and
Bubalichtliyince are known from the United States west of the basin of
the Rio Grande.

The typical species was first described under the name of Amblodon.
The genus Amblodon of Rafinesque, 1819, is based on the same species
as his Ictiobus of 1820. The name Amblodon, however, was given in
allusion to the pharyngeal teeth of Haploidonotus gruuniens, popularly
supposed to be the teeth of the Buffalo-fish, the presence of which teeth
was supposed to distinguish Amblodon from Catostomus. This error was
afterwards discovered by Rafinesque, and the name Amblodon trans-
ferred to the SciaBnoid fish. As Amblodon of Rafiuesque included the
present genera Haploidonotus and Ichthyobus, erroneously confounded,
and as on the discovery of this error its author restricted the name to
Haploidonotus, I think that we are justified in retaining Ichthyobus
instead of Amblodon for the genus of Catostomoids.

Generic Characterizations.

AMBLODON Rafinesque, 1810.—" 16. AMBLODON. (Abdominal.) Different du genre
Catostomus. Machoire infe"rieure pave"e de dents osseuses serre'es arrondies, a couronne
plate, ine"gales. — Les poissons de ce genre, qui abondent dans 1'Ohio, le Missouri et le
Mississippi, sont distingue"es par le nom vulgaire de Buffaloe-Fish (Poisson "bouffle)
et les Francois de la Louisiane les nomment Piconeau. II y en a plusieurs especes qui
parviennent souvent & une tres grosse taille. Les deux suivants habitent dans FOhio.
1. A. bubalus. Brun oliv&tre pale dessous, joues blanchatres. D. 28, A. 12, P. 16, A. 9,
C. 24. LM. niger est entierement noir; tous deux ont la ligne Iat6rale droite, queue
bilobde, tete tronque'e, etc. lis sout tres-bons & manger." — (RAFINESQUE, Journal de
Physique, etc. p. 421.)

ICTIOBUS Rafinesque, 1820. — " Body nearly cylindrical. Dorsal fin elongated, abdom-
inal fins with nine rays, tail bilobed, commonly equal." — (RAFINESQUE, Ichthyologia
Ohiensis, p. 55. )

ICHTHVOBUS Agassiz, 1855.—" In the form and position of the fins, as well as in the
general outline of the body, this genus is very nearly related to Bubalichthys, but in the
structure of the parts of the head, it is quite dissimilar. The month opens directly
forwards, and is large and round. The lips are small, smooth and thin ; the upper one
is not thicker than the intermaxillary itself, and tapers to a narrow edge. At the
symphysis of the lower jaw, which is larger than in any other genus of this group, the
lower lip is hardly more than a thin membrane connecting its small lateral lobes.

"The eye is small, and the opercul*r pieces very large.

"The scales have many narrow radiating furrows upon the anterior field; none
across the lateral fields, few upon the margin of the posterior field and these not ex-
tending to the centre of radiation. Tubes of the lateral line straight and simple,
arising nearly in the middle of the posterior field.

" Pharyngeal bones are neither flat as in Carpiodes nor triangular as in Biibalichihys,

214 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

but present an intermediate form ; the outer surface of the arch standing outwards
and presenting a porous outer margin. The peduncle of the symphysis.is much longer
proportionally and more pointed than in Carpiodes and Bubalichthys. The teeth are
very numerous, small, thin and compressed as in Carpiodes, but the lower ones are
gradually larger than the upper ones. Their inner edge is slanting outwards, and not
uniformly arched as in Bubalichthys or truncate as in Cyclepius, the innermost margin
rising somewhat in the shape of a projecting cusp." — (AGASSiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts,
1855, p. 196. )

ICHTHYOBUS Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong oval, compressed : dorsal elevated
in front, of 20 or more rays ; fontanelle present ; pharyngeal bones narrow, with the
teeth relatively thin and weak; mouth large, subterminal, protractile forwards."—
(JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 82.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF ICHTHYOBUS.

* Body robust, moderately compressed, the outline somewhat elliptical, but the back
rather more curved than the belly ; depth 2£ to 3£ in length : head very large and
thick, 3J in length of body : opercular apparatus very strong, the operculum itself
forming nearly half the length of the head : scales very large : developed rays of
the dorsal 27 to 29 ; anal rays 9 ; ventrals 10 : scales 7-37 to 41-6 : coloration dull
brownish-olive, not silvery ; fins dusky : size very large, reaches a length of nearly
three feet and a weight of 20 to 30 pounds BUBALUS, 53.

53. ICHTHYOBUS BUBALUS (Rafinesque) Agassiz.

Bed-mouth Buffalo Fish. Large-mouihed Buffalo.

1818—Arnbhdon bubalus RAFINESQUE, Journal de Physique, 421.

Catosiomm bubalus RAFINESQUE, Am. Month. Mag. and Crit. Rev. 354, 1818.

Catostomus bubalus RAFINESQUE, Ich. Oh. 55, 1820.

Icthyobus bubalus AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 196, 1855.

Icthyobus bubalus JORDAN, Fishes of lud. 222, 1875.

Ichthyobus bubalus JORDAN, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus JORDAN, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus NELSON, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart'a Rept. 53, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.

Icthyobus bubalus JORDAN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Ichthyobus bubalus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2rl, 322.

1844 — Sclerognathus cyprinella CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
4/7, pi. 518.

Sclerognathus cyprinella STOKER, Synopsis, 428, 1846.

Ichthyobus cyprinella AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 196, 1855.

Sclerognathus cyprinella GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes, Brit. Mus. vii, 24, 1868.

Ichthyobus cyprinella JORDAJST, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.

Ichthyobus cyprinella JORDAN & COPKLAND, Check List, 158, 1876.
-1855 — Icthyobus rauchii AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 196.

ICHTHYOBUS BUBALUS 215

Iclhyobus rauchii PUTNAM, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Icthyobm rauchii JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Ictliyobus rauchii JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Ichthyolus rauchii JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.
1855 — Icthyobus stolleyi AGASSIZ, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 196.

Icthyobus stolleyi JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.
1877— Ictliyobus iscltyrus NELSON, MSS. — JORDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72.

Icthyobus ischyrus JORDAN & COPELAND, Check List, 158, 1876.

Ictliyobus ischyrus JORDAN & GILBERT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Ichihyobiw ischyru* JORDAN, Man. Vert. eel. 2d, 323, 1878.

HABITAT. — Mississippi Valley ; generally abundant in the larger streams.

Aii examination of a large series of wide-mouthed Buffalo fishes
from the Ohio, Wabash, Illinois, and Mississippi Rivers has convinced
me, contrary to my previous impressions, that all belong to a single
species. It is not absolutely certain what Eafinesque's Catostomm
bubalus was. It is perhaps as likely to have been a species of Buba
lichthys, as supposed by Dr. Kirtland, as an Ichthyobus. I however
follow Professor Agassiz in identifying it with the present species,
which is, at the Falls of the Ohio, where Ratiuesque's collections were
made, probably the most abundant of the Buffalo-fishes. Neither
Rafinesque nor Professor Agassiz has, however, recognizably described
the species. In my Manual of Vertebrates, in 1876, I gave a short
account of Ichtliyobus bubalus, drawn from two large specimens taken in
Wabash River at Lafayette. Besides these, I have numerous smaller
specimens, obtained in the Mississippi at Saint Louis. As these differed
in the greater compression of the body and higher fins, I have identi-
fied them as belonging to Ichthyobus rauchii Agassiz, an identification
which I still think correct. In 1877, Mr. Nelson described an Iclithyobus
ischyrus, from Mackinaw Creek, a tributary of the Illinois River, near
Peoria. His typical specimen was very stout and deep, and at the time I
thought with him that it was probably distinct from I. bubalus. Lately I
have been enabled to re-examine the type of 1. ischyrusin the State Museum
of Illinois, and to compare it with a numerous series from the same
locality. I found it possible to establish an unbroken series among
them, connecting the nominal species which 1 had termed bubalm,
rauchii, and ischyrus, the differences separating them being, in my opin-
ion, due cither to differences of age or to individual peculiarities. Ay
no description of any importance has been published of I. stolleyi, I
include it as a synonym of /. bubalus. I know nothing whateverx con-
cerning it. Iclithyobus cyaneUus Nelson, as below stated, is a species of

216 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Bubalichthys. The description of Scleronnathus cyprinella Valenciennes
refers principally to the generic features of these fishes. It agrees full}'
with I. bubalus, except in the number of scales above the lateral line,
a difference doubtless due to a difference in the place or the manner of
making the count. As no specific characters are known, and as the Ich-
thyobus bubalus doubtless abounds in the Lower as in the Upper Missis
sippi, I refer I. cyprinella to the synonymy of" I. bubalus, the original type
having probably been a young specimen of that species. This species is
perhaps the largest of the Catostomidce, reaching a weight of 20 to 30
pounds and a length of more than two feet. The young (•' ischyrux") are
sold in the Illinois markets under the name of Red-mouth Buffalo,
the adult being called simply Buffalo. A species which I suppose to be
the present one [ have seen taken in immense numbers, by means uf
seines, in the Mississippi River at Burlington, Iowa. The flesh is good,
although not first-rate. It is rather coarse, and is lull of small bones.

For purposes of comparison I here add the original descriptions of 8.
cyprinella, I. rauchii, I. stolleyi, and I. iscliyrus : —

SCLEROGNATHUS CYPiUNELLA Valenciennes. — " Rien ce me senible, ue justifio inioux
la separation des sclerognathes <lu genre des Catostomes quo Pespece dont je vais doimer
ici la description. Avec uno boucbe, form6e comme celle du Sclerognathus cyprinus, nous
voyons I'ouverture porte"e au bout du museau, la levre infe~rieure plus longue que la
8up6rieiu'e, et par consequent il n'y a plus de possibilit6 d'employer la boucbe pour
sucer.

"Ce poisson a le corps assez serublable au pre"ce"dent [Sclerognathus cyprium~] ; sa
hauteur est trois fois et un tieis dans sa longueur totale ; la longueur de la tete y est
comprise quatre fois et deinie ; Poail est petit, et sur le baut de lajoue, le diametre est
contenu cinq fois et nn tiers dans la tete, et deux diametres et derui, donuaut la mesure
de 1'iutervalle entre les deux yeux ; le dessus du crane, convert coinme a I'ordiuuiTe,
d'une peau uue est moins convexe ; les deux hgnes de pores sout tracers a leur place
ordinaire, et sont sinueuses, comme celles de I'espece pr6cddente ; 1'opercule est strie" et
bomb6 et est plus grand, ce qui rend le sous-opeicule plus petit que dans 1'autre sc!6-
rognathe. L'on sent les interinaxillairesa 1'extremitd bupe~rieure du museau, soutenant
an levre tres mince. L'infdrieure est moins 6paisse, et le nombre des papilles est uioins
faible. La dorsalo a la mdme forme que celle de 1'autre espece; mais 1'anale est plus
poiutue ; la caudale est e~chaiicre"e et large.

" D. 33. A. 12, etc.

"Les dcailles sont beaucoup plus petites; j'en compte quarante et une le long des
cote's; dix uu dessus, et sept au dessous de la ligne laterale, qui est 6troite et mince.

"La couleur est un dore" verdatre, avec les uageoires plus fonc6es.

"Notre iudividu est long de sept pouces ; il vient du Lac Pontcbartraiu." — (VALEN-
CIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, pp. 477-479.)

ICHTHYOBUS RAUCHii Agassiz. — "Dorsal mucb bigher tban in £ bubalus, all other
fins much larger, and the scales much bigher than long ;' from Burlington, Iowa."

MYXOCYPR1NUS ASIATICUS. 217

ICHTHYOBUS STOLLEYI Agassiz. — " Body higher than in Ichthyobus rauchii, profile
steeper, and hence snout blunter, opercular bones larger ; fins proportionally of the
same size. From Osage Eiver, Missouri."

ICHTHYOBUS ISCHYRUS Nelson. — "This is a very stout and heavily built species:
depth 2£ in length ; head extremely broad between the eyes and but slightly convex ;
its length 3^ times in length of body ; snout short and rounded, opercular apparatus
large ; depth of head 1£ in its length ; width of head 1^ ; eye 6f in head, If in snout, 4
in interorbital space ; caudal peduncle a little deeper than long ; scales 7-37-7, nearly
uniform, a little crowded anteriorly, finely punctate ; fins all small ; dorsal 1, 27 ; anal
1, 8, bluish olive above ; yellowish below ; fins blackish."

Specimens in United Stales National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

20774

Illinois River at Peoria (very large; typical of bubalus)

S. A. Forbes.

Genus MYXOCYPRINUS Gill.

Myxocyprinus GILL, Johnson's Cyclopaedia, p. 1574, 1878.
Carpiodes et Sderognathus sp. BLEEKER, GUNIHER.

Type, Carpiodes asiaticus Bleeker.

Etymology, /nv^ao, to suck ; KV-xpivo?, a carp.

This genus is known to me only 2rom Dr. Bleeker's description of its
typical species. Whether it differs from its relatives, Ichthyob-uSj Buba-
lichthys, etc., in any other character than the obvious one of the great
increase in the number of its dorsal rays and the smaller scales, I do
not know. In any event, however, its right to independent generic rank
is unquestionable.

Generic Characterizations.

MYXOCYPRINUS Gill, 1878. — " Myxocyprinus is a name proposed for the Carpiodes
asiaticus of Bleeker, which is distinguished by the multiradiate dorsal and anal fins
(e. g. D. 52 ; A. 13)." — (GiLL, Johnson's Ctjdopcedia, Appendix, p. 1574.)

54. MYXOCYPKINUS ASIATICUS (Bleeker) Jordan.

1864 — Carpiodts asiaticus BLEEKER, Nederl. Tydschr. Dierk. ii, 19.

Sclerognathm asiaticus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 23, 1868.

HABITAT.— China.

My only knowledge of this species is from Dr. Bleeker's original de-
scription, which I here subjoin : —

" CARPIODES ASIATICUS Blkr.— Carpiod. corpore oblongo compresso, altitudine 2£
fere in ejus longitudine absque, 3£ circiter in longitudine corporis cum pinna caudali,

218 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

dorse valde elevato maxime cornpresso ; latitudine corporis 2£ circiter in ejus altitu-
dine ; capite obtuso 5 fere in longitudine corporis absque 6 circiter in longitudiue cor-
poris cum pinna cauduli; oculis in media capitis longitudiue sitis, diametro 5 circiter
in lougii'udine capitis, diametris 2$- circiter distantibus ; linea rostro-dorsali vertice et
froute declivi rectiuscula, rostro valde convexa ; naribus orbitaB approximatis, poste-
rioribus valvula claudendis ; rostro obtuso truncatiusculo valde carcoso ante rictum
prominente ; labiis valde carnosis papillatis, inferiore lobis parum productis; ossesub-
orbitali anteriore sat louge ante orbitam sito, scapbajformi, duplo circiter longiore
quam alto apice acuto anfcrorsum spectante; osse suborbitali 2° oblique tetragono
ajque alto circiter ac longo; ossibus suborbitalibus ceteris gracilibus oculi diarnetro
quadruple circiter humilioribus; operculo duplo circiter altiore quam lato rnarginibus
posteriore et inferiore convexo ; osse scapulari valde brevi et obtuso; ossibus pharyn-
gealibus compressis sat validis altioribus quam latis, dentibus 30 ad 50 compressis
corona vulgo unituberculatis ; squamis dimidio libero et dimidio basali subradiatim
striatis, 50 in liuea laterali, 24 in serie transversal! absque ventralibus iufimis quarurn
12 linearn lateralum inter et initium pinnae dorsalis ; squamse linea laterali postice
medio emarginatis ; linea lateraiis singulis squamis tubulo simplice marginem squa-
marum liberum attingeute notata ; piunis dorsali et anali basis vagina squamosa in-
clusa, dorsali basi non multo plus quo 2 in longitudiue totius corporis, longe ante
pinnas ventrales incipiente, antice valdo tlevata corpore vix humiliore, acuta, valde
emargmata, medio et postice co:pore qnadruplo circiter humiliore radio postico radio
anali postico subopposito ; pinnis pectoralibus rotuudales capite longioribns, ventra-
les non attingentibus ; ventralibus acute rotundatis pectoralibus non multo brevioribus,
analeni non attingeutibus ; anali corpore minus duplo humiliore, duplo altiore quam
basi longa, acutiuscule rotundata nou emargiuata ; caudali profunde emarginata lobis
acutis 4£ cerciter in lougitudine" corporis ; colore corpore fuscescente-olivaceo, pinnis
fusco vel fusco-violaceo.

"B, 3. D. 4-49. P. 1-17. V. 2-11. A. 3-11 vel 4-10. C. 1-16-1 et lat.brev.

"Hab. China.

" Longitude speciminis descripti 508'".

" Rem. La presence de Catostomini dans les eaux de 1'Asie orientale est un fait assez
curieux. Tilesius dej5, en avait fait connaitre un rt-pre'sentant, vivant dans le Cf-
vyma, dans le Le"na, 1'Indigirca et le Dogdo, espece qu'il nomma Cyprinus rostratus,
que M.Valenciennes rebaptisa Catostomus Tilesii et qui paralt etre un Acomus. Mais
cette espece e"tait jusqu'ici la seule du groupe qu'on savait habiter 1'Asie. L'espece
actuelle prouve Pexistence dans les fleuves de 1'Asie orientale d'une seconde espece du
groupe et elle appartient manifestement an genre dont la Carpiodes cyprinus est le
type. Mais elle est remarquablo parmi tous les poissons de la division des Ichthyobi
(Carpiodes Raf., Cycleptus Raf., Ichthyobus Raf ., et Bubalichthys Ag.) par son dos tres-
^Iev6 et anguleux et par sa tres-longue dorsale & plus de 50 rayons. C'est un espece
e"minemment distiucte qu'on ne pourrait confondro avec aucnue des especes aine"ri-
caines." — (BLEEKEK, Notices sur Quelques Genres et Especes des Cyprino'ides de Chine,
<Nederlandi8ch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkundc, 1864, ii, pp. 19-21.)

ADDENDA.

23. CHASMISTES LIOKUS Jordan, sp. nov.

Big-mouthed Sucker of Utah Lake.

1&78— Chasmistes fecundus JORDAN, Bull. Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr, iv, No. 2, 417. (Not

Catostomus fecund us Cope & Yarrow.)
Chasmistes fecundus JOKDAX, p. 150 of the present work.

Since pages 149-151 of tbe present work were in press, I Lave care-
fully recompared Cope and Yarrow's description and figure of their Cato-
stomus fecundus, and my notes on their typical specimens, with the speci-
mens on which the genus Chasmistes was based, and I have come to the
conclusion, hinted at in the text, that the Chasmistes is a species distinct
from C. fecundus , and thus far un described. The specific name liorus
(/£?o?, smooth; o/?o<?, border) is therefore proposed for it, in allusion to
the smooth lips.

28(6). CATOSTOMUS FECUNDUS Cope<& Yarrow.

Sucker of Utah Lake.

1876 — Catostomus fecundus COPE & YARKOW, Zool. Lieut. Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer.

678, plate xxxii, figs. 1, 1 a.

Catostomus fecundus JOKDAN & COPELAMD, Check List, 156, 1-76. (Name only.
Not Catostomus fecundus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi ; nor Chasmistes fecundus
Jordan, Bull. Hayden's Geol. Suiv. Terr. iv,No. 2,417.)

HABITAT. — Utah Lake.

As stated above, I at first identified Chasmistes liorus from Utah
Lake with this species from the same waters, the two being very sim-
ilar as to scales and fins, and the form of the mouth and snout in the
figure of C. fecundus suggesting, though not resembling, the form of
those parts in Chasmistes. The finding of one of the typical specimens
of Catostomus fecundus in the National Museum has shown me that it is
a true Catostomus7 and not a Chasmistes. I did not ascertain the lip
characters of the. species while at the Museum, the mouth-parts being in
poor condition, and I therefore am not now able to place it in the aua-

219

220 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

lytical key to the species of the genus. If the upper lip is narrow, with
few rows of tubercles, it will not be easy to separate fecundus from teres.
If the lip is broad, with many series of tubercles, it will be approximated
to C. occidentalism differing, however, in the larger scales (about 60 in
the lateral line, instead of 72). I therefore quote the original descrip-
tion, and leave the relations of the species to be finally settled at some
future time : —

14 It is a true Catostomus having the parietal fontanelle well marked and widely open.
The head enters in entire length 5 times, the diameter of the orbit 6 times in greatest
length of side of head. The insertion of the dorsal fin anteriorly is nearer to the end
of the muzzle than insertion of caudal ; the ventrals originating below middle of dor-
sal. The width of the dorsal to ventral enters the entire length to insertion of caudal
6 times.

" Radii : D. 12-13. A. 1-8. P. 7. V. 11. Scales are in 20 longitudinal rows from the
insertion of the first dorsal to pectoral, and in 60 transverse rows from branchiae to
insertion of caudal : they are elongate and octagonal, smaller on dorsal region, and
larger on ventral. Body elongated, subfusiform. It differs from C. (Acomus) r/eneroaus,
GIT., in many particulars, as may be seen from the following comparisons.

" Girard's species has no fontanelle ; is shorter and narrower; the diameter of orbit
enters greatest length of side of head 5 times instead of 6. The anterior insertion of
dorsal fin is equidistant between the end of the snout and the insertion of the cauual,
while in C. fecundus, it is nearer the end of the snout than insertion of caudal. The
ventrals in C.generosus originate under the posteiior third of the dorsal ; in C. fecundus
under the middle third of the dorsal. The radii in C. generosus are : D. 10, A 2, 7, P.
16, V. 10, C. 27 ; in C. fecundua: D. 12-13, A. 1, 8, P. 17, V. 11.

"This species is abundant in Utah Lake, and is called 'Sucker* by the settlers.
They run well up the rivers to spawn in June ; feed on the bottom and eat spawn of
better fish ; spawning beds on gravel ; bite at hook sometimes ; are extremely numer-
ous, and are considered a nuisance by the fishermen, but they meet with a ready sale
in winter, at an average price of 2£ cents a pound."— (COPE & YARROW, I. c.)

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

12894

Utah Lake.
. do..

Yarrow & Henshaw.
Do.

BIBLIOORAPHY.

The following list comprises all tbe works known to the writer in which
new species or genera of Catostomidce are indicated, or in which original
descriptions are given of genera or species previously known. In general,
I have endeavored to include all papers in which anything of importance
was added to or subtracted from the sum of our knowledge of these
fishes : —

FORSTBR (John Reinhold). [Description of Cyprinus catostomus Forster. | < Philo-
sophical Transactions, vol. 63, London, 1773.

LACEPEDE (Bernard Germain Etienne de la Ville-sur-Hlon, Comtede). Histoire
Naturelle des Poissons par le Citoyen La Ce"pede, membre de PInstitnt national,
et Profes^eur du Museum de histoire nnturelle. Tome premier a cinquieme.
A Paris, cbez Plassau, impriireur libraire, Rue du Cimetiere Andre~-des-Arcs. No.
10. L'an VI de la Re"publique, — 1798 [— L'an XI de la Re"publique, i. e. Ic03].

[Descriptions of Le Cyprin catostome, Cyprinus catostomuf Forster, Le Cyprin commersonien,
and Le Cyprin sucet, Cyprinus aucetta Lac6pede.]

BLOCH (Mark Elieser) and SCHNEIDER (Johann Gottlob). M. E. Blochii
DoctorisMedicinae Berolinensis, et societatibus literariis multis adscripti, Systema
lehthyologise icouibus CX illustratnm. — Post obitnm auctoris opus inchoatum
absolvit, correxit, interpolavit Jo. Gottlob Schneider, Saxo.-Berolini, sumtibns
Anctoris impressum et bibliopolio Sauderiano commissum, 1801.
[Description of Cyprinus catostomus Forster.]

TILESIUS ( — ). " Piscium Camtschatcicorum descriptiones et icones. < Me*m. Ac.
Sc. St. Petersb. I and III, 1810-1811."

[Description and figure of Cyprinus rostratus, ep. iiov., from Eastern Siberia.]

PALLAS (Petro). Zoographia Rosso Asiatica sistens Omnium Animalium in exteuso
Imperio Rossico et adjacentibus maribus observatorum, recensionem, donricilia,
mores et descriptiones, anatomen atque icones plnrimorem auctore Pefro Pallas,
Eq. Aur. Academico Petropolitano. Volumen tertium. Petropoli, in officina
Caes. Academiae Scieutiarum Impress. MDCCCXI. Edit. MDCCCXXXI.
[Description of Cyprinus rostratus quoted from Tilesius.]

MITCHILL (Samuel Latham). The Fishes of New York Described and Arranged.
< Transactions of the Literary and Philosophical Society, New York, 1814.
[Cyprinus teres and Cyprinus oblongus, sp. nov.]

LE SUETJR (Charles A.) A new genns of Fishes, of the Order Abdominales, pro-
posed, ULder the name of Catostomus; and the characters of this genus, with those
of its species, indicated. By C. A. Le Suenr. Read September 16, 1817. < Journal
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. i, 1817, pp. 88-96 and
102-111.

[Describes Catostomus, gen. nov., and the following new species, most of which are figured: — C.
cyprinus, C. gibbosus, C. tuberculatus, C. macrolepidotus, C. aurcolus, C. communis, C. longirostrum,
C. nigricani, C. maculosus, C. elongatim, C. rittatus,C. duquesnii, C. bo&toniensis, and C. hudsonius. C.
teres (Mitch.), C. oblongus (Mitch.), and C. sucetia (Lac.) are also described. This paper is an excel-
lent one, aud compares favorably with most that has dncc been written on this group.]

221

222 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

RAFINESQUE (Constantine Samuel). Discoveries in Natural History made
during a Journey through the Western Region of the United States by Constantine
Samuel Rafinesque Esq. Addressed to Samuel L. Mitchill, President, and other
members of ihe Lyceum of Natural History in a letter dated at Louisville, Falls
of the Ohio, 20th July 1818. < American Monthly Magazine and Critical Review,
New York, September, 1818.

[Description of Gatostomus bubalus and Catostomus erythrurus, sp. nov., and notice of the discov-
ery of the " Carp" " Catostomus macropterus" and the ''Sucker" Catostomus duquegnei.]

Description of three new genera of fluviatile Fish, Pomoxis, Sarchirus and Exo-

glossum. By -C. S. Rafinesque. Read December 1st & 8th. < Journal of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, i, 1818, pp. 417-422.

[Description of Exoglossum (Hypentelium) macropterum ; subgenus arid species new.]

Prodrome de 70 nouveaux Genres d'Animaux de"couverts dans 1'iuterieur des

fitats-Unis d'Amdrique durant Fan ne'e 1818. < Journal de Chymie, de Physique
et d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, June, 1819.

[Description of Amblodon, gen. nov., based on the pharyngeals of Haploidonotus grunnie.w,
erroneously ascribed to a Buffalo-fish, with the species A. bubalus and A. niger, sp. nov., and of
Cycleptus nigrescens, gen. et sp. nov.]

LACEPEDE (Bernard Germain Etienne). Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M.
le Comte Lacepede, suite et complement des CEuvres de Buffon. Tome cinquieme,
avec vingt-trois nouvelles planches en taille-douce. Paris, Rapet, Rue Saint-
Andre'-des-Arcs, No. 10, fiditeur du Temple de la Gloire on les Fastes Militaires
de la France, ouvrage in-folio, avec figures, 1819.
[A reprint of Lacepede's \vork.J

RAFINESQUE (Constantine Samuel). Ichthyologia Ohiensis or Natural History
of the Fishes Inhabiting the River Ohio and its tributary streams. Preceded by
a physical description of the Ohio and its branches by C. S. Rafinesqne, Professor
of Botany and Natural History in Transylvania University, Author of the Ana-
lysis of Nature &c. &c., member of the Literary and Philosophical Society of
New York, the Historical Society of New York, the Lyceum of Natural History of
New York, the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia, the American Antiquarian
Society, the Royal Institute of Natural Sciences of Naples, the Italian Society
of Arts & Sciences, the Medical Societies of Lexington and Cincinnati &c., &c.
The art of seeing well, or of distinguishing with accuracy the objects which we
perceive is a high faculty of the mind, unfolded in few individuals, and despised
by those who can neither acquire it, nor appreciate its results. Lexington, Ken-
tucky, printed for the Author by W. G. Hunt, (price one dollar), — 1820. (1 vol.
8vo. 90 pp.)

[Originally printed in the "Western Review and Miscellaneous Magazine, Lexington, Kentucky,
1819-20. It contains descriptions of the genera and species of Catostomi found in the Ohio
River, they being referred to three genera, Catostomus, Cycleptus, and Hypentelium, the genus
Catostomus being divided into five new subgenera, Moxostoma, Ictiobus, Carpiodes, Teretulus,
Eurystomus, and Decactylus.

The following is the arrangement of the species described: —

Genus CATOSTOMUS.

Subgenns Moxostoma.

anisurus, sp. nov.
anieopterus, sp. nov.

Subgenus Ictiobus.

bubalus.

ciger.
Subgenus Carpiodes.

carpio, sp. nov.
velifer, sp. nov.
xanthopus, sp. nov.

Subgenus Teretulus.

melanops, sp. nov.

m el a not us, sp. nov.
fasciolaris, sp. nov.
erythrurus.
flexuosus, sp. nov.

Subgenus Euryxtomus.

megastomus, sp. nov.

Subgenus Decactylus.

duquesni.

Genus CYCLEPTUS.

nigrescens.

Genus HYPENTEUUM.

inacropterum.l

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 223

RICHARDSON (John). [Franklin's Journal.] 1823.

[Descriptions of Catostomus forsterian^s, sp. DOT., and Catostomus le sueiirii, sp. nov., and notes
on some other species.]

Fauna-Boreali-Americana ; or the Zoology of the Northern Parts of British

America, containing descriptions of the objects of Natural History collected on
the late Northern Laud Expeditions under command of Captain John Franklin,
R. N. Part third. The Fish. By John Richardson M. D. F. R. S. F. L. S. member
of the Geographical Society of London, and the Wernerian Natural History
Society of Edinburgh ; Honorary Member of the Natural Historj Society of Mont-
real, and Literary and Philosophical Society of Quebec, Foreign Member of the
Geographical Society of Paris ; and Corresponding Member of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; Surgeon and Naturalist to the Expeditious. —
Illustrated by numerous plates. — Published under the authority of the Right
Honorable the Secretary of State for Colonial Affairs. London : Richard Bentley,
New Burlington St. MDCCCXXXVI.

[Contains notices or descriptions of Catostomus Tiudsonius, C.forsterianua, C. aureolus, C. nigri-
cans, and C. mieuri.]

KIRTLAND (Jared Potter). Report on the Zoology of Ohio, by Prof. J. P. Kirt-
laiid, M. D. < Second Annual Report on the Geological Survey of the State of
Ohio, by W. W. Mather, Principal Geologist, and the several assistants. Colum-
bus : Samuel Medary, Printer to the State. 1838.

[Catalogue of Fishes, pp. 168-170. Xotes on species mentioned, pp. 190-197. Xiiio species
referre.l to Catostomus are included, as follows -.—velifer Raf., aureolus Le S., elongatus Le S.,
Duquexnii Le S., erythnirus Raf., bubalus Raf., graciHa Kirt., melanopsis JRaf., nigrars Le S., and
Hypcntdium macropttrum Raf. ' C. gracilis Kirt. [sp. nov.] is briefly characterized as distinguished
by the minuteness of the scales en the anterior part of the body, and as the scales approach the
caudal fin tbey increase to a medium size" (1. c. p. 193).]

STORER (David Humphreys). A Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts. By D.
Humphreys Storer, M. D. < Bcston Journal of Natural History, vol. ii. 1839, pp.
269-568.

[Descriptions of Catostomus yibbosus, C. tuberculatus, O. nigricans, and C. bostoniensis.}

%

KIRTLAND (Jared Potter). Description of the Fishes of the Ohio River and its
Tributaries. By Jared P. Rutland, Professor of the Theory and Practice of
Medicine in the Medical College of Ohio, at Cincinnati. < Boston Journal of
Natural History, vols. iii-v, Ic40-1844.

• [Describes and figures Catostomus aureolus, C. communis, C. bubalus, C. elongatus, C. duquemi,
C. anisrurus, C. melanops, C. nigricans, and Sclerognathus cyprinus.]

[Papers on the Fishes of Ohio — in Family Visitor and in Annals of Science.

Cleveland, 1840-1840.]

[Descriptions of the species found in the vicinity of Cleveland, with figures, most of them from
the same plates as in his "Fishes of tlie Ohio". Catontomus gracilis, sp. nov., also Catostomus
gibbosus, not desciibed in the previous paper, here described and figured.]

THOMPSON (Zadcck). Fishts of Vermont. ^Chapter V, (pp. 127-lf>l). <Natural
History of Vermont, in History of Vermont, Natural, Civil, & Statistical, by Rev.
Zadock Thompson, Burlington. Vermont, 1842.

[Descriptions of Catostomus cyprinus, C. oblongus (— M. macrolepidotum), C. teres, C. nigricans
(= C. tares), and C. longiroatrum.]

CUVIER (Georges Chretien Leopold Dagobert) and VALENCIENNES
(Achille). Histoire Naturelle des Poissons par M. le B.on Cuvier, Pair de France,
Grand Officier de la Legion d'houneur, Conseilleur de 1'Etat et au Conseil royal

224 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

CUVIER (G. C. L. D.) and VALENCIENNES (A.)— Continued.

de 1'instruction publique, Tun des quarante de FAcad^mio frau9aiso, Associe" libre
de PAcade'inie des Belles-Lettres, Secretaire perpetuelle de celle des Sciences.
Membre des Soci6te"s et Academies royales de Londres, de Berlin, de Pe"tersbourg,
de Stockholm, de Turin, de Gcettinguo, des Pays-Bas, de Munich, de Modene, etc. ;
et parM. A. Valenciennes, Professeur de Zoologie au Museum d'Histoire naturelle,
Membre de PAcade"mie royale des Sciences de Berlin, de la Socie'te' Zoologique tie
Londres, etc. Tome dix-septieme. 1842. (Cyprino'ides.)

[Descriptions of Catostomus hudsonius, C. forsterianus, C.suceti, C. gibbosus, C. tuberculatus, C.
macrolepidotus, G. aureulus, C. communis, C. longirostrum, C.nigrieans, C. maculosus, C.elongatus,
C.vittatus, 0. duquesnii, 0. bostoniensis, C. tercs, C. oblon..us, C. fasciatus (sp. DOT.), C.planicepa
(sp. nov.), C. carpio (sp. nov.), C. tilesii (sp. nov.), Sclerognathus (gen. nov.) cyprinus^ Scleroynathus
cyprinelia (sp.nov.), and Exoglossum macropterum. This volume was written after the death of
Cuvier by Valenciennes.]

DEKAY ( James E.) Zoology of New York, or the New York Fauna; comprising
detailed descriptions of all the animals hitherto observed within the State of New
York, with notices of those occasionally found near its borders, and accompanied
by appropriate illustrations. By James E. Dekay. Part IV. Fishes. Albany :
printed by W. & A. White & J. Visscher. 1842.

[Descriptions of Labeo elegant (sp.nov.), Labeo oblongus, Labeo cyprinus, Labeo gibbnsus, Labeo
esopus (sp. nov.), Catostomus communis, Catostomus oneida (sp. nov.), Catostomus tuberculatus,
Catontomus pallidus (sp. nov.), Catostomus aureolus, Catostomus niyricamt, Catostomus macrolepi-
dotus, with notices of other species. In the Appendix, the name Labeo clongatus is sujgesttd as a
substitute lor Labeo oblongus, to prevent confusion with Labeo oblongus C. & V.]

HECKEL (Johann Jakob). Abbildungen uud Beschreibuugen der Fische Syriens
nebst einer neuen Classification and Characteristic siimmtlicher Gattungen der
Cypriten von Johanu Jakob Heckel, Inspector am K. K. Hof-Naturalieukabinet
in Wieu, mehr. gelehrt. Gesellsch. Mitglied. Stuttgart, E. Schweizerbart'sche
Verlagshandlung. 1843. pp. 109. (=pp. 991-1099, Russcgger's Eeisen.)

[Contains a classification of the Cyprinidce according to their teeth ; our species of Catostoiiddce
being divided between Catostotnus aad Ithytidoston.us, gen. nov., corresponding to Catostomince
and Cyclcptince. No allusion is made to the BubalichUiyince.]

*

STORER (David Humphreys). A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, by
David Humphreys Storer, M D., A. A. 8., Vice president of the Boston Society of
Natural History; Member of the American Philosophical Society, Corresponding
Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, etc. Cambridge:
Metcalf & Company, Printers to the University. 1846. (Reprinted from Memoirs
of the American Academy, ii, 1846.)

[Brief descriptions of 27 nominal species of Catostomus, two < f See ogna hus, and one referred
erroneously to Exoglosaum.}

AGASSIZ (Louis). Lake Superior: its Physical Character, Vegetation and Animus
compared with those of other and similar regions, by Louis Agassiz, with a narra-
tive-of the tour by J. Elliott Cabot, and contributions by other scientific gentle-
men. Elegantly illustrated. Boston : Gould, Kendall and Lincoln, f>9 Washington
Street. 1850.

[Descriptions of several species, with notes and remarks ; Catostomus aurora described as a
new species, and the name O.forsterianus used in a now sense.]

BAIRD (Spencer Fullerton) and GIRARD (Charles). Description of new specits
of Fishes collected by John H. CJark on the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey
under Lt. Col. Jas. D. Graham. By Spencer F. Baird and Charles Girard. August
:>0, 1853. < Proceedings of the Academy 6f Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol.
C, pp. 387-390. August, 1853.
[Oatostomus latipinnis, sp. nov.]

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 225

STOKER (David Humphreys). A History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. By
David Humphreys Storer. < Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences (Boston), new series, (1853 to 1*67).

[Descriptions and excellent figures of Catostorr.us bosloniensis and C. gibbosus.}

AGASSIZ (Louis). Notice of a collection of Fishes from the southern bend of the
Tennessee Kiver, in the State of Alabama; by L. Agassiz. < American Journal
of Science and Arts, second series, xviii, 1854, pp. 297-308, 353-3C5.

[Revives the Rafinesqnian genera Carpiodes, Ictiobus, Cycleptus, and Moxostoma ; describes sp.
nov. Carpiodes urus, Ca.rpioJ.es taunts, Carpiodes biaon, Carpiodes vitulus, and Carpiodes vacca, and
records Catostomus communis, C. nigricans, C. duquesnii, and (7. rnelanops from Huntsville, Ala.
The specific descriptions are comparative only, and are not readily identifiable.]

BAIRD (Spencer Fullerton)and GIRARD (Charles). Description of New Species
of Fishes collected in Texas, New Mexico and Sonora by Mr. John H. Clark on
the United States and Mexican Boundary Survey and in Texas by Capt. Stewart
Van Vliet, U. S. A., by S. F. Baird and Charles Girard. < Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. vii, 1854, pp. 24-29.
[Descriptions of Catostomus congestus, C. clarti, O. insignis, and C. tunMus, sp. nov.]

AYRES (William O.) Descriptions of two new species of Cyprinoids. By Wm. O.
Ayres, M. D. Dec. 11, 1854. < Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences,
vol. i, pp. 18-19, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 17-18, 1873.

[Catoistomus occidentals, sp. nov.]

Description of a new species of Catostomus. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Feb. 26,

1S55. < Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. i, pp. 31-32, 1855 ;
2d ed., pp. 30-32, lb?3.

[Catostomus labiatus, sp. nov.]

AGASSIZ (Louis). Synopsis of the Ichthyological Fauna of the Pacific Slope of
North America, chiefly from the collections made by the U. S. Expl. Exped., under
the command of Capt. C. Wilkes, with recent Additions and Comparisons with
Eastern types ; by L. Agassiz. <American Journal of Science and Arts, 2d series,
vol. xix, 1855, pp. 186-231.

[Characterizes very fnlly the genera, viz: — Carpiodes Raf. ; Bubalichthys Ag., gen. nov. ; IcJithy-
obus Raf. ; Cycleptus Raf. ; Moxostoma Raf. ; Ptychostomus Ag., gen. nov. ; Hylomyzon Ag., gen.
nov. ; and Catostomus Le Sueur. The species of each genus are noticed, and the following new
species are very briefly and in most cases unsatisfactorily described: — Carpiodes thompsoni,
Bubalichthys bona&us, Ichthyobus rauchii, Ichthyobus stoUcyi, Moxostoma tenuc, and Catostomus
occidentalis.]

GIRARD (Charles). Researches upon the Cyprinoid Fishes inhabiting the fresh
waters of the United States of America, west of the Mississippi Valley, from speci-
mens in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. By Charles Girard, M. D.
< Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1856, pp. 165-
213.

[Twenty-six species enumerated — most of them briefly described. Two new genera are pro-
posed, Minomus and Acomus, and the following ne\v species are characterized: — Carpiodes damalis.
Moxostoma claviformis, Moxostoma kennerlii, Moxostoma victories, Moxostoma campbelli, Ptycho-
stomus albidus, Ptychostomus haydeni, Acomus guzmanien&is, Acomus generosus, Acomus griseus,
Acomus lactariu-s, Catostomus macrochilus, Catostomus sucklii. and Catostomus bemardini. These
descriptions are mostly short and insufficient.]

General Report upon the Zoology of the Several Pacific Railroad Routes.

= Reports of Explorations and Surveys to Ascertain the most practicable and
Economical Route for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean,
made under the direction of the Secretary of War, in 1853-6, according to Acts of

Bull. N. M. No. 12—15

226 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III,

GIRARD (Charles)— Continued.

Congress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. Volume X. Washing-
ton, A. O. P. Nicholson, Printer, 1859. (Part 4, Fishes, by Dr. Charles Girard.)

[Descriptions of Carpiodes damalis, Moxostoma claviformis, Ptychostomus Jtaydeni, Acomus gene-
rosus, Acomus griseus, Acomus lactarius, Catostomus occidentalis, Catostomus labiatus, Catostomus
macrocheilus, and Catostomus sucklii; all of the species except Acomus generosus, C. occidental™,
C. labiatus, and C macrocheilus being accompanied by figures.]

United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, under the order of Lieut. Col.

W. H. Emory, Major First Cavalry and United States Commissioner. — Ichthyology
of the Boundary, by Charles Girard, M. D. < United States and Mexican Bound-
ary Survey, vol. ii, part i, 1859.

[Descriptions and figures of Ictiobus tumidus, Moxostoma Tcennerlii, Moxostoma victories, Moxo-
stoma campbelli, Ptychostomus congestus, Ptychostomus albidus, Minomun insignis, Minomus pie-
beius, Minomus clarki, Acomus latipinnis, Acomus guzmaniensis, and Catostomus bernardini.}

BLEEKER (Pietervan). "Conspectus systematis Cypriuorum. <Naturl. Tijdschr.
Nederl. Ind. XXI, 1860."

[Systematic arrangement of the genera.}

ABBOTT (Charles Conrad). Descriptions of Four New Species of North American
Cyprinidss, by Charles C. Abbott. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia, 1860, pp. 473-474.

[Describes Catostomus texanus and Catostomus chloropteron.]

GILL (Theodore Nicholas). On the classification of the EVENTOGNATHI or CYPRINI,
a suborder of TELEOCEPIIALI, by Theodore Gill. < Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1861, pp. 6-1).

[Characterizes the suborder Eventognathi, equivalent to "the true Cyprinoids of Agassiz, with-
out teeth in the jaws, and with large falciform lower pharyngeal bones ". This suborder is divided
into four families, — Homalopteroidce. Cobitoidce, Cypiinoidce, and Ca'astomoidce ; the latter family
being in turn divided into three subfamilies, — Catastomince, Cycleptince, and Bubalichthyince.]

PUTNAM (Frederick "Ward). List of the Fishes sent by the Museum to different
Institutions, in exchange for other Specimens, with Annotations. By F. W. Put-
nam. = Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachu-
setts, U. S. A., 1863, (No. 1).

[Contains names of 10 species, with references to descriptions by Professor Agassiz.]

COPE (Ed-ward Drinker). Partial Catalogue of the Cold-blooded Vertebrata of
Michigan. Part 1. By Prof. E. D. Cope.
[Notes on several species.]

GILL (^ Theodore Nicholas). Synopsis of the Fishes of the Gulf of St. Lawrence
and the Bay of Fundy. By Prof. Theodore Gill, M. A. < Canadian Naturalist,
August, 1865, (pp. 1-24 in reprint).

[Records Catastomus bostoniensis and Moxostoma, oblongum.]

BLEEKER (Pieter van). Notices sur Quelques Genres et Especes des Cyprinoides
de Chine par P. Bleeker. < Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkuude, uitge
geveu door het Koninklijk Zoologisc'a Geaootschap, Natura Art is Magistra, te
Amsterdam, ouder Redaktie van P. Bleeker, H. Schlegel en G. F. Westerman,
tweede jaargang, 1S65.

[Description of Carpiodes asiaticus, sp. nov.]

THOREAU (Henry David). A Week on the Concord and Merrimack Rivers, by
Henry D. Thoreau, author of " Walden," etc. New and revised edition. Boston :
Ticknor and Fields. 1868.

[Contains an siccount of the habits of Catostomus bostoniensis and 0. tuborculatus.]

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 227

GUNTHER (Albert). Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the families Hetero-
Pygii> Cypriuidie, Gonorhynchidse, Hyodontidae, Osteoglossidae, ClupeidsB, Chi-
rocentridoR, Alepocephalidae, NotopteriJse, HalosauridaB, in the collection of the
British Museum, by Dr. Albert Giinther. London : Printed by order of the trust-
ees. Id68. = Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Mustm by Albert Gunther,
M. A., M. D., Ph. D., F. R. S., F. Z. S., etc., etc. Volume seventh.

[Contains descriptions of twenty-four species, besides twenty-one doubtful species merely
enumerated, arranged in four genera, Calostomus, Moxostoma, Sclerognathus, and Carpiodes.}

COPE (Edward Drinker). On the Distribution of Fresh Water Fishes in the Alle-
ghany Region of South- Western Virginia. By E. D. Cope, A. M. < Journal of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, new series, vol. vi, part iii,
January, 1869, pp. 207-247.

[Description and figure of Teretulus cervinus, sp. nov., with notes on T. duquesnei, Catostomus
nigricans, and C. communis.

GUNTHER (Albert). An Account of the Fishes of the States of Central America
based on Collections made by Capt. J. M. Dow, F. Godrnan, Esq., and O. Salvin,
Esq. By Albert Gunther, M. A., M. D., Ph. D., F. R. S., F. Z. S. < Transactions
• of the Zoological Society of London, vol. vi, 1869, pp. 377-494.
[Description of Hubalichthys meridionali*, sp. nov.]

COPE (Edward Drinker). Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of
North Carolina, by Edw. D. Cope, A. M. < Proceedings of the American Philo-
sophical Society of Philadelphia, 1870, pp. 448-495.

[Descriptions of Placopharynx carinatus (gen. et sp. nov.), Ptychostomus papillosus (sp. nov.), P.
velatus (sp. nov.), P.collapsug (sp. nov.), P.pidiensis (sp. nov.), P. coregonus (sp. nov.), P.albus (ep.
nov.), P. thalassinus (sp. nov.), P. robustus (sp. nov.), P. erythrurus, P. lachrymalis (sp. nov.), P.
macrolepidotus, P.duquesnei, P. carpio, P. oneida, P.aureolus, P.sueurii.P. crassilabris (sp. nov.),
P. brwiceps (sp. nov.), P. conus (sp. nov.), P. cervinus, Carpiodes difformis (sp. nov.), C. cutisanserinus
(sp. nov.). C.sdene (sp. nov.), C.velifer, C.grayi (sp. nov.), C.thompsoni, C. bison, C. cyprinus, and
C.nummifer (sp. nov.), with notes on other species, and a very useful analysis of the species of
Plychostomus and Carpiodes.]

Report on the Reptiles and Fishes obtained by the Naturalists of the Expedi-
tion, by E. D. Cope, A. M. < Preliminary Report of the United States Geological
Survey of Wyoming, and contiguous territories, (being a second annual report of
progress,) conducted under the authority of the Secretary of the Interior by F. V.
Hayden, United States Geologist. Washington: Government Printing Office.
1872.

[Catostomus discobolus, Minomus delphinus, Minomux bardus, and Ptychostomus bucco, sp.nov.]

On the Plagopterinse and the Ichthyology of Utah. By Edward D. Cope, A.

M. Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 20tb, 1874. < Pro-
ceedings of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, vol. 14, pp. 129-139,
1874.

[Minomus platyrhynchus and Minomus jarrovii described as new species.]

JORDAN (David Starr). Synopsis of the Genera of Fishes to be looked for in
Indiana, by Prof. David S. Jordan, M. D. < Sixth Annual Report of the Geologi-
cal Survey of Indiana, made during the year 1874, by E. T. Cox, State Geologist;
assisted by Prof. John Collett, Prof. W. W. Borden, and Dr. G. M. Levette. Indi-
anapolis. Sentinel Company, Printers. 1875. pp. 197-228.
[Nine genera characterized and one or two species mentioned under each.]

Concerning the Fishes of the Ichthyologia Ohiensis, by David S. Jordan, M. S.,

M. D. < Proceedings of the Buffalo Society of Natural History, 1£76, pp. 91-97.
[Contains identifications of the species described by Kafinesque ; a new genus, Erimyzon, being
proposed for Cyprinu$ oblongus Mitchill.]

228 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

JORDAN (David Starr). Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States,
including the district east of the Mississippi River, and north of North Carolina
and Tennessee, exclusive of marine species. By David Starr Jordan, M. S., M. D.,
Professor of Natural History in N. W. C. University and in Indiana State Medical
College. Chicago: Jansen, McClurg & Company. 1876.
[Twenty-three species briefly described, and referred to nine genera.]

NELSON (Edward W.) A Partial Catalogue of the Fishes of Illinois, by E. W.
Nelson. < Bulletin of the Illinois Museum of Natural History, i, 1876.

[Xotcs on -21 species; Ichthyobus cyanellus described as a new species, and the genus Carpiodes
united to Ichthycbus.]

TJHLER (P. R.) and LUGGER (Otto). List of Fishes of Maryland, by P. R. Uhler
and Otto Lugger. < Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of Maryland, pp.
67-176, (1876).

[Seven species described.]

COPE (Edward Drinker) and YARROW (Henry C.) Report upon the collections
of Fishes made in portions of Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico
and Arizona during the years 1871, 1872, 1873 and 1874, by Prof. E. D. Cope afcd
Dr. H. C. Yarrow. = Chapter VI. < Report upon Geographical and Geological
Explorations and Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian, in charge of First
Lieut. Geo. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, under the direction of
Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers, U. S. Army, published by authority
of Hon. Wm. W. Belknap, Secretary of War, in accordance with acts of Congress
of June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875. In six volumes. Accompanied by one topo-
graphical and one geological atlas. Vol. V.— Zoology. Washington : Government
Printing Office. 1875. (Issued in 1876.)

[Contains descriptions of Pantosteus (gen. nov.), Pantosteus platyrhynchus, Pantosteus jarrovii,
Pantosteus viresccns (sp. nov.), Ovtottomut insigne, Catostomus alticolum, Oatostotnus discobolum,
Catostomus fccundum (sp. nov.}, Catostomus guzmaniense, Moxostoma tnsignatum (sp. nov.), Pty-
chostomus congestus, and Carpiodes grayi, with figures of most of the species.]

JORDAN (David Starr) and COPELAND (Herbert Edson). Check List of the
Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America, by David S. Jordan, M. S., M. D.,
and Herbert E. Copeland, M. S. < Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural
History, ii, 1876, pp. 133-164.

[Eighty-three nominal species enumerated, referred to ten genera, viz:— Catostomus, Pantosteus,
Hypentelium, Erimyzon, Teretulus, Placopharynx, Carpiodes, Ichthyobus, Bubalichthys, and Cyclcp-
tus.]

JORDAN (David Starr). On the Fishes of Northern Indiana. < Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1877.

[2Jotes on several species; Ichthyobus ischyrus and Bubalichthys altus described as new species,
from MSS. left with the author by Mr. kelson ; an analysis of the genera of Catostomidce is given,
nine of them being "accepted by Prof. Cope and the writer ".]

A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper Georgia, by David S. Jordan, M. D.

< Annals of the New York Lyceum of Natural History, 1876. (Published in 1877.)
[Notes on numerous species, Myxostoma euryops being described as new.]

KLXPPART (John H.) First Annual Report of the Ohio State Fish Commission to
the Governor of the State of Ohio, for the years 1875 and 1876. Columbus : Nevius
& Myers, State Printers. 1877.

[Descriptions of Catostomus tercs, Teretulus oblonrjus, Placopharynx ca-inatus, Carpiodes differ-
mis, and Carpiodes velif-r, with woodcuts of all bat P. carinatus ond C. vcHfer. The descriptions
are by Charles 11. Gilbert, mostly arranged from MSS. notes of D. S. Jordan ; the notes on habits,
etc., by Mr. J. H. Klippart]

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 229

JORDAN (David Starr) and BRAYTON (Alembert Winthrop). On Lagochila,
a new genus of Catostomoid fishes. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, 1877, pp. 280- .

[Description and figure of Lagochila latcra (gen. ct sp. nov.), with an analysis of the genera of
Catostvmidce admitted, viz: — LayochUa, Placopharynx, ITyxog'.oina. Erimyzon, Hypenielium, Cato-
ston.us, Pantosteus, Cycleptus, Carpiodes, Ichthyobus, Bub^lichthys, and Myxocyprinus.]

HALLOCK (Charles). The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide. The Game
Animals, Birds and Fishes of North America : their Habits and Various Methods
of Capture. Copious Instructions in Shooting, Fishing, Taxidermy, Woodcraft,
etc. Together with a Directory to the Principal Game Resorts of the Country :
illustrated with maps. By Chailes Hallock, Editor of "Forest and Stream'',
Author of the "Fishing Tourist", "Camp Life in Florida", etc. New York: Forest
and Stream Publishing Company. 1677.

[Contains descriptions and notices of numerous species; the Red Horse, M. macrolepidotum,
being on p. 338 inadvertently called " Catostomus cepedianum".]

JORDAN (David Starr). Contributions to North American Ichthyology, based
primarily on the Collections of the United States National Museum. I. Review
of Rafiuesque's Memoirs on North American Fishes, by David S. Jordan. Washing-
ton : Government Printing Office. Ib77. = Bulletin of the United States National
Museum, No. 9. pp. 53.

[Contains identifications of the various nominal species described by Rafinesqae.]

- Contributions to North American Ichthyology, based primarily ou the Collections
of the United States National Museum. II. A. — Notes on Cotiidce, Etheostomatido',
1'ercidcc, Centrarchidc?, Aphododeridoe, DorysomaUdce, and CyprMdas, with revisions of
the genera and descriptions of new or little known species. B.— Synopsis of the
Siltu ida: of the fresh waters of North America. By David S. Jordan. Washington :
Government Printing Office. 1877. = Bulletin of the United States National
Museum, No. 10. pp. 116.

[Description of Myxostoma pcenlura, sp. nov.]

GILL (Theodore Nicholas). Johnson's New Universal Cyclopaedia; a scientific and
popular treasury of useful knowledge. Illustrated with maps, plans and engrav-
ings. Editors in chief, Frederick A. P. Barnard, S. T. D., LL. D., L. H. D.. M. N.
A. S., President of Columbia College, New York; Arnold Guyot, Ph. D., LL. D.,
M. N. A. S.. Professor of Geology and Physical Geography, College of New Jersey.
Associate Editors— ['29 persons, among thtm Theodore Gill, A. M., M. D., Ph. D.,
M. N. A. S., Late Senior Assistant Librarian of the Library of Congress]. With
numerous contributions from writers of distinguished eminence in every depart-
ment of letters and science in the United States and in Europe. Complete in four
volumes, including appendix. Volume IV, S — Appendix. (Testimonials at the
end of the volume.) Alvin J. Johnson & Son, 11 Great Jones Street, New York.
MDCCCLXXVII1.

[Contains a description of the family Catastomidte, a list of the genera, and a diagnosis of Myxo-
, gen. nov.]

JORDAN (David Starr). Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States,
including the district East of the Mississippi River, and North of North Carolina
and Tennessee, exclusive of Marine Species, by David Starr Jordan, Ph. D., M. D.,
Professor of Natural History in Butler University. Second Edition Revised and
Enlarged. Chicago : Jansen, McClurg & Company. 1*78.

[Descriptions of forty species, referred to eleven penera :— Lagochila, PlacopJiarynx, 3fyxo-
tstoma, Hinylrcma (gen. nov.), Erimyzon, Hypcntelium, Catoatomus, Cycleptus, Carpiode*. Ichthyobus,
and Bubalichthys. In the Addenda, the name Quastilabia is suggested as a substitute tor
Lagochila.]

230 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

JORDAN (David Starr). A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North
America. By David S. Jordan, M. D. < Bulletin IV, Hayden's Geological Survey
of the Territories, No. 2, pp. 407-442. Washington, May 3, 1878.

[Fifty-one species enumerated ; arranged in thirteen genera, viz -.—Biibalichthys, IchtJiyobus,
Carpiodes, Cydeptus, Pantosteus, Catostomus, Chasmistes (gen. nov.), Erimyzon, Minytrema, Myxo-
stoma, Placopharynx, and Quassilabia.]

Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, at Brownsville, Texas.

By David S. Jordan, M. D. <Bulletin Hayden's United States Geological and
Geographical Survey, vol. iv, No. 2. Washington, May 3, 1878.

[Synonymy and note on Carpiodes tumidus.]

A Catalogue of the Fishes of Illinois, by Prof. David S. Jordan. < Illinois

State Laboratory of Natural History. The Natural History of Illinois. Bulletin
No. 2. Bloomington, 111., June, 1878.

[Twenty-three species enumerated, with notes ; these are arranged in nine genera.]

FORBES (S. A.) The Food of Illinois Fishes by S. A.Forbes. < Bulletin of the
Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, No. 2, 1878.
[Valuable notes on the food of Catostomidce.]

JORDAN (David Starr). Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande,
at Brownsville, Texas, continued. By D. S. Jordan M. D. < Hayden's Bulletin
of the Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, vol. iv, No. 3. Wash-
ington, July 23, 1W78.

[Remarks on the probable identity of Carpiodes grayi and Icliobus tumidus with Carpiodes
cyprinus.]

Catalogue of the Fishes of Indiana, in Article Pisciculture (by Alexander

Heron). < Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the Indiana State Board of Agri-
culture, 1877. Volume XIX. Indianapolis. 1878.

[Twenty-two species enumerated, referred to ten genera.]

JORDAN (David Starr) and BRAYTON (Alembert Winthrop). On the Dis-
tribution of the Fishes in the Alleghany Region of South Carolina, Georgia and
Tennessee, with Descriptions of New or Little Known Species. By David S.
Jordan and Alembert W. Bray ton. < Bulletin of the United States National
Museum, No. 12. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1878.
(Notes on numerous species.]

IISTDEX.

Page.

Acantharchus 89

Acipenser 71,90

Acipenseridae 71

Acomus 151, 157

sesopus (Boleosoma) 82

affinis (Clmostomus) 24

agassizi (Ckologaster) 84

alba (Myxostoma) 130

albidus (Amiurus) b7

albidua (Ptychostoraus) 129

albidtts (Teretulos) 129

albidutu (Myxostoma) 101, 117, 129

album (Mjxostonia). ..27, 86, 102, 117, 130

Alburnnps 16, 19, 36, 64, 78, 90

albus (Ptychostomus) 130

albus (Teretulus) 206

alticolus (Catostomus) 102, 167

altipiuuis (Notropis) 85

altus (Bnbalichthys) 102, 203

AlvorduiH 12, 58, 73, 88

amarus (Alburuops) 36, 85

arnarus (Hybopsis) 16

amarus (Hybopsiskudsonius) 36

Amblodon 211, 213

Ambloplites 40, 46, CO, 75, 89

amblops (Ceratichtbys) 79

Amblyopsis 89

americaua (Perca) 83

americana (Stilbe) 53

americanus (Notemigunus) 24, 38

Amia 70, 90

Aruiidse 70

Amiurus 28, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81, 90

Ammocoetes 90

Ammocrypta 88

analostanus (Pbotogenis) 20, 78, 84

Anguilla 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81, 90

Anguillidai 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81

anisopterus (Catostomus) 100, 196

anisura (Myxostoma) 86, 100, 102, 116,

126, 128, 132
anisurus (Catostomus)... ICO, 110, 126, 132

anisurus-(Moxbstoma) 132, 146

anisurus (Ptychostomus) 132

anisurus (Teretulus) 132

anisurum (Moxostoma) 132

Page.

annularis (Pomoxys) 47, 76, 83

anomalum (Campostoma).. .16, 43, 49, 63,

77,84

an toniensis (Amiurus natalis) 55

Aphododeridai 41, 47

Apbododerus 41,47,89

Apomotis 76, 89

arceopns (Catostomus) ...160, 173

ardeus (Ly thrums) 7d, 85

argenteus (Ammocoetes) 87

argyritis (Hybognathus) 16, 84

asiaticus (Carpiodes) 102, 217

asiaticus (Myxocyprinus) 102, 217

aspro ( Al vordius) 58

Atheriuidae 61, 76

atherinoides (Notropis) 64, 78

atrilatus (Zygonectes) 84

atripmnib ( Ailina) 73

atripinnis (Ulocentra) 73, 84

atrouabus (Rhiuichtkys) 86

aurantiacus ( Hadropter us) 58, 82

aureola (Moxostoma) 325

aureolum (Moxostoma) 125

aureolum (Myxostoma).. 100, 101, 116, 124
aureolus (Catostomus)... 100, 124, 125, 167

aureolus (Ptychostomus) 12J5

aureus (Eupomotis) 15

auritus (Lepiopomus) 15, 36, 40, 83

aurora (Acomus) 176

aurora (Catostomus) 101, 176

bairuii (Potamocottus) 82

bardus (Miiiomus) 184, 18j6

bardue (Pantosteus) . 184

bernardini (Catostomus) 102, 172

biguttatus (Ceraticktkys).. 26, 33, 38, 43,

68, 79, 86

bison (Carpiodes) 69, 86, 101, 194, 197

blennioides (Diplesium) 58, 73, 82

blenuioides (Etheostoina) 58

Boleichthys 45, 89

Boleosoma 13, 34, 58, 75, 89

bombifrons (Lepiopomus) 60, 83

bonasus (Bubalichthys) 101, 2U9, 214

bostoniensis (Catostomus) 100, 166

breviceps ( Moxostoma) 127

breviceps (Myxostoma) 127

231

232

INDEX.

Page.

breviceps (Ptycbostomua) 102, 127

breviceps (Teretulus) 127

brevipinne (Boleosoma) 58

bronneus (Amiurus) 28, 39, 44, 87

BubalichtbyinsB 99

Bubalichthys.,55, 69, 90, 104, 201, 203, 205

bubalinus (Bubalicbthys) 103, 206

bubalus (Amblodon) 211, 214

bubalus (Bubalichtbys)-.lOl, 102,205, 206

bubalus (Catostomus) 100, 206, 214

bubaln8(Ichthyobus).86, 100, 101, 102,214

buccaia(Ericymba) 84

bucco (Ptychostoinus) 102, 133

bucco (Teretulus) 13J

bullaris (Semotilus) 86

calliseraa (Codoma) ...37,85

callisema (Episema) 37

callistia (Cocioma) 50,85

callistius (Photogenis) 50

calva (Amia) 70,87

canupbelli (Erimyzou) , 146

campbelli (Moxostoma) 101,146

Campostoma 16, 43, 49, 63, 77, 90

camura ( Vaillantia) 89

camurus (Nothonotus) 74,82

canadense (StizostetLuum) 83

caprodes (Percina) 45, 57, 73, 82

CAi-matus (Placopharynx). .69, 86, 102, 107,

108, 109
carpio (Carpiodes) ... .86, 100, 102, 195, 200

carpio (Catostouius) ICO, 101,118,200

carpio (Ichtbyobus) 200

carpio (Moxostoma) 119

carpio (Myxostoma) 101, 115, 118, 119

carpio (Ptychostomus) 118

carpio (Teretulus) 119

Carpiodcs. ... 55, 69, 80, 90, 190, 193, 201, 217

catenatum (Xenisma) 62,77,84

Catostomidae . ..26, 33, 38, 43, 54, 68, 80, 97,

98, 103

Catostominae 98

Catostomus .27, 33, 54, 69, 80, 103, 110,

136, 140, 151, 153, 154, 155, 158, IfcO,
201, 219

Catostomus (Cyprinus) 166, 175, 198

catostomus (Pbenacobius) 53

cavifrons (Ambloplites) 83

CeutrarcbidsB 15, 30, 35, 40, 46, 60, 75

Centrarcbus 36, 47,89

cepediarmm (Dorosoma) 49, 63

Ceraticbtbys. ..24, 32, 38, 43, 53, 67, 79, 90

cervinum (Moxostoma) 129

cervinum (Myxostoma) . . 26, 33, 38, 43, 86,

102, 117, 129

Page.

cervinus (Ptychostomus) 129

cervinus (Teretulus) 102, 129

Chamobryttus 15, 35, 46, 60, 89

Cbasmistes 103, 149, 150, 219

chiliticus ( Hydropblox) 85

chloiistia (Codoma) 21, 85

chlorocepbalus (Alburnops) 19, 85

cblorocephalus(Hybopsis) 19

cbloropteron (Catostomus) -..102, 167

Cbologaster 89

Cbrosomus 65, 79, 90

chrosomus (Hybopsis) 49

chrosomus (Hydropblox) 49, 85

cbrysochloris (Pomolobus) .62, 77, 84

chrysoleucus (Noteuiigonus) 53, 67, 79

cbrysops (Roccus) 83

cinerea (Etbeostoma) 59, 83

clarki ( Catostomus) 159, 165

clarki (Miuomus) 165

claviibrmis (Erimyzon") 146

claviforinis (Moxostoma) 101, 146

Clinostornus 24,66

Clupeida3 62, 77

coccogenis (Luxilus) 31, 64, 85

Codoma 20, 37, 42, 50,90

cserulea (Codoma) 85

cosrulea (Erogala) 51

collapsus (Ptychostomus) 102, 132

cominersoni (Catostomus)... 27, 69, 80, 86,

100, 166

commersonien (Le Cypriu) 100, 166

communis (Catostomus) 80, 100, 166

coDgesta (Myxostoma) 133

congestum (Myxostoma) 101, 118, 133

congestus (Catostomus) 133

congestus (Ptychostomus) 120, 133

congestus (Teretulus) 133

copelandi (Rheocryp ta) 82

Copelandia 89

Coregonus 89

coregonus (Myxostoma), 26, 86, 102, 118, 134

coregonus (Ptychostomus) 102, 134

cornutus (Luxilus ) 49, 64, 78

corporalis (Semotilus), 26, 38, 54, 68, 80, 86

conus (Myxostoma) 86, 102, 116, 126

conus (Ptychostomus) 102, 126

couus (Teretulus) 126

Cottid» 47,57,73

crassilabre( Myxostoma) -.86, 102, 116, 126

crassilabris (Ptychostomus) 102, 126

crassilabris (Teretulus) 126

crassus (Alvordius) 1 12, 82

crassus (Esox) 62, 84

Cristivoiner , 89

INDEX.

233

Page.

. cupreus ( Aniiurus uatai's ) 70

cutisanserinus (Carpiodes) 80, 86, 102,

194, 195, 196

c yanellus ( Apomotis) 76, 83

cyanellus (Bubalichthys) 86

cyauellu.s (Ichthyobus) 102, 206

Cycleptiuse 98

Cycleptus 80, 90, 104, 186, 187, 189

cypho (Esox) 84

Cypriuella 90

cyprinella ( Ichthyobtis) 214

cyprinella (Sclerogaathus) 214, 215

CyprinidcT 16, 31, 36, 41, 49, 63, 77

Cynrinodontidse 31, 48, 62, 77

Cyprinns 140

cyprinus (Carpiodes) 55, 86, 101, 102,

195, 198

cyprinns (Catostonms) 100

cyprinus (Labeo) 198

cyprinus (Sclerognathus) 197, 198

datnalis (Caipiodes) 199

Decactylus 151, 154

Decadactylus 151, 158, 159

delphiaus (Minomus) 102, 184

delphinus (Pantosteus) 184

diaphanus (Fundulus) 84

difformis (Carpiodes) 88, 102, 194, 195

difformis (Ichthyobus) 196

dilectus (Notropis) 85

diuemus (Xotropis) 85

Diplesiuin 58,73, 88

discobolus (Catostomus) 102, 162,179

Dorosonia 49, G.3, 77, 90

Dorosomatidaj 49, 63,77

dispar (Zygonectes) 84

dissinrilis (Ceratichthys) 67, 79, 86

duquesnii (Catostomus), 100, ICO, 121, 129

duqnesnii (Moxostoina) 121

duquesnii (Myxostoma raacrolepido-

Inm) 80, 100, 121

duquesuii (Myxostoma), 43, 54, 68, 80, 115,

120, 124

dnquesnii (Ptychostomus) 121

duquesnii (Teretulus) 121

Elassoma 89

elegans (Boleichthys) 45,83

elegans (Catostomus) 146

elegans (Labeo) 101, 145

eleutherus (Noturus) 70, 87

elongata (Gila) 85

elongatus (Catostomus) 100, 189

eloagatus (Cycleptus), 80, 86, 100, 189, 190

elougatus (Labeo) 101, 146

elongatus (Sclerognathus) 189

Eaneacanthus ..

Page.

eos (Boleicbthys) 83

Episema 64; 9C

Ericosma

Ericymba

Erirnyzon, 27, 38, 43, 54, 69, 80, 90, 103, 136,

140, 143

Erogala

erytbrogastar(Cb:-osomus) 65, 79, 85

erythrurus (Catostomus) 100, 121

erythrurns (Ptychostomus) 121

erythrurus (Teretulus) 121

EsocidjB 16,36,48,62

esopus (Catostomus) 146

esopus (Labeo) 101, 146

estor(Gila) 66,79

Esox 16,35,48,62,89

Etheostoma 15, 40,59, 75, 89

Etheostomatidffi .... 12, 30, 34, 40, 45, 57, 73

etowannm (Hypentelinm)

etowanus (Catostonms nigricans), 54, 159,

163

Eucalia 89

Eupomotis 15, 46, 61, 89

enryops (Myxostoma), 54, 86, 103, 115, 119

euryops (Teretulus) - - 1 19

eurystoma (Codoma) 42, 85

eurystomus (Photogenis) 42

evides (Ericosma) 82

exilis (Noturus) 87

Exoglossum 90

fasciatus (Catostomus) 101, 138

fasciolaris (Catostomus) 100, 145

fecuudus (Catostomus) 102, 150, 219

fecundus (Chasmistes) 102, 150

flabellare (Etheostoma) 15, 59, 75, 83

flabellatus (Catonotus) 15

flammeus (Phoxinus) 65, 85

flexuosus (Catostomus) 100, 166

folium (Polyodon) 71, 81, 87

fontinalis (Salveliuus) 16, 31, 63, 84

formosa (Codoma) 42, 5L

formosus ( Alburnus) 42

forsterianus ( Acomus) 167, 176

forsterianus (Catostomus). -.100, 101, 167,

176

fretensis ( Alburnops) 85

Fundulus 89

furcatus (Ichthselurus) 87

galacturus (Hypsilepis) 32

galacturus (Photogenis) 32, 64, 78

Gambusia 89

generosus (Acomus) 183

generosus (Catostomus) 102, 173, 183

generosus (Pantosteus) 102, 182, 183

gibbosus (Catostomus) 100, 145

234

INDEX.

Page.

gibbosus (Labeo) 145

Gila 24,60,79,90

Girardinus 89

goodei(Erimyzon) 103, 144, 148

gracilis (Catostotnus) 101, 167

grandipitmis (Photogeuis) 42

grayi (Carpiodes) 102, 199

griseus (Acomus) 176

grunniens (Haploidonotus) 47, 61, 76

gjilosus (Chajnobryttus) 46, 60, 83

guttatus (Percopsis) 84

guttatus (Zygonectes) 48, 84

guzmaniensis (Acomus) 178

guzmaniensis (Catostomus) 102, 178

Hadropterus 30, 34, 40, 45, 58, 88

Haploidonotus 47, 61, 76, 89

haydeni (Ptycbostonms) 101, 138

haydeni (Teretulus) 138

Heuiioplites 89

Heraitremia 65,79, 90

heterodon ( Hemitremia) 85

heterurum (Dorosomacepedianum). 49, 77

hieroglypliicus (Zygonectes).. w 48, 84

hirudo (Aramocoetes) 87

Hudsonius 19,36,90

hudsonius (Catostoma8).100, 166, 175, 176

hyaliuus (Ceratichthys) 53, 63

Hybognathus 16, 90

Hyborhynchus 63,78, 90

Hydrophlox 18, 32, 36, 49, 64, 90

Hylomyzon 151, 156

Hyodon 48,62,77,89

Hyodontidae 48,62, 77

Hypenteliura 151, 154, 155, 157, 158

hypselopterus (Leuciscus) 42

hypsinotus (Ceratichtbys) 25

Ichthcelurus 33, 39, 43, 55, 69, 81, 90

Icbtbyobus 90, 104, 2 1 1, 213, 214

Ictiobus 211,213

Imostoma 88

inconstans (Eucalia) 83

inscriptus(Notbonotus) 34, 82

inscriptus (Xenotis) 46, 61, 83

insigne (Catostomus) 165

insiguis (Catostomus) 101, 159, 165

insignis (Minoums) 165

insignis (Noturus) 29, 87

interrupta (Morone) 83

loa 88

irideus (Centrarchus) 47, 83

iscbanus (Notemigonu-.) 24, 38

ischyrus (Ichthyobus) 102, 215, 217

iscbyrus (Lepiopoums) 83

jarrovii (Miuornus) 102, 183

jarro vii (Pantosteus; 183

Page.

jessiae (Pcecilichthys) 59, 102

kennerlyi (Moxostoma) 101, 146

Labeo 140,142

labiatus (Catostomus) . . : 160, 173

Labidestbes 61,76,89

labrosus (Ceraticb tbys) 25, 86

lacera (Lagochila) 68,103,104,106

lacera (Quassilabia) 68, 86, 106

lacertosus (Hydrophlox) 64

lachrymals (Myxostoma) 102, 115, 120

lachryrnalis (Myxostoma duquesnii). 120
lacbrymalis (Myxostoma macrole-

pidota) 120

lacbrymalis (Ptychosto mus) 102. 120

lacbrymalis (Teretulus) 120

lactarius (Acomus) 176

lactarius (Catostomus) 102, 176

lacustris (Lota) 82

Lagocbila 104,105

latipinnis (Acomus) 178

latipinnis (Catostomus) ..101, 102, 162, 178

Lepidosteidse 29, 44, 55, 71, 81

Lepidostens 29, 44, 55, 71, 81, 90

Lepiopomus 15, 36, 40, 46, 60, 76, 89

leptacantbus (Noturus) 44, 55, 87

lesueurii (Catostomus) 1 00, 125

leucioda (Episema) 64, 85

leucops (Pbotogenis) 23

leucopus (Photogenis) 41, 84

limi (Melanura) 84

lineolatum (Etheostoma) 83

liorus (Cbasmistes) 219

lirus (Notropis) 53, 65, £5

Litholepis 90

longiceps (Hybopsis) 64

longirostris (Catostomus), 86, 100, 102, 161,

175

long'rostrum (Catostomus) 100, 175

Lota 88

luuatus (Rhinicbtbys) 67

lutipinnis(Hydropblox) 36,85

Luxilus 18, 31, 49, 64, 78, 90

ly throcbloris (Xenotis) 83

Ly tbrurus 78, 90

macrocepbalus (Alvordius) 82

macrochilus (Catostomus) 102. 160, 171

macrochirus (Lepiopomus) 83

macrolepidota (Myxostoma) 120

macrolepidotum (Moxostoma) 120

macrolepidotum (Myxostoma), 54, 68, 80,
86, 101, 102, 115, 116, 120, 124

macrolepidotum (Teretulus) 120

macrolepidotus (Catostomus), 100, 120, 125

macrolepidotus (Ptycbostomus) 120

macropterum (Exoglossum) 100, 163

INDEX.

235

Page.

maciopteruin (Hypentelium) 163

macropterus (Centrarchus) 36, 83

maculaticeps (Arlina) 13

inacnlaticeps (Boleosoma) 13,34

maculatuiu (Boleosoma) 58, 82

maculatum (Etheostoma) 12

maculatus (Alvordius) 58, 73, 82

maculatus ( Hadropterus) 58

maculatus (Nothonotus) 82

maculosus>(Acipenser) 71, 87

maculosus (Catostomus) 100, 163

manitoii (Percina) 82

inargarotis (Enneacanthus) 83

margiuatus (Xoturus) 29

marmorat us (Aruiurus) 39,87

matutiuus (Notropis) 85

maxillingua (Exoglossum) 86

inegalotis (Xenotis) 76, 83

megastonms (Catostoums) 100, 163

melanops (Catostonms).. .27, 100, 136, 138

melanops (Erimyzon) 27, 138

melanops (Minytreuia), 27, 54, 69, fc'O, 86,
100, 101, 137, 138

melanops (Ptycliostomus) 138

melanops (Zygonectes) 84

inelauopsis (Catostomus) 138

Melanura 89

rnelauurus (Rutilus) 100, 121

melas ( Amiurus) 87

meleagris (Rhinichthys) 86

meridioualis (Bubalichtbys) . . 102, 206, 210
ineridionalis (Potamocottus) . .47, 57, 73, 82

meridionalis (Sclerognathus) 210

Mesogonistius 89

Microperca 89

Micropterus....l5. 30, 35, 40, 4G, 60, 75, 89

micropteryx (Notropis) 65, 79, 85

rnierostornus (Alburuops) C4, 78, 85

microstomus (Minnilus) 64

Miuomus 151, 157, 180, 181

Minytrema.,^7,54, 69, cO, 90, 103, 136, 137

iniurus (Noturus) 87

Mollienesia 89

monachus (Ceratichthys) 67,86

Moxostouia, 110, 113, 114, 136, 140, 142, 143

Myxocypriims 104, 217

Myxostoma, 26, 33, 38, 43, 54, 68, fcO, 90, 103,

110, 113

nasutus (Rhiuichthys) 86

natalis (Amiurus) 55, 70, 81, 87

nt-ogseus (Phoxinus) 85

novisensis (Al vordins) 82

niger (Amblodou) 209

niger ( Ammoccetes) 87

niger (Bubalichthys) 2t9

Page.

niger (Catostomus) 2C9

nigrescens (Cycleptus) 100, 186, 190

nigricans (Amiurus) 81, 87

nigricans (Catostomus), 33, 54, 69, 80, 100,
101, 158, 159, 162, 163, 167

nigricans (Hylomyzon) 162

nigricans (Hypentelium) 96, 162, 163

nigrofasciatus (Hadropterus) — 30, 34, 40,

45,82

nigromaculatus (Pomoxys) 47,76

niveiventris (Amiurus) 87

niveus (Photogenis) 20, 85

notatus (Hyborhynchus) 63, 78, 84

notatus (Xystroplites) 61, 83

notatus (Zygonectes) 62, 77, 84

Notemigonus 24, 38, 53, 67, 79, 90

Nothonotus 13, 34, 58, 74, 89

Notropis 23, 53, 64, 7H, 90

nottii (Zygonectes) 31, 4d, 84

Noturus^ 29,44,55,70,90

nucbalis (Hybognathns) 84

uummifer (Carpiodes) 102, 200

occidentalis (Catostomus) .. .101, 160, 172

oblongus (Cyprinus) 27, 100, 140, 145

oblongus (Erimyzon) 100, 145

oblongus (Labeo) 145

oblongus (Moxostoma) 145

oblongus (Teretulus) 145

obscurus (Lepiopomus) 46, 60,76, 83

obtnsus (Rhinichthys) 54, 67, 86

oblongus (Catostomus) 145

olivaris (Pelodichthys) 70, 81, 87

olmstedi (Boleocoma) 13, 82

oneida (Catostomus) 101, 120

oneida (Ptychostomus) 120

osseus (Lepidosteus)..29, 44, 55, 71, 81, 87

pallidus (Catostomus) 101, 167

pallidus (Eupomotis) 46, 61, 83

pallidus (Lepiopomus) .. .40, 46, 60, 76, 83
pallidus (Micropterus), 15, 40, 46, 60. 75, 83

Pantosteus 103, 1£0, 181

papillosa (Myxostoma) 134

papillosum (Myxostoma).. .26, 38, 86, 102,

118, 134

papillosum (Ptychostomus) 102, 134

papillosurn (Teretulus) 134

pellucidus (Pleurolepis) 82

Pelodichthys 70,81,90

peltastes (Xenotis) 83

Perca 89

PercidaB 45,60,75

Percina 45,57,73,88

Percopsis 89

Phenacobius 53,67,79,90

Photogenis 18, 20, 32, 41, 64, 78, 90

236

INDEX.

Page.

pbotogeuis (Notropis) 23, 65, 85

pbotogenis (Squalius) 23

Pboxinus 65,90

pboxocephalus (Alvordius) 73, 82

pidiensis(Myxostoma) 86, 118, 133

pidieusis ^Ptychostomus) 133

pidiensis (Teretulus) 133

Pimepbales 78,90

pirmiger (Euueacantbus) 83

Placopbarynx 69, 90, 103, 107

planiceps (Catostomus) 163

platycephalus (Auiiurus) 28, 33, 87

platycephalus (Piiiielodus) 28

platyrbyncbus (Minoinus) 102, 183

platyrbyncbus (Pantosteus) .. 180, 182, 183
platyrbyncbus (Scapbirbyncbops) . . 87

platystomus (Lepidosteus) 71, 87

plebeius (Catostoinus) 101, 184

plebeius (Mi nonius) 184

plebeius (Pautosteus) 102, 182, 184

plebejus ^Catostoruus) 184

Pcecilicbthys 59, 75, 89

poaciliira (Myxostoma) 103, 116, 128

Polyodon 71, 81, 90

Polyodontidaj 71, 81

Pornolobus 62, 77, 90

pomotis ( Acautbarcbus) 83

Pomoxys ..47, 76, 89

Potainocottus 47, 57,73, 88

prolixuoi (Campostoma auoiiuilum) 16,

49,63

promelas (Pimepbales) 78, 84

proriger (Gilu) 85

Ptycbostomus 110, 113, 114, 136

punctatus (Icbtbxlurus) . . 33, 39, 43, 55, 69,

81,87

punctulata (Microperca) 83

pygmcea (Melauura) .... . 84

Pygosteus 89

pyrrbomelas (Codoma) 23, 85

pyrrbonielas (Pbotogenis) 23

Quassilabia 68, 90, 103, 104, 10,", 106

raucbii (Icbtbyobus) 214, 215

raveneli (Esox) ...16, 48, 84

reticulatu8(Cypriuus (Catostomus)) 166

reticulatus (Esox) 16, 36, 48, 84

retropinnis (Catostomus) 161, 178

Ebeocry pta 88

Rbinicbtbys 54,67,90

Ehytidostomus 186, 187

robustus (Icbthyobus) 87

robustus (Ptycbostomus) 120

robustus (Tcret ulus) 120

rostiatus (Catostomus) 174

rostratus (Cyprinus) 174, 218

Page.

rubellus (Notropis) 85

rubicuudus (Acipenser) 71, 87

rubricroceus (Hybopsis) 32

rubricroceus (Hydropblox) 32, 64, 85

rubrifrons (Ceraticbtbys) 32, 38, 86

rubrif tons (Nocomis) 32, 38

rubrifrons (Notropis) 85

rufilineatus (Notbonotus) 58, 82

rupestris (Aiubloplites).. .40, 46, 60, 75, 83
salmoides (Micropterus)..30,35, 40, 46, 60,

75,83
salmoneum (Stizostetbium).. .45, 60, 75, 83

salmoneus (Esox) 84

Saimonidai 16,31,63

saludanus (Alburnops) 16, 85

Salvelinus 16, 31, 63, 89

sanguifluus (Nothonotus) 75. 82

sanguiuolentus (Xenotis) 31, 46, 61, 83

sayauus (Apbododerus) 41, 47, 83

scabriceps (Episema) 85

Scapbirbyncbops 90

Scisenidaj 47, 61, 76

Scleroguatbus 190, 193, 201, 205, 217

scopiferus (Pbenacobius) 86

seleue (Carpiodes) 102, 196

selenops (Hyodou) 48, 62, 77, 84

Semotxlus 26, 38, 43, 54, 68, 80, 90

shumardii (Imostoma) 82

sicculus (Labidestbes) 61, 76

Siluridai 28, 33, 39, 43, 55, 69, 81

simoterum (Diplesium) 58, 73, 82

simulaus (Hemioplites) 83

spatula (Litbolepis) 87

spectabilis (Poecilicbtbys) 83

spectruuculus (Alburnops) 64, 85

spelgeus (Aiublyopsis) 84

subterraneus (Typblicbtbys) 84

sucetta (Catostomus) 144

sucetta (Cyprinus) 27, 1GO, 140, 144

sucetta (Erimyzon), 27, 38, 43, 54, 69, 80, 86,
100, 101, 138, 144, 145

sucetta (Moxostoma) 144

sucetta (Teretulus) 138

suckleyi (Catostomus) 167

sucklii (Catostomus) 102, 167

superciliosus (Hyborbyncbus) 84

squamiceps (Etbeostoma) 83

stell iferum (Xenisrna) 48, 84

stiginsea (Boleosoma) 45

stigmsea (Ulocentra) 45, 82

stiginatura (Codoma) 50

stigmaturus (Pbotogenis) 50

stilbins (Notropis) 53

Stizostethium 45, 60, 75, 89

stolley i (Ichtby obus) 101, 215, 217

INDEX.

237

Page.

stramineus ( Alburnops) 85

sueurii (Catostomas) 125

sueurii (Cyprinus) 101

sueurii (Cyprinus (Catostomus)) . . . 125

sueurii (Ptychostomus) 125

sneuiii (Teretulus) 125

tahoensis (Catostomus) 161, 173

Taumlea 88

taurus (Bubalichthys) 55, 206

taurtis (Carpiodes) 101, 206

teleseopus (Notropis) 65, 79, 85

teuue (Moxostoma) 101, 146

teuuis (Erimyzon) 146

teres( Catostomus).. 100, 101, 102, 159, 166

Teretulus J..110, 113, 114, 140

teretulus (Phenacobius) 86

tergisus (Hyodon) 77, 84

tessellata ( Etheostoma) 59, 83

Tetragonopterus 89

texanus (Catostomus) 102,167

thalassma (Myxostoma) 131

tlialassinum (Myxostoma) 86, 117, 131

tbalussinus (Nothouotus) 13, 82

tbalassiuus (Ptychostomus) 102, 131

thalassinns (Teretulus) 131

thompsoui (Carpiodes) 101, 195, 198

tbompsoni (Icbtbyobus) 198

tboreauiauus (Semotilus) 43

Thy rnallus 89

tilesii (Catostomus) 101, 174, 218

triebroistia (Codoma) 50, 85

Triglopsis 88

trisigiiatum (Erimyzon) 163, 167

trisignatum (Moxostoma) 102, 167

tuberculatus (Catostomus) 100, 145

tumidus (Carpiodes) 101,199

tumidus (Ichthyobus) 199

Typblicbtbys 89

Uloceutra 45,73, 88

Urauidea 88

uranops (Phenacobius) 67, 79, 86

urus (Bubalicbthys) ..69, 87, 101, 206, 209

urus (Carpiodes) 101, 201, 209

urus ( Sclerogna thus) 206

Page.

vacca (Carpiodes) 101, 199

Vaillantia fe9

vandoisula (Gila) 24,85

vandoisulus (Leuciscus) 24

variatus (Poecilicbtbys) 75,82

velata (Moxostoma) 132

velata (Myxostoma) - 132

velatum (Moxostoma) -132

velatum (Myxostoma) 26, 68, 86, 1 02,

117, 132

velatum (Teretulus) 132

velatus (Ptychostomus) 102, 13*2

velatus (Teretul us) 132

velifer (Carpiodes) 86, 194, l'J6

velifer (Catostomus) 100, 196

velifer (Icthyobus) 196

victories (Moxostoma) 27, 138

virescens (Pantosteus) 102, 182

viridis (Chamobryttus) 15, 35, 83

vitrea (loa) 82

vitreum (Stizostethium) 60, 83

vittata (Hemitremia) 65,79, 85

vittatus (Catostomus) 100, 145

vitulus (Bubalichthys) 2U6

vitulus (Carpiodes) 101

vulgaris (Anguilla), 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70,

81,87

vulneratus (Nothonotus) 58, 82

winchelli (Centrarchus) 53, 68, 86

winchelli (Hybopsis) 53

xaenocephalus (Hydrophlox) 49

xaenocephalus (Hybopsis) 49

xamura (Codoma) 37, 85

xsenurus (Minnilus) 37

xanthocepbalus (Amiurus) 87

xanthopus (Catostomus) 163

Xenisma 48, 62, 77, 89

Xenotis 31, 46,61,76,89

Xystroplites 61, 89

yarrowi (Pantosteus) 183

zanemus (Ceratichthys) 24,86

zonalis (Nothonotus) 58, 82

Zygonectes 31, 48, 62, 77, 89

of fhc

TT. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

13

BULLETIN

OP THi

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

No. 13.

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

WASHINGTON:

aOVEENMENT PRINTINa OFFICE.

1879.

THE FLOEA

OP

ST, CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS,

EL F. A. EQGEES.

WASHI^GTO^T:

FEINTING OFFICE.
1879.

ADVERTISEMENT.

This work is the thirteenth of a series of papers intended to illustrate
the collections of natural history and ethnology belonging to the
United States, and constikiting the National Museum, of which the
Smithsonian Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 1846.

It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.

SPENCEK F. BALRD,
Secretary (tfihe Smithsonian Institution.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
Washington, May, 1879.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS,

WEST INDIES.

BY BARON H. F. A. EGGERS.

To tlie east of the island of Porto Rico, between 18° 5' and 18° 45' K
lat. and 64° 5' and 65° 35' W. long., stretches a dense cluster of some
larger and numerous smaller islands for a distance of about 85 miles,
which are known by the name of the Virgin Islands. The principal
islands are Vieques and Culebra, belonging to Spain, St. Thomas and St.
Jan, belonging to Denmark, and Tortola, Virgin Gorda, and Anegada,
belonging to England. The superficial area of the larger islands is only
from 16 to 40 square miles, whilst the smaller ones are mostly uninhabited
islets, or even rocks, some of which are nearly devoid of vegetation, the
coast-line of them all being sinuous, and forming numerous small bays
and creeks. The whole group is evidently a submarine prolongation of
the mountains of Porto Eico, showing its tops and higher ridges above
the level of the sea, the depth of which between the various islands and
Porto Eico is only from 6 to 20 fathoms. The declivities to the north
and the south of the ridge on the reverse are very steep, no bottom hav-
ing been found 25 miles to the south in 2000 fathoms, and 80 miles to the
north the Challenger Expedition found a depth of about 3850 fathoms,
the greatest ever measured in the northern Atlantic Ocean.

The greatest height in the Archipelago is attained in its central part,
St. Thomas reaching up to 1550', Tortola even to 1780', St. Jan and
Virgin Gorda being a little lower, whilst the hills in Vieques and Cule-
bra, to the west, are only 500'-600' high, and Anegada, the northeastern-
most, is, as its Spanish name, the inundated, implies, merely alow or half-
submerged island, elevated but a few feet over the level of the sea. The
central islands, therefore, present the appearance of a steep ridge, pre-
cipitously sloping to the north and the south, and cut up by numerous
ravines, which during heavy rains are the beds of small torrents, but
which generally are without running water, and which at their lower end
widen into small level tracts on the sea-coast, often forming a lagoon on
the sandy shore. Between the^e level tracts .the coast is usually very
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 1 l

2 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

bold and rocky, forming abrupt promontories of considerable height
and picturesque appearance, the hills and ridges on the other band
being more rounded and of a softer outline.

The whole group of islands, with the exception of Anegada, which is
built up of a tertiary limestone of very recent and probably pliocene
date, belongs to the cretaceous period,*showing as the principal rock a
breccia of felsite and scoriaceous stones, the cementing part of which
probably consists of decomposed hornblende, and having its cavities
commonly filled with quartz or calcareous spar. Besides this principal
rock, which is often found distinctly stratified, and which is called
Bluebit by the inhabitants, who generally employ the stone for building
materials, limestone, diorite, clay-slate, and other less frequent minerals
also occur in the islands, forming, however, only a poor substratum for
vegetation everywhere. For the product of the decomposed rock is
generally a red heavy clay. Only Vieques shows a more fertile soil, pro-
duced by the alteration of a syenite-like diorite, its more level surface at
the same time allowing the fertile strata to remain on the surface ; whilst
in the other islands the heavy rains as a rule will wash the loose cover-
ing of the ground down to the sea.

From various facts observed in Anegada and Virgin Gorda by Sir E.
Schomburgk,t as well as by Mr. Scott, in Vieques, at Porto Ferro Bay,
it appears that at the present period the whole chain of islands is slowly
rising, so that perhaps in a geologically speaking not very distant time
most of the islands may become connected reciprocally and with Porto
Eico.

To the south of the Virgin Islands, at a distance of about 32 miles, and
between 17° 40' and 11° 47' N". lat., 64° 35' and 64° 54' W. long., lies the
island of St. Croix, geographically considered an outlying part of the
former group, but separated from it by an immense chasm of more than
2000 fathoms, as stated above. This extraordinary crevice has no doubt
been formed at an early period, and has in various respects contributed
materially to isolating the island from its neighbours.

St. Croix is of about 57 square miles, and has a triangular form, with the
greatest length, some 20 miles, from east to west, the greatest breadth
being about 5 miles, in the western part of the island, which becomes
gradually narrower towards the east. The coast-line is more connected
and the surface more level than in most of the Virgin Islands, the hills
stretching only along the northern coast and through the eastern part of

* Clove : On the Geology of the North-eastern West India Islands. Stockholm, 1871.
tBerghaus: Almauach fur das Jahr 1837, pp. 405 and 408.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 3

the island, reaching in some places as high as 1150' (Mount Eagle), but
averaging GOO'-SOO' only.

The rock of these hills is nearly the same as in the above-named
group, although the Bluebit of this latter occurs more rarely, and is sub-
stituted by a fine, greyish, stratified clay-slate, without vestiges of any
organic remains. The strata of this slate are often very much disturbed,
so as to present an exceedingly broken and overturned appearance. The
greater, western part of the island forms a large, slightly inclined plain,
sloping towards the south, and interrupted in a few places by low, short,
isolated ridges only 200'-30<y high, and formed of a tertiary lime-
stone of the iniocene period. This limestone is covered by a layer of
detritus and marls some feet thick, but shows itself at the suiface in
various places, and contains several fossils, partly of still existing species
of mollnsca.

Along the coasts are found some new alluvial formations, often enclos-
ing lagoons, .some of which are of considerable size. These lagoons are
being gradually filled up by vegetable matter, as well as by sand and
stones washed down by the rains from the hills ; but whilst in the Virgin
Islands many similar lagoons have been raised already several feet above
the level of the sea, and laid completely dry, no such thing has been
observed in St. Croix. This seems to indicate that no rising of the ground
is taking place in the latter, as is the case in the former, as mentioned
above. From its whole structure and formation it may be inferred that
the soil is more fertile in St. Croix than in most of the Virgin Islands,
Vieques excepted, the sugar-cane being cultivated to a considerable ex-
tent on the island.

Whilst thus the geology of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands presents
some not unimportant differences, the climate may, on account of their
similar geographical position, as well as elevation above the sea-level, be
said to be materially the same in both.

In accordance with the geographical position of the islands, the tempera-
ture is very constant and high, the yearly mean average being 27.2° C.,
divided nearly equally over all the months, the coldest, February, show-
ing 25.6°, the warmest, September, 28.9°, a difference of 3.3° only. The
same uniformity is observed in the daily variation, which scarcely ever
surpasses 5°, the thermometer rising gradually from 6 a. m. till 2 p. m.,
and falling just as gradually during the rest of the 24 hours.

Thus the difference of temperature at the various seasons of the year
is too small to afiect the life of vegetation to any very perceptible ex

4 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

tent, and it is therefore the variable degree of moisture at different times
which chiefly produces any variation in the development of vegetable
life at the different seasons.

The lowest temperature observed at the sea-level, in the shade, is 18.1° ;
the highest, 35.5°. In the sun, the mercury will sometimes rise as high
as 51°, but as a rule does not surpass 40°. Observations made in St.
Thomas by Knox * and myself show a decrease of about 2° for an eleva-
tion of every 800', which gives to the highest ridges in St. Thomas and
Tortola an annual mean temperature 3 J°-4° lower than that of the coast,
a difference sufficient to produce some variation in the flora of these
parts. The northern slope of the hills, from being the greater part of
the year, viz, from August to May, less exposed to the rays of the sun,
are generally also somewhat cooler and more moist than the southern
ones, the consequences whereof are also felt in the life of plants to a con-
siderable extent.

An equal regularity, as observed in the temperature, manifests itself
with regard to the pressure of the atmosphere, the daily variations of
the barometer being only about 0.05", and the maximum yearly differ-
ence only 0.2". It is only during strong gales and hurricanes that the
barometer is more seriously affected, it then falling sometimes as much
as 2". These hurricanes, as a rule, occur only during the months from
August to October, at which period the trade-winds from the northeast,
which otherwise blow most part of the year, generally become unsteady
and uncertain. These constant winds, combined with the high tempera-
ture, no doubt are the reason why the moisture of the air is compara-
tively small, being on an average only 73 per cent, of the possible maxi-
mum, thus exciting a constant evaporation in plants, and rendering it
necessary for them to obtain a greater supply of water through the soil
than in more moist climates. For this reason a considerable quantity of
rain becomes of the highest importance to the vegetable life, as being the
only form in which plants can obtain a sufficient amount of water neces-
sary to their existence, even dew being very rare on account of the trade-
winds blowing also during the night the greater part of the year.

Neither of the islands in question is of sufficient elevation above the
sea to cool and condense the atmospheric moisture brought on by the
trade-wind, nor is their configuration favourable for detaining the clouds,
their greatest extent being parallel to the direction of the wind. Thus,
for the greater part of the year they receive only a small quantity of

Kuox : An Historical Account of St. Thomas, W. I. (New Yoii, 1852. )

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 5

rain, falling chiefly in the form of short, rapid showers of only a few
minutes' duration, and it is not till the warmer part of the year that
heavy and general rains become possible in these regions. During this
latter time, the trade-winds become irregular and slight, or are even
entirely suspended, as stated before; hence the moisture generated by
the daily evaporation from the ocean is not carried off as soon as formed,
but is allowed to gather into rain-clouds, and finally to precipitate itself
again as rain nearly on the same spot where it was formed.

From observations made in various islands for a period of more than
twenty-five years, the annual mean quantity of rain seems to be about
the same in all the islands, averaging 42"-44"; the eastern parts of all,
as being more exposed to the direct action of the winds, always show-
ing a considerably smaller quantity than the central and western ones.

Although no month of the year is without rain, yet from the above it
will be easily concluded that there is a remarkable difference between
the various months in this respect: the driest, February, having only an
average of 1.5"; the wettest, October, of 7.0"; and to this difference, at
the various periods of the year, it is chiefly due, that notwithstanding
the uniform temperature all the year round, yet some variations in the
aspect and intensity of vegetable life are observed in the various sea-
sons.

Both the annual and the monthly quantity of rain are subject to vary
considerably, one year showing 23", or in some places IS" only, another
again 70" or 78". A still greater difference may be observed between
the same months of different years: thus, February having had one year
0.19" only, another, on the contrary, 3.75"; May 0.47" the one year and
16.84" the other. These excessive variations must, no doubt, materially
affect vegetable life, indicating at the same time a considerable degree
of hardiness in respect to drought in the perennial plants indigenous to
the islands, and as alluded to above, acting upon them in a similar way
as the variations in temperature in colder climates.

The number of days on which rain falls averages for the period from
1852-73, 161 a year, giving a mean fall of rain of 0.27" per diem: April
showing the lowest nunber, 9 ; October the highest, 16. From what has
been said before, it is evident, however, that the small monthly quantity
of rain during the dry part of the year, viz, January to April, divided
even over a great number of days (so as to amount to 0.14" or 0.18"
only a day), can be of no great importance, as it is precipitated in a short
shower, is insufficient for penetrating into the soil, and so is very soon

6 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

evaporated again by the action of the sun and the trade- wind combined.
It is not till May, when the increased quantity of rain is sufficient to
penetrate the parched soil, that its influence and effect upon vegetation
makes itself felt by renewed life and activity in all the various branches
of the vegetable kingdom in general.

Looking at the vegetation of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands in its
generality, and without entering into details, we may consider it to be
identical, as a whole, showing the same main features, and naturally
divided into four distinct formations, as in most other West India
Islands, viz. the littoral, the shrubby, the sylvan, and the region of
cultivation, connected, of course, here and there by intermediate forma-
tions, but on the whole virtually distinct from different biological con-
ditions.

Beginning with the littoral flora, we find along the coast in shallow
water a multitude of Alga3, among which are found some marine Phane-
rogams, especially the common Thalassia testudinum and Cymodocea
manatorum, and in less quantity the beautiful little HalopMla Baillonii,
a recently discovered Potamea, with oval delicate leaves, and growing
gregariously on the bottom of the sea in coarse gravel. The vegetation
of tropical seashores is of a very uniform character all over the world,
the physical conditions being similar on them all, and the migration
from one shore to another being exceedingly facilitated by the sea as
well as by birds, storms, and the action and intercourse of the inhab-
itants. Thus, the same species of littoral plants are found on nearly all
the West India islands, many of them also inhabitants of far distant
shores on the African and Asiatic continents, — belonging to the cosmo-
politan and transoceanic species, a list of which was first prepared by
Eobert Brown, and afterwards augmented by A. DeCandolle, and which
seem to possess an extraordinary faculty for migration. According to
the different character of the coast, as sandy, rocky, or swampy, the
vegetation on it also assumes a different aspect.

On the sandy shore, which is composed of a fine white gravel, con-
sisting principally of innumerable pieces of broken shells and corals,
and thus forming a thick layer of carbonate of lime, we see a luxurious
flora of trees, shrubs, and minor plants, which all, on account of the
underground water collecting from the hills above, generally have a
green appearance all the year round, even when the hills of the interior
present a withered aspect from want of rain. Among the trees grow-
ing here the most prominent are the Hippomane Mancinella, the Cocco-

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 7

loba itr if era, Clirysobalanus Icaco, and Canella alba, besides the Cocos
nucifera, which is planted and naturalized, especially on the low sandy
seashore. Under these taller forms appear many kinds of shrubs, such
as Ecaatopliyllum Brownei, Tournefortia gnaphalodes, Borrichia arbores-
cenSj Ernodea litoralis, Suriana maritima, Eritlialis fruticosa, Colubrina
ferruginosa, GuUandina Bonduc and Bonducella, and several others.
Still lower shrubs and suflrutescent herbs are Sccevola Plumieri, Tourne-
fortia ynaplialodes, Sesiivium port ulacastr urn, Heliotropium curassamcum,
Philoxcrus rermiculatus, Cakile cequalis, as well as several grasses and
sedges, as fiporobulus litoralis, Stenotaphrum americanum, and Cyperus
brunncux, as also some remarkable creepers or climbers, such as
Ipomcca pes-caprce and Lablab vulgaris.

3Iost of these species disappear on the rocky cliffs, where they give
room for others, mostly shrubs of a low growth, and with thicker or
more coriaceous leaves, that are able to resist the force of the wind,
which often bends the whole plant into a dwarfish individual, the
branches of which are cut off at the top in a western direction. The
most common of these shrubs are Jacquinia armillaris, Elccodendron
xylocarpum, Plumicna alba, and Coccoloba punctata, as well as some
monocotyledonous plants, such as Pitcairma angustifotta, Agave ameri-
cana, and a few Cacti, principally the stout Helocactus communis.

Still more different forms appear where the coast becomes swampy
from the presence of lagoons. Here predominates the Mangrove forma-
tion, composed chiefly of Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus, Am-
cennia nitida, and Rhizophora Mangle, which all grow more or less in the
water itself. In less moist places we find some others, such as Bucida
Buceras, Anona palmtris, Antlierylium Rolirii, and the curious Batis ma-
ritima, which recalls to the mind the halophytes of the steppes.

However different these various forms of littoral plants may appear,
compared to each other, yet they all have in common the predilection
for the sea, the saline exhalation of which seems indispensable to their
growth. Some have even, like Aviccnnia, their leaves always covered
with small salt crystals; others, like Batis maritima, are true halophytes,
and only very few of the plants of the coast in generality are found in the
interior even of these small islands. An exception is made by the cocoa-
nut palm, which is found growing all about on the islands, even on the
top of the highest hills, as also by Coccoloba uvifera, found in similar
localities.

In passing from the coast into the interior we find on the eastern, and

8 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

partly also on the southern part of all the islands, a dry shrubby vege-
tation of a greyish or yellowish aspect, which, from the predominating
genus composing its elements, I hav£ called the Croton vegetation. This
peculiar kind of dry shrub also occurs here and there in other parts of
the islands, where the soil, through reckless cultivation, has become too
exhausted to produce a growth of taller trees, and it cannot be estimated
to cover less than one third part of the whole surface of the islands, pre-
dominating in some, as Tortola, St. Thomas, and Culebra, less conspicu-
ous in others, as St. Jan, Vieques, and St. Croix.

The ravines as well as the northern and western parts of the islands
are often covered with a growth of taller trees, forming a kind of forest,
composed of species partly evergreen and partly with deciduous foliage,
and which, from one of the most prominent forms, I have called the Erio-
dendron vegetation. The area covered by this formation may be taken
to be about one fifth of the whole surface, the best wooded islands being
St. Jan and Yieques, the least wooded ones St. Thomas and Virgin
Gorda.

The remainder of the surface is either used for pasture or cultivated
with sugar-cane or provisions, the former on a large scale in St. Croix
and Vieques only, the latter everywhere on the islands where the soil
seems proper for the purpose. This last section I term 1 he cultivated
region.

Considering first the Croton vegetation, we find here a number of plants
which in various ways have become enabled to resist the deteriorating
effects of the dry climate, and to exist on the barren rocky soil always
found where the moisture is not sufficient for decomposing the natural
rock of the surface. Thus, some of these plants, as the whole of the
genus Croton, already mentioned above, have small leaves, which, like
the stem, are covered with scales and tomentose hair, containing besides
aromatic oil, all which contrivances tend to diminish evaporation as much
as possible. The most common species of this remarkable genus are C.
flavus, astroiteSj bicolor, and betulinus. Other forms obtain the same
object by having very small, partly deciduous leaves and their stipules
transformed into prickles, especially the Acacias, such as A. Farnesiana,
macracantha, tortuosa^ and sarmentosa. Others, again, are rich in milky
juice, as Euphorbia petiolaris, Rauwolfia Lamarclm^ and the naturalized
Calotropis procera, or merely in aqueous sap, as the Cactese, the common-
est forms of which are Melocactus communis, Cereus floccosus, and several
species of Opuntia. Others, such as Bromeliacese, on the contrary, have

FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 9

a very dry structure, and a dense cover of scales for protection, whilst
others again, such as Anona squamosa, which are apparently without
any means to resist the effects of dry weather, have no other remedy left
than to shed their leaves during a part of the year, and thus preserve
their existence at the temporary sacrifice of their vegetative organs.

All the forms mentioned above are of very slow growth, and, with the
exception of a few that are used for burning charcoal, of scarcely any
importance either to man or animals, for which reason the districts oc-
cupied by them as a rule present a very desolate and uninviting appear-
ance.

Where the climate becomes sufficiently moist, and the soil in conse-
quence thereof more decomposed and fertile, the forest appears in place
of the Croton vegetation, on the uncultivated lands, especially in ravines
and on steep declivities, which do not allow of cultivation or grass-
farming. As nearly everywhere in the tropics, the forest here is com-
posed of many different species of trees mixed together, a gregarious
growth being very rare. From the forests of moister tropical countries,
however, the woods in these islands are distinguished by possessing a
quantity of forms with thin, herbaceous leaves, which for this reason
shed their foliage during a part of the year, thus combining the appear-
ance of the woods of colder climates with the dark evergreen forms of
the intertropical countries. Some of these species with deciduous
foliage have two periods for flowering: one precocious in the first
mouths of the year, when the small quantity of rain seems insufficient
to produce both leaves and flowers at a time, and another later in the
year, when both foliage and blossoms are vigorously developed by the
increased moisture of the summer. The evergreens for the same reason
have a less fixed and more unlimited time for flowering, and seem to
show their reproductive organs whenever the quantity of rain becomes
sufficient for producing them besides maintaining the already existing
foliage. Among the great variety of evergreen forms of trees and
shrubs, I shall here only mention as the most common several species
of Anona; of Guttiferae, such as Calophyllum Calaba and Clusia rosea;
of Sapotacere, such as Sideroxylon, Chrysophyllum, Lucuina, and Di-
pholis ; of Kutacese, as Zanthoxylum and Tobinia ; of Lauraceas, as ISTec-
tandra and Oreodoxylon, as well as many others, for the details of which
I beg to refer to the systematical part of my treatise. Others are pos-
sessed of aerial roots by which to affix themselves to the stems of trees
and rocks, as several species of Ficus ; others again are vines, such as
Bignonia, Serjania, Gouania, and Cissus.

10 FLORA OF ST. CEOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

Interspersed between these evergreens are seen various species of
arboreous plants with deciduous leaves, the number of which, however,
seldom is large enough to seriously change the general aspect of the
forest as being uniformly green all the year round. The time for shed-
ding their foliage in these forms is generally from January to April,
most of them, as stated before, flowering precociously at this time, as
the moisture in the ground is not sufficient to allow them to retain their
foliage together with the producing of the flowers. It appears evident
that this is the reason for the shedding of the leaves, from the fact ob-
served by me in several species (such as Piscidia Erytlirina and others),
that individuals which, from being too young or for some other reason,
do not flower, do not shed their foliage, but evidently find moisture
enough in the soil to resist the drought, not having to spend their
resources on the production of flowers and fruits, as others of their kind.

The most prominent among the trees and shrubs with a deciduous
foliage are Spondias lutea, Sclnnidelia occidentalis, the enormous Erio-
dendron anfractuosum, Hura crepitans, Casearia ramiflora, Sabinca florida^
and several others, which all more than the evergreens contribute their
share to the forming of a layer of leaf-mould under the taller forms. Yet
this layer is but scanty in most places, and from the want of it, as well
as from the dense shade produced by the evergreen trees and shrubs,
the minor forms covering the ground are comparatively scarce, and
chiefly confined to some Piperacea3, Acanthacese, and Graminese, as
well as a few ferns and mosses, among which Hemionitis palmata^ Pieris
pedata, and Asplenium pusillum are the most common.

A somewhat richer variety is presented by the numerous epiphytes
that cover the branches and stems of trees and shrubs, notwithstanding
that the bark of the latter, from the uniform temperature, is, as a rule,
exceedingly smooth, and but rarely covered with lichens or mosses. Of
real parasites only a few are met with, especially Loranthus emarginatus,
whilst the non parasitical epiphytes are numerously represented by
Bromeliacese (principally the genus Tillandsia), Aroide»3 (among them
the large-leaved PMlodendron giganteum), and Orchid ace»3 (chiefly Epi-
dendrums and Oncidiunis) , as well as some ferns. Of these latter families,
several species are found only on the highest ridges of the islands,
at an elevation of over 1300', there forming a formation peculiar to
these regions, comprising, among others, some terrestrial Orchids, such
as Hdbenaria maculosa and alata, as well as some Aroidea3, Bromeliacere,
and ferns, among which the beautiful Cyathea arborea deserves special
mention.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 1 1

The part of the island inhabited and cultivated by man of course rep-
resents the least of interest in a phyto-geographical sense, as nature here
has been modified and modelled according to the wishes and necessity
of society to such an extent as to almost entirely obliterate its original
character. As stated already, the principal object of cultivation is the
sugar-cane, which, however, is cultivated on a large scale only in the
two largest and most level of the islands, Vieques and St. Croix, the
others, viz. St. Thomas, St. Jan, Tortola, and Virgin Gorda, having,
with a few exceptions, long ago abandoned the cultivation of the cane
as uiiremunerative, the two remaining of the larger islands, Culebra
and Aneguda, never having been appropriated to that purpose.

Besides the cane, some Sorghum vulgare is also cultivated in fields for
herbage, the. rest of the tilled soil being used for the planting of the
common tropical vegetables, generally in small quantities, on patches
of soil selected here and there. The commonest of these plants are Yam
(Dioscorea alata and alti-ssima), Sweet Potato (Ipomcea Batatas], Okro
(Abelmoschus esculentus), Tanier (Xantliosoma sagittcefolium), Pigeon-pea
(Cytisus Cttjan), Tomato, and Pepper (Capsicum), as well as some Cucur-
bitacese, as Pumpkin, Melon, and others.

Along with these useful plants follow a great number of herbaceous
annuals, mostly cosmopolitan weeds, introduced after the settlement of
the islands, and dependent on the continuous cultivation of the land, as
without the clearing of the soil from shrubs and trees their existence
would soon be terminated by the stronger arboreous species, which
would deprive them of the necessary light and air.

Thus, much against his wish, man favours the propagation of innu-
merable weeds, which in their short period of vegetation produce seeds
enough to secure their continuance on the land notwithstanding the
efforts to exterminate them by frequent weeding. Among the com-
monest of these forms are some Labiate (Leonurus sibmcus, Leonotis
nepetcefolici) and Leucas martinicemis), Argemone mexicana, Tribulus max-
im m, jBoerhaaria erecta and paniculata, and especially many grasses
and sedges, such as Panicuin, Paspalum, Chloris, Digitaria, Cyperus,
and others. The most troublesome of these, from an agricultural point
of view, is the Bay-grass (Cynodon Dactylori), said to be introduced, but
now found everywhere, and, on account of its long creeping rhizoma,
inexterminable.

Similar forms to these are seen growing along roads and ditches, espe-
cially some Leguminosa?, as Crotalaria, Desmodium, Phaseolus, Clitoria,

12 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

Centrosema, Teramnus, Yigna, Khynchosia, and others; grasses, as Lap-
pago, Aristida, Sporobolus, Eleusine, Dactyloctenium, and Eragrostis ;
or Synanthereae, as Elephantopus, Distreptus, Bidens, and Pectis. Whilst
all these latter forms flower during the greater part of the year, the beau-
tiful Convolvulacea3, such as Ipomoea fastigiata, Nil, umlellata, dissecta,
violacea, and others, are in blossom only during the winter months, from
December to February.

In some places that are moist enough, sedges and semi-aquatic plants
will be seen growing ; in a few rivulets which contain water all the year
round, and which are limited to Vieques and St. Croix, a few aquafic
forms occur, such as Ecliinodorus cordifolius, Lemna minor, Typlia an-
gustifolia, and Nymphcca ampla.

The pastures, which occupy a considerable extent of the land, are
either artificial, — planted with Guinea-grass (Panicum maximum), a
perennial plant, and, like most of the cultivated West India plants, in-
troduced from the Old World, — or natural, covered with various forms of
indigenous Graininea3 as well as low shrubs and trees, that have con-
tinually to be cleared away to prevent the laud becoming overrun by
them. The artificial pastures as a rule are fenced in, and often protected
against the dry season by the planting of Thibet-trees ( Acacia Lebbek), now
commonly naturalized everywhere; the natural ones, on the contrary, are
generally open and abandoned to the cattle, whilst the artificial ones are
cut regularly, and the stock is not allowed to enter them.

The grasses composing the natural pastures are several species of Pa-
nicum, Paspalum, Dactyloctenium, and Sporobolus; some, as Tricholcena
insularis, being very bitter and unfit for herbage. The roaming about
of the cattle everywhere effectually prevents the re-establishment of trees
or woods, which, for climatic reasons, would be desirable in many places ;
for the young buds are destroyed by sheep and goats, which no doubt
have contributed largely to deteriorating even the still existing woods.

Around dwellings are found planted and naturalized most of the plants
now common to nearly all tropical countries, — some fruit-bearing, as
Tamarindus indica, Mangifera indica, Carica Papaya, Persea gratissima,
Crescentia Cujete, Melicocca bijuga; others ornamental, as Poinciana regia,
Calliandra saman, Ccesalpinia pulcherrima, and others Actual gardens
are now very rare, flowers being mostly cultivated in pots or boxes.
Some few vegetables of colder climates are cultivated in shady places
where water is abundant, such as salad, radishes, cabbage, and others.

In waste places are found most of the tropical weeds, as Ricinus com-

FLORA OF ST. CRO1X AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 13

munis j Datura Hetel and Stramonium, Euphorbia pilulif era, heterophyUa,
and JiypericifoUa, Mirabilis jalapa, Jatropha curc<'.$7 Cassia occidentalis,
and especially several kinds of Sida and Abutilon as well as some other
Malvaceae.

The four formations mentioned above are usually found only on the
larger islands, the smaller ones, from their limited size, generally pos-
sessing chiefly the littoral and shrubby only. The island of Anegada,
although being one of the larger ones, yet from its structure and the
nature of its soil, seems to be chiefly covered by a vegetation composed
of the plants of the sandy shore, besides some of the trees and shrubs
following the settlement of man in these regions. Sir E. Schomburgk,
who has given a description of the island in the Journal of the Eoyal
Geographical Society, 1832, asserts that the island possesses several in-
teresting species of plants, among others a peculiar kind of Croton. As,
however, I have not been able to procure the work referred to above, I
am not prepared to say which those species are, and they are not men-
tioned by Prof. Grisebach in his Flora of the British West India Islands.

Although, as stated above, the general character of the flora both in
St. Croix and the Virgin Islands, considered as a whole, is essentially
the same and distinctly West Indian, yet, in looking more closely into
details, we are soon struck by finding a great many species in the one
which are not found in the other. This is the more remarkable, as
from a geographical and climatical point of view the physical condi-
tions must be said to be materially identical.

In referring to the list of plants given at the end of my treatise it will
be seen that out of a number of 881 indigenous phanerogamous species
no less than 215, or c. £, are found in the Virgin Islands only, whilst 08,
or about £, occur only in St. Croix, thus leaving only 568, or less than
|, in common to both.

As may be expected from the general character of littoral vegetation,
there are very few species which are not found on both sides of the deep
channel separating St. Croix from its northern neighbours, the principal
exception being Baccliaris dioica, which only occurs in St. Croix, and
Eyletcs Domingensis, found by me only in the Virgin Islands.

Some greater difference is found in the dry shrubby formation, where
several very common plants, such as Euphorbia petiolaris, Acacia sar-
mcntosa, Mamillaria nivosa, and others, are to be seen in the Virgin Isl-
ands only, St. Croix having to itself a few less common species, such as
Sccurhiega acidothamnus and Castela crecta.

14 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS

It is, however, in the forest vegetation, which best represents the
original flora of the islands, that the greatest and most varied differ-
ences are observed, showing especially the great variety of species in
the Virgin Islands which are not all found in St. Croix, and among
which are many of the commonest and most generally distributed forms.
Belonging to St. Croix alone are comparatively few and rare species,
chiefly some Rhamnacea3, viz, Maytcnus clccodcndroides and Zisypkui
reticulatuSj CatesbcEaparmflora,Beloperoncnemorosa, Petitia Dominge.isis,
Euxus Vahlii, and Urera data. All these forms occur only in a few
localities, and are of no importance to the general character of vegeta-
tion, as is the case on the Virgin Islands with many of the following
species that are found on them, but not in St. Croix. It would be too
much to mention all the different species here, for which I beg to refex
to the appended list and tabular statement. I shall only enumerate a
few of the most interesting, especially Malpighiacese (as Byrsonima
lucida, Malpighia Cnida and angustifolia), Kutacese (Pilocarpus racemo-
suSj ToMnia spinosa, Xantlioxylum ochroxylum], LegnininosaB (Sdbinea
florida, Pictetia aristata, Sesbania sericea, and Acacia nitdiflora), and
Sapotacere (Sapota Sideroxylon). Among Monocotyledones are to be
mentioned Artlirostylidium capUlifolium, Rhynchospora pusitta, Dioscorea
pilosiuscula, Catopsis nutans, and several Orchids. Several of these
plants grow more or less gregariously, thus becoming characteristical
to the formation. Among these are Malpighia Cnida, Ecynosia latifolia,
Acacia nudiflora, SaMnea florida, and several species of Pilea, most of
them being very common, and even generally used for domestic pur
poses.

Besides these species, entirely wanting in St. Croix, the Virgin
Islands possess several that are very common, or at least not uncommon
on them, but which occur but very rarely in St. Croix, such as Thrinax
argentea,) Rondeletia pilosa, Faramea odoratissima, Miconia angustifolia^
Mimosa Ceratonia^ and others, and most of which I have not found my-
self in the latter island, but only found labelled with St. Croix as habitat
in the Copenhagen herbarium, so that an error in some cases at least
may be not at all impossible.

However great are the differences in the flora on the two groups of
islands, yet this interesting fact is not due to their possessing endemic
species, as all the plants known as growing on them are also found in
other West India islands, especially Porto Rico, whence the vegetation
of both the Virgin Islands and St. Croix seems to be derived. Thus it

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 15

is mainly to different periods of immigration under varied physical
conditions that we must ascribe the remarkable discrepancies in the
flora of those apparently homogeneous islands. Some few species, it is
true, are indeed given in my list as having been .found only in the Vir-
gin Islands, such as a few Cactese, Vernonia Thvmce, and the new species
described by me on the present occasion. But as long as Porto Eico,
Hayti, and even Cuba', are still insufficiently explored, it may very well
remain doubtful whether those species do not also occur in one or sev-
eral of them, just as several Cuban plants, described as endemical in
that island by Prof. Grisebach, have been found by me to occur not at
all unfrequently in the Virgin Islands and St. Croix, such as Arthrosty-
Uclium capUUfoUumj Reynosla latifolia, and R. mucronata.

It may thus be confidently asserted that both the groups in question
have derived their stock of plants from the neighbouring larger island of
Porto Eico. The question that remains to be solved is merely why
have they not all received the same species, and particularly why is it
that St. Croix, although the largest of all, has received a comparatively
and absolutely much less number of species than for instance the far
smaller St. Thomas?

For the explanation of these interesting facts we have no doubt to
look to the geological history of the islands, as the conditions for immi-
gration over sea, even if possible to all the species, are essentially the
same in both groups, and therefore give no solution of the problem in
question.

I am thus led to think that at a former period all the West India
islands have been connected mutually, and perhaps with a part of the
American continent also, during which time the plants in common to
all the islands, as well as to the West Indies and the continent, have
expanded themselves over their present geographical areas, at least as
far as they are not possessed of particular faculties for emigration over
the sea. By a subsequent volcanic revolution, St. Croix, as well as
many of the other islands, has thereafter been separated from Porto
Eico and the Virgin Islands, and put into its present isolated position,
which it seems to have retained ever since, whilst the latter group of
islands has either still for a long period remained in connection with
Porto Eico, or, if separated at the same tune from it as St. Croix, has,
by another revolution, been again connected with the former.

The plants now found in the Virgin Group, but not occurring in St.
Croix, would thus have immigrated into the former from Porto Eico

16 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

after the separation of St. Croix from the latter, and immigration would
finally have ceased by the separation between them, as it exists at the
present period. Thus, the plants found in the Virgin Islands, but not
in St. Croix, would seem to have been more recently created in the
probable centre of vegetation, Porto Eico, or some other of the larger An-
tilles 5 the endemic ones, as in the other islands also, being the youngest
of all, not having been formed till after the complete separation between
the islands had been effected. This latter suggestion, which perhaps
seems contradictory to the general accepted theory of considering the
endemic forms on oceanic isles as the remnants of the oldest original
vegetation,* appears to be confirmed by the fact that even on such
recent formations as the Bahamas, which have as yet been but imper-
fectly explored, already no less than eighteen endemic species have been
discovered.!

The supposition that the islands may have been separated from the
beginning, and have received their floras through immigration over the
sea, is sufficiently confuted, partly by the great number of species com-
mon to them all, which clearly indicates the connection in former times
with a larger country, partly by the circumstance that most of the spe-
cies common to the islands are in no \vay better adapted for migration
over the water than those peculiar to the Virgin Islands only ; in fact,
but fewtof them apparently possess the faculty of crossing salt-water
even for a limited distance.

Supposing the theory of a prolonged or oftener repeated connection
between Porto Eico and the Virgin Islands to be correct, it remains
still to explain how St. Croix can have obtained a number of species
which do not occur in the latter group. A few of these species, viz,
Castela erecta, Maytenus elccodendroides, Zizyplms reticulatus, Anthacan-
tlius jamaicensis, and Buxus Vahlii, occur in St. Croix on the tertiary
limestone only, and seem thus to have avoided the Virgin Islands as
not finding there the substratum suited to their organisation. The
greater part, however, might, for all apparent reasons, as well occur in
the Virgin group as in St. Croix, and their absence in the former cannot
be explained in this way. It must, however, be understood that whilst
my investigation of St. Croix has been thorough, and carried on for
several years, my exploration of the Virgin Islands has been so for only
a part of them, especially the Danish ones, my collections from the

* Hooker : On Insular Floras.

t Griseb. : Geogr. Verbr. der Pfl. Westindiens, p. 55.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 17

^\^ f^^j ^^^

others being only imperfect. Without expecting too much from this
circumstance, yet I feel confident that not few of the St. Croix planfej^^^
apparently wanting in the Virgin group, may, by closer research, still
be discovered growing there on some of them, whilst, on the other hand,
I am equally confident that none, or scarcely any, of the Virgin Islands7
species wanting in St. Croix will be found in the latter island.

It may furthermore be observed that scarcely any of the St. Croix
species which I have given as being absent from the Virgin group are
common or widely distributed over the island, and so are not possessed
of any great faculty for conquering ground in the struggle for exist-
ence, for which reason some of them may not have been able to gain
admission on the much smaller surface of the Virgin Islands, or, having
obtained a footing, they may have lost it again by the later immigra-
tion of other species, now peculiar to the group compared with St. Croix,
many of which, as will be remembered, are gregarious, and gifted with
great facility for expanding themselves.

A very few species form an exception as to the limited distribution in
St. Croix, Bacharis Valilii, Cordia alba, and JEgiphila martinicensis, oc-
curring rather frequently in the island, but having as yet not been found
at all in the Virgin group, although they occur in several others of the
West India islands. I am not prepared to give a satisfactory explana-
tion of this fact at the present moment; but such isolated exceptions will
no doubt always be met with in the explanation of general phenomena,
and most probably a more thorough investigation of vegetable biology
will at a future day afford a satisfactory explanation of such appar-
ently inconsistent facts.

In drawing the necessary consequences of the above stated theory for
explaining the geographical distribution of vegetable species in St. Croix
and the Virgin Islands, it would thus appear necessary to conclude, for
instance, from the occurrence of Sabinea florida both in Porto Kico7 the
Virgin Islands, and Dominica, but not in St. Croix, that the first-named
islands were still all connected, when the latter had already been sep-
arated from them and put into its present isolated position. A similar
inference might be drawn from the distribution of Malpigliia Cnida,
whilst the occurrence of Acacia nudiflora would seem to prove a simi-
lar thing for Hayti, Porto Eico, and Antigua.

It can, therefore, scarcely be presumed, as done by Prof. Grisebach
in his Geogr. Verbreitung der Pfl. Westindiens, that the distribution
of species is regulated chiefly by geographical distances. A closer in-
vestigation of the flora of the various islands no doubt will confirm the
Bull. Nat. Mas. No. 13 2

18 FLORA OF ST. CROIX .AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

theory drawn from the facts observed in regard to the mutual relation
between St. Croix and the Yirgin Islands, that geological revolutions
have been equally or perhaps even more powerfully influential in arrang-
ing the distribution of species than the greater or smaller distance, and
the similarity of physical conditions.

A full knowledge of these interesting facts can, however, not be ex-
pected till a more thorough exploration of all the West India islands
has taken place. Few of them are as yet tolerably well known, and it is
therefore earnestly to be hoped that such an exploration of all the West
Indies may soon be effected, the result of which will no doubt be of
the highest importance both to botany and to all other branches of
natural science.

It generally requires the accumulated study and knowledge of gener-
ations before the less palpable and more delicate, but often most impor-
tant, facts in natural history can be explained : the West Indies have
been comparatively well studied since the middle of the last century;
and it would seem well now to follow up the work in order to complete
a thorough investigation, which might be used as a basis for the ex-
planation of similar facts observed in other and less well known parts
of the world.

The flora of the Virgin Islands and St. Croix has been studied by
several botanists, some of whom have published the results of their re-
search, which has, however, among the former group, been chiefly con-
fined to the Danish islands, the English and particularly the Spanish
ones having as yet been only imperfectly explored.

Publications on the flora of these islands are given by West in his
Description of St. Croix (Copenhagen, 1793); Schlechtendal, Florula
Ins. St. Thoma3, in Linnsea, 1828-31 and 1834; and Eggers, Flora of St.
Croix, in the Vidensk. Medd. fra Naturhist. Forening (Copenhagen, 1876)
besides minor contributions in Vahl's Eclogre Americans, Symbols Bo-
tanicae, and Enumeratio Plantarum, Krebs in Xaturh. Tidsskrift, 1817,
on the flora of St. Thomas, De Candolle's Prodromus, and Grisebach's
Flora of the British West India Islands. This latter work, no doubt
from want of material, scarcely ever mentions the British Virgin Islands.

Collections of plants from the islands in question are found chiefly in
the Museum of the Botanical Garden in Copenhagen, as well as scat-
tered in other European herbaria, collected principally by v. llohr, West,
Dr. Ryan, Ledru, Eiedle, L'Herminier in the past century, by Benzon,
Wahlmann, Ehrenberg, Dr. Eavn, Dr. Hornbeck, Duchassaing, Schoin-
burgk, Plee, Wydler, Orsted, Krebs, and Eggers in the present.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 19

The following list of plants from St. Croix and the Virgin Islands
formed on ray own collections and the publications or collections of other
botanists, comprises 1013* species of phanerogamous and vascular cryp-
togamous plants, of which 881 are indigenous and 132 naturalized, those
merely cultivated being added in brackets after each family.

In determining the species I have, besides consulting the more im-
portant general systematical works on botany, as much as possible fol-
lowed Prof. Grisebach's standard work on the Flora of the British West
India Islands, to which I therefore beg to refer when no other authority
is given. Synonymes and references to other authors are given only
where it was thought desirable to supplement the Flora of Grisebach in
this respect.

To the specific names of plants I have added only such statements as
are not given in Grisebach's work, — as local name, time for flowering,
technical use, as well as descriptive remarks, where my own observation
shows a difference from the description given in the flora mentioned
above.

In referring to Schlechtendal, or the herbarium of the Copenhagen
Museum, I have used the abbreviations Schl. and Hb. Havn. ; in quoting
West or Schlechtendal, their respective works on St. Croix and St.
Thomas, mentioned above, are understood to be referred to.

Special localities for habitats are given only where a plant is rare, or
at all events uncommon ; otherwise the island alone is mentioned.

The expression, "All islands," is meant to imply that the species is
found both in St. Croix and the Virgin group, without necessarily mean-
ing to say that it occurs in every island of the latter.

In summing up the statistical results from my list of species, nearly
the same conclusions with regard to the most numerous families are
arrived at as those given in Prof. Grisebach's Geogr. Verbr. der Pflanzen
Westindiens, p. 73, for the Caribbean Islands.

The proportion between Mono- and Dicotyledonous plants indigenous
and naturalized is 1:5.8, in the indigenous ones alone 1:4.9, thus show-
ing the plurality of the recently introduced plants to have been Dicoty-
ledonous. The proportion mentioned in the plants indigenous to the
islands is somewhat lower than stated by Grisebach, as cited above, to
be the rule in the West Indies, where it is given as 1:4, indicating, no
doubt, that the climate of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands is less moist
than that of the West Indies in general.

* De Candolle (Geogr. Bot. p. 1274) gives to St. Thomas as the probable number of
Phanerogama only 450 ; but my list shows about 900.

20

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

Table showing the distribution of the Indigenous Species of PJianerogamce and Cnjptogomos
Fasculares in St. Croix and the Virgin Islands.

?f

cc

Virgin Isl-
ands only.

Common to
both.

I

A.— DlCOTYLEDONES.

1

1

1

1

5

7

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

Cruciferae ..

3

3

1

7

g

1

5

6

]

1

3

3

1

2

9

12

4

6

21

31

1

2

3

1

5

6

Tiliaceas

1

7

8

Ternstromiacess ........ . ...

1

1

CruttifersB .- .... .....

3

3

1

1

1

1

3

7

10

2

1

4

7

MeliaceJB . . . ...... ...........

3

3

OxalidaccsB .... .

1

1

Zyfophvllaceaj

1

2

3

Kutaceso

3

3

3

9

1

1

Am pel ideas

4

4

C elas traces)

1

5

6

Hhamnaccas ... .......

2

1

4

7

Terebinthaceae

1

1

5

7

7

18

50

75

1

1

Myrtacero -

4

4

18

26

Melastomaceae

4

6

10

LythrariaceaB

2

2

Onagracea) ........................

1

1

Khizophoraceaa

1

1

Combretaceaa

3

3

Cucurbitaceaa

1

1

7

9

Papayaceaa

1

1

Passifloraceae

2

1

5

8

TurneracefiB

1

1

2

Cactaceaa

4

8

12

Araliace»

1

1

TJmbelliferaB

1

1

LoranthaceaB

1

1

2

Hubiaceaa

4

g

22

34

Synanthereaa

4

13

32

49

Lobeliaceae

1

1

Croodenoviaceae :

^

1

Myrsinaceaa

9

Sapotaceae

2

9

11

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

21

Table showing the distribution of the Indigenous Species of Phanerogams and Cryptogamce
Vasculares in St. Croix and the Virgin Islands — Continued.

H

5*

02

Virgin Isl-
niids only.

Common to
both.

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

9

11

1

3

3

7

3

7

24

34

1

1

3

4

17

24

1

8

12

21

2

1

3

6

1

2

6

9

3

2

10

15

1

1

1

2

9

12

5

2

13

20

1

1

1

1

1

4

5

3

3

2

13

15

1

5

|

4

1

3

3

Lauraceae

2

3

4

9

. i

j

Euphorbiaceae ..... ........... ...

3

5

30

38

4

7

10

21

1

2

Begoniaceae

1

j

PiperacejB .... .. . ......

2

3

7

12

B.— MOXOCOTYLEDOSES.

1

1

Hydrocharidacese -

1

1

Potameas

3

2

5

AroideJB

1

5

3

9

Tvpbaceae . .

1

1

Palmad ..........

2

2

2

3

5

4

14

35

53

C vpcraceae .........

5

15

13

33

1

7

g

1

1

2

Dioscoreacese

3

3

Bromeliaceae

3

5

g

Scitamineae

1

1

Orcbidaceas

1

12

2

15

C.— CRYPTOGAMS VASCULAEES.
Lycopodiaceaa

j

j

2

Filices

4

15

15

34

Naturalized species

98
17

215
5

568
109

881
132

Total

115

221

677

1013

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

WEST INDIES.

I. PHANEROGAMS.

A. PICOTYLEDONES.

DJULEHIACEJB.

1. Davilla rugosa, Poir.

St. Thomas (Griseb. Fl. p. 3).

ANOtfACEJE.

2. Anona muricata, L. (v. Soursop, Susakka).

Fl. Feb.-May. Leaves with a peculiar strong scent, used against
fever and vermin. Fruit edible; pulp resembling curdled milk, acidu-
lous. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.

3. A. laurifolia, Dun. (v. Wild Soursop).

Fl. Feb.-May. Kesernbling the former species in the foliage, but
leaves of a quite different smell. Xot uncommon in forests. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.

4. A. palustris, L. (v. Monkey-apple, Bunya).

Fl. May-June. Fruit not edible ; used as bait for fishes. Common in
marshy soil. — All islands.

5. A. squamosa, L. (v. Sugar-apple).

FL April-June. Foliage partly deciduous in March and April. Fruit
edible, sweet, soft. Common in thickets. — All islands.

6. A. reticulata, L. (v. Custard-apple).

Fl. April-May. Fruit edible. In woods, not uncommon j also planted
near dwellings. — All islands. — The enlarged top of the connective in all
species of Anona is siliceous. Xone of the species enumerated above
contains narcotic principles, as is the case with A. Cherimolia, Mill., and
others.

7. Guatteria Ouregou, Dun.

St. Thomas (Griseb. Fl. p. 7).

8. Oxandra laurifolia, Rich. (Urarla excelsa, Vahl in BTb. Juss.).

St. Croix (Caledonia Gut, West, p. 292).

23

24 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

MENISPERMAGEJG.

9. Cccculus domingensis, DC.

Fl. June-Aug. Stem woody, as much as two inches in diameter.
Inflorescences often 3 or 4 uniserial in the same axil. (See Delessert,
Icoues, t. 96.) In forests, not common. — St. Thomas (near St. Peter,
1000').

10. Cissampelos Pareira, L. (v. Velvet-leaf), a) Pareira and /3) microcarpa, DC.

Fl. Nov.-March. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.
NYMPHLEACE^E.

11. Nympheea ampla, DC. (v. Water-lily). /3) parviflora.

Fl. April-July. In rivulets. — St. Croix (Kingshill Gut); Vieques

(Port Boyal).

PAPAVERACE^E.

12. Argemone mexicana, L. (v. Thistle).

Fl. the whole year. A very common weed in dry places. — All islands.

CRUCIFERJE.

13. Nasturtium officinale, R. Br. (v. Water-cress).

Kever seen flowering. Naturalized along rivulets. — St Croix; St.
Thomas.

14. Sinapis brassicata, L. (v. Wild Mustard).

Fl. Jan.-June. Around dwellings and in waste places, not uncom-
mon.— All islands.

15. Sinapis arvensis, L.

Fl. cleistogamous in February. Eegular flowers later in the year.
Naturalized; rare. — St. Croix (near Anguilla).

16. Lepidium virginicum, L.

Fl. the whole year. A common weed along roadsides and near dwell-
ings.— All islands.

17. Cakile aequalis, L'Her.

Fl. Feb.-July. Kather common on sandy shores. — All islands.
[Cultivated species : Brassica oleracea, L. (v. Cabbage); Lepidium sati-
vim, L. (v. Cress); and Raplianus sativuSj L. (v. Eadish).]

CAPPARIDACE^E.

18. Cleome pentaphylla, L. (v. Masstfiiibee).

Fl. the whole year. Flowers often polygamous. Leaves used as
spinach. A common weed near dwelliugs and in waste places. — All
islands.

FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 25

19. C. pungens, W. (v. Wild Massambee). c) and /3) Swartziana.

Fl. the whole year. Common along roads and ditches. — All islands.

20. C. viscosa, L.

Fl. May-Dec. Naturalized here and there. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

21. Moringa pterygosperma, G. (v. Horse-radisli-tree).

Fl. the whole year. Eoot with a flavour of horse-radish. Naturalized
and common near dwellings. — All islands.

22. Capparis amygdalina, Lam.

Fl. March-June. Leaves on young radical shoots linear hi this and
the two following species. Not uncommon in thickets. — All islands.

23. C. jamaicensis, Jacq. (v. Black Willie), a) marginata and f3) siliquosa.

Fl. April- Aug. a) not uncommon; ft) less common along the shore
and in thickets. — All islands.

24. C. cynophallophora, L. (v. Linguan-tree). c) and /3) saligna.

Fl. Feb.-Aug. — Glands 2-4, uniserial in the axils, exuding nectar
when youpg before the time of flowering, and are to be considered as
reduced branches or inflorescences.

25. C. verrucosa, Jacq.

Fl. April-May. A middle-sized tree. Not uncommon in forests on
the Virgin Islands.

26. C. frondcsa, Jacq. (v. Rat-bean).

Fl. Feb.-May. Seeds very poisonous. Common in forests. — All
islands.

27. Morisonia americana, L. a) and ,0) subpeltata, Gris. in litt.

Fl. May-Oct. A considerable-sized tree, a) all islands; /3) leaves
subpeltate. — St. Croix (Spring Gut).

BIXACEJE.

28. Bixa Orellana, L. (v. Roucon).

Fl. June-July. The red pigment of the fruit was generally used by
the Caribs for anointing the whole body (Du Tertre). Naturalized in
forests.— St. Croix (Crequis, Wills Bay); St. Thomas (Crown).

29. Trilix crucis, Griseb.

Fl. April-June. Stipules very variable. Petals always abortive in
my specimens. A low tree or shrub. Uncommon in forests. — St. Croix
(Wills Bay, Mt. Eagle); St. Thomas (Flag Hill); St. Jan (Cinnamon
Bay).

26 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

30. Oasearia sylvestris, Sw.

El. Jan.-Feb. and May-July. Seed covered by a red arillus. Com-
mon in forests and thickets. — All islands.

31. C. parvifolia, W. a) and J3) microcarpa, Egg.

Fl. March-July. Flowers odorous. Stamens alternately of equal
length. Not uncommon in forests. A low tree. — a) Virgin Islands j
ft) fruit small, 2'" diam., St. Croix.

32. C. ramiflora, Vahl. c).

Fl. Jan.-Feb. and July-Aug. Pedicel articulate below the middle.
Arillus fibrous. Common in forests. — All islands.

33. Samyda glabrata, Sw.

Fl. June. Bare, in thickets on highest hill-tops. — St. Thomas (Crown,

1400').

34. S. serrulata, L.

Fl. Feb.-May. Flowers odorous, precocious. Pedicels articulated at
the middle. Leaves of young radical shoots linear. Common in thick-
ets.— All islands.

VIOLACE^E.

35. lonidium strictum, Vent.

Fl. all the year round. Flower matutine. Rather uncommon in fis-
sures of rocks in thickets. — St. Croix j Water Island.

TAUIAKICACEJE.

36. Tamarix indica, Willd. (v. Cypress).

Fl. Sept.-Oct. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
POLYCJALACEJE.

37. Poly gala angustifolia, HB. Kth.

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Jn the shade of dense thickets. Bare. — St. Thomas
(CowelFs Hill).

38. Securidaca Brownei, Gr. (S. scandens of West).

Fl. Feb.-April. Naturalized around Christiansted, v. Eohr. — St.
Croix.

39. S. erecta, L.

St. Thomas (DC. Prodi-, i, 341; Gris. Fl. p. 30).

40. Krameria Ixina, L.

Fl. July. The three narrow petals, resembling abortive stamens, are
bent forward and cover the anthers. The two lateral oi.es are fleshy,

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 27

and covered on the outer side with fleshy papillae. Fruit 1-seeded by
abortion. Gregarious along roadsides in dry localities, but uncom-
mon.— St. Thomas (Bovoni).

CARYOPHYL-CACE^I.

I. PARONYCHIACEJE.

41. Drymaria cordata, \V. /3) diandra.

Fl. May-June. In moist localities in the shade. Eare. — St. Croix
(Spring Garden).

42. Cypselea humifusa, Turp.

Fl. July. Gregarious around a small fresh-water lagoon. Eare. —
Water Island.

II. MOLLUGIXE^:.

43. Mollugo verticillata, L.

Fl. Aug. Leaves often fleshy. On rocky shores. Eare. — Buck Isl
and, near St. Thomas.

44. M. nudicaulis, Lam.

Fl. Sept-Dec. Not uncommon in moist localities. — St. Croix ; Buck
Island near St. "Croix ; St. Thomas.

III. PORTULACE.E.

45. Talinum triangulare, W.

Fl. all the year round. Flower open till 11 A. M. Sepals of unequal
size. The large one 1 -ribbed, the smaller one 3-ribbed. Petals often
yellow (as represented in Jacq. Stirp. Americ. 1. 135). Eather uncom-
mon. On rocks near the seashore. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

46. T. patens, AY.

Fl. all the year round. Flower open from 3 P. M. till sunset. Petals
pal6 red or yellow (Bot. Mag. 1. 1543). Eoot tuberous. Here and there
in rocky situations. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

47. Portulaca oleracea, L. (v. Purslane). «) macrantlja, ,3) micrantha, Egg.

Fl. the whole year. Flower open till 10 A. M. a) brownish, 5 petals,
as many as 25 stamens, corolla 6"' diam. /3) green, 4 petals, 10-12 sta-
mens, corolla 3'" diam. Both varieties common along roadsides and in
open spots. — All islands.

48. P. qtiadrifida, L. (Mant. 78).

Fl. all the year round. Petals 4, yellow, 2'" long. Flower open from
11 A. M. till 3 P. M. Leaves opposite, clasping together towards even-
ing. A common weed in gardens and along roads. — All islands.

28 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

49. P. pilosa, L.

Fl. all the year round. Often nearly glabrous. Roots tuberous.
Petals red or yellow, large. Corolla up to 167// diam., open only till 9
a. in. Seeds dark brown. Leaves adpressing themselves downward to
the stem towards evening. Not uncommon. Along ditches and in
grass-fields. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

50. P. halimoides, L.

Fl. June-Dec. Common along roadsides and among rocks. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

51. Gesuvium portulacastrum, L. (v. Bay-flower).

Fl. all the year round. Sepals rosy inside. Common on sandy
shores. — All islands.

52. Trianthema moncgynum, L.

Fl. all the year round. Branches always originating in the axil of
the smaller leaf. Stamens 7-17. Sepals and stamens rosy or white.
Common on rocky shores. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

53. Malvastrum spicatum, Gris. (v. Hollow-stock).

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanding in the afternoon. Very
variable. A common weed along roads and in fields. — All islands.

54. M. tricuspidatum, Asa Gray.

Fl. all the year round. Common along roads and ditches. — All isl-
ands.

55. Sida carpinifolia, L. c) and/3) brevicuspidata.

Fl. Sept.-March. Pedicel geniculate at the base, or as often not so.
Petals imbricate dextrorsely or sinistrorsely. Both forms very common
weeds everywhere in dry localities. — All islands.

56. S. glomerata, Cav.

Fl. Aug.-Oct. — Buck Island near St. Thomas ; Vieques.

57. S. ciliaris, L.

Fl. Sept.-March. Flower expanded till 10 A. M. Stipules always
longer than the petioles. Leaves closely clasping the stem in the
evening. Gregarious on roads and near ditches. Common. — All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 29

58. Sida jamaicensis, L.

Fl. Dec.-March. Flower expanded till 9 A. M. Calyx shorter than
the corolla. In grass-fields and thickets. Often suflrutescent, G' high.
Common. — All islands.

59. S. spinosa, L. a), /5) angustifolia, Lam., and y) polycarpa, Egg.

Fl. Sept.-March. /-) suflrutescent, 4' high. Pedicel as long as the
whole leaf. Pistils, ovaries, and carpids always 12. a) and ft} common
in grass-fields and pastures, r) near rivulets. — All islands.

60. S. rhombifolia, L. (v. Swart Maran). y) *etusa.

Fl. Dec.-March. Petals showing a purple blot at the base. Com-
mon in waste places. — All islands.

61. S. tristis, Schlecht. (Linnaea, Hi, 271).

St. Thomas (Schl.).

62. S. supina, L'Her. a) glabra and 3) pilosa, Egg.

Fl. Xov.-March. Two very distinct forms : «) in shady, moist places ;
ft) in dry localities. Kot uncommon in thickets and forests. — All islands.

63. S. arguta, Cav. (not S. arguta, Sw., as stated in Griseb. Syst. Unters. p. 31)

St. Croix (West, 297); St. Thomas (Schl.).

64. S. nervosa, DC. a) and /3) viscosa, Egg.

Fl. Dec.-April. ft) viscous and glandular pilose. Petals reddish;
pistils red. ]Sot uncommon along roads and ditches. — All islands.

65. S. acuminata, DC. a) macrophylla and /3) microphylla.
St. Thomas (Schl.). "Inlocis siccis."

66. S. cordifolia, L. 0) althagfolia, Sw.

Fl. March. Here and there along roads.— St. Croix (West, 297); St.
Jan (Bethania).

67. S. humilis, W. (?) Car.

St. Thomas (Schl.). "In locis umbrosis."

68. Abutilon peiiplccifolium, G. Don. a) and /?) albicans, carpids 3-oviilate.

Fl. all the year round. Seeds dimorphous. The two seeds in the
superior cell glabrous, the one in the inferior silky, a) not uncommon
along roads, ft) uncommon. — St. Croix (a. and /?); St. Jan (ft).

69. A. umbellatum, Svr.

Fl. Dec.-March. Seeds cordate, brown. ]Sot very common in open,
dry localities. — All islands.

30 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

70. A. indicum, G. Don (v. Mahoe). a) and /3) asiaticum.

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded after 3 P. M. only. Both
forms common along roads and on waste places. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

71. A. lignosum, Rich. (v. Marsh-mallow).

Fl. Nov.-May. Flower expanded during the afternoon only. Seeds
irregularly triangular, verrucose, grey.— St. Croix.

72. Bastardia viscosa, Kth. a).

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded during the afternoon only.
Common along roads and in dry. localities. — All islands.

73. Malachra capitata, L. a) and /3) alceifolia, Jacq.

Fl. Dee.-March. Flower expanded only till 2 P. M. Along ditches
and in moist places, a) rather common ; ft) less common. — All islands.

74. M. ureiis, Poit.

Fl. April. Petals yellow, puberulous externally. Seeds smooth, gla-
brous. Uncommon on waste places. — St. Thomas (western shore of the
harbour).

75. Urena lobata, L. a) americana.

Fl. Nov.-June. Flower expanded till 10 A. M. In forests. — St. Croix
(rare; Prosperity on the north coast); St. Thomas; St. Jan (not un-
common).

76. Pavonia spinifex, Cav.

Fl. Oct.-Dec. Eather common in thickets and forests. — All islands.

77. P. racemosa, Sw.

Fl. Oct. In marshy soil among Laguncularia and Conocarpus. — St.
Croix (uncommon ; Salt Biver).

78. Kosteletzkya pentasperma, Gr.

Fl. Aug. Flower expanded till 10 A. M. In marshy soil. Bare. — St.
Thomas (Krumbay).

79. Abelmoschus esculentus. W. A. (v. Okro).

Fl. all the year round. Fruit used immature as a vegetable. Culti-
vated and naturalized near dwellings. — All islands.

80. Hibiscus clypeatus, L.
St. Croix (West, p. 298).

81. H. vitifolius, L.

Fl. Dec.-March. Along roads and in thickets. — St. Croix (naturalized
in the eastern part of the island).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 31

82. H. Sabdariffa, L. (v. Red Sorrel).

Fl. Oct.-Nov. Leaves used as a vegetable. Calyx at length fleshy,
used for lemonade. . Cultivated and naturalized here and there. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

83. H. phoeniceus, Jacq.

Fl. Sept.-March. Rather common in thickets, especially near dwell-
ings.— St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

84. H. brasiliensis, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 298)

85. Gossypium barbadense, L. (v. Cotton-tree), a) and /3).

Fl. all the year round. Down stellate. Common in dry localities.
Formerly cultivated. — All islands.

86. G. vitifolium, Lam.

Naturalized in St. Thomas (Schl.), perhaps from having been cultivated
in former times.

87. Paritium tiliaceum, A. Juss. (v. Mahoe).

Fl. Oct.-March. Bark employed as rope. Along coasts, but^rare. —
St. Croix (West, p. 297) ; St. Thomas (Schl.) ; St. Jan (Fish Bay).

88. Thespesia populnea, Corr. (v. Otaheite Tree).

Fl. all the year round. Very easily propagated by cuttings. A shady
tree with very hard wood. Naturalized and cultivated everywhere, espe-
cially in moist localities. All islands.

All Malvaceae are protandrous.

[Cultivated species: Althce rosea, L. (v. Hollyhock) ; Hibiscus rosa-
sinensis, L. (v. Chinese rose) ; and H. mutabilis, L. (v. Changeable Hibis-
cus).]

B03IBACEJE.

89. Adansonia digitata, L. (v. Guinea Tamarind).

Fl. June-July. Leaves deciduous in March-ApVil. The acid pulp of
the fruit used for lemonade. Naturalized in wooded valleys. — St. Croix
(Prosperity 5 Crequis); St. Thomas.

90. Eriodendron anfractuosum, DC. (v. Silk-cotton-tree).

Fl. Feb.-April. Leaves deciduous March-April. Stem growing to
immense size. Common in forests. All islands.

91. Myrodia turbinata, Sw.

St. Croix (Spruig Garden, West, p. 298).

32 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

92. Helicteres jamaicensis, Jacq.

Fl. March-Aug. Spiral of carpids 2J. Common in thickets. — All
islands.

93. Guazuma ulmifolia, Lam. (v. Jackass Calalu).

Fl. April-June. Wood nsed for oars. Kot uncommon in pastures. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.

94. Theobroma Cacao, L. (v. Cocoa-tree).

Fl. June. Naturalized in shady valley s.— St. Croix (Prosperity;
Mount Stewart).

95. Ayenia pusilla, L.

Fl. all the year round. Flowers often transformed into a hollow
monstrosity by the larva of a wasp. Fruit muricate. In thickets, com-
mon. — All islands.

96. Melochria pyramidata, L.

Fl. all the year round. Common in pastures. — St. Croix.

97. M. tomentosa, L. (v. Broom- wood).

Fl. All the year round. Calyx tomentose, greyish white. Tomentum
interspersed with glandulous hairs. Used for brooms. Common in dry
thickets. — All islands.

98. M. nodiflora, Sw.

Fl. Nov.-July. Common in pastures and along roads. — All islands.

99. Waltheria americana, L. (v. Marsh-mallow).

Fl. Oct.-May. Common in pastures. — All islands.

TIMACEJE.

100. Triumfetta Lappula, L. (v. Bur-bush).

Fl. Nov.-April. Common in thickets. — All islands.

101. T. althseoides, Lam. (v. Mahoe).

Fl. Dec.-March. In forests, uncommon. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.

102. T. semitriloba, L. (v. Bur-bush).

Fl. Oct.-March. In thickets and along roads, common. — All islands.

103. T. rhoinboidea, Jacq.

Fl. Dec.-April. Uncommon in thickets. — St. Croix (Spring-gut).

104. Corchorus acutangulus, Lam.

Fl. June-Nov. The lowest serratures of the leaves in my specimens
often show one or two long setaceous bristles, as stated in DC. Prodr.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 33

i, 505. Griseb. Fl. p. 97, does not mention them, as he does in C. olito-
rhts, neither does the figure in Wight's Icones, iii, t. 739, show them in
this species. From observations made by me on C. acutangulus, as well
as on C. hirtus, such bristles on the lower serratures of the leaves are ot
no specific value in this genus, being a variable feature. In gardens
and near dwellings, not uncommon. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

105. C. siliquosus, L. (v. Papa-lolo).

Fl. Nov.-July. Leaves used as a vegetable (Calalu). Along roads
and in pastures, common. — All islands.

106. C. hirtus, L.

Fl. June-Sept. Two lowest serratures of the leaves sometimes show-
ing one or two setaceous bristles. In gardens and along roads, not
uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

107. C. hirsutus, L.

Fl. all the year round. Hairs of the stem scabrous. On sandy shores,
common. — All islands.

TERN8TBOM1ACEJB.

108. Ternstromia elliptica, Sw.

Fl. Feb.-April. The two bracts at the base of the persistent calyx
are to be considered as such (Swartz, Flora Ind. Occ. p. 961 5 DC. Prodr.
i, p. 523; and Hook. & Benth. Genera Plant, i, p. 182), and not as sepals
(Griseb. Fl. p. 103) on account of their being deciduous, but the sepals
not. The number of ovules in my specimens are about twenty in each
cell. (Hook, and Benth. 1. c. ascribe to the genus only two, rarely three
to six, in each cell ; Grisebach 1. c. only two to four. In the Catal. Plant.
Cub. p. 36, Griseb. mentions, however, a variety of T. obovalis, Rich.,
with ten to thirteen ovules in each cell.) Sepals rosy, flowers fragrant
In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Croix (Maroon Hill, 900') ; St. Jan
(Bordeaux Hill, 1200').

OUTTIFER^E.

109. Cluaia rosea, L. (v. Cliigger-apple).

Fl. May-Sept. Aerial roots as much as 20' long, supporting the
young trees on rocks or other trees. In forests. — St. Croix (rare, Wills
Bay) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

110. C. alba, L. (v. Wild Marney).

St. Croix (West, p. 312). Probably a mistake for the first named
species.

Bull. Xat. Mus. No. 13 3

34 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

111. Mammea americana, L. (v. Marney).

Fl. Feb. and later in Aug. Fruit generally one-seeded, eatable.
Common in forests and planted along roads. — All islands.

112. Calophyllum Calaba, Jacq. (v. Santa Maria).

Fl. May-July. In forests along rivulets. — St. Croix (common in the
northern part of the island) ; St. Thomas (rare).

CAtfEI.LACEJE.

113. Canella alba, Murr. (v. White-bark).

Fl. Jan.-April. Berry dark crimson. Leaves used in warm baths for
rheumatism. On sandy shores and in forests. — All islands.

ERYTIIROXYEACE^S.

114. Erythroxylum ovatum, Cav. (v. Wild Cherry, Brisselet).

Fl. April-Sept. Precocious. Branches, as a rule, transformed into
brachyblasts. Common in thickets. — All islands.

(E. areolatum. West, p. 280, and E. brcmpes, Bertero in Schlecht. Flo-
rula, are, no doubt, mistakes for the species mentioned above.)

MAUPICH1IACE.E.

115. Byrsonima spicata, Rich.

Fl. July- Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Parasol Hill); St. Thomas
(Signal Hill); St. Jan (Bordeaux).

116. B. lucida, Rich.

Fl. Oct.— St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. i, ^0); Yieques (Campo Asilo).

117. Bunchosia Swartziana, Gris.

Fl. July. Pedicel uniglandular and bibracteolate at the joint. Yery
much attacked by insects. In thickets. — St. Croix (rare, Kingshill) ; St.
Thomas (not uncommon) ; St. Jan.

118. Galptdmia glauca, Cav. (Icon, v, p. 61) (G. gracilis, Bartl.).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

119. Malpighia glabra, L. (v. Cherry).

Fl. May-June. Fruit edible. Common in thickets. — St. Croix 5 St.
Thomas.

120. M. urens, L. o) and /5) laiiceolata.

Fl. June-Oct. «) common in thickets. — All islands; ft) rare, St. Croix
(Spring-gut).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 35

121. M. Cnida, Spreng. (Neue Entdeck. iii, 51).

Fl. June-Sept. Along roads and in thickets, not uncommon. — St.
Jan ; Water Island ; Vieques.

122. M. angustifolia, L.

Fl. June-Oct. In thickets, not uncommon. — Water Island ; Vieques.

123. Stigmaphyllon periplocifolium, Juss.

Fl. all the year round. Samara red. In thickets, common. — All
islands.

124. Heteropteris purpurea, Kth.

Fl. all the year round. Common in hedges and thickets. — All islands.

125. H. parvifolia, DC. (v. Bull Vis).

Fl. all the year round. As common as the preceding species. — All
islands.

SAP1NDACE.E.

126. Cardiospermum Halicacabum, L. (v. Balloon-vine).

Fl. Sept.— March, Rather common in thickets and near dwellings.—
St. Croix j St. Thomas.

127. C. micrccarpum, Ktli.

Fl. Jau.-March. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Spring- gut); St. Jan
(Enigheit).

123. Serjania lucida, Scliuiu. (v. White Vis, CaLrite rotting).

Fl. Dec.-June. Stem used as rope. Common in thickets. — All isl-
ands.— (PaulUnia curassavica, West, p. 281, is no doubt a mistake for
this species.)

129. Cupania fulva, Mart.

Fl. January. In forests, not uncommon. — Virgin. Islands.

130. Sapindus inaequalis, DC. (v. Soap-seed).

Fl. Dec.-Jan. Seeds used for ornaments. In forests along rivulets.
Not uncommon. — St. Croix.

131. Schmidelia occidental!-, Sw.

Fl. May-Sept. Not uncommon in forests, especially in St. Croix. —
All islands.

132. Melicocca bijuga, L. (v. Keneppy tree).

Fl. April-May. Leafless during flowering. Flowers fragrant. Fruit
astringent, edible. Naturalized and now very common everywhere,

36 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

often forming a secondary growth in cleared woodland. Introduced
from the Spanish main. — All islands.

133. Dodonsea viscosa, L.

Fl. April. On sandy seashores, rare. — St. Croix (Sandy Point).

MELIACE^E.

134. Melia sempervirens, S\v. (v. Lilac, Hagbush).

Fl. all the year round. Common in forests and near dwellings. — All
islands.

135. Trichilia hirta, L.

Fl. June-Jnly. Common in thickets. — All islands.
(Guarea trichilioideSj Jacq., said to occur in St. Croix (West, p. 281),
seems to me rather doubtful.)

136. Swietenia Mahagoni, L. (v. Mahogany).

Fl. April-June. In wooded valleys and along roads and dwellings.
Not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

[Cultivated occur several species of Geranium, L'Her., and Pelargo-
nium, L'Her.]

BAI^SAMINACE^E.

137. Balsamina hortensis, Desp. (v. Lady-slippers).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized everywhere in gardens. Seeds
often germinating in the capsule. — All islands.

AURANTIACEJE.

138. Citrus medica, L. a) (v. Citron). /?) Limonum, Risso (v. Lime).

Fl. April-May. «) naturalized, but rare, in gardens. /?) naturalized,
common in gardens and near dwellings, also in forests. — All islands.

139. C. Aurantium, L. a) (v. Orange). /3) Bigaradia, Dull. (v. Seville Orange).

Fl. May-July. Both forms naturalized in gardens, especially «).
Common in St. Croix; rare in St. Thomas and St. Jan, where the species
is said to have died out nearly, from disease. — (Mentioned also by
Breutel, London Journal of Botany, ii.)

140. C. buxifolia, Padr. (v. Forbidden Fruit).

Fl. July. Naturalized in a few places. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

141. C. decumana, L. (v. Shaddock).

Fl. July- Aug. Fruit used for preserves. Naturalized in gardens. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 37

142. Triphasia trifoliata, DC. (v. Sweet Lime).

Fl. April-June. Naturalized in thickets and near dwellings. Com-
mon in all the islands.

[Cultivated species: Murraya exotica, L. (v. Cyprian), and Cookia
punctata, Eetz.]

OXALIDACE.E.

143. Oxalis Martiana, Zucc.

Fl. May- Aug. Naturalized in gardens on all the islands.

144. O. ccrniculata, L. /3) microphylla, Poir.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in fields. — St. Cfbix ( Annally) 5
St. Thomas. x

ZYGOPHYEEACEJE.

145. Tribulus cistoides, L.

Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in open spots, gregarious.—
St. Croix (in the easternmost part of the island only).

146. T. maximus, L. (v. Centipee-root, Longlo).

Fl. all the year round. Stamens alternately of equal length. The
whole plant is used in baths against boils. A very common weed along
roads and in waste places. — All islands.

147. Guajacum officinale, L. (v. Lignum vitte, Pockenholt).

Fl. March- April. Common in former times, but now nearly exter-
minated. On the seashore and in forests, rare. — All islands.

RUTACEJE.

148. Pilocarpus racemosus, Yalil.

Fl. Feb.-March. Leaves undivided, 3-foliate or impari-pinnate in
the same specimen (as stated in Hook. £ Benth. Genera, i, 299, and Fl.
Brasil. fasc. 65). Inflorescence terminal and axillary. A low tree. In
forests, rare. — St. Jan (KingsLill, 1000') ; Vieques (Eavn in Hb. Havn.).
(Specimen from Montserrat in Hb. Havn. also named P. laurifolius,

Yahl.)

%

149. Tobinia punctata, Gr.

Fl. Sept. Leaves often pinnate. Dots on the leaves pellucid. In
thickets, not uncommon, — St. Croix.

150. T. spinosa, Desv.

Fl. May-June. Leaflets prickly on the principal nerves on both sides,
bearing 2 stipular prickles at the base. Carpids 3 (2-1) globose, with a
short beak, black, verrucose, 3"' long. Seeds black, shining. Rare in
forests.— St. Thomas (Flag Hill, 600').

38 FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

151. Pagara microphylla, Desf. (v. Ramgoat-T)nsh) (F. tragodes, Jacq. in West).
Fl. June-Dec. Dots of the leaves pellucid. The whole plant has a

strong smell. Not uncommon in thickets. — St. Croix; Buck Island,
near St. Croix.

152. Zanthoxylum Clava-Herculis, L. (v. White Prickle).

Fl. April-June. Aculei corky, 6'" long, greyish, with a narrow brown
point. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

153. Z. flavum, Vahl (Naturh. Selsk. Skrift. vi, 132, 1810) (v. Yellow Sander).

Not seen flowering. A fine timber- tree, used for furniture. Not un-
common in forests in former times, but now nearly extinct. — St. Jan
(Bordeaux Hills) (St. Croix? St. Thomas?) (Montserrat, Eyan in Hb.
Havn.) 5 Martinique (West in Hb. Havn.).

154. Z. Ochroxyltim, DC, (v. Yellow Prickle) (Z. simplicifolium, Vahl in Hb. Havn.).

Fl. June-Nov. $ Panicle V long $ pedicels %'" long, bracteole at
the base deciduous. Calyx 5-partite, y" diam. Petals 5, imbricate,
white, f '" long, pellucid-dotted. Style thick, y high ; stigmas trian-
gular. Ovaries 3 on a short gynophore. Carpids 3 (1-2) globose, ver-
rucose, partly dehiscent, 1-J-"' diam. Seed shining-black. Stem armed
with large corky aculei, often connected and forming long ridges down
the stem. Wood yellow. The whole plant is possessed of the same
strong smell as Fagara. Not uncommon in forests. — St. Thomas (Flag
Hill 600') ; St. Jan (Eogie^rs) (Montserrat, Eyan in Hb. Havn. ; Marti-
nique, South America, Hb. Havn.). (A branch without flowers, marked
Z. macrophyllum, St. Croix, Eyan in Hb. Havn., seems to belong to this
species.) *

155. Quassia amara, L. fil. (v. Quassia).

Fl. Nov.-Feb. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

156. Castela erecta, Turp.

Fl. Feb.-June. Petals purple. 9 with 8 rudimentary stamens, alter-
nately of equal size. Carpids 2-3-4. In dry thickets along the south
coast, not uncommon. — St. Croix.

157. Ficraena excelsa, Lindl. (v. Bitter-ash).

Not seen flowering. Wood very bitter, used for stomachic properties
in drinks. In forests, rare. — St. Croix ; St. Jan.

OLACACE^E.

158. Schoepfia arborescens, R. S.

Fl. Feb.-March. Fruit nearly always 1-seeded by abortion. Here
and there in forests. — St. Croix (Saltriver, Wills Bay) 5 St. Thomas
(Crown, 1400').

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 39

159. Cissus sicyoides, L. (v. Lambrali, Pinna koop).

Fl. all the year round. Flowers purple or yellow. Aerial roots long,
filiform. Common in forests. — All islands.

160. C. trifoliata, L.

Fl. all the year round. On rocks and trees, not common. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.

161. C. acida, L.

Fl. June- Aug. In thickets near the coast, common. — All islands.

162. Vitis caribaea, DC.

Fl. June. In dense forests, rare. — St. Croix (Caledonia Gut) ; St.
Thomas (Crown).

CEL.ASTRACE.ZE.

163. Maytenus elaeodendroides, Gris. (Cat. Plant. Cub. p. 54). (Rhammis poly-

gamus, Vahl in Hb. Havn., and in West, p. 276.)

Fl. Dec. Flower brownish, small. Calyx 5-partite, J7// diam. Petals
5, oval, V" long. Stamens 5, often all or part of them transformed into
petals and more or less sterile. Stigma subsessile, 2-lobed. Ovary 2-
locular, 2-ovulate. Disc brown, undulate, £'" high. Seed black with a
red arillus. Rare in dry thickets. — St. Croix (Fair Plain).

164. M. leevigatus, Gris. in litt. (Rliamnus lasvigatm, Yahl in Symb. Bot. iii, 41 ;

Ceanothus, DC.).

Fl. May-Oct. Capsule tardily dehiscent, 1-3-seeded, 6'" long. Seeds
brown, reticulate with red veins, 2"' diain. Arillus tough, white. A
shrub or middle-sized tree. Not uncommon in forests. — All islands.

165. Elaeodendron xylocarpum, DC. (v. Spoon-tree, Nut Muscat).

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Stamens often transformed, as in Maytenus elccoden-
droides. Drupe orange-coloured, 8'" long. Common on rocky shores;
more uncommon in St. Croix. — All islands.

166. Myginda pallens, Sw.

Fl. Oct.-May. Common in thickets, principally in marshy soil. — All
islands.

167. M. latifolia, Sw.

St. Croix (Pflug, sec. Yahl Symb. Bot. ii, 32) ; St. Thomas (SchL).

168. Schaefferia frutescens, Jacq.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Common in thickets. — All islands.

40 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

RHAMNACEJE.

169. Reynosia latifolia, Gris. (Cat. PI. Cub. 34) (v. Guama). Emend, in Eggers,
Videnskab. Medd. fra Naturliist. Forening, Copenhagen, 1878, cuni icone,p. 173.

Fl. June-July. Common in dry thickets. — Virgin Islands.

170. R. mucronata, Gris. (1. c.) (Eggers, 1. c).

Not seen flowering. Rare in dry thickets near the coast. — St. Croix
(easternmost part of the island, near Tague Bay).

171. Condalia ferrea, Gris. (v. Edden-wood).

Fl. Sept.-Jan. Keel of the calyx-lobes foliaceous. Drupe oval, 2J'"
long. Not uncommon in thickets and forests. — All islands.

172. Colubriua ferruginosa, Brongn.

Fl. Jan. and May-July. A low shrub. Common on sandy shores. —
All islands.

173. C. reclinata, Brongu. (v. Snake-root, Mabee-bark).

Fl. Nov.-March. Style 2-3-partite. Leaves used for the preparation
of stomachic drinks. Not uncommon in thickets. — All islands.

174. Zizyphus reticulata, DC. (Prodr. ii,20) (Palhirus, Yalil, Eel. Am. iii, G).

Fl. July. Disc brownish. Capsule 3-locular, one seed in each cell,
5'" long, glabrous. Seeds purple 5 pulp reddish brown. In dry
thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Fair Plain).

175. Gouania domiiigeusis, L. (v. Soap-stick, Silvi).

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Stem used as rope. Common in thickets. — All islands.
TEREBINTHACE^E.

176. Bursera gummifera, L. (v. Turpentine-tree).

Fl. April-Sept. Protandrous. Easily propagated by large cuttings,
and generally used for forming fences. Common in forests and along
roads. — All islands.

177. Hedwigia balsamifera, Sw.

St. Croix (West in Hb. Havn. and p. 281 as Idea altissima).

178. Amyris sylvatica, Jacq. (v. Flamboyant).

Fl. Feb.-April and July-Sept. Inflorescence trichotomous. Wood
resinous and used for torches, especially in catching lobsters at night.
Not uncommon in forests. — All islands.

179. Spondias lutea, L. (v. Hog-plum).

Fl. March, coetanous, and later July. Leaves deciduous in Feb.
Fruit oval, edible. Common in forests. — All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 41

180. S. purpurea, L. (v. Jamaica Plum).

Fl. Feb.-March, precocious. Naturalized in gardens and wooded val-
leys. — All islands.

131. Rhus antillana, Egg. (n. sp.).

Sect. Sumach. Leaves impari- pinnate ; leaflets 4-5-jugal, petiolulate,
lanceolate, acuminate, obtuse at the base, entire, glabrous, chartaceous ;
veins prominulous beneath. Cyme ramose; branchlets bracteolate,
equalling the leaves. Flower pedicellate, small, green, 5-merous, mostly
<£, the rest hermaphrodite. Calyx and petals persistent in the fertile
flower. Stamens erect, a little longer than the petals, inserted into a
fleshy central disc ; filaments villous at the base. Ovary inserted upon
a short fleshy gynophore. Drupe globose, glabrous, 1-seeded by abor-
tion. A low tree. Approaching R. metopium, L. Fl. Jan. In forests,
rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1400') ; St. Jan (Hb. Havn. as Xanthox-
ylum). (St. Croix, Stony -ground?)

182. Comocladia ilicifolia, Sw. (v. Prapra).

Fl. March-May. Eoot containing a lasting red dye. Common on lime-
stone. — All islands.

183. Mangifera indica, L. (v. Mango-tree).

Fl. Feb.-April. Fruit edible. Introduced towards the close of last
century, and now cultivated and naturalized everywhere. — All islands.

184. Anacardium cccidentale, L. (v. Cashew, Cherry).

Fl. Dec.- April. Pedicel becoming fleshy, and containing in abund-
ance a slightly astringent juice. Seeds used as almonds. Common in
forests and along roads. — All islands.

105. Crotalaria verrucosa, L.

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized along roads. Yery common. — All
islands.

186. C. retusa, L.

Fl. all the year round. Common along roads and in waste places.

Naturalized. — All islands.

187. C. latifolia, L.

Fl. Nov. Leaves golden sericeous beneath. Corolla greenish. Not
uncommon in thickets. — All islands.

188. C. incana, L. (v. Rattle-bush).

Fl. all the year round. Stipules deciduous, the scar exuding nectar
afterwards, as well as the base of the bracteoles. Common along roads
and near dwellings.— St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

42 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

189. Indigofera tinctoria, L.

Fl. Apill-Aug. Cultivated in former times, but now only found wild
or naturalized. Common in dry localities. — All islands.

190. I. Anil, L.

Fl. all the year round. The whole plant is much attacked by insects.
Very common in dry thickets. — All islands.

191. Teplirosia cinerea, Pers. a) and /3) litoralis, Pers.

Fl. Feb.-June. Both forms here and there in thickets.- — All islands.

192. Cracca caribaea, Benth.

St. Croix (Schl.); St. Thomas (Gris. FL p. 183).

193. Coursetia arborea, Gris.

St. Jan (Gris. FL p. 183).

194. Sabinea florida, DC. (v. Waterpanna).

Fl. March-July. Precocious. Wood used for fishpots. Gregarious.
Common in thickets and forests. — Virgin Islands. (Cultivated in St.

Croix.)

195. Pictetia squamata, DC. (Prodr. ii, 314) (v. Fustic).

Fl. June. Flowering period only 5 or G days. Branches in this and
the following species commonly transformed into brachy blasts. Com-
mon in forests and thickets. — Virgin Islands.

196. P. aristata, DC. (1. c.) (v. Fustic).

Fl. Feb., March, and June-Aug. Eather common in thickets. — Vir-
gin Islands; St. Croix (Jacq. Hort. Schcenbr. ii, 60).?

(Both species are perhaps to be united, as proposed by Jacquin.)

197. Agati grandiflora, Desv.

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens, common. — All islands.

198. Sesbania sericea, DC.

Fl. Nov. In thickets near the coast, uncommon. — St. Thomas- (F]ag
Hill).

199. .ZEochynomene americana, L.

Fl. Nov.- Jan. In pastures and along roads, not uncommon. — St.
Croix.

200. Zornia diphylla, Pers.

Fl. July-Aug. In pastures on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill, Crown).

201. Lourea vespertilionis, Desv.

Fl. Feb.-April. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 43

202. Alysicarpus vaginalis, DC.

Fl. Nov.-Dec. Leaves very variable. Along roads, common. — All
islands.

2C3. Desmodium triflorum, DC.

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Common near ditches and in moist localities.— All
islands.

204. D. incanum, DC.

Fl. Oct.- Jan. Common in pastures. — All islands.

205. D. scorpiurus, Desv.

Fl. Dec.- Jan. In pastures, not very common. — St. Croix; St. Thomas
(Duchass).

206. Desmodium tortuosum, DC.

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Common in pastures. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

207. D. spirale, DC.

Fl. Kov.-Jan. Not uncommon in pastures and along roads. — All
islands.

208. D. molle, DC.

Fl. Dec.-Jan. Lomentum often 3-4-jointed. Rather common in pas-
tures.— St. Croix; St. Thomas.

209. Stylcsanthes procumbens, Svr.

Fl. Oct. -Dec. Lomentum in my specimens always 2-jointed. Com-
mon along roads. — All islands.

210. S. viscosa, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 301). (Perhaps a mistake for the former species.)

211. Arachis hypogaea, L. (v. Pindars, Ground-nuts).

Fl. May- Aug. Seeds used for making cakes or eaten roasted. Culti-
vated and naturalized. — All islands.

212. Abrus praecatorius, L. (v. Jumbee-bead, Scrubber, Wild Liquorice).

Fl. Oct.-Feb. Leaves used for washing clothes. Common in thick-
ets and on hedges. — All islands.

213. Rhynchosia minima, DC. a) and /?) lutea, Egg.

Fl. all the year round. Seeds black, with small grey spots, a) Stand-
ard veined with purple; a low climber. /3) Standard uniformly yellow ;
climbing up to 6'. Both forms common in pastures and thickets. — All
islands.

44 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

214. R. phaseoloides, DC.

Fl. March. Stem laterally compressed. Rare in forests. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1200').

215. R. reticulata, DC.

Fl. all the year round. Leaflets as long as 1-J-". Common on fences
and along roads. — All islands.

216. Cajanus indicus, Spreng. (v. Pigeon-pea, Vendu bountje).

Fl. all the year round. Seeds used as a common vegetable for soup.
Cultivated and naturalized. — All islands.

217. Clitoria Ternatea, L. (v. Blue Vine).

Fl. all the year round. Common in thickets. — All islands.

218. Centrosema virginianum, Bentli. u) and /?) angustifolium.

Fl. all the year round. Very common in ditches and on fences. — All
islands.

219. Terammis uncinatus, Sw., var. albiflorus, Egg.

Fl. Sept.-March. Corolla 1-J-"7 long, constantly white. Legume V
long, black, pilose. Common in pastures and along roads. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.

220. Galactia filiformis, Bentli.

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Boots often bearing small tubers. Common in thick-
ets.— All islands.

221. G. tenuiflora, W. & A.

Fl. Feb.-June. In forests, rare. There seems not to be sufficient
reason for uniting this species to the preceding, as done by Griseb. Fl.
p. 194.— St. Thomas (Flag Hill); St. Jan (Eogiers).

222. Vigna luteola, Bentli. (v. Wild Pea).

Fl. all the year round. Common in moist localities. — All islands.

223. Dolichos lablab, ~L.(D.benyhalcnsis, Jacq.).

Fl. all the year round. Seeds brown. Very common along the sea-
shores.— All islands.

224. Phaseclus lunatus, L. (v. Bonny Vis).

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Corolla white or rosy. Naturalized in thickets and
near dwellings. — All islands.

225. Ph. vulgaris, L. (v. White Bean).

Fl. Feb.- July. Cultivated and naturalized near dwellings. — All
islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 45

226. Ph. alatus, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 299).

227. Ph. semierectus, L.

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded only in the sun. Common
along roads and in pastures. — All islands.

228. Canavalia parviflora, Beiitli. (Flor. Bras, xv, i, 177).

Fl. Feb. Inflorescence extra-axillary (as in C. bonariensis, Lindl. Bot.
Beg. 1199). Legume broad on the back, without prominent ridges, 3"
long, 1J" broad. Seeds crimson, shining, f " long. In forests, rare. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, 1300').

229. C. gladiata, DC. /3) ensiformis, DC. (v. Sour-eyes, Overlook) (DolicJios acina-

cifonnis, Jacq. Icon. Ear. t. 559). Bot. Mag. 4027.

Fl. Aug.-Dec. Naturalized in provision grounds. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill, 1200').

230. C. obtusifolia, DC. (DolicJios rotundifolius, Vahl).

Fl. all the year round. Common along the seashore. — All islands.

231. Muctma pruriens, DC. (v. Cow-itch).

Fl. Oct.-Xov. In shady valleys. Bare. — All islands.

232. Erythrina Corallodendron, L. (v. Flamboyant).

Fl. Feb.- April. Precocious. Stamens all of unequal length. Bather
common, especially along roads and near dwellings. — All islands.

233. E. horrida, Egg. (n. sp.).

Fl. Feb.-March. Very prickly. Approaching to the preceding, but
stem, branches, petiole, and leaf-ribs on both sides armed with stout
and straight prickles ; legume terete, loHg-beaked. A low tree, branches
procumbent. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands,

234. Piscidia Erythrina, L. (v. Dog-wood, Stink-tree).

Fl . March-April. Precocious. Only those individuals that flower drop
the leaves. Common in thickets. — All islands

235. Drepanocarpus lunatus, Mey.

St. Croix (Isert, 1787, in Hb. Havn; West, p. 298).

236. Hecastophyllum Brownei, Pers.

Fl. June-Dec. Not uncommon on sandy shores. — All islands.

237. Andira inermis, S\v. (r. Dog Almond, Bastard Mahogany, Hon Kloot).

Fl. May-Aug. and Dec. Xot uncommon in forests and along rivu-
lets.— All islands.

46 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

238. Sophora tomentosa, rL.

Fl. July-Jan. Along sandy shores, rare. — St. Croix (White's Bay,
Turner's ITole).

239. Myrospermrtm frutescens, Jacq.

Fl. May-June. Legume resinous. Naturalized near dwellings. — St.
Croix.

240. Hasmatoxylon campechianum, L. (v. Logwood).

Fl. Feb.-May. The young plants prickly on the stem. Here and
there on sandy shores. More common in former times. — All islands.

241. Parkinsonia aculeata, L. (v. Horse-beau).

Fl. all the year round. Common in dry localities. — All islands.

242. Guilandina Bonduc, L. (v. Yellow Nickars).

FL May-Oct. Common along sandy shores. — All islands.

243. G. melanosperma, Egg. (n. sp.) (v. Black Nickars).

Fl. June-Oct. Eesembling the preceding, but leaflets smaller, gla-
brous, shining, prickles red and seeds shining-black. Seeds used for
ornaments. In dry thickets near the shore, rare. — St. Croix (Sandy Point,
Grape-tree Bay).

244. G. Bonducella, L. (v. Grey Nickars).

Fl. all the year round. Anthers successively dehiscent. Flowers
polygamous. Very common along sandy shores. — All islands.

245. Caesalpinia pulcherrima, Sw. (v. Dudeldu).

Fl. June-Dec. Bracteoles large, subulate, but deciduous before the
expansion of the flower. Commonly naturalized along roads and near
dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

246. Poinciana regia, Boj. (Bot.Ma^2884) (v. Flamboyant).

Fl. May-July. Bracteoles as in the preceding. Leaves deciduous
Dec.- April. A handsome tree of very quick growth. Naturalized in
gardens and near dwellings. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

247. Lebidibia coriaria, Sclil. (v. Dividivi).

Fl. April-May. Legume used for tanning purposes. Rather common
on dry hills. — Virgin Islands (St. Croix, cultivated).

248. Cassia Fistula, L.

Fl. Sept. Naturalized here and there in shady valleys. — St. Croix
(The William).

249. C. grandis, L. (v. Liquorice-tree).

Fl. April-July. The pulp containing rhaphides in abundance. Nat-
uralized and cultivated near dwellings. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 47

250. C. bacillaris, L.

Fl. Nov.-May. Common in thickets and woods on high hills. — St
Thomas.

251. C, bicapsularis, L. (v. Stiverbush, Styvcr bla).

Fl. all the year round. Very common in waste places. — All islands.

252. C. florida, Valil.

Fl. Dec. [Naturalized near towns. — St. Thomas.

253. C. biflcra, L. /3) angustisiliqua, Lam.

Fl. Xov.-May. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Longford).

254. C. alata, L. (v. Golden Candlestick, Fleiti).

Fl. May-Xov. Along rivulets, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands (nat-
uralized in St. Croix).

255. C. cccideatalis, L. (v. Stinking-weed).

Fl. all the year round. Eoot used against fever. A very common
weed near dwellings and in waste places. — All islands.

256. C. obtusifolia, L.

Fl. June-Xov. Common in dry localities. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

(C. triflora, Yahl (Eclog. Am. iii, p. 11) (West, St. Croix), is a doubt-
ful species. I have not been able to find the original specimen of Yahl
in Hb. Havn.)

257. C. glandulcsa, L. a) stricta, Schl., and (3} ramosa.

Fl. all the year round. Both forms common in pastures and along
roads. — All islands.

258. C. nicticans, L.

Fl. all the year round. In the same localities as the preceding. — St.
Croix 5 St. Thomas.

259. Tamarindus indica, L. (v. Tamarind-tree).

Fl. March-June. Naturalized everywhere, especially near dwell-
ings.— All islands.

260. Hytnenasa Courbaril, L. (v. Locnst-tree).

Fl. Jan. and July- Aug. Bracts large, early deciduous. The wood is
an excellent timber on account of its being very hard and close-grained.
In forests, here and there. — All islands.

261. Bauhinia tomentosa, L.

Fl. May-June. Leaves partly deciduous in March. Naturalized in
gardens and near dwellings. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

48 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

262. B. ungula, Jacq

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 214).

263. Adenantbera pavonina, L. (v. Coquelicot).

Fl. July-Oct. Naturalized near dwellings and in shady valleys. —
All islands.

264. Neptunia pubescens, Beuth.

Fl. Aug. Legume containing as many as 9 seeds. Rare. — Buck Island,
near St. Thomas.

265. Desmanthus virgatus, W. a) and /5) strictus, Bert.

Fl. all the year round. Both forms common in pastures and along
roads. — All islands.

266. D. depressus, Kth.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

267. Mimosa pudica, L. a) (v. Gritchee).

Fl. all the year round. In pastures and along roads. — St. Croix (very
rare, Mt. Stewart) ; Virgin Islands (common).

268. M. asperata, L.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 210).

269. M. Ceratonia, L. (v. Black Amaret, Airwretsteckel).

Fl. June-Dec. On high hills. — St. Croix (West, p. 312 ; his specimens
are found in Hb. Havn.) ; Virgin Islands (common).

270. Leucaena glauca, Benth. (v. Wild Tamarind).

Fl. all the year round. Leaflets closing together in strong sunlight.
Seeds used for fancy work, such as collars, baskets, etc. Very common
everywhere, also as secondary growth on cleared woodlands. — All islands.

271. Acacia Catechu, W.

Fl. May-July. Stem furnished with strong black aculei. ^Naturalized,
in shady valleys. — St. Croix (Crequis).

272. A. nudiflora, W. (v. Amaret).

Fl. May and Kov.-Dec. Protandrous. Young foliage reddish. Wood
used for fencing. A low tree. Common in thickets and woods. — Virgin
Islands.

273. A. sarmentosa, Desv. (v. Catch-and-keep, White Police).

Fl. July-Sept. Stem generally angular or even winged. A very spiny
climbing shrub, the recurved spines of which often make thickets impene-
trable. Common on dry hills.— Virgin Islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 49

274. A. macracantha, HB. /3) glabrens (v. Stink Casha).

Fl. Dec.- April. A shrub or low tree. Wood exhaling a very dis-
agreeable odour. Common in thickets on dry hills. — All islands.

275. A. tortuosa, \V. (v. Caslia).

Fl. ail the year round. Flowers fragrant. Bracteoles rhomboid, ciliate.
' Often gregarious. Common on dry hills. — All islands.

276. A. Farnesiana, \V. (v. Casb.fi).

Fl. all the year round. Flowers fragrant ; bracteoles spathulate, ciliate.
Foliage of this and the two former species eaten by goats, and their wood
generally rued for making charcoal. Common in dry localities. — All
islands.

277. A. arabica, W.

Fl. Nov.- Jan. Naturalized near dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

278. A. Lebbek, \V. (v. Thibet-tree).

Fl. April-Sept. Leaves deciduous Nov.-March. Flowers fragrant.
Foliage eaten by cattle. The tree is often overgrown by Loranthus emar-
yinatus. Naturalized in pastures and elsewhere. — St. Croix (very com-
mon) ; Virgin Islands (common, except St. Jan, where the tree seems not
to thrive).

(A. frondosa, W., var. eglandulosa, St. Thomas, is mentioned by
Schlechtendal as spontaneous, but, being an East Indian species, is most
probably only cultivated or at most naturalized. I have not seen the
species in the island.)

279. Calliandra portoricensis, Bentli.

Fl. Feb. Climbing by the aid of young branches that twine themselves
around the branches of other trees. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (King's
Hill) ; Vieques.

280. C. purpurea, Bentli. (v. Soldier-'wood, West).

St. Croix (Gris. Fl. p. 224, probably on the authority of West. This
author, however, says, p. 312, that the tree is only cultivated in the isl-
and. His specimens are in existence in Hb. Havn. I have not seen the
tree on the island).

281. C, Saman, Gris. (v. Giant Thibet-tree).

Fl. May- Aug. A very large tree of quick growth. Naturalized near

dwellings and planted along roads. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

I

282. Fithecolobium unguis-cati, Benth. «) and /3) forfex, Kth. (v. Crab-prickle).

Fl. Sept.- Jan. Gynophore V" long. Seeds black, shining 5 arillus
rosy. Wood used for fishpots. Both forms common on limestone and
in marshy soil. — All islands.

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 4

50 FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

283. Inga laurina, W. (v. Lady-finger-tree).

Fl. July-Sept, and Jan.-March. Petiole bearing a narrow wing on
each side. Corolla greenish. (Jacquin's drawing clfces not show any
wing on the petiole. In the letterpress, however, of his Stirp. Am., he
expresses a doubt whether the petiole is winged or not.) Wood used
for fences, etc. Common in forests. — All islands.

[Cultivated species : Pisum sativum, L. ( v. Green Pea) ; Dolichos splicero-
spermus, DC. (v. Black-eye Pea) ; D. sesquipedalis, L. ; Poimiana Gilliesii,
Hook. ; and a Casparea.]

CHRYSOBALANACE^E.

284. Chryscbalanus Icaco, L. (v. Cocoa-plum, Cacos).

Fl. Dec.-Feb. and July- Aug. Fruit black or white ; used for preserves.
On sandy shores or in forests on high hills. Common. — All islands.

ROSACEJE.

[Many varieties of Rosa gallica, L., and R. centifoUa, L., are cultivated
in gardens on all the islands, and are flowering abundantly all the year
round. In the time of West (c. 1790), roses were rare, and flowered but
seldom, so that we here seem to have an instance of gradual acclimati-
sation.]

285. CalyY>tranthes Thomasiana, Berg (Linnsea, xxvii, 26).
St. Thomas (Yentenat and Eavn in Hb. Havn.).

286. C. Chytraculia, Sw. /?) ovalis, Berg, and t) Zyzygium, Berg (1. c.p.28).

In forests, rare. — St. Thomas ; St. Croix.

287. C. pallens, Gris.

Fl. July- Aug. Branchlets quadrangular. In forests, rare. — St. Croix
(Kingshill Gut); St. Thomas (Crown).

288. Myrcia coriacea, DC. 7) Imrayana, Gris.

Fl. June- July. In forests on high hills, uncommon. — AU islands.

289. Jambosa malaccensis, DC.

Fl. April-May. Naturalized in shady valleys; rare. — St. Croix (Cre-
quis).

290. J. vulgaris, DC. (Y. Pomerose-tree).

Fl. March-June. Fruit used for preserves. Naturalized along rivu-
lets and in forests, common. — All islands.

291. Eugenia buxifolia, W. %

Fl. June-Sept. Petioles reddish. Gregarious, especially along the
seashore.— St Croix; .St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 51

p

292. E. Poiretii, DC.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 236).

293. E. monticola, DC.

Fl. July-Sept. Leaves variable, distichous. Flowers strongly fra-
grant. Wben not flowering, the shrub emits a foetid smell. Bather
common in forests. — All islands.

294. E. axillaris, Poir.

Fl. Aug.-Oct. Leaves variable. Petiole reddish. In thickets 5
rare. — St. Croix (Lebanon Hill, Fair Plain).

295. E. lateriflora, W. (E. cordata, DC. Prodr. iii, 272, and probably E. scssiliflvra, ib.

273).

Fl. Sept.-Xov. Leaves very variable, ovate, cuneate, or oblong.
Flowers sessile or subsessile, crowded in the axils. Berry globose,
purple, 2'" diam. Common in thickets and forests. — All islands.

296. E. sessiliflora, Valil (Symb. Bot. iii, 64).

Fl. July-Oct. Fruit large, rosy, f "-1" diam. Flowers sessile, large,
white, 5'" diam. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas
(CowelPs Hill).

(Both DC. and Gris. seem to confound these two very distinct species,
the flowers and fruits of which are highly different in most respects.
DC. Prodr. iii, 273, says of his E. sessiliflora: Fractus dimidio minor
quam E. laterifloroe, yet immediately above he says of this latter species:
Fructus et sem. ignoti. VahPs description is very correct, also, of the
fruit, of which he says: Pruni magnitudine, globosus.)

297. E. flav«virens, Berg (I.e.).
St. Jan (Eavn in Hb. Havn.).

298. E. glabrata, DC. (Prodr. iii, 274).

St. Croix (Berg).

299. E. pallens, DC. (E. nitida, Vahl in Hb. Havn.) (v. Cromberry).

Fl. Sept.-Xov. Leaves shining. In forests, uncommon. — All islands.

300. E. acetosans, Poir. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 283).

St. Jan (in forests, Berg in LinnaBa, xxx, 662) ; St. Croix (Mount Eagle,
Richard). ,

301. E. virgultosa, DC.

Fl. April-July. Leaves variable. Common along the seashore and
in forests. — All islands.

52 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

. E. procera, Poir. (v. Black Cherry, Rock-myrtle) (Myrtus cerasina, Vahl iii West,
p. 290).

Fl. Feb. and Aug.-Nov. Flowers fragrant ; fruit edible ; a favourite
food for wild pigeons. In forests, common. — All islands.

303. E. pseudopsidium, Jacq. (E. Thomasiana, Berg) (v. Bastard Guava, Christmas

Cherry).

Fl. April-Dec. Flowers fragrant; fruit oval. A shrub or low tree. In
forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

304. E. ligustrina, W.

Fl. April and Sept. In thickets and woods, common. — All islands.

305. E. portoricensis, DC. (Prod, iii, 266) (Stenocalyx, Berg).

St. Croix (ex Hb. Vahlii in Hb. Berol.).

306. E. uiiiflora, L. (v. Surinam Cherry).

Fl. March- Aug. Fruit edible, acidulous. A middle-sized tree. Nat-
uralized and planted in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

307. E. floiibunda, West (v. Guava-berry).

Fl. June-Aug. Berry black, globose, shining, 4'" diam., aromatic ;
used for preserves or put in rum. In -forests, not uncommon. — All isl-
ands.

(E. marginata and E. micrantha. West, p. 290, are not mentioned in
VahPs Symb. Bot. pars iii, as stated, and are probably included in some
of the species enumerated above.)

308. Anamomis punctata, Gris.

Fl. June. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Maroon Hill, Wills Bay) ; St.

Jan (Cinnamon Bay).

•

309. Pimenta vulgaris, W. & A. (v. Cinnamon-bush).

*

Fl. June-July. In forests, rare. An excellent timber tree. — St. Croix
(Maroon Hill) ; Virgin Islands.

310. P. acris, W. & A. (v. Bay-leaf), a).

Fl. July-Aug. From the leaves the well-known bay-rum is distilled.
In forests near the coast, not common. — St. Croix ; Vieques.

311. Psidium Guava, Radd. (v. Guava). a).

Fl. all the year round. Fruit edible ; also used for preserves. Very
common, overrunning pastures and becoming troublesome in many
places. — All islands.

312. P. cordatum, Sims. (v. Sperry Guava).

Fl. May-July. Fruit fragrant. In thickets on hills, not uncommon. —
Virgin Islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 53

313. Punica granatum, L. (v. Pomegranate).

Fl. April-Oct. Flowers crimson or yellow Fruit the same. Natur-
alized in valleys and near dwellings. — All islands.

314. Mouriria domingensis, Walp. (Petaloma Mouriri, Sw.).

St. Croix (Baudonius Gut, West, p. 285, and specimens in Hb. Havn.).
[Cultivated species : Alyrtus communis, L. (v. Myrtle), and Couroupita

guianensis, Aubl. (v. Nutmeg).]

315. Clidemia hirta, Don.

St. Thomas (Eiedle sec. Naudin, Ann. des sc. nat. 1853, xviii, p. 532).

316. C. spicata, DC.

Fl. June-July. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

317. C. rubra, Mart.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 248; Finlay sec. Naudin, 1. c.).

318. Diplochita serrulata, DC.

Fl. Feb.-May. Not uncommon in wooded valleys. — St. Croix; St.
Thomas.

319. Tetrazygia elaeagnoides, DC.

Fl. April-Aug. Common in forests and on high hills. — All islands.

320. Miconia argyrophylla, DC.

St. Thomas (Fiulay sec. Naudin, Gris. Fl. p. 256).

321. M. impetiolaris, Don.

Leaves as long as 1J'.— St. Croix (West in Hb. Havn.) ; St. Thomas
(Gris. Fl. p. 256; Bonpland sec. Naudin. Montserrat (Eyan in Hb.
Havn.).

322. M. prasina, DC.

St. Thomas (Eiedle sec. Naudin).

323. M. l£evigata,t)C.

Fl. March-July. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

324. M. angustifolia, Gris.

Fl. March. A good-sized shrub, often gregarious on limestone. — St.
Croix (Benzoii in Hb. Havn.); Virgin Islands (not uncommon. Mont-
serrat (Eyan in Hb. Havn.).

[Several of the species mentioned by Naudin as having been collected
hi St. Thomas I omit as being a rather doubtful habitat. These are :
Tsliudya lerbiceana, Gris. (Hiconia, Naud.) ; Cremanium amygdalinum,
Gris. (Osscea, DC.), and Nepsera aquatica, Naud.]

54 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

JLYTHRARIEJE:.

325. Ammania latifolia, L.

Fl. Dec.-June. Here and there in moist localities. — St. Croix (Lower
Cove, Anna's Hope) ; St. Thomas (Flag Hill).

326. Antherylium Rohrii, Vahl (Symb. Bot.iii, 66) (v. Prickle-wood).

Fl. Oct.-March. Precocious. Petiole bibracteate above the middle.
In marshy soil near the coast. — St. Croix (rare; Fair Plain, Stony
Ground) ; Virgin Islands (common).

[Cultivated species : Lawsonia inermis, L. (v. Mignonette), and Lager-
stromia indica, L. (v. Queen of Flowers).]

ONAORACE.E.

327. Jussieua suffruticosa, L. a) ligustrifolia, Kth.

Fl. all the year round. Here and there in moist places. — St. Croix
(Crequis, Golden Bock); St. Thomas (Caret Bay).

RHIZOPHORACEJE.

328. Rhizophora Mangle, L. (v. Mangrove, Mangelboom).

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious along the shore of lagoons. — All
islands. (See Botaniska Notiser, 1877, Lund, and Vidensk. Medd. fra
Naturhist. Forening in Copenhagen, 1877-78.)

COMBRETACE^E.

329. Terminalia Catappa, L. (v. Almond-tree).

Fl. Jan.- April and Sept. Naturalized in valleys and near dwellings. —
St. Croix (common) ; Virgin Islands (rare).

330. Laguncularia racemosa, G. (v. White Mangrove).

Fl. all the year round. Wood used for fishpots. Common in salt-
water lagoons. — All islands.

331. Bucida Buceras, L. (v. Gregery). *

Fl. May- Aug. A splendid timber tree. Leaves often attacked by a
fungus (Erineum, vide Kunze mycol. Hefte, ii, 148). Flowers often trans-
formed into long monstrosities (figured already in P. Browne's Jamaica,
tab. 23). Common in valleys and especially along the coast. — All isl-
ands.

332. Conocarpus erecta, L. (v. Button-wood), «) and 3} procumbens, Jacq.

Fl. all the year round. Common along the coast and in lagoons. —
All islands.
(Cultivated species : Quisqualis indica, L.]

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 55

CUCURBITACEJS.

(Griseb. Flora, and Naudin: Annales des sc. nat. 1859, '62, '63, and '66.)

333. Momordica Charantia, L. a) and /3) pseudobalsamina (v. Maid-apple).
Fl. Dec. and April-Aug. Common on fences and near ditches. — All

islands.

334. Luffa cylindrica, Roem. (Syn. Mon. ii, 63) (L. Petola, Ser. Wight Icon, ii, t. 499)

(v. Strainer-vine).

Fl. Oct.-Dec. Tendril 5-fid. Fruit brown, 4" long. Naturalized on
fences. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

335. Cucurbita Pepo, L. a) (v. Pumpkin) and /3) Melopepo (v. Squash).

Fl. May.-Xov. and Feb. Fruit used extensively as a vegetable.
Naturalized and cultivated. — All islands.

336. Lagenaria vulgaris, Ser. a) (v. Gobie) and /?) viscosa, Egg. (v. Bitter Gobie).

Fl. Sept.-Jan. The whole plant has a strong smell. Tendril 2-fld.
ft) leaves viscous, petiole biglandular near the top. Used as a blister.
Xot uncommon in waste places, a) on fences. Fruit used for goblets. —

St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

•

337. Melothria pervaga, Gris.

Fl. Dec.— April. In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

338. Cucumis Anguria, L. (v. Cucumber).

Fl. Jan.-March. Anthers glabrous in the bud, pilose after dehiscence,
collecting the pollen. Berry used for soup and pickles. Common in
pastures and on fences. — All islands.

339. Cephalandra indica, Xaud. (1. c. 1866, p. 14) (Coccinia, W. & A.).

Fl. Dec.-June. Naturalized near dwellings and in shady valleys. —
St. Croix.

340. Trianospenna graciliflomm, Gris. (T. Belangcrii, Xaud.).

Fl. Xov.-Jan. Leaf 3-5-lobed. Tendril often bifid. In forests, not
uncommon. — All islands.

341. T. ficifolium. Mart. (Syst. nat. med. veg. Bras. 79) (jBry&nia, Lam.).

Fl. March. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Soldier Bay) ;
St. Jan (West, p. 301).

342. Anguria trilobata, L.

'St. Croix (Ham's Bluff, West, p. 305).

343. A. glomerata, Egg. (n. sp.)«

Fl. Feb.-March and May-Aug. Boot tuberous. Stem suffruticose,
bark greyish. Leaves alternate, ovate-triangulate or 3-lobed, some-

56 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

times 3-partite, narrowly cordate at the base, denticulate, acuminate,
scabrous above, whitish pubescent beneath. Tendril simple. 9 flowers
glomerate, sessile or subsessile, 8-20 in the glomerule. Calyx urceolate-
cylindrical, small. Petals 5, orange-coloured or red, lanceolate, erect, 5//y
long. Style bifid; stigmas thick, globose, obsoletely 2-lobed. Ovary 2-
locular; ovules 3-8 in each cell. Berries densely glomerate, sessile or
subsessile, oval, glabrous, striate, red, 8"' long. Seeds 3-8, urceolate-
globose, verrucose, brownish, 2'" long. $ unknown. A high climber.
Stem often \" diam. at the base, succulent. In forests, not uncom-
mon.— St. Croix (Jacob's Peak, Claremont,) ; St. Thomas (Picaru Penin-
sula).

All Cucurbitacese are protogynous.

[Cultivated species : Sechium edule, Sw. ( v. Choco) ; Cucumis sativus, L.
(v. Mutton-cucumber) ; C. Melo, L. (v. Muskmelon), and Citrullus vul-
garis, Schrader (v. Watermelon).]

PAPAYACE.E.

344. Carica Papaya, L. (v. Papaw).

Fl. March-Aug. Stem often branched. Fruit used 'as a vegetable.
Common near dwellings and in waste places. All islands.

PASS1FL.ORACEJE.

345. Passiflora suberosa, L. (v. Pop, Indigo-berry).

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Common on rocks and fences. — All islands.

346. P. pallida, L.

Fl. Oct.-Dec. In forests, rare.— St. Croix (Wills Bay); St. Jan.

347. P. hirsuta, L. (P. parviftora, Sw.)

St. Croix (West, p. 30.

348. P. peltata, Oav.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

349. P. rubra, L.

Fl. Sept.-Feb. In forests and on rocks. — St. Croix (rare) ; Virgin Isl-
ands (common).

350. P. laurifolia, L. (v. Boll-apple).

Fl. all the year round. Leaf-margin glanduliferous. Berry fragrant,
containing an edible pulp. In thickets on high hills (perhaps only nat-
uralized) and cultivated. — All islands.

351. P. incarnata, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 304).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 57

352. P. foetida, L. (v. Love in the njist).

Fl. Sept.-Jan. Protandrous. On fences and near ditches, common. —
St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

[Cultivated species : P. quadrangularis, L. (v. Grenadilla), the berry of
which is edible.]

TURNER ACE JE.

353. Turnera ulmifolia, L.

Fl. March-Get. In waste places, common. — All islands.

354. T. parviflora, Benth.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. and Jan.-May. Leaves always eglandular • calyx not
tomentose. Gregarious on rocky seashores, rare. — St. Thomas (CowelPs
Hill) 5 Buck Island, near St. Thomas.

CACTACE^:.

355. Mamillaria nivosa, Link (Pfeiffer Enum. Cact. 1837, p. 11) ~(M. im-tolentis,

Hort. BeroL).

Fl. all the year round. Flower pale yellow ; berry clavate, purple.
Seeds brownish. On rocks near the seashore. — Buck Island and Flat
Cays, near St. Thomas ; Tortola (Pf.).

356. Melocactus communis, DC. (v. Pope's Head).

Fl. all the year round. Berry clavate, purple, j" long. Seeds black,
verrucose. Up to four feet high. On dry hills and rocks, especially
near the shore. — All islands.

357. M. atrosauguineus, Hort. Berol.
St. Thomas (Pf. 1. c. p. 44).

358. Cereus floccosus. Hort. Berol. (v. Dildo).

Fl. Oct. -July. Berry depressed globose, dark crimson, 1£" diam.
Pulp red; seeds small, black. On dry hills in thickets, common. — All
islands.

359. C. annatus, Otto.

St. Thomas (Pf. 1. c. p. 81).

360. C. triangularis, Haw. (v. CMgger-apple).

Fl. July. Berry large, crimson, edible, 5" long, oval. On trees and
rocks in forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

361. C. grajjdiflorus, Haw. (v. Nightblooming Cereus).

Fl. May-July. Naturalized in gardens and near dwc^ings. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.

58 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

362. Opuntia curassavica, Mill. (v. Suckers).

PL all the year round. Berry purple, f " long, clavate. Gregarious
in dry localities, which are often rendered impenetrable by its presence.
Very common. — All islands.

363. O. Tuna, Mill. (v. Prickly Pear).

PL all the year round. Berry ovate, crimson, edible. Seeds small,
black. Used for fencing purposes. In dry localities, very common. —
All islands.

364. O. horrida, Salm. (v. Bull-suckers).

PL all the year round. Flower reddish-yellow. In dry localities, com-
mon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

365. O. spinosissima, Mill.

PL all the year round. Spines white, 5-8 in each cluster, deciduous
on the stein. Flower f " diameter. Plant reaching 20/-25/ high. In dry
thickets, common. — All islands.

366. O. tuberculata, Haw. (v. French Prickly Pear).

PL the whole year. Flower small, yellow. Branches used for poul-
tices. Plant lO'-lS' high. Naturalized and planted near dwellings. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.

367. O. ccccinellifera, Mill.

PL all the year round. Plant 15'-20' high. On limestone, uncom-
mon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

368. O. catocantha, Hort. Berol.
St. Thomas (Pf. 1. c. p. 166).

369. Peireskia aculeata, Mill. (v. Surinam Gooseberry).

PL July. Fruit acidulous, edible. Naturalized and cultivated. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

370. P. Bleo, HB. K.

PL all the year round. Sepals accrescent on the fruit. Naturalized
and cultivated in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

[Cultivated species: Cereus peruvianus, Tabem.; C. monoclonos, DC.;
C. repandusj Haw., and C. Phyllantlms, DC.]

371. Bryophyllum calycinum, Salisb. (v. Wonderful Leaf).

PL Jan.-March. — Naturalized in dry localities, common, gregarious. —
All islands.

FLORA OF ST CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 59

ARAL.IACEJE.

372. Panax speciosum, Willd. (Spec. Plant, iv, p. 1126).

Xot seen flowering. Leaflets 8, of unequal size, the central ones lar-
gest. Margin slightly undulate and denticulate. Upper surface covered
with- distant and deciduous muricate hairs ; tomentuin on the lower sur-
face deciduous. A low tree. In forests, very rare. St. Jan (King's
Hill, 1000', on the northern slope of the hills). (Cuba, Porto Eico, Ca-
racas.)

UMBELLIFERJB.

373. Eryngium fcetidum, L.

Fl. Sept.-May. Biennial. Along rivulets and in moist places, rare.
—St. Thomas (Caret Bay).

374. Anethum graveolens, L. (v. Dill).

Fl. March-Get. Naturalized along roads and near dwellings. — All
islands.

[Cultivated species: Petroselinum sativum7 Hoffiu. (v. Parsley) 5 Daucus
Carota, L. (v. Carrot) ; Pimpinella Anisum, L. (v. Anise) ; Fceniculum vul-
gare, GaBrtu. (v. Fennel); Anthriscus ccrefoliwn, L. (v. Chervil), and
Apium graveolens, L. (v. Celery).]

LORANTHACEJE

375. Loranthus emarginatus, Sw. (v. Baas-frani-boom).

Fl. all the year round. Inflorescences uniserial. On trees, especially
Acacia Lebbek and Pisonia siibcordata. Common. — All islands.

376. Phoradendron flavens, Gris.

Fl. April-June. Seed compressed, green, with white bauds. On Pi-
sonia subcordata, rare. — St. Croix (Stony Ground).

CAPRIFOMACEjE.

[Cultivated occur: Sambucus nigra, L. (Fl. April- July), and Lonicera
Caprifolium, L. (v. Honey-suckle).]

377. Genipa americana, L.

Fl. July. In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown) j St. Jan
(Eogiers).

378. Catesbaea parviflora, Sw.

Fl. Sept .-Dec. Fruit black, shining. In dry thickets, uncommon. —
St. Croix (Fair Plain).

60 FLORA OF ST CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

379. Randla aculeata, L. a) and /3) mitis.

Fl. April-July, a) in dry thickets, /?) in shady valleys. Common.—
All islands.

380. Hamelia patens, Jacq.

Fl. all the year round. 6'-15' high. In shady valleys, not uncom-
mon.— All islands.

381. H. lutea, Rohr.

Fl. all the year round. In forests, uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

382. Gonsalea spicata, DC.

Fl. May-Oct. In pastures on high hills, above 1000', not uncommon. —
Virgin Islands.

383. Exostemma caribaeum, R. S. (v. Black Torch).

Fl. June-Dec. Common in thickets. — All islands.

384. Portlandia grandiflora, L.

Fl. June-Dec.— St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. iv, p. 405 ; Gris. Fl. p. 324) ; St.
Croix (cultivated).

385. Rondeletia pilosa, Sw.

Fl. all the year round. In thickets. — St. Croix (rare, near Cane Bay) ;
Virgin Islands (common).

386. Oldenlandia corymbosa, L.

Fl. Feb.-March. Seeds brown, minutely verrucose. In waste places,
rare. — St. Croix (Government House yard).

387. O. callitrichioides, Gris. (PI. Wright, p. 503).

Fl. Dec. Flower expanded early in the morning and late in the after-
noon. Gregarious among stones. — St. Croix (Government House).

388. Spigelia anthelmia, L. (v. Worm-weed).

Fl. all the year round. In open, moist localities, uncommon. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.

389. Guettarda scabra, Lam.

Fl. June-Dec. Flower expanded towards evening. Drupe dark crim-
son, often 1-seeded by abortion. In woods, common. — All islands.

390. G. parvifolia, Sw.

Fl. July-Get. In woods, not uncommon. — All islands.

391. Stenostomum lucidum, G.

Fl. Dec.-April. In forests, rare.— St. Croix ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 61

392. Chione glabra, DC.

Xot seen flowering. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Fair Plain) ; St.
Thomas (Soldier Bay).

393. Scolosanthus versicolor, Vahl.

Fl. Oct.-Dec. Pedicels often transformed into spines, as mentioned
by DC. (Prodr. iv, 484), Leaves 2///-3/// long.— St. Croix (West and Eyan
in Hb. Havn.) ; St. Thomas (rather common in thickets) ; Water Island.

394. Erithalis fruticosa, L. a) and /3) odorifera, Jacq.

Fl. Oct.-March. Along the coast, not uncommon. — All islands.

395. Chiococca racemosa, Jacq.

Fl. March-Dec. In forests, common. — All islands.

396. Ixora ferrea, Benth.

Fl. Feb.-May and Nov.-Dec. Among rocks on high hills over 12007,
not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Crown).

397. Coffea arabica, L. (v. Coffee-tree).

Fl. May- July. Berry ripe Xov.-Dee. Naturalized in shady localities.
Formerly cultivated on most estates on a small scale, principally in St.
Jan. — All islands.

398. Faramea odoratissima, DC. (v. Wild Coffee).

FL June. In thickets on high hills. — St. Croix (West and Benzon in
Hb. Havn.) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

399. Psychotria glabrata, Sw.

Fl. June-Sept. Here and there in shady valleys. — All islands.

400. P. tenuifolia, Sw.

FL May. In thickets on high hills, rare.— St. Thomas (Crown, 15007).

401. P. Brownei, Sprg.

Fl. June-Sept. In woods, common. — All islands.

402. P. horizontalis, Sw.

FL May-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.

403. Palicourea Pavetta, DC. c) and ,9) var. rosea, Egg.

FL Feb. and Aug. P) corolla-lobes rosy, anthers bluish, and stem
brownish. In forests, not uncommon. — ft) all islands, a) St. Thomas
(Signal Hill).

404. Morinda citrifolia, L. (v. Pain-killer).

Fl. June- Aug. Leaves used against headache. Naturalized in gar-
dens.— St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

62 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

405. Geophila reniformis, Cham. & Sclil.

Fl. Dec.-Jan. and Aug. On the ground in dense woods, rare. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, St. Peter) ; Vieques (Hb. Havn.).

406. Ernodea litoralis, Sw.

Fl. Dec.-May. Along sandy coasts, not uncommon. — All islands.

407. Diodia rigida,Cliam. & Schl. (Linnaea, iii, 341).
St. Thomas (Schl.).

408. D. sarmfentosa, Sw.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

409. Spermacoce tenuior, Lam. (v. Iron-grass), a) and /?) angustifolia, Egg.

Fl. all the year round. /3) leaves linear-lanceolate. In pastures and
along roads. Both forms common. — All islands.

410. Borreria verticillata, Mey.

Fl. May-Oct. Suffruticose. In pastures on hills. — St. Croix (Hb.
Havn.) 5 St. Thomas (not uncommon on Crown).

411. B. stricta, Mey. (Primit. Fl. Essequib. p. 83).

Fl. Dec.-March. In pastures, here and there. — St. Croix (Parade
Ground).

(B. vaginata, Ch. & Schl. (St. Thomas, Schl.), is a doubtful species
(DC. Prod, iv, 551).)

412. B. parviflora, Mey.

Fl. March- June. Along roads and in forests. — St. Croix (Benzon in
Hb. Havn.) j St. Jan (Eustenberg, not uncommon).

[Cultivated species : Ixora Bandhuca, Eoxb. (v. Burning Love), and
I. stricta, Eoxb.]

SI 1VAI\ THERE /E.

413. Sparganophorus Vaillantii, G.

Fl. March-Sept. In moist localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St.
Thomas (DC. Prod, v, 12).

414. Vernonia arborescens, Sw. a) Swartziana, /3) Lessingiana, y) divaricata, Sw.
Fl. May-Dec. In thickets, all three forms not uncommon. — All islands.

415. V. punctata, Sw.

Fl. all the year round. In thickets, common. — All islands.

416. V. Thomae, Beiith. (Via. Medd. fraNat. For. 1852, p. 66).

Fl. all the year round. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 63

417. Elephantopus mollis, Kth.

Fl. March-May. Head 4-flowered. In pastures, here and there.*—

All islands.
i

418. Distreptus spicatus, Cass.

Fl. Jan.-March. In pastures and along roads, common. — All islands.

419. Ageratum conyzoides, L.

Fl. Dec.-June. Achenium usually 4-gouous. Along roads and ditches,
common. — All islands.

420. Hebeclinium macrophyllum, DC.

Fl. June-Sept. Achenium black, 3-gonous. In forests. — St. Croix
(rare; Caledonia, Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas (not uncommon).

421. Eupatorium odoratum, L. (v. Christmas-bush).

Fl. Xov. -March. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.

422. E. repandum, "W.

Fl. Dec.-July. On hills, not common. — All islands.

423. E. atriplicifolium, Yalil (Symb. Bot. iii, 96).

Fl. Dec.-May. Leaves coriaceous, glabrous ; glandular impressions
numerous on the upper surface. Flower odorous. On sandy shores,
common. — All islands.

424. E. canescens, Vahl.

Fl. Oct.-Xov. In thickets, uncommon. St. Croix (Spring-gut) ; St.
Thomas (DC. Prod, v, 155).

425. E. Ayapana, Vent.

St. Croix (naturalized sec. Vahl, who received it from Pflugj probably
only cultivated).

426. E. cuneifolium, Willd.

St. Thomas (DC. Prod, v, 177).

427. Mikania gonoclada, DC.

Fl. Dec.-March. In forests. — St. Croix (rare ; Caledonia) ; Virgin
Islands (not uncommon).

428. Erigeron cuneifolius, DC. (Prod, v, 288).

Fl. Dec.-July. — Ehizome perennial, for which reason this species must
be considered sufficiently distinct from the annual E. Jamaicensis, Sw.
The two species are united into one by Prof. Grisebach in his Fl. p. 365.
In pastures on high hills, not uncommon above 12007. — Virgin Islands.

429. E. spathulatus, Vahl.

Fl. April-July. Along roads and ditches, rather common. — All islands.

64 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

430. E. canadensis, L.

%F1. June-No v. Bay -flowers often ligulate. Along roads, common. —
All islands.

431. Baccharis Vahlii, DC. (Prod, v, 411) (B. dioica, Vahl).

Fl. all the year round. As much as 30' high. On rocky seashores,
gregarious, not uncommon. (The specific name of DC. is to be pre-
ferred to that of Yahl, notwithstanding the priority of the latter, for
the reasons stated in the Prodromus.) — St. Croix (northwestern coast).

432. Pluchea odorata, Cass. (v. Sweet Scent, Ovra bla).

Fl. Feb,-April. Leaves used as tea against colds and as diuretic
medicine. In moist localities, not uncommon. — All islands.

433. P. purpurascens, DC.

Fl. all the year round. Along rivulets, not uncommon. — St. Croix
(Gallows Bay, Kingshill Gut).

434. Pterocaulon virgatum, DC.

Fl. all the year round. On dry hills, common. — All islands.

435. Melampodium divaricatum, DC. (Prod, v, 520) (M. paludosum, Kth.).

Fl. Oct.-Feb. Along ditches, gregarious, rare. — St. Croix (Jolly Hill).

436. Ogiera ruderalis, Gris.

Virgin Islands (Gris. Fl. p. 369).

437. Acanthospermum humile, DC.

Fl. all the year round. Leaves not glandular beneath. A common
weed along roads. — St. Thomas.

438. Xanthium macrocarpum, DC. (Prodr. v, 523) (X. oricntale, L.).

Fl. Oct.-Feb. A common weed, naturalized around dwellings. — All
islands.

439. Parthenium Hysterophorus, L. (v. Mule-weed, White-head-broom).

Fl. all the year round. A very common weed everywhere. — All islands.

440. Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, L. /?) trinitensis.

Fl. Sept.-Oct. Naturalized in waste places. — St. Croix (Fredrikssted).

441. Zinnia multiflora, L. (v. Snake-flower).

Fl. Feb.-Aug. Along roads, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

442. Z. elegans, Jacq.

Fl. May-Oct. Naturalizeel in gardens. — All islands.

443. Eclipta alba, Hassk.

Fl. June-Feb. In moist localities, not uncommon. — All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 65

444. Bonichia arborescens, DC.

Fl. all the year round. On sandy shores, gregarious. — St. Croix (com-
mon) 5 St. Thomas (Smith's Bay).

445. Wedelia carnosa, Rich.

Fl. June-Jan. Along ditches, gregarious. — St. Croix (western part
of the island, not uncommon).

446. W. buphthalmoides, Gris. (v. Wild Tobacco), a), £) antiguensis, Nichols,

ami 7) dominicensis.

Fl. all the year round. Leaves delicately fragrant, a) rare j £) and /-)
common along roads and in thickets. — All islands.

447. W. affinis, DC. (Prod, v, 541) (W. calycina, Rich.).

St. Thomas (Wydler).

448. W. acapulensis, HB. K.

St. Thomas (Schl. in Linna-a, 1831, 727).

(Grisebach, Fl. 372, thinks these two species to be included probably
in TT. frutcscenSj Jacq.)

449. W. cruciana, Rich.

St. Croix (DC. Prodr. v, 542).

450. W. discoidea, Less. (Linniea, 1831, 728).

St. Thomas (Less. 1. c.).

451. Melanthera deltoidea, Rich.

St. Thomas (Less.).

452. Sclerocarpus africanus, Jacq. (Icon.Rar. i, 1. 176).

Fl. Nov.-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, rare. (Naturalized?) —
St. Thomas (Parade ground).

453. Bidens leucanthus, "W.

Fl. Sept .-Dec. Under trees, on high hills. — St. Croix (West, p. 303);
Virgin Islands (common).

454. B. bipinnatus, L.

Fl. Sept.-March. Achenium often 5-aristate. In pastures and along
ditches, common. — All islands.

455. Cosmos caudatus, Kth.

Fl. Dec.-March. Along roads and in fields, not uncommon. — All
islands.

456. Verbesina alata, L.

Fl. Feb.-Aug. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.
Bull. Xat. Mus. No. 13 5

G6 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

457. Synedrella nodiflora, G. (v. Fatten barrow).

Fl. all the year round. A common weed everywhere. — All islands.

458. Pectis punctata, Jacq.

Fl. Oct.-March. In pastures and along ditches, common. — All
islands.

459. P. linifolia, Less.

St. Thomas (Less. Gris. Fl. p. 378).

460. P. humifusa, Sw.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on rocks and between stones, not
uncommon. — All islands.

461. Egletes domingensis, Cass. a) glabrata, DC.; /?) carduifolia, DC.; 7) genuina.
Fl. all the year round. On the sandy seashore, «) and y) rather com-
mon. /?) found by Oersted (Vid. Medd. 1852, p. 106).— St. Thomas.

462. Erechthites hieracifolia, Raf. a) and 7) cacaloides, Less.

Fl. all the year round. In moist localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix
(r)} St. Thomas («).

463. Emilia sonchifolia, DC.

Fl. Jan.-Oct. In shady localities. Naturalized, common. — All
islands.

464. E. sagittata, DC. (Prodr. vi, 302) (Cacalia coccinea, Sims.).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

(Cacalia coccinea, Sims., is, according to DC. Prodr. vi, 332, a synonym
for Emilia coccinea. This latter species does, however, not occur in the
Prodromus at all, and on a former page, 302, the Cacalia of Sims, is given
as synonymous with E. sagittata.)

465. Leria nutans, DC.

Fl. June-March. In shady localities on hills, not uncommon. — All
islands.

466. Brachyrhamphus intybaceus, DC. (Jacq. Icon.Rar. i, t. 162).

Fl. all the year round. Near dwellings and in waste places, a com-
mon weed. — All islands.

467. Sonchus oleraceus, L. (v. Wild Salad).

Fl. all the year round. Achenium mostly 4-furrowed. Along roads
and near dwellings, common. — All islands.

(Chrysogonum dickotomum, sp. nov., Valil, mentioned in West, p. 303,
as occurring in St. Croix, is not described in any of VahFs publications ;

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 67

and as no specimens are to be found in Hb. Hayn., I have not been able
to identify the species.)

[Cultivated species: Heliantlius annum, L. (v. Sunflower); PyretJirum
indicum, Cass.; Aster c7ti;ie?ms,L.; Tagetes patula, L.; Tithonia speciosa,
Hook.; Georgina vari-alilis, TVllkL, and Lactuca sativa, L. (v. Salad).]

468. Isotoma loiigiflora, Prsl.

Fl. all the year round. The whole plant is poisonous. In shady locali-
ties and in pastures on high hills. St. Croix (rare, Mount Pleasant,
\Vills Bay) ; Virgin Islands (rather common on the hills).

GOODEtfOVIACE^J.

469. Scaevola Plumieri, L.

FL Jan.-April. On sandy shores. — St. Croix (not uncommon) ; St.

Thomas (Smith's Bay).

UIYRSINACEJE.

470. Ardisia coriacea, Sw.

Fl. June- Aug. Leaves minutely spotted beneath. In forests and on
high hills, not uncommon. — All islands.

471. Jacquinia armillaris, L. a) and ,3) arborea, V. (v. Bay Sallie).

FL Sept.-Feb. On the rocky shore, not uncommon. — All islands.

472. Chrysophyll'jm Cainito, L. (v. Star-apple).

Fl. May- July. Fruit edible. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Springfield) ;
St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

473. C. paucifloruro, Lam.

Fl. June. In forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Flag Hill).

474. C. olivifonne, S\T. 8) monopyrenum.

Fl. July. Iii forests, not very common. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

475. C. microphyllum, Jacq. (v. Palmar).

FL Sept.-Jan. In wooded valleys, rare. — St Croix (Bugby Hole) ; St.
Thomas (Santa Maria Gut).

476. C. glabrum, Jacq.

FL Sept.-Dec. and March-July. In woods and thickets, common. —
All islands.

477. Sapota Achras, Mill. (v. Mespel).

Fl. Sept.-Oct. and March. Fruit sweet, edible. In forests and culti-
vated, common. — All islands.

68 FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

473. S. Siderosylcn, Gris. (v. Bully wood).

Not seen in flower. A tall tree, affording a splendid purple, very
hard timber. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (Baas Gut).

479. Sideroxylon Mastichcdendron, Jacq. (v. Mastic).

Fl. Aug.-Sept. An excellent timber tree. In forests, rare. — St. Croix
(Lebanon Hill); St. Thomas (Northside Bay); St. Jan (Baas Gut)
(Montserrat, Kyan in Hb. Havn.).

480. Dipholis salicifolia, DC.

Fl. Feb.-March. In thickets and forests. — St. Croix (not uncommon
in the western part of the island) ; St. Jan (Klein Cancel Bay).

481. Bumelia cuneata, Sw. (v. Break-bill).

Fl. Feb.-April. Branches often transformed into long spines. Very
good timber tree. Along the coast principally in marshy soil, not un-
common. — All islands.

482. Lucuma multiflora, DC. (Achras macrophylla, Valil in Hb. Havn.).

Fl. June-July and Dec.-Jan. Leaves as much as 1J' long. — St. Croix
(Hb. Havn. from Wills Bay) 5 St. Thomas (here and there in forests ;
Signal Hill, 1500').

STYRACE^E.

483. Symplocos martinicensis, Jacq.

Fl. March-Aug. In forests on high hills. Flowers fragrant. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill above 1200', not uncommon).

EBENACEjE.

484. Maccreightia caribaea, A. DC.

Vieques (Duchassaing sec. Gris. System. Unters. p. 91).

OLEACE.E.

485. Linociera compacta, R. Br.

Fl. May-Get. In forests, rather common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

486. Forestiera porulosa, Poir. a) and /?) Jacquinii, Egg. (Jacq. Ic. Rar. t. 625).
Fl. Feb. and Sept.-Gct. In thickets near the coast, uncommon. — «)

St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill) 5 /3) St. Croix (northern shore near Claremont).

487. Jasminum pubescens, W. (v. Star Jessamine).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.
[Cultivated species: J. officinale, L.; J. revolutum, L. (v. Nepaul Jes-
Bamine), and Nyctanilies Sambac, L. (v. Double Jessamine).]

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 69

483. Thevetia neriifolia, Juss. (v. Milk-busli).

Fl. all the year round. Wood employed for building boats. In thick-
ets on dry hills, common. — All islands.

489. Rauwoffia nitida, L. (v. Milk-tree).

Fl. all the year round. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands,

490. R. Lamarckii, A. DC. (v. Bitter-hush).

Fl. all the year round. On dry hills, common. — All islands.

491. Nerium Oleander, L. (v. Xerium).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings.
Common. — All islands.

492. Tabernaemontana (citrifolia, Jacq. ?).

Fl. June-Aug. In thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas (French-
man's Bay).

493. Vinca rosea, L. (v. Church-flower).

Fl. all the year round. Near houses and on waste places, very com-
mon. — All islands.

494. Plumieria rubra, L. (v. Red Franchipani).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized near dwellings. — All islands.

495. P. obtusifolia, L. (v. White Franchipani).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens.— All islands.

496. P. alba, L. (v. Snake-root, Klang hont).

Fl. all the year round. On rocks near the shore and in dry thickets,
common. — All islands.

497. Echites agglutinata, Jacq.

Fl. July- Aug. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Cane Bay) 5 St. Thomas
(Flag Hill).

498. E. circinalis, Sw.

Fl. Dec. In forests, rare.— St.Thomas (Flag Hill).

499. E. neriandra, Gris.

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Here and there in thickets, not uncommon. — All
islands.

500. E. suberecta, Jacq.

Fl. May- Aug. In thickets, uncommon. — St. Thomas (CowelPs Hill) ;
St. Croix (West, p. 277).

70 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

501. E. barbata, Desv.

St. Croix; St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. viii, 453).

[Cultivated species : Allamanda cathartica, L., and Tabern&montana
capemis, L. (v. Cape Jessamine).]

ASCUEPIADACEJE.

502. Metastelma parviflorum, R.>Bi~

St. Thomas (Duchass).

503. M. Schlechtendalii, Decs. (M. albiflorum, Gris.).

Fl. all the year round. In dryNthickets, very common. — All islands.
(The specific distinction of Grisebach's species does not seem to be
sufficiently permanent to justify a separation into two.)

504. Asclepias curassavica, L. (v. Wild Ipecacuana).

Fl. all the year round. Boot used as an emetic. Along roads and
ditches, common. — All islands.

505. A. nivea, L.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 419).

506. Sarcostemma Brownei, Mey.

St. Thomas (West, p. 278, as Asclepias viminalis, Sw.).

507. Calotropis procera, R. Br. (v. Silk Cattun).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in dry localities, common, — All
islands.

508. Ibatia muricata, Gris.

Fl. all the year round. In dry thickets, common. — All islands.

509. Fischeria scandens, DC.

Fl. Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Spring-gut).
[Cultivated species; Hoya carnosa, E. Br. (v. Wax-flower) and Ste-
plianotis floribunda, A. Brongn.]

CONVOL.VUI.ACE.I:.

510. Ipomaea bona-nox, L.

Fl. Oct.-May. Naturalized in gardens.— St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

511. I. Tuba, Don.

Fl. all the year round. On shrubs near the coast, uncommon. — All
islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 71

512. I. tuberosa, L.

Fl. Feb.-March. In forests, rare.— St. Croix (Bugby Hole); St.
Thomas (Schl.).

513. I. dissects, Piirsh (v. Xoyau Vine).

Fl. Xov.-May. Corolla-tube purple inside. The whole plant lias a
taste of prussic acid, and is used for the preparation of a liquor called
Xoyau. On fences and along roads, common. — All islands.

514. I. pentaphylla, Jacq.

Fl. Dec.-March. In thickets and along ditches. — St. Croix ; St.
Thomas.

515. I. quinquefolia, Gris.

Fl. Dec.-Jan. Corolla expanded from 8 A. M. to 3 P. M. In pastures
and low thickets, common. — St. Thomas.

516. I. Batatas, Lam. (v. Sweet Potato), a), (3) leucorrhiza, and 7) porphyrorhiza.
Fl. all the year round. Propagated by cuttings. A common vege-
table. Cultivated and naturalized everywhere. — All islands.

517. I. fastigiata, Swt. a), j

FL Oct.- Jan. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

518. I. violacea, L. (v. Granni Vine).

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Coralla expanded towards evening. In forests and
along rivulets, not uncommon. — All islands.

519. I. carnea, Jacq.

St. Croix (Wills Bay sec. West, p. 272).

520. I. leucantha, Jacq. (Icon. Ear. ii, t.318).

Fl. March-May. Capsule pilose; roots tuberous. On dry hills, not
uncommon — St. Jan (near Klein Kanelbay).

521. I. triloba, L. a) and /3) Eustachiana, Jacq.

Fl. Sept.-March. Corolla expaoded till 10 A. M. Both forms in moist
localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

522. I. umbellata, Mey.

Fl. Jan.-March. Along rivulets and ditchesrcommon. — All islands.

523. I. pes-caprae, Sw. (v. Bay Vine).

Fl. all the year round. Corolla sometimes white. On sandy sea-
shores, very common. — All islands.

72 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

524. I. asarifolia, R. S.

Danish islands (Gris. Fl. p. 471).

(As this species is a native of Senegal, I doubt the correctness of the
above habitat.)

525. I. quinquepartita, R.S. (Conv. ovalifolius, West (nou Valil) sec. DC. Prodr. ix,

367).

St. Croix (West, p. 271).

526. I. triquetra, R. S. (Conv. triqueter, VaM, Symb. Bot. iii, 32).
St. Croix (West, p. 271); St. Thomas (Schl.).

527. I. repanda, Jacq.

Fl. Feb.-March. Leaves heteromorphous, often 2-4-lobed. Tubers
large, a favourite food for wild hogs. In forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Flag Hill); St. Jan (Macumbi).

528. I. filiformis, Jacq.

Fl. Oct.-April. In thickets, often near the shore, not uncommon. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

529. I. arenaria, Stead.

Fl. Dec.-April. Stem woody, as much as f" diam. Eoot large,
tuberous. Flowering partly precocious. On dry hills, in thickets, not
uncommon. — All islands.

530. I. Quamoclit, L. (v. Sweet William).

Fl. all the year round. Near dwellings and along roads, common. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.

531. T. coccinea, L. (/. hcdercefolia, L.).

Fl. Dec.-M arch. In thickets, common. — All islands.

532. I. Nil, Rth. (Bot. Mag. t. 188) (v. Morning-glory).

Fl. Oct.-March. Corolla expanded till 9 A. M. Along ditches and
near dwellings, common. — All islands.

533. I. purpurea, Lam.

Fl. Oct.-Feb. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

534. I. acuminata, R. S.

Fl. Nov.-March. Corolla crimson, as stated in Symb. Bot. iii, 26.
Neai* rivulets, on trees, rare. — St. Croix (Golden Eock).

535. I. tiliacea, Chois.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 73

536. Jacquemontia tamnifolia, Gris.

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Seeds glabrous, greyish. In thickets, common. — All
islands.

537. Convolvulus pentanthus, Jacq. (Jacquemontia violacea, Chois.).

Fl. Aug.-Dec. In thickets, on hills, common. — All islands.

538. C. jamaicensis, Jacq.

Fl. Dec.-Feb. In thickets, on the sandy seashore, rare. — St. Croix
(Sandy Point) ; St. Thomas (CowelPs); Water Island.

539. C. nodifloms, Desr. (C albiflorus, West) (v. Claslii-mulat).

Fl. Oct.-March. Common in thickets.— All islands.

540. C. melanostictus, ScM. (Linnaea, vi, 737).
St. Thomas (Schl.).

541. C. sagittifer, HB. Kth.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

542. Evolvulus linifolius, L.

Fl. Dec.-April. In moist localities, here and there. — All islands.

543. E. mucronatus, Sw.

Fl. Dec.-March. In marshy soil, not uncommon. — All islands.

544. E. nummularius, L.

Fl. Xov.-March. Among rocks in shady localities, not uncommon. —
All islands.

545. Cuscuta americana, L. (v. Love-weed).

Fl all the year round. In dry thickets, covering shrubs and trees,
often killing them. Very common. — All islands.

(West, p. 271, mentions two species, Convolvulus matutlnus and C. vene-
natus7 as occurring in St. Croix, and refers for their description to Vahl's
Symb. Bot. pars 3, as spec. nov. As, however, they are not described in
any of YahPs publications, and no specimens are in existence in Hb.
Havn., I am unable to say whether they are old species or new ones.)

[Cultivated species: Ipomcea Leariij Annal. Fl. et Pom. 1840, p. 381,
and L Horsfallice, Hook.]

1IYDROLEACEJE.

546. Nama jamaicensis, L.

Fl. March- Aug. Among stones and rocks, a common weed. — St. Croix j
St. Thomas.

74: FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

547. Cordia Gerascanthus, Jacq. ft) subcanescens (v. Rosewood, Cuppar).

Fl. Oct. An excellent timber tree. In forests, not very common. —
Virgin Island.

548. C. alba, R. S. (v. White Manjack).

Fl. March-Sept. In thickets and along roads, not uncommon. — St.
Croix (eastern part of the island).

549. C. Sebestena, Jacq. a) (Bot. Mag. t. 794). /?)'rubra, Egg. (v. Scarlet Cordia,

Fluyte boom).

Fl. all the year round. ft) leaf-ribs red; calyx scarlet as the corolla.
Both forms common in forests and planted near dwellings. — All islands.

550. C. Collococca, L. (v. Manjack).

Fl. March-April. Precocious. In forests, common. — All islands.

551. C. nitida, Valil.

Fl. Jan.-Feb. and Sept.-Oct. Flowers slightly odorous. In forests,
not uncommon. — All islands.

552. C. Icevigata, Lam.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

553. C. sulcata, DC.

Fl. June. Leaves up to !£' long. In forests, not common. — Virgin
Islands ; St. Croix (West, p. 275).

554. C. ulmifolia, Juss. a) ovata, ft) ovalis, and y) lineata.

Fl. May- Aug. In dry thickets, common. — a)"all islands ; ft) St. Thomas
(Ledru) ; r) St. Croix (West).

555. C. cylindristachya, Sprengl. a) portoricensis, Sprgl. ft) floribunda, Sprgl.

d) graveolens, Kth.

Fl. all the year round. On dry hills. All three forms common. — St.
Croix ; St. Thomas.

556. C. martinicensis, R. S.

St. Croix (Griseb. Fl. p. 481).

557. C. globosa, Kth.

FL July-Sept. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

558. Beurreria succulenta, Jacq. (v. Juniper).

Fl. June-Sept. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.

559. Rochefortia acanthophora, Gris.

Fl. June-Sept. In thickets. — St. Croix (rare, Fair Plain, Jacob's
Peak) ] Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 75

560. Tournefortia gnaphalodes, R»Er. (v. Sea-lavender).

Fl. all the year round. On sandy shores, common. — All islands.

561. T. hirsutissixna, L. (v. Cbieliery grape).

FL Sept.-April. Along roads and in thickets, especially on lime-
stone, common. — All islands.

562. T. fcetidissima, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 270).

563. T. bicolor, Sw. j3) laevigata, Lam.

Fl. May. Berry globose, white. Among rocks on high hills, rare. —
St. Thomas (Crown, 1500').

564. T. laurifolia, Vent.
St. Thomas (DC.).

565. T. volubilis, L.

FL May- Aug. Inflorescence extra-axillary, often transformed into a
hollow, globose, muricate, green monstrosity, in which lives the larva of
a dipterous insect. Common in thickets. — All islands.

566. T. microphylla, Desv.

Fl. May-Sept. In the same localities as the former, common. — All
islands.

567. Heliotropium indicum, L.

Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in waste places, common. —
All islands.

568. H. parviflorum, L. (v. Eye-bright).

FL all the year round. A common weed everywhere. — All islands.

569. H. curassavicum, L.

FL the whole year. On the sandy seashore, common. — All islands.

570. H. fruticosum, L.

FL all the year round. Up to 6' high. On dry hills. — St. Croix (com-
mon in the eastern part); Virgin Islands (not uncommon).
[Cultivated species: H.peruiia num, L. (v. Heliotrope.)]

[Cultivated in gardens: Phlox Drummondii, Hook.]

SOL.ANACE.E.

571. Brunfelsia americana, Sw. c) and 3) pubescens (v. Rain-tree).

FL May-Dec. Flowers odorous before rain. In thickets and woods,
common. — Virgin Islands (cultivated in gardens in St. Croix).

76 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

572. Datura Metel, L. (v. Fire-weed).

Fl. all the year round. Flowers nocturnal. Along roads and in waste
places, naturalized everywhere. — All islands.

573. D. fastuosa, L.

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings. —
All islands.

574. D. Tatula, L.

Fl. May-Dec. Along roads, naturalized, but rare. — St. Croix (Hope).

575. D. Stramonium, L. (v. Fire-weed).

Fl. Sept.-Feb. Naturalized in waste places, common. — All islands.

576. Nicotiana Tabacum, L.

Fl. May-Nov. Used as a medicine, but not for smoking. Naturalized
near dwellings. — All islands.

577. Physalis peruviana, L.

Fl. May-Nov. In fields, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Eapoon).

578. P. pubescens, L.

Fl. March-May. In shady valleys, uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis) ;
St. Thomas.

579. P. Linkiana, Ns.

Fl. Dec. In cultivated fields, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

580. P. angulata, L.

Fl. Sept.-Jan. Stamens of unequal length ; anthers successively de-
hiscent. Along roads and ditches, common. — All islands.

581. Capsicum dulce, Hort. (DC. Prodr. xiii, i, 428) (v. Sweet Pepper).

Fl. March-July. Berry oblong. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.

582. C. frutescens, L. (v. Bird Pepper).

Fl. Aug.-Dec. Used as a condiment. Here and there in forests and
cultivated. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

583. C. baccatum, L. (v. Small Pepper).

Fl. Aug.-Jan. In forests and near dwellings, not uncommon. — All
islands.

584. C. annuuna, L. (v. Pepper).

Fl. all the year round. Fruit universally used as a condiment. Cul-
tivated and naturalized everywhere. — All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 77

585. Lycopersicum cerasiforme, Dun. (Solan, p. 113) (v. Small Trovo).

Fl. May-Sept. Berry globose, small, yellow. Not uncommon near
dwellings (perhaps only naturalized). Used as a vegetable. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.

586. L. esculentum, Mill. (v. Tomato, Trovo).

Fl. all the year round. Berry used as a vegetable. Cultivated and
naturalized everywhere. — All islands.

587. Solanum nodiflorum, Jacq. n) and /?) oleraceum, Dun. (v. Lumbush).

Fl. May-Dec. Stem often prickly. In fields and in waste places, com-
mon.— All islands.

588. S. verbascifolium, L. (v. Turkey-berry).

Fl. June-Oct. In waste places, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands; St.
Croix (West, p. 274).

589. S. racemosum, L. (v. Canker-berry).

Fl. all the year round. Proterandrous. In waste places, very com-
mon.— All islands.

590. S. igneum, L. (v. Canker-berry).

Fl. all the year round. Habitat of the preceding. Very common. —
All islands.

591. S. bahamense, L. (S. persiccefolium, Dun.)

Fl. Jan.-Aug. Along coasts, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

592. S. lanceifolium, Jacq.

Not seen flowering. Leaves and stem very prickly. In forests, rare. —
St. Jan (King's Hill, 1000').

593. S. torvum, S\v. (v. Plate-busli).

Fl. all the year round. A shrub or small tree. In forests and near
dwellings, common. — All islands.

594. S. inclusum, Gris., var. albiflorum, Egg.

Fl. all the year round. Corolla white, f"-l" diam. Stigma 3-5-
branched, stellate. Berry globose, somewhat depressed, hirsute^ orange •
coloured, V diam. The excrescent calyx prickly. In dry thickets, not
uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

595. S. aculeatissimum, Jacq.

Fl. April-May. Naturalized by mules from Montevideo. — St. Croix
(Frederiksted).

596. S. mammosum, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 275).

78 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS

597. S. polygamum, Valil (v. Kakkerlakka-berry).

Fl. all the year round. In dry thickets, common. — Virgin Islands.

(In DO. Prodr. xiii, i, 197, it is stated that this species has been found
in St. Croix by Wydler, which, however, appears doubtful to me. West,
p. 275, only gives St. Jan as habitat, yet Valil in his Synib. Bot. iii, 39,
and after him probably Griseb. Fl. p. 443, refer to West as the authority
for St. Croix as habitat.)

593. Oestrum laurifolium, L'Her.

Fl. Jan.- April. Petiole black ; berry dark purple. In forests, not
uncommon. — All islands.

599. C. diurnum, L.

Fl. Feb.-June. In forests, uncommon. — Virgin Islands; St. Croix
(West, p. 270).

600. C. nocturnum, L.

Fl. March. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (Rogiers, Joshee Gut).

| Cultivated species: Datura suaveolens, HBK.j Petunia nyctaginiflora^
Juss., and P. violacea^ Liudl.; Solatium Seaforthianum, Andr., 8. tuber o-
sum7 L. (v. Irish potato), and 8. Melongena, L. (v. Egg-plant, Beranger).]

SCROPHIHLARIACEJE.

601. Scoparia dulcis, L.

Fl. all the year round. A common weed along roads and in moist
localities. — All islands.

602. Capraria biflora, L. a) and £) pilosa (v. Goat-weed).

Fl. all the year round. Leaves used for tea. Both forms along roads,
common, a) in moist, /3) in dry localities. — All islands.

603. Herpestis stricta, Schrad.
St. Thomas (Benth.).

604. H. chamsedryoides, Ktli.

Fl. Dec.-March. Pedicel bearing two bracteolae at the base. The
two innermost calyx-lobes setaceous. In moist localities, rare. — St.
Croix (Spring-gut).

605. H. Monniera, Kth.

Fl. all the year round. Along rivulets and on the margins of lagoons,
common. — All islands.

606. Vandellia diffusa, L.

St. Croix (Ryan in Hb. Havn., Vahl's Eclogue, ii, 47) (Montserrat,
Ryan in Hb. Havn., "vulgaris").

FLORA OJT ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 79

[Cultivated species: Maurandia Barclayana, Lindl. (v. Fairy Ivy),
and Russeliojuncea, Zucc. (v. Madeira Plant).]

607. Crescentia Cujete, L. (v. Calabash-tree).

Fl. all the year round. Leaves deciduous in Dec. The fruit is used
for vessels. Xear dwellings and in forests, common. — All islands.

608. C. cucurbitina, L. (v. Black Calabash).

Fl. March-Xov. Wood used for boat-building. In dense forests near
rivulets, not uncommon. — All islands.

609. Catalpa longisiliqua, Cham.
St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 446).

610. Tecoma Berterii, DC.

Fl. March-July. Leaves deciduous Feb.-April. In dry thickets,
common. — Virgin Islands.

611. T. leuccxylon, Mart. (v. White Cedar).

Fl. March-April, precocious, and later coetanous in Sept.-Oct. Wood
used for building boats. In forests and on dry hills, common. — All
islands.

612. T. stans, Juss. (v. Yellow Cedar).

Fl. all the year round. Anthers pilose beneath. In thickets, com-
mon j often gregarious, especially in St. Croix. — All islands.

613. BIgnonia aequinoctialis, L.

Fl. April-Sept. Anthers pilose or glabrous (hence YahPs distinction
on this account between his B. spectaMtis (Symb. Bot. iii, p. 80) and this
species not justified). Here and there in marshy forests. — St. Thomas
(Xorthside Bay, Sta. Maria) ; St. Croix (Salomon's estate, West, p. 294).

614. B. unguis, L. (v. Cat-claw).

Fl. April-May, precocious, later pgain coetanous in Xov. Stem l^/;
diam., showing the irregular structure peculiar to all climbing Biynoni-
ocecc. Fruit as much as 26" long. In forests, not uncommon. — All
islands.

615. Distictis lactiflora, DC. (Prodr. ix, 191) (Eignonia, Valil).

Fl. all the year round. On fences and in dry thickets, here and
there.— St. Croix (Cotton Grove, Southgate Farm) (cultivated in St.
Thomas).

[Cultivated species: Tecoma capcnsis, Lindl.]

80 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

ACANTIIACE.E.

616. Ruellia tuberosa, L. (v. Christmas-pride).

Fl. all the year round ; most abundantly towards Christmas. Along
roads and ditches, common. — All islands.

617. R. strepens, L.

St. Croix (Isert sec. DC. Prodr. xi, 121).

618. Stemonacanthus coccineus, Gris.

FL Jan.- April. Cleistogamous flowers in July ; also an intermediate
form, between cleistogamous and normal flowers. In shady forests,
rare. — St. Croix (Caledonia, Wills Bay); St. Jan (Bordeaux Hills); St.
Thomas (Wydl. sec. DC. Prodr. xi, 217).

619. Blechnum Brownei, Juss. (v. Penguin Balsam).

FL Dec.- April. Used against cough. In pastures and along ditches,
common. — All islands.

620. Barleria lupulina, Lindl. (Bot. Reg. t. 1483).

FL Dec.-April. Naturalized near dwellings and in gardens. — St.
Thomas ; St. Jan.

621. Thyrsacanthus nitidus, ITs.

St. Croix (v. Eohr sec. Symb. Bot. ii, 5, and Isert sec. DC. Prodr. xi,
327); St. Thomas (Nees).

622. Dianthera pectoralis, Murr. (v. Garden Balsam).

FL Dec.-March. Used against coughs. Naturalized near dwellings
and in gardens. — All islands.

623. D. sessilis, Gris. (Justida pauctflora, Valil in Eclog. Am. i, 2).

FL June-July. Flowers often cleistogamous. Rhizome perennial.
In thickets, here and there. — St. Croix (Salt River); St. Thomas.

624. Justicia carthagenensis, Jacq.

FL Dec.-March. Along ditches and in forests. — All islands.

625. J. reflexiflora, Rich. (Vahl's Enum. Plant, i, 157), var. glandulosa, Egg.

FL all the year round. Bracts densely glanduliferous. Seeds glo-
bose, brown. Procumbent among bushes. — St. Croix (rare, Fair Plain);
St. Thomas; Buck Island (not uncommon).

626. J. periplocaefolia, Jacq.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

627. Beloperone nemorosa, Nees.

FL Jan.-March. Calyx one-sixth of the length of the corolla. In
forests, rare. — St. Croix (Caledonia, Ham's Bluff Valley).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 81

628. Crossandra infundibuliformis, Nees.

Fl. March-June. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix.

629. Stenandrium rupestre, Ns. (DC. Prodr. xi, 283) (Euelliaf, Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ.

p. 1071 ; Plum. Icon. ed. Burm. t. 75, as Gcrardia). c) glabrous, /3) pilose.

Fl. Dec.-May, eleistogamous. Normal flowers June-Aug. Corolla
expanded till 9 A. M. Ehizome perennial 5 roots fusiform, tuberous.
Gregarious on the ground in forests, rare. — a) St. Thomas (Flag Hill,
7W-900') ; -3) St. Jan (Baas Gut).

630. Anthacanthus spinosus, Xees.

Fl. all the year round. Flowers heterostylous. On rocks and in for-
ests, common, especially in St. Croix. — All islands.

631. A. jamaicensis, Gris.

Fl. June-July. Corolla-lobes glandular inside. On limestone, rare. —
St. Croix, in stony ground.

632. A. microphyllus, Ns.

Fl. May-Aug. In forests, here and there. — All islands.

633. Dicliptera adsurgens, Juss.

Fl. Jan.-Feb., eleistogamous; normal, March- April. In thickets
and near ditches. — St. Croix (common) ; St. Jan (less common).

634. Thunbergia volubilis, Pers.

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized along ditches and rivulets. — St.
Croix (Caledonia, Mt. Stewart),- St. Thomas (Tutu).

[Cultivated species: Graptopliyllum hortensej Nees, Justicia bicolor,
Andr., Tliinibergia alata, Boj., Th. fragrans, Koxb., and Sesamum orien-
tale, L. (v. Benye).]

OESXERIACE.E.

635. Martynia diandra, Glox. (v. Cocks).

Fl. Sept.-Dec. ^Three rudimentary filaments; l'-3' high. Along
roads and in waste places, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

LABIATE.

636. Ocimum Basilicum, L.

Fl. 3Iay-Aug. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

637. O. micranthum, W. (v. Passia Balsam).

Fl. Aug.-Xov. Corolla expanded during the morning. Used against
coughs. Along ditches and in pastures, gregarious. — All islands.

638. Coleus amboinicus, L. (v. East India Thyme).

Fl. April-May. Naturalized in dry localities, gregarious. — All
islands.

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 6

82 FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

639. Hyptis capitata, Jacq. (v. Wild Hops).

Fl. Fov.-March. Along rivulets, common. — St. Croix $ St. Thomas .

t

640. H. suaveolens, Poit.

Fl. Oct.-Feb. 3'-4' high. In dry localities, common. — St. Croix; St.
Thomas.

641. H. pcctinata, Poit. (v. French Tea).

Fl. Nov.-April. As much as 8' high. In dry localities, not uncom-
mon.— All islands.

642. H. verticillata, Jacq.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 489).

643. Salvia occidentalis, Svr.

Fl. Dec.-March. Ehizome thick. Along roads, common. — All island s.

644. S. tenella, Sw.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 490; Schl.).

645. S. serotina, L.

Fl. Sept.- April. Leaves very bitter. Corolla white. In dry locali-
ties, gregarious, common. — All islands.

• 646. S. coccinea, L. a) and /?) ciliata, Benth.

Fl. all the year round. Along ditches and roads, common. — All
islands.

647. Leonums sibiricus, L.

Fl. all the year round. Corolla sometimes white. A common weed
in fields and along roads. — All islands.

648. Leucas martinicensis, R. Br.

Fl. March-Nov. A weed, common in gardens and along roads. — St.
Croix.

649. Leonotis nepetaefolia, R. Br. (v. Hollow Stock).

Fl. all the year round. Corolla sometimes white. Gregarious, a very
common weed everywhere. — All islands.

€50. Mentha aquatica, L. (v. Mint).

!Nbt seen flowering. Naturalized along rivulets, gregarious. — St.
Croix (Caledonia).

[Cultivated species : Rosmarinm officinalis, L. (v. Eosemary), Thyvnv*
vulyariSj L. (v. Thyme), and Origanum Major ana, L. (v. Sweet Marjoram
Tea).]

FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 83

651. Piiva echinata, Juss.

Fl. all the year round. Corolla expanded till 10 A. M. A common
weed along roads and in gardens. — All islands.

652. Bouchea Ehrenbergii, Cham.

Fl. Dec. -May. Gregarious along roads and in dry localities, com-
mon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

653. Stachytarpha jamaicensis, V. (v. Vervain).

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded till noon. Pollen 3-4-
branched, stellate. Leaves used against fever. Very common along
roads and ditches. — All islands.

654. S. strigosa, Valil.

St. Thomas (Ehrenb. sec. DC. Prodr. xi, 564 5 Gris. Fl. p. 494).

655. Lippia ttodiflora, Rich.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in moist localities, not uncom-
mon. — St. Croix (La Keine, Fair Plain).

656. Lantana Camara, L. (v. Sage).

Fl. all the year round. Berry considered to be poisonous. On dry
hills, very common. — All islands.

657. L. polyacantha, Schauer (DC. Prodr. xi, 597) (L. scabrida, Ait.).

Fl. all the year round. In dry localities, here and there.— St. Croix
(St. George) ; St. Thomas (Solberg).

658. L. involucrata, L.

Fl. all the year round. Corolla and berry violet. In thickets, com-
mon, especially on limestone. — All islands.

659. L. reticulata, Pers.

Fl. all the year round. On limestone, rare. — St. Croix, in stony ground
(King's Hill).

660. Citharexylum quadrangulare, Jacq. (v. Fiddlewood, Susanna).

Fl. July-Sept. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

661. C. cinereum, L. (v. Susanna).

Fl. July-Dec. Leaves of both these species becoming red in Feb., and
dropping off at the same time that the new ones make their appear-
ance. On young radical shoots the leaves are linear and deeply serrate.
The wood is quite useless, even for firewood. In dry thickets and for-
ests, common, often gregarious. — All islands.

84 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

662. C. villosum, Jacq. (Icon. Var. t. 118).

St. Thomas (Schlecht., Bertero, Duchass. sec. Gris. Syst. Unfc.;.

663. Duranta Plumieri, Jacq.

Fl. May-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.

664. Callicarpa reticulata, Sw.
St. Croix (West, p. 269).

665. JEgiphila martinicensis, Jacq.

Fl. Aug.-Jan. Flowers often heterostylous. In forests, common. —
St. Croix.

666. Clerodendron aculeatum, L. (v. Chuc-chuc).

Fl. all the year round. Common on dry hills and in marshy soil. —
All islands.

667. C. fragrans, W.

Fl. all the year round. Long creeping rhizome. Gregarious on high
hills in shady places, naturalized. — St. Thomas (Dorothea, Liliendal).

668. Petitia domingensis, Jacq. a).

Fl. May-Sept. Leaves often ternate. Drupe commonly 4-loculate.
A tree up to 50' high. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Caledo-
nia, Punch, Wills Bay).

669. Vitex divaricata, Sw.

Fl. May- July. Filaments glandular-pilose. A low tree, here and
there in forests. — St. Croix (Caledonia, Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas (Crown) ;
St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay).

670. Avicennia nitida, Jacq.

Fl. all the year round. Upper surface of leaves always covered witli
small salt crystals. Along the seashore and lagoons, common. — All
islands.

671. A. tomentosa, Jacq.

St. Croix (West, p. 269) ; St. Thomas (Schl.).

[Cultivated species: Verbena chamcedrifolia, Juss., in several varie-
ties, Petrcea volubilis, Jacq. (v. Wreath-plant), Aloysia citriodora, Ortega
(v. Lemon-scented Verbena), Vitex Agnus-castus, L. (v. Wild Black Pep-
per), and Holmskjoldia sanguined, Eetz.]

MYOPORACE^E.

672. Bontia daphnoides, L. (v. White Ailing).

Fl. all the year round. On sandy shores. — St. Croix (rare, Turner's
Hole) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 85

673. Plantago major, L. ft) tropica (v. English Plantain).

Fl. Jan.-March. Proterogynous. Leaves used against inflammation
of the eyes.

PUUUIBAGINACEJEi

674. Plumbago scandens, Thunb. (v. Blister-leaf).

Fl. all the year round. Leaves used as blisters. In thickets and
forests, common. — All islands.

[Cultivated species: P. capensis, Thunb.]

PHYTOL.ACCACEJE.

675. Suriana maritima, L.

Fl. June-Dec. Stamens mostly 10. Filaments pilose. On sandy
shores, not uncommon. — All islands.

676. Microtea debilis, Sw.

FL July-Sept. In shady places, rare. — St. Croix (Spring Garden,
Wills Bay).

677. Rivina laevis, L. (v. Snake-bush, Stark inahart). a) and /3) pubescens.

Fl. all the year round. A common weed everywhere, both forms. —
All islands.

678. R. octandra, L.

Fl. Feb.-Aug. Pedicel and calyx becoming reddish-brown as well
as the fruit. Stamens in two whorls, mostly 12. In thickets and
forests, common. — All islands.

679. Petiveria alliacea, L. (v. Gully-root).

Fl. all the year round. A very common weed everywhere. — All
islands.

CHE1YOPODIACE.E.

680. Chenopodium ambrosioides, L.

Fl. March. In waste places and on walls, here and there. — St. Croix
(Fredriksted) ; St. Jan (Cruz £ay).

681. Ch. murale, L.

Fl. Jan.-May. On walls, uncommon, naturalized. — St. Croix; St.
Thomas.

682. Obione cristata, Moq. (DC. Prodr. xiii, ii, p. 110).

Fl. March-Aug. On sandy shores, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Water
Bay); St. Jan; St. Croix (Schl.).

86 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

683. Boussingaultia baselloides, Ktli. (Bot. Mag. t. 3620).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and cultivated. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

634. Batis maritima, L.

Fl. all the year round., Gregarious along the coast of lagoons, com-
mon.— St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

[Cultivated species : Beta vulgaris, L. (v. Ked Beet).]

AMARANTACE IE.

685. Celosia argentea, L. (C. maryaritacca, L.).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized around dwellings. — St. Thomas ;
St. Croix (West, p. 277).

686. C. nitida, Vahl.

Fl. all the year round. In forests and thickets, not uncommon. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

687. Chamissoa altissima, Ktli.

Fl. Dec.-March. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Lebanon
Hill) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

688. Achyranthes aspera, L. a) argentea, Lam. 8} obtusifolia, Lam.

Fl. Dec.-March. In thickets and on waste places, common. — All
islands.

689. Gomphrena globosa, L. (v. Bachelor's Button).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings. —
All islands.

690. Iresine elatior, Rich.

Fl. Sept.-Mareh. Uppermost leaves always alternate. In thickets,
common. — All islands.

691. Philoxerus vermiculatus, R. Br. (v. Bay-flower).

Fl. all the year round. Along the coast, very common, gregarious. —
All islands.

692. Alternanthera polygonoides, R. Br. a).

Fl. all the year round. In sandy places, common.— All islands.

693. A. ficoidea, R. Br.

Fl. all the year round. In moist localities, uncommon. — St. Thomas

(Haulover).

«

694. A. Achyrantha, R. Br.

Fl. March- Aug. Among rocks and stones, here and there. — St. Croix,
St. Thomas (Schl.).

FLORA OF ST. CRO1X AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 87

695. Amblogyne polygonoides. Raf.

Fl. all the year round: $ flowers very few. In sandy places near
the coast, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

696. Scleropus amarantoides, Schrad.

Fl. all the year round. Leaves often discoloured with white cross-
stripes. In sandy localities, common. — All islands.

697. Euxolus caudatus, Moq.

Fl. all the year round. In waste places, common. — All islands.

698. E. oleraceus, Moq. (v. Ltmibo).

Fl. all the year round, ifear dwellings, common. — All islands.

699. Amarantus spinosus, L.

Fl. Jan.- April. Near rivulets and ditches, uncommon. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.

700. A. tristis, L.

St. Thomas (Wydler sec. DC. Prodr. xiii, ii, 260).

701. A. paniculatus, L. (v. Bower).

Fl. all the year round. A troublesome weed on account of its long
tap-root. Common everywhere. — All islands.

NYCTAGINACE^E.

702. Mirabilis Jalapa, L. (v. Four-o'clock).

Fl.' all the year round. Flower expanded from 4 P. M ., purple, yellow,
or pink. Around dwellings, common. — All islands.

703. Boerhaavia erecta, L.

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Along ditches and in pastures, uncommon. — St. Croix

(Mt. Stewart).

704. B. paniculata, Rich. (v. Batta-batta).

Fl. all the year round. Calyx often transformed into a hollow mon-
strosity by the larva of a wasp. A very common weed. — All islands.

705. Fisonia aculeata, L.

Fl. Feb.- April. In forests, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

706. P. subcordata, Sw. (v. Mainpoo, Loblolly).

Fl. April-June. Leaves partly deciduous. Wood useless for timber
and fuel. Along coasts, common, growing to a large tree. — All islands.

707. P. inermis, Jacq.

Fl. April-May. Leaves on the young branches whorled. In forests,
common. — All islands.

[Cultivated species: Bougainvillea spectabilis. Willd.]

88 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

POI/TGONACE^E.

708. Coccoloba uvifera, Jacq. (v. Sea-grape).

Fl. July-Dec. Wood hard, dark purple, used for snip -building. On
the sandy seashore, common. Sometimes in the interior as high up as
1200'.— All islands.

709. C. leoganensis, Jacq.

Fl. May-July. Flowers in. fascicles of 3-4, of which, however, one
only bears fruit. Drupe oval, violet, 4'" long. On sandy shores, rare. —
St. Croix (Sandy Point).

710. C. rugosa, Desf. (DC. Prodr. xiv, 152 ; Bot. Mag. t. 4536).
St. Thomas (DO. Prodr. 1. c.\.

711. C. laurifolia, Jacq. (Hort. Schcenbr. iii, p. 9, t. 267).

Fl. March-July. Leaves deciduous April to May. Fruit purplish,
pointed at both ends. In thickets, here and there. — St. Croix (Sandy
Point, Hard Labour).

712. C. diversifolia, Jacq.

Fl. May-July. 6'-8' high. Along the coast, uncommon. — St. Croix
(La Valle"e, Claremont).

713. C. obtusifolia, Jacq.

St. Croix (West, p. 281).

714. C. punctata, Jacq. a) Jacquiuii, ft) barbadensis, Jacq., d) parvifolia (v. Red

wood, Roehout), y) microstachya, W.

Fl. Aug.-Dec. «) leaves as much as 1^' long. A shrub or low tree.
d) and ft common ; «) and ft) uncommon. — All islands.

715. C. nivea, Jacq.

Fl. June-Sept. Flowers delicately odorous. Fruit white when ripe.
In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

(C. Klotzschiana, Meissn., and C. Kuntliiana, Meissn. (DC. Prodr. xiv,
155 and 166), are said to have been found in St. Thomas, but they are
both very doubtful species, founded on single specimens, and have
therefore been here omitted.)

[Cultivated species : Antigonon cor datum, Mart. & Galeotti (v. Mexican
Wreath -plant), and Rumex vesicarius, L.]

716. Cinnamomum zeilanicum, Bl.

Fl. April-May. Naturalized in a few places in shady valleys. — St.
Croix (Crequis).

FLORA OF ST CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. * 89

717. Phoebe antillana, Meissn. (DC. Prodr. xv, i, p. 31). y) cubensis.

St. Croix (West in Hb. Petrop. sec. DC. 1. c.).

(Ph. montana, Gris., said by Meissn. (DO. Prodr. 1. c. p. 236) to be
synonymous with Laurus longifolia, Valil, mentioned by West, p. 2^2, as
a new species from St. Croix, ought perhaps to be added to this list ; but
as the specimens seen by me in Hb. Havn. as Laurus longifolictj Valil,
do not agree with Grisebach's, I prefer to omit the species here, as being
doubtful.)

718. Fersea gratissima, Gaertn. (v. Alligator Pear).

Fl. March-May. Stamens, 9 perfect, 3 less perfect and sterile, G rudi-
mentary. The fruit is a favourite vegetable. In gardens. — All islands.

719. Hufelandia pendula, Ns. (H. Th&mcea, Nees).

St. Thomas (sec. DC. Prodr. 1. c. p. 65, Hb. Kunth!).

720. Acrodiclidium salicifolittm, Gris.

Fl. May-Aug. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Wills Bay,
Spring-gut).

721. Nectandra coriacea, Gris.

Fl. May-Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Soldier Bay) ; St. Jan
(Hb. Havn.).

722. N. membranacea, Gris.

Fl. June. In dense forests, uncommon. — St. Croix (Wills Bay) ; St.
Thomas (Signal Hill).

723. N. antillana, Meissn. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 153) (N. leucantha, Gris.).

» Fl. May-June. In forests, not uncommon. Fragrant.— All islands.

724. Oreodaphne leucoxylon, Nees.

Fl. July. In dense forests on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill) (Montserrat, Eyan in Hb. Havn.).

725. Cassyta americana, L.

Fl. March- April. Inflorescence often branched. On Manchineel and
Acacia trees along the seashore, here and there. — St. Croix (Cotton
Grove) ; St. Thomas (Water Bay); Vieques (Hb. Havn.).

THYMEL.JEACEJE.

726. Daphnopsis caribaea, Gris.

Fl. July and Dec.-March. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Flag Hill, Signal Hill).

90 * FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS

727. Buxus Vahlii, Baill. (DC. Prodr. xvi, i, p. 1C) (Triccra lavigata, Sw., var. Sanctai-

Crucis, Eggers in Fl. St. Crucis, p. 111).

Fl. June-Oct. On limestone, rare. — St. Croix (Stony Ground).

728. Savia sessiliflora, W. (Spec. Plant, iv, p. 771).

Fl. June-Dec. In thickets on dry hills, not uncommon. — All islands.

729. Fhyllanthus acuminatus, Vahl (Synib. Bot. ii, 95).

St. Thomas (Herb. DC. sec. DC. Prodr. xv, ii, 381). Vahl, however,
gives only Cayenne (Eohr) as habitat.

730. Ph. Niruri, L. (v. Creole Chinine).

Fl. all the year round. Very common in gardens and along roads. —
All islands.

731. Ph. distichus, Mull. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 413) (Cicca, L.) (v. Gooseberry).

Fl. June-Sept. Fruit used for preserves. Naturalized near dwell-
ings. — All islands.

732. Ph. nobilis, Mull. (1. c. 415). ?) Antillana (Cicca, Juss.) (v. Gongora-hout).

Fl. July, and afterwards precocious in Dec.-Jan. In forests, not un-
common. — All islands.

733. Ph. falcatus, Sw. (v. Boxwood).

Fl. all the year round. In marshy soil, not uncommon. — Vieques.

734. Securinega acidothamnus, Mull. (1. c. 451) (Fliiggea, Gris.).

Fl. May-June. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix (eastern part
of the island).

(I have adopted Muller's generic name, Fliiggea being an older name
for a genus of Opliiopogonece established by L. C. Eichard.)

735. JDrypetes laevigata, Gris. ined. (Excoccaria polyandra, Gris. Cat. PI. Cub. p. 20,

& Diagnos. neuer Eupliorb. p. 180).

Fl. Sept. $ . I have not found the female flower nor fruit, and am
therefore not able to supply the deficiency in this respect in Grise-
bach's Diagnosis. — St. Croix (Fair Plain) ; St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay).

736. D. glauca, Vahl.

St. Croix (Hb. Havn. Kyan, Eohr; "Hollow berry of Bugby Hole")
(Montserrat, Eyan in Hb. Havn.).

737. Croton astroites, Ait. (v. White Maran).

Fl. Dec.-July. Style 16-branched. In dry thickets, very common. —
All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 91

738. C. betulinus, Vahl (Symb. Botai,p.98).

Fl. all the year round. A low shrub, brownish. Common in thick-
ets.— All islands.

739. C. flavens, L. (v. Martfn).

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on dry hills, also as secondary
growth 5 very common, and a troublesome shrubby weed. — All islands.

740. C. discolor, Willd. (Spec. Plant, iv, 352) (C. balsamifer,L.).

Fl. all the year round. Along roads in dry localities, common. — St.
Croix (eastern part of the island) ; St. Thomas (Hb. Thunb. sec. DC.
Prodr. 1. c. p. 615).

741. C. oval folius, West.

Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in waste places, very com-
mon.— All islands.

742. C. lobatus, L.

Fl. March-Dec. In the same places as the preceding, very common. —
All islands.

743. C.humilis, L.

St. Thomas (Bertero sec. DC. Prodr. 1. c. 670).

(An arboreous as yet undetermined Crotonea, not found in blossom,
occurs in a few specimens on Flag Hill in St. Thomas.)

744. Aleurites Moluccana, Willd. (Spec. Plant, iv, 590) (A. trilola, Forst.) (v.

Walnut).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized near dwellings and in gardens. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.

745. Ricinella pedunculosa, Miill. (Linnsea, xxxiv, 153) (Adclia Eitinclla, L.).

Fl. March-May, precocious. Always very spiny. In dry thickets,
not unconynon. — All islands.

746. Argyrothamnia fasciculata, Miill. (Linnaea, 1. c. 146) (Ditaxis, Schl.).

Fl. Jan.-May and Sept. In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

747. A. candicans, Mull. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 741) (Argythamnia, Sw.).

Fl. Sept.- April. Capsule dark blue ; seeds verrucose. In thickets,
common. — All islands.

748. Acalypha chameedrifolia, Miill. (1. c. 879). /5) genuina (A. reptam, Sw.),

•y) brevipes.

Fl. all the year round ; female flowers developing gradually. Bracts
persistent after dissemination. On rocks and in crevices, not uncom-
mon.—St. Croix (ft); St. Thomas (?).

92 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

749. Tragia volubilis, L. (v. Nettle, Bran-nettle).

Fl. Feb., Sept. Male flowers often transformed into a globose mon-
strosity. The plant is believed by the negroes to give them luck in
marketing. In thickets and along roads, common. — All islands.

750. Ricinus communis, L. a) (v. Castor-oil tree).

Fl. all the year round. Seeds used for pressing castor-oil. Natural-
ized on waste places, common. — All islands.

751. Manihot utilissima, Polil (Plant. Bras, i, 32) (v. Cassava).

Fl. March-May. Boot used for manufacturing starch and flour, which
is made up into flat, thin cakes (bambam). Naturalized and culti-
vated.— All islands.

752. Jatropha Curcas, L. (v. French Physic-nut, Skitnetchi).

Fl. all the year round. Seeds very drastic. A low tree, often planted
on graves. Naturalized near dwellings, common. — All islands.

753. J. gossypiifolia, L. (v. Physic-nut), a) staphysagriaefolia, /3) elegans.

Fl. all the year round. The whole plant has a disagreeable smell.
Suffrutescent, l'-4' high. A troublesome weed near dwellings and in
fields. Very common everywhere. — All islands.

754. J. multifida, L. (v. Coral-bush).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens, — St. Croix^ St.
Thomas.

755. Sebastiania lucida, Mull. (DC.Prodr. I.e. 1181) (Exccecaria, Sw.).

Fl. Feb.-June. A shrub or low tree, 5'-20' high. In thickets and
forests, common. — All islands.

756. Hippomane Mancinella, L. (v. Manchineel-tree).

Fl. precocious, Feb.-April, coetanous, May-June. Wood .affording
excellent timber, but very little used on account of the caustic milky
juice. On sandy shores, often gregarious, sometimes in the interior of
the islands on hills. — St. Croix (common) ; Virgin Islands (uncommon).

757. Exccecaria Laurocerasus, Miill. (1. c. 1202). y) laurifolia.

Not seen flowering. A high tree ; bark smooth, white. In dense
forests, rare. — St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay).

758. Hura crepitans, L. (v. Sandbox-tree).

Fl. Sept. Leaves deciduous in Jan.-April. Seeds drastic. A high
tree with horizontal branches and prickly stem. In forests and near
dwellings, common. — All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 93

759. Dalechampia scandens, L.

Fl. Feb.-June. Male inflorescence bearing at the base two resinous
corpuscula, deciduous together with the male flowers. Baillon considers
them to be sterile bracts ; Miiller takes them for monstrous anthers,.
Central female flower pedicellate. In thickets, common. — All islands.

760. Euphorbia buxifolia, Lam.

Fl. all the year round. On. the sandy shore, common. — All islands.

761. E. articulata, Bunn.

Fl. all the year round. Along the seacoast, common. — All islands.

762. E. pilulifera, L.

Fl. all the year round. In waste places and along roads, very com-
mon.— All islands.

763. E. hypericifolia, L. a) and /3) hyssopifolia, L.

Fl. all the year round. Leaves distichous. Used against dysentery.
Same places as the preceding. A common weed. — All islands.

764. E. thymifolia, Burm.

Fl. all the year round. The whole plant reddish. Leaves folding
together during night and in rainy weather. Among stones and along
roads, very common. — All islands.

765. E. prostrata, Ait.

Fl. the whole year. Together with the preceding, common. — All
islands.

766. E. petiolaris, Sims (Bot. Mag. t. 883) (v. Maucbineel).

Fl. the whole year. Partly precocious in the spring. On dry hills
and in thickets. — Virgin Islands (common) ; St. Croix (West, p. 288?).

(West's E. cotinifolia, said to occur in St. Croix, is evidently meant for
this species. I doubt, however, the correctness of the habitat, and am
of opinion that it is a mistake for St. Thomas, where the species is ex-
ceedingly common.)

767. E. geniculata, Ortega (Decad. p. 16; DC. Prodr. XT, ii, 72). (E. prunifolia,

Jacq. Hort. Sclicenbr. iii, t. 277, a form with, larger, serrate leaves.)
Fl. Dec.-March. In forests and near dwellings, not uncommon, often
gregarious. — St. Croix (Government House) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

768. E. heterophylla, L. /3) cyathophora, Jacq.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in dry places, common. — All
islands.

769. E. ueriifolia, L. (DC. Plant. Grasses, i, t, 46).

Fl. March-June. A large tree, stem 2'-3' diam. Naturalized near
dwellings, common. — All islands.

94 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS

770 Pedilanthus tithymaloides, Poit. a), /3) padifolius, Poit., and 7) angusti-

folius, Poit.

Fl. all the year round. In thickets and gardens, uncommon. — All
islands.

All Euphorbiacece are proterogynous.

[Cultivated species : Jatropha pandurcefolia, Andr., Codiceum variega-
tum, Mull, a) pictum, Euphorbia pulcherrima, W., E. splendens, Boj., and
E. antiquorum, L.]

URTICACE^E.

771. Celtis trinervia, Lam.

Fl. June-Dec. In forests and thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

772. C. aculeata, Sw. a) and (3) serrata.

Fl. March-Sept. Proterogynous. Both forms not uncommon in
thickets. — All islands.

773. Sponia micrantha, Dees.

Fl. April-Sept. In forests, here and there. — All islands.

774. Ficus crassinervia, Desf.

Fl. Jan. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis, Wills Bay).

775. F. trigonata, L.

Fl. May- Aug. In forests. — St. Croix (rare, Crequis) ; Virgin Islands
(not uncommon).

776. F. leevigata, Valil.

Fl. Jan.-March. In forests and on rocks, not uncommon. — St. Croix
(Crequis, Jacob's Peak).

777. F. lentiginosa, Vahl.

Fl. May. In forests on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill).

778. F. populnea, W.

Fl. July- Aug. Figs geminate in the axils, red with dark spots.
On rocks and epiphytic on trees, not uncommon. Long aerial roots. —
All islands.

779. F. pedunculata, Ait.

Fl. Jan.-May. Figs red, generally inhabited by a small hymenopte-
rous insect. On rocks, walls, and trees, common. Long aerial roots. —
All islands.

780. Artocarpus incisa, L. (v. Breadfruit-tree).

Fl. May-July. Fruit not edible. Naturalized in shady valleys. — All
islands.

781. Cecropia peltata, L. (v. Trumpet-tree).

Fl. April-June. In shady forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 95

782. Madura tinctoria, Don (v. Fustic).

Fl. June-Oct. Young shoots with deeply serrate leaves. Wood
affording an excellent timber, but now very scarce. In forests, here
and there. — All islands.

783. Fleurya sestuans, Gaud.

Fl. June-Dec. On rocks in shady forests, here and there. — St. Croix
(Spring Garden); St. Thomas (Crown).

784. Urera elata, Gris.

St. Croix (Spring Garden, West, p. 306 ; his specimen in Hb. Havn.).

785. U. baccifera, Gaud.

St. Thomas (Wedd. in DC. Prodr. xvi, i, 93).

(West's Urtica elongata, Yahl, said, p. 306, to occur in St. Croix, and
probably intended for an Urera, I have not been able to identify, from
want of description and specimens.)

785. Pilea microphylla, Liebm. a), /?) trianthemoides, Lindl., and y) succulenta

(v. Duck-weed).

Fl. all the year round. On rocks and stones in shady situations. «)
uncommon; £) and ?-) common. — All islands.

787. P. ssmidentata, Wedd.

Fl. March-July. Gregarious among rocks on high hills, not uncom-
mon.—St. Thomas (St. Peter).

788. P. grandis, Wedd.

Fl. June. In leaf-mould on high hills, gregarious, uncommon. — St.
Thomas (Crown, 1500').

789. P. nummularifolia, Wedd.

St. Thomas (Hornbeck in Hb. Havn.); Vieques (near Campo Asilo).

790. P. inaequalis, Wedd.

Fl. July-Aug. Gregarious on rocks in forests, uncommon. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, Crown).

791. P. Sanctae-Cnicis, Liebm. (Vid. Selsk. Skrift., v. Rsekke, ii, 301).
St. Croix (Orsled, I.e.).

792. Rousselia lappulacea, Gaud.

St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. xvi, i, 235 ; Gris. Fl. p. 160).

[Cultivated species: Ficus Cartccr, L. (v. Fig-tree), and F. elastica, L.j

ARISTOLOCHIACE^E.

793. Aristolochia trilobata, L. (v. Tobacco-pipe).

Fl. May-Aug. On fences and in forests on high hills. — St. Croix
(West, p. 305) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

96 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

794. A. anguicida, L. (DC. Prodr. xv, i, 464 ; Bot. Mag. 4361 ; Descourtilz, Fl.
des Antilles, iii, 202) (v. Crane's Neck).

Fl. Oct.-Dec. A number of dipterous insects are usually found im-
prisoned in the lower part of theperigonal tube, whence escape is impos-
sible on account of the downward-bent hairs on the inner surface. The
hairs dropping off after fertilization, the imprisoned insects are set at
liberty again. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Becovery Hill).

795. Begonia humilis, Hort. Kew. (ed. i, vol. iii, 353).

St. Thomas (Finlay in Hb. Mus. Paris, sec. DC. Prodr. xv, i, 297).
[Cultivated occur several species of Begonia.]

AMEHTACEJB.

[Cultivated in gardens and near dwellings : Casuarina equisetifolia^
Forst. (Fl. June- Aug.) Of very quick growth.]

PIPERACE^E.

796. Piper Sieberi, Cas. DC. (Enckea, Miq.).

Fl. all the year round. In forests ; often gregarious and forming a
dense underwood, common. Used for walking-sticks. — All islands.

797. P. Bredemeyeri, Jacq. (Artanthe, Miq.).

Fl. Sept. In shady valleys, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Caledonia,
Crequis).

798. P. auritum, Kth.

St, Thomas (DC. Prod. 1. c. 321).

799. P. Blattarum, Sprgl.

Fl. Jan.-March. In forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown, Signal Hill).

800. P. peltatum, L. (v. Monkey's Hand) (Potomorphe, Miq.).

Fl. Feb.-Aug. In forests, along rivulets, and among rocks on high
hills. — St. Croix (rare, Caledonia, Springfield) ; Virgin islands (not un-
common on high hills).

801. Feperomia pellucida, Kth.

Fl. May- Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Eohrs Minde) ; St. Thomas
(DC. Prod. 1. c. 402).

802. P. acuminata, Miq. (P. fjuadeloupensis, Cas. DC.) (v. Stone Ginger).

Fl. all the year round. On rocks in forests, common. — All islands.

803. P. glabella, Dietr.

Fl. May-Sept. In the same places as the preceding, common. —
All islands.

804. P. cubana, Cas. DC.

St. Croix (DC. Prod. 1. c. 413).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 97

805. P. obtusifolia, Cas. DC., Dietr., Miq. a) and /3) clusisefolia.

Fl. April-July. On rocks and under shady trees in leaf-mould. Gre-
garious, not uncommon. «) all islands ; ft) St. Thomas (Crown).

806. P. scandens, Ruiz et Par.

St. Thomas (DC. Prod. 1. c. 434).

807. P. polystachya, Miq.

Fl. Dec.-Jan. Stem and lower surface of the leaves reddish. Among
rocks in forests, not uncommon, gregarious.— All islands.

B. GYMNOSPERM^S.

CYCADACE.E.

[Cultivated in gardens occurs Cycas revoluta, Thunl). ( v. Sago Palm).]

CONIFERS.

[Cultivated in gardens occur several species of Thuja.]

C. MONOCOTYLEDONES.

AL-ISMACE^E.

808. Bchinodonis cordifolius, Gris.

Fl. April-Aug. Flower expanded only till 10 A. M. Leaves hetero-
morphous, the primordial ones submerged, linear-lanceolate, passing
by degrees into the ordinary emersed ones. In rivulets, here and there, —
St. Croix (King's Hill Gut, Armas Hope Gut).

IIYDROCHARIDACE^E, L. C. Rich.

809. Thalassia testudinum, Solander (Koenig).

Not seen flowering. Gregarious in shallow sea- water, very common. —
All islands.

POTAME^:, Juss.

810. Cymodocea manatorum, Asclierson (Naturf. Freimde in Berlin, Jun. — Oct

1868).

Not seen flowering, gregarious .on the bottom of the sea ; mostly in
shallow water. — All islands.

811. Halodule Wrightii, Ascliers. (1. c., and Neumayers Anleit. zur wiss. Beob.

auf Reiseu).

St. Thomas (Krebs sec. Aschers.).
BuU. Xat. Mus. Xo. 13 7

98 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

812. Halophila Baiilonii, Ascliers. (in Neumayer, 1. c. p. 307).

Rhizome creeping, thin. Leaves oval, denticulate, whorled or oppo-
site, 3'" long, \yn broad. Monoecious.

Fl. $ : 3 membranaceous white bracts; 1-3 stamens; filament -|'"
long; anther cylindrical, yellowish, glabrous, 1-celled. Pollen-
grains fusiform.

Fl. $ : 3 persistent bracts, as in $ . Ovary sessile, ovate, \"' long,
-loculate. Style bifid, 2J'" long; branches pointed, often of
unequal length. Capsule oval, glabrous, 1'" long ; seeds about
20,- globose, hard, tessellate on the surface. Starch-grains trian-
gular.

Male flowers very rare compared to the number of female ones.
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on the bottom of the seaon coarse
coral sand in a depth of from two to four fathoms, here and there. — St.
Thomas (harbour).

813. Ruppia rostellata, Koch.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in shallow rivulets, not uncom-
mon.—St. Croix (King's Hill Gut, in company with a species of Chara) ;
St. Thomas (Tutu Gut, Krebs in Hb. Havn.).

[Another Potamea, possessing a creeping rhizome and delicate linear
leaves, has been found by me in the harbour of St. Thomas at a depth of
from 3 to 6 fathoms, but on account of only sterile (Specimens having been
obtained it remains as yet undetermined.]

AROIfi>E/E.

814. Anthurium Huegelii. Schott (v. Boyer) (A. acauJe, Sch.).

Fl. July-March. Young radical leaves very diiferent from the older
ones, being lanceolate and long-petioled. I consider Schottfs A. acaule
not to be specifically distinct from this species. On rocks and trees, not
uncommon, often gregarious. — All islands.

815. A. macrophyllum, Sch.

Fl. July- Dec. Among rocks in forests, uncommon. St. Jan (near
Bethania).

81G. A. cordifclium, Kth. (v. Wild Tanier, Maroon Jancolo) (Bot. Mag. t. 2801, 5801
being a misprint in Gris. Fl. p. 508).

Fl. July-Nov. Among rocks in forests, gregarious, here and there. —
St. Croix (Wills Bay, Blue Mountain) ; St. Jan (Macumbi, 1200').

817. Dieffenbachia Seguine, Sch. (v. Dumb Cane).

Fl. May-Dec. In moist places on hio-h hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Caret Bay, 1000').

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 99

818. Fhilodendron hederaceum, Sell.

Fl. Aug. On trees in dense forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown, 1400').

819. Ph. giganteum, Soli. (Prod. Syst. Aroid. p. 261).

Fl. March-July. Petiole 2'-2J' long; lamina 2J'-3' long, 2' broad.
Peduncle l£"-3i" long; spathe 11"-12" long, opening itself only during
two nights. Spadix white, giving out a strong odour and considerable
high temperature during anthesis. Numerous aerial roots, stem l'-2'
long. Among rocks in dense forests on high hills, gregarious on trees. —
St. Thomas (Signal Hill and Crown, 1500').

(The picture in Bot. Mag. t. 3314, of the much smaller Ph. fragrantlssi-
mum, Kth. (Caladium, Hook.), gives a good representation of the habit

of this species.)

i

820. Caladiuin smaragdinum, C. Koch (Schott, 1. c. 165) (v. Guinea Ginger).

Fl. May-July. Ehizome tuberous, yellow. In pastures on high hills,
not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, above St. Peter, 1400').

821. Xanthosoma atrovirens, C. Koch (v. Scratch-throat ).

Xot seen flowering. Rhizome large, tuberous, used as a vegetable.
Leaves pungent when eaten as spinach. Cultivated and naturalized on
provision grounds. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

822. X. sagittcefolium, Sch. (v. Tanier).

Fl. July. Lamina of the spathe white, with a delicate rosy tinge.
Spathe disclosing itself during two nights from 7 to 10 o'clock; spadix
meanwhile giving forth a strong fragrance and showing a temperature
of 12° C. above that of the air. Leaves used as spinach and the tuberous
rhizome as a common vegetable. Cultivated and naturalized on pro-
vision grounds. — All islands.

823. X. ? hastatum, Egg. (Arum, Vahl.) (v. Indian Kale).

Xot seen flowering. Leaves hastate, with long pointed oblique basilar
lobes; used for spinach. (Naturalized?) Cultivated and spontaneous
in forests. — All islands.

824. Pistia ccciden'alis, Bl.

Fl. all the year round. Cultivated and naturalized in gardens. — St.
Thomas.

825. Lemna minor, L.

Xot seen flowering. In rivulets, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Jealousy
Gut. Fair Plain Gut).

[Cultivated species: Caladinm tricolor. Vent., C. pictum, DC., and (7.
picturatum, Linden.]

100 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

TYPHACCJE.

826. Typha angustifolia, L., var. domingensis, Pers.

Fl. Sept.-March. Used for making mats. In rivulets and around
lagoons, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Jan.

PANDANACEJE.

[Cultivated in gardens occurs Pandanus odoratissimus, L. fil. (v.

Screw Pine).]

PAL-M^E.

827. Thrinax argentea, Lodd. (v. Teyer-tree).

Fl. May-June. Stem KK-207 high. Leaves used for making ropes,
thatching roofs, and other domestic purposes. On the northern slope of
the hills in forests and tickets. — St. Croix (very rare, only one specimen
seen, near Belle vue Mill) ; Virgin Islands (common).

828. Oreodoxa regia, Kth. (v. Mountain Cabbage).

Fl. April- Aug. The young leaf-bud used as cabbage. Berries eaten
by hogs. In forests and along roads, common. — All islands.

829. Cocoa nucifera, L. (v. Cocoa-nut Tree).

Fl. Feb.-March. Leaves used for thatching roofs. The ripe fruit,
•although occurring in abundance, is scarcely used, and of no economical
importance. Naturalized along the seashore and along roads. — All

islands.

COIflMEl.YNACE.E.

830. Tradescantia geniculata, Jacq. /3) effusa, Mart.

Fl. March. Seeds bluish, verruculose. — Vieques (near Campo Asilo).

831. T. zebrina, Hortul. (v. "Wandering Jew).

Fl. May. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

832. T. discolor, Sw.

Fl. April-Aug. Stamens often by retrograde metamorphosis trans-
formed into petals. Naturalized in waste places and near dwellings. —
All islands.

833. Callisia repens, L.

Fl. Jan.-March. Gregarious in shady places, not uncommon. — All
islands.

834. C. umbellulata, Lam.

Fl. Jan. Seeds white with a red spot. Flowers monandrous. Among
rocks in shady places, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1200').

835. Commelyna cayennensis, Rich. (French Grass).

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded till 0 A. M. One of the
sterile stamens always abortive. In moist localities, common. — All
islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 101

836. C. elegans, Kth. (v. French Grass).

Fl. all the year round. Flower ephemeral. In moist localities, very
common. — All islands.

837. Bambusa vulgaxis, Schrad. (v. Bamboo Cane).

ZSTot seen flowering. Naturalized along rivulets and in gardens. —
St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

838. Arthrostylidium capiUifolium, Gris. (Plant. Wright, in Mem. Arner. Acad. viii,

531, I860).

Xot seen flowering. In forests, climbing among trees and shrubs to
a considerable height, rare. — St. Thomas (Flag Hill, TOO7); St. Jan
(Hornbeck in Hb. Havn., from "a large cataract, called Battery ") ;
Vieques (flowering specimens from Hornbeck in Hb. Havn.; others re-
ceived from Cainpo Asilo by me).

839. Eragrostis poaeoides, P. Br.

Fl. June-Dec. Stigmas white. Along roads and in dry localities,
often gregarious, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

840. E. ciliaris, Lk.

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers black. In dry localities, common. — All
islands.

841. Sporobolus virginicus, Kth. (v. Shander).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers and stigmas yellow. TJsed in baths for
children. Along the coast and lagoons, common. — All islands.

842. S. litoralis, K+.h. (v. Shander).

Fl. May-Dec. In the same places as the preceding, common. — All
islands.

843. S. indicus, R. Br. (v. Hair-grass).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers purple 5 stigmas yellow. Along roads and
ditches. — All islands.

844. Aristida stricta, Mich.

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers yellow. Awns of unequal length, always
longer than the glumes. Along ditches and in thickets, here and
there. — St. Croix (Crequis, Fair Plain); St. Thomas (Schl.); St. Jan
(Adrian Estate).

845. Olyra latifolia, L. /?) anindinacea.

Fl. Dec.-Jan. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay); Vieques
(Cainpo Asilo).

846. Fharus glaber, Kth.

Fl. June-Dec. Anthers yellow ; stigmas white. In forests, not un-
common. — All islands.

102 FLORA OF ST. CEOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

847. Pappophoium alopccuroides, Vahl.

Fl. Feb.-March. l'-3' high. Among rocks near the coast, rare. —
Buck Island, near St. Thomas $ Virgin Gorda (Vahl in Syrnb. Bot. iii, 10).

848. Bouteloua litigiosa, Lag.

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Anthers red ; stigmas white. In thickets and waste
places, not uncommon. — St. Thomas (CowelFs Hill — Town).

849. Leptochloa mucronata, Kth.

Fl. May-Oct. Spikelets often 1-flowered. Along ditches, not un-
common.— St. Croix.

850. L. virgata, P. Br. a), 0) gracilis, Ns., and 7) luultiflora, Egg.

Fl. May-Dec. Anthers white ; stigmas purple. Y) spikelets 9-flow-
ered. Awns very short ; fertile glumes not ciliate. Along roads, com-
mon.— a) and /?) all islands $ Y) St. Croix (Work and Best).

851. Chloris eleusinoides, Gris.

Fl. May-ETov. Along ditches, here and there. — St. Croix (Beeston
Hill, Mount Welcome).

852. Ch. radiata, Svr.

Fl. May-Oct. Stigmas brown. Gregarious along roads, common. —
All islands.

853. Ch. ciliata, Sw.

Fl. Feb.-Sept. Anthers rosy. My specimens show only one sterile
flower in each spikelet besides the fertile one (see Swartz's Flora Ind.
Occ. p. 189). Along roads, not uncommon. — All islands.

854. Dactyloctenium segyptiacum, \V. (v. Ten-per-cent Grass).

Fl. March-No v. Anthers straw-coloured 5 stigmas white. A good
pasture-grass. Along roads and in fields, common. — All islands.

855. Eleusine indica, L.

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers greyish ; stigmas purple. Common every-
where.— All islands.

/

856. Cynodon Dactylon, Pers. (v. Bay Grass, Billy Grass).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers straw-coloured, with purple spots; stigmas
purple. A good pasture*- grass, and fit for making good hay, but at the
same time a most troublesome weed in cane-fields on account of its long
and creeping rhizome. Said to have been introduced. Along the coast
and in fields, gregarious. — St. Croix and St. Thomas (very common) 5 St.
Jan (uncommon, Little Plantation).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 103

857. Paspalum compressum, Xs. (v. Flat Grass).

Fl. June-Oct. Anthers light yellow j stigmas white. Near ditehes
and in shady localities, not uncommon. — All islands.

858. P. conjugatum, Berg.

Fl. June-Dec. Anthers yellow 5 stigmas white. In moist localities,
common. — All islands.

859. P. pusiUum, Vent.

St. Thomas (Fliigge sec. Gris. Syst. Tint, p. 114).

860. P. distichum, L. a) and /3) vaginatum, Sw.

Fl. June- Aug. Proterandrous. Anthers light yellow ; stigmas black.
Along rivulets, not uncommon. — St. Croixj St. Thomas.

861. P. notation, Fliigge.

St. Thomas (Fliigge sec. Gris. Syst. Tint,, p. 114).

862. P. caespitosum, Fliigge.

Fl. May-Sept. Anthers orange-coloured. In moist localities, not
uncommon. — All islands.

863. P. glabrum, Poir.

Fl. May-July. Here and there along ditches. — St. Thomas (Schl.) ;
St. Jaii (Biff Bay).

864. P. plicatulum, Michx.

Fl. March-Sept. Along the seacoast, not uncommon.— All islands.

865. P. virgatum, L. a).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers straw-coloured; stigmas white. In moist
localities, not uncommon. — All islands.

866. P. paniculatum, L.

St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).

867. P. spathaceum, HB. K.

St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).

868. Digitaria filiformis, Mtilil.

Fl. Dec. In dry thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas (CowelPs
Hill).

869. D. marginata, Lk. (v. Running Grass).

Fl. March-Sept. Anthers purple with white stripes ; stigmas purple.
A good pasture-grass. Along ditches and roads, common. — All islands.

104 FLOE A OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

870. D. setigera, Kunth.

Fl. June-Oct. Anthers and stigmas purple. Along roads, common. —
All islands.

871. Eriochloa punctata, Hamilt.

Fl. March-Sept. Anthers brownish ; stigmas black. In moist locali-
ties, here and there. — St. Croix (Crequis, La Grange) ; St. Thomas
(Schl.).

872. Stenotaphrum americanum, Schrank (v. Horse Grass).

Fl. May-Aug. Anthers orange-coloured 5 stigmas purple. Along the
coast and in moist localities, gregarious, common. — All islands.

873. Orthopogon setarius, Spreng.

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers light purple ; stigmas purple. In forests,
common. — All islands.

874. Pauicum paspaloides, Pers.

Fl. March-Sept. Anthers reddish; stigmas straw-coloured. The
hermaphrodite flower in this and all other species of Panicum is proter-
androus, the stamens dropping off before the stigmas appear. These
latter are then fertilized by the agency of the wind from other individ-
uals before the stamens of the male flower make their appearance, self-
fertilization being thus evidently impossible. Along rivulets and in
moist localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

875. P. brizoides, L.

St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).

876. P. colonum, L.

Fl. MarchrSept. Anthers purple; stigmas black. Along roads and
ditches, common. — All islands.

877. P. prostratum, Lam. a) and /?) pilosa, Egg.

Fl. June-July. Anthers orange-coloured ; stigmas black. /3 ) Ehachis
of spikelets pilose. — «) All islands (common); /3) St. Croix (La Grange).

878. P. fuscum, Sw. (v. Sour Grass), a) and /?) fasciculatum, Sw.

Fl. Feb.-Sept. Anthers orange-coloured ; stigmas purple. Abhorred
by the cattle.— a) All islands, ft) St. Croix; St. Thomas (Schlechten-
dal). Not uncommon.

879. P. molle, Sw. (v. Yerba de Para", Spanish Grass).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers yellow; stigmas purple. Naturalized here
and there in pastures. — St. Croix (Cotton Grove). \

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 105

880. P. diffusum, Sw.

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers orange-coloured; stigmas dark purple. In
moist localities, uncommon. — All islands.

881. P. maximum, Jacq. (v. Guinea Grass) (P. polygamum, Sw.).

Fl. June-Sept. Anthers brownish; stigmas light purple. A splendid
pasture-grass, growing to the height of 12', forming dense tufts and
being propagated by the rhizome. Naturalized and cultivated every-
where.— All islands.

882. P. divaricatum, L. a) and /3) puberulum.

Fl. May-Dec. Anthers light yellow; stigmas white. Kesembling a
thin Bamboo Cane. 8'-16' high. Both forms not uncommon in forests,
climbing over trees and shrubs. — All islands.

883. P. ghitinosum, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 267).

884. P. brevifolium, L.

Fl. Aug.-Dec. Anthers and stigmas white. In gardens and along
roads, here and there. — St. Thomas (Barracks).

885. P. cayennense, Lam.

St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).

886. Setaria glauca, P. Br. a).

Fl. May-Oct. In forests, common. — All islands.

887. S. setosa, P. Br. a) and ft) caudata, R. S. (v. Sour Grass).

Fl. April-Dec. Anthers orange-coloured; stigmas purple, a) 3'-7'
high ; in forests and along ditches, common. — All islands, ft ) in dry
thickets, uncommon. — St. Thomas (CowelPs Hill).

888. Cenchrus echinatus, L. /?) viridis, Spreng. (v. Burr Grass).

Fl. April-Dec. Anthers light yellow ; stigmas white, with a purple
spot in the middle. The ripe farinaceous seeds eaten by the cattle.
Along the coast, very common. — All islands.

889. Anthephora elegans, Schreb.

Fl. Jan.-Oct. Anthers brownish. In thickets, here and there. — St.
Croix ; St. Thomas.

890. Tricholaena insularis, Gris. (v. Bitter Grass, Long Grass).

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers brownish; stigmas white. Never touched
by cattle whilst green, on account of its bitter taste. Spikelets easily
detached aud carried far away by the wind. Yery common along roads
and in dry places. — All islands.

106 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

891. Lappago aliena, Spreng.

Fl. May-Dec. Stigmas white. Generally both spikelets fertile.
Near ditches and in thickets, common. — All islands.

892. Andropogon saccharoides, L.

Fl. Aug.-Oct. Anthers light yellow; stigmas dark purple. Awn not
twisted. Along roads, here and there. — St. Croix (Beeston Hill Grange).

893. Anatherum bicorne, P. Br. (v. Jolly Grass).

Fl. July-Oct. 2/-4/ high. Used for thatching roofs. ISTot eaten by
the cattle. Gregarious on high hills, where it is difficult to counteract
its spreading, even by burning it now and then. — St. Thomas (northern
slope of the highest ridge).

894. Sorghum vulgare, Pers. (v. Guinea Corn).

Fl. Dec. S'-IG' high. Naturalized and cultivated for herbage and
for making flour of the grain. — All islands, principally St. Croix and
Vieques.

895. Saccharum officinamm, L. (v. Sugar-cane).

Fl. Dec.-May. Naturalized and cultivated. Sugar-growing islands
are now only two, viz., St. Croix and Vieques, whilst the other Virgin
Islands have only a very few cane estates, principally for selling the
raw cane in the markets. The average produce of sugar from both the
above-mentioned islands is about 25 million pounds. The plant is propa-
gated by cuttings that are laid entirely under ground.

(The genus Panicum excepted, all Graminacece are proterogynous.)
[Cultivated species: Andropogon Sclicenanthus, L. (v. Lemon-grass),
Zea Mays, L. (v. Indian Corn), and Coix Lacryma, L. (v. Job's Tears).]

CYPERACE^E.

896. Cyperus polystachyus, Rottb.

Fl. July. On high hills, rare.— St. Thomas (Crown, 1500').

897. C. laevigatus, L. (Cod. p. 61) (C. mucronatus, Rottb.). a) albidus.

Fl. March-Get. Connective pointed. Along rivulets, not uncom-
mon.—St. Croix; St. Thomas (Schl., Bockeler).

898. C. compressus, L.

Fl. Dec. Flowers 2-androus. Near the coast in moist places, uncom-
mon.—St. Thomas (Haven Sight).

899. C. confertus, Sw.

Fl. Dec. In thickets, here and there.— St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill) j
St. Croix (Gris. Fl. 563).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 107

•i

900. C. ochraceus, Valil.

Kl. May-Get. In moist localities, uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis).

901. C. viscosus, Ait.

Fl. April-Xov. Stamens always 3 (see Swartz's Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 113).
Seeds germinating in moist weather on the parent, and often growing
out into young plants an inch or two in length. Along rivulets and
ditches, not uncommon.— St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

902. C. surinamensis, Roltb.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

903. C. articulatus, L. (v. Sting Bisom).

Fl. March-Sept. In ditches, not uncommon. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.

904. C. rotundus, L. (v. Xut Grass).

Fl. all the year round. Tubers sweet, eaten by hogs. A troublesome
weed, very common in fields and along roads.— All islands.

905. C. brunneus, Sw. (C. planifolius, Rica.).

Fl. May. On the coast and near lagoons, not uncommon. — All islands.

906. C. sphacelatus, Rottb.

Fl. Feb. On high hills in pastures, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill).

907. C. distans, L.

Fl. Aug. In pastures on high hills, common. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill).

908. C. unifolius, Bceckler (Linnaea, Neue Folge, ii, 374).

St. Croix (Eavn in Beliq. Lehni.).

909. C. filiformis, Sw.

Fl. all the year round. In moist localities, not uncommon. — St.
Thomas.

910. C. odoratus, L.

Fl. April-Oct. Xear rivulets and ditches, here and there. — St. Croix
(Mount Pleasant, Annas Hope).

911. C. pennatus, Lam. (Buckler, 1. c. 404) (C. Ehrenbayii, Kth., C. flexuosus, Valil).

Fl. all the year round. Along the coast, not uncommon. — St. Thomas,

912. C. ligularis, L.

Fl. March-Dec. Along rivulets, not uncommon. — All islands.

108 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

913. C. flavomariscus, Gris. (C.flavus, Bceckler).

Fl. Aug. In pastures on hills, here and there. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill); Buck Island (jiear St. Thomas).

914. Kyllinga filiformis, Sw. a) and y) capillaris, Gris.

Fl. June-Dee. Involucral leaves of various lengths. Both forms not
uncommon in forests. — St. Croix (The William, Eliza's Eetreat).

915. K. triceps, Rottb.

Fl. March. In shady moist localities. — St. Jan (Baas Gut).

916. K. monocephala, Rottb.

Fl. all the year round. In moist places in forests, common. — All
islands.

917. K. brevifolia, Rottb. (Emend, in Bceckler, Linnsea, 1867, 425). 0) longifolia,

St. Thomas (Ehrenberg sec. Bceckler).

918. Scirpus capitatus, L.

Fl. all the year round. Achenium black. Along rivulets, common. —
All islands.

919. S. nodulosus, Kth.

Fl. March-Dec. Along rivulets and in ditches, uncommon. — St. Croix
(Adventure).

920. S. subdistichus, Bceckler (Linngea, 1869-70, 490).
St. Thomas (Bcklr.).

921. S. mutatus, Vahl.

Fl. March-Dec. Filaments flat 5 style often bifid. In moist places,
not uncommon. — St. Croix 5 St. Jan.

922. S. ferrugineus, L.

Fl. all the year round. Filaments flat. Gregarious in tufts on the
sandy seashore and near lagoons, uncommon. — St. Croix (Frederiksted) ;
St. Jan (Beef Bay).

923. S. brizoides, Sw. (Fimlm«tyli8 polymorpha, Boeckler).

Fl. Aug.-Sept. In pastures on high hills, common. — Virgin Islands.

924. Rhynchospora pusilla, Gris.

Fl. Feb.-July. Anthers 1%" long. In pastures on hills, rare. — St
Thomas (Signal Hill, 1400').

925. R. pur a, Gris.

Fl. Feb.- Aug. Seeds often germinating on the parent. In the same
places as the preceding. St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VJRGIN ISLANDS. 109

926. Scleria pratensis, Lindl. (v. Cutting Grass).

Fl. April-Nov. In forests and pastures on high hills, imcommon. —
St. Croix (Springfield, Mount Eagle); St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

927. S. scindens, Ns. (v. Razor-grass).

Fl. Aug.-Sept. In forests, rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1500').

928. S. filiformis, Svv. (S. lithoaperma, W.).

Fl. May-No v. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix (King's Hill) ;
St. Thomas (CowelTs HiU).

[All Cyperacece are proterogynous, with white stigmas and light yel-
low anthers.]

LIUACEJB.

929. Aloe vulgaris, L. (v. Sempervivie).

Fl. March-April. Gregarious on limestone (naturalized?), common. —
All islands.

930. Yucca gloriosa, L.

Fl. June-Aug. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings.— St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

931. Agave americana, L. (v. Karata*).

Fl. Feb.-May. On dry hills, common. — All islands.

932. A. sobolifera, Salm-Dyck. (v. Karatii).

Very seldom or never bearing flowers. Propagated by bulblets in
June-July, growing out to a considerable size whilst still on the parent.
On hills and in thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

933. Fourcroya cubensis, Haw. (v. Female Karata").

Fl. March and July-Aug. In dry thickets, not uncommon. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

934. Pancratium caribaeum, L. (v. White Lily, Ladybus).

Fl. May-Nov. Flowers nocturnal; fragrant. On rocky coasts, not
uncommon. — All islands.

935. Crinum erubescens, Ait.

Fl. all the year round. Flowers nocturnal; fragrant. Along rivu-
lets, here and there. — St. Croix (Hogensborg).

936. Amaryllis equestris, Ait. (v. Red Lily).

Fl. March-Oct. On rocky shores, gregarious, not uncommon. — All
islands.

110 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

937. A. tubispatha, Ker. (v. Snow-drop).

Fl. April-Oct., especially after heavy rains. In fields and near dwell-
in gs, not uncommon. — All islands.

[Cultivated species: Allium fistulosum, L. (v. Ciboule), Polyanthes tiibe-
rosa, L. (v. Tuberose), and Crinum giganteum, Andr.J

ASP AR AGIN AC E^E.

938. Sanseviera guineensis, W. (Spec, ii, 159) (Bot. Mag. t. 1179) (v. Guana-tail).

Fl. Nov.-Dec. Fibres of the leaves yield a good material for ropes.
Naturalized here and there on dry hills, gregarious. — St. Croix (Frie-
densfeld); St. Thomas (around town).

939. Smilax havanensis, Jacq.

Not seen flowering. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Cale-
donia, Wills Bay, Kohr's Minde).

940. S. populnea, Kth. (Ennm. Plant, v, 192).

Fl. June- July (<?). Unarmed. Leaves 4" -5" long, 3"-&" broad. In
forests, a high climber, rare.— St. Thomas (Flag Hill, 900').

D10SCOREACE.E.

941. Dioscorea pilosiuscula, Bert.

Fl. Dec., but rarely. Older leaves purple beneath, broad white stripes
on the upper surface. Male inflorescence 3" long, pendulous. Axillar
bulbs large, often bifid, greyish-brown, generally producing leaves
whilst still in connection with the parent, dropping off later and form-
ing new plants. In shady forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill,
northern slope above St. Peter, 1000').

942. D. alata, L. (v. Yam), a), /?) vulgaris, Miq.

Not seen flowering. Propagated by the rhizome. Naturalized and
cultivated in provision grounds. Rhizome affording a nutritive vegeta-
ble. — All islands.

943. D. altissima, Lain. (v. Yam).

Not seen flowering. Stem cylindrical. Occurring in the same places
and used in the same way as the preceding. — All islands.

944. Rajania pleioneura, Gris.

Fl. Dec. Iii forests, rare.— St. Thomas (Flag Hill, 800').

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. Ill

945. R. hastata, L.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. In forests and on fences on high hills, not uncom-
mon.—St. Thomas (Signal Hill, Northside) (St. Croix?).

IKIDACE.E.

946. Cipura plicata, Gris. (v. St. Jan Grass, Bloodroot).

Fl. all the year round. Bulbs crimson. Naturalized in gardens and
valleys. — All islands.

BKO^IEI.IACE.E.

947. Bromelia Finguin, L. (v. Pinguin).

Fl. Dec. and April-June. Pulp edible, acid. Used for fences. Gre-
garious in forests and thickets, common. — All islands.

948. Chevalliera lingulata, Gris.

Fl. March-July. Petals white, with a bluish point. Berry glabrous,
pink or blue. On trees and rocks on high hills, not uncommon. — St.
Thomas (Crown, Signal Hill, 1500') ; St. Jan (Macumbi).

949. Pitcairnia angustifolia, Ait.

Fl. Aug.-Sept. Seeds red, pointed at the base; appendage white,
truncate. On trees and rocks. — St. Croix (rare, King's Hill Gut) ; Vir-
gin Islands (common, especially on the coast).

950. Tillandsia fasciculata, Sw.

Fl. Jan .-Fob. Capsule a little shorter than the bract. On trees in
forests and on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Crown); St. Jan
(Baas Gut).

951. T. utriculata, L. (v. Wild Pine).

Fl. Feb.- Aug. Inflorescence over 8' high. On trees and rocks, com-
mon.— All islands.

952. T. recurvata, L. (v. Old Man's Beard).

Fl. Jaii.-Feb., but very rarely. Seeds often germinating in the cap-
sule. Used for stuffing mattresses. On trees, gregarious, very com-
mon.— All islands.

953. T. usnecides, L. (v. Old Man's Beard).

Fl. March, rarely. Petals greenish. On shrubs, common, grega-
rious.— All islands.

954. Catopsis nutans, Gris.

Fl. June- Aug. Petals fleshy, white. Seeds brown; pappus 1J"

112 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

long, white, silky. On trees and rocks on high hills, not uncommon. —
St. Thomas (Signal Hill, Crown, UOO'-ISOO').
[Cultivated species: Ananassa sativa, Lindl. (v. Pine-apple).

MUSACE^E.

955. Musa paradisiaca, L. (v. Plantain).

Fl. May-Aug. Fruit eaten only boiled or fried. Naturalized and
cultivated, but rare. — All islands.

956. M. sapientium, L. (v. Banana).

Fl. May-Nov. Fruit eaten raw or fried. Naturalized and cultivated
everywhere, occurring in several varieties (Bacuba, Fig, Lady-finger,
St. Vincent Banana, etc.). — All islands.

SCITAMINE^E.

957. Renealmia sylvestris, Gris.

Fl. Aug. In forests in shady and moist localities, rare. — St. Croix
(Golden Eock) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1400').

958. Zingiber officinalis, Rose. (v. Ginger).

Fl. Sept. Naturalized and cultivated in forest districts, here and
there. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

959. Canna indica, L. (v. Indian Shot).

Fl. all the year round. In moist places and near dwellings, not un-
common.— All islands.

960. C. Lamberti, Lindl. (v. Scarlet Indian Shot).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

961. C. edulis, Ker. (v. Tout-le-mois).

Fl. all the year round. Tubers used for producing salep. Natural-
ized and cultivated along rivulets. — All islands.

962. Maranta arundinacea, L. (v. Arrow-root).

Not seen flowering. Tubers yielding the best kind of salep. Nat-
uralized and cultivated here and there. — All islands.

[Cultivated species: Alpinia nutans, Eaf. (v. Shell-plant), and Cur-
cuma longa, L. (v. Turmeric).

ORCHIDACE^E.

963. Liparls elata, Lindl.

Fl. June-Dec. Bracts purple. My specimens on the whole some-
what smaller than the picture in Bot. Mag. 1. 1175. On red clay among

FLORA OF ST. €ROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 113

rocks on high hills, here and there. — St. Thomas (Liliendal, Bonne Reso-
lution).

964. Epidendrum subaequale, Eggers, n. sp.

Fl. Feb.-March. Tubers cylindrical, small, several-leaved. Leaves
2-5, linear, channelled, pointed, much shorter than the scape ; sterile
bracts short, distant, pointed, floral ones smaller ; flowers in a simple
raceme, 3-4. Perigonial divisions lanceolate, pointed, nearly conform.
Lip slightly adnate to the column, 3-lobed; lobes rounded, the two lat-
eral ones a little shorter than the middle one. Column auricled below
the anther; auricles small, purple. Ovary linear, striate, £" long. Al-
lied to E. aciculare, Batem., but leaves several, much shorter than the
scape, and lip broadly 3-lobed. Leaves 5"-6" long, 2'" broad ; scape
20//-24// high, straight. Peduncles J" long ; perigonial divisions green-
ish, with brown spots, J" long ; lip purple, with darker stripes and a
yellow crest in the middle, \" long. The whole plant of a sometimes
darker, sometimes lighter hue, flowers even sometimes quite white. On
rocks and the roots of trees in dry thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas
(Cowell's Hill, Solberg).

965. E. bifidum, Aubl.

Fl. May-Dec. On trees and rocks, not uncommon. — All islands.

966. E. ciliare, L.

Fl. June-Feb. Flowers fragrant. Gregarious on rocks and old tree-
trunks, common. — All islands.

967. E. cochleatum, L. (Dot. Mag. t. 151, bad).

Fl. April-May. On trees in forests, rare. — St. Croix (Mount Eagle,
1150'; Jacob's Peak, 950').

968. E. patens, Sw.

Fl. July- Aug. Leaves distichous ; scape compressed, l'-2' high. On
rocks in leaf-mould, rare, on high hills. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1500').

969. .Brassavola cucullata, R. Br.

Fl. June-Oetb. Gregarious on rocks, rare. — St. Thomas (John Bruce
Bay).

970. Polystachya luteola, Hook.

Fl. March-Nov. Flowers often cleistogamous and n6rmal on the
same branch and at the same time. Both forms yielding good seeds.
On rocks and old tree-trunks, not uncommon on hills. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1200'-1500').

Bull. Nat, Mus. No. 13 8

114 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

971. Oncidium Lemonianum, Liiidl.

Fl. May-July. Never giving fruit, but propagating itself by pro-
ducing young plants from buds in the axils of the sterile bracts below
the flowers, which remain in connection with the parent plant, and thus
often forming long colonies of plants from one tree to another. In for-
ests and thickets, gregarious, but rare. — St. Thomas (Picara Peninsula,
Fortuna).

(The lateral sepals in my specimens being distinct, I am inclined to
retain Lindley's specific name instead of uniting my plant with 0. tctra-
petalum, W., as done by Grisebach.)

972. O. variegatum, Sw.

Fl. July-Octb. On rocks and trees in shady places, not uncommon. —
Virgin Islands.

973. Prescottia myosurus, G. Rchb.

Fl. March. In grass-fields on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1400').

974. Spiranthes elata, Rich.

Fl. March. Leaves deciduous during anthesis. In leaf-mould on high
hills, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

975. Stenorrhynchus lanceolatus, Rich.

Fl. May. Leaves deciduous during anthesis. Only J'-l' high. In
clayey soil among rocks on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill,
Crown).

976. Habenaria maculosa, Lindl.

Fl. Feb. Spur V long, nectariferous. In pastures on high hills,
rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

977. H. alata, Hook.

Fl. Feb. Spur 6'" long, nectariferous. In the same localities as the
preceding, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, above St. Peter, 1400')-

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 115

II. CRYPTOGAMS VASCTJLARES.

LYCOPODIACEJE.

978. Lycopodium cernuum, L.

Gregarious among rocks on high hills, here and there. — St. Thomas
(Crown, Signal Hill).

979. Psilotum triquetmm, Sw.

In shady places among rocks, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis) ;
St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

FIJLICES.

980. Ophioglossum reticulatum, L.

In pastures under rocks on high hills, not uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Crown).

981. Davallia aculeata, Sw. (v. Prickly Fern).

In pastures on high hills, here and there. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill,
above St. Peter, 1300').

982. Adiantum villosum, L.

Among rocks in forests, uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis, Vieques).

983. A. intermedium, Sw.

On high hills, not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

984. A. microphyllum, Kaulf.

Fragrant in the morning. In dense forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Crown).

985. A. tenerum, Sw. (v. Maiden-hair).

In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

986. A. fragile, Sw.

Iii the same localities as the preceding, uncommon. — All islands.

987. Cheilanthes microphylla, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 313, Benzon in Hb. Havn.); St. Thomas (Eavn
in Hb. Havn.).

988. Pteris longifolia, L.

Along rivulets in forests, rare. — St. Croix (Crequis).

116 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

989. P. pedata, L.

Gregarious in forests, here and there. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, near
St. Peter).

990. Tsenitis lanceolata, R. Br.

In leaf-mould on rocks, not uncommon. — All islands.

991. Antrophyum lineatum, Kaulf.

In forests, rare. — St. Thomas (St. Peter).

992. Blechnum occidentale, L.

Gregarious in pastures and forests, very common. — All islands.

993. Chry sodium vulgare, F6e.

In marshy soil, gregarious 5 up to 15' high. Not uncommon. — All
islands.

994. Hemionitis palmata, L. (v. Strawberry Fern).

Propagating itself by buds from the serratures of the frond. Grega-
rious in shady forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Eliza's Retreat) ; St.
Jan (Rogiers, King's Hill).

995. Gymnogramme calomelanos, Kaulf. (v. Silvery Fern).

On hills and among stones, not uncommon. — All islands.

Var. pumila, Egg.

Dwarfy, cartilaginous. On old walls, here and there. — St. Croix
(Bodkin); St. Thomas (CowelPs Battery).

996. Aspleiiium serratum, L.

Frond up to 4' long. On rocks in forests, very rare. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1400').

997. A. firmum, Kze.

St. Thomas (Griseb. Syst. Unters. p. 134) (A. absclssum, W.).

998. A. pumilum, Sw.

On clayey soil in forests, gregarious, here and there. — St. Thomas
(MatthisGut); St. Jan (Rogiers).

999. Aspidium ptmctulatum, Sw.

In forests, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

1000. A. semicordatum, Sw.

In shady localities, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

FLOBA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 117

1001. A. patens, Sw.

In forests, here and there.— St. Croix (Crequis); St. Thomas (Crown).

1002. A. molle, Sw.

In the same localities as the preceding, not uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill).

1003. A. invisum, Sw. a).

In .shady localities, rare. — St. Croix (Crequis).

1004. Polypodium tetragonum, Sw.

In forests, not uncommon. — All islands

1005. P. crenatum, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 313, Benzon in Hb. Havn.); St. Thomas (Hb.

Havn.).

1006. P. aureum, L.

On dead trees and rocks, not uncommon. — All islands.

1007. P. areolatum, Thunb.

In the same places as the preceding, but rare. — St. Thomas (Crown).

1008. P. incisum, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 313).

1009. P. incanum, Sw.

Among roots of large trees, gregarious, not uncommon. All islands.

1010. P, piloselloides, L.

In forests and pastures among rocks on high hills, here and there. —
St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 130<X).

1011. P. serpens, Sw.

On trees and rocks on high hills, rare. — St. Croix (top of Mount Ea-
gle, 1150').

1012. P. Phyllitidis, L. a) and/3) repens.

In forests on rocks and trees, not uncommon. — All islands.

1013. Cyathea aiborea, Sw.

Stem 12'-15' high, 3" diam. In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas
(Crown, western slope, 14007; Caret Bay Gut).

COBBECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.

Page 19. Fourteenth line from above, after " local name" read — which as a rule is
derived either from the English or the Dutch language, except in Yieques and Culebra.

Page 84. To Avicennia nitida. — The ground under the tree is sometimes covered with
a peculiar kind of aerial roots, proceeding from the underground roots erect into the
air to a height of four to six inches.

Page 99. To Aroidece. — A supposed Aroidea with an immense, nearly aphyllous, climb-
ing, terete, green stem, about 100' long, I" diam., with scaly, early deciduous leaves
and aerial roots resembling those of Vanilla, is met with in a few places in St. Thomas
(among rocks on Flaghill in the forest). As, however, neither fruit nor flower has
as yet been found, it is still doubtful even to which family this interesting species
may belong.

Page 100, No. 827. Cancel the lines, " Leaves used for making ropes, thatching roofs,
and other domestic purposes."

Add before No. 828 :

827*. Th. parviflora, Sw. (v. Bull-Seger). Fl. May-July; stem 30'-40' high, up to
3' in circumference. Berry in both species black, fleshy. Leaves of this species are
used for making ropes, hats, roofs, and for other domestic purposes. On the northern
slopes of the hills, common. — Virgin Islands.

Add before Commelynacece :

(Cultivated species: Phoenix spinosa, Thonning, and Latania lorlonica, L.)
118

IISTDEX.

The names in italics are those of the cultivated plants of the islands.

Page.

Abelmoschus esculentus 30

Abrus prsecatorius 43

Abutilon indicunv 30

lignosum 30

periplocifolium 29

umbellatum 29

Acacia arabica 49

Catechu 48

Farnesiana 49

frondosa 49

Lebbek 49,59

macracantha 49

nudiflora 48

sarmentosa 48

tortuosa 49

Acalypha chamsedrifolia 91

ACANTHACE.E 80

Acanthospennum humile 64

Achyranthes aspera 86

Acrodiclidium salicifolium 89

Adansonia digitata 31

Adenanthera pavonina 48

Adiantum fragile -• 115

intermedium 115

microphyllum 115

tenerum 115

villosum 115

.ffigiphila martinicensis 84

.5Sschynomene americana 42

Agati grandiflora 42

Agave americana 109

sobolifera 109

Ageratum conyzoides 63

Aleurites Moluccana 91

ALISMACE^E 97

Allamanda cathartica 70

Alligator Pear.. 89

Ailing, white 84

Allium fistulosum 110

Almond, Dog 45

Almond-tree 54

Aloe vulgaris 109

Aloysia citrivdora 84

Alpinia nutans 112

Alternant hera Achyrantha 86

ficoidea 86

polygonoides 86

Althcea rosea 31

Alysicarpus vaginalis 43

AMARANTACE^S 86

Amarantus paniculatus 87

spinosus 87

tristis 87

Amaret ... 48

Page.

Amaretsteckel 48

Amaryllis equestris 109

tubispatha 110

Amblogyne polygonoides 87

Ambrosia artemisisefolia 64

AMENTACE^E 96

Ammannia latifolia 54

AMPELIDE^E 39

Amyris sylvatica 40

Anacardium occidentale 41

Anamomis punctata 52

Ananassa sativa 112

Anatherum bicorne 106

Andira inermis 45

Andropogon saccharoides 106

Schcenanthu* 106

Anethum graveolens 59

Anguria glomerata 95

trilobata 55

Anise 59

Anona laurifolia 23

muricata 23

palustris 23

reticulata : 23

squamosa 23

Anthacanthus jamaicensis 81

microphyllus 81

spinosus 81

Anthephora elegans 105

Antherylium Rohrii 54

Anthriscus Cerefolium 59

Anthurium cordifolium 98

Huegelii 98

macrophyllum 98

Antigonon cordatum 88

Antrophyum lineatum 116

Apium graveolens 59

APOCYNACE^ 69

Apple, Bell 56

Chigger 33,57

Custard 23

Maid 55

Monkey 23

Pine Ill

Star 87

Sugar 23

Arachis hypogaea 43

I ARALIACE^ 59

Ardisia coriacea 67

Argemone mexicana 24

Argyrothamnia candicans 91

fasciculata 91

Aristida stricta 101

119

120

INDEX.

Aristolochia anguicida

trilobate 95

ARISTOLOCHIACEJE 95

ARC-IDE^ 98

Arrow-root 112

Arthrostylidium capillifolium 101

Artocarpus incisa 94

ASCLEPIADACE^ 70

Asclepias curassavica 70

nivea 70

Ash, Bitter 38

ASPARAGINACE.E 110

Aspidium invisum 117

moUe 117

patens 117

punctulatum 116

semicordatum 116

Asplenium finnum 116

pumilum 116

serratum 116

Aster chinensis 67

AURANTIACEJ3 36

Avicennia nitida 84,118

tomentosa 84

Ayeniapusilla 32

Baas-fram boom 59

BaccharisVahlii 64

Bachelor's Button 86

Balloon-vine 35

Balsam, Garden 80

Passia 81

Penguin 80

Balsamina hortensis 36

BALSAMINACE^E ^ 36

Bamboo Cane 101

Bambusa vulgafis 101

Banana 112

Barleria lupulina 80

Barrow, Fallen 66

Bastard Guava 52

Mahogany 45

Bastardia viscosa 30

Batis maritima 86

Batta-batte 87

Bauhinia tomentosa 47

ungula 48

Bay-flower 28,86

Grass 102

Leaf 52

Sallie 67

Vine 71

Bean, Horse 46

Rat 25

White 44

Beet 86

Begonia humilis 96

BEGONIACE2E 96

Bell apple 56

Beloperone nemorosa 80

Benye 81

Beta vulgaris 86

Beurreria succulente 74

Bidens bipinnatus 65

leucanthus 65

Bignonia aquinoctialis 79

unguis 79

Page. [ Page.

BillyGrass 102

BirdPepper 76

Bisom 107

Bitter-ash 38

Bush. 69

Gobie 55

Grass 105

BixaOrellana 25

Black Amaret 48

Calabash 79

Cherry 52

Mckars. 46

Pepper, Wild 84

Torch 60

Willie 25

Black-eye Pea 50

: Blechnum Brownei 80

occidentale ] 16

Blister-leaf 85

j Blood-root ill

; BlueVine 44

Boerhaavia erecta 87

paniculata 87

BOMBACEJE 31

Bonny Vis 44

Bontia daphnoides 84

; BORAGINACE^E 74

i Borreria parviflora 62

stricta &>

verticillata 62

Borrichia arbgrescens 65

Bouchea Ehrenbergii 83

Bougainvillea spectabilis 87

Boussingaultia baselloides 86

Bouteloua litigiosa 102

Bower 87

Boxwood 90

Brachyrhamphus intybaceus 66

Bran Settle 9»2

Brassavola cucullata 113

Brassiea oleracea 24

Breadfruit-tree 94

Break-bill 68

Brisselet 34

Bromelia Pinguin m

BROMELIACE^ m

Broom, white-head 64

Broom-wood 32

Brunfelsia americana 75

Bryophyllum calycinum 53

Bucida Buceras 54

Bull-suckers 58

Vis 35

Bully Wood 68

Bumelia cuneata 68

Bunchosia Swartziana 34

Bunya 23

Bur-bush 32

Burning Love 62

Burr Grass 105

Bursera gummifera 40

Buttou-wood 54

Buxus Vahlii 90

INDEX.

121

Page.

Byrsonima lucida . . 34

spicata 34

Cabbage 24

Mountain 100

Cabrite 35

Cacalia coccinea 66

Cacos 50

CACTACE^ 57

Caesalpinia pulcherrima 46

Cajanus indicus 44

Cakile aequalis 24

Calabash, Black 79

Calabash-tree 79

Caladium bicolor 99

pictum 99

picturatum 99

smaragdinum 99

Calalu, Jackass 32

Calliandra portoricensis 49

purpurea 49

Saman 49

Callicarpa reticulata 84

Callisia repens 100

umbellulata 100

Calophyllum Calaba 34

Calotropis procera 70

Calyptranthes Chytraculia 50

pallens..,. 50

Thomasiana 50

Canavalia gladiata 45

obtusifolia 45

parviflora •. 45

Candlestick, Golden 47

Cane, Bamboo 101

Dumb 98

Sugar 106

Canella alba 34

C AXELLACE^ 34

Canker-berry 77

Canna edulis 112

indica 112

Lamberti 112

Cape Jessamine 70

C APPARIDACE^ 24

Capparis amygdalina 25

cynophallophora 25

frondosa 25

jamaicensis 25

verrucosa 25

Capraria biflora 78

CAPEIFOLIACE^: 59

Capsicum annuum 76

baccatum 76

dulce 76

frutescens 76

Cardiospermum Halicacabum 35

microcarpum 35

Carica Papaya 56

Carrot 59

CAEYOPHTLLACE^ 27

Cagearia parvifolia 26

ramiflora 26

sylvestris 26

Cash£ 49

Cashew 41

Casparea 50

Page.

Cassava 92

Cassia alata 47

angustisiliqua 47

bacillaris 47

bicapsularis 47

biflora 47

Fistula 46

florida 47

glandulosa 47

grandis. . . '. 46

nicticans 47

obtusifolia 47

Occident-alls 47

Gassy taamericana 89

Castela erecta 38

Castor-oil tree 92

Casuarina equisetifolia 96

Cat-claw 79

Catalpa longisiliqua 79

Catch-and-keep 48

Catesbsea parviflora 59

Catopsis nutans Ill

Cattun 70

Cecropia peltata 94

Cedar 79

CELASTRACE^ 39

Celery 59

Celosia argentea 86

nitida 86

Celtis aculeata 94

trinervia , 94

Cenchrus echinatus 105

Centipee-root 37

Centrosema virginianum 44

Cephalandra indica 55

Cereus, Night-blooming 57

Cereus armatus 57

floccosus 57

grandiflorus 57

monoclonog 58

peruvianus v 58

Phyllanthus : *. 58

repandus 58

triangularis 57

Cestrum diurnum 78

laurifolium 78

nocturnum 78

Chamissoa altissima 86

Changeable Hibiscus 31

Cheilanthes microphylla 115

CHENOPODIACE^: 85

Chenopodium ambrosioides 85

murale 85

Cherry 34,41

Black 52

Christmas 52

Surinam 52

Wild 34

Chervil 59

Chevalliera lingulata Ill

Chichery Grape 75

Chigger-apple 33, 57

Chinese Kose 31

Chiococca racemosa 61

Chione glabra 61

Chloris ciliata... 102

122

INDEX.

Page.

Chloris eleusinoides. 102

radiate 102

Choco 56

Christmas-bush 63

Cherry 52

Pride 80

CHEYSOBALANACE^J 50

Chrysobalanus Icaco 50

Chrysodium vulgare 116

Chrysogonum dichotomum 66

Chrysophyllum Cainito 67

glabrum , 07

microphyllum 67

oliviforme (57

pauciflomm 67

Chuc-chuc... 84

Church-flower 69.

Ciboule 110

Cinnamomum zeilanicum 88

Cinnamon-bush 52

Cipura plicata Ill

Cissampelos Pareira 24

Cissus acida 39

sicyoides 39

trifoliata 39

Citharexylum cinereum 83

quadrangulare 83

villosum 84

Citron 36

Citrullus vulgaris 56

Citrus Aurantium 36

buxifolia 36

decumana 36

medica 36

Clashi-mulat 73

Cleome pentaphylla 24

pungens 25

viscosa 25

Clerodendron aculeatum 84

fragrans 84

Clidemia hirta 53

. rubra 53

spicata ." 53

Clitoria Ternatea 44

Clusiaalba 33

rosea 33

Coccoloba diversifolia '... 88

Klotzschiana 88

Kunthiana 88

laurifolia 88

leoganensis 88

nivea 88

obtusifolia 88

punctata 88

rugosa 88

uvifera 88

Cocculus domingensis 24

Cocks 81

Cocoa-nut tree 100

Cocoa-plum 50

Tree -32

Cocoa nucifera 100

Codiceum variegatum 94

Coffea arabica 61

Coflfee-tree 61

Coix Lacryma 106

Page.

Coleus amboinicus 81

Colubrina ferruginosa 40

reclinata 40

COMBKETACE^ 54

Commelyna cayennensis 100

elegans 101

COMMELYNACE^ 100

Comocladia ilicifolia 41

Condalia ferrea 40

CONIFERS 97

Conocarpus erecta 54

CONYOLVULACE^E 70

Convolvulus jamaicensis 75

matiitinus 73

nielanostictus 73

nodiflorus 73

pentanthus 73

sagittifer 73

venenatus 13.

Cookia punctata 37

Coquelicot , 48

Coral-bush 92

Corchorus acutangulus 32

hirsutus 33

hirtus 33

siliquosus 33

Cordia, Scarlet 74

Cordia alba 74

Collococca 74

cylindristachya 74

Gerascanthus 74

globosa 74

laevigata 74

martinicensis 74

nitida 74

Sebestena 74

sulcata 74

ulmifolia 74

Corn, Guinea 106

Indian 106

Cosmos caudatus 65

Cotton-tree 31

Couroupita guianensia 53

Coursetia arborea 42

Cow-itch 45

Crab-prickle 49

Cracca caribiea 42

Crane's Neck 96

CKASSULACE^J 58

Cremanium amygdalinum 53

Creole Chinine 90

Crescentia cucurbitina 79

Cujete 79

Cress 24

Crinum erubescens 109

giganteum 110

Cromberry 51

Crossandra infundibulifonnis 81

Crotalaria incana 41

latifolia 41

retusa 41

verrucosa 14

Croton astroites 90

betulinus 91

discolor 91

flavens... 91

INDEX.

123

Croton humilis —

lobatus

ovalifolius .

Crotonea

CRUCIFER^E....

Cucumber

Mutton

Page.

. 91
91

- 91
91
24
55
56

Cucumis Anguria 55

Melo 56

sativus 56

Cucurbita Pepo 55

CUCURBITACE.E 55

Cupania fulva 35

Cuppar 74

Curcuma longa 112

Cuscuta ameri«ana ._ 73

Custard-apple 23

Cutting Grass 109

Cyathea arborea 117

CYCADACE^E 97

Cycas revoluta 97

Cymodocea manatorum 97

Cynodon Dactylon 102

CYPERACEis 106

Cyperus articulatus 107

brunneus 107

compressus 106

confertus 106

distans 107

flliformis 107

flavomariscus 108

laevigatus 106

ligularis 107

ochracens 107

odoratus 107

pennatus 107

polystachyus 106

rotundus 107

sphacelates 107

surinamensis 107

nnifolius 107

viscosus 107

Cypress 26

Cyprian 37

Cypselea humifusa 27

Dactyloctenium aegyptiacum 102

Dalechampia scandens 93

Daphnopsis caribaea 89

Datura fastnosa 76

Metel 76

Stramonium 76

suaveolem 78

Tatula 76

Daucus Oarota 59

Davallia aculeata 115

Davilla rugosa 23

Desmanthus depressus 48

virgatus 48

Desmodium incanum 43

molle 43

Scorpiurus 43

spirale 43

tortuosum 43

triflorum 43

Dianthera pectoralis 80

sessilis... 80

Page.

Dicliptera adsurgens 81

Dieffenbachia Seguine 98

Digitaria flliformis 103

marginal a 103

setigera 1C4

Dildo 57

Dill 59

DILLENI ACE^ 23

Diodia rigida 62

sarmentosa 6?

Dioscorea alata 110

altissima 110

pilosiuscula 110

DIOSCOREACE.E 110

Dipholis salicifolia 68

Diplochita serrulata 53

Distictis lactiflora 79

Distreptus spicatus 63

Divi-divi 46

| Dodonaea viscosa 36

j Dog Almond 45

I Dogwood 45

Dolichos Lablab 44

sesquipedalig 50

gphcerospermus 50

Drepanocarpns lunatns 45

Drymaiia cordata 27

Drypetes glauca 90

laevigata 90

Duck- weed 95

Dudeldu 46

Dumb Cane 98

Duranta Plumieri 84

Eastlndia Thyme 81

EBEXACE^E 68

Echinodorus cordifolius 97

Echites agglutinata 69

barbata 70

circinalis 69

neriandra 69

suberecta 69

Ecliptaalba 64

Edden-wood 40

Egg-plant 78

Egletes domingensis 66

Elaeodendron xylocarpum 39

Elephantopus mollis 63

Eleusine indica 102

Emilia sagittata 66

sonchifolia 66

English Plantain 85

Epidendrum bifidum 113

ciliare 113

cochleatura 113

patens 113

subaequale 113

Eragrostis ciliaria 101

poaeoides 101

Erechthites hieracifolia 66

Erigeron canadensis 64

cuneifolius 63

spathulatus 63

Eriochloa punctata 104

Eriodendron anfractuosum 31

j Erithalis firuticosa 61

odorifera... 61

124

INDEX.

Page.

Ernodealitoralis 62

Eryngium fcetidum 59

Erythrina Corallodendron 45

horrida 45

ERYTHROXTLACE^E 34

Erythroxylum areolatum 34

brevipes 34

ovatum 34

Eugenia acetosans 51

axillaris 51

buxifolia 50

flavovirens 51

fioribunda 52

glabrata 51

lateriflora 51

ligustrina 52

marginata 52'

micrant ha 52

monticola 51

pallens 51

Poiretii 51

portoricensis 52

procera 52

pseudopsidium 52

sessiliflora 51

vraiflora . 52

virgultosa 51

Eupatorium atriplicifolium 63

Ayapana 63

canescens 63

cuneifolium 63

odoratum 63

repandum 63

Euphorbia antiquorum 94

articulata 93

buxifolia 93

cotinifolia 93

geniculata 93

heterophylla 93

hypericifolia 93

neriifolia 93

petiolaris 93

pilulifera 93

prostrata 93

pulcherrima 94

splendens 94

thymifolia 93

EUPHORBIACE^: 90

Euxolus caudatus 87

oleraceus 87

Evolvulus linifolius 73

mucronatus 73

nummularius 73

Excoecaria Laurocerasus 92

Exostemma carib»um 60

Eye-bright 75

Fagara microphylla 38

Fairy Ivy 79

Faramea odoratissima , 61

Fatten Barrow 66

Female Karate 109

Fennel 59

Fern,Prickly 115

Silvery 116

Strawberry 116

FicusCarica... 95

Page.

Ficus crassinervia 94

elastica 95

laevigate 94

lentiginosa 94

pednnculata 94

populnea 94

trigonata 94

Fiddlewood 83

Fig-tree 95

FILICES. 115

Fire-weed 76

Fischeria scandens 70

Flamboyant 40,45,46

Flat Grass 103

Fleiti 47

Fleurya aestuans 95

Fluyteboom 74

Fceniculum vulgare 59

Forbidden Fruit 36

Forestiera porulosa 68

Fourcroya cubensis 109

Four-o'clock 87

Franchipani 69

French Grass 100, 101

Physic-nut Q'2

Prickly Pear 58

Tea 81

Fustic 42,95

Galactia filiformis 44

tenuiflora 44

Galphimia glauca 34

Garden Balsam 80

Genipa americana 59

Geophila renifomis 62

Georgina variabilis 67

GERANIACE^ 36

Geranium 36

GESNERIACE^: 81

Giant Thibet-tree 49

Ginger 112

Guinea 99

Stone 96

Goat- weed 78

Gobie 55

Golden Candlestick 47

Gomphrena globosa 86

Gongora-hout 90

Gonzalea spicata 60

GOODENOVIACE^: 67

Gooseberry 90

Surinam 58

Gossypium barbadense 31

vitifolium 31

Gouania domingensis 40

GRAMENACE^ 101

Granni Vine 71

Grape, Chichery 75

Sea 88

Graptophyllum hortense 81

Grass, Bay 102

Billy 102

Bitter 105

Burr 105

Cutting 109

Flat 103

French 100,101

INDEX.

125

Page.

Grass, Guinea 105

Hair ".. 101

Horse 104

Jolly 106

Lemon 106

Long... 105

Nut 107

Razor 109

Running 103

St Jan Ill

Sour 104,105

Spanish 104

Ten-per-cent 102

Green Pea 50

Gregery 54

Grenadilla 57

Grey Xickars 46

Gritchee 48

Ground-nuts 43

Guajacum officinale 37

Guama 40

Guana-tail 110

Guarea trichilioides 36

Guava 52

Bastard 52

Sperry 52

Guava-berry • 52

Guatteria Ouregou 23

Guazuma ulmifolia 32

Guettarda parvifolia 60

scabra » 60

Guilandina Boncluc 46

Bonducella 46

melanosperma . 46

Guinea Corn '. 106

Ginger 99

Grass 105

Tamarind 31

Gully-root 85

GUTTIFEPwE 33

Gymnogramme calomelanos 116

Habenaria alata 114

maculosa 114

Haematoxylon campecbianum 46

Hagbush 36

Hair-grass 101

Halodule Wrightii 97

Halopbila Baillonii 98

Hamelia lutea 60

patens 60

Hebeclinium macrophyllum 63

Hecastophylliun Brownei 45

Hedwigia balsamifera 40

Helianthus annuus 67

Helicteres jamaicensis 32

Heliotrope 75

Heliotropium curassavicum 75

fruticosum 75

indicum 75

parviflorum 75

peruvi-anum 75

Hemionitis palmata 116

Herpestis chamaedryoidea 78

Monniera 78

stricta 78

Heteropteris parvifolia 35

Page.

Heteropteris purpnrea 35

Hibiscns, Changeable 31

Hibiscus braailiensis 31

clypeatns 30-

mutabilig 31

phoenicens 31

Rosa-sinensi* 31

Sabdariffa 31

vitifolius 30

Hippomane Mancinella 92

Hog-plum 40-

Hollow-stock 28,82

Hollyhock 31

Holmfkjoldia sanguinea 84

HonKloot. 45-

Honey-suckle 59-

Hops, wild 82

Horse-bean 46

Grass 104

Horse-radish-tree 25

Soya carnosa 10

Hufelandia pendnla 8£

Hura crepitans... 92

HYDROCHARLDACE^E 97

HYDROLEACE.E 7£

Hymenaea Conrbaril 47

Hyptis capitate 82"

pectinata 82

suaveolens 82

verticillata 82

Ibatia muricata 70

Indian Corn 10ft

Kale 99

Shot 112

Indigo-berry 56-

Indigofera Anil 42

tinctoria 42

Inga lamina 50-

lonidium strictum 26

Ipecacuana 70

Ipomoea acuminata 72

arenaria 72

asarifolia 72

Batatas 71

Bona-nox 70

carnea 71

coccinea 72

dissecta 71

fastigiata 71

filiformis 72

Horsfallise 73

Learii — 7&

lencantha 71

Nil 72

pentaphylla 71

pes-caprae 71

purpurea 72

Quamoclit 72

quinquefolia 71

quinquepartita 72'

repanda 72

tiliacea 72

triloba 71

triquetra 72

Tuba 70

tuberosa 71

126

INDEX.

Page.

Ipomcea umbellata 71

violacea 71

Iresine elatior 86

IRIDACE2E Ill

Irish Potato.... 78

Iron-grass 62

Isotoma longiflora 67

Ixora Bandhuca 62

ferrea 61

stricta 62

Jackass Calalu 32

Jacquemontia tamnifolia 73

Jacquinia annillaris 67

Jamaica Plum 41

Jambosa malaccensis 50

vulgaris 50

JASMINACE^ 68

Jasminum officinale 68

pubescens 68

revolutum 68

Jatropha Curcas.. 92

gossypiifolia -. 92

multiflda 92

pandurcefolia 94

Jessamine, Cape .".. 70

Double 68

Nepaul 68

Star 68

Job's Tears 106

Jolly Grass 106

Jumbee-bead 43

Juniper 74

Jussieua suffruticosa 54

Justicia bicolor 81

carthagenensis 80

periplocaefolia 80

reflexiflora 80

Kakkerlakka-berry 78

Kale, Indian 99

Karata 109

Keneppy-tree 35

Klanghout 69

Kosteletzkya pentasperma 30

Krameria Ixina 26

Kyllinga brevifolia 108

filifonnis 108

monocephala 108

triceps 108

LABIATE 81

Lactuca sativa 67

Ladybus 109

Lady-finger-tree 50

-slippers 36

Lagenaria vulgaris 55

Lagerstromia indica 54

Laguncularia racemosa ." 54

Lambrali 39

LantanaCamara 83

involucrata 83

polyacantha 83

reticulata 83

Lappago aliena 106

Latania borbonica 118

LATJRACE^.. 88

Lavender, Sea 75

Lawsonia inermis 54

Page.

Lebidibia coriaria 46

LEGUMTNOS^i 41

Lemna minor 99

Lemon Grass 106

Lemon-scented Verbena 84

Leonotis nepetaefolia 82

Leonurus sibiricus 82

Lepidium sativum ? 24

virginicum 24

Leptochloa mucronata 102

virgata 102

Lerianutans 66

Leucaena glauca 48

Leucas martinicensis 82

Lignum-vitae 37

Lilac 36

LILIACE^J 109

Lily, Red 109

Water 24

White 109

Lime 36

Sweet 37

Linguan-tree 25

Linociera compacta 68

Lipariselata 112

L4ppia nodiflora 83

Liquorice, Wild 43

Liquorice-tree 46

LOBELIACE^: 67

Loblolly 87

Locust-tree 47

Logwood 46

Long Grass 105

Longlo '. 37

Lonicera Caprifolium 59

LORANTHACE^E 59

Loranthus emarginatus 59

Lourea vespertilionis 42

Love-in-the-mist 57

Love-weed 73

Lucuma multiflora 68

Lufia cylindrica 55

Lumbo £7

Lumbush 77

Lycopersicum cerasiforme 77

esculentum 77

LYCOPODIACE^: 115

Lycopodium cernuum 115

LYTHRARIE^E 54

Mabee-bark 40

Maccreigbtia caribaea 68

Maclura tinctoria 95

Madeira Plant .-.. 79

Mahoe 30,31,32

Mahogany 36

bastard 45

Maid-apple 55

Maiden-hair 115

Malachra capitata 30

urens 30

Malpighia angustifolia 35

Cnida 35

glabra 34

urens 34

MALPIGHIACE^E 34

MALVACE^... 28

INDEX. 127

Page,

Malvastrum spicatum 28

tricuspidatum 28

Mamey 34

Wild 33

Mamillaria nivosa 57

Mammea americana 34

Mampoo 87

Manchineel 93

Manchineel-tree 92

Mangelboom 54

Mangifera indica 41

Mango-tree 41

Mangrove 54

White 54

Manihot utilissima 92

Manjack 74

Maran 91

Swart 29

White 90

Marartta arundiiiacea 112

Maroon Jancole 98

Marsh-mallow 30,32

Mart ynia diandra 81

Massambee 24

Wild 25

Mastic 68

Maurandia Barclayana 79

Maytenus elaeodendroides 39

lavigatus 39

Melampodium divaricatum 64

Melanthera deltoidea 65

MELASTOMACE^ 53

Melia sempervirens 36

MELIACE^E 36

Melicocca bijuga 35

Melocactus atrosanguineus 57

conununis 57

Melochria nodiflora 32

pyramidata 32

tomentosa •. 32

Melothria pervaga 55

MEXISPERMACE.E 24

Mentba aquatica 82

Mespel 67

Metastelma parviflorum 70

Scblechtendalii 70

Mexican Wreath-plant 88

Miconia angustifolia 53

argyrophylla 53

impetiolaris 53

Iffivigata 53

prasina 53

Microtea debilis 85

Mignonette 54

Mikania gonoclada 63

Milk-bush 69

Milk-tree 69

Mimosa asperata 48

Ceratonia 48

pudica 48

Mint 82

MirabilisJalapa 87

MOLLUGIXE3; 27

Mollngo nudicaulis 27

verticillata 27

Momordica Charantia 55

Page.

Monkey-apple 23

Monkey's Hand 96

Morinda citrifolia 61

Moringa pterygosperma 25

Morisonia americana 25

Morning-glory 72

Mountain Cabbage 100

Mouriria domingensis 53

Mucuna pruriens 45

Mule-weed 64

Murraya exotica 37

Musaparadisiaca 112

sapientium 112

MUSACE.E 112

Muscat, nut 39

Muskmelon 56

Mustard, Wild 24

Mutton-cucumber 56

Myginda latifolia 39

pallens 39

MYOPORACE.E 84

Myrcia coriacea 50

Myrodia turbinata 31

Myrospermuni frutesc^ns 46

MYRSINACE^ 67

MTETACE^E 50

Myrtle 53

Eock 52

Myrtus communit 53

Nama jamaicensis 73

Nasturtium officinale 24

Nectandra antillana 89

coriacea 89

membranacea 89

Nepsera aquatica 53

Neptunia pubescens 48

Nerium Oleander 69

Nettle 92

Bran 92

Nickars, Black 46

Grey 46

Yellow 46

Nicotiana Tabacum ^.. 76

Nightblooming Cereus 57

Noyau Vine 71

Nut, Ground 43

Nut Grass 107

Muscat 39

Nutmeg : 53

NYCTAGINACE.E 87

Nyctanthes Sambac 68

Nymphaea ampla 24

NYMPH^ACE^ 24

Obione cristata 85

Ocimum Basilicum 81

micranthum 81

Ogiera ruderalis 64

30

Okro

OLACACE.E

Old Man's Beard

Oldenlandia callitrichioides
corymbosa

38
111

Olyra latifolia 101

OXAGRAACE^ 54

Oncidium Lemonianum ... 114

128

INDEX.

Page.

Oncidium variegatum 114

Ophioglossum reticulatum 115

Opuntia catocantha 58

coccinellifera 58

curassavica 58

horrida 58

spinosissima 58

tuberculata 58

Tuna "• - 58

Orange 36

Seville 36

ORCHIDACE^E '. 112

Oreodaphne leucoxylon 89

Oreodoxa regia 100

Origanum Majorana 82

Orthopogon setarius 104

Otaheite-tree 31

Overlook 45

Ovrabla 64

OXALrDACE^ 37

Oxalis corniculata 37

Martiana 37

Oxandra laurifolia 23

Pain-killer 61

Palicourea Pavetta 61

Palm, Sago 97

PALMJE 100

Palmer - 67 |

Panax speciosum 59 |

Pancratium caribaeum 109

PANDANACE^J 100

Pandanus odoratissimus 100

Panicum brevifolium 105

brizoides 104

cayennense 105

colonum 104

diffusum 105

divaricatum 105

fuscum 104

glutinosum 105

maximum 105

molle 104

paspaloides 104

prostratum 104

Papa-lolo 33

PAP AVERAGES 24

Papaw r 56

PAPATACE^J 56

Pappophonim alopecuroides 102

Paritium tiliaceum 31

Parkinsonia aculeata 46

PAKONYCHIACE^J 27

Parsley 59

Parthenium Hysterophorus 64

Paspalum caespitosum 103

compressum 103

conjugatum 103

distichum 103

glabrum 103

notatum 103

paniculatum 103

plicatulum 103

pusillum 103

spathaceum 103

virgatum 103

Passia Balsam 81

Passiflora foetida
hirsuta
incarnata
laurifolia
pallida

1'age.

57

5G

5«

5G

56

peltata 56

quadrangularis 56

rubra 56

suberosa 56

PASSIFLORACE.E 56

ravonia racemosa 30

spinifex 30

Pea, Black-eye 50

Green 50

Pigeon 44

Wild 44

Pear, A lligator 89

French Prickly 58

Prickly 58

Pectis humifusa 66

linifolia 66

punctata 66

Pedilanthus tithymaloides 94

Peireskia aculeata 58

Bleo 58

Pelargonium 36

Penguin Balsam 80

Peperomia acuminata 96

cnbaiia 96

glabella 96

obtusifolia 97

pellucida 96

polystachya 97

scandens 97

Pepper 76

Bird 76

Small 76

Sweet 76

Wild Black 84

Persea gratissima 89

Petitia domingensia 84

Petiveria alliacea 85

Petrcea volubilis 84

Petroselinum sativum 59

Petunia nyctaginiflora 78

violacea 78

Pharus glaber 101

Phaseolus alatus 45

lunatus 44

semierectua 45

vulgaris 44

Philodendron giganteurn 99

hederaceuiu 99

Philoxerus vermiculatus 86

Phlox Drummondii 75

Phoebe antillana 89

montana 89

Phoenix spinosa 118

Phoradendron flavens 59

Phyllant bus acuminatus 90

distichus 90

falcatus 90

Niruri 90

nobilis 90

Physalis angulata 76

Lmkiaua .. 76

INDEX.

129

Page.

Physalis peruviana 76

pubescens 76

Physic-nut 92

French 92

PHYTOL ACT ACE.E 85

Picrtena excclsa 38

Pictetia aristata .....' 42

squamata 42

Pigeon-pea 44

Pilea grandis 95

inaequalis 95

microphylla 95

niimmularifolia 95

Sanctae-Crucis 95

semidentata 95

Pilocarpus racemosus 37

Pimenta acris 52

vulgaris 52

PimpineUa Anifum 59

Pindars 43

Pine, Screw 100

Wild Ill

Pine-apple Ill

Pinguin Ill

Pinna koop 39

Piper anrituni 96

Blattarum 96

Bredemeyeri 96

peltatum 96

Sieberi 96

PIP.^RACEJE 96

Piscidia Erythrina 45

Pisonia aculcata 87

inermis 87

subcordata 59,87

Pistia occidentalis 99

Pisu m sativum 50

Pitcairnia angnstifolia Ill

Pitliecolobiuiu unguis-cati 49

PLAXTAGIXACEJS 85

Plantago major 85

Plantain 112

English 85

Plate-bush : 77

Pluchea odornta 64

purpurascens 64

Plum, Cocoa 50

Hog 40

Jamaica 41

PLUMBAGIXACE^ 85

Plumbago capensis 85

scandens 85

Plumieria alba 69

obtusifolia 69

rubra 69

Pockenholt 37

Poinciana GiUitxii 50

reiria 46

POLEMOXIACE.E 75

Police 48

Polyanthus tuberosa 110

Polygala angustitblia 26

POLYGALACE^E 26

POLYGOXACE.E 88

Polypodium areolatum 117

aureum 117

Bull. Xat. Mus. Xo. 13 9

I Page.

Polypodium crenatum 117

incanum 117

incisum 117

Phyllitidis 117

piloselloides 117

serpens 117

tetragonum 117

Polystachya luteola 113

Pomegranate 53

j Pomerose-tree 50

Pop ., 56

j Pope's Head 57

I Portlandia grandiflora 60

Portulaca halimoides 28

oleracea 27

pilosa 28

quadrifida 27

PORTITLACE^ 27

POTAME^] 97

Potato, Irish 78

Sweet 71

Prapra 41

Prescottia Myosurus 11 4

Prickle, Crab 49

White 38

Yellow 38

Prickle-wood 54

Prickly Fern 115

Pear 58

Priva echinata 83

Psidium cordatum 52

Guava 52

Psilotum triquetrum 115

Psychotria Brswnei 61

glabrata 61

horizontals 61

tennifolia 61

Pteris longifolia 115

pedata 116

Pterocaulon virgatum 64

I Pumpkin 55

Punica granatum 53

j Purslane 27

Pyrethrum indicum 67

Quassia 38

; Quassiaamara 38

Queen of Flowers 54

Qitisqualis indiea 54

Radish '- 24

| liain-tree 75

Rajania hastata Ill

pleioneura 110

j Ramgoat-bush 38

j Eandia aculeata 60

Eaphanus satims 24

Razor-grass 109

. Rat-bean 25

Rattle-bush 41

Rauwolfia Lamarckii 69

nitida 69

Red Beet 86

Franchipani 69

Lily 109

Sorrel 31

Redwood 88

Renealmia sylvestris 112

130

INDEX.

Page.

Reynosialatifolia 40

mucronata 40

HHAMXACE^ 40

Rhizophora Mangle 54

RHIZOPHORACE^E 54

Rhus antillana 41

Rhynchosia minima 43

phaseoloid.es 44

reticulata 44

Rhynchospora pura 108

pusilla 108

Ricinella pedunculosa 91

Ricinus conimunis 92

Rivinala3vis 85

octandra 85

Rochefortia acanthophora 74

Hock-myrtle 52

Roehout 88

Rondeletia pilosa 60

Rosa centifolia 50

gallica 50

ROSACES 50

Rose, Chinese 31

Rosemary 82

Rosewood 74

Rosmarinus offidnalis 82

Roucou 25

Rousselia lappulacea 95

RUBIACE^E 59

Ruellia strepens 80

tuberosa 80

Itumex vesicarius 88

Running Grass 103

Ruppia rostellata 98

Jtusselia juncea 79

RUTACE-aS 37

Sabinea florida 42

Saccharum officinarum 106

Sago Palm 97

St. Jan Grass Ill

Salad 67

Wild 66

Sallie.Bay 67

Salvia coccinea 82

occidentalis 82

serotina 82

tenella 82

Sambucus nigra 59

Samy da glabrata 26

serrulata 26

Sandbox-tree 92

Sander, Yellow 38

Sanseviera gnineensis 110

SantaMaria 34

SAPIXDACE^E 35

Sapindus insequalis 35

Sapota Achras 67

Sideroxylon 68

SAPOTACEJ2 67

Sarcostemma Brownei 70

Savia sessilifl ora 90

Scaevola Plumieri 67

Scarlet Cordia 74

Indian Shot 112

Schaeffcria frutescens. . . 39

Page.

Schmidelia occidentalis 35

Schoepfia arborescens 38

Scirpus brizoides 108

capitatus 108

ferrugineus 108

.mutatus 108

nodulosus 108

subdistichus 108

SCITAMENE^E 112

Scleria flliformis 109

pratensis 109

scindens 109

Sclerocarpus africanus 65

Scleropus amarantoides 87

Scolosanthus versicolor 61

Scoparia dulcis 78

Scratch-throat 99

Screw Pine 100

SCROPHULARIACE^E 78

Scrubber 43

Sea-grape 88

Sea-lavender 75

Sebastiania lucida 92

Sechium edule 56

Securidaca Brownei 26

erecta 26

Securinega acidothamnus 90

Sempervivie 109

Serjania lucida 35

Sesamum orientate 81

Sesbania sericea 42

Sesuviuru portulacastrum 28

Setaria glauca 105

setosa 105

Seville Orange 36

Shaddock 36

Shander 101

Shell-plant 112

Shot, Indian 112

Scarlet Indian 112

Sida acuminata 29

arguta 29

carpinifolia 28

ciliaris 28

cordiiblia 29

glomerata 28

humilis 29

jamaicensis 29

nervosa 29

rhombifolia 29

spinosa 29

supina 29

tristis 29

Sideroxylon Mastichodendron 68

SilkCattun 70

Silk-cotton-tree 31

Silvery Fern 116

Silvi 40

Sinapis arvensis 24

brassicata 24

Skitnetchi 92

Small Pepper 76

Trovo 77

SMILACE^E 110

Smilax havanensis 110

populnea 110

INDEX.

131

Page. I

Snake-bush 85

Snake-flower 64

Snake-root 40,69

Snow-drop 110

Soap seed 35

Soap-stick 40

SOLANACEJE 75

Solanum aculeatissimum 77

bahamense 77

77

77

77

77

igneum

inclusion

lanceifolium.
niammosuni .

Melongena 78

noditiorum .1 77

polygamum 78

raceniosum 77

Seaforthianum 78

torvum 77

tuberositm 78

verbascilblium 77

Soldier-wood 49

Soucbus oleraceus 66

Sopkora tomentosa 46

Sorghum vulgare 106

Sorrel, Red 31

Sour Grass 104, 105

Sour-eyes 45

Soursop 23

Spanish Grass 104

Sparganophorus Vaillantii 62

Spermacoce tenuior 62

Sperry Guava 52

Spigelia anthelmia 60

Spirauthes elata 114 •

Spondias lutea 40

purpurea 41

Sponia micrantha 94

Spoon-tree 39

Sporobolus indicus 101

litoralis 101

virginicus 101

Squash 55

Stachytarpha jamaicensis 83

strigosa 83

Star-apple 67

Jessamine 68

Stark rnahart 85

Sternonaeanthus coccineus 80

Stenandrium rupestre 81

Stenorrhynchus lanceolatus 114

Stenostomum lucidum 60

Stenotaphrum americanum 104

Stephanotis floribunda 70

Stigmaphyllon periplocifolium 35

Sting Bisom 107

Stink Cashd, 49

Stink-tree 45

Stinking-weed 47

Stiverbush 47

Stone-ginger 96

Strainer- vine 55

Strawberry Fern 116

Stylosantb.es procumbens 43

viscosa 43

STYRACEJ2 ... 68

Page.

Styverbla 47

Suckers 58

Sugar-apple 23

Sugar-cane 106

Sunflower 67

Suriana maritima 85

Surinam Cherry 52

Gooseberry 58

Susakka 23

Susanna 83

Swart Maran 29

Sweet Lime 37

Marjoram Tea 82

Pepper 76

Potato 71

Scent 64

William 72

Swietenia Mahogoni 36

Symplocos niartinicensis 68

SYXANTHERE^S 62

Synedrella nodinora 66

Tabemcemontana capen&is , 70

citrifolia 69

Taenitis lanceolata 116

Tagetes patula 67

Talinum patens 27

triangulare 27

TAMARICACEJE 26

Tamarind, Guin ea 31

Wild 48

Tamarind- tree 47

Tamarindus indica 47

Tamarix indica 26

Tanier 98,99

Tea, French 82

Sweet Marjoram 82

Tecoma Berterii 79

capensis 79

leucoxylon 79

stans 79

Ten-per-cent Grass 102

Tephrosia cinerea 42

Teramnus uncinatus 44

TEREBINTHACE^ 40

Terminalia Catappa 54

Ternstlomia elliptica 33

TEEXSTROMIACE^: 33

Tetrazygia elasagnoides 53

Teyer-tree 100,118

Thalassia testudinum 97

Theobroma Cacao 32

Thespesia populnea 31

Thevetia neriifolia 69

Thibet-tree 49

Thistle 24

Thrinax argentea 100

parviflora 118

Thuja 97

Thunbergia alata 81

fragrans 81

volubilis 81

Thyme 82

East India 81

THTMEL^ACE^: 89

Thymus vidgaris 82

Thyrsacanthus nitidus 80

132

INDEX.

Page.

TILIACE.33 32

Tillandsia fasciculata Ill

recurvata Ill

usneoides Ill

utriculata Ill

Tithonia speciosa 67

Tobacco, Wild 65

Tobacco-pipe 95

Tobinia punctata 37

spinosa 37

Tomato 77

Torch, Black 60

Tournefortia bicolor 75

fcetidissima 75

gnaphalodes 75

hirsutissima' 75

laurifolia 75

microphylla 75

volubilis 75

Tout-le-mois 112

Tradeseautia discolor 100

geniculata 100

zebrina 100

Tragia volubilis 92

Trianospenna ficifolimn 55

graciliflorum 55

Trianthemamonogynuni 28

Tribulus cistoides 1 37

maximus 37

Trichilia hirta . 36

Tricholaena insularis 105

Trilix crucis 25

Triphasia trifoliata 37

Triumfetta althteoides 32

Lappula 32

rhomboidea 32

semitriloba 32

Trovo 77

Small 77

Trumpet-tree 94

Tshudya berbiceana 53

Tuberose 110

Turkey-berry 77

Turmeric 112

Tumera parviflora 57

ulmifolia 57

TUKXERACE^: 57

Turpentine-tree 40

Typha angustifolia 100

T YPHACE^ 100

TJMBELLIFER^l 59

Urena lobata 30

Urera baccifera 95

elata 95

TJrtica elongata 95

URTICACE^ 94

Vandellia diffusa 78

Velvet-leaf 24

Vendu boitntje 44

Verbena, Lemon-scented 84

Verbena chamcedrifolia 84

VERBENACE^E 83

Verbesina alata 65

Vernonia arborescens 62

punctata C2

Thomaj 62

Page.

Vervain 83

Vignaluteola 44

Vinca rosea 69

Vine.Blue 44

VIOLACE^ 2fi

Vis, Bonny 44

Bull 35

White ^ 35

Vitex Agnus-castus .* 84

divaricata 84

Vitis caribsea - 39

Waltheria americana 32

Wandering Jew 100

Water-cress 24

Water-lily 24

Watermelon 56

Waterpanna 42

Wax-flower 70

Wedelia acapulcensis 65

affinis 65

buphthalmoides 65

carnosa 65

cruciana 65

discoidea 65

White Ailing 84

-bark 34

Bean 44

Cedar 79

Franchipani 69

Lily 109

Mangrove 54

Manjack 74

Maran 90

Police 48

Prickle '. 38

Vis 35

White-head-broom 64

Wild BlackPepper 84

Cherry 34

Coffee 61

Hops 82

Ipecacuana 70

Liquorice 43

Mamey 33

Massambee 25

Mustard 24

Pea 44

Pine Ill

Salad..' 6G

Tamarind 48

Tanier 98

Tobacco 65

Wonderful Leaf 58

Worm-weed 60

Wreath-plant 84

Mexican 88

Xanthium macrocarpum 64

Xant hosoma atrovirens 99

hastatuni 99

sagittsefolium 99

110

Yam

Yellow Cedar...
Nickars
Prickle .
Sander..

YerbadePard..

79
4G
38
38
104

INDEX.

133

Page.

Yncca gloriosa .„ -,. 109

Zanthoxyhun Clava-Herculis

flawun

ZcalLay*.

38

38

macrophyllum 38

Ochroxylum 38

106

Page.
Ziniriber officinalis 112

Zinnia elegans 64

multiflora 64

Zizyplius reticulata 40

Zornia diphylla 42

ZTGOPHYLLACE^ 37

nt of fhc 55n

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

14

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

. 14

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIEECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PKINTINGr OFFICE.
1879.

ADVERTISEMENT.

This work is the fourteenth of a series of papers intended to illustrate
the collections of Natural History and Ethnology belonging to the
United States and constituting the National Museum, of which the
Smithsonian Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 1846.

It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.

SPENCER F. BAIRD.
Secretary Smithsonian Institution.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

Washington, April 3, 1879.

ii

INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, 1876.

CATALOGUE

or THE

COLLECTION TO ILLUSTRATE

THE

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND THE FISHERIES

OF THE

UNITED STATES,

EXHIBITED AT PHILADELPHIA IX 1876 BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

AND THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION, AND FORMING A

PAET OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF

G. BROWN OOODE

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT FEINTING OFFICE.
1879.

LIST OF PERSONS ENGAGED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE

COLLECTION.

JOSEPH HENRY,

Secretary Smithsonian Institution.

SPENCER F. BAIRD,

Director of the Exhibition.

G. BROWN GOODE,
In charge of Collection.

CHAIRMEN OF COMMITTEES.

Committee on Economical Invertebrates. — WILLIAM H. DALL, Washington, D. C.

Committee on Fresh and Preserved Fish. — EUGENE G. BLACKFORD, New York.

Committee on Fishing Boats and Fittings. — A. R. CRITTENDEN, Middletown, Conn.

Committee on Hunting Apparatus and Sportsman's Equipment. — FOREST AND STREAM PUB-
LISHING COMPANY, New York.

Committee on Fishing Nets. — AMERICAN NET AND TWINE COMPANY, Boston and New
York.

Committee on Anglers' Equipments and Apparatus. — BRADFORD & ANTHONY, Boston.

Committee on Alcoholic Collections, #c. — Dr. T. H. BEAN, Washington, D. C.

Committee on Furs. — C. A. HERPICH & Co., New York.

Committee on Fish Culture and its Apparatus. — J. W. MILNER, Washington.

Committee on Whaling Apparatus. — E. B. & F. MACY, New Bedford, Mass.

Committee on Whale and Fish Oils. — Capt. N. E. ATWOOD, Provincetown, Mass.

Committee on Chemical Products. — E. R. SQUIBB, M. D., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Artists. — J. H. RICHARD and A. ZENO SHINDLER.
Modeler.— JOSEPH PALMER.
Taxiderm ist. — JULIUS STOERZER.
Photographer. — T. W. SMILLIE.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page.

INTRODUCTORY NOTE xv

SECTION A.— LIST OF ANIMALS OF NORTH AMERICA BENEFICIAL OR
INJURIOUS TO MAN.

I. MAMMALS 1

1. Ferae (carnivores) .* 1

Fissipedia (laud carnivores) 1

Piunipedia (seals, &c.) 5

2. Ungulata (hoofed animals) 7

3. Sireuia (sea-cows, &c. ) 9

4. Cete (whales) 10

Denticete (sperm whales and dolphins) 10

Mysticete (baleen whales) 12

5. Insectivora (moles, &c.) 13

6. Glires (gnawers) 14

7. Marsupialia (marsupiates) 20

II. BIRDS 20

III. REPTILES 21

8. Crocodilia (crocodiles) 21

9. Testudinata (tortoises) 21

V. FISHES 23

10. Pediculati (anglers) 23

11. Plectognathi (globe, trunk, and file fishes) 23

1'3. Lophobrauchii (pipe-fishes, &c. ) , 25

13. Teleocephali 26

Heterosomata (flat tishes) 25

Auacanthiui (cods, &c.) 28

Acanthopteri (spiny-firmed fishes) 31

Percesoces (mullets, &e. ) 53

Synentognathi (gar-fishes and flying-fishes) * 54

Haplomi (pikes, &c.) 55

Isospondyli (salmon, herring, &c.) 56

E ventognathi (carps) Gl

14. Nematoguathi (cat-fishes) 62

15. Apodes (eels) 63

16. Cycloganoidei (amias) 63

17. Rhomboganoidei (gar-pikes) 64

18. Selachostomi (paddle-fish) 64

19. Chondrostei (sturgeons) 64

VI. ELASMOBRAXCHIATES 65

20. Holocephali (chimseras) 65

21. Rai« (skates and rays) 66

22. Squali (sharks) 67

VII

VIII ANIMAL RESOURCES OF THE UNITED STATES.

Page.

VII. MARSIPOBRANCHIATES 70

23. Hyperoartla (lampreys) 70

24. Hyperotreti (hags) 70

VIII. LEPTOCARDIANS 70

25. CiiTOstomi (lancelets) 70

SECTION B.— MEANS OF PURSUIT AND CAPTURE.

}A2)paratiis of direct application.

I. HAND-IMPLEMENTS (SIMPLE TOOLS) 71

* For striking.

1. Clubs 71

2. Slung weight 71

** For cutting.

3. Knives 71

4. Axes 76

*** For thrusting.

5. Spears and prods 78

II. IMPLEMENTS FOR SEIZURE OF OBJECT 79

* Scooping -instruments.

6. Scoops 79

** Grasping-hooks.

7. Hooked implements (used with single motion, that of hooking) 80

8. Barbed implements (used with two motions, the first that of thrusting) . 82

9. Tongs, &c.. 85

*** Grasping-lines.

10. Nooses (lariats and snares) 86

11. Loaded lines (bolas) 86

* * * * Entangling-lines.

12. Tangles 87

ft Apparatus of indirect application.

III. MISSILES 87

* Simple missiles (those propelled by the unaided arm).

13. Hurled weights 87

14. Hurledsticks 87

15. Hurled spears, lances 88

* * Centrifugal missiles (propelling power augmented by artificial lengthening of the arm).

16. Slings, and spears thrown by straps 88

17. Missiles thrown by " throwing-sticks " 88

*** Missiles propelled by a spring.
t Sirring consisting of bent rod.

18. Bows and arrows

TABLE OF CONTENTS. IX

Page.

III. MISSILES — Continued.

ft Spring consisting of elastic cord.

19. India-rubber slings 89

ttt Spring consisting of metallic helix.

20. Spring-guns 89

**** .If issiles propelled ~by compressed air or icater.

21. Air-guns 89

22. Water-guns 90

***** Missiles propelled by combustion of gunpowder.

23. Fire-arms 90

24. (Accessory. ) Ammunition and its preparation 91

25. (Accessory.) Accessories of loading, repairing, and testing fire-arms .. 93

26. (Accessory.) Accessories for carrying fire-arms. (Accoutrements) 94

IV. BAITED HOOKS — ANGLING-TACKLE • 95

27. Hooks with movable lines. — Hand-tackle 95

23. Hooks with stationary lines. — Set-tackle 97

29. (Accessory. ) Parts and accessories to angling-apparatus 97

\\\ Apparatus to a greater or leas extent automatic,

V. NETS 122

30. Entangling (meshing) nets 122

31. Encircling nets 126

tttt Apparatus entirely automatic.

VI. TRAPS 131

32. Pen-traps 131

33. Clutching-traps 134

34. Fall-traps 135

35. Missile-traps - 135

36. Adhesive preparations 135

VII. APPARATUS FOR WHOLESALE DESTRUCTION 136

37. Poisons 136

38. Asphyxiating apparatus * 136

39. Torpedoes 136

ttttt Accessories to the chase and fishing.

Till. HUNTING-ANIMALS 136

40. Hunting-mammals 136

41. Accessories to hunting-mammals 1 136

42. Hunting-birds 137

43. Accessories to hunting-birds 137

44. Hunting-fishes 137

IX. DECOYS AND DISGUISES 137

45. Baits 137

46. Decoys 133

47. Covers 141

X. PURSUIT — ITS METHODS AND APPLIANCES 142

48. Methods of transportation 142

49. Camp-outfit 162

50. Personal equipments 164

X ANIMAL RESOURCES OF THE UNITED STATES.

SECTION C.— METHODS OF PREPARATION.

Page.

I. PREPARATION AND PRESERVATION OF FOODS 1G9

1. Preservation of the living animals (see E, 3) 169

2. Preservation of fresh meats 169

3. Drying.-. '. 169

4. Canning and pickling 169

5. Preparation of baits 170

II. MANUFACTURE OF TEXTILE FABRICS, FELTS, AND STUFFINGS 170

6. From hair of mammals 170

7. From whalebone 170

8. From feathers 170

9. From silk of insects 171

10. From soft parts of other invertebrates 171

III. PREPARATION OF THE SKIN AND ITS APPENDAGES - 171

11. Currying 171

12. Tanning 172

13. Fur-dressing ., 172

14. Feather-dressing ..- „ 172

15. Manufacture of quill articles 172

16. Hair and wool work ...." 172

IV. PREPARATION OF THE HARD TISSUES 173

17. Ivory cutting and carving , 173

18. Preparation of horn and hoofs 173

19. Preparation of whalebone 173

20. Preparation of tortoise-shell 174

21. Preparation of fish-scale work, &c 174

22. Preparation of nacre , .«..; 174

23. Preparation of coral 174

24. Preparation of other hard tissues 174

V. PREPARATION OF OILS AND GELATINES. 174

25. Extraction of whale-oils 174

26. Extraction of other mammal oils 175

27. Extraction of bird and reptile oils 175

28. Extraction of fish-oils 175

29. Extraction of glue, gelatine, and isinglass 175

VI. PREPARATION OF DRUGS, PERFUMES, AND CHEMICAL PRODUCTS 175

30. Preparation of perfumes 175

31. Manufacture of ivory-black 175

32. Manufacture of prussiates 175

33. Manufacture of murexides 175

34. Manufacture of cochineal colors 175

35. Manufacture of inks 175

36. Manufacture of albumen 175

37. Manufacture of pepsin . 175

38. Manufacture of phosphorus 175

39. Manufacture of sal ammoniac 175

40. Manufacture of ammonia 175

41. Manufacture of albumen preparations 175

42 Manufacture of propylamine 175

43. Manufacture of formic acid 175

44. Manufacture of carbazotates 175

VII. PREPARATION OF FERTILIZERS 176

45. Preparation of fertilizers 176

VIII. PREPARATION OF LIMES 170

46. Burning of lime , 176

TABLE OF CONTENTS. XI

Page.

IX. PRESERVATION OF THE ANIMAL FOR SCIENTIFIC USES 176

47. Preservation of wet preparations 176

48. Skeleton-making 177

49. Modeling 177

50. Taxidermy. 178

51. (Accessory. ) Photographic and other delineating apparatus 178

SECTION D.— ANIMAL PRODUCTS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS.

I. FOODS 179

1. Foods in a fresh condition 179

2. Foods dried and smoked 182

3. Foods salted, canned, and pickled ., ..- 184

4. Gelatines (see 24) 187

5. Baits and foods for animals 187

II. CLOTHING 188

<>. Furs 183

7. Leathers (see 20) 195

8. Textile fabrics 195

HI. MATERIALS EMPLOYED IN THE ARTS AND MANUFACTURES 197

* Hard materials.

9. Ivory and bone 197

10. Horn 201

11. Hoofs and claws 202

12. Baleen... 203

13. Tortoise-shell 205

14. Scales 205

15. Pearl 206

16. Shells 206

17. Coral , 207

18. Infusorial earth 207

19. Other materials derived from invertebrates , 208

** Flexible materials.

20. Leather 208

21. Hair and wool (see also 8) 217

22. Quills 219

23. Feathers 219

24. Gelatine and isinglass 220

25. Flexible materials from insects and mollusks 222

26. Sponges 223

***Fluids and soft materials.

27. Oils and fats 223

28. Perfumes 227

29. Coloring materials 228

30. Chemical products and agents employed in the arts and medicine 229

31. Fertilizers 231

32. Limes (see under 30) 232

33. Other materials 232

SECTION E.— PROTECTION AND CULTURE OF USEFUL ANIMALS.

I. INVESTIGATION 233

1. The methods of the United States Fish Commission 233

XII ANIMAL RESOURCES OF THE UNITED STATES.

Page.

II. PROTECTION 241

2. Preservation of game and fish 241

4. (Accessory.) Enemies of useful animals 244

III. PROPAGATION 244

5. Propagation of mammals 244

6. Propagation of birds . 244

7. Propagation of reptiles — . 245

8. Propagation of amphibians 245

9. Propagation of fishes 245

10. Propagation of insects 248

11. Propagation of leeches 248

12. Propagation of mollusks 248

13. Propagation of corals 248

14. Propagation of sponges 248

CATALOGUE OF ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE ECONOMICAL INVERTEBRATES
OF THE AMERICAN COASTS. BY W. H. DALL.

MOLLUSCA CEPHALOPODA. — Squids and Cuttles 251

MOLLUSCA GASTEROPODA.— Sea-Snails, &c 251

A. Useful 251

1. Used for food or bait 251

2. Useful by producing pearl-shell, &c 251

3. Affording cameo and porcelain stock 252

4. Used in Indian trade 252

5. Affording dyes'uffs 252

6. Affording bird-lime 252

B. Injurious . 253

1. By destroying food-producing mollusks or shell-fish, such as clams,

mussels, oysters, and razor-fish 253

2. Injurious by destroying vegetable substances and garden plants 253

MOLLUSCA ACEPHALA. — Bivalve Shellfish 253

A. Producing food or used as bait -. 253

1. Series illustrating distribution and geographical varieties 253

OSTREA VIRGINICA, Gnielin. — East American Oysters 253

OSTREA LURIDA, Cpr. — West Coast Oysters 253

1. Extra limital 254

2. Series illustrating culture and individual variations 255

OSTREA VIRGINICA, Gmelin. — East American Oysters 255

a. Growth. 1-20 years old 255

1). Peculiarities of form and growth 255

c. Enemies and parasites 255

* * * Other Uvalves.

A. Affording or available for food or bait 256

B. Useful or ornamental bivalves other than those affording food 256

a. Pearl-producing 256

1. River mussels 256

2. Marine pearl-shells - 258

1. Otherwise useful 258

C. Injurious bivalves 258

a. Destroying submerged timber 258

1. Specimens of wood showing ravages 258

D. Prepared foods 259

TABLE OF CONTEXTS. XIII

Page.

CRUSTACEA PHYLLOPODA 259

A. Useful. Converted into fertilizers. Carapax used as a scoop or boat-
bailer 259

CRUSTACEA ISOPODA 260

A. Useful; by removing wrecks or snags 260

B. Injurious; by destroying submerged timber 260

CRUSTACEA STOMATOPODA 260

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA. — Lobsters, Shrimp, Crawfish, Crabs 260

A.. Useful; food-supplying 260

B. Commensal with other food supplies 261

C. Injurious by burrowing into and weakening levees and dams 261

D. Prepared foods 261

CIRRIPEDIA (injurious) 262

a. By dulling the edge of knives and spades employed in "cutting in"

whale blubber 262

&. By obstructing the progression of vessels upon which they affix them-
selves 262

ANNELIDA. — Worms and Leeches 232

A. Useful 262

1. In surgery and medicine 262

2. For bait in fishing 262

3. For food 262

B. Injurious 262

1. By boring into and destroying oyster-shells 262

RADIATES. — Sea-Urchins, Starfish, Corals, Medusae, etc 262

A. Useful 262

1. Food-producing 262

B. Injurious 263

1. Destroying oysters, clams, &c 263

2. By their urticating powers annoying bathers and "fouling" nets

and fishing lines with slime — various acalephs 263

PROTOZANS. — Sponges, etc 263

Useful 263

1. For conveyance of fluids requiring an elastic and temporary men-

struum, and as a detergent 263

2. Useful as an elastic medium or absorbent 264

Injurious 264

1. By destroying oysters 264

EHIZOPODS 264

MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS OF SEA OR SHORE, NOT OF AN ANIMAL

NATURE.

a. Lichens 264

b. Algae 265

1. Having economical applications 265

2. Ornamental algae 265

INORGANIC MATERIALS 271

XIV ANIMAL RESOUKCES OF THE UNITED STATES.

COMMERCIAL STATISTICS OF ANIMAL PRODUCTS IN THE UNITED STATES.

A REVIEW OF A PORTION OF THE REPORT OF THE CHIEF OF THE

BUREAU OF STATISTICS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1877.
BY G. BROWN GOODE.

Page.

Living animals 272

Food products, except fish, 274

Fisli 277

282

Ivory - 288

Horn 289

Whalebone 289

Shell 289

Coral 289

Leather 289

Hides and skins 290

Bristles 294

Quills 295

Feathers 295

Glue and gelatine 295

Sponges 295

Oils, fats, and soaps .. 295

Perfumery materials 297

Coloring materials 297

Chemical preparations, medicines, &c 298

Bones 298

Guano and other fertilizers 299

Specimens of natural history 299

Alphabetical index 301

INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

On the occasion of the International Exhibition, in 1876, certain appro-
priations were made ^ by Congress to the Smithsonian Institution and
the United States Fish Commission. The former was called upon to
prepare an exhibition to illustrate the economical value of the mineral
and animal products of the country, while the latter was to perform a
similar task for the national fisheries. It was subsequently found desir-
able for the Smithsonian Institution to unite with the Indian Bureau in
displaying the condition of the aboriginal tribes of the United States in
prehistoric and modern times. Four distinct departments of work were
thus provided for, (1) an ethnological exhibition, (2) an exhibition of.
minerals, (3) an exhibition of animal resources, and (4) a fishery exhibi-
tion. The first and second were arranged on opposite sides of the nave
in the Government buildiug, at Philadelphia, and at its north end. The
latter, it was found, could not be separated, since the character of the
specimens and the methods of arrangement required were the same.
They were arranged in one series on the north side of the east transept
and to the east of the nave extending north to the beginning of the
mineral series.

The following catalogue is a simple enumeration of the objects exhib-
ited in this series, and illustrative of the animal resources and the fish-
eries of the United States. It is essentially a reproduction of the card-
catalogue prepared in 187G and still in use in the administration of the
collection, which, having been greatly augmented by systematic efforts
in the United States and by donations from foreign governments, now
forms an important section of the United States National Museum. The
catalogue has been as far as practicable made complete up to the present
time, in so far as it relates to Xorth America. No effort has, however,
been made to include the collateral series of specimens from foreign
countries.

The plan of arrangement is fully shown in the TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Beginning with the Useful and Injurious Animals, it next takes up the
MEANS OF PURSUIT AND CAPTURE, then, successively, the METHODS
OF PREPARING THEM FOR USE, THE USEFUL PRODUCTS, and, finally,

XV

XVI INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

the MEANS OF PROTECTION AND CULTURE. The preliminary plan of
classification is given in full, whether specimens were obtained to illus-
trate it or not, and indicates wherein the collection isstill imperfect.*

It seems appropriate to remark that a very large number of the speci-
mens included in this catalogue and exhibited in Philadelphia were
borrowed from the permanent collections of the National Museum, and
have for many years been on exhibition in the Smithsonian building.

G. BKOWN GOODE.

WASHINGTON, April 11, 1879.

* For a fuller exposition of this plan see the following pamphlet :
International Exhibition 1876. | Board in Behalf of United States Executive Depart-
ments. | == | Classification | of the | Collection to Illustrate | the Animal Re-
soures of the United States. | A List of Substances .derived from the Animal Kingdom,
with Synopsis of the Useful and Injurious Animals | and a Classification of the Meth-
ods | of Capture and Utilization. | j By G. Brown Goode, M. A., | Assistant

Curator | U. S. National Museum. | | Washington: | Government Printing

Office. | 1876. | 8vo. pp. xiii (1) 126. Also published as Bulletin No. 6, Department of
the Interior, United States National Museum ; and as Article VI in Vol. XII of the
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Washington, 1878.

SECTION

LIST OF ANIMALS OF NORTH AMERICA BENEFICIAL
OR INJURIOUS TO MAN.

*I. MAMMALS.

ORDER FER^l.

SUBOBDER FISSIPEDIA.
FEMDJB.

Lynx riifus, (Guldenstadt,) Eaf.— BAY LYNX or WILD CAT.— North
America.

12476. Mounted. Denver, Col. C. E. Aiken. Dec. 14, 1875.

12477. Mounted. (Young.) Denver, Col. C. E. Aiken.

Lynx canadensis, (Geoff. & Desm.,) Eaf. — CANADA LYNX. — North-
ern North America.

12475. Mounted. Houlton, Me. Rev. R. R. McLeod. Dec. 15, 1875.

Felis eyra? Desm. — EYRA CAT. — Southwestern North America.

9532. Mounted. Tehuantepec, Mex. F. Sumichrast.

Felis yaguarimdi, Desm. — YAauARUNDi CAT. — Southwestern
North America.

8480. Mounted. Tabasco, Mex. Col. Sarto.

Felis concolor, Linn. — PUMA or COUGAR. — America generally.

11813. Mounted. Central Colorado. James Stevenson. 1874.

Felis oiica, Linn. — JAGUAR. — Southwestern States, Central and
South America.

10390-5-12296. Mounted. Died in captivity at Government Insane Asylum,
Washington.*

* The numbers prefixed to the enumeration of specimens are Smithsonian catalogue
numbers. When two numbers are given, separated by the mark of division (-•-), the
first mentioned refers to the particular preparation of the animal in question ; the second,
to some other related part entered in a different series. For example, in 10390 H- 12293,
the first number belongs to the skin and the second to the skeleton of a specimen of
Felis onca.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 1

2 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Fells pardalis, Linn. — OCELOT or TIGER CAT. — Southwestern
North America.

12179-^-14179. Mounted. Talamanca, Costa Rica. Talnmanca expedition. Prof.

W. M. GaLb.
12187. Mounted. Talamanca, Costa Rica. Talamanca expedition. Prof. W.

M. Gabb.

CATVIDJE.

Can is lupus, Linn., var. griiseo-aibus. — GRAY WOLF. — North
America generally.

3573 -f- 3520. Mounted. (Winter pelage. ) Platte River, Neb. C. Drexler.

Tulpes fulfils, (D.esm.,) var. fulvns, (Desm.) — EED Fox. — North-
ern North America.

7124. Mounted. (Male.) La Pierre's House, Rocky Mts. R. Kennicott. Dec.,
1861.

6403. Mounted. (Female.) Yukon River. R. Kennicott. Oct. 21, 1860.

Tulpes fulvus, (Desm.,) var. decussatus.— CROSS Fox.

C407. Mounted. (Female). Ft. McPherson, Peels River, Hudson's Bay Terri-
tory. R. Kennicott. Nov. 28, 1861.

"A very fine cross fox, nearly silver, small and apparently young. The
Indians told me she would be a silver fox next year." — Kennicott.
6408. Mounted. (Female.) Ft. McPherson, Peels River, H. B. T. R. Kenni-
cott. Nov. 30, 1861.

"A good typical cross fox ; tail rather small." — Kennicott.

6404. Mounted. (Male.) Yukon River. R. Kennicott. Oct. 22, 1860.

"A rather fine cross fox, approaching more nearly the silver fox than
the red." — Keunicott.
12466. Mounted. Houlton, Maine. Rev. R. R. McLeod. Dec. 31, 1875.

Tulpes fulvus, (Desrn.,) var. argeratafus. — SILVER Fox: BLACK
Fox.

6410. Mounted (Male.) Yukon River. R. Kennicott. Nov. 17, 1860.

"A fine silver fox." — Kenn.

6411. Mounted. (Female.) Ft. McPherson, Peels River, H. B. T. R. Kenni-

cott. Oct. 17, 1861.
"Black fox ; some had still less silver." — Keun.

Tulpes macruirus, Baird.— PRAIRIE Fox.— Western States.

. Mounted. Wyoming.

Tulpes velox, (Say,) Aud. & Bach.— KIT Fox or SWIFT Fox.— West-
ern States.

12470. Mounted. Colorado. Chas. E. Aiken. Jan. 15, 1876.
12469. Mounted. Colorado. Chas. E. Aiken. Jan. 15, 1876.
11085. Mounted. Rocky Mountains.

Tulpes lagopus, (Linn.,) Gray.— ARCTIC Fox — Alaska.

. Skin. St. Paul's Id., Alaska. G. R. Adams.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 6

tlrocyon virginianus, (Schreber,) Gray. — GRAT Fox. — United
States generally.

. Mounted. Virginia.

Urocyon varginianus, (Schreber,) var. Httoralis. — COAST GRAY
Fox. — Islands of the California coast.

12440. Mounted. Santa Cruz, Cal. H. W. Henshaw. U. S. Survey W. of 100 M.

HCSTELIUJE.

Ulustela Pcnnanti, Erxl. — FISHER. — Northern North America.

1-2472. Mounted. Houlton, Maine. Rev. R. R. McLeod. Jan. 15, 1876.
3279. Mounted. Olympia, W. T. Geo. Gibbes.

iflustela americana, Turton. — PINE MARTIN or AMERICAN SABLE.
Northern United States.

12544. Mounted. Hudson's Bay Territory. R. Kennicott.
379. Mounted. Hudson's Bay Territory. R. Kennicott

Mounted. Hudson's Bay Territory. R. Kennicott.

1015. Mounted. Hudson's Bay Territory. R. Kennicott.

6414. Mounted. Yukon River, mouth of Porcupine, Hudson's Bay Territory.

R. Keunicott.

6429. Mounted. Yukon River, mouth of Porcupine, Hudson's Bay Territory.
R. Kennicott.

Piitorius ermiuea, (Linn.,) Cuvier. — WHITE WEASEL : ER^IINE. —
Northern United States.

9355. Mounted. Kodiak. F. Bischoif. 1868.

6498 -=-1029. Mounted. (Male.) Yukon River, mouth of Porcupine R. R,

Kennicott.
1427. Mounted. (Male.) Middleboro, Mass. J. W. P. Jenks.

Piitorius longicauda, Bonaparte. — LONG-TAILED WEASEL, —
Western United States.

9350. Mounted. Wyoming Territory. Dr. F. V. Hayden.

Piitorius risoiij Rich. — MINK. — North America generally.

12432. Mounted. (Male.) Moore's Lake, Minn. J. H. Batty.
4396. Mounted. Liard River. R. Kennicott.
1653 ^- 12309. Mounted. United States.
2392. Mounted. Cape Flattery, W. T. Dr. Suckley.

Piitorius nigripes, And. & Bach. — BLACK-FOOTED FERRET. —
Western States (in holes of Prairie dogs).

12409. Mounted. Spotted Tail Agency, Neb. Col. A. Chambers, U. S. A. Oct.

1, 1875.
12462. Mounted. Cheyenne, Wyoming. Capt. Jas. Gilliss, U. S. A. Dec. 27,

1875.

4 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Gulo luscus, Sabine. — WOLVERENE or GLUTTON. — Northern North
America.

3747. Mounted. Great Salt Lake, Utah. Capt. Stansbury.
4361. Mounted. Ft. Simpson, H. B. T. B. R. Ross.

Taxidea americana, Waterh. — AMERICAN BADGER. — Western
United States and Pacific Slope.

12471. Mounted. Colorado. Chas. E. Aiken. Jan. 15, 1876.

Iflephitis mephitica, (Shaw) Baird.— COMMON SKUNK.— Eastern
United States.

4348. Mounted. Washington, D. C. C. Drexler.

12522. Mounted. Golden, Col. C. E. Aiken.

1071. Mounted. Middleboro, Mass. J. W. P. Jenks.

4127. Mounted. Lynn, Mass. George Welch.

1070. Mounted. (Male.) Middleboro, Mass. J. W. P. Jenks. Dec. 3, 1855.

IVIephitis mexicana, Gray. — MEXICAN SKUNK. — Mexico.

8566. Mounted. Orizaba, Mex. Mr. Botteni.

Spilogale zorilla, (Linn.) Cones. — LITTLE STRIPED SKUNK.—
Western United States and Pacific Slope.

1188. Mounted. Santa Clara, Cal. Dr. J. S. Newberry. Nov., 18T>5.

Cone pat u* inapurito, (Gmelin) Cones. — WHITE - BACKL >
SKUNK. — Southwestern United States.

790 — 1886. Skin. Western Texas. Capt. J. Pope, U. S. A.
I.UTRIWTJB.

Liitra canadensis, Sab. — AMERICAN OTTER. — Xorth America
generally.

3280. Mounted. Steilacoom, Wash. Ter. George Gibbs.

5145 -f- 4456. Mounted. Washington, D. C. National Institution.

BlfHIDKUUB.

Eiiliydra marina, Fleming. — SEA OTTER. — Pacific Coast of the
United States.

9457. Mounted. (Adult.) Alaska. Dr. T. T. Minor.

9458. Mounted. Alaska. Dr. T. T. Minor.

IJrsiis horri Tbilisi, Ord.— GRIZZLY BEAR.— Western United States
and Pacific Slope.

12308. Mounted. (16 years old.) Laramie, Wyoming. Major Twiss. (Con-
fined in the Government Insane Hospital, Washington, from 1858 to
1874.)

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 5

Ursus ainericanus, Pallas. — BLACK BEAR. — United States gen-

erally. *

12380. Mounted. Northern Michigan. John Wallace.

Thalarctos iiiaritimus, (Linn.) Gray. — WHITE or POLAR BEAR.
— Northern America, Europe and Asia.

12379. Mounted. Greenland. John Wallace.

PROCYOMIKE.

Procyon lotor, (Linn.) Storr. — RACCOON. — United States generally.

5148. Mounted. National Institution.
5147. Mounted. National Institution.
26789. Mounted. Wyoming, N. Y. H. A. Ward. Rochester, N. Y.

Nasua fusca, .— COATIMTJNDI.— Texas.

12757. Mounted. Brownsville, Texas. Dr. J. C. Merrill, U. S. A.

PINNIPEDIA.

0TARHBJ5.

Callirhinus ursinns, (Scnreber) Gray. — FUR SEAL. — Xorth Pa-
cific Ocean and Bering's Sea.

12918-34. Mounted. (Group of 17.) Pry bilov Islands, Alaska. Alaska Commercial
Company, San Francisco.

12935. Mounted. Alaska. H. W. Elliott.

Eumetopias Stelleri, (Fischer) Gray. — SEA LION. — Pacific Coast.

12489. Mounted. (Female.) Prybilov Islands, Alaska. Alaska Commercial

Company, San Francisco.
12488. Mounted. (Male.) Prybilov Islands, Alaska. Alaska Commercial Co.,

San Francisco.

12936. Mounted. (Young.) North Pacific.

Zalophus Gilliespii, (Macbain) Gill.— THE SEA DOG.— Pacific
Coast

12937. Mounted. Southern California. Capt. Baker.

PHOCINJE.

Phoca Yitulina, Linn. — THE COMMON SEAL; HARBOR SEAL.
North Atlantic.

12453. Cast. Provincetown, Mass. 1875.

623. Photograph. (Young.) U. S. Fish Commission.

624. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

6 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Phoca Richardsii, (Gray) Gill. — LEOPARD SEAL. — North Pacific.

3742. Mounted. California.
12494. Mounted. Adakh Id. Alaska. W. H. Dall.

Pagophilus groenlandiciis, (Mull.,) Gray. — HARP SEAL. — Arctic
Seas.

5853. Mounted. Sable Island, N. S. P. W. Dodd.

8122. Mounted. Franklin Harbor, Arctic Seas. R. McFarlane.

5851. Mounted. Sable Island, N. S. P. W. Dodd.
12040. Mounted. St. John's, N. F. Rev. M. Harvey.

5852. Mounted. Sable Island, N. S. P. W. Dodd.
12039. Mounted. St. John's, N. F. Rev. M. Harvey.
12038. Mounted. St. John's, N. F. Rev. M. Harvey.

Erignathus baa-bat sis, (O. Fabricius) Gill.— SQUARE-FLIPPER
SEAL. — Arctic Seas.

12422. Skin. Newfoundland. Government of Newfoundland.

Histriophoca equesfris, (Pallas) Gill. — BANDED SEAL. — Pacific
Coast, Arctic Seas.

7580. Skin (in collection of Furs). Cape Romanzoff. W. H. Dall.

Pusa gryphus, (O. Fabricius) Gill. — GRAY SEAL. — Atlantic Coast.

8694. Mounted. Seeland. Zoological Museum, Copenhagen.

CFSTOPHORINJE.

Cystophora cristata, (Erxl.) Nilsson. — HOODED SEAL. — Atlantic
Coast.

12043. Mounted. St. John's, N. F. Rev. M. Harvey.

angustirostiris, Gill.— SEA ELEPHANT; ELE-
PHANT SEAL. — Pacific Coast.

12441. Mounted. (Male.) California. Capt. C. M. Scammon.

ROSHIARIDJG.

Rosmarus obesus, (Ulig.) Gill.— WALRUS.— North Atlantic.

11870. Mounted. Greenland. Dr. I. I. Hayes.

Rosmarus Cookii, (Freinery) Gill.— WALRUS.— Northern Pacific.

12493. Mounted. Prybilov Islands, Alaska. Alaska Commercial Co., San Fran-
cisco.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 7

ORDER, TJNGULATA.
BOVIDJE.

BOVIHME.

Bison amcricanus, (Gmelin) Gray. — AMERICAN BUFFALO. —
Plains between Eocky Mountains and Missouri Eiver.

12919. Mounted. Colorado. C. E. Aiken.

Ovifoos mo§chaf us9 Blainville.

12296. Mounted. (Female.) Arctic Coast, H. B. T. W. L. Hardestie. Jan.

23, 1875. Also skeleton of same animal.

12297. Mounted. (Male.) Arctic Coast, H. B. T. W. L. Hardestie. Jan. 23,

1875. Also skeleton of same animal.
6255. Mounted. (Male.) Ft. Good Hope, H. B. T. J. S. Onion.

AlfTILOMlfJB.

tfazama montana, (Ord) Gill. — MOUNTAIN GOAT. — Northern
Eocky Mountains of the United States and British America.

11894. Mounted. (Male.) Montana. W. F. Wheeler and J. Armitage.
11893. Mounted. Washington Territory. U. S. Northern Boundary Survey.

OVINJE.

Ovis montama, Cuvier. — BIGHORN; MOUNTAIN SHEEP. — Eocky
Mountain regions.

11891. Mounted. (Male.) Ft. Fettennan, Dakota. James Stevenson, U. S.

Geol. Survey.
1608. Horns. H. B. Mollhausen.

AWTItOCAPRID^E.

Antilocapra americana, Ord. — PEONGHORN ANTELOPE or
CABREE. — Plains west of Missouri from Lower Eio Grande
to Saskatchewan.

2034. Mounted. (Male.) Yellowstone River. Dr. F. V. Hayden.
2471. Horns. Ft. Chadbourue, Texas. Dr. Swift, U. S. A.
6914. Horns. Ft. Whipple, Arizona Ty. Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A.
5084. Horns. Upper Missouri. ?

CERVIDJG.

Alces ma chits, (Linn.) Gray. — MOOSE. — Northwestern. United
States.

11868. Mounted. (Adult male.) Nova Scotia. Geo. A. Boardman.
12542. Mounted. (Adult male.) Nova Scotia. Mr. Jack.
11831. Mounted. (Young calf.) Nova Scotia. Dr. Bernard Gilpin.
857. Antlers. Maine. General S. Churchill, U. S. A.
. Antlers. Adirondacks, N. Y. Henry J. Biddle.

8

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Tarandus rangiler, J. Brookes, subspecies caribou, Ami. &
Bach. — WOODLAND CARIBOU. — Northeastern North Amer-
ica.

12473. Mounted. Houlton, Me. Rev. R. R. McLeod.
12407. Mounted. Houltou, Me. Rev. R. R. McLeod.
11863. Mounted. Lake Superior. J. Barnston.

3289. Antlers. (Female.) Nelson River.

3290. Antlers. (Female.) Nelson River.

Tarandus rangifer, (Br.) subsp. grrenlandicus, Br. — BARREN
GROUND CARIBOU. — Arctic America.

6255. Mounted. Arctic America.

905. Antlers. North Greenland. S. Sternberg.

903. Antlers. North Greenland. S. Sternberg.
6782. Antlers. Plover Bay. Capt. C. M. Scammon, U. S. R. M.
7539. Antlers. Yukon River. W. H. Dall.
4636. Antlers. Port Foulke, N. Greenland. Dr. I. I. Hayes.

Cervus canadensis, Erxl. — AMERICAN ELK. — Northern North
America.

12474. Mounted. Ft. Sanders, Wyoming. Col. A. G. Brackett, U. S. A.
4457. Antlers. Elk Co., Penna. Prof. S. S. Haldeman.

2911. Antlers. Ft. Berthold, Missouri River. Lt. Warren, U. S. A., Dr. F. V.
Hayden.

867. Antlers. Utah. Col. O. Cross, U. S. A.

2579. Antlers. Platte River. Lt. Bryan, U. S. A.

3552. Antlers. Ft. Tejon, Lower Cal. John Xantus.

3551. Antlers. Ft. Tejon, Cal. John Xantus.

840. Antlers. Ft. Union, Mo. A. Culbertson.

761. Antlers. Ft. Union, Mo. A. Culbertsou.

760. Antlers. Ft. Union, Mo. A. Culbertson.

2916. Antlers. Ft. Berthold, Missouri River. Lt. Warren, U. S. A., Dr. F. V.

Hayden.

2905. Antlers. Ft. Berthold. Dr. F. V. Hayden.

2903. Antlers. Ft. Berthold. Dr. F. V. Haydeu.

2910. Antlers. (Male.) Ft. Berthold. Dr. F. V. Hayden.

3486. Antlers. Oregon. U. S. Expl. Exped. Capt. Wilkes, U. S. N.

3487. Antlers. Oregon. U. S. F^xpl. Exped. Capt. Wilkes, U. S. N.

Cariacus virgin! anus, (Boddaert) Gray. — VIRGINIA DEER. —
United States east of the Missouri.

12461. Mounted. Cumberland, Md. D. P. Welpley. Dec. 26, 1875.
1889-^-2587. Mounted. (Young female.) Medicine Bow River, Ark. W. S.

Wood. Sept. 6, 1856.

12349. Mounted. (Albino.) Peshtigo, Wis. J. H. Leaveuworth.
2909. Antlers.

763. Antlers. (Male.) Lewisburg, Pa. J. C. Barber.
4174. Antlers.

668. Antlers. (Male.) Cumberland, Md.

3386. Antlers. (Male.) Ft. Mason, Tex. Maj. G. H. Thomas.
914. Antlers. (Male.) Washington, D. C.
961. Antlers. (Male.) Arkansas. J. M. Stanley.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 9

Cariacus rirgiiiiaiius, (Boddsert) Gray — Continued.

3383. Antlers. (Male.) Ft. Mason, Tex. Maj. G. H. Thomas.

3387. Antlers. (Male.) Ft. Mason, Tex. Maj. G. H. Thomas.
896. Antlers. St. Louis, Mo. J. S. Bowman.

3388. Antlers. (Male.) Ft. Mason, Tex. Maj. G. H. Thomas.
667. Antlers. (Male.) Cumberland, Md.

3062. Antlers. (Male.) Essex Co., N. Y.

895. Antlers. (Male.) St. Louis, Mo. J. S. Bowman.

9843. Antlers. Near Denver, Colo. E. Palmer.

5077. Antlers. (Male.) Washington, D. C.

5083. Antlers. Upper Missouri ?

6ariacus virginianus, (Bodd.) Gray, var. mexicanus. — VIR-
GINIA DEER.

11859. Mounted. Talamanca, Costa Rica. Prof. W. M. Gabb.

Cariacus macrotis, (Say) Gray. — HULE DEER. — Central Xorth
America.

11864. Mounted.

12583. Mounted. Cheyenne, Wyo. Capt. J. M. Gilliss, U. S. A.

6615. Antlers. Prescott, Ariz. Dr. E. Coues.
831. Antlers. Big Sioux, f T. Culbertson.

4175. Antlers.

6918. Antlers. Ft. Laramie. Col. W. O. Collins.

3682. Antlers. Mountains of New Mexico. Dr. J. S. Newberry.

Cariacus coIurnMairaus, (Eich.) Gray. — COLUMBIA BLACK-TAILED
DEER. — Pacific Slope.

8154. Antlers. Puget Sound. J. G. Swan.

3203. Antlers. Whidby's Island, Puget Sound, \V. T. Dr. Geo. Suckley.
5080. Antlers. Puget Sound. Dr. C. B. Kennedy.

3204. Antlers. Whidby's Island, Puget Sound. Dr. Geo. Suckley.

CerTus dama, Linn. — FALLOW DEER (introduced).

1200. Antlers. Park, Clarke Co., Va. Col. J. Fuley.
2257. Antlers. Clarke Co., Va. Col. J. Fuley.

DICOTYL.IDJE.

Dicotyles torquatus, Cuv.— PECCARY.— Bed Kiver, Arkansas,
and South.

12346. Mounted. Talamanca, Costa Rica. Talamanca Exped. Prof. W. M.
Gabb.

ORDER, SIRENIA.
TRICHECHIDJE.

Trichechus manatus, Linn. — MANATEE.— Florida, West Indies,
and S". E. South America.

12295. Mounted. Florida. P. T. Barnum.
16037. Skeleton. Florida. H. A. Ward.

10 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

ORDER, CETE.
DELPHINIDJC.

Delphinapterus catodon, (Linn.) Gill.— WHITE-FISH or WHITE
WHALE. — Arctic and Subarctic Seas (ascending large
rivers).

12490. Cast. Gulf of St. Lawrence. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
16038. Skeleton. Gulf of St. Lawrence. G. R. Renfrew & Co.
389. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

IVIoiiodoii monoceros, Linn. — NARWHAL. — Arctic Seas.

15304. Tusk. Greenland. Purchased from George Y. Nickerson.
DELPHINIIVE.

Leucorhamplms borealis, (Peale) Gill.— EIGHT-WHALE POR-
POISE. — Pacific Coast.

- . Skeleton.

Delphinus ISairdii, Ball. — BAIRD'S PORPOISE. — California Coast.

16042. Skeleton. California. W. H. Dall.

15403. Skull. San Gabriel River, Cal. Lieut. Bergland, U. S. A.

Delphiim§ bombifrons, Cope. — PORPOISE. — Atlantic Coast.

12481. ? Cast. New York Harbor. John Wallace.

Tur§iops erebennus, (Cope) Gill. — PORPOISE. — Atlantic Coast.

15786. Skeleton. Rockaway, Long Id. Alfred Lawrence.

Tursiops CJillii, Dall. — COW-PISH. — Pacific Coast.

16043. Skeleton. California. W. H. Dall.

Lagenorhynclms perspicillatus, Cope. — SKUNK PORPOISE. —
Eastern Coast.

12305. Cast. Cape Cod. Vinal N. Edwards.

Lagenonrhymcht^ obMquidens, Gill. — STRIPED or COMMON
PORPOISE. — Pacific Coast.

14329. Skeleton. California. C. M. Scammon.

Lagenorhynclms gubernatoir, Cope. — Eastern Coast.

- . Cast. Casco Bay, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

Lageiiorhynchus leucopleuriis, (Eaascli) Gray. — COW-FISH. —
Eastern Coast.

12939. Cast. Cape Cod, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 11

Lageuorhysichus thicolea, Gray.— PORPOISE.— West coast of
North America.

Orca atra, Cope.— KILLER.— Pacific Coast.

13018. Jaw. California. Capt. C. M. Scamnion.

Orca gladiator, (Bonnaterre) Gray. — KILLER. — Atlantic Coast.

11918. SkulL South Atlantic. S. F. Baird.

Phocaena vomerinia, Gill. — BAY PORPOISE. — Pacific Coast.

16044. Skeleton. California. W. H. Dall.

Phocaena lineata, Cope. — STRIPED PORPOISE. — Atlantic Coast.

621. Photograph. U. S. F. C.

Phocaena brachycion, Cope. — THE SNUFFING PIG or HERRING
HOG. — Atlantic Coast.

12302. Cast. Cape Cod. Vinal N. Edwards.

GLOBICEPHALINJG.

Globicephalus ScauimoBii, Cope. — BLACK-FISH. — Pacific Coast.

9076. SkulL California. Capt. C. M. Scammon.

Globicephalus intermedius, (Harlaii) Gray. — BLACK-FISH.—

Atlantic Coast.

12479. Cast. (Foetns.) Cape Cod. U. S. Fish Commission.

12480. Plaster cast, (7 feet.) Cape Cod. Edwards. Nov. 14, 1874.
12480. Cast.

12840. Cast 351. Cast of head. South Dennis, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

1875.

12841. Cast 352. Cast of head. South Dennis, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

1875.

Grampus griseus, (Cuv.) Gray. — GRAMPUS; COW-FISH. — North
Atlantic.

15771 — 12759, 508. Cast. Dec. 2, 1875.

15772 — 12760,503. Skulls. Nov. 29, 1875.

15773 — 12761, 506. Cast of head and cast of whole. Nov. 30, 1875.
506 A. Cast. (Over entrance.)

622. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

12940. Cast of head. Cape Cod, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

12941. Cast of head. Cape Cod, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

12942. Cast of head. Cape Cod, Mass. V. X. Edwards.

Grampus Stearsisii, Dall. — WHITE-HEADED or MOTTLED
GRAMPUS. — Pacific Coast.

13021. Skeleton. California. W. H. Dall.

12 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

ZIPHIlftME.

Mesoplodon Sowerbiensis, (Blainv.,) Gervais.— SOWERBY'S
WHALE. — Atlantic Coast.

ANARNACIN^E.

Anarnacus semijimcf u§, (Cope) Gill. — BOTTLE-HEAD WHALE, —
Atlantic Coast.

PHYSETERIDJE.

PHYSETERINJE:.

Physeter macrocepbalus, Linn. — SPERM WHALE. — Tropico-
politan Seas.

25052. Iron model. Made by captain of whaling ship. J. H. Thompson. New
Bedford, Mass.

16046. Jaws. U. S. Fish Commission.

16047. Jaws. National Institute.

25004. Wooden model. Capt. Benj. Russell. New Bedford, Mass.

KOCHINJB.

Kogia Floweri, Gill. — PORPOISE SPERM WHALE. — Pacific Coast.

8016. Lower jaw. Lower California.

AGAPIIELIN.E.

gifotoosus, (Cope) Cope. — SCRAGG WHALE. — Atlantic
Ocean.

Rhachiaraectes glaucus, Cope. — GRAY WHALE. — Pacific Ocean.

13803. Skull. California. W. H. Ball.

Meg^aptera versabilis, Cope. — HUMPBACK WHALE. — Pacific Coast.

13804. Vertebra. Aleutian Islands. W. H. DaU.

Ulegaptera osphyia, Cope. — HUMPBACK WHALE. — Atlantic Coast.

Eschrichtius robustus, Lilljeborg. — GRASO WHALE. — Atlantic
Coast.

Sibbaldius tectiro§tri§9 Cope. — FINBACK WHALE. — Atlantic
Ocean.

16045. Skeleton. Cape Cod. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 13

Sibbaldius tuberosus, Cope. — FIKBACK WHALE. — Atlantic Ocean.

Sibbaldius borealis, (Fischer) Geoffrey. — SULPHITE-BOTTOM
WHALE. — Atlantic Ocean.

16039. Skeleton. Cape Cod. U. S. Fisli Commission.

Sibbaldius snllureus, Cope. — SULPHUR-BOTTOM WHALE. —
Pacific Ocean.

Balsenoptera rostrata, (Mtiller) Gray. — GRAMPUS. — Atlantic
Coast.

Balaenoptera relifera, Cope. — FIKBACK WHALE ; OREGON FIN-
IS~ER. — Pacific Ocean.

Balaenoptera Davidsonii, Scammon. — SHARP-HEADED FINNER
WHALE. — Pacific Coast.

16040. Skeleton. California. Capt. C. M. Scammon.

BALJBNIDJG.

Balaena mysticetus, Linn. — BOWHEAD WHALE. — Arctic Seas.

' 12938. Model in plaster. From drawings and measurements of Capt. C. M.
Scammon.

16041. Jaws. Arctic Ocean. U. S. Fish Commission.

Eubalaena Cullamach, (Chamisso) Cope. — PACIFIC EIGHT
WHALE.— [North Pacific.

12988. Model in plaster. From drawings and measurements of Capt. C. M.
Scammon.

Eubalaena cisarctica, Cope. — EIGHT WHALE. — Atlantic Coast.

ORDER, INSECTIVORA.
TAtPIDJE.

Scalops aquations, (Linn.) CUT. — Eastern United States.

3965. Mounted. (Male.) Washington, D. C. G. Exall.
5830. Mounted. (Female.) Washington, D. C. G. Exall.

3966. Mounted. District of Columbia, 1858. C. Drexler.

3964. Mounted. (Albino.) Virginia, October 30, 1846. D. F. Kent.

Scalops argentatus, And. & Bach. — SILVERY MOLE. — Western
United States.

11351. Alcoholic. Mt. Carmel, HI. R. Ridgway.
783. Mounted. Tremont, HI. W. J. Shaw.

14 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Scapanus Townsendii, (Bachman) Pomel. — OREGON MOLE.—
Pacific Slope.

3963. Mounted. Oregon. T. R. Peale. U. S. Exploring Expedition.
1963. Mounted. Ft. Steilacoom, Wash. Ter. Dr. George Suckley, U. S. A.

Scapanus Breweri, (Bachman) Pomel. — HAIRY-TAILED MOLE.—
Eastern United States.

823. Mounted. Cleveland, Ohio. Dr. J. P. Kirtland.

Coiid ylura cristata, (Linn.) Eliger. — STAR-NOSED MOLE. — North-
ern cismontane States.

3968. Mounted. Washington, D. C.

ORDER, GLIRES.
SCIIJRIDJG.

Sciurus ciiicreus, Linn. — Fox SQUIRREL. — Eastern United States.

4143. Mounted. District of Columbia. C. Drexler.
321 — 1240. Mounted. Western Missouri. Dr. P. R. Hoy. 1854.
4044. Mounted. (Male.) District of Columbia. A.R.Jenkins.

Sciurus carolinensis, Gmelin. — GRAY SQUIRREL. — United States.

4042. Mounted. District of Columbia. S. F. Baird.

334 -± 1252. Mounted. Racine, Wis. Rev. A. C. Barry.

332 -H 1250. Mounted. Racine, Wis. Dr. P. R. Hoy.
11071. Mounted. New York. J. G. Bell.
5844. Mounted. Washington, D. C. J. K. Townsend.

Sciurus fossor, Peale. — CALIFORNIA GRAY SQUIRREL. — Pacific
Slope.

4040. Mounted. (Male.) California. Dr. Heerman.

Sciurus Abertii, Woodhouse. — TUFT-EARED SQUIRREL. — Southern
Colorado, New Mexico, &c.

12576. Mounted. (Male.) Colorado Springs, Colo. C. E. Aiken.
12578. Mounted. (Male.) Colorado Springs, Colo. C. E. Aiken.
2430. Mounted. San Francisco Mts., N. M. Dr. Woodhouse.

Sciurus hudsonius, Pallas. — BED SQUIRREL ; CHICKAREE. —
Cismontane United States and Alaska.

12435. Mounted. (Male.) Hartford, Minn. J. H. Batty.
9241. Mounted. New Brunswick. G. A. Boardman.
3264. Mounted. Laramie Peak. J. Henman.

Tamias striatus, (Linn.) Cuv. — CHIPMUNK. — Eastern United
States.

4013. Mounted. Washington, D. C. A. J. Falls.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED SPATES. 15

Tamias quadriritfatus, (Say) Rich.— MISSOURI STRIPED
SQUIRREL. — Pacific Slope, in mountains.

4661. Mounted. Yreka, Cal. W. VieUe.

4662. Mounted. Yreka, Cal. W. Vielle.

Tamias laterally, (Say) AUen.— SAY'S STRIPED SQUIRREL.—
Rocky Mountains, from Mexico northward.

9320. Mounted. Carson City, Nevada. U. S. Survey of Fortieth Parallel.
Robert Ridgway. March, 1868.

Spermophilus grammurus, (Say) Bach. — CALIFORNIA GROUND
SQUIRREL. — Western Texas and Xew Mexico west to
Sierra Nevada Mountains.

1046H-2215. Mounted. Los Nogales, Sonora. Maj. W. H. Emory, U. S. A.

Spermophilus grammurus, (Say) Bach., var. Beechyi.—
CALIFORNIA GROUND SQUIRREL. — Cala. and Lower Cala.,
west of Sierra Nevadas.

469. Mounted. Tejon Valley, Cal. Dr. A. L. Heerman.

470. Mounted. Tejon Valley, Cal. Dr. A. L. Heerman.

Spermophilus Harris!, Aud. & Bach.— HARRIS' GROUND SQUIR-
REL.— The Great Interior Basin and Lower California.

471-1-1600. Mounted. Mohave Desert. Lieut. R. S. Williamson.

Spermophilus Franklini, (Sabine) Rich. — GRAY GOPHER.—
Northern Illinois, northward to the Saskatchewan.

9&5. Skin. Racine, Wis. Dr. P. R. Hoy.

Spermophilus tereticaudis, And. & Bach. — ROUND-TAILED
GROUND SQUIRREL. — Arizona.

1584. Skin. Fort Yuma, Cal. Maj. G. H. Thomas.

Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus, (Mitchell) Aud. & Ba<;h.—
STRIPED GOPHER ; PRAIRLE SQUIRREL. — The prairies* of
the United States.

437-M303. Mounted. Head of Arkansas River. Capt. E. G. Beckvrith.

Spermophilus mexieanus, (Erxleben) Wagner.— MEXICAN
GROUND SQUIRREL. — Southwestern Texas and Southern
Kew Mexico, southeastward into Mexico.

3662. Mounted. Eagle Pass, Texas. Dr. W. S. King, U. S. A.

Spermophilus Parryi, Rich. — PARRY'S MARMOT. — Northern
parts of the Continent, from Hudson's Bay to Behring's
Strait.

8736. Mounted. Pelly Lake. R. R. MacFarlane. June 21, 1864.
5789. Mounted. Lockhart River, H. B. T. B. R. Ross. July 4, 1860.
9366. Mounted. Kodiak. F. Bischoff. Sept. 13, 1868.

16 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Spermophiliis spilosoma, Bennett. — SONORA GROUND SQUIR-
REL.— Eastern base of the Eocky Mountains north to West-
ern Wyoming.

2620. Fort Thorn, N. Mex. Dr. T. C. Henry.

Spermophilu§ Richardsoni, (Sabine) Baird. — YELLOW
GOPHER. — Plains of the Saskatchewan southward to the
Upper Missouri.

12360. Skin. Fort Saunders, Wyo. Col. A. G. Brackett.

Spermophiliis Townsendi, Bach. — TOWNSEND'S GROUND
SQUIRREL. — Plains of Columbia.

3775. Camp Lloyd, Utah. Capt. J. H. Simpson, U. S. A.

Spermophilus annulatus, Aud. & Bach.— EINGED GROUND
SQUIRREL. — Plains of Colima, Mexico.

. Skins.

Cynomys ludovicianiis, (Ord) Baird. — PRAIRIE DOG. — Great
plains east of the Eocky Mountains.

4057. Mounted. (Female.) Platte River, Ark. Dr. Woodhouse.
7770-1-345. Mounted. (Male.) Ft. Lamed. Dr. E. Coues. May 31, 1864.
11458. Mounted. Colorado. J. H. Batty.
9559. Mounted. Soda Springs, Colo. Jas. Stevenson.

Cy iiomys columbianus, (Ord) Allen.— SHORT-TAILED PRAIRIE
DOG. — The parks and plains within and west of the Eocky
Mountains to the plains of Columbia.
5849. Mounted. Fort Bridger, Utah. C. Drexler.

Arctomys monax, Linn. — WOODCHUCK. — Eastern North America.

26788. Mounted. Wyoming, N. Y. H. A. Ward, Rochester, N. Y.

Arctomys caligatus, Eschscholtz. — NORTHWESTERN MARMOT. —
Puget's Sound northward, west of the Eocky Mountains.

9493. Mounted. Ft. Kenag, Alaska. F. Bischoff. May 16, 1869.
12485. Mounted.

Arctomys flaviventer, Aud. & Bach. — YELLOW-FOOTED MAR-
MOT.— Eocky Mountains west of the Pacific Coast.

8834. Mounted. Fort Anderson. R. McFarlane.
12753. Mounted. Near Fort Ellis, Montana. W. B. Platt.

HAPLODOTYTIDJE.

llaplodoiitia leporina, Eich. — SEWELLEL; SHOWT'L. — Pacific
Slope (especially about Pugetfs Sound).

1966. Mounted. (Male.) Ft. Steilacoom, Wash. Ter. Dr. Geo. Suckley.
4046. Mounted. Puget's Sound. Ex. Ex.

ANIMAL, RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 17

CASTORIDJE.

Castor caiiadeiisis, Kuhl. — AMERICAN BEAVER. — United States
generally.

97-24. Mounted. (Young.) Henry Fork, G. R. Dr. F. V. Hayden. Oet., 1870.

CJEOUIYIDJE.

Geoinys biirsarius, Eich. — POUCHED or POCKET GOPHER. — Mis-
souri to Minnesota and Xebraska.

91. Mounted. Columbia River, Oregon. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Cweoinys tuza, (Orel,) Cones. — FLORIDA SALAMANDER. — Southeast-
ern States.

11905. Skins. Jacksonville, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

Geomys castanops, Baird. — TEXAS POUCHED GOPHER. — Texas
and Xew Mexico.

4U<>7. Mounted. Bent's Fork. Lt. Abert.

T homo 111 Y* talpoides, (Eich) Baird. — CALIFORNIA GOPHER.—
Northern and Western Xorth America.

366-H1280. Mounted. Monterey, California, Lt. W. P. Trow bridge.

Thomomys clusitis, Coues. — SMALL-FOOTED POUCHED GOPHER.

— Eocky Mountains.

. Skins. Ft. Bridger, Utah.

HVRIDJ&.

s decumamis, Pallas. — BRO^VN EAT. — United States generally.
(Introduced.)

."-47. Mounted. Washington, D. C.

rattus, Linn. — BLACK EAT. — United States generally, but rare.
(Introduced.)

12—921. Skin. Foxburg, Pa. S. F. Baird. '

musculus. — COMMON MOUSE. — United States generally. (In-
troduced.)

4051. Mounted. (Albino.) District of Columbia.

He*peromys ieiicopus, Wagner. — WHITE-FOOTED MOUSE. —
Xorthern United States west of the Mississippi Eiver.

Mounted. Halifax. X. S. A. Downes.
Bull. N. M. No. 14 2

18 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

I¥eotonia floridana, Say & Orel. — FLORIDA If AT ; WOOD EAT.—
Atlantic Slope northward to New York.

4334. Mounted. Hillsboro, Va. X. Janncy.

I¥eotoiua cinerea, (Orel) Baircl. — KOOKY MOUNTAIN RAT. — Pacific
Slope and Upper Missouri.

5665. Mounted. Fort Liard, Hudson's Bay Terr. Ross and Hardesty.

Fiber zifoethicus, Cuv. — MUSK RAT. — United States generally.

4060. Mounted. (Female.) District of Columbia. R. O. Pollard.

HYSTRICID.E.

Erethizoii dorsatus, (Linn.) Flein., var. dorsatus. — WHITE-
HAIRED PORCUPINE. — Northern United States.

11086. Mounted. Maine. John Wallace.

1440-2. Mounted. (Female.) Mt. Washington, X. II. C. J. King. July 3, 1875.

Erethizoii dorsatus, (Linn.) F. Cuv., var. epixanthus.— YEL

LOW-HAIRED PORCUPINE. — Pacific Slope and Upper Mis-
souri region.

9745. Mounted. Fort Bridgcr, Wyoming. Dr. F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist.
Sept. 29, 1870.

SUBORDER DUPLICIDENTATA.
&EPORKDJB.

Lepus timidus, Fab., var. arcticus. — POLAR HARE. — Arctic and
Subarctic America.

1356. Mounted. (Young.) Newfoundland. John Downcs. Suininei1 1856.
5181. Mounted. Newfoundland. J. R. Willis.
353. Mounted. Newfoundland. J. G. Bell. Winter 1854.

Lepus americamis, Erxl., var. americamis, Allen. — NORTH-
ERN HARE; WHITE HARE. — Northeastern North America.

1-2478. Mounted. Cumberland, Md. D. P. Welpley.

Lepus americanus, Erxl. — NORTHERN HARE; WHITE BABBIT -
Alaska and British North America cast of the Kooky
Mountains.

4430. Mounted. (Male.) Ft. Liard, H. B. T. Ilobert Keniiicott.

JLepus americamis, var* virginianus. — VIRGINIA HARE.—
Eastern United States south of Nova Scotia,

11067. Mounted. J. G. Bell.
959. Mounted. Middleboro, Mass. J. W. P. Jeuks.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 19

Lepus americaiius, Erxl., rar. Washington!!. — BED HARE.—
West of Bocky Mountains from Columbia River into British
Columbia.

3817. Mounted. Chiloweyuck Depot, Oregon. Dr. C. B. Kennedy, T*. S. A.
June. 1859.

Lfpu* americanus, Erxl., var. Bairdii. — BAJED'S HARE.—
Higher parts of Rocky Mountains.

4265. Mounted. (Female.) Wind River Mountains. Dr. F. V. Hayden.
588-2. Mounted. Head of Flathead River, Washington Ty. Dr. C. B. Kennedy,

X. W. Boundary Survey. Winter 1860.
3791. Mounted. Ft. Bridger, Utah. J. H. Simpson.
303. Mounted. Shoal water Bay. Dr. J. G. Cooper, Pacific R. K. Survey.

March 5. 1-7,4.

Lepus campestris, Bach. — PRAIRIE HARE. — Central plains of
Xorth America.

1552. Mounted. Upper Missouri. Dr. F. V. Hayden.

4-240. Mounted. (Male.) Deer Creek. Dr. F. V. Hayden. Dec. 18, 1859.

69 -f- 972. Mounted. Ft. Union, Neb. T. Culbertson.

12013. Mounted. (Male.) Frenchman's Creek, Montana. Dr. E. Cones, U.S.A.,
Northern Boundary Survey. July 5, 1874.

Lepus callotis, Wagler.— JACKASS HARE ; JACK RABBIT.— South-
western United States.

1170. Mounted. Klamath Lake. Dr. J. S. Newberry.

8477. Mounted. (Female.) Ft. Whipple, Arizona. Dr. E. Coues, U. S. A.

May 17, 1865.
450. Mounted. Red River, Ark. Capt. Marcy.

Lepus calilbrnicus, Gray. — CALIFORNIA HARE. — California.

11070. Mounted. California. J. G. Bell.
1980. Mounted. Petaluma, California. E. Samuels.
12586. Mounted. Cape St. Lucas. John Xantus.

Lepus sylYaticus, Bach. — GRAY BABBIT. — Eastern United States.

12483. Mounted. Fairfax Co., Ya. G. Brown Goode.

11069. Mounted. New York? J. G. Bell.

11068. Mounted. New York? J. G. Bell.

4017. Mounted. New York. J. G. Bell.

Lepus Bachmani, Waterhouse. — BACHMAN'S HARE. — Texas.

234 ; 243. Skins. Brownsville, Texas. Couch and Van Vliet.

Lepus sylvaticus, Bach., var. Auduboiiii. — AUDUBON'S HARE.
— Southern Arizona and California.

1596. Mounted. San Diego, Cal. Dr. J. F. Hammond. Dec., 1855.
1594. Mounted. (Female.) San Diego, Cal. Dr. J. F. Hammond. Dec. 28,
1856.

20 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UMTKD STATES.

Lepus sylvaticus, Bach., var. Nut talli. — SAGE BABBIT.— United
States west of 97th meridian.

8896. Mounted. (Female.) Camp Grant, Ariz. Edward Palmer. Fel>. -20,
1867.

Lepus Trowforidgii, Baird. — TROWBRIDGE'S HARE. — California.

1183. Mounted. Santa Clara, Cal. Dr. J. S. Newberry. Nov., 1855.
2974 -f- 351. Mounted. Petaluma, Cal. E. Samuels.

Lepus aquations, Bach. — WATER BABBIT. — Gulf States.

2306. Mounted. Prairie Mer Rouge, La. James Fairie.
2309. Mounted. Prairie Mer Rouge, La. James Fairie.

Lepus palustris, Bach. — MARSH BABBIT. — Southeastern United
States, on lowlands.

4018. Mounted. St. Simon's Island, Ga. Dr. Wilson. 1860.
1256. ? Mounted. Society Hill, S. C. M. A. Curtis. 1856.
1621. Mounted. St. Simon's Island, Ga. Dr. S. M. Wilson.

ORDER, EDENTATA.
DASYPODID^E.

Tatusia septem-cincius, (Linn.,) Gray. — ARMADILLO. — South-
western United States and South.

10197. Mounted. Tobasco, Mexico. C. H. Laszlo.

ORDER, AMARSUPIALI.

Didelphys virginiana, Shaw. — POSSUM. — United States gener-
ally.

12951. Stuffed skins. Family group of nine. Washington, D. C. G. Brown
Goode.

II. BIRDS.

From want of space it has not been thought desirable to exhibit a
collection of North American birds.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 21

III. REPTILES.

ORDER, CROCODILIA.

CROCODILED JG.

Crocodilus americanus, Seba. — FLORIDA CROCODILE. — South-
ern Florida.

8384. Mounted. Biscayne Bay, Fla. Purchased from H. A. Ward.

Alligator mississippiensis, Daudin. — ALLIGATOR. — Southeast-
ern North America.

). Cast. Jacksonville, Fla. F. C. Goode.
8543. Cast. Jacksonville, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

ORDER, TESTTJDINATA.

TESTUDINID.I;.

Testudo Carolina, Linn.— FLORIDA GOPHER-TORTOISE.— South-
eastern North America.

9627. Cast. Florida. G. Brown Goode.

Testudo Berlandieri, Agassiz. — Southwestern United States.

8926. Brownsville, Tex. Dr. J. C. Merrill, U. S. A.

lUalacoclemiiiys palustris, Gmelin. — DIAMOND-BACK TERRAPIN.
— Coast from New York to Texas.

8709. Washington Market. J. W. Milner.
9028. Cast, Mandeville, La. G. Kohn.

Pseudemys rugosa, Shaw. — BED-BELLIED TERRAPIN. — New
Jersey to Virginia.

891i>. Cast. Kinston, N. C. J. AV. Milner.

Pseudemys concinna, Leconte. — FLORIDA TERRAPIN. — South-
eastern United States.

8907-8. Cast. Florida. Professor Baird.

Pseudemys mobiliensis,

9026. Cast. Mandeville. La. G. Konn.

22 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

UlacrocHeJys lacertina, Schw.-— ALLIGATOR TURTLE.

9211. Cast. Greenville, Miss. S. W. Ferguson.

Chelyclra serpenftma, Linn. — SNAPPING- TORTOISE. — Canada to
Ecuador.

8916. Cast. Washington, D. C. Joseph Palmer.

Aspidonectes terox, Schw. — SOFT-SHELL TURTLE. — Georgia to
Western Louisiana.

8708. Cast. Milledgeville, Ga. Tarletoii H. Beau.
8899. Florida. Professor Baird.

Aspidonectes spinifei*, Les.— SOFT-SHELL TURTLE.— Middle and
northern tributaries of the Mississippi and the Saint Law-
rence.

8309. Mounted. Rising Sun, Ind.

9614. Alcoholic. Mt. Carmel, 111. R. Ridgway.

Chelonia myclas, Schw. — GREEN TURTLE. — Atlantic Coast south
of Long Island.

8392-H 15267. Cast in papier-mache*. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

Chelonia virgata, Schw. — PACIFIC GREEN TURTLE. — Pacific
Coast.

9639. Cast. San Diego, Cal. G. N. Hitchcock.

Xltalassochelys caouana, Linn. — LOGGERHEAD TURTLE.

8386-4-15259. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

Eretmoehelys imbricata, Linn.— HAWK'S BILL TURTLE.—
Southern Atlantic Coast.

- . Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

Eretmochelys squamata, Linn. — PACIFIC HAWK'S BILL TURTLE.
— Pacific Coast.

12388. Shells. Fiji Island. U. S. Expl. Expedition.

SPHARGIDIDJE.

Sphargis coriacea, Eondelet. — LEATHERBACK TURTLE. — Atlantic
Coast to Massachusetts.

8389—15263. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 23

V. FISHES.

ORDER, PEDICULATL
HALTHEIDJE.

IHalthe cubifrons, Eieh. — SEA BAT. — West Indian Fauna.

16727. Cast. St. Augustine, Fla. Dr. J. M. Laing, U. S. A.
800. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Iflalthe vespertilio, (Linn.) Cuv. — SEA BAT. — West Indian Fauna.

12575. Alcoholic specimen. Amazons. British Museum.

LOPHIIDJB.

LrfOphiu* piscatorius, Linn. — GOOSE FISH; ANGLER. — ISTova Scotia

to Cape Hatteras.

•

15086. Alcoholic specimen. Tompkinsville, N. Y. Copley.

14910. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. June 22, 1873.

16657. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

12, 13, 14, 15. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Pterophryne hi* trio, (Linn.) Gill. — MOUSE-FISH. — Pelagic.

20683. Alcoholic specimens. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

OEDEE, PLECTOGNATHL

HOLED JE.

Jlola rotunda, Cuv. — SUN-FISH. — Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

15832. Cast. Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 16, 1874.

15833. Cast. Koank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 16, 1874.
1. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

784. Color sketch. (Eichard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Chilomycterus ^eometricus, (Linn.) Kaup. — BUR-FISH.
South of Cape Cod ; West Indian Fauna, &c.

1557-2. Cast. Xew York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 7, 1875.
15883. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 1, 1873.
523-4-5. Color sketch. (Eichard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

24 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Chilomycterus fuiiginosus, (De Kay,) Gill.

13938. Alcoholic specimen. Watch Hill, R. I. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept.

18, 1874.

Trichodiodon pilosus, (Mitch.) Bleeker. — HAIRY BOX-FISH.—
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

- . Alcoholic specimen. Beesly's Point, N. J. Prof. S. F. Baird. 1854.

Tetrodon laevigatus, (Linn.) Gill.— BABBIT -FISH.-— Cape Cod to
Florida.

14867. Cast. Vineyard Sound, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 13, 1874.
2, 3. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Chilichthys turgidus, (Mitch.) Gill. — SWELL-FISH. — Cape Cod to
Florida.

10740. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
499. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
615-16. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

OSTRACIID.H.

Ostracium quadricorne, Linn. — COW-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna.

10008. Cast. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode. March, 1872.
664. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in
Boston Aquarial Garden June, 1860.

Ostracium triquetrum, Linn.— CUCKOLD.— West Indian Fauna.

579-80. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Santa Cruz. Prof. Alex. Agassiz; Dr.
Jeffries.

Lactophrys trigonus, (Linn.) Poey. — TRUNK-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna 5 occasional in Massachusetts.

20610. Alcoholic specimens. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

BALISTIDJ3.

Balistes ringens, Linn. — SPOTTED FILE-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna.

581. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Island of Sombrero, W. I. Prof. Alex.
Agassiz. Sept., 1859.

Balistes vetula, Linn. — OLD WIFE; FILE-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna; accidental on coast.

14909. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Oct. 8, 1873.
11380. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 25

Batistes capriscus,

1">233. Alcoholic specimen. East Coast. John Sutherland.

Stephanolepis setiler, (Bennet) Gill.— STOKER'S FILE-FISH.—

Scotia to Florida.

16519. Alcoholic specimen. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

Sept., 1875.

617. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Cape Cod. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Aug., 1859.
498". Color sketch. (Richard.) Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
Aug., 1875.

Canthorhinus occidentalis. — West Indian Fauna, &c.

16746. Alcoholic specimen. Chesapeake Bay. Capt. John Evans. Oct., 1875.

Alutera cuspicauda, De Kay. — LONG-TAILED FILE-FISH. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

16341. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 13, 1875.

15569. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.

15827. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

15839. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 9, 1875.

412-13-14. Color sketches. U. S. Fish Commission.

Ceratacanthus aurantiacus, (Mitch.) Gill. — ORANGE FILE-

FISH. — Cape Cod to Florida. •

14914. Cast. Wood's HoU, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 14, 1873.
15870. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 14, 1873.
1491(5. Cast. Wood's HoU, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 14, 1873.
5, 6, 7, £, and 9. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
500. Color sketch.

ORDER, LOPHOBRANCHIL

Hippocampus aiitiquoriuii, Leach. — SEA-HORSE ; HORSE-FISH.

— Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

21044. Alcoholic specimen. St. George's Banks. G. Brown Goode.

$ yiigiiat hti* Peckianus, Storer. — PIPE-FISH. — Newfoundland to
Cape Hatteras.

16492. Alcoholic specimen. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

26 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

ORDER, TELEOCEPHALL

HETEROSOMATA.

A ohiru* lineatiis, (Linu.) Cuv. — AMERICAN SOLE ; HOG CHOKER.
— Cape Cod to Florida.

1H743. Cast, (upper side.) Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fisli Commission. Feb.

21, 1874.
15743. Cast, (under side.) Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Feb.

21, 1874.
380. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

448. Photograph, (upper side.)

449. Photograph, (under side.)

561. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Solea vulgaris, Quensel. — SOLE. — Coast of Europe.

12513. Cast. England.

16. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

PLEURONECTIDJS.

Euchalarodus Putn^mi, Gill. — PUTNAM'S FLAT-FISH. — Found
only in Salem Harbor.

5368. Alcoholic specimen. Salem, Mass. F. W. Putnam.

Pseudopleuronectes americanus, (Walb.) Gill. — FLAT-FISH $
WINTER FLOUNDER. — Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.

14911. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 22, 1873.

15692. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Dec., 1873.

15709. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Feb. 28, 1874.

14891. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Feb. 20, 1874.

14913. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Feb. 2, 1874. -

15934. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 380. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

785. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

ftlyzopsetta ferruginea, (Storer) Gill.— BUSTY FLOUNDER.—
Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

15068. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.
15067. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. March 22, 1875.
23. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

786. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Pleuronectes glaber, (Storer) Gill. — SMOOTH-BACK FLOUNDER. —
Northern New England Coast.

20873. Cast. Portland, Me. Tarletou H. Bean.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 27

Crlyptocephalus cynoglossus, (Linn.) Gill. — POLE FLOUNDER.
— Maine.

•24. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

12885. Alcoholic specimen. Treat's Island, Eastport, Me. U. S. Fish Commis-
sion. Aug., 1872.

Lophopsetta maculata, (Mitch.) Gill.— WATERY FLOUNDER j
SPOTTED TURBOT. — Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

15693. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

10682. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

•25, 23. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

780-1. Color sketch.* (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Cluenopsetta ocellaris, (De Kay) Gill. — COMMON FLOUNDER. —
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

15177. Cast. Norfolk, Va, U. S. Fish Commission.

10721. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

14899. Cast. Block Island, R, I. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept, 24, 1874.

10684. Cast, Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15176. Cast. Norfolk, Va, U'. S. Fish Commission.

27, 28. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

533-4. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Cluenopsetta oblong a, (Mitch.) Gill. — FOUR-SPOTTED FLOUNDER,
— Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

10716. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
10661. Cast, Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
29, 30. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Cluenopsetta dentata, (Linn.) Gill.— SOUTHERN FLOUNDER.—
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

18048. Alcholic specimen. St. John's River, Fla. Professor Baird.

Hippoglossus americanus, Gill. — HALIBUT. — Newfoundland to
Cape Hatteras.

15698. Cast. Eastern Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Feb. 28, 1874.

15705. Cast. Eastern Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Feb. 28, 1874.

16587. Cast. Boston, Mass. F. H. Johnson. Sept. 24, 1875.

15732. Cast.

31, 32. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

767. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Hippoglossoides limandoides, Gunther. — SAND DAB.

21037. Alcoholic specimen. Halifax, N. S. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 11,

1877.
21818. Alcoholic specimen. Gloucester, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July

29, 1878.
14913. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards. Feb. 2, 1874.

28 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Reinhardtius hippoglossoides, (Walb.) Gill.— GREENLAND
TURBOT. — Greenland.

14839. Cast, (upper side.) Newfoundland. E. G. Blackford. Feb., 1874.
14869. Cast. Newfoundland. E. G. Blackford. Feb., 1874.

33. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

21564. Cast. Le Have Bank. U. S. Fish Commission.

Psettichthys melanostictus, Girard.— CALIFORNIA " SPOTTED
SOLE." — Coast of California.

16701. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone, Jan. 27, 1876.

16699. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone. Jan. 27, 1876.

16700. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone. Jan. 27, 1876.

16699, 16700, 16701. Alcoholic specimens. San Francisco. U. S. Fish Commiieion.
36, 39. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

777. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

754. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Platichthys stellatus, (Pall.) Gill. — ROUGH FLOUNDER. — Coast
of California.

16698. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone,
38. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
531-2. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
657. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,
1859.

Parophrys vetulus. — " SOLE." — Coast of California.

17064. Alcoholic specimen. San Francisco, Cal. U. S. Fish Commission.
776. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Ancylopsetta quadrocellata, Gill.

17123-4. Alcoholic specimens. Charleston, S. C. Prof. S. F. Baird. March,

1877.
17123. Cast. Charleston, S. C. Prof. S. F. Baird. March, 1877.

Rhombus maximus, Will. — TURBOT. — Coasts of Europe.

12511. Cast. England. Middleton, Carman & Co.
35, 391. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Rhombus Iseyis, Eondel. — BRILL. — Coasts of Europe.

12512. Cast. England. Middleton, Carman & Co.

34. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANACANTHM.

Tlacruriis rupestris, Bl.— ONION-FISH.— North Atlantic.

15608. Cast. St. George's Banks. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 27, 1875.
786. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 29

JUacriirus Bairdii, Goode & Beau.— SPIKE-TATL.

•21014. Alcoholic specimen. (Type.) Gulf of Maine. U. S. Fish Commission.
Aug. 19, 1-77.

<; v i>i i> i;.

Pol lac-hiii* carbonarius, (Linn.) Bon. — POLLACK. — Greenland to

Cape Hatteras.

15971. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
16254. Cast. Martha's Vineyard. U. S. Fish Commission. July 30, 1875.
41, 42, 43. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
787. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Gadus morrhua. Linn. — COD-FISH. — Polar Eegions to Cape Hat-
teras.

16770. Cast. Irish Sea. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
14902. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. April 3, 1874.
15923. Cast. Portland, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.
44, 45, 381, 392. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
610. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

TI icrogadu* proximus, (Girard) Gill.— TOM COD.— Coast of Cali-
fornia.

16696. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone. June 27, 1876.

47. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

616. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.^
1659.

TlitTogadiis tomcodus, (Walb.) Gill. — TOM COD ; FROST-FISH. —
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

14-S4. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. June 11, 1873.

14-5. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. June 11, 1873.

16608. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 27, 1875.

48. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

662. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

melanogrammus aeglefinus, (Linn.) GUI.— HADDOCK.— New-
foundland to Cape Hatteras.

14897. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. June 18, 1873.
14896. Cast. Portland, Me. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 2, 1873.
}-. 49, 50. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
427. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Phycis chuss, (Walb.) Gill.— HAKE.— ]S~ewfo»ndland to Cape Hat-
teras.

16598. Cast. Boston, Mass. F. H. Johnson.

Phycis tennis, (Mitch.) De Kay. — SQUIRREL HAKE. — Xewfound-
land to Cape Hatteras.

15729. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. June 18, 1873.
51. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

30 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Pliycis Chester!, Goode & Bean. — LONG-FINNED HAKE.

21840. Alcoholic specimen. (Type.) Gulf of Maine. IT. S. Fish Commission.
Aug. 27, 1878.

Urophycis regius, (Walb.) Gill. — SPOTTED CODLING. — Cape Cod
to Cape Hatteras.

788. Color sketch. (Emerton. ) U. S. Fish Commission.
16845-6. Casts and alcoholic specimens. New York. Fred. Mather.

IHolva vulgaris, Fleming. — LING. — Polar Seas.

16775. Cast. Coast of England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
390. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Rhinonemus eaudaeuta, (Storer) Gill. — FOUR-BEARDED HOCK-
LING. — Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

16656. Alcoholic specimen. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

Ciliata argentata, (Keinh.) Gill. — MACKEREL MIDGE. — Greenland
to Cape Hatteras.

16179. Alcoholic specimen. Vineyard Sound, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

Hypsiptera argent ea, Giinther.

21831. Alcoholic specimen. Off Cape May, N. J. Capt. R. H. Hurlbert.

Brosmiiis amerieanus, Gill. — CUSK. — Xovu Scotia to Cape Cod.

16605. Cast. Boston, Mass. Win. Prior, jr., & Co. Sept. 25, 1875.
15886. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. , Feb. 21, 1874.
52. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
429. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Haloporphyrus viola, Goode & Bean.— BLUE HAKE.

21837. Alcoholic specimen. (Type.) Banquereau. Capt. Jos. W. Collins. Aug.,

1878.

Lola maeulosa, (Les.) Kich. — BURBOT. — Fresh waters of Northern
North America.

16640, Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.

16638. New York. E. G. Blackford.

53, 54, 55. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

428. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

491. Color sketch. (Rotter.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

UIERLrlJCIIDjE.

.Tic rlii riii* bilinearis, (Mitch.) Gill. — WHITING; SILVER HAKE.—
Xova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.

15747. Cast. I'. !>. Fish Commission.

15931. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Oct. 28, 1873.

56. Photograph. U. 8. Fish Commission.

562. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 31

OPHIDIIIKE.

Ophidium marginal urn, Mitch. — Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

10762. Alcoholic specimen. Tompkinsville, X. Y. C. Copley.

LYCODIDJE.

Zoarces anguillaris, (Peck) Storer. — EEL POUT. — Newfoundland
to Cape Hatteras.

14888. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blaekford. March, 1874.
15694. Cast. Nantucket Shoals. U. S. Fish Commission.
651. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

CRYPTACAIVTHIDJE.

Cryptacanthodes maculatus, Storer.— SPOTTED WKY-MOUTH.
— Xova Scotia to Cape Cod.

166.21. Proviucetown, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15889. Cast. Portland, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

15890. Cast. Portland, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.
423. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

613. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Boston. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Dec., 1861.

Cryptacanthodes inornatus, Gill. — GHOST-FISH. — Coast of
Massachusetts.

1761. Alcoholic specimen. Maine. \V. Stimpson.

Aiiuiiody te* americaiius. — SASD EEL.

382. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

422. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

*TJK IIIMIKE.

Sticlueu* punctatus, (Fabr.) Eeinli. — Xortli Atlantic Coast.

590. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

21068. Alcoholic specimen. Halifax, X. S. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 4,
1877.

Cuinesograittiiius siibbiAircatus, (Storer) Gill. — Nova
Scotia to Cape Cod.

21067. Alcoholic specimen. Halifax, N. S. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 25,
1877.

32 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

XI PHI I>IO \TIDi:.

OTuraenoides mucronatus, (Mitch.,) Gill.— EOCK EEL.— Nova
Scotia to Cape Hatteras.

13847. Alcoholic specimen. Eastport, Me. U. S. Fisli Commission.
488. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

ftluraenoides ornatus, (Girard) Gill.— PACIFIC EOCK EEL.—
Pacific Coast.

639. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) Ft. Roberts, Gulf of Georgia, Wash. Terr. Prof.

Alex. Agassiz. July, 1859.

ANARRHICHADID^.

Anarrhichas Tomerinus, (Ag.) Storer. — WOLF-FISH. — Green-
land to Cape Hatteras.

16439. Cast. Boston, Mass. F. H. Johnson. Sept. 8, 1875.

14900. Cast. Coxswain's Ledge, R. I. U. S. Fish Commission. July 25, 1875.

57. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
770. Color sketch. (Richard.) IT. S. Fish Commission.

Anarrhichas lupus, Linn.

•21875. Specimen in brine. Gloucester. U. S. Fish Commission. 1878.

BATIMC lailKi;.

Batrachus tau, Linn. — TOAD-FISH; OYSTER-FISH. — Nova Scotia to
Gulf of Mexico.

10743. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
501-2. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Porichthys notatus. — Pacific Coast.

640. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) Simiahmoo, Wash. Terr. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

June, 1859.

FRAIVOSCOPID^E.

Astroscopus aiioplus, (Cuv. & Yal.) Brevoort. — XAKED STAR-
GAZER. — New York to Fldrida.

4622. Alcoholic specimen. Norfolk, Va. Prof. Theo. Gill.

571. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Pensacola, Fla. Prof. Alex. Agassiz; Dr.

Jeffreys. April, 1854.

572. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Hampton Roads, Va. Prof. Alex. Agassiz ;

T. Leib. April, 1854.

584. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Jacksonville, Fla. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

1853.

585. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Charleston, S. C. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

1854.

586. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Coney Island, X. Y. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

April, 1854.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 33

CYCL.OPTERIDJE.

Cyclop terns lumpus, Linn. — LUMP-FISH. — North Atlantic.

15688. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford. May 15, 1874.
15730. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford. April 18, 1874.
16660. Cast, Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

58. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

788. Color sketch. (Emerton.) Young specimen. Fisher's Island Sound.
U. S. Fish Commission. Aug., 1874.

LIPVIMIMI) I-.

Liparis lineata, (Lepechin) Kroyer. — STRIPED LIPARIS. — North

Atlantic.

13960. Alcoholic. Watch Hill Reef, R. I. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug., 1874.
788. Color sketch. (Emerton.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Liparis Montagui, Don. — SEA SNAIL. — North Atlantic.

20432. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission,

TRIGLIDJE.

Dactylopterus vrflitaiis, (Linn.) Lacep. — FLYING GURNARD. —
Temperate and Tropical Atlantic and Mediterranean.

15873. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 8, 1873.
. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Prionotus carolinus, (Linn.) Cuv. & Yal. — BROAD-FINGERED
SEA EOBIN. — Cape Cod to Florida.

59. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
443. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
566. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Prionotus evolans, (Linn.) Gill. — STRIPED SEA EOBIN. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

15735. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15727. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

16411. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 25, 1875.

60, 61, 62. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

401,402. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

AGONIDJE.

Aspidophoroides monopterygius, (Bloch.) Storer.— Polar
Seas and south to Connecticut.

21700. Alcoholic. Massachusetts Bay. U. S. Fish Commission.
Bull. N. M. No. 14 3

34 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

COTTIDJG.

Cottus octodecimspinosus, Mitch. — SCULPIN. — Nova Scotia to
Cape Hatteras.

16437. Cast. Boston, Mass. F. H. Johnson. Sept. 8, 1875.

63. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
537-8. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Cottus grcenlandicus, Cuv. & Val.— GREENLAND SCULPIN.—
Polar Eegions to Cape Cod.

16436. Cast. Boston, Mass. F. H. Johnson.
65. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

545. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Cottus Mitchilli, Cuv. & Val.— PIGMY SCULPIN.— New England
Coast.

14806. Alcoholic specimens. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
62. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

546. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

I rail idea viscosa, (Hald.) DeKay. — AMERICAN MILLER'S THUMB.

609. Color sketch. (Roetter.) Plymouth, Mass. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. March,
1869.

HEMITRIPTERIDJb.

Hemitripterus amcricaiius, (Gmel.) Cuvier. — SEA BAVEN.—

Newfoundland to New York ; Seas of Japan.

15736. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
16414. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 2, 1875.
66, 67. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
471-2. Photographs.
476. Photograph of young.

Sebastes marinus, (Linn.) Liitken.— NORWAY .HADDOCK ; HEM-
DUKGAN; BED PEKCH.— Polar Seas and south to Cape
Cod.

- . Alcoholic. Eastport, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

Sebastes vi viparus, Kroyer. — BOSE-FISH. — North Atlantic.

15879. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
397. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
789. Color sketch. Prof. Alex Agissiz.

Sebastomus rosaceus, (G-irard) Gill. — EOSY BOCK-FISH. — Coast
of California.

16688. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone.
68. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RLSOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 35

Sebastomus auriculatus, (Girard) Gill. — BLACK-EARED EOCK-
FISH. — Coast of California.

612. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco, Cal. Prof. Alex. Agassis. NOT.,
1859.

Sebastomus fasciatus, (Girard) Gill. — BANDED EOCK-FISH. —
Coast of California.

483. Color sketch. (Richard.) San Francisco. Livingston Stone. U.S. Fish

Commission. March, 1876.
614. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) Deep Bay, Mayne Id., W. T. Prof. Alex.

Agassiz. May 20, 1859.

Sebastomus eloiigatus, (Girard) Gill. — Pacific Coast.

643. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,
1859.

Sebastosomus melanops, (Girard) Gill. — BLACK-HEADED EOCK-
FISH. — Coast of California.

653. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,

1859.

16689. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone.
482. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Sebastodes paucispinis, (Ayres) Gill. — Coast of California.

637. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,

1859.

C'li irii* coiistellatus, (Girard) GUI.— "EocK TROUT."— Coast of
California.

16697. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone.

69. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

455. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Chirus pictus, Girard. — Pacific Coast.

642. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,
1859.

Chirus guttatus, Girard. — Coast of California.

638. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,

1859.

SCARID.E.

Scams squalidus, Poey. — TAWNY PAHROT-FISH. — West .Indian
Fauna.

973. Stuffed skin. Havana market. Prof. F. Poey.

Scarus Abildgaardii. — PARROT-FISH. — West Indian Fauna.

9738. Stuffed skin. Havana market. Prof. F. Poey.

36 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Scarus radians, Yal. — SPANISH PORGY.— West Indian Fauna.

550. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) New Providence. Prof. Alex. Agassiz:
F. S. Shaw. April, 1861.

Psemloscarus coeruleus.— BLUE PARROT-FISH ; KILMAGORE.—
West Indian Fauna.

9733. Stuffed skin. Havana market. Prof. F. Poey.

LABRIBJE.

Tautoga onitis, (Linn.) Gunther. — TAUTOG; BLACK-FISH. — Bay of
Fundy to South Carolina.

10598. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
15622, Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

14893. Cast. Chesapeake Bay. U. S. Fish Commission. May 12.

10599. Cast, food's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. May 12.
10643. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15959. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

10599. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

70, 71. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

450. Color sketch. (Adult.) (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

451. Color sketch. (Young.) U. S. Fish Commission.
554. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
661. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Tautogolabnis adspersus, (Walb.) Gill.— GUNNER; CHOGSET.—
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

14894. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U* S. Fish Commission.
10746. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

381. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
383. Photograph.

645. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
431-433. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

Harpe ruin* (Linn.) Gill. — SPANISH LADY-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna.

597. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Santa Cruz. Prof. Alex. Agassiz ; Dr.

Jeffries.

Chrerojulis radiatus, (Linn.) Goode. — BLUE-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna.

596. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) New Providence. Prof. Alex. Agassiz; F.
S. Shaw. April, 1861.

Laclmolaemus falcatus, (Linn.) Yal.— West Indian Fauna.

20780. Cast. Key West, Fla. E. G. Blackford.

598. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

599. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

600. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

601. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 37

Cclyphidodon saxatilis, (Linn.) Cuv.— SERGEANT-MAJOR.— West
Indian Fauna.

589. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

591. Color sketch. (Dall.) Bermudas. Alive in Barnmu's Aquarium. Prof.
Alex. Agassiz. Dec., 1862.

Pomaceiitrus leiicostictus, M. & T. — West Indian Fauna.

21703. Alcoholic. Ft. Jefferson, Fla. Thos. Moore.

Heliastes insolatus, C. & V. — West Indian Fauna.

21704. Alcoholic. Ft. Jefferson, Fla. Thos. Moore.

i 'amoMH ii> i

Embiotoca Webbi, Girard. — Coast of California.

626. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,

1859.

Embiotoca Jacksoni, Agassiz. — Coast of California.

625. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,
1859.

Taeiiiotoca lateralis, (Ag.) A. Ag.— STRIPED PERCH.— Coast

of California.

16691. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone.

72. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

456. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

658. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) Crescent City, Cal. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

May, 1859.

659. Color sketch. (Female.) (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Nov., 1859.

660. Color sketch. San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. April, 1860.

Damalichthys vacca, Girard. — Coast of California.

627. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. AgAsiz. April,

1860.

Ifletrog'aster aggregatus, Ag. — Pacific Coast.

641. Color sketch. (Female.) (Agassiz.) San Francisco, Cal. Prof. Alex.
Agassiz. Dec., 1859.

Hypsurus Caryi, Agass. — PERCH. — Pacific Coast.

606. Color sketch. San Francisco, Cal. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. April 1, 1860.

Phanerodon fiircatus, Girard. — Coast of California.

636. Color sketch. (Female.) (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex.
Nov., 1859.

38 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Amphisticlms argenteus, Ag. — Coast of California.

G35. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) (Male.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
April, 1860.

Amphistichus similis, Girard. — Coast of California.

634. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Nov.,
1859.

Rhacliochilus toxotes, Agassiz. — Coast of California.

633. Color sketch. (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. March,
1860.

Holconotus pulchellus, A. Ag. — Coast of California.

632. Color sketch. (Male.) (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
April, 1860.

Holconotus rhodoterus, Girard. — Coast of California.

641. Color sketch. (Female.) (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
Dec., 1859.

Hyperprosopon argenteus, Gibbon. — Coast of California.

620. Color sketch. (Female.) (Agassiz. ) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
March, 1860.

628. Color sketch. (Female.) (Agassiz.) San Francisco. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

April, 1860.

Abeona Trowbridgii, Girard. — Coast of California.

629. Color sketch. (Female.) (Agassiz.) California. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Acanthurus chimrgus, (Bl.) Scliii. — DOCTOR-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna.

569. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in

Boston Aquarial Gardens. June, 1860.

570. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in

Boston Aquarial Gardens. June, 1860.

•

Acaiithtirus iiigricaiis, (Linn.) Gill. — BLACK DOCTOR-FISH.—
West Indian Fauna and occasional north.

21367. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

21698. Dried specimen. Key West, Fla. Thomas Moore. Nov., 1878.

CHAETODCMVTIDJE.

Sarothrodus capistratus, (Linn.) Poey. — COQUETTE. — West In-
dian Fauna.

588. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) New Providence. Prof. Alex. Agassiz; F.

S. Shaw. April, 1861.

592. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
603. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 39

Sarothrodus maculocinctiis, Gill.

1G955. Alcoholic specimens. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. 1876.

Holacanthus tricolor, (Bl.) Lac. — BLACK ANGEL-FISH. — West
Indian Fauna.

593. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Santa Cruz. Prof. Alex. Agassiz; Dr.

Jeffries.

594. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Sombrero Id., \V. I. Prof. Alex. Agassiz;

S. R. Knox.

Holacaiithus ciliaris, (Linn.) Lac. — ANGEL-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna.

575. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in

Boston Aquarial Gardens. June, 1860.

576. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in

Boston Aquarial Gardens. June, 1860.

577. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in

Boston Aquarial Gardens. June, 1860.
21876. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

583. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Bermudas. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in
Barnum's Aquarium. 1862.

Pomacanthus arcuatus, (Linn.) Cuv. — PALOMETTA. — West In-
dian Fauna.

602. Color sketch. (Burkhardt. ) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in
Boston Aquarial Garden. June, 1860.

VIPIIIIDE.

Xiphia* gladius, SWORD-FISH. — Atlantic and Mediterranean.

16126. Cast in papier-mache. Off Neman's Land, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
Aug., 1875.

21699. Sword If inches long. Taken from nostril of Lamna cornuUca. Glouces-
ter, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 26, 1878.

Tetrapturus albidus, Poey.— SPIKE-FISH.— Cape Cod to West
Indies.

15834. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 23, 1873.

73. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

411. Water-color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

Histiophorus americairas, Cuv. & Yal. — SAIL-FISH. — Atlantic
Coast of America.

16664. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug., 1872.

74. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

IKH IIIIKIDi;.

Trichiurus lepturus, Linn. — HAIR-TAIL ; SCABBARD-FISH. —

Temperate and Tropical Atlantic.

14874. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

559. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

40 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Scomber scombrus, Linn. — MACKEREL. — Northern Atlantic.

16443. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Sept. 10, 1875.
10604. Cast. (Male.) Washington market, S. F. Baird.
10650. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
10650. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
76, 77, 78, 393, 395. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission,
755-6-7. Color sketches. U. S. Fish Commission.
654. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Sarda pelamys, (Linn.) Cuv. — BONITO. — Atlantic and Mediterra-
nean.

16325. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15748. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

79, 80, 81. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

467-8. Color sketches. (Richard.) Wood's Holl. U. S. Fish Commission.

1875.
558. Color sketch. New York. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Oct. 20, 1847.

Orcynus secundi-dorsalis, (Storer) Gill. — TUNNY; HORSE-
MACKEREL. — Newfoundland to Florida.

16509. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

82, 83, 84. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

436, 37, 96, 513. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Orcynus a I literal us, (Eaf.) Gill. — LITTLE TUNNY 5 ALBICORE.—
Pelagic.

15710. Cast. Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission.
15683. Cast. Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission.
85. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
497. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Orcynus pelamys, (Linn.) Poey. — OCEANIC BONITO. — Temperate
and Tropical Seas.

21852. Alcoholic. Chilmark, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
21562-3. Casts. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

21566. Alcoholic. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

•

Orcynus alalonga, (Gmelin) Eisso. — LONG-FINNED BONITO. —
Atlantic, Mediterranean.

21844. Alcoholic. Banquereau. Capt. Win. Thompson.

Orcynus argenti-vittatus, (G. & V.) Goode & Bean?— Atlantic.

21702. Skins. Banqnerean. Capt. Wm. Thompson.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 41

1 ybiuiii inaculatum, (Mitch.) Cuv.— SPANISH MACKEREL.— At-
lantic shores of Tropical and Temperate America.

15367. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission.

16407. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15750. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.

86. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

514. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

663. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

('ybiiuii regale, (Bl.) Cuv. — SPOTTED CERO. — West Indian Fauna
and north to Cape Cod.

16622. Cast. Key West, Fla. E. G. Blackford.
87, S3, 89. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
403-515. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
21612. Stuffed. Cuba. Prof. Felipe Poey.

4 \ hi ii ill caballa, Cuv. & Val. — CEKO. — Atlantic Shores of Tropi-
cal and Temperate America.

16478. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Sept. 14, 1875.
90, 91, 92, 93, 94, and 95. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
405-486-7. Color-sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
21611. Stuffed. Cuba. Prof. Felipe Poey.

CARA^GIDJE.

Vomer setipiimis, (Mitch.) Ayres. — SILVER-FISH. — Maine to
Florida. West Indian Fauna.

16915. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. X. Edwards. Sept. 7, 1873.
16615. Cast. Xew York. E. G. Blackford.

Argyreiosus vomer, Lac. — SILVER-FISH. — Cape Cod to Florida,
and West Indian Fauna.

16475. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.

15905. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. X. Edwards.

96. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

440,495. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Paratractus pisquetus, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill. — YELLOW CRE-
VALLE. — Cape Cod to Florida.

16471. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 14, 1875.

15843. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15888. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15887. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

98, 99, 100. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

778-9. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Trachurops crumeiiophtlialmiis, (Bloch.) Gill. — BIG-EYED
SCAD ; GOGGLE-EYE. — Pelagic.

16481. Alcoholic. Xew York market. E. G. Blackford.

97. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

42 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Decapterus punctatus, (Mitch.) Gill.— BOUND ROBIN.— West
Indian Fauna and north to Massachusetts.

18951. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
21365. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

Decapterus macarellus, (C. & V.) Gill.— MACKEREL SCAD.—
West Indian Fauna and north to Massachusetts.

16239. Alcoholic specimen. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
21630. Alcoholic. Newport, R. I. Samuel Powel.

Carangus hippos, (Linn.) Gill. — HORSE CREVALLE. — Atlantic
Coasts of Temperate and Tropical America, East Indian
and Australian Seas.

14859. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.

101. Photograph. Ui S. Fish Commission.
21654. Alcoholic. Newport, R. I. Samuel Powel.

<n rang us chrysos, (Mitch.) Gill. — YELLOW MACKEREL. — West
Indian Fauna and north to Cape Cod.

15708. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 15, 1873.
15746. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Oct. 8, 1873.
15696. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
102, 103. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Blepharichthys crinitus, (Akerly) Gill.— THREAD-FISH.— West
Indian Fauna and north to Cape Cod.

16520. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 18, 1875.
105-105. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
475. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Zonichthys fasciatus, (Block.) Sw. — BERMUDA BONITO ; MED-
REGrAL. — Cuba, South Carolina, Bermuda.

15828. Cast, New York. E. G. Blackford.
404. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

Trachynotus carolinus, (Linn.) Gill. — POMPANO. — Atlantic
Coasts of America south of Cape Cod.

15904. Cast, Norfolk, Va, U. S. Fish Commission. June 20, 1873.
15809. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford, October 12, 1875.
106, 107. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
473-4. Color sketches. (Richard. ) U. S. Fish Commission.

Trachynotus ovatus, (Linn.) Gthr. — SHORT POMPANO. — Pelagic.

16707. New York. E. G. Blackford.
400. Color sketch. (Young.) (Richard.) Vineyard Haven, Mass. U. S.

Fish Commission.
547. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 43

Halatractus zonatus, (Mitch.) Gill. — BANDED RUDDER-FISH.—
Cape Cod to Florida.

16472. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 14, 1875.
16632. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
108-9. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

477. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

478. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

479. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

Seriola Lalamlii, C. & V. ?— AMBER -FISH. — Atlantic Ocean ; Japan.

16709. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.

110. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Oligoplites occidental!*, (Linn.) Gill.— LEATHER JACKET.—
West Indies ; occasional on coast.

16354. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Aug. 13, 1875.

111. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

429. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

C ORTPH^E]¥ID JE .

Cory pli jviia Sueuri, Cuv. & Yal. — DOLPHIN. — Pelagic ; occa-
sional on coast.

16441. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.

. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

16420. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.
16482. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.

Cory pltaeiia pimctulata, (Cuv. & Yal.) Gthr.— SMALL-SPOTTED

DOLPHIN. — Pelagic ; occasional on coast.

16406. Cast. Noank, Conn. J. H. Latham. Aug. 25, 1875.
112, 113, and 114. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

STROUIATEIDJG.

Pal in iiriclithy* perciformis, (Mitch.) Gill.— BLACK BUDDER-
FISH. — Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

16616. Cast. Martha's Vineyard. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 25, 1875.
15935. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
544. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Por 0110 1 us tri;u':ui thus, (Peck.) Gill.— HARVEST-FISH; BUTTER-
FISH. — Maine to Cape Hatteras.

16591. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

115. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

359-60-61. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
516-17. Color sketches.

44 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Peprilus Gardenii, (BL, Schn.) Gill. — SHORT HARVEST-FISH.—
West Indian Fauna and north to ]Sew York.

16819. Cast. Chesapeake Bay. Sibley.
15234. New York market. John Sutherland.

LATIMDJS.

Caulolatilus microps, Goode & Bean. — Gulf of Mexico.

20971. Alcoholic. Pensacola, Fla. Silas Stearns.

Holocentrum sogo, Bloch. — SQUIRREL. — West Indian Fauna,
accidental on coast ; found at Newport, E. I.

C78. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Bermudas. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive

in Barnum's Aquarium. Dec., 1862.
595. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) New Providence. Prof. Alex. Agassiz ; F

S. Shaw. April, 1861.
21232. Alcoholic. Bermudas. J. M. Jones.

SCIAEIVIDJE.

Cyiioscion regalis, (BL) Gill. — SQUETEAGUE ; WEAK-FISH. — Cape
Ann to Florida.

16216. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 27, 1875.
12216. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 27, 1875.
116, 117, 118, 119. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
469-70. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Cynoscion carolinensis, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill. — SPOTTED SQUE-
TEAGUE. — Gulf of Mexico and Southern Atlantic States.

15928. Cast.

15929. Cast.

120, 121, 122. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

790. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Cynoscion nothus, Holbrook. — SILVER SQUETEAGUE. — Southern
Coast.

21480. Alcoholic. Pensacola, Fla. Silas Stearns.

Pogonias chromis, Lacep. — DRUM. — Cape Cod to Florida ; Gulf
of Mexico.

15699. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15686. Cast. Fisher's Island Sound. Charles Potter. July 10, 1874.

123, 124, 125. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

791. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
21282. Alcoholic. St. John's River, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 45

HapHoiclonotiis grimniens, Raf. — FRESH-WATER DRUM. — Great
Lakes and Mississippi Valley.

15701. Cast. Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner. 1873.
126-127. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Liostomus obliquus, (Mitch.) De Kay. — SPOT. — Cape Cod to

Florida.

15816. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission.

15817. Cast. June 10, 1873.

141. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

567. Color sketch. New York. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Oct. 26, 1847.

Lio*tomu« xanthurus, Lacep. — YELLOW-TAILED SPOT. — South-
ern Atlantic States.

142. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Bairdiella punctata, (Linn.) Gill.— SILVER-FISH ; YELLOW
TAIL. — Cape Cod to Florida.

143. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

19060. Alcoholic. St. John's River, Florida. G. Biown Goode.

Sciaenops ocellatus, (Linn.) Gill.— RED BASS j SPOTTED BASS. —
Cape Cod to Florida ; Gulf of Mexico.

15463. Cast. Washington market. J. W. Milner.
15739. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.
128, 1-39, 130. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
— . Oil painting. (J. H. Richard.)

Henticirrus alburmis, (Linn.) Gill. — SOUTHERN KING-FISH. —
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

137. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
19081. Alcoholic. St. John's River, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

.llenticirrus nebnlosus, (Mitch.) Gill.— KING-FISH.— Cape Cod
to Florida.

16219. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 27, 1875.
15579. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Octoher 14, 1875.
15579. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. October 14, 1875,
131, 13*2, 133, 134, 135, and 136. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
508-9-10-11-12. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Micropogon imdiilatus, (Linn.) Cuv. & Yal. — CROAKER. — At-
lantic Coasts of America south of Cape Cod.

15845. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission. June 19, 1873.
15810. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission. July 18, 1873.
138, 139, 140. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
19056. Alcoholic. St. John's River, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

46 ANIMAL RESOURCES AUD FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

&ERRIDJE;.

Eucinostomus argenteus, B. & G. — Cape Cod and southward.

16960. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

Eiicinostomus tefroyi, Goode. — BERMUDA SHAD. — West Indian
Fauna.

21358. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

Pimelepterus Boscii, Lacep. — BRUAM. — West Indian Fauna and
north to Cape Cod.

20844. Alcoholic. Newport, R. I. S. Powell.

20635. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

21368. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

SPARED JB.

i

Lagodoii rhomboides, (Linn.) Holbrook.— SAILOR'S CHOICE.—
West Indian Fauna and north to Cape Cod.

21280. Alcoholic. St. John's «iver, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

Archosargus probatocephalus, (Walb.) Gill.— SHEEPSHEAD. —
Cape Cod to Florida ; Gulf of Mexico.

10685. Cast. Washington market. J. W. Milner.

15825. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. October 20, 1875.

15826. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. October 14, 1875.
14880. Cast, Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission. July 11, 1872.
15818. Cast, New York. E. G. Blackford.

144, 145. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

548. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Me no to mil* argyrops, (Linn.) Gill. — SCUPPAUGJ SOUP; PORGY. —
Cape Ann to Florida.

16035. Cast. Buzzard's Bay. U. S. Fish Commission. July 10, 1875.
10668. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.
16209. Cast.

10601. Cast, Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.
146-47. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
439. Color sketch. (Young.) (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Sargus Holbrookii, Bean. — CHARLESTON BREAM. — Carolinas.

20979. Cast, Charleston, S. C. G. Brown Goode.

Spams aru leal iis, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.? — BASTARD SNAPPER, —
Southern Coast,

20981. Cast. Charleston, S. C. G. Brown Goode.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

PRISTIPOJIATIDJE.

Haemyliim arcuatum, CUT. &Val. — BLUE-CHECKED EED-MOUTH.
— South Atlantic Coast of United States.

14907. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.

Hceiiiyluiii ibriiiOMim, (Linn.) Guv. — SQUIRREL BED-MOUTH. —
South Atlantic Coast of United States.

15846. Cast, Florida. E. G. Blackford.

If ae my In m, sp. — South Atlantic Coast of United States.
15840. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.

Haemylum chrysopteruin, (Linn.) CuvJ — YELLOW -FINNED
GRUNT. — South Atlantic Coast of United States.

15918. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.

Haemylum elegans, Cuv. & Val. — BLUE-STRIPED RED-MOUTH.—
South Atlantic Coast of United States.

15815. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.

573. Color sketch. (Ball.) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in Boston

Aquarial Garden. June, 1860. %

574. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Bermudas. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in

Barnum's Aquarium. Xov. 1862.

Haemyliim arara, Poey?— ARARA EED-MOUTH.— West Indian
Fauna.

552. Water-color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Florida. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive
in Boston Aquarial Garden. June, 1860.

Orthopristis fiilvoinaculatns, (Miteh.) Gill.— SPECKLED
GRUNT. — South Atlantic Coast of United States.

15812. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission.
15814. Cast. Xorfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission.
15908. Cast.

Anisotremus virginiciis, (Linn.) Gill.— South Atlantic Coast of
United States.

15903. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford. April 16, 1874.

148. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

551. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) New Providence. Prof. Alex. Agassiz ; F.
S. Shaw. April, 1861.

Lutjami* Blat'kfordii, Goode & Bean. — BED SNAPPER. — AVest
Indian Fauna and north to Savannah Bank.

15700. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. May 7, 1874.
1-2515. Cast. Washington market. J. W. Milner.

149. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

48 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Liitjanus, sp. — SNAPPER. — West Indian Fauna and Southern At-
lantic States.

15917. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.

Lutjamis, sp. — South Atlantic Coast of United States.

16641. Cast. Key West, Fla. E. G. Blackford.

Liitjanus caxis, (Bl., Schn.) Grill. — GRAY SNAPPER. — West Indian
Fauna and Southern Atlantic States.

18101. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

Liitjanus Stearnsii, Goode & Bean. — GULF SNAPPER. — Gulf of
Mexico.

21330. Cast. Pensacola, Fla. Silas Stearns.

Rhomboplites, aurorubcus, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill. — MANGROVE
SNAPPER. — West Indian Fauna.

21224. Alcoholic. Charleston, S. C. C. C. Leslie.
21338. Alcoholic. Pensacola, Fla. Silas Stearns.

Ocyurus chrystirus, (Bl.) Gill. — GOLDEN TAIL. — West Indian
Fauna.

0

14905. Cast. New York market. Florida. E. G. Blackford. April 16, 1874.

150. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

555. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) New Providence. Prof. Alex. Agassiz; F.
S. Shaw. April, 1861.

< I:\THVIM HiiKi;.

Eupomotis aureus, (Walb.) Gill & Jordan. — SUN-FISH. — Fresh
waters of Eastern North America.

14941. Cast. Washington market. G. Brown Goode. February, 1875.
151, 152. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
505. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Ijepiopomus pallidus, (Mitch.) Gill & Jordan. — BLUE-NOSE
BREAM. — Great Lakes and Southeastern United States.

18368. Alcoholic. St. John's River, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

Pomoxys iii groin aculatus, (Les.) Girard. — GRASS BASS. — Great
Lakes, Mississippi Valley, and Southern Atlantic States.

10382. Cast. Norfolk, Va. Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
153, 154. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Ambloplites rupestris, (Raf.) Gill.— EOCK BASS.— Great Lakes
and Mississippi Valley.

15958. Cast. U. S. Fish Commission.

151. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 49

IHIcropteriis pallidus, (Eaf.) Gill & Jordan. — LARGE-MOUTH
BLACK BASS. — Great Lakes, Mississippi Eiver and tribu-
taries; Southern States; introduced northward.

10380. Cast. Norfolk, Va. Dr. H. C. Yarrow.

10668. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission. Nov. 5, 1873.

10381. Cast. Norfolk, Va. Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
15880. Cast. Carrollton, Ky. J. W. Milner.
10380. Cast. Norfolk, Va. Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
155, 156. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

JUicropterus salmoides, (Lac.) Gill. — SMALL-MOUTHED BLACK:
BASS. — Great Lakes and Mississippi Valley; introduced
eastward.

15297. Cast. Potomac River. Maj. Hobbs.

PERCH* JE.

Perca fluviatilis, L. — YELLOW PERCH. — Fresh waters of East-
ern United States and Western Europe.

14976. Cast. Washington market. G. Brown Goode. Feb. 27, 1875.
167, 168, 169. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

792. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Stizostedium vitreum, (Mitch.) Jordan & Copeland, (Val.) Cope.
— YELLOW PIKE-PERCH. — Fresh waters of Central United
States.

15658. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.
14862. Cast, Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner. Oct., 1873.
611. Color sketch. (Roetter.) Sackett's Harbor, N. Y. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Nov., 1868.

15658. Cast, New York market. E. G. Blackford. Nov. 5, 1875.
170, 171, 172, 173, 174. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

793. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Stizostedium canadense, (Smith) Jordan. — CANADA PIKE-
PERCH. — St. Lawrence Eiver to the Upper Missouri. '

178. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
15752. Cast. Ohio River. J. W. Milner.
15837. Cast.
175, 176, 177. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

SERRANIDJE.

Epinephelus morio, (Cuv.) Gill. — RED-BELLIED SNAPPER. — West
Indian Fauna and Southern Atlantic States.

12516. Cast. Washington market. J. W. Milner.
165. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Epinephelus, sp. — SNAPPER. — West Indian Fauna and Southern
Atlantic States.

14923. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.
Bull. N. M. No. 14 4

50 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Epinephelus Drummond-Hayi, Goode & Bean.— STAR SNAP-
PER $ HIND; JOHN PAW. — West Indian Fauna.

16795. Cast. South Florida. E. G. Blackford.
21255. Alcoholic. Pensacola, Fla. Silas Stearns.
. Color sketch. Bermuda. Col. H. Drummond-Hay.

Epinephelus nigritus, Holbrook. — BLACK GROUPER. — Coast of
Florida.

21239. Cast. Pensacola, Fla. Silas Stearns.

Epinephelus striatus, (Bloch.) Gill. — HAMLET; GROUPER.—

West Indian Fauna.

18088. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

582. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Bermudas. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in
Barn urn's Aquarium. Nov., 1862.

Epinephelus guttatus, (Gmel.) Goode. — BERMUDA HIND. — West
x Indian Fauna.

18118. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

587. Color sketch. (Burkhardt. ) Bermudas. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Alive in
Barnum's Aquarium. Nov., 1862.

Trisotropis undulosus, (Cuv.) Gill.? — ROCK GROUPER. — Cape
Hatteras to Florida ; West Indian Fauna.

15462. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. June 14, 1875.
15881. Cast, New York market. E. G. Blackford. June 14, 1875.
794. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Promicrops guasa, (Poey) Gill. — JEW-FISH; GUASA. — West In-
dian Fauna.

15305. Cast. Key West. E. G. Blackford.
444. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Centropristis atrarius, (Linn.) Barn.— SEA BASS. — Cape Cod to
Florida.

10642. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

10597. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. May 12, 1874.

15684. Cast. (Male.) Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission. August, 1874.

15685. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. September 2, 1875.
10667. Cast. (Female.) Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

15963. Cast. Hog-fish Rocks, Va. U. S. Fish Commission. July 5, 1873.
157, 158, 1">9, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 281. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
463-4 and 5. Color sketches. (Richard. ) U. S. Fish Commission.

Diplectrum fasciculare, (Cuv. & Yal.) Holb.— SQUIRREL.—
Cape Hatteras to Florida ; West Indian Fauna.

15844. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.
166. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 51

LABRACFDJG.

Roccus lineal ii«v (Schn.) Gill. — STRIPED BASS; KOCK-FISH. — St.
Lawrence to Florida.

10664. Cast. (Female.) Potomac River. Dr. H. C. Yarrow.

15737. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. May 27, 1873.

15725. Cast. Washington market. G. Brown Goode.

15706. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford. Nov. 28, 1874.

185-186, 187. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

782-3. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Roccus chrysops, (Raf.) Gill. — WHITE BASS. — Great Lakes and
Mississippi Valley.

15807. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 7, 1875.
188. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
503. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Ifloroiie americaita, (Gmel.) Gill. — WHITE PERCH. — Nova Scotia
to Florida.

10748. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

10729. Cast. (Female.) Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

10730. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
16618. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
766. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

EPHIPPIIDJE.

Parephippus quadratus, (Gun.) Gill. — MOON-FISH. — Cape Cod
to Florida ; West Indian Fauna.

14886. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission. July, 1873.

14887. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission. July, 1873.
15820. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission.

196, 197. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

F.OBOTID I,.

Lobotes surinamensis, Cuv. — TRIPLE-TAIL FLASHER. — Cape
Cod to Florida ; West and East Indies.

15702. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. August 28, 1873.
16202. Cast, New York market. E. G. Blackford. July 20, 1875.
201, 202. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Poinatomus saltatrix, (Linn.) GUI — BLUE -FISH.— Pelagic.

15871. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards. June 11, 1873.

13166. Cast, Norfolk, Va. G. Brown Goode.

15753. Cast.

189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 386. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

528-2-30. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

52 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

EEACATIDJE.

Elacate canadus, (Linn.) Gill. — COBIA ; CRAB-EATER. — Cape Cod

to West Indies.

16250. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. July 30, 1875.
14922. Cast. Point Lookout, Va. J. H. Skidmore. July 9, 1874.
198, 199, 200. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

•

PRIACAIVTHID^E.

Pseiidopriacarithus altus, (Gill) Bleeker. — SHORT BIG-EYE.—
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

203. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

441. Color sketch. (Richard. ) U. S. Fish Commission.
15583. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept., 1875.
16954. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. 1876.

i < MIM imi» i .

Leptecheneis naucrateoides, (Zuiew.) Gill. — EEMORA $ SUCKER-
FISH. — Coast generally.

16071. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 10, 1875.
16617. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 18, 1875.
16344. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 10, 1875.
206, 207, 208. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
541-2-3. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Remoropsis brachyptera, (Lowe) Gill. — SWORD-FISH SUCKER.
— Parasite of the Sword-fish (Xipliias gladius).

21693. Alcoholic. Sable I'd Bank. Capt. G. A. Johnson.

Rhombochims osteochir, (Cuv.) Gill.— SPEAR-FISH SUCKER.—
Parasites of the Bill-fish (Tetrapturus alMdus).

15842. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
209, 210, 211. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
764-5. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Spliy rsriia borealis, De Kay. — NORTHERN BARRACUDA. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

14978. Cast. Florida. E. G. Blackford.
204, 205. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

407. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission. Probably identical
with Sphyrcena spet (Hauy) Goode, the common species of the Mediter-

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 53

Sphyraena picuda. — SOUTHERN BARRACUDA. — West Indian
Fauna, &c.

21886. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

PERCESOCES.

li neat us, Mitch. — STRIPED MULLET. — Cape Cod to Florida;
Gulf of Mexico.

15723. Cast.

212, 213, 214, 215, 216. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
421. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

albula, Linn. — WHITE MULLET. — Cape Cod to Florida
(probably young of the preceding species).

420. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
21302. Alcoholic. Florida, G. Brown Goode.

Chirostoma not a turn, (Mitch.) Gill.— SILVER-SIDES; FRIAB.—
Maine to Florida.

14930. Cast.
16612. Cast.

16620. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
380, 382. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
518. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Chirostoma californiensis, (Girard) Gill. — "SMELT." — Coast
of California.

506. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
16693. Alcoholic. San Francisco. Livingston Stone.
16693. Cast. San Francisco. U. S. Fish Commission.

HEMIBRANCHII.

Pygosteus occidentalis, (Cuv. & Yal.) Brevoort. — TEN-SPINED
STICKLE-BACK. — Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

384. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

644. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Ctasterosteus noveboracensis, Cuv. & Yal. — NEW YORK
STICKLE-BACK. — New Brunswick to Cape Hatteras.

644. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

54 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Apeltes quadracus, (Mitch.) Brev. — FOUR-SPINED STICKLE-BACK.
— New Brunswick to Florida.

384. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

644. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Many other species of Gasterosteus are included in the series, which were
not of sufficient importance to be enumerated.

Aulostoma maculatum, Val. — TRUMPET-FISH. — West Indian
Fauna.

568. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

FISTUI.ARIIDJE.

Fistularia serrata, Cuv. — TOBACCO-PIPE-FISH. — Cape Cod to
Florida 5 West Indian Fauna.

16957. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. 1876.

SYNENTOGNATHI.
KI;B>O\II> i;.

Beloiie longirostris, (Mitch.) Gill.— SILVER GAR-FISH. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

16555. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 21, 1875.
16423. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 6, 1875.

217. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
563. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

540. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Belone latimanus, Poey.— SILVER GAR-FISH.— Cape Cod to
Florida.

16121. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 15, 1875.
795. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

218. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Belone Mans, Cuv. & Val. — BOW-MOUTHED GAR -FISH. — West In-
dian Fauna.

21810. Alcoholic. New York market. G. Brown Goode.

Belone Jonesii, Goode. — HOUND-FISH. — West Indian Fauna.

21392. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

SCOUfBERESOCIDJE.

Exocoetus exiliens, Gmel. — BUTTERFLY FLYING-FISH. — West In-
dian Fauna and north to Cape Cod.

21410. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode. Mar., 1872.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND- FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 55

Exocoetus noveboracensis, Mitch.? — BLACK- WINGED FLYING-
FISH. — Cape Cod to Florida.

- . Alcoholic. Block Island, R. I. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug., 1874.

Exocoetus Rondeletii, Cuv. & Yal. — Mediterranean and Atlantic.

21409. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

Cypselurus ftircatus, (Mitch.) Weinland.— BEARDED FLYING-
FISH. — Atlantic.

21412. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

Euleptorhamphus loiigirostris, (Cuv. £ Yal.) Gill.— Cape Cod
to Florida.

15648. Alcoholic. Newport, R. I. Mr. Brown.

Scomfoeresox scutellatus, Les. — HALF-BEAK; SKIPPER. — Nova

" Scotia to Florida.

13164. Cast.

410, 539. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

HAPLOMI.
ESOCIDJE.

Esox americanus, Gmelin.— BROOK PICKEREL.— Massachusetts to
Maryland.

17766. Alcoholic. KeeseviUe, N. Y. H. N. Hewitt.
796. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
493. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Esox reticulatus, Lesueur. — PICKEREL. — Atlantic slope, New Eng-
land to Alabama.

15012. Cast. Washington, D. C. G. Brown Goode.
222. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
758. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

619. Color sketch. (Roetter.) East Wareham, Mass. Museum of Comp.
Zoology. Feb., 1869.

Esox I iiciu*. Linn. — PIKE. — Northern America, Asia, and Europe.

14876. Cast. Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner. Oct. 25, 1873.
14875. Cast. Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner. Xov. 3, 1873.

219. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

618. Color sketch. (Roetter.) Museum of Comp. Zoology. Sackett's Har-
bor. Nov., 1869.

494. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Esox nobilior, Thompson. — MUSKELLIINGE (weight 37 pounds). —
Great Lakes and Southern British Provinces east of Rocky
Mountains.

14895. Cast. Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner. Oct., 1873.
220, 221. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

56 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Cyprinodon variegatus, Lac. — SHORT CYPRINODON. — Cape Cod
to Florida.

13986. Alcoholic. Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission.

F ii ii <lu I us pi«culciitus, (Mitch.) Val. — MUMMICHOG. — Nova Scotia
to Florida.

13970. Alcoholic. Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission.
434, 797. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

II y drargyra majalis, (Walb.) Yal.— MAY-FISH.— Brackish waters;
Cape Ann to Cape Hatteras.

223-383. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
13974. Alcoholic. Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission.
434. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

ISOSPONDYLI.

Synodus Jfetens, (Linn.) Gill.— SNAKE-FISH.— Cape Cod to Florida,

16583. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Sept. 24, 1875.
424. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

TI allotus villosus, (Mull.) Cuv. — CAPELIN. — Polar Seas and south
to Nova Scotia.

3417. Alcoholic. Gross Water Bay. Dr. E. Coues.

O§merus pacificus, (Rich.) — OULACHAN; CANDLE-FISH. — North
Pacific.

20584. Alcoholic. Washington Ter. U. S. Fish Commission.

Osmerus mordax, (Mitch.) Gill.— SMELT; FROST-FISH.— Nova
Scotia to Cape Hatteras.

385. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
507. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
13863. Alcoholic. Eastport, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

Argentina syrtensium, Goode & Bean. — WESTERN ARGEN-
TINE. — Deep-sea Fauna of Western Atlantic.

21624. Alcoholic. Sable Island Bank. Capt. J. W. Collins.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 57

Coregonus clupeiformis, (INlitch.) Milner. — WHITE-FISH. —
Great Lakes and British America.

1(5741. Cast. Michigan.

14973. Cast. Ecorse, Mich. George Clark.

15741. Cast. Ecorse, Mich. George Clark.

14864. Cooperstown, N. Y. Elihu Phinney.

224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Coregonus labradoricus, Rich. — LAKE WHITING. — Northern
Lakes.

232. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
16868. Alcoholic. Lake Winnepiseogee, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

Prosopium quadrilaterale, (Rich.) Milner. — "SHAD-WAITER."
— Great Lakes and northward.

233. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
12360. Alcoholic. Grand Lake, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

Prosopium Couesii, Milner. — CHIEF MOUNTAIN LATTF. WHITE-
FISH. — tapper Missouri Region.

14146. Alcoholic. Chief Mountain Lake. Dr. Elliott Cones, U. S. A.

Argyrosomus Artedi, (Les.) Hoy. — HERRING WHITE-FISH.—
Great Lakes, etc.

235. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
752. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
11195. Alcoholic. Au Sable, Michigan. U. S. Fish Commission.

SALMOIVIDJEU

Salmo salar, Linn. — SALMON. — Northern America and Europe.

14598. Cast. Bucksport. Me. Joseph Palmer. July 1, 1873.
16744. Cast. Bucksport, Me. C. G. Atkins. Nov., 1873.
16743. Cast. Bucksport. Me, C. G. Atkins. Nov., 1873.
10314. Cast. Bucksport, Me. C. G. Atkins. July 1, 1873.
239, 240, 241, 242. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
415. "Water-color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

Sal mo salar, var. sebago, Girard. — SEBAGO SALMON (land-locked.)
— St. Croix River and Sebago Lake. Introduced into other
lakes.

15467. Cast. Sysladobsis Lake, Me. "Dobsis Club," through Judge Harvey
Jewell. June, 1875.

15977. Cast.

15978. Cast.

535-6. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

58 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Salmo fario, Linn. — EIVJMR TROUT. — Elvers of Europe.

252. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Oncorhynchus quinnat, (Bich.) Glinther. — QUINNAT or SACRA-
MENTO SALMON. — Northwest Coast of America 5 south to
California.

10340. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford.
10347. Cast. Sacramento River, Cal. L. Stone. March, 1873.
248, 249, 250, 251. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
416. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Cristivomer namayciish, (Penn.) Gill & Jordan. — NAMAYCUSH
TROUT ; LAKE TROUT. — Northern Lakes.

246, 247. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
10312. Cast. Moosehead Lake, Me. E. M. Stillwell.
16670-71. Casts. Lake Winnepiseogee. U. S. Fish Commission.
463, 526-7. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Salvelinus ibntinalis, (Mitch.) Gill & Jordan. — BROOK TROUT.—
Eivers and Lakes of British North America and of the
northern parts of the United States and Appalachian
Eange.

16626. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

15961. Cast. Sysladobsis Lake, Me. "Dobsis Club," through Judge Harvey
Jewell. June, 1875.

15728. Cast. New York maVket. E. G. Blackford. March 22, 1875.

10311. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. March 22, 1875.

15470. Cast. Sysladobsis Lake, Me. " Dobsis Club," through Judge Harvey
Jewell. June, 1875.

243, 244. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
751. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

26792. Mounted. (Male.) Rangely Lake, Me. Geo. ShepardPage. Weight 10
pounds. The largest Brook Trout on record. Taken by Gco. Shepard
Page in 1867. Transported alive in a box of water (which also con-
tained a female trout weighing 8£ pounds) to Stanley, Morris Co., New
Jersey.

Salvelinus oquassa, (Girard) Gill & Jordan. — OQUASSA TROUT.—
Eangely Lake, Me., and vicinity.

245. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

549. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

750. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Thymallus tricolor, Cope, — MICHIGAN GRAYLING. — Northern
portion southern peninsula of Michigan.

15226. Cast. An Sable River, Mich. Fred. Mather. April 7, 1875.
236, 238. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 59

ALBl I/IDE.

Alb ula vulpes9 (Linn.)Goode. — LADY-FISH. — Pelagic j Tropical and
Subtropical Seas.

255. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
21859. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

H yodoii tergisus Les. — MOON-EYE. — Great Lakes and Mississippi
Valley.

15561. Cast. New York market, Z. G. Blackford. Nov. 15, 1875.
14863. Cast. Cincinnati, Ohio. J. W. Milner. Nov., 1873.
253, 3o4. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
753. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

EIiOFIDJB.

Elops saurus, Linn. — BIG-EYED HERRING. — Tropical and Subtropi-
cal Seas.

15824. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 11, 1875.

15821. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 11, 1875.

15823. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 11, 1875.

15822. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 14, 1875.
15744. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 14, 1875.

15824. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Oct. 11, 1875.
256. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

772. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Megalops' thrissoides, (Schn.) Gimther. — TARPUM. — Cape Cod
to Florida.

14924. Cast. New Jersey. E. G. Blackford. July 9, 1874.
398. Photograph. Newport, R. I. S. Powell. Aug., 1874.

Et rumens teres, (DeKay) Brevoort. — BOUND HERRING. — Cape Cod
to Cape Hatteras.

20216. Alcoholic. Newport, R. I. S. Powel.

CL.UPEIDJE.

Brevoortia tyranmis, (Latr.) Goode. — MENHADEN ; MOSS-
BUNKER ; POGIE. — Newfoundland to Gulf of Mexico.

10696. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
16313. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug., 1875.
257, 258, 259, 260, 386, 387. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
564. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

60 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Brevoortia patronus, Goode. — GULF MENHADEN. — Gulf of
Mexico.

892. Alcoholic. Brazos Santiago, Texas.

Alosa sapidissima, (Wilson) Storer. — SHAD. — Newfoundland to
Florida.

10641. Cast. Potomac River. J. W. Milner. 1873.

10625. Cast. Potomac River, D. C. J. W. Milner.

14878. Cast. Connecticut River. E. G. Blackford. May 7, 1874.

261, 262, 263, 264, 265. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Opisthonema thrissa, Gill. — THREAD HERRING. — West Indian
Fauna and north to Cape Cod.

20218. Alcoholic. Newport, R. I. U. S. Fish Commission.

Pomolobus pseudoharengus,(Wilson) Gill. — ALEWIFE ; FRESH-
WATER HERRING; GASPEREAU. — Newfoundland to
Florida.

10622. Cast. (Female.) Wood's Holl, Mass; U. S. Fish Commission.
266, 267, 268, 269, 386. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
457. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Pomolobiis mediocris, (Mitch.) Gill. — MATTAWOCOA; TAILOR
HERRING ; SEA SHAD.— Newfoundland to Florida.

10657. Cast. Potomac River. J. W. Milner. 1873.
269, 270, 271. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
458, 771. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Clupea harengus, Linn. — HERRING ; SEA HERRING. — North
Atlantic.

399. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
13855. Alcoholic. Eastport, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

Clupea mirabilis, Girard. — HERRING. — Coast of California.

605. Color sketch. Galians Id., Gulf of Georgia, W. T. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
June, 1859,

I>OTCOSOI?III> I],

Dorysoma Cepedianum, (Lac.) Gill.— MUD SHAD 5 WINTER
SHAD. — Cape Cod to St. John's Biver, Fla.

14991. Cast. Potomac River. G. Brown Goode. March 1, 1875.
15695. Cast. Washington market. G. Brown Goode. Dec., 1874.
272, 273. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
798. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Dorysoma Cepedianum, var. heterurum, (Eaf.) Jordan. —
OHIO GIZZARD SHAD. — Ohio Eiver and Lower Mississippi.

20836. Alcoholic. Sarnia, Lake Huron. S. Wilmot.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 61

EUTORAUMDIDJE.

Eiigraulis vittata, (Mitch.) B. & G.— ANCHOVY.— Cape Cod to
Cape Hatteras.

382. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
14086. Alcoholic. Watch Hill, R. I., &c. U. S. Fish Commission.

EVENTOGNATHI.
CATOSTOUIIDJE.

Catostoinus teres, (Mitchill) Les. — COMMON SUCKER.— Eastern
Northern America.

279. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

18258. Alcoholic. Potomac River. U. S. Fish Commission.

JI y x o*t oiii u inacrolepidotum, (Les.) Jordan. — STRIPED
SUCKER. — Mississippi Valley and Great Lakes.

15930. Cast. Washington market. J. W. Milner.
16786. Cast. Washington market. J. W. Milner.
16785. Cast. Washington market. J. W. Milner.
278. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Cycleptus elongatus, (Les.) Ag. — BLAOK SUCKER. — Mississippi
Valley.

16781. Cast. Ohio River. J. W. Milner. Nov. 5, 1875.

280. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Erimyzon sucetta, (Lac.) Jordan. — CHUB SUCKER. — Eastern

United States.

281. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Erimyzoii Goodei, Jordan. — GOODE'S SUCKER. — Florida.

19071. Alcoholic. St. John's River, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

Bubalichthys bubalus, Ag. — BUFFALO-FISH. — Mississippi Val-
ley.

14883. Cast. Cincinnati, Ohio. J. W. Milner. Nov. 5, 1873.

Carpiodes cyprinus, (Les.) Ag. — CARP. — Eastern Ui.ited States.

10735. Cast. Potomac River, D. C. J. W. Milner.

16780. Cast. Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner. Nov. 3, 1875.

Ptychocheilus grandis, (Ayres) Girard. — "PIKE." — Pacific Slope.

282. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

62 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

JYotemigomis a merit-amis, (Linn.) Jordan. — SHINER. — South-
ern Elvers.

19063. Alcoholic. St. John's River, Fla. G. Brown Goode.

Notemig-oniis chrysoleucus, (Mitch.) Jordan. — SHINER. — East-
ern Atlantic States.

435. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Leuciscus pulchellus, Storer.

630. Color sketch. (Burkhardt.) New Bedford, Mass. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
1861.

Carassiiis auratus, (Linn.) Bleeker. — GOLD-FISH. — Domesticated ;
native of China and Japan.

16667. Cast. Washington, D. C. J. H. Richard.

18290. Alcoholic. Ponds of Maryland. U. S. Fish Commission.

ORDER NEMATOGNATHI.

marimis, (Mitch.) B. & G. — FORK-TAILED CAT-
FISH.— Cape Cod to Florida; Gulf of Mexico.

15575. Cast. New Bedford, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Oct. 11, 1875.
283, 284, 285. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
522. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

A i iii urn* catus, (Linn.) Gill. — HORN POUT. — Eastern North
America.

466. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. Natural size drawing by P. Roet-
ter from a fresh specimen, East Wareham, Mass., Feb., 1869; weight,
1£ Ibs. "S. T. Tisdale says he has seen the young of this species fol-
lowing the mother like a brood of chickens." — Ms. note.

Ichthaelurus iurcatus, (C. & V.) Gill. — CHANNEL CAT-FISH.—
Mississippi Valley.

15690. Cast. Carrollton, Ky. J. W. Milner.

15787. Cast. Carrollton, Ky. J. W. Milner. Nov. 5, 1873.

Pelodichthys olivaris, (Eaf.) Gill & Jordan.— MUD CAT-FISH.—
Ohio Valley to Iowa and south.

15689. Cast. Carrollton, Ky. J. W. Milner. Nov. 5, 1875.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OP UNITED STATES. 63

ORDER APODES.

f O\<*RII> E.

Conger oceanic a, (Mitch.) Gill. — CONGER EEL. — Newfoundland
to West Indies.

14873. Cast. Weight 11 Ibs. Block Id., R. I. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept.

26, 1874.

14872. Cast. Block Island, R. I. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 26, 1874.
287. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

Aiiguilla rostrata, (Les.)DeKay.— COMMON EEL. — Eastern United-
States.

15731. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford. Aug. 26, 1874.
16392. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford. Aug. 26, 1874.
16729. Cast. Potomac River. J. W. Milner.
16416. Cast. Wood's HoU, Mass. Wm. Palmer. Sept. 6, 1875.
10749. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

286. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
480-81. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
773. Color sketch. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Nemichthys seolopaceus 1 Eich. — SNIPE EEL. — Deep waters
• of the Atlantic.

21195. Alcoholic. George's Bank. U. S. Fish Commission.

Synaphobranchus pinnatus, (Gronow) Giinther. — MADEIRA
EEL. — Deep waters of the Atlantic.

21848. Alcoholic. Sable Island Bank. U. S. Fish Commission.

ORDER CYCLOGANOIDEL
AUIIIDJE.

Aniia calva, Linn. — MUD-FISH. — Central and Southeastern United
States.

11134. Cast. Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner.

16534. Cast. New York market. E. G. Blackford. Sept. 24, 1875.
288,289. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

556. Color sketch. (Bnrkhardt,) Charleston, S. C. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
1853.

64 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

ORDER RHOMBOGANOIDEL

Liepidosteus ossetis, Linn. — GAR PIKE. — Mississippi Valley and
Atlantic States south of Delaware Eiver.

10736. Cast. Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner.
10717. Cast. Sandusky, Ohio. J. W. Milner.
15366. Cast. Potomac River. J. W. Milner.
290, 291. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Lepidosteus platystomus, Eaf.— SHORT-NOSED GAR PntE.r—
Great Lakes and streams south and west to the Eoeky
Mountains.

3241. Alcoholic. Cleveland, Ohio. Prof. Baird.

ORDER SELACHOSTOMI.
POLYODOIVTIDJE.

Polyodou folium, Lac. — PADDLE-FISH. — Fresh waters of Missis-
sippi Valley.

14871. Cast. Cincinnati, Ohio. J. W. Milner. Nov. 53 1873.
15475. Cast. Madison, Ind. George Spangler. June, 1875.
292. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

ORDER CHONDROSTEL

Acipenser sturio, Linn. — SHARP -NOSED STURGEON. — North At-
lantic ; ascending rivers.

15745. Cast. New York. E. G. Blackford.

14866. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

14877. Potomac River. J. W. Milner.

293, 294. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

519. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Acipenser torevirostris, Les. — SHORT-NOSED STURGEON. — At-
lantic Co^st of United States.

295, 296. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

520. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Aeipenser riibieuiidiis, Les. — LAKE STURGEON. — Great Lakes
and south.

297, 298, 299, 300, and 301. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 65

Acipenser maculosus, Les. — LONG-NOSED STURGEON. — Great
Lakes and Western Elvers.

607-8. Color sketch. Huntsville, Ala. Prof. Alex. Agassiz. 1853.

Scaphyrhynchops platyrhynchus, (Eaf.) Gill. — SHOVEL-
NOSED STURGEON. — Mississippi Valley.

159394. Cast. Ohio River. J. W. Milner.

15939. Cast. Ohio River. J. W. Milner.

15476. Cast. Madison, Ind. George Spangler. June, 1875.

302, 303. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

VI. ELASMOBRANCHIATES.

ORDER HOLOCEPHALL

C hiimrra piumbea, Gill. — BROWN CHIMERA. — Deep waters of
Western Atlantic.

21904. Cast. Banquereau. Capt. Joseph W. Collins.

Hydrolagus Coiliei, (Bennett) Gill.— PACIFIC CHEVL^RA.— North-
west coast of ISTorth America.

993. Alcoholic. Puget Sound. Dr. George Snckley.

ORDER RALZE.

jflyliobatis Fremenvillei, (Les.) Storer. — EAGLE BAY. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

16803. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Sept. 23, 1875.
14417. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
306-319. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
760. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

Myliobatis californicus, Gill. — CALIFORNIA STING BAY. — Coast
of California.

16687. Cast, San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone.
320. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.
959. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

Rhiuoptera quadriioba, (Les.) Cuv. — COW-NOSED BAY. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

304, 305. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
Bull. N. M. No. 14 - 5

66 ANIMAL EESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

TRYOONIDJE.

Trygon centrura, (Mitch.) Gill. — STING BAY. — Cape Cod to Florida.

14920. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fisli Commission. June, 1873.

14882. Cast. Portland, Me. Skillings.

324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

Trygon Sabina, Lesueur. — BIYER STING BAY. — Southern Coast
entering rivers.

18068. Alcoholic. Lake Monroe, Fla. Prof. Baird.

Trygon hastata, (De Kay) Storer. — SMOOTH STING BAY. — South-
ern Coast.

21626. Skin. West Florida. Dr. J. W. Velie.

Pteroplatea maclura, Mull. & Henle. — BUTTERFLY BAY. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

16319. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 5, 1875.
321, 322, 323. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

TORPEDINIDJE.

Torpedo occidentalis, Storer. — TORPEDO ; CRAMP-FISH. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

14912. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 22, 1873.
14919. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 5, 1873.
16665. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 5, 1873.
330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

RAIID.I:.

Raia crinacea, Mitchill. — CLEAR-NOSED SKATE. — Nova Scotia to
Florida.

343, 344, 345, 346. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

14881. Cast. Portland, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

10612. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

16508. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards. May 14, 1873.

336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

408, 409. Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

761-2-3. Color sketches. U. S. Fish Commission.

768-9. Color sketches. U. S. Fish Commission.

774-5. Color sketches. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

Raia ocellata, Mitchill. — SPOTTED SKATE. — New England Coast.

19434. Alcoholic. Nahant, Mass. Mus. of Comp. Zoology.

Raia radiata, Donovan. — SPINY SKATE. — Northern Atlantic.

19432. Alcoholic. Nahant, Mass. Mus. of Comp. Zoology.

Raia eglanteria, Lacep. — EGLANTINE SKATE. — Cape Ann and
southward.

19439. Alcoholic. S. New England. Mus. of Comp. Zoology.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 67

Raia laeris, Mitch. — SHARP-NOSED SKATE. — Nova Scotia to Florida.

14904. Cast. (Young male.) Montauk Point, N. Y. U. S. Fish Commission.

Aug. 1, 1874.

402. Color sketch. U. S. Fish Commission.

15704. Cast. (Young.) Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission. Aug. 1, 1874.

15703. Cast. Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission.

16658. Cast. (Young male.)
15707. Cast.

16659. Cast.

347, 348, 349, 350, 351. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

RHINOBATIDJE.

Rhinobatus productus, Girard. — LONG-NOSED SKATE. — Coast of
California.

16704. Cast. San Francisco, Cal. L. Stone.
352. Photograph. U. S. Fish Commission.

PRISTIDJE.

Pristis antiquorum, (Linn.) Lath. — SAW-FISH. — Cape Cod to
Florida ; Tropical Seas.

12453. Stuffed skin. Florida. H. A. Ward.

Squat ina Dumerili, Les. — MONK-FISH ; FIDDLE-FISH. — Cape Cod
to Florida; Temperate and Tropical Seas.

14890. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards. Sept. 1, 1873.
16410. Cast. Menemsha Bight, Mass. Jason Luce. Sept. 1, 1875.
353, 354, 355. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

ORDER SQUALL

Lamiia cornubica, (Gmel.) Fleming. — PORBEAGLE SHARK. —
Atlantic, Mediterranean, Japan.

21856. Alcoholic. Gloucester, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

Isuropsis Dekayi, Gill. (d. s.)— MACKEREL SHARK.— Newfound^
land to Florida.

15949. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards. Sept. 20, 1873.
15973. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards. Dec., 1875.
446. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Carcharodon Atwoodi, (Storer) Gill. — ATWOOD'S SHARK; MAN-
EATER. — Newfoundland to Florida.

- . Jaws.

68 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Cynocephalus glaucus, (Linn.) Gill. — BLUE-HEADED SHARK. —
Atlantic.

19929. Alcoholic. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.

ODONTASPIDID^E.

Eugomphodus Mttorafiis, Gill.— SAND. SHARK.— Pelagic.

16647. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fisli Commission.

16648. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fisli Commission.
419. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
445. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

ALOPECIDJG.

i

Alopias vulpes, (Linn.) Bon. — THRESHER 5 SWTNGKLE-TAIL. — At-
lantic and Mediterranean.

16256. Cast. Menemsha Bight, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 30, 1875.
15733. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
417. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

SPHYRHTIDJE.

Sphyrna zygaena, (Linn.) Mull. & Henle. — HAMMER-HEAD SHARK.
— Tropical and Subtropical Seas.

15833. Cast. Noank, Conn. U. S. Fish Commission.
360, 381, 382, 363, 364. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
462. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Renicep§ taburo, (Linn.) Gill. — SHOVEL-HEAD SHARK. — Atlantic
and Western Pacific.

12714. Cast.
- . Alcoholic. Beesley's Point, N. J. S. F. Baird.

Eulamia ]JIiIberti, (Mull. & Henle) Gill. — BLUE SHARK. — Cape
Cod to Florida.

15742. Cast, Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards.
366, 337, 363, 389. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
418. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Eulamia obscurus, (Les.) Gill. — DUSKY SHARK. — Cape Cod to
Florida.

16070. Cast, Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. July 10, 1875.

Isogomphodon niaculipmnis, Poey. — SPOTTED-FIN SHARK.—
Tropical and Subtropical Seas.

356, 357, 353, 359. Photographs. U. S. Fisli Commission.

435. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.
16401. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 69

Craleocerdo tigrinns, mull. & Henle. — TIGER SHARK. — Atlantic;
Indian Ocean.

15740. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. V. N. Edwards. July 22, 1873.
16069. Cast. Buzzard's Bay, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. 1875.
370, 371. Photographs. f U. S. Fish Commission.

ITIiistelus canis, (Mitch.) De Kay .-^SMOOTH DOG-FISH. — Cape Cod
to Cape Hatteras.

14906. Cast. Norfolk, Va. U. S. Fish Commission. June 25, 1873.
14925. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission,
10734. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
10733. Cast. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
16649. Cast. (Male.). Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
372, 373, 374, 375. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
- . Color sketches. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Ginglymostoma cirratum, (Gmel.) M. & H. — XTJRSE SHARK. —
Tropical Atlantic.

16909. Alcoholic. Chesapeake Bay. Maryland Academy of Science.

SPIIVACIDJE.

Squalus americanus, (Storer) Gill. — SPIXED DOG-FISH. — New-
foundland to Cape Hatteras.

16255. Cast. Martha's Vineyard. U. S. Fish Commission. July 30, 1875.
376, 377. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.
426. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

Centroscy Ilium Fabricii, (Keinh.) M. &.H. — GREENLAOT DOG-
FISH. — Deep waters of Western Atlantic.

21622. Cast. Lat. 42= 52' N., Lon. 63° 50' W. 220 to 260 fathoms. U. S. Fish
Commission.

SCYUIIflDJE.

Somniosus microcephalus, (Bloch.) Gill. — SLEEPER SHARK. —

Atlantic.

378, 379. Photographs. U. S. Fish Commission.

447. Color sketch. (Richard.) U. S. Fish Commission.

16630. Cast. Gulf of St. Lawrence. Renfrew & Co. Nov. 20, 1875.

Centroscymnus ccelolepis, Bocage & Capello.— BLACK DOG-
FISH. — Deep waters of ]S"orth Atlantic.

21621. Cast. Lat. 42° 407 N., Lon 63° 50' W. 220 to 260 fathoms. U. S. Fish
Commission.

70 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Echiiiorhinus spinosws, (Gmel.) Delainoille. — SPINY SHARK.
North Atlantic.

21913. Cast. Provincetown, Mass. E. E. Small".

VII. MARSIPOBRANCHIATES

ORDER HYPEROARTIA.
PETROUIYZ01VTIDJE.

Petromyzon ainericamis.— LAMPREY EEL.

489-90. Color sketches. Prof. Alex. Agassiz.

ORDER HYPEROTRETL

Iflyxine gliitiiiosa, Linn. — HAG-PISH; SLIME-PISH. — North At-
lantic.

21679. Alcoholic. Le Have Bank, N. B. U. S. Fish Commission.

VIII. LEPTOCARDIANS.

ORDER CIRROSTOML
BRAIVCHIO^TOJUIDJE.

Branchiostoma lubricuin, Costa. — LANCELET. — Cosmopolitan.

21877. Alcoholic. Bermudas. G. Brown Goode.

SECTION B.

(THE CHASE AND THE FISHERIES.)

MEANS OF PURSUIT AND CAPTURE.

I. HAND IMPLEMENTS OR TOOLS.

+ For striking.

1. CLUBS.
Unarmed clubs.1

Salmon-clubs used by the Indians of the Northwest coast.
Hunting-el ubs.1
Fishermen's clubs.

32717. "Halibut killer and gob-stick." Philip Merchant, Gloucester, Mass.
A heavy club with which the fisherman kills the halibut by a blow
upon the head. One end is sharpened for use in detaching hooks
from the gullets of fish which have swallowed them.

Armed clubs.1

Stone-headed clubs.1

Clubs, armed with teeth or bone points.1

Clubs, armed with metal points.1

2. SLUNG-WEIGHTS.
81 ling-stones.1

Slums-shot.1

## For cutting.

3. KNIVES.
Straight knives.

Hunters' knives.

26152. Hunter's knife. 54-inch blade. John Russell Cutlery Co., Turner's

[Falls, Mass.

26153. Hunter's knife. 6-inch blade. "

26154. Hunter's knife. 7-inch blade. "

26155. Hunter's knife. 8-inch blade. "

26172. Hunter's knife. Si-inch blade. "

26173. Hunter's knife. 6-inch blade. "

26174. Hunter's knife. 6^-inch blade. "

26175. Hunter's knife. 8-inch blade. "

26191. Hunter's knife. 5-inch blade. "

26192. Hunter's knife. 6-inch blade. "

26193. Hunter's knife. 7-inch blade. "

26194. Hunter's knife. 8-inch blade. "

1 Displayed in the Ethnological division.

72 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OP UNITED STATES.

Straight knives.

•

Hunters' knives.

26220. Hunter's knife. 5-inch blade.

John Russell Cutlery Co., Turner's
i Falls, Mass.

26221. Hunter's knife.

6-inch blade.

26222. Hunter's knife.

7-inch blade.

26223. Hunter's knife.

8-inch blade.

26224. Hunter's knife.

10-inch blade.

26145. Hunter's knife.

5|-inch blade.

26146. Hunter's knife.

6-inch blade.

26147. Hunter's knife.

7-iuch blade.

26148. Hunter's knife.

8-inch blade.

26160. Hunter's knife.

5-inch blade.

26161. Hunter's knife.

6-inch blade.

26162. Hunter's knife.

7-inch blade.

26163. Hunter's knife.

8-inch blade.

26164. Hunter's knife.

9-inch blade.

26165. Hunter's knife.

10-inch blade.

26166. Hunter's knife.

11-inch blade.

26167. Hunter's knife.

12-inch blade.

26156. Hunter's knife.

5-inch blade.

26157. Hunter's knife.

5^-inch blade.

26158. Hunter's knife.

7-iuch blade.

26202. Hunter's knife.

5-inch blade.

26203. Hunter's knife.

6-inch blade.

26204. Hunter's knife.

7-inch blade.

26205. Hunter's knife.

8-inch blade.

26203. Hunter's knife.

9-inch blade.

26207. Hunter's knife.

10-inch blade.

23208. Hunter's knife.

12-inch blade.

Dudley hunters7 knives.

26197. Hunter's knife.

5-inch blade.

26198. Hunter's knife.

6-inch blade.

26199. Hunter's knife.

7-inch blade.

26200. Hunter's knife.

9-inch blade.

Hunters' dirk-knives.

26225. Hunter's knife (metal guard). 5-inch blade. "

26226. Hunter's knife (metal guard). 6-iuch blade.

26227. Hunter's knife (metal guard). 7-inch blade.

26228. Hunter's knife (metal guard). 8-inch blade. "
26143. Hunter's knife (metal guard). 7-inch blade. "
26168. Hunter's knife (solid guard). 7-iuch blade. "

Splitting and ripping knives.

29401. Double-edged throating and ripping knife. A. McCurdy, Gloucester,

Mass.
29403. Double-edged throating-knife (old style). G. B. Foster, Beverly,

Mass.

29409. Throating or ripping knife. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.
29411. Throating or ripping knife. Capt. E. L. Rowe, Gloucester, Mass.

ANIMAL EESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 73

Straight knives.

Splitting and ripping' knives.

29416. Double-edged ripping-knife (peculiar to coast of Maine). Wilcox,

Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

29402. Mackerel-splitting knife. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.
29408. Mackerel-splitting knife. Capt. Sam. Elwell, Gloucester, Mass.
29404, Codfish-splitting knife. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.

29413. Cod or haddock ripping knife (old style). G. P. Foster, Beverly,

Mass.

29414. Hake or haddock splitting knife. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.

29415. Haddock-ripping knife. " "

Maying-knives, aboriginal and recent.1

26169. Flaying-knife. 5-inch blade. John Russell Cutlery Co., Turner's

[Falls, Mass.

26170. Flaying-knife. 6-inch blade. " "

26171. Flaying-knife. 7-inch blade. " "

26179. Flaying-knife. 5-inch blade. " "

26180. Flaying-knife. 6-inch blade. " "

26181. Flaying-knife. 6i-inch blade. " "

26185. Flaying-knife. 5-inch blade. "

26186. Flaying-knife. 6-inch blade. " "

26187. Flaying-knife. 7-inch blade. " "

26188. Flaying-knife. 5-iuch blade. " "

26189. Flaying-knife, 6-inch blade. "

26190. Flaying-knife. 7-inch blade. " "
25211. Flaying-knife. 5-iuch blade. " "

26212. Flaying-knife. 6-inch blade. " "

26213. Flaying-knife. 6|-inch blade. " "

Blubber-knives, Eskimos.2
Boarding-knives used by whalemen.

Used in cutting the blubber into sections from the "blanket piece" or long
strip which is peeled from the side's of the whale ; for illustration of the
manner of use see the model of whaler " cutting in the blubber."

25676. Boarding-knife. W. H. Cook & Co., New Bedford, Mass.
"This knife has seen many years of service." — A. R. C.
26608. Boarding-knife, with sheath. A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Coun.

Whalemen's boat-knives.

Used to cut the harpoon-line when it gets tangled in paying out.

. Boat-knife (model). Capt. L. Rowland, New Bedford.

This model in its sheath on the bulkhead of the vrhalc-Loat, ready
for use, is sho\vn in the model of a whale-boat (No. 24880).

Heading-knives.

32689. Halibut-heading knife. Adolph Voss, Gloucester, Mass.

1 A full series of Eskimo and Indian tlaying-knivea is displayed in tho Ethnological
division.
2A series of these implements is exhibited in the Ethnological division.

74 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Straight knives.

Finning-knives.

29400. Halibut-finning knife. Alex. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.
29412. Halibut-finning knife. Capt. E. L. Rowe, Gloucester, Mass.

Chopping-knives.

29406. Bait-cleaver (used in halibut fishing). Alex. McCurdy, Gloucester,

Mass.

32665. Cod-bait knife. Gloucester, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
32664. Bait-cleaver. " "

Cheek-knives.

29438. Codfish cheek-knife. Alex. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.

Tkroating-knives.

22669. Cod-throater (single edge). Gloucester, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

22670. Cod-throater (double edge). " "

Fish-knives (for general use).

26159. Fish-knife. Heavy. 12-inch blade. John Russell Cutlery Co.,

Turner's Falls, Mass.
26196. Fish-knife. Hook handle. 12-inch blade. John Russell Cutlery

Co., Turner's Falls, Mass.

Scaling-knives.

26210. Saw-blade fish-scaling knife. John Russell Cutlery Co., Turner's
Falls, Mass.

Sailors7 and fishermen's sheath-knives.

Sailors' sheath-knives. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

29428. Sheath and belt, with " law-abiding" sheath-knife. First quality.

29426. Sheath and belt. Second quality.

29427. Sheath and belt, with "law-abiding" sheath-knife. Third quality.

The " law- abiding" sheath-knife is round at the tip of the blade,
which is also thick and dull.

Hunters' sheath-knives.

The hunting-knives enumerated above, manufactured by the John Russell
Cutlery Co., and others like them, are usually provided with sheaths before
they are used by hunters.

26665. Hunting-knife, sheath, and belt. Forest & Stream Publishing Co.
(Property of John A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. )

Slivering-knives, used by fishermen.

These knives are used to slice the flesh from the sides of the menhaden used
for bait. The slices thus prepared are called " slivers," and are salted down
« in barrels to be used as baits for cod, halibut, and mackerel hooks, or are

ground up in the bait-mills, forming "stosh" or "chum," a thick paste which
is thrown over the sides of the mackerel-smacks to tole the fish to the
surface.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 75

Straight knives.

Silvering-knives, used by fislierineii. '

29407. Slivering-knife. (Pattern first used by Cape Ann fishermen.) Geo.
B. Foster, Beverly, Mass.

29399. Slivering-knife. (Cape Ann pattern.) Alex. McCurdy.

29405. Slivering-knife. (Xantucket pattern.) Samuel Elwell, jr., Glouces-
ter. Mass.

25764. Slivering-knife. Samuel Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

32666. Slivering-blade. Gloucester, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

FUtching-knives.

Used in slicing halibut into steaks or " flitches" in preparation for salting
and smoking.

32726. Shore flitching-knife. Gloucester, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.
32690. Bank flitching-knife. Adolph Yoss, Gloucester, Mass.
29410. Fh'tching-knife. Gloucester, Mass. A. R. Crittenden.

Clain and oyster knives.

26209. Clam-knife. John Russell Cutlery Co., Turner's Falls, Mass.

. Oyster-knife (model). See model of Chesapeake oyster-canoe (No.

25003).

Net-makers' knives.

These knives are without handles, and the heel of the short (2 inches long)
round-pointed blade is curled so as to fit the finger like a ring.

29439. Xet-mendiug knives (right-hand). Alex. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.

29440. Xet-mending knives '(left-hand). Alex. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.

Mackerel-riinmers' fattiug-knives or ploughs.

Used in creasing the sides of lean mackerel (Xos. 2 and 3) to cause them to
resemble fat (No. 1) mackerel.

25768. Mackerel-plough. Edwin Blatchford.

25769. Mackerel-plough. S. Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

25770. Mackerel-plough. S. Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

25771. Mackerel-plough. S. Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

25773. Mackerel-plough. Edward Davis.

25774. Mackerel-plough. Edward Davis.

25775. Mackerel-plough. (Used in 1860.) Mrs. Hannah M. Burt.
25720. Mackerel-plough. Central Wharf Co., Provincetown, Mass.

Splitting-knives.

Used in cleaning fish before salting.

32673. Mackerel-splitting knife. Gloucester, Mass. U.S. Fish Commission.

22667. Cod-splitting knife (curved). " "

22668. Cod-splitting knife (straight). " "

Stone and bone knives used by Indians and Eskimos.

7224. Bone knife. Anderson River Eskimos, Fort Anderson, II. B. T. R.
McFarlane.

76 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Straight kcaivcs.

Stone and bone knives listed by Indians and Eskimos.

1G115. Bono knife. Magemut Eskimos, Nunivak Islands, Alaska. W. H.

DaU.

2178. Bone knife. Eskimos.

1328. Bone knife. Eskimos.

Harpoon-knives.

16348. Harpoon-knife, with sheath. Magemut Eskimos, Nunivak Islands,

[Alaska. W. II. Dall.

1G110. Harpoon-knife, with sheath. "

16105. Harpoon-knife, with sheath. " "

16103. Harpoon-knife, with sheath. "

19382. Harpoon-knife, with slate blade. " "

Honey-knives.

The thin blade bent at an angle to the handle.
26145. Honey-knife. John Russell Cutlery Co., Turner's Falls, Mass.

Skin scrapers and parers, used in preparing leather.

26144. Tanner's knife. 12-inch blade. John Russell Cutlery Co., Turner's

[Falls, Mass.
26195. Tanner's knife. 14-inch blade. "

4. AXES.
Axes, proper.

Head-axes for whalemen.

Used in cutting off head of whale. .

25913. Head-axe. E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

Whalemen's boat-hatchets.

Used for cutting harpoon-line at the bow, when it becomes tangled in " pay-
ing out."

24880. Boat-hatchet. (Model.) Capt. L. Howland, New Bedford, Mass.
This implement in its place in the boat is shown in model of
whale-boat.

20839. A boat-hatchet may be seen in its proper place in the bow of the
large whale-boat.

€ fitting-spades.

Whale-spades.
Cutting-spades.

Used in peeling the blubber from the carcass of the dead whale j for illustra-
tion, see model of " whale-ship cutting in the blubber."

25679. Cutting-spade. E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.
25008. Cutting-spade. J. H. Thomson, New Bedford, Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 77

Cutting-spades.

Throat-spades, flat and round shank.
Used in cutting off the head of the whale.
25925. Throat-spade. E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

Wide spades.

Used in " blubber-room " for cutting blubber before mincing.
25629. Wide spade. E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

Half-round spades.

For cutting "blanket" piece, to allow blubber-hook to enter.
25927. Half-round spade. E. B. & F. Macy, Xew Bedford, Mass.

Head-spades.

Used in cutting off the head of the whale.
25932. Head-spade. E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

Blubber-mincing spades.

For mincing blubber before trying out.
25912. Hand mince-knife. E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

Chopping-knives.

Used to chop clams for bait.

29489. Clam-chopper. William H. Hesbolt, Provincetown, Mass.
32676. Clam-chopper. Adolph Voss, Gloucester, Mass.

Bait-mill knives. f

Used on the rollers of bait-mincing machines ; for mills see section C. 5.

29417. Bait-mill kiiife. Provincetown pattern. William H. Hesbolt,

Provincetown, Muss.
25715. Bait-mill knife. M. W. Grant, Wellfleet, Mass.

Ice-choppers.

Used in chopping ice for packing fish or bait.
32S85. Ice-chopper. Adolph Voss, Gloucester, Mass.

Ice-chisels.

Used in cutting holes in the ice for fishing.
25888. Ice-chisel (nickel-plated). Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

78 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

5. THRUSTING SPEARS AND PRODS.
Fishing-lances.

Whale-lances.

Used by whalers to give the death-blow to the whale.

25678. Whale-lance with handle, . ready for use. E. B. & F. Macy, New
Bedford, Mass.

25007. Whale-lance with handle, ready for use. J. H. Thomson, New Bed-
ford, Mass.

Whale-lance, iron.

25611. Whale-lance. (Primitive model) used by New Bedford whalers.
W. H. Cook & Co., New Bedford, Mass.

Seal-lances.

10140. Head of lance (bone and iron). Eskimos of Northeast coast, south-
west of King William's Land. Capt. C. F. Hall.

1117. Seal-lance. Eskimos of Arctic coast, Anderson River, H. B. T. R.
McFarlane.

Fish-lances.

29453. Sword-fish lance. Saml. Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

32703. Sword-fish lance. Vinald McCaleb. Gloucester, Mass.

25232. Sword-fish lance (with screw to fix folding handles). U. S. Fish

Commission.
26519. Lance. Indians of the Northwest coast. J. G. Swan.

The tip of this lance is made from the horn of the mountain-goat
(Mazama montana).

Whaleman's boat-spades (thick and thin).

Carried in boat to disable the whale by cutting its flukes.

2592§. Boat-spade, with handle and warp complete, ready for use. E. B.
& F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

Prodding instruments.

Snow-probes.

Used by the Eskimos in probing the air-holes in ice and under the snow to de-
tect the presence of seals.

10274. Bone probe. King William's Land. Capt. C. F. Hall.

10275. Bone probe. " "

10276. Bone probe. « "
2000. Bone probe. Northeastern Coast. S. F. Baird.

2179. Bone probe. " "

2180. Bone probe. " «
121SI. Bone probe. " "

1 These probes are sometimes supplied with a detachable head.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 79

Prodding-instruments.

Probing-awls.

Used in piercing the base of the brain in killing fish for the table.

29418. Large steel prod, suitable for large fish. A. R. Crittenden, Middle-
town, Conn.

II. IMPLEMENTS FOR SEIZURE OF OBJECT.

^Scooping-instruments.
6. SCOOPS.

t-For hand-use.
Shovel*.

Clam-shovels.

. l Long-handled shovel. U. S. Fish Commission.

26716. l Short-handled shovel. U. S. Fish Commission.

t

Oyster-shovels.

26717. (Model, with Chesapeake oyster-canoe, No. 25003). T. B. Fergnson,

Maryland Commissioner of Fisheries.

Trowels used in taking burrowing shore animals.

— . Collector's trowel (flat). To be supplied.
. Collector's trowel (ronnd). "

Hand-scoops used in collecting mollusks.

. l Spoon-scoop. U. S. Fish Commission.

Bait-ladles.

32652. "Bait-heaver" (straight). Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

32653. " Bait-heaver" (one-sided). " "

Hand-dredges (used in collecting mollusks).

26718. Tin hand-dredge. U. S. Fish Commission.

Pile-scrapers.

26719. Frame of pile-scraper. U. S. Fish Commission.

1 It is thought unnecessary to exhibit these familiar implements.

80 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

ft .For use with sounding-lines.1
Armed leads*

Common " deep-sea lead."
Deep-sea-sounding apparatus.

Cup-leads.

Scoop sounding-machine.

## Grasping-hooks.

7. HOOKED INSTRUMENTS. (Those used with a single motion, that of

hooking.)

Single-pointed hooks.

Gaff-hooks.

25495. Salmon-gaff hook and staff. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
2868. Gaff-hook. U. S. Fish Commission.

29388. Halibut-gaff. M. W. Grant, Welifleet, Mass.

32678. Halibut hand-gaff. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.
32383. Halibut deck-gaff. " "

25935. Haddock hand-gaff. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.
29390. Haddock-gaff. M. W. Grant, Welifleet, Mass.

25938. Codfish-gaff. Used in George's Bank fisheries. A. McCurdy, Glouces-

ter, Mass. »

25939. Dory cod-gaff. Used in shore fisheries. A. McCurdy, Gloucester,

Mass.
2f 934. Hand-gaff. Used in halibut fisheries. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.

29389. Cod-gaff. M. W. Grant, Welifleet, Mass.

23187. Gaff-hook. Indians of Northwest coast. J. G. Swan.

28680. Gaff-hook. Property of J. H. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed
by Forest & Stream Publishing Co.

32716. "Pew." Used in handling fish on wharves and decks. Capt. S. J.
Martin, Gloucester, Mass.

32585. "Pew-gaff." Used in pitching fish from dories to vessels. Glouces-
ter, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

32730. Fish-fork (thrae tines, short handle). Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown
Goode. Used in pitching fish in a dory, or from hold of vessel.

32891. Halibut-cutter's hook. Used by the "header" in decapitating hali-
but. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

32884. Fish-fork (two tines). Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

02725. "Nape-boner" hook. Used in the preparation of boneless fish.
Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

Boat-hooks.

Arranged with "Accessories of fishing-boats," B. 48.

Kabbit and squirrel hooks, used by Indians.

. Squirrel-hooka. Pi-Ute Indians. Southern Utah. J. W. Powell.

2 Clam-hooks, hoes, and picks used in gathering shell-fish.

1 See exhibit of Navy Department.

'-'It is thought unnecessary to exhibit these familiar implements.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 81

Single-pointed hooks.

1 Forks used in handling salted and dried fish.

Whalemen's hooks.
Blubber-hooks.

25930. Blubber-hook. For hauling small pieces of blubber. E. B. & F.

Macy. New Bedford, Mass.
26133. Blubber-book. Alieut Eskimo. Nunivak Island, Alaska. W. H.

Dan.

Blubber forks and pikes.

25615. Blubber-pike. Used for tossing blubber into try-kettle. Humphrey

S. Kirby, New Bedford, Mass.

25617. Blubber-pike. From the storeroom of a returned whaler. Humphrey
S. Kirby, New Bedford, Mass.

Junk-hooks, etc.

For hauling heavy pieces of blubber.

25616. Gaff-book. Used to haul blubber across the deck from chopper to

try -kettle. Humphrey S. Kirby, New Bedford, Mass.
25916. Junk-hook. E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

2 Lance-hooks.
Hany-pointed hooks.

2 Can-hooks.

3 Grappling-irons.

Lip-hooks or grapnels, used by whalers.

25918. Whaler's grapnel. Used for towing whale to ship. E. B. & F. Macjr,
New Bedford, Mass.

Line-hooks, used by whalers.

25924. Whaler's line-hook for catching line, &c. E. B. & F. Macy, New
Bedford, Mass.

Clam-rakea.

29466. Clam-hoe. Provincetown style. Wm. H. Hesbolt, Prorincetown,

Mass.

29437. Hand-claw. Used for gathering "hen-clams" and "scallops.'* Well-
neet, Cape Cod, and coast of Maine. M. W. Grant, Wellfleet, Mass.

. Clam-rake (model). Used in collecting the sea-clam (Mactra solidis-

sima) on Nantucket Shoals. These clams are salted down and used

as bait for cod, halibut, &c. See with model of Nantucket dory

(26257).

1 It is thought unnecessary to exhibit these familiar implements.
3 Arranged with boat fittings.
3 Arranged with the anchors.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 6

82 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Ulany-pointed hooks.

Many-pointed fish-jigs.

29436. Mackerel-gaff. Used when the mackerel swiin close in large shoals.

M. W. Grant, Wellfleet, Mass.
29441. Mackerel-bob. Used when the mackerel are close to the vessel and

in large schools. Win. H. Hesbolt, Provincetown, Mass.

Oulachan rakes or spears.

Used by Indians of the Northwest coast in the capture of the oulachaii 01

candle-fish (Osmerus pacificus).
. Oulachan rake or comb. Flathead Indians. J. G. Swan.

Squid-jigs.

25848. Squid-jig. George P. Steel, Provincetown, Mass.
25714. Squid-jig. " "

25776. Squid-jig. Gloucester style. A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Conn.

29443. Squid-jig. Over fifty years old. Lemuel Cook, 2d, Provmcetowu,
Mass.

32721. Squid-jig. Capt. R. H. Hurlbert, Gloucester, Mass.

32722. Squid-jig. " "

25683. Squid-line and jig. Used in catching squid for bait. Bradford &

Anthony, Boston, Mass.
29447. Molds used in forming squid-jigs. John B. Parsons, Rockport, Mass.

Twisting*- rods (used in drawing small mammals from their burrows).

. Twisting-rod. Virginia.

8. BARBED IMPLEMENTS. (Those used with two motions, the first that

of thrusting.)

Spears with fixed heads.

Barbed spears (with single point).

25594. Crab-spear, used about Newport, R. I. J. M. K. Southwick, New-

port, R. I.

25595. Flounder-spear. J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. 1.

. "Conch" harpoon. Used by Bahamians and fishermen of Key West

in the capture of large fish. Dr. J. W. Velie, Chicago, 111.

Eel-spears.

— . Eel-spear with six prongs for winter fishing. Lent by Bradford & Au-

[thouy, Boston, Mass.

25558. Eel-spear with ten prongs for winter fishing. ''

25557. Eel-spear for summer fishing. "

25556. ¥ine fish-spears. "

25224. Eel-spear, used in southern New England. U. S. Fish Commission.
25047. New Bedford eel-spear. H. S. Kirby, New Bedford, Mass.
25606. Eel-spear, Boston pattern. Used on Cape Cod. J. M. K. South-
wick, Newport, R. I.

AXIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 83

Spears with fixed heads.

Aboriginal fish-spears.

7420. Head of fish-spear. Eskimos. Fort Anderson, Arctic coast. R.

McFarlane.
'^675. Heads of fish-darts. Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district. R.

McFarlane.
7514. Head of fish-spear, made of elk-horn. Eskimos. Northwest coast.

Geo. Gibbs.
2322. Head of salmon-spear. Indians. Fort Crook, Oreg. Lieut. John

Feimer, U. S. A.

2628. Fish-dart heads. Indians. Columbia River. U. S. Exploring Ex-
pedition. Capt. C. AVilkes, U. S. N.

1439. Lance-head of bone. Indians. New Mexico. Lieut. A. W. Whip-
pie, U. S. A.

18933. Fish-spears. Sitka Indians. * Sitka. J. G. Swan.
11429. Salmon-spears. Passamaquoddy Indians. Eastport, Me. E. Palmer.
10283. Salmon-spear. Eskimos. Igloolik. Capt. C. F. Hall.
2543. Fish-spear. Tschutschi Indians. South Pacific Exploring Expedi-
tion. Capt. John Rodgers, U. S. N. .
23518. Three-pronged spear. Northwest coast. J. G. Swan.

Aboriginal bird and fish spears.

19517. Bird-spear. Eskimos. Greenland. Geo. Y. Nickerson.

10267. Bird-spear with throwing-stick. Arctic America. Smithsonian In-
stitution.

15950. Fish-spear. Magemut Eskimos. Nunivak, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

11358. Fish or bird spear. Eskimos. Bristol Bay, Alaska. Viu ;ent Colyer.

15689-90-91-93-94-95-96. Bird-spears. Eskimos. Nunivak Islands, Alaska,

W. H. Dall.

7973-7997. Fish and bird spears. Mushegay Indians. Alaska. Smith-
sonian Institution.

Spears with detachable heads.

Lily-irons.

25230. Sword-fish lily -iron. Capt. John B. Smith. U. S. Fish Commission.
25645. Sword-fish dart and socket, peculiar to New Bedford. A. R. Crit-
tenden, Middletown, Conn.

32714. Sword-fish lily -iron. Adolph Voss, Gloucester, Mass.

32715. Sword-fish lily-iron. " "

25208. Swordfish-dart head. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown. Conn.
— . " Turtle-peg" harpoon. Key West, Fla. Dr. J. W. Velie, Chicago,
111.

Eskimo harpoons of stone, bone, and iron.

14255. Iron harpoon-head, with line of walrus hide. Eskimos. Smith

Sound. Capt. C. F. Hall.
10120. Harpoon-head, brass and iron. Eskimos. Victoria Harbor. Capt.

C. F. Hall.
9838. Harpoon-heads of bone and iron. Eskimos. Northeast coast. S. F.

Baird.

84 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Spear* with detachable heads.

Eskimo harpoons of stone, bone, and iron.

19522. Harpoon-head of stone and bone. Eskimos. Greenland Geo. Y.

Nickersou.

10136. Head of -walrus-harpoon. Eskimos. Igloolik. Capt. C. F. Hall.
10400. Head of seal-harpoon. Eskimos. Igloolik. Capt. C. F. Hall.
10407. Bone harpoon-head. Eskimos. King William's Sound. Capt. C. F.

Hall.

10404. Part of ancient Innuit harpoon-head. Repulse Bay. Capt. C.F. HalL
10273. Handle of whaling-harpoon made of bone and wood. Eskimos.

. Greenland. Smithsonian Institution.
19519. Handle of whaling-harpoon made of wood and bone. Eskimos.

Greenland. Geo. Y. Nickerson.

10265. Whaling-harpoon. Eskimos. Northwest coast. Smithsonian Insti-
tution.

19518. Whaling-harpoon of recent manufacture, with head of bone andiron,
handle of wood and iron, and seal-skin line. Eskimos. Greenland.
Geo. Y. Nickerson.
565. Harpoon-head of bone and iron with walrus-hide line. Eskimos.

Port Foulke. Dr. I. I. Hayes.
2186. Seal-harpoon head of bone and iron. Eskimos. Anderson River.

R. McFarlane.
13140. Walrus-harpoon head of bone and iron, hide line. Innuit Eskimos.

Greenland. S. F. Baird.
19376. Bone harpoon-head with hide line. Eskimos. Alaska. Rev. James

Curley.
11618. Seal-harpoon head of bone. Eskimos. Nunivak Islands, Alaska.

W. H. Dall.

15631. Miniature model of seal-harpoon. Eskimos. Alaska. H.W.Elliott.

1678. Miniature model of seal-harpoon. Eskimos. Alaska. W. H. Dall.

16120-21-23-25, 5606-7621. Seal-harpoon heads of bone and iron. Eskimos.

Nunivak Islands, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

15619. Harpoon-head of bone. Eskimos. Alaska. H. W. Elliott.
2674. Seal-harpoon heads of bone. Anderson River Eskimos. Fort Ander-
son. R. McFarlane.

2092,2250,2817,3975,5815,7422,7440. Seal-harpoon heads of bone andiron.
Anderson River Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district. R. McFarlane.

. Indian harpoons of shell and iron. Whaling-harpoon, used by Makah

Indians of Vancouver's Island and vicinity.
4131. Four models of whaling-harpoons, lines and throuts. Makah Indians.

Neah Bay, Wash. J. G. Swan.

1869. Head of whaling-harpoon, with line. Makah Indians. Cape Flat-
tery, Wash. Geo. Suckley.

This harpoon-head is made from the shell of a large species of
Mytilus, and illustrates the methods of manufacture employed 1 >y
Indians of the Northwest coast previous to the introduction of
metal by the white man.

20896-7. Head of whaling-harpoon and line. Makah Indians. Sitka, Alaska.
J. G. Swan.

This harpoon-head is constructed of sheet-iron and shows the
method now employed in the manufacture of the weapons. The
rope and covers are made from the bark of Thuja gigatitea.
828. Head of whaling-harpoon with line. Makah Indians. Neah Bay,
Wash. Ter. J. G. Swan.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 85

Spears with detachable heads.

Eskimo harpoons of stone, bone, and iron.

1868. Head of whaling-harpoon with line. Makah Indians. Neah Bay,

Wash. Tcr. J. G. Swan.

26875-26825. Handles of whaling-harpoons. Makah Indians. J. G. Swan.
2530. Harpoon-darts. Eskimos. Alaska. North Pacific Exploring Expe-
dition. Capt. John Rodgers.

16675. Harpoon-dart. Kotzehue Sound. W. H. Dall.
5775_6_7_9_8o. Harpoon-darts. Sitka, Alaska. W. H. Howard. V. S. R. M.

Harpoon-spears.

6564. Head of barbed fish-dart, made of native copper. Eskimos. Sitka,

Alaska. Dr. T. T. Minor.
9083. Head of barbed fish-dart, made of naiive copper. Alaska. Lieut.

F. W. Ring, U. S. N.
20653. Head of barbed fish-dart of native copper with line of twisted ainow.

Alaska. Smithsonian Institution.

21413. Fish-spear with detachable barb. Hoochuon Indians. South Eel
River, California. Stephen Powers.

Double-pronged spears with detachable heads. McCloud River
Indians, Shasta Co., Cal. Livingston Stone. These spears are
used in the capture of the Salmo quinnat. The handles are thirty
feet in length. The barbs are made from the splint bones of deer.
See No. 13743, below.

19046. Fish-spear with detachable barbs. Cooyunu Pi-Ute Indians. Pyra-
mid Lake, Nevada. Stephen Powers. •
23522. Two-pronged spear with detachable barbs. Indians of Northwest

coast. J. G. Swan.

26826. Handle of spear similar to 23522, but longer. J. G. Swan.
23520. Spear with many-barbed detachable head and kelp line. Indians of

Northwest coast. J. G. Swan.

13743. Points for salmon-spear made of the splint bones of the deer. Mc-
Cloud River Indians. Shasta Co. , Cal. Livingston Stone.
650. Harpoon-arrows with iron tips. Indians. . Cape Flattery, Wash.

Ter. Geo. Gibbs.
21308. Wooden barbs for fish-harpoon. Indians. Hoopah Valley, Cal.

Stephen Powers.

2249. Head of fish-harpoon. Eskimos. Anderson River. R. McFarlane.
11356. Harpoon-dart with bladder-float. Nashegay Indians. Alaska. Dr.
T. T. Minor.

9. TONGS, &c.
\For hand-use.
Tongs (with two handles).

Oyster-tongs and oyster-rakes.

26110. Oyster-tongs. S. Salisbury, Providence, R. I.

26109. Oyster-tongs. " "

25205. Oyster-tongs. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

29111. Oyster-nippers. S. Salisbury, Providence, R. I.

8G ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

"IVippers" (with cord and handle).

Snake-tongs.

Sponge-tongs.

Coral-tongs.

ft For use with sounding-lines.

" Clamms " for deep-sea soundings (forceps closed by a weight).1

(Boss* " deep-sea clamms.")
(Bull-dog sounding-machine.)

*#* Grasping-lines.

10. NOOSES.
t Stationary nooses.

Jerk-snares.

Bird-snares.

Fish-snares of wire, gut, hair, &c.

ft Thrown nooses.
Lariats and lassos.

• 11344. Lariat of hide. Apache Indians. General M. C. Meigs, U. S. A.

8534. Lariat of hide. Sioux Indians. Nebraska. Dr. S. M. Horton, U. S. A.
1912. Lariat of hide. Sioux Indians. Upper Missouri River. Lieut. G.
K. Warren.

6920. Lariat of hide. Comanche Indians. I^ortCobb. Ind. T. E. Palmer..

6921. Lariat of hide. Comanche Indians. Llano Estacado, Texas. E.

Palmer.

5559. Lariat of hide. Apache Indians. E. Palmer.
7492. Lariat of moose-skin. Mackenzie River Indians. Fort Anderson. R.

McFarlane.

11206. Lariat of rope. Pi-Ute Indians. Southern Utah. Maj. J. \V. Powell.
5558. Lariat of buffalo-hair. Apache Indians. E. Palmer.
7317. Lariat of buffalo-hair. Apache Indians. Maj. W. H. Mills, U. S. A.
9034. Lariat of buffalo-hair. Nez Perce" Indians. Idaho. Dr. E. Storror.

6922. Lariat of buffalo-hair. Comanche Indians. Fort Cobb, Ind. Ter.

E. Palmer.

11. LOADED LINES. (Bolas.)
Bird-slings (used by Eskimos).

19507. Bird-sling. Greenland. J. H. Clark. Smithsonian Institution.

9831. Bird-sling. Greenland. S. F. Baird. "

7444. Bird-sling. McKenzio's River. Fort Anderson, H. B. T. R. McFar-
lane.

9831. Bird-sling. Greenland. S. F. Baird.

7537. Bird-sling. Arctic coast. Fort Anderson, II. B. T. B. R. Ross.

1 See exhibit of Navy Department.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 87

12. TANGLES.

The tangles are employed by naturalists for the purpose of .gathering small
spiny animals,, such as sea-urchins and star-fishes, from the bottom at con-
siderable depths. They adhere to the fibers of the spun-yarn in great num-
bers. It has been thought that this instrument might advantageously be
employed in freeing oyster-beds from their worst enemies, the star-fish.

Swab-tangles.

Swab-tangles.

26344. Swab-tangle. U. S. Fish Commission.

(Dredge-tangles, used by English collectors.)

Harrow-tangles.

Harrow-tangles.

20S45. Models of harrow-tangles. U. S. Fish Commission. Formerly used
by the Fish Commission, now replaced by the wheel-tangles.

Wheel-tangles.

Wheel-tangles.

26846. Model of wheel-tangle. U. S. Fish Commission.
26848. Wheel-tangles. U. S. Fish Commission.

III. MISSILES.

# Simple missiles (those propelled by the unaided arm).
13. HURLED WEIGHTS.

Stones and disks (thrown by the hand).

Weights (dropped from an elevation, dead-falls, not automatic).

14. HURLED STICKS.
Straight sticks.

Clubs used as missiles.
Curved sticks.

Throw-sticks, used by the Moqtii Indians of New Mexico in hunting
rabbits.

9543-4. Throw-sticks. Used in rabbit-hunting by Moqui Indians. New Mex-
ico. Dr. Edward Palmer.

88 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

15. HURLED SPEARS.
Darts and lances.

See under "Lances and spears," above enumerated, many of which may be
used as missiles.

# # Centrifugal missiles. (Propelling power augmented by an artificial in-
crease of the length of the arm.)

16. SLINGS AND SPEARS THROWN BY STRAPS.

9532. Sling. Navajo Indians. Smithsonian Institution.
17234. Sling. Indians. " "

Spears (with straps).

17. MISSILES PROPELLED BY " THROWING-STICKS."

(with throwing-sticks, used by Eskimos).

See above under "Bird and fish spears," particularly No. 10267, a spear with
throwing-stick attached.

7899. Throwing-stick. Eskimos. Aleutian Islands. Dr. T. T. Minor.

7933. Throwing-stick. Eskimos. Kodiak. • "

16076. Throwing-stick. Eskimos. Unalashka. W. H. Dall.

2533. Throwing-stick. Eskimos. Alaska. North Pacific Exploring Ex-

pedition. Capt. John Rodgers.

11346-47. Throwing-sticks. Yukon River, Alaska. Vincent Colyer.
15643. 1642-16243. Throwing-sticks. Eskimos. Nunivak Islands. W. H.
Dall.

2267. Throwing-stick. Eskimos. Smithsonian Institution.

5774. Throwing-stick. Eskimos. Sitka. W. A. Howard, U. S. R. M.
20771. Throwing-stick. Eskimos. Sitka. J. G. Swan.

Missiles propelled by a spring. — (Spring consisting of bent rod.)

18. BOWS AND ARROWS.

Bows.

Simple bows.
(Cross-bows.)
(Ballistas.)

These articles are arranged with the Ethnological series, as are also the ar-
rows, with the exception of a few forms peculiarly adapted to hunting.

Arrows.

Hunting-arrows.

11350-54. Bird-arrows. Eskimos. Bristol Bay, Alaska. Vincent Colyer.
16410-11-12. Bird-arrows. Eskimos. Nunivak Islands, Alaska. TV. H.
Dall.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 89

Arrows.

Hunting-arrows.

8827-28-29-30. Bird-arrows. Eskimos. Alaska? Smithsonian Institution.
5602. Bird-arrows, Yukon River, Alaska. W. H. Dall.
15654. Hunting-arrows. Kodiak Indians. Alaska. W. H. Dall.
16413-14-15. Hunting-arrows with heads of bone and iron. Eskimos. Nu-
nivak Islands, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

. Hunting-arrows with bone heads. Eskimos. Nunivak Islands,

Alaska. Vincent Colyer.

Harpoon-arrows, used in fishing.

11348-52. Harpoon-arrows. Eskimos. Bristol Bay, Alaska. Vincent

Colyer.
15677-15681-82. Harpoon-arrows. Eskimos. Nuuivak Islands, Alaska. W.

H. Dall.

19379. Harpoon-arrow. Eskimos. Alaska. Rev. J. Curley.
8005-6-9. Harpoon-arrows. Eskimos. Nushegay Indians. Dr. T. T. Minor.

Accessories of bows and arrows.

Holders.*
Quivers.*
Arrow-head pouches.*

Implements of manufacture.

Flint-chipping apparatus.*

Arrow-head sharpeners.*

Shaft-gauges.*

Cord-twisting apparatus.*

Shaft-polishers.*

Glue-sticks, used in fastening head of arrow.*

Arranged with the Ethnological series.

JJ Spring consisting of elastic cord.

19. INDIA-KUBBER SLINGS.
Pea-shooters (used in killing birds).

ftt Spring consisting of metallic helix.

20. SPRING-GUNS.

Spring-guns.

#### Missiles propelled by the compression of air or water.

21. ATB-GMJNS.
Blow-guns (missile propelled by the breath).

Blow-guns carrying arrows.
Blow-guns carrying balls.

90 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND JISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Piston air-guns.
Reservoir air-guns.

Air-guns.

29535. Bedford Eureka air-pistol, with darts, slugs, and gun-rest. (Patented
Dec. 21, 1875.) Eureka Manufacturing Company, Boston, Mass.

Air-gun canes.

22. WATER-GUNS.
Syringe-guns.

Humniing-bird guns.

Fire-arms.

23. GUNS AND PISTOLS.

Uluzzle-loading arms.

26714. Flint-lock gun (single barrel) old fashion. Smithsonian Institution.
809. Single-barrel shot (?) gun.

Given by Lord Melville to Sir John Franklin, who used it on his
unfortunate expeditions in 1820, 1821, and 1822, then given by
Sir John to his interpreter, St. Germain, who sold it to Chief
Factor Smith, of the Hudson Bay Co., who gave it to his son-in-
law, Chief Factor McPherson, from whom it was obtained by B.
R. Ross, of the Hudson Bay Co.

Breech-loading arms.

25894. Six-shooting shot-gun. Colt's Fire-Arms Manufacturing Company,

Hartford, Conn.

25895. Double-barreled breech-loading fowling-piece. E. Remington &

Sons, Ilion, N. Y.
25247. Double-barreled breech-loading fowling-piece. , Damascus steel, 12

gauge. Parker Bros., Meriden, Conn.
25250. Single-barreled breech-loading shot-gun. (Patented May 26, 1874.

Phoenix calibre 12. ) Whitney Anns Company, Whitney ville, Conn .
£6574. Breech-loading gun. Clark & Sneider, Baltimore, Md.
26573. Breech-loading gun. "

29533. The Sneider patent double-barrel breech-loading shot-gun. Clark &

Sneider, Baltimore, Md.

29534. The Sneider double-barrel breech-loading shot-gun; solid tip grip.

(Patented Dec. 22, 1868; April 7, 1874.) Clark & Sneider, Balti-
more, Md.

25896. Creedmoor rifle. E. Remington & Sons, Ilion, N. Y.

. Mid-range rifle. Peabody & Martin pattern (44 cal., 100 grs.), made

by Providence Tool Co. Schuyler, Waltham & Graham, New York.

25890. Sporting-rifle. King's improvement. (Patented March 29, 1866;
October 16, 1860. Model, 1873. Calibre .44.) Winchester Repeat-
ing Arms, New Haven, Conn.

22202. Sharpe's rifle. (Patented April 1. 1866.) Manufacturers.

29289-311. Maynard's rifle with appurtenances. (Pistol grip, vernier rear-
sight. Front wind-gauge sight and spirit-level; 32 inches, .4
calibre.) Massachusetts Arms Company, Chicopee Falls, Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 91

Breech-loading arm*.

29299. Shot-barrel for Mayuard's rifle ; 32 inches, .64 calibre. Massachusetts

Anns Company, Chicopee Falls, Mass.
25873. Six-shooting rifle; 44-inch calibre. Colt's Fire-Arms Manufacturing

Company, Hartford, Conn.
25889. Carbine. King's improvement. (Patented March 29, 1866; October

16, 1860. Model 1873. Calibre .44.) Winchester Repeating

Arms, New Haven, Conn.

25248. Breech-loading sporting-rifle. (Patented October 17, 1866. Reissued

June 25, 1872; Dec. 26, 1865. Reissued Oct. 1, 1867; May 15, 1866;
July 16, 1872.) Whitney Arms Company, Whitneyville, Conn.

25249. Breech-loading sporting-rifle. Phoenix calibre, 44. Whitney Anns

Company, Whitneyville, Conn.

25892. Six-shooting revolver. 45 calibre. (Patented Sept. 19, 1871 ; July 2.
1872. ) Colt's Fire-Arms Manufacturing Company, Hartford, Conn.

Whaling-guns.

24986. C. C. Brand's improved whaling-gun. Patented June 22, 1852. For
use with C. C. Brand's improved bomb-lance. 24987. Powder-flask
with charger. 24988. Wad-cutter. 24989. Wad-cutter (inside).
24992. Prepared wads. 24990, 24991. Screw-drivers. C. C. Brand.
Norwich, Conn.

24993-97. C. C. Brand's improved bomb-lance. Patented June 22, 1859. For
use with C. C. Brand's improved whaling-gun. 24997. Exploded
lance. 24998. Lance-hook (for drawing charge). C. C. Brand,
Norwich, Conn.

25251. E. Pierce's harpoon-gun. Patented 1865. U. S. Fish Commission.

26897. Cunningham & Hogan's breech-loading bomb-gnn, with explosive
lances. William Lewis, New Bedford, Mass.

24. (ACCESSORY.) AMMUNITION AND ITS PREPARATION.
Explosives.

Gunpowder.
Gun-cotton.
Percussion powder:

Caps.

Needle percussion.

Primers.
Wood powder.
Dynamite or giant-powder.
Nitroglycerine.
Dualine.
Lithofracteur.
Colonia powder.
Other explosives.

For obvious reasons this series could not be exhibited.

i)2 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hissiles.

Bullets.

(Accessory.) Bullet-molds.

29300. Pair of molds for conical and cylindrical bullets. Massachusetts
Arms Company, Chicopee Falls, Mass.

Shot.

. Series of samples of shot, sizes from No. 000 to No. 12. Thomas

Sparks, Philadelphia, Pa.

Explosive bullets, shells, &c. :
Bomb-lance.

Wadding.

Bulk wadding.
Prepared wads.
(Accessory.) Wad-cutters.

The articles of this class may be seen in connection with the ammunition
series.

Ammunition-measures.

Measures.

Shot-measures. )

Powder-measures. } Attached to P°uches and separate.

16190. Powder-charger. Nunivak Islands, Alaska. W. H. Dall.
2689. Gun-charger. Indians of Northwest coast. Captain Wilkes, U. S. N.
U. S. Exploring Expedition.

Weighing scales.
Prepared ammunition.

Ball, shot, and wire cartridges.

25891. Card of rim-fire cartridges. Winchester Repeating Arms, New
Haven, Conn.

29304. Ten metallic cartridge-shells, .4, for rifle. Massachusetts Arms Com-

pany, Chicopee Falls, Mass.

29305. Ten metellic cartridge-shells, .64, for shot-guns. Massachusetts Anns

Company, Chicopee Falls, Mass.

methods of preparing- cartridges.

Loaders, crimpers, and cappers.

29303. Metallic loader for rifle-cartridge. Massachusetts Arms Company,
Chicopee Falls, Mass.

AMMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 93

Methods of preparing cartridges.

Loaders, crimpers, and cappers.

20302. Rosewood loader for shot-cartridge. Massachusetts Arms Company,
Chicopee Falls, Mass.

29308. Two rosewood loading-blocks. Massachusetts Arms Company, Chic-

opee Fallsj Mass.
25897. Cartridge-loading machine. E. Remington & Sons, Iliou, N. Y.

29306. Cartridge-capper. Massachusetts Arms Company, Chicopee Falls,

Mass.

25. ACCESSORIES OF LOADING, CLEANING, AND REPAIRING, SIGHTING,
AND TESTING FIRE-ARMS.

Instruments for cleaning, loading, &c.

Rammers.

Swabs.

Charge-drawers — " worms" — and other loading tools.

These may be seen attached to the various wrappers.

29307. Wrench and cap-picker. Massachusetts Arms Company, .Chicopee

Falls, Mass.

29311. Rod and tip for cloth, plain. Massachusetts Arms Company, Chico-
pee Falls, Mass.

29310. Jointed rod and brush. Massachusetts Arms Company, Chicopee
Falls, Mass.

29309. Screw-driver. Massachusetts Arms Company, Chicopee Falls, Mass.
7525. Gun-screw-driver. Apache Indians. Arizona. E. Palmer.

26695. Loading-tools. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-

tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26696. Closer. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed by

Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

29251. Oil-bottle, nickel (No. 1). Edwin W. Judge, New Haven, Conn.

29252. Oil-bottle, nickel (No. 2). « "

26698. Oil-can. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed by
Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Sights, &e.

Muzzle-sights.

Slit-sights.

Globe-sights.

Peep-sights,

Breech-sights.

Plain-sights.

Graduating-sights.

Telescope-sights.

Levels, attached to guns.

Wind-gauges.

These may be seen attached to the guns.

94 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Recoil-checks.

25700. William D. Miller's patent recoil-check for shot-guns and rifles.
(Patented Nov. 2, 1875, No. 52.) A. J. Norman, New York.
Advantages claimed for this arrangement are that it repels and
neutralizes the recoil, permits steadier aim, and insures increased
range and greater penetration.

26. FOR CARRYING ARMS AND AMMUNITION.

Ammunition-holders*

Powder-horns :
Horns.
Flasks.
Canisters.

1910. Powder-horn. Sioux Indians. Upper Missouri River. Lieut. G. K.

Warren, U. S. A.

1472. Powder-horn. Comanche Indians. General D. N. Couch, U. S. A.
16309. Powder-horn. Sitka, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

1909. Powder-horn and pouch. (Containing bullets, gun-flints, and arrow-
points.) Sioux Indians. Upper Missouri River. Lieut. G. K.
Warren, U. S. A. »

5520. Powder-horn. Papago and Apache Indians. E. Palmer.
21672. Powder-horn and pouch. Yankton Sioux. Dakota. Army Medical

Museum. Dr. J. T. Boughter.

26706. Cartridge-box. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26703. Cartridge-flask. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.
7313. Powder-flask. Apache Indians. Major Mills, U. S. A.
13035. Powder-flask. Alieut Eskimos. Ounalashka. W. H. Dall.
16099. Powder-flask. Magemut Eskimos. Nunivak Islands, Alaska. W.

H. Dall.

9290. Powder-flask. Alaska. Dr. A. H. Hoff, U. S. A.
5184. Powder-flask. Porterre Indians. Dr. J. T. Rothrock, U. S. A.
16292. Powder-flask. Kodiak Eskimos. Chirikoff. W. H. Dall.

Shot and bullet holders.

Pouches.

. Shot-pouch. Found in old house, Saint Regis, N. Y. R. B. Hough.

20673. Shot-pouch. Indians of the Northwest coast. Fort Simpson, B. C.

J. G. Swan.

9641. Bullet-pouch. Navajo Indians. E. Palmer.

11077. Bullet-pouch. Navajo Indians. Northwestern New Mexico. Vin-
cent Colyer.

2112. Bullet-pouch. Indians of Upper Missouri. War Department, U. S. A.
6199. Bullet-pouch and belt. Delaware Indians. Arizona. E. Palmer.
2470. Bullet-pouch and belt. Indians of Missouri Valley. War Depart-
ment, U. S. A.

5432. Bullet-pouch and belt. J. Varden.
26699. Ball-box. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed

by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.
1935. Bullet-pouch and belt. Indian.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 95

Shot and bullet holders.

Cap-holders.

5525. Cap-case. Apache Indians. Arizona. E. Palmer.
26697. Cap-box. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed
by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Pouches.

Boxes.

Cap-straps, used by Indians.

Cartridge-holders :
Pouches.
Boxes.
Belts.

Vests.

Weapon-holders*

Slings for arms :

Shoulder-slings.

Saddle-slings.

Holsters.
Belts:

Pistol-belts.
Eacks and cases:

Gun-racks.

Gun-cases.

8546. Gnu-case. Indians. Ogalalla, Nebr. Dr. S. M. Horton, U. S. A.
14849. Gun-case. Indian. Colorado. Maj. J. "W. Powell.
26705. Gun-case. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed

by Forest and Stream Publishing Company.
26704. Gun-case. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed

by Forest and Stream Publishing Company.

IV. BAITED HOOKS. ANGLING-TACKLE.

27. HOOKS WITH MOVABLE LINES.

Tackle for surface-fishing.

Fly-fishing tackle.
Salmon-tackle.
Trout-tackle.
Black-bass tackle.
Shad-tackle.

96 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Tackle for surface-fishing.

Trolling-tackle :
Trolling-tackle.
Whiffing-tackle.
Drailing-tackle.
Gangs of hooks for minnow-bait.

The parts of these gears may be seen in their proper places, with hooks,
lines, &c.

26683. Minnow-gang. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest and Stream Publishing Company.

Surf-tackle for throwing and hauling.
Striped-bass tackle.
Ked-fish or bass tackle.
Blue-fish tackle.
Tide-drailing tackle.
Pasque and Outtyhunk bass-tackle.

24808-9. Blue-fish line. Rigged with eel-skin squids. J. M. K. Southwick,

Newport, R. I.
24802-7. Blue-fish lines. Rigged with cloth squid. , Block Island. J. M. K,

Southwick, Newport, R. I.

Tackle for fishing below the surface.

Short hand-gear.

25684. Mackerel-lines and cleats. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
25940. Mackerel hook and line. A. McCurdy.

29293. "Otter," with line and flies attached. Used in lake and river fishing.

William Morris, Lake City, Minn. •

19047. Throw-line with minnow-hooks. Cooyuwee Pi-Utes. Pyramid

Lake, Nevada. Stephen Powers.

Deep-sea gear.

25786. Hand-line gear for halibut and cod. Used in George's Banks fish-
eries. Alexander McCurdy, East Gloucester, Mass.

25687. Gear, used by American fishermen on George's Banks. Bradford &
Anthony, Boston, Mass.

29471. Hand-line gear. Used in George's Banks cod and halibut fisheries.
A. McCurdy, East Gloucester, Mass.

29483. Cod-fishing gear. Used from 1812-1830. Lemuel Cook, 2d, Province
town, Mass.

25686. Cod hand-line and gear. Used chiefly on Western and Grand Banks
of Newfoundland. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25685. Pollock line and gear. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
24810-11. Rigged tautog-lines. J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.
25665. Lines. Rigged for pond-fishing. Wm. M. Young, Philadelphia, Pa.

1140. Halibut-hook, with kelp line. Makah Indians. Puget Sound, W
T. J. G. Swan.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 97

Tackle for fishing below the surface.

Deep-sea gear:

Flounder-gear.

Shark-gear.

Other bottom-gear.
Bobs:

Eel-bobs.

28. HOOKS, WITH STATIONARY LINES. — SET TACKLE.

Surface lines.

Spilliards, or floating-trawl lines.

Bottom-set lines.

Trawl-lines, or bull-tows.

25688. Model of codfish-trawl, used by American fishermen on Western and
Grand Banks of Newfoundland. Buoys, scale of one-sixth ; an-
chors, scale of one-fifteenth. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

29469. Section (one-fifth) of trawl-line. Used in George's Banks codfish-
cries. A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Conn.

6560. Trawl-line and hooks. Indians of Vancouver's Island. Dr. T. T.
Minor.

32705. One section or "skate" of a halibut trawl-line with (No. 32706) inner
buoy with flag, (No. 32707) outer buoy with "black-ball," (No.
32708) buoy-line, and (No. 32709) anchor. Capt. Jos. W. Collins
and Philip Merchant, Gloucester, Mass.

Set-traps.

25562. Pickerel- traps. With lines and flags for fishing through the ice.

Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25563. Set of implements for smelt-fishing through the ice.
25667. Fishing-bows. W. M. Young, Philadelphia, Pa.

29. (ACCESSORY.) PARTS AND ACCESSORIES OF ANGLING- APPARATUS

AND OF HARPOON AND SEINE LINES.

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

Plain hooks.

25682. The ten processes through which American hand-made fish-hooks
pass from the wire to the finished hook. Made entirely by hand-
labor in the factory of J. W. Court, Brooklyn, N. Y. Bradford &
Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25524. Double-refined, cast-steel, tapered point; Virginia hooks, flatted,
Nos. 10 to 1 and 1-0 to 3-0. American Needle and Fish-Hook Com-
pany, New Haven, Conn.

25535. Superfine cast-steel blackfish-hooks, japanned, flatted, Nos. 1 to 8.
American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 7

98 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and

aboriginal manufacture).
Plain hooks.

25536. Eel-hooks, No. 6. American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New

Haven, Conn.
25640. Halibut-hooks, ringed ; Nos. 1 to 3. American Needle and Fish-Hook

Company, New Haven, Conn.

25528. Cast-steel Kirby sea fish-hooks, flatted; Nos. I to 12. American

Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.
25530. Cast-steel Kirby sea fish-hooks, ringed; Nos. 1 to 12.

25529. Superior cast-steel Kirby sea fish-hooks, galvanized, flatted; Nos.

1 to 8. American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven,
Conn.

25522. Double-refined cast-steel Kirby river and trout fish-hooks, ringed ;

Nos. 1 to 12 and 1-00 to 10-0. American Needle and Fish-Hook
Company, New Haven, Conn.

25523. Kirby river and trout fish-hooks, flatted, extra superfine; Nos. 1

to 12 and 1-0 to 10-0. American Needle and Fish-Hook Company,
Now Haven, Conn.

25519. Superfine spring steel Kirby salmon, flatted; Nos. 12 to 3-0. Amer-

ican Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

25520. Carlisle trout-hooks, flatted; Nos.' 12-20. American Needle and

Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

25521. Carlisle trout-hooks, ringed ; Nos. 8 to 3-0. American Needle and

Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

25516. Superfine cast-steel Limerick salmon, flatted; Nos. 1-0 to 12 and

2-0 to 10-0. American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New
Haven, Conn.

25517. Superfine cast-steel Limerick salmon, ringed ; Nos. 1-0 to 9 and 2-0

to 10-0. American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven,
Conn.

25514. Double-refined cast-steel Limerick river and trout fish-hooks (spear-

points, flatted) ; Nos. 1-0 to 12 and 2-0 to 10-0. American Needle
and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

25515. Double-refined cast-steel Limerick river and trout fish-hooks (spear-

head points, flatted, shanks ringed) ; Nos. 1-0 to 12 and 2-0 to
10-0. American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven,
Conn.

25518. Extra spring-steel Aberdeen trout-hooks, flatted; Nos. 8 to 4-0.

American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

25525. Superfine spring-steel Kinsey trout-hooks, flatted; Nos. 6 to 16.

American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.
25591. Superfine steel Kinsey trout -hooks, ringed ; Nos. 10 to 16. American

Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.
25534. Cast-steel drop-point mackerel-hooks, large and small wire, flatted ;

Nos. 1 A to 5 A, and 2 B to 4 B. American Needle and Fish-Hook

Company, New Haven, Conn.
25527. Superfine cast-steel J. P. cod-hooks, ringed; Nos. 1 to 8. American

Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

25526. Superfine cast-steel J. P. cod-hooks, flatted; Nos. 1 to 8. American

Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

25532. Central-draught codfish-hooks, eyed; Nos. 10 to 17. American

Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.

25533. Double-refined cast-steel, original, central-draught cod or mackerel

hooks, ringed ; Nos. 12 to 20. American Needle and Fish-Hook
Company, New Haven, Conn.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 99

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and

aboriginal manufacture).
Plain hooks.

25531. Double-refined cast-steel, original, central-draught cod or mackerel
hooks, flatted. American Needle and Fish-Hook Company, New
Haven, Conn.

25601. Cod-hooks. Used when fish rise to the surface. J. M. K. Southwick,

Newport, R. I.

25538. Shark-hooks. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
29465. Shark-hooks. M. W. Grant, Wellfleet, Mass.

25648. Shark-hook. (Extraordinary.) A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Conn.
29464. Ground-shark hook. Style used forty years ago. Elisha Cook,

Provincetowu, Mass.

25602. Dog-fish hook with chain. Used at Newport, R. I. J. M. K. South-

wick, Newport, R. I.
25641. Dog-fish hooks, ringed. American Needle and Fish-Hook Company,

New Haven, Conn.

29467. Horse-mackerel hook. John Thomas, Belfast, Me.
29505. Hooks, probably lost by a French fishing-vessel. Found on St.
George's Banks on a piece of trawl ; fished up by Geo. H. Lewis,
Provincetown, Mass.
32732. French cod-hooks; taken from codfish on Jeffries Ledge. Capt.

James Tarr, Gloucester, Mass.
32731. French cod-hook; taken from codfish in Salvages' Shoals, Cape

Ann, in 1856. Capt. James Tarr, Gloucester, Mass.

20654. Wooden fish-hooks. Indians of Northwest coast. Bella Bella, B. C.
J. G. Swan.

. Fish-hooks. Indians of Northwest coast of America. Straits of

Fuca, Puget Sound. U. S. Exploring Expedition.
1051. Fish-hooks. Puget Sound. George Gibbs.
9765. Fish-hook. \Yallapai Indians. E. Palmer.
5583. Fish-hook of wood and bone. Gens des Fous Indians. Yukon River,

Alaska. W. H. Dall.
9807. Fish-hook and line. Chilkaht Indians. Alaska. Lieut. F. W. Ring,

U. S. A.
5590. Fish-hooks and sinkers. Premorska Indians. St. Michael's, Alaska.

AY. H. Dall.
19064. Fish-hooks. Cooyuwee Pi-Ute Indians. Pyramid Lake, Nev. Stephen

Powers.

20651. Fish-hook. Bella Bella, B. C. J. G. Swan. Indian make.
9270. Halibut-hook. Alaska. Dr. Hoff, U. S. A. " «

— . Halibut-hook. Sitka, Alaska, J. G. Swan. " "

9103-4. Halibut-hooks. Alaska, Lieut. F. W. Ring, U. S. A. " "

1141. Butt-end of hemlock limb for making halibut -hook. Makah Indians.

Puget Sound, W. T. J. G Swan.

16346. Halibut-hooks. Yakutat Eskimo. W. H. Dall.
2630. Fish-hook. Northwest coast of America. Capt. Chas. Wilkes, U. S. N.

U. S. Exploring Expedition.

1324. Hooks and lines. Eskimo. Anderson River. C. P. Gaudet.
1989. Fish-hook. Arctic America. B. R. Ross.
5118. Fish-hook. Anderson River Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district.

R. Kennicott.
5116. Fish-hook. Fort Anderson Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district.

R. MacFarlane.

26822. Fish-line of kelp (Xereocystis), fish-hook, and bladder buoy. Makah
Indians. Neah Bay. J. G. Swan.

100 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted nooks, of recent and

aboriginal manufacture).
Plain hooks.

9807. Fishing line and hook. Chilkaht Indians. Alaska. Lieut. F. W.
Ring, U. S. A.

15630. Bone fish-hook with whalebone snood. Alaska. II. W. Elliott.

16315. Fish-hook. Sitka. W. H. Dall.

652. Halibut-hooks. Indians of Northwest coast of America. George
Gibbs.

20656. Halibut-hooks. Indians of Fort Simpson, B. C. J. G. Swan.

156C5. Fish-hooks. Eskimos. Poonook, Alaska. H. W. Elliott.

10142. Fish-hooks. Eskimos. Victoria Harbor. Capt. C. F. Hall.

14280. Fish-hooks. Neah Bay, W. T. James G. Swan.

16116. Bone hook. Magemut Eskimos. Nunivak, Alaska, W. H. Dall.

16311. Fish-hooks. Nunivak Islands, Alaska. W. H. Dall.
1051. Fish-hooks. Capt. Clias. Wilkes, U. S. N. U. S. Exploring Expe-
dition.

10219. Codfish-hook. Eskimos. Coast of Greenland. Capt. C. F. Hall.

2191-92. Fish-hooks of stone, bone, and iron. Fort Anderson Eskimos.
Mackenzie's River district. R. Kcnnicott.

2093,2248. Fish-hooks of bone and iron. Anderson River Eskimos. R.
MacFarlane.

16311-12. Bone hooks and line spreaders. Thlinket Eskimos. Sitka, Alaska .
W. H. Dall.

5118-7441. Hooks of bone and iron. Mackenzie's River Eskimos. R. Mac-
Farlane.

32660. Smelt-spreader and hooks. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

Jigs and drails.

29448. Bass and bluefish drail. Elisha Cook, Provincetown, Mass.

29425. Bluefish-drail. Provincetown style. Lemuel Cook, 2d, Province-
town, Mass.

25555. Bluefish-drails. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

29485. Bluefish-drail. Used in Wcllfleet, Mass., about 1830. Newell B.
Rich, Wellfleet, Mass.

25555. Bluefish-drails. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
. Bluefish-hooks. Collected by A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Conn.

25550. Bluefish-drail. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25771. Bluefish-drails. (Made in the form of a squid and very killing,)
Peculiar to Proviucotown, Mass. Coleman Cook, Proviucetown,
Mass.

25553. Bluefish-drail. Wm. H. Young, Brooklyn, N. Y.

25669. Bluefish-drail. Peculiar to Hyannis, Mass. Freeman Hallett, Hyaii-

nis, Mass.
25671. Bluefish-drail. Peculiar to Chatham, Mass. Sanford Freeman,

Norwichport, Mass.

25671 (?) Bluefish-drail. J. H. Bartlett & Sons, New Bedford, Mass.
25537. Series of hollow bone bluefish-squids. Nos. 1 to 3. American Needle

and Fish-Hook Company, New Haven, Conn.
25668. Bluefish-drail. Peculiar to Harwichport, Mass. Sanford Freeman,

Norwich, Mass.

25708. Bluefish-drail. Central Wharf Company, Provincetown, Mass.
25598. Bluefish-drail. J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.

25670. Bluefish-drail. Made at sea from jaw-bone of sperm-whale (Plnj-

seter macroceplialw). J. H. Bartlett & Son, New Bedford, Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 101

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and

aboriginal manufacture).
Jigs and drails.

25669. Bluefish-drail. Peculiar to Hyannis, Mass. Freeman Hallett,
Hyannis, Mass. When used, covered with an eel-skin.

25600. Weak-fish jigs. Used in Newport, R. I. J. M. K. Southwick, New-

port, R. I.
9078. Metallic squid. Indians. Alaska. Lieut. F. W. Ring, U. S. A.

32657. Gaboon's improved trolling-hooks. (Patented March 24, 1874.)

Thomas J. Gifford & Co., New Bedford, Mass.
12496. Mackerel-jigs. Cape Ann. J. P. Nason, Rockport, Mass.

32658. Mackerel-jig. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.
29479. Mackerel-jig. John B. Parsons, Rockport, Mass.

32734. Mackerel-jigs. Used thirty years ago. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass,

25599. Mackerel-jigs. J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.

25941. Mackerel-jigs. Used about the year 1840. Capt. Edward L. Rowe,

Gloucester, Mass.
12495. Soapstoue "jig" molds, No. 1. (Patented March 15, 1870.) Cape

Ann. J. P. Nason, Rockport, Mass.

25780. Soapstone mackerel-jig mold. Capt. E. L. Rowe, Gloucester, Mass.
25781-2, Wooden, lead-lined, mackerel-jig molds. "

25721. Mackerel-jig mold. (Patented March 15, 1870; J. P. Nason, No. 2.)

Central Wharf Company, Provincetown, Mass.
32656. Mackerel-jig mold. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.
32654. Mackerel-jig ladle. " "

32661. Mackerel-jig rasp. " "

32662. Mackerel-jig file. "

32663. Pewter for use in manufacture of jigs. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown

Goode.

29461. Codfish "trip" and "fly-jig." Styles used fifty years ago. Lemuel
Cook, 2d, Provincetown, Mass.

25601. Codfish jig-hook. Used when the fish rise from the bottom. Mas-

sachusetts. A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Conn.

Spoon-baits, plain and fluted.

25550. Fluted spoons for pickerel, bass, and trout. Manufactured by G. M.
Skinner, Gananoque, Ontario. Patented United States and Can-
ada, 1874. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25550. Trolling-spoons. For bass and pickerel. Bradford & Anthony,
Boston, Mass.

25555. Bluefish-spoons. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25550. Spinners. For pickerel, trout, and bass fishing. Bradford & An-

thony, Boston, Mass.

25549. Spoon-baits. For bass, pickerel, pike, and trout fishing (nickel-
plated). John H. Mann, Syracuse, N. Y.

25551. Spoon-baits. For bass, pike, pickerel, and trout (silver-plated). J.

T. Buel. Whitehall, N. Y.

25552. Spoon-baits. For pike, pickerel, bass, trout, and bluefish. Wm. H.

James, Brooklyn, N. Y.

25553. Spoon-baits. For pike, bass, pickerel, and trout fishing. Wm. H.

James, Brooklyn, N. Y.

26793. Series of fluted trolling-spoons. D. M. Skinner, Gananoque, Onta-
rio, Canada.

26685. Spoon-hooks. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

102 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hooks (including a full series of uuinouuted hooks, of recent and

aboriginal manufacture).
Spoon-baits, plain and fluted.

26690. Trout-spoon. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest and Stream Publishing Company.

25554. Spoon-baits. For pike, pickerel, bass, and trout. W. D. Chapman
& Son, Theresa, N. Y.

25666. Pearl minnows. W. M. Young, Philadelphia, Pa.

25550. MacHarg's pearl spoons. For pickerel, trout, and bass. Bradford &
Anthony, Boston, Mass.

Artificial flies on hooks.

32735. Bass-flies. Sara J. McBride, Mumford, N. Y.

32736. Trout-flies. " "
26105. Salmon-flies. " " •

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass. Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

NOTE. — For convenience this entire collection is provisionally entered
under a single catalogue number.

a. Peacock, with water-color sketch of original.

&. March Brown, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Fur of the fox-squirrel's face ribbed over with olive silk. Tail — Two
strands of brown feather of the Avild mallard. Wings— From the side
feather of the shoveller duck approaching the tail; the light yeast-colored
feather is the best, and if nicely tied must be an excellent fly. Legs — A
grizzled cock's hackle, wound twice or thrice at the shoulder. For Penn-
sylvania, hooks Nos. 6 to 8 ; for New York, hooks Nos. 5 and 6 ; New Eng-
land, hooks Nos. 4 and 5.

c. Great Red Spinner, with water-color sketch of original.

d. Water-cricket, with water-color sketch of original.

e. Great Dark Drone, with water-color sketch of original.
/. Cow-dung.

Body — Yellow mohair mixed with a little dingy brown fur from the bear.
Wings — From the quill-feather of the curlew or whimbrel. Legs — Of a
ginger-colored cock's hackle. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 8 to 10; for New
York, hook No. 8 ; for New England, hook No. 6.

g. Red Fly, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — The red part of squirrel's fur mixed with an equal quantity of claret
mohair. Wings — The softest quill-feather of the pea-hen's wing. Legs —
Claret-colored hackle ; clip some of the upper fibers off that the wings niay
lie flat. For Pennsylvania, hook No. 6; for New York, hook No. 4; for New
England, hook No. 3.

h. Blue Dun, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Fur of a gray squirrel spun very thinly on fine yellow silk. Tail — TAVO
fibers of a dun hackle. Wings — From a quill-feather of the blue-jay.
Legs — Two or three turns of a ginger-dun hackle at the shoulder helps to
keep the wings upright. For Pennsylvania, hook No. 6 ; for New York,
hook No. 5; for New England, hook No. 4.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 103

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

t. Red Spinner, with •water-color sketch of original.

Body — Bright brown silk ribbed, with fine gold twist. Tail — Two fibers of
red cock's hackle. Wings — Upright from a mottled gray feather of the
mallard stained a pale blue, the brighter in color the better. Legs — Plain
red cock's hackle. For Pennsylvania, hook No. 6; for New York, hook No.
5; for New England, hook No. 4.

j. Nicholson.

fc. Black Dog.

I. Atkinson.
?». Policeman.

n. Claret Wasp.

o. Blue Wasp.

p. Wren-tail, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Ginger-colored fur ribbed with gold twist. Wings — Feathers from a
wren's tail; if these cannot be procured a small scapular feather of the
woodcock makes a good imitation, and may be hackled with the same kind
of feather. For Pennsylvania, hook No. 10; for New York, hook No. 8; for
New England, hook No. 6.

q. Red Ant, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Peacock's herl tied with red-brown silk. Wings — From the quill-
feather of the blue-jay. Legs — A small red cock's hackle.

r. Silver Horns, with water-color sketch of original.

8. Golden-dun Midge, with water-color sketch of original.

t. Sand-fly, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Of the sandy-colored fur from the rabbit's neck or from the fox-squirrel
spun on silk of the same color. Wings — From the whimbrel wing made
full. Legs— From a light-ginger feather from the neck of a hen. For
Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 6 to 8; for New York, hooks Nos. 5 and 6; for New
England, hooks Nos. 4 and 5.

it. Stone-fly, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Fur of the gray squirrel, when it is shortest is best, mixed with a little
yellow inohair, leaving yellow about the tail. Tail — A strand or two of
brown mottled feathers, say of mallard. Wings — From the soft inside
feather of the pea-hen's wing. Legs — Blue-dun cock's hackle. For Penn-
sylvania, hooks Nos. 6 to 8; for New York, hooks Nos. 5 and 6; for New Eng-
land, hooks Nos. 4 and 5.

v. Gravel-bed, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Dark dun or lead-colored silk floss dressed very fine. Wings — From a
covert-feather of the woodcock's wing. Legs — A black cock's hackle, rather
long, wound twice only round the body. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 8 to
10; for New York, hooks Nos. 6 to 8; for New England, hooks Nos. 5 and 6.

104 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Oooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

w. Grannum, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Fur of a rabbit's face with a little fine green niohair worked in at the
tail. Wings — From the inside wing-feather of a grouse. Legs — A pale
ginger hen's hackle. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 8 to 10 ; for New York,
hooks Nos. 6 to 8; for New England, hooks Nos. 5 and G.

x. Yellow Dun, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Yellow mohair mixed with a little pale blue from a mouse or yellow
floss silk with the least blue rabbit fur spun upon it. Wings — Upright,
from the inside wing-feather of a mallard or summer duck. For Pennsyl-
vania, hook No. 10; for New York, hook No. 8; for New England, hooks Nos.
5 and 6.

y. Iron-blue Dun, with water-color sketch of original.
z. Hawthorn, with water-color sketch of original.

Body— Black ostrich's herl. Wings — From the quill-feather of the English
snipe. Legs — A black cock's hackle. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 8 to 10 ;
for New York, hooks Nos. 6 to 8 ; for New England, hooks Nos. 5 and 6.

aa. Jenny Spinner, with water-color sketch of original.

ab. Dennison.

Body — Green floss silk ribbed with silver twist. Tail — Orange-tipped fibres of
tippet, wood-duck, ibis, and green parrot. Legs — A golden yellow hackle.
Wings — Of the following kinds : wood-duck, tippet, brown mallard, bustard,
green parrot, blue and yellow macaw, with a few strands of red macaw ;
black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

ac. Deacon.

Body — Bright yellow seal's fur ribbed with silver tinsel backed with gold twist .
Tail — Sprigs of gray mallard and ibis. Legs — Bright yellow hackle.
Wings — Strips of gray mallard dressed full; black ostrich head. Hooks
Nos. 2 and 3.

ad. Montreal.

Body — Claret mohair ribbed with gold tinsel. Tail — Three of four fibres of
scarlet ibis. Legs — Claret hackle. Wings — Brown turkey. Hooks Nos. 1,
2, and 3.

ae. Rangely.

Body — Dark claret mohair ribbed with gold tinsel. Tail — Fibres of wood-
duck and ibis. Legs — Dark claret hackle. Wing — Strips of wood-duck
mixed with sprigs of scarlet ibis. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

of. Tinselled Ibis.

Body — Silver tinsel ribbed with gold twist. Tail — A slip of wood-duck mixed
with ibis. Legs — A covert wing-feather of the ibis. Wings — Strips from
the large covert-feather of the ibis (the win^ may be varied, adding a slip
of wood-duck on each side) ; black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 105

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

ag. Lake George.

Body — Gold twist ribbed with silver twist. Tail — A small China topping.
Legs — A bright orange hackle with a shoulder of bright claret. Wings —
Two tippet feathers mixed with argus pheasant, brown mallard ; black ostrich
head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

aft. Chateaugay.

Body — Lemon-yellow floss ribbed with gold twist. Tail — A few fibres of
brown mallard. Legs — A ginger-colored cock's hackle. Wings — Strips of
shoveller duck mixed with fibres of argus pheasant.

ai. Yellow Drake.

Body — Yellow mohair ribbed with silver twist. Tail — Three fibres of yellow
macaw. Legs — Yellow hackle with two turns of ibis on shoulder. Wings —
Strips of gray mallard; black ostrich head. Hook No. 3.

a/. Richardson.

Body — A light-blue floss silk ribbed with silver twist. Tail — Three strands
of brown mallard. Legs — Black cock's hackle. Wings — Strips of English
blue-jay mixed with brown mallard. Hooks Nos. 3 and 4.

ak. Anthony.
al. Snow-fly.
am. Captain.
an. Combination.

Body — First half, yellow seal's fur; second half, red-claret seal ribbed with
silver tinsel (the fur to be picked out). Tail — A few fibres of gray mallard
mixed with ibis. Legs — A natural red hackle dipped in yellow dye. Wings
— A piece of the same kind of hackle with pale ibis strips. On each side a
piece of gray mallard sufficiently large to make the wing full ; black ostrich
head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

ao. Silver Doctor.

Body — Silver tinsel ribbed with gold twist. Tail — China pheasant topping.
Legs — A pale-blue hackle with a small teal or guinea-hen at the shoulder.
Wings — Mixed fibres of wood-duck, brown mallard, guinea-hen, green parrot,
blue macaw, teal, and bustard ; black ostrich head. Hooks Xos. 2 and 3.

ap. Prouty.

Body — First joint, silver twist; second, black ostrich with three turns of the
twist over it. Tail — Orange floss with a turn or two of twist, a topping
mixed with fibres of English blue-jay. Legs — A yellow dyed list hackle
wound over the ostrich. Wings — Strips of white swan dyed yellow. One
each side a rib of teal-feather, red macaw feelers ; black ostrich head. Hooks
Nos. 2 and 3.

aq. Black Cricket.
ar. Grasshopper.

106 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

as. Great Blow.
at. Cadis.
au. Murray.

Black silk floss ribbed with silver twist. Tail — A small feather from the iieck
of the scarlet ibis. Legs — A golden yellow hackle. Wings — Dark mottled
turkey j black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1 and 2.

av. Eound Lake.
aw. Nameless.

Body — Brown ostrich herl, ribbed with gold twist, tag orange floss. Tail —
Two or three short sprigs of yellow macaw. Legs — A small sooty orange
hackle, wound from tag to shoulder. Wings — Alternate strips of brown
peacock- wing feather and shoveller duck, with a sprig or two of wood-duck ;
peacock herl head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

ax. Racquette.

Is made in two joints of black orange mohair with gold tinsel. Legs — A dyed
black hackle wound from tail to head. Tail — Bright yellow toucan. Wings
— A mixture of gold pheasant tail, argus, and teal. Hooks Nos. I, 2, and 3.

ay. Priest.

az. Francis Sykes.

ba. Duke.

bb. Dhoon.
be. Dustin.
bd. Lascelles.

l)e. Snitching Sandy.

If. Prouty.
bg. Grace.
bh. Powells.

li. Hawthorne.

bj. Edmonson.
bk. Whitcher.

bl. Carshalton.
bm. Professor.

Body — Yellow mohair or silk floss ribbed with silver twist or tinsel. Tail —
Two or three strands of scarlet ibis- wing feathers. Wings — From the gray.

bn. Coughton.
bo. Alder.
bp. Channtry.
bq. Kingdom.
br. Hoflan Fancy.
bs. Coachman.

Body — Peacock's herl. Wings — From a white hen's wing-feather, or a pigeon-
wing feather will answer the purpose. Legs — A red cock's hackle wound
twice or thrice at the shoulder. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 8 to 10 ; for
New York, hooks Nos. 5 and 6; for New England, hooks Nos. 4 and 5.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITLD STATES. 107

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

It. Willow.
bu. Prouty.
bv. Notion.

Body— First half gold twist, remainder brown mohair, with three turns of
the twist over it. Tail — A topping mixed with blue kingfisher. Legs —
Brown hackle. Wings — Two tippet feathers mixed with argus pheasant,
brown mallard, teal, China pheasant-tail feathers, blue and yellow macaw,
with a blue kingfisher on each side of the wing ; black ostrich head. Hooks
Nos. 2 and 3.

bic. Louise.

Body — Brown mohair ribbed with gold twist. Tail — China feather topping.
Legs — Reddish brown hackle, blue-jay on shoulder. \Viugs — Pheasant
tippet feather and tail mixed with sprigs of green parrot, blue macaw, and
kingfisher. Head — Orange mohair. Hooks Nos. 1 and 2.

bx. Round Lake.

Body — Orange and red claret merging into each other, silver tinselled. Tail —
Sprigs of gold pheasant tippet, blue macaw, and green parrakeet. Legs--
A claret hackle with a turn or two of orange on the shoulder. Wings-
Two strips of brown turkey, with a small jungle-cock's feather on each side.
Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

by. Nicholson.
bz. Our Pattern.

ca. Saranac.

Body — Claret floss silk ribbed with gold tinsel, backed with silver twist.
Tail — China pheasant crest-feather. Legs — A claret hackle. Wings — Two
China pheasant tippet feathers on either side, a strip or two of brown mallard
and argus pheasant ; black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1-0, 2, and 3.

cb. Long Tom of Long Lake.

Body — Gray squirrel mixed with a little green mohair ribbed with silver tinsel.
Tail — China pheasant crest-feather. Legs — A blue dun cock's hackle ; at
shoulder two or three turns of bright claret hackle. Wings — Strips of brown
mallard mixed with strands of summer duck, peacock-wing, and upper
coverts of the wild turkey, red macaw feelers; black plush head. Hooks
Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

cc. St. Regis.

Body — Cinnamon mohair ribbed with double gold twist. Tail — A strip of
China pheasant tippet mixed with a few strands of bustard. Legs — A
chestnut hackle with three turns or so of orange-dyed guinea-hen, small
and short in the fibres. Wings — Strips of brown mallard, brown turkey,
English pheasant tail, and China tippet ; black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1
and 2.

108 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

cd. No. 8.

Body — Three or four turns of mohair, rest of black mohair ribbed with silver
tinsel and backed with gold twist. Tail — A small topping. Legs — A dyed
black hackle and a shoulder of red claret. Wings — Mixed fibres of mallard,
guinea-hen tail-feather over wing, two strips of dark turkey tipped with
white. Hooks Nos. 2 and 3.

ce. Highlander.

cf. Lady of Mertoun.

Body — Water-rats fur ribbed with silver twist. Tail — A tip of common os-
trich or mohair and a gold pheasant topping. Legs — Two or three turns of
a small red hackle finished off with a black hackle. Wings— Strips of dark
gray mallard. Head— Crimson ostrich or mohair. Hooks Nos. 1-0, 1, and 2.

eg. Toppy.

Body — Black mohair ribbed with silver tinsel. Tail — A topping tip crimson.
Legs — A turn or two of red hackle, the rest black hackle. Wings— Black
or brown turkey tipped with white. Head — Crimson. Hooks Nos. 1-0, 1,
and 2.

ch. Sapper.

Body — Orange mohair ribbed with gold tinsel. Tail — Fibres of green parrot,
guinea-hen, tippet feather, and ibis. Legs — Orange hackle, shoulder a dyed
black hackle. Wings — Strips of peacock-wing feather, brown mallard,
green parrot, guinea-hen, gold pheasant tail, blue macaw feelers ; black os-
trich head. Hooks Nos. 1-0 and 1.

ci. Stephens.

Body — Brick-colored, silk ribbed with gold twist and blue tip. Tail — Gold
pheasant topping. Legs — Hackle, same color as body. Wings — Gold
pheasant tippet and slight mixture of mallard ; black ostrich head. Hooks
No. 1.

cj. Jock Scott.

Body — In two joints, gold-colored floss the lowest, and black floss the upper ;
from the joint are tied two short toucan points, and over the butts of them
at the joints two turns of black ostrich. Tail — One gold pheasant topping
and one Indian crow feather. Legs — Black hackle over the black joint
and speckled guinea-hen at the shoulder. Wings — A white tip turkey, slip
in the middle fibres of bustard, teal, brown mallard, yellow, red, and green
parrot, one topping over all ; blue macaw feelers. A kingfisher on either
cheek ; black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1-0, 1, and 2.

ek. Whitcher.

Body — Black mohair ribbed with silver, tip yellow silk. Tail — Gold pheasant
topping. Legs— Black hackle. Wings— A mixture of mallard and hooded
merganser; black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1 and 2.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 109

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

cl. Nicholson.

Body — Blood-red mohair ribbed with gold tinsel. Tail — Sprigs of mallard
and pheasant tippet feather. Legs — A blood-red and a dark-blue hackle
wound on together. Wings — Brown mallard and blue macaw feelers ; black
ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1 and 2.

cm. Caribou.

Body — Tip gold tinsel, tag golden-yellow silk, next a black silk joint, the
rest of gray caribou. Legs — Gray hackee with a claret on the shoulder.
Tail — Gold pheasant topping. Wings — Turkey and mallard with sprigs of
macaw and pheasant tippet feather; black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1-0,
and 1.

en. Moose.

Body — Yellow floss ribbed with silver tinsel. Tail — A China pheasant top-
ping. Legs — A yellow hackle ; shoulder hackle a guinea-hen. Wings — Two
tippet feathers of the China pheasant with fibres of mallard wood-duck on
each side ; black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

co. Moosehead.

Body — Deep claret mohair ribbed with gold twist. Tail — A topping. Legs—
A claret hackle with three turns of orange hackle at the shoulder. Wings —
Strips of brown mallard and tippet feather with red macaw feelers; black
ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

cp. Fiery-brown.

Body— Fiery brown mohair ribbed with gold tinsel. Tail— A small topping
mixed with wood-duck. Legs — A brown-red hackle. Wings — Brown mal-
lard with a little wood-duck and golden pheasant neck-feather mixed; black
head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

cq. Parson.

cr. Gold Wing.

cs. Gold Mallard.

ct. Kircudbrightshire.

cu. Eagle.

cv. Tartan.

cw. Last Fly.

ex. Atkinson.

cy. Strachan.

cz. Parson.

Body— Black mohair tipped with orange and ribbed with silver twist. Tail— -
A small topping. Legs— A black hackle, Wings— Brown turkey-tail ; black
head. Hooks Nos. 2 and 3.

da. Ross.

Body— Cinnamon-colored floss ribbed with gold twist, Tail— Sprigs of green
parrot. Legs— A furnace hackle. Wings— Brown mallard mixed with pea-
cock herl; black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1-0 and 1,

110 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

db. Forsyth.

dc. Chamberlin.

dd. Green.

de. Whitcher.

df. Langrin.

dg. Emmet.
dh. Captain.
di. Major.
dj. Darling.

die. Durham Ranger.
dl Goldfinch.
dm. Britannia.
dn. Popham.
. do. White Tip.
dp. White Wing.
dq. Drake Wing.
dr. Dun Wing.
ds. Black and Yellow.
dt. Blue Doctor.
du. Kate.
dv. Ruggles.

dw. Little yellow May Dun, with water-color sketch of original.
ix. Oak Fly, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Orange floss silk ribbed with ash-colored silk thread or a little floss,
the ash-color to be shown well at the tail and shoulders. Wings — From a
scapular feather of the woodcock. Legs — A furnace hackle or red cock's
hackle with a black list up the middle. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 8 to
10 ; for New York, hooks Nos. 6 to 8^ for New England, hooks Nos. 5 and 6.

dy. Black Gnat, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Black ostrich herl. Wings — From the quill-feather of the rice-bird or
grakle. Legs — Black hackle. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 10 to 12; for
New York, hooks Nos. 8 to 10; for New England, hook No. 8.

dz. Fern Fly, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Orange floss silk. Wings — From the quill-feather of the summer-
duck wing ; the smaller-sized hooks can be dressed from the wing-feather
of the blue-jay. Legs — A red cock's hackle. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos.
8 to 10 ; for New York, hooks Nos. 6 to 8 ; for New England, hooks Nos. 5
and 6.

ea. Yellow Sally, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Any yellowish fur ribbed with yellow or apple-green silk. Wings —
From a wing-feather of a white hen or white pigeon stained pale yellow.
Legs — A white cock's hackle stained in the same dye. For Pennsylvania,
hooks Nos. 6 to 8 ; for New York, hooks Nos. 5 and 6 ; for New England,
hooks Nos. 4 and 5.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. Ill

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted nooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for salmon, trout, and bass — Continued.

el. Alder Fly, with water-color sketch of original.

Body— Peacock's herl. Wings — From a feather of a brown hen's wing.
Legs— A red cock's hackle or a black cock's hackle will answer tolerably
well. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 8 to 10 ; for New York, hooks Nos. 5
and 6 ; for New England, hooks Nos. 4 and 5.

ec. Sky Bine, with water-color sketch of original.

ed. Little dark Spinner, with water-color sketch of original.

ee. Turkey Brown, with water-color sketch of original.

ef. Magalloway.

Body — Half black ostrich and half brown mohair ribbed with gold twist.
Tail — Short fibers of yellow macaw. Legs — A furnace hackle of the
shoulder. Wings — Strips of brown quill-feathers of the peacock ; black
ostrich head. Hook No. -3.

eg. Bemis Stream.

Body — Chestnut mohair ribbed with gold tinsel. Tail — China pheasant top-
ping. Legs — A chestnut hackle. Wings — Strips of brown peacock mixed
with bustard. Hooks Nos. 1 and 2.

eh. Mooselocmaguntick.

Body — About equal parts mixed of gray squirrel's fur and pea-green mohair
ribbed with gold twist. Tail — Four strands of argus feathers. Legs — A
brown bittern hackle. Wings — Gray speckled turkey, white tipped (dye
yellow), with a strip of argus feather on each side ; green ostrich head.
Hook No. 1.

el. Molechunkernunk.

Body — Orange floss silk ribbed with gold tinsel, backed with silver twist.
Tail — China pheasant topping. Legs — A furnace hackle. Wings — Brown
mallard ; black ostrich head.

ej. Willow Finch.

Body— YeUow seal's fur ribbed with silver twist. Tail— Sprigs of tippet
feathers mixed with yellow macaw. Legs — A yellow hackle, at the shoul-
der a small guinea-hen stained yellow. Wings — Strips of swan feather dyed
yellow with a spray of guinea-hen (tail-feather) dyed yellow; black ostrich
head. Hooks Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

elc. Oquassac.

Body — Red claret mohair ribbed with pink floss. Tail — Yellow tag with
pieces of argus and tippet feathers. Legs — A claret hackle. Wings — Strips
from the quill-feather of the argus pheasant; black ostrich head. Hooks
Nos. 1-0 and 1.

el. Welokennebago.

Body — "Sed pig's hair ribbed with broad gold tinsel, backed with silver twist.
Tail— A mixture of black turkey tipped with white and scarlet ibis. Legs —
Scarlet hackle. Wings— Fibers of red macaw mixed with strips of black
and brown turkey tipped with white; black ostrich head.

112 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture}.

32737. Artificial flies for trout, salmon, and bass — Continued.
em. Capsuptuc.

Body — Silver tinsel ribbed with, gold twist. Tail — Fibers of China pheasant
tail mixed with guinea-hen and red macaw. Legs — A brilliant scarlet
hackle. Wings — Mixed and to be made full. Two strips of brown turkey
tipped with white-brown mallard, China pheasant tail and guinea-hen ;
black ostrich head. Hooks Nos. 1-0, 1, and 2.
en. Orange Grouse.
eo. Thunder and Lightning.
ep. Lough Gill.
eq. Lillie.
er. Black Ant.
€8. Blue Blow.
et. Mare.
. eu. Hare's Ear.
ev. Ibis.
ew. Seth Green.
ex. Red Creeper.
ey. Turkey Brown.
ez. Queen of the Waters.
fa. Governor.
/&. White Miller.

fc. Lion.

fd. Water-witch.

fe. Atkinson.

ff. Our Own Pattern.

fg. Green Drake, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Pale straw-colored floss silk ribbed ^with brown silk thread or floss ;
the extremities are of brown peacock's herl. Tail — Three rabbit's whiskers.
Wings — Made from a mottled feather of mallard stained a pale yellowish-
green. Legs — A grizzled cock's hackle stained a yellowish-green in the
same dye. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 6 to 8; for New York, hooks Nos.
4 to 6 ; for New England, hooks Nos. 3 and 4.

fh. Gray Drake, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — The middle part of white floss silk ribbed with silver twist ; the ex-
tremities of brown peacock's herl. Tail — Three rabbit's whiskers. Wings —
Made from a gray mottled feather of the mallard. Size of hooks same as
green drake.

fi. Orange Dun, with water-color sketch of original.

This fly is equally attractive to trout, and is a prime favorite in its day — the
end of June, July, and August. Body-^Dark orange silk. Tail — Two fibers
of brown mallard feather. Wings — From the quill-feather of the large
red-crowned woodpecker. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 6 to 8 ; for New
York, hook No. 6 ; for New England, hooks Nos. 5 and 6.

fj. Green Mackerel, with water-color sketch of original.
fk. Brown Mackerel, with water-color sketch of original.
fl. Marlow Buez, with water-color sketch of original.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 113

(including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for trout, salmon, and bass — Continued.

fm. Pale Evening Dun, with water-color sketch of original.
/«. July Dun, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Mole's fur and pale-yellow mohair mixed and spun on yellow silk.
Tail — Two or three whiskers of a dark dun hackle. Wings — From the
quill-feather of a blue-jay. Legs — Dark dun hackle. For Pennsylvania,
hooks Xos. 8 to 10 ; for New York, hooks Nos. 6 to 8 ; for New England,
hooks Nos. 5 and 6.

fo. Gold-eyed Gauge-wing, with water-color sketch of original.

fp. Butcher, No. 1.

fq. Blue Ranger.

fr. Black Ranger. -.

fa. Colonel.

ft. Children's Farlow.

fu. Candlestick Maker.

fv. Baker.

fir. Butcher.

fx. Namsen.

fy. Black and Teal.

/*. Guinea Hen.

ga. Claret.

gb. Inquichin.

gc. Maxwell Ranger.

gd. August Dun, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Brown floss silk ribbed with yellow silk thread. Tail — Two rabbit's
whiskers. Wings — Feather of a brown hen's wing. Legs — A dark red
hackle. For Pennsylvania, hook No. 8 ; for New York, hook No. 6 ; for
New England, hook No. 5.

ge. Orange, with water-color sketch of original.

Body— Orange floss silk ribbed with black silk. Wings— Dark part of the
blue-jay's wing. Legs — A very dark furnace hackle. For Pennsylvania,
hooks Nos. 8 to 10 ; for New York, hooks Nos. 6 to 8 ; for New England,
hook No. 6.

gf. Cinnamon, with water-color sketch of original.

Body— Fawn-colored floss silk ribbed with red silk thread. Wings— Feather
of a yellow-brown hen's wing. Legs — A ginger hackle. For Pennsylvania,
hook No. 8 ; for New York, hook No. 6 ; for New England, hook No. 6.

gg. Blue-bottle, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Bright blue floss silk with a, few turns of brown floss at the shoulder.
Wings— From the quill-feather of a water-hen. Legs— Black hackle from
a cock wrapped down the principal part of the body. For Pennsylvania,
hook No. 8 ; for New York, hook No. 6 ; for New England, hook No. 5.

gli. Whirling-bluo Dun, with water-color sketch of original.

Body— Squirrel's red-brown fur mixed with yellow mohair. Tail— One or
two whisks of a pale ginger hackle. Wings— From the quill-feather of a
mallard. For Pennsylvania, hook No. 8 ; for New York, hook No. 6 ; for
New England, hook No. 6.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 8

114 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hooks (including a full series of unmounted hooks, of recent and
aboriginal manufacture).

32737. Artificial flies for trout, salmon, and bass — Continued.

gi. Willow, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Mole's fur mixed with a little fine yellow mohair. Wings — From the
quill-feather of a water-hen or coot. Legs — A dark dun hen's hackle. For
Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 8 to 10; for New York, hook No. 8; for New
England, hooks Nos. 5 and 6.

gj. Snowy.
gk. Beauty Snow.
gl. Red Palmer, with water-color sketch of original.

Body — Red mohair ribbed with gold twist or tinsel. Legs — A blood-red
cock's (saddle) hackle wrapped nicely over it, working the hackle closely
together at the shoulder. For Pennsylvania, hooks Nos. 6, 8, and 10 ; for
New York, hooks Nos. 4, 5, and 6 ; for New England, hooks Nos. 3, 4, and 5.

gm. Black and Red Palmer, with water-color sketch of original.

gn. Brown Palmer, with water-color sketch of original.

go. Furnace.

gp. Grizzle.

gq. Ginger.

gr. List.

gs. Soldier.

gt. White.

gu. Grizzle Peacock.

gv. Red.

gw. Black Peacock.

gx. Black.

gy. Brown Peacock.

gz. Scarlet.

25548. Salmon fly-book for carrying artificial flies.

25547. Trout fly-book for carrying artificial flies. Loaned by Bradford &
Anthony, Boston, Mass. ($4.50.)

26677. Fly-book. Forest & Stream Publishing Company. Property of J. A.

[Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.

26678. Fly-book. " "

26679. Fly-book. " "

Lines (twisted and plaited)*

Silk lines.

25633. Series of braided raw-silk lines. (50 yards; C to G.) G. H. Mans-

field & Co., Canton, Mass. %

25632. Oiled, braided, raw-silk lines. G. H. Mansfield & Co., Canton, Mass.

25628. XXXX silk fish-line. (50 yards,)

25629. XX silk fish-line. (50 yards.)

25634. Grass lines. Nos. 0, 1, and 3 cable, and 3 shroud. Bradford &

Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25635. Braided grass lines. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 115

Lines (twisted and plaited).

Linen lines.

25626. Hard-braid linen lines. (1 to 5; 50 yards each.) G. H. Mansfield &

Co., Canton, Mass.

25631. Series of braided linen fish-lines. (50 yards.) G. H. Mansfield &
Co., Canton, Mass.

25612. Linen fish-lines. J. & S. Allen, Walpole, Mass.

25613. Linen fish-lines. "

25618. Linen fish-lines. "

25637. Linen bass-line. (600 feet.) Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

Cotton lines.

25619. Cotton fish-lines. (20 feet hank.) L. CrandaU & Co., Ashaway, R. I.

25620. Cotton fish-lines. (50 feet shroud, laid.) "

25621. Cotton fish-lines. (28-fathom hawser. ) "

25622. Cotton fish-lines. (14-fathom hawser.) "

26738. Fishing-line, No. 3. (Sea-Island fly-line. ) J. W. Dresser, Castine, Me.

26733. Fishing-line, No. 5. " «

26743. Fishing-line, No. 5. (Golden mackerel, oiled.) " "

26741. Fishing-line, No. 6. (Golden mackerel, oiled.) " "

26735. Fishing-line, No. 6. " "

26744. Fishing-line, No. 7. (Golden mackerel, white.) " "

26739. Fishing-line, No. 7. (White.) " "

26742. Fishing-line, No. 8. (Golden mackerel, oiled.) " "

26740. Fishing-line, No. 9. (Golden mackerel, oiled.) " "

26734. Fishing-line, No. 9. " "

26745. Fishing-lines, No. 7, 8, and 9. (Sea-side cotton chalk-line, white.)

J. W. Dresser, Castine, Me.

26736. Fishing-line, No. 10. (14 fathoms, hawser-laid.) J. W. Dresser,

Castine, Me.

26732. Fishing-line, No. 11. (Bluefish.) (24 fathoms long, hawser-laid.)
J. W. Dresser, Castine, Me.

25624. Tarred cotton fishing-lines. (25-fathom shroud.) L. Crandall &

Co., Ashaway, R. I.

25623. Cotton fishing-lines. (50 feet shroud, laid.) L. Crandall & Co.,

Ashaway, R. I.

26016. Golden mackerel lines of assorted sizes. Made from pure Sea-Island
cotton. J. W. Dresser, Castiue, Me.

25625. Braided cotton fishing-lines. G.-H. Mansfield & Co., Canton, Mass.
25636. Sea-Island cotton mackerel-lines. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25627. Water-proof braided fish-lines. (B to G.) G. H. Mansfield & Co.,

Canton, Mass.
660. Fishing-line. Northwest coast of America. G. Gibbs.

Whalebone lines.

2193. Whalebone fish-line. Anderson River Indians. Anderson River.
R. MacFarlane.

2197. Whalebone line with hooks. Eskimo. Anderson River. R. Mac-
Farlane.

2016. Whalebone line. Arctic coast. B. R. Ross.

116 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Limes (twisted and plaited)*

Hide lines.

8787. Fishing-line made of seal-skin. Mahlemut Eskimo. \V. H. Dall.

8785. Fishing-line made of seal-skin. Kayiakemut Eskimo. Grantley

Harbor, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

8786. Fishing-line made of seal-skin. Unaleet Eskimo. St. Michael's,

Alaska. TV. H. Dall.

16314. Harpoon-line. Nunivak Island, Alaska. W. H. Dall.
15617. Harpoon-line. Made of skin of young walrus. Alaska. H. W.

Elliott.
19376. Harpoon-line made of seal-skin. Rev. James Curly.

Bark lines.

20655. Fishing-line made of cedar bark. Bella Bella, B. C. J. G. Swan.
20888. Fishing-line made of spruce root-fibers. Hannegan Indians. Prince

of Wales Islands, Alaska. J. G. Swan.
26821. Harpoon-line, cedar bark. Makah Indians. J. G. Swan.

Kelp lines.

656. Fishing-lines of sea-weed. (Nereocystis lufkeana.} Northwest coast

of America. G. Gibbs.
6561. Fish-line of kelp. (Nereocystis lutkeana.) With halibut-hooks. Hai-

dah Indians. Prince of Wales Archipelago. Dr. T. T. Minor.
1052. Fish-line. (Nereocystis lutkeana.) Northwest coast. Lieut. J. W.

White.

26818. Halibut-line of kelp. (Nereocystis lutkcana.} Makah Indians. Neah

Bay, W. T. J. G. Swan.

26819. Fish-line of kelp with halibut-hooks. Clyoquot Indians. Vancou-

ver's Island. J. G. Swan.

(ACCESSORY.) APPARATUS FOR TWISTING LINES
Snoods, leaders, and traces.

" Cat-gut " (sheep) snoods and leaders.

Silkworm-gut snoods.

Flax snoods.

Gimp snoods.

"Wire snoods.

Hooks mounted on leaders.

25540. Kinsey trout-hooks. (Tied to gut.) Bradford & Anthony, Boston,

Mass.

25542. Aberdeen hooks. (Tied to gut. ) Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25543. Hollow-point Limerick hooks. (Tied to double gut.) Bradford &

Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25544. Hollow-point Limerick hooks. (Tied to twisted gut.) Bradford &

Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25545. Hollow-point Limerick hooks. (Tied to gimp.) Bradford & An-

thony, Boston, Mass.

25546. Carlisle hooks. (Tied to gimp. ) Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
25539. Hollow-point Limerick trout-hooks. (Tied to gut.) Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

25541. New York bass-hooks. (Tied to gut.) Bradford & Anthony, Boston,

Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 117

Sinkers.

Sinkers and swivels.

. Sinkers and swivels. For fishing-lines. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,

Mass.
25605. Series of sinkers used in fishing for cod and tautog. Newport models.

J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.
25607. Hand-line sinkers. Rhode Island and Eastern Connecticut. A. R.

Crittenden.

25716. Cod-line sinker. Central Wharf Company, Provincetown, Mass.
29456. Cod-lead mold. Used to make form in molding. John B. Parsons,

Rockport, Mass.
15591. Sinker made of walrus ivory. Pornoox Eskimos, Alaska. H. "W.

Elliott.

Net-sinkers.

. Net-sinkers. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

29393. Net-rings or sinkers. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
29474. Primitive net-sinkers. Used in Wellfleet, Mass. Newell B. Rich,

Wellfleet, Mass.
25800. Menhaden-net sinkers (old style). Formerly used about Beverly and

Salem, Mass. George B. Foster, Beverly, Mass.
25603. Seine-sinkers. Newport model. J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I,

Spreaders.

Chopsticks.

One-armed chopsticks or "revolving booms.7'

Floats.

Line -floats of wood, cork, and quill.

25661. Egg-shaped floats. Wm. M. Young, Philadelphia, Penn.

25662. Barrel-shaped floats. " "

25663. Snake-head floats. " "

25664. Quill floats. " "

Seine-floats of cork, wood, glass, and rubber tubing.

25597. Seine-corks. Used at Newport, R. I. J. M. K. Southwick, Newport,
R. I.

Harpoon-floats of bladder, inflated skin, and wood.
20898. Seal-skin buoy. Sitka Alaska. J. G. Swan.
1035. Seal-skin buoy. Makah Indians. Puget Sound. J. G. Swan.
19515. Seal-skin buoy. North Greenland. G. Y. Nickerson.
26824. Seal-skin buoy. (Used in whale fisheries. ) Clyoquot Indians, Van-
couver's Island. J. G. Swan.

26823. Seal-skin buoy. (Used in whale fisheries.) Clyoquot Indians, Van-
couver's Island. J. G. Swan.

20594. Seal's bladder buoy. Bella, Bella, B. C. J. G. Swan.
827, 4970. Seal-skin buoy with rope. Makah Indians. Neeah Bay, Puget
Sound, W. T. J. G. Swan.

Keg and other floats for lobster-pots, gill-nets, &c.
Whale-line drag.

118 ANIMAL KESOUECES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

29. (ACCESSORY.) ANGLING-APPARATUS.
Reels.

Simple reels for fly-fishing, with and without check.

25590. Brass fishing-reel. Plain, single, with ring. Bradford & Anthony,

Boston, Mass.
25589. Brass fishing-reel. Plain, single, with plate. Bradford & Anthony,

Boston, Mass.

25587. Brass fishing-reel. Plain, single, with stop and ring. Bradford &

Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25588. Brass fishing-reel. Plain, single, with stop and plate. Bradford &

Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25577. Hard-rubber fishing-reel, German-silver band. Rini very narrow,
with leather case. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25568. Hard-rubber salmon-fishing reel. German-silver riin. Bradford &

Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25581. Rubber trout-reel. (Fowler's patent.) Bradford & Anthony, Boston,

Mass.

25582. Orvis' patent fishing-reel. German silver, nickeled and perforated.

Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25567. Fine click brass fishing-reel. (25 yards.) Bradford & Anthony,
Boston, Mass.

25586. Brass fishing-reel. Click, with plate. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,
Mass.

25585. Brass fishing-reel. Click, with ring. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,
Mass.

25575. German-silver trout-fishing reel. Click, with rim. Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

25565. German-silver trout click fishing-reel. (150 yards.) Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

25569. Hard-rubber trout-fishing reel. Click, German-silver rim.

25571. Hard-rubber trout-fishing reel. Click, plain rim. Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

25579. Celluloid trout click fishing-reel. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,

Mass.
25560. German-silver trout click fishing-reel. (60 yards.) Bradford & Au-

tjiony, Boston, Mass.
25564. German-silver salmon-fishing reel, click. (4£ inch.) Bradford &

Anthony, Boston, Mass.

4

Multiplying reels for bass-fishing, with and without check.

25580. Celluloid fishing-reel. Multiplying and click. Bradford & Anthony,

Boston, Mass.

25583. Brass fishing-reel. Multiplying, stop and ring. Bradford &. An-

thony, Boston, Mass.

26688. Fowler reel. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contrib-

[uted by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.
26687. Fowler reel. " "

26686. Frankfort reel. " «

26689. Plain reel. " "
26916. Winans reel. J. Ross Winans, Baltimore, Md.

26663. Reel for trolling-line. Property of J. A Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.
Contributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 119

Reels.

Multiplying reels for bass fishing, with or without check.

25574. German-silver fishing-reel. Multiplying; 25 yards. Bradford &.
Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25570. Hard rubber trout-fishing reel. Multiplying ; 60 yards. Bradford
& Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25584. Brass fishing-reel. Multiplying stop and plate. Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

25573. Brass fishing-reel. Multiplying drag ; 60 yards. Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

25572. German-silver fishing-reel. Steel pivot, multiplying drag, 300 yards.
Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25578. Celluloid fishing-reel. With multiplying click and extra spool.
Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

Gunwale-winches.
Trawl-line rollers.

29432. Trawl-roller or hauler. Provincetown style. Andrew Kennedy,
Provincetown, Mass.

29434. Trawl-roller or hauler. Cape Ann style. Samuel Elwell, jr., Glou-
cester, Mass.

29488. Trawl-roller and eye-plate. First used by Provincetown fishermen.
Amasa Taylor, Provincetown, Mass.

29445. Improved trawl-roller and socket. Amasa Taylor, Provincetown,
Mass.

25767. Trawl-roller. Used to haul in trawls over the sides of dory. Allen

L. McDonald, Gloucester, Mass.
. Trawl-winch. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

Dredge-line rollers.
Seine-windlasses.

Line-holders.

Whaleman's line-tub.

88 F. C. Sounding-line reel. U. S. Fish Commission.

25009. Harpoon-line and tub. Used in whale-boat. J. H. Thomson, New
Bedford, Mass.

Tub for trawl-line. (See under Trawl.)

Winders.

Spools.

25592. Crab-line reel. Used in Newport, R. I. J. M. K. Southwick, New-
port, R. I.

Seine-reels.
Rods.

25511. Common rod. Three pieces; ash and hornbeam; brass mounting.
Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

120 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Rods.

25501. General fishing-rod. Nine pieces ; German-silver mounting. Brad-

ford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
25500. Gener.il fishing-rod. Six pieces ; ash and laucewood ; German-silver

mounting. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
26890. Trunk-rod of greenheart ; five-jointed, with extra fourth piece and

tip, seven pieces in all; weight, 8 oz. ; length, 11 feet 6 inches.

Thaddeus Norris, Philadelphia, Pa.

25512. Gudgeon-rod. Three pieces ; ash and hornbeam ; brass mounting ;

common. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
25510. Common pickerel-rod. Four pieces. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,

Mass.
25509. Bait-rod for trout. Four pieces ; common. Bradford & Anthony,

Boston, Mass.

25513. Jointed rod. Four joints, extra tips, tie guides; made of Calcutta

bamboo ; full mounted in brass. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,
Mass.

25508. Common bass-rod. Four pieces; brass mounted. Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

25498. Light bass-rod. Four pieces ; extra top ; ash and lancewood ; Ger-

man-silver mounting. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25497. Bass-rod. Four pieces and extra top for sea-fishing ; ash and lance-
wood; German-silver mounting; jeweled tip. Bradford & An-
thony, Boston, Mass.

25496. Sea-bass rod. Ash butt joint, bamboo mi ddle joint, lancewood stock ;
double guides, jeweled; German-silver mounting; jeweled tips.
Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25499. Black-bass rod. Four pieces and two extra tops; split bam-

boo; German-silver mounting. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,
Mass.

25502. Fly-rod. Three pieces and extra top ; cedar and split bamboo.

Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25504. Fly-rod. Three pieces and extra top ; extra middle joint ; bamboo

tip case ; ash and lancewood ; German-silver mounting. Bradford
& Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25505. Fly-rod. Four pieces and extra top ; ash and lancewood ; German-

silver mounting. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

268S7. Salmon-rod of greenheart, four-jointed in cedar case, with extra third
piece and tip ; weight, 30 oz. ; length, 17 feet 3 inches. Thaddeus
Norris, Philadelphia, Pa.

25503. Fly-rod for trout. Three pieces and extra top ; split bamboo; Ger-

man-silver mounting. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.

25506. Trout-rod. Four pieces and extra top ; ash and lancewood ; German-

silver mounting ; agate-lined tips. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,
Mass.

25507. Salmon-rod. Four pieces and extra tops ; bamboo top-case ; ash and

lancewood; German-silver mounting. Bradford & Anthony, Bos-
ton, Mats.

25887. The "Cold Brook," hollow, fly-rod. (Patented Juno 22, 1875.) J. L.
Graves, Springfield, Mass.

25886. The "Cold Brook," hollow, salmon, bass, and angling rod. Nickel-
plated, with reel show jug an attached line working. (Patented
June 22, 1875.) J. L. Graves, Springfield, Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 121

Rods.

The following are the advantages claimed by Air. Graves for his new
rods:

" 1. The line is concealed and cannot be caught in underbrush or branches.

2. The strain on the rod is equalized through the entire length.

3. There is no friction through rings or guides except on the tip.

4. The strength of the rod is greatly increased.

5. The weight of the rod is diminished.

6. The wet line is not reeled up to decay.

7. The rod goes under the brush where the big trout lie.

8. It adds greatly to the comfort and pleasure of 'the gentle art."'

26661. Plain fly-rod. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-

tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26662. Bait-rod. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, X. Y. Contributed

by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26683. Bait-rod. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed
by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

2o71:2. English fly-rods. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26707. Eod-case. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed
by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

25882. Split bamboo trout-rod. 11$ feet. H. L. Leonard, Bangor, Me.
26650. Split bamboo rod. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26888. Extra greenheart trout-rod ; cedar case; three-jointed, with one extra

middle and two extra tips, six pieces in all; weight, 8 oz.; length,
12 feet. Thaddeus Norris, Philadelphia, Pa.

26889. Rent and glued bamboo trout-rod in cedar case, with one extra mid-

dle and two extra tips, six pieces in all ; weight, 8 oz. ; length,

12 feet. Thaddeus Norris, Philadelphia, Pa.
26883. Plain trout-rod of greenheart ; three-jointed, with extra middle and

tip, five pieces; weight, 8 oz. ; length, . Thaddeus Norris,

Philadelphia, Pa.
25881. Split bamboo grilse-rod. 14 feet. H. L. Leonard, Bangor, Me.

25883. Split bamboo salmon-rod. 16 feet. " "

25884. Piece of bamboo. Showing spliting process in construction of rods.

H. L. Leonard, Bangor, Me.

25885. Piece of bamboo. Showing gluing process in construction of rods.

H. L. Leonard, Bangor, Me.

25491. Chapman's combination trolling-pole. Harpoon-line holder and cane.
W. D. Chapman, Theresa, N. Y.

Swivels.

25798. Horn cod-line swivel. Much used in olden time by Grand and

George's Banks fishermen. George B. Foster, Beverly, Mass.
25945. Cod-line swivel. Central Wharf Company, Gloucester, Mass.
26017. Cod-line gange-swivel. A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Conn.
25944-6. Patent gauge-swivel. Used in cod-fishing. Central Wharf Com-
pany, Gloucester, Mass.

29486. Cod-gange swivel. Showing mode of fastening. Lemuel Cook, 2d,

Provincetowu, Mass.

29487. Haddock-gange swivel. Showing mode of fastening. Lemuel Cook,

2d, Provincetowu, Mass.

29392. Wood horse-swivel. Used on cod-line. Capt. E. L. Rowe, Gloucester,
Mass.

122 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Swivels.

25942. Halibut-gange. Showing mode of fastening on the hook. A. R.

Grittenden.

29457. Shark-hook swivel. Wilcox, Crittenden &. Co., Middletown, Conn.
29395. Primitive trawl-buoy swivels. George B. Foster, Beverly, Mass.
29476. Halibut trawl-buoy swivel. Used by the George's Banks fishermen.

Amasa Taylor, Provincetowu, Mass.

29498. Trawl-buoy swivels. Alex. McCurdy, East Gloucester, Mass.
25187. Trawl-buoy rope swivel. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
25946. Trawl-buoy rope swivel. Central Wharf Company, Provincetown,

Mass.

Clearing-rings.
Disgorgers.

29435. Trawl-sheave bushing. Samuel Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.
. Halibut " gob-stick." Philip Merchant, Gloucester, Mass.

V. NETS.

ENTANGLING-NETS.

jHeshing-nets (entangling in meshes).

J Barrier-nets.
Rabbit-nets, used by Indians of the Southwest.

14405-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13-14-15-16-17-18-19-20-21. Small rabbit -nets.

Pi-Ute Indians, Southern Utah. Maj. J. W. Powell.

14500. Small rabbit-net. Pi-Ute Indians, Southern Utah. Maj. J. W. Powell.
11245. Small rabbit-net. " " "

12058. Small rabbit-net. " " "

12051,53. Large rabbit-net. " " "

11247. Largo rabbit-net. "

14430-31. Large rabbit-net. " "

14401-2-3. Large bunt net (for rabbits). " "

19049. Rabbit-net. Cooyuwee Pi-Ute Indians, Southern Utah. Stephen

Powers.

These nets are used largely in the capture of rabbits for food ; they are
stretched in long lines by means of slender crotched sticks which support
the upper edge. The chaparral is then scoured for miles by the Indians
on horseback and on foot, and the rabbits, which are very abundant in
the sage-brush, are driven into the meshes of the nets. The species thus
captured are the sage-hare (Lepus sylvaticm var. artemisice), and the mule
or jackass hare (Lcpus callotis).

Bird mesh-nets.

Gill-net.

Gill-nets used in Great Lakes.

25751. Model of Lake Michigan gill-net. Scale: Depth, 1 inch to the foot;

length, £ of inch to the foot. J. W. Miluer.

The gill-netting in use on the Great Lakes is knit from linen thread,
two and three ply (25-4, 2-cord, and 30-50, 3-cord), from eleven to twenty-

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 123

Heshing-nets (entangling in meshes).
Gill-nets used in the Great Lakes.

two meshes in depth, 3| to 5 inch mesh. The nets when hung or mounted
for use contain from one to three pounds of webbing, and range in length
from 60 to 120 yards, and in depth from 4J to 6 feet. They are set in
gangs of from three to live nets, and three to five gangs are laid out in
one setting usually by aid of sailboats or steamers. (See models of Macki-
naw boat and lake gill-net steamer. )

For floating the upper line, round or octagonal floats of bark, or wooden
pickets about two and one-half feet in length, are used. Sinkers are of
lead or stone. The nets are set in from 20 to 100 fathoms of water, the
lead-line resting upon the bottom. They are taken out once a week and
dried.

They are used principally for the capture of the whitefish (Coregonu*
albus, <fe.), and the lake trout (Salmonamaycush), though most of the com-
mon lake fishes are taken in these meshes. Sea-Island cotton (3, 4, 5, and
6 thread) is being largely substituted for linen in their manufacture.

The weight of the twine preferred by fishermen varies in different locali-
ties , that used in Green Bay being the finest, that in Lake Erie next,
then Lakes Michigan and Superior, and heaviest in Lake Huron. Lake
Ontario consumes about 5,000 pounds of netting annually, Erie 7,500,
Huron 6,000, Michigan 20,000, Green Bay 2,500, and Lake Superior 5,000.
The aggregate length of this netting is probably about 4,575,000 yards.

Sisco and herring gill-nets.

Used in the Groat Lakes in the capture of the sisco (Salmo siscowet) and the
lake herring (Argyrosomus cktpctfbrmu').

* These nets are hung and set like the whitefish-nets previously described.
They are knit from linen thread (35-60, ^-cord) 30 to 40 meshes in depth,
and 2£ to 3 inch mesh. About 2.500 pounds are annually consumed, chiefly
about Sacket's Harbor, N. Y., and Lakes Huron and Michigan. (E. B.
French.)

Anchored gill-nets.

Used on the coast from Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras in the capture of the blue-
iish (Pomatomus saltatrix).

* These nets are knit from cotton twines (12-18 thread. -£ patent), and are
75 to 100 fathoms in length, and 80 to 200 meshes in depth, from 4| to 6
inch mesh. They are heavily leaded and anchored with lead-line on the
bottom, off-shore, in from 10 to 20 fathoms of water. They are chiefly
used by New York fishing vessels ; probably 1,000 or more are in use on the
coast. In the winter season the fishing vessels follow the bluefish as far
south as Cape Hatteras. (E. B. French.)

Hook or trap gill-nets.

Used on the coast of New Jersey in the capture of the Spanish mackerel
(Cybitim maculatum), &c.

* These nets are peculiar in shape. They are straight nets, anchored in
the form of an L with a hook-like continuation, heavily leaded, and with
anchors at the angles. They are knit from cotton twines (9-12 thread. \
patent), the outer end being of finer twine. Their length is about 100
fathoms, depth 75-100 meshes, 3f to 4 inch mesh. About 100 of these are
in use on the coast, mostly between Sandy Hook and Barnegat Light. (E.
B. French.)

* The nets belonging to this series are enumerated below, among Nos. 26848-26880.

124 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Meshing-fitets (entangling in meshes).

Salmon hook-gill-net of the Saint Lawrence.

J Drift-nets.

t Those drifting across the tide.
Shad gill-nets used in Southern rivers.

26126, 28131-2. Model of shad gill-net. American Net and Twine Company,

Boston and New York.
Used in rivers of the Atlantic coast.

These nets are knit of linen thread (22-50, 3-cord, and 20-60, 2-cord).
They range in length from 50 to 200 fathoms, and in depth from 25 to 90
meshes, 4f to 5 inch mesh. They are used exclusively as drift-nets.

On the Connecticut River about 4,000 pounds of this netting are used
annually. The average weight of a net is 30 to 40 pounds, its depth 45 to
50 meshes, 5J to 5| inches.

On the Hudson River about 7,500 pounds are annually used, fine threads
(50-75, 2-cord), 100 to 200 fathoms in length, and from 50 to 90 meshes in
depth, 4f to 5 inch, weight from 15 to 30 pounds to the net.

In the Delaware, Potomac, and Chesapeake 20,000 pounds are used, from
30 to 60 meshes in depth, and C£ (30 to 40, 2-cord) length, 75 to 100 fathoms.

In the rivers of North Carolina nets are made from coarse twine (22-35,
3-cord, and 20-35, 2-cord) 25 to 40 meshes in depth, 5-5£ gauge. Their
length is about 100 yards. About 25,000 pounds are used annually.

In the rivers of South Carolina the twine is slightly finer than in North
Carolina (25-35, 3-cord), 25 to 60 meshes deep, the size otherwise about the
same. 1,500 pounds are used annually.

In Georgia and Florida about 6,000 pounds are used. This netting is
knit from linen thread (30-40, 3-cord, and 25-35, 2-cord) 40 to 60 meshes
in depth; 4f to 5£ mesh. About 18 to 24 pounds are used in a net; its
length 100 yards. (E. B. French.)

Herring gill-nets.

Used in Hudson and Delaware Rivers in capture of the alewife or herring
(Pomolobus pseudoharenyus}.

* Knit from 30-40, 2-cord, thread, from 45 to 100 meshes in depth, 2£ to
3 inch inesh ; about 13 pounds to a net on the Hudson and 6 to 7 pounds
on the Delaware ; the nets on the Hudson, 60 to 100 meshes, on the Dela-
ware from 35 to 60. About 2,500 pounds used annually. (E. B. French.)

Mullet gill-nets.

Used principally on the Saint John's River, Florida.

Knit from coarse linen thread (16-25, 3-cord) and from 33 to 50 meshes
in depth. The size of mesh varies with the season: in July 3£, August 3f,
September 4 inch. The average length of the nets is 100 to 150 yards.
About 1,500 to 2,000 pounds in use on Saint John's River, and about 1,000
pounds of cotton (*£• and •*$• to \£) nets on the Gulf coast from 30 to 40
meshes in depth, 3i to 3|, not varying with seasons. (E. B. French.)

* The nets belonging to this series are enumerated below, among Nos. 26848-26880

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 125

iets (entangling in meshes).

Series of samples of gill-netting. American Net and

Twine Company, Boston and New York :

•

26848. Depth 15 meshes, size of mesh 1£ inch, No. 20 (3) thread.

26849. " 35 " " 2± " " 40(2) "

26850. " 100 " " 2i " " 25(3) "

26851. " 35 " " 2i " " 30(3) "

26852. " 50 " " 2| " " 25(3) "

26853. " 22 " " 2f " " 35(2) "
28854. " 50 " " 2f " " 13(3) "

26855. " 100 " " 2| " " 25(3) "

26856. " 100 <-< " 3 " " 25(3) "

26857. " 100 " " 3i " " 25(3) "

26858. " 16 " " 3i " " 25 (2) "

26859. " 16 " " Si " " 30 (2) u

26860. " 40 " " 3| " " 18 (3) "

26861. " 50 " " 4 " " 20 (3) "
26852. " 17 " " 4 " " 35(3) "

26833. " 35 " " 4 " " 40(3) "

26834. " 16 " " 4i " " 35(3) "

26835. " 45 " " 4i " " 40(3) "
26866. " 14 " " 4i ." " 35(3) "
26837. " 14 " " 4i " " 50(3) "
23838. " 14 " " 4i " " 35(2) "
26839. " 14 " " 4i " "35 (2) "

26870. " 16 " " 4£ " " 35 (3) "

26871. " 13 " " 4i " " 50(3) "
28872. " 18 " " 4^ " " 50(3)

26873. " 16 " " 4f " " 35 (3)

26874. " 45 " " 5 " " 30(2)
23875. " 12 " " 5 " " 30(2) '•

26876. " 60 " " 5 " " 35(2) "

26877. " 65 " " 5 " " 40(2) "

26878. " 35 " " 5i " " 35(3) ."

26879. " 75 " " Ci " " 35 (3) "

26880. •" 11 " " 6 " " 35(3) "

\Drift-nets.

t Those drifting across tlie tide.

2U135. One bale of brown gill-netting. American Net and Twine Company,

Boston, Mass.
26139. One bale of white gill-netting. American Net and Twine Company,

Boston, Mass.

ft Those drifting along the tide.

Mackerel gill-nets.
Herring gill-nets.

26124-28-38. Herring gill-net. Used on the coast of New England and the
Provinces in the capture of the herring ( Clupea harangue). Amer
lean Net and Twine Company, Boston, Mass.

126 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Meshing-nets (entangling in meshes).
Herring gill-nets.

These nets are about 40 yards long and 150 meshes. in depth. They are
stretched together in big gangs, floated by pieces of wood and weighted
by stones. They are made of 45 and 6 thread cotton from 14 to 20 yam,
2£ inch average mesh. American Net and Twine Company, Boston, Mass.
. Model of herring gill-net. American Net and Twine Company, Bos-
ton, Mass.

Other gill-nets.

1667. Gill-net. Anderson River Eskimos. Anderson River, H. B. T. R.

MacFarlane.
7962. Gill-net made of animal fiber. Kawquettle Indians. Vancouver's

Island, B. C. Dr. T. T. Minor.
19043. Gill-net. Cooyuwee Pi-Ute Indians. Pyramid Lake, Nev. Stephen.

Powers.
4765. Gill-net made of "Babiche." Anderson River Indians. Mackenzie's

River district, H. B. T. MacFarlane.

Pocket-nets (entangling in pockets).
Trammel-nets.

25270. Model trammel-net. 10 feet long, 2 feet wide, 2 and 5 inch mesh.

William E. Hooper & Sons, Baltimore, Md.
26118-29. Trammel-net. American Net and Twine Company.

Used for general fishing in rivers and ponds of Northern Mississippi
Valley.

These nets range from 20 to 75 yards in length, 4 to 6£ feet in depth.
The inside netting of finer linen thread (20-25, 3-cord), mesh 2~2£, £ deeper
than the outside. The outside netting- wall from cotton (15-21 thread),
inesh 8 to 10 inches. (E. B. French.)

31. ENCIRCLING-NETS.
Seines.

Seines.

26134. Seven bales of brown seine-netting. Used for manufacture of
pounds, traps, seines, fykes, &c. American Net and Twine Com-
pany, Boston, Mass.

26139. Eighteen bales of white seine-netting. American Net and Twine
Company, Boston, Mass.

Seal-seines.

17270. Seal-net made of sinew. Found wrapped about a mummy. Kaga-
mil Island, Alaska. Alaska Commercial Company, San Francisco,
Cal.

Manatee-seines.
Shad-seines.
Mullet-seines.
Menhaden-seines.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 127

Seines.

X

Bass-seines.
Bluefish-seines.
Capeliu-seines.
Herring-seines.

26119. Model of herring-seine. Used on coasts of New England and the
Provinces in capture of herring (Clupea liarengm), and in the Hud-
son, Potomac, Delaware, and Chesapeake, and in North Carolina.
American Net and Twine Company, Boston, Mass.

26127. Model of herring-seine. American Net and Twine Company, Boston,
Mass.

Shad-seines.

These are used in the rivers of the Atlantic and Gulf coast.

These seines are knit from cotton thread. On the Connecticut River,
the seines are of nine-thread twine, 5-5^ mesh ; on the Hudson, the mesh
is four inches, knit of six-thread twine in the wings and nine thread in
the bunt. In the Delaware, Potomac, and Chesapeake, the mesh is 3£ to
4J- inches, the twine 12, 15, and 18 thread ; in North Carolina, the mesh is
2| to 3£ inches, and the cotton twine twelve-thread. (E. B. French.)

Cod-seines.

26137. Model of cod-seine. Used in Provinces in capture of cod (Gadm
marrJiua}. American Net and Twine Company, Boston and New
York. 30 to 40 feet deep. Mesh 5 inches, 18 to 21 thread, cotton.

Lance-bunts.

Baird collecting-seines.

26136. Baird net. Designed by Prof. S. F. Baird. Used by naturalists in
collecting small fishes in brooks and ponds and in following behind
large seines to secure the small species which escape through the
meshes, six-thread coarse cotton. American Net and Twine Com-
pany, Boston, Mass.

26126. Model of Baird net. American Net and Twine Company, Boston,
Mass.

Bait-seines.

26123, 26130. Model of minnow-seine. Used by amateurs in capture of
minnow-bait, i to £ inch mesh, six-thread cotton twine. Ameri-
can Net and Twine Company, Boston, Mass.

26121. Model of minnow-seine, with bag. Used by fishermen to secure bait
for eel-pots. American Net and Twine Company, Boston, Mass.

26668. Minnow-seine. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contrib-
uted by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Other seines.

2232. Seine. Anderson River Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district. Robert

MacFarlane.
2444. Seine made of " babiche." Tschutchi Indians. Capt. John Rodgers,

U. S. N., North Pacific Exploring Expedition.

J28 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Seines.

Other seines.

2445. Seine made of " babiche." Tschutchi Indians. Capt. John Rodgers,

U. S. N., North Pacific -Exploring Expedition.

2446. Hand-seine made of grass. Tschutchi Indians. Capt. John Rodgers,

U. S. N., North Pacific Exploring Expedition.

2447. Hand-seine made of grass. Tschutchi Indians. Capt. John Rodgers,

U. S. N., North* Pacific Exploring Expedition.

19234. Salmon-net. McCloud River Indians. Shasta County, Cal. Liv-
ingston Stone.
20648. Salmon-net. Indians of Northwest coast. Fort Simpson, B. C. J.

G. Swan.
2231. Hand-seine. Anderson River Eskimo. Mackenzie's River district,

H. B. T. R. Kennicott.
2136H. Fishing-net. Made from fiber of milkweed (Asclcpias sp.). Hooch-

norre Indians. South Eel River, Cal. Stephen Powers.
7929. Fishing-net. Made from fibers of pineapple (Tillandsia sp.). Mira-

dor, Mex. Dr. Sartorius.
897. Fishing-net made of willow bark. Kootchin Indians. Mackenzie's

River district, H. B. T. R. Kennicott.

4883. Net made of "silkweed." Fort Crook Indians. Fort Crook, Cal.
Capt. J. W. T. Gardiner.

Hoop-nets.

Handle, or dip nets.

Bull-nets (worked with ropes and blocks).

Scoop-nets (herring-nets, pound-scoops, car-scoops, &c.).

25608. Bow of scoop-net. Used in dipping fish from smo.ck's well. J. M.

K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.
25165. Series of scoop-net hoops. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown,

Conn.
83, F. C. Frame of dip-net. Used in Bay of Fnndy herring fisheries. U.

S. Fish Commission.

25229. Folding dip-net frame. U. S. Fish Commission.
26141. Dip-nets. American Net and Twine Company, Boston, Mass.
26141. Minnow dip-nets. " "

26141. Crab dip-nets. " «

Landing-nets.

25494. Jointed staif and folded net-ring. Bradford & Anthony, Boston,
Mass.

25492. Nason's patent net-staff and ring. Flexible ring carried inside of

staff. C. F. Nason, patent August 31, 1875. Bradford & Anthony,
Boston, Mass.

25493. Nasoivs patent solid net-staff. With flexible ring. C. F. Nason,

patent August 3, 1875. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
25235. Folding handles for dip-net or lance. U. S. Fish Commission.

25638. Braided linen landing-net (waterproofed). Bradford & Anthony,

Boston, Mass.

25639. Braided silk landing-net. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
658. Dip-net. Used in the capture of the oulachan (Os7nerus pacificus).

Northwest coast of America. G. Gibbs.

21725. Dip-net. Used by McCloud River Indians in fishing in small streams.
Shasta County, Cal. Livingston Stone.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 129

Hoop-nets.

Landing-nets.

26669. Landing-net. Property of J. A Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contrib-
uted by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26711. Landing-net. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contrib-
uted by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26664. Landing-net and rod. Property of J. A Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.
Contributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Eskimo auk-nets.

15616. Bird-net frame. Alieut Eskimos. Alaska. Henry "W. Elliott.

Baited hoop-net :
Crab-nets.

26591-2. Models of lobster-nets. Used on the coast of California. Johnson

& Young, Boston, Mass.
26801. Crab-nets. American Net and Twine Company, Boston and Now

York.

32710. Open cunner-net. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

32711. Folding cunner-net, " "

Trailing-nets.

Trawls :

Beam-trawl.
(Otter-trawl.)

26882. Model of beam-trawL American Net and Twine Company, Boston

and New York.
32720. Model of beam-trawl. Made by J. G. Adam. U. S Fish Commission.

Dredges :

Flange, or ordinary dredge.
Eake-dredge.
Oyster-scraper.
(Coral-dredge.)

26140. Four brown dredge-nets. Oyster-dredging, &c. American Net and
Twine Company, Boston and New York.

Towing-nets :

Surface tow-nets.

25228. Towiug-net frame. U. S. Fish Commission,

Folding or jerk nets.

Purse-nets :

Mackerel purse-seines (pursed by weight).
Menhaden purse-seines.

29387. Model of mackerel purse-seine. Used on North Atlantic coast in
capture of mackerel (Scomber scombrus). American Net andTv.iiie
Company, Boston, Mass.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 9

130 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Folding or jerk nets.

Menhaden purse-seines.

26, 120. Model of mackerel purse-seine. American Net and Twine Com-
pany, Boston, Mass.

These purse-seines range in length from 120 to 220 fathoms, and from
* 750 to 1,000 meshes in depth, reaching the depth of 20 to 30 fathoms of
water. The average mesh is 2£ inches. They are made of fine Sea-Island
cotton twine, and cost from $750 to $1,500 complete. About 300 are now
in use on the coast of North America. The pursing weight varies from
100 to 150 pounds.

26122-26125. Model of purse-seine. American Net and Twine Company,
Boston, Mass.

90 to 150 fathoms in length, 300 to 650 meshes in depth, If to 2| fine
Sea-Island twine. Wings, 9 to 12; bag, 15 to 21, coarse.

25179. Snatch -block used in pursing-seine. Higgins & Gifford, Gloucester,

Mass.
25186. Ring or thimble for pursing-seine. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Mid-

dletown, Conn.

Cast-nets :

Mullet cast-nets.
Pompano cast-nets.
Bait cast-nets.

25046. Casting-net. Diameter 4| feet. William E. Hooper & Sons, Balti-
more, Md.

26799. Mullet cast-net. Diameter 5| feet, 1^-inch mesh.

26800. Shrimp cast-net. Diameter 4£ feet, f-inch mesh.

Clap-nets for birds.
Babbit spring-nets.
Spring- weirs (St. Lawrence).
Sieve-traps (for birds).

(Accessory.) Parts of nets and apparatus for manufacture.
Raw material of nets.
Babiche. (See under D. 20.)
Netting-fiber.
Netting-twine.

659. Netting-twine. Indians. Northwest coast of America. G. Gibbs.
14432. Fiber used for making nets. Pi-Ute Indians. Southern Utah. Maj.

J. W. Powell.
29376. 38 bales of white netting-twine. American Net and Twine Company,

Boston, Mass.

Samples of netting 'hung to lines. William E. Hooper & Sons,
Baltimore, Md. :

25048. 1-iuch mesh, 12 thread, 1 fathom long, 2 feet deep.

25049. IJL " 12 " 1 "2 "
SJ5047. 1-i- '" 12 " 1 " 2 "
25051. H " 12 " 1 "2 "

25050. 2 " 12 " 1 "3 "

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 131

(Accessory.) Parts of nets and apparatus for manufacture.

Xetting-needles.
Mesh-needles.
Hanging-needles.
Eskimo netting-needles.

25596. Seine-needle (home made). J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.

25593. Seine-needle. " "

25712. Seine-needle (called hanging-needle). N. H. Payne, Wellfleet, Mass.

. Knitting-gauge. Used in regulating size of mesh. American Net

and Twine Company, Boston and New York.

9839. Seine-needle. Eskimos. Northeastern America. S. F. Baird.
16202. Seine-needle. Magemnt Eskimos. Nunivak Island, Alaska. W. H.
Dall.

5613. Seine-needle of wood. Yukon River. W. H. Dall.

5614. Needle of bone. Norton Sound Eskimos. "

16170, 16169, 16166, 16167, 16168, 16171, 16196. Seine-needles of bone. Mage-

mut Eskimos. Nunivak Island. W. H. Dall.
1180. Seine-needle of wood. Chirikoff. W. H. Dall.
1315. Netting-needle. Eskimos. Smithsonian Institution.
9839. Seine-needle of bone. Eskimos of Northeastern America. S. F.
Baird.

VI. TRAPS.

32. PEN-TRAPS.
Pocket-traps.

Pitfalls :

Pits, covered.

Barrel-traps.

Jar mole-traps.

" Rabbit-tipe," used in England.
Salmon-baskets (Columbia River)."
Salmon-weirs (Upper Columbia River).
River- weirs, with pockets :

Eel-traps.
Fish-slides : ^

Shad-slides, used in the rivers of North Carolina.

25830. Fish-slide. Used in James River, Virginia. Scale 1 inch to the foot.

J. G. Adam.
•25831. Fish-slide (with box). Used in rivers of Virginia. Scale 1 inch to

the foot. J. G. Adam.

Labyrinth-traps.

Corrals.
Turkey-traps.

132 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Labyrinth-traps.

Weirs, or pounds.

12102. Bar- weir. Used in Bay of Fundy herring fisheries. Scale, 1 inch to

15 feet. Capt. W. S. Treat, Eastport, Me.
12101. Fish-weir. Used in Dennis River, Me. Scale, -£ inch to the foot.

Prof. S. F. Baird.
12106. Salinon-weir. Used in rivers of Maine. Dennis River. Scale, 1

inch to 8i feet. Prof. S. F. Baird.

26833. Model of heart-weir. American Net and Twine Company.
25750. Model of pound-net. Used in Lake Michigan. Scale, 3£ feet to 1

inch. Waukegan, 111. D. D. Parinalee.

. Model of weir, or heart-net. Used on southern coast of New Eng-
land. Scale, 1 inch to 8 feet. Spindel's Cove, Wood's Holl, Mass*

Prof. S. F. Baird.
26731, 26746. Models of brush-weirs. Used in the Bay of Fundy in capture

of herring (Clupea liarengus). W. B. McLaughlin, Grand Muiiaii,

N. B.
25829. Model of fish-weir. Used by aborigines of Virginia in the fifteenth

century: From figures in De Bry. J. G. Adam.
25820. Model of fish-trap. Valley of Yukon River. Scale, 1 inch to the

foot. W. H. Dall.

Funnel-traps.
Fish-pots.

1754. Wicker fish-pot (model). Used in West Indies. 5 to 15 fathoms.

Scale, 1 inch to the foot. H. 0. Claughton, St. Martin's, W. I.
32738. Fish-pot (model). Bermudas. Scale of £. Made from wood of sub-
merged cedar. G. Brown Goode.

Lobster-pots.

12100. Lobster-pot. Used in Bay of Fundy. 4 to 10 fathoms. Scale, £

inch to the foot. Prof. S. F. Baird.
24801. Lobster-pot. Used in Narragansett Bay, in 10 to 15 fathoms. Scale

3 inches to the foot. J. M. K. South wick, Newport, R. I.
29296. Model of Noank lobster-pot. G. L. Green, Noank, Conn.
29531. Lobster-pot net. Used on coast of New Jersey. American Net and

Twine Company, Boston and New York.
26586-7-8-9. Models of lobster-pots. Used on the coast of New England.

Johnson & Young, Boston, Mass.
29363. Model of lobster-pot. N. C. Smith, Stonington, Conn.

Eel- weirs, with leaders.
Eel-pots, without leaders.

. Eel-pot. Used in Fisher's Island Sound, Conn. Scale, one-half.

James H. Latham, Noauk, Conn.
25015-16. Wicker eel-pot, two funnels, with leaders. Used about Martha's

Vineyard, in 3 to 10 fathoms. Capt. Josiah Cleveland, maker,

Vineyard Haven, Mass.
25014. Wicker eel-pot (three funnels). Used about Martha's Vineyard.

Capt. Josiah Cleveland, maker, Vineyard Haven, Mass.
29530. Eel-pot net. Used on the coast of New Jersey. American Net and

Twine Company, Boston and New York.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 133

Labyrinth-traps.

Eel-pots, without leaders.

25016. Leaders for eel-pot (Nos. 25014-15-16). Used in Martha's Vineyard.

Capt. Josiah Cleveland, Vineyard Harbor, Mass.
26802. Basket eel-pot. American Net and Twine Company.
25018. Roots of young pine trees (Finns strobus). Used in manufacture of

eel-pots. Vineyard Haven, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

Barrel-pots for eels.
Set-nets.

32733. C. Set-net. Diameter of largest hoop, 15 inches. U. S. Fish Com-
mission.

Fykes (set-nets with leaders).

25045. Fyke-net with wings. Diameter, 3 feet. Wm. E. Hooper & Sons,
Baltimore, Md.

26113. Model of minnow-fyke. American Net and Twine Company, Boston

[and New York.

26114. Minnow-fyke. " "
26117. Minnow-fyke. " "

Bird-fyke.

26115. 26116. Model of bird-net. American Net and Twine Company, Boston

and New York.

Bass-traps.

25704. Bass-trap. Used in Peconic Bay and Fisher's Island Sound. Scale,
\ inch to the foot. Charles T. Potter.

Door-traps*

t Closed by the falling of a door.
Box-traps (figure 4).

25833. Koran's box-trap. Used in Philadelphia Zoological Gardens. Scale,

one-half. Henry Horan.
25478. Box-trap. Used in capture of hares, possums, etc. Scale, one-half.

T. N. Woltz.

Traps with hanging doors.

. Self-setting trap. Used in capture of muskrats, hares, &c. Scale,

one-half. Henry Horan.

25703. Self-setting trap. To be set in mouth of rabbit -burrow. Scale, one-
half. E. Herron.

Double box-traps.

25477. Double box-trap. Used in capture of hares, possums, &c. Scale,
one-half. T. N. Woltz.

134 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Door-traps.

Spring-door traps.

ft Closed by falling of whole trap.

Bowl-traps.
Cob-house bird-traps.

25659. Fall-trap. Used for partridges and other birds. Scale, one-halfl

T. N. Woltz.

25705. Fall-trap. Used in capture of partridges, &c. Scale, one-half-
Henry Horan.

Pigeon-nets.

ttt Closed by falling of tide.

Bar- weirs, arranged with the other weirs.

Sheaf-traps.

Sheaf- traps (New York Harbor).

33. CLUTCHING-TRAPS.
lYoose-traps.

Snares :

Foot-path and barrier snares.

2033. Snare (made of sinew). Used in capture of lynxes, rabbits, &c.

Fort Resolution, H. B. T. R. Kennicott.

19063. Rabbit-snare. Coowoye Pi-Ute Indians. Pyramid Lake, Nevada.
Stephen Powers.

25660. Spring-trap (model). Used in capture of hares, grouse, &c. Scale,.

one-half. E. Herron.
25479. Spring-trap (model). Used for capture of hares, grouse, &c. Scale,.

one-half. T. N. Woltz.
25832. Model of grouse-snare. Yukon River, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

Springes.

" Bound mouse-traps."

Jawed traps.

" Steel traps : "

Newhouse traps.

25262. Newhouse trap. No. 0 for rats. Spread of jaws, 3£ inches; strong;
enough to hold muskrat. Oneida Community, N. Y.

25961. Newhouse trap. No. 1 for muskrats. Spread of. jaws, 4 inches;
.adapted to capturing the smaller fur-bearing animals. Oneida
Community, N. Y.

25260. Newhouse trap. No. 1J for minks and fishers. Spread 'of jaws, 4£
inches; strong enough to hold fox or fisher. Oneida Community,
N. Y.

25259. Newhouse trap. No. 2, for foxes. With double spring; spread of
jaws, 4| inches; strong enough to hold an otter. Oneida Commu-
nity, N. Y.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 135

J aired traps.

"Steel traps:"

Newhouse traps.

25258. Xewhouse trap. No. 3, for otters. Double spring ; spread of jaws,
54- inches. Oneida Community, N. Y.

25256. Newhouse trap. No. 4, for deer. Double spring ; spread of jaws, 6£

inches. Oneida Community, N. Y.

25257. Newhouse trap. Xo. 4, for beavers. Double spring ; spread of jaws,

6^ inches. Oneida Community, N. Y.

25255. Newhouse trap. No. 5, for bears. Spread of jaws, llf inches; weight
of each spring, 2 pounds and 10 ounces; weight of trap 17 pounds,
suitable for taking the common black bear. Oneida Community.
N. Y.

25254. Newhouse trap. Xo. 6, for grizzly bears and moose. Spread of
jaws, 16 inches; weight of each spring, 6 pounds and 10 onnco :
weight of trap with chain, 42 pounds; made throughout, except
the pan, of wrought iron and steel; strong enough to hold tho
moose or grizzly bear. Oneida Community, N. Y.

29250. Spring fish-trap. (Patented Dec. 9, 1856.) Edwin W. Judge, lu-w
Haven, Conn.

Spring bird-nets.
(French bird-trap.)

13153. Spring bird-trap. Used in France. Dr. H. C. Yarrow, U. S. A.

34. FALL-TEATS.
Crushing-traps.

Dead-falls.
Figure -four traps.

25749. Log dead-fall (model). Used in Mississippi Valley. Scale, 1 inch to-

the foot. Henry Horan.
15G14. Fox-trap. Used by Mahlemut Eskimos. Henry W. Elliott.

Pier cing- traps ,

Spear-falls.
Mole-traps.
Harpoon-traps.

Spring-hooks.

Pickerel-hooks, arranged with other hooks,

35. MISSILE-TRAPS
Cross-bow traps.
Spring-guns.

36. ADHESIVE PREPARATIONS.

Bird-lime, Ac.
Hoods, boots, &c.

136 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

VII. APPARATUS FOR WHOLESALE DESTRUCTION.

37. POISONS.
Food poisons. «

Phosphorus poisons.

Strychnine.

Arsenic.

Corrosive sublimate.

Cyanide of potassium.

Opium poisons.

For obvious reasons this series is not exhibited...

Blood poisons: Woorara.

38. ASPHYXIATORS.

Apparatus for smoking out*

(Apparatus Tor suffocating with fumes of sulphur..)

Apparatus for drowning out.

39. TORPEDOES.
39J. STOMACH-SPRINGS.
INK i 1110 whalebone springs (used for killing bears).

7442. Stomach-springs. Used by Eskimo in capturing bears, &c. Fort
Anderson, Arctic coast. R. McFarlane.

VIII. HUNTING-ANIMALS.

40. HUNTING-MAMMALS.
Dogs.

Hunting-leopard ( Cynailurus jubatus).
Weasels and ferrets.
Otters.

41. ACCESSORIES TO HUNTING-DOGS.

Dog-whips.
Dog-whistles.

29255. Dog-call (double). Edwin M. Judge, New Haven, Conn.

29256. Dog-cali. " "

29257. Dog-call. " "

29258. Dog-call. " "

29259. Dog-call. " "

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED

Dog- whistles.

29260. Dog-call. Edwin M. Judge, New Haven, Conn.

29261. Dog-call.

29262. Dog-call for whip. " "
29254. Police-caU. " "
292C5. Eailroad-call. " "

Dog-collars.
JDog-fbod.
Dog-carts.
Dog-muzzles.

42. HTTNTIXG-BIBDS.
Falcons.
Owls.
Cormorants (Cat-bo sinensis). Used in fishing in China.

43. ACCESSORY TO HUNTING-BIRDS.
Hoods.
Perches.
Cormorant-collars.

44. HUNTING-FISHES. ,

Remora (used in West Indies and Australia).

IX. DECOYS AND DISGUISES.

45. BAITS.
Natural baits.

Flies and other insecrs. (This should include a collection of those
insects which, as the favorite food of fishes, are imitated in mak-
ing artificial flies.) Arranged with hooks. (See under 29 a.)

Worms.

Mollusks.

Salted baits (prepared).

Menhaden.

Herring.

Squids.

Clams, long.

Clams, hen.

Pea-roe of cod (used in French sardine-fisheries, and largely ex-
ported).

Grasshopper paste, used as a substitute for pea-roe.

Tolling baits, astosh," &c.

These articles, on account of their perishable nature, cannot well be exhibited.

138 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Natural baits.

(Accessories.) Methods of preparing baits :
Bait-cutters.
Bait-mills.
Bait-ladles.
Wheelbarrows for bait-clains (Nantucket).

32740. Beach-cart. Nantucket, Mass. W. H. Chase, 2d.

Bait-boxes and cans.

25580. Five bait-boxes. Bradford & Anthony, Boston, Mass.
26594. Bait-box. Forest & Stream Publishing Company. Property of John

[A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.

26633. Mmnow-pail. " . ««

2S692. Crab-can. " "

23691. Grasshopper-can. " "

Bait-needles.
Artificial baits.1

Trolling-spoons. 1

Spinners. l

Squids and jigs. 1

"Bobs," used in southern waters. l

Artificial flies. ]

Accessories ts artificial baits.1

a. Fly -hooks. [

&. Haw materials for making artificial flies.1

c. Tools for making artificial flies. l

Pastes.

DECOYS.
Scent-decoys.

Sound-decoys.

Animal-calls, whistles, &c.

7452,2149. Deer-call. Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district. R. Mac-

Farlane.
2253. Deer-call. Eskimos. Mackenzie's Eiver district. R. Kenuicott.

Bird-calls.

26653. Turkey-call. Used in Illinois. J. W. Milner.

26654. Turkey-call. Used in Maryland. G. W. Woltz.

1 Arranged with hooks.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 1

Sight-decoy*.

Living decoy animals and birds.

Decoy-dogs, used in hunting ducks.

Stool-pigeons.

Tanie decoy-ducks.

Tame decoy -brants.

Imitations of animals and birds. :

Decoy-waders (carved in wood).

25042. Black-breasted plover (Squatarola helvetica). P. Brasher,
25041. Long-billed curlew (Numeneus longirostris). "

25043.

Decoy- waders (stamped in tin).

25909. Black-breasted ploVer (Squatarola helvetica). Herman Strater & Sons,,

[Boston, Mass^

25908. Golden plover (Charadrius virginicus) "

25906-7. Red-breasted snipe (Macrorhamphus griseusf). {t
25910-11. Monstone (Strepsilas interpret). "

These decoys are made hollow, stamped out in halves, hinged at
head and tail to open and nest together. One do/en plover
weigh 3 pounds, with box occupying a space of 8£ by 9 inches, 3
inches deep. Patented.

Decoy swimming-birds (made from the skins of birds).

7127. Skin of canvas-back duck (Fuligula vallisneria) stuffed with dry

tule grass and fitted for decoy with strings and weights. Pi-Ute
Indians. Robert Ridgway.

7128. Skin of red-head duck (Fu Ugulaferina, var. americana), fitted for use as-

decoy. Pi-Ute Indians. Robert Ridgway.

7129. Same. Robert Ridgway.

4783. Same. Pi-Ute Indians. Carson Lake, Utah. Capt. J. H. Simpson.
19031. Skin of widgeon (Mareca americana), fitted for nse as decoy.

Cooyuwee Pi-Ute Indians. Pyramid Lake, Nevada. Native-

name. Imoodooice. Stephen Powers.
29532. Skin of a pin-tail duck (Dafila acuta), stuffed for use as a decoy. P.

Louis Jouy, Washington, D. C.

Decoy swimming-birds (carved in wood).

25040. Brant (Bernida brenta). P. Brasher, New York City.

25035. Mallard (Anas boscha-s). Henry A. Stevens, Weedsport, N. Y.

25242. " Male. John Krider, Philadelphia.

25241. " " Female. " "

29540. Black duck (Anas obscurus). Francis Burritt, South Norwalk, Conn.

25034. " A. Stevens, Weedsport, N. Y.

26051. Pin-tail duck (Dafila acuta). John Krider, Philadelphia.

26054. Bald-pate duck (^fareca americana). Male. John Krider, Philadelphia^

26055. " " Female. " "
25038. " " P. Brasher, New York City.
25031. Bluo-whig teal (Querquedula discors). Henry A. Stevens, Weedsport>

X. Y.

140 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

$i§:ht-decoys.

Imitations of animals and birds :

Decoy swimming-birds (carved in wood).

25245. Blue- wing teal (Querqucrlala discors'). Female. John Krider, Phila-

[delphia.

25246. " " Male. "
-25244. Green-wing teal (Nettion carolinensis}. "

25243. " " Female.

25039. Broad-bill duck (Fuligula mania). P. Bracher, New York City.

26058. " " Male. John Krider, Philadelphia.

26059. " " Female. " "
29541. " " Francis Burritt, South Norwalk,

[Conn.

-25029. Scaup duck (Fuligula affinis). Heniy A. Stevens, Weedsport, N. Y.
:25032. Red-head duck (Fuligula ferina, var. americana). Henry A. Stevens,

[Weedsport, N. Y.

26056. " " " Male. John Krider,

[Philadelphia.

26057. " " " Female. "
25033. Canvas-hack duck (Fuligula vallisneria'). Henry A. Stevens, Weeds-

[port, N. Y.

25037. " " Male. John Krider, Phila-

[delphia.

26053. « « Female. "

25036. Whistle-wing duck (BucepJiala americana). Henry A. Stevens,

Weedsport, N. Y.

25030. Butter-hall duck (BucepJiala albeola). Henry A. Stevens, Weeds-
port, N. Y.

Decoy swimming-birds (stamped in tin, with wooden bottoms
and head balance weights).

26047. Mallard (Anas loschas}. Male. Herman Strater & Sons, Boston.
25905. " " Female. " "

26048. Black duck (Anas obscura). Male. " "

26049. " " Female. " "

26045. Red-head duck (Fuligula feriria, var. americana}. Male. Herman

Strater & Sons, Boston.

26046. Read-head duck (Fuligula ferina, var. atnericana}. Female. Herman

Strater & Sons, Boston.

26043. Canvas-hack duck (Fuligula vallisneria). Male. Herman Strater &

[Sons, Boston.

26044. " " Female. "

25901. Whistle-wing duck (BucepJiala americana). Male. "

25902. " « Female a

25903. Sheldrake (Mergus americanus). Male. "

25904. " « Female. , "
25900. Surf duck (CEdemia perspicillata). "
26702. Decoys. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed

by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Imitations of fishes.

29366. Lure-fish. D. H. Fitzhugh, Bay City, Mich Used in fishing through
the ice for salmon-trout.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 141

Sight-decoys.

Imitations of fishes.

29-294. Lure-fishes. William Morris, Lake City, Mich. Used in fishing
through the ice for pickerel.

These lure-fishes are used to decoy large fish, under holes in the ice*
so that they may be within reach of the spear.

Blanket decoy (for antelopes).

Lanterns and other apparatus for fire hunting and fishing.

Lanterns for still-hunting.

25238. Centennial dash-lamp. For sportsman's hunting-wagons. "White-

Manufacturing Company, Bridgeport, Conn.

25239. Dash-lamp. Used for hunting and fishing. White Manufacturing;

Company, Bridgeport, Conn.

•J.YJ36. Jack-lamp. For night-hunting and general camp uses. White Manu-
facturing Company, Bridgeport, Conn.

•J.YJ40. Johnson's jack-lamp support. For night hunting and fishing. White
Manufacturing Company, Bridgeport, Conn.

25237. Fishing-lamp. White Manufacturing Company, Bridgeport, Conn.

Lanterns for weequashing, or fire-fishing, for eels.

29365. Boat-lanterns. Used in bow of boat in weequashing or spearing eels
by night. Southern New England, James H. Latham, Noauk,
Conn.

12107. Birch-bark used for torchlight fishing. Passamaquoddy Indians.
Eastport, Me. Dr. E. Palmer.

32739. Torch for night fishing. Halifax, N. S. Capt. H. C. Chester.

47. COVERS.
movable covers.

Mask 8.

"Deer heads and antelope heads.

8420. Antelope decoy. Made from head of prong-horn antelope (Antilo-

capra americana). Prescott, Ariz. Dr. E. Coues, U. S, A.
— . Antelope decoy. Arizona. Dr. J. B. White, U. S. A.

5537. Deer decoy. Made from head of mule-deer (Cervmmaerotis}. Apache
Indians. Edward Palmer.

Movable copses.
Covers for hunters.
Covers for boats.

Stationary covers.

Hunting-lodges.

142 ANIMAL EESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

X. PURSUIT, ITS METHODS AND APPLIANCES.

48. METHODS OF TRANSPORTATION.
Personal aids.

Snow-shoes.
Skates.

Alpenstocks and staves.
- Portable bridges.

Animal equipments.

Harness : l

Horse-trappings.

Dog-harness.

Girths, sinches.

Bits, cabrestos, spurs.
Saddles:1

Hiding-saddles.

Pack-saddles.

Aparejos.

Eiding-pads (for buffalo hunting).

Fur pack-saddle (Hudson's Bay Territory).
Vehicles:1

Deer-sledges.

Dog-sledges.

Wagons.

Dog-carts.

Fish-carts, used in Nantucket.

Boats.

Hunting-boats, fishing-boats:

Birch canoes.
Birch-bark canoes.

Used by Indians in hunting and fishing.

26615. Bark canoe. Passamaquoddy Indians. Eastport, Me. E. Palmer.
26614. Bark canoe. Sixteen feet long, thirty-seven inches wide. Montag-

nard Indians of Besamis. Labrador. E. H. Powell.
7630. Bark canoe. (Model.) Lower Ingalik, Alaska. W. H. Ball.
858. Bark canoe. (Model.) Chippeway Indians, Athabasca and Great

Slave Lakes. B. E. Eoss.

2358. Bark canoe. (Model; scale, about 1 inch to foot.) Northeastern
America. J. Varden.

1 Arranged with Ethnological series.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 143

Boats.

Birch-bark canoes.

859. Bark canoe. (Model.) Slave Indians of Mackenzie's River. Fort

Simpson, H. B. T. B. R. Ross.

641. Bark canoe. (Model.) Upper Columbia River. G. Gibbs.
12107. Birch-bark, used in manufacture of canoes. Passamaquoddy Indians.
Eastport, Me. E. Palmer.

Wooden sea canoes.

Used by Indians of Northwest coast in hunting and fishing.

20592. Wooden canoe. Northwest coast. J. G. Swan.
13102. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Queen Charlotte Island. J. G. Swan.
2616. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Northwest coast. U. S. Exploring Expe-
dition. Capt. Charles Wilkes, U. S. N.

20592. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Bella Bella, B. C. J. G. Swan.
2583. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Oregon. U. S. Exploring Expedition.

Capt. Charles Wilkes, U. S. N.

1785. W'ooden canoe. (Model). Northwest coast. Dr. George Suckley.
11082. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Alaska. Lieutenant Ring, U. S. N.
20895. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Haidah Indians. Prince of Wales Island,
Alaska. J. G. Swan.

Wooden canoes.

Used by Indians of the Northwest coast in whaling and sea fisheries.

26785. Wooden canoe. (60 feet long.) British Columbia. J. G. Swan.
16269. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Sitka, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

21595. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Alaska. Dr. J. B. White.
21594. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Alaska. "

639. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Northwest coast. George Gibbs.

7285. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Neah Bay, Washington Territory. J. G.

Swan.

16269. Wooden canoe. (Model, painted. ) Ihliuket Indians. Sitka, Alaska.
W. H. Dall.

640. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Northwest coast. George Gibbs.

1871. Wooden canoe. (Model.) Vancouver's Island. Dr. C. B. Kenuerly.
811. Wooden canoe. (Model.) " "

26761. Wooden canoe. Model of Haidah canoe (with masts and pushing-

sticks, for traveling, fishing, &c.). Queen Charlotte Island. J.

G. Swan.
26760. Wooden canoe. Model of Haidah canoe (for deep sea and war).

Queen Charlotte Island. J. G. Swan.
26?Go. Wooden cauoe. Model of wooden cauoe (with masts, paddles, push-

iug-sticks, and ivory harpoons). J. G. Swau.

26762. Wooden canoe. Model of Cogwell canoe (for deep sea and war).

Flatliead Indians. J. G. Swan.
26787. Wooden canoe. British Columbia. J. G. Swan.

26786. Wooden canoe. " u

26785. Wooden cauoe. Dug-out cauoe (60 feet long). British Columbia.
J. G. Swau.

144 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES,

Boat*.

Kyaks or bidarkas.

Used by Eskimos of Arctic America iii hunting and fishing.

26617. Kyak. (13 feet 9 inches long, 30 inches wide.) Northwest coast,

Sitka, Alaska. William Burling.
14971. Kyak. (Model.) Alaska. W. H. Ball.
16275. Kyak. (Model.) Kodiak. -
14971. Kyak. (Model, one hole. ) Alaska. W. H. Ball.

21609. Kyak. (Model, one hole.) Alaska. Dr. J. B. White.

1127. Kyak. (Model, two-hole.) Koloshes, Aleutian Islands. Capt. JL

R. Sands.
14970. Kyak. (Model.) Aleutian Islands. W. H. Datt.

21604. Kyak. (Model, 2-hole.) Alaska. Dr. J. B. White.

21605. Kyak. ( Model, 3-hole.). Alaska. "

21610. Kyak. (Model, 3-hole.)' Alaska. "

21606. Kyak. ( Model, 4-hole.) Alaska, "

8788. Kyak. (Model.) Unabeet Eskimo. Norton Sound, Alaska. W.,
H. Dall.

26618. Kyak. Eighteen feet long, 22 inches wide. Greenland. Eskimo Joe.
562. Kyak. (Model.) East coast, Upernavik. Dr. Hayes.

14750. Kyak. (Model, with bird-spear, harpoon, and seal-skin float.)1

Eskimos, Tusiack, North Greenland. Prof. S. F. Baird.
2230. Kyak. (Model, with bird-spear, lances, and spear-rest.) Andersoa
River Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district. R. MacFarlane.

Uiniaks or bidarras.

Used by Eskimos in whaling and sea fisheries.

1098. Umiak. (Model.) Fort Anderson, H. B. T. Robert MacFarlane,
15618. Umiak. (Model of frame.) Saint Lawrence Island, Alaska. H. W.
Elliott.'

Indian raft-boats.

Used in hunting and fishing.

19028. Raft of tu!6 grass. (Model.) Pi-Ute Indians. Pyramid Lake, Nev.
Stephen Powers.

Dug-out canoes.

Used by Indians of Pacific coast.

21358. Dug-out canoe. (Model.) Hoopah Indians, Trinity River, Cal. S.

[Powers.

21359. Dug-out canoe. (Model.) " "

Dug-out canoe.

Used in river fisheries of the Southern States.

25728. Dug-out canoe. (Model; scale, inch to foot.) Saint John's River,
Florida. Francis C. Goode.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 145

Boats.

Portable boats.

29506. Hegeman portable folding boat. Length, 10 feet; width, 3 feet.

Hegeman Portable Folding Boat Company, Ballston Spa, N. Y.
Directions for setting up boat :

1. Unfold the frame.

2. Place the knees and seats in position before fastening the bottom-

end section at the ends of the boat.

3. Fasten the bottom-end section to the ends of the boat by the

thumb-screws.

4. Place on the canvas with the cords and tie in a single loop (or bow

knot).

22218. Model of Colvin portable canvas boat. (Patented Oct. 6, 1874.) R.
. A. Scott & Co., Albany, N. Y.

"This boat consists of a canvas exterior made thoroughly water-proof
by a preparation which preserves the strength of the canvas and prevents
decay and oxidation. It is shaped like a canoe, sharp at both ends, and
cuts the water handsomely. Along the sides and bottom are leather
thongs, by which the boughs and limbs cut for frame can be lashed se-
curely to the canvas, with the assistance of the four leather framing
blocks or sockets (two for each end), which connect the stem and stern
posts (or prow pieces) with the keelson, and it can be readily put together
anywhere in the woods, no tools being required for the purpose, excepting
such as are always carried by a party of sportsmen, or others, an ax or
hatchet only being needed. The whole of it can be packed away in a
space 24 inches long, 6 inches wide, and 3 inches thick. The size now
made (No. 3), although but 12 feet long, will carry six men, or four men
with their necessary baggage, and weighs but 12 pounds when rolled up.
It has been tested in a heavy sea with a frame of green boughs cut only
two hours before, and carried a weight of 700 pounds safely and easily."

25879-26-112. Model of Tenner's portable boat. With canvas bottom, C.
A. Fenner, Mystic River, Connecticut.

One of these models is shown closed up in its case ready for transporta-
tion, the other set up for use.

Canoes.

26619. Paper canoe "Maria Theresa." N. H. Bishop, Lake George, N. Y.

Designed by Rev. Baden Powell, of England ; built by E. Waters &
Sons, of Troy, N. Y. Dimensions : length, 14 feet ; beam, 28 inches ;
depth (amidship), 9 inches ; weight of canoe, 58 pounds ; weight of ca-
noeist, 130 pounds; weight of outfit, 90 pounds; total, 278 pounds.
Rowed by Mr. N. H. Bishop (from Troy, N. Y., 2,000 miles) while on his
first geographical journey from the Gulf of Saint Lawrence to the Gulf of
Mexico, 2,500 miles, during 1874 and 1875. Since the completion of the
voyage all injuries the hull sustained were remedied by the simple appli-
cation of a sheet of paper and a coat of shellac varnish to the outside of
the boat. When in use a piece of canvas covers the midecked'part of the
canoe and keeps the interior dry. Water-courses traversed by Mr. Bishop
during 1874 and 1875: From Quebec, rivers Saint La wrence and Richelieu,

Bull. N. M. No. 14 10

14fi ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Boats.

Canoes.

Lake Champlain, and canal to Albany ; the Hudson, Kill Von Kull, and
Raritan rivers and canal, and the Delaware to Philadelphia ; Delaware
River and bay to Cape Henlopen, and interior salt-water passages on coast
of Maryland and Virginia to Norfolk ; the Elizabeth River and canal to
Currituck Sound, Albemarle, Pamlico, Cove, Bogue, Stump, and other
sounds, to near Wilmington, N. C. ; Waccamau River to Georgetown, S.
C. ; by salt-water creeks, rivers, bays, and sounds along the coast of the
United States to Florida ; from Atlantic coast, via Saint Mary's and Su-
wannee rivers, to Gulf of Mexico.

26628. Rice Lake canoe. William English, Peterborough, Ontario.

Coracles or skin boats.

9785. Skin boat. Hidatza (Gros Venires) Indians. Fort Buford, Dakota.
Dr. W. Mathews, U. S. A.

•

Whale boat (used in whale fisheries).

24880. Whale-boat. (Model, with all fittings; scale, 1 inch to foot.) Capt.

L. Howland, New Bedford, Mass.

24868. Whale-boat. (Model.) C. H. Shute & Son, Edgartown, Mass.
26839. Whale-boat, 35 feet long. Williams, Haven & Co., New London,

Conn.
This boat is mounted with all the gear used in the capture of the whale.

Seine-boat.

25827. Model of Cape Ann seine-boat. Higgins & Gifford, Gloucester,

This model shows the fittings manufactured for seine-boats by Wilcox,
Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn., to wit: cleat, stern-cap, snatch-
block for pursing-seine, steering-oarlock with stern socket, socket used
on side of stern for steering, davit-iron, tow-iron, tow-link and hook, be-
laying-pin, oar-holder, davit-guard and step-plate, breast-brace and eye-
plate or oar-holder swivels, all of which are shown in their proper places
by full-size models.

Dorys, sharpies, and dingies.

25657. Nantucket dory. (Model; scale, 1 inch to the foot.) William H.

Chase.

Used in gathering clams for codfish-bait.
12678. New England dory. (Models; scale, 1 inch to the foot.) Starling

& Stevens, Ferry villo, Me.
13493. New England dory. (Model; scale, 1 inch to the foot.) Starling

& Stevens, Ferry ville, Me.

Used in coast fisheries and bank cod fisheries.
24752. Connecticut sharpy. (Scale, 1 inch to the foot. ) Capt. H. C. Chester,

Noank, Coun.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 147

Boats.

Italian fishing-boats.

Used in harbor fisheries of California.

22213. Italian fishing-boat. (Model; felucca rig.) San Francisco. Liv-

, [ingston Stone.

22214. Italian fishing-boat. (Model; felucca rig.) " "

22215. Italian fishing-boat. (Model; felucca rig.) " "
22217. Italian fishing-boat. (Model.) Chinese fishing-boat. San Fran-
cisco. Livingston Stone. ,

Pinkies.

25729. Martha's Vineyard pinkie-boat. (Model ; scale, i inch to the foot.)
William H. Chase.
Used in shore fisheries.

25898. Norman's Land pinkie-boat. (Model; scale, inch to the foot.) Capt.

William Cleveland, Vineyard Haven, Mass.
Used in cod and coast fisheries.

Hunting-skiffs.

Used for hunting and fishing in mountain lakes.

26621. Adirondack boat. Full size. Frederick D. Graves, maker, Boston,

Mass.
25681. Adirondack boat. (Model; scale, £ inch to the foot.) Frederick D.

Graves, maker, Boston, Mass.

Dimensions : 15 feet long, 3 feet 6 inches wide ; weight, 75 to 80 pounds.
For the use of sportsmen this boat is claimed to excel, on account of its
extreme lightness and durability, one man being able by means of a yoke to
carry the same to any distance without fatigue. This boat is also adapted
for family purposes, the patent rowlock enabling the most inexperienced
rower of either sex to propel the boat with ease and perfect safety, and
without any possible chance of losing the oars.

25899. Ausable boat. (Model.) D. L. Fitzhugh, jr., Bay City, Mich.

Used in trout and grayling fishing, with well for live fish.
Length,- 16 feet; sides twelve inches high inside, 2 feet 10
inches wide on top, 2 feet 4 inches at bottom.

26624. Saint Lawrence boat. (Length, 19 feet; width, 43 inches.) Henry
Sweetman, Clayton, N. Y.
Used in trolling in the Thousand Island region. Length, 19 fe^t ;

width, 43 inches.

25053. Alexandria Bay boat. (Model.) Corn wall & Walton, Alexandria, N.Y.
Used for hunting and fishing in the Adirondacks and the Saint
Lawrence.

Sea boats.

24999. New England surf-boat. (Model ; scale, 2 inches to the foot.) Cra-

gin & Sheldon, makers, Boston, Mass.

Used in harbor, lake, and river fisheries.

25001. Whitehall boat (18 feet). (Model ; scale, 2 inches to the foot.) Cra-
gin & Sheldon, Boston, Mass.

25000. Ship's yawl. (Model; scale, 2 inches to the foot.) Cragin & Shel-

don, Boston, Mass.

Carried by coasters and fishing smacks.

148 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Boats*

Sea boats.

22216. San Francisco yawl. (Model. ) Livingston Stone.

Used by Italian fishermen on coast of California.

25028. Nantucket Harbor boat. (Model; scale, 1 inch to the foot.) W. H.
Chase.
Used in harbor fishing.

Oyster-canoes.

25003. Chesapeake oyster-canoe (made from two logs). (Model; scale, 1
inch to the foot.) Major T. B. Ferguson, Maryland Fish Commis-
sion.

Used for oyster-raking in Chesapeake Bay.

25002. Chesapeake canoe-pungy. (Model; scale, 1 inch to the foot.) Major
T. B. Ferguson, Maryland Fish Commission.
Used in oyster-dredging in Chesapeake Bay.

Ducking-boats.

25658. Egg Harbor boat. (Model; scale, inch to the foot. P. Bra&kcr,
New York City.

Used for hunting in marshes and bays.

26620. Cedar duck-boat " Central Republic." Built by Capt. George
Bogart, surfman, Manahawken, Ocean County, New Jersey,
Dimensions: 12 feet long, beam 3 feet 11 inches, depth 12 inches.
N. H. Bishop, Lake George, N. Y.

This is the boat in which Mr. Nathaniel H. Bishop, of Lake George,

Warren County, New York State, rowed from Pittsburg, Pa., via Ohio

and Mississippi Rivers and the Gulf of Mexico (2,600 miles) to Cedar Keys,

Fla., while on his second geographical expedition during 1875-76.

26623. New Jersey sneak-box. (Model; scale, 1 inch to the foot.) John D,

Gifford, Tuckerton, N. J.

These boats are from twelve to fourteen feet in length ; the shelving or
sideboards on the stern of the boat are used to hold the decoys while the-
hunter rows to and from the shooting ground. Used by gunners on Bar-
negat and Little Egg Harbor Bays, New Jersey.

26622. Maryland ducking-sink. (Model; scale, 1 inch to foot.) J. G. Adam,
Used by gunners on the Potomac River and Chesapeake Bay.

. Cat-rigged fishing-boats.

12099. Bay of Fundy cat-boat. (Model; scale, \ inch to the foot.) Captain
Hallet, Eastport, Me.

Used ih herring fisheries.

25026. Martha's Vineyard cat-boat. (Model; scale, i inch to the foot.)
William H. Chase.

Used in coast fisheries.
29537. Providence River cat-boat. (Model; scale, inch to the foot.) J.

M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.

These boats vary in length from 14 to 19£ feet, and cost from $225 to .$425.
Used by lobster fisheries and hook and line fisheries. Built by J. U. Stod-
dard.

26585. Two-masted cat-boat. (Model; scale, about | inch to the foot.)
Johnson & Young, Boston, Mass.
Used in New England lobster fisheries.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 149

Boats.

Schooner-rigged fishing- vessels.

26809. Noank lobster-boat. (Model.) Capt. H. C. Chester, Noank, Conn.
25825. Block Island boat. (Model; scale, £ inch to the foot.) Capt. H. C.
Chester.
Used in cod fisheries and shore fisheries.

25730. Massachusetts schooner-smack. (Model; scale, £ inch to the foot.)

William H. Chase, Boston, Mass.
Used in mackerel fisheries and winter oyster trade.

25731. Maine schooner-smack. (Model; scale, | inch to the foot.) Capt.

H. C. Chester.

Used in bank cod fisheries and eastern mackerel fisheries.
26536. Oyster-schooner. (Model; scale, 1 inch to the foot.) T. B. Fergnson,
Maryland Fish Commission.

Used in oyster-dredging in Chesapeake Bay.

26584. Schooner-smack. (Model; scale, abont \ inch to the foot.) Johnson
& Young, Boston, Mass.

Employed in the New England lobster fisheries.

25727. Noank well-smack. (Model; scale, i inch to the foot.) H. C. Ches-
ter, Noank, Conn.

Supplies fresh fish to local markets and New York iced-fish trade.
24883. Schooner-yacht. (Model ; scale, £ inch to the foot. ) William H. Chase.

Used in pursuit of sword-fish and blue-fishing.

22220. Gloucester schooner-smack, style 1835. (Model.) M. M. McFadyn.
First form of sharp-bowed schooner, out of which the present

Gloucester schooner was developed.

22219. Old-fashioned topmast schooner. (Model.) A. R. Crittenden.
26584. Schooner-smack. (Model; scale, about i inch to the foot.) Johnson
& Young, Boston, Mass.
Used in the New England lobster fisheries.

Ships.

25726. Whaling-ship. (Model.) C. H. Shute & Son, Edgartown, Mass.
Crew engaged in cutting in the blubber.

24881. Whaling-bark. (Model ; scale, £ inch to the foot.) U. S. Fish Com-

mission.
Used in northern whale fisheries.

24882. Merchant ship. (Model; scale, £ inch to the foot.) U. S. Fish Com-

mission.

Used in foreign trade.

Boats of Great Lakes.

26625. Mackinaw boat. (Model.) J. W. Milner.

Used in fisheries of the upper great lakes.

26626. " Norwegian boat" (Model.) J. W. Milner.

Used in Lake Michigan fisheries.
26790. Lake Erie pound boat. (Model.) J. W. Milner.

26627. Square-stern boat. (Model.) J. W. Milner.

Used in Great Lake fisheries.

Steamers.

25824. Menhaden steamer with seine-boats. (Model.) Joseph Lawler,

Bristol, Me.
. Gill-net steamer. (Model.) N. Crooks, Milwaukee, Wis.

150 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Boats.

Steamers.

25027. Gill-iiet steamer. (Model ; scale, 1 inch to 5 feet 5 inches. )

Used in Lake Michigan fisheries.
25027. "Camel" floating-dock. (Model; scale, 1 inch to 5 feet 5 inches.)

William H. Chase.

26808. "Camel" floating-dock. Model of steamship Cuba. Deposited by
F. McFaddeu, Philadelphia.

Built in 1842 for floating loaded ships over Nantucket bar.

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Blocks.

25821. Three single iron-sheaved, plain-hook tackle blocks. Walter Cole-

nian & Sons, Providence, R. I.
25820. Two double iron-sheaved, plain-hook tackle blocks. Walter Cole-

nian & Sons, Providence, R. I.
25806. "Dead-eye" block. Used to secure the standing or fixed rigging to

the hull of the vessel. Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25804. "Heart" block. Used to secure the standing or fixed rigging to the

hull of the vessel. Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25805. "Bull's-eye" block. Used to secure the standing or fixed rigging to

the hull of the vessel. Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25819. One single brass-sheaved, sister-hook tackle block. Walter Cole-
man & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25152. Series of boat-blocks. Used on small fishing-boats around Cape Cod
and Newport. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25817. One single brass-sheaved, sister-hook tackle block. Walter Cole-

man & Sous, Providence, R. I.

25818. One double iron-sheaved, sister-hook tackle block. Walter Cole-

man & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25812. Round block. For jib-sheets and small craft. Walter Colemau &

Sons, Providence, R. I.

25816. Two double brass-sheaved, plain-hook tackle block. Walter Cole-
man &. Sons, Providence, R. I.

25815. Common iron sheave, Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25814. Plain brass sheave. Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25813. Patent brass-roller sheave. Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.
29444. Improved swivel-hook. For blocks and general use. Daniel Walker,

Providence, R. I.

Clews and hanks.

25139. Ship's clew for courses. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown,

[Conn.

25140. Earing-riug. " "

25141. Throat-ring. " "
25221. Sail-clew. " "

25135. Series of spectacle or fore-and-aft clews. With patent clew-thiui-

bles. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25136. Improved heart-clew. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25142. Tack-ring. " "

25137. Series of topsail clew-bows. " "

25138. Series of clew-bars. " «•

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 151

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Clews and lianks.

29475. Clement's patent self-adjusting jib-hank. Wilcox, Crittenden &
Co., Middletowu, Conn.

25143. Jib-head, with patent clew- thimble, used where the jib has been
stretched too much ; the jib is shortened at the head ; and the jib-
head is attached to the sail. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middle-
town, Conn.

25803. Jib-hank. Goes on jib-stay to hold the sail to it. Walter Coleman
& Sons, Providence, R. I.

25777. Wooden jib-hank. Samuel Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

25156. Series of single-stay jib-hanks. Wilcox, Crittenden &• Co., Middle-

[town, Conn.

25157. Series of double-stay jib-hanks. " "

25215. Self-adjusting jib-hank for double stay. Clement's patent. Wilcox,

Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
25214. Patent self-adjusting jib-hank. Clement's patent. Wilcox, Crit--

tenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
29460. Jib-sheet block (peculiar to Gloucester fishing-vessels). Samuel

Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

25158. Pratt's patent jib-hank or yacht-jib. Wilcox, Crittendeu & Co.,

[Middletown, Conn.
25207. Hook-and-eye for bonnet of jib. " "

Chocks.

29468. Line-chock for whale-boat. Pro vincetown style. William W. Smith,

Provincetown, Mass.

25180. Line-chock for whale-boat. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co.. Middletown,

[Conn.

25216. Bow-chocks. "

25195. Boat-chocks. " "

Boat-hooks.

25926. Whaler's large-ring boat-hook. E. B. & T. Macy, New Bedford,

Mass.
25614. Whale-boat boat-hook (peculiar to New Bedford). Humphrey S.

Kirby, New Bedford, Mass.

25196. Series of wrought-iron boat-hooks. Wilcox, Crittendeu &, Co.,

[Middletown, Conn.

25200. Boat-hook for gunboat. " "

25226. Boat-hook. U. S. Fish Commission (deposited).

25197. Double Navy boat-hooks with ball points. Wilcox, Crittenden &

[Co., Middletown. Conn.

25198. Series of Navy boat-hooks with ball points.

25199. Series of sharp-pointed boat-hooks. " "

Belaying-pins.

25161. Series of belaying-pius. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown,

[Conn.

25169. Belay ing-pin for Cape Ann seine-boat. "
25766. Two belay ing-pins. Samuel Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

152 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Kiggers' hooks.

25194. Deck or hammock hook. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown,

[Coim.

25195. Hammock-hook.

25206. Series of riggers' sister-hooks. " "

25145. Wide-mouthed single-hooks, or Cape Ann bonnet-hooks. Wilcox,

[Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
29478. Bonnet-hook and grommet. "

29452. Bonnet-hook-and-eye, for removing the jib. Wilcox, Crittenden &

[Co., Middletown, Conn.

25155. Series of hooks and thimbles. " "

25943. Purrel hooks. S. Elwell, jr.

25144. Sister-hooks. Wilcox, Critteiiden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
25150. Sailmaker's bench-hook. " "

25149. Sailmaker's heaver. " "

25207. Hook-and-eye for bonnet of jib. " "
25185. Hook-and-eye plate. " "

Grommets.

25116. Series of galvanized-iron sail-grommets (Wilcox's patent). Wilcox,

Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25117. Series of brass sail-grommets (Wilcox's patent). Wilcox, Crittenden

& Co., Middletown, Conn.

25118. Series of brass grommets. Conical point, rolled rim. Wilcox, Crit-

tenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25119. Series of metallic grommets. First used in America. Wilcox, Crit-

tenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25120. Series of brass grommets. First patented in America. Wilcox, Crit-

tenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25121. Rope-yarn grommets (with worked holes showing mode of use).

Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25128. Series of light, galvanized grommet-rings. Wilcox, Crittenden &

Co., Middletown, Conn.

25129. Series of heavy galvanized sail-thimbles. Wilcox, Crittenden &

Co., Middletown, Conn.

25130. Series of heavy iron sail-thimbles (Navy pattern). Wilcox, Critten-

den & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25122. Galvanized-iron ring grommet, with worked holes showing mode of

use. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25123. Series of buntline leaders and earing grommets. Wilcox, Critten-

den & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25124. Series of eyelet grommets. Used to line worked holes and couplings

to Wilcox's patent grommets. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middle-
town, Conn.

25125. Setting-die. Used for inserting eyelets. Wilcox, Crittemlen & Co.,

Middletown, Conn.

25126. Cutting-punch. Used for cutting grommet-holes. Wilcox, Critten-

den & Co., Middletowu, Conn.

25127. Series of heavy grommet-rings. Used for eariugs. Wilcox, Crit-

tenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25131. Series of light iron sail-thimbles. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Mid-

dletown, Conn.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 153

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing- vessels.

Grommets.

25132. Series of throat-thimbles. Gloucester pattern. Wilcox, Crittenden

& Co., Middletown, Conn.

25133. Series of reef-tackle or saddle-thimbles. Wilcox, Crittenden &. Co.,

Middletown, Conn.

25134. Series of brass sail-thimbles. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middle -

[town, Conn.

25152. Series of open or riggers' thimbles. " "

25153. Series of wire-rope thimbles. " "

Anchors.

25162. Boat-anchor. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25163. Grappling-iron for dory. " "

25219. Wooden killick or coast anchor. H. C. Chester, Noank, Conn.
29249. Series of sailors' palms (from best to the poorest). Wilcox, Critten-
den & Co., Middletown, Conn.

29423. Sailor's palm (left hand). Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown,

[Conn

29424. Sailor's roping palm, A 1 (right hand). "

29454. Superior cast-steel sail-needles. " "

Mast-gear.

25802. Six "purrel trucks." Used on a rope around the mast to keep the
gaff on the mast. Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25807. Mast-hoop. Used to hold the sail to the mast. Walter Coleman &

Sons, Providence, R. I.

25808. Lace trucks. Used on the foot of sail to attach it to the boom.

Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

251r>9. Series of boat-mast hoops. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletowu,
Conn.

25810. Mast-head truck. Used on top of mast to display bunting and

signals. Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

25811. Mast-head ball. Used on top of the topmast to display bunting and

signals. Walter Coleman & Sons, Providence, R. I.

29480. Mast-head gear for dory. Amasa Taylor, Provincetown, Mass.

29481. Mast and boom attachment for dory. " "

29484. Mast and gaff attachment for whale-boat (new style). Used by
Provincetown whalers. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown.

[Conn.
25181. Mast-hinge for whale-boat. " "

Leaders and foot-stops.

25604. Series of sail-leaches and boom foot -stops. Used by Ne wport smack-
men. J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.

25193. Boom foot-stops. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25181. Mast-hinge for whale-boat. " "

29450. Fair-leader. Used on the booms of Gloucester vessels. Samuel El-
well, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

29463. Patent topsail travelers. Used on square-rigged vessels. Wilcox,
Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

29449. Mast-hook clutch. E. A. Sawyer, Portland, Me.

154 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Boat-builders7 materials.

25170. Ring-bolts. Wilcox, Crittenden &. Co., Middletown, Conn.

25201. Series of screw eye-bolts. "

25202. Series of screw ring-bolts. "

25203. Series of ring-bolts. " "

25211. Common oval Lead clinch boat-nail. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co.,

[Middletowu, Conn.

25212. Chisel-point clinch boat-nails.

25213. Countersunk clinch boat-nails.
25220. Series of boat-rivets.

25223. Washers or clinch-rings for rivets.
25178. Stem cap for Cape Ann seine-boat.
25173. Davit-guard and step-plate for Cape Ann seine-boat. "

25175. Eye-plate or oar-holder swivels for Cape Ann seine-boat. "

25176. Gunwale supporter for Cape Ann seine-boat.

25173. Davit-guard and step-plate for Cape Ann seine-boat. "

25174. Breast-brace for Cape Ann seine-boat.

25166. Davit-iron for Cape Ann seine-boats.

25167. Tow-iron for Cape Ann seine-boats.

25168. Tow-link and hook for Cape Ann seine-boat.

29482. Boom-rest or crotch-socket. Used on the taffrail of Cape fishing-
vessels when they are "laying to" on George's Banks. Theo.
Brown, Wellfleet, Mass.

25204. Water-deck iron. Wilcox, Critteudeu & Co., Middletown, Conn*

.Rudder-fixtures.

29496. "W. N. Clark's rudder-hanger." (Patented September 3, 1867.)
James B. Clark, Chester, Conn.

"Advantages claimed for this hanger: To ship the rudder one has only
to enter the tongue (which has the rudder already attached) in the
grooved plate from the top just far enough to get it steady, and then let
it down, when it will go to its place without further care. Hence arises
the first great advantage which this hanger possesses over the old way,
viz, the ease and dispatch with which the rudder can be shipped under
all circumstances.

Every boatman knows the trouble he has been to, at times, in trying
to ship his rudder, while in a seaway, in the dark, or in muddy water,
when the eyes in the boat could not be seen; often being obliged to
reach down with his hand to get the lower pintle entered.

From the quickness with which the rudder can be shipped, in any posi-
tion of the boat, and under any circumstances, and its security when
shipped, it must recommend itself for all life-boat purposes, where, in
case of an emergency, time is of vital importance.

Another advantage is that with this hanger the rudder cannot of itself
unship as has often been the case with the common hanger, when the
boat has been left for a short time and the tiller worked out, thereby
leaving the rudder free, by striking the bottom or anything sufficient to
raise it three or four inches, to unhinge and float away. As will readily
be seen, this cannot get away until the rudder has risen the whole length
of the tongue, which, of itself, wouM never happen.

Again, with this hanger the rudder can be shipped and unshipped
while under full sail, thus making it very convenient for fishermen or

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 155

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Rudder-fixtures.

any one sailing over a line or seine, as the rudder can be easily raised far
enough to pass over and prevent a line getting caught between the rud-
der and boat, as would otherwise likely ensue, and when over, by simply
letting down the rudder, it will go to its place again ready for use.

By this arrangement we are enabled to get the hinges further down on
the rudder, thereby bringing the strain on both of them, while in the old
way, the lower eye and pintle are so far from the bottom of the boat, in
order to facilitate the shipping of the rudder, that this one has to bear
nearly all of the strain." (W. N. Clark.)
25190. Rudder-gudgeons. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25182. Rudder-braces for whale-boat. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middle-

[town, Conn.

25209. Series of common wrought-iron rudder-braces. " "
25189. Series of rudder braces. " "

25210. Rudder-braces for New Orleans cat-boat. " "

25183. Rudder-braces for metallic life-boat. " "
29472. Dory breast-hook and stern braces. " "

Cleats.

25779. Stay-sail snatch-cleat. Used by Gloucester fishing-schooners. Al-
len L. McDonald, Gloucester, Mass.
25809. Wooden cleats. Used to fasten ropes to. William Coleman & Sons,

Providence, R. I.

25218. Series of small cleats. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
25217. Small brass cleats. " "

25177. Cleats for Cape Ann seine-boat. " "

25191. Boat-cleats. " "

Rowlocks.

25088. Whale-boat rowlock. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
25086. Brass wash-streak rowlock. " "

25113. Steering rowlock with stem socket for Cape Ann seine-boat. Wilcox,

Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25114. Socket used on side of stem for steering. Used oil Cape Ann seine-

boat. Wilcox, Crittenden &. Co., Middletown, Conn.

25085. Seine-boat rowlock. Wilcox, Crittenden &, Co., Middletowu, Conn.
25070-72. Polished brass rowlocks. " "

25076,25077. Polished brass rowlock used on gunning-skiff. Wilcox, Crit-
tenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25104-5 Galvanized socket rowlocks. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middle-

[town, Conn.

25082-3-4. Brass socket rowlocks. " "

25091-2-3. Plain brass patent swivel rowlock. " "

25094. Galvanized-iron patent swivel rowlock. " "

25101. First patent swivel rowlock put in market. Wilcox, Crittenden &

Co., Middletown, Conn.

25079-80-81. Plain brass rowlock used on gunning-skiff. Wilcox, Critten-
den & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25106-7-8. Side-plate rowlock used on gunning-skiff. Wilcox, Crittenden
& Co., Middletown, Conn.

156 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Bcrwlocks.

25188. Rowlock for dory. Showing new mode of fastening. Wilcox, Crit-
tenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25765. Dory thole-pin rowlock. Samuel Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

25090. Gun-metal dory rowlock with Southwick's patent fa stening. Wilcox,
Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25100. Dory rowlock, showing patent mode of fastening. Wiloox, Critten-
den & Co., Middletown, Conn.

26902. "Lyman's patent bow-facing rowing-gear." William Lyman, Mid-

dlefield, Conn.

This bow-facing, i. e., front view, rowing-gear is an invention which
allows the rower to face forward instead of backward, pulling in the same
manner as with the ordinary oars. This reverse movement is obtained by
having the oar in two parts, each part having a ball-and-socket joint,
which is attached to the wale of the boat by means of a slot and button,
and the two parts connected by a rod (with hinged bearings) which
crosses the wale of the boat.

The advantages claimed for this rowing-gear over the ordinary oar, are :
" 1. The oarsman faces the direction in which he goes.

2. The arrangement of the levers is such that the oarsman applies his
strength to the best mechanical advantage, enabling him to row faster ind
more easily than with any other oar.

3. During the stroke the bow of the boat is slightly raised by the mo-
tion of the rower instead of being lowered by his motion as in ordinary
rowing.

4. The stroke is longer than with ordinary oars.

5. The oars can be closed up out of the way along the side of the boat
without detaching them from the gunwale.

6. It is better from the fact that the blade of the oar is in front and can
be seen at the beginning of the stroke, so that there is no difficulty in
avoiding obstacles, and in a rough sea there is little danger of "catching
crabs."

7. With these oars the boatman makes no more effort in steering than
in directing his course while walking, and this advantage lessens greatly
the effort of rowing.

8. While rowing there is no noise from the bearings.

9. A pair of these oars weigh about 5 pounds more than the oars, but
this additional weight has this advantage, that at the beginning and end
of the stroke it helps to lower and raise the blade owing to the peculiar
position of the oar.

10. When these oars are detached from the boat, no wood or iron pro-
jections are left on the wale of the boat, as in ordinary rowing-gear, and
thus a serious inconvenience is obviated.

These oars can be attached to and detached from the boat very quickly
and they can be closed up in a convenient form for carrying.

These several advantages, viz, the front view, the increased ease and
speed in rowing, the raising of the bow instead of depressing it, the closing
up of the oar out of the way while on the boat, the increasd facility in
avoiding obstacles, the diminished effort of hand and eyes in steering,
the rowing without noise, the better balance and swing of the oars, have
commended this new gear to all who have tried it.

This gear can be attached to almost any boat, and is especially adapted
to hunting, fishing, and all kinds of pleasure boating.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 1'57

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Rowlocks.

Almost any one (even if he has never rowed a boat) with an hour's
practice can use these front view oars well; it being much easier to leara
to use a pair of these oars than a pair of the back view oars." (William
Lynian.)

28292. Frederick D. Graves's improved noiseless rowlock. Fred. D. Graves,

Boston, Mass.

"The object of this invention is to improve the construction and opera-
tion of the class of rowlocks in such manner as, first, to insure the proper
inclination of the blade of the oar, and prevent the liability of its catch-
ing the water when feathering in recovering, as well as to insure the
proper position of the blade of the oar when making the stroke ; secondly,
to enable the outer end of the oar to be raised when it is being feathered,
in order to prevent its contact with the water in rough weather. My
improved rowlock, which is composed of an inclosing ring located on a
pintle, and an inner ring inclosed by the ring and adapted to be partially
rotated therein ; the inside of the inclosing ring is provided with a groove
which extends almost around it, its continuity being broken only by a
stop. The pintle of the rowlock is inserted in a socket attached to the
gunwale of the boat, the pintle and rowlock being adapted to turn freely
in the socket. From the foregoing it will readily be seen that an oar
pivoted in the inner ring is adapted to be partially rotated, in addition to
its oscillating movements, so that when its stroke is completed it can be
turned, so as to feather the blade in the recover stroke. The stop and
shoulders of the inner ring are arranged in such mutual relation that the
shoulder abuts against the stop, in feathering the oar, before the blade be-
comes horizontal in cross-section, so that the cross-section of the oar is
necessarily inclined downward from its forward to its rear edge during
the feathering stroke, this inclination of the blade preventing its forward
edge from engaging with the water and overturning the rower, or, in
other words, causing him to "catch a crab." This limitation of the oar
in its rotation prevents awkward accidents in feathering, and enables an
unskilled person to row with a considerable degree of certainty." (F. D.
Graves. )

25098-9. Galvanized-iron patent swivel rowlock. Wilcox, Crittenden &

[Co., Middletown, Conn.

25095. Galvauized-iron patent swivel rowlock. " "
25097. Galvanized-iron patent swivel rowlock.

25096. Galvanized-iron patent swivel rowlock.
25073-4-5. Polished brass patent swivel rowlock. "

25102-3. Galvanized socket rowlock. " "

25111. Countersunk rowlock. Used on Ohio River flat-boats. Wilcox, Crit-
tenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

29459. Rowlock. Newport and Providence River style. Wilcox, Critteu-

[den & Co., Middletown, Conn.

25087. North Paver pattern rowlock. " "

25089. East River pattern rowlock. " "

29319. Socket-joint rowlock. Frederick A. Gower, Providence, R. I.

"The socket-joint rowlock is intended to increase the speed and improve
the convenience of racing boats. Its advantages have proved so easily
apparent to oarsmen that there is little need of detailing its strong points,
but the following are among its leading features :

158 ANIMAL^RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Kowlocks.

Wabbliiig of the oar is wholly avoided. If the oar is a properly good
fit, it will have less thaii £ inch of fore-and-aft motion in the lock.

" Catching crabs" is largely avoided by preventing the oar from jam-
ming in the lock at the beginning or end of the stroke. If a "crab"
should be caught, the rowlock is not strained, and the oar can be recov-
ered without stopping the boat.

A good grip of the water is assured to even the inexperienced oarsman
by the shape of the back of the rowlock, which corresponds to that of the
oar. The oar settles itself into the proper position on beginning the stroke.

Any length of reach may be taken by long-built men in going forward,
avoiding an evil often complained of.

A space half as wide admits passage of the boat. Equipped with this
rowlock a six or four oared shell passes through an opening the width of
the outriggers. Crews rowing on narrow or bridged water will find this
advantage worth the price of the rowlocks in a single season.

Uniting the rods at a single point brings the whole strength of the out-
rigger into play at every part of the stroke, and an outrigger thus made
can hardly be demolished while the boat stands.

Any oars may be used if of recent pattern, i. e.} without the unsightly
"bulge" on the loom. It is only necessary to make a slight change in
the button, as described below.

Better time may be made. Experiments thus far indicate that the
socket-joint rowlock is perceptibly speedier than the common pattern, by
the stoppage of wabbling, and general smoothness of action.

liaising a rowlock with the common outrigger is a half hour's trouble
with rusty nuts (one or two of which usually twist the bolt off in start-
ing) and experimenting to get the right thickness of washers. With the
socket-joint rowlock the same thing is done in two minutes by slipping
half or three-quarters of an inch of washers on the shaft under the top rod.

Superior strength. The ordinary iron thole-pins are strong in one direc-
tion only ; a backward or side wise blow is likely to bend them. The
supporting shaft of the socket-joint rowlock is equally strong all around
and withstands a greater strain than the best oars made can apply to it.
The whole rowlock is made of the best bronze-metal, which will not rust
nor suddenly snap on a frosty morning. Under great mechanical pressure
the lower part of the lock has been bent out nearly straight without
breaking.

Minor conveniences continually appear in the use of this improvement.
There is no wiring to do ; no reaching out-board to ship oars ; no wriggling
the button through the rowlock ; no getting grease on the oar-handle by-
passing through the rowlock ; no "losing the button" outside the out-
rigger; no jamming the button between the thole-pins. When the out-
riggers are taken off the boat the rods turn on the shaft as a hinge and
fold up into a compact bundle not easily bent out of shape nor injured.
The rowlocks can be detached entirely, if desired, and each set of rods
made into a package as easily carried as a walking-stick, while the row-
lock may be put into the oarsman's coat-pocket. Oarsmen having occa-
sion to travel with boats by rail will appreciate this convenience.

This rowlock cannot pretend to be a cheap contrivance; it is made of
the best material, and requires expensive labor. Its first cost is moiv
than that of the common pattern, but considering its advantages it will
be found cheaper in the end." (F. A. Grower.)

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 159

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Eowlooks.

25165. Thole-pins for metallic life-boat. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middle-

[town, Conn.

525115. Whitehall pattern rowlock. " "

25112. Detroit or Lake Michigan rowlock. " . "

22227. "Acme" oarlock. Pattern invented 1876. " "

25172. Oar-holder for Cape Ann seine- boat (old model). Higgins & Gifford,

Gloucester, Mass.
25171, Oar-holder for Cape Ann seine-boat. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co.,

Middletown, Conn.

Oars.

25022. One pair white-ash oars (9 feet). R. T. Dodge, maker, Boston, Mass.
25021. One pair white-ash oars (6 feet). " "
25041. Pair white-ash oars (12 feet). " "

25011. Pair pine oars (8 feet). " "

25023. Paii- white-ash oars (9 feet). " "

25012. Pair spoon oars (10 feet). " "
26811. Pair of oars (7 feet 8 inches). Waters & Son, Troy, N. Y., makers;

Delong & Sons, Glens Falls, N. Y.

Paddles.

25020. White-ash paddles. R. T. Dodge, maker, Boston.

643. Indian paddles. Northwestern coast. George Gibbs.

644. Indian paddles. " "

645. Indian paddles. " Cape Flattery. George Gibbs.

646. Indian paddles. " Whaling. "

1790. Indian paddles. "

1791. Indian paddles. "

14284. Indian paddles. "

14285. Indian paddles. "

11471. Indian paddles. Fort Townsend, W. T. J. G. Swan.

11473. Indian paddles. " "

11474. Indian paddles. " "

11363. Indian paddles (for skin canoe used by Aleutians). Alaska. V. Colyer.
11369. Indian paddles (for skin or wooden canoe). " "

11366. Indian paddles. " " "

20902. ) Indian paddles (used by Trimsein Indians). Fort Simpson, B. C.

20903. 5 J. G. Swan

11434. Indian paddles. Passamaquoddy Indians. East JM >rt. Mr. E. Palmer.
2652. Indian paddles. Northwestern coast. Exploring Expedition.

Lieut. Wilkes, U. S. N.
2652. Indian paddles. Northwestern coast. Exploring Expedition.

Lieut. Wilkes, U. S. N.
26783. Whaling paddle. Makah Indians, Neeah Bay. J. G. Swan.

26781. Whaling paddle. " "

26782. Whaling paddle. " "
26780. Whaling paddle. " "
26779. Whaling paddle. " "
2fi77>. Whaling paddle. " "
26777. Whaling paddle. " "
26776. Whaling paddle. " "

160 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATUS.

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Paddles.

2G775. Whaling paddle. Makali Indians, Neeah Bay. J. G. Swan.

26774. Whaling paddle. " "

26773. Canoe paddle. " "

23772. Canoe paddle. " "

26771. Canoe paddle. " "

26770. Canoe paddle. " "

26769. Canoe paddle. " "

26768. Canoe paddle. " "

26767. Canoe paddle. " "

26766. Canoe paddle. " . "

26765. Canoe paddle. " "

26764. Canoe paddle. " "
26810. Double paddle. Made by Waters & Son, Troy, N. Y. ; De Long &
Sons, Glens Falls, N. Y.

Poles and pushing sticks.

15653. Bidarka pole. Nunivak, Alaska. W. H. Ball.
15653. Bidarka pole. " "

17443. Bidarka pole. Cave, Kagamil Island, Alaska. Alaska Commercial
Company.

Candlestick.

Used in hold of vessel while storing fish.

32741. Candlestick. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.

32692. Candlestick or "Sticking Tommy." Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown
Goode.

Fog-horns.

29382. Series of common reed fog-horns, Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4. Wilcox, Crit-
tenden & Co., Middle town, Conn.

25783. Grand Bank fog-horn. Called by the fishermen "Upper" or "rip-
per." William H. Weston, Provincetown, Mass.

25281. The Anderson fog-horn. U. S. Fish Commission. (Deposited.)

Deck-scrapers.

25160. Series of ships' deck scrapers. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middle-
town, Conn.

Dory scoop.

25222. Dory scoop. S. Elwell, jr., Gloucester, Mass.

Flagging irons, &c.

Used by mackerelmen of Capes Cod and Ann to separate barrel staves for the
insertion of stems of flag to stop leakage.

29492-94. Flagging iron, hoop-drivers, and adze. M. W. Grant, Wellfleet,
Mass.

Pump-bolt or toggle-pin.

Used on fishing-vessels of Cape Cod and Cape Ann.

20470. Pump-bolt or toggle-pin. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown,
Conn.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 161

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Pump box and haft for seine-boat.

29497. Pump box and haft for seine-boat. Andrew Kennedy, Provincetown,

(Mass.
29499. Pump box and haft for seine-boat. " "

Bung-bucket or " water-thief."

25784. Bung-bucket or "water-thief." Win. H. H. Weston, Provincetown,
Mass.

Devil's claw.

Used to stop the chain when the windlass is wanted for other uses.
29442. Devil's claw. W. H. Hesbolt, Provincetown, Mass.

Box hook.

Used in closing boxes packed full of fish.

32680. Bilge hooks. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

32695. Box hook or "devil's claw." Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

Barrel-lifters.

Used for stowing away mackerel-kegs in holds of vessels.

29291. Barrel-lifters. Wilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.
32379. Chime barrel-hooks. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

Ice-hooks.

For lifting ice on vessel from wharf.
32674. Ice-hooks. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

Lance-hooks.

Fastened on side of whale-boat to hang lance on.
25919. Lance-hooks. E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

Grappling gear.

Used to recover lost trawls.

25936. Grappling gear. A. McCurdy, Gloucester, Mass.
Marline spikes.

29418. Marline spike or pricker. Used for splicing trawl-lines. WHeox,

Crittenden & Co., Middletown, Conn.

29455. Marline spike. Made from the jawbone of sperm whale. Robert D.
Baxter, Provincetown, Mass.

29419. Marline spike. Made from the jawbone of whale. Frank O. Blake,

Portland, Me.

25147. Sailmakers' marline spike. TTilcox, Crittenden & Co., Middletowu,

[Conn.

25148. Sailmakers' marline pricker. " «'
25164. Series of marline spikes. " "
25778. Fishermen's marline spike or trawl-line splicer. Alex. McCurdy,

East Gloucester, Mass.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 11

162 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-vessels.

Marline spikes.

25146. Series of hickory hand fids. Wilcox, Crittendeu & Co., Middletown,

Conn.
25672. Copper marline spike. Made at sea by Thomas Freeman. Used for

splicing trawl-lines. Sanford Freeman, Norwichport, Mass.
32693. Splicer. Gloucester, Mass. G. Brown Goode.

Re*st for harpoon, &c.

11392. Rest for harpoon and bow and arrow. Aleutian Island. Vincent
Colyer.
Used on deck of kyak.

Stretchers for kyak-line.

9836. Stretchers for kyak-line. Eskimos.

Stool.

3978. Stool. R. MacFarlane.

Used by Eskimos to stand on while watching for seal in water.

49. CAMP-OUTFIT.
Shelter.

Lodges.
Tents.

Hunting-camps.
Hunters7 houses.
Fishing-houses.

Furniture.

Hammocks.

Beds, couches, stretchers, and lounges.

Blankets (rubber and mackinaw), and fur robes.

Fuel.

Apparatus for kindling fire.

Lamps and lanterns.

Tools.

Commissary supplies.

Cooking apparatus, kettles, and stoves.
: Commissary supplies.

29295. Portable camp-stove. H. L. Duncklee, Boston, Masa.

25689. Portable camp-stove. " "

Open, showing utensils, viz :

25690. Six tin plates.

25691. Six tin cups.

25692. Six-quart kettle.

25693. Eight-quart kettle.

25694. Stew-pan.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 163

Commissary supplies*

Commissary supplies.

25695. Coffee-pot.

25696. Dipper.

25697. Toast-rack.

25698. Frying-pan.

25699. Bread-pan.

F. & S. 60. Camp-stove and utensils. Property of John A. Nichols, Syra-
cuse, N. Y. Contributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26673. Coffee-heater. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26713. Camp-stove. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26843. Lehmen's patent folding camp-baker. Scoville & Johnson, Mar-
quette, Mich.

Table-furniture.
Preserved meats, &c.
Canned meats.

24917. Fresh tomato soup. Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass.

26649. Ox-tail soup (star brand). Portland Packing Company, Portland, Me..

24913. Fresh soup and bouilli. Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass.

26648. Soup and bouilli (star brand). Portland Packing Company, Port-
land, Me,

24921. Mock-turtle soup. Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass.

26641. Cumberland potted sausage (star brand). Portland Packing Com-
pany, Portland, Me.

24927. Ox-tail soup. Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass.

24929. Original deviled ragout. " "

24928. Deviled tongue. " "

24930. Deviled ham. " "

26645. Cumberland roast mutton (star brand). Portland Packing Com-

pany, Portland, Me.

24920. Fresh chicken. Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass.

26640. Cumberland roast chicken (star brand). Portland Packing Com-
pany, Portland, Me.

24931. Deviled chicken. Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass.

26646. Cumberland roast veal (star brand). Portland Packing Company,

Portland, Me.
24916. Fresh mutton. Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass.

26647. Cumberland roast beef (star brand). Portland Packing Company,

Portland, Me.

24910. Beef a la mode. Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass,

24911. Fresh mince-meat. " "
24915. Fresh veal. " "

26639. Champion shell-beans (star brand). Portland Packing Company,

[Portland, Me.

26638. Portland blueberries (star brand). " "

22238. Fresh blueberries, Castine Packing Company, Castine, Me.
24919. Fresh beef. Wm. Underwood & Company, Boston, Mass.
26637. Yarmouth sugar-corn. (Patented April 8, May 13 and 20, and August

26,1862.) (Star brand.) Portland Packing Company, Portland,

Me.

164 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Commissary supplies.

Canned meats.

26652. Yarmouth succotash. Made from Yarmouth sugar-corn and cham-
pion shell-beans (star brand). Portland Packing Company, Port-
land, Me.

50. PERSONAL EQUIPMENTS.
Clothing.

Hunting suits.

26555. Canvas hunting-coat. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.
Contributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

28658. Fur vest. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed
by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26659. Buckskin coat. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26870. Mole-skin pants. Property of J. A. Nichols. Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26671. Corduroy hunter's coat. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.
Contributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26675. Corduroy hunter's pants. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.

Contributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26676. Corduroy vest. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-

tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26701. Chamois shirt. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26594. Hunter's water-proof suit, with patent cartridge-holding vest. Geo.

C. Henning, Washington, D. C.
This suit includes:

1. Pantaloons so made that they can be folded close to the legs.

2. Gaiters.

3. Vest with sleeves.

4. Reversible shooting-coat, with seventy-six receptacles for shell or
cartridges so arranged as to permit them to be carried either end up, and
secured from loss or from injury by rain, by means of the flaps which
button over them. The coat is of the same shape before and behind, so
that when the hunter exhausts his shells in front he can reverse the coat
and have a. fresh supply. There are eight pockets opening on the outside
of the skirt, and two large game pockets on the inside arranged with
openings in the bottoms for ventilation and drip.

5. A double- visored cap.

26710. Hunting-coat. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contrib-
uted by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Water-proof suits.

25656. Rubber hunting-coat. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.
Contributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Oil-skin suit.

29543. Cape Ann coats. J. F. Carter1, Gloucester, Mass.

29544. Cape Ann pants. " "

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 165

Clothing*

Boots, moccasins, leggings.

2G015. Fishermen's red cod boots. Jonathan Buck, Harwich, Mass.

26015. Fishermen's red-leather slippers. " "

26014. Fishermen's black boots. " "

2582.°>. Slippers made of sheep-skin, with the wool on the inner surface.

Worn by fishermen inside of their boots. A. R. Crittenden, Mid-

dletown, Conn.

26671. Boot-packings. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-

tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26672. Moccasins. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed

by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

26708. Rubber boots. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-

tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Hats and caps.

25722. Fisherman's cap, called "Russian cap." E. R. Cook, Provincetown,

Mass.
2G651. Hunter's rubber cap. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.

Contributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.
29542. Series of sou'westers and oil-cloth hats (Cape Ann pattern). J. F.

Carter, Gloucester, Mass.

Clothing for the hands.

25788, Pair of mittens. Called " Newfoundland cuffs" by fishermen.

Peculiar to Gloucester. A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Conn.
25790. Mackerel cots. Used on the fingers when taking mackerel by hook

and line. Capt. Samuel Elwell, Gloucester, Mass.
25787. Pair of " hand-haulers." Used by fishermen off the Newfoundland

Banks. Joseph Parsons, jr., East Gloucester, Mass.

25789. Pair of nippers; peculiar to Gloucester, Mass. Joseph Parsons, East

Gloucester, Mass.
25718. Pair of nippers. Used by fishermen to protect the fingers while

hauling in trawls. David Conwell.
25717. Pair of nippers. Central Wharf Company, Provincetown, Mass.

26709. Rubber gloves. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-

tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Protection from insects :

Nets for beds and for face.

25700. Mosquito-net. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Ointments (such as tar and sweet-oil).
Smudges (such as pyrethrum powder).
Shields, breastplates, and defensive armor.

Trapping's.

Belts.

23665. Belt for sheath-knife. J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y.

166 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Trappings.

Cross-belts.
Game-bags. ,

26667. Game-bag. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed
by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

2523. Game-bag. Indians of Northwest coast. U. S. Exploring Expedi-
tion.

1473. Game-bag. Comanche Indians. Lieut. D. N. Couch, U. S. A.

2023. Game-bag of knit leather thongs. Dog-rib Indians. Fort Simpson,
B. C. R. R. Ross.

2047. Hunting-bag of "babiche." Fort Simpson, H. B. T. R. R. Ross.

2020. Hunting-bag made of "babiche." Dog-rib Indians. Fort Simpson,
H. B. T. R. R. Ross.

2551. Hunting-bag of "babiche." Fort Rae Eskimos. Mackenzie's River
district. Stratton Jones.

2498. Game-bag. Indians of Northwest coast. U. S. Exploring Expedi-
tion.

Wrist-guards.

6927. Wrist-guard. Used in shooting with the bow. Kiowa Indians.

Fort Cobb, I. T. E. Palmer.
5520. Wrist-guard. Apache Indians. Arizona. E. Palmer.

Optical instruments;, &c.

Snow-goggles.

1651. Snow-blind. Anderson River Eskimos. R. MacFarlane.
10292. Snow-goggles.
1650, 2147, 2157. Snow-goggles. Anderson River Eskimos. R. MacFarlaue.

5589. Ingaleet Eskimos. Yukon River, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

5579. Mahlemut Eskimos. Lower Yukon, Alaska.
10200. Snow-goggles.

Telescopes.
Field-glasses, &c.
Water-telescopes.

26884. Water-telescope. U. S. Fish Commission.

Used in examination of submarine objects.

Compasses.

26382. Hunter's compass. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Con-
tributed by Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Scales.

26681. Scales. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed by
Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Game and fish baskets and slings.
Wallets for lines and other tackle.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 167

medical outfit.

Medicine-chests.

Hunter's and fishermen's flasks.

26684. Flasks. Property of J. A. Nichols, Syracuse, N. Y. Contributed by
Forest & Stream Publishing Company.

Artificial lights*

Lanterns for camp and ship use. l
Torches.

1 See under Sight decoys above, p. 141.

SECTION C.

METHODS OF PREPARATION.

I. PREPARATION AND PRESERVATION OF FOOD.

1. PRESERVATION DURING LIFE (see under E, 3).

2. PRESERVATION OF FRESH MEATS.

Refrigerators.

Ice-boxes and refrigerators.

. Allegretti iceberg-refrigerator. Allegretti Refrigerator Company,

[New York.
. Allegretti refrigerator show-case. "

Banta refrigerator.

Banta horizontal refrigerator.

. Banta refrigerator show-case. Process patented July 1, 1867. G.

A. Banta, New York City.
. Zero refrigerator. Alexander M. Lesley, New York.

Kefrigerator-cars.
(Accessory.) The ice-trade :

Ice cutting and handling apparatus.

Methods of manufacturing artificial ice.

Ice-houses.

Other accessories of preservation.

Meat-hooks.
Skewers, &c.
Carving-tools,

3. PRESERVATION BY DRYING.
Sim-drying apparatus.

Beach dryers.
Flake-drying:

Newfoundland flakes.

Massachusetts flakes.

12495. Codfish-flake (with covers). Model. Coast of Maine. E. Skilliugs,
Portland, Me.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 169

Smoke-drying- apparatus.

Herring smoke-houses.

12105. Model of smoke-house used in preparation of herring (Clupea haren-

gus). Lubec, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.
121054. Model of smoke-house used in preparation of salmon (Salmo salar).

Lubec, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.

Halibut smoke-houses.

Sturgeon smoke-houses.

Aboriginal drying-houses.

Methods of drying haliotis, used by the Indians of California.

4. PRESERVATION BY CANNING AND PICKLING.

Salting fish.

Knives (see under B, 2).
Scaling apparatus.

28039. Kelsey & Hosmer's fish-dresser. Sandusky, Ohio. Patented Sept.
15, 1873. Kelsey & Hosmer, Sandusky, Ohio.

Tables, tubs, &c.
Barrels.

25750. Model of D. D. Parmalee's "VVaukegan fishery. J. W. Milner.

This model shows in miniature all the apparatus employed in
cleaning and salting down the lake whitefish.

(Accessory.) Salt:

Specimens of the salts used in preserving fish.
Model of salt-mills used on Cape Cod in former days.

Extensively used in the first half of the present century in obtaining salt
by evaporation of sea-water. Their remains are found on Cape Cod
and Nantucket.

25706. Model of salt-works. Nantucket, Mass. W. H. Chase, 2d.

Canning1 meats.

Model of salmon-canning establishment.
Model of sardine-factory.
(Accessory.) Cotton-oil, and its manufacture.
Model of lobster-canning factory.

26583. Model of Johnson & Young's lobster-house. Warren bridge, near
Fitchburg depot. Johnson & Young, Boston, Mass.

This model shows the factory with its vats for steaming the
lobsters, the wharf, and the derricks used in handling the
lobsters. It is accompanied by models of lobster-smack, and
of the principal forms of lobster-nets; catalogued elsewhere.

Model of oyster-canning factory.

170 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

5. PREPARATION OF BAITS.
Bait-mills, knives, choppers, &c. (see, also, under B, 2 and 3).

26011. Voss' improved bait-mill. (Patented January 17, 1876.) A. Voss,
Gloucester, Mass.

Bait-tubs, rats, &c.

II. MANUFACTURE OF TEXTILE, FABRICS, FELTS,
AND STUFFINGS.

6. PREPARATION OF WOOL AND HAIR OF MAMMALS.
Preparation of wool cloths*

Washing.

Shearing.

Stapling or assorting.

Scouring.

Combing, carding, and plucking.

Spinning and reeling.

Weaving.

Fulling and teazling.

Cropping.

Pressing.

•

Weaving worsted eloths.

Felting and the hat manufacture.

Bowing.
Pressing.
Stopping.
Boiling off.
Shaping.

Preparation of curled hair for stuffings.

7. PREPARATION OF WHALEBONE.
Preparation of stuffings.

8. PREPARATION OF FEATHERS.

Preparation of down for stuffings.
Preparation of feather fabrics.
Preparation of "brillantine."

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 171

Preparation of, or flocking for wall-paper, from

refuse quills*

Preparation of fibers for manufacture of plush car-
• pets.

9. PREPARATION OF SILK OF INSECTS.
Preparation of silk of silk-worms.

Boiling the cocoons.

Keeling.

Spinning.

Dyeing.

Weaving.

10. PREPARATION OF SOFT PARTS OF OTHER INVERTEBRATES.

Preparation of silk from byssus of Pinna.
Preparation of sponge stuffing.

III. PREPARATION OF THE SKIN AND ITS APPEND

AGES.

11. CURRYING OF LEATHER.
Processes of currying.

Dipping.
Graining.
Scraping.
Dressing.

Implements employed by curriers.

" Pommels."*

u Stretching-irons."

" Round-knives."

" Cleaners."

" Maces."

"Horses" or trestles.

" Dressers."

" Treading-hurdles."

Eskimo and Indian currying methods and imple

ments.
.Hethods of dressing gut and sinew.

172 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

12. LEATHER DRESSING.
Processes of tanning leather.

Soaking.

Liming.

Tanning.

Processes of tawing or oil-dressing leather.

Soaking.

Liming.

Oiling.

Apparatus of leather-dressing, recent and aboriginal.

13. FUR-DRESSING.

Processes of fur-dressing.

Currying. (See under 12.)

Scouring.

Tanning.

Lustering.

Plucking and dyeing.

14. FEATHER-DRESSING.

Method of preparing ornamental feathers.

Scouring.

Bleaching.

Washing.

Azuring.

Sulphuring.

Scraping.

Dyeing.

(Art of plumagery.)

15. MANUFACTURE OF QUILL ARTICLED
Manufacture of quills for pens.

Sand-bath drying and steaming.

Polishing.

Dyeing.

Shaping.

Manufacture of tooth-picks.
Manufacture of floats and other articles.
Manufacture of quiSl brush-hristles.

16. HAIR AND WOOL WORK.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 173

VI. PREPARATION OF HARD TISSUES.

17. IVORY CUTTING AND CARVING.

manufacture of handles, trinkets, billiard-balls, &c.

Turning and sawing.

Polishing.

Bleaching.

manufacture of organ and piano keys.

Sawing.
Strip-sawing.
Polishing.
Bleaching. &c.

Other processes.

18. PREPARATION OF HORN AND HOOF.J
Steaming*1
Pressing-.1

19. PREPARATION OF WHALEBONE.'

Cutting and other processes.1

manufacture of w hip-makers' stock and whips,
manufacture of umbrella-makers' bone,
manufacture of ribbon-weavers' bone,
manufacture of hat and bonnet makers' bone,
manufacture of suspender-makers' bone,
manufacture of stock-makers' bone,
manufacture of dress and stay makers' bone,
manufacture of billiard-table cushions,
manufacture of surgical instruments,
manufacture of whalebone brushes,
manufacture of rosettes, woven work, and trinkets.

1 These processes are illustrated in part by the specimens, showing the horn, whale-
bone, and tortoise-shell, in various stages of preparation, exhibited in Section D.

174 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Other whaletoone manufactures.

20. PREPARATION OF TORTOISE-SHELL.*

21. PREPARATION OF FISH-SCALE WORK.

22. PREPARATION OF NACRE.

23. PREPARATION OF CORAL.

24. PREPARATION OF OTHER HARD TISSUES.

V. OILS AND GELATINES.

25. EXTRACTION OF WHALE-OIL (WITH MODELS OF TRY -WORKS,
CLARIFYING-YATS, ETC.).

Preparation of body-oil.

Cutting in and stowing

Leaning and mincing.

Trying.

Bailing.

Cooling.

Barreling.

Refining.

Preparation of head-oil.
Preparation of spermaceti.

Instruments and appliances of rendering: whale-oil.

Boarding-knives.2

Leaning-knives.2

Mincing-horse and mincing-knives.

Mincing-tub.

Mincing-machine.

Blubber-fork.3

1 These processes are illustrated in part by the specimens, showing the horn, whale-
bone, and tortoise-shell, in various stages of preparation, exhibited in Section D.

2 Arranged with the knives.

3 Arranged with the hooks.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 175

Instruments and appliances of rendering whale-oil.

Try-pots.

23013. Model of whaler's try-works. Capt. L. W. Howland, New Bedford,

Mass.

This model is accompanied by miniature models of all the implements
used in trying out the blubber, viz :
a. Fire-pike.
I. Stirring-pole.

c. Scrap-hopper.

d. Skimmer.

e. Bailer.
/. Cooler.

g. Deck-pot.
li. Casks.

26. EXTRACTION OF OTHER MAMMAL OILS.

27. EXTRACTION OF BIRD AND REPTILE OILS.

28. EXTRACTION OF FISH-OILS (WITH MODELS OF BOILERS, PRESSES,

CLARIFYING- VATSj ETC.).

26899. Model of menhaden oil factory. Owned by Jos. Church & Co.

Joseph Lawler, Bristol, Me.

The factory is the most elaborate of the sixty or more on the coast of
New England and the Middle States, and is 160 feet in length by 40 in
width.

\

29. EXTRACTION OF GLUE, GELATINE, AND ISINGLASS.

VI. DRUGS, PERFUMES, AND CHEMICAL PRODUCTS.

30. MANUFACTURE OF PERFUMES.

31. MANUFACTURE OF IVORY-BLACK.

32. MANUFACTURE OF PRUSSIATES.

33. MANUFACTURE OF MUREXIDES.

34. PREPARATION OF COCHINEAL COLORS.

35. MANUFACTURE OF INKS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES.

36. PREPARATION OF ALBUMEN.

37. MANUFACTURE OF PEPSIN.

38. MANUFACTURE OF PHOSPHORUS.

39. MANUFACTURE OF SAL AMMONIAC.

40. MANUFACTURE OF AMMONIA.

41. MANUFACTURE OF ALBUMEN PREPARATIONS.

42. MANUFACTURE OF PROPYLAMINE.

43. MANUFACTURE OF FORMIC ACID.

44. MANUFACTURE OF CARBAZOTATES.

176 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

VII. MANUFACTURE OF FERTILIZERS.

45. PREPARATION OF GUANO.

model of fi§h-gttaano works.

Grinders and pulverizers.
Mixers.

25822. Model of guano-mixer. Patented April 27, 1867. Poole and Hunt,

Baltimore, Md.

• This mixer is employed in the fish -guano works for the purpose of
thoroughly mixing the fish-scrap with the mineral phosphates and sul-
phuric acid.

Guano in its various stages, with its ingredients, South Carolina phos-
phates, Navassa phosphates, scrap (crude and dried), sulphuric acid,
kainite, screened and unscreened guano, and sea-weed used in prepara-
tion : a full series of these is exhibited in the case of Guanos.

VIII. LIMES.

46. BURNING OF LIME.
Models of kilns for bprning- shells.

IX. PRESERVATION OF THE ANIMAL FOR SCIENTIFIC

USES.

47. APPARATUS FOR MAKING AND PRESERVING ALCOHOLIC SPECI-
MENS.

Tanks and jars.

Agassiz collecting-tank.

Army collecting-tank.

Museum storage- tai.k, Agassiz model.

Anatomical jars.

Self-sealing jars used in collecting.

Vials.

Syringes for injecting.
Inflatable bags.
Preservative mixtures.

Alcohol.
Glycerine.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 177

Preservative mixtures*

Carbolic acid.
Chloral hydrate.
Picric acid.
Osmic acid.

Labels.

Metallic labels.
Parchment labels.
Indelible ink, pencils, &c.

48. APPARATUS FOR PRESERVING AND MAKING SKELETONS.

Preparation of the bones.

Macerating- vats.

Boiling-vats.

Cleaning and bleaching preparation.

mounting of* the bones.

Scraping-tools.
Articnlanng-tools.

49. APPARATUS FOR MAKING CASTS. MODELING.
Materials.

Clays.

Plasters.

Glues.

Papier-mache and carton-pierre.

Gelatine.

Paraffine.

Collodion.

This apparatus and material is in constant use by the assistants in tho
National Museum and the Fish Commission. It is thought scarcely nec-
essary to exhibit it.

Frames and modeling tools.

Molds :

Of plaster.
Of gelatine.
Of paper.
Of paraffine.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 12

178 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

50. APPARATUS AND METHODS OF MAKING AND MOUNTING SKINS,

TAXIDERMl.

Tools.

Haying-tools.

Scraping-tools.

Taxidermists7 tools for stuffing :

Forceps.

Pliers.

Preservatives and insect-powders.

Arsenic and arsenical soap.

Corrosive sublimate.

Salt, alum, &c.

Persian insect-powder.

Tobacco, snuff, used as preservatives.

Frames, &c.

Wooden frames.
"Wire frames.
Plaster model-bodies.

61. (ACCESSORY.) PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OTHER DELINEATING^ APPA-
RATUS.

Photographic apparatus.

Lenses.

Cameras and fittings.

Camera tripods and stands, with model.

Fish Commission stands.

. Model of Fish Commission camera-stand. U. S. Fish Commission.

This stand is employed in taking photographs of large fishes. It
enabling the photographer to operate his camera vertically.

Plates, and their results:
Wet plates.
Dry plates.
Dark closets.

Camera-obscuras*

Mechanical delineators.

Methods of heliotyping and engraving illustrations*

SECTION" D.

ANIMAL PRODUCTS AND THEIR APPLICA-
TIONS.

I. FOODS.

1. FOODS IN A FRESH CONDITION.

This section includes specimens of the marketable animals in a fresh
condition in refrigerators,

The following species of fish were exhibited in the Allegretti
and Banta refrigerators in the Government building from May 10 to
November 10, by Mr. E. G. Blackford, of New York City.

Fishes (eastern coast) :

Rabbit-fish ( Tetrodon laevigatus).

Bur-fish (CMlomycterus geometricus).

File-fish (Balistes capriscus).

Long-tailed file-fish (Alutera cuspicauda)*

Orange file-fish (Ceratacanthus aurantiacus).

American sole (Aclilrus lineatus).

Flat-fish (Pseudopleuronectes americanw).

Flounder (Clicenopsetta ocellaris).

Halibut (Hippoglossus vulgaris).

Pollack (Pollachius carbonarius).

Cod (Gadus morrhua).

Tom-cod or frost-fish (Microgadus tomcodus).

Haddock (Melanogrammus ceglefimis).

Hake (Phycis dims).

Striped sea-robin (Prionotus evolans).

Broad-fingered sea-robin (Prionotus carolinm).

Sea-raven (Hemitripterus amerlcanus).

Wolf-fish (Anarrliiclias lupus).

Tautog, or black-fish (Tautoga onitis), weight 22J pounds.

Chogset or dinner (Tautogolabrus adspersus).

Parrot-fish (Pseudoscarus sp.).

Sergeant-major (Glyphidodon saxatilis).

Lump-fish (Cyclopterus lumpus).

Mackerel (Scomber scombrus).

179

180 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Fishes (eastern coast) :

Bonito (Sarda pelamys).

Spanish mackerel (CyUum maculatum).

Cero (Cybium caballa).

Striped cero (CyUum regale).

Crevalle (Carangus hippos and Paratractus pisquetos).

Pompano (Trachynotus carolinus).

Big-eyed scad (Trachurops crumenopWialmus).

South Carolina rudder-fish (Seriola fasciata).

Silver-fish (Argyriosus vomer, &c.).

Thread-fish (BlepJiaris crinitus).

Dolphin (Coryphcena Sueuri and C. punctulata).

Black rudder-fish (Palinurichthys perciformis).

Butter-fish (Poronotus triacanthus).

Short harvest-fish (Peprilus Oardenii).

Squirrel (Holocentrum sogo).

Squeteague (Cynoscion regalis).

Spotted squeteague or weak-fish (Cynoscion carolinensis).

Drum (Pogonias chromis).

Spot (Liostomus obliquus).

Red-fish, or spotted bass (Sciaenops ocellatus).

King-fish (Menticirrus nebulosus).

Croaker (Micropogon undulatus).

Sheeps-head ( Archosargus probatocephalus).

Scuppaug, or porgy (Stenotomus argyrops).

Grunts (Hcemylum arcuatum^ &c.).

Eed snapper (Lutjanus Blackfordii).

Grouper (Epinephelus striatus, E. apua, &c.).

Sea bass (Centropristis atrarius).

"Striped bass or rock fish (Boccus lineatus).

White perch (Morone americana).

Moon-fish (Parephippus quadratus).

Triple-tail (Lobotes surinamensis)*

Bluefish (Pomatomus saltatrix).

Cobia (Elacate canadus).

Sucker-fish (Leptecheneis naucrateoides).

Striped muljlet (Nugil lineatus).

Silver gar-fish (Belone longirostris).

Skipper (Scomberesox scutellatus).

Salmon (8almo solar).

Tarpum (Hegalops thrissoides).

Menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus).

Shad (Alosa sapidissima).

Alewife, or gaspereau (Porno lobus pseudoJiarengm).

Tailor herring (Pomolobus mediocris).

Herring (Clupea harengus).

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 181

Fishes (eastern coast) :

Mud shad (Dorosoma Cepedianum).

Sea cat-fish (Aelurichthys marinus).

Eel (AnguiUfi bostoniensis).

Sturgeon (Atipenser oxyrhynchus and A. brevirostris).

Spoonbill (Polyodon folium).

Kay, or skate (Haia sp.).

Spotted-fin shark (Isogompliodon maculipinnis).

Dog-fish (Mustelus Icevis).

Fishes (fresh waters) :

Burbot, or lawyer (Lota maculosa).

Fresh- water drum (Haploidonotus grunniens).

Small-mouthed black bass (M.icropterus salmoides).

Large-mouthed black bass (Micropterus paUidus).

Rock bass (Ambloplites rupestris).

Sun-fish (Pomotis aureus).

Yellow perch (Perca flavescens).

Yellow pike-perch (Stizostedium americanum).

White bass, or striped bass (Roccm chrysops).

Lake pike (Esox lucius).

Masquallonge (Esox nobilior).

Pickerel (Esox reticulatus).

Brook trout (of eastern slope), (Salvelmus fantinalis).

Lake trout (Salmo confinis).

Salmon trout, or Mackinaw trout (Cristivomer namaycmh).

Atlantic salmon (Salmo solar).

Sebago salmon (Salmo solar var. sebago).

White-fish (Coregonus albus).

Lake herring (Argyrosomus liarengus and A. clupeiformis}.

Michigan grayling (Tliymallus tricolor).

Moon-eye (Hyodon tergisus).

Suckers (Catostomtis teres and Ptychostomus aureolus).

Buffalo fish (BubalicUthys bubalus).

Shiner (Stilbe americana).

Catfishes ( Amiurus catus, A. nigricans, &c.).

Fishes (western coast):

Salmon (Salmo quinnat).

Mussels.

Clams.

Crabs.

Lobsters.

Squid.

182 ANIMAL KESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

2. FOODS: DRIED AND SMOKED.
Mammal preparations.

Jerked bear-meat.

Jerked seal and walrus meat (Indian).

11435. Dried (jerked) flesh of harbor seal (Phoca vitulina). Prepared by the

Passamaquoddy Indians. Eastport, Me. E. Palmer.

Jerked and smoked buffalo-meat.

14281. Dried (jerked) flesh of buffalo (Bison americanus), as prepared for
hunters' use. Wyoming. F. Y. Hayden, U. S. Geologist.

10917. Dried (jerked) flesh of buffalo (Bison americanm}. Prepared by Sioux
Indians. Army Medical Museum.

Dried and smoked beef.
Dried and smoked venison.
Hams of various kinds.
Jerked porpoise-meat (Indian).

11436. Dried (jerked) flesh of harbor porpoise (Phocaena brachycion). Pre-

pared b.y the Passamaquoddy Indians of Eastern Maine. Eastport,
Me. E. Palmer.

Jerked squirrels and other small mammals.
Pemmican.

12238. Pemmican of dried flesh of buffalo (Bison americanus}, with buffalo-
skin case. Prepared for hunters' use. Western Plains. Army
Medical Museum.

Meat-biscuit, desiccated meat, meat extract (extractum carnis),
desiccated and condensed milk, &c.

29524. Valentine's preparation of meat juice. M. L. Valentine, Richmond,

Va.

29525. Valentine's meat juice and glycerine. (Meat juice 1 part, glycerine

3 parts.)

29358. Condensed milk. The Gail Borden Eagle brand (made in 1876).

New York Condensed Milk Company, New York.

29360. Borden's pure cocoa (in combination with refined sugar and Borden's

condensed milk). New York Condensed Milk Company, New York.

29359. Borden's meat-biscuit (made in 1851). Composed of pure juce or

extract of beef combined with wheat-flour. New York Condensed
Milk Company.

29361. Borden's extract of beef (made in 1876). Prepared by the Borden

Meat Preserving Company, Colorado County, Texas. Concen-
trated in vacua. New York Condensed Milk Company.
(Borden's extract of beef consists of the juices of lean meat concentrated
in vacuo at a low degree of heat, by which process it is claimed the burnt
taste and smell, objected to in other beef extracts, are avoided.)
4915. Condensed raw beef (pulverized). Prepared by the National Pre-
serving Company, Baltimore.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 183

Mammal preparations*

Sausages.
Cheese.

See in exhibition of Agricultural Department.

Bird preparations.

Jerked birds (Indian).

Reptile preparations.

Dried lizards (Indian).

Fish preparations.

Smoked halibut.

Dried cod, haddock, hake, &e.

26750. Alden's vapor-cured, snow-flaked, fresh codfish. E. G. Blackford.

Dried and smoked mullet and roes.
Dried and smoked garfish, flying-fish, &c.
Smoked herring, alewives, &c., and their roes.

12130. Smoked No. 1 herrings (Clupea harengus). Eastport, Me. D. T. Odell.

12131. Smoked "Magdalena" herrings (Clupea harengus). Eastport, Me.

D. T. Odell.
12129. Smoked "scaled" herrings (Clupea Tiarengus). Eastport, Me. D. T.

Odell.
26552-3-4. Smoked herring (Clupea k-arengm). Eastport, Me. Griffin Bros.

Smoked salmon, oulachan, white-fish, smelt, &c., and their roes.

12121. Smoked white-fish (Coregonus albus). Lake Erie. Schacht & Bros.,

Sandusky, Ohio.

11608. Smoked flesh of the quinnat salmon (Salmo quinnat). Prepared by
the McCloud River Indians. Shasta County, California. Living-
ston Stone.

12122. Smoked sturgeon (Atipcnser rubicundus). Lake Erie. Schacht &

Bros., Sandusky, Ohio.
19646. Dried flesh of trout (Salmo, sp.). Used as food by the Ahgy Pi-Ute

Indians of Walker Lake, Nevada. Stephen Powers.
19353. Dried eggs of quinnat salmon (Salmo quinnat}. Prepared by the

McCloud River Indians. Shasta, Cal. Livingston Stone.
11049. Dried eggs of quinnat salmon (Salnio quinnat). Prepared for food by

the Bannack Indians.
21716. Flour made from flesh of quinnat salmon (Salmo quinnat) by the

McCloud River Indians of California. Livingston Stone.
21712. Basket of dried salmon (Salmo quinnat). Prepared for food by the

McCloud River Indians. Shasta County, California. Livingston

Stone.
25284. Dried flesh of salmon (Salmo, sp.). Prepared by the Sitka Indiana

of Alaska. Alaska. J. G. Swan.

12132. Dried flesh of the quinnat salmon (Salmo quinnat). Used as food by

the McCloud River Indians. California. Livingston Stone.

184 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Fish preparations.

13752. Dried eggs of quinnat salmon (Salmo quinnat). Used as food by the
McCloud River Indians. California. Shasta County, California.
Livingston Stone.

21187. Eggs of "herring" (sp. incog.). Used as food by Sitka Indians.
Collected by them upon branches of hemlock (Abies Mcrtcnsiana),
planted in shallow water, upon the spawning grounds of the fish.
Sitka, Alaska. J. G. Swan.

Smoked sturgeon.

Veziga, prepared from the notochord of sturgeon.

Insects.

Dried grasshoppers (Indian).

25314. Grasshoppers. Dried for food by the Indians of Southern California.
E. Palmer.

Worms.

Dried worms (Indian).

Mollusk preparations.

Dried abalones (Haliotis) prepared by the California Chinese.
Dried siphons of Schizothcerus prepared by the Indians of the North-
west coast.
Dried slugs (Limax, &c.), used by Indians.

Radiate preparations.

(Dried holothurians, " beches de mer," used by Chinese.)

Protozoans.

("Mountain meal," a kind of infusorial earth, mixed with flour, and
used as food in Lapland and China.)

3. FOODS: SALTED, CANNED, AND PICKLED,

Mammal preparations.

Salted buffalo-meat.

Salted beef.1

Salted deer, reindeer, elk.

Salted tongues of beef, buffalo, deer, horse.1

Salted pork.1

Canned milk of the various brands.

1 See above, p. 163.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 185

Bird preparations.

Canned turkey.
Canned meats.

24918. Fresh turkey (Meleagris gallopavo). "Win. Underwood & Co., Boston,

[Mass.

24932. Deviled turkey (MeUagris gallopavo). " "

26644. Cumberland roast turkey (star brand). Portland Packing Company,
Portland, Me.

Canned chicken.
Canned goose.

Reptile preparations*

Salted and canned turtles and turtle soup.
Canned frogs.

26751. Alden fresh green turtle. Prepared by Alden Sea Food Company.
Sold by Lynn Manufacturing Company, New York. Presented by
E. G. Blackford, New York.

Fish preparations.

Salted halibut, halibut fins, &c.

25271. Preserved fresh halibut (Hippoglossw vuZ^rarw). Wm. Underwood
& Co., Boston, Mass.

Salted cod, cod's tongues, sounds, and roe.

24923. Fresh codfish (Gadus morJiua). Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Mass.
25273. Fresh haddock (MeUnogrammw ceglefinus). " "

Salted mackerel.

Salted Spanish mackerel.

26650. Fresh Seguin mackerel (star brand). Portland Packing Company,

Portland, Me.
25855-60. Canned mackerel (Scomber scom&rus). Kemp, Day & Co., New

York.
24922. Fresh mackerel (Scomber scombri**). Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston,

Mass.

Salted bluefish.
Salted pompano.
Salted sword-fish.
Salted mullets.
Salted salmon.

24924. Fresh salmon (Salmo salar). Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston, Masn.
26557. Pickled salmon (Salmo).

26755. Fresh Columbia River salmon. Brookfield, Columbia River, W. T.

J. G. Megler & Co.
. Canned salmon. A. Booth & Co., Chicago, HI.

18fi ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Fish preparations.

Salted salmon.

26756. Fresh Columbia River salmon. Brookfield, W. T. J. G. Megler & Co.

26757. Fresh Columbia River salmon. Brookfield, Columbia River, W. T.

J. G. Megler & Co.

26803. Spring salmon bellies (salted). Oregon Packing Company, Port-
land, Oreg.

26747. Cook's Columbia River fresh salmon. Oregon Packing Company.

Canned menhaden, in oil, " American sardines,'7

16609. "American sardines." Prepared " a Phuile" from the menhaden (Ere-
voortia tyrannus). American Sardine Company, New York.

16702. Cornish sardines (a 1'huile), first quality. Prepared by Fox & Fryer,
Falmouth and Nevagissy, ^Cornwall, from the pilchard (Clupea
pilcliardus).

16680. "American boneless sardines." Prepared in olive oil from the men-
haden (Brevoorlia iyrannus). Process patented May 21, 1872.
American Sardine Company, New York.

15516. "Shadines." Prepared from the menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus).
Port Monmouth Fishery, New York. Hooper & Coit, New York.

(Spiced lampreys) used in Europe.
Anchovy-sauce and " essence of anchovies."
Canned menhaden, in oil, " American club-fish."
Spiced menhaden, " ocean trout."

. Ocean trout. Hoope & Coit, Port Monmouth, N. J.

Salted herring.

26748. Quoddy River herring (salted). Griffin Bros., Eastport, Me. Pre-

sented by E. G. Blackford, New York.

Salted anchovies.

26565-68 ) " Krauter anchovies, Christiania." New York. Eagle Preserved
26571-72 5 Fish Company.
26559. Anchovies.

Canned herring, in oil, "Russian sardines."

26562. Russian sardines.

26563-26570. "RussischeSardinen." Adler brand. Prima qualitat. "Reval."
New York. Eagle Preserved Fish Company.

Caviare, prepared from roe of the various sturgeons.

12129. Caviare. Prepared from the eggs of the lake sturgeon (Adpcmer
nilicundus). Lake Erie. Schacht & Bros., Sandusky, Ohio.

26558. Caviare.

26835, American caviare. Max Ams, New York.

26634. Prime Russian caviare. (Patented Nov. 9, 1875.) H. Dittman,
Hamburg. Max Ams, New York.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 187

Fish preparations.

Pickled fish preparations.

26555. Pickled eels (AnguiUa bostoniensis).

26633. American eels (pickled eels). Max Ams, New York.

26636. "Hamburger aale" (cans) (pickled eels). Max Ams, Ne\v York.

26630. "Hamburger aale" (pickled eels in jelly). Max Ams, New York.

26631. "Hamburger aale" (whole eels rolled and pickled with, olives,

capers, and mushrooms). Max Ams, New York.
26629. Hamburger aale (boxes). Max Ams, New York.

26632. Hamburger aale. G. Dittniau, Hamburg. Max Ams, New York.

Extract of fish.

26749. Extract of fish. Made from the juices of the flesh of fishes (men-
haden). S. L. Goodale, Saco, Me.

Preparations of inoliusks.

Canned clams.
Canned Little Xeck clams.
Canned scollops.

Cockles (Cardium edule), used in Europe as pickles and catsup.
See supplementary catalogue of Invertebrates.

4. GELATINES.
Mammal gelatines (see, also, under 24)

Gelatines made from tanners refuse and from sinews.
Gelatines made from feet and hoofs.
Gelatines made from bone and ivory shavings.

Bird gelatines.

(Xests of esculent swallows (Calocalia escidenta, C.futipliaga, C. in-
dijiccij &c.). exported from Indian Archipelago to China.)

Fish gelatines or isinglass (see, also, under 24).
Inseet gelatine.

Gelatine from cocoons of silk- worms.

5. BAITS AND FOODS FOR AXTVIALS.

Prepared baits. (See under B, 45;)
Food for domesticated animals.

Oil-factory scraps.
* Fish-scraps.

Cuttle-fish bone (see under 18).

188 ANIMAL RESOURCES AM) FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

II. CLOTHING.

6. FURS (embracing the furs in their rough state (peltries), and in the
various stages of preparation; also the manufactured articles, such
as robes, rugs, cloaks, sacks, tippets, cuffs, muffs, hats, caps, gloves,
. trimmings, and linings).

Mammal furs.

Puma (Felis concolor), used for carriage-robes, rugs, &c.

H. 67. Missouri. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Ocelot (Felis pardalis) used for rugs.

12509. Texas. Smithsonian Institution,

Jaguar (Felis onca), used for rugs.

. Texas. Smithsonian Institution.

Cat (Felis domestica), used for robes and philosophical apparatus :
Black cat.
White cat.
Maltese cat.
Tortoise-shell cat.

H. 64. Natural. United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 65. Dyed brown. United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Canada lynx (Lynx canadensis), used for rugs and trimmings and
dyed muffs, boas, &c.

24754. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

Bay lynx (Lynx rufus), used for rugs, and, when dyed, muffs and
boas.

H. 61. Natural. Minnesota. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 62. Dyed brown. Kansas. "

H. 63. Dyed black. " "

H. 59. Dyed black. "

H. 60. Dyed brown. "

. Eskimo dog (Canis sp.), used for rugs, &c.

24756. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

Wolf (Canis lupus), used for lining rugs and robes.

12508. Black variety.

H. 75. Gray variety. Kansas. C. A. Herpich & Co.

24753. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 189

Mammal furs.

Coyote or prairie-wolf (Canis latrans), used for rugs and robes.

H. 75. Colorado. C. A. Herpich & Co.
1014. Smithsonian Institution.

Red fox (Vulpes fulvus) used for robes.

24757. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
H. 34. Connecticut. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 35. Indiana. "

H. 3. Missouri. "

Silver fox ( Vulpes alopex, var. argentatus), used for muffis and trim-
mings.

24759. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

Cross fox ( Vulpes alopex, var. decussatus)^ used for robes and trhn-

24758. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
H. 30. Montana. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Arctic fox ( Vulpes lagopus).

24760. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
H. 29. White Arctic. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 28. Blue Labrador. "

Kit fox ( Vulpes velox) used for robes, muffs, trimmings.

H. 37. Nebraska. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Gray fox ( Urocyon virginianus), used for robes, rugs, and linings.

H. 32. Michigan. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 33. North Corolina. "

American or Hudson's Bay sable (Mustela americana), used for
cloaks, muffs, cuffs, boas, linings, &c.

4393. Summer Arctic coast. B. R. Ross.
10176. Alaska. Lieut. F. M. Ring.

4389. Arctic coast, B. R. Ross.

460. Fort Boise, M. T. Dr. Geo. Suckley.
24764. Orange. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
24763. Silver. " " "

24762. Black. " " "

H. 25. Labrador. Smithsonian Institution.
H. 25. N. W. coast, " "

H. 26. Lake Superior. " "

H. 27. Maine. " "

Fisher or pekan (Mustela Pennanti) used for linings j tails used for
trimmings.

3230. Fort Crook, Oreg. Capt. Gardiner.

1008. Fort Dalles, Oreg. Dr. Geo. Suckley.
2000. Steilacoom, Wash. "

1009. Fort Dalles, Oregon. "

24761. Black. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

190 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Mammal Airs.

Ermine or weasal (Putorius erminea) of northern hemisphere, used
for cloaks, linings, &c.

24765. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

H. 39. (5 specimens.) United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Mink (Putorius vison), used for cloaks and muffs.

4395. Arctic coast. B. R. Ross.
350. California. Lt. Trowbridge.
3568. Puget Sound. Dr. Kennerly.
2387. Cape Flattery, Wash. Dr. Geo. Suckley.

24766. Brown. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
H. 18. New York. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 19. Minnesota. "

H. 20. Ohio. "

H. 22. Maine. "

H. 22. Missouri. "

H. 23. Florida. "

Wolverine (Gulo luscus), used for muffs, robes, linings.

24767. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
11339. Filmore, Utah. Lient. Geo. M. Wheeler.

4379. Fort Simpson, H. B. T. Robt. Kennicott.

-American badger (Taxideq americana), used for muffs and rugs.

26609. Southern Utah. U. S. Engineer Corps.
H. 70. United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Skunk, Alaska sable (Mephitis mephitica), used for muffs, boas, &c.

81. Washington, D. C. S. F. Baird.

H. 7. Black. Ohio. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 8. Half-striped. Pennsylvania. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 9. Striped. Connecticut. "

H. 10. White. Missouri. "

Striped skunk (Spilogale sorilla).

11136. Marsh Valley. Dr. F. V. Hayden.

Otter (Lutra canadensis], with specimens of the plucked and dyed
fur, used for muffs, trimmings, &c.

2803. White River. Puget Sound. Dr. George Suckley.

24768. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

25752. Dressed by G. C. Treadwell & Co., Albany, N. Y.

25753. «

25763. " «

H. 41. Natural. Maine. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 42. Natural. Plucked. Canada. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 43. Natural. Plucked and dyed. New York, C. A. Herpich & Co.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 191

Ulammal furs.

Sea otter (Enhydra marina), used for muffs, gloves, collars, cuffs,

12262. St. Paul's Island, Alaska. H. W. Elliott.
12265. " " "

12263. " " "
H. 44. California. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 45. Silver tipped. California. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Black bear ( Ursus americanm), used for caps, rugs, muffs, robes, &c.

24769. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

24770. " " "
H. 75. Minnesota.

H. 76. Kansas.

H. 77. West Virginia.

12510. White bear ( Thalarctos maritimus), used for rugs, robes ; extensively

by the Eskimos.

19904-5. Grizzly bear ( Ursm liorrililis}, used for rugs, robes, trimmings.
12507. Raccoon (Procyon lotor), used for hats, linings:

H. 1. Natural. Northern New York. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 2. Natural. Ohio. "

H. 3. Natural. Virginia. "

H. 4. Natural, plucked. Wisconsin. "

H. 5. Dyed black. Michigan. "

H. 6. Dyed black and silver pointed. Michigan. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Fur seal (Callirliiniis iir sinus) used for cloaks, hats, gloves, muffs,
linings, trimmings, &c.

12513-14-15-16-17-18. St. Paul's Island, Alaska. H. W. Elliott.

9526. Unplucked. Hutchinson, Kohl & Co., San Francisco, Cal.

9527. Unplucked. Alaska. Hutchinson, Kohl & Co.

25757. Unplucked. Prybilov Islands, Alaska. Hutchinson, Kohl & Co.
' 25758. London dye. Alaska. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 93. " " "

22233. Unplucked. Alaska, G. C. Treadwell & Co., Albany, N. Y.

22234. Plucked. South Sea. " "

26610. Unplucked pelt of fur seal. Alaska.

26611. Plucked " " "

26612. Plucked and dressed pelt of fur seal. Alaska.

26613. Plucked and dyed pelt of fur seal. Alaska. Alaska Commercial

Company.

Antarctic fur-seal (Arctoceplialus aucklandicus), &c.

25762. Dressed by G. C. Treadwell & Co. Islos de Diego Ramires.

25761. " South Georgia Islands.

25760. " " "

25759. " Staten Land, South Atlantic.

25756. South Shetland Islands.

25755. " " "

25754. " " "

26804-5-6-7. Deposited by Duryea & Hallet, Railway, N. J.

192 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Mammal fiirs. *

Banded seal (Histriophoca equestris), used by Eskimos as for.

7580. (Bag). Cape Roinanzoff. W. H. Dall.

Square flipper seal (Erignatbus barbatus).

12422. Labrador. Governor of Newfoundland.

Pacific hair seal (Phoca Eichardi f).

H. 89. White coat. Pacific. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 90. White coat, silver pointed. Pacific. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Hood or bladder-nose seal ( Cystophora cristata).

12424. Young. Labrador. Governor of Newfoundland.

12425. Bedlamer (1 year old). Labrador. Governor of Newfoundland.

12423. Labrador. Governor of Newfoundland.

Harp seal (Pagophilus grcenlandicus), with specimens of the white
fur of the unborn cub and the blue fur of the young.

11828. Unborn. Newfoundland. Michael Carroll.

12427. Labrador. Governor of Newfoundland.

12421. Young. Labrador. Governor of Newfoundland.

12426. Bedlamer. " " "

13134. Sack made from white fur. Greenland. S. F. Baird.

Hair seal (Phoca mtulina), used for coats, caps, linings for shoes.

24771. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
H. 91. Dyed black. Halifax. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 92. Dyed brown. " "

Bison, or buffalo (Bison americanm) used for rugs and robes.

H. 82. Full furred winter.

H. 83. Fall robe. Montana. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 84. Summer robe. " "

H. 85. Indian painted. " "

H. 86. Yearling calf. " "

H. 87. Medium calf. " "

H. 88. Small calf. " "

Musk ox ( Ovibos moschatus) used for robes, rugs, and trimmings.

12!:20. Hudson's Bay Territory.
12519. Calf. Hudson's Bay Territory.

Mountain sheep (Ovis montana).

H. 80. Montana. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Antelope (Antilocapra americana).

H. 81. Indian Territory. C. A. Herpich & Co.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 193

mammal furs

Elk (Cercu$ canad<msis), used for rugs and robes.

H. 76. Montana. C. A. Hcrpich & Co.
Virginia deer (Cariacus riryinianus).

12512. Virginia doer, used for trimmings and robes.

Black -tailed deer (Cariacu* columbianus), used for robes aud rugs.

11604-11605. Prepared by McCloud River Indians, California. Livingston

Stone.
3565. Puget Sound. Dr. Kennerly.

Mule deer (Cariacus macrotis), used for trimmings, robes.
H. 99. Montana. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Woodland caribou (Tarandus.ranyifcr, subspecies caribou), used for
rugs, robes, &c.

^4774. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

Barren ground caribou (Tarandm rangifer, subspecies grcenla-ndicus)*

•

12363. (Albino.) F. Churchill, Hudson's Bay; W. W. Kirkby.
2050. (Young.) Robe from Mackenzie's River, H. B. T. R. Kennicott.

Moose (Alces malchis), used for rugs and robes,

-J4772. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co.," Quebec.

Mole (Scalops aud Condylura sp.), used for robes and garments.

H. 72. United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Woodchuck or siffleur (Arctomys monax) robes, exported to Europe
as "white aud gray weenusk."

%^

2477 1). Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
H. 71. United States. C. A. Herpich &. Co.

Marmot (Arctomys caligatm), used for robes and trimmings.

835. Robe. Indians of Rocky Mountains, "west of Fort Good Hope, H.
B. T. R. Kennicott,

Chiuohilla (Chinchilla laniger) of South America, used for muffs,
mantles, boas, cloak-linings, and trimmings.

H. 103. Real. Bolivia. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 104. Bastard. Chili. "

Parry's marmot (Spermophilus Parryi).

20793. Robe. Sitka, Alaska. J. G. Swan.

835. Robe. Indians of Rocky Mountains, west of Fort Good Hope. H.
B. T. R. Kennicott.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 13

194 ANIMAL RKSOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Mammal furs*

Musquash (Fiber zibethicus), used for muffs, capes, caps, and linings
and imitations of beaver fur.

24779. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

24780. Black variety. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
H. 12. Natural brown. Maine. C. A. Herpich & Co.

H. 13. Natural brown. Indiana. "

H. 14. Natural black. New Jersey. "

H. 15. Plucked and dyed. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 16. Plucked and colored. "

Neutria, or coypu (Myopotamus coypus), used for linings and mirffis,
and imitations of beaver.

H. 105. Plucked. Buenos Ayres. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Beaver (Castor canadensis), used for linings and muffs.

1230. Spotted albino. Bristol Bay, Alaska.

24777. American. Labrador. G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

24778. " « " «
12506. White.

H. 46. Dyed and silver tipped. Hudson's Bay Territory. , C. A. Herpich

&Cp.

H. 47. Dyed and silver tipped. Canada. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 48. Dyed and plucked. Lake Superior.
H. 49. Natural. Lake Superior. "

H. 50. Natural, in hair. Kansas. "

Hare (Lepus, various species).

H. 58. United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.

19615. Fur blanket. Pi-Ute Indians. Walker Lake, Nevada. Stephen
Powers.

Babbit, or cony (Lepus cuniculus), used for children's furs, and imi-
tations of seal, beaver, &c., exported largely to China.

H. 51. Dyed brown, sheared. United States.

H. 52. Natural blue. "

H. 53. Natural white. "

H. 54. Dyed black. "

H. 55. Natural blue. "

H. 56. Natural white. "

H. 57. Gray. United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Possum (Didelphys virginianus).
H. 17. Ohio. C. A. Herpich & Co.

Mountain cat (Bassaris astuta).

II. GG. Montana. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 11. Missouri. "

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 195

Bird Airs.

Looii (Colymbus torquatus}.

1302. Used by Makali Indiana in manufacture of robes. Nevah Bay, Wash-
ington Territory. J. G. Swan.
1296. Robe from down of. Neeah Bay, Washington Territory. J. G. Swan.

Swan's (Cygnus americanus) furs and swan's down trimmings.

H. 101. I. United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 102. II. " "

Brown pelican (Pelecanus fuscus).

9559. Tibnron Islands, Sonora. E. Palmer.

Goose (Anser sp.).

H. 99. United States. C. A. Herpich & Co.
H. 100. United States. "

7. LEATHEK. (See under 20.)

8. TEXTILE FABRICS.

Prepared from hair of mammals.

Human hair used in manufacture of watch-chains.

Hair of bats used in felting and in plaiting ropes in Central America
and tassels in Xew Caledonia.

Hair of raccoon used in felting (largely exported to Germany for
the use of hatters).

Hair of weasels and sables used in felting.

Hair of fur seal woven with silk in the manufacture of shawls.

Moose hair and its fabrics.

Ox and calf hair used in the manufacture of imitation woolen goods.

-Sheep's wool, with specimens of fleeces and stapled wools, from
various breeds and localities, short-wool fabrics, broadcloths,
merinoes, flannels, mouselius de laine, serges, tweeds, blankets,
carpets, and tartans, worsted fabrics, stuffs, bombazines, camlets,
shawls, plushes and velvets, hosiery, and yarns, felts, felt-cloths,
and felt-hats.

Ooats' wool with specimens of mohairs, cashmeres, plushes, velvet-
eens, camlets, and shawls. (For manufactured wigs and perukes,
see under 21.)

(Yak (Poephagm grunniem} wool with specimens of yak-lace and
other fabrics.)

(Camels' hair with specimens of fabrics, plushes, felts, shawls, &c.)

(Hair of llama, paco, guanaco, and vicugna, with specimens of alpaca,
guanaco, and other fabrics, and umbrellas and other articles manu-
factured.)

196 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Prepared from hair of mammals.

Hair of horses used in weaving furniture-covers, crinoline-skirts^

and bags for pressing oil.

Hair of buffalo used in plaiting ropes, lariats, &c.
Fur of mole used in felting.

Beaver (castor) fur with specimens of the felt cloths, hats, &c.
(Neutria-fur used in felting and in the manufacture of hats.)
Musquash fur used in felting.

Possum, hair with fabrics of Indian and other manufacture.
Fur of rabbit and hare used in felting, with specimens of hats and

cloths.
Whalebone fiber used in weaving cloth covers for telescopes, &c*.

Prepared from feathers of birds.

Cloths woven from feather (China).

Prepared from silk of inseets. (This collection should in-
clude specimens of the cocoons, the raw silk, the spun silk, and of the
various fabrics, plain and figured silks, satins and satinettes, shawlH,
damasks, brocades, crapes, and ribbons.)
Silk of common silk- worm (Bombyx mori).
Silk of Samia cecropia, Samia polyphemus, and other native American

moths.

(Silk of exotic moths other than Bombyx mori, such as the tussali
(Bombyx pernyi and Bombyx mylitta), the moonga (Saturnia a*8<i-
mensis), the joree (Bombyx religiosa)^ the ena or arindy (Bombyx
cynthid).)

Fabrics woven by the insects themselves, as Tinea paditta.
Silk of spiders.

Prepared from byssus of mollusks.

(Fabrics woven from byssus of the wing-shell (Pinna nobilis) and
other mollusks.)

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES' OF UNITED STATES. 197

III. MATERIALS EMPLOYED IN THE ARTS AND MAN-
UFACTURES.

Hard materials.
9. IVORY AND BONE.
Ivory or in a an tit a!*.

Tusks of walrus used for trinkets, handles, jewelry, buttons, paper-
knives, counters, &c.

25656. Tusks of walrus (Rosmarus obcsus). Alaska. C. H. Crandall.
15592. Commercial walrus ivory. Poonook, Alaska. H. \V. Elliott.
16174. Teeth of young walrus (Rotsmarus obesus). Used in making powder

chargers. Xunivak Island, Alaska. W. H. Dall.
24819. Ivory of walrus in rough state. Joseph Shardlow, Xew York.
24887. Scrimshawed tooth of walrus (Eosmarus). (Figure of lady.) Geo.

Y. Xickerson, Xew Bedford, Mass.
24886. Scrimshawed tooth of walrus (Rosmarua). (Figure of lady aiid horse. >

Geo. Y. Nickerson, Xew Bedford, Mass.
26896. Scrimshawed tooth of walrus (Eosmarus Cookii). Repulse Bay. Capt.

H. C. Chester, Xoank, Conn.
25654. Harpoon head made at sea from walrus tusk. J. H Bartlett & Sons,

Xew Bedford, Mass.
2631. Handle of walrus ivory. Northwest coast, America. United States

Exploring Expedition. Capt. Chas. Wilkes, U. S. N.
24815-6. Cane handles of walrus ivory. Joseph Shardlow, New York.

24812. Chain and cross of walrus ivory. " "
24814. Knobs of walrus Ivory. " "

24813. Scarf-slide of walrus ivory. " "
24817-18. Sword handles of walrus ivory. " "
24820-21-22. Knife handles of walrus ivory. " "

24823. Crochet-needles of walrus ivory. " "

24824. Pool-balls of walrus ivory. " "
24825-6-7-8-9-30-31-32. Buttons and studs of walrus ivory. Joseph Shard-
low, Xew York.

Teeth of bears, dogs, wolves, foxes, peccaries, and other large mam-
mals, used as implements, arrow- tips, and ornaments, by Indians.

6226. Bear teeth (used as ornaments). Bloomtield, N. Y. Col. E. Jewett.

Elk ivory (used by Indians for ornamentation).

1874. Ivory of elk (Cerrtis canadensis). Yamp Utah Indians, Utah. Captain
Gumiison, U. S. A.

Tusks of mammoth elephant (Eleplias primigenius) from Northern
America and Asia, with Eskimo carvings.1

15385. Tusk of mammoth. Alaska. J. G. Swan.

11041. Comb. Made from the ivory of fossil elephant. Saint Michael's,
Alaska, W. H. Dall.

lAn interesting series of aboriginal carvings from mammoth ivory is displayed in,
the Ethnological division.

198 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES,

Ivory of mammals.

Teeth of peccary (Dicotyles sp.).1

Ivory of narwhal (Monodon monoceros), used for canes.

. Tusks of narwhal. Greenland. U. S. Fish Commission.

13521. Cane made from tusk of narwhal. Eskimos of North Greenland,
F. T. Conimagere.

Teeth of sperm-whale (Physeter macrocephalus) and their application
to the manufacture of balls, buttons, and trinkets.

25C53. Teeth of sperm-whale. J. H. Bartlett & Sons, New Bedford, M;;ss,
25710. Teeth of cow whale. Capt. Joseph Fisher, Provincetown, Mass.
25719. Teeth of sperm-whale. Andrew Kennedy, Provincetown T Mass.
24906-8. Teeth of sperm-whale, polished. J. H. Clark, Newport, R. I.
25709. Teeth of the cow whale (scrimshawed). Capt. Joseph Fisher, 1 rov-

incetown, Mass.
7428. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with British coat of nvnia.

and female figure. J. Varden.
24905. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed and mounted as watch case,

figure of American eagle. J. IT. Clark, Newport, R. I.
24904. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with figure of crucifix :iud

flowers. J. H. Clark, Newport, R. I.

24901. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with figure of whaling-slap.

J. H. Clark, Newport, R. I.

24902. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with figure of America in

colors. J. H. Clark, Newport, R. I.

24903. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with figure of girl dancing..

J. H. Clark, Newport, R. I.

7659. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with this legend: "Taken *

hy * the * ship * Montreal * of * London * in * the * Pacific *-
Ocean * from * a * one * hundred * barrel * Avhale *. — * —
1835 *." Mrs. Dove, Washington, D. C., 1842.

24888. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with figure of General Wash-

ington and American eagle. Geo. Y. Nickerson, New Bedfo.-dr
Mass.

24889. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with figure of General IScolt

and American eagle. Geo. Y. Nickerson, New Bedford, Mass.

7660. Tooth of sperm-whale. Scrimshawed with figure of pagoda. '??t

Pacific Ocean. United States Exploring Expedition. Capt.
Charles Wilkes, U. S. N.

25792. Tooth of sperm-whale (scrimshawed) Malcolm McFailyn, Glouces-
ter, Mass.

24836. Balls turned from teeth of sperm-whale. Joseph Shardlow, New York .

Incisors of beaver (Castor canadensis) used by Indians for chisels,,
knives, and ornaments.

2684. Dice. Made from teeth of beaver. Oregon Indians. United States.
Exploring Expedition. Capt. Charles Wilkes.

'Interesting applications of this material may be found in the Ethnological series.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 199

Ivory of resettles.

Teetb of alligator used for jewelry, whistles, cane-handles, buttons,

26895. Jewelry manufactured from teeth of alligator (Alligator mississtpien-

sis). E. F. Gilbert, Jacksonville, Fla.

An extensive trade in alligator teeth has sprung up within the last ten
years. Ten establishments in Eastern Florida are engaged in their man-
ufacture into fancy articles.

Ivory of fishes.

Sharks' teeth used in arming weapons.1
Teeth of sharks and other fish used as trinkets.1
Jaws of the sleeper-shark (Somniosus breripinna) used for head-
dresses by Indians.

- . Coronet of shark's teeth. Gulf of Saint Lawrence. G. R. Renfrew

& Sons, Quebec.

Bone of mammals.

Parts of splanehno-skeleton of fera?, used as charms.

- . Os penis of raccoon, used as charni.

947G. "Os rnirabilis" of walrus. Alaska. Gen. Geo. H. Thomas, U.S.A.

Bones of bear and other large mammals, used by Indians for im-

plements and as tablets for paintings.1
Bones of buffalo and of the domestic rttminants, used as substitute

for ivory in the manufacture of buttons, handles, combs, &c.

•"). Bone parasol-handle. Joseph Shardlow, Xew York.
24654. Bone parasol-handle. " "

24>53. Bone parasol-handle. "

2485*2. Bone counters. Joseph Shardlow, Xew York.
24851. Bone shields. " "

•24850. Bone cribbage-pins. " "

24849. Bone dice. " "

24 ^4^-4-5-6-7-8. Bone brush-handles. Joseph Shardlow, Xew York,
24i42. Bone martingale-rings. "

24837. Bone napkin-rings. "

24833-4-5-6. Bone parasol-handle. " "

19513. Bow. Made of bone. Greenland Eskimos. Geo. Y. Xickerson.
10280. Bow. Made of bone. Eskimo. King William's Land.
25673. Bone marliu-spike. Made at sea by Thomas Freeman. Used fox
splicing trawl-lines. Sanford Freeman. Xorwich; < r:. ?Iass.

Sperm-whale jaw-bone, used for harness-rings, martingales, &c.

29233-4-5-6-7-8-9-40. Parasol-handles made from sperm-whale's jaw. Har-
vey & Ford, Philadelphia.

Displayed in Ethnological division.

200 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Bone of mamma fls.

Sperm- whale jaw-boiic, used for harness-rings, martingales, &c.

29241. Paper-cutters, made from sperm-whale' .s jaw. Harvey «fc Ford, Phil-
adelphia.

24909. Choppiug-knife. Made from ja-w of sperm-whale. Prof. S. F. Baird.

25791. Sail-thimble. Made from bone of whale. J. \V. Foster, Beverly,
Mass.

25793. Seam-rubber. Used "by sail-makers to rub along seams. Made from
jaw-bone of sperm-whale. Frank Westerbcrger, Beverly, Mass.

25650. Sail-maker's hand-fid. Made at sea from jaw-bone of sperm-whale.
A. R. Crittenden, Middletown, Conn.

25G55. Saw-frame. Made at sea from bone of sperm-whale. J. H. Bartlett
& Sons, New Bedford, Mass.

25801. Pulley. Made from jaw-bone of sperm-whale. E. H. Cook, Province-
town, Mass.

25649. Pulley-block. Made at sea from jaw-bone of sperm-whale. A. R.
Crittenden, MiddJetown, Conn.

25713. Seine-needle. Made from jaw-bone of sperm-whale. N. H. Payne,
Wellfleet, Mass.

Horn-cores of ruminants, used in manufacture of assay ers' cupels.

Bone of birds*

Bones of birds, used by Indians and Eskimos in making awls,
needles, flutes, bird-calls, and dress-trimmings.

10333. Gambling-sticks. Made from bones of white crane. Mojave Indians.
Dr. E. Palmer.

c-

Bone or fishes.

Fish-bones, used by Indians and Eskimos in making implements.1
Bone of sword-fish.

25675. Shoemaker's tool. Made from sword of sword-fish (Xiphias gladius).
Sauford Freeman, Norwichport, Mass.

Sharks' vertebrae, used for canes.

Waste bone and ivory.

Use in manufacture of bone-black, ivory-black, and bank-note ink
(see under 29).

Use in manufacture of sizes and glues (see under 24).

Use in manufacture of gelatine for food (see under 4).

Use in manufacture of phosphorus, carbonate of ammonia (harts-
horn), and sal ammoniac (see under 30).

Use in manufacture of bone-charcoal for filters (see under 30).

Use in manufacture of paper.

Use of shavings in case-hardening gun-barrels and other fine steel.

1 Displayed in Ethnological series.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 201

Waste bone and ivorv.

10. HORN.

(Embracing the varieties of horn known to commerce, the split
and pressed horns, and the various manufactured articles, such
as jewelry, combs, and handles.)

(employed as a material).

Horns of ox, sheep, and goat, used for handles, buttoms, combs,
powder-flasks, cups, boxes, stirrups, spoons, and imitations of
tortoise-shell, also u sensitive Chinese leaves," and formerly for
transparent plates in lanterns and horn-hooks, for trumpets, and
for finger-nails in lay figures.

•J5277. Cow's horns. Philip R. Woodford, Boston, Mass.
kJ5274. Steer's horns. "

25276. Bull's horns. " "

Horn of buffalo, used like that of ox.

25278. Horns of buffalo bull. Philip R. Woodford, Boston, Mass.
25280. Horns of buffalo calf. " "

25279. Horns of buffalo cow. " "

8489. Spoon of buffalo horn. Assiuaboiu Indians. Fort Buford, Dakota,

Dr. J. P. Kimball, U. S. A.

110:50. Spoon of buffalo horn. Yellowstone Valley, Dakota. Lieutenant
Cusick.

Horn of musk ox (Oribos moschatns).

11648. Arctic regions. Capt. C. F. Hall.

10389. Spoon made from horns of musk ox. Igloolik. Capt. C. F. Hall.

25275. Ox horns. Philip R. Woodford, Boston, Mass.

Series of articles manufactured from horn. Geo. F. Lincoln, Leo-
minster, Mass. :
"29507. Horn as it comes from the press, cut out preparatory to making combe-

29508. Combs. Cut.

29509. Unfinished combs.

•29510. Horn cut into small pieces for use in manufacture of jewelry.

2957 1 . Fin i she d c omb .

29502. Polished jewelry (uneolored).

Horn of mountain sheep and mountain goat, used by Aleutians in
making spoons, bowls, and numerous other implements.

16809. Horns of mountain goat (Manama montana). Used by Eskimo for

making horn spoons. Alaska. W. H. Dall.
20623-4. Spoon made from horn of mountain goat. Bella Bella Indians.

J. G. Swan.
9278. Spoon made from horn of mountain goat. Alaska. A. H. Hoff, U. S. A*

202 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Horn (employed as a material).

. Horns of Eocky Mountain sheep (Ovis montana).

704. Spoon made from horn of Rocky Mountain sheep. Northwest coast,

George Gibbs.
20842. Spoon made from horn of Rocky Mountain sheep. Haidah Indians.

Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. J. G. Swan.
14455. Spoon made from horn of Rocky Mountain sheep. Pi-Ute Indian*-

Maj. J. W. Powell.

Antlers.

Antlers of deer, elk, and moose (stag horn), used in the manufacture
of handles for instruments, trinkets, and buttons.

26229-2 1-30. Carving from horn of deer (Cariacm mrginianu*). Harvey &,

l-'ord, Philadelphia.
21312. Spoon carved fron antler of elk (Cervus canadcnsis}. Hoopah Indians,.

California. S. Powers.

Antlers of deer, elk, moose, and nearly all species of ruminants,
employed for ornamental purposes. (A series of these antlers m
used in the decoration of the columns in the Government building.)

Chemical and other applications.

Burnt horn (comu ustum) used in dentifrices.

Carbonate of ammonia (hartshorn), manufactured from deer horns.
(See under 30.)

11. HOOFS AND CLAWS, &C.

(Embracing the commercial hoof, and the various stages of manu-
facture represented by specimens.)

Hool*.

Hoofs of ox and bison, used in making buttons, combs, and handles,

23901. Commercial hoof. Philip E. Woodford, Boston, Mass.

Series of articles made from hoof. Geo. F. Lincoln, Leouiinsttir,

Mass. :
2951G. Dust made from the hoof.

29517. Belt buckle.

29518. Martingale rings.

29519. Breastpin.

29520. Cross for neck wear. •

29521. Breastpin.

Hoofs of horse, used like those of ox and bison.
Hoofs of musk ox, deer, and antelope, used by Indians in ornamen-
tation.

7443. Hoofs of musk ox. Used for trimming of garments by Eskimo*.
Mackenzie's River. R. MacFarlane.

Feet of deer, used for knife-handles, stool-feet, &c.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 20&

Claws.

Claws of bear, puma, wolf, &c., used by Indians in ornamentation^

(See Ethnological series.)
Human nails, used by Indians for ornamental trimming.

Chemical application of hoofs and claws.

Use in manufacture of prussiate of potash (see under 30).
Use in manufacture of glue (see under 24).

12. BALEEN.
Whalebone in an unmanufactured state.

14042. Baleen of humpback whale (Megaptera versalilis). Coast of Califor-
nia, 1873. C. M. Scammon.

12311. Bone of humpback whale (Megaptera versalilis). Coast of California^
C. M. Scammon.

13893. Baleen of humpback whale (Megaptera versalilis). Monterey, Cal.
1873. C. M. Scammon.

13019. Baleen of humpback whale (Megaptcra versabilis). Monterey, Cal.

1872. C. M. Scammon.

12263. Baleen of humpback whale (Megaptera versdbilis). San Luis, Cal.
C. M. Scammon.

13020. Baleen of humpback whale (Megaptera vcrsabilis). San Luis, Cal.

C. M. Scammon.
13985. Baleen of sulphur-bottom whale (Sibbaldius sulfureus). Monterey,.

Cal. C. M. Scammon.
13984. Baleen of sulphur-bottom whale (Sibbaldim 8ulfurcv.s). Monterey,

Cal. C. M. Scammon.
12052. Bone of the California gray whale (Rhachianectcs glaucus}. Monterey,

Cal. 1873. C. M. Scammon.

15402. Baleen. North Pacific. Capt. Henderson.
7494. Whalebone. Anderson River Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district.

R. MacFaiiane.
1108. Whalebone. Prepared by Anderson River Eskimos. Mackenzie's-

River district. R. MacFarlane.
1116. Whalebone. Anderson River Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district.

R. MacFarlane.

2079. Whalebone. Arctic coast. R. MacFarlane.
24976. Whalebone fiber. Curled for bed-stuffing. J. A. Sevey, Boston,

Mass.
24930. Whalebone. Prepared for whip-makers' use. J. A. Sevey, Boston,.

Mass.
24862. Whip with whalebone stock, knotted, inlaid with whale-tooth's

ivory, handle wound with thin whalebone. American Whip Co.,

Westfield, Mass.
24950. Dress-bone. Whalebone prepared for dress-makers' nse. J. A.

Sevey, Boston, Mass.
24946. Whalebone. Prepared for suspender-makers' nse. J. A, Sevey,-

Boston, Mass.
24945. Whalebone. Prepared for bonnet-makers' use. J. A. Sevey, Bos*

ton, Mass.

24941. Whalebone. Prepared for umbrella-makers' use. J. A. Sevey, Bos-
ton, Mass.

204 A7HMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

WliaBcboEic in an unmanufactured state.

24940. Whalebone. Prepared for parasol-makers' use. J. A. Sevey, Bos-
ton, Mass.

24951. Gross dress-bone. Whalebone prepared for dress-makers' use. J.

A. Sevey, Boston, Mass.

24948. White dress-bone. Whalebone (white) prepared for dress-makers'

use. J. A. Sevey, Boston, Mass.

24978. Whalebone. Prepared for brush-makers' use. J. A. Sevey, Boston,

[Mass.

24942. Whalebone. Prepared for ribbon-weavers' use. "

24943. Whalebone. Prepared for hat-makers' use.

24944. Whalebone. Prepared for cap-makers' use.

24947. Whalebone. Prepared for neck-stock-makers' use. "

24952. Whalebone. Prepared for corset-makers' use.

24949. Round dress-bone. Whalebone prepared for dress-makers' use. J.

A. Sevey, Boston, Mass.

24977. Whalebone fiber. J. A. Sevey, Boston, Mass.

24938. Whalebone cane. Black and white, twisted. J. A. Sevey. Boston,

[Mass.

24973. Whalebone boot-shanks.
•24937. Whalebone tongue-scrapers.

2493 J. \Vhaleboneprobang. "

24935. Whalebone riding-whip, made of black and white whalebone,

twisted. J. A. Sevey, Boston, Mass.

24934. Whalebone riding- whip. J. A. Sevey, Boston, Mass.

24937. Whalebone cane. Plain. " "
2493G. Whalebone cane. Twisted. " "

24972. Whalebone grainiug-comb. Used by painters. J. A. Sevey, Boston,

[Mass.

24935. Whalebone probaug.

24980. Whalebone caterpillar-brush. "

24981. Whalebone shavings. " "

24933. Whalebone back-supporter. " "

24979. Whalebone flue-brush. " "
24975. Whalebone fiber shoe-brush. "

24983. Whalebone. Sample.

24959. Whalebone divining-rod. "
24958. Whalebone angling-rod tip

24953. Whalebone rosettes for harness. " "
24932. Whalebone landing-net rod. " "

24954. Whalebone hip busk bone. " "

24984. Whalebone. Price-list samples. "

24970. Whalebone penholder. Black and white, twisted. "

24981. Whalebone busk. " "

24934. Whalebone fore-arm bones. Artificial. " "

24938. Whalebone plait-raiser. " "

24939. Whalebone penholder. " "

24955. Manufactured corsot, showing use of whalebone. "

24953. Whalebone corset-clasps. " "

24960. Whalebone drill-bow. " "
24957. Whalebone billiard-cushion springs. " "

24971. Whalebone paper-cutter. " "

24985. Whalebone rule. « "

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 205

Whalebone in an unmanufactured state.

24860. "Whalebone and rattan whip-stalk. Finished, ready for covering..
American Whip Company, Westfield, Mass.

24856. Whalebone. As prepared for use in the whip. American Whip

Company, Westtield, M

2 1659. Whalebone and rattan. Fitted ready for sticking together for whip-
stalk. American Whip Company, Westfield, Mass.

24857. Whalebone. In rough state, as sold to whip manufacturers.

American Whip Company, Westfield, Mass.

24982. Whalebone. Prepared for whip-makers' use (patent). J. A. Sevey,.
Bostou, Mass.

13. TORTOISE-SHELL.

Tortoise-shell (Eretmoclielys squamata Linn.).

12387-8-9-90. Tortoise-shell (Eretmocholys squamata Linn.). Pacific hawk's-

bill turtle. Pacific coast.
24890. Commercial tortoise-shell. George Y. Nickerson, New Bedford, Mass.

26891. Tortoise-shell jewelry, &c. Charles W. Kennard & Co.,

Boston, Mass.:

Comb cut and polished.
Comb cut before polishing.
Brooch and ear-rings.
Sleeve-buttons.
Necklace and locket.

14. SCALES.

Scales of fishes used in ornamental work, with specimens of flowers
and other articles manufactured.

Fish-scale jewelry. F. C. Keergaard & Co., Philadel-
phia, Pa. :

25460. Scales of sheepshead (Ardwsargus prolaioccplialua).

25481. Scales of sheepshead (Archosargns probatocephalns). Prepared for use.

25482. Brooch and ear-rings. " "

25483. Spray of flowers. " "

25484. Spray of flowers. " "

25485. Spray of flowers. " "
25485. Spray of flov. " "

25487. Spray of flowers (dyed). " "

25488. Necklace and cross. " "

25489. Brooch and ear-rings. " "

25490. Brooch and ear-rings (dyed) (Arcliosargus probatoceplialm}.

26892. Jewelry made from scales of mullet, drum, &c. Mrs. C. E. Mott,

Jacksonville, Fla.

(Pearl white, or essence d' Orient, prepared from scales of Alburnm
lucidus and other Cyprinidce and Clupeidos^ used in making artifi-
cial pearls.) (See under 27.)

26893. Essence d'Orient. (Introduced for comparison.) Gustave Bossange,

Paris.

306 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

15. PEARL.

Pearls and nacre (embracing the pearl-yielding shells, with the
pearls and the mother-o'-pearl in the rough state, with the manufac-
tured buttons, handles, and jewelry, pearl-powder, inlaid work, and
papier-mache, ornamented with mother-o'-pearl.

Top-shells (Turbinidai), and their application to manufacture of

shell-flowers.1
Tower-shells (Trochidce).1
Ear-shells (Haliotidce), used in manufacture of buttons, handles,

inlaid work, and pearl powder.1
Other gasetropods supplying nacre.1
Pearl-oysters (Amculidce), with pearls and nacre.1
JRiver-mussels ( Tfnionidce), with pearls and nacre.1
\Mussels, oysters, and other conchifers supplying pearls and nacre.1
;Shells of nautilus and argonaut, prepared to exhibit their nacre.1
Ornamental. pearl- work, imitating sprays of flowers, &C.1 ,
Imitation pearls.1

16. SHELL.
Cameo shell.1

Shell of conch (Strombus gigas), and carvings.1
Shell of helmet (Cassis rufa, C. tuberosa, and C. madagascariensis)^
with carvings.1

Shells used Tor implements,

Shells of Strombus, Triton, Dolium, Fusus, Murex, and Buccinum,
used for fog-horns, lamps, vases, and ornamental borders in flower-
gardens.1

Shells of Busycon, Sycotypus, Mactra, &c., used by Indians in manu-
facture of implements, with specimens of implements.1

Shells of Mautra, used for ladles, scoops, and spoons by fishermen.1

Shells of Tridacua, used for vases, fountains, and in the manufac-
ture of handles and carvings.1

Shells of Pectcn, Hal'iotis, Dentalium, Mercenaria, &c., used by In-
dians for trimmings and ornaments.1

Shells of Pecten-, used in making pin-cushions and purses.1

Shells of Mercenaria violacea, Purpura lapillus, and Buccinum unda-
turn, used by Indians of eastern coast in manufacture of money,
with specimens of wampum (with the modern wampum or shell-
beads, manufactured for the Indian trade), and of the hyqua or
Dentalium shells, employed in a similar manner by the Indians of
the Pacific coast.1

Specimens of the cowry (Cypraea meneta), "live cowry" and dead
cowry, used in African trade and for trimmings.1

1 See iu Part II of the present catalogue.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 207

used for implements, &c.

Shells of Cypraed, Rotella, Olivet-, Turritella, Pliasianella (Venetian
shells), &c., mounted as buttons and jewelry.1

Composition shell-work for box-covers and frames, made by gluing
shells in mosaic.1

Calcined shells, used by dentifrice and porcelain makers.1 (See, also,
under 32.)

Cuttle-fish bone from Sepia officinalw, used as a pounce, as a denti-
frice, as polishing powders, for taking fine impressions in counter-
feiting, and as food for birds.1 (See, also, under D 5.)

Concretions from the stomach of Astacus, known as "crab's-eyes"
and " crab-stones," and used as antacids.1

Shell of king-crab (Limulus polypliemus), used as a boat-bailer.1

Opercula of mollusks, used as "eve-stones."1

17. COBAL.
Coral as a material*

Red coral (CoraUlum nobilis), with specimens of the five commercial
grades (1, froth of blood; 2, flower of blood; 3, 4, 5, blood of first,
second, and third qualities) of the white variety, and of the round
beads, negligee beads, bracelets, pins, coronets, armlets, ear-rings,
&c.1

White coral, Oeulina, sp., used by jewelers.1

Madrepores and other showy corals, used for ornamental purposes.1

Horny axis of black flexible coral (Plcxaura crassa), used for canes
and whips in the Bermudas.1

Axis of iiui coral (Rhipidogorgia), used for skimmers and strainers
in the Bermudas.1

Cort:l, used for building purposes.1

Coral rock of recent formation (Coquina), used in Florida in manu-
facture of ornamental vases and carvings.1

Calcined coral, used for dentifrices, as an antacid, &C.1

Imitations of red coral in celluloid, rubber, and other substances.1

18. INFUSORIAL EARTHS.

Polish! Big* powders (used for polishing metals, cabinet-ware, and
stone).

Specimens of polishing slate, tripoli, and other foreign polishing

powder.1
Specimens of American infusorial deposits.1

1 See under Part II of this catalogue.

208 AIS'IMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES,

Infusorial earths employed in manufactures.

Infusorial earth, used in making window and plate glass.1
Infusorial earth, used in making soluble glass.1
Infusorial earth, used in making mortar.1
Infusorial earth, used in making molds for metal casting.1
Infusorial earth, used in making filters.1
Infusorial earth, used in making dynamite.1
Infusorial earth, used in making fire-poof packing.1
Infusorial earth, as an absorbent for oils and liquids.1

19. OTHER MATERIALS FROM INVERTEBRATES.

From insects.

Brazilian diamond-beetles, used in jewelry.
Wings of beetles, used in embroidery.

From eehinoderms.

Spines of echinoids, used for slate-crayons,

Flexible materials.

20. LEATHERS. (Embracing the hides in a rough state, in the various
stages of dressing, and manufactured, into shoe-leather, parch-
ment, vellum, binders' leather, thongs, &c.

Leather prepared from mammal skins.

. Leather prepared from human skin.

28070. Boots made from skin of man. H. & A. Mahrenholz, New York.

Sea-lion leather, used by Eskimos to cover bidarkas, and for gar-
ments Jind beds.

11:}? 1. Leather of sea-lion (Eumetopim xteUeri). Used by Aleutian Islanders
for manufacture of canoe. Alaska. Vincent Colyer.

Walrus leather, used by Eskimos for harness, tables, thongs, seal-
nets, and for covering polishing-whe^ls.

15617. Harpoon-line of walrus leather. Alaska. H. W. Elliott.

Seal leather, used for fine shoes and in the manufacture of a patent
leather," and by Eskimos for numerous purposes.

10188. Seal-skin bleached by hot water. Innuit Eskimos. Arctic Ocetin.

Capt. C. F. Hall.
11015. Seal-skin leather tanned by Eskimos. Mackenzie's River district.

R. MaeFarlaiie.

24785. Indian moccasins made from skin of seal (Phoca vitulinaf) G. R.
Renfrew &, Co., Quebec.

1 See under Part II of this catalogue. *"

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 209

Leather prepared from mammal skins.

Bison leather (and buffalo leather, buff-leather).

25951. Imitation buckskin. Manufactured from skin of American bison

(Bison americanus). Wilcox Tannery, Elk County, Pennsylvania.

25952. Collar leather. Manufactured from skin of American bison (Bison

americanus). Wilcox Tannery, Elk County, Pennsylvania.
25954. Sole leather. Manufactured from skin of American bison (Bison
americanus). "Wilcox Tannery, Elk County, Pennsylvania.

25953. Whang leather. Manufactured from skin of American bison (Bison

americanus). Wilcox Tannery, Elk County, Pennsylvania.

Ox leather, with specimens of sole leather, split leather, grain
leather, rawhide thongs, whips, leather belts and saddles, and of
calf-skins, prepared for binders7 and bootmakers7 use, as Eussia
leather and vellum, and tawed, as parchment.1

Sheep leather, with specimens of binders7 leather, imitation chamois
leather, wash leather, buff leather, roan, imitation morocco and
parchment, with vellum made from skins of dead-born lambs,
and manufactured gloves, &C.1

Goat leather, with specimens of shagreen leather, morocco leather,
as used for linings, upholstery, bindings, and pocket-books, parch-
ment, drum-heads, &c., with kid leather, used in manufacture of
shoes and gloves, under-clothing, and vellum made from skin of
young kids, also skin bottles used in Asia.1

Horse and ass leather, used in manufacture of shagreen, sole leather,
harness-leather, saddles, trunks, water-hose, pump-valves, mili-
tary accouterments, ladies' shoe-uppers.1

8871. Tanned ox-skin, used for sole leather. Cheyenne Indians, Kansas.
Dr. G. M. Sternberg, U. S. A.

Eawhide.

29549. Rawhide prepared for belting. Darrow Manufacturing Company.

29546. Coil of rope. Made from rawhide. "
29548. Basket, " "

29547. Doll's head. " "
29545. Powder-flasks. " "

Deer leather, dressed as buff leather, chamois-imitation leather,
Indian dressed (buckskin), and for the finer moroccos, also man-
ufactured into gloves, gaiters, under-garments, polishers, &c.

25232. Buck-tanned skin of mule deer (Cariacus macrotis). Indians.
6977. Leather from skin of deer (Cariacns macrotis?). Tanned by Caddo

Indians. E. Palmer.
5554. Buck-tanned deer-skin (Cariacus macro/is). Apache Indians. E.

Palmer.
14383. Buck-tanned skin of deer (Cariacus macroUs). J. W. Powell.

1 In view of the extensive exhibition of leathers in the Shoe and Leather Building,
no special effort has been made to complete this part of the collection.

Bull. S". M. tfo. 14 14

210 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Leather prepared from mammal skins*
Deer leather, &c.

6978. Buck-tanned skin of deer ( Cariacus macrotis). Comanche Indians.

E. Palmer.
11606. Buckskin (Cariacus colunibianus}. Dressed by McCloud Indians.

Shasta County, California. Livingston Stone.
11605. Buckskin (Cariacus columbianus). Tanned by McCloud Indians.

Shasta County, California. Livingston Stone.
11604. Buckskin (Cariacus columUanus). Tanned by McCloud Indians.

Shasta County, California. Livingston Stone.

8540. Buckskin for moccasins. Nebraska. Dr. S. M. Horton, U. S. A.
26885. Skin of Virginia deer (Cariacus virginianus). Seminole Indians of

Florida. G. Brown Goode.
24800. Tanned skin of young Virginia deer (Cariacus virginiamis). J. H.

Henderson, Big Coon, Ala.

Moose leather in ordinary and buckskin finish.

24781. Moccasins made from skin of moose (Alecs malcliis). Huron Indians.

G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

24787. Rubber-sole moccasins made from skin of moose (dyed). G. R. Ren-
frew & Co., Quebec.

24782. Indian moccasins made from skin of moose. Iroquois tribe. G. R.

Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
24773. Indian buck-tanned skin of moose (Alces malchis). Labrador. G. R.

Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
24786. Indian moccasins made from skin of moose. "Lady's size." G. R.

Renfrew & Co., Quebec.
838. Smoke-tanned skin of moose (Alces malcMs'). Slave (Lake ?) Indians.

R. Kennicott, Fort Liard.

Caribou leather in ordinary and buckskin finish.

24775. Indian buck-tanned skin of caribou (Tarandus rangifer}. Labrador.
G. R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

24783. Indian moccasins made from skin of caribou. "Man's size." G. R.

Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

24784. Indian moccasins made from skin of caribou. "Woman's size." G.

R. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

Reindeer leather.1

836. Smoke-tanned skin of barren-ground caribou (Tarandus rangifer, sub-
species grcenlandicus'). Mackenzie's River district. R. Kennicott.

Elk leather in ordinary and buckskin finish.

8536. Elk-skin tanned with smoke. Nebraska. Dr. S. M. Horton, U. S. A.

Mountain-sheep leather.

8548. Buck-tanned skin of mountain sheep (Ovis montana). Nebraska.
Dr. S. M. Horton, U. S. A.

1 See garments in Ethnological division.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 21 1

Leather prepared from mammal skins.

Series of different leathers illustrating the manufacture of gloves :

25286. Raw skin of "Maranham jack" deer ( Cariacus sp.) from South AmerT

ica. S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25287. Skin of "Maranham jack" deer, dressed by glove manufacturer,

ready for cutting. S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25288. Gloves manufactured from skin of " Maranham jack" deer. S. G.

Hutchmson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25289. Raw skin of deer (Cariacus sp.). From Central America. S. G.

Hutchiuson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25290. Skin of deer dressed by glove manufacturers. Central America. S.

G. Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25291. Raw skin of mule deer (Cariacus macrotis). S. G. Hutchinson & Co.,

Johnstown, N. Y.

25292. Skin of mule deer (Cariacus macrotis). Fat or liquor dressed. S. G.

Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25293. Skin of mule deer (Cariacus macrotia). Oil dressed. S. G. Hutchin-

son & Co., Johnstown, X. Y.

25294. Gloves made from skin of mule deer (Cariacus macrotis}. S. G.

Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25295. Raw skin of African "blees bok." S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johns-

town, N. Y.

25296. Skin of African "blees bok" (dressed). S. G. Hutchinson & Co.,

Johnstown, N. Y.

25297. Gauntlet gloves made from skin of African "blees bok." S. G.

Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25298. Raw skin of prong-horn or antelope (Antilocapra americana). S. G.

Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25299. Skin of prong-horn or antelope (Antilocapra americana). Dressed

and colored. S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25300. Gloves made from skin of prong-horn or antelope (Antilocapra ameri-

cana). S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25301. Raw skin of south American peccary (Dicotyles labiatus). S. G.

Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25303. Gloves made from skin of South American peccary (Dicotyles labia-

fu«). S. G. Hutchinson&Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25302. Skin of South American peccary (Dicotyles Idbiatus). Dressed for

glove manufacturer. S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25304. Buck-tanned skin of sheep. " "

25305. Dressed skin of sheep, tanned like kid leather, but smoked instead

of colored. S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25306. Sheep-skin made into "kid leather." S. G. Hutchinson & Co.

Johnstown, N. Y.

25307. Gloves made from "kid-dressed" sheep-skin. S. G. Hutchinson &.

Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25308. "Kid "-dressed lamb-skin, ready for coloring. S. G. Hutchinson &

Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25309. Lamb-skin "kid-dressed," colored. S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johns-

town, X. Y.

25310. Gloves made from "kid-dressed" lamb-skin. S. G. Hutchinson &

Co., Johnstown, N. Y.

25311. Lamb-skin dressed in Germany. S. G. Hutchinson & Co., Johns-

town, N. Y.

212 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Leather prepared from mammal skins.

Series of different leathers illustrating the manufacture of gloves.

The following account of the glove trade in North America is from the
pen of Mr. S. G. Hutchinson :

"The manufacture of gloves and mittens from leather was started in
Fulton County, New York (according to best information), in the year
1809, by people from Connecticut, who first engaged in the manufacture
of tinware and in exchanging their tinware for the products of the coun-
try. They thus obtained deer-pelts^ which they learned to tan according
to the Indian process, and, using paper patterns, cut and made them into
rough mittens and gloves. Subsequently they learned a better process
of tanning, and also have made great improvements in manufacturing *
gloves; and from apparently insignificant and accidental beginnings has
originated an industry which is estimated to produce over $4,000,000
worth of manufactured goods, and which business has never as yet been
successfully transplanted elsewhere.

"The skins used in the manufacture of gloves and mittens are the dif-
ferent varieties of deer-skins and sheep and lamb skins. The deer-skins
are gleaned from the entire United States, Mexico, Central and South
America, and Africa, and there is as much difference in the quality of the
skins from the different countries as in the climate of the countries or
localities from which they come. The heaviest and most valuable skins
come from under the equator.

"Sheep-skins are extensively used in the manufacture of gloves as
well as deer-skins. It is estimated that over 100,000 dozen are used an-
nually. The quality of these varies as much as deer-skins, and depends
as much upon the section of country from which they come, the coarse-
wool skins making the best leather. A part of the sheep-skins are
dressed in a similar manner to the deer-skins, and are finished to resem-
ble buckskin. Many sheep and lamb skins are by a very different pro-
cess made into what is called kid leather, the lamb-skins, especially,
making a very nice glove ; in fact, some of tke lined fur-trimmed gloves
made from this kid leather excel any of foreign manufacture.

" To give a more definite idea of where the deer-skins come from, I will
give a little item of statistics of arrivals of deer-skins at the port of
New York in the years 1868 to 1872, inclusive :

"Whence.

1868.

1869.

1870.

1871.

1872.

Central America

Pounds.
254 200

Pounds.
249 000

Pounds.
252 900

Pounds.
230 700

Pounds.
249 000

Para

288 500

214 900

185 700

150 900

141 800

Angostura

100 000

89 600

173 000

157 500

65 000

Puerto, Cal. . .

60 000

210 300

115 000

31 500

154 400

Sisal . .

105 000

Q9 000

84 000

67 700

125 500

Honduras

60 800

52 300

61 500

57 900

62 500

"Vera Cruz

30 000

26 700

19 000

19 500

21 000

Campeachy

24 000

12 500

19 400

21 ooo

12 500

Total

923 ooo

917 300

909 600

736 700

832 200

" And to give you something of an idea of how these deer-skins are con-
verted into leather ready for cutting into gloves, I will copy a poem
written by Horace Sprague in 1859. However, the operation has been
somewhat changed and much improved since :

" 'And be it mine in brief to comprehend,
From the inception to the final end,
Through every process, how the routine moves
From unwrought hides to manufactured gloves.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 213

Leather prepared from mammal skins.

Scries of different leathers illustrating the manufacture of gloves :

First into vats, low sunken in the ground,

Tlie rattling skins are thrown with husky sound,

And there for days are suffered to remain,

Until the water permeates the grain,

And their whole yielding form and texture make

Pliant and supple, fitting them to break.

Prone o'er the slanting beam the breaker plies,

With long two-handled knife, his energies

All the adhering flesh to clean away.

His is the hardest work and poorest pay.

Flesh-liming, or the hairing process called,

Is next in order and is next installed.

Upon the flesh-side of the broken skin

Quick-liine is spread and safely folded in;

Then in the soak or water vat with care

'T is placed ten days for loosening the hair,

And when the beam and knife again are proved

The hairy coat is easily removed!

In lime- vats next the skins are put to lime ;

From one to six weeks is the allotted time.

This process, perfected by low degrees,

Thickens the skins and smooths the surfaces.

Frizing requires the beam and knife again,

To shave clean off the cuticle or grain.

Parching is used for heavy skins alone.

The meaning of the term is drying down ;

Not in th-e fervors of the scorching sun,

But in the shade alone, 't is safely done.

A soaking then ensues until

They 're softer made and fitted for the milL

Milling in ord<er next succeeds, of course.

Placed in the stock, by steam or water foree

The skins are briskly run six hours or more

To supple them and open every pore,

Then taken out to air. With oil imbued,

Replaced again, and milling is renewed.

Each half hour afterward alternately

They 're in the stocks or out to air and dry,

Until throughout the substance of the skin

The oil commingles with the gelatine

Or glue, and leaves the other parts together

The true and genuine product we call leather.

The beam and scuddiug-knife again are plied

For scudding on the grain or facial side.

The mucous substance or reticular

Tissue of the skin is shaved off bare.

The process then, to perfect and to crown,

Requires a day at most for drying" down.

Next in lye-liquor vats they 're placed awhile,

In vulgar parlance, 'for to cut the ile';

But by the chymie law affinity

The oil gelatinous and alkali

Combine, without a figure or a trope,

And form the useful product we call soap.

A half hour in the stocks the skins being run,

The soap washed out, and thus the scouring 's done.

To soften, to give shape, and natural size,

Duly the stacking process next applies.

Fast in the perch the pendent skin being placed,

Grasped by the hand and firmly shoulder-braced,

The arm-stake then is vigorously applied

To supple and extend the leathery hide,

While the knee-stake is more suitably found

Fitted to stretch and smooth the edges round.

Ocher with water mixed, when dried enough

And into square blocks fashioned, is called buff,

214 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Leather prepared from mammal skins.

Series of different leathers illustrating the manufacture of gloves.

Which by the hand is rubbed upon the skin.

Perch hung until the ocher's well wrought in

And deeply set, producing a soft, mellow,

Golden, enduring, iuerasive yellow.

This buffing named. The process next to bring

The manufacture through is finishing.

A horizontal shaft, firm overlaid

With emery, and by machinery made

To turn, elaborates the skin placed on

To perfect smoothness, and the work is done/

" The manufacture of the different kinds and styles of gloves is becom-
ing divided up so that many of our leading manufacturers are making a
specialty of some particular kind of gloves. Some make exclusively
heavy buckskin gloves and mittens ; others make exclusively sheep-skin
gloves and gauntlets ; others, lined kid gloves of variouskinds and styles;
others, unlined kid and antelope or castor gloves and ladies' gauntlets,
thus enabling them to pay strict attention to their particular branch,
and reaching the highest degree of perfection attainable at this age and
stage of the business.

"Marked progress is yearly made in this industry, and it is predicted
that in no distant future the finest gloves made in the world will be made
here in the two villages of Johnstown and Gloversville, N. Y."

Porpoise leather.

Beluga leather dressed as kid, sole, harness, velvet, plush, boot,
mail-bag, belt, and patent (varnished) leather.

26018. Tanned skin of beluga (Delphinapterus catodori). G. R. Renfrew &

Co., Quebec.

26019. Laceleather, "Rivie"reduLoup enbas." Manufactured from the skin.

of beluga (DelpMnapterus catodon), by the Gulf Porpoise Fishing
Company.

Beaver leather, used in manufacture of saddles, shoes, gloves, and

trunks.

Eat leather, used for thumbs of kid gloves.
Leather trimmings, used as stuffing for balls, &c.

Prepared from intestines of mammals.

Parchment from viscera of seals, used by Eskimos for clothing, bags,
and blankets.

6559. Intestine of seal. Used for waterproof clothing. Cook's Inlet. Dr.

T. T. Minor.
5570. Intestine of seal. Used for waterproof clothing. Yukon River. W.

H. Dall.

'6559. Intestine of seal. Prepared and used for clothing. Dr. T. T. Minor.
20802. Prepared seal-gut for waterproof dresses. Sitka, Alaska. J. G. Swan.
See also numerous garments of this material displayed in the Eth'
nological division.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 215

Prepared from intestines of mammals.

Leather from pharynx of seal and walrus, used by Eskimo for boot-
soles.

Parchment from viscera of bears, used in Kamtchatka for masks
and window-panes.

Viscera of ox, used in manufacture of gold-beaters' skin.

Bladders of animals, used for pouches, parchment, bottle and jar
covers, and by Eskimo for oil-bottles.

Viscera of sheep, used in manufacture of "cat-gut," with specimens
of whip-cord, hatters7 cord, for bowstrings, clockmakers' cord,
filandre, guitar, violin, and harp strings, angling-lines, &c.

Viscera of hog, used as envelopes for minced meat, sausages, &c.

Throat of sea-lion (Eumetopias Stelleri)) dressed as parchment en-
velopes to preserve valuable papers.

20803. Sitka Indians, Alaska. J. G. Swan.

Sinews of sheep, deer, goat, buffalo, seal, walrus, and other animals,
used in manufacture of threads, lines, nets, and snow-shoes, in
strengthening bows, &c.$ the babiche of the Eskimos of the
Northwest coast.

5185. Babiche. Siccanee Indians. British Columbia. J. T. Rothrock.
2034. Mackenzie's River. R. Kennicott.
849. Mackenzie's River. "

842. Moose sinew. Fort Good Hope. Mackenzie's River. R. Kennicott.
2036. Sinews of moose and caribou. Fort Liard Indians. "
5546. Deer sinew. Apache Indians. Dr. E. Palmer.

2200. Babiche. Undressed skin of mountain sheep.

843. Babiche from mountain sheep. Mackenzie's River. R. Kennicott.
1882. Bow covered with sinew of mountain sheep (Ovis montana). Digger

Indians. California. Captain Gunnison, U. S. A.

24788. Snow-shoes made from sinew of caribou (man's size). G. R. Ren-

frew & Co., Quebec.

24789. Snow-shoes made from sinew of caribou (woman's size). G. R. Ren-

frew & Co., Quebec.

Prepared from bird-skins (Eskimos).

Eider leather.1
Auk leather.1

7453. Oil-bag. Made from skin of loon's foot. Fort Anderson. R. Mac-
Farlane.

Prepared from reptile skins.

Alligator leather.

16810. Salted skin of alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Upper Saint John's

River, Florida. G. Brown Goode.
16810. Tanned skin of alligator. Upper Saint John's River, Florida. G.

Brown Goode.

1 See garments in Ethnological series.

216 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Prepared frosn reptile skins.
Alligator leather.

25283. Tanned skin of alligator (Alligator mississippiemis). Upper Saint
John's River, Florida. G. Brown Goode.

24791. Tanned skin of alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). "Russet finish."

Schayer Bros., Boston, Mass.

24796. Cigar-case, made from skin of alligator (Alligator mississippiensis}.

"Russet finish." Schayer Bros., Boston, Mass.

24792. Lady's satchel, made from skin of alligator (Alligator mississippien-

sis). " Russet finish." Schayer Bros., Boston, Mass.

24795. Match-case, made from skin of alligator (Alligator mississippiensis).
"Russet finish." Schayer Bros., Boston, Mass.

24793. Slippers, made from the skin of alligator (Alligator mississippiensis).

"Russet finish." Schayer Bros., Boston, Mass.

24794. Slippers, made from skin of alligator (Alligator mississippiemis).

"Black finish." Schayer Bros., Boston, Mass.

26068. Riding-boots, made from skin of alligator (Alligator mississippiensis).

H. & A. Mahrenholz, New York City.

Battlesnake leather.

24797. Dressed skin of rattlesnake (Crotalus durissus*). Big Coon, Ala. J.

H. Henderson.

24799. Dressed skin of rattlesnake (Crotalus durissus). Big Coon, Ala. J.
H. Henderson.

24798. Shoes made from skin of rattlesnake (Crotalus durissus). Big Coon,

Ala. J. H. Henderson.

9043. Bow covered with skin of rattlesnake. Used by Flathead Indians.
Fort ColviUe, W. T. Dr. J. T. Ghisslin, U. S. A.

Other snake leather.

26069. Boots made from skin of boa (Boa constrictor). H. & A. Mahrenholz,

New York.

Prepared from fish-skins.

Leather prepared from scaled fish by Indians.

16091. Salmon-skins dressed as leather and used in making waterproof shirts
and boots by Magemut Eskimo. Nunivak Island, Alaska. W. H.
Dall.

10347. Parky, or upper garment, made from the skin of codfish (?). Nuni-
vak Island, Alaska. W. H. Dall.

Eel leather, made for pigtails, queues, flail-thongs.
Skins of eels (Anguilla vulgaris).

25285. Eel-skins. Market, Washington, D. C. G. Brown Goode.

These eel-skins are highly esteemed by the Virginia negroes as a
cure for rheumatism.

Sturgeon leather.

26013. Tanned skin of sturgeon (Acipenser rubicundus). \Vernich & Wan-
del, Waukegan, 111.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 217

Prepared from fish-skins*

Shark leather (shagreen used for coverings, and by the Alaska ***-
dians for boot-soles).1

Leather waste.

Paper manufactured from waste.

Glue manufactured from waste. (See under 24.)

Prussian blue made from leather waste. (See under 30.)

21. HAIR AND WOOL.

Hair used in weaving1 and felting. (See under 8.)
Hair used for wigs and ornaments.

Human hair as an article of commerce, with specimens of switches
and wigs, and also of the trade imitations of hair in jute, horse-
hair, &c.

Goat's wool as employed in manufacture of wigs and perukes.

Human scalp locks as Indian trophies.2

Scalps of animals as trophies.2

Hair and bristles used for brushes (embracing the commer-
cial hair and bristles, assorted and unassorted, and specimens of the
manufactured articles).

Hair of skunk, used for fine brushes.

29340. Gilders' and varnishers' brushes (black hair; flat). Miles Bros. & Co.

29341. " " " " " " "

29342. " " " " " " "

29343. " " " " " (round). " *

29344. Dusting-brush (white hair; flat). "

Hair of bear used for varnishing-brushes.

29338. Varnish or dusting brush. Miles Brothers & Co.

29339. "Mottler" brush. "

Hair of American badger used for fine shaving, graining, gilding,
and dust brushes.3

Hair of American badger (Taxidea americana) adapted to the man-
ufacture of brushes.

Hair of squirrel, especially the tail, used in making fine artists7
pencils.

29320. "Camel's-hair" varnish-brush. French style. Miles Brothers & Co.

29321. " Camel's-hair" coach-painters' color-brush. "

1 See garments in Ethnological series.

2 See specimens in the Ethnological division.

3 The badger-hair brushes sold in America are almost exclusively manufactured^rom
the hair of the European badger. The hair of the American badger is quite a« well
adapted to the purpose.

218 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hair and tori§tie§ used ibr brushes.

Hair of squirrel, especially the tail, used in making fine artists?
pencils.

29322. " Camel's-hair" varnish or copying brush. English style. Milea

Brothers & Co., New York.

29322. "Camel's-hair" gilders' brush. Miles Brothers & Co., New York.
29324-5. " Camel's-hair "lacquering brush. " "

29326. " Camel's-hair" pencil, quill handles. "

29353. Series of scrolling and ornamenting brushes. "

These brushes are made chiefly from the tail of the gray squirrel
(Sciurus carolinensis), and are known to the trade as ^ camel's-hair"
brushes.

Bristles of hog and peccary used in making coarse brushes for var-
nishing, scrubbing, &c.

26020. Series of bristles (black). B Nos. 1-12. William Wilkens & Co.,

Baltimore.

26021. " " " (white). B Nos. 1-13. "

26026. " " " (yellow). B Nos. 1-12. "

26027. " " " (red). B Nos. $-11. "

26028. " " " (black). D B Nos. $-12. " "

26022. " " « (black). ("Casings") Nos. 1-12. " "

26023. " " " (natural black). ("Casings") Nos. 1-11. William
Wilkens & Co.

26024. Series of bristles (white). ( " Casings") Nos. 1-12. William Wilkens

[&Co.

26025. " " " (white). Medium stiff, Nos. 1-12. "

26029. " " " (union). William Wilkens & Co.

26030. " " " (blue). "

26031. " " " (unbleached). "
Brushes made from bristles :

29327. Flat copying-brush, No. 1. Miles Brothers & Co.

29328. " " " No. 3$. "

29329. " " " No. 2. "

29330. " " " No. 2$. "

29331. " " " No. 3. "

29332. Round paint-brush, No. A £. "

29333. " " " No. A ft. "

29334. " " " No. A 1. "

29335. " " " No. A 2. "

29336. " " " No. A 3. "

29337. Shaving-brush. "

Sheep's wool (on skin) used for blackboard-rubbers.1

Hair of deer and antelope (on skin) used by Indians for hair-brushes.2

Deer-hair brushes.

Brushes made from white hair in tail of deer ( Cariacus macrolis
and C. virginianus') :

29354. Flat brush. 1 inch Miles Brothers & Co.

29355. " 1$. " "

29356. " 2 " "
• 29357. Round brush. "

1 See exhibit in Educational Bureau.

2 See Ethnological series.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 219

Hair and brist les used for brushes.

Hair of horses, used for fly-brushes.

2603-2. Series of samples of horse-hair (dyed blue). William Wilkens & Co.

26033. " " « " " (dyed red). "

26034. " " " " " (dyed white). "

Ox-haii- from the inside of cows7 ears used for striping and letter-
ing brushes.

29345-6-7-8-9-50. Fresco-painters' brushes, 1-6. Miles Brothers & Co.
29351. Series of ox-hair stripiug-pencils, sold as camel's-hair pencils. Miles
Brothers & Co.

i

Hair used in other manufactures.

Bristles used in shoemakers' wax ends.

Bristles used in anatomical instruments.

Hair and bristles used in artificial flies. (See under B, 45.)

Hair of cattle used in strengthening mortar and plaster.

Hair used for stuffing*.

Horse-hair, straight and curled, used for mattresses and cushions.
Eefuse hair of beaver and musquash, cut from felting-hair, used for

cushions.
(Down of rabbits used for cushions.)

Wool used as a medium for pigments.

Wool-flocking used in the manufacture of wall-paper, colored felts,
and rubber cloth.

Chemical products.

Eefuse human and other hair used in manufacture of prussiate of
potash, with specimens of manufactured product.

22. QUILLS.
Quills of mammals.

Quills of American hedge-hog used by Indians in embroidering.

Quills of birds.

Quills of swan and turkey for engrossing-pens.
Quills of goose and eagle for writing-pens.
Quills of crow and duck for fine pens.

Quills used in making tooth-picks, fishing-floats, color-bottles, pen-
cil-handles, needle-holders, &c.

23. FEATHEBS.
Feathers used for clothing. (See under Furs, D 10.)

220 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Feathers used for implements (including manufactured arti-
cles).

29528. Fan.

26598. Fan made from feathers of roseate spoonbill (Platalea ajaja). Mrs.
C. E. Mott, Jacksonville, Fla.

26597. Fan made from feathers of white tern (Sterna sp.). Mrs. C. E. Mott,

Jacksonville, Fla.

26598. Fail made from feathers of white crane (Garzetta candidissimd). Mrs.

C. E. Mott, Jacksonville, Fla.

26599. Fan made from feathers of blue heron (Florida cocrulea). Mrs. C. E.

Mott, Jacksonville, Fla.

26601-26605. Fan made from feathers of water-turkey (Plotus anliinya).
Mrs. C. E. Mott, Jacksonville, Fla.

26602. Fan made from feathers of fish-crow (Corvus ossi/ragus) and blue

heron (Florida ccerulea). Mrs. C. E. Mott, Jacksonville, Fla.

26603. Fan made from feathers of wood ibis ( Tantalus loculator} and parakeet

(Psittceus carolinemis}. Mrs. C. E. Mott, Jacksonville, Fla.
26605. Fan from miscellaneous feathers. Mrs. C. E. Mott, Jacksonville, Fla.
26812. Domestic turkey -feather dusters. 5 sizes. Chicago Feather-Duster

Company. Chicago, 111.

Feathers used Tor plumes and ornaments (including
plumes, head-dresses, cockades, hat and dress trimmings, &c.)

26604. Bouquet made from feathers of Florida birds. Mrs. C. E. Mott, Jack-

sonville, Fla.

29529. Flowers made from feathers of Florida birds.

Feathers used in other manufactures.

Feathered arrow-shafts. (See under B, 18.)
Feathers used in making artificial flies.

Feathers used in manufacture of textile fabrics. (See under D,
II, G.)

Down of birds.

Down of eider-duck used in bed-stuffing, with specimens of balls in

which it is packed for transportation.
Down of other ducks.
Down of geese and swans used as stuffing for beds, and as electrical

non-conductor in manufacture of philosophical instruments.

24. GELATINE AND ISINGLASS.
Gelatine.

Gelatine made from leather-shavings, bones, hoofs, and horns of
bison, cattle, sheep, and other domestic animals, used in manu-
facture of glue, size, court-plaster, papier glace for tracing, imita-
tion glass, artificial flowers, and ornamental work, wrappings for
confections, table-jelly (see under D 1), &c.

Glue.

25315. No. 1. Manufactured from horns and hoofs. \Vm. H. Brown, Pea-

body, Mass.

25316. No. 2. Manufactured from horns and hoofs. Wm. H. Brown, Pea-

body, Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 221

Gelatine.

Size, or frozen glue.

25317-18. "A. A. E." Manufactured from horns and hoofs. Wm.H. Brown,
Peabody, Mass.

Gelatines made from bone and ivory shavings.

Bird gelatine.

(Xests of esculent swallows (Calocalia esculent a, C. fuciphaga, G.
indijica, &c.) exported from Indian Archipelago to China.)

Isinglass.

Isinglass (ichthyocolla), made from air-bladders and skins of fishes
and used in the manufacture of fine glues and sizes, adhesive and
court plasters, diamond cement, imitation glass, and table-jelly
and confectionery (see under D 1, D),iu refining wines and liquors,
in adulterating milk, in fixing the luster of artificial pearls, and
in lustering silk ribbons (embracing the dried bladders and the
manufactured products) in their grades of "lyre," "heart-shaped,"
"leaf," and "book" isinglass.

Isinglass from sounds of cod and hake.

121*23. Isinglass. (First quality. ) Manufactured from sounds of cod, hake,
&c. Cape Ann. Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company, Rock-
port, Mass.

12124. (Second quality.) Manufactured from sounds of hake, cod, «tc.

Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company, Rockport, Mass.
12126. Dried sound of cod (Gadus morrliua}. Used in the manufacture of
isinglass. George's Banks. Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Com-
pany, Rockport, Mass.

12125. Dried sound of hake (Phycis chuss). Used in manufacture of isinglass.

Bay of Fundy. Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company, Rockport,
Mass.

16683. Sound of hake (Phycis chuss), used in the manufacture of isinglass.

Portland. Me. H. Trefethern.

16684. Sound of hake (Phycis chugs), used in the manufacture of isinglass.

Portland, Me. H. Trefethern.
25264. Isinglass. Manufactured from sounds of cod, hake, &c. Cape Ann

Isinglass and Glue Company, Rockport, Mass.
25263. Air-bladder of cod (Gadus morrJiua), used in manufacture of isinglass.

Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company, Rockport, Mass.
25796. Isinglass made from skins of cod ( Gadus moi'rJi ua). By a new method,

by the Gloucester Isinglass and Glue Company. Win. X. Le Paiz,

agent, Boston, Mass.

25268. Air-bladder of "foreign crab" (species unknown), used in manu-
facture of isinglass. Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company,

Rockport, Mass.
. Air-bladder of foreign "sea trout" (an unknown fish), used in the

manufacture of isinglass. East Indies. Cape Ann Isinglass and

Glue Company, Rockport, Mass.

222 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Isinglass from sounds of cod and hake.

25794. Prepared glue made from skins of cod (Gadm morrliua). By Glou-

cester Isinglass and Glue Company. Win. N. Le Paiz, agent, Bos-
ton, Mass.

25797. "Court-plaster" glue made from skins of cod (Gadus morrhua). By
the Gloucester Isinglass and Glue Company. Wm. N. Le Paiz,
agent, Boston, Mass.

25795. Glue made from skins of cod (Gadus morrhita). By Gloucester Isin-

glass and Glue Company. Wm. N. Le Paiz, agent, Boston, Mass.
20744. Dried tongues of fish (probably cod), used by Sitka Indians in making
glue. Sitka, Alaska. J. G. Swan.

Isinglass from the squeteague family (Scicenidae), principally used
by confectioners.

25265. Air-bladder of ''beluga" (an unknown scisenoid fish), used in the

manufacture of isinglass. Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company,

Rockport, Mass.
25269. Air-bladder of hake (Phyds c/mss), used in manufacture of isinglass.

Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company, Rockport, Mass.
25312. Air-bladder of scisenoid fish, known to the trade as "tongue." East

Indies. Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company, Rockport, Mass.
25267. Air-bladder of squeteague (Cynoscionregalis), used in manufacturing

isinglass. Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company, Rockport, Mass.
12127. Dried sound of squeteague ( Cynoscion regalis), used in the manufac-

ture of isinglass. Long Island Sound. Cape Ann Isinglass and

Glue Company, Rockport, Mass.

Isinglass.

12120. Isinglass made from sound of lake sturgeon (Acipenser rulicundus).
Lake Erie. Schacht & Bros., Sandusky, Ohio.

25. FLEXIBLE MATERIALS DERIVED FROM INVERTEBRATES.1
Insect productions.

Silk-worm "gut" used in making leaders for fish-lines.

(Nest of Cayenne-ant (Formica lispinosa), used as a mechanical

styptic.)
Spiders' web used as a mechanical styptic and for the cross -lines in

optical instruments. (See, also, under D, 8).
Papier mache of hornets' nests used for gun-wadding.

Mollusk productions.

Byssus of mollusks (see under D, 8).

1 See under Part II of the present catalogue.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 223
26. SPONGES.1

Specimens of American commercial sponges (with the
different grades, and bleached sponges).

(Specimens of Mediterranean sponges.)

Surgical apparatus, probangs, aurilaves, " sponge-tents," and other

instruments manufactured.

Spongeo-piline used as a substitute for poultices.
Sponges used in stuffing mattresses and cushions.

27. OILS AND FATS.

IHammal oils*

Bear-oil and bear-fat used as a cosmetic and in the manufacture of

pomatums.

Bog-oil used in the manufacture of kid gloves.
Seal-oil, in its various grades, used for lubricating.

25059-60. Oil of seals (Cystophora, Pagophylus, Pusa, an&PTioca, sp.). New-
foundland. Walter Grieve & Co., St. John's, N. F.

25031-3. Oil of seals (Cystopliora, Pagophilus, Pusa, and Phoca, sp.). J.
Munn & Co., Harbor Grace, N. F.

25979. Oil of harbor seal (Phoca vitulma}. Capt. N. E. Atwood, Province-
town, Mass.

Sea-elephant oil.

25057. Oil of sea-elephant (Macrorhinm, sp.). Haven, "Williams & Co.,

New London, Conn.

25058. Oil of sea-elephant (MacrorTiinus leonina). South Georgia Island.

Haven, Williams & Co., New London, Conn.

Sea-lion oil.

Manatee-oil.

Dugong-oil.

Oil and fat from domestic animals, (tallow, suet, lard, oil used in
lamps, for lubricating, and neatfs-foot oil used in dressing leather;
also, manufactured into various substances (see D, 30), and tal-
low candles and night-lights.)

Oil from body of whales, grampuses, and porpoises used in the
arts, for lubricating, painting, &c.

25054. Oil of humpback whale (ATegaptera, sp.). Atlantic Ocean. Haven,

Williams & Co., New London, Conn.

25055. Oil of right-whale. Haven, Williams & Co., New London, Conn.

25056. Oil of sulphur-bottom whale (Sibbaldius, sp.). Haven, Williams &

Co., New London, Conn.
26038. Oil of beluga (Ddpliinapterus catodon}. Renfrew & Co., Quebec.

24894. Crude Arctic Avhale oil. George Delano & Co.

24895. Bleached "winter" sperm-oil, from the sperm-whale (Physcter ma-

crocephalus). George Delano & Co., New Bedford, Mass.

1 See under Part II of the present catalogue.

224 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

IKammal oils.

Oil from whales and porpoises.

25743. Oil of grampus ( Grampus griseus). Extracted by exposure to the sun.

E. E. Small, Provinceto\vn, Mass.
25067. Oil of grampus (Grampus griseus). Extracted by exposure to the

sun. Capt. Caleb Cook, New Bedford, Mass.
25067. Double refined oil of grampus (Grampus griseus). Cape Cod. Capt.

Caleb Cook, Provincetown, Mass.

25737. "Pressed" oil of grampus (Grampus griseus). E. E. Small, Prov-

incetown, Mass.

25967. Oil of cowfish. Capt. N. E. Atwood, Provincetown, Mass.
25958. Oil of porpoise. Marvin Brothers & Bartlett, Portsmouth, N. H.

25738. Oil of porpoise (Lagenorhynchus leucopleurus). Extracted by exposure

to the sun. E. E. Small, Provincetown, Mass.

25974. Oil of porpoise (DelpMnus welennus?). Capt. N. E. Atwood,
Provincetown, Mass.

12116. Oil of harbor porpoise (Phoccena americana). Prepared by the Passa-
maquoddy Indians. Eastport, Me. Dr. E. Palmer.

12115. Oil of harbor porpoise (Phoccena americana). Eastport, Me. Dr. E.
Palmer.

26037. Oil of harbor porpoise (Phoccena amei'icana). Passamaquoddy Bay,
Maine. George H. Peabody, Eastport, Me.

25739. Oil of snuffer (Phoccena americana). Extracted by exposure to the

sun. E. E. Small, Provincetown, Mass.
24893. Crude "body "-oil from sperm-whale (Physeter macrocephalus).

George Delano & Co., New Bedford, Mass.
26076. Oil of black-fish (Globicephalus intermedius). North American Oil

Company, Wellfleet, Mass.
25741. Oil of black-fish (Glolicephalus melas). E. E. Small, Provincetown,

25064. Refined oil of black-fish (GloUcephalus intermedius). Cape Cod.

Capt. Caleb Cook, Provincetown, Mass.

25065. Double refined oil of black-fish (Globicephalus intermedius). Cape

Cod. Capt. Caleb Cook, Provincetown, Mass.

25977. Oil from body of black-fish (Globicephalus melas). Capt. N. E. At-
wood, Provincetown, Mass.

Black-fish and porpoise-jaw oil used in lubricating fine machinery,
watches, clocks, and guns, with specimens of blubber.

25742. Oil from head of black-fish (GloUcephalus melas). Extracted by ex-
posure to the sun. E. E. Small, Provincetown, Mass.

25968. Oil from head of black-fish ( GloUcephalus melas). Sold as "porpoise-

jaw oil." Capt. Caleb Cook, Provincetown, Mass.

25984. Oil from head of black-fish (GloUcephalus melas). Sold as "porpoise-
jaw oil." Capt. N. E. Atwood, Provincetown, Mass.

25969. Oil from jaw of porpoise. Capt. N. E. Atwood, Provincetown, Mass.
26035-6. Oil from head of harbor-porpoise (Phoccena americana). Passama-
quoddy Bay. Geo. A. Peabody, Eastport, Me.

26075. Head-oil of black-fish (GloUcephalus intermedius). North American

Oil Company, Wellfleet, Mass.
26035. Jaw-oil of porpoise (Phoccena americana). Passamaquoddy Bay. G.

A. Peabody, Eastport, Me.

25066. Jaw-oil of black-fish (GloUcephalus intermedius). Cape Cod. Capt.

Caleb Cook, Provincetown, Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 225

Ulammal oils.

Black-fish and porpoise jaw oil, &c.

26042. " Jaw-marrow" of black-fish (Globicephalus melas). E. E. Small,

Provincetown, Mass.
25040. Blubber of black-fish and grampus (GloUcephalus melas and Grampus

griseiw'). E. E. Small, Prdvincet own, Mass.
26041. "Melon" blubber of black-fish (Globicephalus melas). E. E. Small,

Provincetowu, Mass.
25069. " Melon blubber" of black-fish (Gldblcephalm intermedius). Cape

Cod. Capt. Caleb Cook, Provincetown, Mass.

Grampus-oil used for lubricating fine machinery.

25068. " Melon" blubber of grampus (Grampus yriseus). Cape Cod; Capt.

Caleb Cook, Provincetown, Mass.
25733. Oil from head of grampus ( Grampus griseus). Extracted by exposure

to the sun. E. E. Small, Provincetown, Mass.

Sperm-oil used in lamps, for lubricating, as an emollient in medi-
cine, for lip-salves, and in the manufacture of spermaceti.

24892. Crude "head" sperm-oil from sperm-whale (Physeter maerocephalus)*

George Delano & Co., New Bedford, Mass.
25745. Crude sperm-oil from sperm-whale (Physeter macrocephalus'). E. E.

Small, Proviucetown, Mass.

Spermaceti, with specimens of candles.

24896. Plain refined spermaceti from sperm-whale (Physeter macrocephalm^

George Delano & Co., New Bedford, Mass.

24897. Spermaceti caudles. George Delano & Co., New Bedford, Mass.

Manufactured glycerines, used as a preservative and antiseptic, as
a cosmetic, as an emollient, as a substitute for cod-liver oil, in the
manufacture of nitre-glycerine, dynamite, dualine, lithofracteur,
coloniamite, and other explosives, soap, &c.

26798. Pure inodorous glycerine. Manufactured by H. Bower, Philadelphia.
John Wyeth & Bro., Philadelphia.

Manufactured stearines, with candles and other manufactured ar-
ticles.

Soaps manufactured from mammal-oil, soda-soaps (hard, toilet, and
resin soaps), potash-soaps (washing, shaving, and soft soaps),
diachylon plaster, &c.

Butter made from milk of cows, goats, and horses.

Oleomargarines, with specimens of imitation butter.

Brains of buffalo used in tanning by Indians.

Bird-oils.

(Oil of petrels and other sea-birds used by Eskimos and in the
Azores for lamp-oil.)
Bull. N. M. No. 14 15

226 ANIMAL KESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Bird-oil*.

Goose-oil used by watch-makers, and as an emollient.
Oil of pigeon (Ectopistes migrator ius), used as food by Indians. and
frontiersmen.

•
Reptile-oils.

Alligator-oil manufactured in Florida.

24898. Oil of alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Prepared by Col. L. A.
Harden, Jacksonville, Fla. Dr. W. H. Babcock.

Turtle-oil made from turtle-eggs, used in dressing leather and in

manufacture of soap.
Eattlesnake and other snake oils.

Fish-oils.

Sun-fish oil used by fishermen for cure of rheumatism.

25724. Oil from liver of sun-fish (Mola rotunda). Extracted by exposure to
the sun. E. E. Small, Proviucetown, Mass.

25959. Oil from liver of sun-fish ( Mola rotunda). Marvin Brothers & Bart-

lett, Portsmouth, N. H.

25966. Oil from liver of sun-fish (Mola rotunda). Capt. N. E. Atwood,
Provincetown, Mass.

Oil from liver of the cod family.

25982. Oil from liver of cod-fish (Gadus morrhua), crude. Capt. N. E. At-
wood, Provincetown, Mass.

25960. Liver-oil of cod-fish (Gadus morrhua). Marvin Brothers & Bartlett,

Portsmouth, N. H.

26550. Oil from liver of cod-fish (Gadus morrhua). Herbert M. Rodgers &

Co., 11 Fulton Market, New York.

26551. Oil from liver of cod-fish (Gadus morrlma). Herbert M. Rodgers &

Co., New York.
26707. Pure cod-liver oil. Prepared for medicinal use only, by Marvin

Brothers, Portsmouth, N. H. John Wyeth, Philadelphia.
25985. Medicinal oil from livers of cod-fish (Gadus morrhua). Capt. N. E.

Atwood, Proviiicetown, Mass.
25981. Stearine from liver-oil of cod-fish ( Gadus morrlma). Marvin Brothers

& Bartlett, Portsmouth, N. H.

25970. Oil from liver of cusk (Brosmius vulgaris). Capt. N. E. Atwood,

Proviiicetown, Mass.
25736. Oil from liver of hake (Phycis chuss). Extracted by exposure to the

sun. E. E. Small, Provincetowu, Mass.
25732. Oil from liver of haddock (Mclanoyrammus ceglcfinm'). Extracted by

exposure to the sun. E. E. Small, Provincetowu, Mass.
25978. Oil from liver of haddock (Mclanogrammus ceglcfinus). Capt. N. E.

Atwood, Provincetown, Mass.

25971. Oil from liver of pollock (FollacMuus carlonarius). Capt. N. E. At-

wood, Proviucetowu, Mass.

25740. Oil from liver of pollock (PoUacMuus carlonarius). Extracted by
exposure to the sun. E. E. Small, Proviucetowii, Mass.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 227

Fi*h-oils. *

Herring-oil.
White-fish oil.
Sturgeon-oil,

Menhaden-oil used in currying leather, in rope making, for lubri-
cating, for adulterating Linseed-oil, as a paint-oil, and exported to
Europe for use in the manufacture of soap and for smearing sheep.

26060. Oil of menhaden (Brevoartia tyrannu*). Geo. W. Miles, Milford,

Conn.
25744. Oil of pogie or menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus), kettle-rendered.

E. E. Small, Provincetown, Mass.
26077. Oil of pogie or menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus). North American

Oil Company, Wellfleet, Mass.

Oil of other fishes.

25973. Oil of horse-mackerel (Orcynus secundidorsalis}. Capt. N. E. Atwood,
Provincetown, Mass.

12117. Oil of herring (Clupea harengus). Capt. U. S. Treat, Eastport, Me.

12118. Oil from lake sturgeon (Acipenxer nibicundus). Lake Erie. Schacht

&. Bros., Saudusky, Ohio.

25980. Oil from liver of mackerel-shark (Isuropsis Dekayi}. Capt. N. E.

Atwood, Provincetown, Mass.

25975. Oil from liver of thresher-shark (A lopias vulpes). Capt. N. E. Atwood,
Provincetown, Mass.

25956. Oil from liver of dog-fish (Squalus americanus). Marion Bros. & Bart-

lett, Portsmouth, X. H.

25981. Oil from liver of dog-fish (Squalus americanus). Capt. N. E. Atwood.

Provincetown, Mass.

25957. Oil from liver of skates (Eaia laevte, &c.). Marion Bros. & Bartlett,

Portsmouth. X. H.

25975. Oil from liver of cramp-fish ( Torpedo occidentals'). Capt. N. E. Atwood,
Provincetown, Mi-

25735. Oil from liver of cramp-fish (Torpedo occidentals). E. E. Small, Prov-
incetown, Mass.

26978. Sword-fish oil. Capt. X. E. Atwood, Provincetown, Mass.

26979. Mackerel-oil. " "

26980. Skate-oil. " "

26981. Halibut-oil. " "

«t

Oulachan oil used by Indians of Northwest coast for food and illu-
mination.
Soaps made from fish-oil.

28. PERFUMES.
Haiti 111 a 1 perfumes.

Musk of musk-ox.

Musk of the musquash.

Castoreum of the beaver, including the various commercial grades,
the Canadian, Hudson's Bay, and Russian castoremn, and speci-
mens of castorine.

26037. Scent-glands of beaver (Castor canadensis). Nebraska. E. R. Squibb,
M. D., Brooklyn, X. Y.

228 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Mammal perfumes. *

Hyraceum of the daman (Hyrax capensis).

Ambergris of sperm-whale, with specimens of ambreine*

26894. Ambergris (commercial). Weeks Potter, Boston.

Reptile perfumes.

Musk of alligator.

Oil of hawksbill and loggerhead turtles, used in perfumery.

29. COLORING MATERIALS.
Derived from mammals.

Bone-black.

Ivory -black (noire cPivoire), used in fine painting, and in the manu-
facture of bank-note ink.

Prussiates, prussian blue, ferrocyanide of potassiuro, made from
hoofs and refuse human and other hair.

26093. Red prussiate of potassa (Potassium ferrocyanide}. E. R. Squibb, M.

D., Brooklyn, N. Y.

26094. Yellow prussiate of potassa (Potassium ferrocyanide}. E. R. Squibb,

M. D., Brooklyn, N. Y.

26794. Yellow prussiate of potash. Manufactured by H. Bower, Phila-
delphia. John Wyeth, Philadelphia.

Gall of animals used in dyeing.

Dung of animals used in calico-printing.

Hsematin made from blood, and used in turkey -red dyeworks, and

for the red liquor of printers.
Wool-flocking (see iinder D, 21).

Derived from birds,

Shell of eggs used for white pigment.

Series of murexides or purpurate of ammonia dyes, made from
guano.

26065. Murexid. Prepared by E. Merck, Darmstadt. E. R. Squibb, M. D.,
Brooklyn, N. Y.

Derived from fishes.

Essence d'Orient, or fish-scale pearl, used as a pigment.

26893. Essence d'Orient. Introduced for comparison. Gustave Bossange,
Paris.

(Gall of carp, used in Turkey as a green paint and in staining paper.)
Derived from inseets.

(Cochineal dye, from Coccus cacti of Mexico, used in manufacture of
rouge, of carmine, and lake pigments, and in coloring tinctures.)
26064. Honduras silver cochineal. E. R. Squibb, Brooklyn, N. Y.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 229

Derived from insects.

Canadian cochineal.

(Kermes and other cochineals of commerce, Coccus ilicis.)

Lac dye and lac lake, from Coccus lacca, C.polonicus, C. uva-ursij and

Ophisfabce.

Dye prepared from bed-bug (Cimex lectularius).
(Dye prepared from Trombidium, in Guinea and Surinam.)
Xut-galls produced by insects, and used in tanning for black dyes,
for woolen cloth, silk, and calico, and in manufacture of ink and
gallic and pyrogallic acid, employed in photography.

Derived from mollusks.1

(Sepia from Sepia officinalis.)

Purple dyes from gasteropods, Murar, Purpura, &c.

Purple dyes from ntidibranch mollusks.

•30. CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND AGENTS EMPLOYED IN ARTS AND MEDI-
CINES.

Derived from mammals.

Secretion of skunk.

Album grcecum of dogs used as a depilatory in tanning hides.

Albumen of blood, employed in sugar-refineries, in certain cements
and pigments, and as an antidote and emollient.

Dung, used in calico-printing.

Gall of animals, used in mixing colors, in fixing the lines of crayon
and pencil drawings, in preparing the surface of ivory for paint-
ing, in removing grease, and in medicine.

Pepsin e and pancreatin, prepared from stomach of hogs and calves.

26796. Saccharated pepsin. John Wyeth & Bro., Philadelphia.

26795. Pancreatin, saccharated. " "

25964. Saccharine pepsin. E. Schaffer, Louisville, Ky.

25963. Dry pepsin (concentrated). E. Schaffer, Louisville, Ky.

25962. Pure pepsin. E. Schaffer, Louisville, Ky.

29262. Acid phospho-lactate or milk-phosphate. Prepared directly from

milk, by Gail Borden & Co. New York Condensed Milk Company,

Xew York.

Derived from insects.

Coccinella, used as remedy for toothache.

(Trehala, made from nests of beetles (Larinas nidificans), of East

Indies, and used for a substitute for tapioca.)
Formic acid.
Carbazotic acid and its derivatives, made from sewing-silk scraps,

and used as a substitute for quinine.

1 See in Part II of the present catalogue.

230 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Derived from insects.

Beeswax, used in manufacture of candles, cerates, plasters, and
artificial flowers, in modeling and casting, and in medicine.

Honey, used as a preservative, a food, and in medicine as an ape-
rient and demulcent.

19076. Sugar made of cane-lice. Prepared by the Cooyuwee Indians, Pyra-
mid Lake, Nevada. Stephen Powers.

(Wax, iised in Chinese pharmacy, secreted by the Coccus pelilali.)

(a1. Manna from the Tamarix mannifera, used as food, and in

medicine as a purgative.

1)'. Cedar manna from Mount Lebanon, from Pinus cedr (s.
c'. Arabian manna, of Hedysarum alliagi.)

(Eye-powder, made by Chinese from the Telini fly (Mylabris cicJiorii}
of India.)

Derived from mammals.

(Koumiss, a fermented liquor, prepared from mare's and cow's milk,,
and employed in medicines.)

Phosphorus, prepared from bones, with specimens of matches,,
vermin poisons, and other products.

Vaccine liinph, derived from cows.

Ammonia, prepared from bones and horn.

Sal ammoniac, prepared from bones and dung.

Prussiates, prepared from hoof, .horn, and leather waste, dried
blood, hair, and wool, with specimens of blue cyanide of potas-
sium. (See under Coloring Materials.)

Lime from bones and bone phosphates. (See, also, under 32.)

Punk and tinder, made from droppings of camel and bison.

Animal charcoal, used as a decolorizer.

Derived from birds.

Albumen of eggs, used in photography, in clarifying liquors, by
physicians as emollients and antidotes, and by apothecaries in
suspending oils and other liquids in water.

Egg-shells, employed as an antacid.

Derived from reptiles.

Crotalin of rattlesnake and copperhead.

(Scincus officinalis of Egypt, used by European practitioners as sudo-
rific and stimulant.)

Derived from fishes.

Propylamine, made from fish-brine.

26066. Propylamine (manufactured by E. Merck, Darmstadt). E. R..
Squibb, M. D., Brooklyn, N. Y.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES Of UNITED STATES. 231

Derived from fishes.

(Intestines of grayling, used by Laplanders as a substitute for

rennet.)
Skins of eels, used by negroes for rheumatism.

Derived from inseets.

Vesicatory preparations from American beetles, Cantliaris clnerea

and C. vitlata.
Vesicatory preparations derived from foreign beetles, cantharides

or Spanish flies (Cantharis resicatoria), and other species, and

substitutes, Mylabris cich-oni, Cercoma Sck&fferi, Meloe, sp.,

var., &c.
Vesicatory preparations from American spiders, such as Tegenaria

medic inalis.
Gall-nuts, used in medicine (see under 29).

Derived from Crustacea.

Salve-bug of fishermen of Banks (Caligus curtus), parasite on cod-
fish.
Crabs' eyes, or concretions from stomach of astacus, used as an

antacid.

Derived from worm*.

American leech (Macrobdella decora), used in surgery.
(European leech (Hintdo medicinaUs), introduced into America.)
(African leech (Hintdo trochina), introduced.)
Leeches used as barometers.

Derived from niollusks.

(Cuttle-fish bone of Sepia offitinalls.) (See under D, III, H.)
Calcined shells, used for building-lime and in manufacture of denti-
frices and enamel. (See under D, III, H.)

Derived from radiates.

a, Limes, derived from calcining coral and coral rock.
Derived from protozoans.

Burnt sponge, formerly used in medicine.

Infusorial earth and its applications. (See above under K.)

.31. FERTILIZERS.
Natural guanos.

Bat guano from caves.

Bird guano from oceanic islands.

232 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Artificial £iianos.

Menhaden guano.

Series of preparations illustrating the manufacture of soluble

Pacific guano. Soluble Pacific Guano Company, Wood's Holl,

Mass.1

26104. Crude South Carolina phosphate.

25213, 26103. Crushed South Carolina phosphates.

26102. Ground South Carolina phosphate.

26100. Crude Navassa phosphate. Navassa Island, W. I.

26101. Sicily sulphur, used in manufacture of sulphuric acid, used in fac-

tory.

26099. Stassfurth kainite, used in. preservation of scrap.
26095. Crude menhaden scrap.

26097. Menhaden scrap, dried by the Hogle patent drying-machine.
26095. Soluble Pacific guano (unscreened).

26098. Soluble Pacific guano (screened).

Other preparations.1

26062. Island guano. Geo. W. Miles, Milford, Conn.

26061-3. Animouiated bone superphosphate. Geo. W. Miles, Milford, Conn.

22246. Leopoldshall kainite. Winfield S. Dunan, Baltimore, Md.

Dried meat and blood.
Dried blood.

22239. Black dried blood. Contains 16 per cent, ammonia. Winfield S.

Dunan, Baltimore, Md.

22240. Black blood-dust. Contains 12 per cent, ammonia. Winfield S.

Duuan, Baltimore, Md.

22241. Red blood-dust. Contains 14 per cent, of ammonia. Winfield S.

Dunan, Baltimore, Md.

22242. Mixed dried blood. Contains about 13 per cent, of ammonia. Win-

field S. Dunan, Baltimore, Md.

22243. Blood, bone, and meat tankage. Contains about 9.50 per cent, of

ammonia and 24 per cent, bone-phosphate of lime. Winfield S.
Dunan, Baltimore, Md.

22244. Azotin. Contains about 14 per cent, of ammonia, and is made from

what are known as " butcher's cracklings" — the grease having
been pressed out, the scrap is dried and ground. Winfield S.
Dunan, Baltimore, Md.

22245. Sulphate of ammonia. Contains about 25 per cent, of ammonia.

Wiufield S. Duuan, Baltimore, Md.

Poudrettes.

Other animal fertilizers.

32. LIMES. (See under 30.)

33. OTHER MATERIALS NOT MENTIONED.

1 An elaborate model of the works of the Soluble Pacific Guano Company of Wood's
Holl, Mass., and Charleston, S. C., is on exhibition in the grounds of the Exposition.

SECTION B.

PROTECTION AND CULTURE.

I. INVESTIGATION.

1. METHODS OF THE UMTED STATES FISH COMMISSION.
Methods of work.

Apparatus for collecting specimens. (See under B.)
Apparatus for physical research.
Appliances for working up results.

This should include a model of coast laboratory with all its fittings.

Photographs.1

401. Headquarters of the United States Fish Commission, Wood's Holl,

Matt.

400. Little Harbor of Wood's Holl, Mass., with headquarters of U. S. Fish
Commission.

399. Harbor of Wood's Hole, Mass., from the wharf of the Fish Commis-
sion laboratory.

398. Harbor of Wood's Holl, Mass., with U. S. Fish Commission fleet for
1871.

397. Village of Wood's Holl, Mass., with the Pacific Soluble Guano Com-
pany's Works.

404. Yacht "Mazeppa," employed in the service of the U. S. Fish Com-
mission.

403. U. S. steamer "Blue Light" at the wharf of the U. S. Fish Commis-
sion, Wood's Holl, Mass.

402. Village of Wood's Holl, Mass^Howing Ial>o?at0r$sof U. S. Fish

Commission. // C r

Results of work. (&

1. Reports of the Commission.

(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF Fis^ssjaSyfcrfSHSgitfs^PART I. — REPORT

OX THE CONDITION OF THE SF A -FISHERIES OF THE SOUTH COAST OF

NEW ENGLAND IN 1871 AND 1V72. By Spencer F. Baird, Commissioner.

With supplementary papers. Washington : Government Printing-Office.

1873. 8vo, xlvii, 852 pp., 40 pi., with 38 explanatory (to pi. 1-38). 1

folded map.)

I. REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER (S. F. Baird). pp. vii-

xlvii.-

II. GrENERAL PLAN OF INQUIRIES PROSECUTED. (1. MEM-
ORANDA OF INQUIRY RELATIVE TO THE FOOD-FISHES
OF THE UNITED STATES. 2. QUESTIONS RELATIVE TO
THE FOOD-FISHES OF THE UNITED STATES.) pp. 1-6.

1 The photographs here enumerated were on exhibition. Many others are in the pos-
session of the Commission.

-This portion, with general title-page (pp. i-xlvii), was issued in advance separately.

233

234 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Results of work.

1. Keports of the CominissioD.

(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART I.)

III. TESTIMONY IN REGARD TO THE PRESENT CONDITION OF

THE FISHERIES, TAKEN IN 1871. pp. 7-72.

IV. SPECIAL ARGUMENTS IN REGARD TO REGULATING THE

SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. pp. 73-103.

V. REPORTS OF STATE COMMISSIONS IN REGARD TO REGU-
LATING THE SEA-FISHERIES. pp. 104-124.

VI. REPORT OF CONFERENCE OF THE UNITED STATES COM-
MISSIONER WITH THE COMMISSIONERS OF RHODE ISL-
AND AND MASSACHUSETTS, held October 5, 1871. pp.
125-131.
VII. DRAUGHT OF LAW PROPOSED FOR THE CONSIDERATION

OF, AND ENACTMENT BY, THE LEGISLATURES OF MAS-
SACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, AND CONNECTICUT, pp.
132-134.
VIII. MISCELLANEOUS CORRESPONDENCE AND COMMUNICATIONS

ON THE SUBJECT OF THE SEA-FISHERIES, pp. 134-13*.

IX. EUROPEAN AUTHORITIES ON THE SUBJECT OF REGULAT-
ING THE FISHERIES BY LAW. pp. 139-148.

X. NOTICES IN REGARD TO THE ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON THE

NEW ENGLAND COAST IN FORMER TIMES, pp. 149-172.

XL STATISTICS OF FISH AND FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH

SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND, pp. 173-181.
XII. SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY AND INFORMATION RELA-
TIVE TO THE CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES OF TIIK
• SOUTH SIDE OF NEW ENGLAND, TAKEN IN 1872. pp.

182-195.

XIII. PLEADINGS BEFORE THE SENATE COMMITTEE ON FISH-

ERIES OF THE RHODE ISLAND LEGISLATURE, AT ITS.
JANUARY SESSION OF 1872. pp. 196-227.

XIV. NATURAL HISTORY OF SOME OF THE MORE IMPORTANT

FOOD-FISHES OF THE SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND,

(viz : the Scup (Stenotomus argyrops), and the Blue-fish
(Pomatomus saltatnx). pp. 228-252.
XV. DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH

ON THE SEA-COAST AND LAKES OF THE UNITED STATES.

pp. 253-274, with 19 (1-19) figs., and pi. (maps) xxxix
and xl, and large folded map.

XVI. LIST OF PATENTS GRANTED BY THE UNITED STATES TO
THE END OF 1872 FOR INVENTIONS CONNECTED WITH
THE CAPTURE, UTILIZATION, OR CULTIVATION OF FISH
AND MARINE ANIMALS, pp. 275-280.

XVII. LIST OF THE SEA- WEEDS OR MARINE ALGJE OF TIIK
SOUTH COAST OF NEW ENGLAND. By W. G. Fallow,.

M. D. pp. 281-294.

XVIII. REPORT UPON THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINE-
YARD SOUND AND THE ADJACENT WATERS, WITH AN
ACCOUNT OF THE PHYSICAL CHARACTER OF THE RE-
GION. By A. E. Verrill. pp. 295-778, with. pi. i-xxxviii.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 235-

Results of" work.

1. Eeports of the Commission.

(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART I.)

XIX. CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OP-
NORTH AMERICA. By Theodore Gill. pp. 779-822.
XX. LIST OF FISHES COLLECTED AT WOOD'S HOLL (betweei^
June 20 and October 4). By S. F. Baird. pp. 823-827.

XXI. TABLE OF TEMPERATURES OF THE LITTLE HARBOR,
WOOD'S HOLL, MASS., FROM JANUARY 1, 1873, TO
DECEMBER 31, 1873. pp. 828-831.

XXII. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, p. 833.

XXIII. GENERAL INDEX, pp. 835-852.

UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART II. — REPORT
OF THE COMMISSIONER FOR 1872 AND 1873. A. — INQUIRY INTO THE DE-
CREASE OF FOOD-FISHES. B. — THE PROPAGATION OF FOOD-FISHES IN

THE WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES. By Spencer F. Baird, Commis-
sioner. With supplementary papers. Washington: Government Print-
ing-Office. 1874.

REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER. (Table of contents precedes report.)
APPENDIX A.— THE FISHERIES OF THE GREAT LAKES AND THE SPECIES

OF COREGONUS OR WHITEFISH.

I. REPORTS ON THE FISHERIES OF THE GREAT LAKES ; THE.

RESULT OF INQUIRIES PROSECUTED IN 1871 AND 1872.

By James W. Milner. (Table of contents on p. 77. )
II. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND CORRESPONDENCE RELA-
TIVE TO THE WHITEFISH. pp. 79-88.
APPENDIX B. — THE SALMON AND THE TROUT (species of the Salmo^. p. 89.

III. ON THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF SALMON AND

TROUT. By George Suckley, Surgeon United States
Army (written in 1861). p. 91. Tabulated list or
species, pp. 92-159.

IV. THE SALMON OF THE DANUBE, OR THE HUCHO (Salmo

/( MC/JO). AND ITS INTRODUCTION INTO AMERICAN WATERS.

By Rudolph Hessel. p. 161.

V. IMPROVEMENT IN THE SALMON-FISHERIES OF SWEDEN.
(Extract from the report of the Royal Swedish In-
tendant of Fisheries, 1868.) p. 166.

VI. REPORT OF OPERATIONS DURING 1872 AT THE UNITED-
STATES HATCHING ESTABLISHMENT ON McCLOUD
RIVER, AND ON THE CALIFORNIA SALMONID.E GEN-
ERALLY, WITH A LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. By

Livingston Stone.

A. Introductory remarks, pp. 168-174.

B. The Salniouidse of the Sacramento River, pp.

175-197.

C. Catalogue of natural-history specimens collected,

on the Pacific slope in 1872, by Livingston

Stone, for the United States Fish Commission.

VII. NOTES ON THE SALMON OF THE MIRAMICHI RIVER. By

Livingston Stone; p. 216. Fragmentary notes, p. 217,

VIII. THE SALMONID2E OF EASTERN MAINE, NEW BRUNSWICK,.

AND NOVA SCOTIA. By Charles Lanman. pp. 219-325.
IX. ON THE SALMON OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA, AND ITS-
ARTIFICIAL CULTURE. By Charles G. Atkins. (Table-
of contents on p. 336.) p. 226.

236 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Results oi* work.

•

Eeports of tlie Commission.
(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART II.)

X. ON THE SALMON OF MAINE. By A. C. Hamlin. pp.

338-356.
XI. THE LAKE TROUTS. By A. Leitli Adams, M. A., &c. p.

357.

XII. ON THE SPECKLED TROUT or UTAH LAKE. By Dr. H.
C. Yarrow, U. S. A., Surgeon and Naturalist, &c. pp.
358-363.

XIII. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND CORRESPONDENCE RELATIVE

TO SALMON AND TROUT, pp. 364-378.

XIV. ADDITIONAL REPORTS RELATIVE TO THE HATCHING AND

PLANTING OF THE PENOBSCOT SALMON, p. 380.

A. New Hampshire, p. 380.

B. New Jersey, p. 381.

C. Pennsylvania, p. 382.

D. Ohio. p. 382.

E. Wisconsin, p. 383.

APPENDIX C. — THE SHAD AND ALEWIFE (species of Clupeidce}. p.

385.
XV. LETTERS REFERRING TO EXPERIMENTS OF W. C. DANIELL,

M. D., IN INTRODUCING SHAD INTO THE ALABAMA

RIVER, pp. 386, 387.
XVI. LETTERS REFERRING TO SHAD IN THE RIVERS TRIBUTARY

TO THE GULF OF MEXICO, pp. 388-391.

XVII. REPORT OF A RECONNAISSANCE OF THE SHAD-RIVERS
SOUTH OF THE POTOMAC. By H. C. Yarrow, M. D.
pp. 396-401.

XVIII. REPORT ON SHAD-HATCHING OPERATIONS, pp. 403-417.

XIX. REPORT ON THE PROPAGATION OF THE SHAD (Alosa

Sapidissma), AND ITS INTRODUCTION INTO NEW WATERS

BY THE UNITED STATES COMMISSIONER, IN 1873. By

James W. Milner. pp. 419-450.

XX. NOTES ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE SHAD AND

ALEWIFE. pp. 452-462.
APPENDIX D. — FISH CULTURE (THE HISTORY, THEORY, AND PRACTICE

OF FISH-CULTURE), pp. 463, 464.
XXI. THE HISTORY OF FISH-CULTURE, p. 465.

A. The history of fish-culture in Europe, from its

earlier record to 1854. By Jules Haime. pp.
465-492.

B. Report ou the progress of pisciculture in Russia.

By Theodore Soudakevicz. pp. 493-512.

C. Report on the state of pisciculture in France and

the neighboring countries. By M. Bouchon-
Brandley, assistant secretary of the College of
France, pp. 513-522.

D. The progress of fish-culture in the United States.

By James W. Mihier. pp. 52:3-558.

E. Alphabetical list of American fish-culturists and

of persons known as being interested in fish-
culture, pp. 558-566.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 237

Results of work.

1. Reports of the Commission.

(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART II. y

XXII. PAPERS RELATING TO PRACTICAL FISH-CULTURE.

A. Method of treating adhesive eggs of certain fishes>

especially of the Cyprinidae, in artificial propa-
gation. By Rudolph Hessel. pp. 567-570.

B. On the so-called "dry7' method of impregnating

spawn. By Alexander Stenzel, inspector of
fisheries in Silesia, Germany, pp. 571-574.

C. Fish-culture in salt or brackish waters. By Theo-

dore Lyman, Fish Commissioner of Massachu-
setts, pp. 575-577.

D. Descriptions of improved apparatus in fish-hatch-

ing, pp. 578-587.
APPENDIX E. — OBSTRUCTIONS TO THE UPWARD MOVEMENT OF FISHES

IN STREAMS. AND THE REMEDY, pp. 588, 589.

XXIII. ON FISH-WAYS. By Charles G. Atkins, pp. 591-615.

XXIV. ON OBSTRUCTIONS TO THE ASCENT OF FISH IN CERTA1K

RIVERS, p. 617.

A. Obstructions in the rivers of Maine. By E. M.

Stillwell. pp. 617-621.

B. Obstructions in the tributaries of Lake Cham-

plain. By M. C. Edmunds, pp. 622-627.

C. Obstructions in some of the rivers of Virginia,

By M. McKennie. pp. 628-629.

D. Character of the streams on the northern shore of

Lake Michigan. By J. F. Ingalls. pp. 630- ;:?2,

E. Characters of some of the northern tributaries of

Lake Michigan. By James W. Milner. pp.
632-634.
APPENDIX F.— NATURAL HISTORY, pp. 635-636.

XXV. THE CRUSTACEA OF THE FRESH WATERS OF THE UNITED
STATES. By Sidney I. Smith.

A. Synopsis of the higher fresh-water Crustacea of

the Northern United States, pp. 637-657.

B. The crustacean parasites of the fresh-water fishes

of the United States, pp. 661-665.
XXVI. SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN FRESH-WATER

LEECHES. By A. E. Verrill. pp. 666-689.

XXVII. SKETCH OP THE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF LAKE SUPE-
RIOR. By Sidney I. Smith, pp. 690-706.
XXVIII. FOOD OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. By Sidney I. Smith.

pp. 708-709.

XXIX. NATURAL AND ECONOMICAL HISTORY OF THE GOURAMI
(Osphroinenus gorarny). By Theodore Gill. p. 710.

A. Natural history, pp. 710-717.

B. The introduction and attempts to introduce the

gouraini into foreign countries, pp. 718-723.

C. Rules for transportation and introduction, p. 727.
XXX. NOTES ON THE GRAYLING (ThymaUus) OF NORTH AMER-
ICA. By James W. Milner. pp. 729-742

APPENDIX G. — MISCELLANEOUS PAPERS, p. 743.

238 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Results of work.

1. Eeports of the Commission.

(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OP FISH AND FISHERIES. PART II.)

XXXI. TEMPERATURE IN THE GULF OF MEXICO, FROM RECORDS
OF THE UNITED STATES COAST SURVEY, pp. 745-748.
XXXII. CORRESPONDENCE WITH COMPANIES RELATIVE TO FACIL-
ITIES IN TRANSPORTATION, ETC. pp. 749-756.

XXXIII. REPORTS OF SPECIAL CONFERENCES WITH AMERICAN

FlSH-CULTURISTS' ASSOCIATION AND STATE COMMIS-
SIONERS OF FISHERIES, p. 757.

A. Meeting at Boston, June 13, 1872. pp. 757-762.

B. Meeting at New York, October 17, 1872. pp. 763-773.

XXXIV. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTS OF FISHERY COMMISSIONS.

By Theodore Gill. pp. 764-773.

A. Names of Commissioners, p. 774.

B. Bibliography of reports, pp. 775-784.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, pp. 785-790.

GENERAL INDEX, p. 791.

UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART III.— REPORT
OF THE COMMISSIONER FOR 1873-4 AND 1874-5. A.— INQUIRY INTO THE

DECREASE OF THE FOOD-FISHES. B. — THE PROPAGATION OF FOOD-FISHES

IN THE WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES. By Spencer F. Baird, Cornmis-
•sioner. Washington: Government Printing-Office. 1876.

APPENDIX A. — SEA-FISHERIES AND THE FISHES AND INVERTEBRATES

USED AS FOOD.

I. HISTORICAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE CONDITION or THE

FISHERIES AMONG THE ANCIENT GREEKS AND ROMANS
AND THEIR MODE OF SALTING AND PACKING FISH. By

J. K. Smidlo. pp. 1, 2.

II. STATISTICS OF THE MOST IMPORTANT FISHERIES OF THE
NORTH ATLANTIC. By Carl Dambeck. pp. 3-24.

III. ON THE FISHERIES OF NORWAY, pp. 24-30.

IV. STATISTICAL DATA REGARDING THE SWEDISH FISHERIES.

pp. 31-34.

V. ACCOUNT OF THE FISHERIES AND SEAL-HUNTING LN THH
WHITE SEA, THE ARCTIC OCEAN, AND THE CASPIAN
SEA. By Alexander Schultz. pp. 35, 96.
VI. THE NORWEGIAN HERRING-FISHERIES. By A. J. Breck

and A. Fadderdin. pp. 97-122.

VII. PRELIMINARY REPORT FOR 1873-74 ON THE HERRING

AND THE HERRING-FISHERIES ON THE WEST COAST OF

SWEDEN. By Axel Vilhelm Springinau. pp. 123-168.

VIII. THE HALIBUT FISHERIES OF THE UNITED STATES. By

Lieut. P. De Broca. pp. 169-172.

IX. THE FISHING VILLAGES SNIKKERSTUN AND SKOLTERUP,
AND THE COLLECTION OF FISHING IMPLEMENTS EX-
HIBITED BY THEM AT ELSINORE, DENMARK, DURING
THE SUMMER OF 1872. pp. 173-182.

X. ON THE HERRING AND ITS PREPARATION AS AN ARTICLE
OF TRADE. By Hyalmar Widigner. pp. 183-192.

XI. NEW CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HERRING QUESTION — THK
DISPUTE BETWEEN AXEL BOECK AND OSSIAN SAR«%
REGARDING THE NORWEGIAN SUMMER HERRING- -
SARS' RECENT OBSERVATIONS AND HIS NEW THEORY
ON THE MIGRATION OF THE HERRING. pp. 193-194.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 239

Results or work.

1. Reports of the Commission.

(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART III.)

XII. OX THE SPAWNING AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COD-

FISH. By Prof. C. O. Sars. pp. 195-222.

XIII. THE NORWEGIAN LOBSTER FISHERY AND ITS HISTORY.

By Axel Broeck. pp. 223-252.

XIV. TRANSPORTATION OF LOBSTERS TO CALIFORNIA, pp.

253-457.

XV. ON THE ARTIFICIAL PROPAGATION OF THE LOBSTER. pp.

258-266.
XVI. ON THE OYSTER INDUSTRIES OF THE UNITED STATES.

By Lieut. P. De Broca. pp. 267-320.
APPENDIX B.— THE RIVER FISHERIES, pp. 321-322.

XVII. THE PROPAGATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE SHAD.

pp. 323-350.

XVIII. REPORT OF THE TRIANA TRIP. By J. W. Milner. pp.
351-362.

XIX. ON THE TRANSPORTATION OF SHAD FOR LONG DIS-
TANCES, pp. 363-371.

XX. REPORT OF OPERATIONS IN CALIFORNIA IN 1873. By
Livingston Stone, pp. 372-4*27.

XXI. HATCHING AND DISTRIBUTION OF CALIFORNIA SALMON

pp. 428-436.

XXII. REPORT OF OPERATIONS DURING 1874 AT THE UNITED
STATES SALMON-HATCHING ESTABLISHMENT ON THE
McCLOUD RIVER. CALIFORNIA. By Livingston Stone,
pp. 437-476.

XXIII. CORRESPONDENCE RELATING TO THE SAN JOAQUIN

RIVER AND ITS FISHES, pp. 477-484.

XXIV. THE ATLANTIC SALMON (Salmo Salar). By A. G. Atkins.

pp. 485-539.
APPENDIX C.— FISH-CULTURE^RELATLNG MORE ESPECIALLY TO SPECIES

OF (CyprinidcB). pp. 540.

XXV. NOTES ON PISCICULTURE IN KIANG Si. By H. Kopscli.
pp. 543-548.

XXVI. Ox THE CULTURE OF THE CARP. pp. 549-558.

XXVII. THE GOLD ORFE (Cyprinus orfits), pp. 559-562.

XXVIII. DlRECTIOXS FOR USIXG TABLES FOR RECORDING THE
PROPAGATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF FISH. pp. 563-568.

APPENDIX D. — THE RESTORATION OF THE INLAND FISHERIES, pp.

569-570. .

XXIX. FISHERIES AND FISHING LAWS IN AUSTRIA AND THE
WORLD IN GENERAL. By Carl Peyrer. pp. 571-1580.

XXX. How CAN OUR LAKES AXD PONDS BE STOCKED WITH
FISH IX THE SHORTEST POSSIBLE TIME ? By Mr. Von

dem Borne, pp. 681-684.
APPENDIX E.— NATURAL HISTORY, pp. 685-686.

XXXI. PRELIMINARY REPORT ox A SERIES OF DREDGIXGS MADE
ox THE UNITED STATES COAST SURVEY STEAMER
BACHE IN THE GULF OF MAINE. By A. S. Packard,
jr., M. D. pp. 687-690.

XXXII. LlST OF THE MARINE ALG^E OF THE UNITED STATES.

By W. G. Farlow. pp. 691-718.

240 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES..

Results of work.

1. Keports of the Commission.

(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART III.)

XXXIII. SECTION ON THE ORGANS OF REPRODUCTION AND THE

FECUNDATION OF FISHES AND ESPECIALLY OF EELS.

By Dr. Syvski. pp. 719-734.

XXXIV. THE FOOD AND MODE OF LIVING OF THE SALMON, THE:

TROUT, AND THE SHAD. By D. Barfnrth. pp. 735-7f,8.

UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART IV. — REPORT

OF THE COMMISSIONER FOR 1875-1876. 'A. — INQUIRY INTO THE DECREASE

OF THE FOOD-FISHES. B. — THE PROPAGATION OF FOOD-FISHES IN THE.

WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES. Washington: Government Printing-
office. 1878. 8vo., pp. ix, 50, 1029, plates vi (Hist, of whale fishery).
I. REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER.
A. — GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.

1. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS, p. 1.

B. — INQUIRY INTO THE DECREASE OF FOOD-FISHES.

2. INVESTIGATIONS AND OPERATIONS OF 1875. p. 4.

3. INVESTIGATIONS AND OPERATIONS OF 1876. p. 7.

C. — THE PROPAGATION OF FOOD-FISHES.

4. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS, p. 8.

5. ACTUAL WORK OF PROPAGATION OF FOOD-FISHES IN 1875-

AND 1876. p. 20.
The shad. p. 20.
The C alif orni a salm on . p . 21 .
The Atlantic salmon, p. 25.
The land-locked salmon, p. 25.
The white-fish, p. 26.
The carp. p. 27.
D. — TABLES.

TABLE 7.— HATCHING AND DISTRIBUTION OF FISH BY THE
UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION FROM THE
BEGINNING OF ITS WORK IN 1872 TO THE SUM-
MER OF 1876. p. 28.

II. — APPENDIX TO REPORT OF COMMISSIONER.
APPENDIX A. — THE SEA FISHERIES.

I. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN WHALE FISHERY FROM:

ITS EARLIEST INCEPTION TO THE YEAR 1876.

By Alexander Starbuck.
APPENDIX B. — THE INLAND FISHERIES.

II. FISHERIES OF CHICAGO AND VICINITY. By E. \V.
Nelson, p. 783.

III. THE SALMON FISHERIES OF THE COLUMBIA RlVER.

By Livingston Stone, p. 801.

IV. NOTES ON SOME FISHERIES OF THE DELAWARE

RIVER. By Dr. C. C. Abbott, p. 825.
V. METHOD OF PURIFYING THE RESIDUUM OF GAS-
WORKS BEFORE ALLOWING IT TO PASS OFF INTO
THE WATER. By J. R. Shot well. p. 847.
VI. TABLES OF TEMPERATURES OF AIR AND WATER AT
SUNDRY STATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES SlGNAL
OFFICE, FROM MARCH, 1874, TO FEBRUARY, 1875.
AND FROM MARCH, 1876, TO FEBRUARY. 1877,.
INCLUSIVE, p. 851.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 241

Results of work.

1. Reports of the Commission.

(UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PART IV.)
APPENDIX C. — TIIE PROPAGATION OF FOOD-FISHES.

VII. THE CARP AND ITS CULTURE IN RIVERS AND LAKES,
AND ITS INTRODUCTION INTO AMERICA.* By Rll-

dolph Hessel. p. 865.

VIII. THE PROPAGATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF SHAD. Jas.

AV. Milner. p. 901.
IX. ON THE COLLECTION OF EGGS OF SCHOODIC SALMON

IN 1875 AND 1876. By Charles G. Atkins, p. 910.
X. OPERATIONS ON THE McCLOUD RIVER IN SALMON-
BREEDING IN 1875. By Livingston Stone, p. 921.
XL OPERATIONS ON THE MCCLOUD RIVER IN SALMON-
BREEDING IN 1876. By Livingston Stone, p. 935.
XII. CORRESPONDENCE RELATING TO THE EXPORTATION

OF FISH-HATCHING APPARATUS TO NEW ZEALAND,

GERMANY, &c. p. 959.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX, p. 10-25.

2. COLLECTIONS. (See under A, V to VIII.)
Photographs.

See series of photographs and color-sketches of North American

fishes.

Upwards of Tour hundred casts of coast and fresh-water
species.

(See under A, V to VIII.)

II. PROTECTION.

2. PRESERVATION OF GA^LE, FISH, ETC.
^From man.

Game la\v*.

## From artificial obstructions.

Fish-ways.

Gap fish-ways.

French, ditch, or " Cape Cod " fish-ways.

Oblique groove fish-ways.

Single groove.

J5355. Model of fish-way. James D. Brewer, inventor, Muncy, Lycoming

County, Pa.

1£356. Model of fish- way. James D. Brewer, Muncy, Pa.
Bull. X. M. Xo. 14 16

242 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Fish-ways.

Step fish-ways.

Box or pool fish-ways.

25108. Model of fish-way. Jas. D. Brewer, Mnucy, Pa. Patented by Daniel

Steck.

I Steps contrived by arrangement of rocks and bowlders.

25701. Model of Duucanson fish way. J. T. Rotlie.

Inclined plane without steps.

29283. Model of old Pennsylvania fish-way. Built at Columbia, on. the Sus-

qiiehanna River, in 1866. Designed by James \Vorral. Scale,
£ inch to the foot. C. G. Atkins, Bucksport, Me.

29284. Model of old Pennsylvania fish-way. Built at Columbia, ontheSus-

quehaniia River, in 1873. Designed by James Worral. Scale,
I inch to the foot. C. G. Atkins, Bucksport, Me.

With partitions at right angles.

£9491. Model of rectangular return fish-way. Scale, £ inch to the foot. C.
G. Atkins, Bucksport, Me.

Brackett's patent fish-way.

29285. Brackett's patent fish-way. Scale, i inch to the foot. C. G. At-

kins, Bucksport, Me.
^3037. Model of the fish-way at Holyoke, Mass., on the Connecticut River.

Scale, i of an inch to the foot (^). C. G. Atkins.
This fish-way is on the Brackett plan. A submerged piece of cob-
work surmounted by a grating serves to turn the fish into the
fish- way. It carries a column of water 2 feet wide and 2 feet
deep which reaches the bottom with no perceptible increase in
velocity, the current being less than 2 miles an hour. Height
of the dam, 30 feet; length of the fish-way, 440 feet; the in-
cline, 1 in 15.

With oblique partitions.

29287. An adaptation of Foster's fish-way. Designed by C. G. Atkins, and

built at Pembroke, Me. Scale, £ inch to the foot. C. G. Atkins,
Bucksport, Me.

'<:9286. Model of Foster's fish-way. Invented by H. H. Foster, E. Marinas,
Me. Scale, i inch to the foot. C. G. Atkins, Bucksport, Me.

29288. Model of oblique fish-way. Invented by Alfred Swazey, Bucksport,

Me., in 1876. Scale, i inch to the foot. C. G. Atkins, Bucks-
port, Me.

29289. Swazey's oblique fish-way. Invented by Alfred Swazey, Bucksport,

Me., in 1874. Scale, J inch to the foot, C. G. Atkins, Bucksport,
Me.

29290. Model of Swazey & Atkins's fish-way. Invented by Alfred Swa/ey

and C. G. Atkins, Bucksport, Me., in 1874. Scale, £ inch to the
foot. C. G. Atkins, Bucksport, Me.

. Model of the McDonald fish-way. M. McDonald, Lexington, Va.

20939. No. 15. Model of the fish-way at Lawrence, Mass., on the Merrimack
River Scale, \ inch to the loot ,. C. G. Atkins.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 243

Fish- ways.

With rectangular compartments.

23937. Model of rectangular compartment fish-way on the inclined-plane
system, in an extended arrangement. Scale, •£ inch to the foot
(X). C. G. Atkins.

Spiral fish- ways.

26949. Xo. 11. Model of rectangular compartment fish-way on the inclined-
plane system, in spiral arrangement, devised by Charles G. Atkins,
of Bucksport, Me., in imitation of Pike's spiral fish-way. Scale, £
inch to the foot (^4). C. G. Atkins.

This model represents a fish- way precisely the same capacity and
slope, and adapted to a dam of the same height as No. 10,
showing the great economy of space and material effected hy
the spiral arrangement. Further advantages of the spiral
arrangement are the facility with which water can he admitted
at different heights of the river, and contiguity of the outlet
to the dani secured, so that the fish will readily find it.

26931. Model of Pike's spiral fish- way, devised hy Hon. R. G. Pike, of Con-
necticut. Sale, i inch to the foot (^4). C. G. Atkins.

The advantages of this, the first spiral arrangement invented in
America, are the same as those claimed for that arrangement
in Pike's spiral fish-way.

Moving float fish- ways.

26930. Model of Everleth's fish-way, devised by F. M. Everleth, M. D., of
Waldorboro', Me. Scale, i inch to the foot (.£,). C. G. Atkins.
The peculiarity of this fish-way is the movable attachment at the
upper end, which, by its own buoyancy, rises and falls with
the fluctuations of the river, thus insuring that the entrance
shall always be at the right height to admit the requisite
quantity of water.

natural enemies.

Apparatus for destroying injurious species.

Oyster-bed tangles. (See under B, 12.)

Tethers and hopples.
Cages and pens.

Kennels for dogs, &c.
Cages for animals.
Cages for birds.
Cages for insects.

5631. Cages for fire-flies. West Indies. Miss Septimia Randolph.

244 ANIMAL RESOUECES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Fish-cars and other floating* cages lor aquatic ani-
mals.

29539. Model of fish-marketmau's car. For preservation of living lisli.

J. M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.

22221. Model of Providence River fish-car. These are towed by the smack,
and as fast as fish are caught they are put into it, and so kept for
Providence market. D. D. Almy.

29397. Model of Noank lobster-car. Capt. H. C. Chester.
29538. Model of fisherman's car for transporting living fish to market. J.

M. K. Southwick, Newport, R. I.

26933. Model of a boat used in transporting living salmon at the United
States salmon-breeding station at Bucksport, Me. Scale, \ inch to-
the foot (^a). C. G. Atkins.

When in use the boat is depressed until full of water, a number
of salmon, sometimes as many as 30, are placed in it, and it
is then towed after another boat, the motion insuring a con-
stant change of water, which passes in at the forward port&
and out at the after ports. The net and grating prevent the
escape of the salmon, and the cloth shuts out the sight of any-
thing that might frighten them.

Aquaria.

Globes.
Aquaria.

Hives and other cages for insects.
ILive-boxes, troughs, &c., for microscopists' use*
Fish-ponds, fish-farms (models).

29278. Parlor trout-brook. Stone & Hooper, Charlestown, N. H.
29380. Rearing-box. Stone & Hooper, Charlestown, N. H.

4. ENEMIES OF USEFUL ANIMALS.

Intestinal worms and other internal parasites.1
Fish-lice, harnacles, and other external parasites.1
Predatory animals not elsewhere exhibited.

III. PROPAGATION.

5. PROPAGATION OF MAMMALS.

methods of mink culture.

Methods of culture of domesticated animals.

G. PROPAGATION OF BIRDS.

Methods of ostrich culture.

Methods of culture of domesticated birds, fowls, &c,

1 See in Part II o* the present catalogue.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 245

7. PROPAGATION OF REPTILES.
Ittethod* of terrapin culture.

8. PROPAGATION OF AMPHIBIANS.
Ittethods of frog1 culture.

9. PROPAGATION AND CULTURE OF FISHES.1

Accessories of obtaining- and impregnating ova.

Pans, pails, &c.

Strait-jackets used in spawning salmon.

Spawning-race (Ainsworth).

Boiler spawning-screen (Collins).

Spawning-vat (Bond).

Hatching-apparatus.

26940. I\To. 19. Model of hatching-house at United States salmon-breeding
station at Bucksport, Me. Scale, £ inch to the foot (4^). C. G.
Atkins.

The hatching-troughs are arranged in sets of four across the
building, and fitted with Brackett trays. The water enters
them from a feed-trough along the side of the room and es-
capes by pipes through the floor.

Troughs :
Plain.

Gravel-bottomed.
With sieve-bottom trays.

5. No. 20. Model of hatching-troughs and trays in use at the United
States sulmon-breeding stations at Bucksport and Grand Lake
Stream, Me. Scale, full size. C. G. Atkins.

The eggs to be hatched are placed on the wire-cloth trays.
26935. Model of hatching-frame in use at Grand Lake Stream, adapted to
nse in a trough or in an open stream. Devised by C. G. Atkins.
Scale, full size. C. G. Atkins.

The eggs are placed on all of the trays except the upper one.
The interstices, though too small for the escape of the eggs,
permit a change of water, and when the frame is shut it con-
fines the trays securely in place.

26970. Model of hatchiug-apparatus for black-bass. John Roth, Duncan-
non, Pa.

Brackett's.
Williamson's.
Clark's.
Vats or cases :
Holton's.
Eoth's.

1 Many of these articles cannot conveniently be exhibited.

24G ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hatching-apparatus.

Glass-grilled boxes (Coste's).

26995. Coste hatching-tray. Mrs. J. H. Slack, Troutdale, N. Y.

Jars and tiu vessels.

22247. Shad-hatching can. Invention of Fred. Mather. IT. S. Fish Com-
mission.

26909. Ferguson aquarium-jar. T. B. Ferguson, Baltimore, Md.
22250. Ferguson's fish-hatching can. "

26998. Ferguson's hatching jar. " "

Hatching-boxes (floating).

26903. Shad-hatching box. Seth Green's patent. U. S. Fish Commission.
26997. Shad-hatching box. Seth Green's patent. Seth Green, Rochester,.

N. Y.

26904. Shad-hatching box. Brackett's patent. U. S. Fish Commission.
26962. Shad-hatching box. Brackett's patent. E. A. Brackett, Winchester,

Mass.

26905. Shad-hatching box (No. 2). Brackett's patent. U. S. Fish Com-

mission.

26906. Shad-hatching box. Bryant's patent. U. S. Fish Commission.

26907. Shad-hatching box. Stillwell & Atkins's patent. U. S. Fish Com-

mission.

26908. Shad-hatching box. Bannister's design. U. S. Fish Commission.

26955. Hatching apparatus. N. W. Clark, Clarkston, Mich.

. Shad hatching-box (model). J. C. House & O. A. McClam, Washing-
ton, D. C.

Adhesive eggs apparatus :

Vertical wire-cloth trays.
Hatching-basket.

26956. Salmon egg hatching-baskets. HcClond River, California. Living-

ston Stone.

Brook-shanty (Furmau's).

(Bay or cove barriers. Professor Basch's.)

Accessories :

Tanks.

Nests.

Trays.

Grilles.

Gravel-filters.

Flannel screens.

Shallow troughs or tables (for picking eggs).

Egg-nippers.

26915. Wooden nippers. Fred. Mather, Honeoye Falls, N. Y.
25955. Brass egg-nippers. Frank N. Clark, Northville, Mich.

Cribbles.
Pipettes.
Skimnier-nets.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERILS OF UNITED STATES. 247

Hatching-apparatus.

Accessories :

Feathering quills and brushes.
Eose-nozzles (for washing eggs).
Syringes, bulb, £c.
Shallow pans.
Aerating-pipe.

Transporting apparatus*

Apparatus for transporting eggs :
( 'ans.

Case of cups (Wilmot's).
Case of cups (Clark's).
Case of trays (Clark's).
Moss-crates (Stone's).

2502.:. Moss-crates for transportation of eggs of Sacramento salmon across
the continent. Livingston Stone, Charlestown, N. H.

Apparatus for transporting fish :
Barrels.
Cans, plain.

26911. Milk-can, used in transportation. U. S. Fish Commission.
29377. Conical tank. Stone & Hooper, Charlestown, X. H.
26910. Conical can. Livingston Stone, Charlestown, N. H.

Cans with aerating accessories :

26914. Tank for ocean transportation. Invention of Fred. Mather. U. S.

Fish t .'inmission.

29379. Tran^T^ng-tank. Stone & Hooper, Chariestown, X. H.
26881. Transporting-can. C. "W. Rogers, "Waukegan, 111.
26932. Model of box used in the transportation of living salmon at the
United States salmon-breeding station at Bucksport, Me. Scale,
2 inches to the foot (£). C. G. Atkins.

AVhen in use the box is filled with water and from 5 to 7 salmon
placed in it and carted a mile.

Slack's.

Clark's.

M. A. Green's.

Tanks, with attachment of band-wheel to car-axle (Stone's).
(Tanks, with Freiburg aerating apparatus.)
Aquarium-car (Stone's).
Live-box (Atkins'^ .
Accessories :

Air forge-pumps.

Siphon-tubes.

26912. Rubber siphon-tube. U. S. Fish Commission.

26913. Aerating-rose, with siphon. U. S. Fish Commission.

248 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Transporting apparatus.

Accessories :
Bellows.
Dipping apparatus.

26934. Model of dipping-bag used instead of a dip-net in handling salmon at
the United States salmon-breeding station at Bucksport, Me.
Scale, 1 inch to the foot (^). C. G. Atkins.

10. PROPAGATION OF INSECTS.
Propagation of silk-worm.

Specimens of plants used for food.
Model of house and its appliances.

Propagation of cochineal insect.
Propagation of bees.

For hives see under E, 3.

11. PROPAGATION OF WORMS.
Propagation of leeches.

12. PROPAGATION OF MOLLUSKS.
methods of oyster culture.

Stools for receiving spat, natural and artificial.
Other apparatus.

13. PROPAGATION OF CORAIA

14. PROPAGATION OF SPONGES.

PA.HT II

CATALOGUE OF ILLUSTRATIONS

OF THE

ECONOMICAL INVERTEBRATES

OF

THE AMERICAN COASTS.

BY

W. H. T3A.LL.

CATALOGUE OF ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE ECONOMICAL INVER-
TEBRATES OF THE AMERICAN COASTS.

AlOLLUSOA.
eephalopoda.— SQUIDS A>D CUTTLES.

32905. Sepia " bone,*' or endostemn, iu natural condition. East coast of th&

United States. Uses : Fed to cage-birds requiring lime. «
32905rt. Pounce: Powdered sepia-bone; used in rewriting over erasures to-

prevent blotting, in medicine as an antacid.
33005. Cuttle-nsh (Octopus punctatus, Gabb). California to Alaska. Used

for bait in the cod-nsliery, and by the natives for food. TV. H.

Ball.
•25972. Oil of squid (Ommastrephes illeccbrosa). Capt. N. E. Atwood, Prov-

incetown,

Moll ii sea gasteropoda. — SEA-SNAILS, &c.
A. Useful:

1. Used for food or bait :

35. Velvet chiton (CryptocltHon steUcri). Alaska to California. Indiai*

food. TV. H. Ball.

32886. Coat-of-niail shell (Katlierina tunicala). Alaska to California. Indian
food. TV. H. Dall.

32883. Limpet (Acmwa iestudinalis}. Connecticut to Labrador. TV. H. DalL
32904. Western limpet (Acnum pallna). Alaska to California. TV. H. DalL
32880. Eockwinkle (Litorina SHltencbrosa). Alaska to Oregon. TV. H. DalL

32. Periwinkle (Pvrpura canalictilata). Alaska to California. TV. H.
Dall.

32884. Periwinkle (Purpura ostrina). California. TV. H. Dall.

32903. Periwinkle (Purpura lapillus'). Cape Cod to Labrador. TV. H. DalL

2. Useful by producing pearl-shell, &c. :

32830. Turban-shell (Troclnsctts norrissii). California*. H. Hemphill.
32832. Top-shell (Pomaulax undosum), in natural state. California. H.

Hemphill.

32831. Top-shell, prepared to show pearly layers. California. H. Hemp-

hill.
29301. Manufactured state of various kinds of American pearl-shells derived

from gasteropods or sea-snails. Furnished by A. B. De Frece &

Co., 428 Broadway. Xew York.
32838. Sea-ears (Haliotis Ifefltdtaftona), affording pearl-shell and food-

Alaska, J. G. Swan.

251

252 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

32890. Rough sea-ear (H. corrugata). Southern Califoruia. Used for pearl-
shell and for food. Specimeu in natural condition. W. H. Dall.

. Rough sea-ear. Specimen ground and polished to show pearly layers.

J. T. Ames.

32900. Red sea-ear or abalone (H. rufescens'). Monterey, Cal. Used for
pearl-shell and for food. Specimens in natural condition. H.
Hemphill.

. Red sea-ear. Polished specimen showing pearly layers. J. T. Ames.

. Red sea-ear. Fleshy portion prepared and dried for food by California

Chinese, Chinese market, California. H. Hemphill.

32823. White abalone (H. cracherodii'), producing pearl-shell and food. Nat-
ural state. California. Paul Schumacher.
32899. White abalone. Natural state. Monterey, Cal. H. Hemphill.

. White abalone. Polished to show pearly layers. Jas. T. Ames.

4792. White abalone. Polished specimens.

32821. Splendid sea-ear (H. splendens} affording food and pearl-shell. Cali-
fornia. Paul Schumacher.

32898. Splendid sea-ear. Natural condition. Southern California. H.
Hemphill.

. Splendid sea-ear. Polished to show pearly layers. J. T. Ames.

— . Splendid sea-ear. Young specimen polished. J. T. Ames.
29302. Manufactures of Haliotis shell, showing application in the arts.

Furnished by A. B. De Frece & Co., 428 Broadway, New York.
29248. Ditto. Parasol-handles. Furnished by Harvey & Ford, Philadel-
phia, Pa.

3. Affording carneo and porcelain stock :

C968. Cameo-shell (Cassis rufa), used for cameo cutting. Florida. Dr.
Win. Stiinpson.

. Queen conch (Strombus gigas), exported to Liverpool in great num-
bers and ground up for making porcelain.1 West Indies.

4. Used in Indian trade :

2705. Hyqua shell (Dentalium indianorum), used in Indian trade. In this
case the shells have been made into a belt by the purchaser. West
coast of America. U. S. Exploring Expedition.

5. Affording dyestuffs:

32907. Sea-hare (Aplysia}. Affording purple dye. Florida. F. B. Meek.
32896. Sea-hare. Specimen of the purple fluid. F. B. Meek.

32911. Purple shells (Phyllonot-us radix). Ornamental and producing dye.

Lower California. W. H. Dall.

32912. Purple shells (Pliyllonotus bicolor). Used for ornaments and afford-

ing dye. West coast of America. W. H. Dall.

G. Affording bird-lime :

33080. Giant slug (Ariolimax colnmbianus), affords a thick tenacious slime,
which is used by the Indians to lime humming-birds. California
to Alaska, H. Hemphill.

1 The sea-ears and queen coiichs are also largely used in Indian trade in a manu-
factured state.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 253

B. Injurious:

1. By destroying food-producing inollusks or shellfish,

such as clams, mussels, oysters, and razor-fish :

32860. Ribbon whelk (Fulgur carica). Florida. T. A. Conrad.

32859. Reversed whelk (Fulgur perversa). Carolinas. Dr. Wm. Stiinpsou.

32861. Hairy whelk (Sycolypus canaliculatm). Vineyard Sound. Dr. Win.

Stiinpson.

32864. Winged conch (Stromlus alatus). Tampa Bay, Florida. T. A. Conrad.
32863. Thorny drill (Hemifusus Ucoronatus). Tampa Bay, Florida. T. A.

Conrad.

32835. Drill ( Urosa Ipin x cinereus). Florida to Massachusetts Bay. \V. H. Dall..
32975. Drill. South Norwalk, Conn. Hoyt Bros.

32837. Periwinkle (Purpura floridana). Barataria Bay, La. Gustav Kohu.
32892. Sea-snail (Lunatia Lewisii). Monterey, Cal. H. Hemphill.
32913. Sea-snail (Xeverita recluziana). California. "W. H. Dall.
27620. Sea-snail (Xeverita duplicata). North Carolina. T. D. Kurtz.
32866. Sea-snail (Lunatia heros). Massachusetts Bay. C. B. Fuller.

2. Injurious by destroying vegetable substances and

garden plants :

33088. Slug (Umax Hewstoni). Oakland, Cal. H. Hemphill.

Mollusca acephala.— BIVALVE SHELLFISH.
A. Producing food or used as bait.

* Oysters.

1. Series illustrating distribution and geographical vari-
eties:

Ostrea virginica, Gmelin. — EAST AMERICAN OYSTERS.

32784. Northern variety (O. lorealis, Lam.) Prince Edward's Island. J.

W. Dawsoii.
32813. Nova Scotia. J. H. Willis.

32785. Shediac, New Brunswick. W. H. Dall.

33092. " Pourrier Bed." Shediac, New Brunswick. G. F. Matlievr.

33093. "Buctouche." Kent County. New Brunswick. G. F. Mathew.
32783. Miramiclii River, New Brunswick. W. H. Dall.

32977. Indigenous oyster, now extinct. Shell-heaps. Dainariscotta, Maine*

Robert Dixon.

32978. Ditto. Shell-heaps. Sheepscot River, Maine. Robert Dixon.
32S10. Indigenous oyster (var. lorealis). Buzzard's Bay, Mass. Dr. Win.

Stimpson.
32714. Specimens showing color-bands. Rhode Island. General Totten.

NOTE. — The following series of oysters from the vicinity of New
York were furnished by Mr. B. J. M. Carley, oyster-dealer, of
Fulton Market, New York, through Mr. E. G. Blackford:
32790. "Greenwich." Greenwich, Conn.
32777. '-Blue Point." Long Island, New York.
32779. "Lloyd's Harbor." Long Island, New York.

254 ANIMAL RESOLRCES AND FISHERIES OP UNITED STATES.

32731. "Cow Bay." Long Island, New York.

32791. "Glenwood." Gleuwood, Long Island, New York.

32812. "Cove." Long Island, New York.

32920. "City Island." Long Island Sound, New York.

32919. "Mill Pond." Cow Bay, Long Island, New York.

32778. "Shrewsbury's." Shrewsbury Eiver, New Jersey.

32915. "Egg Island." Three years old. Morris Cove, Delaware.

33788. "Chesapeake-" Crisiield. Md. E. G. Blackford.

32976. Pokamoke, Virginia. E. G. Blackford.

NOTE. — The following scries from the waters of Virginia and.
Maryland, all indigenous or "natural growths" as distinguished
from "plants," Avere selected by Mr. G. W. Harvey, and furnished
by Harvey & Holdeu, oyster-dealers of Washington, D. C. :

33096. "St. Gerome River." Maryland.

33097. "Deep Creek." Eastern shore of Maryland.

33098. " Tangier Sound." Chesapeake Bay.
33100! "Little River." Western shore of Maryland.

33099. "Point Lookout Creek." Virgin;;..

33101. "Naswaddox." Eastern shore of Virginia.

33095. "Rappahannock." Rappahannoek River, Virginia.

33103. "York River." York River, Virginia.

33104. "Cherrystones." Chesapeake Bay.

33102. " Presby's Creek." Presby's Creek, Virginia.

The following series from Florida Avere furnished by Kossuth
Niles, U. S. N. :

32805. " Appalachicola Bay." Appalachicola Bay, Florida.

32806. "Cat Point." Same locality.
32807. . Same locality.

32808. " Raccoon oysters." Appalachicola Bay, Florida.

The following series from the vicinity of New Orleans were selected
by M. Zatarain, and furnished by W. Alex. Gordon, esq., of New
Orleans, La. :

32800. " Timbalier Bay." Louisiana.

32801. " Southwest Pass." Louisiana.

32802. "Bayou Cook." Louisiana.

32803. "Four Bayous." Louisiana.

32804. "Grand Lake." Louisiana.

Ostrea lurid a, Cpr. — WEST COAST OYSTERS.

,32879. Natives. Crescent City, Cal. W. H. Ball.

32809. Natives. Shoal water Bay, W. T. H. Heinphill.
32798. Natives. San Diego, Cal. H. Hemphill.

32798. Eastern oyster (O. rirginica). Taken from Newark Bay, N. J., when
a year old and planted in San Francisco Bay ; showing two years'
growth in California waters.

Extra limital :

32878. Fossil oyster from marine Tertiary beds near Vicksburg, Miss. Close-
ly resembling the present English oyster.

32311. Fresh specimen, English oyster (O. edulis, Linn.). Introduced for
comparison with the American fossil and recent '-oysters. North
Sea. Dr. Win. Stimpsou.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES 255
2. Series illustrating culture aud individual variations:
Ostrea virgiiiica, Gmelin. — EAST AMERICAN OYSTERS.

That portion of the series from South Xorwalk, Conn., was fur-
nished by Hoyt Bros, of that place, at the instance of James
Richardson, esq. The portion of the series from the vicinity of
Xew York was furnished by Mr. B. J. M. Carley through Mr. E.
G. Blackford, of Xew York.

a. Growth. 1-20 years old:

32958. Young spat ou various stools. South Xorwalk, Conn.
32957. One year old. South Xorwalk, Conn.

32967. Two to three years old. Xatural growth. South Xorwalk, Conn.

32968. Three to four years old. Xatural growth. South Xorwalk, Conn.
32935. " Cullers.'7 Three to four years old. South Xorwalk, Conn.
32962. Three years after transplantation. South Xorwalk, Conn.
32964. '"Box." Four to six years old. South Xorwalk, Conn.

32916. " Cullers." Three years old. Vicinity of Xew York.
32918. " Single extra." Four years old. Vicinity of Xew York.
32776. " Double extra." Vicinity of Xew York.

32917. " Box." Three years old. Vicinity of Xew York.

&. Peculiarities of form and growth:

32959. u Pinched" oyster from muddy bottom. South Xorwalk, Conn.
32930. Showing effect of transplanting the "pinched" from a muddy to a

hard bottom. South Xorwalk, Conn.

:>'J787. Form caused by growing in a tideway. Vicinity of Xew Yrork.
32786. Form caused by growing in still water. Vicinity of Xew York.
32974. Curious forms of shell. South Xorwalk, Conn.
32782. Peculiar growth. Vicinity of Xe\v York.
32795. Specimens of peculiar form. Vicinity of Xew York.

32971. Xatural growth on stone. South Xorwalk. Conn.

32973. Xatural growth ou part of stone jug. South Xorwalk, Conn.

32972. Xatural growth on shells. South Xorwalk, Conn.
32970. Xatural growth on bottle. South Xorwalk, Conn.

32969. Xatural growth on crab. South Xorwalk, Conn.

32780. Illustrating methods of attachment. Vicinity of Xew York.
32914. Blue Point "seed." Long Island, Xew York.
32789. Rosette of oysters. Vicinity of Xew York.

32792. Shell growing on Mactra shell. Vicinity of Xew York.
32794. " Seed" on old rubber boot. Vicinity of Xew York.

32793. " Seed" growing on stone. Vicinity of Xew York.
32895. " Seed" on rubber shoe. Vicinity of Xew York.
32894. " Seed " on bone. Vicinity of Xew York.

32797. " Seed" on bark. Vicinity of Xew York.

32798. " Seed" on leather shoe. Vicinity of Xew York.
32932. " Seed " on old boot-leg. Vicinity of Xew York.

c. Enemies and parasites :

32927. Specimens injured by whelk. South Xorwalk, Conn.
32929. Specimens injured by hairy whelk. South Xorwalk, Conn.

256 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES

32928. Specimens perforated by " drill." South Norwalk, Conn.

32963«. Specimen injured by boring worm (an Annelid). South Norwalk.,
Conn.

32956. Specimens killed by star-fish. South Norwalk, Conn.

32963. Specimens showing ravages of Cliona or boring sponge. South Nor-
walk, Conn.
For commensal crab see Crustacea.

33092«. Lime derived from oyster shells. Use in medicine and as a fertili-
zer. Washington, D. C. W. H. Dall.

* * * Other bivalves.
A. Affording or available for food or bait.

32887. Rock oyster (Placunanomia macroschisma, Desh.). Alaska to Cali-

fornia, W. H. Dall.

32873. Scallops (Pecten irradians, Lam.). Long Island Sound. Dr. Win..
Stimpson.

32888. Great scallop (P. tenuicostatus, High.). Coast of Maine. C B. Fuller.
27523. Black mussel (Mytilus edulis, L.). Massachusetts Bay. Dr. Wm..

Stimpson.

32857. Ditto. San Francisco Bay, California, H. Hemphill.
32845. Ditto. Monterey, Cal. H. Hemphill.

32849. Ditto. San Diego, Cal. H. Hemphill.

32875. Grooved mussel (Modiola plicatula, Lam.). Nahant, Mass. Dr. WOT

Stimpson.
32834. Ditto. (Modiola, sp.) Last Island, La. Gustav Kohu.

32858. Brown mussel (M. capax, Conr.). San Diego, Cal. H. Hemphill.

32876. Ditto. (M. modiohis, L.) Massachusetts Bay. Dr. Win. Stimpson.
32897. Ditto. Massachusetts Bay. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

— . Ditto. Castine, Me. A. R. Crittenden.

32871. Giant cockle (Cardium magnum, Birn.). Tampa Bay, Florida. T.

A. Conrad.
32851. Egg cockle (C. elalum, Sby.). Guaymas, west coast Mexico. Dr.

Palmer.

32853. NuttalFs cockle (C. nuttallii, Con.). Baulinas, Cal. H. Hemphill.
32891. Ditto. Alaska. W.H.Dall.

32872. " Red edge " (CodaUa tigcrrina, L.). Florida. Dr. Win. Stimpson.

32877. Quahog — round clam (V. merccnaria, L.). Maine to Florida.
32862. Ditto. (Var. mortoni.) Maine to Florida. Dr. Stimpson.
32893. Ditto. Providence River, Rhode Island. Benj. Davis.
32819. Ditto. "Snubnosed" var. Fire Island. B. J. M. Carley.

32817. Ditto. Elongated var. Rockaway, N. J. B. J. M. Carley.
32838. Ditto. Barataria Bay, La. Gustav Kohn.

32818. Ditto. Deformed specimens. Long Island Sound. B. J. M. Carley..
. Ditto. Specimens of shell polished. Jas. T. Ames.

32889. "Hen clam" (Pacliyderma crassatelloides, Conr.). California. W.

H. Dall.
32843. " Round clams" (Saxidomw aratus, Old.). San Diego, Cal. H.

Hemphill.
32867. "Painted clain" (Callista yiqantca, Ch.). South Carolina,

32841. " Little Neck clams" (CM otic snccincta, Val.). San Diego, Cal. H.

Hemphill.

32842. Ditto. (C. vimillima, Sby.). San Diego, Cal. H. Hemphill.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 257

32846. Ditto. (Tapes laciiiiata, Cpr.). San Diego, Cal. H. Hemphill.
32854. Ditto. (T. staminea, Coiir.). Baulinas, Cal. H. Hemphill.
32844. Ditto. Tomales Bay, Cal. H. Hemphill.

32869. "Hen clam" ( Mactra solidissima, Ch.). Massachusetts Bay. W. H.

Dall.

32870. Ditto. Shells utilized for catch-alls. Newport, R. I. N. C. Peterson.
32888. Ditto. (M. falcata, Gld.). Alaska to California, W.H.Dall.
32826. " Gapers " (Schizothcerus mittalli, Con.). Oregon. J. G. Swan.
32852. Ditto. Baulinas, Cal. H. Hemphill.

32874. Salmon tellen (Macoma, sp.). Florida. T.A.Conrad.
32848. "Tellens" (M. nasuta, Conr.). San Francisco markets. H. Hemp-
hill.

32847. "Flat clam" (Semele decisa, Cpr.). San Diego, Cal. H. Hemphill.
32909. " Razor-fish" (Solen ensis, L. ). Cow Bay, New York. B. J. M. Carley.
32881. Ditto. (Siliqua patula, Dixon.) Alaska to California. W.H.Dall.
32955. "Soft-shelled clams" (My a arenaria, L.). Cape Cod, Mass. E. G.

Blackford.

32829. Ditto. Oyster Bay, L. I. E. G. Blackford.

32833. Ditto. Accidentally transplanted with young oysters to San Fran-
cisco Bay, where it now abounds greatly. Oakland, Cal. H.
Hemphill.

33094. Ditto. Bay of Fundy, N. S. G. F. Mathew.

32850. Date-fish (Platyodon cancellatus, L.). Baulinas Bay, Cal. H. Hemp-
hill.

32856. Ditto. (Zirphaa crispata, L.). Baulinas, Cal. H. HemphiU.

B. Useful or ornamental bivalves other than those affording
food:

a. Pearl-producing.
1. River mussels :

26092a. River mussel affording pearl-shell, illustrating application of raw

material. Cincinnati, Ohio. D. H. Shaffer.
26092. Carvings, from pearl-shell afforded by river mussels, for use as studs,

buttons, pins, brooches, &c. Cincinnati, Ohio. D. H. Shaffer.
26092&. Pearls derived from river mussels. Cincinnati, Ohio. D. H. Shaffer.

. A series of river mussels of various species, one valve polished, the

other in its original condition in each case. Chicopee, Mass. Jas.
T. Ames.
25986 to 26010. Another series, both valves polished, from Dr. C. A. Miller,

Cincinnati, Ohio, comprising the following species :
Unio rugosus, Barnes.
alatus, Say.
ornatus, Lea.
verrucosus, Barnes.
gibbosus, Barnes.
rectus, Lam.
cylindricus, Say.
pyramidatus, Lea.
tuler culatus, Barnes.
siliquoides, Barnes.
tirculm, Lea.
anodontoides, Lea.
pustulosus, Lea.
cuneai'H*, Barnes, &c., &c.

Bull. N. M. No. 14 17

258 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

2. Marine pearl-shells:

13507. American pearl-oyster (M. fi-nibriata). Panama. Col. Jewett.

3624. Ditto. Illustrating formation of pearls. Panama. Col. Jewett.
32836. Ditto. Gulf of California. J. Xantus.

. Ditto. Polished shell. Chicopee, Mass. Jas. T. Ames.

32921. Ditto. Made into artificial fish-bait. Boston, Mass. Bradford &,

Anthony.

32922. Ditto. Made into artificial minnow. Boston, Mass. Bradford &

Anthony.

. Series of buttons, studs, stopper-caps, &c. Manufactured from, and

showing application of American pearl-oyster shell. Furnished
by A. B. De Frece & Co., 428 Broadway, New York.

b. Otherwise useful:

32869. "Hen clam" (Mactra solidissima, Ch.). Shell used for scoops, milk-
skimmers, and boat-bailers. Painted inside and used for catch-alls.
29527. Basket. Made from Florida shells. E. F. Gilbert, Jacksonville, Fla.

22210. Basket. Made from Florida shells. Mrs. C. E. Mott, Jacksonville,

Fla.

22209. Frame. Made from Florida sea-shells. Mrs. C. E. Mott, Jackson-
ville, Fla.

22211. Easter Cross. Made from Florida shells. Mrs. C. E. Mott, Jackson-

ville, Fla.

29526. Shell flowers. Made from Florida shells. E. F. Gilbert, Jackson-
ville, Fla.

26595. "Coquina." Miscellaneous species broken up and cemented by surf
action into a natural conglomerate, used for building stone or
for making a superior kind of lime. Saint Augustine, Fla. G.
Browne Goode.

32839. "Cuneate clam" (Gnathodon cuneatus'). Used largely for bait. Nat-

ural condition. Lake Pontchartrain, La. Gustav Kohn.

32840. Ditto. Semi-fossil (in shell-heaps), used for macadamizing roads.

Lake Salvador, La. Gustav Kohn.

C. Injurious bivalves :
a. Destroying submerged timber:
Specimens of wood showing ravages :

32982. Ship- worm (Teredo sp.). Bangor, Me. (Brig H. B. Emory.) C. H.

Parker.

32908. Ditto. In lignumvitae wood. Gloucester, Mass. Samuel Elwell, jr.

33106. Ditto. (Teredo chlorotica, Gld.) Wood's Holl, Mass. Vinal N. Ed-
wards.

33105. Ditto. (Xylotrya fimbriata, Jeffr.) Wood's Holl, Mass. Vinal N.
Edwards.

32984. Ditto. ( Teredo navalis t L. ) New Haven, Conn. A. E. Verrill.

32902. Ditto. (Teredo sp.) Showing damage effected in white-pine wood in
one year. Pier 44, North River, N. Y. W. T. Pelton.

32901. Ditto. Showing damage to hard-pine wood effected in one year.
Charleston, S. C. W'. T. Pelton.

32983. Ditto. Schooner Carrie Melvin ; done in 6 weeks. Charleston, S. C.

A. G. Hunt.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES 259

32815. Ship-worm. (Teredo sp.). Gulf coast. Dewey.

32816. Ditto. Showing lining of tubes. Texas. Dr. Schott.
19405. Ditto.. (Xylo'rya sp.) Coast of Oregon. J. G. Swan.

D. Prepared foods :

* Specimens of various brands of canned, preserved, and
pickled shell-fish in manufacturers' packages :

26579. Pickled oysters (Ostrea virginica). Blue Point. B. J. M. Carley.

26581. Pickled oysters (Ostrea virginica). Saddle Rocks. B. J. M. Carley,

New York.

25835. Fresh Cove oysters (Ostrea virginica). Kemp, Day & Co., New York.
25844-54. Fresh Cove oysters ( Ostrea virginica}. Kemp, Day & Co. , New York.
25861-3. Spiced Cove oysters (Ostrea virginica), hermetically sealed. Kemp,

Day & Co., New York.
26577. Pickled Little Neck clams (Mya arenaria). B. J. M. Carley.

26582. Pickled clams ( Venus mercenaria). " Cow Bay." B. J. M. Carley.
26642. The Farmers' Old Orchard Beach clams (Little Necks, star brand).

Portland Packing Company, Portland, Me.
26575. Pickled scallops (Pecten irradians). Oyster Bay. B. J. M. Carley.

26580. Pickled mussels (Mytilus edulis). East River, N. Y. B. J. M. Carley,

New York.
25873. Scarboro' Beach clams ( Venus mercenaria). Put up by Burnham &

Morrill, Portland, Me. Kemp, Day & Co., New York.
25864-6. Orchard Beach clams ( Venus mercenaria). Kemp, Day & Co., New

York.

25867-9. Little Neck clams (Mya arenaria). Kemp, Day & Co., New York.
25870-2. Little Neck clams (Mya arenaria). Put up by Bogart & Co., New

York. Kemp, Day & Co., New York.
24925. Little Neck clams (Mya arenaria). Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston,

Mass.
22235-6. Pickled Little Neck clams ( Mya arenaria). Penobscot Bay. Cas-

tine Packing Company, Castine, Me.

26752. Alden's granulated clams. Prepared by Alden Sea-Food Company.

Sold by Lyon Manufacturing Company, New York. Presented by
E. G. Blackford, New York.

26753. Alden's granulated and concentrated clams (paper boxes). Prepared

by Alden Sea-Food Company. Sold by Lyon Manufacturing Com-
pany, N. Y. Presented by E. G. Blackford, New York.

* * Otherwise prepared.

5672. Dried siphons of Schizofharrus Nuttalli. Prepared by the Puget Sound
Indians, Wash. Ter. Dr. J. G. Suckley, U. S. Army.

CEUSTACEA.
Crustacea phyllopoda.

A. Useful ; converted into fertilizers ; carapax used as a scoop
or boat-bailer:

2222. King crab, Horseshoe (Limulus polyphemus). Florida. F. B. Meek.
22'23. Ditto. Male and female. Cape May C. H., New Jersey. Thos.

Beesley.

2223. Ditto. Product "cancrine," prepared fertilizer. Cape May C. H.,

New Jersey. Thos. Beesley.

260 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATI S

Crustacea isopocla.

A. Useful 5 by removing wrecks or snags.

B. Injurious ; by destroying submerged timber.

2*286. Woodeater (Limnoria Ugnorum, White). San Diego, Cal. H. Hemp-
hill.
2254. Ditto. New Haven, Conn. A. E. Verrill.

a. Wood showing ravages :

2240. Eastport, Me. U. S. Fish Commission.
2290. Wood's Holl, Mass. Vinal N. Edwards.
2221. San Diego, Cal. H. HemphiU.

Crustacea stomatopoda.

Available for food :

2253. Squill (Squilla empusa, Say). Long Island Sound. U. S. Fish Com-
mission.

2268. Southern squill (Coronis glalriuscula, Stm.). Galveston, Texas. M.
Wallace.

Crustacea decapoda. — LOBSTERS, SHRIMP, CRAWFISH, CRABS.

A. Useful; food- supplying:

2263. River shrimp (Palcemon sp.). New Orleans, La. Gustav Kohn.

2264. Ditto. (PaL ohionis, Smith.) New Orleans, La. Gustav Kohn.
' 2269. Ditto. (Palcemon?} Isthmus of Panama. Dr. Bransford.

2252. Sea shrimp (Palosmonetes vulgaris, Stm.). Long Island Sound. U. S.
Fish Commission.

2211. Shrimp (Pandalus Dance, Stm.), as dried for export by Californi an

Chinese. San Francisco, Cal. H. HemphiU.
2220. Ditto. (Hippolyte brevirostris, Dana.) San Francisco, Cal. H.

HemphiU.
2219. Ditto. (Crangon franciscorum, Stm.) San Francisco, Cal. H.

HemphiU.
2251 Ditto. (Crangon vulgarls, Fbr.) New England coast. U. S. Fish

Commission.
2267. River crawfish (Astacus oregonensis, Nutt.). California. J. R. Scup-

ham.
2261. Ditto. (Cambarus ClarJcii, Gir.) New Orleans, La. Gustav Kohn.

2265. Ecrevisse (Cambarus affinis, Er.). Potomac River, Va. J. W. Milner.
2280. Lobster (Homarus amcricanus, Edw.). New York. E. G. Blackford.
2250. Ditto. Series showing young stages. Vineyard Sound, Mass. U.

S. Fist Commission.

2241. Ditto. Young specimens, dry. Massachusetts Bay. U. S. Fish

Commission.

2212. Ditto. Claws of extraordinary size. Massachusetts Bay. Amos

Lawrence.

2213. Ditto. Remarkably abnormal claws. Newport, R. I. J. H. Clarke.

2214. Ditto. Noank, Conn. T. & E. H. Potter.

. Pincushion, showing application of lobster-claws. Wellfleet, Mass.

Miss Anabel Stone.

2215. Prawn; Sea crawfish (Pann Unix inicrruptus, Ran.)- Santa Barbara

r!i.".:«ioi, Cal. IT. He.mpliill.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 261

2248. Crab (Platyonichus ocellatus, Latr.). Vineyard Sound, Mass. U. S.

Fish Commission.

2256. Ditto. (Panopeus Herbstii, Edw.) New Orleans, La. Gustav Kohn.
2247. Ditto. (Carcinus mamas, Leach.) New Haven, Conn. A. E. Verrill.

2243. "Soft-shelled" (in certain stages only) crab (Callinectes hastatw,

Say). Vineyard Sound, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

2249. Ditto. Long Island Sound. U. S. Fish Commission.

2218. Kelp-crab (Episthus productus, Randall). Monterey, Cal. H.
Hemphill.

2244. Crab (Cancer borealis, St.). Casco Bay, Maine. U. S. Fish Commis-

sion.

2242. Common crab (Cancer irr or aim, Say). Casco Bay, Maine. U. S. Fish
Commission.

2245. Ditto. Vineyard Sound, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission.

2217. Scalloped crab (Cancer antennarius, Stm.). San Francisco, Cal. H.

Hemphill.

2216. Market crab (Cancer magisler, Dana). San Francisco, Cal. H.
Hemphill.

B. Commensal with other food supplies:

2266. Oyster-crab (Pinnotheres ostreum, Say). Commensal with all south-
ern oysters and with northern-oysters in northern rivers where
the southern oysters have been long planted. New York. E. G.
Blackford.

2272. Ditto. Commensal on the western coast with PacJiydesma and
Mytilus calif ornianus. San Diego, Cal. H. Hemphill.

C. Injurious by burrowing into and weakening levees and

dams:

2261. Crawfish (Cambariis Clarkii, Gir. and most other species). New

Orleans, La. Gustav Kohn.

2259. Fiddler-crab (Gelanmus pugnax, Smith). New Orleans, La. Gustav
Kohn.

D. Prepared foods:

Canned lobster and crabs in manufacturers' packages :

25836-43. Canned lobster (Homarus americanus). Kemp, Day & Co., New
York.

22237. Canned lobster (Homarus americanus). Castine, Me. Castine Pack-
ing Company.

26643. Fresh star-lobster (star brand). Portland Packing Company, Port-
land, Me.

26651. Fresh star-lobster (star brand). Portland Packing Company, Port-
land, Me.

24926. Fresh lobster (Homarus americanus). Wm. Underwood & Co., Boston,
Mass.

25834. Canned lobster (Homarus americanus). Kemp, Day & Co., New York.

24933. Original deviled lobster (Homarus americanus). "Wm. Underwood &
Co., Boston, Mass.

26578. Pickled lobsters (Homarus americanus). Cape Cod. B. J. M. Carley,
New York.

26576. Pickled prawns. Savannah, Ga. B. J. M. Carley.

262 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Cirripedia.

Injurious :

a. By dulling the edge of knives and spades employed in
" cutting in" whale blubber:

2270. Whale barnacle (Coronula diadema, Lam.) on dried skin of " hump-

back " whale. New England coast. U. S. Fish Commission.

&. By obstructing the progression of vessels upon which
they affix themselves :

2271. Barnacles (liala-nm rugatw, &c.). California. H. Hemphill.

ANNULOSA.

Annelida. — WORMS AND LEECHES.
' A. Useful:

1. In surgery and medicine :

3226. Leech (MacroMella decora, Verrill). New Haven, Conn. A. E. Ver-

rill.

3227. Ditto. (Macrobdella sp.) Mountain Lake, Cal. H. Hemphill.

2. For bait in fishing :

3228. Earthworm (Lumlricus terrcstris, L.). Washington, D. C. W. Pal-

mer.

3229. Sea-worm (Nereis sp. ?). San Francisco, Cal. H. Hemphill.

3. For food:

19713. Dried worms (Ephydra sp.). Prepared for food by the Monachee Pi-

Ute Indians. Owen's Lake, Cal. Stephen Powers.

19714. Dried worms. Used in making soup by the Monachee Pi-Ute Indians.

Owen's Lake, Cal. Stephen Powers.

B. Injurious:
1. By boring into and destroying oyster- shells:

329G3a. Oyster-shell, showing ravages (of Heteronereist). South Norwalk,
Conn. Hoyt Brothers.

NOTE. — Insects and Iarva3, commonly called worms, affecting
chiefly agricultural interests, are not here included.

EADIATA.
Radiates. — SEA-URCHINS, STARFISH, CORALS, MEDUSA, ETC.

y. B. Strictly ornamental corals and gorgonias, having no special
useful application, have, for the same reasons which neces-
sitated the exclusion of the solely ornamental shells, been
here omitted.

A. "Useful:

1. Food-producing:

3226. Trepang; Beche-de-mer (Holothuria sp.?). San Diego, Cal. II.
Hemphill.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 263

321*2. Sea-urchin (Strongylocentrotus droebacltiensis). New England coast.

U. S. Fish Commission.
314G. Ditto. (Toxopneustes sp.) Southern United States. Dr. William

Stimpson.
3145. Ditto. (T. franctecontm, Ag.) Alaska to California. F. Bischoif.

B. Injurious:

1. Destroying oysters, clams, &c. :

3214. Starfish (Aste-ias vulgaris, Stm.). Portland, Me. U. S. Fish Com-
mission.

3149. Ditto. (Ast. arenicola, Stm.) Massachusetts Bay. Dr. William

Stimpson.
3213. Ditto. Long Island Sound. U. S. Fish Commission.

3150. Ditto. South Norwalk, Conn. Hoyt Brothers.

3151. Ditto. In act of destroying oysters. South Norwalk, Conn. Hoyt

Brothers.

2. By tfeeir urticating powers annoying bathers and " foul-

ing77 nets and fishing lines with slime — various
Acalephs.

PEOTOZOA.

Protozoans.— SPONGES, ETC.
Useful:

1. For conveyance of fluids requiring an elastic and tem-
porary menstruum, and as a detergent:

3210. Sponge (on bougie). Boston, Mass. J. A. Levey.
3206-9. Sponge (Spongia barlara, D. & M.). Florida Keys and Bahamas.
Isaacs & Co., sponge-dealers, New York.

3205. Ditto. (Spongia graminea, Hyatt). (Prepared by cleansing for use.)

Key West. Boston Soc. Nat, Hist.
3203-4. Ditto. (Dried in natural condition.) Key West. Boston Soc.

Nat. Hist.

3167~3 \ I)itto- (s- dura> Tar- fa***! Hyatt.) Florida Keys. Isaacs & Co.
3154-66. Ditto. (S. dura, var. gravida, Hyatt.) Florida Keys. Isaacs &

Co.
3172. Ditto. Dried in natural state. (Aplysina aurca, Hyatt.) Bahamas.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
3168-71. Ditto. (Cleansed.) (S. dura, var. punctata, Hyatt.) Florida

Keys. Isaacs & Co.
3177. Ditto. (Dried in natural state.) (S. cerebriformis, Hyatt.) Key

West. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.

3173-76. Ditto. (Cleansed.) Key West and Bahamas. Isaacs & Co.
3178-9. Ditto. (S. iubulifera, Lam.). Florida and Bahamas. Isaacs & Co.
3180-85. Ditto. (S. tubulifera, var. rotunda, Hyatt.) Florida Keys and

Bahamas. Isaacs & Co.
3186. Ditto. (Dried in natural condition.) Florida Keys. Boston Soc.

Nat. Hist.

264 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

3189-90. Ditto. (Cleansed.) (S. tubulifera, var. distiformis, Hyatt.)

Florida Keys and Bahamas. Isaacs & Co.
3192-96. Ditto. (S. gossypina, D. & M., var. hirsuta.) Florida Keys and

Bahamas. Isaacs & Co.
3197. Ditto. (S. gossypina, var. dendritica.) Florida Keys and Bahamas.

Isaacs & Co.
3198-3202. Ditto. (S. gossypina, var. porosa.) Florida Keys and Bahamas.

Isaacs & Co.

2. Useful as an elastic medium or absorbent:

3213a. Sponge prepared for use as lint in surgery. Wm. B. Moses, Wash-
ington, D. C.

3211. Ditto. For stuffing cushions and packing. Florida. Jas. Richard-
son.

3212a. Ditto. Prepared for stuffing cushions, mattresses, &c. Florida.
Wm. B. Moses, Washington, D. C.

Injurious :

1. By destroying oysters :

3215. Boring sponge (Cliona sulphured, Verrill). Mature form, after oyster-
shell has disintegrated. Vineyard Sound, Mass. U. S. Fish Com-
mission.

32979. Boring sponge. Shells of Pecten showing ravages. Castine, Me. A.

R. Crittenden.

32980. Ditto. Castine, Me. L. J. Heath.

32820. Ditto. Showing effect on oyster-shell. New York Bay. B. J. M.

Carley.

3147. Ditto. Showing various stages in shell. Shrewsbury River, N. J.
B. J. M. Carley.

Rhizopods.

Useful ; the fossil forms being largely employed as a polishing
powder under the name of "Tripoli" or " infusorial earth w;
as a menstruum for nitro-glycerine, in the manufacture of
dynamite and other explosives ; and also in the manufac-
ture of " stone china" and pottery. The valuable quality
in nearly all cases is the contained silica.

MISCELLANEOUS PEODUGTS OF SEA OR SHORE, NOT OP
AN ANIMAL NATURE.

Plants:

a. Lichens:

29316. Orchilla (Eocella tinctoria), in its natural condition as gathered from
rocks and branches of plants. West coast of North America. W.
A. Ross & Bro., New York.

29313. "Archil liquor," derived from Orchilla, and extensively used as a dye-
stuff. West coast of North America. W. A. Hoss & Bro., New
York.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 265

29314. "Cudbear." Product of a lichen (Lecanora), extensively applied as
a dye-stuff. Western coast of North America. W. A. Ross &.
Bro., New York.

b. Algae:

1. Having economical applications:

* Available as food.

. Irish moss (Chondrus crispus, L.), affording gelatine. New England

coast. Dr. W. G. Farlow.
. Western dulse (Schizymenia cdulis, Ag.). West coast United States.

Rev. E. Hall.
. Dulse (Rlwdymenia palmata, Grev.), used for food. New England

coast. Dr. W. G. Farlow.
. Laver (Porphyra vulgaris, Ag.), used for food. New England coast.

Dr. W. G. Farlow.
. Badderlocks (Alaria esculenta, Grev.). Available for food. Cape Cod

northward.

** Employed in the manufacture of fertilizers, iodine and bromine, or
" artificial staghorn" (Laminaria) articles.

. Rockweed (Fucus vesiculosus, L. & C.). New England coast. Dr.

W. G. Farlow.

. Bull-head kelp (Nereocyslis Liitkeana, P. & M.). Stems made by In-
dians into fishing-lines. Northwest coast of America. W. H. Dall.

. Specimens of lines made of this material. [See ethnological and

fishing-implement series. ]
29373. Devil's apron (Laminaria digitaia}, dried stems for making "tents."

Newfoundland. Dr. E. R. Squibb.

29373a. " Sponge tents'' used in surgery, made from dried Laminaria stems.
293736. Paper-knife, made of "artificial staghom" or dried Laminaria
(longicruris), by J. H. Batchelder, Cambridge, Mass.

2. Ornamental algae :

The following series, prepared by Dr. W. G. Farlow, comprises speci-
mens collected by Mr. F. W. Hooper and Dr. Palmer, at Key West ; by
Dr. Farlow on the New England coast ; by Prof. D. C. Eaton from various
sources; by A. R. Young, at New York; Mrs. A. S. Davis, at Cape Ann;
Mrs. Beebe, at Gloucester, Mass.; Mrs. B. D. Halstead, at Swampscott ;
Mr. H. Averill, at New York; Dr. L. R. Gibbes, in South Carolina; Miss
M. A. Booth, at Orient, L. I. ; and from California and Oregon by Dr. C.
L. Anderson, Capt. I. Stratton, Rev. E. Hall, Mr. H. Hemphill, D. Cleve-
land, and Mr. W. H. Dall:

AMAXSIA MULTIFIDA, Lmx. Key West.
DASYA GIBBESII, Harv. Key West.
DASYA ELEGANS, Ag. Chenille. Cape Cod.
DASYA RAMOSISSIMA, Harv. Key We.sr.
DASYA HARVEYI, Ashmead. Key West.
DASYA MOLLIS, Harv. Key West.
DASYA MUCROXATA, Harv. Key West.
DASYA WURDEMANNI. Bailey. Key West.
DASYA CALLITHAMNIUN, Harv. San Diego.

266 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

DASYA TUMANOWICZI, Gatty. Key West.
DASYA LOPHOCLADOS, Mont. Key West.
DASYA PLUMOSA, Bail, and Harv. Santa Cruz, Cal.
BOSTRYCHIA MONTAGNEI, Harv. Key West.

BOSTRYCHIA CALAMISTRATA, Mont. Key West.

BOSTRYCHIA MORITZIANA, Mont. Florida.

POLYSIPHONIA URCEOLATA, Grev. Nahant, Mass. VaT.formosa, New Eng-
land.

POLYSIPHONIA HAVANENSIS, Mont. Var. Einneyi, Ag., Key West.
POLYSIPHONIA FERULACEA, Ag. Key West.
POLYSIPHONIA OLNEYI, Harv. Dough-balls. Long Island Sound.
POLYSIPHONIA HARVEYI, Bail. Nigger-hair. Wood's Holl, Mass.
POLYSIPHONIA ELONGATA, Grev. Lolster-claws. Gay Head, Mass.
POLYSIPHONIA VIOLACEA, Grev. Wood's Holl, Mass.
POLYSIPHONIA FIBRILLOSA, Grev. Wood's Holl, Mass.
.POLYSIPHONIA VARIEGATA, Ag. Wood's Holl, Mass.
POLYSIPHONIA PENNATA, Ag. California.

POLYSIPHONIA PARASITICA, Grev. California. Var. dendroidea, Ag., Cali-
fornia.

POLYSIPHONIA BAILEYI, Ag. Pacific coast.
POLYSIPHONIA PECTEN-VENERIS, Harv. Florida.
POLYSIPHONIA ATRORUBESCENS, Grev. Wood's Holl, Mass.
POLYSIPHONIA BIPINNATA, Post, and Rupr. West coast.
POLYSIPHONIA WOODII, Harv. West coast.
POLYSIPHONIA NIGRESCENS, Grev.
POLYSIPHONIA FASTIGIATA, Grev. Nahant, Mass.
ODONTHALIA ALEUTICA, Ag. Oregon.
ODONTHALIA LYALLII, Harv. Neeah Bay, W. T.

RHODOMELA LARIX, Ag. California.
RHODOMELA FLOCCOSA, Ag. Aleutian Islands.

RHODOMELA SUBFUSCA, Ag. Gloucester, Mass. Var. gracilis, same limits.
Var. Bochei, Long Island Sound.

DIGENIA SIMPLEX, Ag. Key West.

BRYOTHAMNION TRIANGULARE, Ag. Key West.

BRYOTHAMNION SEAFORTHII, Ag. Florida.

ALSIDIUM BLODGETTII, Harv. Key West, Fla.

ACANTHOPHORA THiERii, Lmx. Florida to Brazil ; Pacific Ocean.

ACANTHOPHORA MUSCOIDES, Ag. Florida.

CHONDRIA DASYPHYLLA, Ag. Cape Cod.

CHONDRIA STRIOLATA, Ag. (C. Baileyana, Mont.) Cape Cod.

CHONDRIA TENUISSIMA, Ag. Wood's Holl, Mass.

CHONDRIA LITTORALIS, Harv. Wood's Holl, Mass.

CHONDRIA ATROPURPUREA, Harv. Key West, Fla.

LAURENCIA PINNATIFIDA, Lmx. Pepp&r-dulse. California.

LAURENCIA VIRGATA, Ag. California.

LAURENCIA OBTUSA, Lmx. Florida.

LAURENCIA IMPLICATA, Ag. Key West.

LAURENCIA CERVICORNIS, Harv. Key West ; San Diego, CaL

LAURENCIA GEMMIFERA, Harv.. Florida.

LAURENCIA PAPILLOSA, Grev. Florida.

LAURENCIA PANICULATA, Ag. San Diego, Cal.

CIIYLOCLADIA OVALIS, Hook. (Lomentaria, Eudl.) California.

GRINNELLIA AMERICANA, Harv. Wood's Holl, Mass.

DELESSERIA SINUOSA, Lmx. Gloucester, Mass.

DELESSERIA QUERCIFOLIA, Boiy. California.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 267

DELESSERIA ALATA, Linx. Gloucester, Mass.

DELESSERIA HYPOGLOSSUM, Larnix. Cbleston, S. C.

DELESSERIA TEXUIFOLIA, Harv. Key West.

DELESSERIA IXVOLVEXS, Harv. Key West.

DELESSERIA LEPRIEURII. Mont. New York.

DELESSERIA DECIPIEXS, Ag. West coast. Neeah Bay, W. T.

NITOPHYLLUM PUXCTATUM, var. ocellatum, Grev. Key West.

NITOPHYLLUM SPECTABiLE, Eaton, mss. California.

NITOPHYLLUM LACERATUM, Grev. California.

NITOPHYLLUM LATISSIMUM, Ag. California.

XITOPHYLLUM AREOLATUM, Eaton, mss. California.

XITOPHYLLUM (NEUROGLOSSUM) AXDERSOXII, Ag. California.

XITOPHYLLUM RUPRECHTIANUM, Ag. West coast.

CALLLBLEPHARIS CILIATA, Eiitz. Cape Ann, Mass.

GRACILARIA MULTIPARTITA, Ag. Var. angustissima, Harv. New York.

GRACILARIA CERVICORXTS, Ag. Key West.

GRACILARIA COXFERVOIDES, Grev. Florida ; California.

GRACILARIA ARMATA, Ag. Key West.

CORALLIXA OFFICIXALIS, L. Cape Ann. .

CORALLINA SQUAMATA, Ellis and Sol. San Diego, California.

JANIA RUBEXS, Lnix. San Diego, California.

JANIA CAPILLACEA, Harv. Key West.

AMPHIROA FRAGILLISSIMA, Lmx. Florida.

AMPHIROA XODULOSA, Ktitz. Florida.

AMPHIROA DEBILIS, Kiitz. Florida.

AMPHIROA CALIFORXICA, Decaisne. West coast.

MELOBESIA FARLNOSA, Lmx. East coast.

MELOBESIA PUSTULATA, Lmx. Wood's Holl, Mass.

LITHOTHAMXIOX POLYMORPHUM, Aresch. Eastport, Me.

Hi T.DEXBR AXDTIA ROSEA, Kiitz. Eastport, Me.

GELIDIUM CORXEUM, Lmx. Florida ; New Haven, Conn.

GELIDIUM CARTILAGIXEUM, Grev. San Diego, Cal.

GELIDIUM COULTERI, Harv. California.

WURDEMAXXIA SETACEA, Harv. Key West.

EUCHEUMA ISLFORME, Ag. Key West.

EUCHEUMA? ACAXTHOCLADUM, Ag. (Clirysymenia., Harv.). Key West.

HYPXEA MUSCIFORMIS, Lmx. Wood's Holl, Mass.

HYPNEA CORXUTA, Ag. Key West.

RHODYMEXIA PALMATA, Grev. Common dulse. Swampscott, Mass.

RHODYMEXIA PALMETTA, Grev. California.

RHODYMEXIA CORALLIXA, Grev. California.

EUTHORA CRISTATA, Ag. Gloucester, Mass.

PLOCAMIUM COCCIXEUM, Lyngb. Var. flexuosum. West coast.

STEXOGRAMMA IXTERRUPTA, Mont. California.

PIKEA CALIFORXICA, Harv. California.

CHAMPIA PARVULA, Harv. Noank, Conn.

LOMEXTARIA BAiLEYAXA, Farlow (Chylodadia, Harv.). New York Bay.

LOMEXTARIA ROSEA, Thuret. Gay Head, Mass.

RHABDOXIA TENERA, Ag. (Soliena cJiordaUs, Harv.) Wood's Holl, Mass.

RHABDOXIA COULTERI, Harv. California.

CORDYLOCLADIA-COXPERTA, Ag. San Diego, Cal.

POLYIDES ROTUXDUS, Ag. Cape Ann, Mass.

PEYSSOXXELIA ATRO-PURPUREA, Crouan ?. Key West.

XEMALIOX MULTIFIDUM, Ag. Watch Hill, R. I.

SCINAIA FURCELLATA, Bivon. Gay Head, Mass.

268 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

LIAGORA VALIDA, Harv. Florida.

LIAGORA PIXNATA, Harv. Florida.

LIAGORA PULVERULENTA, Ag. Key West.

WRANGELIA PENICILLATA, Ag. Key West.

PHYLLOPHORA BRODLEI, Ag. Long Island Sound.

PHYLLOPHORA MEMBRANIFOLIA, Ag. Long Island Sound.

GYMNOGONGRUS NORVEGICUS, Ag. (inc. G. Torreyi, Ag.). Peak's Island, Me.

GYMNOGONGRUS TENUIS, Ag. California.

GYMNOGONGRUS GRIFFITHSI^E, Ag. California.

GYMNOGONGRUS LINEARIS, Ag. California.

AHNFELTIA GIGARTINOIDES, Ag. West coast.

AHNFELTIA PLICATA, Fr. Cape Ann, Mass.

CYSTOCLONIUM PURPURASCENS, Kutz. Block Island, New York.

CALLOPHYLLIS VARIEGATA, Ag. California.

CALLOPHYLLIS OBTUSIFOLIA, Ag, San Diego, Cal.

CALLOPHYLLIS DISCIGERA, Ag. California.

GIGARTINA ACICULARIS, Lmx. Florida.

GIGARTINA CANALICULATA, Harv. West coast.

GIGARTINA MAMILLOSA, Ag. Portland, Me. ; Santa Cruz, Cal.

GIGARTINA MICROPHYLLA, Harv., and var. horrida. California.

GIGARTINA RADULA, Ag. West coast.

CHONDRUS CRISPUS, Lyrigb. Irish moss. Cape Ann, Mass. Very common.

CHONDRUS AFFINIS, Harv. California.

IRID^EA LAMINARIOIDES, Bory. (including Iridwa minor and Iridceadichotoma).

West coast.

ENDOCLADIA MURICATA, Ag. West coast.
CRYPTONEMIA CRENULATA, Ag. Key West.
CHRYSYMENIA HALYMENIOIDES, Harv. Key West.
CHRYSYMENIA UVARIA, Ag. Key West.

HALYMENIA LIGULATA, Ag. Var. Calif ornica ; Santa Cruz, Cal.
HALYMENIA FLORESIA, Ag. Key West.
PRIONITIS LANCEOLATA, Harv. West coast.
PRIONITIS ANDERSONII, Eaton, mss. Santa Cruz, Cal.
SCHIZYMENIA EDULIS, Ag. Oregon.
SCHIZYMENIA? cocciXEA, Harv. Santa Cruz, Cal.
GRATELOUPIA GIBBESII, Harv. Charleston, S. C.
GRATELOUPIA CUTLERL*;, Kiitz. California.
GRATELOUPIA FILICINA, Ag. Florida.
HALOSACCION HYDROPIIORA, Ag. West coast.
HALOSACCION FUCICOLA, Post, and Rupr. West coast.
HALOSACCION RAMENTACEUM, Ag. Eastport, Me.
SPYRIDIA ACULEATA, Kiitz. Florida.
SPYRIDIA FILAMENTOSA, Harv. Wood's Holl, Mass.
MICROCLADIA COULTERI, Harv. West coast.
MICROCLADIA CALIFORNICA, Farlow. California.
MICROCLADIA BOREALIS, Rupr. West coast.
CENTROCERAS CLAVULATUM, Ag. Key West.
CENTROCERAS EATOXIANUM, Farlow. West coast.
CERAMIUM NITENS, Ag. Key West.
CERAMIUM RUBRUM, Ag. East coast.
CERAMIUM DESLONGCHAMPSII, Cli. Eastport, Me.
CERAMIUM DIAPIIANUM, Roth. California.
CERAMIUM STRICTUM, Harv. New England.
CERAMIUM YOUNGII, Farlow, mss. Canarsie, L. I.
CERAMIUM TENUISSIMUM, Lyngb. Key West.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 269

CERAMIUM FASTIGIATUM, Harv. Soutlieni New England.

CERAMIUM . Key West.

PTILOTA DEXSA, Ag. California.

PTILOTA HYPXOIDES, Harv. California.

PTTLOTA PLUMOSA, Ag. Var. filk-hia, west coast. Var. serrata. Eastport,

Me., and Neeah Bay, W. T.
PTILOTA ELEGAXS, Bonnein. New York.
GLOIOSIPHOXIA CAPILLARIS, Cann. Cape Ann, Mass.
CROUAXIA ATTEXUATA, J. Ag. Key West.
GRIFFITHSIA BORXETTIAXA, Farl. Wood's Holl, Mass.
CALLITHAMNIOX TKTRAGOXUM, Ag. Orient, L. I.
CALLITHAMXIOX BAILEYI, Harv. New York.
CALLITHAMXIOX PTILOPHORA, Eaton, mss. California.
CALLITHAMXIOX BORRERI, Ag. New Haven, Conn.
CALLITHAMXIOX BYSSOIDEUM, Arn. Long Island Sound.
CALLITHAMXIOX CORYMBOSUM, Ag. Beverly, Mass.
CALLITHAMXIOX VERSICOLOR, Ag., var. seirosperwium, Harv. New York.
CALLITHAMXIOX PLUMULA, Lyngb. Gay Head, Mass.
CALLITHAMXIOX HETEROMORPIIUM, Ag., niss. California.
CALLITHAMXIOX AMERICAXUM, Harv. New York.
CALLITHAMXIOX PYLAIS.KI, Mont. Gloucester, Mass.
CALLITHAMXIOX FLOCCOSUM, Ag. Var. pacificum, Harv. Neeah, Bay, W. T.
CALLITHAMXIOX CRUCIATUM, Ag. New York.
CALLITHAMXIOX LEJOLISIA. Farlow, niss. San Diego, Cal.
CALLITHAMXIOX TURXERI, Ag. New York.
CALLITHAMXIOX ROTIIII, Lyugb. New England coast.
CALLITHAMXIOX ROSEUM, Lyng. New York.
PORPHYRA YUI.GARIS, Ag. Laver. East coast.
BAXGIA FUSCOPURPUREA, Lyngb. East coast.
CHAXTRAXSIA EFFLORESCEXS, Thur. Gay Head, Mass.

CHAXTRAXSIA VIRGATULA, Thuret. Portland, Me.
ERYTHROTRICHIA CERAMICOLA, Arescb. Cape Ann, Mass.
PADIXA PAVOXIA, Lmx. Peacock' s-taiL Key West, Fla.

ZOXARIA LOB ATA, Ag. Key West.

ZOXARIA FLAVA. Ag. San Diego, Cal.

TAOXIA SCHRCEDERI, Ag. Florida.

DICTYOTA FASCIOLA, Linx. Florida ; Mediterranean Sea.

DICTYOTA DICHOTOMA, D. C. Charleston.

DICTYOTA CILIATA, Ag. Key West.

DICTYOTA KUXTHII, Ag. San Diego, Cal.

DICTYOTA ACUTILOBA, Ag. Key West.

SARGASSUM VULGARE, Ag. Atlantic Ocean.

SARGASSUM BACCIFERUM, Ag. Gulf-weed. Gulf Stream.

SARGASSUM DEXTIFOLLIUM, Ag. Key West.

SARGASSUM AGARDIAXUM, Farlow, mss. San Diego, Cal.

TURBIXARIA VULGARIS, Ag. Key West.

Fucus FASTIGIATUS, Ag. West coast.

Fucus DISTICHUS, L. (F. filiformis, Gm.). Swampscott, Mass.

Fucus FURCATUS, Ag. Marblehead, Mass.

Fucus VESICULOSUS. L. Hock-weed. Swampscott, Mass.

Fucus SERRATUS, L. Nova Scotia.

NEREOCYSTIS LUTKEAXA, Post, and Rupr. Great bladder-weed. Monterey,
Cal., and northward.

ALARIA ESCULEXTA, Grev. Badderlccks. Hcmcare. Cape Cod.

270 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OP UNITED STATES.

LAMINARIA SACCHARHINA, Lmx. Devil's apron ; Kelp. New York, north-
ward; west coast; Europe; Japan?.

LAMINARIA LONGICRURIS, De la Pyl. Devil's apron; Kelp. New England.
LAMINARIA FLEXICAULIS, Le Jolis. Devil's apron ; Kelp. New England.
AGARUM TURNERI, Post, and Rupr. Sea-colander. Nahant, Mass.
STILOPHORA RHIZODES, Ag. Vineyard Sound.
ASPEROCOCCUS SINUOSUS, Bory. Key West.
ASPEROCOCCUS ECHINATUS, Grev. New England coast.
HYDROCLATHRUS CANCELLATUS, Bory. Noank, Conn.
RALFSIA VERRUCOSA, Aresch. Nahant, Mass.
CHORDA FILUM, Stack. New York.
CHORDARIA FLAGELLIFORMIS, Ag. Eastport, Me.
CHORDARIA ABIETIXA, Rupr. Santa Cruz, Cal.
CHORDARIA DIVARICATA, Ag. Gloucester, Mass.
CASTAGNEA VIRESCENS, Thuret. Wood's Holl, Mass.
LEATHESIA TUBERIFORMIS, Gray. Watch Hill, R. I.
ELACHISTA FUCICOLA, Fr. New England.
MYRIONEMA STRANGULANS, Grev. Wood's Holl, Mass.
MYRIONEMA LECLANCHERII, Harv. Gloucester, Mass.
CLADOSTEPHUS SPONGIOSUS, Ag. Newport, R. I.
CLADOSTEPHUS VERTICILLATUS, Ag. Gay Head, Mass.
SPHACELARIA FUSCA, Ag. On AmpMroa Califomica, San Diego, Cal.
SPHACELARIA RADICANS, Ag. New England.
ECTOCARPUS FIRMUS, Ag. (E. littoralis, Harv.). New England.
ECTOCARPUS FARLOWII, Thuret. Peak's Island, Me.
ECTOCARPUS SILICULOSUS, Lyngb. Charleston, S. C.
ECTOCARPUS VIRIDIS, Harv. Orient, L. I.
ECTOCARPUS FASCICULATUS, Harv. New England coast.
ECTOCARPUS GRANULOSUS, Ag. Santa Cruz, Cal.
ECTOCARPUS HOOPERI, Harv. Greenport, L. I.
DESMARESTIA ACULEATA, Lmx. Eastport, Me.
DESMARESTIA VIRIDIS, Lmx. New York.
DESMARESTIA LIGULATA, Lmx. Monterey, Cal.

PUNCTARIA LATIFOLIA, Grev., and var. zosterce, Le Jolis. Eastport, Me.
PUNCTARIA PLANTAGINEA, Grev. New England.
PHYLLITIS FASCIA, Ktz. Eastport, Me.

SCYTOSIPHON LOMENTARIUS, Ag. Eastport, Me.

CAULERPA PROLIFERA, Lmx. Florida.

CAULERPA CRASSIFOLIA, Ag., var. Mexicana. Florida.

CAULERPA PLUMARIS, Ag. Florida.

CAULERPA ASHMEADII, Harv. Key West.

CAULERPA ERICIFOLIA, Ag. Florida.

CAULERPA CUPRESSOIDES, Ag. Key West.

CAULERPA LANUGINOSA, Ag. Key West.

CAULERPA PASPALOIDES, Bory. Florida.

CAULERPA CLAVIFERA, Ag. Florida.

HALIMEDA OPUNTIA, Lmx. Florida.

HALIMEDA TUNA, Lmx. Florida.

HALIMEDA TRIDENS, Lmx. Key West.

UDOTEA FLABELLATA, Lmx. Key West.

UDOTEA CONGLUTINATA, Lmx. Key West.

CODIUM TOMENTOSUM, Stack. Florida ; var. damacornis. West coast.

CHLORODESMIS If Key West.

BRYOPSIS PLUMOSA, Lmx. Eastern coast.

BRYOPSIS TiYi'XoiDKS, Lmx. Key West.

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 271

VAUCHERIA PILOBOLOIDES, Thuret. Wood's Holl, Mass.
DASYCLADUS OCCIDEXTAIIS, Harv. Florida.
DASYCLADUS CLAV.EFOKMIS, Ag. Key \YesL

ACETABULAKIA CREXULATA, LlUX. Florida.

CYMOPOLIA BARBATA, Lmx. Key West.
CHAM.EDORIS AXXULATA, Mout. Key West.
PEXICILLUS DUMETOSUS, Due. Florida ; West Indies.
PEXICILLUS CAPITATUS, Lmx. Mermaid's shaving-bru$. Florida.
BLODGETTIA ? COXFERVOIDES, Harv. Key West. A
ANADYOMEXI: FLABELLATA, Lmx. Key West.
DICTYOSPH.ERIA FAVULOSA, Due. Key West. i

AscolHAMXiox IXTRICATUM, Kiitz. Key West.
EXTEROMORPHA iXTESTiXALis, Link. New England.
EXTEROMORPHA COMPRESSA, Grev. New England.
EXTEROMORPHA CLATHRATA, Grev. New England coast.
ULVA LATISSIMA, Linn. Sea-lettuce. New England coast.
ULVA FASCIATA, Delile. California.
CLADOPHORA MEMBRAXACEA, Ag. Key West.
CLADOPHORA RUPESTRIS, L. Cape Ann, Mass.
CLADOPHORA ARCTA, Dillwi Cape Ann, Mass.
CLADOPHORA LAXOSA, Roth. Orient, L. I.
CLADOPHORA UXCIALIS, Fl. Dan. New England coast.
CLADOPHORA L.ETEVIREXS, Dillw. Key West, Fla.
CLADOPHORA FRACTA, Fl. Dan. Eastern coast.
CH^TOMORPHA PICQUOTIAXA, Mont. Cape Ann, Mass.
CH^ETDMORPHA MELAGOXIUM, Web. and Mohr. Cape Ann, Mass.
CH^TOMORPHA SUTORIA, Berk. Stonington, Conn.
CH^TOMORPHA BRACHYGOXA, Harv. Key West.
CH^TOMORPHA TORTUOSA, Dillw. Eastport, Me.
HORMOTRICHU.M YouxGAXUM, Dillw. New England coast.
LYXGBYA MAJUSCULA, Harv. Cape Cod.
LYXGBYA FERRUGINEA, Ag. New England coast.
LYXGBYA KUTZUXGIAXA, Thur. Eastern coast.
CALOTHRIX COXFERVICOLA, Ag. East coast.
CALOTHRIX SCOPULORUM, Ag. East coast.
SPH^ROZYGA CARMICHAELII, Harv. Wood's Holl, Mass.
PETROCELIS CRUEXTA, Ag. Eastport, Me.
SPIRULIXA TEXUISSIMA, Kiitz. Eastport, Me.
CHXOOSPORA FASTIGIATA, Ag. San Diego, Cal.
HORMACTIS FARLOWI, Bornet. East coast.

Inorganic materials:

. Scouring-sand. Impure silex for domestic use. Alameda, CaL H.

Hempliill.
. Glassmaker's-sand. Pure silex. Isle of Shoals, N. H.

272 ANIMAL KESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

COMMERCIAL STATISTICS OF ANIMAL PRODUCTS IN THE
UNITED STATES : A REVIEW OF A PORTION OF THE RE-
PORT OF THE CHIEF OF THE BUREAU OF STATISTICS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1877.

BY G. BROWN GOODE.

The following review of the character and commercial values of animal
products used or produced in the United States is intended to supple-
ment and explain in part the preceding "Catalogue of the collection
illustrating the animal resources of the United States," made under the
direction of the United States National Museum for the International
Exhibition of 1876. The statistics have been arranged with a view to
a concise exhibition of the extent and location of the trade in all sub-
stances of animal origin. The classification is uniform with that em-
ployed in the catalogue.

An attempt is made to show —

1. The amount of imports, the countries from which the products are
imported, and the ports through which the import entries are chiefly
made.

2. The domestic consumption of foreign products. The table of im-
ports entered into consumption is more detailed than any of the others,
and from this have been taken many statements which were not else-
where given, as, for instance, the amounts of coral, whalebone, chemicals,
and specimens of natural history.

3. The exports of domestic products, the ports from which they were
chiefly shipped, and the countries to which they are sent.

4. The statistics of foreign eAports or of the exports of products not
directly of domestic origin.

No account has been made of the indirect and transshipment trade.

LIVING ANIMALS.

The total value of living animals brought into the United States does
Aot fall far below $2,200,000.

The value of the miscellaneous importations of living animals is placed
it $1,048,465. Of this amount Quebec, Ontario, &c., supply $1,452,457,
and Mexico $129,897 (no doubt chiefly sheep), Nova Scotia and New
Brunswick send $30,124, Germany $13,262, British Columbia $13,762,
England $6,184. The remainder comes from the British East Indies
($1,389), Cuba ($818), Brazil ($133), Scotland, Honduras, Belgium, Chili,
China, France, Guiana, Colombia, and Uruguay. The latter countries
probably send chiefly animals for menageries and gardens.

Animals for breeding purposes are imported to the amount of $419,170.
The larger proportion ($291,960) comes from the British Provinces

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 273

through tlie Lake ports. New York, with its extensive shipments from
Europe, receives the next proportionate share ($111,501), then San
Francisco (s4,708), Boston ($3,029), Baltimore ($2,113), Philadelphia
(8510), and Xew Orleans ($200).

The teams of emigrants have the right of free entry. The yearly
return of entries is placed at $26,070. The greater proportion ($23,520)
appears to come from the British Provinces through the Lake ports.

The imports of birds are valued at $109,879. Of this amount, $71,989
comes to Xew York, and consists principally, no doubt, of singing birds.
The Provinces send $38,328, probably, for the most part, fowls.

Leeches are imported to the amount of $4,227. All come through
Xew York, except $133 worth through New Orleans.

The following table, compiled from the " Statement showing quantities
and values of foreign merchandise entered into consumption in the
United States during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1877, &c." (No. 20,
pp. 446-505), while it necessarily does not tally with the figures already
given, is instructive, since it shows in fuller detail the numbers and char-
acter of the imports of foreign animals:

Description of animal.

Xumber.

Value.

9 240

$602 513

Cattle

31 893

314 094

Sheep

282, 432

674.883

Ho"\s

4,534

9,876

5 370

416 476

Fowls land and vrater

36, 793

Birds

73 187

Leeches ,

4,288

27 737

Total

0 159 847

The domestic exports of living animals are valued at $3,306,308, as
shown in the following table:

Description of animal.

Number.

Value.

Horses

2,042

$301, 134

Mules

3 441

478 434

Horned cattle

50 001

1 593 080

179 017

034 480

65 107

699 IgQ

•-

Total

3 306 308

"

The largest number of horses is shipped from Xew York (727), next
from Brazos de Santiago, Tex. (363), Minnesota (196), San Diego, Cal.
(195), Corpus Christi, Tex. (82), Pnget Sound, Washington (66), San
Francisco (52), and Baltimore (53). The horses shipped from San Fran-
cisco are most valuable, being worth $500 on an average; those from
Xew York 8150; those from Texas $40.

The principal exports of horses are to Mexico (603) chiefly from Texas,
Quebec, Ontario, £c. (391), the British West Indies and Honduras (232),
Cuba (157), and the French West Indies and French Guiana (129).
Bull. X. M. Xo. 14 18

274 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Mules are shipped in the largest numbers from New York (2,058), New
Orleans, La. (1,036), Brazos de Santiago, Tex. (116), Saluria, Tex. (92),
and Galveston, Tex. (90). They are sent chiefly to the British West
Indies and Honduras (1,541), Cuba (1,018), the French West Indies and
Guiana (252), the Central American States (210), British Guiana (218),
and Mexico (134).

Horned cattle are shipped chiefly from Texas (20,396), Key West, Fla.
(9,071), Minnesota (6,615), New York (4,863), Huron, Mich. (4,748),
Boston (1,566), Philadelphia (700), Puget Sound, W. T. (611), Detroit,
Mich. (543), and San Diego, Cal. (685). They are sent chiefly to Cuba
(27,388), Quebec, Ontario, &c. (12,020), England (4,991), Liberia (2,809),
and to the British West Indies and Honduras (1,741), the Bermudas
taking a large share of the latter.

Sheep are sent principally from Texas (108,747), California (53,438),
Washington Territory (9,484), and New York (4,744), and find their way
mostly to Mexico (161,549), British Columbia (9,484), British West Indies,
(2,299), England (2,692), and Quebec, &c, (1,003). It is sufficiently evi-
dent that Texas and California send to Mexico, Washington Territory
to British Columbia, and New York and the Atlantic ports to England
and the West Indies.

Hogs are exported largely from Detroit, Mich. (34,504), Huron, Mich.
(28,508), and Minnesota (339); also, from Puget Sound, W. T., to the
British Provinces. Key West, Fla., sends about 230 to Cuba, and Texas
348 to Mexico.

There is a foreign export of living animals to the value of $22,970,
chiefly to England ($12,136) and the British West Indies ($8,176). It is
chiefly from New York ($20,722).

FOOD PRODUCTS, EXCEPT FISH.

The import entries of food products are placed at $ 724,452. New York
is the chief receptacle of these imports ($508,905), followed by the ports
on the Canadian border ($173,007), San Francisco ($53,760), Philadel-
phia ($32,111), New Orleans ($7,400), Boston ($5,253), and Key West,
Fla. ($2,336).

The receipts from Canada ($113,191) correspond nearly to the amount
given for the northern border ports, those from China ($43,331) to the
entries of San Francisco, and those from Cuba ($2,846) to the entries of
Florida. New York and Philadelphia receive nearly all the remainder,
which is principally sent by Germany ($325,693), England ($65,164),
France ($63,119), Belgium (54,537), the Netherlands ($40,145), Italy
($11,957), and Mexico ($2,679).

The total value of the import of honey is $61,205, of which New York
receives the principal share ($34,693), then New Orleans ($13,483) and
Boston ($8,019).

Sausages, sausage-skins, and Bologna sausages are imported to the

ANIMAL RESOUKCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 275

value of £83,187, of which Xew York receives over $80,000 and Xew
Orleans over £1,300.

Condensed, eggs come only to Xew York, which imports to the value
of *^.w.

Milk conies to the Lake ports to the value of £2,001'.

The quantities of each article entered into consumption are shown in
the following table:

Articles.

Amount. Value.'

Beef

pounds

213, 909 $15, 540 92
. . 2 413 80

Mutton

Pork

pounds

42, 418 ! 3, 111 70
824 66

Poultry

33,022 94

112 00

Trip.-

116 00

55 9°8 00

28,948 40

pounds

73, 773 14, 193 35

28 289 80

Prepared meats, game,

and poultry sealed or unsealed, in cans or otherwise .

pounds

12, 524 1, 166 74
38 124 00

Bgga

dozens . .

5, 048, 900 617, 643 59
1 873 00

203 00

Milk plain

0 614 65

Milk, condensed or pre

served

2,798 00

pounds

2,719,451 464,00123
82, 131 17, 231 00
27, 017 16, 473 50

Butter

do ..

gallons. .

The following tables show the imports of eggs by countries, and the
corresponding entries by customs-districts.

Countries.

Eggs.

Countries.

Egg

s.

Chin;*
Hon°r-Koncr

Dozens. Dollars.
126, 800 8, 716 i
3 066 183 1

British Columbia
British West Indies and British

Dozens.
100

Dollars.
6

Honduras

300

69

toe

948 703 109 8°3

Quebec Ontario &.c

3 969* 30'> 498* 895

Total

.". 048 "71

G17 60i>

Districts.

Eggs.

Districts. Eggs.

Dozens.
5,000
639, 932
1, 325, 608
6,718
144, 891

77, 019
918
10, 269
4,372
979
1,665
118
150
70
704
1.120

Dollars.
750
75, 665

19,504
2,595
9,038
107
1,096
464
124
208
24
18
8
83
109

XcWpOVt 11 I

Dozens.
753, 817
. 934, 427
45,347
321, 567
300
1,044
3,200
100
1,045
90
126, 800
612, 296
100
3,066

Dollars.
86,815
108, 320
4,818
35, 489
69
133
383
6
117
10
8,716

10
183

Boston and Charlestown, Mass.
Euttilo Creek X Y

Xorfolk and Portsmouth, Va. . .
Oregon Ore01

Cape Vincent, X. Y

PanTlico, JT.C

Pen^acola Fla

Champlaiu, X. Y
Cuvabo<T», Ohio

Philadelphia, Pa
Plymouth Mass

1 Vtroit "Mich

Frie P-i

Portsmouth, N. H

Frenchman's Bav Me

Puget Sound, Wash

Geuesee X . Y "

Richmond, Va

Saco, Me

Ki-v Wt-^t Fla

Savannah O-a

Superior M icb

Vermont Vt

Xewirk X -I

Total

.New Bedford Mass

5, 048, 271

617, 622

XPW Orleans. "La . . .

276 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.
The amount of domestic exports is shown in the following table :

Articles.

Amount.

Value.

Beef fresh

pounds

49 210 990

$4 5V 0?8

Beef salted .

do .

39 155 153

'> 950 952

Mutton

do

349 368

36 480

Pork

do ..

C9 671 894

0 "96 414

do

460 057 140

49 512 41'>

Preserved meats .

3 939 977

Lard

^34 741 2D3

-•-, -,(]>> CO")

E"-gs

dozens

32*591

8 429

193 801

Cheese

pounds

107 364 660

1° 700 6°7

Butter

21 527 242

4 494 616

Total

110 108 916

Fresh beef is shipped as follows :

Ports.

Amount. Value.

Xew York pounds.

Philadelphia do . . .

Boston do. . .

Portland do. ..

39,230,400 $3,608,940

9, 896, 260 983, 249

xl, 000 10,000

3,330 ; 334

Total.

49, 210, 990

,523

All the fresh beef goes to England and Scotland. The former receives
30,906,940 pounds, valued at 83,014,779, and the latter 9,304,050 pounds,
valued at $937,744. l

Salted beef goes principally from [New York, Philadelphia, Boston,
Baltimore, San Francisco, Portland, and Brazos de Santiago, Tex.,
and is sent to almost every country, England (19,727,882 pounds),
Scotland (5,887,774), the British West Indies (2,774,804), Germany
(2,185,990), Nova Scotia and New Brunswick (1,297,662), and British
Guiana (1,042,150) receiving the largest proportion.

Mutton goes from New York to England (219,928 pounds) and Scot-
land (129,440).

Pork goes chiefly from New York (39,239,234 pounds), Boston
(10,763,062), Huron, Mich. (7,748,660), Baltimore (3,961,045), Philadel-
phia (2,144,761), and Portland (2,930,359) to England (19,793,191), the
British North American Provinces (17,990,540), the British West Indian
Provinces (D,867,490), Scotland (2,847,346), Porto Kico (2,923,975), Ger-
many (1,251',166), and the Dutch West Indies (1,126,169), as well as to
all other quarters of the globe.

Bacon and hams go chiefly from New York (253,481,647 pounds), Boston
(112,656,704), Philadelphia (72,738,161), Portland (10,541,136), Baltimore
(6,146,098), and Huron, Mich. (2,275,004), to England (322,016,729), Scot-
land (31,193,969), Belgium (30,846,038), Germany (23,715,093), France
(23.167,236), Cuba (10,813,912), Sweden and Norway (5,278,228), Ncther-
lands (4,442,709), the British Provinces (3,632,464), the British West

1 The Journal of tlie Royal Agricultural Society of England (1877) states the import
of fresh beef from New York and Philadelphia in the iirst four months of 1877
(22,812, 12d pounds) to have exceeded tlie whole import of the preceding year (19.838.895
pounds).

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 277

Indies (1,241,484), Spain (1,004,840), and in smaller quantities to almost
every other country.

Preserved meats go chiefly from Xew York (>v>.066,538), Galveston,
Tex. (8350,063), Boston (8186,013), Oregon (811~>.3:M ), and San Fran
Cisco (8114,531) to England (82,189,688), Scotland (^l.i'i'iM'So), Germany
(* 150.050), France (8126,610), and the British West Indies (846,480).

Lard goes chiefly from Xew York (166,024,255 pounds), Boston
(L)1>..J80.340), Philadelphia (11,682,146), Baltimore (11,672,057), Portland
(7.744.800), and Huron, Mich. (5,425,731), to England (66,196,750), Scot-
land (58,038,751). Belgium (23,882,271), France (23,788,669), Cuba
(21.665,367), Scotland (S.OOO.S52). British Provinces (6,115,553), Nether-
lands (5,507,166), United States of Colombia (4,540,095), Brazil (4,267,310),
Venezuela, Spanish Africa, Hayti, and numerous other countries.

Eggs go from Xew York (12.211 dozens), Washington Territory (8,971),
and the (Canadian boundary (9,359) to the British Provinces (18,895),
England (4,200), and Porto Eico (0,024).

Condensed milk goes from Xew York (804,246), San Francisco (824,606),
and Baltimore i * l..'J25 ) to the British possessions in Australasia (837,509),
Eli-land ^30.727.. .Japan i-^12.0S4). British We.st Indies (88,592), China
($8,196 . Cuba (84.740), Brazil .si».4«. ».*,), British Columbia (82,465), Cen-
tral America (81.754), and Hayti (81.248).

Cheese goes chiefly from Xew York (103,251,661 pounds), Philadelphia
(1,456,868), Boston (1,172,522), and Huron, Mich. (1,116,320), to England
(05,871,379), Scotland (1,100,000), and the English colonies, with small
quantities to other countries.

Butter goes chiefly from Xew York (16,771,663 pounds), Boston
(2,284.610), and Philadelphia (1,141,224) to England (10,504,640), Scot-
land 1 4.52U.737), the British West Indies (1,277,045), Scotland (1,237.978),
the British Provinces, Cuba, Porto Kico, Hayti, the Netherlands, Colom-
bia, Venezuela, and the Danish West Indies.

The foreign exports of provisions amount to 864,478, chiefly from Xew
York to England, Cuba, Mexico, British Columbia, Central and South

America.

FISH.

The quantity of fish imported not subject to duty is shown in the fol-
The total value is 81,400,736.

lowing table.

Countries.

Fresh, of all kinds.

Herring, pickled.

Mackerel, pickled. ^^

Pounds.

Dollars.

Barrels.

Dollars.

Barrels.

Dollars. Dollar.-.

Xova Scotia, Xew Brunswick,

&.C

4, 584, GTS
2, 570, 033

1, '-'70
C30, 000

128,660
94,780
58
12,600

49, 033
2,218

152, 293
13, 242

43,053
13

372, 127 512. 047
133

Quebec, Ontario, &c ....

.British Columbia

Newfoundland and Labrador .
Hayti

12, 029

45, 2-51

ISO

blfci

294

7, 735, 981

236, 098 i 63, 280

ao,78fl

43,066

372, 260 540, 300

278 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

The remainder of the import subject to duty is shown in the next table.
The total value is $1,054,748.

Countries.

Sardines and ancho-
vies, preserved in
oil or otherwise.

Herring, pickled.

Mackerel, pickled.

All
other.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Dollars.

P !«••

20

167

2, 368

16
47, 089
761
913
4
7,098
7,120
169

335

39,691

2, 439

5
35

176
175
1. 101
1,077
63
1,356
1,134

China

685, 164

5,266

77, 317

4,726
98
49

84
24

61, 676
1,277
698

568
35

Xova Scotia, New Brunswick,
&c

8
6

105
43

Quebec Ontario &c

6

British Columbia

British West Indies and Brit-

Hawaii .

Italy

9G9

Japan

•

Netherlands

4,464
42
83

9,476

121, 254

Cuba

2

247

22
1,717

773, 331

14, 873

189, 615

14

148

91, 654

The amounts of Canadian fish not liable to duty received in the vari-
ous customs-districts are shown below :

Fish, not of American fisheries.

Districts.

Fresh, of all kinds.

t
Herring, pickled.

Mackerel, pickled.

All
other,
not else-
where
speci-
fied.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Barrels.

Dollars.

Barrels.

Dollars.

Dollars.

1,500
473, 556
378, 869
474, 798
191, 033
12, 720
652, 703
5,400
36, 240

85
15, 465
13,154
15, 433
14, 338
509
19, 084
227
1, 443

1,884
46, 150
328

7,605
157, 108
1,862

38
34, 730

314
300, 690

392
176, 147

Boston and Charlestown, Mass
Buffalo Creek 1ST Y

Cape Vincent U. Y

Cham plain, N. Y

84

524

13

133

1, 405

Cuyalio<Ta Ohio

Detroit, Mich

Erie Pa . . .

Genesee, X. Y

Gloucester Mass

1,010
1,418

2,010
8,054

12, 199
735
2.38
116
99

Huron, Mich

46, 813

1,234

K>v West Fla

Marl lias, Me

Marblchead Mass

6

12

4

15

Minnesota, Minn

200

10

X(-\vbiirvport Mass

51
217, 563

Xe\v York, X. Y

2, 610, 000
159, 057
6,800
184, 244
1, 331, 353

52, 200
7.561
480
7,471
63, 844

2,115

8, 961'

1, 823

15,656

Niagara. X. Y
Oswegatchie N. Y

19

Osxvr",, X. Y....

1'assaiiiauuoddy, Me...

6,726

9,885

4,974

44, 031

55, 320
2,529
87, 721

Philadelphia, Pa

Portland and Falmouth, Me ..
I'liuct Sound. Wash

747, 579
1,270

9,676

58

2,661

11, 163

1,480

11, 405

Richmond, Va

24
811

Salem and Beverly, Mass

510

SCO

4

16

Sandu.skv. Ohio

212, 540

3,545

Sail Francisco, Cal

154
50
830
24, 398
00
681

581,592

Savannah. < Ja

Superior, Mich

118, 614
90, 692

2,459

7,822

Veiuiont, Vt

388

2, 802

Waldoboro'. Me

Willamette, Oreg

Total

7, 735, 981

236, 098

63, 280

210, 786

43, 066

372, 260

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 279

The entries by customs-districts of fish not from Canada and dutiable
are shown below :

Districts.

Fish, not of Amer-
ican fisheries.

Mackerel,
pickled.

Sar-
dines and
anchovies
preserved
in oil.

All
other,
not else-
where

speci-
fied.

Herring, pickled.

Barrels.

Dollars.

Barrels. 'Dollars.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Baltimore Afd

338
2
1
21

2,686
28
12
21

309
43, 130
417

869
?9

m>

2, 9r>2
5
n
10
11, 383

Boston and Charlestown, Mass

Buffalo Creek X?Y

Champlain V. Y

1

6

Cuvahofra, Ohio

Detroit "Mich

Galveston Tex

1 68°

Genesee "N" Y '..

6
4
1,118

4,554
11.37!>
4,464
53
1.083
864
238
51, 085
310
200
7<>r,

3

8

0

43

2
67

Kev West Fla

"Michigan Mich

Xew Orleans L,a .

45

14,423

770
185, 926

65,188
578, 923

"Yew York V Y

Xia"-ara V Y

Oswc'fatchie N Y

Philadelphia Pa

34

158

8

105

1,475

San Die<To Cal

Sandusk v, Ohio

San Francisco Cal

82,134
4

-

Vermont Vt

Willamette Ore01

Total

:

14,873

189, 615

14

148 773,331 01. liT4

| |

The next table shows the amount of fish entered into consumption :

Description.

Quantity.

Dollars.

Fish, the product of the sea-fisheries of the Dominion of Canada. Xevr-
foundland. <fcc., nnder treaty of May 8, 1871, act of March 1, 1875, and
not dutiable :
Fresh for immediate consumption TioTinds

13, 453, 033
61, 791. 50
316, 570. 50
44, 169. 50
21, 677
37,069

315, 858 10
207, 090 55
39, 4:,9 42
373, 792 38
62, 393 00
3, 704 00
1, 727 55
90,796 00
229,061 00
19, 2-3 7«i

190.431 00
15, 996 CO
105 00
2, 458 00
48, 200 00
7,271 60
9 00

. barrels . .
.. boxes..
. barrels . .

Herrinjr, dried or smoked

do

. pounds. .

^hell-fish and turtles

Other fish pickled ' ...

. barrels

i<5, 004. 25
5, 645, 357

pounds

Prepared or preserved in cans or otherwise than in oil

Fish, dutiable :

. .barrels

14,907

. barrels

38g

690,856

Other fish pickled

....do....

Other fish pickled

. pounds

-barrels

ft

3,813
264,285
7, 985, 401

Sardines and anchovies, packed in oil or otherwise in tin boxes:
Whole boxes 5 X 4 X 3£ inches

2,338 00
48, 044 00
661, 597 25
11, 018 2.i

Half boxes 5 X 4 X 1§ inches

Ouirter boxes 4a X 3i X li

722, 997 50

13,447 00

280 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.
The following table shows the amount of domestic exports of fish :

Description.

Quantity.

Dollars.

Fish fresh

$114 338

15 964 800

791 785

Pickled .

do

76, 227

486. 738

Other cured. - - -

do

234 741 233

f>5 56? 665

260, 660

27, 456, -23G

The following table shows the amount of exports by districts :

Districts.

Fish, dried or
smoked.

Fish,
fresh.

Fish, pickled.

Fish,
other
cured.

Oysters.

Cwt..

Dollars.

Dollars.

Barrels.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Bush.

Dolls.

13
355
4

66
1,395
20

2
670

16
4,745

142
31, 5-21
1,046

108
27, 384

Baltimore, Md

Bath" Me

361
42
26, 150
3

696
258
171, 078
31

Belfast Me

6
78, 815
31

20
349, 408
362

84
222
143

47
117, 225
242

Boston and Charlestown, Mass
Brazos de Santiago, Tex
Buffalo Creek N. Y

7,115
593
2, 239
3,987
14, 443
4
50
4,858

Cape Vincent N Y

60

Champlain N! Y

100

1,000

Corpus Christ!, Tex
Cuyaho^a Ohio

2
1
312

21
15
1,200

17
5 091

Detroit ^Mich

2,071

Duluth Minn

1

7

Galveston, Tex

13

Genesee N Y

4
200

467

Gloucester Mass ..

90

11, 338

54, 016

391

2,491
13, 547

468

Key West Fla

60, 200

Machias, Me

98

187

Minnesota Minn

1,861

1,921

New Bedford, Mass

67
2,371
27
36
64, 002

3£9
9,796
78
195
368, 779

Newburyport Mass

New Haven, Conn

New Orleans La •

9
24, 357

68
188, 415

L', 193
313, 642
19
693, 125

2,582
500

39 10

i64,"r>.vi" io~297

320

New York, N. Y

Norfolk Va

Oregon, Oreg

299

2,709

Oswegatchie, N. Y

12

72

Oswego, N. Y

21,914

Passamaquoddy, Me

2, 3i2 6, 000

!) 18

:;:;:; 2, 415

Pensacola, Fla" . ...

36
191, 442

1, 049 702

Philadelphia, Pa

Plymouth, Mass
Portland, Me

i, 500
2,590
557

6,000
10, 845
1,942

.

8,650
2

44, 155
19

25, 413

178 7

Providence, E. T

Puget Sound, Wash

108
82

1,550

Salem and Beverly, Mass . . .
Saluria, Tex

5,643

20, 085

27 461

|

2,960

1,009

31, 343
5

San Francisco, Cal

448
1

2,667

3,149
8
17, 609

.....

51, 589

327
51
118
632

2,607
211
621
4,693

1, 066, 435

Savannah, Ga

Vermont, Vt

9, 255

7, 719

6,169
200

Willamette, OK;"1

Total ....

159, 648

791, 785
189 151

114,338

76, 227

486, 738

2, 486, 225

260, 620
170, 610

45, 361
3,162

Additions to Niagara and
Vermont, taken from Ca-
nadian reports

Grand total

980, 936

431, 230

4*. .'.23

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 281

The following table shows the amounts of domestic exports of fish by
countries :

Countries.

Fish, dried or
smoked.

Fish,
fresh.

Fish, pickled.

Fish, oth- (
er cured.

Dysters.

Cwt.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Barrels.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Dollars.

812

1,841
240
2,555

U
50
121

60
541

857

779
309
5,039
3,429
2, 572

Br-izil

195

1,316

(jliili

.u iiit .

45 343

;

2,312
395

. 6,000
2,302

Dinish West Indies

17M G24

2,489
43, 367

7,286

612
13, 65. J

5. 514
50

21,7fr7

2,453
220
25, 280
1,090
291, 606
341
207,463
17, 701
31,344

402
236
34

French West Indies and French Guiana . .
1'ivnch Possessions in Africa and adja-

19, 939 84, 228

a

2,714

18,480

22

86
242

163
380
912

270
170
746
1,030

2,046

219

2

2,197
1,042
4,151
4,700

12, 137

1,628
.16

50
18, 420
m fi.!4
2, CG7

5,093

56,516
1,849
68
1,491
809
38
183
33, 143
2,992
482

Scotland

Xova Scotia. New Brunswick, and Prince
Edward Island

9,592

2,992
87
70
5,084
940
104
815

41,352

18,900
696
350

27, 769
4,886
689
3,474

Quebec, Ontario, Rupert's Land, and the
Xorthwest Territory

53,660

British West Indies and British Honduras
British Guiana

86

2-2-2

5,540
1,478

33,066
9,289

British Possessions in Africa

81
626
926
29,737

866
4, 652
7,352
225,949

Hawaiian Islands

90
62,387
10
55
371
42
1
24,994
72

644
372, 025
60
406
1,238
443

315

Havti

Italv

2,523
3,048
5,967

43

Liberia

430
4

2,102

3,117
43
56
11, 416

Mexico

143

3,494
72
437

Netherlands

Dutch West Indies

3,435
14, 315
20
360

66

27

Peru

Portugal . .

1 10
13 141

AzoreT Madeira, and Cape Verde Islands. .
Portuguese Possessions in Africa and ad-

611

•2-2

3, 295
90

lius^ia Asiatic

3,490

i>. 4>:;
5, 729

19,503

87,687

24. "77

2,112
588
1,258

16,534
5,146
8,137

6,757
65,491
8,112

384
4,400
13,980
1,117
7,256

4,551

14
3,905
145

Tuba ...

60,200

Porto Rico

Spanish Possessions in Africa and adja-

Sweden and Xorwav

196
j 1,997

760
12, 142

20,516 101,492
715

"224
2. 157
1,381

. 181

I'nited States of Colombia

Tniffuav

Venezuela

710

5,160
33

13

129

All other islands and ports, not elsewhere
specified

Total

:

159,648 791.785
189 151

114, 138

76,2-27 486,738 2,486,225

200,620
170, 610

Additions taken from Canadian reports .
Gr~nd total

980, 936

: 431, 230

One thousand nine hundred and three barrels of pickled herring,
valued at 89,088, passed through Boston to Sweden and Xorwav as a
foreign export.

Miscellaneous fish to the value of 632,120 goes as foreign export to
England ($22,098), Xova Scotia and Xew Brunswick ($5,795), the French
West Indies (83,932), Quebec, Ontario, &c. (8215), and Australasia (880).
Of this amount Boston sends the most (831,905) and Portland the re-
mainder (8215).

282 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.
The following table shows the foreign exports of fish :

Countries.

Fish, not of American fisheries.

Herring,
pickled.

Sardines and
anchovies,
preserved in
oil.

All other, not

elsewhere
specified.

Barrels.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Central American States

.

1, 296

48
805
2, 033
7
630
33, 056
666

China -

'630

Great Britain • England

Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island
Quebec Ontario Manitoba Rupert's Land, &c

193
16, 930
288
187

British Columbia

529

' " "470
4,333
95
181
473

British West Indies and Honduras

British Possessions in Australasia

Hawaiian Islands

2

22

2,366

Peru

521
25
56
477

Cuba .

91, 489
133

United States of Colombia

Venezuela

Total

2

22

• 24, 780

135, 854

FURS.

The value of the import of undressed fur-skins is shown in the next
table:

Imports of fur-skins undressed.

Argentine Republic ......... . ............................................ $38,026

elium ................................................................ 2082

Belgium

China

France

French West Indies and French Guiana

Germany

77
............ 2,696

204
82,044
England ......................................... ....................... 359,351

Scotland ................... ............................................ 1,922

Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, &c ........................................ 3,435

Quebec, Ontario, &c .................................. ' ................... 789,591

British Columbia ........................................................ 162,558

Newfoundland and Labrador ............................................ 72

British West Indies and British Honduras. .'. ............................. 270

British Possessions in Australasia ........................................ 49 1

Japan .................... . ............................................. 114,657

United States of Colombia .............................................. 4,056

Uruguay .................................................... ........... 134

Total ............................................................. 1,561,066

The value of the imports of furs and dressed fur-skins is shown in
the following table :

England ... .

... $1 085 376

France

781 769

Germany

378 643

Quebec, Ontario, &c

... 76 694

Belgium

60 7^1

Sweden and Norway

H 252

Scotland

5 538

Netherlands

3 319

United States of Colombia

375

Carried forward 2,400,747

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 283
Brought forward $2, 400, 747

Xova Scotia. Xew Brunswick,

British Possessions in Australasia

Russia on the Baltic arid White Seas

China

.Spain

Newfoundland and Labrador

Austria *-..

British West Indies and British Honduras

Hong-Kong ,

Cuba .. .

281
239
176
115
63
52
43
38
17
14

Total ..... ...................................................... 2,401,778

are imported chiefly to Xew York ($2,142,947), Philadelphia
(393.713), Boston (872,625), Montana and Idaho (from the Hudson's Bay
Territory, of course) ($69,051), and San Francisco ($11,874).

The value of fur-skins and furs entered into consumption is shown in
the following table:

Fur-skins of all kinds,, not dressed in any manner .................... $1, 544, 893 89

Furs, and manufactures of:

Dressed, on the skin ............. ............................... 1,044,930 23

Dressed, partially on the skin ................................... . 198 10

Dressed, not on the skin, hatters', and others ........ ............. 1, 229, 322 64

Hares', undressed, and not on the skin .......................... 8, 178 00

Hats, caps, muffs, and tippets of fur, and all other manufactures

of fur, or of which fur shall he the component of chief value. .f 97,942 87

Total 3,925,467 73

Sheep and lainb skins tanned with the wool on are imported to the
Lake ports to the amount of $22,232.

The domestic export of furs amounts to $3,836,579. The amount of
this export, by customs-districts, and by countries, is shown in the fol-
lowing table:

Districts.

Furs and
fur-skins.

Furs and
fur-skins.

Countries.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Alaska. Alaska ,

Baltimore, Md

Boston and Charlestown, Mass

Champlain, X. Y

Detroit, Mich

Duluth, Minn

Huron. Mich

Xew York, X. T

Niagara, X. T

Oswegatchie, X. T

Philadelphia, Pa

Puget Sound, Wash

San Francisco, Cal

Vermont, Vt

Willamette, Greg

Total

Additions to Xiagara and Vermont,
taken from Canadian reports

Grand total.

20, 900

16, 300

138, 468

28.640

829 j

16
600

2, 777, 050

210

1,728

757, 986

16, 707

29; 337

21

10

47, 777

3, 836, 579

Belgium

France

Germany

Great Britain : England

Scotland

Xova Scotia, Xew Brunswick, and

Prince Edward Island

Quebec, Ontario, Rupert's Land, and

the Xorthwest Territory

British Columbia

British Possessions in Australasia . . .

Japan

Xetherlands

Venezuela

Total

Additions taken from Canadian re-
ports

Grand total...

605
8,397

2, 606. 253
2, 200

1,250

32, 044
37, 617
200
437
200
219

3, 788, 802
47,777

Fur-skins, undressed, are sent as foreign exports to the amount of
$118,089: to England $105,020, Germany 89,214, France $3,227, and

284 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Hong-Kong $625. All passes through New York, except the Hong-
Kong shipment, which goes through San Francisco.

There is also a foreign export of furs to the value of $32,199: to Que-
bec, &c., $37,518, England $8,025, Mexico $2,667, France $2,136, and
Germany $1,296. It passes almost entirely through New York.

WOOL.

The importation of unmanufactured wool amounts to 42,171,192
pounds, valued at $7,156,944. The value of manufactures of wool (ex-
clusive of hats) is $25,601,922. The details of this importation are given
below:

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 285

OHicriiian.
ni'acf urc.s

of, not else-
where

sped lied.

i - T

x -. i :

u-f

~ : • rt
TT - • -~:

rfrf j

m

is i ; ;s ills

• t-<M

1*8?

:s : : :

e

£

i

I

i

I

: il

ii : : =§ ;gg

5c -c~

tin

Iir

I8

•2 .

T.

•Si-i.iS ilsl-^^

i

S =

{==^i^

Ti i~ rt TI i-

o 1-1 ri

0 c

§g§

t- w TIC:

.'-' ~i r^ —
oo

cf

=

| ^gi

is :|

:= i iSl

«|

13 P

286 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

The imports of adhesive felt are valued at $28,273. This substance
comes chiefly to New York and San Francisco. The import of roofing
felt amounts to $5,299. .

The exports of wool and woolen manufactures, by customs-districts
and countries, is shown below :

Districts.

AVool, and manufactures of.

Wool, raw and fleece.

Carpets.

Other manu-
factures of.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Yards.

Dollars.

Dollars.

85
5
3,922
3,456
365
82, 327
2,625
490
455
225

2,505

762

C'lpe Vincent H" Y

Champlain K Y

6,500

1,900

14, 570

9,875

Detroit Mich

2,175

870

420

462

Dulutb Minn

Machias Mo . . -

166

125

58, 219

18, 293

Ncwburvport Mass

1,981
91, 310
25, 98.'.
6,982
19, 255
6,293
924
19, 379
8,135
23
1.241

Ore<ron, Oreg

10, 200

4, 621

1,404

1,407

Portland Me

Richmond, Va

4,345
2,480

3,475
829

Salem and Beverly Mass

San Dieiro, Cal . . . . .

Savannah G-a

Superior, Mich

130
30

174
30

Waldoboro' Me

Willamette Ore"1

Wilmington, N. C . .

Total

79,599 i 26,446

23, 479

16, 377 j 275, 460

Additions to Niagara and Vermont,
taken from Canadian reports .

670 008

161,106

Grand total

696 454

. ! 436, 566

....

Wool, and manufactures of.

Countries.

Wool, raw and flcetv. Carpets.

Other manu-
factures of.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Yards. I Dollars.

Dollars.

Argentine Republic. . .

336
1,063
309
4, 233
300
140
950

23
1,297
24, 510
51, 214
108

45, 959

93, 978
13, 897
64
2,297
1,297
3,233
4,432
199

Brazil

Central American States

China

France .

1

French West Indies and French Guiana
Miquelon, Langley, and St. Pierre Islands
French Possessions in Africa and ad-
jacent islands

French Possessions, all other

Germany

50
4,345

75
3,475

Great Britain : England

10, 200

4,621

Scotland

Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince
Edward Island. .

2,505
66, 894

762

•21, 063

2,480
15, 120

82'J
10, 492

Quebec, Ontario, Rupert's Land, and the
Northwest Territory

British Columbia ".

Newfoundland and Labrador

British West Indies and British Hm i d 1 1 ras
British Guiana

395

495

Hong-Kong

Hawaiian Islands

Hayti

...' 25 i :5

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 287

Countries.

Wool, and manufactures of.

"\Yool, raw and fleece.

Carpets.

Other manu-
factures o£

Pounds.

Dollars.

Yards. Dollars.

Dollars.

It'ilv

332
2,940

Japan

100 150

138 r_'i

55 60

Mr-xii i> -

14,469
170
127

275
1,244

100

-_'. 22.1
1,153
1,040
1,404

142

Dutch West Indies

Madeira, and Cape Verde Islands
Portuguese Possessions in Africa and
adjacent islands

.'

Id 21
96

Vnitt-d Statt-s of Colombia

I"ru'ruav. . .

>n>> 538

All other islands and ports, not else-
where specified

Total

•

79,599

26,446
670,008

23, 479 j 16, 377

275, 460
161, 106

Additions taken from Canadian reports .
( i rand total

696,454

436,566

The foreign export of woolen manufactures amounts to $373,753, that
of unmanufactured wool to $±72,519 (3,088,957 pounds), chiefly to Canada

(*445.134). France ($23,835), and England ($3,550).

SILK.

The imports of raw silk are shown in the following table:

Silk, raw.

Pounds.

Dollars.

44,281

233 390

133 106

1 017 339

2,192

18 403

England .

179, 891

1, 113. 832

Italy

2 282

19 979

819, 056

4, 371, 886

5 360

18 108

1, 186, 170

6, 792, 937

Kaw silk comes entirely to San Francisco (861,166 pounds), Xew York
(:Ji'4.:32S), and Philadelphia (676).

A foreign export of raw silk (38,515 pounds), valued at ($209,709), goes
to England (37,018 pounds), France (1,000), and Quebec. It passes
chiefly through ]STew York.

288 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES

The import of manufactures of silk is shown below :

Countries.

Silk, manufactures of.

Dress and
piece goods.

Hosiery.

Other man-
ufactures
of.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Austria

9
44, 217

9,000
11
672
10, 608, 762
4, 169, 604
1, 667, 826
9,247

10

Brazil

China .. .

80, 240
2, 098, 170
1, 178, 266
1, 567, 508
5,975
312
57
2,273
160
237
889
4, 518
51
60
411
8, 925
69
6,531
544
127
278
24
64
3."9
10

3,060
39, 861
35, 559
450

England'

Ireland

Xova Scotia New Brunswick &c

77
610
6

Quebec Ontario &o .

British Columbia •

British. Guiana . .....

82
37

Hon°vKonor

British Possessions in Australasia

flavti

Italy

829
174

4
284, 235

Japan

Mexico . .

^Netherlands

Russia on the Baltic and White Seas

Spain

Cuba

68

Porto Hico

Sweden and Norway

Turkey in Africa

United States of Colombia

82

Total.

16, 750, 826

78, 940

5, 000, 393

Almost the entire imports of this class come to New York.
The amount of silk and manufactures of silk entered into consumption
is shown in the following table :

Description.

Amount.

Dollars.

Silk:
Cocoons

222 633 00

Raw, or as reeled from the cocoons pounds..

1,186,245

6,793,710 00

Waste

168 236 00

Worms' eggs

1,012,624 00

Manufactures of all kinds

16 239 655 79

Manufactures, such as velvet of which silk is the component of chief value

5, 510, 178 87

The import of silk waste amounts to $166,640. Xew York receives
$84,414 5 San Francisco, $81,232.

The import of silk-worm eggs and cocoons amounts to $1,235,283.
San Francisco receives $10,818,447; New York, $216,836.

The foreign export of silk manufactures amounts to $199,593.

IVORY.

The amount of ivory and manufactures of ivory entered into consump-
tion is shown in the following table:

Ivory, manufactured $330, 863

Ivory, manufactures of, not otherwise provided for 34, 007

Ivory or bone dice, draughts, chess-men, chess-balls, and bagatelle-balls.. . 2, 23(>

Total . . 376, 1GG

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 289

The total import of ivory amounts to $379,402. STew York receives
£:5:;;;.727? Boston 821,938, Baltimore $20,043, Philadelphia $2,749, San

Francisco

HOEX.

The total value of the importation of horns, horn-tips, and horn -strips
is s2s;i.:J68, of which $240,487 comes to yew York, $35,352 to Boston,
$4,720 to the Lake ports, and $4,119 to Baltimore.

WHALEBONE.

Unmanufactured whalebone entered into consumption to the amount
of 1,880 pounds, valued at 81,379. The consumption of manufactured
Whalebone is valued at 8851.

SHELL.

Shells of every description, including, doubtless, both tortoise shell
and shells of mollusks, entered into consumption, $162,768.70.

CORAL.

Unmanufactured coial entered into consumption to the amount of
•9718.145 coral cut or unmanufactured to the amount of $28,649.

LEATHER.

The following table shows the amounts and values of leather and
leather articles entered into consumption:

Hides and skins:

Goat-skins, Angora, and sheep-skins, with the wool on (less the

value of the wool) >7.419 15

Goat-skins, raw 3,181,07240

All other hides, raw or uucured, whether dry, salted, or pickled;

and skins, except sheep-skins, with the wool 011 11, 795, 029 93

Leal her, tanned, not manufactured 4, 588, 491 46

Manufactures of leather 3,449,979 76

Parchment. % 8,938 00

Preparations of viscera:

Manufactures of bladders 106 00

Gold-beaters' molds and skins :

Entered into consumption 14, 236 00

Imported (this whole import comes to New York) 13, 634 00

Sinews, nerves, &c., crude 3, 798 00

Catgut and whipgut unmanufactured, catgut strings and gut-
cord for musical instruments, also gut and wormgut for whip
and other cords, entered into consumption 163, 109 39

The total entry of catgut strings amounts to 6146,210. Of this, New
York receives .*117.9.">2, Baltimore $12,218, San Francisco $5,635, Boston
$.-,.411, Sew Orleans $2,898, and Philadelphia $1,644.

Wool pelts, less the value of the wool, are imported to the value of
$8,736. This import is entered entire at Boston.
Bull. y. M. Xo. 14 19

290 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

HIDES AND SKINS.

The following shows the value of importations of hides and skins:

Argentine Republic $2,071,161

Austria 26,846

Belgium 513,677

Brazil 1,138,819

Central American States 43,716

Chili 10,921

China 822

France 237,777

French West Indies and French Guiana 3, 543

French Possessions in Africa 36, 595

All other French Possessions 1, 972

Germany 234,153

England 1,988,186

Nova Scotio, New Brunswick, &c 14, 303

Quebec, Ontario, &c 493, 530

British Columbia 23,288

Newfoundland and Labrador 2, 327

British West Indies and Honduras 17, £77

British Guiana 808

British East Indies 1, 272, 617

British Possessions in Africa 154, 746

British Possessions in Australasia 627

Allother 28.364

Hawaii 50^ 861

Hayti 7,219

Italy 679

Japan 121

Mexico 1,529,702

Netherlands 126,857

Dntch West Indies and Dutch Guiana 93,778

Portugal 23,467

Azores, Madeira, and Cape Verde Islands 48, 122

San Domingo 19, 977

Cuba 65,783

Porto Rico 13,826

Spanish Possessions elsewhere 14, 679

Turkey in Africa 562

United States of Colombia 1,033,079

Uruguay 1,790,057

Venezuela 703,694

All unnumbered ports in Africa 126,853

14, 963, 701

The next table shows the ports at which hides and skins are entered
by the importers :

Districts.

Baltimore, Md

Boston aud Charlestown, Mass.
Brazos de Santiago, Tex

Buflalo Creek, NT Y

Cape Vincent, K Y

Champlain, Jf. Y

Chicago, 111 .'."'.'.'."

Corpus Christi, Tex . .

Detroit, Mich

Fail-Add, Conn

Galveston, Tex '.',

Gloucester, Mass

Huron, Mich

Minnesota, Minn

Xew Bedford, Mass

Newburyport, Mass

New Haven, Conn

Jfvw (Means. J.:i

If ew York, X. Y

Hides and

sldns, other

than furs.

$184, 422

3, 498, 204

607, 139

105, 482

22, 623

7,129

690

157, 135

49, 919

251

7,359

80

11, 533

4,305

20, OG5

7,337

87

GO, 870
9, 326, 876

Districts.

Niagara, K Y

Oswegatchie, IT. Y . .

Oswego, N. Y

Pamlico, N. C

Paso del Norte, Tex.
Pearl River, Miss. . .

Plymouth, Mass

Providence, E. I ...
Puget Sound, Wash

Richmond, Va

San Francisco, Cal. .

Savannah, Ga

Superior, Mich

V crrnont, Vt

Willamette, Orog - - -
Wilmington, N. 0 . . .

Total

Hides and

skins, other

than furs.

$92, 891

80, 309

5,829

238

9,261

471, 104

9

778

25, 897

45

26

86, 446
191
68

111, 979
1,025

14, 963, 701

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 291

The next table shows the importation of manufactured leather and
articles made therefrom :

Countries.

Leather, and manufactures of.

Leather of all kinds.

Gloves of kid, and all
other of skin or
leather.

Other manu-
factures of.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Doz. prs.

Dollars.

Dollars.

.Austria

36
5,374
195
G33
15
4, 633, 915
658,708
1, 199, 696
382

49
7,007
130
422
9
3, 095, 685
442,568
778,065
255

55
6,377

280
41,024

077
432
104
7,253
15
142, 501
120, 119
242,549
TS1
100
1,088
10,948
755
5
75D
50
177
7

Belgium

Brazil

China

Danish West Indies

France

231, 093
258,870
99,063

1, 356, 022
1, 186, 109
543,517
319

•Germany . ...

"England

Scotland ... -

Xova Scotiru Xow Brunswick, &c

2
12

9
105

'Quebec. Ontario. &.c

583,873

82,854

.British Columbia

British West Indies and British Honduras
British East Indies

354, i43
12
480

176. 193
15
567

|

TJritish Po:*$essions in Africa &c ....

British Possessions in Australasia

Havraii

Havti

1,821
1,963

1,214
1,348

'[taiv

310

1,333

119
496
1,242

Mexico

2,785
1,533

1,284
1,022

16

93
11

Netherlands

.Azore Madeira, and Cape Verde Islands

5
427
33
113

80
2
264

Russia on the Baltic and White Seas. ...
Spain

400

465

16

97

-Cuba

424
60

283
62

Turkey in Africa

United States of Colombia

805
115
55

162
12

42

Uruguay

Venezuela

31

Total

7, 447, 423

4, 589, 713

50o, 802 3, 12S, 910 DS7, 014

The exports of leather are as follows :

Quantity.

Tulue.

25 192 936

$2, 480. 427
6 010 373

"Mororro ond nth^r fine- leather

1 280 225

300 484

414 630

Saddlery and harness and other manufactures

450 073

Total

10 647 728

The foreign exports of hides and skins amount to $44,415. This ex-
port is nfcide from Xew York and Boston to France ($13,976), Xova
Scotia and Xew Brunswick (812,068), England (810,668), and Germany
* 7.515). That of leather amounts to 8106,762 (382,765 pounds), chiefly
to England and Canada ; of leather gloves 813,372 (2,286 dozen pairs),
chiefly to Canada and France ; and other manufactures, 817,857, to British
Columbia, Scotland, Mexico, England, Canada, and France.

292 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

The tables below show the amounts of exports by countries and by
districts :

Leather, and manufactures of.

Countries.

Boots and shoes.

Leather of all kinds,
not elsewhere speci- i
tied.

Morocco,
md other
fine.

Sad- J
dlery
and
larness.

i

Manu-
acturesi
of, not
else-
where
speci-
fied.

Pairs.

dollars'. 1 Pounds. Dollars.

Dollars.

Dollars. Dollars.

144

255

850
192, 523
1, 839, 757

246
40, 525
500, 390

388

1, 419

26, 813

"" 50 1
394
10, 136
493
112
1,133
1,990

307

1, 113
6, 432
565
184-
201
3,056
1,455

Brazil

2,938
11, 782

3,238
16, 077

Central American States

Chili "

75

8,961

165
9,338

19, 223
7, 926
64, 909

6,744
1,766
18, 140

Danish West Indies

45
1,375

French "West Indies and French

Miquelon, Langley, and St. Pierre

1,357

192
4,103
18, 938
1,153
1,104

2,403

204
6, 723
25, 797
1,756
4,910

4,474

1,079

95

French Possessions in Africa and

French Possessions, all other

1,976
6, 120, 639
15, 718, 808
184, 751

463
1, 515, 938

i, 575, 241
45, 312

576
276
573
12

416:

101, 601
78, 396>
39, 301
152

8, 279

20, 620
6, 336

2. 501

5, 302
692
977
1,217

8, 019
5,231
453

11,138
1, 210, 026
8,240

Great Britain* England

Scotland

Gibraltar

Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and

41,. 091

18, 074
17, 896
240

56, 093
370
78
472
398
21, 188
12, 165

48, 723

33, 890
31, 294
500

66, 633
462
179
1,313
702
32, 341
13, 670

43, 402

91, 331
12, 132
153, 261

28, 399
32, 416
8,630
5,719
15, 973
9,176
250
3,310
325, 698

11, 140

26, 356
3,253
32, 796

7,740
8,992
2,152
4,430
4,360
2,428
127
1,100
71, 953

5,342
175
~"i,285

2,139
L125

"522
7,953

4,009

6,911
7,599

3r316
105
149
96

37, G85
7,841
1,097

Quebec, Ontario, Rupert's Land, and

British Columhia

[Newfoundland and Labrador

British West Indies and British Hon-
duras

British Guiana

Hon^-Kong

British Possessions in Australasia . .
Hawaiian Islands

Hayti

688

Italy. . .

Japan

638
2,453
38, 793
2,198
4,473
546

1,262
4,584
53, 383
2,662
4,799
948

2,962

7, 588-
144
8,010
16, 766
1,824
993
1,007

Liberia .

[Mexico

4,077
194, 291

16, 668

1,675
64,330
4,253

102
2,767
20

4,446

""873"

750

Netherlands

Dutch West Indies

Peru ...

Portugal

Azore, Madeira, and Cape Verde
Islands

2,231
1,327
7,712
3,958
550

3,064
2, 642
8, 962
4,785
622

2,518
3,100

572

800

498

'"isi

2,075
378

Eussia Asiatic

487
324
3, 348
1,790

31?
1, 033.
19, 056
949*

264

Cuba

3,867
280

519
9,421

1,279
112

17TI
2,687

Porto Hico

Spanish Possessions in Africa and
adjacent islands

Sweden and Norway

Turkey in Europe

5, 268-
80
2, 519

Turkey in Asia

Tuited States of Colombia . .

15, 625

24, 914

2,155

608

9, 227
"4,630

Uruguay

771
1,462

Venezuela

424
744

532

898

407
100

123
93

2, •-':>,->

All other islands and ports, not else-
where specified

Total

300, 484

414, 030
133 842

25, 122, 936

6, 016, 373

1, 280, 225

'• 94, 085

361, 988
380, 312

Additions taken from Canadian re-
ports

Grand total

548, 472

742, 300*

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 293

Leather, and manufactures of.

Districts.

Manu-

Boots and shoes.

Leather of all kinds,
not elsewhere speci-
fied.

Morocco,
and other
fine.

Sad-
dlery
and
harness.

factures
of, not
eke-
where

tied.

Pairs. Dollars.

Pounds. Dollars.

Dollars. Dollars.

Dollars.

Alaska. Alaska .

50
516, 145

10

202, 137

^Baltimore Md

3,599
63
25,585
25, 823

6,120
60
33, 433
32, 218

441 1,530

1,370

JJoston and Charlestown Mass

3, 312, 403
125

666,173
27

1, 119, 981

5,040
1,233

26, 821
153
2,319
1,934
3,316
341
215
4,077
29

Buffalo Creek, IT. T

75

1,650
8,457

109
1,658
14,976

•Champlain X. Y

57,566
95
70

16,639
90
21

234
550

•Cuvahofa Ohio

Detroit ^Tir h

1,444

3,342

702

JDaluth Minn .

Erie Pa

60
905

16
250

73

145

808

662

Kev West Fla

65

50

8

44

Minnesota Minn

3,286

4,708

4,739

"New Bedford. Mass

227

62

"New Haven Conn

5'2g

232
274, 390
140
144
4,628
32
5,192
689
895
862
24
24, 851
36
3.268

X t-w London, Conn

280

112

375
170
44,305
60

New Orleans, La

4,288
129, 857

4,068
167, 856

New York, X. Y

19, 020, 309

4, 499, 578

159,506
175

Niagara. N Y

Norfolk, Va

! stcliie. N. Y 3, 755
o X. Y

8,013

5,065

1,535

26,828
2,- 116

30, 021
3, 126

!

2,418
522

Philadelphia Pa

1, 736, 280

518, 679 i 20

Portland, Me

Pu'ri-t Sound, "Wash

25
3,119
49, 515
3,135
7,792

87
4, 279
; 80,915
3,581
20, 915

1

264
140
30,248

Saluria. Tt-x

30
445,571
40
27,665

15

103, 103
23
7,895

102

San Francisco Cal

Savannah, (la

Vermont Vt

368
314

"Willamette, Ore"

Total

.

300,484

414, 630
133, 842

25, 122, 936

6, 016, 373

1, 280, 225

94,085

361, <J88
380, 312

Additions to Niagara and Vermont,
taken from Canadian reports

Grand tot'il

.>!>* 472 1

742, 300

HAIR.

The amounts of hair and manufactures of hair entered into consump-
tion are shown in the following table :

Hair, and manufactures of.

i Pounds. ! Value.

Hair, unmanufactured:

Human hair, cleaned or drawn

Human hair, not cleaned or drawn

Horse-hair, used for weaving, cleaned or uncleaned. drawn or undrawn 121,588

Horse-hair, all, and cattle-hair, cleaned or uncleaned. drawn or undrawn, unman- I

ufactured 2.226. 692

Cleaned hair, unmanufactured, not otherwise specified '.

Hogs' hair

•Curled hair, other than hogs', for beds or mattresses

Hair, manufactured:

Manufactures of human hair

Hair-cloth, and other manufactures not otherwise provided for

Hair bracelets, braids, chains, «fcc

Hair-pencils

Total...

$40. 652
41, 637
90.108

391. 439

54. 501

15, 057

Itt

14,825

98, 661

3,484

294 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.
The imports of hair, by countries, are as shown below:

Countries.

Hair, and manufac-
tures of.

Horse-hair for weav-
ing.

Hair of all other
kinds, not man-
• ufactured.

Hair, hu-
man, and
manufac-
tures of.

Hair, other,
and manu-
factures of,
not else-
where spec-
ified.

Dollars.

Dollars.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Pounds.

Dollars..

.Argentine Republic

596, 741

104, 240

144, 220
650
420, 969

20, 38(1-
41$
71, 943.

57

335

Brazil

161, 715

33, 405

China

832
18, 742
39 741

6,574
26, 956
119, 442
8,610

9,278
59, 126
21, 167

7,594
51, 338
17, 862

34, 903
45,323
403, 786

7,981
20, 490-
58, 989'

England ..

13, 972

Ireland

1,192

224

12, 218
10, 387

454
80±

Quebec Ontario &c

2,179

601
37

British Possessions in Australasia

Italy

1,481
71

Japan

""28,"74~i
443:
52
598;
20
49, 112

Mexico

3,926

576

178, 143
2,067
138
6,110
95
235, 315

Cuba

Porto Bico

Netherlands

United States of Colombia

Uruguay

Turkey in Africa

41

Total

77, 075

162, 596

853, 146

215,239 1,494,324

266, 39&

The imports are made chiefly to New York, Boston, and Philadelphia.
Twenty-one thousand and three pounds ,of horse-hair for weaving.,
valued at $4,201, pass through Boston to England as a foreign export £
also manufactures of human hair to the value of $19,329, chiefly to Eng-
land, and other hair manufactures ($3,597) chiefly to Belgium.

BRISTLES.

The amount of bristles entered into consumption is placed at 353,281
pounds, valued at $545,011. The imports of bristles by countries is shown
below :

Bristles.

Pounds.

Dollars.

China '.

1 871

71*

France

43 532

48 064

Germany

193 329

472, 1491

England

11 324

15 534

Total.. .

450 050

536 460»

Almost the entire import of bristles is entered at New York (449,910
pounds), a small quantity going to Boston (137) and New Orleans (9).
There is a foreign export of bristles from New York to Canada amount-
ing to 4,642 pounds ($3,236).

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 295

QUILLS.

The amount of quills entered into consumption, prepared and unpre-
pared, is valued at $1,051. The value of toothpicks entered into con-
sumption is $15,441.

FEATHERS.

The value of feathers entered into consumption is shown below:

JYatliers and down for beds and feather-beds $12, 531 50

Ornamental feathers, ostrich, vulture, cock, &c., crude 034, 450 20

Feathers, dressed, colored, or manufactured 15, 352 00

The total entries of feathers amount to $11,313, of which Xew York
receives $10,431, and San Francisco $727, with trifling entries at other
ports. There are also feather-beds to the value of $1,404, coming chiefly
to Xew York and Philadelphia.

GLUE AND GELATINE.

The import of hide-cuttings for glue-stock amounts in value to
8320,722, of which New York receives $163,593, Boston $156,448, and
Baltimore 8081. Hoofs and other glue-stock of that description are
valued at $10,650, of which $10,188 comes to the Lake ports.

The import of common glue amounts to 1,112,527 pounds, valued at
$26,345.60.

The consumption of gelatine and similar products, of which a portion
is probably of vegetable origin, is valued at $90,971.

Isinglass or fish-glue entered into consumption to the value of $32,236
( 75.267 pounds).

The total import of fish sounds and glue is given at $16,125 ; $11,727
comes to Boston, and $4,398 to other ports.
, Glue is exported to the amount of 81,685 pounds, valued at $16,069.

SPONGES.

The total import of sponges is valued at $91,742. New York receives
874.524, Philadelphia 82,452, and San Francisco $1,693.

OILS, FATS, AND SOAPS.

The following quantities entered into consumption :

Oils.

Amount. Dollars

Cod-liver oil, brown or crude, from provinces, not dutiable gallons.

dutiable do. . .

129, 263
13, 732 .

81, 607 00
15, 434 00

Total

Cod-liver oil, refined, medicinal

Whale or fish oil from provinces, not duitable gallons.

dutiable do. . .

142, 995

&7, 041 00

17, 290 00

19, 620
26, 711

Total

Xeat's-foot, and all animal, not otherwise provided for gallons.

Seal do. . .

Tallow pounds.

Total...

46, 331

22, 219 00

2, 597. 50
410

1, 124 03

80 00

1,938 00

2, 142 03

296 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

Oils.

Amount.

Dollars.

pounds

16 371

6 302 00

Stcarine

do

595

159 00

Tallow and all other and tapers

do

1 231

253 00

Glycerine

do....

1, 936, 244

124, 923 00

Grease*

do

3 140 974

117 074 ''2

do

112 587

5 040 00

do

3 791 688

219 089 64

Fancy soap *

do....

197, 818

75, 760 45

* The total import of grease amounts to $116,070 ; New York receives $58,340, Boston, $56,057.

Soap-grease is imported to the value of $5,384. Boston receives $2,384,
New York $1,469, the Lake ports $894, and Philadelphia $637.

The total import of sperm oil is $5,590, all coining to San Francisco.
The next table shows the exports of oils and fats :

Oils, fats, &c.

I Amounts.

Dollars.

...gallons..
...do...

Whale and other fish oil

Sperm oil

Spermaceti pounds. .

Neat's-foot and other animal oils gallons . .

Lard oil do

Tallow pounds . .

Soap do

Tallow candles do

Total .

1, 026, 038

442, 165

634, 901

879, 865

] 53, :>r>2

41,027

19, 932

19, 720

349, 429

281, 551

91, 472, 803

7, 883, 616

1, 616, 163

2C-3, 634

638, 952

10, 820, 530

There is a foreign export of whale and other lish oils, apparently from
the British Provinces through Boston to Belgium; this amounts to 43,103
gallons, valued at $26,669. A small foreign export of dutiable oils of
this description goes to Quebec, Ontario, &c. (1,459 gallons), the British
West Indies (236), and Brazil (10). This whole export amounts to 1,705
gallons, valued at $794. It passes through Boston (1,365 gallons) and
New York (340).

The imports of whale and fish oil by countries and by districts are
shown below :

Countries.

Whale oil and fish oil,
not of American fish-
eries.

Gallons.

Dollars.

FKKE.

Nova Scotia, Xew Brunswick, &c

130, 562
2,142
6,004

79, 403
1,339
3,346

One lice Ontario <fcc

Newfoundland and Labrador

Total

138, 708

84, 088

DUTIABLE.

Danish West Indies ....

2,745
4, 128
11,164

10, 945
450
2, 554
'_'. «»!»
4; 767
12, 400
120

2,814
3,672
21, 604
4,447
101
837
1. 070
:-, :;77
3,941
92

Germany

England

British Columbia

Newfoundland and Labrador

British West Indies and British Honduras ...

Hawaii

Netherlands

Asiatic Russia

Sweden ami Norway

Totnl

51, 882

44, 01.3

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 297

Districts.

TREE.

DUTIABLE.

Whale and fish, not
of American fish-
eries.

Whale and fish, not
of American fish-
eries.

Gallons.

Dollars,

Gallons.

Dollars.

82,007
72
1,360
2,070
40,680
10,160

45,782
97
593

1. 242
31. 870
3,481)

2,570

771

Huron Mich

j

Xew York X Y

23,238

33,694

Pas^aruaf|uoddY Me

Philadelphia Pa

120

92

Portland and Falmouth Me ......

2,090

895

4,535

1,851

Salfin and Beverlv Ma^s

269

129

18,821
2,598

6,483
1,124

Willamette Ore<r

Total ...

138, 708

84,088

51,882

44,015

PERFUMERY MATERIALS.

The next table shows the quantity entered into consumption of mate-
rials nsecl by perfumers :

Description.

Ounces.

Dollars.

Castor or castoreum .

3 48°

<'ivct

1 "is

Civet and musk in natural pod

5 991

33 336

Araber°Ti^

694

Total...

38. 710

COLORING MATERIALS.

The next table shows the quantity entered into consumption of sub-
stances used bv color-makers :

Description.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Cochineal

1 304 370

648 6->l

I^ac, crude, seed, button, and stick ...

47 063

9 59->

-Lac-dve

454 781

°6 °43

Total

074 4~>6

The total import of cochineal is 1,324,165 pounds, valued at 8649,325.
The next table shows the quantity of cochineal imported, by coun-
tries :

Imports of cochineal.

Countries.

Pounds.

Dollars.

TJeljrium

10 s^i

9 867

•Central American States

13 115

5 996

France

11 316

7 065

Ingland

34° 109

180 035

British West Indies and British Honduras

11 219

6 500

Australasia, British Possessions

'tft

467

Mexico

111 763

r)° 46»>

Spanish Possessions in Africa

314 990

174 'jr>4.

United States of Colombia

499' 500

''13 °35

Total .

1, 324, 165

298 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.
The next table shows the quantity of imports by customs districts:

Districts.

Pounds.

Dollars.

New York . .....

919 870

431 063

284 133

157 345-

Boston ....

60 157

31 30.'i

Philadelphia

45, 918

23, 851

Sail Francisco . - ...

14 087

5 763-

Total

1 324 165

649 325-

In addition to the above, we find that 66,986 pounds, valued at
$52,938, pass through "New York to England (foreign exports).

WAX.

The next table shows the quantity entered into consumption of wax
and manufactures thereof.

Description.

Amount.

Dollars.

Wax, and manufactures of:
Bees-wax pounds

19 687

3 198-

Sealing-wax ....

3 088-

Manufactures of, not otherwise provided for

6, 356- '

Total

I'-1 jjT

The total import of wax amounts to $16,844, of which Xew York re-
ceives $11,764 and Philadelphia $3,330.

The total export of wax amounts to 276,891 pounds, valued at 822,876,
The total export of bone-black, ivory -black, and lamp-black (the lat-
ter not of animal origin), amounts to 515,488 pounds, valued at $22,876,

The following table shows amounts entered into consumption :

Articles.

Pounds.

Dollars.

Phosphorus

56 474

11 99>

Ajnmonia (crude)

1 341

131

Sugar of milk . .

14 6">5

Albumen and lactarine

57 965

Animal carbon

396

Cuttle-fishbone

54 915

9 482

Cantharides

14 906

11 843

Rennets, raw and prepared

12 010

Total value

117 801

The total import of rennets is valued at $11,944, of which New York
receives $11,470 and San Francisco $398.

BONES.

The value of the import entries of " bones, crude, and not manufactured,,
burned, calcined, ground, /or steamed, and bone-dust and bone-ash for

ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES. 29 £>

the manufacture of fertilizers," is placed at $82,882. The amount en-
tered into consumption is $56,935.

The principal import is through the Lake ports, which enter to the-
value of 652,4:69. Baltimore, the seat of many extensive fertilizer fa€-
toiies, receives to the value of $23,857, Kew York $4,937, and Boston
11,475.

The total export of bones and bone-dust amounts to 7,072,000 pounds^
valued at 6121,493.

GUANO AND OTHER FERTILIZERS.

The import entry of guano, except from bonded islands, is placed at
25,482 tons, valued at 6873,790.

The export of guano amounts to 954 tons, valued at 641,530. 2,757"
tons, valued at 677,190, goes as a foreign export to Ireland (1,537 tons),,
England (680), and Cuba (535). It passes through Petersburg, Va.
(1.437 tons), Beaufort, S. C. (779), and Kew York (541).

Other fertilizers are imported to the value of $157,471. Of this,
amount Baltimore receives $48,230, :New York 618,897, Philadelphia
69,613, and other ports $80,647.

Manures, probably mostly animal, are exported, to the value of
61.076,602.

SPECIMENS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

The following entered into consumption :

Specimens of natural history, botany, and mineralogy for cabinets, &c., and

not for sale §12,191

Skeletons and other preparations of anatomy 4, 04O

Bird-skins 11

Stuffed birds 1,097

Fossils 37S

Total 17,714

The following table shows the countries from which guano is imported t

Countries.

Guano (except irom
bonded islands).

Countries.

Guano (except from
bonded islands).

Tons.

Dollars.

Tons.

Dollars.

Chili

1, 832
16
4

615
100
70

55,139
790 :
317

7, 123
3,178

143 °,

18, 481
4,463

1

741, 124
65, 276.

12

France

Scotland
British West Indies and Erit-
ish Honduras
Havti

All other countries and ports
in South -America

Total

25,582

873, 390-

Peru

Guano is brought chiefly to Xew York (16,738 tons), Baltimore (7,732)r
Philadelphia (673), Norfolk (300), San Francisco (122), and Xew Or*
leans (16).

300 ANIMAL RESOURCES AND FISHERIES OF UNITED STATES.

The two following tables show the aggregate imports and exports for
the years 1875, 1876, and 1877.

Net imports.

Articles.

1875.

1876!

1877.

Xivinfr animals

$2,062 542

$1,715 ^64

$1 625 495

2 802 395

2 520 938

2 953 690

Bides skins furs undressed, hair, &c

20,541 768

15 185 194

16 840 299

I'urs

2 987 865

2 881 3'>9

2 348 380

Wool unmanufactured

10 379 438

7 9^9' 139

6 684 4*>5

44 216 371

32 607 152

25 328 169

Silk raw

4 471 396

5 405' 608

6 583 2°8

24 107 665

23 487 418

21 630 566

Leather and manufactures of

10 166 909

8 208 150

8 117 655

879 419

348 C91

216 745

•Oils animal and vegetable

1 906 949

1 508 387

1 699 8°9

CJuano . . r. . .

525 667

704 818

796 200

$125, 048, 384

$102, 500, 718

$94, 124, Gil

Net exports.

Articles.

1875.

1876.

1877.

$2 672 505

$2 436 287

$3 325 903

Provisions:
Meats

39 217 176

49 592 834

67 288 758

Butter and cheese

15 166 599

13 379 579

17 195 943

Eggs and condensed milk

132, 308

126, 849

132 230

3 165 065

3 715 184

4 139 706

Bides, skins, furs, and hair

9, 555 747

7 615 565

6 607 716

62 754

13 845

26 446

manufactures of (not including hats and caps)

154 401

336 389

291 837

7, 438, 192

10, 142, 576

8,298 383

Oils and fats :
Animal oils, including whale oil .

1, 420, 324

1, 975, 972

1, 6^3 301

Lard "

22 900 522

22 499 485

25 5G9 665

Tallow

5,692 203

6 734, 378

7 883 616

Soap (and starch)

1 136 173

1 209 695

1 093 '^34

Uanures

616 376

922 291

1 118 132

Total

$109 330 345

$120 630 859

$144 516 470

Annual average for three years

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

A.

Page.

Abalones 184

Abeona Trowbridgii 38

Aboriginal bird-spears 83

drying-houses 169

fish-spears 83

Absorbent, Infusorial earth for 208

Acanthophora muscoides 266

Thierii 266

Acanthurus chirurgus 38

nigricans 38

Accessories, hatching 246-248

of bows and arrows 89

of obtaining and impregnating

ova 245

to artificial baits 138

to hunting-birds 137

to hunting-dogs 136

Acetabularia crenulata 271

Achirus lineatus 26

Acid, Carbazotic 229

Carbolic 177

Purmic 229

Osmic 177

Picric 177

Acipenser brevirostris 64

" maculosus 65

" rubicundus 64

sturio 64

Acipenseridaa 64

Adhesive eggs apparatus 246

preparations 135

JElurichthys marinus » 62

Aerating-pipe 247

African leech (Hirudo trochina) 231

Agaphelinte 12

Agaphelus yibbosus 12

Agarum Turner! 270

Agassiz collecting-tank 176

AgonitUe 33

Ahnfeltia gigartinoides 268

plicata 268

Aids, Personal 142

Air force-pumps 247

Air-gun canes 90

Air-guns 89

Piston 90

Reservoir 90

Alaria esculenta 269

Alaska Sable 190

Albicore 40

Albula vulpes 59

Albulidaj 59

Page.

Albumen, <fcc., Imports of 299

of blood 229

of eggs 230

Preparation of 175-

preparations, Manufacture of 175-

Album graecum of dogs 229

Alces malchis 7

Alcohol 176

Alcoholic specimens 17(>

Alewife .' 60

Alewives, Smoked » 183

Algae 265

for "artificial staghorn" 265-

for fertilizers 265

as food 26*

for manufacture of bromine 265^

for manufacture of iodine 265-

Ornamental 265-

Alligator - - - 21

mississippiensis 21

leather 215-21S

Musk of 228

Teeth of 199-

Turtle 22

Alligator-oil 226

Alopecidae 68

Alopias vnlpes 68

Alosa sapidissima ; 60

Alpenstocks 142

Alcidium Blodgettii 266

Alum, &« 178

Alutera c'uspicauda 25

Amber-fish 43

Ambergris, Imports of 298

of sperm-whale 228

Ambloplites rupestris 48

Ambreine 228

American Badger 4,190

Beaver 37

Buffalo 7

Club-fish 186

Elk 8

Leech 231

Miller's Thumb 34

Sable 189

Otter 4

Sardines 186

Sole 26

Amia calva 63

Amiidae 63

Amiurus catus 62

Amansia multifida 265

Ammoclytes americanus 31

301

302

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Ammodytidae 31

Ammonia 230,299

Carbonate of 202

Purpurateof 228

Manufacture of 175

Ammunition (its preparation) 91

Prepared 92

holders ... 94

measures 92

Ampb ibians, Propagation of 245

Amphiroa Californica 267

" fragillissima 267

nebilis '. 26*

" nodulosa '. 267

Amphistichus argenteus 38

" similis 38

Anacanthini 28

Anadyomene flabellata 271

Anarnacime 12

Anarnacus semijunctus 12

Anarrhichadidae 32

Anarrhicbas lupus 32

" vomerinus 32

Anatomical instruments, Bristles for, 219

jars 176

Anchored gill-nets 123

Anchors 153

Anchovies, Essence of 186

Preserved exports of 283

Preserved imports of 279

Salted 186

Anchovy 61

sauce 186

Ancylopsetta quadrocellata 28

Angel-fish 39

Angel-fish, Black 39

Angler „ 23

Angling-apparatus, Accessory 118

Parts and accessories of 97

Angling-tackle 95

A.nguilla rostrata 63

Anguillidae 63

Animal charcoal 230

equipments 142

fertilizers, Other 232

for scientific uses, Preservation of .176-178
products and their applications . 179-187, 273

scalps 217

calls, whistles, &c 138

-Animals and birds, Imitations of 139-140

Bladders of 215

breeding, Foreign imports of 274

Cages for 243

decoy, Living 139

domesticated, Culture of 244

Dung of, used in calico-printing ... 228

Food for 187

Gall of, for dyeing 228

Hunting 136

Predatory, not elsewhere exhibited . 244

useful, Enemies of 244

-Anisotrernus virginicus 47

-Annelida 262

Aimulosa 262

.Antarctic Fur-seal 191

Page.

Antelope ( Arctilocapra americana) 192

Hair of (on skin) 218

heads, Masks for 141

Hoofs of 202

Proghorn 7

Antennariidae 23

Antilocapra americana 7

Antilocapridaj 7'

Antilopinaa 7

Antlers 202

of deer 202

of elk 202

of moose 202

Aparejos 142

Apeltes quadracus 54

Apodes - - --- C3

Apparatus accessory to rigging fishing-ves-
sels 150-162

Adhesive eggs 246

Angling (accessory ) 118

Angling, Parts and accessories of 97

Cooking 162

Cord-twisting 89

Deep-sea-sounding 80

Dipping 248

Flint-chipping 89

for collecting specimens 233

for destroying injurious species. 243

for drawing out 136

for ice-cutting 168

for kindling fire 162

for making and preserving alco-
holic specimens 176

for making and mounting skins . 178

for making carts 177

for manufacture of nets (acces-
sory) 130-131

for physical research 233

for preserving and making skele-
tons 177

for smoking out 136

for suffocating with fumes of sul-
phur 136

for transporting eggs 247

for transporting fish 247

for twisting lines 116

for wholesale destruction 136

Hatching .' .245-247

of leather-dressing, recent and

aboriginal 172

Photographic (accessory) 178

Scaling 169

Smoke-drying 169

Sun-drying 168

Transporting 247

Appliances for working up results 233

of pursuit 142

Applications of animal products 179-187

Aquaria 244

Aquarium-car (Stone's) 247

Aquatic animals, Fish-cars for 244

Floating cages for 244

Arabian manna L'3(,

Arara, Red-mouth 47

Archosargus probatocephalus 46

IXDEX OF OBJECTS.

303

Arctic Fox

Arctomys caligatus . . .

" flavi venter .

" ruouax

Argentina syrtensium.
Argentine, Western. . .

Argyreiosus vomer

Argyrosomus Artedi . .

Armadillo

Armed clubs

leads ..

Page. ;

189

16

16

16

56

56

41

57

20

71

80

Armor, Defensive 165

Arms, Breech-loading 90

Fire 90

Muzzle-loading 90

Army collecting-tank 176

Arrow- head pouches 89

sharpeners 89

Arrows 88,89

Arrow-shafts, Feathered 220

Arrows, Harpoon (used in fishing) 89

Hunting 88,89

Arsenic 136, 178

Arsenical soap 178

Artie ulating-tools 177

Artificial baits 1 138

(accessories t'o) 138

flies 138

for bass 102-114

for salmon 102-114

Feathers used for 220

Hair and bristles for (see under

B45) 219

on hooks 102

Raw material for making 138

Tools for making 138

guanos 232

ice, Methods of manufacturing 168

lights 167

staghorn, Algae used for 265

Art of plumagery 172

Arts and manufactures, Materials employed

in 197-232

medicines, Chemical products and

agents used in 229-231

Ascothamnion iutricatum 271

Asperococcus echinatus 270

sinuosus 270

Asphyxiators 136

A spidonectes ferox 22

spinifer 22

Aspidophoroides monopterygius 33

Assleather 209

Astacus, Concretions from stomach of 207

Astroscopus anoplus 32

Atherinidaae 53

Atwood's Shark 67

Audubon's Hare 19

Auk leather 215

Aulostoma maculatum 54

Aulostomidae 54

Anrilaves 223

Awls, Probing 79

Axes 76

A/uring 172

B.

Page.

Babiche (see under D 20).

Bacon and hams, imports and exports 276-277

Bachman's Hare 19

Badger, American '. 4

Hair of 217

Bags, Game 166

Inflatable 176

Bailing 174

Baird collecting-seines 127

Bairdiella punctata 45

Baird's Hare 19

Porpoise 10

Bait, Sea-snails used for 251

seines 127

boxes 138

Bivalve shell-fish for 253

cans 138

cast-nets 130

clams, "Wheelbarrows for 138

cutters 138

Baited hooks 95

hoop-net 129

Bait-ladles 79,138

Bait-mills 138

Bait-mill knives 77

Bait-mills, knives, choppers, &c 170

Bait-needles..... 138

Baits 137,187

Artificial 138

Methods of preparing (accessories) ... 138

Natural ....137-138

Preparation of 170

Prepared (see B. 45) 187

Salted ... 137

Tolling.... 137

Spoon, plain and fluted 101-102

Balaena mysticetus 13

Batenidae 13

Balaenoptera Davidsonii 13

rostrata 13

" velifera 13

Balaenopteridae 12

Bala3uopterina3 12

Baleen 203

Balistes capriscus 25

" ringens 24

" Tetula 24

Balistidae 24

Ball, shot, and wire cartridges 92

(Ballistas) 88

Banded Rock-fish 35

Rudder-fish 43

Seal 6,192

Bangia fuscopurpurea 269

Bank-note ink 200

Banta refrigerator, Horizontal 168

Barbed implements 82

spears 82

Bark lines 116

Barnacles 244

Barracuda, Northern 52

Southern 53

Barreling 174

Barrel-lifters ... 161

304

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page. I

Barrel-pots for eels 133 !

Barrels 169,247

Barrel-traps 131

Barren Ground Caribou 8, 193

Barrier-nets <. 122

Barrier-snares 134

Barriers, Bay or cove (Rasch's) 246

Bar-weirs 134

Basket-batching 246

Baskets, Game and fish 167

Salmon (Columbia River) 131

Bass, Artificial flies for 102-114

Grass 48

Red •...».. 45

Rock 48

Sea 50

Spotted 45

Striped 51

White 51

fishing, multiplying reels for ... 118-119

tackle 96

traps 133

Bastard Snapper 46

Bat guano 231

Batrachidae 32

Batrachus tau 32

Bat, Sea 23

Bats, Hair of 195

Bay or cove barriers (Rasch's) 246

Lynx (Lynx rufus) 188

Porpoise , 11

Beach-dryers 168

Beak, Half 55

Beam-trawl 129

Bear, Black 5,191

Bones of, <fcc 199

Claws of. 203

Grizzly 4

Hair of 217

Polar 5

White 5

Bearded Flying-fish 55

Bear-fat 223

meat, Jerked 182

oil. 223

Bears, Teeth of 197

Beaver, American 17, 194

Castoreum of 227

Fur of (castor) 196

Incisors of 198

leather 214

Bed-bug dye 229

Beds 162

iSTets for 165

Beef, Imports and exports of 276-277

Dried, smoked, and salted 182-184

J !••( s, Propagation of 248

Beeswax 230, 299

Beetles, &c. , Vesicatory preparations from . . 231

Wings of 208

Belaying-pins 151

Bellows 248

Belone hians 54

" Jonesii 54

Page.

Belone latimanus 54"

' ' lougirostris 54

Belonidae 54

Belts 95, 166

Cross 16ft

Pistol 95

Beluga leather 214

Bermuda Bonito 42

Shad 46

Berycidse , 44

Bidarkas 144

Bidarras 144

Big-cyt>. Short 52

Big-eyed Herring 59

Scad 41

Bighorn T

Billiard-table cushions. Manufacture of IT.t

Birch-bark canoes 142-143

Birch canoes . . 142

Bird furs 195

gelatine 221

gelatines 187

guano 231

mesh-nets 122

oils 22S-22&

Extraction of 175-

preparations 183-185

Bird-calls 138

Bird-fyke , 133

Bird-lime, &c 135-252.

Birds, Bone of 200

Cages for 243-

Chemical products from 230

Coloring from 228

domesticated 244

Down of 22O

Foreign imports of 274

Jerked 18*

Propagation of 244

Quills of 219-

Bird-hunting 137

Bird-skins, Leather prepared from . .215-300-

Bird-slings (used by Eskimos) 86

Bird-snares 86

Bird-spears, Aboriginal 83.

Bison americanus 7, 192.

Hoofs of 202.

leather 209-

Bits 142

Bivalves, Other, for food 256-257

Bivalve shellfish 255

forbait 25?

forfood 253:

Bivalves, Injurious 258-25*

Prepared foods of 25*

Pearl-producing 257

Useful or ornamental, other than

forfood 257

useful, Otherwise 258-

Black Angel-fish 39-

Bear 5,191

Cat 18»

Doctor-fish 38

Dog-fish 69>

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

305

Black Grouper 50

Eat

Rudder-fish

Sucker

Bass, Large-mouth

Small-mouthed

Black-bass tackle

Black-eared, Rockfish 35

Black-fish •- H, 3G

oil 224-225

Black-headed Rockfish 35

Black-tailed Deer (Cariacus columbianus) . . 193

Black -winged Flying-fish 55

Bladders of animals 215

Blanket decoy (for antelopes) 141

Blankets, Imports of 286

(rubber and mackiuaw) ...... 162

Bleaching 172-173

preparation 177

Blepharichthys crinitus 42

Blocks 150

Blodgettia 271

Blood, Albumen of 229

Hannatin 228

poisons 136

Blow-guns (arrows) 89

(balls) 89

(by the breath) 89

Blubber-fork .-. 174

Blubber-forks 81

Blubber-hooks 81

Blubber-knives 73

Blubber-mincing spades 77

Blubber-pikes 81

Blue Hake 30

Parrot-fish 36

Shark 68

Blue-cheeked Red-mouth 47

Blue-fish 36,51

Salted 185

seines 127

tackle 96

Blue-headed Shark 68

Blue-nose Bream 48

Blue-striped Red-mouth 47

Boarding-knives 73, 174

Boat-builders' materials 154

Boat-hooks 80,151

Boats 142-150

Covers for 141

Ducking 148

Boat-seine, Pump-bos and haft for 146, 161

Boats, Fishing 142

fishing, Cat-rigged 148

Hunting 142

Italian fishing 147

of Great Lakes 149

Portable 145

Sea 147-148

Skin 146

Whale 146

Bobs 97,138

Eel 97

Body-oil, Preparation of 174

Boiling cocoons 171

Bull. K M. No. 14 20

Page.

Boiling-vats 177

Bolt, Pump 16C

Bomb-l;:nce 92

Bone 197-201

and ivory waste 200-201

of birds 200-

Cuttle-fish 187, 20T

of fishes 200'

Gelatine from 1ST

of mammals 199-200'

points, Clubs with 71

knives 75-76-

Bone-black.. 200,228,299'

charcoal -for filters 20O

Bones of buffalo 199>

Exports of 30ff

and ivory shavings, Gelatines from.. 221

Imports of .299-300

of sword-fish 200

Fish 200

Bonito 40

Bermuda 42

Long-finned 40

Oceanic 40

Booms, revolving 117

Boots and shoes 165, 292-293

Bostrychia calamistrata 266

Montagnoi 266

" Moritziana 266

Bottle-head Whale 12

Bottom-set lines 91

Bovidae , 7

Bovinae 7

BowheadWhale 13

Bowing 170

Bowl-traps 134

Bow-mouthed Gar-fish 54

Bows and arrows 88

Cross 88

Simple 88

Boxes 95

Bait 138

Glass-grilled (Coste's) 246

Hatching (floating) 246

Ice 168

Box fish-ways 242

Box-hook 161

Box, Live (Atkins's) 247

Box traps 133

Brackett's patent fish- ways 242

troughs 255

Brains of buffalo used in tanning 225

Branchiostorna lubricum 70

Branehiostoniida? 70

Brazilian diamond-beetles 208

Bream 46

Blue-nose 48

Charleston 46

Breastplates 165

Breech-loading arms 90-91

Breech-sights 93

Brevoortia patronus 60

11 tyrannus 59

Bridges, Portable 142

Brill... 28

306

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Brillantine, Pi eparation of . 170

Bristles, Consumption and imports of 265

for anatomical instruments 219

of hog and peccary 218

for shoemakers' wax-ends 219

Broad-fingered St,a robin 33

Bromine, Algae in manufacture of 265

Brook Pickerel 55

Brook-shanty (Furman's) 246

Brook Trout 58

Brosmins americanus 30

Brown Chimaera 65

Pelican 195

Eat 17

Brushes, Deer-hair 218

Feathering 247

from hair of skunk 217

Hairand bristlesfor 217

Bryopsis hypnoides 270

" plumosa 270

Bryothamnion Seaforthii 266

" triangulare 266

r>ubalichthys bubalus 61

Biu«.cinum, Shells of 206

Buffalo, American 7, 192

Bones of 199

Brains of, used in tanning 225

Horn of 201

Sinews of 215

fish 61

Uaii- 196

leather 209

meat, Salted 184

Bulk-wadding 92

Bull-dog sounding-machine 86

Bullet-holders 94-95

Bullet-molds 92

Bullets 92

shells, &c. (explosive) 92

Bull-tows 97

Bung-buckets 161

Bunts, Lance 127

Burbot 30

Bur-fish 23

Burning of lime 176

Burning shells, Models of kilns for 176

Burnt horn 202

sponge 231

Busycon, Shells of 206

Butter, Exports and imports of 276-277

fish 43

from milk of cows 225

Butterfly, Flying-fish 54

Kay 66

Byssus of mollusks 222

of mollusks, Fabrics from 196

of wing-shell (Pinna nobilis) 196

C.

Cabree 7

Cabrestos 142

Cages 243

for animals 243

for birds 243

for insects 243-244

Page.

C alcined coral 207

shells 207,231

California Gopher 17

Gray Squirrel 14

Ground Squirrel 15

Hare 19

Spotted Sole 28

Sting Ray 65

Calliblepharis ciliata . .'. 267

Callirhinus ursinus 5

Callithamnion Americanum 269

Baileyi 269

Borreri 269

byssoideum 269

corymbosum 209

cruciatum 2G9

floccosum 269

heteromorphum 26$

Lejolisia 269

plumula 269

ptilophora 269

Pyiaisaji 269

roseum 269

Eothii 269

tetragonum 269

Turneri 269

versicolor 269

Callophyllis discigera 268

obtusifolia : 268

" variegata 268

Calothrix confervicola 271

scopulorum 271

Calls, Animal, whistles, &c 138

Bird 138

Camel's hair 195

Cameo, Sea-snails for 252

shell 206

Camera-obscuras 178

Cameras and fittings 178

Camera tripods and stands 178

Camp outfit 162

Camp, Hunting 162

CanadaLynx 1P8

Pike-perch \\

Canadian cochineal 229

fish 279

Candle-fish 56

Candles, tallow, Exports of 297

Candlestick 160

Canes, Air-gun 90

Can-hooks 81

Canisters 94

Canned chicken 188

clams 187

food 184

frogs 185

goose 185

herring 186

lobster and crabs 261

Little Neck clams 187

meats 163,164,185

menhaden 186

milk 184

scollops 187

turkey 185

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

307

Page.

Cann.-d turtle 185

Canning factory. Model of lobster 169

Model of oyster 169

meats 169, 170

Preservation by 169, 170

salmon, establishment, Model of . . 169

Canoes 145, 146

E irc> 142

Birch-bark 142,143

Dug-out 144

Oyster 148

Wooden 143

Cans 247

Clark's 247

Green's 247

Plain 247

Slack's 247

Bait 138

Cantharides. Imports of 299

Canthorhinus occidentalia 25

"Cape Cod" fish-ways 241

Cap.lin 56

Capi-lin-seines 127

Cap-holders 95

Cappers - 92,93

Caps 91,165

Cap straps 95

Carungidte 41

Caiv.ugus chrysos 42

hippos 42

Car-aquarium (Stone's) 247

Carassius auratus 62

Carbazotates, Manufacture of 173

Cai bazotic acid 229

Carbolic acid ' 177

Carbonate of ammonia (hartshorn) (see un-

il.-i-Syj 200,202

Carbon, animal, Imports of 299

Cai charodon Atwoodi 67

Carding 170

Cariacus columbianus 9

inacrotis 9

" virginianus 8-9

Caribou, Barren Ground 8, 193

leather 210

Woodland 8

Woodland 193

Carp 61

Gall of 228

Carpets. Imports of 286

Carpiodes cyprinus 61

Cars. Eefrigerator 168

Carton-pierre 177

Cartridge-holders 95

Cartridges, Ball, shot, and wire 92

Methods of preparing 92-93

Carts, Dog 137, 142

Carts, Fish (used in Xantucket) 142

Carving, Ivory 173

Carving-tools 168

Caseof cups (Clark's) 247

fWilmot's) . 247

Caseof trays (Clark's) 247

Cases 95,245

Page.

:iea virescens 270

Cast-net 130

Castor canadensis 17

Castoreumof beaver 227,298

Castoridae . . . 17

Castorine - 227

Casts, Apparatus for making 177

Casts of fishes 241

Cat (Felis domestica) 188

Black 188

Maltese 188

Tortoise-shell 188

White 188

Catalogue of illustrations of invertebrates of

American coasts 251

Cat-fish, Fork-tailed 62

Mud 62

"Cat-gut" snoods and leaders 116

Catostomidae 61

Catostomus teres 61

Cat-rigged fishing-boats 148

Cattle, Foreign imports of 274

Cattle, Hairof 219

Caulerpa Ashmeadii

" clavifera 270

crassifolia 270

" cupressoides 270

ericifolia 270

" lannginosa 270

" paspaloides 270

" plumaris 270

prolifera 270

Caulolatilus microps 44

Caviare 186

Cedar manna (Pinus cedrus) 230

Centrarchidae 4*.

Centroceras clavulatum 263

Eatonianum 268

Centropristis atrarius 50

Centroscyllium Fabricii 66

Centroscymnus coelolepis 6fl

Ceramium Deslongchampsii 268

" diaphanum 268

" fastigiatum 269

nitens 268

rubrum 268

" strictum 268

" tenuissimnm 268

Tonngii 268

Ceratacanthus aurantiacus 25

Cero 41

Spotted 41

Cervidse 7

Cerras canadensis &

" dama 9

Cete 10

Chaenopsetta dentata 27

oblonga 27

ocellaris 27

Chaetodontidae 3L

Chsetomorpha brachygona 271

melagonium

Picquotiana 271

" sutoria , ... 271

308

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Chaetomorpha tortuosa 271

Chamsedoris annulata 271

Champia parvula 267

Channel Cat-fish 62

Chantransia effiorescens 269

" virgatula 269

Charcoal, Animal 230

Charge-drawers 93

Charleston Bream 46

Checks, Becoil 94

Cheek-knives 74

Cheese 183,277,276

Chelonia mydas 22

virgata 22

Cheloniidse 22

Chelydra serpentina 22

Chelydridas ' 22

Chemical application of hoofs and claws ..203-205

preparations, Consumption of 299

products 175,219

products and agents in arts and

medicines 229-231

products from hirds 230

products from Crustacea 231

products from fishes 230-231

products from insects 229-231

products derived from mammals. 229-230

products from mollusks 231

products from protozoans 231

products from radiates 231

products from reptiles 230

products from worms i 231

Chests, Medicine 167

Chickaree 14

Chicken, Canned 185

Chief Mountain Lake White-fish 57

Chilichthys turgidus 24

Chilomycterus fuliginosus 24

" geometricus 23

Chimaera, Brown 65

Pacific 65

plumbea 65

Chimaerida3 65

ChinchiUa (Chinchilla laniger) 193

Chipmunk 14

Chirostoma californiensis 53

" notatum 53

Chirus constellatus 35

guttatus 35

pictus 35

Chloral hydrate 177

Chlorodesmis (?) 270

Chnob'spora fastigiata 271

Chocks 151

Choerojulis radiatus 36

Chogset 36

Choice, Sailor's 46

Choker, Hog 26

Chondria atropurpurea 266

" dasyphylla 266

" littoralis 266

" striolata 266

" tenuissima 266

Condrostoi 64

Ch<:ii<ln:s :ifimis. 268

Page.

Chondrus crispus 268

Chopping-knives 74-77

Chopsticks , 117

Chorda filum 270

Chordaria abietina li70

" divaricata 270

" flagelliformis 270

Chrysymenia halymenioides 268

uvaria 268

Chub Sucker (ii

Chulocladia ovalis 2G<>

Ciliata argentata 30

Cirripedia, injurious 262

Cirrostomi 70

Civet, Imports of 297

Cladophora arcta 271

" fracta 271

" laetevirens 271

" lanosa 271

" membrauacea 271

rupestris 271

" uncialis 271

Cladostophus spongiosus 270

" verticillatus 270

Clam-hooks, hoes, and picks 80

Clam-knives 75

Clam-rakes 81

Clam-shoTels 79-

Clams 86

Canned 187

Deep-sea 8ft

Hen 137

Little N"eck, Canned 187

Long 137-

Clap-nets for birds 130

Clark's cans 247

troughs 245

Claw, Devil's 161

Claws 203

of bear 203

ofpuma 203

of wolf 203

Clays 177

Cleaners .' 171

Cleaning fire-arms 92

preparation 177

Clearing-rings 122

Clear-nosed Skate 66

Cleats 155

Clews 150,151

Closets, Dark 17S

Clothing 164, 165, 188-196

Feathers for 219-

for hands 165

Cloths woven from feather 196

&c., Imports of 286-

Club-fish, American 186

Clubs, Armed 71

(as missiles) 87

with bone-points 71

Fishermen's 71

Hunting 71

with metal points 71

Salmon 71

Stone-headed... 71

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

309

with teeth points

Unarmed
Clnpea harengus

mirabilis
Clupeidae

.Page.
71
____ 71

60
CO
59
Clutching-traps ............................ 134

Coatimtmdi ................................ 5

Cob-house bird-traps ....................... 134

Cobia ....................................... 52

Coccinella .................................. 229

Cochineal. Canadian ........................ 229

colors, Propagation of ........... 175

dye (Coccus cacti) ............... 228

insects, Propagation of .......... 248

Imports and exports of .......... 298-299

Cockles (Cardium edule) .................... 187

Cocoons, Boilingthe ........................ 171

Gelatine from ..................... 187

Codium tomentosum ....................... 270

Cod, Dried ................................. 183

Cod-fish .................................... 29

Codling, Spotted ........................... 30

Cod-liver oil ........................... 226,296-297

Cod, Salted ................................. 185

Tom .................................. 29

Cod-seines ................................. 127

Cods' tongues .............................. 185

Collars, Cormorant ......................... 137

Dog ................................ 137

Collecting-tank, Army ...................... 176

Collections ................................. 241

Collodion ................................... 177

Colonia powder ............................. 91

Coloring from birds ........................ 228

fishes ....................... 228

insects ..................... 228-229

mammals .................... 228

mollusks ................... 229

materials .................... 228-229,298

Columbia Black-tailed Deer .............. . . 9

Combing ..................... . ............. 170

Commercial statistics of animal products in
the United States ........................ 273

Commissary supplies ...................... 162-164

Common Eel ................................ 63

Flounder .......................... 27

Mouse ............................. 17

Porpoise ........................... 10

Seal ............................... 5

Silk-worm, Silkof ................. 196

Skunk ............................ 4

Sucker ............................ 61

Compasses ................................. 166

Com position shell- work .................... 207

Conch shell (Strombus gigas) ............... 206

Condylura cristata ......................... 14

Conepatus mapurito ........................ 4

Conger Eel ................................. 63

Congridae ................................... 63

Consumption of bristles .................... 295

chemical preparations ...... 299

coral ....................... 290

coloring materials .......... 298

fats ...................... .296-297

leathers... 296

Page.

! Consumption of fish 280

j gelatine '. 296

hair 294

isinglass 296

ivory and its manufactures . 289

leather 290

medicines, &c 299

oils 296-297

perfumery materials 298

quills 290

shell 290

silk and its manufactures . . 289

soaps 290-297

specimens of natural history 300

wax and its manufactures . . 299

whalebone 290

Cooking-apparatus 162

Cooling 174

Copses, Movable 141

Coquette 38

Coquina 207

Coracles 146

Coral 207,262,290

as a material 207

Fan 207

for building 207

Calcined 207

Preparation of 174

Eed 207

imitations of 207

White 207

Coral-dredge 129

Coral- rock 207

Corallina oflicinalis -JC7

" squamata 267

Corals, Propagation of 248

Coral-tongs 86

Cordylocladia conferta 267

Cord-twisting apparatus 89

Coregonida? 57

Coregonus clupeiformis :>7

" labradoricus 57

Cormorant collars 137

Cormorants 137

Corrals 131

Corrosive sublijnate 1 3(5, 178

Coryphaena punctulata 43

" Sueuri 43

Coryphaenidae 43

Cotlida3 34

Cotton lines 115

Cotton-oil and its manufacture (accessory) . . 169

Cottus grcenlandicus 34

" Mitchilli 34

" octodecimspinosus 34

Conches 162

Covers 141

for boats 141

for hunters 141

Movable 141

Stationary 141

Cow-fish 10, 11, 24

Cow-nosed Ray 65

Cowry, Specimens of (Cyprsea moneta) 206

Coyote 189

310

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Crab-eater 52

Crab-nets 129

Crabs' eyes 207,231

Crab-stones -- 207

Cramp-fish 06

Crates, Moss (Stone's) 247

Crevalle, Horse - - - 42

Yellow --- 41

Cribbles 246

Crimpers ---• 92-93

Cristivomer namaycush 58

Croaker 45

Crocodile, Florida 21

Crocodilia 21

Crocodilida} 21

Crocodilus amcricanus 21

Cronania attenuata 269

Cropping 170

Cross-belts 166

Cross-bows 88

Ci-oss-bow traps 135

Cross fox (Vulpes alopex decussatus) .' 189

Crotalin of rattlesnake and copperhead 230

Crow, Quillsof 219

Crushing-traps 135

Crustacea 259

Chemical products of 231

decapoda 260

decapoda injurious 261

isopoda injurious 260

isopoda, useful 260

phyllopoda, useful 259

stomatopoda for food 260

Cryptacanthidae 31

Cryptacanthodes inornatus 31

" maculatus 31

Cryptonemia crenulata 268

Cuckold 24

Culture and protection 233

Culture of fishes : - - - . 245-247

Gunner 36

Cup-leads 80

Cups, Case of (Wilmot's) 247

Curriers, Implements employed by 171

Currying 172

of leather 171

methods of the Eskimo and Indian 171

Curved sticks 87

Cutters, Bait 138

Cutters, Wad 92

Cutting and other processes 173

Cutting in and stowing 174

Cutting, Ivory 173

Cutting-spades 76, 77

Cuttle-fish bone 187, 231, 207

Imports of 299

Cuttles and squids 251

Cusk 30

Cyanide of potassium 136

Cybium caballa 41

" maculatum 41

" regale 41

Cycleptus elongatus 61

Cy cloganoidei 63

Cyrloptvridao 33

Page.

Cyclopterus lumpus 33

Cymopolia barbata 271

Cynocephalus glaucus 68

Cynomys columbianus 16

" ludovicianus 1G

Cynoscion carolinensis 44

" nothus 44

" regalis 44

Cypraea, Shells of. '-'07

Cyprinidae 61

Cyprinodon, Short 56

" variegatus 56

Cyprmodontidse 50

Cypselurus furcatus 55

Cystoclonium purpurascens 268

Cystophora cristata 6

Cystophorinad 0

D.

Dactylopterus volitans 33

Damalichthys vacca 37

Daman, Hyraceum of 228

Dark closets 178

Darts and lances 88

Dasya callithamnion 265

" elegans 265

" Gibbesii 265

" Harveyi 265

' ' lophoclados 266

" mollis 265

" mucronata 265

" plumosa 26G

" ramosissima 265

u Tumanowiegi 266

" "Wurdemanni 265

Dasycladus clavseformis 271

occidentalis 271

Dasypodidaj 20

Dead-falls 135

Decapterus macarellus 42

" punctatus 42

Deck-scrapers 160

Decoy animals and birds, Living 139

blanket (for antelopes) 141

swimming-birds (carved in wood) . . . 139

swimming-birds (from bird skius) . . . 139>
swimming-birds (in tin with wooden

bottoms, &c.) 140^

brants, Tame 139

dogs used in hunting ducks 139

ducks,Tame 139

Decoys 137, 138-141

Scent 138

Sight 139-141

Sound 138

Decoy- waders (carved in wood) 139

(stamped in tin) 139-

"Deep-sea clams," Ross 86

gear 96-97

Deer, Black-tailed (Cariacus columbianus) . . 193

Hair of (on skin) 218

heads, Masksfor 141

Hoofs of 202

Salted 184

Sinewsof 215

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

311

^Page.

De»T, Virginia (Cariacus virginianus) 8, 9, 193

Deer-hair brushes 218

Deer-leather 209-210

Deer-sledges 14£

Defensive armor 165

Delesseria alata 267

" 'decipiens 267

" hypoglossum 267

" involvens 267

Leprienrii 267

" quercifolia 266

" tenuifolia 267

Delineating apparatus, Other 178

Delineators, Mechanical 178

Delphinapterinae 10

Delphinapterus catodon 10

Delphinidaj 10

Delphininae 10

Delphinus Bairdii 10

" bombifrons 10

Dentalium, Shells of 206

Deposits, infusorial, Specimens of 207

Desiccated meat 182

mill- 182

Desmarestia aculeata 270

" ligulata 270

viridis 270

Destroying injurious species, Apparatus for. 243

Detachable-head spears 83-85

Devil'sClaw 161

Diamond-back Terrapin 21

Diamond-beetles, Brazilian 208

Dicotyles torquatus 9

Uicot ylidae 9

Diet yasyhaeria favulosa 271

Dictyota acutiloba 269

ciliata 269

dichotoma 269

fasciola 269

" Kunthii 269

Didelphidae 20

Didelphys virginiana 20

Digenia simplex 266

Dingies 146

Diodontidre 23

Diplectrum fasciculare 50

Dip-nets 128

Dipping 171

Dipping apparatus 248

Disgorgers 122

Disguises 137

Disks (thrown by hand) 87

Ditch fish-ways 241

Doctor-fish 38

Dog-carts 137,142

Dog-collars 137

Dog, Eskimo 188

Black 69

Greenland 69

Prairie 16

Sea 5

Short-tailed Prairie 16

Smooth 69

Spined 69

L»u_-tbod .. 137

Page.

Dog-harness 342

Dog-muzzles 137

Dog-oil 223

Dog-sledges 142

Dog-whips 136

Dog-whistles 136-137

Dogs 136

Album graecum of 229

Kennels for, &c 243

Teeth of 197

Decoy, used in hunting ducks 139

Dolium, Shells of 206

Dolphin 43

Small-spotted 43

Domestic animals, Oil and fat from 223

Domestic exports 277

Domesticated animals, Food for 187

Door-traps 133-134

DorosonmUe 60

Dorys 146

Dory scoop 160

Dorysoma cepedianum .' 60

Double box-traps 133

Down of birds 220

of geese ±.'t>

of eider-duck 220

of rabbits 219

for stuffings, Preparation of 170

of swans 220

Drag whale-line 117

Drailing-tackle 96

Drails 100-101

Drawers, Charge 93

Dredge, Coral 129

Ordinary 129

Dredge-line rollers 119

Dredge-rake 129

Dredges 129

Hand 7:t

Dredge-tangles 87

Dress-goods, Imports of

Dress and stay maker's bone, Manufacture

of 173

Dressers 171

Dressing 171

Dressing, Feather 172

Dressing fur, Process of 172

gut and sinew, Methods of 171

leather 172

Dried abalones (Haliotis) 184

cod 183

grasshoppers 184

holothurians 184

lizards 183

meat and blood, Guano from 232

mullet 183

siphons (Schizothoerus) 184

slugs (Limax, &c.) 184

worms 184

Dried and smoked beef 182

flying-fish 183

foods 182-184

garfish 183

roes 183

Drift-nets ... 124-125

312

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Drowning-out apparatus 136

Drags 175

Drum 44

Fresh-water 45

Dryers, Beach

Drying and steaming sand-bath 172

Drying-flake I68

Drying-houses, Aboriginal 169

Drying, Preservation by ... 168-170

Dualine 91

Ducking-boats 148

Duck, Quills of 219

Dudley hunters' knives 72

Dugong-oil 223

Dug-out canoes 144

Dung 229

1 >ung of animals used in calico-printing 228

Duplicidentata 18

Dusky Shark 68

Dussumieridffi 59

Dye, Bed-bug..... 229

Cochineal 228

Lac 229

Dyeing 171-172

Dye-stufis, Sea-snails for 252

Dyes from gasteropods (Murex, Purpura,

&0.) 229

Dyes from nudibranch mollusks 229

from trombidium 229

Dynamite 91

Infusorial earth for 208

E.

Eagle, Quillsof 219

Bay 65

Ear-shells (Haliotidae) 206

Earth, Infusorial 231

Earths, Infusorial 207-208

Eater, Crab 52

Eclieneididae 52

Ecliinoderms 208

Echinorhinid® 70

Ecliinorhinus spinosus 70

Ectocarpus Earlowii 270

" fasciculatus 270

" finnus 270

granulosus 270

* "' Hooperi 270

siliculosus 270

viridis 270

Edentata 20

Eel-bobs 97

Eel, Common 63

Conger 63

Lamprey 70

leather 216

Madeira 63

Pacific Rock 32

Hock 32

Sand 31

Snipe 63

spears 82

skins of ( Anguilla vulgaris) 216, 231

Eel-pots without leaders 132-133

Eel-pout 31

Page.

Eel traps 131

Eel- weirs with leaders 132

Egg-nippers 246

Eggs, Albumen of 230

Exports and imports of 276-277

Egg-shells 230

Eggs, Shellof 228

Yolk of 276

Eglantine Skate 66

Ehinoids, Spines of 208

Eider-duck, Down of 220

Eider leather 215

Elachista fucicola 270

Elasmobranchiates 65

Elecate canadus 52

Elecatidae 52

Elephant, Sea 6

Elephant-seal 6

Elk, American 8,193

Antlers of 202

ivory 197

feather 210

Salted 184

Elopida3 59

Elops saurus 59

Embiotoca Jacksoni 37

Webbi 37

Embiotocidas 37

Emydida3 21

Ena or ariudy, Silk of (Bombyx cynthia) ... 196

Encircling-nets 126

Endocladia muricata 268

Enemies of useful animals 244

and parasites of American oysters . 255-256

Engraulididse 61

Engraulis vittata 61

Engraving illustrations, Methods of 178

Enhy dra marina 4

Enhydrinae 4

Entangling-lines 87

nets 122

Enteromorpha clathrata 271

compressa 271

intestinalis 271

Ephippiidac 51

Epiueplielus 49

" Drummond-Hayi 50

guttatus 50

" morio 49

" nigritus 50

" striatus 50

Equipments, Animal 142

Personal 164-167

Erethizon dorsatus (var. epixanthus) 18

4 ' dorsatus (var. dorsatus) 18

Eretmochclys imbricata 22

" squamata 22

Erignathus barbatus 6

Erimyzon Goodei 61

sucetta 61

Ermine or weasel (Putorius erminca) 190

Erythrotrichia ceramicola 269

Eschrichtius robustus 12

Eskimo and Indian currying methods 171

auk-nets 129

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

313

.Page.

Eskimo Dog (Canis) 188

harpoons (stone, bone, iron) 83-85

netting-needles 131

•whalebone springs 136

Esorid 55

Esox americanus 55

lucius 55

- nobilior 55

reticulatus 55

"Essence of anchovies" 186

Essence d'Orient 228

Etriuneus teres 59

Eubalsena cisarctica 13

Cullamach 13

Eu.-halarodus Putnami 26

Encheoma ( ?) acanthocladum 267

" isoforme 267

Eueinostomus argenteus 46

Lefroyi 46

Eu.uomphodus littoralis 68

Eiilamia Milberti 68

obscurus 68

Enleptorhamphus longirostris 55

Eumesogrammus subbifurcatus 31

Eumetopias Stelleri 5

Eupomotis aureus 48

European Leech (Hirudo medicinalis) 231

Emhoracristata . ..." 267

Ev.-ntognathi 61

Exoeoetus exiliens 54

noveboracensis 55

Rondeletii 55

Explosives 91

Exports, Aggregate net, for ] 875-77 301

of anchovies, preserved, Foreign . 283

of living animals, Domestic 274-275

Xi-t 301

of bacon and hams 277

of beef, fresh 277

salted 277

of bone-black, <fcc 299

of bones, &c 300

of boots and shoes 292-293

of butter 277

of tallow candles 297

of carpets, woolen 287-288

of horned cattle 274

of cheese 277

Domestic 277

offish 281-282

by countries 282

of furs, by districts and

countries 284

of eggs ... 277

of fish, cured 281

dried or smoked 281

by districts 281

fresh 281

pickled 281

Net 301

of food products, except fish 277-278

Foreign, of fish 283

of pickled herring 283

offish-oils 297

of sardines, preserved 283

Page.

Exports, Foreign, of silk manufactures 289

of fur-skins 284-285

of guano and other fertilizers 300

of hides and skins 292

&c.,Net 301

of hogs 274

of horses -74

oflard 277

of leather 292-294

and its manufactures, by

districts 294

and its manufactures, by

countries 293

Xet, of leather, &c 301

of manures 301

of meats, preserved 277

of milk, condensed 277

of morocco and other fine leather. 292-293

of mules 274

of mutton 277

of lard-oil 297

of neat's-foot oil, &c 297

of oils and fats 297-298

of oysters 281

of sperm-oil 2P7

of -whale and fish oil 297

Net, of oils and fats 301

of pork 277

Xet, of provisions 301

of sheep i'74

of saddlery, harness, &c 292-293

ofsilk.raw 289

of soap 297

of spermaceti '_>97

of tallo\v 297

of wax 299

of woolen manufactures 287-288

Xi-T. Of WOOl, &C r 301

of wools, &c. , by districts and coun-
tries 287-288

External parasites 244

Extra limital oysters 254

Extract of fish 187

of meat, and imports of 1 S2. 276

Extraction of bird-oils 175

of fish-oils 175

of gelatine , 175

of glue 175

of isinglass 175

of other mammal oils 175

of reptile-oils 175

of whale-oil (with models) 174-175

Eye goggle 41

Moon 59

powder 230

F.

Fabrics, feather, Preparation of 170

Manufacture of 170-171

Textile 195

Face, Nets for 165

Factory, lobster-canning, Model of 169

Falcons 137

Fallow Deer 9

Falls. Dead ... 135

314

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Falls, Spear 135

Fall-traps 135

Farms, Fish (models) 244

Fat, Bear 223

Fats, Consumption of 296-297

Imports of 296-297

and oils 223-227

Feather-dressing 172

Feather-fabrics, Preparation of 170

Feathered arrow-shafts 220

Feathering brushes 247

quills 247

Feathers 219-220

for artificial flies 220

of birds, Prepared from 196

Consumption of 296

for clothing 219

Implements for 220

Imports of 296

used in other manufactures 220

ornamental, Method of preparing . . 172

for ornaments 220

for plumes 220

Preparation of 170

for textile fabrics 220

Feet of deer 202

and hoofs, Gelatine from 187

adhesive, Imports of 287

Felting 170

Hair used in 217

Felts, Manufacture of 170-171

Ferrets 136

Ferrocyanide of potassium 228

Fertilizers 231,232

Algae for 265

Other animal 232

Manufacture of 176

Fiber-netting 130

Fiber, "Whalebone 196

zibethicus 18

Fibers for manufacture of plush carpets 171

Fiddle-fish 67

Field-glasses, &c 166

Figure-four traps 135

File-fish 24

Long-tailed 25

Orange 25

Spotted v 24

Storer's 25

Filters, Infusorial earth for 208

gravel 246

Finback Whale 12, 13

Firmer, Oregon 13

Finning-knives 74

Fire-arms 90

Cleaning (accessories) 93

Loading (accessories) 93

Repairing (accessories) 93

Fire hunting and fishing, Lanterns, &c., for . 141

Fire-proof packing, Infusorial earth for 208

Fish, Canadian, not liable to duty 279

Commission, United States, Methods

of 23,'3

Commission stands 178

Consumption of 280

Page.

Fish, cured, Exports of 281

Domestic exports of 281-282

Domestic exports, by countries 282

dried or smoked, Exports of 281

Exports, by districts 281

Extract of 187

Foreign exports of 283

fresh, Exports of 281

gelatines (see 24) 187

Imports of 278-280

Imports of fresh 278

Net exports of 301

Net imports of 301

pickled, Exports of 281

Fish-bones 200

Fish-cars for aquatic animals 244

Fish-carts (used in Xantucket) 142

Fishermen's club 71

flasks 107

sheath-knives 74

Fisher or pekan (Mustt-la 1 Vnnant i) 189

Fishes 23

Chemical products from 230-2:51

Coloring from 228

Culture of 245-247

Hunting 137

Imitations of 140-141

Ivory of 1!H)

Propagation of 24.">-247

Scales of 2of>

Fish-farms (models) 244

Fish-guano works, Model of 17(5

Fishing-boats . 142

Fishing-houses 162

Fishing-lances 78

Fish-jigs, Many-pointed *2

Fish-knives 74

Fish-lances 78

Fish-lice 244

Fish-oils 226-227

Extraction of 1 7">

Soaps from 227

Fish-ponds (models) 244

Fish-pots 132

Fish-preparations 183-187

Fish-salting 100

Fish-scale pearl 2^8

Fish-scale work, Preparation of 174

Fish-scraps 187

Fish-skins, Leather prepared from 216-217

Fish-slides 1 131

Fish-snares (wire, gut, hair, &c.) 8t>

Fish-spears, Aboriginal s: :

Fish-spike :J!»

Fish- way, Brackett's patent 242

Fish-ways 241-24:*.

Box -'42

' ' Cape Cod " 241

Ditch 24 1

French 241

Gap 241

Mooring-float 243

Pool 242

Oblique groove 241

Single groove 241

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

315

Page.

Fish-ways, Spiral 243

Step 242

Fistularia serrata 54

FistulariitUc 54

Fixed-head spears 82

Flagging-irons, &c 160

Flake-drying 168

Flakes, Massachusetts 168

Xewfoundland 168

Flange 129

Flannel screens 246

Flasks 94

Hunter's and fishermen's 167

Flat-fish 26

Putnam's 26

Flax snoods 116

Flaying-knives 73

tools 178

Flexible materials 208

from invertebrates 222

Flies, Artificial 138

for bass 102-114

on hooks 102

and other insects 137

Artificial, for salmon 102-114

trout 102-114

Flint-chipping apparatus 89

Flitching-knives 75

Floating-cages for aquatic animals 244

Floating trawl-lines 97

Floats 117

Harpoon 117

Keg 117

Manufacture of, &c 172

Seine 117

Flocking for wall-paper from refuse quills. . 171

Flocking- wool 228

Florida Crocodile 21

Gopher-tortoise 21

Hat 18

Salamander 17

Terrapin 21

Flounder, Common 27

Four-spotted 27

Pole 27

Eough 28

Busty 26

Smooth-back 26

Southern 27

Watery 27

Winter 26

gear 97

Flying-fish, Bearded 55

Black- winged 55

Butterfly 54

Dried and smoked 183

Flying Gurnard 33

Fly--fishing, Simple reels for 118

tackle 95

hooks 138

Fog-horns 160

Folding nets 129-130

Food, Algae used for 265

for animals . . 187

Page.

Food, for domesticated animals 187

Bivalve sheU-fish for 253

Bivalves for 256-257

Lobsters, shrimp, crawfish, crabs, for. 260-261

products, except fish, Exports of 277-278

products, except fish, Imports of 275-276

poisons 136

Preparation of 168-170

Preservation of 168-170

Sea-snail used for 251

Foods 179-187

Canned 184

Dried and smoked 182-184

In a fresh condition 179

Pickled 184

Salted, canned, and pickled 184-187

Foot-path snares 134

Foot-stops 183

Forceps... 178

Force-pumps, Air 247

Foreign animals, Imports of 274

Fork, Blubber 174

Forks 81

Fork-tailed Catfish 62

Formic acid 229

Manufacture of ... 175

Four-bearded Eockling 30

Four-spined Stickle-back 54

Four-spotted Flounder 27

Fowls, foreign, Imports of 274

Fox, Arctic ( Vulpes lagopus) 189

Cross ( Vulpes alopex decussatus) 189

Gray (Urocyon virginianus) 189

Kit (Vulpes velox) 189

Bed (Vulpes fulvus) 189

Silver (Vulpes alopex argentatus) 189

Squirrel 14

Foxes, Teeth of 197

Frames .177-178

Wire 178

Wooden 178

French bird-trap 135

fish-ways 241

Fresh- water Drum 45

Herring 60

Friar 53

Frog culture, Methods of 245

Frost-fish 29,56

Frozen glue 221

Fucus distichus 269

" fastigiatus 269

" furcatus 269

" serratus 269

" vesiculosus 269

Fuel 162

Fulling 170

Fundulus pisculentus 56

Funnel-trap 133

Fur of beaver (castor) 196

Furof hare 196

ofmole 196

of musquash 19G

pack-saddle (Hudson's Bay) 142

316

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Fur of rabbit r 196

Fur-dressing, Processes of 172

Fur-skins, Exports of 284-285

Imports of.... 283-284

Furniture 162

Furniture-table 163

Fur-robes 162,188,195

Fur-seal 5,191

Antarctic 191

Hair of 195

Furs, Bird 195

Domestic exports of, by districts and

countries 284

Imports of 283-284

Met imports of 301

Fusus, Shells of 206

Fyke-bird 133

Fykes (set-nets with leaders) 133

G.

Gadidae 29

Gadusmorrhua 29

Gaff-hooks 80

Galeocerdo tigrinus 69

Galeorhinid^e 68

Gall of animals 229

of animals for dyeing 228

of carp 228

Gall-nuts 231

Galls, Xut 229

Game-bags 166

Game and fish baskets 167

fish, &c., Preservation of 241

laws 241

Gangs of hooks for minnow-bait 96

Gar-fish, Bow-mouthed 54

Dried and smoked 183

Silver 54

Gap fish-ways 241

Gar Pike 64

Short-nosed 64

Gaspereau 60

Gasteropods, Dyes from (Murex, Purpura,

&c.) 229

Gasterosteidae 53

Gasterosteus noveboracensis 53

Gear, Bottom 97

Deep-sea 96-97

Geese, Down of 220

Gelatine, (Consumption of) 22, 177, 296

Imports of 296

and isinglass 220

Bird 221

Bone 187

from cocoons 187

Extraction of 175

for food (see under 4) 200

from feet and hoofs 187

Insect 187

from ivory shavings 187

from leather shavings, &c 220

Molds of 177

Gelatines 187

and oils 174

Bird 387

Page.

Gelatines from bones and ivory shavings ... 221

offish (see24) 187

Mamm al (see 24) 187

from sinews 187

from tanner's refuse 187

Gelidium cartilagineum 267

" corneum 267

" Coulteri 267

Geomyidse 17

Geomys bursarius 17

" castanops 17

tuza 17

Gerridse 46

Ghost-fish 31

Giant-powder 91

Gigartina acicularis 268

" canaliculata 268

" mamillosa 268

" microphylla 268

radula 268

Gill-net 122

GUI-nets used in Great Lakes 122-123

Gimp snoods 116

Ginglymostoma cirratum 69

GinglymostomatidsB 69

Girths 142

Glass-grilled boxes (Coste's) 246

Glires 14

Globes 244

Globe-sights 93

Globicephalinae 11

Globicephalus intermedius 11

Scammoni 11

Gloiosiphonia capillaris 269

Gloves, Leather for manufacture of 211-214

skin, kid, &c., Imports of 29-'

Glue 220

Exports and imports of : 290

Extraction of 175

Frozen 221

made from waste 217

Manufacture of 203

Glues 177

Glue-sticks 89

Glutton 4

Glycerine 176

Imports of 297

Glycerines, Manufactured 225

Glyphidodon saxatilis 37

Glyptocephalus cynoglossus 27

Goat, Horn of 201

leather 209

Mountain 7

Sinews of 215

Goat's wool (for wigs, &c.) 195, 217

Goggle-eye 41

Goggles, Snow 166

Golden Tail 48

Gold-fish 62

Goode's Sucker 61

Goose (Anser sp.) 195

Canned 185

Fish 23

oil 228

Quillsof 219

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

317

Page.

Gopher, California X 17

Gray 15

Pocket 17

Pouched 17

Small-footed Pouched 17 |

Striped 17 j

Texas Pouched 17 !

Yellow 16 '

Gopher -tortoise, Florida 21

Gracilaria armata 267

" cervicornis 267

" confervoides 267

" multipartita 267

Graduating-siglits 93

Graining 171

Grampus 11, 13

" griseus 11

Mottled 11

Stearnsii 11

White-headed 11

Grampus-oil 225

Grapnels 81

Grappling-gear 161

irons 81

Graso Whale 12

Grasping-hooks 80

Grass Bass ....: 48

Grasshopper paste 137

Grasshoppers, Dried 184

Grateloupia Cutlerias 268

" filicina 268

Gibbesii 268

Gravel-bottomed troughs 245

filters 246

Gray Fox (Urocyon virginianus) 189

Gopher 15

Grayling, Intestines of 231

Michigan 58

Gray Rabbit 19

Seal 6

Snapper 48

Squirrel 14

Whale 12

Great Lakes, Boats of 149

Grease, Imports of 297

Greenland Dog-fish 69

Sculpin 34

Turbot 28

Green Turtle 22

Green's Cans 247

Griffithsia Bornettiana 269

Grilles 246

Grinders 176

Grindle 63

Grinnellia, Americana 266

Grizzly Bear 4

Grommets 152-153

Grouper 50

Black 50

Rock 50

Growth of East American oysters 255

Grunt, Speckled 47

Yellow-finned 47

Guanacohair 195

Guano and other fertilizers, Exports of 300

Page.

Guano and other fertilizers, Imports of 300

Net imports of 301

Bat 231

Bird 231

from dried meat and blood 232

Menhaden 232

Pacific, preparations illustrating 232

Preparation of 176

Guanos, Artificial 232

Natural 231

Guards, Wrist 166

Guasa 50

Gulf Menhaden 60

Snapper 48

Guloluscus 4

Gun-cases 95

Gun-cotton 91

Gunpowder 91

Gun-racks 95

Guns, Humming-bird 90

Guns and pistols 90, 135

Gunwale winches 119

Gurnard, Flying 33

"Gut," Silk-worm 222

Gymnogongrus GriffithsiaB 268

" linearis 268

Norvegicus '- 26S

11 tenuia 268

Haddock 29,183

Norway 34

Hsematin from blood 228

Haemylum 47

" arara 47

" arcuatum 47

" chrysopterum 47

" elegana 47

" formosum 47

Hag-fish 70

Hair of American badger (Taxidea Ameri-
cana) 217

of Antelope (on skin) 218

bracelets, &c., Imports of 294-295

and bristles for artificial flies (see un-

derB45) 219

and bristles for brushes 217-219

ofbats 195

of bear 217

Buffalo 196

Camel's 1C5

Cattle - 219

Consumption of .... 294

cloth, Imports of 294-295

curled, for mattresses, Imports of ... 294-295

of deer (on skin) 218

for felting (see under 8) 217

Fur-seal 195

Guanaco 195

hog's, Imports of 294-295

Horse ...196-219

Human 195

human, Imports of 294, 295

Human, for commerce 217

human, Refuse of, &c 219

318

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Hair, Imports of. 295-301

Llama 195

for manufactures 219,294

manufactured, Imports of 294-295

Moose 195

for ornaments 217

Ox and calf 195

Pace 195

pencils, Imports of 294-295

Possum 196

of raccoon 195

Refuse : 219

Sable's 195

Seal (Phoca vituliua) 192

of squirrel 217-218

for stuffing 219

Tail 39

unmanufactured, Imports of 294-295

Vicugna 195

Weasel's 195

for weaving 217

wigs 217

and wool 217

work 172

Hairy Box-fish 24

Hairy-tailed Mole 14

Hake 29,183

Blue 30

Long-finned 30

Silver 30

Squirrel 29

Halatractus zonatus 43

Half-beak 55

Half-round spades 77

Halibut 27

fins, &c 185

Salted 185

Smoked 183

smoke-houses 169

Halimeda opuntia 270

tridens 270

tuna 270

Haliotis, Methods of drying 169

Shells of 206

Haloporphyrus viola .' 30

Halosaccion bucicola 268

hydrophora 268

" ramentacenm 268

Halymenia Floressia 268

ligulata 268

Hammer-head Shark 68

Hammocks • 162

Hams, Kinds 182

Hand-dredges 79

Hand-gear, Short 96

Hand-implements 71

Handle-nets 128

Handles, trinkets, billiard-balls, &c., Manu-
facture of 173

Handling apparatus for ice 168

Hand-scoops 79

Hands, Clothing for 165

Hanging-needles 131

Hanks 150,151

Haplodontia leporina 16

Page.

Haplodontid® 16

Haploidonotus grunniens 45

Haplomi 53

Harbor Seal 5

Hard materials 197-207

Hard tissues, Preparation of 173-1 74

Hare ]'J4

Audubon's 1&

Bachman's 19

Baird's 19

California 19

Fur of 196

Jackass 19

Northern 18

Polar 18

Prairie 19

Bed 19

Trowbridge's 20

Virginia 18

White 18

Harness 142

Harness, Dog 142

Harpe rufus 36

Harpoon-floats of bladder, skin, and wood . . 1 17

Harpoon -lines 97

Harpoon, Rest for, &c 162

Harpoon-arrows 89

Harpoon-knives 76

Harpoons, Eskimo 83

Harpoon-spears

Harpoon-traps 135

Harp Seal (Pagophilus grcenlandicus) 6, 192

Harris's Ground Squirrel 15

Harrow-tangles 87

Hartshorn (see 30) L'02

Harvest-fish 43

Short 44

Hat and bonnet makers' bone, Manufacture

of - 173

Hatchets, "Whalemen's boat 76

Hatching accessories - - .240-248

apparatus 24">-i:47

Hatching-basket - 246

Hatching-boxes (floating) 246

Hat manufacture 1 1 0

| Hats 165

Hawksbill Turtle, Oil of 228

I Hawksbill Turtle 22

I Head-axes for whalemen 76

Heading-knives 73

"Head-knives " 171

Head-oil, Preparation of 1 74

Head-spades 77

Hedge-hog, American, Quills of 219

Heliastes insolatus 87

Heliotyping illustrations, Methods of 178

| Helmet shell (Cassis rufa, &c.) 206

I Hemdurgan 34

! Hemibrauchii ">;j

' HemitripteridsB ::-4

! Hemitripterus americanus 34

| Herring 60, 137

Big-eyed 59

Canned 180

Fresh- water . . 60

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

319

Page.

Herring gill-nets 123,124-126

oil 227

pickled, Foreign exports of 283

Imports of 278-279

Bound 59

Salted 186

Smoked 183

smoke-houses 169

Tailor 60

Thread 60

White-fish 57

Herring-Hog 11

Hen-ing-seines 127

Hesperomys leucopus 17

Heterosomata 26

Hide-lines... 116

Hind

60

Hides and skins, Exports of 292

Imports of 291

skins, &c., Net exports of 301

imports of 301

Hildenbrandtia rosea 267

Hippocampidffl 25

Hippocampus antiquorum 25

Hippoglossoides limandoides 27

Hippoglossus americanus 27

Histiophoras americanus 39

Histriophoca equestris 6

Hives (see under E 3) 248

for insects 244

Hog and peccary, Bristles of 218

Choker 26

Herring 11

Viscera of 215

Exports of 274

Foreign imports of 274

Hnl.ioanthus ciliaris 39

tricolor 39

Holer aotus pulchellus 38

" rhodoterus 38

Holders 89

Holocentrum sogo 44

Holocephali 65

Holothurians, Dried 184

Holsters 95

Holton's vats 245

Honey 230

Imports of 276

Honey-knives 76

Hooded Seal 6

Hood or Bladder-nose Seal (Cystophora cis-

tata 192

Hoods 137

boots, &c 135

Hoofs and claws 202-205

of antelope 202

of bison 202

of deer 202

of horse 202

of musk ox 202

of ox 202

Hook-box 161

Hook gill-nets 123

Hooked instruments . . 80

Page.

Hooks with artificial flies 102

Baited 95

Blubber 81

Boat 80,150

Can 81

Clam 80

Fly 138

Gaff. 80

Grasping 80

Ice 161

Junk, &c 81

Lance 81,161

Lip 81

Many-pointed 81-82

Meat 168

for minnow bait, Gangs of 96

mounted on leaders 116

with movable lines 95

Pickerel 135

Plain 97-100

Rabbit 80

Riggers' 152

Single-pointed 80-81

Spring 135

Squirrel 80

with stationary lines 97

Unmounted, recent and aboriginal. . . 97-114

Whalemen's 81

Hoop-nets 128-129

Hopples 243

Hormactis Farlowi 271

Hormotrichum Younganum 271

Horn 201

Burnt 202

of buffalo 201

of goat 201

Imports of 290

and hoof, Preparation of 173-174

as material 202

of mountain goat 201

of mountain sheep 201

of musk-ox (Ovibos moschatus) 201

of Rocky Mountain sheep

Pout 62

Horn-cores of ruminants 200

Horned cattle, Exports of 274

Horns 94

of ox 201

of sheep 201

Horse Crevalle 42

Hoofs of 202

leather 209

Mackerel 40

Horse-fish 25

Horse-hair 219

Horses, hair of 196,219

Imports and exports of 274

or trestles 171

Horse-trappings 142

Hosiery, &c., Imports of 286

Hound-fish 54

Houses, Fishing 162

Hunters' 102

smoke, Herring 169

Human hair ... 195

320

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Human hair as article of commerce . 217

nails 203

scalp-locks 217

skin, Leather prepared from 208

Humming-bird guns 90

Humpback "Whale 12

Hunters, Covers for 141

Hunters' dirk-knives 72

flasks 167

houses 162

knives 71-72

sheath-knives 74

Hunting-animals - 136

Hunting-arrows 88-89

Hunting-birds, Accessories to 137

Hunting-boats 142

Hunting-camps 162

Hunting-clubs 71

Hunting-dogs, Accessories to 136

Hunting-fishes 137

Hunting-lodges 141

Hunting-mammals 136 |

Hunting-skiffs 147 :

Hunting-suits 164 I

Hurledspears 88 ,

sticks 87 j

weights 87 j

Hydrargyra majalis 56 |

Hydrate chloral 177

Hydroclathrus cancellatus 270

Hydrolagus Colliei 65

Hyodon tergisus 59

Hyodontidce 59

Hyperoartia 70

Hyperprosopon argenteus 38

Hyperotreti 70

Hypnea cornuta 267

" musciformis 267

Hypsiptera argentea 30

Hypsurus Caryi 37

Hyraceum of the daman (Hyrfcx capensis) . . 228

Hvstricida3 ... 18

Ice-boxes 168

Ice-chisels 77

Ice-choppers 77

Ice-cutting apparatus 168

Ice-handling apparatus 168

Ice-hooks 161

Ice-houses 168

Ice-trade (accessor^) 168

Ichthselurus furcatus 62

Imitation pearls 206

Imitations of animals and birds 139, 140

of fishes 140,141

Implements, Barbed 82

employed by curriers 171

Feathersfor 210

Hand 71

of manufacture 89

for seizure of object 79

Shells used for 206, 207

Imports, aggregate, Net, for 1875-1877 301

of albumen and lactarine ... 298

Page.

Imports of ambergris 298

of ammonia 299

of anchovies, preserved '279

of living animals 273

Net, of living animals 301

of bacon and hams i'7G

ofblankets :>G

of beef -J7G

of beeswax '_'99

of cuttle-fish bone 299

of bones, &c..... 299-300

of bristles, by countries : 295

of butter 276

of Bologna sausages 274

of Canadian fish 279-

of cantharides 299-

of carbon, animal 299-

of carpets 286

of castoreum or castor 29ft

of cheese 276

of cloths and cassimeres 286

of civet 298

of cochineal 298

by countries and dis-
tricts 298-29»

of foreign animals 274

Foreign, of breeding animals 274

of animals not specified . . 274

of birds 274

ofcattle 274

of dress-goods 286

of eggs 276

of eggs, condensed 276

of eggs, yolk of 276

of fats.... 296-297

offeathers 29$

of felt, adhesive 287

offish 278-280

of all other fish 278-^79

Net, offish 301

of food products, except fish 275-276

Foreign, of fowls 274

Net.offurs 301

of fur-skins 1283-284

ofgelatino 296

of gloves of kid skin, or leather 292

of glue 296

of glycerine 297

of grease 297

Net, of guano 301

of guano and other fertilizers 30fj>

ofhair-cloth 294-295

of horse hair 21)4-295

of hair, unmanufactured 294-29.>

Foreign, of hogs 274

of horses 274

ofivory 290

Foreign, of leeches 27-1

sheep '-'74

of hair -'»"

Net, of hair, &c SOI

of hair, curled, for mattresses 294-295

of hair-pencils 294-295

of hair, human 294-295

of herring, pickled 278-27'*

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

321

Page.

Imports of hides and skins 291

of hair bracelets, &c 2G4-295

Xet, of hides, skins, &c 301

of hog-hair 294-295

of honey 276

ofhorn, <fcc 290

ofhosiery, &c 286

oflac, <fcc 298

of lac-dye 298

of '«-d 276

ofleather 290

Xet. of leather, &c 301

of mackerel pickled 278-279

of manufactured leather, &c 292

of extract of meat 276

of prepared meats, game, &c 276

of milk, condensed or preserved . . . 276

of milk, plain 276

of cod-liver oil .296-297

of neat's-foot oil, &c 296-297

of whale or fish oil 296-297

of oils 296-297

. Xet, of oils 301

of fish-oils, by countries and dis-
tricts 297-298

of phosphorus 299

of pork 276

of poultry 276

Xet, of provisions not specified 301

of rennets 299

of sardines, preserved 279

of sausage-skins 276

of seal-oil 296-297

of shawls 286

of silk hosiery 289 i

of silk dress-goods 289

of other silk manufactures 289

of silk manufactures by countries . . 289

of silk, raw 288-289

Xet, of raw silk 301

of soap, common 297

of soap, fancy 297

of soaps 296-297

of spermaceti and wax 297

of sponges 296

of sugar of milk 299

of tallow 296-297

of tongues, salted 276

of tripe 276

of venison -J7G

of wax 299

of wax manufactures not specified . . 299

of sealing-wax 299

Xet, of wool 301

of woolen manufactures not else-
where specified 286

of woolen rags, shoddy, <fcc 286

of wool pelts 290

of wools, &c 285-286

of wools unmanufactured 286

Incisors of beaver — ^. 198

Indelible ink, pencils, <fcc 177 '

India-rubber slings 89

Indian raft-boats 144

trade, Sea-snails used ic 252 !

Bull. X. M. Xo. U 21

Page.

Inflatable bags 176

Infusorial deposits, Specimens of 207

earth for absorbents 208

earth 231

earth for dynamite 208

earth for fire-proof packing 208

earth for filters ' 208

earth for soluble glass 208

earth for molds for metal casting. 208

earth for making mortar 208

earths 207-208

earths employed in manufacture. 208
earths for window and plate

glass 208

Injecting-syringes 176

Injurious bivalves 258-259

sea-snails 253

Ink, indelible, pencils, &c 177

Inks from animal substances, Manufacture

of 175

Iodine, Alga3 used in manufacture of. 265

Inorganic materials 271

Insect gelatine 187

Insectivora 13

Insect productions 222

powder 178

Insects 184,208

Cages for 243-244

Coloring from 228-229

Hives for 244

Chemical products from 229-231

Propagation of 248

Protection from 165

Instruments for cleaning, loading, &c 93

Hooked 80

Optical, &c 166-167

Prodding 78-79

Scooping 79

Internal parasites 244

Intestinal worms 244

Intestines of grayling 231

of mammals, Leather prepared

from 214-215

Invertebrates, Flexible materials from 222

Other materials from 208

Investigation 233

Ii-idte laminarioides 268

Irons, Flagging, &c 160

Grappling 81

Lily 83

Isinglass 187,221-222

from air-bladders, &c. (ichthyo-

colla) 221

and gelatine 220

Consumption of 296

Extraction of 175

from sounds of cod and hake 221-222

from squeteague (Sciaenidae) 222

Isogomphodon maculipinnis 68

Isospondyli 56

Isuropsis Dekayi 67

Italian fishing-boats 147

Ivory 197-199

Ivory-carving 173

Ivory-cutting 173

322

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

ivory, Elk 197

of fishes 199

Imports of 290

of mammals • 197-198

and its manufactures, Consumption of 289

narwhal 198

• ofreptiles 199

shavings, Gelatine from 187

Ivory-black (noire d'ivoire) 200, 228

Manufacturing of 175

J.

Jackass Hare 19

Jacket, Leather 43

Jack Babbit 19

Jania capillacea 267

" rubena 267

Jaguar 188

Jar mole-traps 131

Jars 176,246

Anatomical 176

Self-sealing, used in collecting 176

Jitw-bone, Sperm-whale 199-200

Jawed traps 134-135

Jawsof sleepershark 199

Jerked bear-meat 182

birds 183

and smoked buffalo-meat 182

porpoise-meat 182

seal and walrus meat 182

squirrels and other small mammals. 182

Jerk-nets 129-130

snares 86

Jew-fish 50

Jigs 100-101

Jigs, Squid 82,138

JohnPaw (fish) 50

Jorce, Silkof 196

Junlv-hooks 81

K.

Keg-floats for lobster-pots, gill-nets, &c 117

Kelp-lines 116

Kennels for dogs, &c 243

Kennes (Coccus ilicis) 229

Kettles 162

Killer 11

Kilmagore 36

Kindling fire, Apparatus for 162

King-crab, Shell of (Limulus polyphemus) . 207

King-fish 45

Kit-fox (Vulpes velox) 189

Knives 71,169

Bait-mill 77

Blubber 73

Boarding 73-74

Bone 75-76

Cheek 74

Chopping 74,77

Clam 75

Dudley hunters' 72

Finning 74

Fish 74

Fishermen's sheath 74

Flaying 73

Page.

Knives, Fliteliiug 75

Harpoon 76

Heading 73

Honey 76

Hunters' 71

Hunters' dirk 72

Hunters' sheath 74

Canning 174

Mackerel-rimmers1 fatting 75

Mackerel-rimmers' ploughs 75

Mincing 1T4

jSTet-makera' 75

Oyster 75

Kipping 72-73

Sailors' sheath 74

Scaling 74

Slivering 74-75

Splitting 72-73,75

Stone 75-76

Straight 71-76

Throating 74

"Whalemen's boat 73

Kogia Floweri A 12

Kogiina? 12

Koumiss 230

Kyaks 144

L.

Labels 177

Metallic 177

Parchment 177

Labracidse * 51

Labridse 36

Labyrinth-traps 131-133

Lac, &c., Imports of 298

Lac-dye (Coccus lacca) 229, 298

Lachnolsemus falcatus 36

Lactophrys trigonus 24

Ladles-bait 79, 138

Lady-fish 36,59

Lagenorhynchus gubernator 10

leucopleurus 10

obliquidens 10

perspicillatus 10

" thicolea 11

Lagodon rhomboides 46

Lake Sturgeon 64

Trout 58

"Whiting 57

Laminaria flexicaulis 270

" longicruris 270

" saccharina 270

Lamna cornubica 67

Lamnida} 67

Lamprey Eel 70

Lampreys, Spiced , 186

Lamps 162

Lance, Bomb 92

Lance-bunt% 327

Lance-hooks 81,161

Lancelot — • 70

Lances, Fish 78

Fishing 78

Seal 78

Whale 78

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

323

.Page.

Landing-nets 128-120

Lanterns 162

for camp and ship 167

for fire hunting and fishing 141

for stiU hunting 141

for weequashing or fire- fishing 141

Lard-oil exports and imports 276-277, 297

Large-mouth Black Bass 49

Lariats 86

Lassos 86

Latilidte • 44

Laurencia cervicornis 266

" gemmifera... 266

implicata 266

obtusa 266

paniculata 266

papillosa 266

pinnatifida 266

virgata 266

Laws, Game 241

Leaders 116,153

Hooks mounted on 116

Leads, Armed 80

Leads, Cup 80

Leaning-knives 174

Leaning and mincing 174

Leather 195

Alligator 215-216

Ass 209

Auk 215

Beaver 214

Beluga 214

Bison 209

Buffalo 209

Caribou 210 j

Consumption of 290 j

Curryingof 171

Deer 209-210

dressing 172

dressing apparatus, recent and abo-
riginal 172

Eel 216

Eider 215

Elk 210

Exports of 292-294, 301

Goat 209

Horse 209

Imports of 290, 301

Jacket 43

and its manufactures, &c- (exports

and imports) 292-294

Mountain-sheep 210

Moose 210

Ox 209

from pharynx of seal and \valrus . . 213

Porpoise 214

prepared from bird-skins 215

prepared from fish-skins 216-217

prepared from human skin 208

prepared from intestines of mam-
mals 214, 215

prepared from mammal skins 208-214

prepared from reptile skins 215-217

prepared from scale- fish 216 I

Bat . . 214 '

Page.

Leather, Rattlesnake 216

Reindeer 210

Seal 203

Sea-Lion 208

Shark 217

shavings, &c., Gelatine made from . 220

Shesp 209

Other snake 216

trimmings 214

Walrus: 208

Waste 217

Leatherback Turtle 22

Leathers 208

for manufacture of gloves 211-214

Leathesia tuberiformis 270

Leech, African (Hirudo trochina) 231

American (Macrobdella decora) 231

European (Hirudo medicinalis) 231

Leeches as barometers 231

Foreign imports of 274

Propagation of 248

and worms, Injurious and useful ... 2fe

Leggings 165

Lenses 178

Leopard-hunting 136

Leopard Seal 6

Lepidosteidffl ^ 64

Lepidosteus osseus 64

" platystomus 64

Lepiopomus pallidus 48

Leporidse 18

Leptecheneis naucrateoides 52

Leptocardians 70

Lepus americanus (var. americanus) 18

" americanus (var. Bairdii) 19

' ' americanus (var. virginianus) 18

' ' americanus (var. Washingtonii) 19

1 ' aqnaticus 20

" Bachmani : 19

" californicus 19

" callotis 19

campestris 19

" palustris 20

" sylvaticus 19

' ' sylvaticus (var. Audubonii) 19

" sylvaticus (var. Nuttalli) 20

" "timidus (var. arcticus) 18

" Trowbridgii 20

Leuciscus pulchellus 62

Leucorhamphus borealis 10

Levels (attached to guns) 93

Liagora pinnata 268

" pulverulenta 268

valida 268

Lice, Pish 264

Lichens 264

Lifters, Barrel 161

Lights, Artificial 167

Lily-irons 83

Lime 230

Bird 135

Burning of 176

Limes 176,231,232

Liming 172

Limph, Vaccine 230

324

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Line-floats of wood, cork, and quill 117

Line-holders 119

Line, kyak, Stretchers for 162

Linen lines 115

Lines, Bark 116

Bottom-set 97

Cotton 115

Floating-trawl 97

Harpoon 97

Hide 116

Kelp 116-

Linen 115

Loaded 86

(Plaited) , 114-116

Seine «... 97

Silk '. 114

Surface 97

Trawl 97

(Twisted) 114-116

Twisting apparatus for 116

"Wallets for, and other tackle 167

* "WTialebone 115

Ling 30

Lion, Sea 5

Liostomus obliquus 45

" xanthurus 45

Liparididae 33

Liparis lineata 33

" Montagui 33

" Striped 33

Lip-hooks 81

Lithofracteur 91

Lithoth amnion polymorphum 267

Little Striped Skunk 4

Little Tunny 40

Live-box (Atkins's) 247

Live-boxes, troughs, &c., for microscopists'

use 244

Living animals, Exports of 274-275, 301

Imports of 273,301

decoy animals and birds 139

Lizards, Dried 183

Llama hair 195

Loaded lines 86

• Loaders 92-93

Loading fire-arms .. . 93

Lobotes surinamensis 51

Lobotida3 51

Lobsters, crabs, shrimp, &c 260-261

Lobster-pots 132

Lodges 162

Hunting 141

Loggerhead Turtle 22

turtle oil 228

Lomentaria Baileyana 267

" rosea 267

Long-fmned Bonito 40

Hake 30

Long-nosed Skate 67

Sturgeon 65

Long-tailed File-fish 1 25

Loon (Colymbus torquatus) 195

Lophiidse 23

Lophius piscatorius 23

Lophobranchii 25

Page.

Lophopsetta maculata 27

Lota maculosa 30

Lounges 162

Lump-fish 33

Lustering 172

Lutjanus Blackfordii 47

" caxis 48

'• Stearnsii 48

Lutra cauadensis 4

Lutrinse .>. 4

Lycodida3 31

Lyngbya ferruginea 271

" Kiitzungiana 271

niajuscula 271

Lynx, Bay (Lynx rufus) 188

Canada (Lynx canadensis) 188

M.

Maceratiug-vats 177

Maces 171

Machine, Mincing 174

Mackerel 40

gill-nets 125

Horse 40

pickled, Imports of 278-279

purse-seiues 129

Salted 185

Spanish 41

Yellow 42

Scad 42

[• Shark 67

Midge 30

Mackerel-rimmers 75

Mackinaw blankets 162

Macrochelys lacertina 22

Macrorhinus angustirostris 6

Maeruridae 28

Macrurus Bairdii 29

rupestris 28

Mactra, Shells of 206

Madeira-eel 63

Madrepores 207

Malacoclemmys palustris 21

Mallotus villosus 56

Maltese Cat 188

Malthe cubifrons 23

" vespertilio 23

Maltheidae 23

Mammal furs 188-194

gelatines , 187

oils 223,225

oils, Extraction of other 175

perfumes 227-228

preparations 182-184

skins, Leather prepared from 208, 214

Mammals, Bone of 199-200

Coloring from 228

Hunting 136

Ivory of 197-198

Prepared from hair of 195

Chemical products derived from . 229-230

Propagation of 244

Quills of 219

Mammoth Elephant (Elephas primigeniua) . 197

Manatee... 9

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

325

Page.

Manatee-oil 223

Manatee-seines 126

Maneater 67

Mangrove Snapper 48

Manna (Tamarix mannifera) 230

Arabian 230

Cedar (Finns cedrus) 230

Many-pointed fish-jig 82 j

hooks 81-82 |

Manufacture of albumen preparations 173

of oammonia 175

of billiard-table cushions 173

of carbazotates 17.3

of dress and stay makers'

bone 173

of fabrics 170-171

of felts 170-171

of floats, &.c 172

fertilizers. 176

offonnicacid 173

of handles, trinkets, billiard-
balls, <fcc 173

of hat and bonnet makers' 172

bone 173

of hair 294

of ink from animal substance* 173

of ivory-black 175

of murexides 175

of organ and piano keys 173

of pepsin 175

of perfumes 175

of phosphorus . . 175

of propylamine 175

of prussiates 175

of quill articles 172

of quill brush-bristles 172

of quills for pens 172

of ribbon -weavers' bone 173

of rosettes, woven work, trin-
kets, &c 173

of sal ammoniac 173

of stock-makers' bone 173

of stuffings 170-171

of surgical instruments 173

of suspender-makers' bone . . . 173

Textile 170-171

of toothpicks 172 [

of umbrella-makers' bone 173

of whalebone brushes 173

of wool 286-288

of whip-makers' stock and

whips 173

Manufactured leather, Exports of 292

glycerines 225

stearines 225

Manures, Exports of 301

Marine pearl-shells 258

Marmot ( Arctomys caligatus) 193

Northwestern 16

Parry's 15

(Spermophilus Parryi) 193

YeUow-footed 16

Marsh Rabbit 20

Marsipobranchiates 70

Masks... 141

Page,

Masks for antelope heads 141

for deer heads 141

Massachusetts flakes 168

Mast-gear 153

Materials 177

Boat-builders' 154

Coloring 228-229

employed in arts and manufac-
tures 197-232

Inorganic 271

not mentioned 232

Mattawocca 60

Mazama montana 7

May-fish 56

Means of pursuit and capture 71

Measures 92

Ammunition 92

Powder 92

Shot 92

Meat-biscuit 182

Meat, buffalo, Jerked and smoked 182

Desiccated 182

Extract (extractum carnis) 182

Jerked seal and walrus 182

porpoise, Jerked 182

Meat-hooks 168

Meats, Canned 163-164, 185

Canning 169-170

prepared, game, &c., Imports of. 276

Preservation of 168-170

Preserved, &c 163, 277

Mechanical delineators 173

Medical outfit 167

Medicine-chests 167

&c., Consumption of 299

Medregal 42

Medusae 262

Megalops thrissoides 59

Megaptera osphyia 12

versabilis 12

Megapterinae 12

Melanogrammus aeglefinus 29

Melobesia farinosa 267

" pustulata 267

Menhaden 59-137

Canned 186

guano 232

Gulf 60

oil 227

purse-seines 129-130

seines 126

Spiced 186

Menticirrus alburnus 45

" nebulosus 45

Mephitis mephitica 4

" Mexicana 4

Mercenaria, Shells of 206

" violacea, Shells of 206

Merluciidae 30

Merlucius bilinearis 30

Meshing-nets 122-126

Mesh-needles 131

Mesoplodon Sowerbiensis 12

Metallic labels 177

Metal points, Clubs armed with 71

326

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Methods of culture of domesticated ani-
mals, &.G 244

of dressing gut and sinew 171

of United States Fish Commission 233

of frog culture 245

of drying haliotis 169

of heliotyping and engraving 178

of manufacturing artificial ice . . . 168

of mink culture 244

of oyster culture 248

of ostrich culture 244

of preparing baits (accessories) .. 138

of preparing cartridges 92-93

of preparing ornamental feathers 172

of pursuit and appliances 142-167

of terrapin culture 245

of transportation 142-162

of work 233

Metrogaster aggregates 37

Mexican Ground Squirrel 15

Skunk 4

Michigan Grayling 58

Microcladia borealis 268

California 268

Coulteri 268

Microgadus proximus 29

tomcodus 29

Micropogon undulatus 45

Micropterus pallidus 49

" salmoides 49

Microstomidae 56

Midge, Mackerel 30

Milk, Canned 184

Desiccated 182

Exports and imports of 276, 277

Mills, Bait, knives, choppers, &c 138, 170

Mincing and leaning 174

Mincing-horse 174

Mincing-knives 174

Mincing-machine 174

Mincing-tub 174

Mink (Putorius vison) 190

culture, Methods of. 244

Missiles propelled by " throwing-sticks "... 88

Missiles 87, 92

Missile-traps 135

Missouri Striped Squirrel 15

Mixers 176

Mixtures, Preservative 176-177

Moccasins 165

Model-bodies, Plaster 178

Model of fish-guano works 176

of lobster-canning factory 169

of oyster-canning factory 169

of propagating-house, &c 248

of salmon-canning establishment 169

of sardine-factory 169

Modeling .... 177

tools 177

Models of kilns for burning shells 176

of salt-mills 169

Mola rotunda 23

Molds 177

Bullet 92

of gelatine 177

Page.

Molds for metal-casting, Infusorial earth for . 208

of paper 177

of paraffine 177

of plaster 177

Mole (Scalops and Condylura sp.) 193

Fur of 196

Hairy-tailed 14

Oregon 14

Silvery 13

Star -nosed 14

traps 135

Molidas 23

Mollusk preparations 184

Mollusca 251

" acephala 253

" cephalopoda 251

" gasteropoda 251

Mollusk productions 222

Mollusks 137

byssus 222

Coloring from 229

Opercula of 207

Preparations of. 187

Chemical products from 231

Propagation of 248

Molva vulgaris 30

Monk-fish 67

Monodon monoceros 10

Moon-eye 59

Moon-fish 51

Moonga, Silk of (Saturnia assamensis) 196

Moose 7

(Alces malchis) 193-

Antlers of. 202

hair 195

leather 210

Morocco and other fine leather, &c., Exports

of 292-293

Morone americana 51

Mortar, Infusorial earth for 208

Mossbunker 59

Mosscrates (Stone's) 247

Moths, Exotic silk of 196

Mottled Grampus 11

Mountain Cat (Bassaris astuta) 194

Goat 7

goat, Horn of 201

meal 184

Sheep (Ovis montana) 7, 192

sheep, Horn of 201

sheep leather .• 210

Mounting of the bones 177

Mouse, Common 17

White-footed 17

Mouse-fish 23

Movable copses 141

covers 141

Moving floatfish-ways 243

Mud Catfish. 62

Shad 60

Mud-fish 63

Mugil albula 53

" lineatus 53

Mugilida) 53

Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis) - 9, 193

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

327

Page.

Mules, Exports of 274

Mullet cast-net 130

Dried , 183

gill-nets 184

seines 126

Smoked 183

Striped 53

White 53

Mullets, Salted 185

Multiplying reels for bass-fishing 118-119

Munmiichog 56

Muraenoides mucronatus 32

" ornatus 32

Murexides 228

Manufacture of 175

Murex, Shellsof 206

Murid£B 17

Mus decumanus 17

Museum storage-tank, Agassiz model 176

Musk of alligator 228

of musquash 227

of musk-ox 227

rat 18

Musk-ox (O vibos moschatus) 3 92

Hoofs of 202

Horn of (Ovibos moschatus) 201

Musk of 227

Muskellunge 55

Mus musculus 17

" rattus 17

Musquash (Fiber zibethicus) 194

fur 196

Musk of ? 227

Mussels, oysters, <fcc 206

Paver (Unionidae) 206,257

Mustelus canis 69

Mutton, Exports and imports of 276-277

Muzzle-loadmg arms 90

Muzzles, Dog 137

Muzzle-sights 93

M\~liobatidae 65

Myliobatis californicus > 65

" Fremenvillei 65

Myrionenia Leclancherii 270

" strangulans 270

Myxine glutinosa 70

Myxinidaj 70

Myxostoma macrolepidotum 61

My zopsetta ferniginea 26

Nacre 206

Preparation of 174

Naifs, Human 203

Naked Stargazer 32

Namaycush Trout 58

Narwhal 10

Ivory of (Monodon monoceras) ... 198

Nasua f usca 5

Natural baits 137-138

guanos 231

Nautilus and argonaut shells 206

Neat's-footoil, &c., Exports and imports of. 296-297

Needle percussion 91

Needles, Bait 138

Page.

Needles, Hanging 131

Mesh 131

Netting 131

Nemalion multifidum 267

Nematognathi 62

Nemichthyidaa 63

Nemichthys scalopaceus 63

Neotomacinerea 18

floridana 18

Nereocystis Lutkeana 269

Nest of Cayenne ant (Formica bispinosa) ... 222

Nests 246

of esculent swallows 187

Net, Gill 122

gill, Salmon hook 124

hoop, Baited 12S

Net-makers' knives 75

Net-sinkers 147

Nets 122

Barrier 122

for beds 165

Bird spring 135

Cast 130

cast, Bait 130

cast, Mullet 130

cast, Pompano 130

Clap, for birds 130

Crab 129

Dip ; 128

Drift 124-125

Encircling 126

Entangling 122

Eskimo auk 129

Face 165

Folding 129-130

gill, Anchored 122-123

gill, Herring 123,125-126

gill, Hook 123

gill, Mackerel 125

gill, Mullet 124

gill, Other 126

gill, Shad, used in Southern rivers 124

gill,Sisco 123

gill, Trap 123

Handle 128

Hoop 128-129

Jerk 129-130

Landing 128-129

mesh, Bird 122

Meshing .122-126

Parts of, for manufacture (accessory). 130-131

Pigeon 134

Pocket 126

Purse - 129

Rabbit 122

Eawmaterial of 130

Skimmer 246

Springrabbit 130

Set 133

Towing 129

Towsurface 129

Trailing 129

Trammel 126

Netting-fiber 130

Netting, gill, Samples 125

328

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Netting hung to lines, Samples of 130

Netting-needles 131

Netting-twine 130

Neutria, or coypu (Myopotamus coypus) ... 194

fur. 196

Newfoundland flakes 168

Newhouse traps 134-135

New York Stickle-back 53

Nippers 86

Nippers, Egg 246

Nitophyllum (Neuroglossum) Andersonii. . . 267

areolatum 267

laceratum 267

latissimum 267

punctatum 267

Buprechtianum 267

spectabile 267

Nitroglycerine 91

Nooses 86

Noose-traps 134

Northern Barracuda 52

Hare 18

Northwestern Marmot 16

Norway Haddock 24

Notemigonus americanus 62

chrysoleucns 62

Nozzle-rose (for washing eggs) 247

Nudibranch mollusks, Dyes from 229

Nurse Shark 69

Nut-galls 229

O.

Oars. 159

Oblique groove fish- ways 241

Obscuras, Camera 178

"Ocean Trout" 186

Oceanic Bonito 40

Ocelot (Felis pardalis) 188

Octariidaa 5

Ocyurus chrysurus 48

Odontaspidida3 68

Odonthalia aleutica 266

Lyallii 266

Ohio Gizzard Shad 60

Oil, Alligator 226

Bear 223

Black-fish 224-225

Cod-liver 226

Cotton, and its manufacture 169

Dog 223

Dugong 233

factory scraps 187

and fat from domestic animals 223

Goose 226

Grampus 225

of hawksbill turtle 228

Herring 227

Loggerhead-turtle 228

Manatee 223

Menhaden 227

of petrel and other sea birds 225

of pigeon (Ectopistes migratorius) 226

Porpoise-jaw 224-225

of rattlesnake, &c 226

•Seal 223

Page.

Oil, Sea-elephant 223

Sea-lion 223

Shark-liver 227

Skate-liver 227

skin suit 165

Sperm 225

Sturgeon 227

Sun-fish 226

Oulachan 227

Turtle 226

from whales, &c 223-224

White-fish 227

Oiling 172

Oils, Bird 225-226

Consumption of 296-297

and fats 223-227,297-298,301

Fish 226-227,297-298

and gelatines 174

Imports of 296-297,301

Mammal .223-225

Reptile 226

Ointments (as tar and sweet-oil) 165

Oldwife 24

Oleomargarines 225

Oligoplites occidentalis 43

Oliva, Shells of 207

Onchorhynchus quinnat 58

One-armed chopsticks 117

Onion-fish 28

Opercula, Mollusks of 207

Ophidiidaj 31

Ophidium marginatum 31

Opisthonema thrissa 60

Opium poisons 136

Optical instruments, &c 16G-167

Oquassa Trout 58

Orange File-fish 25

Orca atra 11

" gladiator 11

Orcynus alalonga 40

" alliteratus 40

" argenti vittatus 40

pclamys 40

" secundi dorsalis 40

Oregon Finner 13

Mole 14

Organ and piano keys, Manufacture of 173

Ornamental algae 265

pearl- work 206

Ornaments, Feathers for 220

Hairused for 217

Orthropristis fulvomaculatus 47

Osmerus mordax 56

" pacificus SO

Osmic acid 177

Ostraciidffl '24

Ostracium quadricorne 24

" triquetrum 24

Ostrea lurida 254

" virginica 253-255

Ostrich culture, Methods of 244

Other accessories of preservation 1C8

apparatus 248

explosives 91

gill-nets 120

IXDEX OF OBJECTS.

329

Page.

Other materials not mentioned 232

seines 127-128

snakeleather 216

Otter, American 4 j

(Lutra canadensis) 190 \

Sea (Enhydra marina) 41,91

trawl 129

Otters 136

Oulachan 56

oil 227

rakes 82

Smoked 183

spears 82

Outfit, Camp 162

Medical 167

Ova, Accessories of obtaining and impreg-
nating 245

Ovibos moschatus 7

Ovinae 7

Ovis montana 7

Owls 137

Oxandcalf, Hair of '. 195

hair 219

Hoofs of 202

Horns of 201

leather 209

Viscera of 215

Ox, Musk (Ovibus moschatus) 192

Oyster-bed tangles 243

Oyster-canoes 148

Oyster-cult ure, Methods of 248

Oyster-fish 32

Oyster-knives 75

Oyster-rakes 85

Oyster-scraper 129

Oyster-shovels 79

Oyster-tongs 85

Oysters 253-256

East American 253, 254

Exports of 281

Extra limital 254

Pearl (Aviculidje) 206

West Coast ' 254

p.

Pacific Chimaera 65

Hair Seal (Phoca Eichardi ?) 192

Green Turtle 22

guano, Preparations illustrating 232

Hawkbill Turtle 2

RockEel 32

Pught Whale 13

Pack-saddle fur (Hudson's Bay Territory) . . 142

Pack-saddles 142

Paco hair 195

Paddle-fish 64

Paddles 159-160

Padina pavouia 269

Pads, Riding (for buffalo-hunting) 142

Pagonias chromis 44

Pagophilus grcenlandicus 6

Pails 245

Palinurichthys percifonnia 43

Palometta 39 j

Pancreatin 229

Page.

Pans 245

Shallow 247

Paper 200

made from waste 217

Molds of 177

Papier-mache 177

for gun- wadding 222

Parafiine 177

Moldsof 177

Parasites, External 244

Internal 244

Paratractus pisquetus 41

Parchment labels 177

from viscera of bears 215

from viscera of seals 214

Parephippus quadratus 51

Parophrys vetulus 28

Parrot-fish 35

Blue 36

Tawny 35

Parry's marmot (Spermophilus Parryi) 193

Parts of splanchno-skeleton 199

Pastes 138

Paw, John 50

Pea-roe of cod 137

Pea-shooters 89

Pearl 206

oysters (Aviculidae) 206

producing bivalves 257

shell, Sea-snails for 251

shells, Marine 258

White 205

work, Ornamental 206

Peccaries, Teeth of 197

Peccary * 9

Teeth of 198

Pecten, Shellsof 206

Peculiarities of form of East American

oysters 255

Pediculati 23

Peep-sights ... 93

Pelican, Brown (Pelecanus fuscus) 195

Piline, Spongeo 223

Pelodichthys olivaris 62

Pemmican 182

Penicillus capitatus 271

" dumetosus , 271

Pens 243

Pen-traps 131

Peprilus Gardenii 44

Pepsin, Manufacture of 175

Pepsine 229

Perca fluviatilis 49

Percesoces 53

Perch 37

Peed 34

Striped 37

White 51

Yellow 49

Perches 137

Percidae 49

Percussion needle 91

powder 91

Perfumery materials, Consumption of 298

Perfumes... ...175,227

330

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Perfumes, Mammal 227-228

Manufacture of 1 75

Eeptile 228

Persian insect-powder '- 178

Personal aids 142

equipments 164-167

Petrel, &c., Oil of 225

Petrocelis cruenta 271

Petromyzon americanus 70

Petromyzontidae 70

Pey ssonnelia atro-pi irpurea 267

Phanerodon furcatus 37

Phasianella, Shells of 1 207

Phocaena brachycion 11

lineata 11

vomerina 11

Phoca Richards!! 6

" vitulina 5

Phocidae 5

Phocinae 5

Phosphorus 200,230

Imports of 299

Manufacture of 175

poisons 136

Photograph ic apparatus (accessory) 178

Photographs 233,241

Phycis Chesteri •--. 30

chuss 29

tenuis 29

PhyUitis fascia 270

Phyllophora membranifolia 268

Brodlaei 267

Physeteridae 12

Phys.eterinae 12

Physeter macrocephalua 12

Pickerel 55

Brook 55

. hooks 135

Pickled fish, Preparations of 187

foods 184

Pickling, Preservation by 169-170

Picricacid 177

Piercing-traps • 135

Pierre-carton 177

Pigeon-nets 134

Pigeon, Oil of 226

Pigeons, Stool 139

Pigments, Wool used as medium for 219

Pigmy Sculpin 34

Pig, Snuffing 11

"Pike" 55,61

Pike, Blubber 81

Pike, Gar 64

Pike-perch, Canada 49

Yellow 49

Pikea California 267

Pile-scrapers 79

Pimelepteridae 46

Pimelepterus Boscii 46

Pinkies 147

Pinnipedia 5

Pins, Belaying 151

Pin, Toggle 161

Pipe, Aerating 247

Page.

Pipe-fish 25

Pipettes 246

Pistol-belts 95

Pistols and guns 90

Piston air-guns 90

Pitfalls 131

Pits, Covered 131

Plain hooks ' 97-100

sights 93

troughs 245

Plaited lines 114-116

Plants ./. 264

for food, Specimens of 248

Plaster model-bodies 178

molds 177

Plasters 177

Plates, Wetanddry 178

Platichthys stellatus 28

Plectognathi 23

Pleuronectes glaber 26

Pleuronectidae 26

Pliers 178

Plocamium coccineum 267

Plucking 170,. 172

Plumagery, Art of 172

Plumes, Feathers for 220

Pocket Gopher 17

Pocket-nets 126

Pocket-traps 131

Pogie 59

Poisons 136

Blood 136

Food 136

Phosphorus 136

Opium 136

Polar Bear 5

Hare 18

Pole Flounder 27

Poles 160

Polishers, Shaft 89

Polishing 172-173

powders 207

Pollachius carbonarius 29

Pollack 29

Polyides rotundus 267

Polyodon folium 64

Polyodontidae 64

Polysiphonia atrorubescens 266

Baileyi 266

" bipinnata 266

" elongata 266

" fastigiata 266

" ferulacea 266

" fibrillosa 266

" Havanensis 266

" Harveyi 266

nigrescens 266

olneyi 266

" parasitica 266

pecten-veneris 266

" pennata 2tJ6

urceolata 266

" variegata 266

" violacea 2C6

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

331

Page.

Polysiphonia Woodii 266

Pomacanthus arcuatus 39

Pomacentridae 37

Pomacentrus leucostictus 37

Pomatomidse 51

Pomatomus saltatrix 51

1 ' Pommels " 171

Pomolobus mediocris 60

" pseudoharengus 60

Pomoxys nigromaculatus 48

Pompano 42

cast-nets 130

Salted 185

Short 42

Ponds, Fish (models) 244

Pool fish-ways 242

Porbeagle Shark 67

Porcelain stock, Sea-snails for 252

Porcupine, 'White-haired 18

Yellow-haired 18

Porgy 46

Spanish 36

Porichthys notatus 32

Pork, Exports of 277

Imports of 276

Salted 184

Poronotus triacanthus 43

Porphyra vulgaris 269

Porpoise 10-11 |

Baird's 10

Bay 11

Common 10

leather 214

Eight-whale 10

Skunk 10 j

Sperm-whale 12 j

Striped 10,11

jaw oil 224-325

Portable boats 145

bridges 142

Possum (Didelphys virginianus) 20, 194

hair 196

Potassium, Cyanide of 136

Ferrocyanide of 228

Pots, Barrel for eel 133

Eel, without leaders 132-133

Fish 132

Lobster 132

Try 175

Pouched Gopher 17

Pouches, Arrow-head 89, 94-95

Poudrettes 232

Poultry, Imports of 276

PoutEel 31

Horn 62

Powder, Colonia 91

Giant 91

Percussion 91

Pyrethrum 165

WOod. 91

Powder-horns 94

Powder-measures 92

Powders, Insect 178

Polishing 207

Prairie Dog 16

Page.

PruirieHare 19

Squirrel 15

Wolf 189

Predatory animals not elsewhere exhibited. 244

Preparation of albumen 175

of baits 170

of body-oil 174

of the bones 177

of "brfflantine" 170

of cochineal colors - - - 175

of coral 174

of feathers 170

of fibers for manufacture of

plush carpets 171

of fish-scale work 174

of food ' 168-170

of guano 176

of curled hair for stuffing 170

of horn and hoof 173-174

of other hard tissues 173-174

tortoise shell 174

of silk from byssus of pinna. . . 171

of silk of insects 171

of silk of silk- worms 171

of the skin and its appendages. 171-173

of nacre 174

of spermaceti 174

of sponge stuffing 171

of soft parts of other inverte-
brates 171

of head oil 174

of stuffings 170

of whalebone 170, 173-174

of wool-cloths 170

of wool and hair of mammals. . 170

Preparations, Adhesive 135

Bird 183,185

Fish 183,185,187

Mammal 182,184

ofmoUusks 184,187

ofpickledfish 187

Radiate 184

Reptile 183, 185

Prepared ammunition 92

wads 92

Preservation, Accessories of 168

of the animal for scientific

uses 176-178

by canning 169-170

by drying 168-170

of meats 168-170

of food 168-170

of game, fishes, &c 241

by pickling 169-170

Preservations 178

Preservative mixtures 176-177

Preserved meats, &c 163

Preserving fish, Specimens of salts used

in 169

Pressing 170-173

Priacanthidse 52

Primers 91

Prionitis Andersonii 268

lanceolata 268

Prionotus carolinus . . 33

332

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Prionotus evolans 33

Pristidse 67

Prist ipomatidae 47

Pristis antiquorum 67

Probangs 223

Probes, Snow 78

Probing-awls : 79

Processes of currying 171

of tanning leather 172

of tawing or oil-dressing leather . 172

Procyonidse 5

Procyon lotor 5

Prodding-instruments 78-79

Prods, Thrusting 78

Productions, Insect 222

Mollusk 222

Products, Chemical. 219

Proghorn Antelope 7

Promicrops guasa 50

Propagating-house, Model of, &c 248

Propagation 244-248

of amphibians 245

of bees 248

of birds 244

of corals 248

of fishes 245-247

of cochineal insect 248

of insects 248

of leeches 248

of mammals 244

of mollusks 248

of reptiles 245

of silk- worm 248

of sponges 248

of worms 248

Propylamine 230

Manufacture of 175

Prosopium Couesii 57

quadrilaterale 57

Protection 241

and culture 233

from insects 165

Protozoans 184, 263

Chemical products from 231

Injurious 264

Useful 263-264

Provisions, meats, butter, cheese, eggs, &c.,

Xet exports of 301

not included, Imports of 301

Prussian blue 228

blue made from leather waste

(see under 30) 217

Prussiate of potash (see under 30. ) 203

Prussiates 228, 930

Manufacture of 175

Psettichthys melanostictus 28

Pseudemys concinna 21

mobiliensis 21

rugosa 21

Pseudopleuronectes americanus 26

Pseudopriacanthus altus 52

Pseudoscarus cceruleus 36

Ptcrophryne histrio 23

Pteroplatea maclura G6

Ptilota densa . . 269

Page.

Ptilota elegana 269

" hypnoides 269

" plumosa 269

Ptychocheilus grandis 61

Pulverizers 176

Puma (Felis concolor) 188

Claws of 203

Pump-bolt 161

Pump box and haft for seine-boat 161

Punctaria latifolia 270

" plantaginea 270

Punk 230

Purpura lapillus shells 206

Purpurate of ammonia dyes 228

Purse-nets 129

Pursuit, methods and appliances 142-167

Pusa gryphus 6

Pushing-sticks 160

Putnam's Flat-fish 26

Pygosteus occidentals 53

Pyrethrum powder 165

Q-

Quill articles, Manufacture of 172

brush-bristles, Manufacture of 172

Quills 219

of American hedge-hog 219

of birds 219

Consumption of 296

of crow 219

of duck 219

I ofeagles 219

Feathering 247

of goose 219

of mammals 219

for pens, Manufacture of 172

of swan 219

for tooth-picks, &c 219

of turkey 219

I Quinnat 58

Quivers 89

R.

Rabbit or Cony (Lepus cuniculus) 194

Fur of 196

Gray 19

hooks 80

Jack 19

Marsh 20

nets 122

Sage 20

spring-nets 130

tipe used in England 131

Water , 20

White 18

Rabbit-fish 24

Rabbits, Down of 219

Raccoon.. 5

Hair of 195

Race-spawning (Ainsworth) 245

Racks .' 95

Gun 95

Radiata 262

preparations 184

Radiates 262

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

333

* Page.

Radiates. Chemical products from 231

Injurious 263

Useful 263

Raft-boats, Indian 144

Raft of tule grass 144

Bai«c 65

Raia eglanteria 66

• erinacea 66

" laevis .' 67

11 ocellata 66

" radiata.... 66

Raiidce 66

Rake-dredge 129

Rakes, Clam 81

Oulachan 82

Oyster 85

Ralfsia verrucosa 270

Rammers 93

Rat, Black 17

Brown 17

Florida 18

leather 214

Musk 18

Rocky Mountain 18

Wood 18

Rattlesnake leather 216

Raven, Sea 34

Raw material for making artificial flies 138

material of nets 130

Rawhide 209

Ray, Butterfly 66

Cow-nosed 65

Eagle 65

Sting 66

Recoil-checks 94

Red Bass 45

coral (Coralliumnobilis) 207

Fox (Vulpes fulvus) 189

Hare 19

Perch 34

Snapper 47

Squirrel 14

Red-bellied Snapper 49

Terrapin 21

Red-fish tackle 96

Red-mouth, Arara 47

Blue-checked 47

Blue-striped 47

Squirrel 47

Reels 118-119

Multiplying 118-119

Seine 119

Simple 118

Reeling 170-171

Refining 174

Refuse hair 219

human and other hair 219

Refrigerator, Banta 168

Refrigerator-cars 168

Refrigerators '. 168

Reindeer leather 210

Salted 184

Reinhardtius hippoglossoides 28

Remora 52, 137

Eemoropsis brachyptera 52

Page.
Rendering whale-oil, Instruments and appli-

ances of 174-175

Reniceps tiburo 68

Rennets, Importsof 299

Repairing, sighting, and testing fire-arms . . 93

Reptile oils 226

Extraction of 175

perfumes 228

preparations 183-185

skins, Leather prepared from 215-216

Reptiles ' 21

Chemical products from 230

Ivory of 198

Propagation of 245

Reports of the U. S. Fish Commission 233-237

Research, Apparatus for physical 233

Reservoir air-guns 90

Rest for harpoon, &c 162

Results, Appliances for working up 233

of work of U. S. Fish Commission . . 233-241

"Revolving booms" 117

Rhabdonia Coulteri 267

" tenera 267

Rhodymenia corallina 267

" palmata 267

Rhachianecles glaucus 112

Rhachochilus toxotes 38

Rhinobatidse 67

Rhinobatus productus 67

Rhinonemus caudacuta 30

Rhinoptera quadriloba 65

Rhodomelia floccosa 266

larix 266

" subfusca 266

Rhombochirus osteochir 52

Rhomboganoidci 64

Rhomboplites aurorubeus 48

Rhombus laevis 28

" maximus 28

Rhyzopods, Useful 264

Ribbon-weavers' bone, Manufacture of 173

Riding-pads (for buffalo hunting) 142

Riding-saddles 142

Rigger's hooks 152

Rigging fishing-vessels, Apparatus accessory

to 150-162

Right Whale 13

Right-Whale Porpoise 10

Ringed Ground Squirrel 16

Rings, Clearing 122

Ripping-knives 72-73

River-mussels (Unionidae) 206, 257

River- weirs, with pockets 131

RiverSting Ray 66

Trout 58

Robes, Fur 162

Robin, Round 42

Roccus chrysops 51

;' lineatus 51

Rock Bass 48

Eel 32

Grouper 50

Trout 35

Rock-fish 51

Banded... 35

334

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Rock-fish, Black-eared 35

Black-headed 35

Rosy 34

Rockling, Four-bearded 30

Rocky Mountain Rat 18

sheep horn 202

Rods : 119-121

Rods, Twisting 82

Roe 185

Roes, Dried and smoked 183

Roller, Spawning-screen (Collins) 245

Rollers, Dredge-line 119

Trawl-line 119

Rosmaridae 6

Rosmarus Cookii 6

" obesus 6

Rose-fish 34

Rose-nozzles (for washing eggs) 247

Rosettes, woven work, and trinkets, Manu-
facture of 173

Rosy Rock-fish 34

Rotella, Shells of 207

Roth's vats 245

Rough Flounder 28

Round Herring 59

mouse-traps 134

Robin 42

"Round-Knives " 171

Round-tailed Ground Squirrel 15

Rowlocks 155-159

Rubber blankets 162

Rudder-fish, Banded 43

Black 43

Rudder-fixtures 154-155

Ruminants, Horn-cores of 200

"Russian sardines" 186

Rusty Flounder 26

Sable, American, or Hudson's Bay (Mustela

Americana) 189

Sables, Hair of 195

Sacramento Salmon 58

Saddlery, harness, &c., Reports of 292-293

Saddle-slings 95

Saddles 142

Pack 142

Riding 142

Sage Rabbit 20

Sail-fish 39

Sailor's Choice 46

Sailors' sheath-knives 74

Salamander, Florida 17

Sal ammoniac (see under 30) 200, 230

Manufacture of 175

Salmo fario 58

Salmon 57

Artificial flies for 102-114

baskets (Columbia River) 131

hook-gill-net 124

Sacramento 58

Salted 185-186

Sebago 57

Smoked 183

Salmon-clubs ... 71

Page.

Salmon- tackle 95

Salmon-weirs (Upper Columbia River) 113

Salmonidae 57

Salmo salar 57

Salt 178

(accessory) 169

Salted anchovies 186

baits (prepared) 137

beef 184

bluefish 185

buffalomeat 184

cod 185

deer 184

elk 184

foods 184

halibut 185

herring 186

mackerel 185

mullets 185

pompano 185

pork 184

reindeer 184

salmon 185, 186

Spanish mackerel 185

sword-fish 185

tongues of buffalo, deer, horse 184

turtle 185

Salting, Fish 169

Salt-mills, Models of (Cape Cod) 169

Salts, Specimens of, used in preserving fish. 169

Salve-bug 231

Salvelinus fontinalis 58

' ' oquassa 58

Samia cecropia, Silk of 196

" polyphemus, Silk of 196

Samples gill-netting 125

of netting hung to lines 130

Sand-bath drying and steaming 172

Sand Dab 27

Eel 31

Shark 68

Sarda pelamys 40

Sardine-factory, Model of 169

Sardines, American 186

preserved, Foreign exports of 283

preserved, Imports of 279

Russian 186

Sargassum Agardianum 269

" bacciferum 269

dentifolium , 269

vulgare 269

Sargus Holbrookii 46

Sarothrodus capistratus 38

" maculocinctus 39

Sauce, Anchovy 186

Sausages 183

Sausages, Bologna, Imports of 276

Saus.ige-skins, Imports of 276

I Saw-fislj 67

Sawing .' 173

Strip T 173

Says' Striped Squirrel 15

Scabbard-fish 39

Scad, Big-eyed 41

Mackerel ... 42

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

335

- Page.

Scales 166, 205

of fishes 205

Weighing 92

Scaled lish, Leather prepared from fc!6

Scaling apparatus 169

Scaling-knivcs 74

Scalp-locks, Human 217

Scalops aquaticus 13

argentatus '13

Scalps of animals 217

Scapanus Breweri 14

Townsendii 14

Scaphyrhyiichops platyrhynchus 65

Scarida} 35

Scarus Jdbildgaardii 35

" radians 36

squalidus 35

Scent-decoys 138

Schizyinenia (?) coccinea 268

edulis 268

Schooner-rigged fishing-vessels 149

Sciacnidcc 44

Sciaenops ocellatus 45

Sciurus hudsonius 14

Scinaia furcellata 267

Scincus oflSciualis of Egypt 230

SciuridiT- 14

Scinrus Abort ii 14

rarolineusi-s 14

cinereus 14

t'ossor 14

Scollops. Canned 187

Scomberesocidae 54

Scomberesox scutcllutus 55

Scomber scombrus 40

Sconibridse 40

Scoop, Dory 160

Sounding-machine 80

Scoop ing-instruments 79

Scoops 70

Hand 79

Scorpamidac 34

Scouring 170-172

Scragg Whale 12

Scraper, Oyster 129

Scrapers, Deck 160

and parers, Skin 76

Pile 79

Scraping 171-172

Scraping-tools 177-178

Scraps, Fish 187

Oil-factory 187

Screens, Flannel 24G

Sculpin 34

Greenland 34

Pigmy 34

Scup 48

Scuppaug A 46

Scymnidae 69

Scy tosiphon lomentarius 270

Sea Bass 50

Bat 23

Dog 5

Elephant 6

Herring 60

Page.

Sea Lion 5

lion, Throat of 215

Otter 4, 191

Raven 34

Robin, Broad-fingered 33

Robin, Striped 33

Shad 60

Snail 33

Sea-boats 147-148

Sea-elephant oil 223

Sea-horse 25

Sea-lion leather 208

oil 223

Sea-snails 251

for bait 251

for cameo 252

for food 251

fordye-stufts 252

Injurious 253

for pearl-shell, &c 251

for porcelain stock 252

used in Indian trade 252

Sea-urchins 262

Seal, Banded 6,192

Common 5

Elephant 6

Fur 5,191

Gray 6

hair (Phoca vitulina) 192

Harbor 5

Harp 6,192

Hood or Bladder-nose 192

Hooded 6

lances 78

leather 208

Leopard 6

oil 223

oil, Imports of 296-297

Pacific Hair 192

seines 126

Sinews of 215

Square-flipper 6, 192

"Walrus, leather from pharynx of 215

Sealing-wax, Imports of 299

Sebago Salmon 57

Sebastes marinus 34

" viviparus 34

Sebastodes paucipinis 35

Sebastomus auriculatus 35

" elongatus 35

" fasciatus 35

' ' rosaceus 34

Sebastosomus melanops 35

Secretion of skunk 229

Seine, Boat 146

floats of wood, cork, glass, and rubber. 117

lines '. 97

reels 119

Srim-s 126-128

Baird collecting 127

Bait 127

Bass 127

Bluefish 127

Capelin 127

Cod... 127

33G

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Seines, Herring .' 127

purse, Mackerel 329

Manatee 126

Menhaden 120

purse, Menhaden 129-130

Mullet 126

Other 127

Seal 126

Shad 126-127

Seine-windlasses 119

Selachostomi 64

Self-sealing jars used in collecting 176

Sepia, from Sepia offlcinalis 229

Sergeant Major 37

Seriola Lalandii 43

Serranidaj 49

Set-nets 133

Set-tackle 97

Set-traps 97

Sewellel 16

Shad 60

Bermuda 46

gill-nets used in Southern rivers 124

Mud 60

Ohio Gizzard 60

Sea >. 60

seines 126-127

slides 131

tackle 95

Winter 60

"Shad-waiter " 57

Shaft-gauges 89

Shaft-polishers 89

Shanty, Brook (Furman's) 246

Shaping 170-172

Shark, Atwood's 67

Blue 68

Blue-headed '. 68

Dusky 68

gear 97

Hammer-head 68

leather 217

Mackerel 67

Xurse 69

Porbeagle 67

Sand 68

Shovel-head 68

Sleeper 69

Sleeper, Jaws of (Somniosa brevi-

pinna) 199

Spiny 70

Spotted-fin 68

Teeth of 199

Tiger 69

Shark-liver oil 227

Shark's vertebra 200

Sharp-headed Finner "Whale 13

Sharpies 146

Sharp-nosed Skate 67

Sturgeon 64

Sharpeners, Arrow-head 89

Shavings used in case-hardening gun-bar-
rels, &c 200

Shawls, Imports of 286

Sheaf- traps 134

Page.

Shearing 370

Sheep, Foreign imports of 274

Horns of 201

Exports of 274

leather 209

Mountain 7

Mountain (Ovis montana) 192

Sinews of 215

Viscera of 215

Sheep's wool 195

wool (on skin) 218

Sheepshead 46

Shell 206

Cameo 206

Conch (Strombus gigas) 206

Consumption of 290

of eggs 228

fish, Bivalve 253

helmet (Cassis rufa, &c.) 206

of king-crab 207

Shells of Buccinum 206

of Buccinum undatum 206

of Busycon 206

Calcined 207,231

of Cypraea 207

of Dentalium 206

of Doliiim 206

Ear (Haliotidae) 206

Egg 230

of Fusus 206

Implements used for 206-207

of Haliotis 206

of Mactra 206

of Mercenaria 206

of Mercenaria violacea 206

ofMurex 206

of nautilus and argonaut 206

of Oliva 207

of Pecten 206

of Phasinella 207

of Purpura lapillus 206

of Eotella 207

of Strombus 206

of Sycotypus 206

of Tridacua 206

of Triton : 206

of Turritella 207

Shells, Top (Turbinidae) 206

Shells, Tower (Trochidse) 206

Shell, Tortoise (Ersemochelys squamata) . . . 205

Shell-work, Composition 207

Shelter 162

Shields 165

Shiner 62

Shoemakers' wax-ends, Bristles for 219

Shoes, Snow 142

Shooters, Pea

Short Big-eye

Cyprinodon

hand-gear 96

Harvest-fish

Pompano

Short-nosed Gar Pike 64

Sturgeon 64

Short-tailed Prairie Dog 16

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

337

Page.

Shot 92

Shot-holders 94-95

Shot-measures 92

Shut, Slung 71

Shoulder-slings 95

Shovel-head Shark 68

Shovel-nosed Sturgeon 65

Shovels 79

Clam 79

Oyster 79

Showt'l 16

Sibbaldius borealis 13

' ' sulfureus 13

" tectirostris 12

" tuberosus 13

Sight-decoys 139-141

Breech 93

Globe 93

Graduating 93

Muzzle 93

Peep 93

Plain 93

Slit 93

Telescope 93

Silk from byssus of Pinna, Preparation of. . 171

dress-goods, Imports of 289

of eiia or arindy 196

Exports of raw 289

hosiery, Imports of 289

Imports of raw 288-289

of insects, Prepared from 196

of insects, Preparation of 171

of joree (Bombyx religiosa) 196

lines 114

and its manufactures, Consumption of. 289

manufactures, Foreign exports of 289

other manufactures of, Imports of 289

other manufactures, Imports of, by

countries 289

of moonga 196

of exotic moths 196

raw, Net imports of 301

of Samia cecropia 196

of Samia polyphemns 196

of silk- worms, Preparation of 171

of spiders 196

oi' t ussah (Bombyx pernyi) 196

of common silk- worm (Bombyx mori) . . 196

Silk-worm gut. 222

Silk- worm-gut snoods 116

Silk-worm, Propagation of 248

Silurida? 62

Silver Fox ( "Vulpes alopex argentatus 189

Fish 41)45

Gar-fish 54

Hake 30

Squeteague 44

Silver-sides 53

Silvery Mole 13

Simple bows 88

reels for fly-fishing 118

Sinches 142

Sinews of buffalo 215

of deer 215

Gelatines from 187

Bull. N. M. No. 14 22

Page.

Sinews of goat 215

of seal 215

of sheep 215

of walrus 215

Single-groove fish- ways 241

Single-pointed hooka 80-81

Sinkers 117

Sinkers, Net 117

Siphons, Dried 184

Siphon-tubes 247

Sirenia »

Sisco gill-nets 123

Size 221

Sizes and glues (see under 24) 200

Skate, Clear-nosed 66

Eglantine 66

Long-nosed 67

Sharp-nosed 67

Spring 66

Spotted 66

Skate-liver oil 227

Skates 142

Skeletons, &c 300

Apparatus for making 177

Skewers, &c 168

Skiffs, Hunting ..." 147

Skimmer-nets 246

Skin and its appendages, Preparation of ..171-173

boats 146

of Eels 231

Skins, Apparatus for making and mounting. 178

of eel ( Anguilla vulgaris) 216

Skin scrapers and parers 76

Skipper 55

Skunk, Alaska Sable 190

Common 4

Hair of, for brushes 217-219

Little Striped 4

Mexican 4

Porpoise 10

Secretion of 229

Striped (Spilogale zorilla) 190

White-backed 4

Slack's cans 247

Slate, Polishing of 207

Sledges, Deer 142

Dog 142

Steeple Shark 69

Slides, Fish 131

Shad 131

Slime-fish 70

Slings 167

for arms 95

Bird (used by Eskimos) 86

India-rubber 89

Saddle 95

Shoulder 95

and spears thrown by straps 88

Slit-sights 93

Sli vering-knives 74-75

Slugs, Dried (Limax, &c) 184

Slung-shot 71

stones 71

weights 71

Small-footed Pouched Gopher 17

338

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Small-mouthed Black Bass 49

Small-spotted Dolphin 43

'Smelt" 53,56

Smelt, &c 183

Smoked alewives 183

halibut 183

herring 183

mullet 183

oulachan 183

salmon 183

sturgeon 184

white-fish 183

Smoke-drying apparatus 169

Smoking-out apparatus 136

Smoke-houses, Halibut 169

Sturgeon 169

Smooth-back Flounder 26

Smooth Dog-fish 69

StingKay 66

Smudges 165

Snail, Sea 33

Snails, Sea 251

Snake-fish 56

Snake-tongs 86

Snapper '... 48-49

Bastard 46

Gray 48

Gulf 48

Mangrove 48

Red 47

Red-bellied 49

Star . 50

Snapping Tortoise 22

Snares 134

Barrier 134

Bird 86

Fish 86

Foot-path 134

Jerk 86

Snipe Eel 63

Snoods 116

Flax lie

Gimp 116

Silkworm-gut 116

Wire 116

Snow-goggles 166

probes 78

shoes 142

Snuffing Pig H

Soaking 172

Soap, Arsenical 178

common, Imports of. 297

Exports of 297

fancy, Imports of 297

Soaps, Consumption of 296-297

from fish-oil 227

Imports of ; 296-297

from mammal oil 225

Soft parts of other invertebrates, Prepara-
tion of 171

Soft-shell Turtle 22

Sole 26,28

American 26

Spotted California 28

Page.

Solea vulgaris 26

Soleidae 26

Soluble glass, Infusorial earth for 208

Somniosus microcephalus 69

Sonora Ground Squirrel 16

Sound-decoys 138

Sounding-machine, Bull-dog 86

Scoop 80

Sounds 185

of cod and hake, Isinglass from... 221-222

Southern Barracuda 53

Flounder 27

King-fish 25

Sowerby's Whale 12

Spades, Blubber-mincing 77

Cutting 76-77

Head 77

Half-round 77

Throat 77

Whale 7'j

Whaleman's boat 78

Wide 77

Spanish Lady-fish 36

Mackerel 41

mackerel, Salted 185

Porgy 36

Spargis coriacea 22

Sparidae 46

Sparus aculealus 46

Spat, Stools for receiving natural and artifi-
cial 248

Spawning-race ( Ainsworth) 245

Spawning salmon, Strait-jacket for 245

Spawning-screen roller (Collins) 245

Spawning-vat (Bond) 245

Spear-falls 135

Spear-fish Sucker 52

Spears, Barbed 82

Detachable-head 83-85

Eel 82

Fixed-head 82

Harpoon 85

Hurled 88

Oulachan 82

(with straps) 88

(with throwing-sticks) 88

Thrusting 78

Species of fish exhibited in the Allegretti and
Banta refrigerators in Government build-
ing, May 10 to November 10 179-181

Specimens of American commercial sponges 223

Apparatus for collecting 233

of Cowry (Cyprese moneta) 206

of Mediterranean sponges 223

of natural history, Consumption

of 299

of plants for food 248

Speckled Grunt 47

Sperm Whale 12

Ambergris of 228

jaw-bone 199-200

Teeth of (Physeter macroceph-

alus) 198

Sperm-oil 225

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

339

Page.

Sperm oil, Exports of 297

Spermaceti 225

Exports of 297

Preparation of 174

and wax, Imports of 297

Spermopliilus annulatus 16

Franklini 15

" grammurus (Beechyi) 15

" Harrisi 15

mexicanus " 15

" Parryi 15

" Eichardsoni 16

spilosoma *. . . 16

tereticaudis 15

" Townsendi 16

tridecem-lineatus 15

Sphacelaria f usca 270

" radicans 270

Sphserozyga Carmichaelii 271

Sphargididao 22

Sphyraena borealis 52

1 ' picuda 63

Sphyraenid (?) 52

Sphyrna zygsena 68

Sphyrnidae 68

Spiced lampreys 186

menhaden 186

Spiders, Silkof 196

web 222

Spike-fish 39

Spike-tail 29

Spikes, Marline 161-162

Spilliards 97

Spilogale zorilla 4

Spinacidae ; 69

Spined Dog-fish 69

Spines of echinoides 208

Spinners 138

Spinning 170-171

Spring Shark 70

Skate 66

Spiral fish- ways 243

Spirnlinatenuissima 271

Sponge, Burnt 231

"Sponge-tents" 223

Sponge-tongs 86

Sponges, &c...; 263-264

American commercial, Specimens

of 223

Imports of 296

Mediterranean, Specimens of 223

Propagation of 248

Spongeo-piline 223

Spoon-baits, plain and fluted 101-102

Spoons, trolling 138

Spools 119

Splanehno-skeleton of ferae, Parts of 199

Splitting-knives 72-73,75

Spot 45

Yellow-tailed 45

Spotted Bass 45

Cero 41

Codling i 30

File-fish 24

Sole, California 28

Page.

Spotted Skate 66

Squeteague 44

Turbot 27

"Wry-mouth 31

Spotted-fin Shark 68

Spreaders 117

Spring bird-nets 135

Spring-door traps 134

Springes 134

Spring-guns 89, 135

Spring-hooks 135

Springs, Stomach 136 "

Spring- weirs (St. Lawrence) 130

Spurs .- 142

Spyridia aculeata 268

" filamentosa 268

Squall 67

Squalus amcricanus 69

Square-flipper Seal (Erignathus barbatus) . . 6, 192

Squatina Dumerili 67

Squatinidae 67

Squeteague 44

(Sciaenidae), Isinglass from 222

Silver 44

Spotted 44

Squids 137

and cuttles 251

and jigs 82,138

Squirrel 44,50

California Gray 14,15

Fox 14

Gray 14

Hair of 217-218

Harris' Ground ' 15

Mexican Ground 15

Missouri Striped 15

Prairie 15

Eed 14

Eed-mouth 47

Einged Ground 16

Eound-tailed Ground 15

Townsend's Ground 16

Tuft-eared 14

Say's Striped 15

Sonora Ground 16

Squirrel Hake 29

Squirrel-hooks 80

Squirrels, Jerked, and other small mammals. 182

Stands, Fish Commission 178

Stapling 170

Star-fish 262

Stargazer, Naked 32

Star-nosed Mole ' 14

Star Snapper 50

Stationary covers 141

Staves 142

Steamers ....149-150

Steaming 173

Stearine, Imports of 297

Stearines, Manufactured 225

"Steel traps" 134-135

Stenogramma interrupts 267

Stenotomus argyrops 46

Step fish-ways 242

Stephanolepis setifer 25

340

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Steps, by arrangement of rock and bowlders 242

StichaeidjB 31

Stichaeus punctatus 31

Stickle-back, Four-spined 54

NewYork 53

Ten-spined 53

Sticks, Curved 87

Glue (for fastening arrow-head) 89

Hurled 87

Pushing 160

Straight \ 87

Throw 87

Still-hunting, Lanterns for 141

Sting Ray 66

California 65

Kiver 66

Smooth 66

Stizostedium canadense 49

vitreum 49

Stock-makers' bone, Manufacture of 173

Stomach-springs 136

Stone-headed clubs 71

Stone knives 75-76

Stones (thrown by hand) 87

Slung 71

Stool 162

pigeons 139

Stools for oyster spat 248

Stopping 170

Stops,Foot 153

Storage-tank, museum, Agassiz model 176

Storer's File-fish 25

"Stosh" 137

Stoves . 162

Stowing and cutting in 174

Straight knives 71-76

sticks 87

Strait-jacket for spawning salmon 245

Straps, Cap 95

Stretchers 162

forkyak-line 162

"Stretching-irons" 171

StripedBass 51

Gopher 15

Liparis 33

Mullet 53

Perch 37

Porpoise 10,11

SeaEobin 33

Skunk. 190

Sucker 61

Striped-bass tackle 96

Strip-sawing 173

Stromateidae 43

Strombus, Shells of 206

Strychnine 136

Stuffed birds 300

Stuffing, Hair for 219

sponge, Preparation of 171

Stuffings, Manufacture of 170-171

Preparation of 170

Sturgeon, Lake 64

Long-nosed 65

leather 216

oil . . 227

Page,

Sturgeon, Sharp-nosed 64

Short-nosed 64

Shovel-nosed 65-

Smoked 184

smoke-houses 169-

Sublimate, Corrosive 136, 178

Sucker, Black 61

Chub 61

Common 61

Goode's 61

Spear-fish 52:

Striped Gl

Sword-fish 52

Sucker-fish .'. 52

Sugar of milk, Imports of 29&

Suit, Oil-skin 165-

Suits, Hunting 164

Water-proof 164

Sulphur-bottom Whale la

Sulphuring 172

Sun-drying apparatus 108

Sun-fiah 23, 48

oil 226-

Supplies, Commissary 162-164

Surfacelines 97

tow-nets 1291

Surf-tackle for throwing and hauling 96

Surgical apparatus 223-

instruments, Manufacture of 173"

Suspender-maker's bone, Manufacture of ... 173

Swabs 93

Swab-tangles. 87

Swallows, esculent, Nests of 1 87

Swan (Cygnus americanus) 195-

Quins of 219-

Swans, Down of 220

Swell-fish 24

Swimming-birds, Decoy (carved in wood) . . . 139r

Swingle-tail C8

S wivels 117, 121-122

Sword-fish 39

Bone of 200

Salted 185

Sucker 52

Sycotypus, Shells of 206

Synaphobranchidaj 63

Synaphobranchus pinnatus 63

Synentognathi 54

Syngnathidffl 25

Syngnathus Peckianus 25

Synodontidaa 56

Synodus fcetens 56

Syringe-guns 90

Syringes 24 T

for injecting 176-

T.

Table-furniture 165

Tables 169

Tackle, Angling 95

Bass 96

Black-bass 95-

Bluefish 96

Drailing 9C

Fly-fishing 95-

IXDEX OF OBJECTS.

341

Page.

Tackle for fishing below surface 96-97

Pasque and Cutty hunk bass 96

- Keel-fish 96

Salmon 95

Shad 95

Set 97

Striped-bass 96

Surf 96

for surface-fishing 95-9g

Tide-drailing 96

Trolling 96

Trout : 95

Whiffing 96

Tseniotoca lateralis 37

Tail, Golden 48

Tail,Hair 39

Tailor Herring 60

Tail-spike 29

Tallow, Exports of 297

Imports of 296-297

Talpidse 13

Tame decoy-brants 139

decoy-ducks 139

Tamias quadrivitattus 15

" lateralis 15

striatus 14

Tangles 87

Dredge 87

Harrow 87

Oyster-bed (see under B 12) 243

Swab 87

"Wheel 87

Tanks 176,246

with Freiburg aerating apparatus . . . 247

(Stone's) 247

Tanners' refuse, Gelatines from 187

Tanning 172

leather, Processes of 172

Taonia Schrcederi 269

Tarandus rangifer 8

rangifer (grcenlandicus) 8

Tarpum 59

Tar and sweet-oil ointments 105

Tatusia septem-cinctus 20

Tautog..: 36

Tautoga onitis 36

Tautogolabrus adspersus 36

Tawing or oil-dressing leather, Process of . . 172

Tawny Parrot-fish 35

Taxidea americana 4

Taxidermist's tools for stuffing 178

Taxidermy ] 78

Teazling 170

Teeth of alligator 199

of bears 197

of dogs .' 197

of foxes 197

of peccaries 197

of peccary (Dicotyles sp.) 198

point clubs 71

of shark 199

of sperm-whale (Physetermacroceph-

alus) 198

of wolves 197

Tdeocephali 26

Page.

Telescope-sights 93

Telescopes , 166

Water 166

Ten-spined Stickle-back 53

Tenthididae 38

Tents 162

Terrapin, Diamond-back ?. 21

culture, Methods of ^ 245

Florida 21

Red-bellied 21

Testudinata 21

Testudinida? 21

Testudo Berlandieri 21

Carolina 21

Tethers 243

Tetrapturns albidus 39

Tetrodon laevigatus 24

Tetrodontidae 24

Texas Pouched Gopher 17

Textile fabrics 195

fabrics, Feathers for 220

Manufacture of 170-171

Thalarctos maritimus 5

Thalassochelys caouana 22

The chase and the fisheries 71

The Fish Commissioner, Reports of 233-237

Thief, Water '. 161

Thomomys clusius 17

talpoides 17

Thread-fish 42

Herring 60

Thresher 68

Throating-knives 74

Throat of sea-lion 215

Throat-spades 77

Throw-sticks 87

Thrusting prods 78

spears 78

Thumb, American MiUer's. 34

Thyinallus tricolor 58

Tide-drailing tackle 96

Tigershark 69

Tinder 280

Tinvessels 246

Tipe, Babbit 131

Toad-fish 32

Tobacco-pipe Fish .- 54

Tobacco, snuff, used as preservatives 178

Toggle-pin 161

Tolling-baits 137

Tom Cod 29

Tongs, &c 85

Coral 86

Oyster 85

Snake 86

Sponge 86

(two handles) 85

Tongues, Cod's 185

Salted, of buffalo, deer, horse 184

salted, Imports of ?~6

Tools 162,178

Articulating 177

Carving 168

Flaying 178

Hand.. .... 71

342

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Tools for making artificial flies 138

Modeling 177

Scraping 177-178

for stuffing, Taxidermists' 178

Tooth-picks, Quills used in making 219

Manufacture of 172

Top-shells (Turbinidae) 206

Torches 167

Torpedinidae 66

Torpedo 66

occidentals 66

Torpedoes - 136

Tortoise-shell (Eretmochelys squamata) 205

Cat 188

Preparation of 174

Tortoise, Snapping 22

Tower-shells (Trochidae) 206

Towing-nets 129

Townsend's Ground Squirrel 16

Tows, Bull 97

Traces 1 16

Trachurops crumenophthalmus 41

Trachynotus carolinus 42

ovatus 42

Trade, Ice (accessory) 168

Trailing-nets 129

Trammel-nets 126

Transportation, Methods of 142-162

Transporting apparatus 247

eggs, Apparatus for 247

fish, Apparatus for 247

Trap, bird, French 135

Trap gill-nets 123

Trap-funnel 132

Trappings 166

Horse 142

Traps 131

Barrel 131

Bass 133

Bowl 134

Box 133

Clutching 134

Cob-house bird 134

Cross-bow 135

Crushing 135

Door.... 133-134

Double box 133

Eel 131

Fall 135

Figure-four 135

with hanging doors 133

Harpoon 135

Jawed 134, 135

Labyrinth 131-133

Missile 135

Mole 135

mole, Jar 131

Newhouse 134, 135

Noose 134

Pen 131

Piercing 135

Pocket 131

Set 97

Sheaf 134

Sieve (for birds) 130

Page.

Traps, Spring-door 134

Steel 134, 135

Turkey 131

Trawl-line rollers 119

Tub for (see under Trawl.)

Trawl-lines 97

Trawl, Beam 129

(Trawl, Otter) 129

Trawls 129

Trays 246

Case of (Clark's) ! 247

Troughs with sieve-bottom 245

Vertical wire-cloth 246

"Treading hurdles" 171

Trehala 229

Trichechidje 9

Trichechus manatus 9

Trichiuridae 39

Trichiurus lepturus 39

Trichodiodon pilosus 24

Tridacua, Shells of 20&

Triglidfe 33

Trimmings, Leather 214

Trionychidse 22

Tripe, Imports of 276

Triple-tail Flasher 51

Tripods and stand, Camera with model 178

Tripoli, &c 207

Trisotropis undulosus 50

Triton, Shells of 206

Troll ing-spoons 138

Trolling-tackle 96

Trombidium dye 229

Troughs 245

Brackett's 245

Clark's 245

Gravel-bottomed 245

Plain 245

with sieve-bottom trays 245

or tables (for picking eggs) 246.

Williamson's 545.

Trout, Artificial flies for 102-114

Brook • 5&

Lake 5S

Namaycush f 58-

Ocean 186.

Oquassa o£

Kiver 58

Rock 35

tackle 95

Trowbridge's Hare 20

Trowels 79

Trumpet-fish 54

Trunk-fish 24

Trygon centrura 66

" hastata 66

" Sabina 66

TrygonidfB ' 66

Trying 174

Try-pots 175

Tubes, Siphon 247

Tub, line, "Whaleman's 119

Tubs,&c 169

Tubs, Bait, vats, &c 170

Tub, Mincing 174

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

343

Page. |

Tub lor traw-line (see Trawl) 119

Tuft-eared Squirrel 14

Tul6 grass, Raft of 144

Tunny 40

Little 40

Turbinaria vulgaris 269

Turbot 28

Greenland 28

Spotted 27

Turkey, Canned 185

. Quillsof 219

traps 131

Turning 173

Turritella, Shells of 207

Tursiops erebennus 10

Gillii 10

Turtle, Alligator 22

Canned 185

Green 22

Hawksbill 22

Leatherback 22

Loggerhead 22

oil 226

Pacific, Green 22

Pacific, Hawksbill 22

Salted 185

Soft-shell ...: 22

soup 185

Tusks of mammoth elephant (Elephas prirni-

genius) 197

of walrus 197

Tassah, Silk of (Bombyx pernyi) 196

Twine, Xetting 130

Twisted lines 114-116

Twisting-rods 82

U.

TJdotea conglutinata 270

" flabellata 270

Ulva fasciata 271

'• latissima 271

Umbrella-makers' bone, Manufacture of 173

Umiaks 144

Unarmed clubs 71

Uranidea viscosa 34

Uranoscopidae 32

Urgulata 7

Urophycis regius 30

Ursida3 4

Ursus americanus 5

" horribilis 4

V.

Vaccine limph 230

Vat, Spawning (Bond) 245

Vats 245

Boiling 177

Holton's 245

Macerating : 177

Roth's 245

Vaucheria piloboloides 271

Vehicles 142

Venison, Dried and smoked 182

Imports of 276

Page.

Vertebrae, Shark's 200

Vertical wire-cloth trays 246

Vesicatory preparations from beetles, &c. . . 231

Vessels, fishing, Schooner-rigged 149

Tin 246

Vests 95

Veziga 184

Veals 17G

Vicugna hair 195

Virginia Deer (Caiiacus virginianus) 8-9, 193

Hare 18

Viscera of bears, Parchment from 215

ofhog 215

of ox 215

of seals, Parchment from 214

of sheep 215

Vomer setipinnis 41

W.

"Wad-cutters (accessory) 92

Wadding 92

Bulk 92

Waders, Decoy (carved in wood) 139

Decoy (stamped in tin) 139

Wads, Prepared 92

Wagons 142

Wallets for lines and other tackle 167

Walrus 6

leather 208

Sinewsof 215

Tusks of 197

Waste, Bone and ivory 200-201

Water Rabbit 20

Water-guns 90

Water-telescopes 1(56

Water-thief 161

Water-proof suits 164

Waters- Flounder 27

Wax (Coccus pehlah) 230

Exports of 299

Imports of 299

Manufactures of 299

Ways, Fish .241-243

Weak-fish 44

Weapon-holders 95

Weasels 136

Hair of 195

Weaving 170-171

Hairusedin 212

worsted cloths 170

Web, Spiders' 222

Weequashing or fire-fishing, Lanterns for. . 141

Weighing-scales 92

Weights (dropped) 87

Hurled 87

Slung 71

Weirs, Bar 134

Eel, with leaders 132

or pounds 132

River, with pockets 131

Salmon (Upper Columbia River) 131

Spring (St. Lawrence) 130

West coast oysters 254

Western Argentine . 56

344

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Page.

Whale-boat (whale-fisheries) 146

Whalebone brushes, Manufacture of 173

Consumption of 290

fiber 196

lines 115

manufactures, Other 174

Preparation of 170, 173, 174

springs, Eskimo 1 36

(in manufactured state) 203-205

Whale, Bottle-head 12

Bowhead 13

Finback 12-13

and fish oil, Exports and imports of. 296-297

Graso. 12

Gray 12

Humpback 12

Pacific Right 13

Porpoise Sperm 12

Eight 13

Scragg 12

Sharp-headed Finner 13

Sowerby's 12

Sperm 12

Sulphur-bottom 13

White 10

Whale-lances 78

Whale-line drag 117

Whale-oil, Instruments and appliances of

rendering 174-175

Retraction of (with models) . . . .174-175

Whale-spades 76

Whalemen's boat-spades 78

tub, line 119

boat-hatchets 16

boat-knives 73

hooks -: 81

Whaling-guns 91

Whales, &c., Oil from 223-224

Wheelbarrows for bait-clams 138

Wheel-tangles 87

Whiffing-tackle 96

Whip-makers' stock and whips, Manufac-
ture of 173

Whips, Dog 136

Whistles, Dog 136-137

White-backed Skunk 4

White Bass 51

Bear 5

Cat 188

coral (Oculina) 207

Hare 18

Mullet 53

Pearl 205

Perch 51

Rabbit 18

Whale ,. 10

White-fish ... 10,57

Chief Mountain Lake 57

Herring 57

oil 227

Smoked 183

White-footed Mouse 17

White-haired Porcupine 18

White-headed Grampus 11

Page.

Whiting

Lake 57

Wholesale destruction apparatus 1 36

Wide spades 77

Wigs, Hair used for 217

Williamson's troughs 245

Winches, Gunwale 119

Winders 119

Wind-gauges - - 93

Windlasses, Seine 119

Window and plate glass, Infusorial earths

for : 208

Wings of beetles 208

Wing-shell, Byssus of (Pinna nobilis) 196

Winter Flounder 26

Shad 60

Wireframes 178

snoods 116

Wolf (Canis lupus) 188

Clawsof 203

Wolf-fish 3?

Wolverine (Gulo luscus) 4, 190

Wolves, Teethof 197

Woodchuck or Siffleur ( Arctomys monax) . . 16, 197

Wooden canoes 143

frames 178

Woodland Caribou (Tarandus rangifer) 8, 193

Wood-powder 91

Wood Rat 18

Wool as medium for pigments 219

cloths, Preparation of 170

Exports of 287-288, 301

flocking 219,228

Goat's (for wigs, &c.) 195, 217

and hair 217

Imports of 285-286, :i01

and hair of mammals, Preparation of. 1 70

pelts, Imports of 290

Sheep's 19-">

Sheep's (on skin) 218

work -' 17-

Woolen carpets, Exports of 287-288

Woorara 136

Work, Results of, United States Fish Com-
mission 233-241

Worms 137.184

Dried ... 184

Intestinal 244

and leeches, injurious 262

and leeches, useful 262

Chemical products from 231

Propagation of 248

' ; Worms ' ' and other loading tools 93

Worsted cloths, Weaving 170

Wrangeliapenicillata 268

Wrist-guards 166

Wry-mouth, Spotted 31

Wurdemannia cetacea 267

Xiphias gladius

Xiphidiontida) 32

Xiphiidae 39

INDEX OF OBJECTS.

Y.

Page.

Fak (Poephagus grunniens)

Fellow Crevalle ........................... 41

Gopher

1C

Mackerel 42

Perch 49

Pike-perch 49

Tail 4s

Yellow-finned Grunt 47

Yellow-footed Marmot 16

Yellow-haired Porcupine M

Yellow-tailed Spot

Zalophus Gilliespii

Ziphiida3

Ziphiinse

Zoarces anguillaris
Zonichthys fasciatus

Zonariaflava

" lobata ^

INDEX OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Page.

Abbott, Dr. C. 0 240

Abert, Lieutenant J. T 17

Academy of Natural Sciences 17

Adam, J. G 131,132,148

Adams, A.Leith 236

Agassiz, Alexander, 24, 26, 28, 41, 44, 45, 47, 50
53, 55, 59, 60, 62, 63, 65, 66, 70

Aiken, C.E 4,7,14

Alaska Commercial Company 5-6, 126, 160, 191

Allegretti Refrigerator Company ] 68

Allen, J.&S •-. 115

Almy, D.D '. 244

Alvord, F.W 146

American Needle and Fish-Hook Company. . 97, 98,

99, 100

American Net and Twine Company. .125, 126, 127,
128, 130, 131, 132, 133

American Sardine Company 186

American Whip Company 203, 205

Ames, James T 252,256,257,258

Ams, Max 186, 187

Anderson, Dr.C.L 265

Armitage, J 7

Army Medical Musenm 182

Atkins, C. G 57, 235, 237, 239, 241, 242, 243,

244, 245, 247, 248

Atwood, Capt. X. E 223, 224, 226, 227, 251

Averill, H 265

Babcock, Dr. W. H 226

Baird, S. F 11, 14, 17, 21, 22, 24, 27, 28, 40, 64, 66,

68, 78, 83, 84, 86, 131, 132, 144, 190, 192, 200, 235

Baker, Captain 5

Banta,G. A 168

Barber, J. C 8

Barfurth.D 240

Barnston, J 8

Barnum.P.T 9

Barry, Eev. A. C 14

Bartlett, J. H., & Sons 100, 197, 198, 200

Batchelder, J. H 265

Batty, J.H 14,16

Baxter, Robert D 161

Bean, Tarleton H 22, 26

Beckwith, E.G 15

Beebe, Mrs 265

Beesley, Thomas 259

Bell, J.G 14,18,19

Bergland, Lieutenant. 1 10

Biddle, Henry J 7

BischofiiF 15,16,263

Bishop, N.H *. 145,148

Blackford, E. G 253, 254, 255, 257, 259, 260

Boardman, G. A 7, 14

Booth, Miss M. A , 265

Boston Society Natural History 263

Page.

Botteni.Mr 4

Bowchon, Brandley 23ti

Bonghter, Dr. J. T 94

Bowman, J. S 9

Bossange, Gnstave 205, 228

Brackett, A. G 8,16

Brackett,E.A 246

Bradford & Anthony. . . .77, 80, 82, 96, 97, 99, 102,114,
116, 120, 128, 138, 258

Brand, C.C 91

Bransford.Dr 260

Brasher, P : 139,140,148

Breck,A.J 238

Brewer, James D 241,242

Broeck.Axel 239

Brown, Theo 154

Brown, William H 220,221

British Museum 23

Buck, Jonathan 165

Buel,J.T : 101

Burling, "William 144

Burritt, Francis 139, 140

Burt, Hannah, Mrs 75

C.

Carley, B. J. M 256, 257, 259, 261 , '264

Castine Packing Company 261

Central Wharf Company ..75, 100, 101, 117, 121, 122,
, 165

Chapman, "W. D 121

Chapman, "W. D., & Son 102

Chase, W. H 138, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 169

Chester, Capt H. C 146,149,153,197.244

Chicago Feather-Duster Company 220

Churchill, General S 7

Clark, Frank N 246

Clark, George 57

Clark, James B lf>4

Clark, J.H 86,198,260

Clark, N.W 246

Clark & Sneider 90

Claughton, H. O 132

Cleveland, D 265

Cleveland, Capt Josiah 132, 133

Cleveland, William 147

Coleman, Walter... 151,153

Coleman, Walter, &. Sons 150

Coleman, William 155

Colt's Fire- Arms Manufacturing Company . 90, 91

Collins, Jos. W 30, 56, 65, 97

Collins, W.O 9

Colyer, Vincent 83, 88, 89, 94, 159, 162, 208

Commag6re, F. T 198

Carter, J.F 165

Carroll, Michael 192

Castine Packing Company , 164

Cape Ann Isinglass and Glue Company . . .221, 222

347

348

INDEX OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Page.

Conrad, T. A 253,256,257

Conwell, David 165

Cook, Capt. Caleb 224,225

Cook, Coleman 100

Cook, Elisha 99, 100

Cook,E.H 200

Cook, Lemuel 82,96,100,101,121

Cook, W.H 73,78

Cooper, J.G 19

Copley, C 23,31

Couch, Lieut. D. N 19,94,147,166

Cones, Dr. Elliott 7, 9, 16, 19, 56, 57, 141

Cragin & Sheldon 147

Crandall, C.H 197

Crandall, L., & Co 115

Crittenden, A. R 75, 79, 82, 83, 97, 99, 101, 117,

122, 149, 165, 200, 256, 264

Crook, E.R 165

Crooks, N H9

Culbertson, T 9,19

Curley, Rev. James 84, 89, 116

Curtis, M. A 20

Cusick, Lieutenant 201

D.

Dall, W. H . .6, 8, 10, 12, 76, 81, 83, 85, 88, 89, 92, 94, 99,
100, 115, 131, 132, 134, 142, 144, 160, 166, 192,
197, 201, 214, 216, 251, 252, 254, 256, 257, 265

Daniell.W.C. 236

Darrow Manufacturing Company 209

Davis, Mrs.A.S 265

Davis, Benjamin 256

Davis, Edward 75

Dawson, J.~W 253

De Frece, A. B., & Co 251,252,258

Delano, George, & Co 223,224,225

Delong & Sons 159, 160

Dewey 259

Dixon, Robert 253

' ' Dobsis Club, " through Judge H. Jewell ... 58

Dodd, P.W 6

Dodge, R. T 159

Downes, A 17

Downes, John 18

Dove, Mrs 198

Dresser, J. W 115

Drexler, C 4,13,14,16

Dunan.W.S 232

Duncklee, H. L 162

E.

Eagle Preserved Fish 186

Eaton, Prof. D. C 265

Edmunds, M. C 237

Edwards, V. N . . .10, 11, 23, 24, 27, 30, 41, 46, 51, 58, 63,
66, 68, 69, 258, 260

Elliott, H. W .... 5, 84, 100, 116, 117, 129, 135, 144, 191,

197, 208

Elwell, Samuel, jr. . . .73, 75, 78, 119, 122, 151, 153, 156,

160, 165, 258

Emory, Maj. "W. H 15

Engineer Corps, U. S 190

English, William 146

Eskimo Joe 144

Eureka Manufacturing Company 90

Page.

Evans, John 25

Exall.G .' 13

Exploring Expedition U. S 22, 99, 100, 166, 252

F.

Fadderdin, A 238

Fairie, James 20

Falls,A.J 14

Far-low, W. G 234, 239, 265

Feiner, Lieut. John 83

Fenner, C. A 145

Ferguson, S. W 22

Ferguson, Maj. T. B 79, 148, 149, 246

Fish Commission, II. S. .5, 10, 13, 23, 37, 39, 49, 51, 70,
74, 75, 78, 80, 82, 83, 87, 91, 119, 328, 129, 133, 141,
149, 151, 160, 166, 169, 178, 198, 246, 247, 260, 264

Fisher, Capt. Jos 198

Fitzhugh, D. H 140

Fitzhugh, D. L 147

Forest and Stream Publishing Company. .74, 80, 93,
96, 101, 102, 114, 118, 121, 127, 129, 138, 140, 163, 167

Foster, George B 72, 73, 75, 117, 121, 122, 200

Freeman, Sanford 100, 162, 199, 200

French, E. B 123, 124, 126, 127

Fuller, C.B 253, 'j:>ij

Fuley, Col. J 9

G.
Gabb, W. M 9

Gardiner, Capt. J. W. T 128, 18!)

Gaudet.C.P 99

Ghisslin, Dr. J. T 216

Gibbes, Dr. L. R 265

Gibbs, Theo ... .4, 83, 85, 99, 100, 115, 128, 130, 143, 202

Gilford, John D 148

Gifford, Thomas J 101

Gilbert, E. F 199, 258

Gilliss, J. M 9

Gill, Theo 32,235,238

Gilpin, Dr. Bernard 7

Goodale, S. L 187

Goode,F. C 21,144

Goode, G. Brown. . . .17, 19, 21, 24, 25, 38, 42, 44, 46, 48,
50, 51, 53, 55, 60, 62, 70, 79, 80, 101, 119, 129,
132, 133, 160, 161, 210, 215, 216, 258, 273

Gordon, "W. Alex 254

Government of Newfoundland 6

Governor of Newfoundland 1 92

Gower, F. A 157

Grant, M.W .....77, 80,81,82,99, 160

Graves, F.D 157

Graves, Frederick 147

Graves, J. L 120

Green, G. L 132

Green.Seth 246

Grieve, Walter & Co 223

Griffin Bro 183-

Grower, F. A 159

Gulf Porpoise Fishing Company 214

Gunnison, Captain .197,215

H.

Hamie, Jules 236

Haldeman, Prof. S. S 8

Hall, Capt. C. F 78, 83, 84, 100, 201, 20?

Hall, Rev. E ?£.

INDEX OF CONTRIBUTORS.

349

Page.

Hallet, Captain 148

Hallett, Freeman .100,101

Halstead, Mrs. B. D 265

Hamlin, A. C 236

Hammond, J. F 19

Hardestie, W. L 7

Harvey & Ford 199,202,252

Harvey & Holden 254

Harvey, Rev. M 6

Haven, Williams & Co 223

Hay.E.B. &F 77

HayfCoLH.D 50

Hayden.F.V 7,8,17,19,190

Hayes, Dr 6,8,84,144

Heath,L.J 264

Heerman, Dr. A. L 14, 15

Hegemaii Portable Folding Boat Company. . 145

Hemphill, H 251, 254, 256, 257, 260, 262, 265, 271

Henderson, J. H 203, 210, 216

Henman, J 14

Kenning, Geo. C 164

Henry, T. C 16

Herpich, C. A., & Co 188,195

Herron, E 133, 134

Hesbolt, Wm. H 77,81,82,161

Hessel, Rudolph 235, 237

Hessel, Rufus 241

Hewitt, II.X 55

Higgins & Gifford 130, 146, 159

Hitchcock, G. X 22

Hoff;Dr. A. H 94,99,201

Hooper&Coit 186

Hooper.F. W 265

Hooper, "Win. E., & Sons 126, 130, 133

Horan, Henry ..133,134,135

Horton, Dr. S. M 86, 95, 210

Hough, R. B 94

House, J. C 246

Howard, W. A 88

Howard, W. H 85

Howland, Capt. L 73,76,146,175

Hoy, Dr. P. R 14-15

IIoytBros 252,253,263

Hunt, A. G 258

Hurlbert, CaptR.H 30,82

Hutcbinson, S. G., & Co 211

Hutchinson, Kohl & Co 131

Ingalls, J. F 237

Isaacs & Co 263,264

J.

Jack, Mr 7

James, WilliamH. 101

Janney, X 18

Jeffries, Dr 32,36,39

Jenkins, A. R 14

Jenks, J. W. P 4,18

Jewell, Judge H 57

Jewett, Col. E 197,258

Jones, J. M 44

Jones, Stratton 166

John Russell Cutlery Company 71-76

Page.

Johnson, F. H 27,29,32,34

Johnson, Capt G. A 52

Johnson & Young 129, 132, 148, 169

Jouy, P.Louis 139

Judge, EdwinM 137

Judge, Edwin "W 9$

Keergaard, F. C., & Co 205

Kelsey & Hosmer 169

Kemp, Day & Co 185,259,261

Kennedy, Andrew 119, 161, 198

Kennerly, Dr 9, 19, 143, 190, 193

Kennicott.R 18, 99, 100, 128, 134, 138, 190,

193, 210,215

Kennard, Charles TV 205

Kent, D. F 13

Kimball, Dr. J.P 201

C.J.King 18

King, Lieut. F. "W 85

King, W. S 15

Kirby, Humphrey S 81, 82, 151

Kirkby, W.W 193

Kirtland, Dr. J. P 14

Knox, S. R 39

Kohn, Gustav 21, 253, 256, 258, 260, 261

Kopsch, H 239

Krider, John 139, 140

Kurtz, T.D 253

Laing.J.M 23

Lanman, Charles 235

Le Paiz, William X 221,222

Laszlo.C.H 20

Latham, James H 43,132,141

Lawler, Joseph 149,175

Lawrence, Alfred... 10

Lawrence, Amos 260

Leavenworth, J. H 8

Leib.T 32

Leonard,H.L 121

Lesley, A, M 168

Leslie, C.C 48

Levey, J. A 2G3

Lewis, George H 99

Lewis, William 91

Lincoln, George F 201,202

Liverpool Free Public Museum 29, 30

Luce, Jason 67

Lyman, Theodore 237

Lyman, William 156

M.

Macy.E.B. &F 76,78,81,151,161

Mahrenholz 208,216

Mann, John H 101

Mansfield, G. H. & Co 114,115

Marcy, Captain 19

Martin, Capt, S. J 80

Marvin Bros. & Bartlett 226,227

Massachusetts Arms Company 90, 91, 92, 93

Mather, Fred 30,58,246

Mathew.G.F 253

Mathews,Dr.W 146

350

INDEX OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Page.
McBride, Sara J ............................ 102

McCaleb, Yinald ............................ 78

McClain,A.O .............................. 246

McCurdy, Alex. . . .72, 75, 80, 96, 101, 122, 160, 161, 162

McDonald, M .............................. 242

Me Donald, Allan L ........................ 119,155

McFadden,F ............................... 150

McFadyn, Malcolm ........................ 149,198

MacFarlane, K ....... 6, 16, 75, 83, 86, 99, 100, 115, 126,

127, 136, 138, 144, 162, 166, 202, 203, 208, 215
McFarlane, R R ............................ 15

McKennie.M ............................... 237

McLaughlin, W. B . ......................... 132

McLeod, Rev. R R .......................... 8

Maryland Academy of Science ............. 69

Meek,F. B ................................ 252,259

Megler, J.G., & Co ....... ................. 185,186

Meigs, General M. C ........................ 86

Merchant, Philip ........................ 71,97,122

Merrill, Dr. J. C ............................ 5,21

Middleton, Carman & Co ................... 28

Miles, George W ........ 86, 94, 217, 218, 219, 227, 232

Miller, Dr. C. A ...................... ....... 257

Milner, J.W ....... 21, 45, 59, 60, 65, 122, 138, 149, 169,

235, 237, 239, 241, 260
Minor, Dr. T. T .......... 4, 85, 88, 89, 97, 116, 126, 214

Mollhausen, H. B ..................... . ..... 7

Moore, Thomas ............................. 37,38

Morris, William ............................ 96, 141

Moses, William B ................. . ........ 264

Mott, Mrs. C.E ....................... 205,220,258

Munn.J., &Co ............................. 223

Museum of Comparative Zoology .......... 55, 66

Nason, J.P ................................. 101

National Institution ........................ 4,5,12

National Preserving Company .............. 182

Nelson, E.W ............................... 240

Newberry, J. S .......................... 4,9,19,20

Nichols, J. A ..................... . ......... 94,95

Nickerson, George Y..10, 83, 84, 117, 197, 198, 199, 205
Niles, Kossuth ............................. 254

Norman, A. J ............................. 94

Norris, Thaddeus ......................... 120,121

North American Oil Company ............. 224, 227

North Pacific Exploring Expedition ....... 127, 128

New York Condensed Milk Company ..... 182, 229

0.
Odell,D.T ................................. 183

Onion,J.S ................................. 7

P.
Packard, A. S., jr ........................... 239

Page,G.S .................................. 58

Palmer, E ....... 9, 20, 57, 63, 83, 86, 87, 93, 95, 99,

141, 143, 159, 166, 182, 184, 195, 200,

209, 210, 215, 224, 256, 265

Palmer, Joseph ............................. 22

Palmer, "W ................................. 262

Parker Brothers ........................... 90

Parker, C.H ................................ 258

Parmalee, D. D ............................. 132

Parsons, Jos., jr ................ ....82,101,117,165

Payne, N.H .............................. 131,200

Page.

Peabody, George H 224

Peale.T.R 14

Pelton,W.T 258

Peterson, N.C 257

Peyrer.Carl 239

Pollard,R.O 18

Poole & Hunt 176

Pope, Capt. J '. 4

Portland Packing Company 163, 164, 185, 186,

259, 261

Potter, T.&E.H 260

Potter, CharlesT 44,133

Potter, Weeks 228

Powell, Maj. J.W 80, 86, 95, 122, 130, 142, 202, 209

Powell, S 42,46,59

Powers, Stephen. 85, 96, 99, 122, 126, 128, 134, 139, 144,
183, 194, 202, 230, 262

Phinney, Elihu 57

Platt,W.B 16

Prior, William, jr., & Co 30

Putnam, F.W 26

Randolph, Septimia, Miss 243

Remington & Sons, E 90,93

Renfrew, G.R 191,192,194,199

Renfrew, G. R., & Co. . . .10, 69, 188, 189, 190, 193, 208,
210, 214, 215, 223, 229

Rich.NewellB 100,117

Richard, J.H 45,62

Richardson, James 255, 256, 264

Ridgway, Robert 13,15,22,139

Ring, Lieut. F. M 99-101,143,189

Rodgers, Herbert M., & Co 226

Rodgers, Capt. John 83, 85, 88

Rogers, C.AY 247

Ross, B. R 4, 15, 86, 90, 99, 115, 142, 143, 189, 190

Ross & Hardesty 18

Ross,R.R 166

Ross, W. A., & Bro 264,265

Roth, John 245

Rothe, J.T 242

Rothrock.J.T 94,215

Rowe, Capt. E. L 72,74,101,121

8.

Salisbury, S 85

Samuels, E 19,20

Sars, Prof. C. O 239

Sartorius, Dr 128

Sawyer, E. A 153

Scammon, Capt. C. M 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 202

Schacht&Bros 183,186,222,227

Schafler.E 229

Schayer Bros 216

Schott,Dr 259

Schultz, Alexander 238

Schumacher, Paul 252

Scott, A. R., & Co 145

Scoville & Johnson 163

Scupham.J.R 260

Sevey.J.A .203,204,205

Sibley 44

Simpson, Capt. J. H .16,19,1:59

Shafler.D.H 257

Shardlow, Joseph 197,:

INDEX OF CONTRIBUTORS.

351

Page.

Shaw.F.S 36,48

Shaw.W.J 13

ShotwelLJ.R 240

Shute.C.H 146

Shute, C. H., & Son 149

Skidmore, J. H 52

Skilling8,E 66,168

Skinner.D.M 101

Slack, Mrs. J. H 246

Small, E. E 70, 224, 225, 227

Smidlo.J.K 238

Smith, N-C 132

Smith, Sidney I 237

Smith, W.W 151

Smithsonian Institution 83, 84, 85, 88, 90, 131,

188, 189

Soudakeviez, Theo 236

Southwick, J. M. K. .82, 96, 99, 101, 117, 119, 128, 131,
132, 148, 153, 244

Spangler, George 64, 65

Sparks, Thomas 92

Springman, A. V 238

Squibb, Dr. E. E 227,228,230,265

Stanley, J.M 8

Starling & Stevens 146

Stansbury, Captain 4

Stearns, Silas 44,48,50

Steel, George P 82

Stenzel, Alexander 237

Sternberg, Dr. G. M 209

Sternberg, S 8

Stevens, Henry A 139,140

Stevenson & James 7, 16

Stillwell, E. M 58,237

Stimpson, W 31, 252, 254, 256, 263

Stone, Miss Anabel 260

Stone & Hooper 244,247

Stone, Livingston. .28, 34, 35, 37, 53, 58, 65, 67, 85, 128,
147, 148, 183, 184, 193, 210, 235, 239, 240, 241, 246, 247

Storror, Dr. E 86

Strater, Herman, & Sons 139, 140

Stratton, Dr. I 265

Suckley, Dr. J. G 259

Suckley, Dr. George .9, 14, 16, 65, 84, 143, 189, 190, 235

Sutherland, John 25, 44

Swan, J. G. .9, 78, 80, 82-85, 88, 94, 96, 99, 100, 116, 117,

128, 143, 159, 160, 183, 184, 193, 195, 197, 201, 202,

214, 215, 222, 251, 257, 259

Sweetman, Henry 147

Swift, Dr 7

Syvski,Dr 240

T.

Tarr, James 99

Taylor, Amasa 119,122,153

Thomas, General George H 8, 9, 15, 199

Thomas, John 99

Thompson, William 40

Thomson, J. H 12,76,78,119

Totten, General 253

Townseud, J. K 14

TreadweU, G. C., & Co 190,191

Trefethen,H 221

Treat, Capt. U. S 227,132

Page.

Trowbridge, Lieut TV. P 17,190

Twiss, Major 4

U.

Underwood & Co 163,164,185,259

Underwood, "William 261

United States Northern Boundary Survey . . 7

V.

Valentine, M. L 182

Varden,J 94,142,198

Yelie,Dr.J.W 66,82,83

VerrilLA.E 234,237,258,261,262

Verrill,C.E 260

Vielle.TV 15

Voss, Adolph 73, 75, 77, 83, ] 70

W.

Walker, Daniel 150

Wallace, John 5,10,18,260

Waltham & Graham 90

War Department 94

Ward, H. A 5,9,16,21,67

Warren, Lieut. G.K 8,86,94

Welch, George 4

Welpley.Dr.P 8,18

Wernich & Wandel 216

Westerberger, Frank 200

Weston, William H 160, 161

Willis, J.H 253

Wheeler, Lieut. George M ..... 190

Wheeler, W.F 7

Whipple, Lieut. A. W 83

White Manufacturing Company 141

White, Dr. J. B 141,143,144

White, Lieut. J. W 116

Whitney Arms Company 90,91

Wilcox, Crittenden & Co 73, 74, 83, 85, 117, 122,

128, 130, 150-157, 159-162

Wilcox Tannery 209

WUkens, William, & Co 218, 219

Williams, Haven & Co 146

Williamson, Lieut. R S 15

Willis.J.R, 18

WilmotS 60

Wilson, Dr 20

Winans, J. Koss 118

Winchester Repeating Arms 91, 92

Wilkes, Lieutenant 159

Wilkes, Capt. Charlqs 8, 83, 92, 143, 197, 198

Woodford, Philip B 202

Woltz,G.W 138

Woltz,T.N 133,134

Wood, W.F 8

Woodhouse, Doctor 14,16

Woodford, Philip R 201

Wyeth, John, & Bro 225, 226, 228, 229

Xantus, John .-...19,258

Y.

Yarrow, H. C 48,49,51,135,236

Young, A. K 265

Young.W.H... 100

Young, W.M 96,97,102,117

of fhc

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

15

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TSTo. 15.

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OP THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

TTASHI^G-TOX:

GOVERNMENT FEINTING OFFICE.
1879.

ADVERTISEMENT.

This work is the flfteeenth of a series of papers intended to illustrate
the collections of Natural History and Ethnology belonging to the
United States, and constituting the National Museum, of which the
Smithsonian Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 1846.

It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.

SPENCER F. BAIRD,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

Washington, April 15, 1879.

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO THE

NATURAL HISTOET

OF

ARCTIC AMERICA,

MADE IN CONNECTION WITH

THE HOWGATE POLAR EXPEDITION, 1877-78,

BT

LTJDWIG

NATURALIST OF THE EXPEDITION

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

1870.

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page.

INTRODUCTION. By LUDWIG KUMLIEN 5

ETHNOLOGY. By LUDWIG KUMLIEN 11

MAMMALS. By LUDWIG KUMLIEN 47

BIRDS. By LUDWIG KUMLIEN 69

FISHES. By TARLETON H. BEAN 107

CRUSTACEA. By S. I. SMITH 139

ANNELIDES. By A. E. VERRILL 141

MOLLUSKS. ByW. H. BALL 145

MOLLUSCOIDS. By A. E. VERRILL 147

EADIATES. By A. E. VERRILL 151

INSECTS : DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. By W. H. EDWARDS 155

INSECTS: HYMENOPTERA, NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA, DIPTERA, COLEOPTERA,

KEUROPTERA, AND ARACHNIDA. By S. H. SCUDDER AND OTHERS 159

PLANTS. By ASA GRAY 163

LICHENS. By EDWARD TUCKERMAN : 167

ALGJE. ByW.G. FARLOW 169

MINERALS. By F. M ENDLICH 171

4

INTRODUCTION.

BY LUDWIG KUMLIEN.

The vessel conveying the Howgate preliminary Polar Expedition was
the " Florence" of New London, Conn. She is a fore-and-aft schooner of
fifty-six tons, and was built in Wells, Me., in 1851, for mackerel, and
was subsequently used as a sealer in the southern seas.

Although a staunch and fair sea-boat, as far as her diminutive dimen-
sions could allow, a less suitable vessel for the purpose could hardly
have been chosen. To say that she was too small for thorough scientific
work covers the ground, but quite fails to convey a proper idea of what
drawbacks all scientific labors were subjected to on this account.

The schooner was fitted out in JSTew London, and sailed on the morn-
ing of August 3, 1877, unfortunately at least two months later than
desirable, had her object been purely scientific.

The primary object of the expedition, by Captain Howgate's order,
was to colJect material, skins, skin clothing, dogs, sledges, and Eskimo,
for the use of a future colony on the shores of Lady Franklin Bay.
The secondary object of the expedition was scientific work 5 and, thirdly,
whaling was to be one feature of the cruise.

So far as the primary object is concerned, the expedition was as suc-
cessful as could be expected : a large amount of skins was collected
and made into clothing 5 the services of sixteen Eskimo were secured,
who were willing to accompany the coming steamer northward ; nearly
thirty dogs were secured, and several good sledges, with an ample sup-
ply of whales' jaw-bones for shoeing the runners for some years.

As has been stated by Captain Howgate, " the peculiar nature of her
mission lifted the enterprise from the level of an ordinary whaling voy-
age to the higher plane of geographical discovery." Every one, except
the scientists, had a li lay" in the voyage; and, so far as the crew was
concerned, their "lay" was to be then' only remuneration; as a natural
consequence, whaling became the primary object to them. The expe-
dition was also fairly successful in this direction.

As far as the scientific work is concerned, some valuable work was

6 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

done, especially by Mr. Sherman in meteorology ; still, nearly all the scien-
tific labors were prosecuted under very discouraging conditions. The
lack of any place to work in save a snow-hut on shore, in which neither
sufficient light nor heat was to be obtained, rendered it very difficult to
prosecute certain investigations. The late date of sailing and the early
departure from the winter harbor deprived us of the most interesting
and profitable season for scientific research.

The outward trip presented nothing to break the usual monotony of a
long sailing voyage : fogs and light winds prevailed till off the north of
Eesolution Island, when a strong northeast gale was encountered. The
schooner was heavily loaded and poorly trimmed, so that some uneasi-
ness for safety was naturally felt, especially as we were close inshore
among icebergs and rocks, in a thick fog and on an unknown coast. One
boat was stove in and a few barrels of provisions washed from deck ;
otherwise no damage was done.

The first anchorage was in Niantilic Harbor, on the western shore of
Cumberland Sound, September 12, forty-one days after, leaving New
London. Some natives were secured here, to assist in whaling; and all
their worldly possessions, including dogs, sledges, boats, &c., were taken
upon the decks, and the schooner weighed anchor and started for the
opposite side of the sound. A short stay was made at the Kikkerton
Islands, and on the 6th of October the Florence dropped anchor in the
little harbor of Annanactook, at about lat. 07° K, long. 68° 50' W.

Arrangements were at once begun by Mr. Sherman and myself to erect
a shelter that would serve for an observatory and general working-place ;
an eminence on a little rocky islet in the harbor was chosen for this
purpose, and our tent raised. Instrument-shelters were erected, and the
meteorological work began in earnest.

As soon as the snow became compact enough, we engaged the Eskimo
to build a snow-house for vis, in which our tent served as a lining.

It was often difficult to get from the ship to the shore on account of
the ice or unusually stormy weather.

We improved every opportunity at this late day to secure specimens ;
but as the ice soon formed over the sound, our endeavors were far from
satisfactory, especially as we were unable to procure a boat with any
degree of certainty, as they had to be kept in readiness for whaling.

The winter was spent by Mr. Sherman in taking observations; and to
judge from the manner in which he assiduously applied himself to his
work, night and day, through all weathers and under the most di scour-

INTRODUCTION. 7

aging circumstances, the results of his labors cannot fail to be very val-
uable and do justice to Mr. Sherman's indefatigable perseverance and
scholarly attainments. We spent our time in procuring and taking care
of specimens, as well as taking our " watch n at the observatory when
not too busy with other work.

From our peculiar surroundings and the isolation to which we were
necessarily subjected, we lost much of our wonted enthusiasm during the
long, dreary winter, and found rest only in continual work.

The spring of 1878 was stormy and backward, and the prevalence of
southerly gales kept the ice closely packed about us till the fore part of
July. This treacherous condition of the ice, and early departure from
the winter harbor, robbed us of any opportunity to prosecute extended
researches, except in the immediate vicinity of the harbor ; thus the
most valuable season was completely lost to us.

The Florence left her winter harbor on the 6th of July, having all the
collected material for the future Arctic colony stored in her hold, and
sixteen Eskimo and twenty-eight dogs on deck.

In the unnecessary haste of departure many valuable preparations had
to be abandoned for want of time to get them aboard, as well as space
to store them.

Short stoppages were made at two or three points on the outward
passage from the sound, and on the 19th of July we rounded Cape Mercy
and took the pack-ice of Davis Straits. It was on this day that the
schooner received the bump which afterwards cost us so much trouble
and anxiety.

The pack proved to be quite loose, but extensive, and the floes rather
small, but the winds were invariably contrary and quite stiff, and the
almost impenetrable fog made the navigation dangerous and tedious ;
we were often obliged to tie up to a floe and await a "lead" in the pack,
or the lifting of the murky fog veil.

Godhavn Harbor, Disko Island, Greenland, was reached on the olst
of July. We were all in high spirits in anticipation of news from home,
if not the presence of the expected expedition steamer. Of course the
double disappointment was sorely felt.

The advent of the expedition was awaited with great anxiety, more
especially as no word had been sent us via Denmark, so we naturally
concluded the vessel or vessels were belated from some cause ; but when
three weeks of waiting brought us no news, the anchor was weighed, and
the Florence put on a course for Cumberland once more, to return the
Eskimo and their effects to their country.

8 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

During our sojourn in Godhaven every attention was paid to our com-
fort by the higlily enlightened Danes resident there, and these three
short weeks were to us the most enjoyable of the whole cruise. We
pursued our scientific labors here as elsewhere when an anchorage was
made, but in this case had the misfortune of being on an old and well-
rorked field.

On the evening of the 22d of August, the Florence left Godhaven and
sped on a southerly course, with a fair north wind ; this soon veered to
ESE. and blew a gale. For four days the schooner lay hove-to under
close-reefed storm-sail, while the hatches were battened down over the
poor natives in the hold. We were entirely at the mercy of the elements
and drifted with the sea. An impenetrable fog, with heavy rain, con-
tinued the whole time, and we were drifting among hundreds of ice-
bergs, but luckily did not come in contact with any.

On the 27th land was sighted on our starboard quarter, and subse-
quent observations proved us to be in the mouth of Exeter Sound! We
had drifted completely across Davis Straits.

On the 31st of August we again anchored at Mantilic, and most will-
ingly landed our passengers and all their goods, and enjoyed a few days
of rest, — rest from the howling of wind and wave and from the far less
musical squall of the juvenile Eskimo and the fiendish howls of the dogs.
We could also enjoy the luxury of clean and free decks once more, the
first time since June.

On the 12th of September willing hands headed the Florence for home,
very glad indeed to near the long-wished-for shores of the United
States, but little dreaming of the terrible passage we were about to en-
counter.

We started with a fair free wind, which soon increased to a galej and
as the size of the schooner forbid scudding with more than a whole sail
breeze, we were obliged to heave-to for two days. From this time till
the 26th, when we made St. John's, Newfoundland, we were in a con-
tinual gale nearly the whole time. At the commencement of each storm,
and they followed one another in quick succession, we made a fair run
for a few hours, and then hove-to till the storm abated.

On the llth of October, the Florence left St. John's, Newfoundland,
ior the United States. The passage was one of unusually severe weather :
one storm followed an other before the sea could go down, and to add
to our misery the schooner sprang a leak on the evening of the 19th,
while carrying a good deal of canvas, with stiff free wind and heavy

INTRODUCTION.

head sea. We were somewhere off Sable Island at the time, our exact
bearings being unknown to us. The pumps were kept manned, and dili-
gent search made for the leak, but without avail. Such a condition of
affairs cast a shadow of gloom over the whole company : our provisions
gone, ship leaking badly, and not knowing at what moment it might
gain on us; the elements in all their fury let loose, so that we were en-
tirely in their power, drifting helplessly at the mercy of raging billows,
without knowledge of our position within a hundred miles. On the
evening of October 25, Thatcher's Island lights were sighted, and the
Florence seemed to have become animated, for with a fair NW. breeze
she sped like a thing of life, and before midnight we saw the reflected
lights of Boston on the clouds, and the next morning dropped anchor in
Provincetown, Mass. Provisions were secured and some slight repairs
made.

On the morning of October 30, the Florence lay alongside of the same
dock she had left fifteen months before, every man brought back alive
and well.

ETHNOLOGY.

FRAGMENTARY NOTES OX THE ESKIMO OF CUMBERLAND SOUND.

BY LUDWIG KUMLIEX.

The Cumberland Straits, Sound, Gulf, or Inlet, extends from about
lat. 65° X. to lat. 67° + X. It is the Cumberland Straits of Baffin, its
original discoverer at the end of the sixteenth century; the Hogarth
Sound of Captain Penny, who rediscovered it in 1839 ; and the North-
umberland Inlet of Captain Wareham in 1841.

During the last quarter century it has often been visited by Scotch
and American whalemen, ships frequently wintering on the southwest-
ern shores.

It is at present unknown if it be a sound or gulf; it is generally con-
sidered as a gulf, but some Eskimo say that the Kingwah Fjord, one of
the arms extending to the XE., opens into a large expanse of water,
to them unknown. Icebergs are also sometimes found in this fjord that,
from their positions, seem to have come from the northward, and not
from the south.

The eastern shore of this sound forms the western boundary of that
portion of Cumberland Island which lies between its waters and Davis
Straits, and known as the Penny Peninsula.

In about lat. 6G° X. the Kingnite Fjord extends from the sound in an
EXE. direction", and nearly joins Exeter Sound from Davis Straits;
they are separated only by a portage of a few miles. The Cumberland
Eskimo make frequent excursions to the eastern shore via these fjords,
but seem to have extended their migrations but a short distance north-
ward, finding Cumberland Sound more to their tastes.

The width of Cumberland Sound opposite Xiantilic is about thirty
miles, possibly its widest part. It is indented by numerous and large
fjords, few, if any, of them having been explored; many islands are scat-
tered along both shores, and in some instances form quite considerable
groups.

The present Eskimo are few in numbers. We would estimate the

entire population, men, women, and children, on both sides of the sound,

11

12 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

from Cape Mercy on the east to Nugurneute on the west, not to exceed
four hundred individuals. It is certain that within the last thirty yerrs
the mortality has been very great among them; even the whalemen
remark an astonishing diminution in their numbers at the present day,
as compared with twenty years ago.

Numerous traditions exist among them of the time when they warred
with other tribes, and old men, now living, have pointed out to us islands
that were once the scene of battles, where the besieged party was starved
into submission by their enemies. According to the usual story, the
hurling of stones was one of the most effective and common modes of
warfare; this was especially the case when one party could get upon a
ledge above the other. At the present day they are peaceful and quiet,
have no recognized leader, and no desire to fight, even if their numbers
would permit of it.

As the story goes, the present population were the victors in those
fights, and took possession of the country they now inhabit. Some say
they came from the northwest, and found another tribe, which they
overcame and drove away. Their stories on this subject vary, and
sometimes with this unusually interesting tradition, as well as many
others, they get events of a very recent date hopelessly mixed up with
the rest; and it is no unusual instance to find that some whaler with a
good imagination has supplied and restored lost portions of the nar-
rative, to their entire satisfaction; but these restorations are chiefly
remarkable for their utter disregard of truth or possibility.

The following tradition is a translation from one of the most reliable
natives we became acquainted with:

"A long time ago (ticJiemaniadlo)* other Innuits (Eskimo) were found
here; they were called "Tunak";t they were very strong, very large, and
had short legs and large arms ; they had very wide chests. Their clothes
were made of bear skins, and their knives from walrus tusks. Did not
use bows and arrows, but only the harpoon-lance; they harpooned the
reindeer in the water, from their kyacks; used very large kyacks. The

*Here arises a great difficulty: tichemani signifies a long time, i, c., it may be any-
where from a week to a year; ticUemaniadlo is a very much longer period, generally
conceded to antedate the advent of the whites ; at least, this was the only example
we could bring up which they could understand, except their own ages, which we could
ascertain with less certainty. When a very long period (as in this pase) is represented
as having intervened, they repeat ticJiemaniadlo several times, but ho\v much time is
added by each repetition we are unable to say.

t Variously pronounced, "Tunarc," "Tunnuk," or "Tunnak."

ETHNOLOGY. 13

Tunuks made houses out of stone.* They were able to lift large stones.
We were afraid of them ; we fought with them and killed them. They
(the Tunul's] came in the first place from Greenland^ The women made
clothes from their own hair. They had no dogs at that time, but they
made sledges and harnesses, and finally (witchou = by and by) put the
harnesses on three rocks, one white, one red, and one black 5 they then
called, and when they looked they found the stones had been trans-
formed into dogs. After a time they got plenty dogs ; then they went
about more. The present Eskimo could not understand their language.
They lived to a great age (E. tukewouk wamt = did not die!). Far to the
west some Eskimo lately saw some TunuJcs; they had bear-skin cloth-
ing. In the TunuJcs land (where?) the musk ox (oming mutt), bear, and
seals are abundant. They build walls of stones on the land, and drive
the reindeer into ponds, and catch them in kyacks. They have a large,
long colly tong (coat, or jumper jacket) that they fasten down around
them on the ice while they are watching a seal's hole 5 underneath this

* Vide sketch of foundation, No. 1. Stone foundations of a somewhat peculiar pat-
tern are found in many of the larger fjords. The subject of the sketch was about four-
teen feet in its greatest diameter (the larger enclosure) inside ; the smaller one about
ten feet. The arrangement is much the same as the Eskimo use at the present day, a
raised platform in the end opposite the entrance for a sleeping and general lounging
place, and two smaller platforms on either side, where the lamps are kept, and where*
the garbage accumulates.

These foundations are now mere ruins. Some of the stones in the walls are so large
that it must have required the united efforts of several men to place them in position..
The stones gradually diminish in size from the foundation upward. Standing walls are
from two to three feet high, and might have been a foot higher, to judge from the
loose stones lying about. There was probably a frame-work of whale ribs, over which
the seal-skin covering was spread.

On the north side of this foundation were seven kyacks, built of small stones; they
lie parallel to each other, and are from ten to fifteen feet in length; they are built of
a single row of stones, and only one tier high. These are said to indicate the number
of inmates that have died. They appear to us more like the work of children. In
the lamp-places we found the remains of Pagomys fcetidus (abundant), Phoca ~barbatat
Cistophora crlstata, Tricliechus rosmarus, Ursus maritimm (the three last-named species
occur now only as stragglers in the vicinity), Bangifer tarandus, Beluga catodon, Larus

?, and Somateria ? (mollissima, probably). Other bones are found, but not

recognizable from decay. Wo implements were found except a stone skin-scraper.
The present Eskimo say these stone foundations were made by the TunuJcs. They are
found in various out-of-the-way places, especially in the greater Kingwah Fjord.

t About twenty years ago, a man and women (Greenlanders) landed near Cape Mercy,
having got adrift on a piece of ice on the Greenland coast. From this occurrence we
conjecture that the story has received a modern addition.

14 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

garment, on the ice, they place a lamp; over this lamp they cook meat.
TTieir eyes are sore all the time. We are afraid of them 5 do not like
them ; glad they have gone away."

This tradition differs somewhat in the particulars when told by differ-
ent individuals, but the main points are essentially the same. Many
will not tell it all ; some, only parts of it. The ridiculous story about
the dogs is firmly believed by the present Eskimo as the origin of these
animals.

That the Tunnies have been seen of late years in the west is not im-
probable,— that is, natives, different in dress and stature; but they were
most likely the tribe known as the Pelly Bay Eskimo from the north
shores of Hudson's Straits and from Fox Channel, they being larger
and more robust than the Cumberland Eskimo of the present day. It is
certain that since the whalers have begun coming among the Cumber-
land Eskimo, and introduced venereal diseases, they have deteriorated
very much. They now almost depend upon ships coming, and as a con-
sequence are becoming less* expert hunters, and more careless in the
construction of their habitations, which are merely rude temporary shel-
ters made at a few minutes' notice. Great suffering often ensues from
living in these miserable huts. The seal skin that should have gone to
repair the tent is bartered to the whalemen for a little tobacco, or some
valueless trinket, which is soon thrown aside. The men are employed to
catch whales, when they should be hunting in order to supply the wants
of their families ; and the women, half clad, but sporting a gaudy calico
gown, instead of their comfortable skin clothes, and dying of a quick
consumption in consequence, when they should be repairing garments
or preparing skins, are loafing around the ships, doing nothing for
themselves or any one else.

The Cumberland Eskimo of to-day, with his breech-loading rifle,
^teel knives, cotton jacket, and all the various trinkets he succeeds in
procuring from the ships, is worse clad, lives poorer, and gets less to eat
than did his forefathers, who had never seen or heard of a white man.

There is a practice among them that is probably of long standing, and
is regularly carried out every season, of going into the interior or up
some of the large fjords after reindeer. They generally go during the
months of July and August, returning in September, to be on hand when
the fall whaling begins. The purpose of this reindeer hunt is to procure
skins for their winter clothing. Nearly all return to the sound to winter.
They have regular settlements, which are hardly ever entirely deserted

ETHNOLOGY. 15

at any season. The principal ones are known as Nugumeute, Mantilic,
Kewboyant, Kemesuit, Annanactook, Oosooadluin, Ejujuajuin, Kikker-
ton, and Middliejuacktuack Islands, and Shaumeer, situate at different
points on both sides of Cumberland Sound. During the winter they con-
gregate at these points in little villages of snow-huts.

The present principal headquarters are at the Kikkerton Islands, or at
Niantilic, according to which point the whalers winter. The old harbor
of Kemasuit, once the winter harbor of whalers and a favorite resort of
the Eskimo, is now deserted, except by a few superannuated couples,
who manage to catch enough seal to live on.

As a rule, the present race is of short stature, the men from five feet
three inches to five feet six. There are some exceptions, but they are
in favor of a less rather than a greater height. The women are a little
shorter. The lower extremities are rather short in proportion to the
body, and bow-legs are almost the rule. This probably arises from the
manner in which the children are carried in the mother's hood, as well
as the early age at which they attempt to walk. The habit of sitting
cross-legged may also have a tendency to produce this deformity. Their
1 1 ands and feet are small and well formed. Their hands are almost covered
with the scars of cuts and bruises. It seems that in healing the inj tired part
rjses, and is always afterwards disgustingly prominent. There is a great
variation in the color of their skin, and a description that would answer
for one might not apply at all to another. Even among those that are
of i)ure breed there are some whose skins are no darker than a white
man's would be if subjected to the rigors of wind and cold, and the
never-removed accumulation of soot and grease. Others again seem to
have been " born so." The children, when young, are quite fair. The
eyes are small, oblique, and black or very dark brown. The hair is
black, straight, coarse, and very abundant. It is rarely wavy or curly
among the full-blooded Innuits.

There are, of course, exceptions to the above in cases of half-breeds.
Their faces are broad and flat, with rather large lips and prominent
cheek-bones.

Infanticide is not practiced among the Cumberland Eskimo at the
present day. I have learned from some of the most intelligent that this
barbarous custom was in vogue in former times, however. Among the
natives of Eepulse Bay and those living on the north shores of Hudson's
Straits, it is practiced to a considerable extent, especially with the tribe
known as the Pelly Bay natives. The practice is confined almost en-

16 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

tirely to female children, -the reason being, they tell us, that they are
unable to hunt, and consequently of little account. It seems to have
b^en referable to the same cause among the Cumberland Eskimo. Their
intercourse with the whites seems to have modified some of the most
barbarous of their primitive habits.

Twins are not common, and triplets very rare. The males outnumber
the females. Infanticide may, to some extent, be the cause ; but lung
diseases, which are alarmingly prevalent, seem more fatal to the women
than to the men.

Children are often mated by the parents while they are still mere in-
fants. There is such an extreme laxity of morals that the young women
almost invarialy become wives only a short time before they are mothers.

It is impossible to say at what age the women cease to bear children,
as they have no idea of their own age, and few are able to count above
ten. Puberty takes place at an early age, possibly at fourteen with the
female. They are not a prolific race, and it is seldom a woman has more
than two or three children, and often only one, of her own ; still many,
or almost all, have children ; but inquiry will generally divulge the fact
that some of the children have been bought. Almost every young woman
has or has had a child, but the identity of the father is in no wise neces-
sary in order to insure the respectability of the mother or child. Such
children are generally traded or given away to some elderly couple as
soon as they are old enough to leave the mother. The foster-parents
take quite as good care of such adopted children as if .they were their
own.

So far as we could learn, they do not generally practice any rites or
ceremonies of marriage. The best hunter, or the owner of the largest
number of dogs and hunting-gear, will seldom have any difficulty in
procuring the woman of his choice for a wife, even though she has a
husband at the time. It is a common practice to trade wives for short
periods or for good. They appear to have marriage rites sometimes, but
we could induce no one to tell us, except one squaw, who agreed to,
but only on condition that we became one of the interested parties and
she the other. This was more than we had bargained for, and, although
generally willing to be a martyr for the cause of science, we allowed this
opportunity to pass without improving it.

Monogamy is at the present time the most prevalent. Polygamy is
practiced only in the case of a man being dble to provide for two or more
wives. Three, and even four, are known of, but rare. Neither do two

ETHNOLOGY. 17

or three wives in one hut make an altogether harmonious household;
but all little difficulties are generally settled by the husband, in a man-
ner better calculated to insure reverence to masculine strength than
respect for superior intelligence.

The scarcity of women at present in proportion to the men makes
polygamy a luxury only to be indulged in by the wealthy. Divorce, if
it can be called by that name, is very frequent among them. All that
is needed is that the husband tires of his wife, or knows of a better one
that he is able to procure. Neither does it seem, to trouble the woman
much : she is quite sure to have another offer before long; and a change
of this kind seems to benefit both parties. One rather remarkable and
very laudable practice among these people is the adoption of young
children whose parents are dead, or, as often happens, whose mother is
the only recognized parent. Orphans, so to speak, are thus twice as
common as among civilized nations. These children, whether bought
or received as a gift, are always taken as good care of as if they were
their own, especially if they are boys.

Among the Eskimo employed by the Florence was a family that had
two children, who passed for brother and sister. One, the boy, was a
nephew of " Eskimo Joe," of Polaris fame. He had been bought from
the Hudson's Straits Eskimo, some two hundred miles to the south. He
was a perfect little satan ; and, though he gave us much annoyance, he
was a never-failing source of amusement to us all. The girl, again, was
a native of Exeter Sound, on the west coast of Davis Staits ; still, both
were considered as their own children, and well cared for.

Half-breeds are said to be of more irritable temperaments, and less
able to bear exposure and fatigue, than the full-blooded Eskimo.

The food of the Cumberland Eskimo consists entirely of flesh, and in
most sections of the sound of Pagomys fcetidus. In fact, this animal is
their principal dependence for food, fuel, clothing, and light. The
Eskimo will eat a few of the berries of Vaccinium iiliginosum&ud Empetrum
nigrum* the roots of Pedicular is, and occasionally a little Fucus vesiculo-
sus in winter, but this constitutes a very small and unimportant part of
their food.

As soon as the ice has fairly left the sound, the Eskimo hunter leaves
the winter encampment, with his family and such portions of his house-
hold goods as will be needed, and takes a tour inland or up some of the
large fjords after reindeer. The larger part of his possessions, iiiclu ding-
sledge, dogs, harnesses, winter clothing, £c., he secretes among the rocks
in some unfrequented spot. His dogs are put 011 some little rocky islet,
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 15 2

18 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

to shut tor themselves. 'They eke out a scanty subsistence by making
good use of their time at low tide, Cottus scorpim constituting the greater
part of their food at this season.

There are at present so many whaleboats owned by these Eskimo,
that they experience little difficulty in making quite extensive cruises,
three or four families constituting a boat's crew. They will load a whale-
boat to within an inch or two of the gunwale, and then set out for a few
weeks of enjoyment and abundance. The squaws do the rowing and the
" captain" stands majestically in the stern with the steering oar, while
the rest of the men are either asleep or on the lookout for game. The
cargo consists of their tent-poles, the skin-tents, pots, and lamps, with
sundry skin-bags containing the women's sewing and skinning utensils.
Their hunting-gear, of course, forms a quite conspicuous portion of the
contents of the boat. • Very few there are at present who have not be-
come the possessors of a half-barrel, and this vessel occupies a conspic-
uous place in the boat, and is almost constantly receiving additions of
animal matter in some shape ; a few young eiders or gulls will soon be
covered up with the intestines of a seal and its flesh. From this recep-
tacle all obtain a piece of meat whenever they feel hungry. This ves-
sel is never emptied of its contents, except by accident or when scarcity
of material forbids its repletion ; and, as the temperature at this season
is well up in .the " sixties " during the day, this garbage heap becomes
so offensive as to be unbearable to any one but an Eskimo.

They proceed at a very leisurely rate, rowing for a few minutes and
then stopping for a time, chatting, smoking, or eating. When they feel
fired they haul up on the rocks and have a sleep, and then resume the
journey in the same vagabond manner. If, while thus cruising, any live
creature that they think there is any possibility they can capture comes
in sight, all hands become animated, the oars are plied with redoubled
energy, guns and spears are in readiness, and every one is eager for the
sport. Hours are often consumed in chasing half-grown duck or young
loon, which when procured is but a bite ; but the fun of the chase seems to
be the principal object, and they enjoy it hugely. Thus they journey till
they reach some suitable locality, when the boat is unloaded, the toopiks
raised, the lamps put in their places, and all is ready for a grand hunt.
The men divide and scatter over the mountains, leaving the camp in
charge of the women and children ; these busy themselves by hunting
for and destroying every living creature that they can find.

On the return of the hunters, who perchance have brought some skins
and a hunk of venison, there are joyous times in camp; the meat is dis-

ETHNOLOGY. 19

posed of first, and then the younger people engage in various games,
while the older ones gather around some aged crone, who excitedly
recounts the hunts of her girlhood dayg, plentifully intermixing stray
portions of the old sagas and legends with which her memory is replete.
Thus they live from day to day, the men hunting and the women stretch-
ing the skins, till the season comes around when they must return to
the coast. Happy, contented, vagabond race ! no thoughts of the mor-
row disturb the tranquillity of their minds.

When a deer is killed any distance from camp, the meat is cached,
with the intention of returning after it in winter; but with what the
wolves and foxes devour and what the Eskimo never can find again,
very little is brought back.

Many have now firearms of some pattern or other ; and though they
will hunt for a ball that has missed its mark for half a day, they do not
hesitate to fire at any useless creature that comes in their way. Those
that have no guns use bows and arrows made from reindeer antlers.
Sometimes the deer are driven into ponds, and even into the salt water,
and captured in kyacks with harpoons.

They have an interesting custom or superstition, namely, the killing
of the evil spirit of the deer; some time during the winter or early in
spring, at any rate before they can go deer-hunting, they congregpte
together and dispose of this imaginary evil. The chief ancoot, angeJcoJc,
or medicine-man, is the main performer. He goes through a number of
gyrations and contortions, constantly hallooing and calling, till suddenly
the imaginary deer is among them. ]STow begins a lively time. Every
one is screaming, running, jumping, spearing, and stabbing at the imag-
inary deer, till one would think a whole mad-house was let loose. Often
this deer proves very agile, and must be hard to kill, for I have known
them to keep this performance up for days; in fact, till they were com-
pletely exhausted.

During one of these performances an old man speared the deer, another
knocked out an eye, a third stabbed him, and so on till he was dead.
Those who are able or fortunate enough to inflict some injury on this
bad deer, especially he who inflicts the death-blow, is considered ex-
tremely lucky, as he wil) have no difficulty in procuring as many deer
as he wants, for there is no longer an evil spirit to turn his bullets or
arrows from their course.

They seldom kill a deer after the regular hunting season is over, till
this performance has been gone through with, even though a very good
opportunity presents itself.

20 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Salmo salary and one other species of Salmo that I could not procure
enough of to identify, are caught to some extent in June and September
in some of the larger fjords 5 they are mostly caught with a spear, but
sometimes with a hook. (For description vide under hunting-gear, &c.)

When these fish are caught, they are put into a seal-skin bag, and it
remains tied up till the whole becomes a mass of putrid and fermenting
fish, about as repulsive to taste, sight, and smell as can be imagined.
Coitus scorpius, which contributes so largely towards the Greenlander's
larder, is not utilized by the Cumberland Eskimo, except in cases of a
scarcity of other food supplies ; the fish is abundant in their waters,
however, and fully as good eating as they are on the Greenland coast.

Birds and their eggs also contribute towards their sustenance in sea-
son $ they are extremely fond of eggs, and devour them in astonishing
quantities.

The "black skin" of the whale, called by them mulctuJc, is esteemed
the greatest delicacy. When they first procure a supply of this food,
they almost invariably eat themselves sick, especially the children. We
found this black skin not unpleasant tasting when boiled and then pickled
in strong vinegar and eaten cold 5 but the first attempts at masticating it
will remind one of chewing India rubber. When eaten to excess, espe-
cially when raw, it acts as a powerful laxative. It is generally eaten
with about half an inch of blubber adhering.

The greater portion of their food is eaten raw, especially in winter.
When they cook at all, they only "simmer" it over their lamps in a pot
of soapstone. These pots are from eight to twenty inches in length,
usually about sixteen inches, and though of variable patterns, the length
is generally three times the width or depth. Among such Eskimo as
are able to procure old cast-away meat-cans from around the ships, tin
has superseded the soapstone both for lamps and boiling-pots.

In summer, especially when on hunting excursions, they very often
"fry" meat by making a little fireplace of stones, and laying a flat piece
of stone on the top. The opening to receive the fuel supply is to wind-
ward. For fuel at such times they use Cassiope tetragona and Ledum
palustre; these shrubs make a quick and very hot fire. It would be
comparatively an easy task for these people to gather enough Cassiope
tetragona during the summer to burn during the coldest weather, and
not rely wholly upon blubber.

When the Eskimo have been simmering meat, especially seal, in their
boiling-pots, they pour off the liquor and mix it with about an equal

ETHNOLOGY. 21

quantity of blood ; this makes a thick and rather greasy soup that must
be quite nourishing ; the children are very fond of it. It seems possible
that from this dish has originated the popular error that these people
drinJt o*7, a notion that is simply preposterous.

I found among some of these people a little spoon, or rather a minia-
ture scoop, made of ivory, which they used to drink the soup with ; it
appears to be an old utensil, now fast going out of use, for they can now
procure tin mugs. A reindeer's rib, pointed at one end, is used to fish
up the meat with, and sometimes to convey it to the mouth. These
instruments are found in the graves, but seem to be but little used at
the present day.

When a seal is brought to the encampment, especially if they have not
been plenty for some days, all the villagers are invited to the hut of the
lucky hunter, and the seal is soon dispatched. A couple of the younger
men skin the animal and distribute the pieces to the assembled company
as fast as needed. The testicles, being considered as the choicest titbit,
are usually handed over to the hostess ; the spinal cord is also rated as
one of the choicest portions of the animal. During these feasts they
gorge themselves to their utmost capacity, and are in good humor and
hilarious. Though there may be ever so poor prospects to procure more
food for the morrow, this does not deter them from gluttonously devour-
ing the last morsel, and then go on allowance till they can get a fresh
supply. I have seen them thus gorge themselves, and then lie down to
sleep with a piece of seal meat by their side, which they attacked every
time they awoke.

The intestines of birds, notably Lagopus and Somateria, are looked
upon as choice parts, and birds brought to the encampment are gene-
rally "drawn" by the hunters. The fatty excrescence at the base of the
upper mandible of the male Som. spectabilis is too great a temptation
for them. It was with great difficulty that we could induce them to
bring these birds to camp without having them thus mutilated.

Since whalers began to cruise in the Cumberland waters, they have
found that it is decidedly to their advantage to hire boats' crews of
natives to assist in the capture of whales. They make good whalemen.
When such crews are secured, they wisely count in all of their family in the
bargain, so that to secure the services of a crew of seven men one must
feed thirty or more. While working for whalers, these Eskimo depend
almost wholly on the ship for their food supply ; as a consequence, they
are fast becoming poor hunters, and prefer to lounge around a vessel

22 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

and pick up such scraps as offer themselves rather than to strike out for
themselves and live independently and in comparative plenty.

As to meals, or regular meal-times, they eat when hungry, if they have
anything. They always eat in the morning before going out to hunt;
but the principal meal is in the evening, on their return. When supplied
with rations by the ships, they often have their regular meals aboard ;
but this does in no wise hinder them from taking their usual evening
allowance of raw meat when they return to their huts.

That the Eskimo possess considerable powers of abstinence cannot
be disputed ; but it is not so remarkable after all, for they certainly have
had ample experience in this direction. That they are able to bear tem-
porary or sustained exertion better than the whites is doubtful. They
are acclimated and have clothing suited to the climate, and readily adapt
themselves to the rude shelter of a snow-bank, if necessary ; but give a
healthy white man as good clothes, and he will stand as much fatigue,
and perhaps more.

While hunting with the Eskimo, we often had our nose and face frozen,
when it did not seem to affect the Eskimo in the least ; but when it came
to a tramp through the snow all day long, few of them would stand it
any better than we could.

Some have judged their powers of endurance from the manner in
which they will follow their game ; but it seems to us it is rather their
wonderful patience, for we have known them to follow animal tracks for
a whole day, when we confess we could not discover the faintest trace
of a track, except at long distances apart. They will discover any traces
of animals on the snow that a white man would pass by and not notice.
Wlien traveling either on the ice or water, they make the journey by
short, easy stages, stopping as soon as they feel the least tired, and re-
cruiting ; if they were required to walk a given distance, as on a regular
march, they would give out.

The Cumberland Eskimo are known to make better and more beau-
tiful clothing than the tribes of ^Northern Hudson's Bay and Straits.
During the summer, and> in fact, at all seasons, except when the weather
is very severe, the outer garment of the men is made from the skins of
adult — or, more properly speaking, yearlings, as they are the best—
Pagomys fcetidus. In very cold weather, they betake themselves to deer-
skin clothing ; but as these clothes are less strong than the seal-skin,
they make the change as soon as the weather permits. The women wear
the deer-skin clothes much later in the season than the men; their dress

ETHNOLOGY. 23

is also made of the same kind of seal, unless they are fortunate enough
to procure Calloceplialus vitulmus, which skins are so highly prized that
they use them even though there is only sufficient for a part of the fronts
of their jackets.

Both the men and women wear a garment the exact duplicate in shape
under the outer one ; this garment is made either from the young seal

in the white coat or of reindeer.

I

The coat of the men does not open in front, but is drawn on over the
head like a shirt, and has a hood that fits the head snugly, while the
woman's hood is large and loose, and the jacket is quite loose-fitting, so
as to receive the child, which is always carried in the hood. The woman's
jacket further differs from the men's in being shorter in front, and end-
ing in a rounded point, while behind it reaches quite to the ground in
the form of a lance-shaped train. This appendage is caught up in the
same manner as the fashionable train of the present day among civil-
ized nations, when the condition of the ground is unfavorable for its
trailing. After all, is not this fashion borrowed from the Eskimo?
There is often an approach towards this prolongation in the men's jack-
ets, especially when made of deer skin, but never so long as on the
woman's. Xeither do little girls have a long train to the jacket $ but as
soon as they arrive at the age when they are no longer looked upon as
children, they learn to imitate their mothers. There are never any pock-
ets in the jackets of either sex, the hood serving for this purpose.

The pants of the men are made from the same material as the coat,
with the exception that the young seal in the white coat is often used for
the outer as well as the inner garment. The pants reach only to the
upper part of the pelvis, and are kept up by means of a string around
the body. They reach a little below the knee, where they are met by
the boots. When made of deer skin, thej* are usually ornamented by
fringes of cut skin around the lower edges.

The women's pants differ from the men's in being composed of two
separate pieces, the lower reaching from a little below the knee to the
middle of the thigh, and are kept in place by a string which runs to
the upper edge of the other portion. The lower portion of these panta-
loons is removed while they are at work in their igloos, and the bare
thigh used, as a board would be, to lay the seal skin on while cleaning
the blubber from it. The women have the habit of thrusting their hands
between the upper and lower pantaloons the same as we do in a pocket;
in fact, they use this space as a sort of pocket.

Little girls wear their breeches like the men till they get to be ten or

24 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

twelve years of age. Yery small children are dressed in a fawn-skin
jacket without attached hood; but their heads are, nevertheless, well
bundled up in a double fawn-skin hood that fits the scalp closely. This
hood is never removed, except perchance by accident, till the child out-
grows it. The lower extremities are usually not clad at all.

The children are carried on the mother's back inside her jacket. The
cut of the jacket is such that the child goes down as far as the mother's
waist, when the closeness of the jacket prevents it going any farther.
The hood allows the child freedom for its arms and head, but the legs
are cramped underneath its body, and this is probably one cause of
bow-leggedness and possibly the sh^-tness of the lower extremities. I
have seen the Eskimo mother, with a child fast asleep in her hood, build-
ing a toopik. This work often necessitated her stooping over so much
as to seemingly endanger the dumping of the infant over her head on
the ground ; still, it did not seem to inconvenience the child in the least,
as it slept soundly through the whole proceeding.

The Mmik, or, as generally pronounced, humming, or boots, are prin-
cipally made from the skins of adult Pagomys fcetidus, with the hair off,
the soles being made from the skin of PJwca barbata. For winter wear
a very beautiful and serviceable boot is made from the skin of reindeer
legs sewed together lengthwise ; they are used only in dry snow, being
quite useless when the snow is wet. Another style of boot is* to have
the leg of netsick skin, but with the hair on. These boots reach nearly
to the knee, and are kept in place by means of a string around the top,
and also secured by a seal-skin cord passing over the instep and around
the heel. They are generally sewed with sinews from reindeer ; but for
boots the sinews from the dorsal vertebrae of Beluga catodon are pre-
ferred when they can be procured.

The stocking worn next to the foot is of heavy reindeer skin, the hair
side next the foot ; they reach above the knee. Over the stocking is
worn a sort of slipper made from the eider-duck. The bird is skinned
by making an incision on the back near one wing ; through this open-
ing the body is removed. The skin is cleaned of the fat by the Eskimo's
teeth, and the skin farther prepared by chewing it. The tail-feathers
are removed, and this end becomes the toe of the slipper, the feather
side being worn inside. Its upper edges are bound with some kind of
skin to give it additional strength, and if the entire slipper is covered
with cloth will last a long time. They are very warm and comfortable.
Larus glaucus is often used for this purpose. For children they use Uria
grylle and Rissa tridactylus skins. Over all this is worn another slipper

ETHNOLOGY. 25

made from the netsick skin, with the hair on, and the hair side worn
outward and the hair pointing from the toe backwards. This very much
facilitates the drawing on of the boot.

For summer wear the young of the netsick in the woolly coat is substi-
tuted for reindeer for the stockings. Dog skin is also sometimes used for
stockings, but not so commonly among the Cumberland Eskimo as among
those of Hudson's Straits, who use dog skins for pants as well as stock-
ings.

All the clothing is sewed with sinews, reindeer or white whale. The
reindeer sinews are dried in bulk as they come from the animal, and are
split off as needed. The fibres am, separated as fine as necessary, and
then drawn quickly between the teeth to secure a more uniform size. The
women all sew towards themselves, using the thimble on the first finger;
they seldom use but one kind of seam ; the edges of the skin are care-
fully matched together, and joined by sewing over and over the overcast
seam. Their thimbles (called f/A'/A*, also signifies first finger) are made
from the skin of Phoca barbata ; in shape they are merely an oblong
piece sufficiently large to cover the point of the finger. A rim is cut
around the outside edge for about one half its length ; this forms a sort
of loop under which the finger is passed, and in this manner it is kept
in place. We found this style of thimble much more convenient than
the metal one of the usual form.

Very few of the Cumberland Eskimo at the present day use anything
but steel needles, or bone ones made after the same pattern. We have
seen an instrument said to have been used as a needle that is consider-
ably- different from anything we ever saw before. An Eskimo brought
it to us, and wanted a hatchet in exchange. We thought it certain he
would return and offer to trade at our terms, but he did not, and Ave
never saw him again. This tool was almost exactly like an awl in shape,
but had an eye near the point. They must have had to thread this in-
strument for each stitch. The needle part was apparently of deer horn
and the handle of walrus ivory.

The favorite and principal tool of the women is a knife shaped like an
ordinary mincing-knife. Nearly all the Cumberland Eskimo have now
procured iron enough from some source or other so that they can have
an iron knife of this pattern. Before they could procure enough iron,
they made the knife of ivory, and merely sank flakes or pieces of iron
into the edge, in the same manner as the natives of North Greenland do
at the present time. This same practice of sinking iron flakes into the

26 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

edge was also used on tlieir large skinning-knives, which were made from
a walrus tusk, and much after the pattern of an ordinary steel butcher-
knife. Some of these ivory knives have no iron in them; but at the
present time they are used principally, if not entirely, for cutting snow
and removing ice from their kyacks.

The women seldom use any other kind of knife than such as just de
scribed. With them they remove the blubber from the skins, split skins,
cut up meat, and when sewing this instrument is used instead of scissors.
They begin a garment by sewing together two pieces of skin and shap-
ing them as they go along by means of the knife, cutting for an inch or
two and then sewing. They always push the knife from them when
working it.

Tattooing does not seem to be as prevalent now as formerly, for it is
mostly on the aged women that one finds it at present. The markings
resemble India ink in appearance, and are done with gunpowder at pres-
ent. Still, some use the old method, by taking the juice of Fucus vesicu-
losus L. (or a closely allied species), and some small algae that appar-
ently contain a good deal of iodine, and mixing with lampblack.

Instances came under our observation of people of apparently great
age, — say seventy years and over, to judge from appearances ; they had
gray hair (a rare thing among the Eskimo), and were nearly blind;
the women had the teeth worn close to the gums by chewing skins.

It is impossible to arrive at any definite conclusion regarding their
age, as they keep no record of time and cannot refer to any past event
by any means of notation. We could not learn of the rudest attempt at
picture-writing or hieroglyphics; and, as they possess no records what-
ever, their traditions are handed down from generation to generation
without being fixed by any means which allow even an approximate
estimate of their growth and prosperity.

Most of them are unable to count beyond their ten fingers, and many
are unable to go over six; some, again, are said to have names for num-
bers to twenty, but they are few. The numerals are differently pro-
nounced, and we found difficulty in getting one sufficiently conversant
with them to give us the numerals to ten.

One=Atdusa, or atausat.

Two—Macho.

ThTM=Pingasuit, or pingasat.

Four=$asemme, or sesemat.

'FiyQ=T6dlimcnc, or todlimdt.

ETHNOLOGY. 27

Six= Au Tibin iga n .

'Eight=Aiil'binigan-machoni (6 and 2).

Above ten they are said to count their toes and take ten and one, ten
and two, &c. ; but we were unable to find one who knew their names.
They will tell you they have caught seals or birds up to six, but if more
they generally put it amashuadly (a good many), which may be any num-
ber from seven upwards.

In the treatment of the sick they are very superstitious, and in fact
they resort almost entirely to their ancoot, angekoks, or medicine-men.

The following is a Greeiilander's legend that proposes to give a reason
why people die: "The cause of people's dying is laid to a woman, said
to have discoursed thus : * Let the people die gradually, otherwise they
will not have room in the world.'"

Others relate it in this manner: "Two of the first people quarreled.
One said : ' Let it be day and let it be night, and let the people die.? The
other said : i Let it only be night and not day, and let the people live.
After a long wrangle it came to pass as the first had said."

It is interesting that this same curious legend exists among the Eskimo
of Cumberland Sound ; they say though that "those who quarreled
finally arranged matters and had both entire day and entire night at the
different seasons, so that both parties might be suited."

The lungs of Lepus gladalis are considered as a sure cure for boils and
all manner of sores ; they draw, they say, and their manner of applying
them is the same as we would a poultice. They must be applied as
soon after the animal's death as possible, and while they are yet warm.

In cases of scurvy they never use CochUaria, but the stomach of a
freshly killed reindeer, with the vegetable contents, instead. If the
scurvy patient be very bad, the limbs are bound with pieces of the deer's
stomach, whale or seal's blubber, or any kind of fresh meat. If a whale
can be caught at such a time, the patient is sometimes bodily shoved into
the carcass, or the lower extremities only are- sunken into the flesh.

The most prevalent disease among them seems to be lung disease 5 it
is alarmingly common, and consumption probably kills more than all
other diseases combined.

The whalemen have introduced venereal diseases among them, which
have spread at a terrible rate, and devastate the natives almost like a
pest.

28 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

I could not learn that they have any knowledge of the medical prop-
erties of any plant or shrub. Some of the coarser kinds of algw are
procured at low tide from the cracks in the ice, and eaten raw, but only
because they are fit to eat, they say; the roots of Pedicularis are also
sometimes eaten.

When the women are about to be confined they are placed in a small
snow-hut, if it be winter, and in a little skin tent, if summer, by them-
selves. Their only attendant is a little girl, who is appointed by the head
ancoot of the encampment. A little raw meat — deer, if they have it — is
put into the hut with her, and she is left to give birth to the child as best
she can. The reason she is removed from her tent is, that should mother
or child die in the tent nothing pertaining to the equipment of the estab-
lishment could ever be used again, not even the tent-covering or
the husband's hunting-gear. In some instances they are obliged to
modify this custom somewhat. We have known them to cut the tent-
cover about two feet from, the ground all around and use the upper por-
tion. A man's wife accidentally shot herself in her igloo, but the gun was
too great a sacrifice ; he used it, but the rest of his household effects
were left to waste away where they lay. Wre knew of another instance
where the tent-poles were brought into use again in the course of a year
after a death had occurred beneath them.

As soon as the mother with her new-born babe is able to get up and
go out, usually but a few hours, they are taken in charge by an aged
female ancoot, who seems to have some particular mission to perform in
such cases. She conducts them to some level spot on the ice, if near the
sea, and begins a sort of march in circles on the ice, the mother follow-
ing with the child on her back; this manoeuvre is kept up some time,
the old woman going through a number of performances the nature of
which we could not learn, and continually muttering something equally
unintelligible to us.

The next act is to wade through snow-drifts, the aged ancoot leading
the way. We have been informed that it is customary for the mother
to wade thus bare-legged) but (whether from modesty or the tempera-
ture of — 50° F. we cannot say) on some occasions this part of the
performance is dispensed with.

When a sick person gets so far gone that they deem recovery improb-
able, he is removed from the hut, and either dragged out upon the rocks
to die, or a little snow shelter may be constructed for him. and some
scraps of raw meat thrown in to him. Usually such proceedings are apt

ETHNOLOGY. 29

to end fatally o the patient, even though his ailment might not have
been so dangerous had proper care been taken. We know of one
instance where a man was thus put out to die seven different times ; but
he recovered and crawled back to his igloo, and looks now as if he was
good for a number of years yet. Stories are common of how aged and
infirm people are put out of the way by the younger ones, to rid them-
selves of a useless burden 5 but of this we know nothing from personal
observations, or from reliable sources.

Occasional instances of suicide happen, generally when the person is
afflicted with some incurable disease. Hanging seems to be the favorite
mode of killing themselves.

The ancootfs manner of operating is various, and almost every one has
some method peculiar to himself. We could get but a glimpse of some
of them, as they are averse to having a white man witness their perform-
ances, and we had the greatest difficulty in getting any one to explain
to us their meaning. The following legend is supposed to give the
directions for becoming an ancoot; it is interesting that this legend does
not differ essentially from, the Greenlander's. (Vide Grosnlands nye
Perlustration, Eller Xaturel-Historie, Hans Egede, 1741.)

We would here add that those who become ancoots are only such as
are naturally possessed of a more penetrating mind than their fellows,
generally the biggest rascals in the encampment, who seldom pay any
attention to what is right or just, but ply their vocation so as to win for
themselves renown among their fellows, and possess themselves of any
coveted article as remuneration for their services.

The manner in which one may become an ancoot, or angekok.

Any one wishing to become an ancoot must go away a long distance
from where there is any other person. Then he must find a large stone,
and seat himself by it, and call on TomgarsuTc.* This spirit will then
make himself present to him. The would-be ancoot will at first be very
much frightened at the arrival and appearance of this spirit, so much
so that he is seized with severe pains, and falls down and dies, and re-
mains dead for three days. Then he comes to life again, and returns
home a very wise man.

* Torngarsuk of the natives of South Greenland, and Tornarsuk of North Greenland,
is the highest oracle, the master spirit of these people. There are many spirits of less
power, called Torncet; these can be seen only by the angekoks, after their meeting with
Torngarsuk. It appears that this word signifies the greatest spirit of Good, as well as
of Evil. They now call the Devil Torngarsuk, and in their ancient belief their God, BO
to speak, the same.

30 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

An ancoofs duty is, first, to mutter over the sick, that they may become
well again 5 secondly, he will talk with Torngarsuk, and get information
from him as to how he must manage so that they will have success in
their undertakings ; thirdly, of him he learns if any one is about to die,
and what the cause is, or if some unusual death or misfortune is about
to occur to the people.

Their devotion and belief in the ancoots are unlimited; they can never
be induced to trespass on the commands or disbelieve the prophecies
of these important personages. When one has been a very successful
ancoot for a long time he may become a great ancoot; this necessitates
a period of fasting, and then, as the story goes, an animal they call
amarooJc (the same word is used for wolf, and for an animal which is
probably mythical, unless it can be a Gulo] comes into his hut and bites
the man, who immediately falls to pieces ; his bones are then conveyed
to the sea, where he lives for some time as a walrus ; he finally returns
among his people, a man in appearance, but a God in power.

If the prophecy of an ancoot does not come to pass as he had said it
would, any phenomenon of nature, as a halo, corona, aurora, &c., is suf-
ficient to have broken the spell, and the ancoot loses nothing of his repu-
tation by the failure, for it is then believed that the measure, whatever
it might have been, was not pleasing to Torngarsuk.

The people come to these soothsayers after all manner of information.
We knew of one case where a young woman asked an ancoot if her yet
unborn child would be a boy or girl. He retired outside the hut for a
few moments, and when he returned he said it would "be a boy"; but
he adds, "If it is not a boy, it will be a girl"! For this valuable infor-
mation he charged three seal-skins and a knife. As a general thing,
the ancoots are paid according to their reputation ; still, it is very sel-
dom they refuse to give them what they ask for in return for their valu-
able services.

They seem to have an idea of a future state, but what we denominate
as the region down below they consider as the best place. In Egede's
Groenlands nye Perlustration, year 1741, is given a legend which is
almost exactly the same as one that is found among the Cumberland
Eskimo at the present day. But Egede says, in the Danish translation,
" Himinel," heaven, as though this was the equivalent for the Green-
lander's word; the Eskimo of Cumberland say "topani," which means
simply uup." They do not distinguish any difference in the soul's con-
dition after death, or rather of the two places where they expect to live

ETHNOLOGY. 31

hereafter ; one differs from the other only in this wise, that if death is
caused by certain means they go to the one, and if they die a natural
death they go to the other.

The following is their idea of the future: "In the spirit-land all will
have it as good as or better than they had it on earth." Yet they desig-
nate two places where the soul goes after death, viz: "Some go up;
others far down into the earth ." But the lower place is considered pref-
erable. This is described as a beautiful land, with everlasting sunshine,
where the seal and reindeer abound in fabulous quantities, and food is
consequently abundant. To this latter place go only such as are killed
by other Eskimo, women who die in childbirth, such as drown in salt
water, and iclialers; they think, this being the better place, it is a sort of
recompense for the suffering they underwent on earth; all the rest go up.

In this connection we will mention that the Cumberland Eskimo think
the aurora borealis is the spirits of dead Eskimo dancing and having a
good time generally. It has even considerable influence over them, and
they are well pleased to see a bright aurora. The Greenlanders, on the
other hand, say it is the spirits of dead Eskimo fighting.

We have been told by some that those who hunt in thekyack and get
lost or driven upon the ice or some uninhabited island are supplied with
food from these regions ; that is, living game is thrown in their way for
them to capture, so they will not starve. This is firmly believed by them.

Unlike the Greenlanders, the Cumberland Eskimo of the present day
have no permanent habitations. They may live at the same locality for
several winters in succession, but each year construct a new snow -house.
The Greenlander has a permanent sod or stone hut, and lives in tents
only while away hunting. The Cumberland natives live in snow-houses
from the time the snow gets firm enough to be fit to build with till it
melts, in June. They generally begin the construction of the snow-house,
or igloo, in the latter part of October. A place is chosen which is shel-
tered from the north, under the lee of a rock, if possible, and where there
is a considerable depth of snow. They begin by treading a circular
space about sixteen feet in diameter; on this they keep piling snow and
stamping it down as hard as possible till the whole mass is a raised
platform as hard as ice. They then cut out a square block from the mid-
dle, about eighteen inches deep. After this block is removed they have
a chance to cut others from around the sides, and this space is enlarged
till it becomes of the desired dimensions. The sleeping platform is left
as they finished treading it, no blocks being cut from, this portion; it

32 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

also serves to stand on while constructing the wall, which is always done
from the inside, the builder being furnished with fresh snow-blocks from,
the outside when his supply gives out. The wall is built in a spiral form,
so that, if viewed from above, it would have the appearance of a conical
coil.

The only tools used in building are a saw, if they can get it, for saw-
ing out the blocks, and a long knife, made from a walrus tusk, for trim-
ming them into shape. In cutting and fitting the blocks of snow, they
show skill and ingenuity, so that they make as perfect an arch as the best
mason. When the hut is done, or rather enclosed, there is neither door
nor window, and the builder is a prisoner. A door, however, is soon
made, but at the opposite end from where the entrance is to be ; through
this aperture the women and children begin dragging in the "furniture,"
while the men " chink " up the places where the blocks join each other.
The structure is so strong that it readily bears a man's weight on the
top. When everything is ready inside and out, the lamps are lit 5 some-
times more than the usual number are procured, and trimmed to burn as
brightly as possible ; the heat begins to' melt the inner surface of the
structure, but it soon freezes and forms quite a coating of ice; this, of
course, adds considerably to the strength of the building. The inside is
now lined with the seal-skin tent of their summer toopiks, fastened up
all around the sides and top by means of small pegs of wood or bone.
A window is cut through the wall over the entrance-way, facing the
south ; it consists of a half-moon-shaped bow of whalebone, over which
are stretched the intestines of Phoca barbata, sewed together lengthwise.
This window admits the light quite well.

The entrances are long, low structures, sometimes only two, often four
or even five. They gradually diminish in size from the igloo, but each
one has a door, which is so low and narrow that a large person is unable
to get through them, even on hands and knees. The door to the hut
proper is barricaded at night with a slab of ice or the scapula of a whale.
Ice is also sometimes substituted instead of seals' intestines for the win-
dow. On either side of the entrance- ways, the dogs are allowed to lie,
but never inside the dwelling apartment.

About one-half of the floor at the end opposite the entrance-way is
from one to two feet higher than the rest. On this platform they keep
all their skins, and it is used for a general lounging and sleeping place.
On the top of the snow they lay a coating of Cassiope tetragona, or some-
thing of this nort, and neatly spread the skins over it. One can see at

KTHXOLOGY. 33

almost any time an impish-looking head, covered with a thick mat of
tangled black hair, plentifully powdered with reindeer-hair of various
lengths and colors, protruding from among the pile of skins. The whole
family crowd together on this platform, like so many pigs. The lamps
are kept burning day and night, and the woman's place is directly in
front of them on the sleeping-platform. Here they sit cross-legged and
work. Back of the lamps and around them they pile up their meat.
This accumulation of garbage is only cleaned out when it becomes neces-
sary to make room for a fresh supply. This pile of putrifyiug flesh soon
becomes extremely offensive both to sight and smell. Meat is sometimes
brought in the huts that is already spoiled, even though the tempera-
ture may be 50 degrees below zero. This often happens with deer. We
think the cause may be that the body of the animal immediately freezes
on the outside and forms a coating of nen-eouducting ice, which pre-
vents the escape of gas, which instead permeates the tissues. If the
animal is disemboweled as soon as killed, it does not happen. Several
carcasses, still warm, are often piled one upon the other, and the animal
heat is probably sufficient to start decomposition before the mass freezes.
Around the lamps lie the bones they have picked the meat from, and
such other parts as are discarded in time of plenty. This rubbish is not
thrown out, but rooted among after a fresh supply, as it is needed.

Nearly every igloo has a little addition on one side, with an opening
to it from the inside of the main hut. In this they keep their deer-skin
clothes when not in use, and also an extra blubber supply. Over the
lamp is "hung a half-moou-shaped frame of whalebone, with seal-skin
thongs drawn tightly across. On this they put their foot-gear to dry
during the night.

When the snow begins to melt, and their igloos tumble, they have a
sad tune for a few days. The skin-tent, or toopik, must now be brought
into requisition and do service alone. For the toopik they select a flat
rock, from which the snow has melted, and by means of two sets of
poles, those for the front end of the structure the shortest, and lashed
together at the top, like an Indian wigwam, with a ridge-pole between
them. Over this the skin cover is spread, and secured to the rock by
means of stones laid on the lower edge. All the after portion of this
tent is made from seai-skin, with the hair on, on the back generally a
large male Pagophilus green la ndicus. The forward part is made from what
they term mamma, which is prepared from the skins of the netsick in
the following manner : After the blubber has been removed in the usual
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 15 3

34 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

way (the skins of pregnant females and those suckling young are the
best), they split the skins, or rather remove a membrane that lies be-
tween the blubber and the skin proper. The splitting is done with the
woman's knife. The skin is laid upon a flat surface and the knife pushed
away from the operator. When the mamma is removed from the skin it
is treated in the same manner as the skins, stretched, and dried in the
sun. It is tough and transparent, and, being very oily, does not easily
get saturated with water.

When the toopik is about to be raised, the skin covering is first
stretched out upon the rock, and the poles are pushed underneath, and
then raised up, stretching the cover as tightly on the poles as possible.
The toopik is carried with them when they go hunting in summer.

Such habitations are of variable dimensions, regulated by the number
of occupants somewhat, but more by the industry of the hunter and the
economy of his wife, for the skins need repairing very often 5 and, as a
consequence, many of the more shiftless natives have extremely poor
shelters, patched up with dog and bear skin and old cast-away pieces of
canvas, which they have paid well for in serviceable seal-skins.

Their greatest concern is to procure the poles. At present many get
broken oars, lance-poles, &c., from the whalers ; but still, ingeniously
lashed together, bone supports for the tent are yet found among them.
The inside arrangement of the toopik does not differ essentially from
that of the igloo, except it may be a little nastier as a rule and smell a
trifle stronger. Sometimes whale-ribs are made use of instead of poles,
and are very ingeniously lashed together. These were more in vogue
formerly, before they could procure poles from the £-hips.

We think they were perhaps less nomadic in past times, as there are
still extant sod foundations, which were no doubt used as permanent
abodes.

At the present day, so many of the Cumberland Eskimo have pro-
cured some kind of firearms that their primitive modes of hunting and
their hunting implements have, to a great measure, been modified, and
even in some instances altogether lost. Bows and arrows are fast be-
coming an institution of the past ; they do not now rely on them for
killing reindeer as they did at one time. Bows and arrows are found
around the settlements, broken and out of repair ; the arrows, of differ-
ent kinds, lying about unused, or doing service as some other tool. The
children all have bows and arrows ; but they seldom kill larger game
than snowbirds and lemmings.

ETHNOLOGY. 35

Of prime importance to the Eskimo is his wiauy, or spear. At the
present day, the sealing- spear is often made from an old whale-lance,
having a wooden handle and an iron harpoon head (vide sketches).
The socket of the lance is put on the opposite end of the handle, and is
used for a variety of purposes. This kind of spear is very useful to the
Eskimo in catching the seals in their atluks through the ice. They are
extremely expert in the use of this weapon, and possess such marvelous
patience that they will stand by a seal's atluk all day awaiting the re-
turn of the animal.

This spear is carried on all occasions wherever they go and whatever
kind of game they pursue. The opposite end of the spear from which
the harpoon is fastened is also their principal tool in building fox-traps
of ice, cutting down hummocks so as to get their sledges over the shore-
ice, &c. Not the least important use of this instrument is to sound the
ice with it. In traveling they very often come to places where the
rapid running tide has worn the ice very thin, and by means of this
spear they carefully feel their way along. They will even cross on a
Hoe that is completely rotten by feeling around till they get upon a more
solid spot and then advancing. They are very much averse to getting
into the waiter, as none of them are able to swim.

The harpoon-head used with this spear is made of iron, and is about
three and a half inches in length and one inch between the outside tips
of the barbs. They manufacture them entirely by filing, and will sit
and file for many days till they get the instrument in the desired form.

For whales and walrus they use a much different weapon, the same,
we imagine, as they used before the whites came among them. It is a
large, awkward, bulky -looking affair, with a shaft made from the horn
of Monodon monoceros, or from parts of a whale's jawbone, ingeniously
lashed together, when wood is not procurable. Some have the handle
composed of as many as eight to a dozen pieces, beautifully and com-
pactly lashed together, till the whole is as firm as though it were com-
posed of a single piece.

Although such large spears were not rare among these natives, we
found difficulty in getting them to part with them. A favorite harpoon-
head is also hard to procure, though they may not have used it for years.
Some considerable value seems to be attached to these old implements,
especially if they have been successful with them in former times. We
depend more upon the illustration here given of this spear than upon
the choice of words. Their old harpoon-head for seals was probably

36 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

of the pattern here figured. This specimen is from a grave at Exeter
Sound, and greatly resembles in pattern the iron seal harpoon-heads of
the present day. Others were made like the walrus harpoon, biit hav-
ing barbs, instead of being iron-tipped. A very ingenious contrivance
about these old spears is the perfect ball-and-socket joint which unites
the eeheemung, or bone portion (on which the harpoon is placed), with
the shaft. The shaft, if made of wood, has a bone tip, which is cupped
to receive the rounded end of the eeheemung ; they are kept in place by
two thongs of seal-skin, which makes it sufficiently firm to use, but at
the same time will allow the eelieeinuny to double upon the shaft without
breaking when an animal is struck.

As before mentioned, so few bows and arrows are now in use that it
is almost impossible to procure a bow and set of arrows that are actually
or have been in use. In the following illustration, no less than eight differ-
ent patterns of arrows are represented. We have derived our informa-
tion from various sources besides our own observations. We had in-
structed some of the most intelligent Eskimo to make for us wooden
models of all the different kinds of arrows that they ever knew were in
use. So far as we were able to procure or see the original, these models
were faithfully and well executed, and leaves us no reason to think that
they in any instance imposed upon us. Some of the arrows we have
seen in the possession of sailors that had bartered for them for a mere
song, but would not trade them to us, under the impression that they
would bring fabulous sums in the States. They now probably adorn
some third-rate gin-shop.

Of the arrows figured, No. 1 is made from reindeer antlers, with short
wooden shaft, an old and very common form of arrow. No. 2 is perhaps
still older. This is also made of reindeer horn. It is more common on the
Greenland coast than among the Cumberland Eskimo. No. 3 is the
only one of the kind I saw, and this I was unable to procure 5 the head
was of flint, and the next piece of bone, with the wooden shaft lashed in
two places, showing probably a scarcity of wood. No. 4 was a rare (?)
form of arrow among the Cumberland Eskimo. The head was made of
stone, with the forward portion of the shaft of bone and the rest of wood.
No. 5 was iron-tipped, a favorite pattern when iron was scarce. No. 7
is now the style used by the children, and was probably the next pattern
suggested after No. 5, as any pointed piece of iron can be utilized for
this form of arrow. No. 6 has a lance-shaped and somewhat elongated
iron head; such arrows were made only when they could get a considera-

ETHNOLOGY. 37

ble iron supply. lSro. 8 is bone-tipped. I could not learn why the point
should be so bent, but many had them so, and even preferred it. All
their arrows were lashed with finely separated deer sinews. The feather-
vanes were nearly always made from the primaries of Strix scandiaca or
Gra-culux carbo. The arrows were all short ; in fact, their length depended
somewhat on the wood supply. We were unable to find but a single
specimen of flint arrow-heads in the graves.

The bow is made from reindeer antlers j these are split, using only
one of the halves in the construction of the bow. It is always made in
three pieces, ingeniously lashed together. On the back of the bow are
three or more strings, made like the bow-string 5 these are fastened at
both ends of the bow, and also securely at the middle of the back. This
of course gives additional strength to the affair, and is a convenient,
place to carry an extra string. The bows are very short, often not more
than thirty inches. !Not every Eskimo is able to manufacture his own
bow; but each encampment has generally at least one skilled mechanic,
who supplies the rest.

Bows and arrows were principally used in the capture of the reindeer^
hare, and birds, seldom seals. These bows are surprisingly elastic, and
the Eskimo are able to use them with wonderful dexterity. In shooting
this weapon, the string is placed on the first joint of the first and second
fingers of the right hand.

Another Eskimo implement fast going out of use is the Kaliivak, or
.salmon spear. A glance at the figure will give a better idea of this in-
strument than we can express in words. The two outside tines are each
about seven inches in length, and are made of reindeer antlers. Near
the tip and curving inward is a tooth-like prong about one and three-
fourths inches in length. The points of these teeth come to the end of
the middle tine, which is about six inches in length, perfectly straight,
and made from walrus ivory. The three tines are securely lashed to a
piece of the jaw-bone of the whale, of varying length, sometimes only a
foot, but often two or three feet. When the bone shaft is too short to
use, they generally have a short wooden handle lashed to it to make it
the desired length. The two outside tines of this spear are very elastic,
and spring out when a fish is struck, but close again when the body of
the fish has passed beyond the tooth points which project inward. It
is thus impossible for it to escape, the central tine having entered the
body.

Another instrument, generally used in connection with the Tcakivaik, is

38 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

the ajdk-lcaljujak, or ivory fish-bait. It is about four inches in length,
and is made to look as much like a fish as possible. A line is passed
through the middle of the back, arid is fastened on the belly ; here is a
small ivory hook that reaches from an inch to two inches below the fish.
The principal use of the ajdkkaljujak is not, however, to hook fish, but
to ]ure them within reach of the spear. The Eskimo takes his ivory fish
and bobs it up and down in the water, generally in a tide crack or a
hole in the ice on purpose, and watches till he spies a fish making for it.
He then gently begins to haul in on his line, if the fish follows the lure,
till it is within reach of his spear ; sometimes a greedy fish will swallow
the bait and get caught with this primitive gear. At the present
day they seldom use this implement. Iron fish-hooks are supplied them
from the ships; but they are poor fishermen compared with the Green-
landers.

One little implement of comparatively insignificant importance seems
not to have been superseded by any modern substitute as yet. It is the
Jcadjukj a small piece of ivory of different shapes, used to insert in the
lips of the seals while dragging them over the ice. We have given illus-
trations of the principal patterns we found in use. No. Sis the same as
No. 7 when seen from the top. This is a very ingenious piece of work.
The main body of the piece is hollow, and the portion No. 11 has a head
which prevents it pulling through, but at the same time turns freely,
and prevents the line from twisting when the seal turns over. It is so
well made that the inside piece cannot be got through any of the open-
ings. No. 3. ,is No. 2 seen from the top. No. 10 is sometimes used as a
part of the clasp on the sealing line. Nos. 1, 4, and 9 are the common-
est patterns. No sealer's line is without one or more of these imple-
ments of some pattern or other ; they are all made from Avalrus ivory.

Of prime importance to the Eskimo hunter is his hook for catching
the young seal. Here again their old pattern has been modified by
their contact with the whites. A glance at the accompanying figures,
will sufficiently explain the shape of these implements. The upper
figure represents the ancient pattern ; it was found in a grave in the
Greater Kingwah Fjord, but so much decayed as to fall to pieces when
handled ; the hook part was made from a portion of a reindeer's antler,
with a small barb cut near the point. Its resemblance to the iron hook
of the present day is very apparent.

The sealing hook of the present day is made generally from a discarded
whale lance ; the handle is a light wooden shaft about five feet in length.

ETHNOLOGY. 39

This instrument is used only to catch the young of Pagomys fcetidus,
while they are still in the white coats ; they are caught either while lying
beside the athik on the ice or while still in the snow-burrow. When an
Eskimo sees a young seal on the ice, he begins to make his way cautiously
toward it, stopping frequently, and giving the animal ample opportunity
to satisfy its curiosity. The seal will work its head and fore part of the
body in a jerky, awkward manner, and keep edging nearer and nearer
to its atlul; ; the Eskimo watches every movement of the seal, and knows
just the proper moment to advance a step or two and then stop. This
manoeuvre is kept up till he gets near enough to reach the seal with his
hook. He then makes a quick jump, at the same time striking the hook
into the animal. Sealing among the Cumberland Eskimo is sufficiently
described under our notes on Pagomys foetidus, in the report of the mam-
mals, for us to leave it out of this paper.

AY hen a seal-skin is about to be prepared for drying, the blubber is
tirst removed somewhat roughly; the skin is then laid on a board, and
with the woman's knife the membrane underneath the blubber is sep-
arated from the skin. The knife must be very sharp to do this success-
fully. The operators always push the knife from them ; it takes consid-
erable experience in order to do the job well. When all the blubber is
removed, which will take three or four hours of faithful work, the skin.
is taken outside, and by means of the feet is rolled and rubbed around
in the snow for some time, and by this process they succeed in removing
every trace of grease from the hair. When thoroughly washed, the skin
is put upon the stretchers, if it be winter, to dry ; these stretchers are
merely four poles, which are lashed together at the corners like a quilt-
frame, the proper distance apart to suit the size of the skin. The skin
is secured in place by seal-skin thongs passed through little slits along
its edges and made fast to the poles. When the skin is properly stretched
upon the frame, it is put above the lamps inside the snow-hut to dry. As-
the sun gets higher and begins to have some effect, the skins are
stretched, flesh side up, 011 the southern slopes of snow-banks, and are
secured by means of wooden or bone pegs about a foot in length. As
the season advances and the snow melts they begin to stretch the skins
upon the ground by means of the before-mentioned pegs. The skins
are not allowed to rest upon the ground, but are raised a few inches to
allow the air to circulate underneath. Skins dry very fast when exposed
in this manner.

The first days .of spring are always a busy time with the Eskimo

40 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

women. One thing is, they get more freshly killed skins to prepare, and
then they generally have a surplus stock of the winter's catch which
they could not take care of by the slow process of drying over the
lamps in the huts during winter. The skins of the young in the white
coats are dried in some, considerable quantities, as it takes about fifteen
to make a single suit of clothes, and many have double suits made from
this material. They have no idea of any tan, and prepare the skins
merely by rubbing them with their skin-scraper^.

We insert a sketch of a very old skin-scraper, such as are now found
only in the old graves. It is made of stone, with a wooden handle,
which is fastened to the stone by means of a strip of whalebone. An-
other and later pattern is made from the scapula of a reindeer. A bet-
ter idea of its make can be got from the sketch than by a description.
Such scrapers are still in use, but serve as a sort of auxiliary to a scraper
made from a tin can, resembling a little scoop in shape, and having a
v/ooden handle. This is the style of scraper made at the present day,
and is by far the most effective instrument of the three. The manner
of using these scrapers is to take the skin firmly in the left hand and
putting the knee or foot upon the lower part of it holding it securely,
while the scraper is worked with the right hand, pushing downward
with some force. If the skins are very dry, when they begin they are
somewhat softened by rubbing with the hands, or even chewing the
most stubborn parts. They continue using these tools upon a hide
till it gains the desired pliability. All the work of stretching, drying,
cleaning, washing, and softening the skins falls upon the women.

The skins of Plwca barbata are stretched on a frame like those of the
netsick, but not till the hair has been removed. The cutting of the hair
is one of the nastiest and most disgusting sights one can imagine. It gen-
erally falls to the lot of some old woman to do this. The skins are allowed
to lie and become somewhat putrid, a portion of 1 he blubber remaining on.
The only tool used is the woman's knife before mentioned. When about
to clean one of these skins, the squaw takes off her boots, stockings, and
pantaloons, and, tucking her feet under her body, lays this dirty, bloody,
greasy, stinking skin on her bare thigh, the flesh side down. She then
pushes the knife against the hair, cutting, or rather shaving it off. As
her hand becomes too oily to hold on to the skin, she puts her fingers
into her mouth, and thus cleans them. When properly cleaned, it is
dried in the manner already spoken of, except that the back and belly
of the animal are dried separately, as the skin is different on those por-

ETHNOLOGY. 41

tions of the body, and would dry unevenly. When dry, it is almost as
stiff and hard as a board. This skin is used mainly for the soles of
boots ; the pattern is cut from the hide, and then chewed till it becomes
sufficiently softened to sew. This last operation is also mainly per-
formed by the old squaws. When they are too old to sew, they become
orJooJ; chewers as the last resort, and when their teeth fail them they
are better off in the grave.

Seal-skins are also manufactured into drinking cups ; such cups gen-
erally have a depth and diameter of about three inches. A short,
straight piece of bone, mostly the humerus of a gull or duck, is sewed
into the upper rim on one side, projecting outside about two inches and
a half; this serves for a handle. The hair side of the skin is used for
the inside of the vessel. Larger vessels', somewhat resembling a small
sack, were used to carry water in at their encampments; but when out
traveling, they mostly carry their water supply in a seal's stomach, pre-
pared for the purpose.

We would naturally expect thesvi people to be very expert in making
various devices for capturing their game in traps or snares. This does
not seem to be the case, however. They make a fox-trap, which is nothing
more than a little round hut of ice, with a hole in one side just large
enough for the fox to crawl into. Inside the hut is a large slab of ice,
which rests horizontally upon a small upright piece of ice; the end of
the upright rests on the bait, and when the fox pulls at the meat he
draws the upright down, and the ice slab falls upon him and he is a sure
prisoner.

Another manner of catching foxes is to make an ice house much
larger, so high that a man can readily stand up in it. A small funnel-
shaped hole, just large enough to admit the fox, is made at the top of
the structure, and the bait is hung inside just out of his reach. The
fox will work a long time trying to secure it, and finally crawl in and
jump down upon the floor of the hut, but then he is unable to get out
again.

A sort of snare is sometimes made for hares. It is nothing more than
a seal-skin line, with a number of slip-nooses upon it; this is laid across
the runs of the animals, or upon their feeding-grounds. They are often
caught in this manner; but the foxes are generally the only ones bene-
fited by the capture; all that the Eskimo finds is a little hair and a few
bones the next morning.

Birds are sometimes snared in about the same manner, except that

42 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

they use finely braided deer sinews for the snares, instead of seal- skin.
They take a good many eiders on their nests in this manner.

When traveling over the frozen wastes in winter they use snow-shoes.
These are half-moon-shaped, of whalebone, with seal-skin thongs tightly
drawn across. They are about sixteen inches long. Another pattern
is merely a frame of wood, about the same length, and eight or ten
inches wide, with seal-skin thongs for the foot to rest on. As their dogs'
feet often get very sore while traveling on crusty snow, they make them
little moccasins of seal-skin to protect the feet.

Nearly all the Eskimo become snow-blind in spring, though they use
eye-blinkers of wood. These are only a piece of wood fitting closely
over the eyes, and having a horizontal slit a,bout one-sixteenth of an
inch wide j it affords a good deal of protection to the eyes, but they are
generally not put on till the condition of their eyes forbids them going
without. Some eye-blinkers of bone were found in a grave ; they were
apparently very old, and of a different pattern, but so much decayed as
not to admit of handling.

All the Cumberland Eskimo of the present day have sledges of wood.
This has either been bartered from the whalemen or secured from the
wrecks of ships. There are, nevertheless, some remains occasionally
found of sledges that were composed entirely of bone, whales7 jaw-bone
apparently. They were made in many pieces, and ingeniously lashed
together. All their sledges of the present day are shod with bone, and
when about to undertake a journey they pour warmed blood upon the
under surface of the bone shoeing 5 some use water, but this does not
last nearly so long as blood, and is more apt to chip off. This coating
makes a very smooth surface, and also protects the runners. All their
sledges have a sort of upright on the back end. This is nothing more
than a deer's head, with the antlers attached, the antlers being lashed
on the top edge of either runner. This serves for a variety of purposes,
and is very handy indeed.

The kyack of the Cumberland Inuit does not seem to have undergone
any change in pattern since the whites came among them. Still, these
craft are extremely rude and bulky, compared with the Greenlandersr
kyack ; neither do they compare with the Greenlanders in expertness in
its use. These kyacks are mostly so large that they would readily cany
two persons, and quite heavy. They do not carry so much gear upon
their kyacks as the Greenlanders $ the seal spear, walrus spear, and bird
spear, with their respective lines, are about all, unless they are after some

ETHNOLOGY. 43

special kind of game, as, for instance, bears ; then they carry a bear
lance, which, however, does not materially differ from the whale lance^
The omicikj or woman's skin boat, is now rare among them, as they are
able to procure whale-boats from ships, and one boat will accommo-
date several families. Some of these boats still exist in the vicinity of
Xugumeute and farther south. It required about fifteen skins of Phoca
barbata to construct one, and several years7 accumulation of drift-wood.

It seems very probable that before the advent of whalemen they prac-
ticed a great many rites and ceremonies, many of which are now obso-
lete, or exist only in tradition. Sometimes one of these old customs will
be repeated, but, as a general thing, not in the presence of a white man,
if they can help it.

One of these customs, which possesses a good deal of interest, is then*
manner of greeting a stranger. When a stranger arrives at an encamp-
ment, and is personally unknown to all or the major portion of the
inhabitants of the village, he receives an introduction after the follow-
ing manner: The villagers (the men) form themselves into a single
rank, all of them, with the exception of the stranger and the head ancoot
of the village, having hare-skin mittens on; they then begin a monoto-
nous singing chant, keeping time with their arms, swinging them in
front, raising the hand as high as the shoulder, with arm slightly bent,
and then describing a half circle by lowering the hands as far as the
abdomen. Finally, the ancoot and the stranger step out from the ranks
and face one another. Both have mittens of seal-skin. The stranger
complacently folds his arms over his breast, and inclines his head to
one side, so as to fully expose his cheek, while the ancoot deals him a
terrible blow on it, sometimes felling him to the ground. The two actors
now change parts, and it becomes the stranger's turn to strike, which,
he does with a vengeance; the two then kiss each other, and the cere-
mony is over. The stranger is now duly initiated to share in any and
all their customs, and due hospitality is shown him by all. Among his
privileges he can also choose for himself a wife during his sojourn.

Another custom, which was once very popular, is the following : An
ancoot dresses himself up in the most hideous manner, having several
pairs of pants on, among the rest, and a horrid-looking mask of skins.
The men and women now range themselves in separate and opposite
ranks, and the ancoot takes his place between them. He then picks
out a man and conducts him to a woman in the opposite ranks. This
couple then go to the woman's hut and have a grand spree for a day

44 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

or two. This manner of proceeding is kept up till all the women but one
are disposed of. This one is always the ancooVs choice, and her he re-
serves for himself. The people thus assembled are, of course, all well
known to him, and he understands pretty well how to mate them so as
to meet general approbation.

When the women have their monthly courses, they will not work, nor
visit the ship, or even each others' huts.

The dead are generally covered with a little pile of stones, so arched
over as to form a sort of tomb. It is also quite common at the present
time to leave the dead fully exposed upon the rocks. All the Eskimo
liave a great horror of handling a corpse, so that when a person is very sick
lie is carried out to die, and where he lays the stone pile is erected around
liim. The hunting implements and many of the valuables of the deceased
are put by him 5 such things as he will need for a long time inside, and
the rest outside of the grave. We have found in one grave the skeletons
of two dogs, remains of a sledge, whip, &c., and the partial skeleton
of a Pagomys fcetidus. The right femur of the Eskimo skeleton in the
grave was deformed, and had the appearance of having been broken and
allowed to grow together without setting. He was probably lame dur-
ing life, and the dogs and sledge had been given him in order to facili-
tate his traveling to the happy hunting-grounds. In another grave we
discovered portions of a kyack. That decayed bow and arrows, spears,
and all their hunting implements, were at one time plenty in graves, is
very apparent ; but of late years they have so amended this usage that
it is no longer necessary for the articles to remain very long, so they are
taken out and used by the relatives. In very recent graves we found
tin cups and pots, knives, and even one fork and spoon, comb, pieces of
cloth, needles, thread, thimble, and in one a photograph and a Harpers9
Weekly newspaper, tub for meat, &c. ; in fact, all the equipments and
treasures of the deceased. The more valuable of these articles were out-
side, and would undoubtedly soon have been appropriated by the rela-
tives. This is the reason that so little is found in graves at the present
day. In the old graves the wood and bone implements seem to decay
very fast, and can seldom be handled without falling to pieces. All the
graves contain entire or partial skeletons of some animal or bird, mostly
the netsick seal. This was put in for food, undoubtedly. Very few
graves contain the perfect skeleton of the inmate. The dogs, wolves,
and foxes despoil the graves, and scatter the bones in every direction. It
is seldom that these tombs are so well constructed that the dogs cannot
tear them down.

ETHNOLOGY. 45

As a rule, they are not kind to the aged or feeble. We know of ono
instance where an old cripple, who had no one who would recognize his
authority, was obliged to go sealing for himself. He had but one dog,
and no sled ; so, taking a seal-skin and allowing the dog to drag it, he
was conveyed to the sealing- ground on this novel conveyance. There
were every day large sleds leaving the encampment, but no one offered
to help the old man, as there was no prospect of his being able to recip-
rocate the favor.

Among their many superstitious notions, the wearing of charms about
the person is one of the most curious. These are called amgoouk, or
am-usit) and may be nothing but pieces of bone or wood, birds7 bills or
claws, or an animal's teeth or skin. To these charms they attribute
supernatural powers, and believe them to be able to keep the wearer
from sickness or misfortune. It is a common custom for the wife to
throw a piece of seal's blubber on her husband's kyack when he is about
to go hunting ; this will give him success. Little strips of deer-skin are
hung about the person in different places to insure success in some under-
taking or to ward off some misfortune, real or imaginary. We discov-
ered one of these charms, which seemed to possess unusual interest. It
was worn by a little girl about eight years old. She had a small envel-
ope of seal-skin that was worn on the back of her inside jacket. We
succeeded in bribing her grandmother to show us the contents of the
envelope, which proved to be two small stones, the one a bluish flint, the
other apparently meteoric iron. The tradition connected with thes<3
stones, the grandmother said, is that a very long time ago an Eskimo,
from whom she was a lineal descendant, had discovered the iron, and
had picked up a stone to break a piece off and lake home with him;
but when he struck the iron fire flew from it, and he soon learned how
to make use of this accidental discovery, and became a great man among
the people. At this point we lost the thread of the old woman's narrative,
and all we could further learn was that these two small pieces had been
preserved in the family for successive generations, and were inherited by
her from her mother, and that she had now given them to her grandchild,
the child's mother being dead. The child will in turn give it to her
children. She thought this charm of inestimable value, and could not
be induced to part with it, for, she said, " 3sTo one has yet died while
wearing this charm."

Another charm of great value to the mother who has a young babe
is the canine tooth of the polar bear. This is used as a kind of clasp to

46 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

a seal-skin string, which passes around the body and keeps the breasts
up. Her milk supply cannot fail while she wears this.

Many of the ancoots by long practice become quite competent jug-
glers, and often take advantage to show off their powers to the edifica-
tion of their friends. A common trick with a full-fledged ancoot is to
come suddenly into a hut with a harpoon toggled on his breast, and the
handle sticking in his back, the wound bleeding profusely. Such demon-
strations make a lasting impression upon the minds of those who wit-
ness it, and it becomes no less marvelous when they see that he survives,
without even a mark after the wound.

A very interesting legend is one which they tell as to the origin of
man, as regards creation, and the beginning of all things. They say it
came so of itself. Of the creation of man they say : In the beginning
there grew up from the earth a man ; he got a wife from one of his
thumbs (!), and from this pair the race has originated. But the whites,
whom they call cablunet, or codlunak^ they have sprung from dogs. An
Eskimo woman at one time gave birth to human beings and dogs. These
latter she put in an old boot, and threw them out into the sea, saying,
" Go hence, and become white people." From this they say whites live
on the sea, and their ships are like the Inuits' boots, round at both

MAMMALS.

FRAGMENTARY NOTES, ON THE MAMMALIA OF CUMBERLAND SOUND.

BY LUDWIG KUMLIKX.

The following list contains little else than fragmentary notes on such
species as I procured, or with certainty identified, during my short so-
journ in the northern waters of Cumberland Sound (the Hogarth Sound
of Penny), at about lat. 67° 1ST.

The region about our winter harbor was marvelously barren, and very
few mammals are found there. Its location is such that many of the
species that frequent the southern waters are seldom found about Art-
nanactook, as it is so far " inland." It is a rarity for a bear to stray up
the sound any distance, and some of the seals and most of tji.e cetaceans
are only of irregular occurrence.

Near the southern entrance of the sound, however, the harp seal, polar
bear, walrus, and many of the cetaceans, are regular visitors. I have
not the least doubt that many cetaceans are found in these waters that
I did not see. Should I place confidence in the information of whale-
men regarding whales, I could easily make out many species, and some
very marvelous ones ; but my experience has been that whalemen gen-
erally are not to be relied upon in this matter, as they confound species
to such a degree that one can never unravel the snarl, and their own
peculiar nomenclature makes matters worse instead of better.

My stay was also much too short for anything like a satisfactory inves-
tigation of certain interesting problems. I was even obliged to leave
some valuable skeletons, and could have procured many more had there
been any place to stow them away on shipboard.

There seems to be a prevalent belief among the Eskimo, as well as the
whalemen, that the mammals have disappeared from this section of
country at a wonderful rate within the last few years. I found the re-
mains of Tricliechus rosmarus, Cistopliora cristata, and Ursus maritimus in
the ancient kitchenmiddens in Kingwah Fjord, in localities where these
animals occur at the present day only as rare stragglers. It is hardly
probable that such large animals could have been brought any distance,

47

48 . NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

so they must at a comparatively recent date have been found in the
immediate vicinity. I could find no trace of the musk-ox, or any Eskimo-
that had seen one; but almost any of them could describe the animal
very intelligently, and would tell you they are found far to the nortlu
The Eskimo name for this animal, u omingmuk," is by no means a rare
name among them, and it is possible that they were once found on Cum-
berland Island, but are now extinct, as other species are in a fair way of
becoming.

The vicinity of the Kikkerton Islands offers many advantages to ^
naturalist ; it is now a permanent whaling station, and a person coull at
any time secure the valuable assistance of natives, besides having ample
conveniences for drying, stowing, &c. It would be comparatively easy
to secure a good skeleton of an adult right whale at this place if a per-
son went about it in the proper manner. Almost any of the smaller ceta-
ceans, and all the seals, adult, young, and fcetal, could be secured at a
very trifling outlay of presents to the Eskimo.

1. Ursus maritimus, Linn6.

"Nannok," Cumberland Eskimo.

It is a rare occurrence to find a bear any distance up Cumberland
Sound ; they are common about Cape Mercy, Shaumeer, and Nugumeute?
but seldom stray above Niantilic, or the Kikkerton Islands. Below
Niautilic, on the southern side of Bear Sound, in the vicinity of what
the Eskimo call Okaglik and Kokaluyah, they are quite plenty. Many
are captured here every year, especially in spring, by the Eskimo, who
fearlessly attack them in their frail kyacks, but are afraid of them on
the ice or land. From Nugumeute to Hudson's Straits they appear to
be even more plenty, and westward, in the northern waters of Hudson's
Bay, whalemen often procure twenty or more skins in a season.

In October, 1877, an enormous female with two cubs paid the Eskimo
encampment, at the Kikkerton Islands, a visit. They swam over the
Salmon Fjord, probably scenting a- dead whale that was on the beach near
the huts. The bears made a lively time among the huts, and a con
siderable outlay of ammunition and dogs was made before they were
finally captured. There were about two hundred dogs and half as many
natives, besides the crews of two whalers ; all this motley crowd ?nade war
on the bears; one of the whaling captains, a little braver than the restr
got too close to the old bear, and she dealt him a blow which knocked
his gun many feet into a snow-bank ; she then began to make way with
him, but was prevented by the Eskimo and dogs. A young Eskimo was

MAMMALS. 49

served in a similar manner, but sustained quite serious injuries. Great
consternation and fear prevailed among the women and children, and
that memorable night, when the nannoltes besieged their quiet camp,
was long a lively topic of conversation.

TThen the Florence took the pack-ice off Cape Mercy, a huge male was
suddenly espied alongside, but he did his best to get away as fast as
possible ; a boat was lowered and his capture was as devoid of excite-
ment as the killing of a sheep in a barn-yard. We had at this time six-
teen Eskimo and thirty dogs on deck, and the greater portion of the
meat was utilized as food by one or the other without any symptoms of
poisoning. During the season that Pagomys fcetidus have their young,
the bears begin to wander up the fjords in search of them, and are at
this time often found a considerable distance from the open water.

In and about the old stone-hut foundations in the neighborhood of
Anuanactook I found the remains of bears. There is a story among the
Eskimo that the bear, walrus, and hooded seal were once plenty there,
but for some cause do not now frequent the locality. A very young cub
skin was secured in April by a Shaumeer Eskimo. The vicinity of Cape
Mercy is one of the most frequented localities for bears ; here they come
down on the pack-ice with the current from the north. Eskimo from
the region northward in Cumberland are in the habit of coming here
to hunt them.

2. Vulpes lagopus, Linne.

"Touyunaik," Cumberland Eskimo.

The Arctic fox is quite common on both sides of Cumberland in all suit-
able localities. During the whiter they often fare badly, and become quite
impudent when pressed by hunger, even coming upon the schooners7
decks at night. They were a source of annoyance as well as amusement to
us around our observatory. We were not the fortunate possessors of
enough glass to let the light in through the wall of snow that surrounded
our tent, so we had recourse to oiled sheeting stretched over the aper-
ture, borrowing the idea from the Eskimo window of seal intestine. But
as we had no dogs about our snow-house, the foxes became so bold
during the long cold nights of winter that they often came and sat
around the stovepipe that projected through the roof of the hut. Our
cloth windows had to be repaired very often, as they would tear them
down and eat them for the oil the cloth contained. It was almost
impossible to catch them with a steel trap. I tied the bait underneath
the tongue, and carefully placed the trap in a little excavation in the
Bull. yat. Mus. Xo. 15 4

50 NATURAL HISTORY OF AECTIC AMERICA.

snow, and covered the whole with snow; but they dug beneath the trap,
and secured the bait from below, often even without springing the trap.
With an ice trap made after the Eskimo pattern I was more successful.

As soon as the seals begin pupping, the foxes fare better; this season
is in fact the grand banqueting time for these animals, after the long
sufferings and privations of winter. At this season (March, April, and
May), they destroy a great many young seals. I have often found the
remains of the seals so well skinned and cleaned that it seems impossi-
ble it could have been done by an animal. They begin by biting the
skin around the mouth, and drawing the entire animal through the aper-
ture, and turning the skin inside out; even the flippers are drawn through
to the nails, and every vestige of the meat removed. Nor is the skin
bitten in the least, although it is finely cleaned of all the fat. But the
most remarkable part of all is, that the skeleton remains intact and finely
cleaned. When the Eskimo find such skins, they always make use of
them, as they are quite as well skinned as if they had done it them-
selves. The white variety appears to be much more abundant than the
blue. According to the Eskimo, the two varieties interbreed, and the
young are sometimes dark and both parents white, and vice versa. Dur-
ing the winter months they congregate in considerable numbers about
any carcass, especially a whale, and get themselves thoroughly begrimed
with grease.

It often happens that some venturesome fellow succeeds in getting
upon the ducks' island, in breeding time, by means of the ice, and is
left there; but when the birds leave he gets enough shell-fish, &c., at
low- water to live on till the ice makes. If they are a short distance from
the mainland or from other islands, they do not hesitate to take to the
water.

3. Canls familiaris, Lirm6, var. borealis.

"Kidmik," or "Mikkie," Cumberland Eskimo.

As might be expected, the dogs of the Cumberland Eskimo are afflicted
with the much dreaded rabies. I paid considerable attention to the
subject, in hopes of being able to throw some light on the cause of this
disease, but, like many others before me, with little success. In the first
place, so far as the dogs about our winter harbor were concerned at least,
there are other causes besides the so-called hydrophobia that lessens
their ranks, though when a dog dies this is always the cause assigned.
Some of the best dogs that died at Annanactook during the winter of
1877-78 died from injuries inflicted on the head by a club in the hands

MAMMALS. 51

of their masters. After these dogs were disabled they wandered about
the settlement staggering and howling, and were to all appearance bona
fide victims of hydrophobia ; but on dissection it was only too plain what
the matter was. Many of the dogs are so overworked and so illy treated
that they could not survive the repeated injuries inflicted upon them if
they were as strong again.

The Eskimo have the habit of putting a slut in heat on ahead as
leader, as by this method they considerably accelerate the movements
of the rest of the team, and save themselves some extra labor; but these
dogs often prove themselves too eager, and rupture blood-vessels. I
have seen such cases where the dog vomited clear blood, and also dis-
charged it copiously through the anus ; such cases survive but a few days
generally. Again, many young dogs are taken from the mother long
before they are prepared by nature to shift for themselves. I have posi-
tive evidence of this being a prolific cause of so many young dogs dying.
Of all the dogs that died at Annanactook, at least four-fifths of the adults
were males, and the greater number of these died about the tune the
females were in heat.

I was very much interested to see if the theory that hydrophobia is
prevalent only in countries where the females are subjected to indis-
criminate slaughter, or animal instinct thwarted or perverted under the
ban of an ignorant and false modesty, would work here, instances being
cited of Turkey and other countries, where the dog is held sacred and
allowed to run at large, that hydrophobia is unknown. According to
the theory, then, that its origin is always the result of unrequited affec-
tion, we should not find this disease among the Eskimo dogs, where it
may reasonably be expected that nature has allowed the proper propor-
tion of the sexes and man does not interfere; but here is the point:
Has the Eskimo dog unrestrained freedom to follow the instincts of
his animal nature ? "We answer, By no means. To be sure, there are
plenty of females, but they are appropriated by such dogs as possess the
greatest strength; the females go to them, and the weaker dogs are given
the cold shoulder. As a general thing, the possession of a slut is a dis-
puted point, which ends in a hard fight between the dogs ; but there is
no further question after the battle, and the vanquished dog has to bear
a double disappointment ; this he seems unable to do, and worries him-
self into a melancholy that soon takes the form of the so-called hydro-
phobia.

I carefully watched a team of three dogs that I often went sealing
vith; one was a female and two were males; the slut seemed to be ap-

52 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

propriated by one of the dogs without question, till one day a strange
dog from another settlement was added to the team. The possession of
the slut now became the cause of a series of severe fights, which ended
in favor of the strange dog, which immediately became the guardian of
the slut. The beaten dog began to lag and droop, and in a few days was
dead, having gone through all the stages of hydrophobia to all appear-
ance.

This was not the only instance of a similar nature that came under
my observation ; still I do not wish to be understood that I place un-
shaken faith in this theory. I had too short a time for observation, and
too few examples to warrant me in making generalizations on these
data $ but I think it well worth the time for any one who does get the
opportunity not to overlook these facts. I dissected a number of the
male dogs that died from the rabies, but I never could detect any of the
organs diseased except the penis, testicles, and sometimes the kidneys.
Why this should be the case I am at a loss to say. There is one other
theory that may throw some light on the subject, viz, the constant inter-
breeding of the dogs. I have known of instances where a dog had
possession of the mother and her yearling whelps, all, mother included,
of which he was father to. It is certain that the progeny resulting
from such connections are very inferior, and tend toward degenerating
the race. It often happens that female dogs cohabit with wolves, the
dog being driven off by the superior strength of the wolf. This prog-
eny again is characterized by superior strength and great powers of
endurance, and is less apt to suffer from disease.

It sometimes happens, the Eskimo tell me, that a family goes into the
interior and remains for a year or more, but seldom loses any dogs by
disease 5 they have an idea that the salt-water has something to do with
their dogs dying, for they say they do not die when they live away
from it. It does not seem probable, however, that the disease would
prove contagious, assigning either of the above causes for its origin.

Again, is it positively known that the disorder is not communicable
by bite ? I am by no means sure of this. The Eskimo always carefully
get out of the way of dogs afflicted in this manner, and they told me
that if one of the sfck dogs bit me I would get the same disorder. This
information may have been imparted to them by whalemen, however.

4. Canis occidentalis, var. griseo-alba, Bd.
"Amarook" (?), Cumberland Eskimo.

Wolves are frequently seen during the winter months on both shores
of Cumberland ; their principal resorls, however, are further inland,

MAMMALS. 53

where the reindeer herds abound. It often happens that the Eskimo
dogs and wolves interbreed 5 the female dog is especially liable to co-
habit with a wolf, and the progeny are considered much superior beasts,
but are very hard to manage. I have seen Eskimo dogs that corre-
sponded hair for hair with the Arctic wolf.

The Eskimo say there are packs of dogs now in some localities that
have run wild, and in all probability returned to the original wolf type.
There are stories of some kind of animal, that from the description given
by some may be a Gulo, but others say it is only the common dog ; such
animals are always reported from the interior.

It is said that the female wolf is considerably fleeter than the male,
being longer-bodied. The females, the Eskimo say, always distance the
males in the chase after the reindeer, and generally succeed in killing
the deer before the male comes up.

5. Mustela ermine a, Linne".

Two specimens, procured in the Kingnite Fjord, one in the summer
and one in the winter fur. Appears to follow the lemming in their
migrations ; is nowhere abundant in Cumberland, and even unknown to
some of the Eskimo. Said to be able to capture the hare and ptarmi-
gan by attaching itself to some vital part and not loosening its hold
till the victim is dead. I am rather skeptical on this, however. Still,
the Eskimo say they have seen them do it, and it really puzzles me to
tell what else they should li ve upon during winter, as they do not hiber-
nate.

6. Myodes torquatus, (Pall.) Keys. & Bias.

"Awingak," Cumberland Eskimo.

I procured but a single specimen of the lemming ; this was caught
near Cape Mercy. They may yet be common somewhere along the
sound, as I saw traces in different places where we stopped. According
to the Eskimo, they are getting less common every year. Whalemen
have told me that twenty years ago some ships procured as many as
four hundred skins at Niantilic, in the spring, from the young Eskimo,
who killed them with bows and arrows. From what I could learn of the
Eskimo, the lemming is very irregular in its migrations, appearing in
great numbers at one place, and then disappearing for many years.

7. Lepus glacialis, Leach.

"Okoodlook," Cumberland Eskimo.

Common in all suitable localities. Many do not undergo any change
of color during summer, and I doubt if it be more than partial change

54 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

with any. I have seen pure white specimens during all the summer
months, and occasionally one about half-gray. The Eskimo firmly
believe that the lungs of the hare applied fresh to a boil or sore of any
kind is a sure cure. The specimens I examined in Cumberland were
much smaller than Greenland specimens.

••

8. Rangifer tarandus, (Linnd) Bd.

"Tuktoo," Cumberland Eskimo.

The reindeer are found in considerable numbers on both sides of Cum-
berland Sound, but by far the greater number on the western shore. It
is no rare instance to find them during the summer months on the sea-
coast 5 they seem to delight in feeding upon the fuci exposed at low
tide. In winter they retire to the larger valleys and go farther inland,
being seldom seen on the coast at this season of the year.

The Eskimo go reindeer-hunting every summer, commonly during the
months of July, August, arid September. At this season they make
quite extensive excursions inland, where the deer are more abundant
and ntuch more easily procured. Within the last few years they are
reported as less common on the Penny Peninsula ; but I hear of no appar-
ent diminution in their numbers to the west and southwest, especially
toward Lake Kennedy, where they are reported as very abundant.

Before the introduction of firearms among the Eskimo by the whale-
men, they took advantage of the habits of the deer in coming down to
'the coast, and drove them into the water, where they were easily cap-
tured with a kyack. The Eskimo bring the skins back with them to
then? winter encampment, having cached the meat for the ostensible
purpose of returning for it in winter. This seldom happens, however,
and the wolves generally make way with it. It is said that when a herd
is first approached by a hunting party that has been living on the sea-
coast, they scent them along way off, but that they soon lose this power 5
the fact being, I take it, that the peculiar odor of the salt-water has left
the Eskimo. During the winter they herd together in large droves, and
when a suitable valley is found paw up the snow for a considerable
extent, till it looks as if a herd of swine had been rooting in the snow.
These droves are continually beset by packs of wolves, which keep a vig-
ilant watch for any that unluckily stray out of the herd, for such a one
is immediately attacked and run down. It is seldom, however, that the
wolves can do much damage to the herd when they keep together, as
they form a ch cle, with the weaker ones in the centre, and can thus keep
the wolves at bay.

MAMMALS. 55

9. Callocephalus vitulinus, (Linne") F. Cuv.

"Kassigiak," Cumberlaud Eskimo.

The so-called " fresh- water seal " of the whalemen is one of the rarer
species in the Cumberland waters. They are mostly met with far up
the fjords and in the fresh- water streams and ponds, where they go after
salmon. They are rather difficult to capture, as at the season they are
commonly met with there is so little blubber on them that they sink
when shot. The skins are highly prized by the Eskimo women for their
jackets, and if they do not have enough for the entire garment will
use what they have, always putting it within the most convenient sight
of the wearer. It is said by the Eskimo that the young remain in the
white coat but three or four days, differing greatly in this respect from
Pagomys fcetidus. Neither do they make an excavation underneath the
snow for the reception of the young, like the above-mentioned species,
but pup later in the season, on the bare ice, fully exposed. The adult
males often engage in severe combats with each other. I have seen
skins so scratched up that they were nearly worthless ; in fact, the
Eskimo consider a "kassiarsoak" (a very large kassigiak) as having an
almost worthless skin, and seldom use it except for their skin tents. The
skins of the young, on the contrary, are a great acquisition. It is said,
possibly with a shade of exaggeration, that the affections of the Eskimo
damsel can be secured by a present of kassigiak skins, when all ordinary
means of persuasion have failed to move her.

10. Pagomys fceiidus, (Fab.) Gray.

"Xt-tsick," adults generally; " Tigak," adult males ; "Netsiavik," young after
shedding and till one year old; " Ibeen," young in white coats, of the Cum-
berland Eskimo. " Pickaninny pussy," young, pigeon-English of the whalers.

This seal is very common in all the fjords and bays from Hudson's
Straits northward along Cumberland Island to the extreme head of Cum-
berland Sound, on all the outer islands about Cape Mercy, and on the
west coast of Davis Straits. I have seen skins from Lake Kennedy
that I could not distinguish from those found in Cumberland Sound.
This seal was never noticed but a few miles from land ; was not met with
in the pack-ice, nor on the Greenland coast except far up the fjords.
This was in July and August; but I am informed that they become more
common toward autumn, and are found in considerable numbers some
distance from land; they are less common here, however, than on the
west coast.

It was a source of great curiosity to the Greenlanders to see the

56 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

clo tiling of the Cumberland Eskimo made from the skins of the young
seal ; they at first mistook it for bear. I was informed that, in the vicinity
of Disko at least, they never procure enough of the skins of the young
in the white coat to use them for clothing to any extent.

In the Cumberland waters they are resident, and do not migrate at all
unless much disturbed, and then they merely seek a more secluded
locality. On the Greenland coast they appear to migrate up the ice
fjords in summer, but to be more generally distributed at other seasons.

The netsick shows a decided predilection for the quiet still bays and
fjords, seldom venturing far from land. They are the only seal caught
through the ice in winter, and are consequently the chief and almost
sole dependence of the Eskimo for food, fuel, light, and clothing.

The skins of the adults are made into summer clothing, while the
young are in great demand for under-garments and for trousers.
Children often have entire suits of the young in the white coats ; such
clothing looks very beautiful when new, but it is new but a few
days, and after this it is repulsive enough. The females were found
enceinte in the latter part of October, and a foetus nearly ready for birth
was taken from the uterus January 1G. It was two feet from the end of
nose to the end of hind nippers. It was so doubled in the uterus, how-
ever, as to occupy a space hardly a foot in length ; the hind nippers
were turned forward on the tibise, the fore nippers hugged the sides, and
the head bent over on the neck and inclined to one side.

In a large fjord known as the Greater Kingwah the tide runs so swiftly
at one locality that it never freezes for a space varying from ten to one
hundred acres. Here the netsick gather in considerable numbers all
winter, and it is a favorite resort for such Eskimo as are fortunate
enough to possess a gun. Being but a few miles from our winter harbor,
there were almost daily excursions to these tide rifts by our Eskimo
hunters. After the 1st of March very few pregnant females were killed
at this place, they having by this time chosen the localities for having
their young. Those killed after this date were all adult " tigak," or old
stinking males.

It was interesting that the young — yearlings and some two-year olds,
such as had not yet arrived at maturity — were seldom, if ever, killed in
this open water, but lived in colonies by themselves. When an Eskimo
finds a number of atluks (breathing -holes) near together, he always marks
the place by raising little mounds of snow near the holes, for he kn6ws
that here is a colony of young animals, which have better skins and

MAMMALS. 57

meat than the old ones, and are moreover much easier to capture. I
have counted nearly seventy of these atluks on a space of two acres.

When a pregnant female has chosen the place where she is to have
her young, she makes an excavation from six to ten feet in length under
the snow, and from three to five feet wide, the height varying with the
thickness of the snow covering. The atluk is at one extremity of this
excavation, and in such a position that it is always a ready channel of
retreat in case of danger.

The first young found in the Upper Cumberland waters was during
the early days of March ; still I have taken a foetus from the mother in
the middle of April. The most profitable time for hunting the young
seal is during the month of April ; after this date they have shed so
much that the skins are nearly worthless till the hispid hair has got to
be of the proper length, when they are considered as the prime article,
and second only to the young of Callocephalus mtulinus in quality.

The first young one I procured that had begun to shed was April 15.
I have seen examples that were nearly or quite destitute of the white
coat, but still not having the next coat in sight. Such specimens on
close examination will be found to have a very fine coat of the new hair,
but so short as not to be perceptible except on close examination, still
showing the exact location and distribution of the dark and light mark-
ings ; the skin at this time is very black, and often much scratched up,
probably by the mother in trying to make the young one shift for itself.
I often examined the stomachs of young as well as adults, but till after
they had begun shedding the white coat, and were, in all probability,
25 to 30 days old, I found nothing but the mother's milk. After they
begin to shift for themselves, their food, for a time at least, consists of
Gammari of different species.

Before the young shed the white coat, they are from 23 to 36 inches
from the nose to end of flippers 5 the average the season through, from
a good series of measurements, was about 30 inches. They are very
variable in color j some are pure white; others very white on the lower
parts, but more or less dusky on back ; others again are a fine straw-
yellow, with the same dusky variation as in the white ones. The yellow
is also variable in the intensity of shade. Earely some are found that
are quite dusky all over, especially on the head and back; these are
generally small and scrawny individuals. The hair is also quite as vari-
able in texture as in color. In some it is fine, long, and woolly (mostly
in the pure white examples). In others it is straight or wavy, while

58 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

some have short and quite hispid hair. They weigh at birth from four
to six and one-half pounds, but grow at an astounding rate, becoming
exceedingly fat in a few days. The blubber on the young a few days
old is almost white and thickly interspersed with blood-vessels ; it is not
lit to burn. There is usually but one young at a birth; still twins are
not of rare occurrence, and one instance came under my observation
where there were triplets, but they were small, and two of them would
probably not have lived had they been born. The season for hunting
the young at lat. 67° ET. begins about the middle of Mafcli and con-
tinues until the latter part of April. The first two weeks of April are
the most productive, as later the hair is apt to be very loose, and many
even have large bare patches on them.

When the season fairly opens, the Eskimo hunter leaves the winter
encampment with his family and dog-team for some favorite resort of
this seal; he soon constructs his snow-hut, and is as well settled as if it
had been his habitation for years, for the seals he catches bring him
and his family food and fuel, and snow to melt water from is always
plenty, so that his wants are easily supplied, and he is contented and
happy.

The manner of hunting the young seal is to allow a dog to run on
ahead of the hunter, but having a strong seal- skin line about his neck,
which the Eskimo does not let go of. The dog scents the seal in its ex-
cavation, which could not have been detected from the outside by the
eye, and the hunter, by a vigorous jump, breaks down the cover before
the young seal can reach its atluk, and if he be successful enough to cut
off its retreat, it becomes an easy prey ; otherwise he must use Ms seal-
ing-hook very quickly, or his game is gone. It sometimes happens that
the hunter is unfortunate enough to jump the snow down directly over
the hole, and gets a pretty thorough wetting. The women often take
part in this kind of sealing, and many of them are quite expert. The
children begin when they are four or five years old. The teeth and nip-
pers of their first catch are saved as a trophy and worn about the little
fellow's neck. The next year when he begins, this will give him good
luck, they think.

There exists a considerable spirit of rivalry among the mothers as to
whose offspring has done the best, size, &c., considered. This runs to
such a high pitch that I have known some mothers to catch the seal, and
then let her child lull it, so as to be able to swell the number of his
captures.

MAMMALS. 59

Some of the Eskimo hunters belonging to the Florence brought as
many as seventy at one load. They were kept frozen, and we almost
lived on the meat during the season, and learned to like it very much.

Some of the hispid seals pup on the ice without any covering what-
ever. Six instances of this nature came under my observation, and they
were all young animals. The young exposed in this manner almost
always fall a prey to foxes and ravens before they are old enough to
take care of themselves.

As the season advances and the young begin to shed their coats, the
roof of their iyloo is often, or perhaps always, broken down, and the
mother and young can be seen on sunny days basking in the warm sun-
shine beside their atluk. The mother will take to the water when the
hunter has approached within gunshot, and leave the young one to shift
for itself, which generally ends in its staring leisurely at the hunter till
suddenly it finds a hook in its side ; a stout seal-skin line is then made
fast to its hind flippers, and it is let into the atluk ; it, of course, makes
desperate efforts to free itself, and is very apt to attract the attention of
the mother if she is anywhere in the vicinity. The Eskimo carefully
watches the movements of the young one, and, as soon as the mother is
observed, begins to haul in on the line. The old one foUows nearer and
nearer to the surface, till at last she crosses the hole at the proper depth,
and the deadly harpoon is planted in her body, and she is quickly drawn
out. If the mother has seen the hunter approaching the atluk, however,
she will not even show herself. I have never known of an instance
where they have attempted to defend their offspring from man. I once
saw a raven trying to kill a young seal while the mother was making
frantic but very awkward attempts to catch the bird in her mouth.
When the young first assume the coat of the adults (about the time the
ice begins to loosen), they seem possessed of a vast amount of curiosity,
and while swimming near the land, as they almost always do, can be
lured within gunshot by whistling or singing. They would often play
about the schooner, diving underneath and coming up on the opposite
side, apparently enjoying it hugely. They delight to swim among the
pieces of floating ice in the quiet bays. The young and yearlings of this
species are often found together in small bands. The adult feniatevwill
average four feet and a half to the end of the flippers. SiwJh specimens
are probably from four to seven years old ; the males ?*re a- little larger.
There is great variation in the skulls, but the sexes cain readily be dis-
tinguished by the skull alone, the males having a longer and narrower
head, with the ridges more prominent.

60 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

It is only the adult males (called " tigak,'7 stinker, by the Eskimo)
that emit the horribly disagreeable, all-permeating, ever-penetrating
odor that has suggested its specific name. It is so strong that one can
smell an Eskimo some distance when he has been partaking of the flesh.
They say it is more nourishing than the flesh of the females, and that a
person can endure great fatigue after eating it. If one of these tigak
comes in contact with any other seal meat, it will become so tainted as
to be repulsive to an educated palate 5 even the atluk of the tigak can
be detected by its odor.

There is sometimes caught a hairless variety of this seal that the Es-
kimo call "okitook." I have seen one such skin. It had a few fine
curly hairs scattered over it, but they were very different in texture
from the ordinary hair. I do not know if the specimen otherwise dif-
fered from the ordinary seal. The food of the adults consists largely of
different species of crustaceans, and during winter especially they sub-
sist to a considerable extent upon fish. I have found in them the re-
mains of Coitus scorpius, C. grcerilandicus, Gadus ogac (commonly), and
Liparis vulgar is. During the time the adults shed for nearly a month
previous I could detect nothing but a few pebbles in their stomachs.
They become poor at this time, and will sink when shot in the water.
The milk is thick and rich, and is sometimes eaten by the natives. The
excrement looks like pale, thickly clotted blood.

There are sometimes found albinos, of which the Eskimo tell marvelous
stories, one being that when they rise to breathe in their atluks they
come stern first, and, in fact, they think such animals have their breath-
ing apparatus on the posterior end of the body. I imagine this origi-
nated from a native once harpooning an albino in its atluk and finding
his harpoon fastened in one of the hind flippers.

Toward spring, when the sun is shining brightly, these seals can be
seen in all directions basking on the ice. They are to all appearance
asleep, but manage to wake up regularly every few minutes to make
sure that there is no danger about. At this season it is a favorite
method of the Eskimo to hunt them by crawling flat on his belly toward
the seal, and when discovered to imitate the movements of the animal,
a1^1 ^ advance only when the seal looks in the opposite direction. In
this manner ^hey often approach so close as to be able to push them
away from their \atluks. This seal is of some commercial importance,
ihe Scotch whafters often buy from the natives during the winter a thou-
sand skins. Tfy tese are brought with the blubber, and often cost the pur-

MAMMALS. 61

chaser not over 3 to 7 cents, and this mostly in tobacco, trinkets, or ship
stores. To encourage them to procure more skins, they are furnished
with a cheap breech-loading gun and a few hundred cartridges, which
they soon waste, and then their guns are of course worthless. At the
rate both young and adults are slaughtered at the present day, they
will soon become so scarce that there will not be enough to supply the
wants of the natives.

11. Pagophilus groenlandicus, (Miill.) Gray.

"Kiolik," Cumberland Eskimo.

The saddle-back is of frequent occurrence about the southern waters
of Cumberland Sound in spring and autumn. It is rather rarely found
singly, but generally in considerable schools. They are even occasion-
ally found as far up the sound as Annanactook, but mostly the young.
Their procreation is unknown to the Cumberland Eskimo. A few schools
were noticed at different times during September, 1877, and October,
1878, from the islands off the middle Labrador coast to Cumberland, at
times at considerable distances from land. Every Eskimo who can
secure it will have an adult male kiolik skin on the back of his toopik.
The skins are here never used for clothing, the hair being too short and
thin. They disappear from Cumberland when the ice makes, and return
again in spring with open water, but stay only a short time. The flesh
is much inferior to the netsick.

12. Phoca barbata, O. Fab.

"Ogjook," Cumberland Eskimo; "Oo-sook," Greenlanders.

This seal was first noticed a little to the southward of Cape Chidly,
and thence northward to our winter harbor in about lat. 67° !N". Ac-
cording to the Eskimo they are the most common about Cape Mercy,
Xugumeute, and the southern Cumberland waters, where they remain
the year around, if there is open water. They remain in the sound only
during the time there is open water, as they have no atluk.

On the west coast of Davis Straits they are not rare, but are said by
whalemen to diminish in numbers above lat. 75° N. They appear to be
more common on the southern shores of the west coast of Davis Straits
than 011 the northern, so that the natives go southward some distance
to secure the skins. Was noticed among the pack-ice in Davis Straits
in July and August.

The ogjook delights in basking upon pieces of floating ice, and gen-
erally keeps well out at sea. I have never seen any numbers together,
but almost always singly. The old males do not seem to agree well, and

62 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

often have severe battles on the ice-floes when they meet. They use the
fore flippers, instead of the teeth, in fighting.

In Cumberland they begin working northward as fast as the floe
edge of the ice breaks up, arriving in the vicinity of Annanactook about
the latter days of June. In autumn they move southward as fast as
the ice makes across the sound, always keeping in open water. They
are seldom found in the smaller fjords or bays, but delight in wide ex-
panses of water. They dive to great depths after their food, which is
almost entirely Crustacea, mollusks, and even clams of considerable size.
This seal has a habit of turning a summersault when about to dive,
especially when fired at ; this peculiarity, which is not sha-red by any
other species that I have seen, is a characteristic by which it may be
distinguished at a considerable distance. During May and June they
crawl out upon an ice-floe, to bask and sleep ; at such times they are
easily approached by the Eskimo in their kyacks and killed. An adult
will often measure ten feet between the two extremes. The color is
variable ; the tawniness more or less clouded with lighter or darker mark-
ings irregularily dispersed. By July some of them become almost
naked. At this season their stomachs contained nothing but stones;
some of them nearly of a quarter pound weight. They seem to eat noth-
ing during the entire time of shedding, probably six weeks. Certain it
is they lose all their blubber, and by the middle of July have nothing
but " whitehorse," a tough, white, somewhat cartilaginous substance, in
place of blubber. At this season they sink when shot. Some specimens
were procured that had scarcely any teeth at all, and in many adults
the teeth can almost be plucked out with the fingers. The young are
born upon pieces of floating ice, without any covering of snow. The
season of procreation is during the fore part of May. After the young
have shed their first woolly coat (which they do in a few days), they
have a very beautiful steel-blue hair, but generally so clouded over with
irregularly dispersed patches of white that its beauty is spoiled.

A fo3tus was procured near the Middliejuacktwack Islands April 28.
Its extreme length was four feet seven inches.

Inches.

Length of head 8/0

Width of muzzle 4. 5

Width of fore flipper 4.3

Length of fore flipper to end of nails 7-2%

Greatest expanse of hind flipper 13. 5

Length of hind flipper 12

From, end of nose to eye 3.2

Distance between eyes 3. 50

MAMMALS. 63

Color uniform grizzly mouse-color, -with a tinge of olive-gray. Muz-
zle, crown, and irregular patches on back and fore flippers white. From
nose to eyes a black line crossing the head back of the eyes, forming a
perfect cross. Xails horn-blue, tipped with white. Iris dark brown.
Kose black. Muzzle wide ; lips full and fleshy, giving the animal a
bull-dog expression. Body long and slender. Beard pellucid, abundant,
white, stout, the bristles growing shorter from the eye toward the nos-
trils. Hind flippers large and heavy, looking disproportionate. The
hair rather short, but fine and somewhat woolly. There was interspersed
another kind of hair, stiff and of a steel-blue ; the next coat, I take it.

The Eskimo are firm in the belief that the ogjook sheds its first coat
within the uterus of the mother. In this instance there was certainly
plenty of loose hair in the uterus; but the specimen had been dragged
some miles in its envelope over the rough ice, and banged around consid-
erably, besides having been kept three or four days in an Eskimo igloo
among a heap of decaying garbage, so it is not to be wondered at if the
hair was loose. There was little blubber on the specimen, and this was
thickly interspersed with blood-vessels. The intestines toward the anus
were filled with dung. The kidneys were very large, the heart remark-
ably so. The cartilaginous prolongation of the thorax, so prominent
in Pagomys fostidus, is wanting in this species.

The ogjook is of great value to the Eskimo, who prize the skins very
highly. All their harnesses, sealing-lines, &c., are made from the raw
skins ; besides this, they make the soles of their boots, and sometimes
other portions of their dress, from the skin. In such localities as the
whalemen do not visit, and the natives are obliged to construct skin
boats, this seal is in great demand. It takes fifteen skins for an omiuak,
or skin boat, and these skins require renewing very often. The skin of
the back and belly dries unevenly, so the Eskimo skin the animal by
cutting it longitudinally along both sides, and drying the skin of the
upper and lower parts separately. It is a prevalent belief among whale-
men that seals' livers, and more especially those of this species, are poison-
ous; but I am inclined to rate this as imagination. We ate the livers
of all species we procured without any bad effects.

13. Trichechus rosmarus, Linn6.

"Awouk" and "Ivik," Cumberland Eskimo.

The walrus is quite common about Cape Mercy and the southern waters
of Cumberland, but at the present day rarely strays far up the sound.
Their remains, however, are by no means rare, even in the Greater King-

G4 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

wall, and many of the old Eskimo hut 'foundations contain the remains
of this animal. The Eskimo say they got mad and left ; certain it is
they are found around Annanactook only as stragglers at the present
day. Considerable numbers were observed on pieces of floating ice near
Cape Mercy in July. About Nugmneute they are largely hunted by the
Eskimo living there. The Eskimo say the tusks of the male always
bend outward toward the tips, while those of the female bend inward.

14. Cistophora cristata, (Erxleb.) Nilss.

The bladder-nose appears to be very rare in the upper Cumberland
waters. One specimen was procured at Annanactook in autumn, the
only one I saw. The Eskimo had no name for it, and said they had not
seen it before. I afterward learned that they are occasionally taken
about the Kikkerton Islands in spring and autumn. I found their
remains in the old kitchen middens at Kingwah. A good many indi-
viduals were noticed among the pack-ice in Davis Straits in July.

CETACEA.

1. Baleena mysticetus, Linne.

"Akbik," Cumberland Eskimo.

Also called " Pumah." I think the word had its origin in this wise.
When whalemen first began to cruise in these waters, few, if any of
them, had a knowledge of the Eskimo language, and, to make the natives
understand what they were after, imitated the spouting of the whale by
blowing. This was soon taken up by the Eskimo as the "codlunak"
(white man's) word for whale, and soon came into general usage, and
thus one of the first words was made that now constitutes a part of the
pigeon-English of the whalemen's jargon.

The Cumberland Sound, or Hogarth Sound of Penny (ISTorthumber-
land Inlet of Wareham in 1841), has been renowned among Scotch and
American whalemen for more than a quarter of a century as a favorite
resort of the right whale, and one of the most profitable whaling sta-
tions on the globe. But this locality, like all others, has been so thor-
oughly hunted nearly every season for a number of years that it no
longer sustains its pristine renown as a profitable whaling ground.

So many ships were sometimes found here at one time that there arose
a great spirit of strife among the crews as to which vessel would procure
the most whales, and as a consequence whales were struck when there
was but the slightest chance of securing them, and the line had to be
cut to set them free. Such whales in all probability die, but not before

MAMMALS. 65

they have succeeded in permanently frightening others, which, instead
of seeking the upper waters of, the sound for a few weeks' quiet feeding,
strike out and are seen no more.

Instead of allowing these animals to go up the sound, and find their
favorite feeding grounds, they are attacked and chased as soon as they
show themselves at the mouth of the sound. In fact, they have been
so persistently persecuted that now very few pass up above Xiantilic or
the Kikkerton Islands.

The fall whaling begins late in September and continues till the ice
makes across the sound. The whaling at this season is attended with
great danger and hardships to the crews, and it is while prosecuting
this fall •• fishing" that the foundation to many a stubborn case of scurvy
is laid.

The spring whaling begins generally in March or April, and continues
along the floe edge until July, when the ice has left the sound.

The Eskimo from the southern part of the sound and along the coast
from Xugumeute to Hudson's Straits report whales as found in those
localities all winter ; it is then quite probable that they reproduce on
these coasts during the latter part of winter.

According to Eskimo tradition, these animals were once very abund-
ant in the Cumberland waters, and their remains now bleaching on the
rocky shores faithfully testify to this fact.

Of late years, whalers frequenting Cumberland Sound have been in
the habit of employing natives to catch whales, supplying them with
boats and all necessary equipments. It is needless to say that they are
more successful than the whites in this hunt.

With their own primitive gear, the Eskimo seldom attacked a large
whale; but yearlings were frequently caught. I was presented with a
harpoon-head by the captain of a Peterhead whaler, that had been taken
out of a very large whale caught near the Kikkerton Islands; it was im-
bedded in the muscles, so that the whale must have been struck while it
was quite small in order that the harpoon should have pierced through
the blubber. The weapon is, moreover, of a pattern which the Eskimo
I showed it to say they never saw before; but I must confess I can see
but a very slight difference in it from those in use at the present day.

The "black skin," called "inuktuk" by the natives, is considered as
a great delicacy; when they have not eaten of this food for some time,
and then get an opportunity to indulge to their heart's content, they eat
till they can hardly move.

Bull. Kat, Mus. No. 15 5

66 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

2. Physalis antiquorum, Gray.

Razor-back of whalers.

I cannot positively assert that the razor-back frequents the Cumber-
laud waters to any great extent ; in fact, I somewhat doubt if it does,
one reason being possibly the scarcity of fish. I have seen it north
of Hudson's Straits and about Cape Mercy, as well as on the Greenland
coast in Disko Bay.

3. Megaptera longimana Gray.

Hump-back of whalers.

I could not ascertain that this whale is common in Cumberland at any
season. It frequents the southern waters, but is little troubled by the
whalers. The Eskimo do not seem to have a very clear idea of it.

4. Orca gladiator, (Bonn.) Snnd.

"Killer" of whalers.

The killer is a very common whale in the Cumberland waters. They
arrive with the white whales, which they follow up the fjords. Many
thrilling stories are told by the Eskimo as well as whalemen of desperate
fights between this animal and other whales. The Eskimo are rather
afraid of it, especially the solitary kyacker. I have known the white
whales to come in close proximity to the ship and lie along her sides,
when they were pursued by these voracious sea-wolves.

5. Phocaena communis, Brooks.

The porpoise is by no means rare, especially in the southern waters
during spring and autumn. I neither saw nor heard of them in the
vicinity of Annanactook. .

6. Beluga catodon, (Linne") Gray.

White fish, or White whale, of whalers. "Killcluak," Cumberland Eskimo.

The white whales begin to work up the sound as soon as the ice begins
to loosen. They become very abundant, especially in the Great Kingwah.
Fjord. In July many hundreds repair to the sand-beaches of this fjord,
and some whalers have attempted to catch them in nets, but with indif-
ferent success. They are sometimes driven up into shallow water at
flood tide, and by the receding of the water many are left high and dry.
It is a question of interest what they go into this fjord after. It is not
to have their young, as they are already with the mothers ; nor does it
seem to be after food, as little or nothing is found in their stomachs at
this time. One thing 1 noticed, when they go up the fjord they have a
ragged appearance and dirty color, and, according to some whalemen,

MAMMALS. 67

are covered with parasites ; but after they have been rolling and rub-
bing themselves on the sand-beaches for a few days they look much
smoother and their color is a creamy white. The Eskimo say the males
and females keep separate, but I do not think there is much truth in
this statement. Some think they go on these shoals to avoid the attacks
of the killers, which play sad havoc among them outside, but do not
follow them into shallow water ; but if this were the reason, they would
take refuge in any small bay or inlet, and not choose this particular fjord
year after year. I found no external parasites, but the internal ear
cavity was nearly filled with worm-like animals nearly two inches long.
They were firmly attached by one end, and stood erect, having some-
what the appearance of very coarse hairs. While migrating into the
sound they always keep just at the floe edge, and if the ice is .broken do
not seem to like getting among it. In the winter of 1876-77, a couple
got belated and froze up in the Kingwah tide rifts. They were harpooned
by the Eskimo in January. A considerable number of these whales are
caught by the Eskimo from their kyacks.

7. Monodon monoceros, Linn6.

Xarwhal of whalemen. "Killeluaksiiak," Eskimo.

By no means abundant, but of regular occurrence in spring and au-
tumn. These whales give the Eskimo much trouble to capture, on
account of their agility. The horn is often used for the handle of the
harpoon, and for various other purposes where wood is scarce.

BIRDS.

BY LUDWIG KUMLIEN.

The following list is of necessity fragmentary and very incomplete
from various reasons. In the first place, the expedition did not arrive
at the proposed winter-quarters until October, when the weather had
become so inclement that most of the birds had gone southward. Dur-
ing the brief stops that were made at different harbors in the autumn of
1877, 1 was often obliged to remain on shipboard for want of a boat,
instead of cruising about, as I would otherwise have done. Of course
I often went out with the Eskimo; but as they were looking for whales
and seals, I got only such birds as accidentally came in our way. In the
spring, the schooner was under weigh before the birds had fairly begun
nesting. The last three weeks of our sojourn in the winter harbor I was
prevented from making any explorations, except in the immediate vicin-
ity of the harbor, on account of the ice, which was driven northward by
the long-continued southerly gales. This ice formed so perfect a barrier
about us that we could not get out of the harbor, and to have ventured
among it with a boat when the strong currents were whirling and crash-
ing it in every direction would have been a piece of foolhardiness that
could but have resulted disastrously.

There is no point on either side of Cumberland Gulf or Sound that
is less suitable for a naturalist than was Annanactook Harbor. It is
formed by a cluster of small rocky islands, the outermost of a large
group lying between the Greater and Lesser Kingwah Fjords. The
nearest point to the mainland from the harbor was about nine miles.
There were extensive valleys, with large grassy flats and sandy beaches,
much frequented by different kinds of birds, both for feeding and breed-
ing grounds.

When the season was so far advanced that these places became the
resorts of birds, I seldom got an opportunity to go on a cruise, for with
the inclemency of the weather, the uncertainty of procuring a boat, and
the treacherous condition of the ice, it was almost sure that one or the

69

70 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

other of these drawbacks would indefinitely postpone a contemplated
journey. At this time I had the use of but one hand, and could not
manage a kyack.

All the islands in the vicirifry of Annanactook are rocky — solid rock,
in fact — with extremely scanty vegetation. The shores are generally
steep bluffs, and very little beach is exposed at low tide. A few miles
up the Greater Kmgwah, however, are very extensive beaches, and
thither all the waders congregated as soon as the ice began to loosen
from the shores. After leaving our winter harbor, the Florence made
brief stops at different points, but for such short periods that it gave
me very little time for explorations.

After our arrival on the Greenland coast I received very great assist-
ance from Governor Edgar Fencker and lady, of Godhavn, through whose
kindness I procured many valuable specimens. I can never forget the
kindness and unbounded hospitality of this educated and refined gen-
tleman and enthusiastic naturalist.

To Inspector Krarup Smitz and lady, of Godhavn, I am. under very
great obligations, not alone for the valuable donations of interesting
Eskimo implements, but for their untiring zeal in making our sojourn
as pleasant as possible, and the ready and entertaining information on
many little known subjects pertaining to Arctic matters.

I was not a little surprised, as well as delighted, to find in Governor
Fencker a person perfectly familiar with the birds of North America as
well as Europe. During his eleven years' residence in Northern Green-
land he has, of course, added much to the knowledge of Arctic ornithol-
ogy, and I was pleased to learn that he contemplated giving the world
the benefit of his observations in an illustrated work on the birds of
Greenland. Such a work, embellished with his superb drawings, can-
not fail to rank very high among the ornithological literature of the age.

I have not the least doubt that future explorations in Cumberland
waters will yield a much richer harvest than I gathered. Many species
will be added, especially if the Lake Kennedy region is visited in sum-
mer.

For the benefit of any future explorer who may visit this section of
country I will give what appears to me the best route and manner of
reaching Lake Kennedy. A person wintering in Cumberland will be
very apt to be stationed either at Mantilic on the western shore, or the
Kikkerton Islands on the eastern, a little farther to the north. These
points are favorite resorts for Eskimo in winter, and hunting parties

BIRDS. 71

leave both settlements for the interior every summer, so there would be
no difficulty in securing Eskimo guides and assistants, who are abso-
lutely necessary to the success of such an enterprise. Good strong dog-
teams, to carry boats and all the required equipments, can be secured
from the Eskimo, they driving their own teams.

The start should be made in May, and the course up the so-called
" Mollu Keitook " fjord that opens into the gulf about forty miles north
of the Kikkerton Islands on the western shore. This fjord can at this
season be traveled with ease with sledges its entire distance — about
ninety miles. During this stage of the journey the Eskimo could secure
enough seal in the fjord for both man and beast. When the inland
country was reached, reindeer would make a very acceptable substitute.
But this supply should in no wise be solely depended upon. When the
head of the fjord is reached there will be found a fresh-water stream, the
eastern exit for the Kennedy Lake waters. This stream should be fol-
lowed to the lake. If it be late in the season, a whale-boat may be taken
up the stream with comparative ease. There are some places where the
stream runs in narrow gorges, but the surrounding country offers suitable
places for a portage over such points, into the numerous lake-like ex-
pansions that will be met with. If it be in May there will be found an
abundance of snow for traveling with sledges on the land, and the com-
paratively level character of the country, which becomes more strikingly
so as one nears the lake, will present but few obstacles to a good dog-
team.

A light canvas tent should be a part of the equipment. While the
snow lasted this could be inclosed within a wall of snow, and later be
made very comfortable with a stone wall.

The lake abounds in numerous small islands, has sandy as well as
grassy beaches, and is a favorite resort for myriads of waterfowl. It is
so large that one cannot see across it. Its location is probably between
the 66th and 67th parallels of north latitude. Salmon are abundant in
its waters, and a seal that, from the skin, I could not distinguish from
Pagomys fcetidus, abounds in considerable numbers. The vicinity is the
favorite feeding-ground of immense herds of reindeer. Wolves and
foxes are very numerous, and among the Eskimo there is mention of an
animal- that from their descriptions and drawings seems to be a Gulo.

Fossils (Silurian) seem to be very abundant, and petrifactions mar-
velously perfect abound in the lowlands. The surrounding country has
much the general aspect of a high northern prairie, being quite flat and

72 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

sustaining a good growth of grass and plants. The ascent to the Cum-
berland coast on the east and the Fox Channel on the west is so gradual
that it is hardly perceptible, the coast-line in both instances being pre-
cipitous. This is especially true of the western slope, where it is so
gradual that it is with the greatest astonishment one suddenly finds
himself on the summit of an enormous cliff, with the breakers of Fox
Channel dashing on the rocks below him and an expanse of water stretch-
ing to the westward as far as the eye can reach.

The western outlet of the lake is larger than the eastern, and is said
to empty through a deep gorge near Point McDonald.

A far less satisfactory time to go is after the breaking-up of the ice.
There is no doubt it could be performed with less labor and fatigue at
this time, but for the naturalist the best season would be over.

When the collections are ready, they can be safely cached till winter,
and brought down in comparative safety on dog-sledges. A very inter-
esting station for a naturalist would be near the mouth of the gulf, in
the vicinity of the Kikkerton Islands ; at this place there would be open
water in April or May, and many valuable birds could be secured before
they scatter over the country to breed. When the birds arrive at
Annanactook, the season is already so far advanced that they immedi-
ately begin nesting. I have concluded to retain in the present list many
species on very slight evidence in the hope that it may in some degree
assist future explorers and put them on the lookout for some species
that might otherwise escape their notice.

The birds do not congregate in large numbers on the islands in
Cumberland to breed, the way they do to the southward and on the
Greenland coast. There is an exception with Somateria mollissima.
Some species that breed by myriads two hundred miles to the southward,
and are equally numerous on the coast of Greenland to 73° N. lat.,
are found only as occasional stragglers in the Cumberland waters.

Some idea of the barrenness of the islands around Annanactook may
be arrived at from the fact that from October to July one hare and
two ptarmigans were brought in, and there were twelve Eskimo that
hunted the greater part of the time, and I was out on every occasion
when I thought it at all likely that such game could be procured. Scotch
whalers have told me that near Nugumeute they have had as high as
two hundred ptarmigans during the winter, and hares in abundance.

I have added the Eskimo names of the birds in such instances as I
could do so with certainty. The Greeiilanders' names are often quite

BIRDS. 73

different from the Cumberland Sound Eskimo; these have also been
added. These names will be of use to any one visiting this region not
conversant with the Eskimo language.

1. Turdus aliciae, Bd.

One specimen caught on shipboard off the coast of Newfoundland,
October 22, 1878.

2. Saxicola oenanthe, Bechst.

Breeds along both shores of Cumberland and on the west coast of
Davis Straits, but rare.

One of the commonest land birds on Disko Island, Greenland, and
around Disko Bay, both on the islands and mainland. I showed speci-
mens to Eskimo from Xugumeute and Frobisher Straits, and they in-
stantly recognized them and said they breed there, but are not plenty.

3. Anthus ludovicianus, Beclist.

Kung-nuk-took, Cumberland Eskimo.

The first specimens were seen in the spring at Annanactook Harbor on
the 30th of May. There was no bare ground ; but they frequented the
tide-rifts at low water, searching after small marine animals.

It looked very strange to see this bird running about among the stones
and in the water like a Clnclus. I examined the stomachs of specimens
killed in these localities, and found them to contain Gammams, Lcemodi-
podia, Caprella^ and a few small mollusks! There can be no doubt that
they were feeding on this food from necessity, and not choice, for there
was 110 bare ground and no insects at this time. During the first of
June we had the severest snow-storni of the season, and I think most
of them perished. They would come around the observatory and shelter
themselves as best they could. They were so far reduced that they were
easily caught with the hand.

In autumn they leave for the south about the middle of September.
At this season, besides their diet of insects, they feed on the berries of
Empetrum mgrum and Vaccinium ullginosum. During summer their food
consists almost entirely of insects, largely of dipterous larvae, which they
procure among the car ices around the fresh- water ponds. At Annanac-
took they began building about the 20th of June. The nest was always
placed deep in a rock crevice, so far in, in fact, that I could not secure
any of the nests I found. On the Greenland coast, especially in the
vicinity of habitations, they often build in a tussock, much like a sparrow;
but there the ravens are not so numerous or destructive to birds and
eggs as in Cumberland,

74 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

They practice every artifice to decoy an intruder from the vicinity of
the nest — shamming lameness, and uttering the most plaintive cries ; flit-
ting from crag to crag before the pursuer till they have led him far be-
yond the nest, when suddenly they seem to have recovered, and take
longer flights, till at last they jump up very smartly .and fly away ap-
parently highly elated at the little ruse they have so successfully prac-
ticed.

This little bird is considered a great enemy by the Eskimo. They say
it warns the reindeer of the approach of the hunter, and, still worse,
will tell the reindeer if it be a very good shot that is in pursuit, that
they may redouble their efforts to escape. The Eskimo never lose an
opportunity to kill one of these birds. I have seen one with a rifle
wasting his last balls in vain attempts to kill one when he knew that
there was a herd of reindeer not more than a quarter of a mile away.
They are generally distributed on both sides of Cumberland Sound and
the west shores of Davis Straits to lat. 68° IS", at least, but nowhere
very abundant. Toward autumn they become more or less gregarious,
and seem to migrate along the seashore.

4. Sitta carolineiisis, L.

Caught on shipboard off the coast of Newfoundland October 22.

5. Dendroeca coronata, (L.) Gray.

A single example, an adult male, in Godhavn Harbor, Greenland,
July 31, 1878.

6. Siurus naevius, (Bodd.) Coues.

Caught on board the Florence in Straits of Belle Isle, August 18.

7. Tachycineta bicolor, (Vieill.) Cab.

A couple of these swallows followed the schooner for two days in suc-
cession off Belle Isle, in August, 1877. Where were they during the
night I

8. Pyrrliula ?

July 19, 1879, while hunting among the mountains near Oosooadluin
Harbor, in the northern waters of Cumberland, my attention was called
by a bird whistling somewhat like Ampelis garrulus, but louder and
clearer. I soon discovered it flitting among some small willows on the
grassy ledges of a perpendicular cliff about 1,500 feet above tide-level.
I could not scale the cliff', and had to content myself by watching it. It
was apparently nesting among the willows, but kept continually just

BIRDS. 75

out of range. At the time I pronounced it undoubtedly the female
of Pijrrliula europea, which it resembled very much indeed, but now I
incline to the belief that it was more likely the male of Pyrrhula cassinii,
and that the female was sitting. I made a life-size drawing of it, and
showed it to all the Eskimo in the vicinity. None could recognize it ;
but some said they had seen such a bird at Lake Kennedy, but that they
were utumuiumik abertook," all red. This may have been Pinicola enu-
cleator, Carpodacus purpureus, or Pyrrhula europea, as I doubt not but
the last species would be called u all red" by an Eskimo. The red part
would certainly make the most lasting impression on his mind. I tried
for some hours to procure this bird, but at last it flew over a ravine that
I could not cross. I never got an opportunity to revisit the locality,
and this interesting discovery had to be left unsettled. The bird was
apparently slate-colored on the breast, the upper and lower tail-coverts
conspicuously white, the top of head and throat much darker than the
back. The flight was undulating. It kept whistling almost constantly,
which led me to think it was a male bird.

9. Carpodacus purpureus, (Gm.) Gray.

During a dense fog, September 1, 1877, off Eesolution Island, north
of Hudson's Straits, one of these birds was caught on board the Flor-
ence. The Eskimo describe a bird about the size of the purple finch
that occurs in the interior, and is "all red." Such information is, how-
ever, in no manner reliable, as " abertook" may be any color from umber
to vermilion, and " all," especially when it comes to red, may be but a
small part of the plumage.

10. Loxia leucoptera, (Wils.)-

Caught on board the schooner in a fog off Bonne Bay, Newfoundland,
August 15, 1877. Very common in the low pines at the head of Con-
ception Bay, Newfoundland, October, 1878.

11. .ffigiothus linaria, (L.) Cab.

"Anarak," Cumberland Eskimo. " Orpingmatook," Greenlanders.

Arrive in Cumberland as soon as the snow begins to disappear from
the mountain sides. I found them about Mantilic and the Kikkerton
Islands in September and October, but very few at our winter harbor.
They are now common from. Nugurueute to Hudson's Straits, and inland
toward Lake Kennedy. Wherever there is a valley with any consider-
able vegetation, especially low willows, they are almost sure to be found.
Observed abundantly on Disko Island, Greenland, where I found half-

76 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

fledged young in the last days of July. The nest here was built in small
willows, like a Chrysomitris. Although they seemed to be migrating iu
October, I did not see any flocks, but only a few straggling individuals.
They seem to wander from the land very often in fogs. I have counted
a dozen or more in the rigging at one time from Hudson's Straits to M-
antilic. Off Kikkertarsoak Islands, on the Labrador coast, as much as
one hundred miles from land, these birds came aboard of the schooner
in a gale. They were all young birds.

12. ^Jgiothus holbolli, Reiiilidt.

A large linnet was caught in a thick fog in Grinnell Bay, September
3, 1877. It measured 6.25 inches in length. The specimen was " picked "
by one of the ship's company while I went down into the cabin after my
skinning tools. The body (without feathers) was preserved in alcohol,
and Mr. Eidgway pronounces it M. holbolli. It was the only speci-
men I procured that differed in the least from a typical linaria.

13. Chrysomitris tristis, (L.) Bp.

An adult male caught on shipboard, August 22, 1877, off Cape Mug-
ford, Labrador.

14. Plectrophanes nivalis, (L.) Meyer.

"Kopermiak," Cumberland Eskimo. "Kopaiiauarsuk," Greenlanders.

The first snowbird seen at our winter harbor was April 5, an adult
male. The weather was quite severe, and there was no bare ground.
It staid about the vessel some days, gleaning a scanty subsistence from
the cook's rubbish pile. After this date I saw none until May 8. They
then began to appear around the Eskimo encampments, and were in
full song, and a very beautiful song they have. Never did I so enjoy a
bird's song as I did their lively ditty after the long, silent, dreary winter.
By the 13th five pair had arrived in the neighborhood, and the males
seemed to try and outdo each other in their efforts to be musical. Such
companions were they for me that I had no heart to destroy them, much
as I wanted specimens in full plumage. The young Eskimo had no
such scruples, however, and supplied me with specimens killed with
their bows and arrows.

By the last days of May they had paired and chosen their breeding-
places. The first eggs were procured June 20. The nests are very often
in such deep fissures in the rocks that it is impossible to get at them.
They are obliged to hide away their nests in this manner to escape the
ravens, One of the most favorite positions for the nest is inside of an

BIRDS. 77

Eskimo grave; i. e., inside the stone cairn that they erect over the body.
I have even seen a nest built in an Eskimo cranium. The nest is large
and bulky, nearly the entire structure being composed of Poa arctica
and other grasses, and invariably lined with feathers or hair. One nest,
found July 11, that contained small young, was thickly lined with the
hair of Vulpcs lagopus. Some contain only feathers ; others both hair and
feathers. The number of eggs in all the nests I found was six. They
present an almost endless variation in size and coloration, great differ-
ence being observable even in the same nest.

The snow bunting is generally distributed on both sides of Cumber-
land, but is nowhere abundant. Almost any locality is suitable, but I
doubt if the food supply would be sufficient if they did not scatter well
over the country. They are very common on Disko Island and around
Disko Bay. Half-fledged young were taken near Godhavn August 2.
The first plumage of the young is a uniform ashy gray. The food of the
snowbird in summer consists largely of aquatic dipterous larvae. For
these they are constantly searching among the grass at the edges of fresh-
water ponds. During the autumn they feed mostly on various kinds of
seeds. They are very fond of the berries of Empetrum nigrifm and Vacci-
nium • iiUninosum. As soon as the young are full-grown, they begin to
congregate in small loose flocks, and move southward with the first snows
of September. The young have by this time become lighter in plumage,
and the russet wash begins to appear on the head and neck. They were
often seen on board the schooner on the passage, at one time two hun-
dred m iles at sea, off Cape Chidly. There seems to be a striking difference
in the size between Greenland and Alaskan specimens, the latter being
the larger.

15. Flectrophanes lapponicus, (L.) Selby.

" Kioligak," Cumberland Eskimo. " Xarksormutak," Greenlanders.
Xot nearly so common as the preceding in Cumberland. In the
autumn of 1877, I found a good many in the vicinity of Xiantilic, but
nowhere else ; saw no males in the breeding plumage after September.
During the summer of 1878, I procured one single specimen in June. I
think they breed in the interior on the level laud, and do not frequent
the sea-coast so much as P. nivalis. I found them very common on
Disko Island, and procured eggs and young in July and August. Their
food at this time seemed to be entirely dipterous larva?, for which they
searched about fresh-water pools. In autumn they feed on seeds and
berries. Many lit on the schooner during fogs and storms all the way

78 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

from Cape Chidly to Niautilic. According to the Eskimo they are more
common than nivalis from Nugumeute southward and in the interior.
There appears to be quite a marked difference in specimens from Green-
land and from Alaska, and a comparison of a large series may give some
interesting results. The Eskimo say they will eat blubber and meat if
their food gets covered by snow. I have seen a specimen that was so
covered with some oily substance that the feathers on the breast and
belly were matted together. I am told by Nugumeute Eskimo that in
summer the males " akapok amasuit" (talk a great deal). From this I
infer that they are probably lively songsters during the breeding season.

16. Junco lay emails, (L.) Scl.

Once obtained on shipboard off Belle Isle, October, 1878.

17. Scolocophagus ferruginous, (Gm.) Sw.

Caught on shipboard during a gale off the north coast of Newfound-
land, October, 1878.

18. Corvus corax, Linnd.

"Tudliiak," Cumberland Eskimo. "Kernetook," Greenlanders ; but also called
"Tulluak."

The raven is extraordinarily common on both shores of Cumberland
and on the eastern shore of the Penny Peninsula. In winter they con-
gregate about the Eskimo encampments, where they can almost always
get dead dog, if nothing more. All the specimens collected by me in
Cumberland are of remarkable size, much larger than any I ever saw on
the Greenland coast. The same was remarked by Governor Feiicker, of
Godhavn, who said he never could see any reason why the American
raven should be called a variety of the European till he saw my speci-
mens from the western coast of Davis Straits.

When the raven gets closely pressed by hunger, he will attack almost
anything but man. Young reindeer fall an easy prey to them. When
they attack a young deer, there are generally six or seven in company,
and about one-half the number act as relays, so that the deer is given
no rest. The eyes are the first parts attacked, and are generally speed-
ily plucked out, when the poor animal will thrash and flounder about
till it kills itself. In the capture of the young of Pagomys fcetidus they
evince a considerable degree of intelligence. I have, on different occa-
sions, witnessed them capture a young seal that lay basking in the sun
near its hole. The first manoeuvre of the ravens was to sail leisurely
over the seal, gradually lowering with each circle, till at last one of them

BIRDS. 79

suddenly dropped directly into the seal's hole, thus cutting off its re-
treat from the water. Its mate would then attack the seal, and en-
deavor to drag or drive it as far away from the hole as possible. The
attacking raven seemed to strike the seal on the top of the head with
its powerful bill, and thus break the tender skull. In two instances I
allowed the combat to proceed until the seal was killed, and then drove
the ravens away. I found no marks on the seal, except the blows on
the head, which had fractured the skull in two places.

December 13, 1877, I witnessed a very amusing chase after a Lepm
glacialis. There were two ravens, and they gave alternate chase to the
hare. Sometimes the raven would catch the hare by the ears, and hare
and raven would roll down the mountain side together thirty or forty
feet, till the raven lost his hold, and then its companion would be on
hand and renew the attack. They killed the hare in a short time, and
immediately began devouring it.

They are extremely destructive to the eggs and young of all birds
that have an open nest. They breed so early in the season that the
young are fully fledged by the time the eiders begin laying, and the
entire raven family then take up their abode on the duck islands, and
gorge themselves with eggs and young. ]^or is it only the eggs they
eat, but their mischievous nature must out, and I have seen them drive
the duck from her nest and deliberately break the eggs.

The Eskimo accuse the raven of warning the deer of the approach of
the hunter by a peculiar croak not uttered at other times. This helps
to add odiuin to their not over-enviable reputation. They are constant
attendants of the Eskimo while seal-hunting. If the hunter procures
more seal than he can take back with him, he will cover them with snow
and return for them ; but the operation has been watched by the black
robbers from the neighboring cliffs, and a good number of them are soon
made acquainted with the discovery, and as soon as the Eskimo is gone
the seal is exhumed and soon reduced to the mere skeleton. I tried on

*

several occasions to catch them by baiting a hook with a piece of meat,
and carefully concealing the string in the snow. They took hold of the
meat very cautiously, and lifted it till they saw the string, and then flew
away in great haste.

During the winter, while making skeletons, I used to throw the refuse
outside of the observatory ; and I have repeatedly watched the ravens
sit around and wait till I went to dinner, about 3.30 p. m. It was then,
of course, quite dark; but as soon as I left the hut they came and got
their meal, but were extremely cautious, often turning the pieces over

80 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

many times before they swallowed them, and even throwing and tossing
them, to be sure that there was no trap about it. Some pieces that
looked suspicious they would not eat, but walked around them and
turned them over, but could not be convinced that there was not some
trickery about them. I have often found them hunting about the ob-
servatory after some stray scraps, even on my return from dinner, when
it was so dark that I could not see them but a few feet away. On moon-
light nights I have known them to make visits to the rubbish pile out-
side our observatory; but such cases are rare, and only at the season
when they cannot get any food without the greatest difficulty. At
Annanactook Harbor they began building as early as March 20, but I
saw some carrying pieces of skin and hair from the Eskimo encampments
many days earlier than this, and when we had a temperature of — 40°
Fahr.

They nest only on the south side of the highest and most inaccessible
cliff's, so the nest can seldom be reached. I examined one nest built on
a little shelf of a high cliff*. It was composed almost entirely of pieces
of Eskimo skin clothing, among which were scattered the larger wing-
bones of gulls, the larger primaries of several species of birds, twigs of
salix, &c. The inside had a good lining of Poa alpina, and a consider-
able quantity of reindeer, fox, and dog hair, the whole presenting a very
cozy appearance indeed. As soon as the seals begin to pup under the
snow on the ice, they follow the foxes, which find the seal and drag them
out. Now the ravens can fare well on the leavings. The Eskimo firmly
believe that it does not hurt the ravens7 eggs to freeze. They say the
shell cracks, but the inner membrane is very thick and tough. I found
that the Scotch whalers are also of this opinion, some positively assert-
ing that they had known frozen ravens' eggs to hatch !

The young are full-fledged by the latter part of May. During the
autumn months they feed largely on the berries of Vaccinium uliginoxum
and Empetrum nigrum. I have often observed them fishing at low tide
among the stones. I killed a couple to ascertain the nature of the food
they got. I found it to be Coitus scorpius and Liparis vulgar is f, with a
few small crustaceans.

They are resident in Cumberland the entire year, but appear more
numerous in winter, from their habit of staying about the Eskimo en-
campments.

The raven is considered as worse than useless by the Eskimo. They
make no use of them except to wipe the blood and grease from their
hands and face with the feathers.

BIRDS. 81

19. Empidonax flaviventris, Bd.

Taken at sea off Cape Farewell, Greenland, September, 1878. This
is, I think, the first recorded instance of its occurrence in Greenland.

20. Brachyotus palustris, (Bechst.) Gould

"Sutituk" (?), Greenlanders.

Apparently rare. Found breeding in the Kingnite Fjord in the Penny
Peninsula ; also' in the Greater Kingwah. Probably will be found more
common in the interior toward the southwest in Hall's Land, if it be the
species described to me by Eskimo from there. They say it nests under-
neath an overhanging shelf of rock on or near the ground. Appears to
be rare on the coast of Greenland. Is found as far north as 70° N. lat.

21. Nyctea scandiaca, (L.) Newt.

" Opigjuak," Cumberland Eskimo. " Opik " and " Opirksook," Greenlanders.

I. was very much surprised not to find this owl more common. At the
Kikkerton Islands and up Kingnite Fjord were the only localities where I
met it on the west coast. From Hudson's Straits to Nugumeute, in Hall's
Land, it is more common, probably on account of the greater abundance
of hares and ptarmigans in this region. It probably breeds on the
Hunde Islands in DiskoBay, and on the " islands" (the rocks projecting
through the glacier) in the glacier on the mainland, to the eastward of
Eittenbenck, Greenland. They are by no means strictly nocturnal. I
have seen them cLasiiig ptarmigan at midday in October, when the sun
was shining brightly. I have seen them coursing along the shore at low
tide, apparently fishing; but whether they were hunting for snipe or fish
I am unable to say, as they were so shy that I could not get within rifle
range of them. The primaries are highly prized by the Eskimo for their
arrows. These birds migrate to the southward about the same time as
the majority of the waterfowl.

22. Falco candicans, Gm.

" Kirksoveasuk," Greenlanders.

During the whole year's collecting on Cumberland Island I saw but
one single specimen, late in November, 1877. He was beset by a large
concourse of ravens that were teasing him, as the jays do hawks and
owls at home. According to the Cumberland Eskimo, they are very
rare, and seldom seen except in winter. Many do not know them at all.
On Disko Island, especially in the Godhavn district, they are common
and resident. These hawks seem to prefer nesting in the vicinity of
" bird rocks," where they can procure plenty of birds with very little
Bull. Nat, Mus No. 15 6

82 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

troiible. In winter they subsist wholly on ptarmigans and hares. Gov-
ernor Feneker, during his long residence in ^Northern Greenland, has had
good opportunities for studying this bird, and he thinks there is but one
species inhabiting the country, having known of instances where the
parents of a nest represented the two extremes of plumage. Nor does
the difference seem to be sexual, seasonal, or altogether dependent upon
age, but more probably partaking of that remarkable phenomenon famil-
iar in Scops asio.

During my frequent excursions about Disko Island I often had an
opportunity of witnessing this hawk preying upon jaegers, kittiwakes.
&c., but was surprised that they are not possessed of swifter flight. A
duck hawk would have made a short job of catching a kittiwake that
one of these hawks followed till he fairly tired the bird out. Their suc-
cess seems to depend more upon a stubborn perseverance than alacrity
of flight. The flesh of the young birds is by no means despicable food,
and is highly prized by the Danish colonists.

23. Falco communis, Gm.

A regular breeder in Cumberland. Usually found about the Eider
Islands. Procured nearly full-fledged young in August that were taken
from the nest on a high cliff in the Greater King wan Fjord.

24. Astur atricapillus, (Wils.) Jard.

A single specimen, at Mantilic, September 19, 1877.

25. Haliaetus albicilla, Liiine".

' ' Netkoralik, " Greenl anders .

I saw this eagle at American Harbor, in October, 1877, at two differ-
ent times. In the spring of 1878 I often noticed a pair that finally
built a nest on a high but not inaccessible cliff in Kingwah Fjord. I
could have shot the birds, but waited until I should be able to procure
the eggs, and then get the birds. Unfortunately the wind set in from
the south, and I could not get near the place on account of ice till the
Florence set sail for the Greenland coast. Enough was ascertained,
however, to show that this bird does breed on the western shores of
Davis Straits, although probably sparingly. On the coast of Green-
land it is by no means uncommon. Eggs were procured from Claushavn

through the kindness of Governor E. Feneker.

•

26. Lagopus albus, (Gmel.) And.

"Akagik" (both species), Cumberland Eskimo.

Very few ptarmigan were found about our winter harbor ; but, from
the Eskimo accounts, they are quite common in the larger valleys, where

BIEDS. 83

there is a ranker growth of willows. The stomachs of those I examined
of this species contained willow buds and small twigs. From ]$Tugu-
naeute southward and westward in the interior they are abundant
according to the Eskimo stories, but which species is of course impossi-
ble to say. They begin to change color as soon as the snow commences
to melt, in lat. G7° X. about the middle of May. This change in plum-
age is more tardy as one goes farther north. I was informed by intelli-
gent Greenlanders that north of Upernavik, near the glacier, they had
found ptarmigans nesting, and that the male was ia perfect winter plum-
age. This was probably L. rnpestns. If this be true, it is possible that
in sections where much snow remains during the summer the change is
very late, or, perhaps, does not occur at all.

27. Lagopus rupestris, (Gmel.) Leach.

;'Akagik," Cumberland Eskimo. "Akeiksek," Greenlanders.
I am unable to throw any light on the distribution of these birds in
Cumberland, as I was unable to procure but a single specimen of this
species and two of the preceding. The crop was crammed full of sphag-
num moss.

28. JEgialitis semipalmata, (Bp.) Cab.

"Koodlukka'leak," Cumberland Eskimo.

Arrived at Annanactook about the middle of June. By no means
rare. Breeds on the mossy banks of fresh-water ponds along both the
Kingwah Fjords, as well as other localities in Cumberland. It seems
remarkable that the Cumberland Eskimo should discriminate between
this and the following species, Avhen they confound all the larger gulls
under one name. They told me that JE. liiaticula was larger, flew
faster, and had a stronger voice than semipalmatus !! All of which is
true. The condition of the ice at the time these birds were nesting
kept me from visiting their breeding-grounds, although but a few miles
away. They migrate southward as soon as the fresh water is frozen.

29. -SJgialitis hiaticula, (L.)

"Tukagvajok," Greenlanders.

I am not aware that this species has hitherto been introduced into the
Xorth American fauna, though long known as a common bird on the
Greenland coast, where ^E. semipalmata is rare. It is apparently more
common than the preceding in Cumberland. Arrives about the same
time, and breeds in similar localities. Very common about Disko Island,
Greenland, where young birds were procured. This bird is readily
distinguishable from jE. semipalmata by its greater size and more

84 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA!

robust form, in having a white patch above and behind the eye, and
much wider pectoral band 5 it will also be found that only the outer and
middle toes are united by a web.

30. Strepsilas interpres, (L.) 111.

"Telligvak," Greenlanders.

Common about Disko Bay, Greenland, and northward to 73° N. lat.
at least. Breeds on the Green, Hunde, and Whale Islands in Disko
Bay. They nest among the Sterna arctica, and it is impossible to dis-
tinguish between the eggs of the two species. Not observed in Cum-
berland Sound, nor on the east coast of the Penny Peninsula; still, the
bird was instantly recognized by the Cumberland Eskimo, when they
saw it on the Greenland coast, and they had the same name for it as the
Greenlanders.

31. Recurvirostris americana, Gm.

I enter this bird on my list on Eskimo authority, — poor authority, it
is true, but I have in my possession a drawing, made by a wild Eskimo,
that is so unmistakably this bird that I do not hesitate to accept it,
especially when he gave me a perfect description, and that without any
-attempt on my part to draw him out. He says he saw them for the first
time in the summer of 1877, while reindeer hunting, south of Lake
Kennedy.

32. Lobipes hyperboreus, (L.) Cuv.

"Shatgak," Cumberland Eskimo.

Arrives in Cumberland in June. Large flocks were repeatedly seen
going to and coming from their breeding-grounds in Kingwah Fjord. Not
nearly so common in Cumberland as the following species. The remarks
on the habits of P. fulicarius as observed by me will apply to this spe-
cies only in part. I have seen them as far south and farther north, and
nearly as far from land, as the following species, but only a few indi-
viduals. They seem to prefer the shore more, are often noticed running
about on the ice-cakes, and when they see anything in the water they
want jump in after it. Breed plentifully on the islands in Disko Bay
and around Upernavik j on these islands they nest among Sterna macrura,
on the rocks; in Cumberland, around fresh- water ponds, on grassy
banks. They are apparently less gregarious than P. fulicarius, and
prefer the smaller bays to the more open and boisterous waters. I have
often seen a whole flock alight on the drift-ice and feed by jumping into
the water after the food when seen; but fulicarius would have lit in the
water in the first place. Eggs were procured on the Green Islands in
Disko Bay.

BIRDS. 85

33. Phalaropus fulicarius, (L.) Bp.

"Shatgak," Cumberland Eskimo. "Whale-bird," or "Bowhead Bird," of
whalemen.

These birds were met with at great distances from land. The first
seen on our outward passage was on August 4, 1877, in lat. 41° N.,
long. 68° W. 5 here large flocks were met with. As we proceeded north-
ward, their numbers increased till we reached Grinnell Bay. Off the
Ainitook Islands, on the Labrador coast, two hundred miles from the
nearest land, I saw very large flocks during a, strong gale. Hardly a
day passed but some were seen, either flying about, in a rapid and vig-
orous manner, often rising to a considerable height, and then suddenly
darting off in the direction of a spouting whale, or swimming about
with that grace so eminently characteristic of the phalaropes. They
follow the whales, and, as soon as a whale is seen to blow, immediately
start for him, as a quantity of marine animals are always brought to the
surface.

Very few were seen north of Frobisher Straits, for the weather by
this time had probably become too severe for them, and I think the
birds seen on the passage were migrating southward. I am more in-
clined to think so, as the next year, in going over nearly the same route
a month later, very few were seen. They arrive in Caimberland with
the breaking-up of the ice, and from this time till they begin breeding
are seldom seen on the shore, but cruise out in the sound. Whalemen
always watch these birds while they are wheeling around high in the
air in graceful and rapid circles, for they know that as soon as they
sight a whale blowing they start for him, and from their elevated posi-
tion they can of course discern one at a much greater distance than the
men in the boat. I doubt if it be altogether the marine animals brought
to the surface by the whale that they are after, for if the whale remains
above the surface any length of time they always settle on his back and
hunt parasites. One specimen was brought me by an Eskimo that he
had killed on the back of an Orca gladiator; the O3sophagus was fairly
crammed with Larnodipodian crustaceans, still alive, although the bird
had been killed some hours; they looked to me like Caprella pliasma
and Cyamus ceti. According to the Eskimo who killed it, the birds were
picking something from the whale's back. I have often seen them dart
down among a school of Delphinaptcrous leucas and follow them as far as
I could see. On one occasion a pair suddenly alighted astern of my boat,
and were not three feet from me at times; they followed directly in the
wake of the boat, and seemed so intent on picking up food that they

8G NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

paid no attention whatever to us. They had probably mistaken the
boat for a whale.

They are without doubt the most graceful of all birds on the water, so
light and buoyant that they do not seem to touch the water. While
swimming, they are continually nodding the head and turning from one
side to the other. They have greater powers of flight than either liyper-
boreus or wilsoni, and fly much more swiftly. In Cumberland, as well as
on the Greenland coast, they nest with hyperboreus.

Governor Fencker tells me they are not found as far north as hyper-
boreus; probably few breed above 75° N. lat. Are common on the out-
lying islands between Nuguineute and Hudson's Straits. About the
entrance of Exeter Sound, on the east coast of Penny Peninsula, are
some islands which the Eskimo call "Shatgak nuna" — Phalaropes
land — so they are probably very common there.

When they begin nesting they live more on shore, and probably get
their food along the beaches at low tide. There is great variation in
plumage, even among the apparently adult birds, in spring. I think it
quite probable that they do not attain their full plumage the first year.

34. Tringa minutilla, Vieill.

Noticed in Niantilic, September, 1877, and in Disko Fjord, Greenland,
August, 1878.

35» Tringa fuscicollis, Vieill.

Breeds in Kingwah and Kiugnite Fjords, and probably in other suit-
able localities on both shores of Cumberland Sound. Considerable num-
bers were observed along the beach near Nuboyant, on the west shore,
in July ; they were in all probability breeding. We were cruising close
to shore, but I could not land.

36. Tringa maritima, Briinu.

"Sigercak," Cumberland Eskimo. "Sarbarsook," Greenlauders.
The purple sandpiper is the first wader to arrive in spring and the
last to leave in autumn. The 4th of June is the earliest date I met them
at Annanactookj this was during a heavy snow-storm, and the earliest
date possible that they could have found any of the rocks bare at low tide.
The flock lit on the top of one of the small islands in the harbor, and
sheltered themselves from the storm by creeping behind and underneath
ledges of rocks; they then huddled together like a flock of quails in
winter. I have often noticed the same habit with them in late autumn,
while they were waiting for low tide. They remained in the vicinity of
Annanactook till November, — as late as they could find any exposed

BIRDS. 87

shore at low tide; were very common in all the localities that I visited
on Cumberland Island. Saw a good many on the Greenland coast. It
is said that some remain in the fjords of South Greenland all winter.

They seem completely devoid of fear, and can almost be caught with
the hands. Although such lovers of the rocky sea-shore, they nest on
the borders of fresh-water lakes. Hundreds were breeding a few miles
from our whiter harbor, but it was impossible to reach the mainland on
account of the treacherous condition of the floating ice. The specimens
collected by me on Cumberland Island differ so much from, the Alaskan,
that I conjecture the probability of a western variety when a series can
be brought together for comparison.

By the latter days of June very few w^ere to be seen on the sea-shore,
they having gone inland to breed.

They appear very sociable, and when a large flock is together they
keep up a lively twitter, by no means unpleasant. As the breeding-
season approaches, the males have a peculiar cry, resembling somewhat
that of Actiturus lartramius, but lower and not so prolonged. When
this note is uttered they assume a very dignified strut, and often raise
the wings up over the back and slowly fold them again, like the upland
plover. After the breeding season commences very few are seen on the
sea-shore till the young are full-grown. They are somewhat crepuscular
in their habits.

37. Tringa subarquata, (Gould) Temm.

Xot uncommon in Xorth Greenland. Eggs were procured at Chris-
tianshaab, Greenland, through the kindness of Governor Edgar Fencker.
Xot observed on any part of Cumberland that I visited.

38. Tringa canutus, Liimo.

A small flock lit on the schooner's deck in Xovernber after the harbor
was frozen over. Saw none in the spring or summer. Seem to be quite
common in North Greenland, but probably do not nest south of lat.
70° y.

39. Calidris arenaria, Linn.

One small flock in September, 1877, at Mantilic; no specimens were
procured.

40. Limcsa hudsonica, (?) (Lath.) Sw.

Two godwits were seen near Cape Edwards, on the west coast of
Cumberland Sound, in September, 1877, but I could not, with certainty,
ascertain the species.

88 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

41. Totanus melanoleucus, (Gm.) Vieill.

A single specimen on Arctic Island, Cumberland Sound, September
14, 1877.

42. Numenius borealis, (Forst.) LatL.

A few flocks seen passing northward up King wan Fjord in June.
One specimen procured. Not noticed in autumn. Well known to the
Cumberland Eskimo.

43. Grus ? (probably fraterculus).

Quite common in some localities. Breeds in Kingwah and Kingnite
Fjords in Cumberland, in Exeter Sound, and Home Bay on the west
coast of Davis Straits. Common, especially during spring, at Godhavn.

44. Cygmis ?

Swans occasionally occur in the Southern Cumberland waters ; but the
species is uncertain, as I could not procure a specimen. Said to be of
regular occurrence in the Lake Kennedy region.

45. Anser albifrons, var. gambeli, (Hart.) Coues.

Not observed in any numbers about our winter harbor, but undoubt-
edly occurs in abundance on the fresh- water lakes. This is probably
the goose that the Eskimo take in such great numbers at Lake Kennedy,
where they drive them towards the sea-coast while they are in moult.
Are common on the Greenland coast to 72° ST. lat., and probably much
farther. Large flocks were met with on the pack-ice in the middle of
Davis Straits, July 24, 25, and 26. Eggs were procured in the Godhaven
district in Greenland. The skin of the breast is sometimes used by the
Eskimo for under-garments.

46. Anser hyperboreus, Pall.

Appears to be rare and migratory in the Cumberland waters. Saw a
few specimens in early spring and late autumn.

47. Branta hutchinsii, Sw.

A single specimen procured June 10 in Kingwah Fjord. The Eskimo
who killed it said he has seen many to the southward of Nugumeute.
Saw no Canada geese at any time during my stay.

48. Anas boschas, Linn.

" Kaertooluk," Greenlanders.

Not observed in Cumberland, and unknown to the Eskimo. Not rare
on the Greenland coast as far north as Upernavik. The flesh of this
duck on the coast of Greenland is scarcely fit to eat, being almost as
rank as a loon's.

BIRDS. 89

49. Bucephala f

Flocks of whistlers were observed on three occasions in May 5 but I
could not with certainty identify the species, as none were killed. B.
islandica is quite common in the Godhavn district on the coast of
Greenland ; breeds near Christianshaab.

50. Histrionicus torquatus, (Linn.) Bp.

"Tornauiartook," Greenlanders.

Three examples seen, and one killed at Annanactook. I^ot uncom-
mon in the Godhavn district on the Greenland coast.

51. Harelda glacialis, (Liim.) Leach.

"Agiugak," Cumberland Eskimo. "Aglek," Greenlanders.
Arrived at the head of Cumberland during the latter days of May.
As soon as there was extensive open water they became quite numer-
ous, and their loud and incessant cries could be heard at any hour out of
the twenty-four. They nest on the small rocky islands, especially about
the Greater King wan Fjord, but singly, and not in colonies. They are
gregarious when they first arrive, but soon pair and scatter. Common on
the whole Greenland coast, and breed far to the north. These ducks
are the noisiest birds for their size I have ever met. During the breed-
ing plumage, scarcely any two males can be found that are precisely
alike.

52. Polysticta stelleri, (Pall.) Eyton.

A beautiful adult male was shot in Disko Fjord in August, 1878. The
specimen is now in the collection of Governor Edgar Fencker of God-
havn. During the time we were blockaded by the ice-jam at Annanac-
took Harbor, in' Cumberland, I saw three or four of these eiders. At
one time a superb specimen sat for hours on a cake of ice but a short
distance from the ship ; but I could not reach it on account of the break-
ing ice. I watched him a long time with a good glass, and there is no
question of its identity. In late autumn I saw some that I think were
of this species.

53. Somateria mollissima, (Linn.) Leach.

"Metuk," Cumberland Eskimo. "Mettek" and "Amaulik," Greenlanders.

This eider is one of the commonest birds in Cumberland, and the only
species that congregates together in any considerable numbers to breed.
They are at all times gregarious. The old males separate from the
females and young as soon as the breeding season is over, and assemble
by themselves in large flocks. They also migrate southward much

90 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

earlier than the females and young. During the autumn of 1877 we
procured about seventy of these birds; but not a single adult male was
shot or even seen. They were met with in large flocks at sea off the
outer islands on the east coast of HalFs Land; here I also remarked
that they seemed to be all males. As soon as there is any open water
they are found in spring ; still they were not common at Annanactook
till the latter days of May. Eskimos from the south reported them on
the floe edge near Niantilic early in May, and I saw a few on an iceberg-
near the Middliejuacktwack Islands on the 30th of April. They can
stand almost any temperature if they can find open water. I saw one
adult male in the tide rifts of the Greater Kingwah in January. The
day I saw him it was — 50° F. ; but he proved too lively for me. The
Eskimo could have procured him on different occasions ; but they had
some superstitious notion regarding so unusual an occurrence, and
would not kill it.

In the fall of 1877 I often found broods still unable to fly, though
more than three-fourths grown, as late as the middle of October. Small
flocks continued about the open tide-holes till November 17. At this -
date I killed six young males; the temperature was — 7° Fab. They
had at this time about fifty miles to the open water.

Their food in autumn consists almost entirely of mollusks. I have
taken shells from the O3sophagus more than two inches in length ; from
a single bird I have taken out forty-three shells, varying from one-
sixteenth to two inches in length. The adult birds in spring did not
seem to be quite so particular; in them I found almost all the common
forms of marine invertebrates, and sometimes even a few fish (Liparis,
and the young of Coitus scorpius).

By the first week of .lime they were abundant; enormous flocks would
congregate on an ice-field and hold high carnival. I have watched such
gatherings with a great deal of interest. When thus assembled, some
old veteran would make himself conspicuous, and jabber away at a ter-
rible rate, often silencing the greater portion of the rest, who appeared
to listen for a short time, when the entire crowd would break out, each
one apparently expressing his or her opinion on the subject. There
always seemed to be the best of good feeling in those meetings, how-
ever, and all points were apparently settled to every one's satisfaction.
I have often lain behind a rock on their breeding-islands and watched
them for a long time. On one occasion we disturbed a large colony, and
the ducks all left the nests. I sent my Eskimos away to another island.

BIRDS. 9 L

while I remained behind to see how the ducks would act when they
returned. As soon as the boat was gone they began to return to their
nests, both males and females. It was very amusing to see a male alight
beside a nest, and with a satisfied air settle himself down on the eggs,
when suddenly a female would come to the same nest and inform him
that he had made a mistake, — it was not his nest. He started up, looked
blankly around, discovered his mistake, and with an awkward and very
ludicrous bow, accompanied with some suitable explanation, I suppose,
lie waddled off in search of his own home, where he found his faithful
mate installed. Xow followed an explanation that seemed to be hugely
enjoyed by all in the vicinity. A pretty lively conversation was kept
up. probably on the purport of our visit, as they seemed much excited.
I could spare no more time to watch them, and crept out from my hiding-
place into full view of all, and a look of greater disgust and astonish-
ment than these birds gave me is difficult to imagine 5 they evidently
regarded such underhand work beneath the dignity of a human being,
and probably rated me worse than a gull or raven. So sudden and
unexpected was my appearance that many did not leave their nests, but
hissed and squaked at me like geese ; these same birds left their nests
before when the boat was within a quarter of a mile of the island.

The first eggs were procured June 21. The islands on which they
nest are but small barren rocks, of an acre or less in extent, and often
but a few feet above higl} tide-mark. There are a few patches of Poa
arctica and Cochlearia officinalis scattered about, and these contain the
greater number of nests. Each nest has a little circle of green sod about
it, which is manured every year and becomes quite luxuriant. These
mounds are sometimes a foot high and as much hi diameter, having been
used as a nest for many years in succession. Very little repairing is
necessary to fit the nest for the reception of the eggs, — merely a little
grass or moss. But little down is used till the full complement of eggs
is laid. The nests are often so close together that it is impossible to
walk without stepping on them. A nest seldom contains more than five
eggs, often three or four, and I never saw as many as six but twice.

The principal breeding-places in Cumberland are between lat. 66° and
G7° X. The lower of these places is about ten miles off shore from
Mallukeitu ; the greatest number of birds nest here. The seven islands
to the northward about twenty-five miles are favorite resorts ; also the
small islands to the SE. of Annanactook. There is also a group known

92 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

to the Eskimo as the "Shutook" Islands, in the Greater Kingwah, where
1 found them extremely abundant. In the Mallukeitu Fjord, according
to the Eskimo, is another very much frequented breeding-place, but I
did not visit it.

Thousands of eggs could be gathered on these rocks during the latter
part of June and the first three weeks of July. It seems to me that it
would pay whalemen to gather the down which can here be secured in
great quantities. The islands are so close together that they could all
be worked within two days of each other. There are a great many im-
mature birds, both male and female, that do not breed j they assemble
in large flocks, and are often met with at considerable distances from
land. I have found such flocks commonly in Cumberland, on the west
coast of Davis Straits and Baffin's Bay, and on the Greenland coast
abundantly. Many large flocks were seen in the middle of Davis
Straits, among the pack-ice, in the latter part of July. During the first
days of August I saw immense flocks of eiders on the western end of
Disko Island, all males, flying southward. The specimens collected by
me in Cumberland present certain striking and remarkable points of
difference from specimens from the South Labrador and Newfoundland
coasts, especially in the form and size of bill. I had prepared a series of
skulls, selected from over two hundred birds, that was calculated to show
the variation among themj but, unfortunately, they were among the
specimens that I had to leave behind, in the. unnecessary haste of our
departure, of which I was given but a few hours' warning.

These ducks are of great use to the Eskimo ; their eggs are eagerly
sought after and devoured in astonishing quantities. The birds them-
selves constitute a good portion of their food at certain times, and the
skins are used for a portion of their foot-gear in winter, and sometimes
for clothing. We found the flesh of the young in autumn very acceptable
indeed ; but the adults in spring were rather rank. Some specimens
were procured that weighed over five pounds. They become extremely
fat by the end of June 5 and when an Eskimo can get a number, he will
eat little else but the fat. I was often saved much labor by having them
remove the fat from the skins, which they did with their teeth, and much
more effectually than I could have done it with a knife. These birds
suffer much from the depredations of gulls and ravens. Larus ylaucm
even nests among the ducks, and the ravens live off the eggs and duck-
lings the entire season.

BIRDS. 93

54. Somateria spectabilis, (L.) Boie.

"Kingalalik," Cumberland Eskimo. "Siorakitsook" and "Kingalik," Green-
landers.

The king eiders were not noticed till the 20th of June. I saw a few
large flocks at different times during spring ; but there were a hundred
mollissima to one spectabilis. They appear to keep by themselves, and
not to mix with mollissima, at least during the breeding season. I never
saw any on the eider islands. The Eskimo say that some years they
are very plenty and others very few are found. One Eskimo told me
that he once found them nesting in great numbers some distance up the
Greater Kingwah, but not in company with the common eider. They
arrive later and leave earlier than mollissima. In July I saw many of
these ducks, males and females, about America Harbor. The sexual
organs of those I procured were not developed, and they were all in the
plumage of the female. I suspected them to be such birds as were
thached very late the preceding season. Saw a great many in the same
plumage on the west coast of Davis Straits and around Disko Island ;
many of the males seemed to be assuming the plumage of the adult.
Governor Fencker told me that there were always a good number of these
birds around in summer that did not breed. Many flocks of male birds
were noticed west of Disko, all flying southward. Governor Fencker
has procured identified eggs of this duck at Upernavik by shooting the
parent on the nest. They are very common around Disko, but breed
farther north. I shot a half-grown young in Kingwah Fjord in October,
1877. The lump of fat at the base of the bill of the adult males is
esteemed a great delicacy with the Eskimo, and it is very seldom they
bring one back that does not have this choice tit-bit removed.

55. CBdemia ?

From the Middle Labrador coast north to lat. 67°, I saw at different
times large scoters, but could not identify the species.

I will here make mention of a duck that I saw on two or three occasions.
It seemed to have the size and general make-up of a scoter, but had
much white on the scapulars and about the head. A duck was winged
by one of the ship's officers ; he said it had a white ring around the neck
and the rest of the body was nearly all black. The bird that I saw was
unknown to me; it may possibly have been the Camptolcemus labra-
dorius. I find in my notes that the first one I saw was pronounced a
partially albino scoter; but, seeing more just like it, I gave this theory up.

94 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

56. Mergus serrator, Linne".

"Pye," or "Pajk," Cumberland Eskimo and Greenlanders.

A regular breeder in Cumberland, but not very common. Nests on
the perpendicular faces of high cliffs. Found on the Greenland coast
to 73° ~N. lat. at least, and probably farther. Begins nesting in Cumber-
laud about July 1.

57. Sula bassana, Briss.

Noticed at different times from Beaver Island, Nova Scotia, to lat.
65° N., most numerously in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the South
Labrador coast. Not observed in Cumberland.

58. Graculus carbo, Linne".

"Okaitsok," Cumberland Eskimo and Greenlanders.

A regular breeder in Cumberland ; did not appear to be common, but
the Eskimo say that some years they are quite plenty. The primaries
were formerly in great demand for their arrows.

59. Buphagus skua, (Briinn.) Coues.

" Sea-lien" of whalemen.

One specimen procured at sea, lat. 41° N., long. 68° W., Atlantic Ocean.
Others were seen at the time. Appears to be of frequent occurrence on
the George's, Newfoundland, and Nova Scotian banks in winter. Seen
near Lady Franklin Island, north of Hudson's Straits, in September j
they then had young ones on the rocks.

60. Stercorarius pomatorhinus, (Temm.) Vieill.

"Ishungak," Cumberland Eskimo and Greenlanders.

These birds were first observed at Bonne Bay, Newfoundland, Au-
gust 16. From this point northward to 71° N. they were common at
nearly all points, and from Belle Isle to Hudson's Straits they were
abundant. They nest about Nugumeute and Grinnell Bay, but not in
Cumberland Sound. On the western shore of Davis Straits they are
common, and nest at the mouth of Exeter Sound and at Shaumeer. I
have, however, nowhere found them so very common as on the southern
shores of Disko Island; at Laxbught and Fortuna Bay there must have
been many hundred pairs nesting. Their breeding-place was an inac-
cessible cliff, about half a mile from the seashore. The greater number
of the birds nesting here were in the plumage described in Dr. Coues's
monograph of the Larida1, as the nearly adult plumage ; but there were
also a good many birds that were unicolored blackish brown all over,
but with the long vertically twisted tail-feathers. That these were breed-
ing I think there can be no doubt, as I saw them carrying food up to

BIRDS. 95

the ledges on the cliff, for the young I suppose. They were very shy
at Disko, and the greatest caution was required to shoot them. I shot
none, even in full plumage, that did not have some white on at least one
of the tarsi. They live to a great extent upon the labors of the kitti-
wake, though they do not hesitate to attack Larus leucopterus and even
fjlaucus. They are destructive to young birds and eggs. It is a common
sight to see five or six after one gull, which is soon made to disgorge,
and then the jaegers fight among themselves for the morsel, which often
gets lost in the melee. Eggs were procured at Claushavn, Greenland;
the nest contained three eggs.

61. Stercorarius parasiticus, Briinn.

"Ishungak," Cumberland Eskimo and Greenlanders.

This species seems to have the same general distribution as the fore-
going, but, so far as my observations went, far from as common. Eggs
were obtained from the Waigat Straits. They do not breed in Cumber-
land Sound ; in fact, I rarely saw one in the Cumberland waters. This
species seems to depend on Rissa tridactyla for the greater part of its
food.

62. Stercorarius buffoni, (Boie) Cones.

"Isknngak," Cumberland Eskimo and Greenlanders.

A very few of these birds visited the upper Cumberland waters in
June, and soon disappeared. I doubt if they breed there. I saw but
very few in all the localities I visited. Seems to be more common on the
east than on the west coast of Davis Straits. One fine specimen was
found dead on the ice, with a icrouglit-iron nail three inches in length in
the O3sophagus. The nail had probably fallen out of a whale-boat that
had been dragged over the ice, and the bird had mistaken it for a fish.
This species has probably the most northerly range of any of the jaegers.
Breeds in the Waigat Straits and about Omenak on the Greenland coast.
Said by the Eskimo to be the first to return in the spring. They cer-
tainly were the first to visit Annanactook.

63. Larus glaucus, Briinn.

" No wgah," Cumberland Eskimo. "Xaga," Greenlanders.
This gull is the first bird to arrive in spring. In 1878 they made their
appearance in the Kingwah Fjord by the 20th of April. It was still about
seventy miles to the floe edge and open water ; still they seemed to fare
very well on the young seals. Many are caught by them, and those par-
tially devoured by foxes are carefully cleaned of every vestige of flesh. At
this season, the Eskimo delight in capturing them in various ways. One
of the most popular is to build a small snow-hut on the ice in a locality

96 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

frequented by the gulls. Some blubber or scraps of meat are exposed
to view on the top, and seldom fails to induce the bird to alight on the
roof of the structure. This is so thin that the Eskimo on the inside can
readily see the bird through the snow, and with a quick grab will break
through the snow and catch the bird by the legs. Some use a spear,
thrusting it violently through the roof of the hut. Many are killed by
exposing pieces of blubber among the hummocky ice and lying concealed
within proper distance for bow and arrow practice.

By the middle of May they had become very abundant about Annan-
actook; still, there was no open water within fifty or sixty miles.
These were all adults in full plumage ; saw no immature birds till July.
They settle on ice around the Eskimo encampments, and even on the
rocks in close proximity to the huts. During this season they keep up
an almost constant screaming at all hours of the day and night.

May 24, 1 noticed a couple of pairs building. I think this is the earliest
date they would begin nidification at this latitude. June 4, I saw a
few L. glaucus among a large flock of Som. mollissima that were diving
for food outside the harbor in a small lead in the ice. As soon as the
duck came to the surface, the gull attacked it till it disgorged something,
which was immediately gobbled up by the gull. The gull picked several
times at what was disgorged, which leads me to the belief that the food
was small crustaceans. This piratical mode of living is very character-
istic of Larus glaucus. At this season of the year there was so little open
water in the vicinity that they would have had great difficulty in procur-
ing any food therefrom themselves. I have taken the eggs by June 8,
Avhen there was more than a foot of newly fallen snow on the rocks j but
the greater number do not nest within two weeks of this time.

A great many of these birds nest in Cumberland on what the Eskimo
call u jSTawyah nuna " — land, of the Glaucous Gulls. This is an enormous
cliff about one and one-half miles in length and over 2,000 feet in height,
and nearly perpendicular. This cliff is about four miles from the sea-
shore to the ENE. of America Harbor. Many hundreds of nests are
scattered about on the little projecting shelves of rock, and the birds
sitting on them look like little bunches of snow still unmelted on the cliff.
The ascent to this locality is very laborious ; but the marvelous beauty
of the place will well repay any future explorer to visit it, for the plants
that grow in such rich profusion at the base of the cliff, if nothing more.

This is the most common gull in Cumberland during the breeding
season. I did not see any south of Resolution Island in September and

BIRDS. 97

in October, but a very few as far soutli as the Kikkertarsoak Islands
on the Labrador coast. They are far less common on the Greenland
coast than L. leucoptents , while in Cumberland it is just the opposite.
Eskimo from Cape Mercy tell me they are found all winter off the cape
and about Shaumeer. A single specimen staid in the tide-rifts of the
Greater Kingwali during the winter of 1877-78. In autumn they remain
in the upper Cumberland waters as long as they continue open.

I have examined some nests that were built on the duck islands,
always on the highest eminence ; the structure seemed to have been
used and added to for many years in succession, probably by the same
pair. In shape they were pyramid-formed mounds, over four feet at the
base and about one foot at the top, and nearly two and a half feet in
height. They were composed of every conceivable object found in the
vicinity, grass, sea-weed, moss, lichens, feathers, bones, skin, egg-shells,
£c. The normal number of eggs is three, but often only two are found.
Have taken the downy young in the latter part of June. I had an opr
portunity of seeing how these young hopefuls are instructed in egg-
sucking. The parent carried a duck's egg to the nest and broke a hole
in it, and the young one just helped himself at his leisure. After the
young are full-fledged, these birds are eminently gregarious, and are
often seen feeding in considerable flocks. The flesh is highly esteemed
by the Eskimo; we found the young by no means despicable food.

The Eskimo use the skin with the feathers on for a part of their win-
ter's toot-gear. They are extraordinarily greedy and voracious ; nothing
in the animal kingdom seems to come amiss to them. I have seen a
half dozen tugging- at an Eskimo dog skin; but this proved too much
for them, though they made desperate attempts to get off some small
pieces, which they would have eaten had they succeeded. Eggs,
young or disabled birds, fish, and crustaceans are their common fare.
They are also very fond of feeding upon seal carcasses. The first plum-
age of the young is much lighter than that of a yearling bird. This is
just the opposite of L. Uucopterus, they being the darkest when young.
The young of L. glaucus gets darker in autumn, but when first fully
fledged resembles more the bird of two years, except that there is no
trace of blue on the mantle, and they have somewhat darker primaries.

64. Lams leucopterus, Faber.

•• Xowyah," Cumberland Eskimo. " Xayangoak," Greenlauders.

The Eskimo do not distinguish between L. glaucus, leucopterus, glau-
cescens, and argentatus; they are all "nowyah"; in fact, I am led to
Bull. Sat. Mus. Xo. lo 7

98 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

think it a sort of general term as they use it, — something like " gull."
This species is far less common in Cumberland than glaucus. On the
Greenland coast it is the most common gull, except Rissa tridactyla.
My opportunities for studying leucopterus were not very extensive, and
my conclusions may be too hasty ; but still it is worth while for others
that may get better opportunities, to observe if the following points
of difference are constant :

First. Leiwopterua, 24 inches or less ; glaucus, 27 to 32 inches.

Second. Tarsus and toes of leucopterus in fully adult birds often orange-
red, and not flesh-colored as in glaucus.

Third. Eing around the eye in leucopterus flesh-colored 5 in glaucus ,
reddish purple.

Fourth. Young of glaucus in first plumage as light as the bird of the
second year ; the young of leucopterus nearly as dark as the young of
glaucescens. The bill is also weaker and thinner than in glaucus.
, Governor Fencker says he has often had birds that answered nearly
to the description of L. hutcJiinsii, but with chrome-yellow bill, with ver-
rnillion spot, and not flesh-colored, with dusky tip ; these birds were
always found to measure less, however, than the average glaucus, which
is directly the opposite of my experience with hutcMnsii. There may be
a gradation between the two species as far as regards size ; but the
above cited points of .difference have proved good so far as my obser-
vations have gone. They mix indiscriminately with glaucus at alJ
times, but are always readily distinguishable by their smaller size.
Eggs were procured at Claushavn, Greenland, which are indistinguisha-
ble from those of glaucus except in size. A fine specimen, a full-fledged
young, was secured on the Hunde Islands, Disko Bay, that had four
feet, the second pair growing out of the knee-joint in front.

65. Lams glaucescens, Licht.

"Nowyah," Cumberland Eskimo.

So far as I am aware this is the first instance on record of this bird
being taken on the Atlantic coast. They are quite common in the
upper Cumberland waters, where they breed. Arrived with the open-
ing of the water and soon began nesting. The nest was placed on the
shelving rocks on high cliffs. Two pairs nested very near our harbor ;
but the ravens tore the nest down and destroyed the eggs. Only a sin-
gle well-identified egg was secured. This gull is unknown to Governor
Fencker on the Greenland coast. They remained about the harbor
a great deal, and were often observed making away with such scraps as

BIRDS. 99

the cook had thrown overboard ; were shy and difficult to shoot. Full-
grown young of this species were shot in the first days of September ;
these were even darker than the young of L. argentatus, the primaries
and tail being very nearly black.

66. Larus marinus, Linn.

•• Nayardluk," Greenlanders.

Observed in Cumberland only in late autumn 5 cannot ascertain that
they breed there ; quite common on the Greenland coast form 63° to 70°
X. hit. Abundant in October on the South Labrador coast and New-
foundland. Hundreds daily frequent St. John's Harbor, Newfoundland.

67. Larus argentatus, Briinn.
"Xowyah," Cumberland Eskimo.

Not uncommon in Cumberland, and breeds to lat. 67° N. A mere
straggler on the Greenland coast. Specimen shot June 20 in Cumber-
land contained ova as large as buckshot.

68. Pagophila eburnea, Gni.
"Xavauarsuk," Greenlanders.

Very common in Kingwah Fjord and vicinity just before it froze up,
for a few days only. None seen in spring. Does not breed in Cumber-
laud. By no means common on the Greenland coast. The food of those
I examined consisted of small crustaceans. I saw one trying to swallow
the icing of a Som. mollissima that the cook had thrown overboard, when
I shot it. The wing was so lodged in the oesophagus that it would cer-
tainly have choked the bird had it not disgorged. Those that visited
our neighborhood seemed to have a very decided preference for meat.
I once saw three or four alight on a seal that had just been killed, and
attempt to get at the flesh. They are easily decoyed within shot by
strewing pieces of meat on the ice. Were one of the most abundant
and greedy birds around a whale carcass that had been killed in the
vicinity. The specimens I procured that were nearly in adult plumage
had a greenish yellow bill at base and bright yellow tip, with no dusky
markings; the younger birds only had the bill clouded with dusky.
There appears to be a marked difference in the size of the sexes, the
female being one to two inches shorter than the male.

69. Rissa tridactyla, Linn.

"Xowavah" (Little Xowyak), Cumberland Eskimo. "Tattarat," or "Tatarak,"
Greenlanders and Eskimo about Frobisher Straits.

The kittiwake was first noticed in the Straits of Belle Isle, on our
outward passage, the 18th of August, 1877. From this point northward

100 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

they were with us constantly, if we were near land or far out at sea, in
storm or calm, fog or snow ; no day — scarcely an hour — but some of these
interesting birds were -our companions; often a few individuals only, at
other times flocks of many hundreds or even perhaps thousands on the
islands of the north Labrador coast. In Cumberland they are by far the
most common gull, and in fact the most abundant species in fall, but so
far as I could learn do not breed there. From September till the ice
covered the water they were extraordinarily abundant, congregating in
immense flocks. When the tide runs strong they follow the stream for
many miles in regular order, about half their number constantly dipping
into the water, while the rest fly on ahead a few feet; while thus feeding
they remind one of a flock of passenger-pigeons feeding in a grain-field.
The food obtained at such a time is mostly small crustaceans.

When a good feeding-place is found, the whole flock settles down, and
so close together that almost any number can be shot. The jaegers are
always on the alert for such flocks, and when they get near the gulls,
they all foolishly take wing, when the jaeger singles out a likely looking
subject, which is soon made to disgorge. The flock soon settles again,
and the same mauo3uvre is repeated.

I did not see a single kittiwake in the upper Cumberland waters
during spring or summer, where there were thousands the previous
autumn. A very few immature birds were noticed on an iceberg, July
18, near Cape Mercy; but these were all I saw till nearing the Greenland
coast, where they are more common still. The flesh is highly esteemed
by the Danes resident on the Greenland coast; in fact, they form no in-
considerable portion of their meat supply during the latter part of. July
and August and September. We found the flesh of the young quite ac-
ceptable.

A few young birds were observed along the east coast of the Penny
Peninsula as far as Exeter Sound, and in the pack-ice an occasional
specimen was seen; but when nearing the coast of Disko their numbers
increased to thousands. They followed the schooner constantly from
this point till we got to the southern shores of Newfoundland, where few
were seen.

Among the specimens collected by me were some that had scarcely
any hallux, while in others it was as well developed as in any gull, and
having a perfect nail. There is also every gradation between the two.

I saw a gull a little larger than tridactyla, in Godhavn Harbor, one
day; it had a black head. The same afternoon Governor Fencker saw

BIRDS. 101

it in front of one of the Eskimo huts, feeding from a pile of garbage ;
he also failed to secure it. The bird looked to me like an adult L.
franklini, a bird not hitherto taken up as belonging to the Greenland
fauna.

70. Xema sabiDii, (Sab.) Leach.

On the 6th of October, 1877, on the passage from the Kikkerton
Islands northward, a pair of these birds kept close to the stern of the
schooner for many miles. I could easily have shot them, but it would
have been impossible to procure them had I done so. Saw no others at
any time.

71. Sterna macrura, Nauru.

" Emukitilak," Cumberland Eskimo and Greenlanders.

On the 19th and 20th of June there were thousands of these birds
about Annanactook Harbor, but this was also the only time I saw any.
The Eskimo say they breed on the Seven Islands in Cumberland some
years. They were first noticed in the Gulf of Saint Lawrence in Au-
gust. From this point they seemed more or less common along the en-
tire Labrador coast and the islands north of Hudson's Straits, but not in
Cumberland. On the Greenland coast they are abundant, in suitable
localities, to lat. 73° X. In Disko Bay they are very common, and breed
by thousands. They begin migrating southward during the latter days
of August, when the young are large enough to take care of themselves.
Appeared to be plenty at the mouth of Exeter Sound, where "kaplin"
are very abundant.

72. Fulmarus glacialis, Leach.

"Oohudluk," Cumberland Eskimo. "Kakordluk" (white) and "Igahsook"
(dark), Greenlanders.

On our outward passage these birds were first noticed off Belle Isle,
August 20. From this point northward their numbers increased ; they
were everywhere close in shore and far out at sea, at all times and in all
weather. Xearly all the Fulmars I saw in the autumn of 1877 were
light-colored ; saw none so dark as I did in the spring. They were very
common in Cumberland till the middle of October. Were especially
abundant off shore, Cape Chidly, Resolution Island, Grinuell Bay, and
Frobisher Straits, during the latter part of August, September, and fore
part cf October. These were white with a pearly grey mantle and bright
yellow bill. I also procured a few that were ashy ; these I presumed
were young birds ; but in July, 1878, 1 found a few of these dark-colored
ones, darker than any I ever saw in fall, breeding near Quickstep Harbor,

102 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

in Cumberland, on some small rocky islands. When fresh these dark-
colored birds have a bright olive-green gloss, especially apparent on the
neck and back. The bill is shorter, stouter, and thicker, dusky brown
instead of yellow. On Blue Mountain, Ovifak, Greenland, these birds
breed by myriads to the very summit of the mountain, about 2,000 feet.
Here I could see but few dark birds; even the full-fledged nestlings were
white.

In Exeter Sound and to the northward along the west shores of Davis
Straits and Baffin's Bay, the dark variety seems to predominate. Near
Cape Searle they are extraordinarily abundant, breeding by thousands
on the Padlie Island, and they are so tame about their nesting-places
that they can be killed with a stick. The eggs, even after being blown,
for many months still retain the musky odor peculiar to the birds. Per-
fectly fresh eggs are quite good eating, but if a couple of days old the
musky odor has so permeated them, even the albumen, that they are a
little too much for a civilized palate.

So far as my observations went, more dark birds were seen in spring
than in fall, so the dark plumage cannot be characteristic of the young.

The mollimoke is one of the greediest of birds. I have seen them
feeding on the carcass of a whale, when their looks and actions were per
fectly those of a vulture, — completely begrimed with blood and grease,
and so full that they could not take wing. I found great difficulty in
procuring white specimens that were not more or less daubed over with
" gurry," especially about the head and neck. These birds possess ex-
traordinary powers of flight, and are inarvelously graceful on the wing,
rising with the billow and again settling into the trough of the sea with-
out any apparent motion of the wings.

73. Cymochorea leucorrhoa, Coues.

Noticed sparingly about Cape Mercy and Exeter Sound. Two speci-
mens seen in Disko Fjord in August, when they were probably nesting.
Far less common on the passage southward than the following.

74. Oceanites oceanica, Keys.

Traced as far north as Eesolution Island on our outward passage j on
tbe homeward, first seen about one hundred miles south of Cape Fare-
well.

75. Fuflinus kuhli, (Briss.) Boie.

Common from Belle Isle to Grinnell Bay. Not observed in Cumber-
land, on the Greenland^ coast.

BIRDS. 103

76. Fuffinus major, (Briss.) Faber.

Abundant from Belle Isle to Resolution Island. Not observed in
Cumberland.

77. Colymbus torquatus, Linn.

"Toodlik," Cumberland Eskimo and Greenlanders.

Quite common in Cumberland, where it breeds. Saw no ipecimens
that approached the variety adamsi.

78. Colymbus arcticus, Linn.

" Codlulik," Cumberland Eskimo.

Not common, but breeds in Kingwah Fjord. First specimen shot June
24. Saw a few in autumn near Grinnell Bay. Not found in North
Greenland according to Governor Fencker.

79. Colymbus septentrionalis, Linn.

"Kuksuk," Cumberland Eskimo. "'Karksauk," Greenlanders.

Very common in all the localities visited by me. Begins nesting in
the upper Cumberland waters in the latter part of June. The nest is
placed on the low rocks with very little grass and moss beneath the
eggs. They are very noisy, especially during the mating season. Do
not leave as long as there is open water.

80. Tftamama torda, Leach.

" Akpamak," Greenlauders.

Was seen on many occasions and often in close proximity to the ship
from the outer islands of the Middle Labrador coast to Frobisher Straits.
They were often noticed considerable distances from land. Are not
found in Cumberland, but by no means rare on the entire west coast of
Greenland to latitude 69° N. Off the North Labrador coast I noticed
on several occasions a small auk (?) intermediate in size between Mer-
gulus alle and Uria grylle, with much the same pattern of coloration as
the former, but with tufts or plumes of white feathers on the head. I
saw some with single young, and at one time killed three at a single
discharge : but the ship was under such headway that the sailor sta-
tioned on the waist could not reach them with his pole and net. The
bird is entirely unknown to me, but I suspect it will be found to be one
of the small auks hitherto supposed to belong only to the North Pacific.

81. Fratercula arctica, (L.) 111.

"Killaugak," Greenlanders.

Observed abundantly in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and thence north-
ward to Hudson's Straits. Not known to the Cumberland Eskimo;
but common on the Greenland coast to 70° N. at least. Breeds plenti-

104 NATUEAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

fully oil the Hunde and Green Islands in Disko Bay, where eggs were
procured. There seems to be no appreciable difference in Gulf of St.
Lawrence specimens and those from North Greenland except in size.

82. Mergulus alle, L.

" Kaerrak," Greenlaiiders.

Common on the north coast of Labrador, off Resolution Island, Grin-
nell Bay, and Frobisher Straits, but did not see any in Cumberland.
I showed specimens to the Eskimo, and they called it a young " akpa"
(Lomma arra). So I presume the bird is very rare, if found at all, in
the Cumberland waters. Still they are abundant off Exeter Sound and
to the northward on the west coast of Baffin's Bay. Governor Fenc-
ker says they nest to latitude 78° N., and perhaps farther. Nest
abundantly on the Whale Islands in Disko Bay. I procured young off
Resolution Island in the fore part of September. They were very
common among the pack-ice in Davis Straits during July. Often a
considerable number would be seen sitting on the ice. They seem
devoid of fear. I have caught them from the schooner's deck with a
net on the end of a pole while they were swimming alongside.

83. Uria grylle, (L.) Lath.

11 Pesholak," Cumberland Eskimo. " Serbek," or " Sergvak," Greeulanders.

Was first observed off Resolution Island in the first days of Septem-
ber, 1877. They were then busily engaged fishing and carrying the fish
up the cliffs to the young, which were not yet in the water. They are
most expert divers and are often seen fishing where there is a consider-
able depth of water. I once shot an adult female that was carrying a
little Morrhua 1 inches in length up to her young. This was on the 19th
©f September, and the young were not more than three-fourths grown
at this date. I visited no locality either on Cumberland or on the Green-
land coast where this bird was not abundant. Some sections are of
eourse more suitable than others, and here they are very numerous.
They began to change into the winter plumage in the latter part of Sep-
tember. Some of the earlier-hatched young were much earlier than
this, but the adults were not in perfect winter dress till the middle of
October. They remained about our winter harbor as long as there was
open water, and even one or two staid in the Kingwah rifts all winter.
In spring they returned as soon as there was open water. About the
Southern Cumberland waters some remain all winter, — the Eskimo
say only the young birds. At Annan actook Harbor they began nest-
ing about June 25. The normal number of eggs is two ; very rarely

BIRDS. 105

three are found. Always nest in crevices and fissures of cliffs, where it
is often extremely difficult to get at them. They are very tame ; but it
is next to an impossibility to shoot one on the water if the bird is watch-
ing you, for they dive quite as quickly as a loon. I have seen three
entirely black specimens, which I considered to be U. carlo. One was
procured in Cumberland, but was lost, with many others, after we arrived
in the United States. I have examined specimens of carbo since in the
Smithsonian collection, and my bird was nothing but a melanistic speci-
men of U. yrylle. I also have seen an albino specimen.

There were a few birds in an air-hole in the ice near our harbor in the
latter days of June that to all appearance resembled the autumn plum-
age of the young; but the ice was too treacherous for me to venture out,
so I sent an Eskimo. He returned and reported them " Kanitucalo
peclmlak" (very near a Guillemot). But if he meant that they were
in imperfect plumage or another species closely resembling grylle, I could
not make out. He could not get close enough to the air-hole to procure
the specimen he killed, and I never saw or heard anything more of them.

84. Lomvia arra, Brandt.

"Akpa," Cumberland Eskimo and Greenlauders.

I had hoped to be able to throw some light on the subject of the re-
lationship of the Murres, but I find my material corresponds with my
opportunities for observation — very poor and unsatisfactory. I first met
these birds in numbers off the coast of Eesolution Island, but many were
seen farther south. About Grinnell Bay and Frobisher Straits they are
common even as far as the mouth of Cumberland, but apparently quite
rare in the waters of that sound The Eskimo say they formerly bred
in great numbers on the Kikkerton Islands ; but they have now appa-
rently abandoned them. There are large breeding-places about Cape
Mercy and AYalsinghain, the largest "rookery" being on the Padlie
Islands iii Exeter Sound. On the Greenland coast they are very abund-
ant, breeding by thousands in many localities. Observed plentifully in
the pack-ice in July. All the specimens collected by me were typical
arra. I procured but one single troile. The var. ringvia, Briinn., Gov-
ernor Fencker has not met during eleven years' collecting on the Green-
land coast ; and var. troile appears to be far from common. There is a
remarkable variation in the distribution of the dark color, some being
white on the throat quite to the bill, and again 1 have seen specimens
entirely black. The dark markings on the eggs of L. arra and troile^ as
well as A. torda, can readily be obliterated with luke-warm water.

FISHES

COLLECTED IN CUMBERLAND GULF A\D DISKO BAY.

BY TARLETON H. BEAN.

The collection of fishes made by Mr. Kumlien embraces ten species, as
follows :

1. Boreogadus saida.

2. Gadus ogac.

3. Gymnelis viridis.

4. Liparis vulgaris.

5. Cyclopterus lumpus.

6. Coitus scorpius.

7. Cottus scorpius sub-species gronlandieus.

8. Cottus scorpioides.

9. Gymnacanthus pistilliger.

10. Gasterosteus pungitius sub-species brachypoda.

^Yith these I have combined several species collected by Lieut. W. A.
Mintzer, U. S. IS"., in Cumberland Gulf in 1876, the two following being
additions to Mr. Kumlien's list :

11. Lycodus mucosus.

12. Salvelinus Naresl.

Besides giving a report upon these twelve species recently obtained
by the United States National Museum, I have made a list of the spe-
cies recorded from Northeastern North America, which is by no means
complete, but is as nearly so as the limited time allowed me for search-
ing would permit. Of course there are many Greenland species which
we may be sure are found also on our northeastern coast, but we have
as yet no positive evidence of their occurrence.

The additions to our collections and to our knowledge of the species
made by Mr. Kumlien are by far the most important contributions from
the region in question hitherto received by the museum, and that excel-
lent naturalist deserves hearty acknowledgments for the valuable ma-
terial which he has secured in the face of great obstacles. Two of the
species taken by him have not before been recorded from the northeast

107

108 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

coast — Coitus scorpius and Qasterosteus pungitius sub-species brachypoda.
Many of the others are extremely rare in collections.

Lieutenant Mintzer's collection also, though small in the number of
species, is rich in interest, and has greatly extended our acquaintance
with some of the rarest of northern forms.

Family, PLEUEONECTID^E.

1. Pleuronectes Pranklinii Giinther.

Pleuronectes FranUimi GUNTIL, Cat. Fish. Brit.Mus., iv, 1862, p. 442.
Pleuronectes (Rhombus) glacialis RICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 258.
Platcssa glacialis RICH., Voy. Herald, Fishes, 1854, p. 166, pi. xxxii.

Eichardson records the species from Bathurst's Inlet (67° 40' E"., 109°
W.) 5 Dr. Giinther has Arctic American specimens from Dr. Eae and the
Haslar collection. Judging from the descriptions given, by Eichardsou
and Giinther, Pleuronectes Frariklinii is very closely related to P. ylaber
(Storer) Gill.

2. Hippoglossus vulgaris Fleming.

Halibut KUMLIEN, in lit. Feb. 16, 1879.

Mr. Kumlien writes me, that " in February a large halibut was caught
in a seal breathing-hole by an Eskimo, but it was something entirely un-
known to them."

It may be that this was not Hippoglossus vulgaris , but Platysomatichthys
Mppoglossoides (=Reinliardtius Mppoglossoides (Walb.) Gill).

Family, GADID^.

3. Boreogadus saida (Lepech.) Bean.

Gadus fabricii RICH., Faun. Bor. Amer., 1836, p. 245: GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes

Brit. Mus., iv, 1862, p. 336.

Boreoyadus polaris GILL; Cat. Fishes E. Coast N. A., 1873, p. 17.
21746. (310.) Annanactook, Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien. D. 14, 18, 18. A.
21,19. P. 17. V.6. Leugth 250 millimetres.

The inequality of the caudal lobes mentioned by Gill* is evident in
this example; the length of the upper lobe, measured from the origin of
the middle caudal rays, is 31 millimetres, of the lower lobe 27. The
outline of the lower lobe is decidedly convex below. The middle caudal
rays, instead of pursuing the horizontal of the median line of the body,
are slightly raised, giving the fin a peculiar shape, which may perhaps
be due to outside circumstances, or may be characteristic of the adult.

*Proc. Acacl. Nat. Sci. Pliila. 1853, p. 233.

FISHES. 109

The inequality of the lobes and the singular shape are not present in the
smaller individuals referred to below.

Mr. Kuinlien sent the following notes of color: "Brassy red; belly
white; eye red. Fins dark purple brown." A sketch of this specimen
by Mr. Kumlien has the caudal lobes equal.

21747. (481.) Kingwah Fjord, Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien. D. 13, — , 20. A.
16, 21. V. 6. Length 180 millimetres.

"Found on a seal-hole. Iris silvery white. Fins dark purple brown.
Belly and lower parts silvery. Back brassy olive brown." — Kumlim.

21748. (857.) Head of Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien. D. 13,16,20. A. 19,21.
P. 19. V. 6. Length 160 millimetres.

" Dark brassy red, becoming blue-black on head. Silvery white on
belly. Pectorals white. All the rest of the fins dark purple-blue." —
Kumlien.

21753. (369.) Cumberland Gulf, Jan. 2, 1878, A. L. Kumlien. Length 112 millim.

"The principal food of Pagomys fcetidus at this season." — Kumlien.

I have followed the lead of Malmgren* and Collettt in employing the
name Gadus saida Lepech. Professor Collett has made a direct com-
parison of examples of this form of cod from Archangel, Greenland,
Spitzbergen, and !N"ova Zembla, and he believes thepolaris of Sabine,
1824, Fabridi of Eichardson, 1836, and agilis of Reinhardt, 1838, to be
identical with G. saida. The only difference that he observed is that
individuals from the White Sea have, as a rule, darker fins than the
rest, which he justly attributes to a difference in the surroundings of
the bottom in the different places. They agree in squamation, structure
of the teeth, position of the anus, and in every particular of the structure
of the body so completely that they cannot possibly be separated.}:

4. Pollachius carbonarius (Linn.) Bon.

Merlangm carbonarius RICH., Last of the Arctic Voyages, 1855, p. 375.

Richardson records the species from Davis Strait.

5. Gadus morrhua Linn.

Gadus morrlnia RICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 243.

Richardson states that Davis observed many cod in the possession of
the Eskimo who live between Cape Raleigh and Cumberland Strait.

* Ofv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1864, p. 531.

tChristiania Vid. Selsk. Forh. No. 14, 1878, (p. 80).

; Men iovrigt stenime de i Skjgelbeklsedniug, Tandbygniug, Stilliugen af Anus og i
ethvert Punkt af deres Legemsbygning saa fuldkommen overens, at nogen Adskillelso
mellem den ikke er mulig. — Colktt, L c.

110 NATUKAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

6. Gadus ogac Rich.

Gadus ogac RICH., Faun. Bor. Amer., iii, 1836, p. 246.

Gadus ovak RHDT., Vid. Selsk. Naturvid. og Math. Afh., deel vii, 1838.

Gadus ogat KR$YER, Voy. en Scand., &c., pi. xix.

21723. (1417.) $ Godthaab, Greenland, August 11, 1878. D. 13, 19, 22. A. 22,
21. V. 6. Length of specimen 330 millimetres.

A black spot on the second dorsal, § as long as the eye, between the
thirteenth and fifteenth rays.

21724. (1418.) £ Godthaab, Greenland, August 11, 1878. D. 14, 18, 20. A. 20,
18. V. 6. Length of specimen 359 millimetres.

The lateral line shows an interruption, measuring 22 millimetres on the
left side, the right being normal. The first portion of the lateral line
ends at the vertical through the interspace between the first and second
dorsals : the second portion begins at the vertical let fall from the sixth
ray of the second dorsal.

21725. (1419.) 9 Godthaab, Greenland, August 11, 1878. D. 14, 17, 18. A. 19,
20. V. 6. Length of specimen 300 millimetres.

Eichardson records this species at Cape Isabella, Peninsula of Boothia.

Gadus ogac Eich., may be only a variety of G. morrhua Linn., as
claimed by Dr. Giinther; but after examining many specimens of the
latter species and comparing them with Mr. Kumlien's examples, I prefer
to consider these distinct from G. morrhua and identical with Eichard-
son's species. It may be that a larger series would lead me to the same
conclusion reached by Dr. Gunther. I have studied all the common cod
in the United States National Museum, a very large series, recently in-
creased by the addition of a monster weighing 100 pounds, and find that
Gadus ogac is distinguished from G. morrlma by several important char-
acters, among which are (1) a more slender caudal peduncle ; (2) a longer
barbel 5 (3) a larger eye; (4) a greater distance between the eyes; (5) a
longer pectoral ; and (6) the more advanced x^osition of the ventrals.
These differences may be seen in the tables of measurements, in which
are given the proportions of parts of the body in hundredths of the total
length without the caudal.

The general color of Mr. Kumlien's specimens is very dark brown, and
the sides are marbled with white.

FISHES.

Ill

Table of Measurement*.
Species, Gadus ogac Rich.

21,723.
Greenland.

21,724.
Greenland.

21,725.
Greenland.

Locality

Millime-
tres.

lOOths
of
length.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths
of
length.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths
of
length.

305
330

330
359

075

Length to end of middle caudal rays
Body:

Least height of tail

300

5

9

9

5

30
9
10

£

15*
6

16
17

25
15

5*

30
9

Head:

6
12
15
6

14*
16

25
15

i?

16
6*

14

m

25
15

Length of mandible . ......

Dorsal (first) :

Pectoraf:
Len^li

Ventral:
Distance from snout' ..

Length

Dorsal °.

13, 19, 22
22| 21
6

14,18,20
20,18

14, 17, 18
19,20
6

Anal

Ventral

Table of Measurements — Continued.
Species, Gadus morrhua Linn.

Current number of specimen
Locality . 5

17,405.

Lofoten, Nor-
way.

17,406 a.
Bergen.

17,406 &. 17,406 c.
Bergen. . Bergen.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Afilli.
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Extreme length (without caudal) ..
Length to end of middle caudal rays.
Body:
Least height of tail

312
341

413

448

296
324

300
330

5*

9gl

6
30.

•I

13
15
6

15
14

27
15i

6

28
7
9
5
12
14i
5J

14

14|

27
14

Head :
Greatest length

29
7J

Width of interorbital area

3

10

1

L t 'net h of snout

Length of barbel

$

15

5*

Length of maxillary

Length of mandible

Diameter of orbit

5
15
13J

26
14

Dorsal (first) :
Len sth of longest ray

Pectoral :
Length

US
27

14

Ventral :

112 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Family, LYCODID^E.

7. Gymnelisviridis(Fabr.)Rhdt.

21739. (726.) Head of Cumberland Gulf, June 13, 1878. Length of longer 63 millim.
Length of shorter 59 millim.

" Gravel beach, at low tide." — Kumlien.
21749. (648.) Head of Cumberland Gulf, May 30, 1878. a, 109 millim. &, 103 millim.

c, 65 millirn. d, 60 millim.

" Coogjannernak of the Eskimo." — Kumlien.

21757. (661.) Head of Cumberland Gulf, June 6, 1878. D. 95. A. 77. Length of
specimen 104 millim.

"Gravel beach." — Kumlien.

21758. (647. ) Head of Cumberland Gulf, May 30, 1878. D. 105. Length of example
147 millimetres. •

"Tide-rifts, among stones." — Kumlien. Color-sketch accompanying.

21759. (646. ) Head of Cumberland Gulf, May 30, 1878. D. 102. Length 142 millim.
"Tide-rifts, among stones." — Kumlien.

21760. (645.) Head of Cumberland Gulf, May 30, 1878. D. 100. Length 142 millim.
" Tide-rifts, among stones." — Kumlien.

21999. (86.) Niantilic, Cumberland Gulf, August, 1876. W. A. Mintzer, U. S. N. a,
210 millim. 6, 176 millim.; D. ca. 95; A. 77; P. 13. c, 175 millim.; A. 75; P. 12.

d, 124 millim.; A. 78; P. 13.

"Found between high and low water mark." — Mintzer.

This species is recorded from Prince Begentfs Inlet (Rich., F. B. A.,
iii, 1836, p.. 2 71; stomach of kitti wake gull); Northumberland Sound,
76° 53' K (Eich., Last Arc. Voy., 1855, p. 367, pi. xxix, and as var.
unimaculatus, p. 371, pi. xxx) 5 lat. 81° 52' K (Giinth., P. Z. S., 1877, p.
293), and Franklin Pierce Bay (Giinth., op. cit., p. 476).

Kroyer has found in the stomachs of specimens examined by him,
"crabs .... once Gammarus locusta Linn.; another time Ento-
mostraca.* * Prof. Eobert Collett found in the mouth of a specimen
secured in the summer of 1878 by the Scandinavian Expeditions, an
example of Modiolaria Icevigata Gray.t

8. Lycodes mucosus Rich.

Lycodes mucosus RICH., Last of Arctic Voyages, 1855, p. 326, pi. xxvi.

16930. Cumberland Gulf, W. A. Mintzer, U. S. N.

A single individual of this species, originally described from North-
umberland Sound, was found by Lieutenant Mintzer, and presented by
him to the United States National Museum. From the appearance of
the specimen it must have been picked up dead ; but it is in a good state

* Xiiturhistorisk Tidsskrift, 3 R., I. B. (author's extra), p. 34.
tChristiania Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1878, No. 14, (p. 78).

FISHES. 113

of preservation. As there is little on record concerning the specif, and
the example under consideration is much larger than the types, and,
while it agrees in all important particulars with Richardson's descrip-
tion and figure of L. mmcosus, still shows some differences in the meas-
urements, I have drawn up a description and prepared an accompanying
table of measurements. It will be observed that in Lieutenant Mintzer's
specimen the head is longer and wider and the height and width of
body slightly less than in the types, which variations may be accounted
for by the difference in size.

Like all the other described species of Lycodcs, except L. paxillus
Goode & Bean, of which I have knowledge, the width of the body at the
vent is very much less than just behind the pectorals, and the height
of the body at the same point is also considerably less than it is in the
anterior part of the body ; in other words, the body tapers decidedly,
and the tail is much compressed.

Description. — The length of the example is 430 millimetres (17 English
inches). Scales are entirely wanting.

The greatest height of the body (at the pectorals) is contained 8 times
and its greatest width (just behind the pectorals) 9 times in the total
length. The width at the vent is contained 8 times in the length of t^e
head, and twice in the length of the longest dorsal ray. The height at
the ventrals about equals the height of the body at the pectorals. The
height of the body at the vent equals half the greatest width of the head,
and is contained 11 J times in the total length.

The head is very large, its length being ^ of the total, and its
greatest width contained 5| times in the whole length. The distance from
the tip of the snout to the nape is £ of total length, and f of the length
of the mandible. The distance between the eyes is contained 6 times
in the length of the head. The length of the snout is J of the length
of the head. The nostrils are much farther from the eyes than from each
other, their distance from the eyes being contained 4J times in the length
of the head. The length of the upper jaw is contained 6J times in the
total length ; of the lower-jaw, 6§ times ; the upper jaw slightly exceed-
ing the mandible in length. The eyes are very small, close together,
and high, their long diameter being equal to -^ of the length of the
head.

The distance from the tip of the snout to the beginning of the dorsal
fin is contained 3J times in the total length. The first ray of the dorsal
is contained 5f times in the length of the head, and the longest, 4 times.

The distance of the anal from the snout is ^ of the total length and
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 15 8

114

NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

almost equals twice the distance of the pectoral from the snout. The
first anal ray is contained 9J times in the length of the head, the longest
4£ times. The vent is nearly in the middle of the total length.

The distance from the tip of the snout to the base of the pectoral is
contained 3J times, and the length of the pectoral 6| times in total
length. The length of the pectoral equals that of the mandible, and
only slightly exceeds one-half of the length of the head.

The distance of the ventral from the tip of the snout equals the length
of the head. The length of the ventral equals the long diameter of the
eye,

Radial formula. — D. (including half of caudal) 90 ; A. (including half
of caudal) 71 5 P. 18; Y. 3.

Colors. — These agree, in the main, so closely with Bichardson's de-
scription of them, that it is unnecessary to say more than that the cross-
markings are faint and narrow.

The gape of the mouth is very wide. The character and arrangement
of the teeth agree perfectly with the original description.

Table of Measurements.

16,930.
Cumberland Gulf.

Ldfelity

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

Times in
total.

Extreme length

430

Body:
Greatest height (at pectorals)

i?4

.1*

8.7

28
20

13

I

16
15
9f

2f

31
5

7

55
3
6*
55

28*
15

28
2J

8
9
In head 8
Nearly 8

n*

3|
5
5J
In head 6
In head 3
In head 4$

k

InheadlOf

&

14

^

15
IT'I

3i
6§

3f
40

Greatest width, (behind pectorals)

Width at vent

Height at vent -

Head:
Greatest length

Greatest width

Distance between eyes .

Distance of nostrils from eye

Length of mandible .. ........

Distance from snout to orbit ...

Long diameter of eye ...

Dorsal :
Distance from snout ... ...

Length of first ray

Length of longest ray

Anal:
Distance from snout

Length of first ray

Length of longest ray

Distance of vent from snout

Pectoral :
Distance from sno'ut

Length

Ventral:
Distance from snout

Length

Dorsal

90
71
18
3
None....

Anal

Pectoral

Ventral

Scales

FISHES. 115

9. Lycodes polaris (Sabine) Rich.

Blennius polaris SABINE, App. Parry's First Voy., p. ccxii.
Lycodes polaris RICH., Last Arc. Voy., 1855, p. 362.

Described from jtforth Georgia, lat. 75° X., long. 110° W. Kecorded,
also, from the west side of the Peninsula of Boothia by Capt. J. C. Boss.

10. Uronectes Parryi (Ross) Gunther.

OpJiidium Parrii Ross, in Parry's Third Toy., App., p. 109; Polar Voyage, p.
199.— RICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 274.

Discovered in Baffin's Bay and Prince Regent's Inlet. Observed near
Felix Harbor, ejected by a glaucous gull. — Rich., I. c.

Family, STICH^EID^E.

11. Ceutroblennius nubilus (Rich.) Gill.

Lumpenus nubilm RICH., Last Arc. Voy., 1855, p. 359, pi. xxviii.

This species was described from oSTorthumberland Sound, lat. 76° 53' X.
Family, ZIPHIDIOXTID^.

12. Muraenoidea fasciatus (Schn.) GUI.

Gunnellus fasciatus RICH., Last Arc. Voy., 1855, p. 357, pi. xxvii.

Eichardson records the species from Northumberland Sound.
Family, C YCLOPTERID^B ,

13. Eumicrotremus spinosus (Fabr.) Gill.

Cyclopterus spinosus GUNTH., P. Z. S., 1877, pp. 293, 476.

Gunther has examined specimens from Franklin Pierce Bay.

14. Cyclopterus lumpus Linn.

21726. (1411.) Godthaab, Disko Island, Greenland.

Mr. Kumlien brought down a single specimen 430 millimetres in length,
and furnished the following notes of color : " Varying shades of dusky
olive green. Dorsal light. Belly nearly white, Iris umber."

Family, LIPARIDID^.

15. Liparis vulgaris Fleming.

Liparis lineata (LEP.) KnOYER, Nat. Tidsskrift, ii, 2, p. 284; iii, 1, p. 244; Voy.

en Scand., &c., pi. xiii, fig. 2.
Liparis lineatus COLLETT, Christiania Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1878, No. 14, (p. 32).

21762. (657.) Annanactook, Cumberland Gulf. D. 42. A. II, 34. P. 35. C. 11.

Taken in " 7 fathoms. Fee-fitz-shak of the Eskimo."— rKumlien.

21763. (859.) Head of Cumberland Gulf, June 29, 1878. (a) f). 19, 23; A. 34.
(&) D. 19,21; A. 35.

" Fastened to kelp in 7 fathoms." — Kumlien.

21764. (860.) Annanactook, Cumberland Gulf, June 29, 1878.

" Fastened to kelp." — Kumlien.

116 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

21765. (858.) Head of Cumberland Gulf, June '29, 1878. D.41. A. 34. P. 34. C.JO.

" Fastened to kelp in 5 fathoms." — Kumlien.

21752. (573.) Annanactook, Cumberland Gulf.

Eeferred doubtfully to L. vulgaris. The specimen is young and in bad
condition. It was taken in 9 fathoms.

Eichardson (F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 263) mentions this species from the
west side of Davis Strait in lat. 70°, and from Regent's Inlet.

Professor Collett found the alimentary canal of one of his specimens
filled with small amphipods, one of them being Caprella septentrionalis
Kr., together with many individuals of Protomedeia fasciata Kr.*

16. Liparis Pabricii Kroyer.

Liparis Fabritii GUNTHER, P. Z. S., 1877, pp. 294, 476.

Dr. Glinther has examined specimens collected in Discovery Bay and
Franklin Pierce Bay.

Family,

17. Aspidophoroides monopterygius (Bloch) Storer.

AepidopkQroides monopteryghis GIJNTH., P. Z. S., 1877, p. 295.
A young individual was taken in 30 fathoms, lat. 65° K, long. 53° W. —

Giinther, I. c.

Family, COTTID^E.

18. Cottus scorpius Linn.

21989. (151.) 9 Niantilic Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien.
. 21742. (180.) $ Niantilic Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien.

Mr. Kumlien collected this individual on the 25th of September, 1877,
at which tune its colors must have been exceedingly brilliant, judging
from the traces which still remain. He states in his notes, that it lives
a among the rocks at the bottom, feeding largely on Crustacea and mol-
lusks." Cottus scorpius^ and the sub-species grb'nlandicus, but especially
the latter, formed an important part of the food supply of the expedi-
tion.

These specimens of Cottus scorpius are clearly identical with Scandi-
navian examples of the same species, as may be seen from the tables of
measurements which follow. In all the tables it must be remembered
that the unit of length is the total length without caiidal. So far as I
know, the true Cottus scorpius has not previously been found on the
east coast of America. A young individual, catalogue-number 10374,
collected at Eastport, Me., by the United States Fish Commission, may
be compared with one a trifle larger, catalogue-number 22060, which

* Collett, 1. c.

FISHES.

117

was presented to the United States National Museum by Prof. Robert
Collett. The agreement between these two in all essential particulars
is very striking. We may safely record this species, then, at least as
far south as Eastport. The true Cottus scorpius may be distinguished
from the sub-species which follows by its narrower interorbital distance,
and the lesser length of the dorsal spines, particularly the anterior ones.

Table of Measurements.
Species, Cottus scorpius Linn.

Current •number of specimen

21,742 a, cf.
Cumberland Gulf.

21,989, ?.

Cumberland
Gulf.

10,374, juv.
Eastport, Me.

Locality

Millime-
tres.

lOOths
of
length.

Mil1i_ i lOOths.
metres' length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Extreme len^h ..

169
140

180

88
72

* 150

Body:

23
21
23
6

24
21
24
6

24
20
24

39
28
23
5
8
17
19

Least height of tail

Head:

Greatest len^n

38
26
23

18J
20
10

8

34
23

10
10
11
12
12
12
12
10
9
6

5

64
25
5
13
6

20

35
26

32
20

38
27
23

Greatest width at base of praeop. spines

Width of interorbital area

Len"lh of snout

Length of upper jaw

18
20
10
8

36
25

10
9

Len^li of mandible

Distance from snout to orbit . -

Diameter of orbit

10

35
22

Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance from snout

Len^h of base .:

Length from end of dorsal to origin of mid-
dle caudal rays

Len""th of first' spine

11
12
13
12
11
10
8

Length of second spine

10
U

12
12
12
11
9
7
2
17
6

64
24
7
14
6*

20

34

27

32
20

Len°lh of fourth spine ....

Length of fifth spine

Lentvth of sixth spine ...

Lenffth of seventh spine

Length of eighth spine

Length of ninth spine

Length of tenth spine

Length of longest ray

10

Length of last ray

Anal:
Distance from snout

63
26
G
12
7

oo

'30
26

34
21

Length of base

Length of first ray

W"~

Length of longest ray

Length of last ray . * .

Caudal:
, T.PTI oih of middlft rayq . .

Pectoral:
Distance from snout (upper axil)

Length

Ventral:
Distance from snout

Branchiostegals

Right VI?
Left VII 5
X,16
14
Right 19?
Left J8 5
1,3

VI

X.16
13

17'
1,3

VI

IX, 15
14

17
1,3

I
Dorsal .

Anal

Pectoral 5

Ventral

118

^fATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Table of Measurements — Continued.

Current number of specimen

17,433 a, cf .

Bergen, Nor-
way.

17,433 &,'?.

Bergen, Nor-
way.

3,285, ?.,
Sweden.

22,060, juv.

Christiania,
Norway.

Locality <

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length

190
154

230
190

104
85

Length to origin of middle caudal

200

24

21
23

7

39

27

25
5
8
18
20

?

34
25
12
10
11
11
12
12

11*
10
8
5
3
17

9

64
26
7
13
8

22

Body:

24

22
24

7

40
31

28
5
9
20
21
11
9

36
27
12
11

124

15
15
14
13
11
9
6
4
21

10

64
24
10
16

94

23
15

37
32

34
25

25
22

28
25

1

40
29

27
54
8
19
21
10

84

374
254

Greatest width (at pectoral

234

74
414

30

27
5
9
20
22

iji

38
25
10
11
13
14
14
13
11
9
6
3

Least height of tail

Head:

Distance from snout to nape

Greatest width at base of

"Width of interorbital area. . . .

Length of upper jaw

Distance from snout to orbit. . .

Dorsal (spinous) :

Length, of base . ... ...

Greatest height

Length of first spine

94
11
12
13
13
12
10
8
5

Length of second spine

Length of third spine

Length of fourth spine ......

Length of fifth spine

Length of sixth spine

Len(rth of eighth spine

Length of tenth spine

Length of longest ray
Length from end of dorsal to
origin of middle caudal rays

18

104

65
22
6
14
8

21
15

37
27

33
19

19
8

64
27
6

»i

Anal:
Distance from snout ...

Length of base

Length of first ray

Length of longest ray

Length of last ray . ....

Caudal :
Length of middle rays

Length of external rays

Pectcraf:
Distance from snout (upper
axil)

36

28

32

18

34
26

31

18

Length

Ventral:
Distance from snout .

"x.is'

12
Right 16
Left 15
I 3

Length

jx,'i,"i4

n 12
17
1,3

Dorsal.?

X,l,15
12

16
1,3

ix, i, 15

13
16
1,3

Anal

Pectoral

"{

I

Ventral

19. Cottus scorpius L., sub-species gronlandicus C. & V.

Coitus gronlandicus Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv, p. 185: GILL, Cat. Fishes

E. Coast N. A., 1873, p. 22.
Cottus scorpius var. gronlandica LtJTKEN, Aftryk af Videnskabelige Meddelelser

fra den naturhistoriske Forening Kjobenhavn, 1876, p. 16.
21728. Godthaab, Greenland, A. L. Kumlien.
21729 Godthaab, Greenland, A. L. Kumlien.

FISHES. 119

21730. Godthaab, Greenland, A. L. Kumlien.

21731. Godthaab, Greenland, A. L. Kumlien.

21740. (151.) J. Niantilic Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien.
21751. (67.) Young. Arctic Id., Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien.
16931. Many young. Cumberland Gulf, Lieut. W. A. Mintzer.

I have reached practically the same conclusion concerning the rela-
tions of C. scorpius and C. gronlandicus as Dr. Liitken, Malmgren, and Col
lett, since it is probable that they use the term " variety " in the same sense
in which I use " sub-species." Dr. Liitken, however, supposes the Cottus
variabilis of Ayres to be a synonym of C. scorpius sub-species gronlandi-
cus; but it is identical with Cottus ceneus Mitchill. The Cottus Mitcliilli
of Cuvier and Valenciennes, which was a mere name based on the Cottus
scorpius of Mitchill, is evidently a synonym of C. scorpius sub-species
gronlandicus ; but the name Cottus Mitchilli, as used by Dr. DeKay and
Professor Gill and understood in the museum catalogues, was associated
with the species which should be called C. ceneus of Mitchill. DeKay 's
Cottus ceneus as described and figured is a compound of ceneus and octo-
decimspinosus. His C. Mitchilli is the true ceneus of Mitchill.

C. ceneus Mitchill Is the smallest of the marine sculpins of the east
coast so far as known, and appears to be the least widely distributed. Its
limits may be stated as Long Island on the south and Maine on the north.
It has the narrowest interorbital space of our five known species. It is
not uncommon to find individuals of 2J inches in length full of spawn.
The base of the anal is almost invariably shorter than that of the first
dorsal. It is highly probable that DeKay's figure* of Cottus ceneus
Mitchill was drawn from a specimen of Cottus octodecimspinosus Mitch-
ill, the only known Eastern American sculpin with so long a spine on
the praBOperculum. The number of anal rays (13) in this figure has
never been recorded in Cottus ceneus, but is common in C. octodecimspi-
nosus. DeKay's figure of Cottus Mitchilli is a fair representation of the
ceneus of Mitchill.

Cottus scorpius sub-species gronlandicus has about the same southern
limit as C. ceneus, but it ranges northward to Greenland. It is abundant
at Wood's Holl, Massachusetts, in winter. The United States Fish
Commission has found it common in summer at different points along
the coast between Cape Cod and Halifax, Nova Scotia. At Salem and
Gloucester it was caught from the wharves. The stomach of an adult
of medium size, taken at Wood's Holl, Mass., by the United States
Fish Commission, contained three crabs, Cancer irroratus.

* New York Fauna, Fishes, 1842, p. 52, pi. vi, fig. 19.

120

NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Coitus octodecimspinosus Mitcliill is known from Halifax on the north
to Beesley's Point, New Jersey, on the south, where it was collected by
Prof. S. F. Baird in 1854. It is considered a shallow -water species ; but
the United States Fish Commission has a specimen from 68 fathoms in
the Gulf of Maine, where the temperature was about 42° Fahr. The
greater portion of the examples were from 10 fathoms or less.

Add to these Cottus scorpioides of Fabricius, and it will complete the
list of Eastern North American species of the genus Cottus so far as
known.

As already intimated, Cottus scorpius sub-species gronlandicus is quite
readily separated from the typical C. scorpius by its wider interorbital
distance and its higher spinous dorsal, which differences are best exem-
plified in the specimens from Greenland, and appear, along with others,
in the measurement tables.

Table of Measurements.
Species, Cottus scorpius sub-species gronlandicus.

21,731.
Godthaab, Greenln

21,730.
nd, Aug. 8, 1878.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

Extreme length ...

996

185

186

Body :
Greatest height

24
22
24

H

11

39

28

I*

19
20i
10
9

35
27
16£
18

23

Greatest width at pectoral base

Height at ventrals

23
Bft

12

38
27
6
9
19
20J
10
9

33
26
15
ICi

|
|
£
?

3
19
8

62
25
7
15
8

Length, of caudal peduncle

Head:
Greatest length. .......

Distance from snout to nape

Width of interorbital area

Length of snout

Length of mandible

Diameter of orbit

Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance from snout ........

Length of first spine ....

Length of second spine

Length of third spine

Length of fourth spine .... ..

18
19

If

11
8
5

Length of fifth spine

Length of sixth spine ..... .. . .

Length of seventh spine

Length of eighth spine ............. ...

Length of ninth spine

Length of tenth spine

Length of eleventh spine

Length of loudest ray

17
8|

62
25
7
14
6*

Length of last ray

Anal:
Distance from snout

Length of base

Length of first ray

Length of longest ray ......

Leneth of last ray. ..

FISHES.

Table of Measurements— Continued.

121

urrent number of s ecimen

21,731. 21,730.
Godthaab, Greenland, Aug. 8, 1878.

Locality

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

Caudal :

21*

34
29

31
24

Pectoraf:

35

28

29J
21

Ventral:

Right VI
Left VI
X.16
14
Right 17
Left 17
I, 3

vn

VII

»»

17
17
I, 3

Ana) .

Pectoral \

21,729.
Godthaab, Greenla

21,728.
nd, Aug. 8, 1878.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

235
195

218
178

Length, to origin of middle caudal rays .. ............

Body:
iLeast hei°*lvt of tail . .................

5i
10

6

6

Head: °

6

9
19
20

20
21
21
21
21
21
19
16
13
10
6
20

62
31

33
25

Dorsal ('spinous) :

18
19

If*

Id

J?

34
9
6

Length, of eighth spine .............

^Length of tenth spine .... . .

Length, of longest ray

20
62

Anal:
Distance from snout ... . .

Pectoral :
"Len°th. .

Ventral :
Distance from snout ...

32
23

Branchiostegals <

Right VI
Left VI
XI, I, 16
14
Right 17
Left 17
I, 3

VI
VI
X.I, 16
13
17
18
I, 3

Dorsal . ...

Anal

Pectoral . £

Ventral

122

NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.
Table of. Measurements — Continued.

21, 025 a, ?.
Halifax, X. S.

13,879.
Eastport, Me.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

Millime-
tres.

lOOths of
length.

Extreme len^h ...

240
198

129

106

Length to origin of middle caudal rays

Body:
Greatest height ..

26
24
26

7

42
30

?

20
22
9

38
23
12

1?

15
14
12i
11

si

6

25

Height at ventrals .... . .... . .

25

7

40
• 28
6
9
18
19
•ft

35
25
12
13
14
14
14
13
12
10
7
5
16J

Least height of tail

Head :
Greatest length

Distance from snout to nape

Length of snout

Length of mandible

Long diameter of orbit

Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance from snout .

Length of base .

Length of first spine ...

Length of third spine . ...

Length of fourth spine

•

Length of fifth spine

Length of sixth spine .. ..

Length of seventh spine

Length of eighth spine

Length of ninth spine

Len<Tth of tenth spine

Length of longest ray

18

8

64
30
9

V

20^

37

28

32

20

Length of last ray

Anal :
Distance from snout

63

25
9

?

21

36

27

30
21

Length of base

Length of first ray

Length of longest ray .

Length of last ray

Caudal :
Len°"th of middle rays

Pectoral :
Distance from snout

Length .

Ventral:
Distance from snout

Length ..

Branchioste o'als

VI
IX, 18
15
+, 12, +
17
1,3

VI

X.17
14

Dorsal ....

Anal

Caudal

Pectoral

Eight 18
Left 17
I 3

Ventral

20. Cottus scorpioides Fabr.

Cottus scorpioides FABR., Faun. Gronld. : LtJTKEN, Aftryk af Videuskabelige
Meddelelser fra den naturlaistoriske Forening Kjobenhavn, 1876, p. 12.

21744. 7 specimens. Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien.

21745. 4 specimens. Lat. 66° 24' N., long. 68° 49' W. A. L. Kumlien.
21750. (670.) Young. Head of Cumberland Gulf. A. L. Kumlien.
22327. (180.) 9 adult. Cumberland Gulf. A. L. Kumlien.

22330. (151.) Young. Niantilic, Cumberland Gulf. A. L. Kumlien.

22331. Young. Cumberland Gulf. Lieut. W. A. Mintzer.

Mr. Kumlien brought down many examples of a species of Cottus
which closely resembles scorpius and gronlandicus, and yet agrees with

FISHES.

neither of them. It is a species characterized by a verj short head and
short jaws, the head constituting only one-third of the total length with-
out the caudal, and the upper jaw equalling less than one-seventh of the
same length. The length of the upper jaw of C. gronlandicus equals
slightly more than one-sixth of the total length without caudal, and in
C. scorpius it is contained only 5J times in the length exclusive of the
caudal. The species agrees with Fabricius's description and with Dr.
Liitken's diagnosis of Coitus scorpioides. For the sake of comparison, I
have prepared a table of measurements of the head and jaws of 9 addi-
tional specimens of C, gronlandicus to follow the measurements of C.
scorpioides. The unit of length in the tables is the total length to the
origin of the middle caudal rays.

Description. — The shape of the body resembles that of Coitus scorpius
L., but the caudal peduncle is longer and more slender.

The greatest height of the body, which is at the ventrals, equals the
distance from the tip of the snout to the nape, and is contained 4£ times
in the length without caudal. The caudal peduncle is slender and long ;
its least height is less than the long diameter of the orbit, and its length
to the origin of the middle caudal rays equals the length of the longest
anal ray.

The length of the head, measured to the end of the opercular flap, is
contained 3 times in the unit of length. The width of the head at the
base of the praeopercular spines equals the distance from the snout to
the nape, and nearly equals the length of the anal base. The long-
diameter of the eye equals half the length of the upper jaw, and is
very little less than the length of the snout. The distance between
the eyes equals J of the length of the mandible, and is contained 20
times in the unit of length. The length of the snout equals J the length
of the mandible, and is contained 14 times in the unit of length.

The distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout equals twice the
length of the longest ray of the second dorsal and is nearly or quite
equal to the length of the head. The first spine is contained 11 times,
the second 9£ times, and the third, fourth, and fifth 9 tunes in the unit
of length. From this point the spines diminish gradually in length to
the last, which is J as long as the first. The longest ray of the second
dorsal is contained 6J times in the unit of length.

The distance of the anal from the snout equals twice the length of the
pectoral. The anus is directly under the origin of the second dorsal.

The length of the anal base is about equal to the distance from the

124

NATUEAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

snout to the nape. The first and last rays are usually equal in length,
and equal the length of the snout. The longest anal ray equals in length
the caudal peduncle.

The length of the middle caudal rays is contained from 5 to 6 times in
the unit of length.

The distance of the pectoral from the snout is contained 3 J times, and
its length 3 J to 4 times in the unit of length.

The distance of the ventral from the snout equals twice the length of
the upper jaw. The length of the ventral in females is contained 5
times (in one nearly 6 times) in the unit of length ; in males, about 4 J
times.

Radial formula.— B. VI; D. IX-X, 15-10 5 A. 11-13 ; P. 15-16; Y. I, 3.

Dr. Liitken is of the opinion that " Cottus pacliypus Gtinther (from
Port Leopold) is the genuine C. scorpioides^ in which opinion I fully
coincide after a comparison of Mr. Kumlien's specimens with Fabricius's
description of C. scorpioides and the description of C. pacltypus.

Cottus scorpioides appears in Professor GilPs List of East Coast Fishes
with a doubt as to its reference to the genus Coitus, to which genus,
however, it was properly referred by Fabricius.

Table of Measurements.
Species, Cottus scorpioides Fabr.

Current number of specimen

21,745 a.
Lat. 66C

21,7456, c?.
24' N. Long. 68

21, 745 c, ?.
3 4D'W.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Mali-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Extrem0 len^h

101
83

115

115

Body:

22
22
6

6
13

33

13

32
24

Head:
Greatest length

33
23

23
5
7
13
16
8

32
21
8
9
10
10
10
10
9
7

Distance frona snout to nape

Width of interorbital area

5

8
13

\1

23

8
14
16

7

33

Length of maxillary

Diameter of orbit

Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance from snout

Length of base

Length of first spine

Length of third spine

Length of fourth spine

Length of fifth spine

Length of seventh spine

Length of ninth spine

5
16

FISHES.

125

Talk of Measurements— Continued.
Species, 'Cottus gcorpioides Fabr.

Locality

Lat. 66" 24' K". Long. G8° 49' W.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Anal:

60
24
8
13
8

21

31

29

29
21

60

61

Candal:°

Pectoral":

30
30

°9

Ventral T

26
17

23

VI
IX, 16
13
15
1,3

Dorsal =

i;i6

12
16
1,3

IX, 16
12

16
1,3

An~l

Pectoral

Ventral

21,745d,$.

Lat. 6C° 24' KT.
Lon. 68° 49' W.

22,327, ?.

Cumberland
Gulf.

Aver-
ages.

Locality - £

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

lOOths
of
length.

Extreme length

223
190

Length to origin of middle caudal rays

102

Body :
Greatest height

23
22
23
5i

23

Greatest width

Hei(rht at ventrals .....

23
6
13

33
23
23
5

3

Least height of tail

6

Len(rth of caudal peduncle

14

33
23

Greatest len^h . . ....... . ........

32

1s
8

14
15

8

7

30
27
10
11
11}

Hi
11*

"?

7
5
3
16
6*

61
23
71

Distance from snout to nape

Greatest width

"Width of intcrorbital area

5
7
14
15

Length of snout

Length of maxillary

Length of mandible

Distance from snout to orbit

Diameter of orbit

m

7
32

Dorsal (spinous):
Distance from snout

31

Length of first spine

< 9
10i
11
11
11
10
9
. 7
5
3
16

Length of second spine

Len-Hh of third spine

Length of fourth spine

Length of fifth spine

Lenjjth of sixth spine

Length of seventh spine

Length of eighth spine

Length of ninth spine

Length of tenth spine

Length of longest ray

Length of last ray

Anal:
Distance from snout

61

61

«a

Length of base

Length of first ray

126

NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Table of Measurements — Continued.
Species, Cottu^ scorpiodes Fabr.

21, 74 5 d, ?.

Lat. 66° 24' 1ST.
Lon. 680 49/ w.

22,327, ?.

Cumberland
Gulf.

Aver-
ages.

Locality • - - £

•

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

lOOths
of
length.

Anal:

"I

17

30
25

29
18

13
7|

19

30
28

28
20

Caudal :&

Pectoral:

30

27

29
20

Ventral:

Length .. .

VI

X,16
12
16
1,3

Dorsal -

IX, 15
11
16
1,3

Ami

Pectoral

Ventral .

Species, Coitus scorpius sub-species gronlandicus.

22, 272 a.
Bucksport, Me.

22,272 6.
Bucksport, Me.

22, 272 c.
Bucksport, Me.

Locality

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

iooths

of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Extreme length "without caudal

71
87

• 75
91

72
88

Length to end of middle caudal rays .

J

Greatest len^h .....

40
18
21

39

17*
19

39
18
19J

Current number of specimen

22,272 d.
Bucksport, Me.

22,272 e.
Bucksport, Me.

22,272/.
Bucksport, Me.

Locality

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Extreme len^h without caudal

63
76 ,

64

79

66

80

Length to end of middle caudal rays

Head:
Greatest length

40
17
20

39
17
20

39
17
19

Length of mandible .. .......... . ....

Current number of specimen ........................

22,272 g.
Bucksport, Me.

22,272 h.
Bucksport, Me.

22,272 i.
Bucksport, Me.

Locality

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Extreme length without caudal

58
71

51
63

57
70

Lenfrth to end of middle caudal rays

Head:
Greatest length

40
17
19

40
18
21

39
17J
19

Len^h of upper jaw

Length of mandible

•

FISHES. 127

21. Cottus quadricornis Linn.

Cottus qiiadricornisHiCH., Last Arc. Voy. , 1855, pp. 348-9 : GtiNTH.,P.Z. S., 1877,
p. 293.

Eichardson records the species from the Coppermine River region and
Coronation Gulf (68° 30' N., 110° V?.).—Giinther.

22. Cottus polaris Sabine.

Cottus polaris RICH., Last Arc. Voy., 1855, p. 351.

Eichardson refers to this species as occurring at North Georgia, lat.
75° N., and at the Peninsula of Boothia. The radial formula appears
to me more like that of a Centridermichthys than anything else, but the
genus to which it properly belongs is uncertain.

23. Gymnacanthus pistilliger (Pall.) Gill, MS.

Coitus ventralis Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv, p. 194: COLLETT Christi-
ania Yid. Selsk. Forli. 1878, No. 14, (p. 15).

21732. (1373.) Godthaab, Disko Id., Greenland, - A. L. Kumlien. D. XII, I, 16.
A. 18. V. 3. Ventrals nearly reach vent.

21733. (1374.) Godthaab, A. L. Kumlien. D. XII, 15. A. 19. V. 3. Ventrals
reach fifth ray of anal.

21734. Godthaab. A. L. Kumlien. D. XI, 16. A. 18. Y. 3. Yentrala extend
little more than half way to vent.

21735. Godthaab. A. L. Knmlien. D. XI, 17. A. 18. Y. 3. ^ Ventrals reach third
ray of anal.

21736. Godthaab. A. L. Kumlien. D. XII, 17. A. 19. V. 3. Ventrals nearly
reach vent.

21737. Godthaab. A. L. Kumlien. D. XII, I, 15. A. 18. V. 3. Ventrals reach
fourth ray of anal.

21741. (151.) Xiantilic Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, A. L. Kumlien.
21743. (180.) Niantilic Harbor, A. L. Kumlien.
22332. Niantilic Harbor, Aug. 1876, Lieut, W. A. Miutzer.

17431. Christiauia, Norway, M. G. Hetting, inspector of fisheries. D. XII, 14. A.
16. V. 3. Ventrals reach fourth ray of anal.

Dr. Liitken rejects the name Gymnocantlius, Swainson, because the
genus was badly denned. There can be no difference of opinion as to
the fact that the genus was poorly characterized ; but there is an attempt
at definition and a reference to a figure of the type-species, so that one
need not hesitate as to what is intended. If we begin to reject names
of genera because they are not accompanied by complete descriptions,
we may find it difficult to draw the line between what we shall accept
and what we shall reject. In retaining Swainson's name it may not

128 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

be amiss to reproduce liis description.* Concerning the -specific name
pistilliger, Dr. Liitkeii saysrt "Influenced by Steindachner's notice
(Wien. Sitzungsb. 1876) on C. pistilliger^ Pallas, I have sought informa-
tion concerning this species in the Berlin Museum ; the type is only a
bad half skin preserved in spirits j Prof. Peters has been so obliging
as to send it to me for investigation, and I have thereby been able to
convince myself that the ' pistils' which Pallas describes as soft threads
with spongy heads are in reality only the half cruciform, spiny scales
which distinguish a certain part of the side of the body in C. tricuspis.
Since the name i pistilliger7 is thus founded on a misapprehension, its
reputed priority (1811) cannot require that it be given the preference
over the next in the series, and we should therefore fix upon the name
Phobetor ventralis, Cuv. & Yal." If we were to throw out all names
which are b&secl upon a misapprehension it would involve us in a great
deal of unnecessary confusion, and it would be difficult to decide how
far the elimination should proceed. The fact that Dr. Liitken could re-
cognize the peculiarity in which the specific name originated is a sort of
apology for its adoption by Pallas.

24. Icelus hamatus Kroyer.

Ictlus Jiamatus GUNTH., P. Z. S., 1377, pp. 293, 476.

This species was collected in Discovery Bay, Franklin Pierce Bay, and
at Cape Napoleon, in the month of August, by Captain Feilden, and in
Franklin Pierce Bay, August 11, 1875, by Mr. C. Hart.

25. Triglops pingelii Reinh.

Trifjlo2)8pingcWGvxT:H., P. Z. S., 1877, p. 476.

Taken in Franklin Pierce Bay, August 11, 1875, by Mr. C. Hart,
naturalist on board H. M. S. " Discovery."

The United States Fish Commission has many specimens in its col-
lections of 1877 and 1878.

*Nat. Hist. Fishes, Amphibians, & Reptiles, II, London, 1839, pp. 181 & 271.
p. 181. GYMXOCAXTHUS. Nape of the head contracted; eyes with bony orbits,
p. 271. GYMXOCAXTHUS S w. Resembling in general aspect the last, ( Coitus claviger,
C. & V.), but there are uo njrper orbits; spines of the head few and naked ;
ventral fins very long, and of 3 rays ; dorsals distinct ; the rays of the first naked
on their terminal half (?) ; caudal fin truncate.

G. veniralls, C. & V. iv, pi. 79, fig. 1.

t Aftryk af Vidcnskabelige Meddelelserfra denuaturhistoriskeForenmg Kjobenhavn,
1876, p. 10.

FISHES. 129

Family, GASTEROSTEHX3E.

26. Gasterosteus iusculptus Rich.-

Gasterostens inscittytus RICH., Last Arc. Voy., 1855, p. 356, pi. xxv.
Tlie types were from ISorthuinberlaud Sound, lat. 76° 53' N.

27. Gasterosteus pungitius Linn., sub-species brachypoda Bean.

lu small streams 011 tlie sides of Oosooadlin Mountain, and in a little
pond on the top, 1,500 feet above tide-level, Mr. Kumlien collected
numerous examples of a inany-spined stickleback, which resembles Gas-
terosteus pungitius Linn., in most particulars, but may be readily distin-
guished from it by its very short ventral spines. The tables of measure-
ments and radial formula appended will show other differences, which
are, however, not so important.

Description. — The greatest height of body is contained 5| times in its
length to origin of middle caudal rays (in gravid females, 4J times) ; the
greatest width, 10 times (in gravid females, 8 times). The height at ven-
trals is contained of times in length of body (in gravid females, 5 times or
slightly less). The least height of tail equals half the length of the first
dorsal spine. The length of caudal peduncle is | of length of body.

The length of head equals 4 times the length of upper jaw, and is
from J to 2% of length of body. The greatest width of head nearly equals
length of middle caudal rays. The distance between the eyes equals
the length of snout, which equals the length of antecedent spine of soft
dorsal. The length of the operculuin equals the length of ventral spine,
which is slightly less than a third of length of head. The length of
mandible equals the long diameter of the orbit.

The distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout is from J to -5^ of
length of body, and is almost uniformly less than its length of base. The
first and second spines of the dorsal are equal in length, and are about
g as long as the ventral spine. The last spine of the dorsal is slightly
less than the first. The antecedent spine of the second dorsal is some-
what longer than the first of the spinous dorsal, and half as long as the
first ray following it. The first ray of the soft dorsal is contained 8J
times in length of body, and is three times as long as the last ray.

The distance of the anal from the tip of snout equals f of length of
body 5 its length of base is twice the length of its first and longest ray,
and slightly less than J of length of body. The anal spine is half as
long as the first anal ray (in young individuals, f ).

The length of the middle caudal rays is contained 8J times in length
of body ; the length of external rays, 7 j times.

The distance of the pectoral from the tip of snout is contained 3 J times
Bull. Xat. Mus. Xo. 15 9

130 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

in the total, and about equals twice its own length. When expanded,
the pectoral extends usually to the 7th dorsal spine (6th to 8th).

The distance of the ventral from the tip of snout slightly exceeds -^ of
length of body. The length of the ventral spine is always a little less
than J of the length of the head.

Radial formula.— D. IX-XI, 1, 10-11 ; A. 1, 9-11 ; 0. +, 12, + ; P. 10 ;
V. I, 1.

Color. — General color dull silvery, minutely punctulated with black ;
upper half of body with large irregular areas of black ; chin, throat, and
abdomen black in males, silvery in the females studied. Mlsson records
a similar condition in G. pungitius.*

The relations of Gasterosteus pungitius var. braeliypoda to the pungitius
(=Pygosteus occidentalis (0. & V.) Brevoort) of New England are shown
in the table of comparative measurements which follows. I do not use
the name Pygosteus occidentalis, for the reason that our many-spined
stickleback bearing that name shows no characters by which it may be
separated from the Gasterosteus pungitius of Linne as a species, and the
genus Pygosteus has nothing to exclude it from Gasterosteus. The genus
Pygosteus, although credited to Brevoort, was not denned by him ; it
appears in Gill's Catalogue t as a name only. The first to indicate
characters by which it was thought the genus could be distinguished
was Jordan ; they are stated to be the following : "Dorsal spines 7 or
more ; sides mailed or not." { So far as the squamation is concerned,
the collections of the United States National Museum show all sorts of
individual variation, and justify the ground taken by Giinther in his
arrangement of the varieties of G. aculeatus; certainly, the squamation
is not even of specific importance. The number of dorsal spines in the
specimens of G. pungitius studied ranges from 7 to 11. In Gasterosteus
inconstans, § Kirtland, the range is from 3 to 6. I have seen a fresh-

*'" Variat abdomine nigro."— Prod. IcMh. Scand., 1832, p. 86.

t Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America from Greenland to
Georgia, by Theodore Gill, Jan. 1861, p. 39.

t Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States, 1876, p. 248.

§ Eucalia inconstans, Jordan, Manual of Vertebrates, 1876 ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1877, p. 65. The generic characters ascribed to Eucalia are: (1) "Dorsal spines in a
right line," which is also true in Gasterosteus aculeatus, L. ; even in the many-spined
stickleback, G. pungitius, I have frequently seen the last four or five spines in a right
line, while the anterior ones preserved their zigzag arrangement ; (2) " Ventral plates
coalesced into a narrow plate on the median line between the ventral fins," just as in
G. aculeatus and G. pungitius ; (3) "A distinct sub-quadrate post-pectoral plate," which
is present in most sticklebacks ; the " associated characters " indicated contain nothing
generically distinctive.

FISHES. 131

water stickleback from Maine,* which resembles G. pungitius in many
respects, but has only 2 dorsal spines. The number of dorsal spines
would seem, therefore, to be certainly of not more than specific value.

Gasterosteus nebulosus seems to me to be separated from G. pungitius
by no constant character, but only by its habitat. Gasterosteus mainensis
is identical with G. pungitius.

Apeltes (DeKay) Jordan is well separated from Gasterosteus by the
structure of its pubic bones.

The United States National Museum has received from the Muse'e
d'Histoire JSaturelle, of Paris, one of the types of Gasterosteus blanchardi
Sauvage, described from specimens sent from Boston, United States.
This species is our common many-spined stickleback, G. pungitius^ as will
appear from the table of measurements, and the name must be regarded
as a synonym of the latter. It is worthy of remark in passing that the
shape of the post-pectoral plate in species, of Gasterosteus, which has
been employed as an important diagnostic character, is so variable, even
on the two sides of the same fish, that it is not to be depended upon.

The sticklebacks of eastern North America, so far as observed be me,
may all be referred to the genera Apeltes and Gasterosteus.

The basis of the foregoing description of the stickleback collected by
Mr. Kumlien is the table of measurements which follows. Only 8 exam-
ples were measured, but these show the extremes of variation in the
numerous specimens secured. In none of the individuals does the length
of the ventral spine exceed one-third of the length of the head.

Mr. Kumlien has sent me the following notes on the species: "The
Gasterosteus was taken from a pond more than a thousand feet above
the sea on the mountain side. Said ponds were not over 18 inches deep,
and of course freeze solid in winter. In fact, there was but very little
water at the time I procured the fish. It is impossible that they could
have come up from below, as the pond empties by a series of perpendicular
falls, some of them 30 feet or more. In my note-book I find that they
were light greenish above, barred with dusky brown and black ; beneath
white, irregularly blotched with black. Caudal pinkish. Male (?) with
a crimson spot at base of pectoral fin."

* Gasterosteus Atkinsii Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mtis. ii, p. — .

132

NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.
Table of Measurements.

Current number of specimen .
Locality

21,738. 1 21,771.
Cumberland
Gulf.

21,766.

Cumb
Gi

21,768.

erland
ilf.

21,773.

Cumb
Gi

21,773a.

erland
ilf.

21,773c.

Cumb
Gv

21,773d.

erland
Of.

Aver-
ages.

.187
.107
.177
.032
.14

.265
.113
.06
..06
.08
.06G
.076
.073

.276
.31
.057
.058
.05

.25
.06
.12
.12

.04

.60
. 235
.064
.12
.12

.117
.134

.30
.16

.357
.083

Millimetres and
lOOths of length.

Millimetres and
lOOths of length.

Millimetres and
lOOths of length.

fl^

at

s§

It

m a

el

IS

a tc

ll

IS

:ifl
p

IS

=*«

GO P

%£

Millimel
lOOths ol

Millimet
lOOths ol

i!

Millimei
lOOths o

Millimel
lOOths o

Extreme length to origin of
middle caudal rays

<?
48
55

.17
.10
.15
.03
.15

.275
.11
.06
.06
.08
.07
.08
.07

.29
.30
.06
.06
.05

.25
.06
.12+
.13
.05

.60
.22
.06
.12
.12

.12
.14

.30
.15

.37
.09
ix, i, 10
i,9
v, 12, iv
10
U

rf

46
52

.17
.10
.17
.03
.135

.27
.11
.06
.06
.08
.07
.08
.07

.27
.32
.05
.05
.045

.26
.055

.12+
.12+
.04

.57
.25
.06
.125
.125

.12
.14

.30
.16

.36
.08
xi, i, 11
i,ll
+.12.+
10
i,l

d1
47
53

.175
.10
.17

.03
.14

.28
.12
.065
.065
.09
.07
.08
.075

.28
.30
.055
.06
.04

.26
.055
.12
.12
.03

.59
.24
.06
.125
.125

.11
.13

.32
.16

.37
.08

^iJ1
+•$+

U

?
Gravid.
52

59

.23
.13
.21
.03
.14

.25
.12
.06
.06
.08
.06
.07
.07

.27
.33

?
Gravid.
56

63

.22
.125
.20
• .03
.14

.25
.115
.06
.06
.08
.06
.07
.07

.25

.34
.05
.055
.045

.25
.055
.12
.12
.045

.60
.23
.06
.12
.12

.12
.13

.29
.16

.34
.08
xi, i, 10
i,10
v, 12, v
10
1,1

?
Spent.
57

65

.18
.125
.18
.03
.14

.25
.115
.06
.06
.08
.06
.07
.07

.26
.34
.05
.06
.05

.25
.06
.12 .
.12
.04

.63
.24
.05
.11
.11

.11

.14

.28
.155

.36
.08
xi, i, 11
i,10
iv, 12, iv
10
U

Young.
28
32

.17
.10
.16
.04
.14

.27
.11
.065
.005
.08
.07
.08
.08

.28
.29
.06
.06
.05

.24
.07
.12
.12

Young.
31
35

.18
.08
.18
.04
.14

.28
.11
.06
.06
.09
.07
.08
.08

.31

.27
.00
.06
.06

.25
.07
.12
.12

Length to end of external
caudal rays -

Body:
Greatest height

Greatest width

Height at ventrals

Least height of tail

Length of caudal peduncle
Head:
Greatest length

Greatest width

Width of interorbital area.
Length of snout

Length of operculum
Length of upper jaw

Length of mandible

Diameter of orbit

Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance from snout

Length of base

Length of second spine . . .
Length of last spine
Dorsal (soft) :
Len<rth of base

.06
.05

.24
.06
.13
.13

Length of antecedent spine
Length of first ray

Length of longest ray
Length of last ray
Anal:
Distance from snout
Length of base

.63
.24
.06
.12
.12

.12
' .13

.30
.17

.36
.08
xi,i,ll
i,10
iv. 12, iv
10
i,l

.60
.22
.08

.57
.24
.08
.12
.12

.12
.13

.29
.17

.36
.09

Tie10

*»+
u

Length of first ray

Length of longest ray
Caudalt
Length of middle rays
Length of external rays . .
Pectoral :
Distance from snout

.13

.32
.17

.34
.085

*w°

""io""
U

Ventral:
Distance from snout
Leneth

Dorsal

Anal

Caudal

Pectoral

Ventral

FISHES,

Table of Comparative Measurements.

133

Gasterosteus G. pungitiug
ungitius* var. brachy-
poda Bean
(averages of
8 examples).

p

Linn. (aver-

ages of 7 ex-

aiuples).

lOOOths of
length.

lOOOths of
length.

Body :

Greatest height .170

Greatest width .100

Height at ventral.s . 170

Least height of tail .036

Length of caudal peduncle : .150

Head:

Greatest length .265

Greatest width .110

Width of inter-orbital area .062

Length of snout . 062

Length of operculum . 084

Length of upper jaw . 070

Length of mandible .080

Long diameter of eye . 082

Dorsal (spinous) :

Distance from snout .286

Length of base .276

Length of first spine .066

Length of second spine . 066

Length of last spine .050

Dorsal •

Length of base .245

Length of antecedent spine . 080

Length of first ray .140

Length of longest ray . 140

Length of last ray

Anal :

Distance from snout . 570

Length of base . 220

Length of first spine .086

Length of first ray .130

Length of longest ray .130

Caudal:"

Length of middle rays . 110

Length of external rays . 137

Pectoral":

Distance from snout . 300

Lenath .160

Ventral :

Distance from snout . 370

Length .121

.187
,107
.177
.032
.140

113

,076
,073

,276
,310
,057
,058
.050

,120
,120
040

.235
.064
.120
.120

.117
.134

.300
.160

.357

= Pygosteus occidental^ (C. & V.) Brevoort, from which the averages were taken,

Table of Measurements.
Genus, Gasterosteus.

Current number of specimen
Locality

L., 22, 015 a.

'Pungitius Pungitius

L.,22,015&.

Christiania, ^Norway, B. Col-
lett.

Blanchardi Sauvage
(type) (39) 21,139.

Boston, TJ. S.

Millimetres
and lOOths
of length.

Millimetres
and lOOths
of length.

Millimetres and lOOths
of length.

Extreme length to origin of middle caudal rays . .

Length to end of external caudal rays

Body :

Greatest height

Greatest width

Height at ventrala

Least height of tail

Length of caudal peduncle

.18
.10
.18
.04
.13

.16
.09
.16
.04
.135

134

NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Table of Measurements — Continued.
Genus, Gasterosteus.

Current number of specimen . - - <

Pungitius
L., 22, 015 a.

Christiania.lS1
le

Pungitius
L., 22,015 b.

orway, K. Col-
tt.

Blanchardi Sauvage
(type) (39) 21,139.

Boston, U. S.

Locality 5

Millimetres
and lOOths
of length.

Millimetres
and lOOths
of length.

Millimetres and lOOths
of length.

Head:
Greatest length

.28
.12
.06
.06
.10
.07
.08
.08

.29
.28
.065
.07
.055

.26
.08
.14
.14
.04

.59
.24
.09
.14
.14
.04

.13

.14

.30
.16

.37
.13
X, 1, 12
1,10
IV, 12, IV
9
1,1

.30
.13
.06
.06
.09
.07
.08
.08

.30
.30
.07
.07
.055

.24
.08
.15
.15

.28
.12
.06
.06
.08
.07
.08
.08

.27
.28
.06
.065
.055

.26
.07
.13
.IS

.04

.56
.23
.08
.13
.13
.045

.12

.14

.30
.16

.36
.12
IX, 1, 11
1,10
V, 12, IV
10
1,1

Greatest width

Width of interorbital area . . .

Length of snout

Length of operculum . ....

Length of maxillary

Length of mandible

Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance from snout

Length of base

Length of first spine

Length of second spine

Length of last spine

Dorsal (soft) :
Length of base . ...

Length of first ray

Length of longest ray

Length of last ray

Anal:
Distance from snout

.60
.23
.09
.15
.15

Length of base . ...

Length of first spine

Length of first ray

Length of longest ray

Length of last ray

Caudal:
Len°"th of middle rays

.13
.15

.32
.17

.39
.13
IX, 1, 10
1,9

+,12,+
10
1,1

Length of external rays . . .

Pectoral:
Distance from snout

Length

Ventral:
Distance from snout

Length

Dorsal...

Anal

Caudal

Pectoral

Ventral

Family, MICEOSTOMID^B.

28. Mallotus villosus (Mull.) Cuv.

Mallotus villosus RICH., F. B. A., iLi, 1836; p. 187.

Signalized from Bathurstf s Inlet. Mr. Kumlien mentions " small her-
ring-like fish that enter the sound in great numbers in early spring, but
soon leave. They are called i ice fish ? by the whalers." I suppose they
belong to the species named above.

Family, SALMONID^B.

29. Salmo salar (Linn.) Gunther.

Salmo salar KUMLIEN, in lit.

Mr. Kumlien writes me that this salmon was obtained in quantities in
the Cumberland waters, and that he recognized at least two species of

FISHES. 135

Salmo, but could not secure specimens that were not split or otherwise
mutilated.
Salvelinus Naresi occurs there, as will be seen in the present paper.

30. Salmo Hearnii Eich.

Salmo Hearnii EICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 167.

The species was described from the Coppermine Kiver, lat. 67° 42J' N".

31. Salvelinus alipes (Eich.) Gill & Jordan.

Salmo alipes EICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 169: GUNTH., P. Z. S., 1877, p. 476.
Boothia Felix (Eich.) ; Discovery Bay (Giinth.).

32. Salvelinus nitidus (Eich.) Gill & Jordan.

Salmo nitidus EICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 171.

The species was described from Boothia.

33. Salvelinus Hoodii (Eich.) Gill & Jordan.

Salmo Hoodii EICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 173.

Eichardson described it from Boothia Felix.

34. Salvelinus arcturus (Giinth. ) Gill & Jordan.

Salmo arcturus GtiNTH. P. Z. S., 1877, p. 294, pi. xxxii.

Dr. Giinther established the species upon specimens obtained in lat.
820 28' K and 82° 34' 1ST.

35. SalvelinHs Naresi (Gunther) Bean.

Salmo Naresi GUNTHER, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., iii, 1877, p. 476, pi. L.
22000 9 . Cumberland Gulf, Aug. 1876. Lieut. W. A. Mintzer.
22000 a. $ . Cumberland Gulf, Aug. 1876. Lieut. W. A. Mintzer.
22000 b. $. Cumberland Gulf, Aug. 1876. Lieut. W. A. Mintzer.

Of this small charr, Lieutenant Mintzer secured the above-named speci-
mens, and labelled them " Salmon Trout." The larger of the two females
contains well-developed ova, some of which are free in the cavity of the
abdomen. The species agrees very closely with Dr. Giinther's descrip-
tion of S. Naresi. The description and table of measurements which
follow will afford a means of estimating the correctness of an identifica-
tion which records the species about 20 degrees south of the locality from
which it was originally described.

Description. — The greatest height of the body is contained 5 times in
the total length without caudal, and equals twice the length of the upper
jaw. The height at the ventrals equals the distance from the tip of the
snout to the nape. The least height of the caudal peduncle equals the
length of the middle caudal rays.

The greatest length of the head is contained 4J times in total length
without caudal, and about equals twice the length of the base of the first

136 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

dorsal fin. The greatest width of the head is a little less than half its
length. The distance between the eyes equals their long diameter and
half the length of the mandible. The length of the snout equals half
the length of the middle caudal rays. The length of the operculum
equals the distance between the eyes. The length of the upper jaw is
contained from 10 to 11 times in total length without caudal, and the
length of the mandible 7f times. The distance from the snout to the
orbit is J or nearly J of the distance from the same point to the base of
the pectoral. The long diameter of the eye equals J of the greatest
height of the body. The teeth are arranged just as iu the specimens
examined and described by Dr. Giinther.

The distance of the first dorsal from the tip of the snout equals £ of
the distance of the anal from, the same point, and is contained 2f times
in total length without caudal. The length of the base of the first dorsal
is contained 8|- to 9 times in total length without caudal, and of its
longest ray, 7 times.

The adipose dorsal is placed at a distance from the tip of the snout,
equal to f- of the total length, exclusive of the caudal. Its height about
equals the distance from the snout to the orbit.

The distance of the anal from the snout equals f of the total length as
before measured. The length of the anal base equals half the length of
the, head in the larger female, and -^ of total length in the smaller.
The longest ray of the anal equals twice the distance between the eyes,
and the last ray equals half the length of the base of the first dorsal.

The length of the midle caudal rays is contained 2 j- times in the length
of the external rays and 12 J times in total length.

The distance from the tip of the snout to the base of the pectoral
equals twice the greatest width of the head. The length of the pectoral
equals the distance from the snout to the nape. The fin when extended
falls short of the vertical through the origin of the first dorsal by about
one-third of its own length.

The distance of the ventral from the tip of the snout equals 3 times
the length of the pectoral. The length of the ventral equals £ of total
length. The ventral terminates at a distance from the vent equal to the
least height of the caudal peduncle.

Radial formula.— B. 10? to 11? ; D. 13; A. 11 ; P. 15 to 16; Y. I, 9.

Cceca pylorlca. — In the larger female, 28.

The coloration cannot be made out accurately. There are a few small
spots on the side of the body, which now appear white. Parr marks are

FISHES.

137

present in all the examples, and yet there is excellent reason for believ-
ing the largest specimen at least mature.

In the measurements the unit of comparison is the length to the origin
of the middle caudal rays. The figure of S. Naresi is employed, and
the agreement between that and the Cumberland Gulf specimens is

striking.

Table of Measurements.

Current number of specimen ......

22,000, ?.

Cumberland
Gulf,

22, 000 a, $.

Cumberland
Gulf.

22,000 b, <?. $

Cumberland
Gulf.

Fig. of 8. Nar-
e*1inP.Z.S.,
iii, 1877, pLL.

Locality

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli.
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

Milli-
metres.

lOOths
of
length.

139

120

121
103

88
74

197
172

Length to origin of middle caudal
rays

Body:

20
12
17

8

23
17
11

?

19
10
15

8

23
17

1

7
g

19
10
36

8

26
19
11

19i

Greatest vridtli

Height at ventrals

18
8J

22

Least height of tail

Head:

Distance from snout to nape. .-
Greatest width

AVidtli of interorbitel area

5

7

If

5
6

10

i?

13

5
6*

45
12

14

79
3
5

75
12
13
5*

8

17

22
18

53

1!i

li*

6

8

47
12
16

80

5J

46
12
12

80

Dorsal (ni-st) :

46
11
14

80

Length, of base . . .

Dorsal (adipose) :

Length of base

Height

*i

75
10
12
5

!?

22
18

54
12J

Anal :

75
10
13
6

73
11
13
6

Caudal :°

8
17

22
17

54
13
71

19

23
20

55
14

Pectoral":

Ventral:
Distance from snout

Len^li ...

Vent from tip of ventrals

iii

13
11
16
1,9

28

10?
13
11
15
1,9

11
13
11

Dorsal °

13
11
14

V

Anal

Pectoral

Ventral

1,9

42

Xumber of csecal appendages

Family, CLUPEID^B.
36. Clupea harengus Linii.

Chipea harengus RICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 231.

Eichardson mentions the occurrence of the herring at Bathurstfs Inlet,
6?o K 1090 w.

138 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Family, SACCOPHABYNGID^.

37. Saccopharynx flagellum Mitch.

Ophiognathua ampullaceus HARWOOD, Phil. Trans., 1827, p. 49, pi. 7 (Me Rich.;.
SaccopTiarynx ampullaceus RICH., F. B. A., iii, 1836, p. 271.
" The individual described by Dr. Harwood, measuring four feet and
a half in length, was captured in the entrance of Davis Strait, by Cap-
tain Sawyer, of the ship Harmony." — RICH., I. c.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, April 3, 1879.

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE. — The description of a species of Cottus from
the United States by Sauvage* has just come to my notice. The sub-
ject of the description and figure is undoubtedly the Cottus ceneus of
Mitchill.

MAY 23, 1879.

* Cottus (Acanthocottus) anceps SAUVAGE, Nouv. Archiv. du Museum d'Histoire Natu-
Paris, Deuxifcme S£rie, Tome Premier, 1878, p. 145, pi. i, fig. xiii.

CRUSTACEA.

BY S. I. SMITH.

The following crustaceans were all collected in the Gulf of Cumber-
land.

Crangon boreas J. C. Fabricius (Phipps).

A female (No. 145) 110mm in length, " Niantilic Island," September 24,
1877.

Hippolyte Grcenlandica Miers (J. C. Fabricius).

Two females : one (No. 1644) ICO™™ in length, from stomach of Cottus
scorpius, September 6, 1878; the other (No. 207) SO11"11 long, from stom-
ach of sculpin (No. 150), 1877.

Hippolyte Fabricii Kroyer.

A female (No. 537), 52mm long, 7 fathoms, tide-hole, "Annanactook
Island," June, 8, 1878; and a male (No. 862), 42mm in length, head of
Cumberland Gulf, June 29, 1878.

Gammarus locusta J. C.Fabricius (=£. ornatus Milne-Edwards).

"Penny Harbor, latitude 66°" (No. 225), October 4, 1877; "Arctic Isl-
and," low water (No. 65), September 13, 1877; "Annanactook Harbor »
(No. 576), June 20, 1878.

A mathm a Sabini Bate and Westwood (Leach).

Head of Cumberland Gulf (No. 86) ; " Annanactook Harbor" (Nos. 584
and 593), 4 fathoms, June 19, 1878; (No. 585), Cumberland Gulf.

Hyperia medusarum Bate (O. F. Miiller).

"Annanactook Harbor," No. 586, June 19, 1878.

Caprella septentrionalis Kroyer.

"Annanactook Harbor" (No. 583), "caught through crack in ice, 4
fathoms, on kelp," May 19, 1878; "Grave Island beach" (Nos. 626 and
627), June 27, 1878; (No. 420).

Lepas fascicularis Ellis and Solander.

Cumberland Gulf, at surface.

139

140 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

B alarms balanoides Stimpson.

Large well-developed specimens, of the low, broad form. Arctic
Island, September 13, 1877. This and the preceding were identified by
Mr. E. B. Wilson.

There is also in the collection a specimen of Hyas araneus Leach (No.
1420), from "Godthaah, Greenland, September 11, 1878." On its cara-
pax were specimens of Balanus

ANNELIDES.

BY A. E. VERRTLL.

ANNELIDA.

Harmothoe imbricata (L.) Malmgren.

Penny Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, low- water, October 4, 1877, lot 23u
Head of gulf, on gravel beach, May 28, and June 1, 1878, lots 642, 660,
and 604.

Nereis pelagica Linne*.

Penny Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, lat. 66°, low- water, October 4 and
5, 1877, lots 221, 222, 237. Head of gulf, on gravel beach, May 28, 1878,
lot 642.

Phyllodoce Gronlandica (Ersted (?).

A specimen in bad state of preservation. Cumberland Gulf.

Syllis, sp.

Penny Harbor, low- water, October 4, 1877. Head of Cumberland
Gulf, gravel beach, low- water, May 28, 1878.

Cistenides granulata (Linns') Malmgren.

Cumberland Gulf, low- water.

Thelepus cincinnatus (Fabr.) Verrill.

AmpTiitriie tincinnata FABR., Fauna Gronl., p. 286, 1780.

TJielepus drcinnatus MALMGREN, Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, in Ofversigt af
Kongl. Yet.-Akad. Fornandl. 1865, p. 387, pi. xxii, fig. 58 (specific name in-
correctly spelled).

Lumara flava STIMPSON, Inveit. of Grand Manan, p. 30, 1853.

Cumberland Gulf. Common on the American coast south to Cape
Cod, and in deeper water as far as Long Island Sound.
Malmgren and several other recent writers have erroneously written

the name of this species " drcinnatus."

141

142 NATURAL HISTOEY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Spirorbis lucidus (Mont.) Morch.

Very common in Cumberland Gulf, on ascidians, algse, polyzoa, etc.,
low- water to 9 fathoms 5 Penny Harbor, October 4; Annanactook Har-
bor, May 20, 1878; head of the Gulf, May 28, 1878.

Spirorbis quadrangularis Stimpson.

Cumberland Gulf, lo^ -water. One specimen.

GEPHYREA.

Fhascolosoma margaritaceum (Sars) Kor. & Dan. (?).

Phascolosoma margaritaceum KOREN and DANIELSSEN, Fauna Litt. Norveg.
iii, p. 135, pi. 15, figs. 43, 44, 1877.

A large specimen, about 6 inches long, from the stomach of a Cottus,
in Cumberland Sound, September 6, 1878 (lot 1685), probably belongs to
this species.

Total length 150mm j diameter of body, 18mm ; length of proboscis
from anal opening to end, 112mm. Body large, round, abruptly rounded
posteriorly, with a slight mammilla at the tip 5 anteriorly it tapers gradu-
ally into the proboscis, which is long and becomes slender toward the
end. The surface appears nearly smooth to the eye, except that there
are more or less irregular transverse wrinkles and slightly raised folds.
Under a lens it is seen to be everywhere finely transversely wrinkled
and striated, and in many parts reticulated with longitudinal wrinkles,
while small, depressed, sucker-like organs are scattered over the surface
of the body and base of the proboscis ; at the posterior end of the body
the longitudinal wrinkles become distinct grooves, converging to the tip,
with rows of suckers between them, and the circular wrinkles, crossing
the interspaces, are conspicuous. The proboscis is destitute of papillae
and hooks, and is smoother than the body, with faint indications of
transverse lighter and darker bands of color. Tentacles numerous,
slender. Internally the two dorsal retractors arise only a short distance
behind the anal opening, their bases being wide apart toward the sides.
The ventral retractors, arising near the middle of the body, are large
and stout, with their thick bases close together, barely leaving space for
the nervous cord to pass between them. Segmental organs large, thick,
cylindrical, obtuse, dark brown, about 25mm long and 3mm in diameter ;
their openings somewhat in advance of the origin of the dorsal retrac-
tors and lower down on the sides. Intestine very long, forming a double
coil of numerous turns, filling the posterior part of the body to the end.
Generative organ voluminous, surrounding the intestine. A slender

ANNELIDES. 143

transverse muscle passes from the rectum to the opposite side of the body,
iind the rectum is attached to the adjacent wall by a large bundle of
muscular fibers. Muscles of the body -wall form a continuous layer, with-
out distinct fascicles.

NEMEKTESTA.

Amphiporus Stimpsoni Verrill.

Ommatoptea Stimpsoni GIRARD, in Stimpson, Invert, of Grand Manan, p. 28, fig.
18, 1853.

Gravel beach, low-water, Cumberland Gulf, June 1, 1878, lot 663.
" Color, deep purplish brown above, lilac beneath." Also from reef in
Penny Harbor, October 5, 1877, lot 222.

Amphipoms, sp.

Body thick, depressed, somewhat tapered to both ends, 25mm to 35mm
long, as contracted in alcohol. Head with a small roundish cluster of
minute ocelli on the pale antero-lateral margins. Neck with a slightly
marked transverse groove, converging backward in form of a Y, on the
dorsal surface. Color, in alcohol, dark bluish green ; the under surface
and margins of head yellowish white. Tn life, "bright pea-green."

Penny Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, lat. 66°, October 4, 1877, lot 225.
Arctic Island, low- water, September 13, 1877, lot 66.

MOLLUSKS.

LIST OF SHELLS OBTAINED BY MR. LUDWIG KUMLIEN, NATURALIST TO THE HOWGATE
EXPEDITION, 1877-78, AT POINTS IN CUMBERLAND SOUND, ARCTIC REGIONS, WEST
FROM BAFFIN'S BAY.

BY W. H. DALL.

The locality at which the schooner Florence, conveying the party,
made her winter quarters, according to Mr. Kumlien's report, was not
favorable for extensive collections in any department.

The prevalence of ice in the irregularities of the sound and other cir-
cumstances, especially the abrupt and rocky character of the shores,
rendered it difficult to obtain specimens of invertebrates, which in point
of fact were all collected at a few small areas of beach, some of which
were a Jong distance from winter quarters.

Nevertheless, when the difficulties are considered, the results are very
creditable to Mr. Kuinlien's energy and perseverance, and are not with-
out value for the study of geographical distribution.

The number of specimens is small 5 but twenty-four species are repre-
sented, some of which were also obtained by a party under Lieutenant
Mintzer, U. S. X., who explored for minerals in nearly the same region
a year or two previous to the visit of the Florence.

As was to be expected, none of the species are new: Modiolaria faba
Fabr., which has almost been lost sight of by naturalists, and Glyci-
meris Kurriana Dkr., a species whose validity has been much questioned,
were among the most interesting forms obtained.

The species are as follows (those with an asterisk are represented by
only one or two specimens, and only Buccimim gronlandicum was at all
numerous) :

*0mmast replies illecebrosa, Lesueur.

* Buccinum ylaciale, Linne.

* Buccimim ciUatum, Fabr., var. Molleri, Eve.

* Buccinum humphreysianum, Bennett (probably).

* Buccinum lelcheri, Eve.

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 15 10 145

146 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Buccinum tenebrosum, Hancock, (typical).
Buccinum gronlandicum, Cheinn.

* Trophon truncatus, Strom.
Margarita umbilicalis, Brod. & Sby.
Margarita helicina, Fabr., vara.
Litorina gronlandica, Morch.
Acmcea tcstudinalis, Linne*.
Aeolidia papillosa, Linne.

* Dendronotus reynoldsii, Couthouy.
Mya truncata, Linne'.

* Gly timer is Kurriana, Dkr. On mud Sats.
tSaxicava arctica, Linne.

*Astarte borealis, Gray ; attached to kelp.

* Turtonia minuta, Fabr. ; in nest of Modiolaria.
Modiolaria Icevigata, Gray.

Modiolaria discors, Linn6.

Modiolaria (Crenella) faba, Fabr.

Chiton (Tonicella) marmorea, Fabr.

Rhynchonella psittacea, Fischer 5 dead broken valves, apparently dis-
gorged by some bird, were found on the hills at a considerable distance
from the sea. They are evidently not fossil, and are probably to be
ibuiid living in suitable places at low-water mark.
NOVEMBER S6, 1378.

MOLLUSOOIDS.

BY A. E. VERRILL.

TUOTCATA.

Ascidiopsis complanata Verrill.

Ascidia complanata FABR., Fauna Gronlandica, p. 332, 1780. — VERRILL, Amer.

Joiirn. Sci. i, p. 98, 1871, fig. 11.

Ascidia callosa STIMPSOX, Invert, of Grand Manan,p. 19, 1853.
Ascidiopsis complanata YERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci. iii, p. 289, pi. viii, f. 8, 1872.

Some of the young specimens are translucent pale olive; others are
older, with a dark olive-brown, thicker, and rougher test. It appears
to be the most common species. It is broadly attached by one side,
obliquely, and both tubes are on the upper side, near one end. They
are both short and broad.

Lot ^o. 235, Penny Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, at low- water, Octo-
ber 4, 1877. Xo. 592, head of Cumberland Gulf, attached to roots
of kelp, May 19, 1878. $To. 595, Cumberland Gulf, May, 1878. Xo. 664,
head of Cumberland Gulf, on gravel beach, June 1, 1878.

Halocynthia Verrill == Cynthia Savigny (non Fabr., 1808).

The name Cynthia having been preoccupied, and no other tenable
name having been given to the group, 1 propose to substitute Halo-
cynthia for the typical section of Savigny's genus, characterized by the
square apertures, compound tentacular appendages of the mantle, and
the development of two ovaries. The other subdivisions established
by Savigny appear to be of generic value, in the modern sense.

Halocynthia rustica Verrill.

Ascidia rustica LIXXE. — FABRICIUS, Fauna Gronlandica, p. 330, 1780, pars.
Ascidia monoceros MOLLER, Kroyer's Xaturhist. Tidssk., vol. iv, p. 95, 1842.
Ascidia condylomata PACKARD, Mem. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist., i, p. 277, 1867.
Cynthia m&noceros VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. i, p. 93, 1871.

Distinguished by the irregular, unequal warts and tubercles of the
surface, the larger ones mostly situated above the middle, and by the
more or less prominent subconical tubercle at the summit, between the
bas<\s of the tubes. This terminal tubercle is often surmounted by sev-
eral hard chitinous points, and in the young a similar point often occurs

147

148 NATUKAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

on some of the other tubercles. The form of the body is more or less
cylindrical, often two inches or more high and one in diameter, after
preservation in alcohol. The tubes are terminal and divergent. Color,
in life, reddish.

The very young specimens are low and nearly flat in contraction, and
nearly smooth.

It is common on the Grand Banks, where it grows to a large size. It
lias not been found on the New England coast.

Lot No. 592, head of Cumberland Gulf, attached to roots of kelp,,
May 19, 1878. Both adult and young.

Halocynthia echinata Verrill.

Ascidia echinata LINN£. — FABRICIUS, Fauna Gronlandica, p. 331.
Cynthia echinata STIMP., Invert, of Grand Manan, p. 20, 1854. — BIXNEY, in Gould,
Invert, of Mass., p. 18, pi. xxiii,fig. 3260.— VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci. i,p. 96,.
1871.

Lot No. 596, Cumberland Gulf, May 10, 1878.

Besides the two species of this genus brought home by the expedi-
tion, the following occur on the American coast north of Cape Cod :
H. pyriformis (Eathke), Southern New England to Greenland j iff. ml-
losa (Fabr.), perhaps young of the preceding, Labrador to Greenland $
H. tuberculum (Fabr.) = Cynthia carnea (Ag.) Yerrill = C. placenta Pack-
ard (young), Cape Cod to Greenland ; H. pulcliella Yerrill (as Cynthia)^
Eastport, Me., to Grand Banks; H. partita (Stimp.), Massachusetts
Bay to North Carolina.

POLYZOA.

Crisia eburnea (L.) Laraouroux.

Gulf of Cumberland. One specimen.

Diastopora patina (Lam.) Smitt.

Annanactook Harbor, on Laminaria, 7 fathoms, May 19 ; and on
Halocynthia rustica, head of Cumberland Gulf, May 5, 1878.

Alcyonidium mytili Dalyell.

Gulf of Cumberland, on algae. Godthaab, Greenland, on carapax of
Hyas araneus.

Gemellaria loricata (Linne) Bask; Smitt.

Gemellaria dumosa STIMPSON, Invert, of Grand Manan.

Specimens three inches high. Penny Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, low-
water, October 4, 1877, lots 226 and 238, covered with fry of Crenella
faba ; same locality, May 28, 1878.

MOLLUSCOIDS. 149

CJellaria articuiata Smitt, ex Fabric-ins.-
tialicornaria borealis BUSK.

Cellaria borealis SMITT, Ofversigt af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Fort. 1867, p. 361, tab.
xx, fig. 17, 1867.

On Halocyntliia rustica, attached to roots of Laminaria.

Head of Cumberland Gulf, May 19, 1878, lot 592. Some of the
specimens are very young, with only a single clavate joint ; others are
nearly two inches high, and beginning to branch.

Membranipora Sophiae Busk.

With the last (lot 592). Also from Annanactook Harbor, May 19,
1878, on roots of Laminaria, 1 fathoms.

Escharina ansata (Jolinst.) Gray.

Mollia vulgaris, forma ansata SMITT, Oversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Forli.
1867, p. 14, tab. xxv, f. 78-83, 1867.

Several specimens occurred on the roots of Laminaria, 7 fathoms, An-
nanactook Harbor, May 19, 1878 (lot 597). Some agree with the va'r.
ansata, Smitt (Lepralia ansata Johnst.), but in most cases there are well-
developed calcareous papillae near the sides of the apertures as in the
var. papillata.

I adopt the generic name Escliarina given by Milne Edwards to a
group, including the present species, in 1835 (in Lamarck, An. sans
Vert., ed. 2, vol. ii, pp. 218, 230), and for which he cited as the type E.
vulgaris (Moll.). Dr. Gray (List Brit. Animals in British Museum, p.
124, 1848) also restricted the name to the same and closely allied spe-
cies. Dr. Smitt, however, united this group with Hippotlioa, which
seems to be a sufficienty distinct genus.

The restricted genus Escliarina, as I limit it, is characterized by the
well-marked median sinus of the apertures of the zoaecia, together with
the lateral avicularia, usually developed near one or both sides of the
apertures. The mode of growth is usually Lepralia-like, but may also
be Escharine. It is therefore equivalent, or nearly so, to the genus
Scliizoporella, recently proposed by Hincks for the same typical species.

The genus Escharoides, proposed by Edwards in the same work, has
also been incorrectly used by some writers,- for' although Gray re-
stricted it, in 1848, to one of the original species, E. coccinea (Abildg.),
thus making it equivalent, in part, to Discopora Smith, the last-named
writer has applied it to a group, typified by E. rosacea, not included by
Edwards. As the name should be restored, in accordance with Gray's
limitation, I have proposed else* where the name Escliaropsis, as a substi-
tute for Escharoides of Smitt, including two Northern Atlantic species

150 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

(E. lobata (Lamx.)= E. Sarsii Smitt, and E. rosacea)l both common in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence. This genus, with an Eschariue growth, has aper-
tures much as in Escliarina, except that the lateral avicularia are situ-
ated within their borders by the side of the sinus.

Discopora Lam., following Edwards, should be restricted to forms like
D. STcenei, with median avicularia, the type of Lamarck being _D. verru-
cosa, a species closely related to D. Skenei, but not the Cellepora verru-
cosa of Esper, a very different form, to which Gray erroneously restricted
this generic name.

Celleporella hyalina 'L.^ Gray.

Cellepora Jiyalina LiNisrfi.

Mollia Jiyalina SMITT, op. cit. p. 16, tab. xxv, f. 84, 85.

Hippothoa hyalina SMITT, Florida Bryozoa.

Very common, Annan actook Harbor, 7 fathoms, on Laminaria, May
19, and 9 fathoms, May 20, 1878, lot 570. Penny Harbor, low-water, on
Margarita helicina, October 4, 1877, lot 226. Gravel beach, head of Gulf
of Cumberland, May 28, 1878, lot 642, and on Halocyntliia rustica, lot
572, May 19.

RADIATES.

BY A. E. VERRILL.

ECHINTODERMATA.

Fentacta frondosa Jaeger (Gunner, sp.).

Cucumaria frondosa FORBES, Brit. Starfishes, 1841.— DUBEN and KOREN, 1844.

One large specimen, Godthaab, Greenland, August 11, 1878.

Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Agassiz.

Penny Harbor, Gulf of Cumberland, reef at low- water, October, 4, 1877y
lot 420.

Leptasterias Gronlandica Verrill.

Asteracanthion G-ronlandicus STEEXST. — LfcTKEN, OversigtoverGronlandsEchino-
derma ta, p. 29, 1857.

Head of Gulf of Cumberland, Niantilic Harbor, lot 144 ; low-water,.
September 25j 1877, lot 179; Arctic Island, lot 66; Penny Harbor, lat.
66°, at low-water, October 4, 1877, lot 224; also same locality, lot 290.

Leptasterias Mulleri Verrill, 1866.

Asteracanthion Mulleri SARS, Fauna Litt. Norveg., i, p. 56, f. 38,39; Oversigt af
Xorges Echinodermer, p. 88.

Annanactook Harbor, 4 fathoms, May 19, 1878, lot 580.

Stephanasterias albula Verrill.

Asteracanthion albulus STIMPSOX, Invert, of Grand Manan, p. 14, fig. 5, 1853.
Asteracanthion problema SxEEXSTRrp. — LUTKEX, op. cit. p. 30.

Common in Cumberland Gulf. Gravel beach at the head of the gulfy
etc. The only lot with the date remaining is 649, May 30, 1878. With
lot 725 is the following note : u Dull lilac above, yellowish white beneath.77

All the specimens are young, with the rays irregular in length and
variable in number.

1 he genus Steplianasterias, proposed by me for this species several
years ago, is characterized by a peculiar structure of the skeleton and
spines as well as by its remarkable method of fission, so well elucidated
by Dr. Llitkeu. TTnen adult, there are usually six regular equal rays,
such specimens becoming four or five inches in diameter. But in smaller
specimens, still undergoing self division, there are usually two to four

151

152 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

longer rays, with three to five shorter reproduced rays-on one side. The
rays are rounded, and uniformly covered with small clustered spinules,
arranged in divergent groups on each plate. The plates are regularly
arranged, both transversely and longitudinally, and more closely united
than in Asterias and Leptasterias. The plates of the ventral rows are
directly united with the adambulacral, so as to leave no spaces between
for the papulaB, which are, therefore, absent along the ventral surface next
the adambulacral plates ; on the dorsal surface they are usually arranged
in pairs. The major pedicellariae are arranged along the edges of the
ainbulacral grooves, and a few usually occur in the adoral angles, between
the bases of the rays.

Ophioglypha nodosa Lyman.

OpMura nodosa LUTKEN, Addit. ad Hist. Opliiuridarum, p. 43, pi. ii, fig. 9, a-6,
1858.

Lot 249. Annanactook Harbor, low-water, October 7, 1877. " Color

crimson."

HYDROIDA.

Sertularia argent ea Ellis and Sol.

Gravel beach, head of Cumberland Gulf, low- water, May 28, 1878.

Halecium tenellum Hincks.

Gravel beach, head of Cumberland Gulf, low-water, lot 642, May 28,

1878.

Obelia, sp.

With last. Also from Penny Harbor, low- water, October 4, 1877,
attached to Acidiopsis complanata.

ANTHOZOA.

Urticina crassicornis Ehieuberg, 1834.

Actinia crassicornis MULLER, Prodromus, 1776.

Tealia crassicornis GOSSE, Ann. Nat. Hist. ; Actinologia Brit., p. 209, pi. iv, fig. 1.
lihodacthiia Dav'wii Ac;. — VKUKILL, Revision Polyps, in Mem. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. vol. i, p. 18, (author's copies, 18G4).

Head of Cumberland Gulf, low-water, lot 667, on roots of Lami-
naria. Annanactook Harbor, May 19, 1878.

Bunodes spectabilis Verrill.

Actinia spectabilis FABRICIUS, Fauna Gronlandica, p. 342, 1780.
Bunodes stella VERRILL, Revision of Polyps Eastern Coast of U. S., in Mem. Bos-
ton Soc. Nat. Hist, i, p. 16, pi. i, figs. 1-8, 1864.

A more extensive acquaintance with this species, and a careful com-
parison with the description of Fabricius had, some time ago, caused me
to unite my 7>. tttcUa with the Greenlandic species (see Check -list of

RADIATES. 153

^Marine lu\ ertebrata), although it liad not been recorded from any local-
ity between the Bay of Fundy and Greenland. The numerous specimens
in this collection serve to confirm that conclusion.

Common at low-water in the Gulf of Cumberland (lots 179, 237, 664),
Penny Harbor, October 4, lot 237. Gravel beach, head of gulf, June 1,
1878.

POBIFERA.

Two or three species of sponges, not yet determined, are in the collec-
tion. The most interesting, as well as most common one, forms elongated,
erect, rather flaccid tubes, two or three inches high and .25 to .35 in
diameter, open at top.

It occurred on the gravel beach, head of the gulf, attached to stones,
June 13, 1878, lot 770; also in lot 643.

INSECTS.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA.

BY \V. H. EDWARDS.

Family, PAPILIONID^.
Sub-family, PAPILIONIN-E;.

Genus, Colias, Fabricius.
1. C. Hecla, Lefebvre.

One female was taken at Quickstep Harbor, Gulf of Cumberland, lati-
tude 66°. This species inhabits Southern Greenland and regions to the
westward. It has been attributed to Iceland, but, as is now supposed,
erroneously. It also inhabits Southern Lapland.

Mr. M'Lachlan, in his Report on the butterflies collected by the recen I:
British Arctic Expedition, states that C. Hecla was taken as far north as
latitude 81° 45', at Hayes Sound ; and he gives information obtained
from Captain Feilden, B. K"., attached to the Alert as naturalist, on the
habits of Lepidoptera in these high latitudes. < ' During the short period
when there is practically no night, butterflies are continuously on the
wing, supposing the sun's surface not to be obscured by clouds or pass-
ing snow showers. That about one month in each year is the longest
period in which it is possible for these insects to appear in the perfect
state, and that about six weeks is the limit of time allowed to plant-
feeding larvae, during all the rest of the year the land being under snow
and ice.*' Mr. M'Lachlan doubts if there is sufficient time in each year
for the preparatory stages of the butterfly, — egg, larva, and chrysalis, —
and is disposed to think that more than one year is necessary. In the
northern United States, the larvaB of Colias frequently pass the winter
when half- grown, or even younger, and I think it probable this is the habit
of Hecla. From two to three weeks at the end of the short Arctic summer,
and less tune at the beginning in the following year, would seem to suf-
fice for the whole round of transformations.

In Dr. Staudinger's Catalogue, Colias Bootliii, Curtis, is put down as
a synonym of Hecla; but, in the opinion of Mr. M'Lachlan, the two
are distinct species.

155

156 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

It is remarkable that tlie collection of butterflies made by the British
Expedition, between latitude 78° and 82°, well toward the Arctic Sea,
should exhibit a greater number of species, namely, 5, than is known in
Southern Greenland, where we are told but 4 species .have hitherto been
taken, and this northern series does not embrace the genus Chionobas,
one or two species of which are found in Greenland. Besides C. Hecla
and Argynnis Polaris, taken by Mr. Kumlieu, were Argynnis Cliaridea,
lAfccena Aquilo, and, most surprising of all, Chrysoplianns Plilceas, a
species represented throughout the northern United States under a
slightly different form, Americana.

Family, NYMPHALIDJH.
Sub-family, NYMPHALIN^E.
Genus, Argynnis, Fabricius.

1. A. Freya, Tliuiiberg.

Two males were taken in Southwest Greenland. This species is dis-
tributed over the boreal regions of both continents 5 in America, from
Greenland to Alaska ; and it follows the Rocky Mountains as far to the
south as Colorado. It is subject to very little variation.

2. A. Polaris, Boisduval.

One male was taken at Quickstep Harbor. This species is more re-
stricted in distribution than Freya, and, so far as known, is. limited to
Northeast America, from Labrador to the Arctic Sea. It was taken by
the British Expedition as far to the north as latitude 81° 52', and by
the American Expedition (Polaris) at 81° 50'. It varies much in color,
and the example sent me by Mr. Kurnlien is remarkably melanic on the
upper surface, the hind wings especially showing scarcely any fulvous.

Sub-family, SATYRIN^E.

Genus, Chionobas, Boisduval.
1. C. Seinidea, Say.
Oeno, Boisduval.

Two m.ales were taken at Quickstep Harbor. One of these has the
upper surface dark blackish-brown, and the discal belt on hind wings
beneath distinctly outlined on both edges. The other is light or pale
black-brown, and the belt is almost lost in the dense markings which
<jover the wing. But specimens from the White Mountains of New
Hampshire show similar variation. This species inhabits Labrador,
iiiid the Eocky Mountains at very high altitudes as far south as Colo-

INSECTS. 157

rado ami Xew Mexico. In the Wliite Mountains it is abundant on the
summit of Mount Washington ; but in the territory between this region
and Labrador it is unknown, as also between Mount Washington and
the Eocky Mountains. How far to the northwest of the continent it
flies is not known to me. It has not appeared in collections from
Alaska, in which Frcya was represented in considerable numbers. The
peculiar distribution of this species, C. Semidca, by which it inhabits
mountain summits thousands of miles apart and not the intervening
country, and in the White Mountains of £<~ew Hampshire is thoroughly
isolated and restricted to a very small area, is explained as in the case
of plants similarly distributed and isolated (address of Prof. Asa>
Gray, Dubuque, 1872). The advance to the southward of the glacial
ice pushed before it multitudes of plants and animals, forcing them
along very distant lines of longitude in many cases; and when the re-
ceding of the ice took place, and a milder temperature began to prevail,,
some species which had obtained a foothold at the south remained there,,
finding a climate in which they could live, upon lofty mountains onlyr
being unable to exist in the lowlands. la the case of this butterfly,,
such a climate was found at or near the snow-line in the Eocky Mount-
ains, and upon the summits of the White Mountains.

INSECTS.

KOCTURHAL LEPIDOPTERA, DIPIERA, COLEOPTERA, SEUBOPTERA,
AJfD ARACHXIDA-

BY S. H. SCCDDEE AND

The insects collected by Mr. Kuinlien were very few in number, amount-
ing to only sixteen species ; and they appear to add little to our previous
knowledge of the fauna. Nevertheless, as all lists from high northern
localities possess a certain importance, the following is given. The
Hymenoptera were determined by Mr. E. T. Cresson; the report on the
Lepidoptera is by Mr. A* B. Grote ; Mr. E. Burgess has named the Dip-
tera, Dr. J. L. LeConte the Coleoptera, Dr. H. Hagen the Neuroptera,
and Mr. J. H. Emerton the Arachnid- — SAMUEL H. SCUDDEE.

The Diurnal Lepidoptera were placed in thehands of Mr. W. H. Edwards
for examination, and appear on pp. 155-157.

HYMEXOPTERA.

1. >o. 944. Bombus lacwtri* Cress. One specimen; American Harbor,
Gulf of Cumberland, July 6, 1878.

i' . Xo. 1287. Eombus sp. near B. scuteUaris Cress., and probably B. green-
landicu* Smith. One specimen; Godhavn, Greenland, August 3,
1878.

Limneria sp. (not described). One specimen ; Disko Fjord,
Disko Island, Greenland, August 9, 1878.

LEPIDOPTEEA.

4. Laria Rossii Curtis, Appendix to the Second Voyage of Sir J. Boss,

Ixi, PL A, fig. 10.

The specimens belonging to this species are (1) a dried larva, black,
with yellowish brown hairs, and on each side a row of yellow tufts, arcti-
iform; (2) a slight cocoon formed of the larval hair like those of the
genus Orgyia; (3) a single worn male specimen of the moth. The speci-

mens were collected at Annanactook, Cumberland Island, the latter part

1SB

160 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

of June. The cocoon lias attached to it a fragment of a lichen and
several coniferous needles, and was evidently formed on the ground 5
these objects are merely slightly attached and form no part of the struc-
ture itself. The cocoon, which is close in texture, yet very frail and Iight7
contains the black and shining pupa, which is unusually thickly clothed
with brownish hair.

Curtis says of this species : "It is a very abundant insect, especially
in the caterpillar state, for about a hundred were collected 011 the IGth
of June 1832, near Fury Beach.77 His description of the larva does not
well accord with the present specimen. He says : " The caterpillar is large
and hairy, and of a beautiful shining velvety black, the hairs being
somewhat ochreous ; there are two tufts of black hair on the back, fol-
lowed by two of orange." His description of the pupa and web, as well
as of the perfect insect, agrees with the specimens now received. He
gives the food-plant of the larva as Saxifraga tricuspulata and &.
oppositifolia.

I have recorded (Psyche, 1, 131) the occurrence of this species above
the tree-line on Mount Washington, N. H. It is another instance of the
distribution of our existing species of moths, through the agency of the
change in climate attending the Glacial Epoch.

5. No. 1431. Anarta melanopa (Thunb.).

A single specimen collected at Disko Fjord, Disko Island, August 9r
1878. This species has been taken above timber-line, 13,000 feet eleva-
tion, by Lieut. W. L. Carpenter, on Taos Peak, Eocky Mountains. It is
found also in Labrador, and has been collected by Mr. George Dimmock
near the summit of Mount Washington.

6. No. 1127.

A single specimen of a small dusky gray moth too much rubbed for
positive identification and otherwise mutilated. The eyes are naked,
the ocelli apparent. It was taken at Kikkerton Island, Gulf of Cumber-
land, July 25, 1878.

DIPTEEA.

7. No. 1061. Culex sp. One specimen; American Harbor, Gulf of Cum-

berland, July 10, 1878.

8. Nos. 1061, 1127. Tipula arctica Curt. Two specimens ; American Har-

bor, Gulf of Cumberland, July 10, 1878 5 and Kikkerton Island,
Gulf of Cumberland, July 25, 1878.

9. No. 1431. Rhamphomyia sp., perhaps R. nigrita Zett. Two specimens;

Disko Fjord, Disko Island, Greenland, August 9, 1878.

INSECTS. 161

10. A Tachinid of unrecognizable genus; two pupa cases and a fly Avhich

lias escaped from one in confinement, with crumpled wings ; fcaind
parasitic on the larva of Laria Rossii, Annanactook, Cumberland
Sound.

11. XO..IL* ;>. CallipJwraeryihrocephala~hleig. One specimen ; Godtbaab,

Greenland.

V2. No. 1098. ScatopliCKja apicalix Curt. (= ? A'. Mjiialida Meig.;. One
specimen; off shore,* American Harbor, Cumberland Sound, July
13, 1878.

COLEOPTEKA.

L'J. Xo. 1061. Amara hwmtitoinus Dej. (Feronia) ; Stereocorus n't mil la
Kirby. One specimen; American Harbor, Cumberland Sound,
July 10, 1878. The species is found generally throughout sul>
arctic America.

14. No. 1G41. Ayabus (Gaurodytes) tristis Aube. Five specimens in

poor preservation; Lake Caroline Mann, Cumberland Island, Sep-
tember 1, 1878. The species is abundant in Alaska and extends
do\vn to California in the Sierra region.

NBUEOPTBBA,

15. Xo. 1(311. A Liinnophilid, perhaps an Halcsus. Several larval cases

with dried larvae in some of them ; the cases are composed of
minute scales of mica. Lake Caroline Mann, Cumberland Island,
September 1, 1878.

A11ACHXIDA.

1C. Xo. 1001. Lycosa sp., probably L. yrcenlaidica Thor. One dried"
specimen; American Harbor, Cumberlaid Sound, July 10, 1878.

Bull. Xat. Mus. Xo. 15 11

PLANTS.

fe \

&»-<&*a

LIST OF THE PLANTS COLLECTED AT POINTS IN CUMBERLAND SOUND BETWEEN THE
SIXTY-SIXTH AND SIXTY-SEVENTH PARALLELS OP NORTH LATITUDE AND Q£JCB£
80UTH SHORES OF DISKO ISLAND, GREENLAND.

BY ASA GRAY.

The Howgate Expedition arrived in Cumberland Sound about the
middle of September, 1877 j the ground was then covered with snow,
but this melted on the southern slopes some days later, and exposed a
few plants still in flower, Campanula rotundifolia, Lychnis apetala, Stclla-
ria longipes, var. Edwardsii, &c.

Tn the succeeding summer the Florence left her winter-harbor early
in July, and while there was yet considerable snow remaining in the
valleys. At the time we left our winter-quarters there were but four
or five plants in flower ID the vicinity, such as Taraxacum Dens-leonu,
Cochlearia officinalis, Saxifraga siellata, and Saxifraga rivularis, var.
hyperborea.

Pyrola rotund if olia, vtiT.pumila, showed buds on a southern slope by
the last day of 31 ay, but the same plants were not in flower by July 7.
The season appeared to be unusually backward, frequent snow-storms
prevailing till the latter days of June.

At America Harbor, on the east side, and nearly opposite Annanac-
took, the winter-harbor, plants were in much richer profusion and ap-
parently more than a week earlier than at the former place.

As large a number of plants were collected here as our short stay
would admit of. A few days were also spent at the Kikkerton Islands,
and such of the islands as were accessible to us faithfully hunted over,
but many species were not yet in flower.

On the south shores of Disko Island, Greenland, we collected for a
few days in August, and here the bulk of our plant-collection was made.

Many species were found here that we had collected in Cumberland,
but they were strikingly more luxuriant and generally quite abundant.
In the following list the species collected at points in Cumberland Sound
will be indicated by the letter C ; those from Disko Island, Greenland,
by the letter G.— L. K.

1G3

164 NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

Thalicfrum alpinum, L. G.

Ranunculus nivalis, L. C.

Ranunculus affinis, B. Br. 0.

Ranunculus, not identified.

Papaver nudicaule, L. C and G.

AraUs alpina, I-. G and 0.

Cochlearia officinalis, I . C.

Cochlearia arctica, Schl. G.

Draba stellate^ Jacq. C.

Draba stellata, var. nivalis, Regl. C.

Draba crassifclia, Grali. G.

Draba Mrta, L. C.

Silene acaulis, L. C and G.

Lychnis alpina, L. G.

Lychnis apetala, L. C.

Lychnis affinis, Walil. C and G.

Cerastium alpinum, L. 0 and G.

Stellar ia longipes, Goldie.

Stellaria longipes, var, Edwardsii. C and G. .

ArenariapeploideSjlj- G.

Dryas octopetala, L.

Dr?/«s octopctala, var. integrifolia, Ch. & Sell. C and G.

Potent-ilia nivea, L. C.

Potentilla maculata, Pour. C.

Sibbaldia procwribens, L. G.

Alchemilla vulgar is, L. G.

Scuvifraga, rivularis, L. C.

Saxifraga rivularis, var. hyperborea, Hook. C.

Saxifraga cernua, L. G.

Samfraga, stellaris, L. C.

Saxifraga nivalis, L. C and G.

Saxifraga cccspitosa, L. G and G.

Saxifraga tricuspidata, Eetz. G and G.

Saxifraga oppositifolia, L. C.

Epilobium latifolium, L. G and G .

Archangelica officinalis, 1^. G.

Erigeron unijlorum, L. G.

Gnaplialium Norvegicum, Gunn. G.

Antennaria alpina, L. G and G.

PLANTS. 1G5

Arnica alpina. JMurr. G.

Taraxacum Dens-le&nis, Desf. G and (J.

Taraxacum jxdustre, DC. < '

Campanula rotund i folia. L. C and G.

Campanula mn.lora, L. G.

Vaccinium uU'jinvsum, L. C and G. (var.)

Arctostaphylos <'.lpina, L. 0 and G.

Cassiope liypnoides, Don. C and G.

Cassiope tetrayona, Don. C and G.

Bryanilms taxifolius, Gray. G.

Rhododendron Lapponicum, TTahl. C and G.

Lediun palustre, L. C and G.

Loiseleuria procumlens. Desv. C aiU. G.

Pyrola- rotundifolia, L.

Pyrola rotundifolia^ var. pum'tla. Hoot- U and G.

Diapensia Lapponica, T . C and G.

Armeria vulgar is, L. C and G.

Veronica alpina^ L. G.

Euphrasia officinalis, L. G.

Bart si a alpina^ L. G.

Pedicularis Lanysdo-ffii, Fisch. G.

Pedicular is Lanysdorffii, var. lanata.

Pedicular is hirsuta, L. C and G.

Pedicuhiris flammed, L, G.

Pedicular is Lapponica, L. G.

Mertensia maritiina, Don. G.

Oxyria digyna, Campd. C and G.

Polygonum riviparum, L. C and G.

Empetrum niyrum, L. C.

Betula nana, L. 0 and G.

£alij? herbacea, L. C and G.

Salix ylauca,^j. C.

/SaV/j? arctica, R. Br. ? C.

Habenaria albida, II. Br. G.

Habenaria hyperborea, E. Br. G. Kew to Greenland!

Tofieldia borealis, Wahl. C and G.

'Luzula spadicea, DC. C.

Luzula spadicca, var. pari'iflora, Mey. G.

Luzula arcuata, AVahl. C.

1GG NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

arcuata, var. hyperborca. C.
Erioplwrum Sclieuclizeri, Hoppe. O.
Eriopliorum vaginatum, L. 0.
Eriopliorum polystachyum, L. 0.
Carex lagopina, Wahl. G.
Carex rigida. Good. G.
Carex rariflora, Wahl. G.
Ilierocliloa alpina, L. C.
Alopecurus alpinus, L. G.
Poa alpina, L. C and G-
Festuca ovina, L. C.
Fcstuca ovina, var. breviflora. O,
Glyceria angustata, E. Br. G.
Woodsiahypcrborca)~R,.~Br. G.
Cystopteris fragiliSj Bernti. G.
Aspidium LoncMtis, Sw. G.
Polypodium Dryopteris, L. G.
Equisetum arvenscj L. G and 0.
Lycopodium Selago, L. G and O.

LICHENS.

LIST OF LICHENS COLLECTED IN TITE VICINITY OF ANNANACTOOK HARBOR, CUMBER-
LAND SOUND, AT ABOUT LAT. 67° N., LONG. G8° 49' W.

BY EDWARD TUCKERMAX.

Cetraria n i ra Us, ( L. ) Acli. G.

Cetraria cucullata, (Bell.) Acli. G.

Cetraria islandica, (L.) Acli. G.

Cetraria itlandica, var. Deliscc, Br. G.

Dactylina arctica, (Hook.) Nyl. G.

Alectoria ochrolcuca.

Alcctoria ochrolcuca, var. cincinnata, Fr. G.

Alectoria ochroleuea, var. itif/r icons, Ach. G.

Alcctoria jubata, (L.).

Alectoria jubat a , var. c!utl»Ltii'<>nnir,, Acli. G.

Theloschistcx parlcilnus^ (L.).

Tlielosclmtcs parietinux, var. pyynKriM) Fr. D.

Parmelia sajratiUs, (L.) Fr. G.

•Parmdla saxatilis, var. omphalodes, Fr. G.

ParmcUa sa fat His, var. panniformis, Fr. G.

Parmelia plujsodes, (L.) Ach.

ParmcUa pliysodes, var. encausta, Fr.

ParmcUa plnjsodes, var. alpicola, Nyl. G.

Parmelia stycjia.

ParmcUa stygia, var. lanata, (Mey.). G.

ParmcUa conspersa, (Ehr.) Ach. G.

Pa nil cUa tnttrifuga, (L.) Ach. G.

r/ttbiUcaria vcllca, (L.) Nyl. G.

Unilinear id- probosddca, (L.) Stenh. G.

Unilinear ia proloscidea, var. arctica, Ach.

Umllllcar la anthracina, (Wahl.) Schoer. G.

Umlilicaria cyllndrlca, (L.) Delis. G.

Umlilicaria liypcrlorea, IloH'm. G.

Umlilicaria erosa, (Wei.) Hofifin. G.

167

(1H NATURAL HISTORY OF ARCTIC AMERICA.

rdilycra canina, (L.) Ilofmi. G.

Pel-tiger a pulvcrulenta, (Tuyl.) Xyl. G.

Pannaria hypnoruWj (Hoifm.) Kcerb. G.

Placodium deyans, DC.

Placodium mtdlmum, (Ehrli.) Hepp. G.

Lecanora rubina, (Vill.) Acli.

Lecanora rubina, var. opaca^ Acli.

Lecanora tar tar ca, (L.) Acli. G.

Lecanora oculata, (Dicks.) Acli.

Lecanora vcntosa, (L.) Acli. G.

Stereocaulon tomentosum^ Fr.

Stereocaulon tomcntosum, var. alpinwu, La\vr.

Stereocaulon paschale, (L.) Fr. G.

Stereocaulon denndatum, Floerk. G.

Cladonia ranyifcrina, (L.) Hofi'in.

Cladonia ranyiferina, var. alpestris, Schcer.

Cladonia undalis, (L.) Fr. G.

Cladonia bcllidijlora^ Acli. (Sclioer.). G.

Cladonia cornucopioidcs, (L.) Fr. G.

Cladonia cor nucopio ides, var. incrassata, Auct. G.

Cladonia deformis, (L.) Hoflin. G.

Hcterotheciuni pezizoidcum Acli. G.

Buellia papillata, (Sommerf.) Flot. G.

Spliceropliorus frayilis, (L.) Pers.

ALG^E.

LIST OF ALGAE COLLECTED AT POINTS IX CUMBERLAND SOUND DURING THE AlTUilN

OP 1S77.

BY W. G- FALLOW.

Odonthalia dentata.
Eh odo m da s u Ifusca .
Rhodomela tenuixsima.
Poll/siphon ia c ret tea.
Dclesseria rostrata.
Delcsseria (data.
RliodopliyUis vcprf'ula.
Eutliora cristata.
Pliyllopliora interrupta.
Phyllopliora uicmbranifolia.
Ptilota plumosa. var. serrata.
Ceramiir.n ritbrum.
Ca UitJt a m n ion Pyla iscci.
CaUitJta^i ;<' tun Itotli it.
Chorda ria fayelUform is.
Dictyoisijiion fcen iculaceus.

Spliacelaria arctica.
Chcetoptcris p I u m osa .
Ectoca rp us Idem alls.
Ectocarpus Farlowii.
Ectocarpus Landsburyii ?
Ectoca rpus fi rm us, var.

Monostoma ?

Cladopliora arcta.

Ulo t hr ix fla cca .

Hcematococcus lacustris (Protococcus nivalis),

MINERALS.

BY F. M. EXDLICH.

The following is the catalogue of the minerals collected by Dr. Kuin-
lien. Each one of the species is represented by a number of specimens
Interesting, among them, is a collection of the supposed meteoric stones
from Ovifak.

Smithsonian
number.

9081). SUPPOSED METEORIC STONES from Ovifak, Disko Island, Green-
land.

1)581. GRANITE, probably from a drift-bowlder, Greenland.

1)582. liOSE QUARTZ. A large number of specimens from Greenland.

l)58o. ORTHOCLASE, from Xiantilic Gulf, Cumberland.

9584. TOURMALINE, crystals -with one end termination. Some of them
are of considerable size. Color black, ^iantilic Gulf.

0585. MUSCOVITE, crystals and large plates. The latter contains some
hematitic inclusions. Xiantilic Gulf.

D58G. MUSCOVITE, crystals. Xiantilic Gulf.

1)587. ORTHOCLASE, massive, yellow. Xiantilic Gulf.

9588. BIOTITE, in small crystals. Xiantilic Gulf.

9581). QUARTZ, colorless. Xiantilic Gulf.

9590. CHALCEDONY, gray and blue. Disko Fjord.

9591. ARGYLLITE, red, compact. Ovifak.

9592. CHALCOPYRITE, massive, in quartz. Cumberland Gulf.

9593. PYRRHOTITE, associated with some pyrite. Cumberland Gulf.

9594. SMOKY QUARTZ, massive, Cumberland Gulf.

9595. CHLORITE, crystallized. Cumberland Gulf.
959G. APATITE, crystalline. Cumberland Gulf.

9597. GARNET, variety, probably Spessartite, crystallized in clusters and

single large crystals. Cumberland Gulf.

9598. APOPHYLLITE. Small quantities associated with Clicrtcopyrite.

Cumberland Gulf.

171

IISTDEX.

Page.

Acidiopsis complanata 152

Acma?a testudinalis 146

Actinia crassicornis 152

spectabilis 152

Actit urns bartraniius 87

.Sgialitis Mat icula • 83

semipalmata 83

^giothus bolbolli 76

linaria 75

J2olidia papillosa 146

Agabus (Gaurodytes) tristis. 161

Agingak 89

Aglek 89

Agonid* 116

A.idk-kaljujak 38

Akagik 83

Akeiksek 83

Akpa 104,105

Akparnak : 103

Alchcmilla vulgaris 164

Alcyonidinm mytili 148

Alectoria jubata 167

jubata var. chalyheiformis

" ochroleuca 167

ochroleuca var. cincinnata 167

ochroleuca var. nigricans 167

Alga? 169

Alopecurus alpinus 166

Amara ha?matopus 161

Amarook 30, 52

Amashuadly 27

Amathilla Sabini 139

Amgoouk or amusit 45

Ampelis garmlus 74

Amphiporus 143

Amphiporus Stimpsoni 143

Ampliitrite cincinnata 141

Anarak 75

Anasboschas 88

Ancoot 28, 29, 30, 43, 44, 46

Ancoot angekok 21. 27

Augekoks 29

Annelida 141

Annelids 14J

Anser albifrons var. gambeli 88

hyperboreus 88

Antennaria alpina 164

Anthozoa 152

Anthus ludovicianus 73

Apatite 171

Apeltes 131

Apophyllite 171

Ai-abis alpina .-. 164

Arachnida 159,161

Archangelica officinalis 164

Arctostaphylos alpina 165

Arenaria peploides 164

Page.

Argyllite 171

Argynnis 156

Charidea 156

Freya 156,157

Polaris 156

Armeria vulgaris 165

Arnica alpina 165

Ascidia callosa 147

complanata 147

" condylomata 147

" echinata 148

" monoceros 147

" rustica 147

Ascidiopsis complanata 147

Aspidium Lonchitis 166

Aspidophoroides monopterygius 116

Astarte borealis 146

Asteracanthion albulus 151

MuUeri 151

problema 151

Asterias 152

Atausa 2G

Atluks 35,39,50

Aukbinigan 27

Aukbinigan-machoni 27

Anrora borealis 31

Awingak ',?>

Awonk 63

BamLProf. S. F 120

Balanus balanoides 140

" crenatus 140

Bartsia alpina 165

Bean, Tarleton H 107, ill)

Beluga catodon 13, 24, 66

Betula nana 165

Biotite 171

Birds 71

Blennius polaris 115

Bombus lacnstris 1W

scutellaris !.".;»

Boreogadus polaris 108

saida 107, 108

Bowhead Bird 85

Brachyotus palustris 81

Branta hutchinsu 88

Bryanthus taxifolius lt:r>

Buccinum belcheri '. 14.">

" ciliatum var. Molleri 145

" , glaciale 145

' ' gronlandicum 146

' ' humphreysiantun 145

' ' tenebrosmn 146

Bncephala ? - >

' ' islandica 89

Buellia papillata 168

173

174

INDEX.

Pa<re.

Bunodes spectabilis 152

Stella 152

Buphagus skua 94

Burgess, Mr.E...* 159

Cablunet 46

Calidris arenaria 87

Calliphora erythrocephala 161

Callitbamnion Pylaisai 169

Rothii 169

Callocephalus vitulinus 23, 55, 57

Campanula rotundifolia 163, 165

" uniflora 165

Camptoltcmus labradorius 93

Canis familiaris var. borealis 50

" occiden tails var. griseo-alba 52

Caprella 73

septentrionalis 116, 139

Carex lagopina 166

" rariflora 166

" rigida 166

Carpodacus purpureus 75

Cassiope hypnoides 159

" tetragona 20, 32, 165

Cellaria articulata 149

borealis 149

Cellepora hyalina 150

verrucosa 150

Centridermichthys 127

Centroblennius nubilus 115

Ceramium rubrnm 169

Cerastinm alpinum 164

» Ytuo-a 64

Cetraria cucullata 167

islandica 167

islandica var. Delisse 167

nivalis 167

Cb*topteris plumosa 169

Chalcedony 171

Chalcopyrite 171

Chionobas 156

Chionobas Semidea 156, 157

Cbiton (ToniceUa) ruarmorea 146

Chlorite 171

Chordaria flagelliformis 169

Chrysomitris 76

Chrysomitris tristis 76

Chrysophanns Phalseas 156

Cinclus 73

Cistenides granulata 141

Cistophora cristata .' 13, 47, 64

Cladonia bellidiflora 168

cornucopioides 168

cornucopioides var. incrassata 168

deformis : 168

rangiferina 168

rangiferina var. alpestris 168

uncialis 168

Cladophora arcta 169

Clnpea harengus 137

Clupeidae 137

Cochlearia 27

arctica 164

officinalis 91, 163, 164

Codlulik 103

Page,
Codlunak .................................. 46

Coleoptera ................................ 159, 161

Colias ..... : ................................ 155

Colias Boothii .............................. 155

" Hecla .............................. 155,156

Collet t, Prof .............................. 109, 1 17

Colymbus arcticus ......................... 103

" septentrionalis .................. 1 03

" torquatus ........................ 10l»

Corvus corax ............................... 7.^

Cottidte .................................... 116

Cottus .................................... 124, 138

Cottus ivneus ............................ 119, 138

" . priinlandicus ............... 60,118,119,123

•• Mitohilli ................. ........... 119

octodecimspinosus ................. 119, 1 •_'()

" pachypus ........................... 124

" pistiliiger ........................... 128

" polaris ............................. 127

quadricornis ........................ 127

" scorpioides ........ 107, 108, 120, 122, 123, 124

" scorpius . . .18,20,60,80,90,107,116,118,119,120,

123
scorpius var. gronlandicus ____ 107,118,120

" variabilis .......................... 119,127

Crangou boreas ............................. l'J9

CreneUa faba . .............................. 148

Cresson, Mr. E. T .......................... i:,9

Crisia eburnea .............................. 14?

Crustacea .................................. 62, 139

Cucumaria frondosa ...................... 1.~>J

Cumberland Eskimo . .60, 61, 63, 64, 66, 83, 84, 85, 86,

89, 93, 94, 95, 98, 99, 101, 103, 104, 105

Cyamus ceti ................................ 85

Cyclopteridae ............................. 115

Cyclopterus lumpus ....................... 107, 115

spinosus ....................... 115

Cygnus - ? ............................. 88

Cymochorea leucorrhoa .................... 102

Cynthia .................................... 147

" carnea ............................. 148

echinata ........................... 148

" monoceros ......................... 147

" placenta ........................... 148

Cystopteris fragilis ............... . ......... 166

Dactylina arctina
Dall, \T. H
DeKay

Delesseria alata
" rostrata

161
145
119
169
169

Belphinapteiiis leucas ..................... 85

Dendronotns reynoldsii ..................... 146

D^: .drceca coronata ........................ 74

Biapensia Lapponica ....................... 165

Dia.stopdra patina .......................... 148

Dictyosiphon teniculaceus ................. 169

Diptcra .................................... 159

Discopora ................................. 149, 150

Skenei ........................... 150

" verrucosa ........................ 150

Diurnal Lepidoptera ....................... 155

Draba crassifolia ........................... 164

" hirta ................................ 164-

" stellata... .... 164

INDEX.

175

Page.

strllata var. uivalis 164

Dryas octopetala 104

r. integrifolia 164

Ecbinodennata 1 .' 1

rpus Farlowii 169

" firm us, var 169

liiumalis 169

aidsburgii? 169

Edwards. W. H 155

::iung 36

Emerton, J. II 159

Empetrum nigrum 17, 73, 77, 80, 165

Empidon.ix llaviventris 81

Emukitilak 101

Endlich, F. M 171

Epilobium latifolium 164

Equisetum arvense 166

Erigi ron unitiorum 164

Eriopborum polystacbyum 166

Scheucbzeri 166

vaginatum 166

Escbarina 149, 150

Escbarina ansata 149

lobata 150

rosacea 149, 150

Sarsii 150

' ' vulgaris 149

Escbaroides 149

coccinea 149

Eskimo cranium 77

Etbnology 13

Eucalia inconstans 130

Eumicrotremus spinosus 115

Euphrasia officinalis .' 165

Eutbora cristata 169

Falco candicans 81

Farlow, YV. G 109

Fcilden, Captain. li. X I."..".

FenckiT, Governor Edgar 70

i ovina 166

ovina var. breviflora 166

107

Fratrivula arctica 103

'.ISHS 19,26

Fulmarus glacialis 101

Gadidn.* 108

Gadus labricii 10s

" iiiorrliua 109,110

" ogac 60,107,110

ogat 110

" ovak 110

" saida 109

Gammari

Gaminarus 73

locusta 139

" ornatus 139

Garnet 171

GastiTostddu? 129

GasUTostcus aculcatus 130

insculptus 1-0

maiuensis 131

nebulosus .. 131

Pftffc

Gasterostcus pungitius ........ 107, 108, 129, 130. 1:11

subsp. brachypoda . .
Gemcllaria dumosa ...................

luricata .............. 148

Iri-pliyi-ua ................................

Gill, Tl .............

Glyccria angustata ......................... 166

Glycimeris Kurriana ....................

Gnapbalium Norvegicum ................... 164

Goodc, G. Brown ........................... 1K5

Graculus carbo .......................

Granite ................................... 171

Gray, Asa .................................. 163

Grote, A. R ................................ 150

Grus - ! (probably fraterculus) ........ 88

Gulo ....................................... 53,71

Gunellus fasciatus ............. 11. ••

Gunther .................. 108,110,115,110.

Gymnacanthus pistilligcr ................

Gyninclis viridis .......................... li)7, 11J

Gymnocanthus ..................... r_'7, li'S

Ilab.naria albida ...........................

hyperborea .....................

Ilajniatococcus lacustris (Piotococcus niva-
lia) .....................................

IIa'_r« n, Dr. II ..............................

JIalrcium tenellum ........................

Hah-sus ................................. ..

Haliactus albicilla ..........................

- Mthia ...............................

cdiinata ......................

partita ........................

I)ulrh«-lhi .....................

pyriformis ....... .

rustica ............. 147, 14S, 1 }'.'.

tuberculum ...................

villosa .........................

Ilarclda glacialis ...........................

narmothoe unbri< . • ..............

Hart,C .........................

M!, Dr ..............................

Heterothecidm pezizoidoum ................

nierocbloa alpina ... ......................

IIij»poi:lassus vnIgariH ......................

Hippolyti- Fabri.-ii ................... ......

Jlippotlma hyalina .............

;iicns t<irc|iiatU8 ..............

.tain ..........................

Hump-back of \vhal«i - .........

Ilyasarani-u.s .............................. 140,

Jlvdroida ..................................

100

1 .v.i
1 .vj
KiJ

82
] 17
148
i :s
148
148
I.MI
148
148

89
141

1 <:s
ic<i
108

] ;:»

148

J I \ pcria mdusarum ........................ i:jy

Ib«-«-n ......................................

Icelus bamatus .......................... ... 128

Igahsook ................................... 101

Igloo .......................................

Insects .................................... 15.>,159

Isbungak .................................. 94, 95

Ivik... 63

Junco hyemalia

INDEX.

Page.

38
104

88
101

20
103

Kadjuk
Kterrak
Kaortooluk .............................

K:ikordluk .......

Kamik

Karksauk

Kassigiak ......................... ......... f>5

Ivernetook ................................. 78

Kitlmik ................................... 50

Killaugak ................................. 103

Killeluak ............................. ...... GO

Killeluaksuak .............................. 07

" Killer " of whalers ...... ............... (.6

Kmgalalik ................................. It::

Kingalik ................................... 93

KioHgak ................................... 77

Kiolik ...................................... 61

Kirksooeasu''v ........................... . 81

Kitthvake . .................. ................ 100

Koodlukkaleak ............................. 83

Kopanauarsuk . . .*. ......................... 76

Ivopenniak ................ ......... ...... 7o

Kowolin ... ................................. 27

Kuksuk .................................... 103

Kumlien, Mr . .5, 11, 47, 69, 107, 108, 109, 110, 112, 115,

116, 118, 119, 122, 124,127,129,131,134,145,156,159,163

Kuug-mik-took .......................... 73

Laemodipodia 73

Lremodipodian crustaceans 85

Lagopus '. 23

albns 82

' ' rupestris 83

Lamiuaria 148,149,150,152

Laria Rossii 150, 161

Larus : 13

" argentatufi 97,99

•' franklini 101

" glancus 24, 92, 95, 96, 97, 98

1 liutchinsii " 98

; ieucoptevus 95, 97, 98

' ' marimis 99

Lecanura >.,< ulata 168

rubina 168

rubina var. opaca 168

" tartarea 168

' ' rentosa 168

LeConte, Dr. J. L 159

Ledum palustre 20, 166

Lepas fascicularis 139

Lepidoptera, Xocturnal 159

Lepralia ansata 149

Leptasterias 152

Gronlandica 151

Mulleri l.-.l

Lepus glacialis 27, 53, 79

Lichens . 167

Limosa hudsoni'-a 87

Liparididoe > 115

Liparis... 90

" Fabricii 116

" liueata 113

lineatus 115

" vulgaris 80, 107, 115, 116

Page.
Litorina gronlandica ....................... 145

Lobipes hyperbort-us ....................... 84, 86

I Loiseleuria procumbt-ns .................... 165

| Lomvia arra ............................... 105

j Loxia leucoptorr. ........................... 75

Luniara Hava .................. . .......... 141

I Lumponus iiubiln.s ........................ 115

; Liitken, Dr ................. Ill), 124, 127, 128, 151

i Luxula arena la ............................ 1G5

arcuata var. ]iy[K'rborea ............ 1GG

spadicca ............................ io.">

r>padicea var. parvillora ............. ](,.">

| Lycaena Aquilo ............................. 15G

Lychnis affiuis ................. . ......... . . 1C4

" alpina ............................. 164

apotala ......................... 1G3, 164

107, 112, 11 :'
1 .;
11
112
1GG

mucosus
paxillus

<l polaris ----
Lycodidas

Ly copodium Selago
Lycosa groenlaiidica ........................ 1G1

Mdcho.... ................................. 2G

M'Lachlan, Mr ............................. 1 5.>

Mallotus villnsus ........................... 134

Mamma .................................... 33,34

Mammals .................................. 47

Margarita lie-lie ina . ..................... 146,150

umbilicalis ...................... 146

Megaptera longimana ...................... 6tt

Membranipora Soplme .................... 149

Mergulusalle ................... .......... 103,104

Mergus serrator ........................... 94

Meilangus carbonarhis ................... . . 109

Mertensia maiitima ........................ 165

Microstomida? .............................. 134

Miutzer, Lieut,. T. S. X .................... 108, 145

Modiolaria (Creuella) fal »a ................. 145, 146

discors .......................... 14G

" lajvigata ........................ 146

Mollia hyalina .............................. 150

" vulgaris ......... .................... 149-

Molluscoids ................. . .............. 147

MoUusks ................... ................ 73, 145-

Monodon monoreros ........................ 35, 67

Monostoma ......................... ...... 164

Morrhua ................................... 104

Muktuk .................................... 20,65-

Murainoides faseiatus ...................... 115

Muscovite .................................. 171

Mustela ermiuea ........................... 53

My a tniucata .............................. 146

Myodcs torquatus. ........................ 53

Xaga

Xannok

Xannokes

Xarksormutak

NTarwhal of whalemen.

Xayardluk

Xayauarsuk

Xemertina

95
48
49
77

G7

143

INDEX.

177

Page.
Nereis pelagica 141

vik 55

Xct^ick

Xruvnpt»T:i - - - -159, 161

•M 95,99

Nfiwyah US

Xuim-nius borealis 88

N \i't- a srautliaea 81

Nvmphalidse 156

Obelia 152

Oceaiiites uceanica 1"-

Odonthalia dentata 163

.Edemia .' 93

61,63

>k 94

Ok.-odlook * 53 i

Oruiak 4::

Ommastivpln-s ilk-cebrosa 145

<>iiimat<>)>]«-a ^timpsoni 143

< Hihudluk 101

41

61

oplii.^lypba nodosa l-r>-

Ophiura nodoaa 152

Opijihiak 81 ;

Opik 81

( )ph ksook 81

"liator. 157

159

75

171

irvifak 171

Oxyria di-yna l«i">

a lu-t idus . . 13, 17, 22, 24, 39, 44, 49, 55, 63, 71,

PiUiupbila < buruea ........................ 99

iu> ui-'i-nlandicus .................. 33.61

i'a.jk ..................................... 94

I'anuaria bypmn'um ........................ 168 \

: Ull«li<-;ii;l.- ......................... 164 i

PapUionidK ............................... 155

i ) ifuaa ........................ 167

con>persa ........................ 167

pbysodes ......................... 167

• ' pbysodes vav. aljncola ............ 167

phyaodn YW. encoasta ........... 167

>:ixi«tilis .......................... 167 ;

-a. \atilis vav. uinphalodes ........ l''-7

• ilis Vitr. panuifonnis ......... 107

-" ............................ 16" ;

•_ ./ vai. laiiata ................. 167

Pedicular!* ................................. 19, 28 !

41 iiainuiea ........................ 163

liirsuia ......................... 165

Langsdorlfa ...... ............... 165 ;

I^angsdorffi var. lanata ......... 165 '

Lapponica ...................... 165

P t-1 1 i •:• : ra c anina ............................ 1 68

pulvt-nilcuta .................... 168

Penny, Captain ............................. 13

........................ 151

.IJnll. Nat. MUS.NO.

Page.

Pesbolak 104

Phalaropus folicarius

I'lia>i (.los»>ma margaritaceum 14'J

Phuea barbuta 13, 24, 32, 41, 4:;, 61 .

Phlceo.spora tortilis 1 »i'.i

Phobetov ventralis 128

Pbocsena commtmis 66

Pbyllodoce Gronlandica 141

Ph> llophora interrupta 169

membi-anifolia 169

1'ii \>alis antiquorum 66

Pickaninny pussy 53

IMnuaxnit

Pmicula cnueleator 7."

l'la< ..diiini clegans 168

\-itellinmn 168

Plant s 163

I'hdo^a iibu-ialis 108

I'latysoiiiatichthys bippoglossoides 108

PI. . t mphanes lapponicua 77

nivalis 7»

Pleurone^tes Fi-anklinii 108

glaber 108

(Rhombus) glacialis 108

Pleiu-oiiectidse 108

Poa alpina 80, 160

•• aivtu-a 77,91

Pollachius carbonarius 109

1 '• >1> -untim vivipartun 165

Polypodium Dryopteris* » 166

Polysipbonia arctica 169

Polysticta stc-Ueri 89

Polyzoa 148

Porifera 153

1'i.t. ntilla niaculata 164

nivea 164

Prntomedeia fasciata 116

I'tarmi.jian.s 72

PtUota plumosa var. serrate 169

Puffinus kuhli 102

Jiiai-.r

Pje i"

130

occidentalis 130

T\ K.];I rotundifolia 165

rotundifolia var. pumila 163, 165

PyrrbuTit*- 171

I'y rrluila 74

t-uropea 75

171

151
'. .............................. ...... 108

Kan-iler tarandus .......................... 13, 54

Kaiiiincnlus affinis ......................... ' 164

nivalis ... ..................... 164

not identified .................. 164

Recurvirostris americana ................... 84

Reinbardtias hippoglossoides ............... lob

Rbampboinyia .............................. 161

ni-rita ...................... 161

KDutlactiuia Davisii ........................ 152

Rbodr.d«-ndron La|.].<.nii um ................ 165

178

INDEX.

Rhodomela subfusca . . .
•• tenuissima. .
Rhodophyllis veprecula
Rhynchonella psittacea.
Richardson. ..

Page.

169

169

169

146

108

Ridgway, Prof 76

Rissa tridactyla 99

" tridactylus 24

Rose quartz 171

Ross, Sir J 159

Saccopharyngidae 138

Saccopharynx flagellum 138

Salicornaria borealis 149

Salix arctica 165

" glauca 165

' ' herbacea 165

Salmo 20,135

" Hearnii 135

" STaresi 135

" salar 20,134

Salmonida 134

Salvelinus alipes 135

" arcturus 135

Hoodii 135

STaresi 107,135,137

nitidus 135

Sarbarsook 86

Satyrinse 156

Saxicava arctica , 146

Saxicola oenanthe 73

Saxifraga ca?spitosa 164

" cernua 164

nivalis 164

oppositifolia 164

rivularis 164

' ' i i vularis var. hyperborea 163, 164

stellaris 164

" stellata 163

" tricuspidata 164

Seatophaga apicalis 161

Schischimani 27

Schizoporella 149

Scolocophagus ferruginous 78

Scudder, S. H 159

Sea-hen 94

Serbek . 104

Sergvak 104

Sertularia argentea 152

Sesernin6 26

Shatgak 84, 85

Sherman, Mr 6,7

Sibbaldia procumbens 164

Sigereak 86

Silene acaulis 1(54

Siorakitsook 93

Sltta carolinensis 74

Slums nsevius 75

Smith, S. 1 139

Smitt,Dr 149

Smitz, Krarup ... 70

Smoky quartz 171

Somateria 1 '.', , '_' 1

Somateria mollisaima 13, 72, 89, 93, 99

" spectabilis L'1,93

Page.

Sphacelaria arctica 169

Sphaerophorus fragilis 168

Spirorbis lucidus 142

" quadrangularis 142

Staudinger, Dr 155

Stellaria longipes 164

longipes var. Edwardsii 163, 164

Stf])lianasterias 151

albula 151

Sti •rroruriuss l)iiflbni 95

parasiticus 95

" pomatorhinus . 94

Stereocaulon denndatum 168

1>ii.schaie 168

tomentosum 168

var. alptnum 168

Btoreoooma similis 161

Sterna arctica 84

" macrura 84, 101

Sticha3idae 115

Stones, supposed meteoric ^ 171

Strepsilas interpres 84

Strix scandiaca :!7

Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis 151

Sulabassana 94

Sutituk

Syllis 141

Tachyeiueta bicolor 74

Taraxacum Dens-leonis 163, 165

palustre 163, 165

Tattarat 99

Tealia crassicomis 152

Telligvak 84

Thalictrum alpinum 164

Tln-loschistes parietinus

.. 167

var. pygmaeus. . .

. . B57

Tichemani

14

Tichemaniadlo

14

Tigak

.. 55,60

T6dUmen6

26

Tofleldia borealis

.. 165

Toodlik

. . 103

Tornadt

2!)

Tomauiartook

89

Torngarsnk

.. 29,30

Totanus melanoleucus

88

Tourmaline

.. 171

Touyunaik
T-rir'Vim'.'hiia rosinnms

49
13.47. fi3

Triglops pingelii ........................... 128

Triniiii ranutus . . ......................... 87

" fuscicollis .......................... 86

" maritima ........................... 86

minutiUa ........................... 86

" subarquata ......................... 87

Tropbon truncatus ......... ............ 146

Tuckerman, Edward ....................... 167

Tudluak ............................. 78

Tukagvajok ................................ 83

Tuktoo ..................................... 54

Tnlluak .................................... 78

Tunak ..................................... 3,14

Tunarc... .......................... 14

INDEX.

179

Timnak

Tuniuik

Turdus aliciai

Page.

14

14
73

Page.

Uronectes Parryi 115

Ursus maritinras .". .13, 47, 48

TJrticina crassicornis 102

tiaminnta 146 Utaiiiania torda

103

rii -Tin ix tiacea
~rinl>ili<-;u i:i imthvacina
i-ylindrica

169
167
167
...... 167

h yperborea .................... 167

proboscidea ................... 167

proboscidea var. arctica ....... 167

vcllea .......................... 167

Vaceinium uliginostun 19, 73, 77, 80, 165

Veronica alpina 165

Veri-Ul, A . E 141, 147, 151

Vulpes lagopns 49. 77

Whal.-1.ird.

i(

• si ylle 24, 103, 104, 105 Ziphidiontidae

-abiaii 101

1J6

GENERAL LIBRARY - U.C. BERKELEY

•w-

lit :

. .

m

~